S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2020

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Warner Music Group Corp.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7900   13-4271875

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

(212) 275-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Paul M. Robinson, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel and Secretary

Trent N. Tappe, Esq.

Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

(212) 275-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Matthew E. Kaplan, Esq.

Eric T. Juergens, Esq.

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 909-6000

 

Michael Kaplan, Esq.

Derek Dostal, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     Smaller reporting company  
    Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $         per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes shares of Class A common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 6, 2020

            Shares

 

LOGO

Warner Music Group Corp.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Warner Music Group Corp.

The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering              shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, including any shares they may sell pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters, except as otherwise set forth in this prospectus or as required by applicable law. Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The Class B common stock, which is held by Access Industries, LLC and certain of its affiliates, will represent approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock following this offering (or approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock).

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on                     , under the symbol “            ”.

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

After the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of                    .

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 20 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $        $    

 

(1)

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters also may purchase up to             additional shares from the selling stockholders at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved the securities described herein or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2020.

 

 

Prospectus dated                    , 2020

 

Morgan Stanley   Credit Suisse   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC


Table of Contents

LOGO

Warner Records wea Sire RHINO REPRISE RECORDS ROADRUNNER Parlophone nonesuch fueled by ramen Elektra music group big Beat atlantic asylum ada


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Certain Important Terms

     i  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     20  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information

     43  

Use of Proceeds

     46  

Dividend Policy

     47  

Capitalization

     48  

Dilution

     50  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     52  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     53  

Business

     105  

Management

     123  

Executive Compensation

     133  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     153  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     155  

Description of Capital Stock

     161  

Shares Available for Future Sale

     169  

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders

     171  

Underwriting

     175  

Validity of Common Stock

     183  

Experts

     183  

Where You Can Find More Information

     183  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus and any sale of shares of our common stock.

CERTAIN IMPORTANT TERMS

We use the following capitalized terms in this prospectus:

 

   

“A&R” means Artists and Repertoire, which is the department at a recorded music company or a music publishing company that is responsible for talent scouting and overseeing the artistic development of recording artists and songwriters.

 

   

“Access” means Access Industries, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its affiliates, certain of which are our controlling stockholders.

 

   

“Acquisition Corp.” means WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.

 

   

“common stock” means our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, collectively.

 

   

“constant currency” refers to information that compares financial metrics between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period over period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures—Constant Currency.”

 

i


Table of Contents
   

“Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of WMG.

 

   

“Merger” means the merger, dated July 20, 2011, of Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc. with and into WMG with WMG surviving as an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Access, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 6, 2011, by and among WMG, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC (formerly Airplanes Music LLC), an affiliate of Access, and Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc.

 

   

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the revolving credit agreement, dated as of January 31, 2018, as amended or supplemented, among Acquisition Corp., Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto.

 

   

“Secured Notes” means, collectively, the 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (the “5.000% Secured Notes”), the 4.125% Senior Secured Notes dues 2024 (the “4.125% Secured Notes”), the 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “4.875% Secured Notes”) and the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “3.625% Secured Notes”).

 

   

“Secured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Senior Secured Base Indenture”), among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 27, 2016 (the “5.000% Supplemental Indenture”), as supplemented by the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2016 (the “4.875% Supplemental Indenture”), as supplemented by the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2016 (the “4.125% Supplemental Indenture”), as supplemented by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2018 (the “3.625% Supplemental Indenture”), and as supplemented by the Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2019 (the “Additional 3.625% Supplemental Indenture”), in each case, among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 

   

“selling stockholders” means Altep 2012 L.P., WMG Management Holdings, LLC, Access Industries, LLC, CT/FT Holdings LLC, Blavatnik Family Foundation LLC, Blavatnik July 2019 Investment Trust and Alex Blavatnik and one or more charitable remainder trusts or other charitable organizations (each, a “Charity”) which Charities may receive contributions of shares of Class A common stock prior to this offering from Access Industries, LLC, CT/FT Holdings LLC, Blavatnik Family Foundation LLC or Blavatnik July 2019 Investment Trust and may sell such shares in this offering.

 

   

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Senior Term Loan Facility (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity—Liquidity—Senior Term Loan Facility”) together with the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity—Liquidity—Revolving Credit Facility”).

 

   

“Senior Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (the “Senior Notes Base Indenture”), among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of March 14, 2018 (the “Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture”), among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 

   

“Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement, dated November 1, 2012, as amended or supplemented, among Acquisition Corp., Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto.

 

   

“virtual gifting” refers to the practice of purchasing digital, non-durable, non-physical items (e.g., an emoji) that is delivered to another person often during a live karaoke performance.

 

   

“Warner Music Group” or “WMG” means Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation, without its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

   

“we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” mean Warner Music Group Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context refers only to Warner Music Group Corp. as a corporate entity.

 

ii


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts, including industry size, share of industry sales, industry position, growth rates and penetration rates, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of, and experience in, the music entertainment industry and market segments in which we compete. Third-party industry publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable. The third-party industry sources referenced in this prospectus include, among others, the International Federation of the Phonographic Industry (“IFPI”), Nielsen, Music & Copyright, MIDiA and Billboard. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

SERVICE MARKS, TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own various service marks, trademarks and trade names, such as Asylum, Atlantic, Elektra, EMP, Parlophone, Reprise, Rhino, Sire, Spinnin’, Warner Chappell and WEA, and license various service marks, trademarks and trade names, such as WARNER, WARNER MUSIC, WARNER RECORDS and the “W” logo, that we deem particularly important to our business. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of such names or marks to imply relationships with, or endorsements of us by, any other company.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “U.S. $” and “$” in this prospectus are to the lawful currency of the United States of America.

In this prospectus, we present certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), such measures referred to herein as “non-U.S. GAAP”. You should review the reconciliation and accompanying disclosures carefully in connection with your consideration of such non-U.S. GAAP measures and note that the way in which we calculate these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as our annual and interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. For the definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this prospectus, please refer to “Certain Important Terms.”

Our Company

We are one of the world’s leading music entertainment companies. Our renowned family of iconic record labels, including Atlantic Records, Warner Records, Elektra Records and Parlophone Records, is home to many of the world’s most popular and influential recording artists. In addition, Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing business, boasts an extraordinary catalog that includes timeless standards and contemporary hits, representing works by over 80,000 songwriters and composers, with a global collection of more than 1.4 million musical compositions. Our entrepreneurial spirit and passion for music has driven our recording artist and songwriter focused innovation for decades.

Our Recorded Music business, home to superstar recording artists such as Ed Sheeran, Bruno Mars and Cardi B, generated $3.840 billion of revenue in fiscal 2019, representing 86% of total revenues. Our Music Publishing business, which includes esteemed songwriters such as Twenty One Pilots, Lizzo and Katy Perry, generated $643 million of revenue in fiscal 2019, representing 14% of total revenues. We benefit from the scale of our global platform and our local focus.

Today, global music entertainment companies such as ours are more important and relevant than ever. The traditional barriers to widespread distribution of music have been erased. The tools to make and distribute music are at every musician’s fingertips, and today’s technology makes it possible for music to travel around the world in an instant. This has resulted in music being ubiquitous and accessible at all times. Against this industry backdrop, the volume of music being released on digital platforms is making it harder for recording artists and songwriters to get noticed. We cut through the noise by identifying, signing, developing and marketing extraordinary talent. Our global A&R experience and marketing strategies are critical ingredients for recording artists or songwriters who want to build long-term global careers. We believe that the music, not the technology, delights fans and drives the business forward.

Our commercial innovation is crucial to maintaining our momentum. We have championed new business models and empowered established players, while protecting and enhancing the value of music. We were the first major music entertainment company to strike landmark deals with important companies such as Apple, YouTube and Tencent Music Entertainment Group, as well as with pure-play music technology companies such as MixCloud, SoundCloud and Audiomack. We adapted to streaming faster than other major music entertainment companies and, in 2016, were the first such company to report that streaming was the largest source of our recorded music revenue. Looking into the future, we believe the universe of opportunities will continue to expand, including through the proliferation of new devices such as smart speakers and the monetization of music on social media and other platforms. We believe advancements in technology will continue to drive consumer engagement and shape a growing and vibrant music entertainment ecosystem.

We have achieved growth and profitability at scale. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we generated $4.5 billion, $4.0 billion and $3.6 billion in revenue, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 12% and 12%, respectively. For the fiscal years ended



 

1


Table of Contents

September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we reported net income of $258 million, $312 million and $149 million, respectively. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, our Adjusted EBITDA was $737 million, $1,033 million (which includes a pre-tax net gain of $389 million related to the sale of Spotify shares acquired in the ordinary course of business) and $604 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to the most closely comparable U.S. GAAP measure, see “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

Our History

The Company today consists of individual companies that are among the most respected and iconic in the music industry, with a history that dates back to the establishment of Chappell & Co. in 1811 and Parlophone in 1896.

The Company began to take shape in 1967 when Warner-Seven Arts, the parent company of Warner Records (formerly known as Warner Bros. Records) acquired Atlantic Records, which discovered artists such as Led Zeppelin and Aretha Franklin. In 1969, Kinney National Company acquired Warner-Seven Arts, and in 1970, Kinney Services (which was later spun off into Warner Communications) acquired Elektra Records, which was renowned for artists such as The Doors and Judy Collins. In order to harness their collective strength and capabilities, in 1971, Warner Bros., Elektra and Atlantic Records formed a groundbreaking U.S. distribution network commonly known as WEA Corp., or simply WEA, which now stretches across the world.

Throughout this time, the Company’s music publishing division, Warner Bros. Music, built a strong presence. In 1987, the purchase of Chappell & Co. created Warner Chappell Music, one of the industry’s major music publishing forces with a storied history that today connects Ludwig van Beethoven, George Gershwin, Madonna and Lizzo.

The parent company that had grown to become Time Warner completed the sale of the Company to a consortium of private equity investors in 2004, in the process creating the world’s largest independent music company. The Company was taken public the following year, and in 2011, Access acquired the Company.

Since acquiring the Company, Access has focused on revenue growth and increasing operating margins and cash flow combined with financial discipline. Looking past more than a decade of music entertainment industry transitions, Access and the Company foresaw the opportunities that streaming presented for music. Over the last eight years, Access has consistently backed the Company’s bold expansion strategies through organic A&R as well as acquisitions. These strategies include investing more heavily in recording artists and songwriters, growing the Company’s global reach, augmenting its streaming expertise, overhauling its systems and technological infrastructure, and diversifying into other music-based revenue streams.

The purchase of Parlophone Label Group (“PLG”) in 2013 strengthened the Company’s presence in core European territories, with recording artists as diverse as Coldplay, David Bowie, David Guetta and Tinie Tempah. That acquisition was followed by other investments that further strengthened the Company’s footprint in established and emerging markets. Other milestones include the Company’s acquisitions of direct-to-audience businesses such as entertainment specialty e-tailer EMP (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Comparability—Acquisition of EMP”), live music application Songkick and youth culture platform UPROXX.

Our Industry and Market Opportunity

The music entertainment industry is large, global and vibrant. The recorded music and music publishing industries are growing, driven by consumer and demographic trends in the digital consumption of music.



 

2


Table of Contents

Consumer Trends and Demographics

Consumers today engage with music in more ways than ever. According to IFPI, global consumers spent 18 hours listening to music each week in 2019. Demographic trends and smartphone penetration have been key factors in driving growth in consumer engagement. Younger consumers typically are early adopters of new technologies, including music-enabled devices. According to Nielsen, in 2019, 58% of teens in the United States between the ages of 13 and 17 and 45% of millennials in the United States between the ages of 18 and 34 used their smartphones to listen to music on a weekly basis, as compared to a 40% average for all U.S. consumers. Furthermore, in 2019, U.S. teens and millennials listened to an average of 32.6 and 29.7 hours of music each week, respectively, above the 26.9 hours for all U.S. consumers.

Members of older demographic groups are also increasing their music engagement. According to an IFPI survey of 19 leading geographic markets in 2019, 54% of 35- to 64-year-olds used a streaming service to listen to music in the past month, representing an increase from 46% in 2018, which was the highest rate of growth for use of streaming services across all age groups.

Music permeates our culture across age groups, as evidenced by the footprint that music has across social media. According to the Recording Industry Association of America (“RIAA”), as of September 2019, 7 out of the top 10 most followed accounts on Twitter belong to musicians, and according to YouTube, the majority of videos that have achieved more than one billion lifetime views as well as the top 10 most watched videos of all time, belong to musicians.

Recorded Music

The recorded music industry generated $19.1 billion in global revenue in 2018 and has consistently grown since 2015, according to IFPI. IFPI measures the recorded music industry based on four revenue categories: digital (including streaming), physical, synchronization and performance rights. Digital is the largest, generating $11.2 billion of revenue in 2018, representing 59% of global recorded music revenue. Within digital, streaming generated approximately 80% of revenue, or $8.9 billion, with the remainder of digital revenue coming from other formats such as downloads. Overall, digital grew by 20% in 2018, with streaming increasing by 33%.

Physical represented approximately 25% of global recorded music revenue in 2018, with growth in formats such as vinyl partially offsetting declines in CD sales. Performance rights revenue represents the use of recorded music by broadcasters and public venues, and represented 14% of global recorded music revenue in 2018. Synchronization revenue is generated from the use of recorded music in advertising, film, video games and television content, and represented 2% of global recorded music revenue in 2018. According to IFPI, global recorded music revenue has grown at a 9% CAGR since 2015, with growth accelerating to 10% in 2018 from 7% in 2017.

 

We believe the following secular trends will continue to drive growth in the recorded music industry:

Streaming Still in Early Stages of Global Adoption and Penetration

According to IFPI, global paid music streaming subscribers totaled 255 million at the end of 2018. While this represents an increase of 45% from 176 million in 2017, it still represents less than 8% of the 3.2 billion smartphone users globally, according to Newzoo. It also represents a small fraction of the user bases for large, globally scaled digital services such as Facebook, which reported 2.7 billion monthly users across its services as of July 2019, and YouTube, which reported two billion unique monthly users as of May 2019. On-demand streaming (both audio and video) is on pace to exceed one trillion streams in the United States in 2019, according to Nielsen, and this growth is expected to continue.



 

3


Table of Contents

The potential of global paid streaming subscriber growth is demonstrated by the penetration rates in early adopter markets. Approximately 30% of the population in Sweden, where Spotify was founded, was estimated to be paid music subscribers in 2018, according to MIDiA. This compares to approximately 25% and 16% for established markets such as the United States and Germany, respectively. Moreover, paid digital music subscribers in Japan, the world’s second-largest recorded music market in 2018 according to IFPI, still only represented approximately 7% of the population, according to MIDiA. There also remains substantial opportunity in emerging markets, such as Brazil and India, where smartphone penetration is low compared to developed markets. For example, according to Newzoo, smartphone penetration for Brazil and India as of September 2019 was 46% and 25%, respectively, compared to 79% in the United States.

China, in particular, represents a substantial growth market for the recorded music industry. According to IFPI, paid streaming models are at an early stage in China, with an estimated 33 million paid subscribers in 2018, representing only 2% of China’s population of over 1.4 billion. Despite its substantial population, China was the world’s seventh-largest music market in 2018, having only broken into the top 10 in 2017.

Opportunities for Improved Streaming Pricing

In addition to paid subscriber growth, we believe that, over time, streaming revenues will increase due to pricing increases as the broader market further develops. Streaming services are already at the early stages of experimenting with price increases. For example, in 2018, Spotify increased monthly prices for its service in Norway. In addition, in 2019, Amazon launched Amazon Music HD, a high-quality audio streaming offering that is available to customers at a premium price in the United States. We believe the value proposition that streaming provides to consumers supports premium product initiatives.

Technology Enables Innovation and Presents Additional Opportunities

Technological innovation has helped facilitate the penetration of music listening across locations, including homes, offices and cars, as well as across devices, including smartphones, tablets, wearables, digital dashboards, gaming consoles and smart speakers. These technologies represent advancements that are deepening listener engagement and driving further growth in music consumption.

Device Innovation. According to Nielsen, as of August 2019, U.S. consumers listened to music across an average of 4.1 devices per week. We believe that the use of multiple devices is expanding listening hours by bringing music into more moments of consumers’ lives, and the different uses these devices enable are also broadening the base of music to which consumers are exposed. The music that consumers listen to during a commute may be different than the music they listen to while they exercise, and different still than the music they play through a smart speaker while cooking a meal. Smart speakers enable consumers to access music more readily by using their voices. According to PwC, smart speaker ownership is expected to increase at a 38% CAGR from 2018 through 2023, to 440 million devices globally in 2023. The adoption of smart speakers in the United States has been strong, and according to Nielsen, 31% of music listeners today own smart speakers. Smart speakers are fueling further growth in streaming, by converting more casual listeners into paid subscribers, drawn in by music as a critical application for these devices. According to Nielsen, 61% of U.S. consumers who use a smart speaker weekly to listen to music currently pay for a subscription as well.

Format and Monetization Model Innovation. Short-form music and music-based video content has grown rapidly, driven by the growth of global social video applications such as TikTok, which features 15-second videos often set to music. TikTok has reportedly been downloaded more than one billion times since its launch in 2017 and has a global reach of 500 million users, according to Nielsen. Such applications have the potential for mass adoption, illustrating the opportunity for additional platforms of scale to be created to the benefit of the music entertainment industry. These platforms enable incremental consumption of music appealing to varied, and



 

4


Table of Contents

often younger, audiences. From a recording artist’s perspective, these platforms have the potential to rewrite the path to stardom. For example, our recording artist, Fitz & the Tantrums, an American band, rose to international fame in 2018 as their song “HandClap” went viral in Asia on TikTok. Fitz & the Tantrums quickly topped the international music charts in South Korea and surpassed one billion streams in China. Short-form music and music-based video content have also become increasingly popular on social media platforms such as Facebook and Instagram, further illustrating the growing number of potential pathways through which recording artists may gain consumer exposure.

Music Publishing

According to Music & Copyright, the music publishing industry generated $5.5 billion in global revenue in 2018, representing an 11% increase from $4.9 billion in the prior year. Music publishing involves the acquisition of rights to, and the licensing of, musical compositions (as opposed to sound recordings) from songwriters, composers or other rightsholders. Music publishing revenues are derived from four main royalty sources: mechanical, performance, synchronization and digital. Digital represents the largest and fastest-growing component of industry revenues, while performance represents the second-largest component of industry revenues. Mechanical revenues from traditional physical music formats (e.g., CDs, DVDs, downloads) have continued to fall while performance revenues and digital revenues have grown to offset this decline.

Positive Regulatory Trends

The music industry has benefitted from positive regulatory developments in recent years, which are expected to lead to increased revenues for the music entertainment industry in the coming years. These include the passage of the U.S. Music Modernization Act (“MMA”) in 2018, the recent SDARS III and Phonorecords III Copyright Royalty Board (“CRB”) proceedings and the passage of the European Union (“E.U.”) Copyright Directive in 2019. See “Business—Our Industry and Market Opportunity—Positive Regulatory Trends” for additional information.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

Well-Positioned to Benefit from Growth in the Global Music Market Driven by Streaming. The music entertainment industry has undergone a transformation in the consumption and monetization of content towards streaming over the last five years. According to IFPI, from 2015 through 2018, global recorded music revenue grew at a CAGR of 9%, with streaming revenue growing at a CAGR of 45% and increasing as a percentage of global recorded music revenue from 20% to 47% over the same period. By comparison, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2018, our recorded music streaming revenue grew at a CAGR of 42% and increased as a percentage of our total recorded music revenues from 24% to 52%. We believe our innovation-focused operating strategy with an emphasis on genres that over-index on streaming platforms (e.g., hip-hop and pop) has consistently allowed our digital revenue growth to outpace the market, highlighted by our becoming the first major music entertainment company to report that our streaming revenue was the largest source of recorded music revenue in 2016.

The growth of streaming services has not only improved the discoverability and personalization of music, but has also increased consumer willingness to pay for seamless convenience and access. We believe consumer adoption of paid streaming services still has significant potential for growth. For example, according to MIDiA, in 2018, approximately 30% of the population in Sweden, an early adopter market, was paid music subscribers. This illustrates the opportunity to drive long-term growth by increasing penetration of paid subscriptions throughout the world, including important markets such as the United States, Japan, Germany, the United Kingdom and France, where paid subscriber levels are lower. Our catalog and roster of recording artists and songwriters, including our strengths in hip-hop and pop music, position us to benefit as streaming continues to



 

5


Table of Contents

grow. We also believe our diversified catalog of evergreen music amassed over many decades will prove advantageous as demographics evolve from younger early adopters to a wider demographic mix and as digital music services target broader audiences.

Established Presence in Growing International Markets, Including China. We believe we will benefit from the growth in international markets due to our local A&R focus, as well as our local and global marketing and distribution infrastructure that includes a network of subsidiaries, affiliates, and non-affiliated licensees and sub-publishers in more than 70 countries. We are developing local talent to achieve regional, national and international success. We have expanded our global footprint over time by acquiring independent recorded music and music publishing businesses, catalogs and recording artist and songwriter rosters in China, Indonesia, Poland, Russia and South Africa, among other markets. In addition, we have increased organic investment in heavily populated emerging markets by, for example, launching Warner Music Middle East, our recorded music affiliate covering 17 markets across the Middle East and North Africa with a total population of 380 million people. We have also strengthened our Warner Music Asia executive team with new appointments and promotions. According to IFPI in 2018, recorded music industry revenues in Asia and Australasia grew 12% year-over-year. Over the same period and on a constant-currency basis, we grew revenues in Asia and Australasia by 21%, again outpacing the industry.

With every region around the world at different stages in transitioning to digital formats, we believe establishing creative hubs by opening new regional offices and partnering with local players will achieve our objective of building local expertise while delivering maximum global impact for our recording artists and songwriters. For example, we recently invested in one of Nigeria’s leading music entertainment companies, Chocolate City, and music from this influential independent company’s recording artists and songwriters will join our repertoire and receive the support of our wide-ranging global expertise, including distribution and artist services.

Differentiated Platform of Scale with Top Industry Position. With over $4 billion in annual revenues, over half of which are generated outside of the United States, we believe our platform is differentiated by the scale, reach and broad appeal of our music. Our collection of owned and controlled recordings and musical compositions, spanning a large variety of genres and geographies over many decades, cannot be replicated. As one of three major music entertainment companies, our industry position remains strong and poised for continued growth. As reported in Music & Copyright, our global recorded music market share has increased 9% from 2011 to 2018, growing from 15.1% to 16.5%. In addition, according to Nielsen, Atlantic Records was the No. 1 record label in the United States in 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Star-Making, Culture-Defining Core Capabilities. For decades, our A&R strategy of identifying and nurturing recording artists and songwriters with the talents to be successful has yielded an extensive catalog of iconic music across a wide breadth of musical genres and marquee brands all over the world. Our marketing and promotion departments provide a comprehensive suite of solutions that are specifically tailored to each of our recording artists and carefully coordinated to create the greatest sales momentum for new and catalog releases alike. The development of our vibrant roster of recording artists has been informed by our significant experience in being able to adapt to changes in consumer trends and sentiment over time. Our creative instincts yield custom strategies for each and every one of our recording artists, including, for example:

 

   

Cardi B, whose first Atlantic Records single “Bodak Yellow” was a break-out hit that has been certified nine times Platinum in the United States by the RIAA;

 

   

Twenty One Pilots, whose rise to stardom accelerated with the release of their second Fueled by Ramen studio album, Blurryface; and

 

   

Portugal. The Man, which celebrated its first entry on the Billboard Hot 100 chart after the release of their eighth studio album, Woodstock, featuring the track “Feel It Still.”



 

6


Table of Contents

In addition, Warner Chappell Music boasts a diversified catalog of timeless classics together with an ever-growing group of contemporary songwriters who are actively contributing to today’s top hits. We believe our longstanding reputation and relationships in the creative community, as well as our historical success in talent development and management, will continue to attract new recording artists and songwriters with staying power and market potential through the strength and scale of our proprietary capabilities.

Strong Financial Profile with Robust Growth, Operating Leverage and Free Cash Flow Generation. For fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2019, we have grown as-reported revenues at a CAGR of 12%, and on a constant-currency basis, at a CAGR of 10%, driven by secular tailwinds, organic reinvestment in A&R and strategic acquisitions. For our fiscal year 2019, our business generated net income and Adjusted EBITDA of $258 million and $737 million, respectively, implying an Adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 16%. We have an efficient business model as demonstrated by our high Free Cash Flow conversion of Adjusted EBITDA. In fiscal year 2019, we generated $24 million of Free Cash Flow (after taking into account $183 million related to the acquisition of EMP). We believe our financial profile provides a strong foundation for our continued growth.

Experienced Leadership Team and Committed Strategic Investor. Our management team has successfully designed and implemented our business strategy, delivering strong financial results, releasing an increasing flow of new music and establishing a dynamic culture of innovation. At the same time, our management team has driven an increase in operating margins and cash flow through an improved revenue mix to higher-margin digital platforms and overhead cost management, while maintaining financial flexibility to both organically invest in the business and pursue strategic acquisitions to diversify our revenue mix. Our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses are led by entrepreneurial and creative individuals with extensive experience in discovering and developing recording artists and songwriters and managing their creative output on a global scale. In addition, we have benefited, and expect to continue to benefit, from our acquisition by Access in July 2011, which has provided us with strategic direction, M&A and capital markets expertise and planning support to help us take full advantage of the ongoing transition in the music entertainment industry.

Expertise in Strategic Acquisitions and Investments That Extend Our Capabilities. Since 2011 when Access became our controlling shareholder, we have completed more than 15 strategic acquisitions. The acquisition of PLG in 2013 significantly strengthened our worldwide roster, global footprint and executive talent, particularly in Europe. In addition, we have made several smaller strategic acquisitions aimed at expanding our artist services capabilities in our Recorded Music business, including EMP, one of Europe’s leading specialty music and entertainment merchandise e-tailers; Sodatone, a premier A&R insight tool; UPROXX, the youth culture and video production powerhouse; Spinnin’ Records, one of the world’s leading independent electronic music companies; and Songkick’s concert discovery application. These transactions showcase the growing breadth of our platform across the music entertainment ecosystem and have increased our direct access to fans of our recording artists and songwriters. In addition to our commercial arrangements with digital music services, we opportunistically invest in some of those services as well as other companies in our industry, including minority equity stakes in Deezer, a French digital music service in which Access owns a controlling equity interest, and Tencent Music Entertainment Group, the leading online music entertainment platform in China. Acquiring and investing in businesses that are highly complementary to our existing portfolio further enables us to potentially derive incremental and new revenue streams from different business models in new markets.

Our Growth Strategies

Attract, Develop and Retain Established and Emerging Recording Artists and Songwriters. A critical component of our global strategy is to produce an increasing flow of new music by finding, developing and retaining recording artists and songwriters who achieve long-term success. Since 2011, our annual new releases have grown significantly and our catalog of musical compositions has increased to over 1.4 million. We expect to enhance the value of our assets by continuing to attract and develop new recording artists and songwriters with



 

7


Table of Contents

staying power and market potential. Our A&R teams seek to sign talented recording artists and songwriters who will generate meaningful revenues and increase the enduring value of our catalog. We have also made meaningful investments in technology to further expand our A&R capabilities in a rapidly changing music environment. In 2018, we acquired Sodatone, an advanced A&R tool that uses streaming, social and touring data to help track early predictors of success. When combined with the strength of our current ability to identify creative talent, we expect this to further enhance our ability to scout and sign breakthrough recording artists and songwriters. In addition, we anticipate that investment in or commercial relationships with technology companies will enable us to tailor our marketing efforts for established recording artists and songwriters by gaining valuable insight into consumer reactions to new releases. We regularly evaluate our recording artist and songwriter rosters to ensure that we remain focused on developing the most promising and profitable talent and are committed to maintaining financial discipline in the negotiation of our agreements with recording artists and songwriters.

Focus on Growth Markets to Position Us to Realize Upside from Incremental Penetration of Streaming. While the rapid growth of streaming has already transformed the music entertainment industry, streaming is still in relatively early stages, as significant opportunity remains in both developed markets and markets largely untapped by the adoption of paid streaming subscriptions. Some of our largest markets, such as the United States, Germany, United Kingdom and France, still lag Nordic countries in penetration of paid subscriptions and have room for future growth. In these markets, we will continue to increase our output of new releases and use data to more effectively target our marketing efforts. Less mature markets, such as China and Brazil, have large populations with relatively high smartphone penetration, and we are well placed to benefit from streaming tailwinds over the next several years with our local presence and extensive catalog.

Expand Global Presence with Investment in Local Music in Nascent Markets. We recognize that music is inherently local in nature, shaped by people and culture. According to IFPI, in 2018, at least seven of the top-selling singles in Brazil, India, Italy and South Korea were performed by or featured local artists. Similarly, in 2018, at least seven of the top-selling albums in France, Germany, Spain and Turkey were performed by or featured local artists. One of our vital business functions is to help our recording artists and songwriters solve the complexities associated with a fragmented, global market of mixed musical tastes. We have found that investment in local music provides the best opportunity to understand these nuances, and we have made it a strategic priority to seek out investment opportunities in emerging markets. For example, we opened an office in the Middle East and North Africa region to prepare for the forecasted rise in smartphone penetration and projected uptake in digital music. These investments are made with the purpose of increasing our understanding of local market dynamics and popularizing our current roster of recording artists and songwriters around the world. The impact of this local focus is demonstrated by increased revenues. For example, in fiscal year 2019, on a constant-currency basis, our revenues grew by 11% in North America, 17% in Latin America, 26% in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa, and 25% in Asia and Australasia.

Embrace Commercial Innovation with New Digital Distributors and Partners. We believe the growth of digital formats will continue to create new and powerful ways to distribute and monetize our music. We were the first major music company to strike landmark deals with important companies such as Apple, YouTube, Peloton and Tencent Music Entertainment Group, as well as with pure-play music technology companies such as MixCloud, SoundCloud and Audiomack. We believe that the continued development of new digital channels for the consumption of music and increasing access to digital music services present significant promise and opportunity for the music entertainment industry. We are also focused on investing in emerging music technologies, demonstrated by our launch of WMG Boost, a seed-stage investment fund for start-ups in the music entertainment industry and through partnerships with entrepreneurial incubators such as TechStars. We intend to continue to extend our technological reach by executing deals with new partners and developing optimal business models that will enable us to monetize our music across various platforms, services and devices. We also intend to continue to support and invest in emerging technologies, including artificial intelligence, artificial reality, virtual reality, high-resolution audio, mobile messaging and other technologies to continue to build new revenue streams and position ourselves for long-term growth.



 

8


Table of Contents

Pursue Acquisitions to Enhance Asset Portfolio and Long-Term Growth. We have successfully completed a number of strategic acquisitions, particularly in our Recorded Music business. Strengthening and expanding our global footprint provides us with insights on markets in which we can immediately capitalize on favorable industry trends, as evidenced by our acquisition of PLG in 2013. We also build upon our core competencies with additive and ancillary capabilities. For example, our acquisition of UPROXX, one of the most influential media brands for youth culture, not only provides a platform for short-form music and music-based video content production to market and promote our recording artists, but also includes sales capabilities to monetize advertising inventory on digital audio and video platforms. We plan to continue selectively pursuing acquisition opportunities while maintaining financial discipline to further improve our growth trajectory and drive operating efficiencies with increased free cash flow generation. With respect to our Music Publishing business, we have the opportunity to generate significant value by acquiring other music publishers and extracting cost savings (as acquired catalogs can be administered with little incremental cost), as well as by increasing revenues through more aggressive monetization efforts. We will also continue to evaluate opportunities to add to our catalog or acquire or make investments in companies engaged in businesses that we believe will help to advance our strategies.

Our Recording Artist and Songwriter Value Proposition

Over the last five years, we have outperformed in a highly competitive market. For example, since January 2017, our owned and distributed labels have received more U.S. Gold and Platinum certifications from the RIAA for debut albums than those of any other company. Our success is a function of attracting exceptional talent and helping them build long and lucrative careers. In an environment where music entertainment companies often fiercely compete to sign recording artists and songwriters, our ability to differentiate our core capabilities is crucial. We are constantly strengthening our skill sets, as well as evolving and expanding the comprehensive suite of services we provide. Our goal is not to be the biggest music entertainment company, but the best.

In the digital world, consumers have more than 50 million tracks at their fingertips, growing at a rate of approximately 40,000 songs per day. The sheer volume of music being released on digital music services is making it harder for recording artists and songwriters to stand out and get noticed. At the same time, music that is fresh and original is currently what resonates most strongly on digital music services. We believe our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses remain not just relevant, but essential to the booming music entertainment economy. Our proven ability to cut through the noise is more necessary and valuable than ever.

Below is an overview of the many creative and commercial services we provide our recording artists and songwriters. Our interests are aligned with theirs. By creating value for our recording artists and songwriters, we create value for ourselves. That philosophy is behind our current momentum, and we believe it will continue to propel our business into the future.

Welcoming Talent

We offer recording artists and songwriters numerous pathways into our ecosystem. Whether it is an up-and-coming songwriter making music in his or her bedroom, a breakout superstar recording artist selling out stadiums or an icon looking to curate a legacy, we offer the necessary support and resources.

We are not just searching for immediate hits. We scout and sign talent with the market potential for longevity and lasting impact. As a result, we are investing in more new music every year without losing our commitment to each recording artist and songwriter. It is that focus, patience and passion that has built and sustained the reputation that perpetuates our cycle of success.



 

9


Table of Contents

Creative Partnership

Our A&R executives both champion and challenge the talent they sign, empowering them to realize their visions and evolve over time. Our longstanding relationships within the creative community also provide our recording artists and songwriters with a wide network of collaborators, which is a vital part of helping them to realize their best work. We provide the investment that gives our recording artists and songwriters the requisite time and space to experiment and flourish. This includes access to a multitude of songwriters’ rooms and recording studios around the globe with more to come.

Marketing and Promotional Firepower

We are experts in the art of amplification, with proven specialties in every aspect of marketing and promotion. From every meaningful digital music service and social media network to radio, press, film, television and retail, we are plugged into the most influential people and platforms for music entertainment. At the same time, by combining our collective experience with billions of transactions each and every week, we gather the insights needed to make meaningful commercial decisions grounded in data-based discipline. Most importantly, we quickly adapt to changes in how music is consumed to maximize the opportunities for our recording artists and songwriters. For example, we quickly honed our expertise in securing placement on playlists and other valuable positioning on digital music services.

Global Reach and Local Expertise

As of September 30, 2019, we employed approximately 5,400 persons around the world. This means we can build local fan bases for international recording artists and songwriters, as well as supply the network to deliver worldwide fame. Our local strength fuels our global impact and vice versa. We employ a global priority system to provide as many recording artists as possible a genuine shot at success. Our approach combines a deep understanding of local cultures, with a close-knit, nimble team that is in constant communication around the world.

A Broad Universe of Opportunity

Albums, singles, videos and songs are still the primary drivers for our business. But as the demand for music has grown, music has been woven into the fabric of our daily lives in new and increasingly sophisticated ways. It is our job to help our recording artists and songwriters capitalize on this expanding universe.

In our Recorded Music business, beyond digital and physical revenue streams, we provide a wide array of artist services, including merchandise, e-commerce, VIP ticketing and fan clubs. In our Music Publishing business, we take an active role in expanding the consumption of music, through performance, digital, mechanical, synchronization and, the original music publishing revenue stream, sheet music. Last year, we launched a creative services team that is tasked with finding innovative ways to revitalize catalogs and create new possibilities for our songwriters.

In 2017, we launched a film and television unit and subsequently acquired additional video production capabilities in order to offer greater storytelling possibilities for our recording artists and songwriters.

The centralization of our technology capabilities and data insights has resulted in increased transparency of our royalty reporting to our recording artists and songwriters. We defend and protect our recording artists’ and songwriters’ creative output by remaining vigilant in the collection of different types of royalties around the world and defending against illegitimate and illegal uses of our owned and controlled copyrights.



 

10


Table of Contents

Representative Sample of Recording Artists and Songwriters

Our Recorded Music business includes music from:

 

   

Global superstars such as Ed Sheeran, Bruno Mars, Michael Bublé, Cardi B, Kelly Clarkson, Coldplay, David Guetta, Dua Lipa, Neil Young, Prince, Pink Floyd, David Bowie, Phil Collins, Fleetwood Mac, Tom Petty and The Smiths.

 

   

Next-generation talent including A Boogie wit da Hoodie, Charli XCX, Lizzo and Bebe Rexha.

 

   

International stars such as Anitta, Aya Nakamura, TWICE, Christopher, Udo Lindenberg and Laura Pausini.

Our Music Publishing business includes musical compositions by:

 

   

Superstars such as Stormzy, Twenty One Pilots, Green Day, Katy Perry, George Michael, Chris Stapleton, Damon Albarn, Dave Mustaine and Kacey Musgraves.

 

   

International talent such as Jonathan Lee, Tia Ray, Manuel Medrano, Melendi, Bausa, Shy’m, Tove Lo and Jack & Coke.

 

   

Songwriting icons like Brody Brown, Liz Rose, Justin Tranter, busbee, The-Dream, Dr. Dre, Stephen Sondheim, George & Ira Gershwin and Gamble & Huff.

Our Controlling Stockholder and Our Status as a Controlled Company

Access Industries is a privately-held industrial group with long-term holdings worldwide. Founded in 1986 by British-American industrialist and philanthropist Len Blavatnik, Access identifies new strategic investment opportunities and invests in both emerging and established industries to create transformative companies and generate significant growth over time. Headquartered in the United States, Access owns strategic and diversified investments around the world in various key sectors including media and telecommunications, natural resources and chemicals, venture capital, real estate and biotechnology.

In the technology, media and entertainment (“TME”) sector, Access has created a media platform for the 21st century built on investments in disruptive technologies, content platforms and production companies. In addition to Warner Music Group, Access’s TME holdings include DAZN, the leading digital sports content streaming company, Deezer, the high-resolution online music streaming service with over 15 million active monthly users, Access Entertainment, which invests in premium-quality television, film and theater, and other transformational companies.

Following the completion of this offering, Access will hold an aggregate of                  shares of our Class B common stock, representing approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from the selling stockholders) and approximately     % of the economic interest (or approximately     % of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from the selling stockholders). Accordingly, Access will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. We believe that this voting structure aligns our interests in creating stockholder value.

Because Access will control a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for                 -listed companies. Therefore, we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, such as the requirement that



 

11


Table of Contents

our board of directors have a compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to take advantage of these exemptions.

Our Corporate Information

Warner Music Group Corp. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, and our telephone number is (212) 275-2000. Our website is www.wmg.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

our ability to identify, sign and retain recording artists and songwriters and the existence or absence of superstar releases;

 

   

the ability to further develop a successful business model applicable to a digital environment and to enter into artist services and expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to broaden our revenue streams in growing segments of the music entertainment business;

 

   

the popular demand for particular recording artists or songwriters and music and the timely delivery to us of music by major recording artists or songwriters;

 

   

the diversity and quality of our recording artists, songwriters and releases;

 

   

slower growth in streaming adoption and revenue;

 

   

our dependence on a limited number of digital music services for the online distribution and marketing of our music and their ability to significantly influence the pricing structure for online music stores;

 

   

risks associated with our non-U.S. operations, including limited legal protections of our intellectual property rights and restrictions on the repatriation of capital;

 

   

the impact of heightened and intensive competition in the recorded music and music publishing industries and our inability to execute our business strategy;

 

   

threats to our business associated with digital piracy, including organized industrial piracy;

 

   

a potential loss of catalog if it is determined that recording artists have a right to recapture U.S. rights in their recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act;

 

   

our substantial leverage; and

 

   

holders of our Class A common stock will have limited or no ability to influence corporate matters due to the dual class structure of our common stock and the existing ownership of Class B common stock by Access, which has the effect of concentrating voting control with Access for the foreseeable future.



 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

            shares.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares.

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

Voting rights

Upon completion of this offering, we will have two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share.

 

  Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law or specified in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Upon the completion of this offering, Access, which will be the holder of all of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, will collectively hold approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). As a result, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

 

Conversion and related rights

Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other class of shares.

 

 

Our Class B common stock is convertible into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert



 

13


Table of Contents
 

automatically into one share of Class A common stock (i) upon any transfer of such share, except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and (ii) on the first trading day after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock then outstanding, as determined by our board of directors. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Conversion, Exchange and Transferability” for more information.

 

Dividend policy

The Company intends to institute a regular quarterly dividend to holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock whereby we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends of $         per share. We expect to pay the first dividend under this policy in             . The declaration of each dividend will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Proposed stock exchange symbol

“             ”.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering is based on                  shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of                     , 2020, respectively, and excludes              shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance following this offering under our equity plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering which includes the reclassification of              outstanding shares of common stock into              shares of Class B common stock;

 

   

the conversion of shares of Class B common stock held by the selling stockholders into an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock upon the sale by the selling stockholders of such shares in this offering;

 

   

gives effect to a                  -for-                  stock split on our Class B common stock to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders;

 

   

assumes that the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be $         per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and

 

   

does not reflect shares of Class A common stock potentially issuable in respect of deferred equity unit grants under our Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (the “Plan”). See “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentives—Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan” for additional information on the Plan.



 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, and as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and as of December 31, 2019 have been derived from the unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data as of December 31, 2018 have been derived from unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. This summary financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the annual and interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not indicative of future operating results and results from interim periods are not indicative of full year results. The following consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet data have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)        2019             2018             2019             2018             2017      

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 1,256     $ 1,203     $ 4,475     $ 4,005     $ 3,576  

Interest expense, net

     (33     (36     (142     (138     (149

Net income

     122       86       258       312       149  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2     —         (2     (5     (6

Net income attributable to the Company.

     120       86       256       307       143  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

          

Cash and equivalents

   $ 462     $ 548     $ 619     $ 514     $ 647  

Total assets

     6,314       5,946       6,017       5,344       5,718  

Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)

     2,988       2,998       2,974       2,819       2,811  

Total equity

     (169     (139     (269     (320     308  

Cash Flow Data:

          

Cash flows provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 78     $ 92     $ 400     $ 425     $ 535  

Investing activities

     (32     (238     (376     405       (126

Financing activities

     (207     182       88       (955     (128

Depreciation & amortization

     71       68       269       261       251  

Capital expenditures

     (15     (26     (104     (74     (44

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
     Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)        2019              2018          2019      2018      2017  

Earnings Per Share:

              

Earnings per share—common stock

              

Basic and Diluted

   $ 114,107      $ 81,443      $ 243,129      $ 291,626      $ 136,080  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,052        1,052        1,052        1,053        1,055  


 

15


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)        2019             2018             2019             2018             2017      

Business Segment Data:

          

Recorded Music

          

Revenues

   $ 1,084   $ 1,041   $ 3,840     $ 3,360     $ 3,020  

Operating income

     191     163     439       307       283  

OIBDA

     241     211     623       480       451  

Music Publishing

          

Revenues

     173     165   $ 643     $ 653     $ 572  

Operating income

     14     22     92       84       81  

OIBDA

     33     39     166       159       152  

Corporate expenses and eliminations

          

Revenues

     (1     (3   $ (8   $ (8   $ (16

Operating loss

     (40     (38     (175     (174     (142

OIBDA

     (38     (35     (164     (161     (130

Total

          

Revenues

     1,256     1,203   $ 4,475     $ 4,005     $ 3,576  

Operating income

     165     147     356       217       222  

OIBDA (1)

     236     215     625       478       473  

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)        2019              2018             2019              2018              2017      

Other Financial Data:

             

OIBDA (1)

   $ 236      $ 215     $ 625      $ 478      $ 473  

Free Cash Flow (2)

   $ 46      $ (146   $ 24      $ 830      $ 409  

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
     Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
         2019              2018              2019              2018              2017      

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 740      $ 1,089      $ 737      $ 1,033      $ 604  

 

(1)

We evaluate our operating performance based on several factors, including our primary financial measure which is operating income (loss) before non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and non-cash amortization of intangible assets (which we refer to as “OIBDA”). We consider OIBDA to be an important indicator of the operational strengths and performance of our businesses, and believe the presentation of OIBDA helps improve the ability to understand our operating performance and evaluate our performance in comparison to comparable periods.

However, a limitation of the use of OIBDA as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenue in our businesses. Accordingly, OIBDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income (loss), net income (loss) and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.



 

16


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of operating income (loss) from continuing operations to OIBDA and further provides the components from operating income (loss) from continuing operations to net income (loss) for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months
Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)        2019              2018             2019             2018             2017      

Net income attributable to the Company

   $ 120      $ 86     $ 256     $ 307     $ 143  

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     2        —         2       5       6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     122        86       258       312       149  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     5        50       9       130       (151
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     127        136       267       442       (2

Other (income) expense, net

     5        (28     (60     (394     40  

Interest expense, net

     33        36       142       138       149  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          3       7       31       35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     165        147       356       217       222  

Amortization expense

     47        54       208       206       201  

Depreciation expense

     24        14       61       55       50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OIBDA

   $ 236      $ 215     $ 625     $ 478     $ 473  

 

(2)

Free Cash Flow reflects our net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures and cash paid or received for investments. We use Free Cash Flow, among other measures, to evaluate our operating performance. Management believes Free Cash Flow provides investors with an important perspective on the cash available to fund our debt service requirements, ongoing working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, strategic acquisitions and investments, and any dividends, prepayments of debt or repurchases or retirement of our outstanding debt or notes in open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise. As a result, Free Cash Flow is a significant measure of our ability to generate long-term value. It is useful for investors to know whether this ability is being enhanced or degraded as a result of our operating performance. We believe the presentation of Free Cash Flow is relevant and useful for investors because it allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to the method management uses.

The following is a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)        2019             2018             2019             2018             2017      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 78     $ 92     $ 400     $ 425     $ 535  

Capital expenditures (a)

     (15     (26     (104     (74     (44

Net cash received (paid) for investments (b)

     (17     (212     (272     479       (82

Free Cash Flow

   $ 46     $ (146   $ 24     $ 830     $ 409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Fiscal years 2019 and 2018 include Los Angeles headquarters construction expenditures of $45 million and $28 million, respectively.

  (b)

Reflects acquisition of music publishing rights, net, investments and acquisitions of businesses, net and proceeds from the sale of investments including, in the first fiscal quarter of 2019 and fiscal year 2019, the $183 million used to fund the acquisition of EMP, which was entirely debt financed, and in fiscal year 2018, the cash impact of the net gain of $389 million related to the sale of the Spotify shares.



 

17


Table of Contents
(3)

Adjusted EBITDA is equivalent to “Consolidated EBITDA” as defined under our indentures and Revolving Credit Facility and “EBITDA” as defined under our Senior Term Loan Facility, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA differs from the term “EBITDA” as it is commonly used. The definition of Adjusted EBITDA, in addition to adjusting net income to exclude interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, also adjusts net income by excluding items or expenses such as, among other items, (1) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves, (2) any non-cash charges (including any impairment charges), (3) any net loss resulting from hedging currency exchange risks, (4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid to Access under the Management Agreement or otherwise, (5) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), (6) transaction expenses, (7) equity-based compensation expense and (8) certain extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items. It also includes an adjustment for the pro forma impact of certain projected cost savings and synergies and certain specified transactions. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by our management to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity—Covenant Compliance.”

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of those limitations include: (1) it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenue for our business, (2) it does not reflect the significant interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness and (3) it does not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments. In particular, this measure adds back certain non-cash, extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income; however, these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income or cash flow provided by operating activities as those terms are defined by U.S. GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, net income (loss) and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.



 

18


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income, which is the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)        2019             2018             2019             2018             2017      

Net income

   $ 294     $ 393     $ 258     $ 312     $ 149  

Income tax expense

     (36     128       9       130       (151

Interest expense, net

     140       139       142       138       149  

Depreciation and amortization

     271       264       269       261       251  

Loss on extinguishment of debt (a)

     4       33       7       31       35  

Net gain on divestitures of business and asset dispositions and sale of securities (b)

     (4     (6     (4     (6     (4

Restructuring costs (c)

     26       66       27       66       14  

Net hedging gains and foreign exchange gains (d)

     (23     (22     (38     (7     22  

Management fees (e)

     11       16       11       16       9  

Transaction costs (f)

     —         3       3       —         3  

Business optimization expenses (g)

     28       15       22       21       15  

Equity-based compensation expense (h)

     30       56       49       62       70  

Other non-cash charges (i)

     (3     (15     (19     —         19  

Pro forma impact of specified transactions and other cost-savings initiatives (j)

     2       19       1       9       23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (k)

   $ 740     $ 1,089     $ 737     $ 1,033     $ 604  

 

  (a)

Reflects net loss incurred on the early extinguishment of our debt incurred as part of the October 2018 partial redemption of the 4.125% Secured Notes, the October 2018 open market purchase of the 4.875% Secured Notes, the November 2018 partial redemption of 5.625% Secured Notes, the May 2019 redemption of the remaining 5.625% Secured Notes, December 2017 and June 2018 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Amendments (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below).

  (b)

Reflects net gain on divestitures of business and asset dispositions and the sale of investment securities.

  (c)

Reflects severance costs and other restructuring-related expenses.

  (d)

Reflects net gains or losses from hedging activities and unrealized net gains due to foreign exchange on our Euro denominated debt and intercompany transactions.

  (e)

Reflects Access management fees equal to 1.5% of EBITDA, including an annual fee and related expenses.

  (f)

Reflects mainly integration, transaction and other nonrecurring costs.

  (g)

Reflects primarily costs associated with information technology systems updates and U.S. shared services relocation and other transformation initiatives.

  (h)

Reflects non-cash equity-based compensation expense related to the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.

  (i)

Reflects cash payments related to previous non-cash charges, including but not limited to costs associated with our Los Angeles office consolidation (i.e., reversal of add-backs from lease terminations), unrealized gains on the mark-to-market of an equity method investment and losses on cost method investments.

  (j)

Reflects pro forma impact of specified transactions and reasonably identifiable and factually supportable savings resulting from our U.S. shared services relocation and other transformation and cost-savings initiatives from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 18 months after the end of such period.

  (k)

Fiscal year 2018 includes a net gain of $389 million, pre-tax, related to the sale of Spotify shares acquired in the ordinary course of business.



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, including our annual and interim financial statements, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In any such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate, and we may suffer reduced profits as a result.

The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, have experienced ongoing consolidation among major music entertainment companies and are driven by consumer preferences that are rapidly changing. Additionally, they require substantial human and capital resources. We compete with other recorded music companies and music publishing companies to identify and sign new recording artists and songwriters with the potential to achieve long-term success and to enter into and renew agreements with established recording artists and songwriters. In addition, our competitors may from time to time increase the amounts they spend to discover, or to market and promote, recording artists and songwriters or reduce the prices of their music in an effort to expand market share. We may lose business if we are unable to sign successful recording artists or songwriters or to match the prices of the music offered by our competitors. Our Recorded Music business competes not only with other recorded music companies, but also with recording artists who may choose to distribute their own works (which has become more practicable as music is distributed online rather than physically) and companies in other industries (such as Spotify) that may choose to sign direct deals with recording artists or recorded music companies. Our Music Publishing business competes not only with other music publishing companies, but also with songwriters who publish their own works and companies in other industries that may choose to sign direct deals with songwriters or music publishing companies. Our Recorded Music business is to a large extent dependent on technological developments, including access to and selection and viability of new technologies, and is subject to potential pressure from competitors as a result of their technological developments. For example, our Recorded Music business may be further adversely affected by technological developments that facilitate the piracy of music, such as Internet peer-to-peer file sharing, by an inability to enforce our intellectual property rights in digital environments and by a failure to further develop successful business models applicable to a digital environment. The Recorded Music business also faces competition from other forms of entertainment and leisure activities, such as cable and satellite television, motion pictures and video games in physical and digital formats.

Our prospects and financial results may be adversely affected if we fail to identify, sign and retain recording artists and songwriters and by the existence or absence of superstar releases.

We are dependent on identifying, signing and retaining recording artists with long-term potential, whose debut music is well received on release, whose subsequent music is anticipated by consumers and whose music will continue to generate sales as part of our catalog for years to come. The competition among record companies for such talent is intense. Competition among record companies to sell and otherwise market and promote music is also intense. We are also dependent on signing and retaining songwriters who will write the hit songs of today and the classics of tomorrow. Our competitive position is dependent on our continuing ability to attract and develop recording artists and songwriters whose work can achieve a high degree of public acceptance and who

 

20


Table of Contents

can timely deliver their music to us. Our financial results may be adversely affected if we are unable to identify, sign and retain such recording artists and songwriters under terms that are economically attractive to us. Our financial results may also be affected by the existence or absence of superstar recording artist releases during a particular period. Some music entertainment industry observers believe that the number of superstar recording acts with long-term appeal, both in terms of catalog sales and future releases, has declined in recent years. Additionally, our financial results are generally affected by the appeal of our recorded music and music publishing catalogs to consumers.

If streaming adoption or revenues grows less rapidly or levels off, our prospects and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Streaming revenues are important because they have offset declines in downloads and physical sales and represent a growing area of our Recorded Music business. According to IFPI, streaming revenues, which includes revenues from ad-supported and subscription services, accounted for approximately 80% of digital revenues in 2018, up approximately 10% year-over-year. There can be no assurance that this growth pattern will persist or that digital revenues will continue to grow at a rate sufficient to offset and exceed declines in downloads and physical sales. If growth in streaming revenues levels off or fails to grow as quickly as it has over the past several years, our Recorded Music business may experience reduced levels of revenues and operating income. Additionally, slower growth in streaming adoption or revenues is also likely to have a negative impact on our Music Publishing business, which generates a significant portion of its revenues from sales and other uses of recorded music.

We are substantially dependent on a limited number of digital music services for the online distribution and marketing of our music, and they are able to significantly influence the pricing structure for online music stores and may not correctly calculate royalties under license agreements.

We derive an increasing portion of our revenues from the licensing of music through digital distribution channels. We are currently dependent on a small number of leading digital music services. In fiscal year 2019, revenue earned under our license agreements with our top two digital music accounts, Apple and Spotify, accounted for approximately 27% of our total revenues. We have limited ability to increase our wholesale prices to digital music services as a small number of digital music services control much of the legitimate digital music business. If these services were to adopt a lower pricing model or if there were structural changes to other pricing models, we could receive substantially less for our music, which could cause a material reduction in our revenues, unless offset by a corresponding increase in the number of transactions. We currently enter into short-term license agreements with many digital music services and provide our music on an at-will basis to others. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew or enter into new license agreements with any digital music service. The terms of these license agreements, including the royalty rates that we receive pursuant to them, may change as a result of changes in our bargaining power, changes in the industry, changes in the law, or for other reasons. Decreases in royalty rates, rates of revenue sharing or changes to other terms of these license agreements may materially impact our business, operating results and financial condition. Digital music services generally accept and make available all of the music that we deliver to them. However, if digital music services in the future decide to limit the types or amount of music they will accept from music entertainment companies like us, our revenues could be significantly reduced. See “Business—Recorded Music—Sales and Digital Distribution.”

We are also substantially dependent on a limited number of digital music services for the marketing of our music. A significant proportion of the music streamed on digital music services is from playlists curated by those services or generated from those services’ algorithms. If these services were to fail to include our music on playlists, change the position of our music on playlists or give us less marketing space, it could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Under our license agreements and relevant statutes, we receive royalties from digital music services in order to stream or otherwise offer our music. The determination of the amount and timing of such payments is complex and subject to a number of variables, including the revenue generated, the type of music offered and the country

 

21


Table of Contents

in which it is sold, identification of the appropriate licensor, and the service tier on which music is made available. As a result, we may not be paid appropriately for our music. Failure to be accurately paid our royalties may adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our business operations in some foreign countries subject us to trends, developments or other events which may affect us adversely.

We are a global company with strong local presences, which have become increasingly important as the popularity of music originating from a country’s own language and culture has increased in recent years. Our mix of national and international recording artists and songwriters is designed to provide a significant degree of diversification. However, our music does not necessarily enjoy universal appeal and if it does not continue to appeal in various countries, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. As a result, our results can be affected not only by general industry trends, but also by trends, developments or other events in individual countries, including:

 

   

limited legal protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights;

 

   

restrictions on the repatriation of capital;

 

   

fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates;

 

   

differences and unexpected changes in regulatory environment, including environmental, health and safety, local planning, zoning and labor laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

varying tax regimes which could adversely affect our results of operations or cash flows, including regulations relating to transfer pricing and withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries and joint ventures;

 

   

exposure to different legal standards and enforcement mechanisms and the associated cost of compliance;

 

   

difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified management and employees or rationalizing our workforce;

 

   

tariffs, duties, export controls and other trade barriers;

 

   

global economic and retail environment;

 

   

longer accounts receivable settlement cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

recessionary trends, inflation and instability of the financial markets;

 

   

higher interest rates; and

 

   

political instability.

We may not be able to insure or hedge against these risks, and we may not be able to ensure compliance with all of the applicable regulations without incurring additional costs, or at all. For example, our results of operations could be impacted by fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against most currencies. See “—Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.” Furthermore, financing may not be available in countries with less than investment-grade sovereign credit ratings. As a result, it may be difficult to create or maintain profitable operations in various countries.

In addition, our results can be affected by trends, developments and other events in individual countries. There can be no assurance that in the future country-specific trends, developments or other events will not have a significant adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Unfavorable conditions can depress revenues in any given market and prompt promotional or other actions that adversely affect our margins.

 

22


Table of Contents

Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.

As we continue to expand our international operations, we become increasingly exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The reporting currency for our financial statements is the U.S. dollar. We have substantial assets, liabilities, revenues and costs denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. To prepare our consolidated financial statements, we must translate those assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into U.S. dollars at then-applicable exchange rates. Consequently, increases and decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies will affect the amount of these items in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value has not changed in their original currency. These translations could result in significant changes to our results of operations from period to period. Prior to intersegment eliminations, 56% of our revenues related to operations in foreign territories for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange contracts to hedge the risk of unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate movements. During the current fiscal year, we have hedged a portion of our material foreign currency exposures related to royalty payments remitted between our foreign affiliates and our U.S. affiliates. However, these hedging strategies should not be expected to fully eliminate the foreign exchange rate risk to which we are exposed.

Our business may be adversely affected by competitive market conditions, and we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

We expect to increase revenues and cash flow through a business strategy which requires us, among other things, to continue to maximize the value of our music, to significantly reduce costs to maximize flexibility and adjust to new realities of the market, to continue to act to contain digital piracy and to diversify our revenue streams into growing segments of the music entertainment business by continuing to capitalize on digital distribution and emerging technologies, entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists and by operating our artist services businesses.

Each of these initiatives requires sustained management focus, organization and coordination over significant periods of time. Each of these initiatives also requires success in building relationships with third parties and in anticipating and keeping up with technological developments and consumer preferences and may involve the implementation of new business models or distribution platforms. The results of our strategy and the success of our implementation of this strategy will not be known for some time in the future. If we are unable to implement our strategy successfully or properly react to changes in market conditions, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Due to the nature of our business, our results of operations and cash flows and the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

Our results of operations are affected by the amount and quality of music that we release, the number of releases that include musical compositions published by us, timing of release schedules and, more importantly, the consumer demand for these releases. We also make advance payments to recording artists and songwriters, which impact our results of operations and operating cash flows. The timing of releases and advance payments is largely based on business and other considerations and is made without regard to the impact of the timing of the release on our financial results. In addition, certain of our license agreements with digital music services contain minimum guarantees and/or require that we are paid minimum guarantee payments. Our results of operations and cash flows in any reporting period may be materially affected by the timing of releases and advance payments and minimum guarantees, which may result in significant fluctuations from period to period, which may have an adverse impact on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, in 2013, we adopted the Plan, which pays annual bonuses to certain executives based on our free cash flow and offers participants the opportunity to share in appreciation of our common stock. The extent of the benefits awarded under this program is affected by our operating results and trading price of our common stock and, as such, to the extent that either or both fluctuates, the value of the award may increase or decrease materially, which could affect our cash flows and results of operations. For additional information on the Plan, see “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentives—Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.”

 

23


Table of Contents

Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain our executive officers.

We compete with other music entertainment companies and other companies for top talent, including executive officers. Our success depends, in part, upon the continuing contributions of our executive officers, however, there is no guarantee that they will not leave. Only some of our executive officers have employment agreements. In fiscal year 2019, we did not have an employment agreement with our CEO. Our CEO and certain of our executive officers and members of management are participants in the Plan. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or key members of management the failure to attract and retain other executive officers could have a material adverse effect on our business or our business prospects.

A significant portion of our revenues are subject to rate regulation either by government entities or by local third-party collecting societies throughout the world and rates on other income streams may be set by governmental proceedings, which may limit our profitability.

Mechanical royalties and performance royalties are two of the main sources of income to our Music Publishing business and mechanical royalties are a significant expense to our Recorded Music business. In the United States, mechanical royalty rates are set every five years pursuant to an administrative process under the U.S. Copyright Act, unless rates are determined through industry negotiations, and performance royalty rates are determined by negotiations with performing rights societies, the largest of which, ASCAP and BMI, are subject to a consent decree rate-setting process if negotiations are unsuccessful. In June 2019, the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice opened a review of its consent decrees with ASCAP and BMI to determine whether the decrees should be maintained in their current form, modified or terminated. Outside the United States, mechanical and performance royalty rates are typically negotiated on an industry-wide basis. In most territories outside the United States, mechanical royalties are based on a percentage of wholesale prices for physical product and based on a percentage of consumer prices for digital formats. The mechanical and performance royalty rates set pursuant to such processes may adversely affect us by limiting our ability to increase the profitability of our Music Publishing business. If the mechanical and performance royalty rates are set too high it may also adversely affect us by limiting our ability to increase the profitability of our Recorded Music business. In addition, rates our Recorded Music business receives in the United States for webcasting and satellite radio are set every five years by an administrative process under the U.S. Copyright Act unless rates are determined through industry negotiations. It is important as revenues continue to shift from physical to diversified distribution channels that we receive fair value for all of the uses of our intellectual property as our business model now depends upon multiple revenue streams from multiple sources. The rates set for recorded music and music publishing income sources through collecting societies or legally prescribed rate-setting processes could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects.

Failure to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

The success of our business depends on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights. The measures that we take to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including, if necessary, litigation or proceedings before governmental authorities and administrative bodies, may be ineffective, expensive and time-consuming and, despite such measures, third parties may be able to obtain and use our intellectual property rights without our permission. Additionally, changes in law may be implemented, or changes in interpretation of such laws may occur, that may affect our ability to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. Failure to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our brand or brand recognition and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We also in-license certain major trademarks from third parties, including the WARNER, WARNER MUSIC and WARNER RECORDS trademarks and the “W” logo, pursuant to a perpetual, royalty-free license agreement that may be terminated by the licensor under certain circumstances, including our material breach of the license agreement and certain events of insolvency. Upon any such termination, we may be required to either negotiate a new or reinstated agreement with less favorable terms or otherwise lose our rights to use the licensed trademarks,

 

24


Table of Contents

which may require us to change our corporate name and undergo other significant rebranding efforts. Any such rebranding efforts may be disruptive to our business operations, require us to incur significant expenses and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our involvement in intellectual property litigation could adversely affect our business.

Our business is highly dependent upon intellectual property, an area that has encountered increased litigation in recent years. If we are alleged to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of a third party, any litigation to defend the claim could be costly and would divert the time and resources of management, regardless of the merits of the claim and whether the claim is settled out of court or determined in our favor. There can be no assurance that we would prevail in any such litigation. If we were to lose a litigation relating to intellectual property, we could be forced to pay monetary damages and to cease using certain intellectual property or technologies. Any of the foregoing may adversely affect our business.

Digital piracy continues to adversely impact our business.

A substantial portion of our revenue comes from the distribution of music which is potentially subject to unauthorized consumer copying and widespread digital dissemination without an economic return to us, including as a result of “stream-ripping.” In its Music Listening 2019 report, IFPI surveyed 34,000 Internet users to examine the ways in which music consumers aged 16 to 64 engage with recorded music across 21 countries. Of those surveyed, 23% used illegal stream-ripping services, the leading form of music piracy. Organized industrial piracy may also lead to decreased revenues. The impact of digital piracy on legitimate music revenues and subscriptions is hard to quantify, but we believe that illegal file sharing and other forms of unauthorized activity, including stream manipulation, have a substantial negative impact on music revenues. If we fail to obtain appropriate relief through the judicial process or the complete enforcement of judicial decisions issued in our favor (or if judicial decisions are not in our favor), if we are unsuccessful in our efforts to lobby governments to enact and enforce stronger legal penalties for copyright infringement or if we fail to develop effective means of protecting and enforcing our intellectual property (whether copyrights or other intellectual property rights such as patents, trademarks and trade secrets) or our music entertainment-related products or services, our results of operations, financial position and prospects may suffer.

An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible and long-lived assets could negatively affect our operating results and equity.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $1.768 billion of goodwill and $152 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”) requires that we test these assets for impairment annually (or more frequently should indications of impairment arise) by first assessing qualitative factors and then by quantitatively estimating the fair value of each of our reporting units (calculated using a discounted cash flow method) and comparing that value to the reporting units’ carrying value, if necessary. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is a potential impairment and additional testing must be performed. In performing our annual tests and determining whether indications of impairment exist, we consider numerous factors including actual and projected operating results of each reporting unit, external market factors such as market prices for similar assets and trends in the music entertainment industry. We performed an annual assessment, at July 1, 2019, of the recoverability of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles as of September 30, 2019, noting no instances of impairment. However, future events may occur that could adversely affect the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Such events may include, but are not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to changes in economic and competitive conditions and the impact of the economic environment on our operating results. Failure to achieve sufficient levels of cash flow at our reporting units could also result in impairment charges on goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. If the value of the acquired goodwill or acquired indefinite-lived intangible assets is impaired, our operating results and shareholders’ equity could be adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

We also had $1.712 billion of definite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2019. FASB ASC Topic 360-10-35 (“ASC 360-10-35”) requires companies to review these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. No such events or circumstances were identified during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. If similar events occur as enumerated above such that we believe indicators of impairment are present, we would test for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the asset. If those net undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the carrying amount, we would perform the next step, which is to determine the fair value of the asset, which could result in an impairment charge. Any impairment charge recorded could negatively affect our operating results and shareholders’ equity.

We may not have full control and ability to direct the operations we conduct through joint ventures.

We currently have interests in a number of joint ventures and may in the future enter into further joint ventures as a means of conducting our business. In addition, we structure certain of our relationships with recording artists and songwriters as joint ventures. We may not be able to fully control the operations and the assets of our joint ventures, and we may not be able to make major decisions or may not be able to take timely actions with respect to our joint ventures unless our joint venture partners agree.

If we acquire, combine with or invest in other businesses, we will face risks inherent in such transactions.

We have in the past considered and will continue, from time to time, to consider, opportunistic strategic or transformative transactions, which could involve acquisitions, combinations or dispositions of businesses or assets, or strategic alliances or joint ventures with companies engaged in music entertainment, entertainment or other businesses. Any such combination could be material, be difficult to implement, disrupt our business or change our business profile, focus or strategy significantly.

Any future transaction could involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

 

   

potential loss of recording artists or songwriters from our rosters;

 

   

difficulty integrating the acquired businesses or segregating assets to be disposed of;

 

   

exposure to unknown and/or contingent or other liabilities, including litigation arising in connection with the acquisition, disposition and/or against any businesses we may acquire;

 

   

reputational or other damages to our business as a result of a failure to consummate such a transaction for, among other reasons, failure to gain antitrust approval; and

 

   

changing our business profile in ways that could have unintended consequences.

If we enter into significant transactions in the future, related accounting charges may affect our financial condition and results of operations, particularly in the case of any acquisitions. In addition, the financing of any significant acquisition may result in changes in our capital structure, including the incurrence of additional indebtedness, which may be substantial. Conversely, any material disposition could reduce our indebtedness or require the amendment or refinancing of our outstanding indebtedness or a portion thereof. We may not be successful in addressing these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with any strategic or transformative transactions. We cannot assure you that if we make any future acquisitions, investments, strategic alliances or joint ventures or enter into any business combination that they will be completed in a timely manner, or at all, that they will be structured or financed in a way that will enhance our creditworthiness or that they will meet our strategic objectives or otherwise be successful. We also may not be successful in implementing appropriate operational, financial and management systems and controls to achieve the benefits expected to result from these transactions. Failure to effectively manage any of these transactions could result in material increases in costs or reductions in expected revenues, or both. In addition, if any new business in which we invest or which

 

26


Table of Contents

we attempt to develop does not progress as planned, we may not recover the funds and resources we have expended and this could have a negative impact on our businesses or our company as a whole.

We have outsourced certain finance and accounting functions and may outsource other back-office functions, which will make us more dependent upon third parties.

In an effort to be more efficient and generate cost savings, we have outsourced certain finance and accounting functions. As a result, we rely on third parties to ensure that our needs are sufficiently met. This reliance subjects us to risks arising from the loss of control over processes, changes in pricing that may affect our operating results, and potentially, termination of provisions of these services by our suppliers. A failure of our service providers to perform services in a satisfactory manner may have a significant adverse effect on our business. We may outsource other back-office functions in the future, which would increase our reliance on third parties.

We have engaged in substantial restructuring activities in the past, and may need to implement further restructurings in the future and our restructuring efforts may not be successful or generate expected cost savings.

Our business is significantly impacted by ongoing changes in the music entertainment industry. In response, we actively seek to adapt our cost structure to the changing economics of the industry. For example, we have shifted and continue to shift resources from our physical sales channels to efforts focused on digital channels, emerging technologies and other new revenue streams, and we continue our efforts to reduce overhead and manage our variable and fixed-cost structure. In fiscal year 2018, we completed the creation of our new center of excellence for U.S. financial shared services in Nashville, Tennessee, which combined our U.S. transactional financial functions in one location. To establish the new center, we moved some of our U.S. departments to Nashville. In August 2019, we announced that we were beginning a financial transformation initiative to upgrade our information technology and finance infrastructure over the next two years, including related systems and processes. We expect to incur significant costs in connection with this project, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in upgrading our systems and processes effectively or on the timetable and at the costs contemplated, or that we will achieve the expected long-term cost savings.

We cannot be certain that we will not be required to implement further restructuring activities, make additions or other changes to our management or workforce based on other cost reduction measures or changes in the markets and industry in which we compete. Our inability to structure our operations based on evolving market conditions could impact our business. Restructuring activities can create unanticipated consequences and negative impacts on the business, and we cannot be sure that any ongoing or future restructuring efforts will be successful or generate expected cost savings.

If we or our service providers do not maintain the security of information relating to our customers, employees and vendors and our music, security information breaches through cyber security attacks or otherwise could damage our reputation with customers, employees, vendors and artists, and we could incur substantial additional costs, become subject to litigation and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Moreover, even if we or our service providers maintain such security, such breaches remain a possibility due to the fact that no data security system is immune from attacks or other incidents.

We receive certain personal information about our customers and potential customers, and we also receive personal information concerning our employees, artists and vendors. In addition, our online operations depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. We maintain security measures with respect to such information, but despite these measures, are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers and others that attempt to penetrate the security measures that we have in place. A compromise of our security systems (through cyber-attacks, which are rapidly evolving and sophisticated, or otherwise) that results

 

27


Table of Contents

in personal information being obtained by unauthorized persons or other bad acts could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, potential customers, employees, artists and vendors, as well as our operations, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of governmental penalties. Unauthorized persons have also attempted to redirect payments to or from us. If any such attempt were successful, we could lose and fail to recover the redirected funds, which loss could be material. We may also be subject to cyber-attacks that target our music, including not-yet-released music. The theft and premature release of this music may adversely affect our reputation with current and potential artists and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, a security breach could require that we expend significant additional resources related to our information security systems and could result in a disruption of our operations.

We increasingly rely on third-party data storage providers, including cloud storage solution providers, resulting in less direct control over our data. Such third parties may also be vulnerable to security breaches and compromised security systems, which could adversely affect our business.

Evolving laws and regulations concerning data privacy may result in increased regulation and different industry standards, which could increase the costs of operations or limit our activities.

We engage in a wide array of online activities and are thus subject to a broad range of related laws and regulations including, for example, those relating to privacy, consumer protection, data retention and data protection, online behavioral advertising, geo-location tracking, text messaging, e-mail advertising, mobile advertising, content regulation, defamation, age verification, the protection of children online, social media and other Internet, mobile and online-related prohibitions and restrictions. The regulatory framework for privacy and data security issues worldwide has become increasingly burdensome and complex, and is likely to continue to be so for the foreseeable future. Practices regarding the collection, use, storage, transmission, security and disclosure of personal information by companies operating over the Internet and mobile platforms are receiving ever-increasing public and governmental scrutiny. The U.S. government, including Congress, the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for even greater regulation for the collection of information concerning consumer behavior on the Internet and mobile platforms, including regulation aimed at restricting certain targeted advertising practices, the use of location data and disclosures of privacy practices in the online and mobile environments, including with respect to online and mobile applications. State governments are engaged in similar legislative and regulatory activities. In addition, privacy and data security laws and regulations around the world are being implemented rapidly and evolving. These new and evolving laws (including the European Union General Data Protection Regulation effective on May 25, 2018 and the California Consumer Privacy Act effective on January 1, 2020) are likely to result in greater compliance burdens for companies with global operations. Globally, many government and consumer agencies have also called for new regulation and changes in industry practices with respect to information collected from consumers, electronic marketing and the use of third-party cookies, web beacons and similar technology for online behavioral advertising.

The Federal Trade Commission adopted certain revisions to its rule promulgated pursuant to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”), effective as of July 1, 2013, that may impose greater compliance burdens on us. COPPA imposes a number of obligations, such as obtaining verifiable parental permission on operators of websites, apps and other online services to the extent they collect certain information from children who are under 13 years of age. The changes broaden the applicability of COPPA, including by expanding the definition of “personal information” subject to the rule’s parental consent and other obligations.

Our business, including our ability to operate and expand internationally, could be adversely affected if laws or regulations are adopted, interpreted or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent with our current business practices and that require changes to these practices. Therefore, our business could be harmed by any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the collection, use or disclosure of customer data, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of consumers for such collection, use and disclosure is obtained. Such changes may require us to modify our operations, possibly in a material manner, and may limit our ability to develop new products, services, mechanisms, platforms and features that make use of data regarding our customers and potential customers. Any actual or alleged violations of laws and

 

28


Table of Contents

regulations relating to privacy and data security, and any relevant claims, may expose us to potential liability, fines and may require us to expend significant resources in responding to and defending such allegations and claims, regardless of merit. Claims or allegations that we have violated laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security could also result in negative publicity and a loss of confidence in us.

The enactment of legislation limiting the terms by which an individual can be bound under a “personal services” contract could impair our ability to retain the services of key artists.

California Labor Code Section 2855 (“Section 2855”) limits the duration of time any individual can be bound under a contract for “personal services” to a maximum of seven years. In 1987, Subsection (b) was added, which provides a limited exception to Section 2855 for recording contracts, creating a damages remedy for record companies. Such legislation could result in certain of our existing contracts with artists being declared

unenforceable, or may restrict the terms under which we enter into contracts with artists in the future, either of

which could adversely affect our results of operations. There is no assurance that California will not introduce legislation in the future seeking to repeal Subsection (b). The repeal of Subsection (b) and/or the passage of legislation similar to Section 2855 by other states could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

We face a potential loss of catalog to the extent that our recording artists have a right to recapture rights in their recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act.

The U.S. Copyright Act provides authors (or their heirs) a right to terminate U.S. licenses or assignments of rights in their copyrighted works in certain circumstances. This right does not apply to works that are “works made for hire.” Since the enactment of the Sound Recordings Act of 1971, which first accorded federal copyright protection for sound recordings in the U.S., virtually all of our agreements with recording artists provide that such recording artists render services under a work-made-for-hire relationship. A termination right exists under the U.S. Copyright Act for U.S. rights in musical compositions that are not “works made for hire.” If any of our commercially available sound recordings were determined not to be “works made for hire,” then the recording artists (or their heirs) could have the right to terminate the U.S. federal copyright rights they granted to us, generally during a five-year period starting at the end of 35 years from the date of release of a recording under a post-1977 license or assignment (or, in the case of a pre-1978 grant in a pre-1978 recording, generally during a five-year period starting at the end of 56 years from the date of copyright). A termination of U.S. federal copyright rights could have an adverse effect on our Recorded Music business. From time to time, authors (or their heirs) have the opportunity to terminate our U.S. rights in musical compositions. We believe the effect of any potential terminations is already reflected in the financial results of our business.

If our recording artists and songwriters are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding liabilities.

Although we believe that the recording artists and songwriters with which we partner are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. We are aware of a number of judicial decisions and legislative proposals that could bring about major reforms in worker classification, including the California legislature’s recent passage of California Assembly Bill 5 (“AB 5”). AB 5 purports to codify a new test for determining worker classification that is widely viewed as expanding the scope of employee relationships and narrowing the scope of independent contractor relationships. Given AB 5’s recent passage, there is no guidance from the regulatory authorities charged with its enforcement, and there is a significant degree of uncertainty regarding its application. In addition, AB 5 has been the subject of widespread national discussion and it is possible that other jurisdictions may enact similar laws. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our recording artists and songwriters are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay Social Security, Medicare and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to

 

29


Table of Contents

penalties. As a result, any determination that our recording artists and songwriters are our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.

Following this offering, we will be subject to the reporting, accounting and corporate governance requirements applicable to issuers of listed equity, including the listing standards of the                 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. Failure to comply with any of the public company requirements applicable to us following the offering could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) the                  or other regulatory authorities.

Risks Related to Our Leverage

Our substantial leverage on a consolidated basis could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.

We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2019, our total consolidated indebtedness, net of deferred financing costs, was $2.988 billion. In addition, we would have been able to borrow up to $167 million under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined later in this prospectus) as of December 31, 2019 (after giving effect to approximately $13 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2019).

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for our investors. For example, it may make it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness; increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions, including recessions and periods of significant inflation and financial market volatility; expose us to the risk of increased interest rates because any borrowings we make under the revolving portion of our Senior Credit Facilities will bear interest at variable rates; require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other expenses; limit our ability to refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms or at all or borrow additional funds in the future for, among other things, working capital, acquisitions or debt service requirements; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness; and limit our ability to borrow additional funds that may be needed to operate and expand our business.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in the indentures governing our outstanding notes as well as under the Senior Credit Facilities. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.

The indentures that govern our outstanding notes and the Senior Credit Facilities contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Those covenants include restrictions on our ability to, among other things, incur more indebtedness, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make investments, create liens, transfer or sell assets, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. Our failure to comply with those covenants

 

30


Table of Contents

could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness. See also “—Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.” Any such event of default or acceleration could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

As a holding company, WMG depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet its obligations.

WMG is a holding company for all of our operations and is a legal entity separate from its subsidiaries. Dividends and other distributions from WMG’s subsidiaries are the principal sources of funds available to WMG to pay corporate operating expenses, to pay stockholder dividends, to repurchase stock and to meet its other obligations. The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

The subsidiaries of WMG have no obligation to pay amounts due on any liabilities of WMG or to make funds available to WMG for such payments. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions to WMG in the future will depend, among other things, on their earnings, tax considerations and covenants contained in any financing or other agreements, such as the covenants governing our current indebtedness which restrict the ability of Acquisition Corp. to pay dividends and make distributions. In addition, such payments may be limited as a result of claims against our subsidiaries by their creditors, including suppliers, vendors, lessors and employees.

If the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions or payments to WMG is materially restricted by cash needs, bankruptcy or insolvency, or is limited due to operating results or other factors, we may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of equity or the sale of assets. However, there is no assurance that we would be able to raise sufficient cash by these means. This could materially and adversely affect our ability to pay our obligations or pay dividends, which could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Acquisition Corp. may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of its indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy its obligations under its indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Acquisition Corp.’s ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance its debt obligations depends on its financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Acquisition Corp. may not maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

Acquisition Corp. will rely on its subsidiaries to make payments on its borrowings. If these subsidiaries do not dividend funds to Acquisition Corp. in an amount sufficient to make such payments, if necessary in the future, Acquisition Corp. may default under the indentures or credit facilities governing its borrowings, which would result in all such borrowings becoming due and payable.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The indentures governing our outstanding notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on certain debt; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; sell certain assets; pay dividends to us (in the case of our restricted subsidiaries) or make certain other intercompany transfers; enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, the credit agreements governing the Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: pay dividends on, and redeem and purchase, equity interests; make other restricted payments; make prepayments on, redeem or repurchase certain debt; incur certain liens; make certain loans and investments; incur certain additional debt; enter into guarantees and hedging arrangements; enter into mergers, acquisitions and asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; change the business we and our subsidiaries conduct; pay dividends or make distributions; amend the terms of subordinated debt and unsecured bonds; and make certain capital expenditures.

Our ability to borrow additional amounts under the revolving portion of the Senior Credit Facilities depends upon satisfaction of these covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants. In addition, under the credit agreement governing the revolving portion of the Senior Credit Facilities, a financial maintenance covenant is applicable if at the end of a quarter the outstanding amount of loans and letters of credit is in excess of $54 million.

Our failure to comply with obligations under the instruments governing our indebtedness may result in an event of default under such instruments. We cannot be certain that we will have funds available to remedy these defaults. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all.

All of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business or may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise, and may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. We may, from time to time, refinance our existing indebtedness, which could result in the agreements governing any new indebtedness having fewer or less restrictive covenants, including removing or lessening restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or make restricted payments.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments in recording artists and songwriters, capital expenditures or dividends, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The indentures governing our outstanding notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from dispositions. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds which we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. While subject to certain restrictions in our debt agreements, if we were to pay dividends to our shareholders, the funds used to make such dividend payments would not be available to service our indebtedness.

Despite our indebtedness levels, we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness, which may increase the risks created by our substantial indebtedness.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. The indentures governing our outstanding notes and the credit agreements governing the Senior Credit Facilities will not fully prohibit us, Holdings or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness under certain circumstances. If we, Holdings or our subsidiaries are in compliance with certain incurrence ratios set forth in such indentures, we, Holdings or our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, which may increase the risks created by our current substantial indebtedness.

Our ability to incur secured indebtedness is subject to compliance with certain secured leverage ratios that are calculated as of the date of incurrence. The amount of secured indebtedness that we are able to incur and the timing of any such incurrence under these ratios vary from time to time and are a function of several variables, including our outstanding indebtedness and our results of operations calculated as of specified dates or for certain periods.

 

32


Table of Contents

To the extent that the terms of our current debt agreements would prevent us from incurring additional indebtedness, we may be able to obtain amendments to those agreements that would allow us to incur such additional indebtedness, and such additional indebtedness could be material.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by a rating agency to us could cause the liquidity or market value of our indebtedness to decline and our cost of capital to increase.

Any future lowering of our ratings may make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing. Therefore, although reductions in our debt ratings may not have an immediate impact on the cost of debt or our liquidity, they may impact the cost of debt and liquidity over the medium term and future access at a reasonable rate to the debt markets may be adversely impacted.

Risks Related to Our Controlling Stockholder

Following the completion of this offering, Access will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us.

Upon completion of this offering, Access will hold approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or     % of the total combined voting power if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders), and     % of the economic interest of our outstanding common stock (or     % of the economic interest if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders). As a result, and in addition to certain other rights granted to Access as disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus, Access will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, affect our legal and capital structure, change our management, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Access will also have sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents. In addition, under the provisions of a stockholder agreement that we will enter into with Access prior to the consummation of this offering (the “Stockholder Agreement”), Access will have consent rights with respect to certain corporate and business activities that we may undertake, including during periods where Access holds less than a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. Specifically, the Stockholder Agreement will provide that, until the date on which Access ceases to hold at least     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, Access’s prior written consent will be required before we may take certain corporate and business actions, whether directly or indirectly through a subsidiary, including, among others, the following:

 

   

any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (or any amendment to or termination of an agreement to enter into such a transaction) with or into any other person whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions, subject to certain specified exceptions;

 

   

any acquisition or disposition of securities, assets or liabilities, subject to certain specified exceptions;

 

   

any change in our authorized capital stock or the creation of any new class or series of our capital stock;

 

   

any issuance or acquisition of capital stock (including stock buy-backs, redemptions or other reductions of capital), or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or equity-linked securities, subject to certain specified exceptions;

 

   

any issuance or acquisition of debt securities subject to certain specified exceptions; and

 

   

any amendment (or approval or recommendation of any amendment) to our certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

 

33


Table of Contents

As a result of these consent rights, Access will maintain significant control over our corporate and business activities until such rights cease. For additional discussion of Access’s consent rights under the Stockholder Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholder Agreement—Consent Rights.”

Additionally, until Access ceases to hold at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, pursuant to Section 141(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), the Executive Committee will have all of the power and authority (including voting power) of our board of directors. The Executive Committee will have the authority to approve any actions of the Company, except for matters that must be approved by the Audit Committee of our board of directors (or both the Executive Committee and the Audit Committee), or by a committee or sub-committee qualified to grant equity to persons subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for purposes of exempting transactions pursuant to Section 16b-3 thereunder, or as required under Delaware law, SEC rules and the rules of the Exchange. See “Management—Board Composition and Director Independence.”

Access also has the power to direct us to engage in strategic transactions, with or involving other companies in our industry, including acquisitions, combinations or dispositions, and the acquisition of certain assets that may become available for purchase, and any such transaction could be material. Any such transaction would carry the risks set forth above under “—If we acquire, combine with or invest in other businesses, we will face certain risks inherent in such transactions.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control for so long as Access owns specified percentages of our common stock. See “—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering—Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.” These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our Class A common stock, but could also allow Access to delay or prevent a corporate transaction of which the public stockholders approve.

Additionally, Access is in the business of making investments in companies and is actively seeking to acquire interests in businesses that operate in our industry and other industries and may compete, directly or indirectly, with us. Access may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, which could have the effect of making such acquisition opportunities unavailable to us. Access could elect to cause us to enter into business combinations or other transactions with any business or businesses in our industry that Access may acquire or control, or we could become part of a group of companies organized under the ultimate common control of Access that may be operated in a manner different from the manner in which we have historically operated. Any such business combination transaction could require that we or such group of companies incur additional indebtedness, and could also require us or any acquired business to make divestitures of assets necessary or desirable to obtain regulatory approval for such transaction. The amounts of such additional indebtedness, and the size of any such divestitures, could be material. Access may also from time to time purchase outstanding debt securities that we issued, and could also subsequently sell any such debt securities. Any such purchase or sale may affect the value of, trading price or liquidity of our debt securities. See “—Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Access and its affiliates, and in some circumstances, any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer, employee, stockholder, member or partner of Access and its affiliates, have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.”

Conflicts of interest may arise between our controlling stockholder and us. Affiliates of our controlling stockholder engage in transactions with us. Further, Access may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, and they may either directly, or through affiliates, also maintain business relationships with companies that may directly compete with us. In general, Access or its affiliates could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as stockholders in ways that are detrimental

 

34


Table of Contents

to us but beneficial to themselves or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have a material relationship. In addition, a number of persons who currently are our directors and officers have been and remain otherwise affiliated with Access and, in some cases, such affiliations also involve financial interests. These relationships may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for Access and us.

As a result of these relationships, the interests of Access may not coincide with our interests or the interests of the holders of our Class A common stock. So long as Access continues to control a significant amount of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, Access will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Access and its affiliates, and in some circumstances, any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer, employee, stockholder, member or partner of Access and its affiliates, have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.

The policies relating to corporate opportunities and transactions with Access and its affiliates to be set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, address potential conflicts of interest between the Company, on the one hand, and Access, its affiliates and its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members or partners who are directors or officers of the Company, on the other hand. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities, that are from time to time presented to Access or any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members or partners, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of Access, its affiliates or any of its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members or partners will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Although these provisions are designed to resolve conflicts between us and Access and its affiliates fairly, conflicts may not be resolved in our favor or be resolved at all.

If Access sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change of control premium on shares of our Class A common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.

Following the completion of this offering, Access will have the ability, should it choose to do so, to sell some or all of its shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction. If such a transaction were to be sufficient in size, it could result in a change of control of the Company. The ability of Access to privately sell such shares of our common stock, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our Class A common stock that will be publicly traded hereafter, could prevent you from realizing any change of control premium on your shares of our Class A common stock that may otherwise accrue to Access upon its private sale of our common stock. Additionally, if Access privately sells a significant equity interest in us, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party. Such third party may have conflicts of interest with the interests of other stockholders.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

The dual class structure of our common stock and the existing ownership of Class B common stock by Access have the effect of concentrating voting control with Access for the foreseeable future, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class A common stock, which is the stock being offered in this offering, has one vote per share, and our Class B common stock has 20 votes per share. Given the greater number of votes per share attributed to our Class B common stock, Access, who is our only Class B stockholder, will hold approximately     % of total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering. As a result of our dual class ownership structure, Access will be able to exert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs and over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Further, Access will own shares representing approximately     % of the economic interest of our outstanding common stock following this offering and, together with our other executive officers, directors and their affiliates, will own shares representing approximately     % of the economic interest and     % of total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock following this offering. Because of the 20-to-1 voting ratio between the Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, so long as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent at least     % of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. For example, Access will be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, increases to the number of shares available for issuance under our equity incentive plans or adoption of new equity incentive plans and approval of any merger or sale of assets for the foreseeable future. This control may materially adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Additionally, the holders of our Class B common stock may cause us to make strategic decisions or pursue acquisitions that could involve risks to you or may not be aligned with your interests. The holders of our Class B common stock will also be entitled to a separate vote in the event we seek to amend our certificate of incorporation.

The difference in the voting rights of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock may harm the value and liquidity of our Class A common stock.

The difference in the voting rights of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock could harm the value of our Class A common stock to the extent that any investor or potential future purchaser of our Class A common stock ascribes value to the right of holders of our Class B common stock to 20 votes per share of Class B common stock. The existence of two classes of common stock could also result in less liquidity for our Class A common stock than if there were only one class of our common stock.

Our dual class structure may depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our dual class structure may result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with dual or multiple class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500. These changes exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to these indices. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of dual or multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in these indices and may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less

 

36


Table of Contents

active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Based on shares outstanding as of                 , 2019, upon the completion of this offering, we will have                  outstanding shares of Class A common stock and                  outstanding shares of Class B common stock. All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” except for any shares held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or “Rule 144.”

The remaining shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of                 , 2019 will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144, but will be eligible for resale subject, in certain cases, to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or “Rule 701,” subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements described below.

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of Class A common stock to be issued under our equity compensation plans, including the Plan, and, as a result, all shares of Class A common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options granted under our plans will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, unless purchased by our affiliates. In addition,              shares of our Class A common stock are reserved for future issuances under the equity incentive plan adopted in connection with this offering.

In connection with this offering, we, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock (and any Charity to the extent it does not sell in this offering all of the shares of Class A common stock contributed to it) have entered into lock-up agreements under which, subject to certain exceptions, we and they have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of                 . Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, approximately              shares of our Class A common stock (assuming conversion of all shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock) will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline if Access sells its shares or is perceived by the market as intending to sell them.                  may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. Furthermore, subject to the expiration or waiver of the lock-up agreements, Access will have the right to require us to register shares of Class A common stock for resale in some circumstances pursuant to a registration rights agreement we will enter into with Access.

In the future, we may issue additional shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock in connection with a financing, strategic investment, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our Class A common stock has no prior public market, and the market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile and could decline after this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and an active market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We expect to apply to list our common stock on                 . We and the selling stockholders negotiated the initial public offering price per share with the representatives of the underwriters and, therefore, that price may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our Class A common stock will develop after this offering or, if one does develop, that it will be sustained. In the absence of an active public trading market, you may not be able to sell your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to make strategic investments by using our shares as consideration. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

   

industry or general market conditions;

 

   

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;

 

   

changes in our customers’ preferences;

 

   

changes in law or regulation;

 

   

lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;

 

   

adverse publicity related to us or another industry participant;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or lack of research coverage and reports by industry analysts;

 

   

action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders (including Access), including future sales of our Class A common stock;

 

   

failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

investor perception of us and our industry;

 

   

changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions or strategic partnerships;

 

   

war, terrorist acts and epidemic disease;

 

   

any future sales of our Class A common stock or other securities;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

   

misconduct or other improper actions of our employees.

In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. Stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against the affected company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

 

38


Table of Contents

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock outstanding prior to this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate substantial dilution of $        in pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price you paid (calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which represents the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). For additional information about the dilution that you will experience immediately upon completion of this offering, see “Dilution.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage for our Class A common stock. If there is no research coverage of our Class A common stock, the trading price for our common stock may be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain research coverage for our Class A common stock, if one or more of the analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of the analysts ceases coverage of our Class A common stock or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities which would rank senior to our common stock may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

If, in the future, we decide to issue debt or equity securities that rank senior to our Class A common stock, it is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our Class A common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our Class A common stock. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our Class A common stock and diluting the value of their stock holdings in us.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, prior to the consummation of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will collectively:

 

   

authorize two classes of common stock with disparate voting power, the Class A common stock that will be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus and the Class B common stock that will provide the holders thereof with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if such holders own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding common stock;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

permit different treatment of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock in a change of control transaction if approved by a majority of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock and a majority of the voting power of our outstanding Class B common stock, voting separately;

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our Board, including vacancies resulting from an enlargement of our Board, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office once Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, if Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

require the approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock to amend our amended and restated by-laws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock; and

 

   

subject us to Section 203 of the DGCL, which limits the ability of stockholders holding shares representing more than 15% of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us, once Access no longer owns at least     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock.

These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our Class A common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant amount of common stock that Access will own and voting power that Access will hold following this offering, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock. These provisions may facilitate management and board entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of                  rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the consummation of this offering, Access will hold approximately     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or approximately    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders). Accordingly, we will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of                  corporate governance standards. Under                  rules, a company

 

40


Table of Contents

of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain                  corporate governance standards, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the members of our board of directors be independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to use these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our compensation and our nominating and corporate governance committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Additionally, we are only required to have all independent audit committee members within one year from the date of listing. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of                  corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our Class A common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the DGCL.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the action asserting a claim arising under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

   

Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our

 

41


Table of Contents

behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising out of or under the DGCL, or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, any action asserting a claim arising out of or pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws) or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. However, claims subject to exclusive jurisdiction in the federal courts, such as suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder, need not be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Additionally, a court could determine that the exclusive forum provision is unenforceable, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and cautionary statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “shall,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “seeks,” “aims,” “projects,” “is optimistic,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or other comparable terms or the negative thereof. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include, without limitation, our ability to compete in the highly competitive markets in which we operate, statements regarding our ability to develop talent and attract future talent, our ability to reduce future capital expenditures, our ability to monetize our music, including through new distribution channels and formats to capitalize on the growth areas of the music entertainment industry, our ability to effectively deploy our capital, the development of digital music and the effect of digital distribution channels on our business, including whether we will be able to achieve higher margins from digital sales, the success of strategic actions we are taking to accelerate our transformation as we redefine our role in the music entertainment industry, the effectiveness of our ongoing efforts to reduce overhead expenditures and manage our variable and fixed cost structure and our ability to generate expected cost savings from such efforts, our success in limiting piracy, the growth of the music entertainment industry and the effect of our and the industry’s efforts to combat piracy on the industry, our intention to pay dividends or repurchase or retire our outstanding debt or notes in open market purchases, privately or otherwise, the impact on us of potential strategic transactions, our ability to fund our future capital needs and the effect of litigation on us.

Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual performance and outcomes, including, without limitation, our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the market in which we operate, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and the development of the market in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. New factors emerge from time to time that may cause our business not to develop as we expect, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Factors that could cause actual results and outcomes to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

   

our ability to identify, sign and retain recording artists and songwriters and the existence or absence of superstar releases;

 

   

our inability to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate;

 

   

the ability to further develop a successful business model applicable to a digital environment and to enter into artist services and expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to broaden our revenue streams in growing segments of the music entertainment business;

 

   

the popular demand for particular recording artists and/or songwriters and music and the timely delivery to us of music by major recording artists and/or songwriters;

 

   

the diversity and quality of our recording artists, songwriters and releases;

 

   

slower growth in streaming adoption and revenue;

 

   

our dependence on a limited number of digital music services for the online distribution and marketing of our music and their ability to significantly influence the pricing structure for online music stores;

 

   

trends, developments or other events in some foreign countries in which we operate;

 

   

risks associated with our non-U.S. operations, including limited legal protections of our intellectual property rights and restrictions on the repatriation of capital;

 

43


Table of Contents
   

unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

the impact of heightened and intensive competition in the recorded music and music publishing industries and our inability to execute our business strategy;

 

   

significant fluctuations in our operations, cash flows and the trading price of our common stock from period to period;

 

   

our failure to attract and retain our executive officers and other key personnel;

 

   

a significant portion of our revenues are subject to rate regulation either by government entities or by local third-party collecting societies throughout the world and rates on other income streams may be set by governmental proceedings, which may limit our profitability;

 

   

risks associated with obtaining, maintaining, protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our involvement in intellectual property litigation;

 

   

threats to our business associated with digital piracy, including organized industrial piracy;

 

   

an impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible and long-lived assets;

 

   

our failure to have full control and ability to direct the operations we conduct through joint ventures;

 

   

the impact of, and risks inherent in, acquisitions or other business combinations;

 

   

risks inherent to our outsourcing certain finance and accounting functions;

 

   

the fact that we have engaged in substantial restructuring activities in the past, and may need to implement further restructurings in the future and our restructuring efforts may not be successful or generate expected cost savings;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security of information relating to our customers, employees and vendors and our music;

 

   

risks related to evolving laws and regulations concerning data privacy which might result in increased regulation and different industry standards;

 

   

legislation limiting the terms by which an individual can be bound under a “personal services” contract;

 

   

a potential loss of catalog if it is determined that recording artists have a right to recapture U.S. rights in their recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act;

 

   

potential employment and withholding liabilities if our recording artists and songwriters are characterized as employees;

 

   

any delays and difficulties in satisfying obligations incident to being a public company;

 

   

the impact of our substantial leverage on our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, on our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and on our ability to meet our obligations under our indebtedness;

 

   

the ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and the risk that we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful;

 

   

the fact that our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business;

 

   

the significant amount of cash required to service our indebtedness and the ability to generate cash or refinance indebtedness as it becomes due depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control;

 

44


Table of Contents
   

our indebtedness levels, and the fact that we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness, which may increase the risks created by our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

risks of downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by a rating agency to us could impact our cost of capital;

 

 

   

the dual class structure of our common stock and Access’s existing ownership of our Class B common stock have the effect of concentrating over our management and affairs and over matters requiring stockholder approval with Access; and

 

   

risks related to other factors discussed under “Risk Factors” of this prospects.

You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, and changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.

Other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. Readers should read carefully the factors described in “Risk Factors” to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering (including any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that such selling stockholders may sell pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock). The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by such selling stockholders.

 

46


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Dividend Policy

The Company intends to institute a regular quarterly dividend to holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock whereby we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends of $         per share. We expect to pay the first dividend under this policy in             . The declaration of each dividend will continue to be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.

WMG is a holding company for all of our operations and is a legal entity separate from its subsidiaries. All of WMG’s business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Dividends and other distributions from WMG’s subsidiaries are the principal sources of funds available to WMG to pay corporate operating expenses, to pay stockholder dividends, to repurchase stock and to meet its other obligations. The agreements to which our subsidiaries are party, including the Secured Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, each contain certain provisions that restrict the payment of dividends, subject to certain exceptions. Generally, the Secured Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement permit our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments (i) only if, at the time of the restricted payment and after giving pro form effect thereto, Acquisition Corp. would have been able to incur at least $1.00 of additional indebtedness and remain in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.00 to 1.00 and (ii) from a cumulative basket equal to 50% of Acquisition Corp.’s net income from the beginning of the 2013 fiscal year, subject to certain other limitations and basket exceptions. We believe that these agreements will permit our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay our currently intended dividends. For more details, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity—Liquidity” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Leverage—As a holding company, WMG depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet its obligations.”

Delaware law requires that dividends be paid only out of “surplus,” which is defined as the fair market value of our net assets, minus our stated capital; or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s earnings.

On December 16, 2019, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $37.5 million which was paid to stockholders on January 17, 2020. On September 23, 2019, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $206.25 million which was paid to stockholders on October 4, 2019. For fiscal year 2019, the Company paid an aggregate of $93.75 million in cash dividends to stockholders. For fiscal year 2018, the Company paid an aggregate of $925 million in cash dividends to stockholders, which reflected proceeds from the sale of Spotify shares acquired in the ordinary course of business. For fiscal year 2017, the Company paid an aggregate of $84 million in cash dividends to stockholders. For a discussion of our dividend history see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity—Dividends.”

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization on a consolidated basis and on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2019 to reflect:

 

   

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering;

 

   

the         -for-         split of our Class B common stock; and

 

   

the payment of a regular quarterly dividend of $37.5 million to our existing stockholders on January 17, 2020, as well as the payment of certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with this offering.

The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders, including any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that such selling stockholders may sell pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our annual and interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Actual     Pro Forma  
     As of December 31,
2019
    As of December 31,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 462     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt (a)

    

Revolving Credit Facility (b)

     —      

Senior Term Loan Facility due 2023 (c)

     1,314    

5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (d)

     298    

4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (e)

     342    

4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (f)

     218    

3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (g)

     495    

5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (h)

     321    

Total debt (i)

   $ 2,988     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Class A common stock, $         par value per share; (i) Actual:             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding and (ii) Pro Forma:             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding

     —      

Class B common stock, $         par value per share; (i) Actual:             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding and (ii) Pro Forma:             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding

     —      

Additional paid-in capital

     1,128    

Accumulated deficit

     (1,088  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

     (230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. deficit

   $ (190   $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

     21    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ (169   $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,819     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Acquisition Corp. is the borrower or issuer of all of the Company’s long-term debt.

 

48


Table of Contents
(b)

Reflects $180 million of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $13 million at December 31, 2019. There were no loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2019.

(c)

Principal amount of $1.326 billion at December 31, 2019 less unamortized discount of $3 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $9 million at December 31, 2019.

(d)

Principal amount of $300 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million at December 31, 2019.

(e)

Face amount of €311 million at December 31, 2019. Above amounts represent the dollar equivalent of such note at December 31, 2019. Principal amount of $345 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $3 million at December 31, 2019.

(f)

Principal amount of $220 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million at December 31, 2019.

(g)

Face amount of €445 million at December 31, 2019. Above amounts represent the dollar equivalent of such note at December 31, 2019. Principal amount of $494 million at December 31, 2019 an additional issuance premium of $8 million, less unamortized deferred financing costs of $7 million at December 31, 2019.

(h)

Principal amount of $325 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $4 million at December 31, 2019.

(i)

Principal amount of debt of $3.010 billion, an additional issuance premium of $8 million, less unamortized discount of $3 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $27 million at December 31, 2019.

 

49


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors means that the per share offering price of the Class A common stock exceeds the book value per share attributable to the shares of Class A common stock held by existing stockholders.

Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of                , 2020 was $         . Net tangible book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of                , 2020.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders in this offering. Consequently, this offering will not result in any change to our net tangible book value per share, prior to giving effect to the payment of estimated fees and expenses in connection with this offering. Purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will result in net tangible book value dilution to new investors of $             per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:

 

    Per Share  

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $                

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of                 , 2020

  $    

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

  $    
 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share by existing Class A and Class B stockholders and investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. This information is presented on pro forma as adjusted basis as of                 , 2020, after giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus):

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent        

Existing stockholders (1)

        $          $                

New investors

                             

Total

               $                            
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

(1)

Does not give effect to the sale of             shares by the selling stockholders in this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering, new investors will hold              shares, or    % of the total number of shares of common stock after this offering and existing stockholders will hold    % of the total shares of common stock outstanding. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the number of shares of Class A common stock held by new investors will increase to                , or    % of the total number of shares of common stock after this offering, and the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to    % of the total shares of common stock outstanding.

In addition, we may choose to raise capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

50


Table of Contents

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding immediately following this offering is based on              shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of                 , 2020. This number excludes              shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under equity incentive plans.

 

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data have been derived from the Company’s audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements. The financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, and as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and as of December 31, 2019 have been derived from the Company’s unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015, and as of September 30, 2017, September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015 have been derived from audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The financial data as of December 31, 2018 have been derived from unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. This selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the annual and interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not indicative of future operating results and results from interim periods are not indicative of full year results. The following consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet data have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Three Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions)       2019             2018         2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 1,256     $ 1,203     $ 4,475     $ 4,005     $ 3,576     $ 3,246     $ 2,966  

Interest expense, net

    (33     (36     (142     (138     (149     (173     (181

Net income (loss)

    122       86       258       312       149       30       (88

Less: Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (2     —         (2     (5     (6     (5     (3

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company.

    120       86       256       307       143       25       (91

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

             

Cash and equivalents

  $ 462     $ 548     $ 619     $ 514     $ 647     $ 359     $ 246  

Total assets

    6,314       5,946       6,017       5,344       5,718       5,335       5,574  

Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)

    2,988       2,998       2,974       2,819       2,811       2,778       2,947  

Total equity

    (169     (139     (269     (320     308       210       239  

Cash Flow Data:

             

Cash flows provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 78     $ 92     $ 400     $ 425     $ 535     $ 342     $ 222  

Investing activities

    (32     (238     (376     405       (126     (8     (95

Financing activities

    (207     182       88       (955     (128     (216     (19

Depreciation & amortization

    71       68       269       261       251       293       309  

Capital expenditures

    (15     (26     (104     (74     (44     (42     (63

 

    Three Months Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)   2019     2018     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  

Earnings/(Loss) Per Share:

             

Earnings/(Loss) per share—common stock

             

Basic and Diluted

  $ 114,107     $ 81,443     $ 243,129     $ 291,626     $ 136,080     $ 23,234     $ (87,008

Dividends Per Share:

             

Dividends per share—common stock

             

Basic and Diluted

             

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    1,052       1,052       1,052       1,053       1,055       1,055       1,055  

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and our annual and interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical data, this discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. Factors that could or do contribute to these differences include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information.”

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

We are one of the world’s leading music entertainment companies. Our renowned family of iconic record labels, including Atlantic Records, Warner Records, Elektra Records and Parlophone Records, is home to many of the most popular and influential recording artists. In addition, Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing business, boasts an extraordinary catalog that includes timeless standards and contemporary hits, representing works by over 80,000 songwriters and composers, with a global collection of more than 1.4 million musical compositions. We classify our business interests into two fundamental operations: Recorded Music and Music Publishing. A brief description of each of those operations is presented below.

Components of Our Operating Results

Recorded Music Operations

Our Recorded Music business primarily consists of the discovery and development of recording artists and the related marketing, promotion, distribution, sale and licensing of music created by such recording artists. We play an integral role in virtually all aspects of the recorded music value chain from discovering and developing talent to producing, distributing and selling music to marketing and promoting recording artists and their music.

In the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted principally through our major record labels—Atlantic Records and Warner Records. In October 2018, we launched Elektra Music Group in the United States as a standalone label group, which comprises the Elektra, Fueled by Ramen and Roadrunner labels. Our Recorded Music business also includes Rhino Entertainment, a division that specializes in marketing our recorded music catalog through compilations, reissuances of previously released music and video titles and releasing previously unreleased material from our vault. We also conduct our Recorded Music business through a collection of additional record labels including Asylum, Big Beat, Canvasback, East West, Erato, FFRR, Nonesuch, Parlophone, Reprise, Sire, Spinnin’, Warner Classics and Warner Music Nashville.

Outside the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. Internationally, we engage in the same activities as in the United States: discovering and signing artists and distributing, selling, marketing and promoting their music. In most cases, we also market, promote, distribute and sell the music of those recording artists for whom our domestic record labels have international rights. In certain smaller markets, we license the right to distribute and sell our music to non-affiliated third-party record labels.

Our Recorded Music business’ distribution operations include Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation (“WEA Corp.”), which markets, distributes and sells music and video products to retailers and wholesale distributors; Alternative Distribution Alliance (“ADA”), which markets, distributes and sells the products of independent labels to retail and wholesale distributors; and various distribution centers and ventures operated internationally.

 

53


Table of Contents

In addition to our music being sold in physical retail outlets, our music is also sold in physical form to online physical retailers, such as amazon.com, barnesandnoble.com and bestbuy.com, and distributed in digital form to an expanded universe of digital partners, including streaming services such as those of Amazon, Apple, Deezer, SoundCloud, Spotify, Tencent Music Entertainment Group and YouTube, radio services such as iHeart Radio and SiriusXM and download services such as Apple’s iTunes and Google Play.

We have integrated the marketing of digital content into all aspects of our business, including A&R and distribution. Our business development executives work closely with A&R departments to ensure that while music is being produced, digital assets are also created with all distribution channels in mind, including streaming services, social networking sites, online portals and music-centered destinations. We also work side-by-side with our online and mobile partners to test new concepts. We believe existing and new digital businesses will be a significant source of growth and will provide new opportunities to successfully monetize our assets and create new revenue streams. The proportion of digital revenues attributable to each distribution channel varies by region and proportions may change as the introduction of new technologies continues. As one of the world’s largest music entertainment companies, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of growth in digital distribution and emerging technologies to maximize the value of our assets.

We have diversified our revenues beyond our traditional businesses by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to partner with such artists in other aspects of their careers. Under these agreements, we provide services to and participate in recording artists’ activities outside the traditional recorded music business such as touring, merchandising and sponsorships. We have built and acquired artist services capabilities and platforms for marketing and distributing this broader set of music-related rights and participating more widely in the monetization of the artist brands we help create. We believe that entering into expanded-rights deals and enhancing our artist services capabilities in areas such as merchandising, VIP ticketing, fan clubs, concert promotion and management has permitted us to diversify revenue streams and capitalize on other revenue opportunities. This provides for improved long-term relationships with our recording artists and allows us to more effectively connect recording artists and fans.

Recorded Music revenues are derived from four main sources:

 

   

Digital: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to streaming and download services;

 

   

Physical: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to sales of physical products such as vinyl, CDs and DVDs;

 

   

Artist services and expanded-rights: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to our artist services businesses and our participation in expanded rights associated with our recording artists, including sponsorship, fan clubs, artist websites, merchandising, touring, concert promotion, ticketing and artist and brand management; and

 

   

Licensing: the rightsholder receives royalties or fees for the right to use sound recordings in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and video games; the rightsholder also receives royalties if sound recordings are performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio and cable, and in public spaces such as shops, workplaces, restaurants, bars and clubs.

The principal costs associated with our Recorded Music business are as follows:

 

   

A&R costs: the costs associated with (i) paying royalties to recording artists, producers, songwriters, other copyright holders and trade unions; (ii) signing and developing recording artists; and (iii) creating master recordings in the studio;

 

   

Product costs: the costs to manufacture, package and distribute products to wholesale and retail distribution outlets, the royalty costs associated with distributing products of independent labels to wholesale and retail distribution outlets, as well as the costs related to our artist services business;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

Selling and marketing expenses: the costs associated with the promotion and marketing of recording artists and music, including costs to produce music videos for promotional purposes and artist tour support; and

 

   

General and administrative expenses: the costs associated with general overhead and other administrative expenses.

Music Publishing Operations

While Recorded Music is focused on marketing, promoting, distributing and licensing a particular recording of a musical composition, Music Publishing is an intellectual property business focused on generating revenue from uses of the musical composition itself. In return for promoting, placing, marketing and administering the creative output of a songwriter, or engaging in those activities for other rightsholders, our Music Publishing business garners a share of the revenues generated from use of the musical compositions.

The operations of our Music Publishing business are conducted principally through Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing company headquartered in Los Angeles, and through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated sub-publishers. We own or control rights to more than 1.4 million musical compositions, including numerous pop hits, American standards, folk songs and motion picture and theatrical compositions. Assembled over decades, our award-winning catalog includes over 80,000 songwriters and composers and a diverse range of genres including pop, rock, jazz, classical, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, folk, blues, symphonic, soul, Broadway, techno, alternative and gospel. Warner Chappell Music also administers the music and soundtracks of several third-party television and film producers and studios. We have an extensive production music catalog collectively branded as Warner Chappell Production Music.

Music Publishing revenues are derived from five main sources:

 

   

Performance: the rightsholder receives revenues if the musical composition is performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio and cable, live performance at a concert or other venue (e.g., arena concerts and nightclubs) and performance of music in staged theatrical productions;

 

   

Digital: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to musical compositions embodied in recordings distributed in streaming services, download services and other digital music services;

 

   

Mechanical: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to musical compositions embodied in recordings sold in any physical format or configuration such as vinyl, CDs and DVDs;

 

   

Synchronization: the rightsholder receives revenues for the right to use the musical composition in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and video games as well as from other uses such as in toys or novelty items and merchandise; and

 

   

Other: the rightsholder receives revenues for use in sheet music and other uses.

The principal costs associated with our Music Publishing business are as follows:

 

   

A&R costs: the costs associated with (i) paying royalties to songwriters, co-publishers and other copyright holders in connection with income generated from the uses of their works and (ii) signing and developing songwriters; and

 

   

Selling and marketing, general overhead and other administrative expenses: the costs associated with selling and marketing, general overhead and other administrative expenses.

Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Comparability

Acquisition of EMP

On October 10, 2018, we acquired E.M.P. Merchandising Handelsgesellschaft mbH, a limited liability company under the laws of Germany, and its subsidiaries, all of the share capital of MIG Merchandising

 

55


Table of Contents

Investment GmbH, a limited liability company under the laws of Germany, and its subsidiaries, and certain shares of Large Popmarchandising BVBA, a limited liability company under the laws of Belgium (together, “EMP”). EMP is a specialty retailer of merchandise for many popular artists along with other forms of entertainment such as movies and television.

Adoption of New Revenue Recognition Standard

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance codified in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), which replaces the guidance in former ASC 605, Revenue Recognition and ASC 928-605, Entertainment—Music. The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a change in the timing of revenue recognition in our Music Publishing business as well as international broadcast rights within our Recorded Music business. Under the new revenue recognition rules, revenue is recorded based on best estimates available in the period of sale or usage whereas revenue was previously recorded when cash was received for both the licensing of music publishing rights and international recorded music broadcast fees. Additionally, for certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer. See “Critical Accounting Policies.”

Acquisition of Spinnin’ Records

On September 7, 2017, we acquired Spinnin’ Records, one of the world’s most successful and important dance and electronic music companies. Based in the Netherlands, over the past two decades the label signed and nurtured a fantastic roster of pioneering recording artists and built prominent music publishing and artist management businesses.

Sale of Non-Core Assets

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, we completed the divestiture of certain assets related to the acquisition in July 2013 (the “PLG Acquisition”) of PLG. The cash received for these sales was $73 million. The net gain recognized for these sales was $6 million.

Other Business Models to Drive Incremental Revenue

Artist Services and Expanded-Rights Deals

As the recorded music industry has continued to transition to a business model through which the majority of revenues are generated from streaming, for many years we have signed recording artists to expanded-rights deals. Under our expanded-rights deals, in addition to participating in traditional recorded music revenue streams such as streaming, downloads and physical records, we also participate in the recording artist’s revenue streams in areas such as touring, merchandising and sponsorships. In addition to signing recording artists to expanded-rights deals, we have continued to make strategic investments to expand our Recorded Music business and open up new opportunities for our recording artists. Artist services and expanded-rights recorded music revenue, which includes revenue from expanded-rights deals as well as revenue from our artist services business, represented approximately 15%, 14%, 10% and 11% of our total revenues during the three months ended December 31, 2019 and the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. Artist services and expanded-rights revenue will fluctuate from period to period depending upon recording artists’ touring schedules, among other things. Margins for the various artist services and expanded-rights revenue streams can vary significantly as well. The overall impact on margins will, therefore, depend on the composition of the various revenue streams in any particular period. For instance, participation in revenue from touring under our expanded-rights deals typically flows straight through to operating income with little associated cost. Revenue from some of our artist services businesses such as management and revenue from participation in touring and sponsorships under our expanded-rights deals are all high margin, while revenue under our expanded-rights deals and revenue from some of our artist services businesses such as merchandising tend to be lower margin than our traditional revenue streams in our Recorded Music business.

 

56


Table of Contents

Management Agreement

The Company and Holdings are party to a management agreement with Access (the “Management Agreement”), pursuant to which Access provides the Company and its subsidiaries with financial, investment banking, management, advisory and other services. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Company pays to Access an annual fee equal to the greater of (i) a base amount, which is the sum of (x) $6 million and (y) 1.5% of the aggregate amount of Acquired EBITDA (as defined in the Management Agreement) and was approximately $9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, and (ii) 1.5% of the EBITDA (as defined in the indenture governing the redeemed WMG Holdings Corp. 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019) of the Company for the applicable fiscal year, plus expenses. The fee is paid quarterly based on the base amount, with a true-up payment in the fourth quarter for any excess of the annual fee above the base amount. The Company and Holdings agreed to indemnify Access and certain of its affiliates against all liabilities arising out of performance of the Management Agreement.

Such costs incurred by the Company were approximately $11 million, $16 million and $9 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 included the annual base fee of $9 million and an increase of $2 million calculated pursuant to the Management Agreement. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 included the annual base fee of $9 million and an increase of $7 million calculated pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Key Operating Measures

In addition to our results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we report on both a consolidated and segment basis OIBDA and revenue on a constant-currency basis, each of which is a measure that is not determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes that the use of these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, together with relevant U.S. GAAP measures, provides a better understanding of our results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers and trends of our business. These measures should be considered supplementary to our results that are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for the U.S. GAAP measures. Other companies may use similarly titled non-U.S. GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Consequently, our non-U.S. GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.

OIBDA

We evaluate our operating performance based on several factors, including our primary financial measure of operating income (loss) before non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and non-cash amortization of intangible assets (“OIBDA”). We consider OIBDA to be an important indicator of the operational strengths and performance of our businesses. However, a limitation of the use of OIBDA as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our businesses and other non-operating income (loss). Accordingly, OIBDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income (loss), net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, our definition of OIBDA may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies. A reconciliation of consolidated OIBDA to operating income (loss) and net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. is provided in “—Results of Operations.”

Constant Currency

As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period to period comparisons, we believe the presentation of revenue on a constant-currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve the ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant-currency information compares revenue between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period over period.

 

57


Table of Contents

We use revenue on a constant-currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. We calculate constant currency by calculating prior-year revenue using current-year foreign currency exchange rates. We generally refer to such amounts calculated on a constant-currency basis as “excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.” This revenue should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, revenue reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Revenue on a constant-currency basis, as we present it, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not a measure of performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with Three Months Ended December 31, 2018

Consolidated Results

Revenues

The Company’s revenues were composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
    2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                 2018             $ Change         % Change    

Revenue by Type

        

Digital

   $ 633   $ 563   $ 70     12

Physical

     184     231     (47     -20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Digital and Physical

     817     794     23     3

Artist services and expanded-rights

     188     166     22     13

Licensing

     79     81     (2     -2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Recorded Music

     1,084     1,041     43     4

Performance

     46     53     (7     -13

Digital

     73     65     8     12

Mechanical

     15     15     —         —  

Synchronization

     36     29     7     24

Other

     3     3     —         —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Music Publishing

     173     165     8     5

Intersegment eliminations

     (1     (3     2     -67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Revenues

   $ 1,256   $ 1,203   $ 53     4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue by Geographical Location

        

U.S. Recorded Music

   $ 453   $ 431   $ 22     5

U.S. Music Publishing

     81     73     8     11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total U.S.

     534     504     30     6

International Recorded Music

     631     610     21     3

International Music Publishing

     92     92     —         —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total International

     723     702     21     3

Intersegment eliminations

     (1     (3     2     -67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Revenues

   $ 1,256   $ 1,203   $ 53     4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Revenues

Total revenues increased by $53 million, or 4%, to $1,256 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $1,203 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The increase includes $12 million of

 

58


Table of Contents

unfavorable currency exchange fluctuations. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music and Music Publishing revenues represented 86% and 14% of total revenue for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, U.S. and international revenues represented 42% and 58% of total revenues for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Total digital revenues after intersegment eliminations increased by $79 million, or 13%, to $706 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $627 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Total digital revenues represented 56% and 52% of consolidated revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $380 million and international revenues of $326 million, or 54% and 46% of total digital revenues, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2018 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $330 million and international revenues of $298 million, or 53% and 47% of total digital revenues, respectively.

Recorded Music revenues increased by $43 million, or 4%, to $1,084 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $1,041 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The increase includes $10 million of unfavorable currency exchange fluctuations. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $453 million and $431 million, or 42% and 41%, of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $631 million and $610 million, or 58% and 59%, of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The overall increase in Recorded Music revenue was driven by increases in digital revenue and artist services and expanded-rights revenue partially offset by decreases in physical and licensing revenue. Digital revenue increased by $70 million as a result of the continued growth in streaming services and strength of releases, which includes new releases from TWICE and Coldplay as well as carryover success from Ed Sheeran and Lizzo. Revenue from streaming services grew by $87 million to $589 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $502 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Digital revenue growth was partially offset by decreases in digital download and other digital declines of $17 million to $44 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $61 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to the continued shift to streaming services. Artist services and expanded-rights revenue increased by $22 million primarily due to higher advertising revenues and timing of tours in France. Physical revenue decreased by $47 million primarily due to the continued shift from physical revenue to digital revenue, timing of releases and prior year success of Johnny Hallyday. Licensing revenue decreased by $2 million primarily related to unfavorable foreign exchange rates and higher broadcast fees in the prior year.

Music Publishing revenues increased by $8 million, or 5%, to $173 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $165 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $81 million and $73 million, or 47% and 44%, of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues remained flat at $92 million, or 53% and 56%, of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The overall increase in Music Publishing revenue was mainly driven by increases in digital revenue of $8 million and synchronization revenue of $7 million, partially offset by decreases in performance revenue of $7 million. The increase in digital revenue is primarily due to increases in streaming revenue driven by the continued growth in streaming services. The increase in synchronization revenue is attributable to higher TV and commercial income. The decline in performance revenue is driven by timing of distributions.

 

59


Table of Contents

Revenue by Geographical Location

U.S. revenue increased by $30 million, or 6%, to $534 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $504 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. U.S. Recorded Music revenue increased by $22 million, or 5%. The primary driver was the increase in U.S. Recorded Music digital revenue, which increased by $43 million driven by the continued growth in streaming services. Streaming revenue increased by $53 million, partially offset by $10 million of digital download and other digital declines. Partially offsetting this increase is a decrease of U.S. Recorded Music physical revenue for $25 million driven by general market decline and timing of releases. U.S. Music Publishing revenue increased by $8 million, or 11%, to $81 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $73 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily driven by the increase in U.S. Music Publishing of $7 million in digital revenue due to the continued growth in streaming services and the increase in synchronization revenue of $3 million due to higher TV and commercial income, partially offset by decreases in performance revenue of $2 million due to timing of distributions.

International revenue increased by $21 million, or 3%, to $723 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $702 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, International revenue increased by $33 million or 5%. International Recorded Music revenue increased $21 million primarily due to increases in digital revenue of $27 million, artist services and expanded-rights revenue of $24 million, partially offset by decreases in physical revenue of $22 million and licensing revenue of $8 million. The increase in International Recorded Music digital revenue was due to continued growth in streaming services internationally, partially offset by a decline in digital downloads. International Recorded Music artist services and expanded-rights revenue increased $24 million due to higher advertising revenues and timing of tours in France. International Recorded Music physical revenue decreased by $22 million due to the continued shift from physical revenue to digital revenue, timing of releases and prior year success of Johnny Hallyday. International Recorded Music licensing revenue decreased $8 million primarily related to unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates and higher broadcast fees in the prior year. International Music Publishing revenue remained flat to prior year at $92 million for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. This was primarily driven by an increases in synchronization revenue of $4 million due to higher TV and commercial income and digital revenue of $1 million offset by decreases of performance revenue of $5 million primarily due to timing of distributions.

Our cost of revenues was composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018              $ Change          % Change    

Artist and repertoire costs

   $ 411    $ 400    $ 11      3

Product costs

     254      226      28      12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 665    $ 626    $ 39      6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Artist and repertoire costs increased by $11 million, to $411 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $400 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenue remained constant at 33% for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Product costs increased by $28 million, to $254 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $226 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Product costs as a percentage of revenue increased to 20% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 19% for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Increases in product costs relate to revenue mix and impact of costs associated with tours in France.

 

60


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses were composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018            $ Change     % Change  

General and administrative expense (1)

   $ 172    $ 180    $ (8     -4

Selling and marketing expense

     173      160      13     8

Distribution expense

     34      36      (2     -6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 379    $ 376    $ 3     1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)

Includes depreciation expense of $24 million and $14 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Total selling, general and administrative expense increased by $3 million, or 1%, to $379 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $376 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 30% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 31% for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

General and administrative expense decreased by $8 million, or 4%, to $172 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $180 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in general and administrative expense was mainly due to lower expense associated with our Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan of $19 million, partially offset by a one-time charge within depreciation expense of $10 million and costs associated with transformation initiatives. Expressed as a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased to 14% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 15% for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

Selling and marketing expense increased by $13 million, or 8%, to $173 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $160 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The increase in selling and marketing expense was primarily due to increased variable marketing expense on higher revenue in the quarter and increased spending on developing artists. Expressed as a percentage of revenue, selling and marketing expense increased to 14% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 13% for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to the factors described above.

Distribution expense was $34 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and $36 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of revenue, distribution expense remained flat at 3% for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

61


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. and Operating Income to Consolidated OIBDA

As previously described, we use OIBDA as our primary measure of financial performance. The following table reconciles operating income to OIBDA, and further provides the components from net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. to operating income for purposes of the discussion that follows (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
    2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018             $ Change         % Change    

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 120    $ 86   $ 34     40

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     2      —         2     —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

     122      86     36     42

Income tax expense

     5      50     (45     -90
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

     127      136     (9     -7

Other expense (income)

     5      (28     33     —  

Interest expense, net

     33      36     (3     -8

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          3     (3     -100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

     165      147     18     12

Amortization expense

     47      54     (7     -13

Depreciation expense

     24      14     10     71
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

OIBDA

   $ 236    $ 215   $ 21     10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

OIBDA

OIBDA increased by $21 million, or 10%, to $236 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $215 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 as a result of higher revenues and lower general and administrative expenses. Expressed as a percentage of total revenue, OIBDA increased to 19% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 18% for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to the factors previously discussed.

Amortization expense

Our amortization expense decreased by $7 million, or 13%, to $47 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $54 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily due to intangible assets becoming fully amortized.

Operating income

Our operating income increased by $18 million to $165 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $147 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The increase in operating income was due to the factors that led to the increase in OIBDA.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

There was no loss on extinguishment of debt for the three months ended December 31, 2019. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 which represents the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the partial redemption of the 4.125% Senior Secured Notes and 5.625% Senior Secured Notes, and the open market purchases of the 4.875% Senior Secured Notes.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest expense, net

Our interest expense, net, decreased to $33 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $36 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to a decline in LIBOR rates as well as lower interest rates resulting from the redemption of the 5.625% Senior Secured Notes and issuance of the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes.

Other expense (income), net

Other expense (income), net, for the three months ended December 31, 2019 primarily includes the loss on our Euro denominated debt of $12 million and $4 million unrealized losses on hedging activity, partially offset by currency exchange gains on our intercompany loans of $11 million. This compares to an unrealized gain of $15 million on the mark-to-market of an equity method investment and $5 million unrealized gains on hedging activity, foreign currency gains on our Euro denominated debt of $10 million, partially offset by the currency exchange losses on our intercompany loans of $5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense decreased by $45 million to $5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $50 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The change of $45 million in income tax expense primarily relates to the release of $33 million of our U.S. deferred tax valuation allowance during the three months ended December 31, 2019 and impact of GILTI during the three months ended December 31, 2018.

Net income

Net income increased by $36 million to $122 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from net income of $86 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the factors described above.

Noncontrolling interest

There was $2 million of income attributable to noncontrolling interest for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and no income attributable to noncontrolling interest for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

 

63


Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

Revenue, operating income (loss) and OIBDA by business segment were as follows (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018              $ Change          % Change    

Recorded Music

           

Revenues

   $ 1,084    $ 1,041    $ 43      4

Operating income

     191      163      28      17

OIBDA

     241      211      30      14

Music Publishing

           

Revenues

     173      165      8      5

Operating income

     14      22      (8      -36

OIBDA

     33      39      (6      -15

Corporate expenses and eliminations

           

Revenue eliminations

     (1      (3      2      -67

Operating loss

     (40      (38      (2      5

OIBDA loss

     (38      (35      (3      9

Total

           

Revenues

     1,256      1,203      53      4

Operating income

     165      147      18      12

OIBDA

     236      215      21      10

Recorded Music

Revenues

Recorded Music revenue increased by $43 million, or 4%, to $1,084 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $1,041 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $453 million and $431 million, or 42% and 41%, of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $631 million and $610 million, or 58% and 59%, of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The overall increase in Recorded Music revenue was mainly driven by streaming revenue growth as described in the “—Results of Operations—Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with Three Months Ended December 31, 2018—Consolidated Results—Total Revenue” and “—Results of Operations—Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with Three Months Ended December 31, 2018—Consolidated Results—Revenue by Geographical Location” sections above.

Cost of revenues

Recorded Music cost of revenues was composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018              $ Change          % Change    

Artist and repertoire costs

   $ 294    $ 295    $ (1      —  

Product costs

     254      226      28      12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 548    $ 521    $ 27      5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Recorded Music cost of revenues increased by $27 million, or 5%, to $548 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $521 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenue, Recorded Music artist and repertoire costs decreased to 27% for the three

 

64


Table of Contents

months ended December 31, 2019 from 28% for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily attributable to revenue mix. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenue, Recorded Music product costs increased to 23% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 22% for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The increase in product costs relates to revenue mix and impact of costs associated with tours in France.

Selling, general and administrative expense

Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expenses were composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018              $ Change         % Change    

General and administrative expense (1)

   $ 113    $ 126    $ (13     -10

Selling and marketing expense

     169      157      12     8

Distribution expense

     34      36      (2     -6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 316    $ 319    $ (3     -1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)

Includes depreciation expense of $21 million and $10 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and for the three months ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $3 million, or 1%, to $316 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $319 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily due to lower expense associated with our Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan of $11 million and timing of variable compensation expense, partially offset by a one-time charge within depreciation expense of $10 million and higher employee related costs. The increase in selling and marketing expense was primarily due to increased variable marketing expense on higher revenue in the quarter and increased spending on developing artists. The decrease in distribution expense was primarily due to revenue mix. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenue, Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 29% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 31% for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to the factors described above.

Operating income and OIBDA

Recorded Music OIBDA included the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018              $ Change          % Change    

Operating income

   $ 191    $ 163    $ 28      17

Depreciation and amortization

     50      48      2      4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

OIBDA

   $ 241    $ 211    $ 30      14
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Recorded Music OIBDA increased by $30 million, or 14%, to $241 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $211 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 as a result of higher revenues and lower general and administrative expenses. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenue, Recorded Music OIBDA increased to 22% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 20% for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to the factors previously discussed.

 

65


Table of Contents

Recorded Music operating income increased by $28 million to $191 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $163 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to the factors that led to the increase in Recorded Music OIBDA noted above.

Music Publishing

Revenues

Music Publishing revenues increased by $8 million, or 5%, to $173 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $165 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $81 million and $73 million, or 47% and 44%, of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues remained flat at $92 million, or 53% and 56%, of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The overall increase in Music Publishing revenue was mainly driven by streaming revenue growth and higher synchronization as described in the “—Results of Operations—Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with Three Months Ended December 31, 2018—Consolidated Results—Total Revenue” and “—Results of Operations—Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with Three Months Ended December 31, 2018—Consolidated Results—Revenue by Geographical Location” sections above.

Cost of revenues

Music Publishing cost of revenues were composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
           2019                  2018              $ Change          % Change    

Artist and repertoire costs

   $ 118    $ 108    $ 10      9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 118    $ 108    $ 10      9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Music Publishing cost of revenues increased by $10 million, or 9%, to $118 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $108 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenue, Music Publishing cost of revenues increased to 68% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 65% for the three months ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to revenue mix and timing of A&R investments.

Selling, general and administrative expense

Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expenses were comprised of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
     2019      2018        $ Change          % Change    

General and administrative expense (1)

   $ 22    $ 18    $ 4      22

Selling and marketing expense

     1      1      —          —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 23    $ 19    $ 4      21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Includes depreciation expense of $1 million for both the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense increased to $23 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $19 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to higher

 

66


Table of Contents

employee related and restructuring costs. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenue, Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense increased to 13% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 12% for the three months ended December 31, 2018 due to factors described above.

Operating income and OIBDA

Music Publishing OIBDA included the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
     2019 vs. 2018  
     2019      2018        $ Change         % Change    

Operating income

   $ 14    $ 22    $ (8     -36

Depreciation and amortization

     19      17      2     12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

OIBDA

   $ 33    $ 39    $ (6     -15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Music Publishing OIBDA decreased by $6 million, or 15%, to $33 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $39 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenue, Music Publishing OIBDA decreased to 19% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from 24% for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to higher artist and repertoire costs and general and administrative expenses.

Music Publishing operating income decreased by $8 million to $14 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 from $22 million operating income for the three months ended December 31, 2018 largely due to the factors that led to the decrease in Music Publishing OIBDA noted above.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

Our operating loss from corporate expenses and eliminations increased by $2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 to $40 million from $38 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018, which includes higher corporate related costs and transformation initiatives, partially offset by a decrease of $8 million in variable compensation associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.

Our OIBDA loss from corporate expenses and eliminations increased by $3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 to $38 million from $35 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

 

67


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 and Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

Consolidated Results

Revenues

The Company’s revenues were composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
    2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
     2019     2018     2017     $ Change     % Change       $ Change         % Change    

Revenue by Type

              

Digital

   $ 2,343     $ 2,019     $ 1,692     $ 324       16   $ 327       19

Physical

     559       630       667       (71     -11     (37     -6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Physical and Digital

     2,902       2,649       2,359       253       10     290       12

Artist services and expanded-rights

     629       389       385       240       62     4       1

Licensing

     309       322       276       (13     -4     46       17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Recorded Music

     3,840       3,360       3,020       480       14     340       11

Performance

     183       212       197       (29     -14     15       8

Digital

     271       237       187       34       14     50       27

Mechanical

     55       72       65       (17     -24     7       11

Synchronization

     120       119       112       1       1     7       6

Other

     14       13       11       1       8     2       18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Music Publishing

     643       653       572       (10     -2     81       14

Intersegment eliminations

     (8     (8     (16     —         —       8       -50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Revenues

   $ 4,475     $ 4,005     $ 3,576     $ 470       12   $ 429       12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Revenue by Geographical Location

              

U.S. Recorded Music

   $ 1,656     $ 1,460     $ 1,329     $ 196       13   $ 131       10

U.S. Music Publishing

     300       294       258       6       2     36       14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total U.S.

     1,956       1,754       1,587       202       12     167       11

International Recorded Music

     2,184       1,900       1,691       284       15     209       12

International Music Publishing

     343       359       314       (16     -4     45       14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total International

     2,527       2,259       2,005       268       12     254       13

Intersegment eliminations

     (8     (8     (16     —         —       8       -50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Revenues

   $ 4,475     $ 4,005     $ 3,576     $ 470       12   $ 429       12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Revenues

2019 vs. 2018

Total revenues increased by $470 million, or 12%, to $4,475 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $4,005 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, which includes an increase of $240 million, or 6%, due to the acquisition of EMP and $28 million, or 1%, due to the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard, ASC 606, in October 2018. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music revenues represented 86% and 84% of total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Music Publishing revenues represented 14% and 16% of total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, U.S. and international revenues represented 44% and 56% of total revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

 

68


Table of Contents

Total digital revenues after intersegment eliminations increased by $358 million, or 16%, to $2,610 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $2,252 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Total digital revenues represented 58% and 56% of consolidated revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $1,382 million and international revenues of $1,232 million, or 53% and 47% of total digital revenues, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $1,169 million and international revenues of $1,087 million, or 52% and 48% of total digital revenues, respectively.

Recorded Music revenues increased by $480 million, or 14%, to $3,840 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $3,360 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $1,656 million and $1,460 million, or 43% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018. International Recorded Music revenues were $2,184 million and $1,900 million, or 57% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

The overall increase in Recorded Music revenue was driven by increases in digital revenue and artist services and expanded-rights revenue, partially offset by decreases in physical revenue and licensing revenue. Digital revenue increased by $324 million as a result of the continued growth in streaming services and a strong release schedule including top seller Meek Mill and carryover success from Ed Sheeran, The Greatest Showman and Cardi B as well as the adoption of ASC 606. Revenue from streaming services grew by $396 million to $2,129 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $1,733 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Digital revenue growth was partially offset by a decline in download and other digital revenues of $72 million to $214 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $286 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 due to the continued shift to streaming. Artist services and expanded-rights revenue increased by $240 million primarily due to a $240 million increase related to the acquisition of EMP, higher merchandising and advertising revenues and timing of larger tours in Japan, partially offset by $94 million related to the divestment of a concert promotion business in Italy and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $11 million. Physical revenue decreased by $71 million primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $15 million, continued shift from physical revenue to digital revenue, partially offset by the success of new releases. Licensing revenue decreased by $13 million primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $11 million and the impact of ASC 606 of $4 million.

Music Publishing revenues decreased by $10 million, or 2%, to $643 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $653 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, which was partially offset by an increase of $23 million due to the adoption of ASC 606. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $300 million, or 47% of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, and $294 million, or 45% of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. International Music Publishing revenues were $343 million, or 53% of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, and $359 million, or 55% of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

The overall decrease in Music Publishing revenue was mainly driven by decreases in performance revenue of $29 million and mechanical revenue of $17 million, partially offset by increases in digital revenue of $34 million, synchronization revenue of $1 million and other revenue of $1 million. The decreases in Music Publishing performance revenue and mechanical revenue are primarily due to lost administration rights and lower market share, partially offset by $7 million related to the adoption of ASC 606. The increase in digital revenue includes an $14 million increase resulting from the adoption of ASC 606 and increases in streaming revenue driven by the continued growth in streaming services, partially offset by decreases in download revenue.

 

69


Table of Contents

2018 vs. 2017

Total revenues increased by $429 million, or 12%, to $4,005 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $3,576 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music and Music Publishing revenues represented 84% and 16% of revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Prior to intersegment eliminations, U.S. and international revenues represented 44% and 56% of total revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

Total digital revenues after intersegment eliminations increased by $382 million, or 20%, to $2,252 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,870 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Total digital revenues represented 56% and 52% of consolidated revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $1,169 million and international revenues of $1,087 million, or 52% and 48% of total digital revenues, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $1,005 million and international revenues of $874 million, or 53% and 47% of total digital revenues, respectively.

Recorded Music revenues increased by $340 million, or 11%, to $3,360 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $3,020 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $1,460 million and $1,329 million, or 43% and 44% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $1,900 million and $1,691 million, or 57% and 56% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

The overall increase in Recorded Music revenue was driven by increases in digital revenue, licensing revenue and artist services and expanded-rights revenue, partially offset by a decrease in physical revenue. Digital revenue increased by $327 million as a result of the continued growth in streaming services, and a strong release schedule. Revenue from streaming services grew by $391 million to $1,733 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,342 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Digital revenue growth was partially offset by download and other digital declines of $64 million to $286 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $350 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Licensing revenue increased by $46 million primarily due to higher broadcast fee income, revenue from recent acquisitions and increased synchronization activity. Artist services and expanded-rights revenue increased by $4 million primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $13 million and higher merchandise revenue, partially offset by certain concert promotion business divestitures and the timing of tours. Physical revenue decreased by $37 million primarily due to underlying market decline as consumption shifts from physical to digital products.

Music Publishing revenues increased by $81 million, or 14%, to $653 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $572 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $294 million and $258 million, or 45% of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. International Music Publishing revenues were $359 million and $314 million, or 55% of consolidated Music Publishing revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

The overall increase in Music Publishing revenue was mainly driven by increases in digital revenue of $50 million, performance revenue of $15 million, synchronization revenue of $7 million and mechanical revenue of $7 million. The increase in digital revenue was due to an increase in streaming of $60 million, partially offset by download and other digital declines of $10 million. Performance revenue increased due to higher distributions. Synchronization revenue increased due to increased television and commercial income. The increase in mechanical revenue was attributable to the timing of distributions.

 

70


Table of Contents

Revenue by Geographical Location

2019 vs. 2018

U.S. revenue increased by $202 million, or 12%, to $1,956 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $1,754 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. U.S. Recorded Music revenue increased by $196 million or 13%. The primary driver was the increase in U.S. Recorded Music digital revenue, which increased by $191 million due to the continued growth in streaming services. Streaming revenue increased by $228 million, partially offset by a $37 million decline in download revenue. U.S. artist services and expanded-rights revenue also increased by $50 million, or 40%, driven by higher advertising and merchandising revenues. These increases were partially offset by a decline in U.S. physical revenue of $38 million due to the shift from physical to digital formats. U.S. Music Publishing revenue increased by $6 million or 2%. This was primarily driven by the increase in U.S. Music Publishing digital revenue of $22 million due to an increase in streaming revenue and adoption of ASC 606, partially offset by decreases in mechanical revenue of $12 million, performance revenue of $3 million and other revenue of $1 million.

International revenue increased by $268 million, or 12%, to $2,527 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $2,259 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, which includes $240 million related to the acquisition of EMP. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, International revenue increased by $375 million or 17%. International Recorded Music revenue increased $284 million primarily due to increases in digital revenue of $133 million and artist services and expanded-rights revenue of $190 million, partially offset by a decrease in physical revenue of $33 million and licensing revenue of $6 million. International Recorded Music digital revenue increased due to a $168 million increase in streaming services revenue, partially offset by a $35 million decline in download and other digital revenue. The increase in international Recorded Music streaming revenue was due to the continued growth in streaming services internationally and strong release performance. Decline in downloads was due to the continued shift to streaming services. International Recorded Music artist services and expanded-rights revenue increased $240 million due to the acquisition of EMP, higher merchandising revenues and timing of larger tours in Japan in the current fiscal year, partially offset by $94 million related to the divestment of a concert promotion business in Italy and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $11 million. International Recorded Music physical revenue decreased due to the continued shift from physical to digital formats and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $15 million, partially offset by the success of new releases including Johnny Hallyday in France and local artists in Japan. International Recorded Music licensing revenue decreased due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $13 million and the impact of ASC 606, partially offset by increased synchronization activity in the U.K. and Japan. International Music Publishing revenue decreased $16 million or 4%. This was primarily driven by decreases in international Music Publishing performance revenue of $26 million and mechanical revenue of $5 million both due to lost administration rights and lower market share, partially offset by the increase in digital revenue of $12 million primarily due to growth in streaming and the adoption of ASC 606.

2018 vs. 2017

U.S. revenue increased by $167 million, or 11%, to $1,754 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,587 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. U.S. Recorded Music revenue increased by $131 million or 10%. The primary driver was the increase in U.S. Recorded Music digital revenue, which increased by $144 million due to the continued growth in streaming services and strong release performance. U.S. licensing revenue increased by $9 million due to higher broadcast fee income and increased synchronization activity. These increases were partially offset by a decline in U.S. physical revenue of $16 million due to the shift from physical revenue to digital revenue and a decline in artist services and expanded-rights revenue of $6 million. U.S. Music Publishing revenues increased by $36 million or 14%. This was primarily driven by the increase in U.S. Music Publishing digital revenue of $20 million due to an increase in streaming revenue of $32 million from the continued growth in streaming services, partially offset by declines in download and other digital revenue of $12 million. U.S. mechanical revenue and U.S. performance revenue increased by $8 million

 

71


Table of Contents

and $3 million, respectively, due to higher distributions. U.S synchronization revenue increased by $4 million due to increased film and commercial income.

International revenue increased by $254 million, or 13%, to $2,259 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $2,005 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Excluding the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, international revenue increased by $163 million or 8%. International Recorded Music revenue increased $209 million primarily due to increases in digital revenue of $183 million, licensing revenue of $37 million and artist services and expanded-rights revenue of $10 million, partially offset by a decrease in physical revenue of $21 million. International Recorded Music digital revenue increased due to a $211 million increase in streaming services revenue, partially offset by a $28 million decline in download and other digital revenue. The increase in international Recorded Music streaming revenue was due to the continued growth in streaming services internationally and strong release performance from WANIMA in Japan. International Recorded Music licensing revenue increased due to revenue from recent acquisitions, higher broadcast fee income and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $10 million. International Recorded Music artist services and expanded-rights revenue increased due to the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $13 million, partially offset by successful tours in France in the prior fiscal year with no comparable tours in the current fiscal year and divestment of certain concert promotion businesses in the prior year. International Recorded Music physical revenue decreased due to the continued shift from physical to digital revenue, partially offset by the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $27 million. International Music Publishing revenue increased $45 million primarily due to increases in digital revenue of $30 million, in performance revenue of $12 million and in synchronization revenue of $3 million.

Cost of revenues

Our cost of revenues was composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
     2019      2018      2017      $ Change      % Change     $ Change      % Change  

Artist and repertoire costs

   $ 1,574      $ 1,471      $ 1,303      $ 103        7   $ 168        13

Product costs

     827        700        628        127        18     72        12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 2,401      $ 2,171      $ 1,931      $ 230        11   $ 240        12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

2019 vs. 2018

Our cost of revenues increased by $230 million, or 11%, to $2,401 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $2,171 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues remained constant at 54% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

Artist and repertoire costs increased by $103 million, or 7%, to $1,574 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $1,471 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenues decreased to 35% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 37% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 due to the acquisition of EMP, which has no artist and repertoire costs and therefore reduces our total artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenue. Excluding EMP revenue, artist and repertoire costs were flat at 37%.

Product costs increased by $127 million, or 18%, to $827 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $700 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Product costs as a percentage of revenues remained flat at 18% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018. The overall increase in product costs relate to the acquisition of EMP of $116 million as well as revenue mix related to increasing artist services and expanded-rights revenues, which were partially offset by $82 million related to the divestment of a concert promotion business in Italy.

 

72


Table of Contents

2018 vs. 2017

Our cost of revenues increased by $240 million, or 12%, to $2,171 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,931 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues remained flat at 54% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

Artist and repertoire costs increased by $168 million, or 13%, to $1,471 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,303 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenues increased to 37% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 36% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The increase was primarily driven by the mix of revenue and increased investment in artists and songwriters.

Product costs increased by $72 million, or 12%, to $700 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $628 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Product costs as a percentage of revenues remained flat at 18% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses are composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
    2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
    2019     2018     2017     $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  

General and administrative expense (1)

  $ 764     $ 814     $ 684     $ (50     -6   $ 130       19

Selling and marketing expense

    632       530       472       102       19     58       12

Distribution expense

    114       67       66       47       70     1       2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total selling, general and administrative expense

  $ 1,510     $ 1,411     $ 1,222     $ 99       7   $ 189       16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)

Includes depreciation expense of $61 million, $55 million and $50 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

2019 vs. 2018

Total selling, general and administrative expense increased by $99 million, or 7%, to $1,510 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $1,411 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 34% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 35% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

General and administrative expenses decreased by $50 million, or 6%, to $764 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $814 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily due to lower expense associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan of $37 million and a decrease in severance and restructuring costs of $46 million, partially offset by higher employee-related costs. Expressed as a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased to 17% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 20% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

Selling and marketing expense increased by $102 million, or 19%, to $632 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $530 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The increase in selling and marketing expense was primarily due to an increase of $71 million relating to the acquisition of EMP and increased variable marketing expenses on higher revenue during the fiscal year. Expressed as a percentage of

 

73


Table of Contents

revenues, selling and marketing expense increased to 14% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 13% for the fiscal year September 30, 2018. Excluding the acquisition of EMP, selling and marketing expense was flat at 13%.

Distribution expense increased by $47 million, or 70%, to $114 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $67 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, distribution expense increased to 3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 2% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 mainly due to $35 million in costs resulting from the acquisition of EMP. Excluding the acquisition of EMP, distribution expense was flat at 2%.

2018 vs. 2017

Total selling, general and administrative expense increased by $189 million, or 16%, to $1,411 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,222 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 35% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 34% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

General and administrative expenses increased by $130 million, or 19%, to $814 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $684 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to increases in other employee related compensation expense, including severance and restructuring costs, of $78 million, and an increase in facilities cost due to an overlap in terms on the lease of our new Los Angeles, California headquarters with our existing office leases of $16 million. The increase was also due to an increase in expense associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan of $6 million, which is primarily related to compensation costs associated with higher dividend payments in the 2018 fiscal year. Expressed as a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense increased to 20% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 19% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Selling and marketing expense increased by $58 million, or 12%, to $530 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $472 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling and marketing expense remained flat at 13% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

Distribution expense increased by $1 million, or 2%, to $67 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $66 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, distribution expense remained flat at 2% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

 

74


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. and Operating Income to Consolidated OIBDA

As previously described, we use OIBDA as our primary measure of financial performance. The following table reconciles operating income to OIBDA, and further provides the components from net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. to operating income for purposes of the discussion that follows (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
    2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
       2019         2018         2017       $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 256     $ 307     $ 143     $ (51     -17   $ 164       115

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     2       5       6       (3     -60     (1     -17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income

     258       312       149       (54     -17     163       109

Income tax expense (benefit)

     9       130       (151     (121     -93     281       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     267       442       (2     (175     -40     444       —  

Other (income) expense

     (60     (394     40       334       -85     (434     —  

Interest expense, net

     142       138       149       4       3     (11     -7

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     7       31       35       (24     -77     (4     -11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating income

     356       217       222       139       64     (5     -2

Amortization expense

     208       206       201       2       1     5       3

Depreciation expense

     61       55       50       6       11     5       10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

OIBDA

   $ 625     $ 478     $ 473     $ 147       31   $ 5       1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

OIBDA

2019 vs. 2018

Our OIBDA increased by $147 million, or 31%, to $625 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 as compared to $478 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, primarily as a result of higher revenues and lower general and administrative expenses. Expressed as a percentage of total revenues, OIBDA increased to 14% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 12% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 largely due to $15 million related to the transition in timing of revenues and related costs resulting from the adoption of ASC 606, $18 million related to the acquisition of EMP, which is a lower-margin business, and lower general and administrative expenses.

2018 vs. 2017

Our OIBDA increased by $5 million, or 1%, to $478 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $473 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, primarily as a result of higher revenue, partially offset by higher general and administrative expenses. Expressed as a percentage of total revenues, OIBDA decreased to 12% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 13% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Depreciation expense

2019 vs. 2018

Our depreciation expense increased by $6 million, or 11%, to $61 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $55 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to increased assets from the EMP acquisition in October 2018 and our new Los Angeles, California headquarters placed into service in April 2019.

 

75


Table of Contents

2018 vs. 2017

Our depreciation expense increased by $5 million, or 10%, to $55 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $50 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, primarily due to an increase in technology and facilities capital spending.

Amortization expense

2019 vs. 2018

Amortization expense increased by $2 million, or 1%, to $208 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $206 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to an increase in amortizable intangible assets related to the acquisition of EMP in October 2018, offset by the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

2018 vs. 2017

Amortization expense increased by $5 million, or 3%, to $206 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $201 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, primarily due to an increase in amortizable intangible assets and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

Operating income

2019 vs. 2018

Our operating income increased by $139 million to $356 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $217 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The increase in operating income was due to the factors that led to the increase in OIBDA.

2018 vs. 2017

Our operating income decreased by $5 million to $217 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $222 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The decrease in operating income was primarily due to higher general and administrative expenses as noted above, partially offset by higher revenue.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

2019 vs. 2018

We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, which represents the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redemption of the 4.125% Secured Notes and 5.625% Secured Notes, in addition to the open market purchase of the 4.875% Secured Notes. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $31 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the refinancing transactions that occurred during fiscal 2018. Please refer to Note 8 of our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

2018 vs. 2017

We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $31 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the June 7, 2018 amendment to the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, the redemption of the 6.750% Senior Notes and the December 6, 2017 amendment to the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $35 million for the fiscal year ended September 30,

 

76


Table of Contents

2017, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the refinancing transactions that occurred during fiscal 2017. Please refer to Note 8 of our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Interest expense, net

2019 vs. 2018

Our interest expense, net increased by $4 million, or 3% to $142 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $138 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. This was primarily driven by the higher debt balance from the issuance of the 3.625% Secured Notes during the current year, offset by lower interest rates as a result of refinancing transactions and redemption activity.

2018 vs. 2017

Our interest expense, net, decreased by $11 million, or 7% to $138 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $149 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. This was primarily due to lower interest rates as a result of refinancing transactions and interest income on higher cash balances during the year.

Other (income) expense, net

2019 vs. 2018

Other (income) expense, net decreased by $334 million to other income of $60 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from other income of $394 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Other (income) expense, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 primarily includes the unrealized gain of $19 million on the mark-to-market of an equity method investment and foreign exchange currency gains on our Euro-denominated debt of $43 million, partially offset by movements in foreign exchange rates.

Other (income) expense, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 includes the gain on the Spotify share sale, net of estimated artist share and other related costs, of $382 million, gain on investments of $7 million and foreign currency gains on our Euro-denominated debt of $4 million.

2018 vs. 2017

Other (income) expense, net, increased by $434 million to other income of $394 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from other expense of $40 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Other (income) expense, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, includes the gain on the Spotify share sale, net of estimated artist share and other related costs of $382 million, gain on investments of $7 million and foreign currency gains on our Euro-denominated debt of $4 million.

Other (income) expense, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, includes currency exchange loss on our Euro-denominated debt of $27 million, loss on investments of $21 million, partially offset by foreign currency exchange gains on intercompany loans and derivative liabilities of $5 million.

Income tax expense (benefit)

2019 vs. 2018

Our income tax expense decreased by $121 million to $9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $130 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The net decrease of $121 million in income tax expense primarily relates to the release of $59 million of our U.S. deferred tax valuation allowance and higher tax expense of $77 million in fiscal 2018 as a result of the gain on the sale of the Spotify shares in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

 

77


Table of Contents

2018 vs. 2017

Our income tax expense (benefit) increased by $281 million to $130 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 compared to an income tax benefit of $151 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The net increase of $281 million in income tax expense primarily relates to higher pre-tax income as a result of the gain on the Spotify share sale of $77 million and U.S. tax expense of $23 million for the reduction of our net U.S. deferred tax assets as a result of the change in the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate, as compared to a U.S. tax benefit of $125 million related to the reversal of a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax valuation allowance and a $59 million benefit related to foreign currency losses on intra-entity loans.

Net income

2019 vs. 2018

Our net income decreased by $54 million to $258 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $312 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 as a result of the factors described above.

2018 vs. 2017

Our net income increased by $163 million, to $312 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $149 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 as a result of the factors described above. The increase in income was primarily driven by the factors described above.

Noncontrolling interest

2019 vs. 2018

There was $2 million of income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 primarily due to the adoption of ASC 606. There was $5 million of income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

2018 vs. 2017

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and $6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

 

78


Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

Revenue, operating income (loss) and OIBDA by business segment are as follows (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
    2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
     2019     2018     2017     $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  

Recorded Music

              

Revenue

   $ 3,840     $ 3,360     $ 3,020     $ 480       14   $ 340       11

Operating income

     439       307       283       132       43     24       9

OIBDA

     623       480       451       143       30     29       6

Music Publishing

              

Revenue

     643       653       572       (10     -2     81       14

Operating income

     92       84       81       8       10     3       4

OIBDA

     166       159       152       7       4     7       5

Corporate expenses and eliminations

              

Revenue elimination

     (8     (8     (16     —         —       8       -50

Operating loss

     (175     (174     (142     (1     1     (32     23

OIBDA

     (164     (161     (130     (3     2     (31     24

Total

              

Revenue

     4,475       4,005       3,576       470       12     429       12

Operating income

     356       217       222       139       64     (5     -2

OIBDA

     625       478       473       147       31     5       1

Recorded Music

Revenues

2019 vs. 2018

Recorded Music revenues increased by $480 million, or 14%, to $3,840 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $3,360 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $1,656 million and $1,460 million, or 43% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $2,184 million and $1,900 million, or 57% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues, for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

The overall increase in Recorded Music revenue was driven by increases in digital revenue and artist services and expanded-rights revenue, partially offset by a decrease in physical revenue and licensing revenue as described in the “—Results of Operations—Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 and Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017—Consolidated Results—Total Revenue” and “—Results of Operations—Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 and Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017—Consolidated Results—Revenue by Geographical Location” sections above.

2018 vs. 2017

Recorded Music revenues increased by $340 million, or 11%, to $3,360 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $3,020 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $1,460 million and $1,329 million, or 43% and 44% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $1,900 million and $1,691 million, or 57% and 56% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

The overall increase in Recorded Music revenue was mainly driven by streaming revenue growth as described in the “—Results of Operations—Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 and Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017—Consolidated Results—Total Revenue” and “—Results of Operations—Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 and Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017—Consolidated Results—Revenue by Geographical Location” sections above.

 

79


Table of Contents

Cost of revenues

Recorded Music cost of revenues was composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
     2019      2018      2017      $ Change      % Change     $ Change      % Change  

Artist and repertoire costs

   $ 1,178      $ 1,054      $ 964      $ 124        12   $ 90        9

Product costs

     827        700        628        127        18     72        12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 2,005      $ 1,754      $ 1,592      $ 251        14   $ 162        10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

2019 vs. 2018

Recorded Music cost of revenues increased by $251 million, or 14%, to $2,005 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $1,754 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, cost of revenues remained flat at 52% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenue remained constant at 31% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018. Excluding EMP revenue, artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenue increased to 33% primarily driven by the mix of revenue, increased investments in artists and songwriters and the prior year benefit for advance recoveries of $10 million.

Product costs as a percentage of revenue increased to 22% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 21% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The increase in product costs is primarily due to the acquisition of EMP, partially offset by a concert promotion business divestment in Italy.

2018 vs. 2017

Recorded Music cost of revenues increased by $162 million, or 10%, to $1,754 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,592 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 31% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 32% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 primarily due to a shift in revenue mix toward higher-margin digital revenues from lower-margin physical revenues internationally and a benefit for advance recoveries of $10 million. Product costs as a percentage of revenue remained flat at 21% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 52% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 53% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Selling, general and administrative expense

Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expenses were composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
    2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
    2019     2018     2017     $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  

General and administrative expense (1)

  $ 522     $ 573     $ 478     $ (51     -9   $ 95       20

Selling and marketing expense

    621       521       465       100       19     56       12

Distribution expense

    114       67       66       47       70     1       2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total selling, general and administrative expense

  $ 1,257     $ 1,161     $ 1,009     $ 96       8   $ 152       15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

80


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes depreciation expense of $45 million, $35 million, and $32 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

2019 vs. 2018

Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense increased by $96 million, or 8%, to $1,257 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $1,161 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The decrease in Recorded Music general and administrative expense was primarily due to lower expense associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan of $21 million and decreases in severance and restructuring costs of $44 million, partially offset by higher employee related costs. The increase in selling and marketing expense was primarily due to $71 million resulting from the acquisition of EMP and increased variable marketing expense on higher revenue in the fiscal year. The increase in distribution expense was primarily due to $35 million in costs resulting from the acquisition of EMP during the year. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenue, Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 33% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 35% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

2018 vs. 2017

Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense increased by $152 million, or 15%, to $1,161 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $1,009 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The increase in Recorded Music general and administrative expense was primarily due to increases in other employee related compensation including severance and restructuring costs of $63 million and an increase in facilities cost due to an overlap in terms on the lease of our new Los Angeles, California headquarters with our existing office leases of $15 million. The increase was also due to an increase in expense of $1 million associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan, which is primarily related to compensation costs associated with higher dividend payments in the 2018 fiscal year. Selling and marketing expense increased in line with the increase in revenue. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenue, Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense increased to 35% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 33% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Operating income and OIBDA

Recorded Music OIBDA included the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
       2019          2018          2017        $ Change      % Change     $ Change      % Change  

Operating income

   $ 439      $ 307      $ 283      $ 132        43   $ 24        9

Depreciation and amortization

     184        173        168        11        6     5        3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

OIBDA

   $ 623      $ 480      $ 451      $ 143        30   $ 29        6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

2019 vs. 2018

Recorded Music OIBDA increased by $143 million, or 30%, to $623 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $480 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 primarily as a result of higher Recorded Music revenues, $18 million related to the acquisition of EMP which is a lower-margin business and lower general and administrative expenses. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, Recorded Music OIBDA increased to 16% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 14% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

 

81


Table of Contents

Recorded Music operating income increased by $132 million to $439 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $307 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 due to the factors that led to the increase in Recorded Music OIBDA noted above.

2018 vs. 2017

Recorded Music OIBDA increased by $29 million, or 6%, to $480 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $451 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 primarily as a result of higher Recorded Music revenues, partially offset by higher general and administrative expenses. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, Recorded Music OIBDA decreased to 14% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 15% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Recorded Music operating income increased by $24 million to $307 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $283 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 due to the increase in revenue, partially offset by higher general and administrative expenses as noted above.

Music Publishing

Revenues

2019 vs. 2018

Music Publishing revenues decreased by $10 million, or 2%, to $643 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $653 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $300 million and $294 million, or 47% and 45%, of Music Publishing revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues were $343 million and $359 million, or 53% and 55%, of Music Publishing revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

The overall decrease in Music Publishing revenue was mainly driven by a decrease in revenues associated with lost administrative rights and lower market share, partially offset by the increase in digital revenue and the impact of the adoption of ASC 606, as described in the “Total Revenues” and “Revenue by Geographical Location” sections above.

2018 vs. 2017

Music Publishing revenues increased by $81 million, or 14%, to $653 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $572 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $294 million and $258 million, or 45% of Music Publishing revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. International Music Publishing revenues were $359 million and $314 million, or 55% of Music Publishing revenues for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

The overall increase in Music Publishing revenue was mainly driven by the increase in digital revenue as described in the “Total Revenues” and “Revenue by Geographical Location” sections above.

Cost of revenues

Music Publishing cost of revenues was composed of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
       2019          2018          2017        $ Change     % Change     $ Change      % Change  

Artist and repertoire costs

   $ 404      $ 425      $ 355      $ (21     -5   $ 70        20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 404      $ 425      $ 355      $ (21     -5   $ 70        20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

82


Table of Contents

2019 vs. 2018

Music Publishing cost of revenues decreased by $21 million, or 5%, to $404 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $425 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenue, Music Publishing cost of revenues decreased to 63% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 65% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to the adoption of ASC 606, which resulted in a shift in the timing of recognition of revenues and certain related costs from a cash to an accrual basis.

2018 vs. 2017

Music Publishing cost of revenues increased by $70 million, or 20%, to $425 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $355 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 due to revenue mix and increased A&R investment costs. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenue, Music Publishing cost of revenues increased to 65% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 62% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Selling, general and administrative expense

Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expenses were comprised of the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
       2019          2018          2017        $ Change      % Change     $ Change      % Change  

General and administrative expense (1)

   $ 76      $ 74      $ 69      $ 2        3   $ 5        7

Selling and marketing expense

     2        2        2        —          —       —          —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 78      $ 76      $ 71      $ 2        3   $ 5        7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1)

Includes depreciation expense of $5 million, $7 million and $6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

2019 vs. 2018

Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense increased by $2 million, or 3%, to $78 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 as compared to $76 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to an increase in facilities costs. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense remained flat at 12% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

2018 vs. 2017

Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense increased by $5 million, or 7%, to $76 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 as compared to $71 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The increase in general and administrative expense was due to an increase in compensation expense of $3 million and facilities costs of $2 million. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense remained flat at 12% for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

 

83


Table of Contents

Operating income and OIBDA

Music Publishing OIBDA includes the following amounts (in millions):

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
     2019 vs. 2018     2018 vs. 2017  
       2019          2018          2017        $ Change     % Change     $ Change      % Change  

Operating income

   $ 92      $ 84      $ 81      $ 8       10   $ 3        4

Depreciation and amortization

     74        75        71        (1     -1     4        6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

OIBDA

   $ 166      $ 159      $ 152      $ 7       4   $ 7        5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

2019 vs. 2018

Music Publishing OIBDA increased by $7 million, or 4%, to $166 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $159 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing OIBDA margin increased to 26% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from 24% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The increase was primarily due to $12 million from the adoption of ASC 606, which resulted in a shift in the timing of recognition of revenues and certain related costs from a cash to an accrual basis, partially offset by lower revenue and higher general and administrative expenses.

Music Publishing operating income increased by $8 million to $92 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $84 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 due to the factors that led to the increase in Music Publishing OIBDA noted above.

2018 vs. 2017

Music Publishing OIBDA increased by $7 million, or 5%, to $159 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $152 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 as a result of higher Music Publishing revenue, partially offset by higher artist and repertoire costs and higher general and administrative costs, as noted above. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing OIBDA margin decreased to 24% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from 27% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Music Publishing operating income increased by $3 million to $84 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $81 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 due to the factors that led to the increase in Music Publishing OIBDA noted above.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

2019 vs. 2018

Our OIBDA loss from corporate expenses and eliminations increased by $3 million to $164 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $161 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, which includes higher corporate related costs, partially offset by a decrease of $15 million in variable compensation associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.

Our operating loss from corporate expenses and eliminations increased by $1 million to $175 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 from $174 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

2018 vs. 2017

Our OIBDA loss from corporate expenses and eliminations increased by $31 million to $161 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $130 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 due to

 

84


Table of Contents

costs associated with our U.S. shared services and other transformation initiatives of $16 million, an increase in our annual Access management fee of $7 million, an increase in variable compensation expense of $5 million associated with the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan, which is associated with higher compensation costs on dividend payments in the 2018 fiscal year.

Our operating loss from corporate expenses and eliminations increased by $32 million to $174 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 from $142 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 due to the factors that led to the increase in operating loss noted above.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

Financial Condition at December 31, 2019

At December 31, 2019, we had $2.988 billion of debt (which is net of $27 million of deferred financing costs), $462 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $2.526 billion, defined as total debt, less cash and equivalents and deferred financing costs) and $190 million of Warner Music Group Corp. deficit. This compares to $2.974 billion of debt (which is net of $29 million of deferred financing costs), $619 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $2.355 billion) and $289 million of Warner Music Group Corp. deficit at September 30, 2019.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our historical cash flows (in millions). The financial data for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are unaudited and have been derived from our interim financial statements included elsewhere herein. The financial data for fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere herein.

 

     For the Three Months Ended December 31,     For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
             2019                     2018                 2019             2018             2017      

Cash provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 78     $ 92     $ 400     $ 425     $ 535  

Investing activities

     (32     (238     (376     405       (126

Financing activities

     (207     182       88       (955     (128

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $78 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 as compared with cash provided by operating activities of $92 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The $14 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to timing of working capital and higher cash taxes, partially offset by an OIBDA increase of $21 million.

Cash provided by operating activities was $400 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to $425 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and $535 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. The primary driver of the $25 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities during the current year was due to an increase in royalty advances and royalty payments, partially offset by an OIBDA increase of $147 million.

The decrease in results from operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 reflected timing of royalty payments, partially offset by improved operating performance.

 

85


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $32 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 as compared with cash used in investing activities of $238 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

The $32 million of cash used in investing activities in the three months ended December 31, 2019 consisted of $6 million relating to investments, $15 million relating to capital expenditures and $11 million to acquire music publishing rights. The $238 million of cash used in investing activities in the three months ended December 31, 2018 consisted of $183 million relating to the acquisition of EMP, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired, $23 million relating to the acquisition of equity investments, $26 million relating to capital expenditure and $5 million to acquire music publishing rights.

Cash used in investing activities was $376 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $405 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and cash used in investing activities of $126 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

Cash used in investing activities of $376 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 consisted of $183 million related to the acquisition of EMP, net of cash and equivalents acquired, $48 million relating to the acquisition of investments, $104 million relating to capital expenditures and $41 million to acquire music publishing rights and music catalogs.

Cash provided by investing activities of $405 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 consisted of $516 million of proceeds from sale of investments which includes the Spotify share sale of $504 million, partially offset by $74 million of capital expenditures, which has increased due to costs incurred related to the build-out of our new Los Angeles, California headquarters of $28 million, $23 million of investments and acquisitions and $14 million to acquire music publishing rights.

Cash used in investing activities of $126 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 consisted of $139 million of business investments and acquisitions, including the Spinnin’ Records acquisition in September 2017, $16 million to acquire music publishing rights and $44 million of capital expenditures, partially offset by $73 million of proceeds from divestitures.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $207 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 as compared with cash provided by financing activities of $182 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

The $207 million of cash used in financing activities for the three months ended December 31, 2019 consisted of dividends paid of $206 million and distributions to noncontrolling interest holders of $1 million. The $182 million of cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended December 31, 2018 consisted of proceeds of $287 million from the issuance of Acquisition Corp.’s 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 partially offset by deferred financing costs paid of $4 million, the partial repayment of Acquisition Corp.’s 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 and 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022, including call premiums paid, for an aggregate $99 million and distributions to noncontrolling interest holders of $2 million.

Cash provided by financing activities was $88 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to cash used in financing activities of $955 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and $128 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

The $88 million of cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 consisted of proceeds of $514 million from the issuance of Acquisition Corp.’s 3.625% Secured Notes due 2026,

 

86


Table of Contents

partially offset by deferred financing costs paid of $7 million, the repayment of Acquisition Corp.’s 5.625% Secured Notes due 2022 of $247 million including call premiums paid of $5 million, partial repayment of Acquisition Corp.’s 4.125% Secured Notes due 2024 of $40 million and 4.875% Secured Notes due 2024 of $30 million, for an aggregate $185 million, cash dividends paid of $94 million and distributions to noncontrolling interest holders of $3 million.

The $955 million of cash used in financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 consisted of the repayment of and deposit for Acquisition Corp.’s 6.750% Senior Notes of $635 million, cash dividends paid of $925 million, call premiums paid on and redemption deposit for early redemption of $23 million, deferred financing costs paid of $12 million and a distribution to our non-controlling interest holders of $5 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp.’s Senior Notes (as defined below) of $325 million and proceeds from the issuance of Acquisition Corp.’s Senior Term Loan Facility of $320 million.

The $128 million of cash used in financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 consisted of the repayment of Acquisition Corp.’s 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 of $450 million, repayment of Acquisition Corp.’s 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 of $173 million, repayment of Acquisition Corp.’s 5.625% Secured Notes of $28 million, call premiums paid on early redemption of $27 million, deferred financing costs paid of $13 million, cash dividends paid of $84 million and a distribution to our non-controlling interest holders of $5 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp.’s 4.125% Secured Notes of €345 million, proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp.’s 4.875% Secured Notes of $250 million and proceeds from the amendment of Acquisition Corp.’s Senior Term Loan Facility of $22 million.

There were no drawdowns on the Revolving Credit Facility during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are the cash flows generated from our subsidiaries’ operations, available cash and equivalents and funds available for drawing under our Revolving Credit Facility. These sources of liquidity are needed to fund our debt service requirements, working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, strategic acquisitions and investments, and any dividends, prepayments of debt or repurchases or retirement of our outstanding debt or notes in open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, we may elect to pay or make in the future. We believe that our existing sources of cash will be sufficient to support our existing operations over the next twelve months.

In August 2019, we announced that we were beginning a financial transformation initiative to upgrade our information technology and finance infrastructure over the next two years, including related systems and processes, for which we expect our capital expenditures to be between $30 million and $40 million, approximately two-thirds of which is expected to be incurred in the 2020 fiscal year and the remainder of which is expected to be incurred in the 2021 fiscal year. We expect that our cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our capital expenditures.

Debt Financing

Since Access acquired us in 2011, we have sought to extend the maturity dates on our outstanding indebtedness, reduce interest expense and improve our debt ratings. For example, our S&P corporate credit rating has improved from B in 2017 to BB- in 2019. In addition, our weighted-average interest rate on our outstanding indebtedness has decreased from 10.5% in 2011 to 4.3% in 2019. Our nearest-term maturity date is in 2023. Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to take opportunistic steps to extend our maturity dates and reduce related interest expense. From time to time, we may incur additional indebtedness for, among other things, working capital, repurchasing, redeeming or tendering for existing indebtedness and acquisitions or other strategic transactions.

 

87


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

On January 31, 2018, Acquisition Corp. entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The final maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility is January 31, 2023.

Acquisition Corp. is the borrower (the “Revolving Borrower”) under the Revolving Credit Agreement which provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $180 million (the “Commitments”) and includes a $50 million letter of credit sub-facility. Amounts are available under the Revolving Credit Facility in U.S. dollars, euros or pounds sterling. The Revolving Credit Agreement permits loans for general corporate purposes and may also be utilized to issue letters of credit. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest at the Revolving Borrower’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in the borrowing currency in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“Revolving LIBOR”) plus 1.75% per annum or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent from time to time, (y) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (z) the one-month Revolving LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum, plus, in each case, 0.75% per annum.

Prepayments

If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding loans (including letters of credit outstanding thereunder) exceeds the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, prepayments of the loans (and after giving effect to such prepayment the cash collateralization of letters of credit) will be required in an amount equal to such excess. The application of proceeds from mandatory prepayments shall not reduce the aggregate amount of then effective commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and amounts prepaid may be reborrowed, subject to then effective commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Voluntary reductions of the unutilized portion of the Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility are permitted at any time in certain minimum principal amounts, without premium or penalty. Voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are permitted at any time in certain minimum principal amounts, subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR-based borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

Senior Term Loan Facility

Acquisition Corp. is party to a $1.326 billion senior secured term loan credit facility, pursuant to the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (as described below, the “Senior Term Loan Facility”).

General

Acquisition Corp. is the borrower under the Senior Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loan Borrower”). The loans outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Facility mature on November 1, 2023.

In addition, the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement provides the right for individual lenders to extend the maturity date of their loans upon the request of the Term Loan Borrower and without the consent of any other lender.

 

88


Table of Contents

Subject to certain conditions, without the consent of the then existing lenders (but subject to the receipt of commitments), the Senior Term Loan Facility may be expanded (or a new term loan facility entered into) by up to the greater of (i) $300 million and (ii) such additional amount as would not cause the net senior secured leverage ratio, after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and any use of proceeds thereof, to exceed 4.50:1.00.

Interest Rates and Fees

Term loan borrowings under the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate measured by reference to, at Acquisition Corp.’s option, either (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate, LIBOR, not less than 0.00% per annum plus a borrowing margin of 2.125% per annum or (ii) an alternative base rate plus a borrowing margin of 1.125% per annum.

Prepayments

The Senior Term Loan Facility is subject to mandatory prepayment and reduction in an amount equal to (a) 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement), with reductions to 25% and zero based upon achievement of a net senior secured leverage ratio of less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 or 4.00:1.00, respectively, (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds received from the incurrence of indebtedness by the Term Loan Borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries (other than indebtedness permitted under the Senior Term Loan Facility) and (c) 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the Term Loan Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries (including certain insurance and condemnation proceeds) in excess of $75 million and subject to the right of the Term Loan Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to reinvest such proceeds within a specified period of time, and other exceptions. Voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Senior Term Loan Facility are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts of $1 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of adjusted LIBOR borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

Secured Notes

General

On July 27, 2016, Acquisition Corp. issued $300 million in aggregate principal amount of its 5.000% Secured Notes under the Senior Secured Base Indenture, as supplemented by the 5.000% Supplemental Indenture. On October 18, 2016, Acquisition Corp. issued $250 million in aggregate principal amount of its 4.875% Secured Notes and €345 million in aggregate principal amount of its 4.125% Secured Notes under the Senior Secured Base Indenture, as supplemented by (i) in the case of the 4.875% Secured Notes, the 4.875% Supplemental Indenture and (ii) in the case of the 4.125% Notes, the 4.125% Supplemental Indenture”. On October 9, 2018, Acquisition Corp. issued €250 million in aggregate principal amount of its 3.625% Secured Notes under the Senior Secured Base Indenture, as supplemented by the 3.625% Supplemental Indenture. On April 30, 2019, Acquisition Corp. issued €195 million in aggregate principal amount of additional 3.625% Secured Notes under the Senior Secured Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Additional 3.625% Supplemental Indenture.

Optional Redemption

5.000% Secured Notes

On or after August 1, 2019, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a portion of the 5.000% Secured Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued

 

89


Table of Contents

and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the 5.000% Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2019

     102.500

2020

     101.250

2021 and thereafter

     100.000

4.875% Secured Notes

On or after November 1, 2019, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a portion of the 4.875% Secured Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the 4.875% Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2019

     103.656

2020

     102.438

2021

     101.219

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

4.125% Secured Notes

On or after November 1, 2019, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a portion of the 4.125% Secured Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the 4.125% Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2019

     103.094

2020

     102.063

2021

     101.031

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

3.625% Secured Notes

At any time prior to October 15, 2021, Acquisition Corp. may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 3.625% Secured Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any additional securities constituting 3.625% Secured Notes) issued under the Secured Notes Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 103.625% of the principal amount of the 3.625% Secured Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings by Acquisition Corp. or any contribution to Acquisition Corp.’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings by Acquisition Corp.’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the 3.625% Secured Notes originally issued under the Secured Notes Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any additional securities constituting 3.625% Secured Notes issued under the Secured Notes Indenture) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.

 

90


Table of Contents

The 3.625% Secured Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 15, 2021, at the option of Acquisition Corp., at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3.625% Secured Notes redeemed plus the applicable make-whole premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

On or after October 15, 2021, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a portion of the 3.625% Secured Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the 3.625% Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2021

     101.813

2022

     100.906

2023 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, during any twelve-month period prior to October 15, 2021, Acquisition Corp. will be entitled to redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 3.625% Secured Notes (including the principal amount of any additional securities of the same series) at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Senior Notes

General

On March 14, 2018, Acquisition Corp. issued $325 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 under the Senior Notes Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture.

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to April 15, 2021, Acquisition Corp. may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any additional securities constituting the same series) issued under the Senior Notes Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of holders of the Senior Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings by Acquisition Corp. or any contribution to Acquisition Corp.’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings by Acquisition Corp.’s direct or indirect parent; provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes originally issued under the Senior Notes Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any additional securities constituting the Senior Notes issued under the Senior Notes Indenture) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.

The Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2021, at the option of Acquisition Corp., at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed plus the applicable make-whole premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

91


Table of Contents

On or after April 15, 2021, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the Senior Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2021

     102.750

2022

     101.375

2023 and thereafter

     100.000

General Terms of Our Indebtedness

Certain terms of the Senior Credit Facilities and certain terms of each series of notes under our Secured Notes Indenture and Senior Notes Indenture are described below.

Ranking

The indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility and the Secured Notes are Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured obligations and are secured on an equal and ratable basis with all existing and future indebtedness secured with the same security arrangements. The Secured Notes rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future senior indebtedness and any future senior secured credit facility; are effectively senior to Acquisition Corp.’s unsecured senior indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the senior secured obligations; and are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Acquisition Corp.’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below)).

The Senior Notes are Acquisition Corp.’s senior unsecured obligations. The Senior Notes rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future senior indebtedness; are effectively subordinated to Acquisition Corp.’s secured senior indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness; and are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Acquisition Corp.’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors).

Guarantees and Security

The obligations under each of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Secured Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes Indenture are guaranteed by each direct and indirect U.S. restricted subsidiary of Acquisition Corp., other than certain excluded subsidiaries. All obligations of Acquisition Corp. and each guarantor under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Term Loan Facility and the Secured Notes Indenture are secured by substantially all the assets of Acquisition Corp and each subsidiary guarantor. In addition, each series of notes issued pursuant to the Secured Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes Indenture have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Secured Notes and the Senior Notes contain customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants are incurrence-based high yield covenants and limit the ability of Acquisition Corp. and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends, redeem

 

92


Table of Contents

stock or make other distributions; repurchase, prepay or redeem subordinated indebtedness; make investments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to it or make other intercompany transfers; create liens; transfer or sell assets; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; enter into certain transactions with its affiliates; and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The negative covenants are subject to customary exceptions. There are no financial covenants included in the Revolving Credit Agreement, other than a springing leverage ratio of 4.75:1.00 (with no step-down), which is not tested unless at the end of a fiscal quarter the outstanding amount of loans and drawings under letters of credit which have not been reimbursed exceeds $54,000,000. There are no financial covenants included in the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Secured Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes Indenture.

Events of Default

Events of default under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Term Loan Facility and the Secured Notes Indenture include nonpayment of principal when due, nonpayment of interest or other amounts, inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect, violation of covenants, cross default and cross acceleration to other material debt, certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, certain ERISA events, certain material judgments, actual or asserted invalidity of security interests in excess of $50 million, in each case subject to customary thresholds, notice and grace period provisions.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Secured Notes Base Indenture and the Senior Notes Base Indenture, each holder of the Secured Notes and the Senior Notes has the right to require Acquisition Corp. to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Secured Notes and Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

Existing Debt as of December 31, 2019

As of December 31, 2019, our long-term debt, all of which was issued by Acquisition Corp., was as follows (in millions):

 

Revolving Credit Facility (a)

   $ —    

Senior Term Loan Facility due 2023 (b)

     1,314  

5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (c)

     298  

4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (d)

     342  

4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (e)

     218  

3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (f)

     495  

5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (g)

     321  

Total long-term debt, including the current portion (h)

   $ 2,988  

 

(a)

Reflects $180 million of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility available at December 31, 2019, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $13 million at December 31, 2019. There were no loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2019.

(b)

Principal amount of $1.326 billion less unamortized discount of $3 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $9 million at December 31, 2019.

(c)

Principal amount of $300 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million at December 31, 2019.

(d)

Face amount of €311 million. Above amount represents the dollar equivalent of such note at December 31, 2019. Principal amount of $345 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $3 million at December 31, 2019.

 

93


Table of Contents
(e)

Principal amount of $220 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million at December 31, 2019.

(f)

Face amount of €445 million at December 31, 2019. Above amount represents the dollar equivalent of such note at December 31, 2019. Principal amount of $494 million, an additional issuance premium of $8 million, less unamortized deferred financing costs of $7 million at December 31, 2019.

(g)

Principal amount of $325 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $4 million at December 31, 2019.

(h)

Principal amount of debt of $3.010 billion, an additional issuance premium of $8 million, less unamortized discount of $3 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $27 million at December 31, 2019.

Dividends

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted by covenants in the indentures governing its notes and in the credit agreements for the Senior Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility.

On December 16, 2019, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $37.5 million which was paid to stockholders on January 17, 2020. On September 23, 2019, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $206.25 million which was paid to stockholders on October 4, 2019. For fiscal year 2019, the Company paid an aggregate of $93.75 million in cash dividends to stockholders. For fiscal year 2018, the Company paid an aggregate of $925 million in cash dividends to stockholders, which reflected proceeds from the sale of Spotify shares acquired in the ordinary course of business. For fiscal year 2017, the Company paid an aggregate of $84 million in cash dividends to stockholders. See “Dividend Policy.”

Covenant Compliance

The Company was in compliance with its covenants under its outstanding notes, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2019.

On January 18, 2019, we delivered a notice to the administrative agent under each of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility and the trustee under the indentures governing each of the Senior Notes and the Secured Notes changing the Fixed GAAP Date, as defined under each such facility and the indentures, to October 1, 2018.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains a springing leverage ratio that is tied to a ratio based on Consolidated EBITDA, which is defined under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Our ability to borrow funds under the Revolving Credit Facility may depend upon our ability to meet the leverage ratio test at the end of a fiscal quarter to the extent we have drawn a certain amount of revolving loans. The indentures governing our notes and the Senior Term Loan Facility use financial measures called “Consolidated EBITDA” or “EBITDA” that have the same definition as Consolidated EBITDA as defined under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Each of the “Consolidated EBITDA” measure used under our indentures and Revolving Credit Facility and the “EBITDA” measure used under our Senior Term Loan Facility, respectively, are equivalent to Adjusted EBITDA. See “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

Consolidated EBITDA is a material component of the leverage ratio contained in the Revolving Credit Agreement. Non-compliance with the leverage ratio could result in the inability to use the Revolving Credit Facility, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flow.

Consolidated EBITDA as presented is not a measure of the performance of our business and should not be used by investors as an indicator of performance for any future period. Further, our debt instruments require that it be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Further, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four quarter period or any complete fiscal year. In addition, our debt instruments require that the

 

94


Table of Contents

leverage ratio be calculated on a pro forma basis for certain transactions including acquisitions as if such transactions had occurred on the first date of the measurement period and may include expected cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such transaction. There can be no assurances that any such cost savings or synergies will be achieved in full.

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions, except ratio)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 740  
  

 

 

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness (a)

   $ 2,485  
  

 

 

 

Leverage Ratio (b)

     3.36x  

 

(a)

Reflects the principal balance of senior secured debt at Acquisition Corp. of approximately $2.685 billion less cash of $200 million.

(b)

Reflects the ratio of Senior Secured Indebtedness, including Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, to Adjusted EBITDA as of the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. This is calculated net of cash and equivalents of the Company as of December 31, 2019 not exceeding $200 million. If the outstanding aggregate principal amount of borrowings and drawings under letters of credit which have not been reimbursed under the Revolving Credit Facility is greater than $54 million at the end of a fiscal quarter, the maximum leverage ratio permitted under the Revolving Credit Facility is 4.75:1.00. The Company’s Revolving Credit Facility does not impose any “leverage ratio” restrictions on the Company when the aggregate principal amount of borrowings and drawings under letters of credit, which have not been reimbursed under the Revolving Credit Facility, is less than or equal to $54 million at the end of a fiscal quarter.

Summary

Management believes that funds generated from our operations and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and available cash and equivalents will be sufficient to fund our debt service requirements, working capital requirements and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future. We also have additional borrowing capacity under our indentures and the Senior Term Loan Facility. However, our ability to continue to fund these items and to reduce debt may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other industry-specific factors such as the ability to control music piracy and the continued transition from physical to digital formats in the recorded music and music publishing industries. We and our affiliates continue to evaluate opportunities to, from time to time, depending on market conditions and prices, contractual restrictions, our financial liquidity and other factors, seek to pay dividends or prepay outstanding debt or repurchase or retire Acquisition Corp.’s outstanding debt or debt securities in open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material and may be funded from available cash or from additional borrowings. In addition, from time to time, depending on market conditions and prices, contractual restrictions, our financial liquidity and other factors, we may seek to refinance the Senior Credit Facilities or our outstanding debt or debt securities with existing cash and/or with funds provided from additional borrowings.

 

95


Table of Contents

Contractual and Other Obligations

Firm Commitments

The following table summarizes the Company’s aggregate contractual obligations at September 30, 2019, and the estimated timing and effect that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 

Firm Commitments and Outstanding Debt

   Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     After 5
years
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Senior Secured Notes (1)

   $ —        $ —        $ 300      $ 1,047      $ 1,347  

Interest on Senior Secured Notes (1)

     57        115        100        56        328  

Senior Notes (1)

     —          —          —          325        325  

Interest on Senior Notes (1)

     18        36        36        36        126  

Senior Term Loan Facility (1)

     —          —          1,326        —          1,326  

Interest on Senior Term Loan Facility (1)

     52        100        55        —          207  

Operating leases (2)

     52        97        92        207        448  

Artist, songwriter and co-publisher commitments (3)

     428        *        *        *        428  

Management Fees (4)

     11        18        18        **        47  

Minimum funding commitments to investees and other obligations (5)

     7        3        —          —          10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total firm commitments and outstanding debt

   $ 625      $ 369      $ 1,927      $ 1,671      $ 4,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The following is a description of our firmly committed contractual obligations at September 30, 2019:

 

(1)

Outstanding debt obligations consist of the Senior Term Loan Facility, the Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Notes. These obligations have been presented based on the principal amounts due, current and long term as of September 30, 2019. Amounts do not include any fair value adjustments, bond premiums, discounts or unamortized deferred financing costs.

(2)

Operating lease obligations primarily relate to the minimum lease rental obligations for our real estate and operating equipment in various locations around the world. These obligations have been presented without the benefit of $1 million of total sublease income expected to be received under non-cancelable agreements.

(3)

The Company routinely enters into long-term commitments with recording artists, songwriters and publishers for the future delivery of music. Such commitments generally become due only upon delivery and Company acceptance of albums from the artists or future musical compositions by songwriters and publishers. Additionally, such commitments are typically cancelable at the Company’s discretion, generally without penalty. Based on contractual obligations, aggregate firm commitments to such talent approximate $428 million at September 30, 2019. The aggregate firm commitments expected for the next twelve-month period based on contractual obligations and the Company’s expected release schedule approximates $229 million at September 30, 2019.

(4)

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Company will pay Access an annual fee equal to the greater of (i) a base amount, which is the sum of (x) $6 million and (y) 1.5% of the aggregate amount of Acquired EBITDA (as defined in the Management Agreement) and was approximately $9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, and (ii) 1.5% of the EBITDA (as defined in the indenture governing the redeemed WMG Holdings Corp. 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019) of the Company for the applicable fiscal year, plus expenses. The Company will also pay Access a specified transaction fee for certain types of transactions completed by Holdings or one or more of its subsidiaries, plus expenses. The future balances disclosed are representative of the base amount of the annual fee only. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Access Affiliates—Management Agreement.”

(5)

We have minimum funding commitments and other related obligations to support the operations of various investments, which are reflected in the table above. Other long-term liabilities include $12 million and $15 million of liabilities for uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. We are unable to accurately predict when these amounts will be realized or released.

 

96


Table of Contents
*

Because the timing of payment, and even whether payment occurs, is dependent upon the timing of delivery of albums and musical compositions, the timing and amount of payment of these commitments as presented in the above summary can vary significantly.

**

Per the above explanation, the minimum annual fee will be approximately $9 million per year. This amount may vary based on the terms described above; and will continue as long as the Management Agreement remains unmodified and effective.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The SEC’s Financial Reporting Release No. 60, “Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies” (“FRR 60”), suggests companies provide additional disclosure and commentary on those accounting policies considered most critical. FRR 60 considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to our financial condition and results, and requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in our application. We believe the following list represents critical accounting policies as contemplated by FRR 60. For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, see note 2 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

Business Combinations

We account for our business acquisitions under the FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) guidance for business combinations. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. If our assumptions or estimates in the fair value calculation change, the fair value of our acquired intangible assets could change; this would also change the value of our goodwill.

Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We account for our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets as required by FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). Under ASC 350, we do not amortize goodwill, including the goodwill included in the carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, and certain other intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite useful life. ASC 350 requires that goodwill and certain intangible assets be assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis and when events occur that may suggest that the fair value of such assets cannot support the carrying value. ASC 350 gives an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the step one of the two-step process. The first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its net book value (or carrying amount), including goodwill.

In performing the first step, management determines the fair value of its reporting units using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis. Determining fair value requires significant judgment concerning the assumptions used in the valuation model, including discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, and growth rates. The cash flows employed in the DCF analysis are based on management’s most recent budgets and business plans and when applicable, various growth rates have been assumed for years beyond the current business plan periods. Any forecast contains a degree of uncertainty and modifications to these cash flows could significantly increase or decrease the fair value of a reporting unit. For example, if revenue from sales of physical formats

 

97


Table of Contents

continues to decline and the revenue from sales of digital formats does not continue to grow as expected and we are unable to adjust costs accordingly, it could have a negative impact on future impairment tests.

If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit.

As of December 31, 2019, we had recorded goodwill in the amount of $1.768 billion, including $1.304 billion and $464 million for our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses, respectively, primarily related to the Merger and PLG Acquisition. We test our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year as of July 1. The performance of our fiscal 2019 impairment analysis did not result in an impairment of the Company’s goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets and no indicators of impairment were identified during the three months ended December 31, 2019 that required the Company to perform an interim assessment or recoverability test.

The impairment test for other intangible assets not subject to amortization involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using a DCF analysis. Common among such approaches is the “relief from royalty” methodology, which is used in estimating the fair value of the Company’s trademarks. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets. Also subject to judgment are assumptions about royalty rates, which are based on the estimated rates at which similar trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

See note 7 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of our goodwill and intangible assets.

Revenue and Cost Recognition

Revenues

Recorded Music

As required by FASB ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), the Company recognizes revenue when, or as, control of the promised services or goods is transferred to our customers and in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is contractually due in exchange for those services or goods.

Revenues from the licenses of Recorded Music products through digital distribution channels are typically recognized when usage occurs based on usage reports received from the customer. These licenses typically contain a single performance obligation, which is ongoing access to all intellectual property in an evolving content library, predicated on: (1) the business practice and contractual ability to remove specific content without a requirement to replace the content and without impact to minimum royalty guarantees; and (2) the contracts not containing a specific listing of content subject to the license.

 

98


Table of Contents

For certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer.

Revenues from the sale of physical Recorded Music products are recognized upon delivery, which occurs once the product has been shipped and control has been transferred. In accordance with industry practice and as is customary in many territories, certain products, such as CDs and DVDs, are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are generally recognized upon shipment based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns.

Music Publishing

Music Publishing revenues are earned from the receipt of royalties relating to the licensing of rights in musical compositions and the sale of published sheet music and songbooks. The receipt of royalties principally relates to amounts earned from the public performance of musical compositions, the mechanical reproduction of musical compositions on recorded media including digital formats and the use of musical compositions in synchronization with visual images. Music publishing royalties, except for synchronization royalties, generally are recognized when the sale or usage occurs.

The most common form of consideration for publishing contracts is sales- and usage-based royalties. The collecting societies submit usage reports, typically with payment for royalties due, often on a quarterly or biannual reporting period, in arrears. Royalties are recognized as the sale or usage occurs based upon usage reports and, when these reports are not available, royalties are estimated based on historical data, such as recent royalties reported, company-specific information with respect to changes in repertoire, industry information and other relevant trends. Synchronization revenue is typically recognized as revenue when control of the license is transferred to the customer in accordance with ASC 606.

Refund Liabilities and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Management’s estimate of Recorded Music physical products that will be returned, and the amount of receivables that will ultimately be collected is an area of judgment affecting reported revenues and operating income. In determining the estimate of physical product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of product, historical return trends, current economic conditions, changes in customer demand and commercial acceptance of the Company’s products. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of each dollar of physical product sales that provide the customer with the right of return. The provision for such sales returns is reflected as a reduction in the revenues from the related sale.

Similarly, the Company monitors customer credit risk related to accounts receivable. Significant judgments and estimates are involved in evaluating if such amounts will ultimately be fully collected. On an ongoing basis, the Company tracks customer exposure based on news reports, ratings agency information, reviews of customer financial data and direct dialogue with customers. Counterparties that are determined to be of a higher risk are evaluated to assess whether the payment terms previously granted to them should be modified. The Company also monitors payment levels from customers, and a provision for estimated uncollectible amounts is maintained based on such payment levels, historical experience, management’s views on trends in the overall receivable agings and, for larger accounts, analyses of specific risks on a customer-specific basis.

Based on management’s analysis of sales returns, refund liabilities of $36 million and $23 million were established at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively. Based on management’s analysis of uncollectible accounts, reserves of $18 million and $17 million were established at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively. The ratio of our receivable allowances and refund liabilities to gross accounts receivables was 6% at December 31, 2019 and 5% at September 30, 2019.

 

99


Table of Contents

Accounting for Royalty Advances

We regularly commit to and pay royalty advances to our recording artists and songwriters in respect of future sales. We account for these advances under the related guidance in FASB ASC Topic 928, Entertainment—Music (“ASC 928”). Under ASC 928, we capitalize as assets certain advances that we believe are recoverable from future royalties to be earned by the recording artist or songwriter. Advances vary in both amount and expected life based on the underlying recording artist or songwriter. Advances to recording artists or songwriters with a history of successful commercial acceptability will typically be larger than advances to a newer or unproven recording artist or songwriter. In addition, in certain cases these advances represent a multi-album release or multi-musical composition obligation and the number of album releases and musical compositions will vary by recording artist or songwriter.

Management’s decision to capitalize an advance to a recording artist or songwriter as an asset requires significant judgment as to the recoverability of the advance. The recoverability is assessed upon initial commitment of the advance based upon management’s forecast of anticipated revenue from the sale and licensing of future and existing albums or musical compositions. In determining whether the advance is recoverable, management evaluates the current and past popularity of the recording artist or songwriter, the sales history of the recording artist or songwriter, the initial or expected commercial acceptance of the music, the current and past popularity of the genre of music that the music is designed to appeal to, and other relevant factors. Based upon this information, management expenses the portion of any advance that it believes is not recoverable. In most cases, advances to recording artists or songwriters without a history of success and evidence of current or past popularity will be expensed immediately. Advances are individually assessed for recoverability continuously and at minimum on a quarterly basis. As part of the ongoing assessment of recoverability, we monitor the projection of future sales based on the current environment, the recording artist’s or songwriter’s ability to meet their contractual obligations as well as our intent to support future album releases or musical compositions from the recording artist or songwriter. To the extent that a portion of an outstanding advance is no longer deemed recoverable, that amount will be expensed in the period the determination is made.

We had $420 million and $378 million of advances in our balance sheet at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively. We believe such advances are recoverable through future royalties to be earned by the applicable recording artists and songwriters.

Accounting for Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate income taxes payable in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets. FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), requires a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. In circumstances where there is sufficient negative evidence, establishment of a valuation allowance must be considered. We believe that cumulative losses in the most recent three-year period generally represent sufficient negative evidence to consider a valuation allowance under the provisions of ASC 740. As a result, we determined that certain of our deferred tax assets required the establishment of a valuation allowance.

The realization of the remaining deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on forecasted future taxable income. Any reduction in estimated forecasted future taxable income may require that we record additional valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets on which a valuation allowance has not previously been established. The valuation allowance that has been established will be maintained until there is sufficient positive evidence to conclude that it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. An ongoing pattern of profitability will generally be considered as sufficient positive evidence. Our income tax expense recorded in the future may be reduced to the extent of offsetting decreases in our valuation allowance. The establishment and reversal of valuation allowances could have a significant negative or positive impact on our future earnings.

 

100


Table of Contents

From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the Company’s tax provision for financial reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for uncertain tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon examination based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on the Company’s tax returns are more likely than not of being sustained.

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation represents compensation payment for which the amounts are based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock. The Plan is classified as a liability rather than equity under

FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Liability classified share-based compensation costs are measured at fair value each reporting date until settlement. Because it is not practical for the Company to estimate the volatility of its share price needed to use the fair value approach (since our stock is not currently publicly traded), the Company has made a policy election that whenever share-based payment awards are required to be measured as a liability, the Company will use the intrinsic value method to measure the costs. Under the intrinsic value method, the Company obtains a valuation of our presumed stock price quarterly and re-measures the related awards using this new price, recognizing compensation costs for the difference between the existing price and new price.

Determining fair value requires significant judgment concerning the assumptions used in the valuation model, including discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and growth rates. Determining fair value requires significant judgment concerning the assumptions used in the valuation model, including discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and growth rates. There are two general valuation approaches that are used in estimating fair value of a business that is considered to be a going concern: the income approach and market approach. As of September 30, 2019, the Company derived its fair value through the application of the income approach using a discounted cash flow model, which is then adjusted for non-operating assets and the estimated fair value of the Company’s debt. The Company’s valuation approach did not include the application of the market approach due to no directly comparable market transactions.

Under the income approach, the cash flows employed in the discounted cash flows analysis are based on management’s most recent budget and business plans and when applicable, various growth rates have been assumed for years beyond the current business plan periods. Any forecast contains a degree of uncertainty and modifications to these cash flows could significantly increase or decrease the fair value of the presumed share price. For example, if revenue from sales of physical formats continues to decline and the revenue from sales of digital formats does not continue to grow as expected and we are unable to adjust costs accordingly, it could have a negative impact on future pricing. In determining which discount rate to utilize, management determines the appropriate weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the Company. Management considers many factors in selecting a WACC, including the market view of risk, the appropriate capital structure and the appropriate borrowing rates for the Company. The selection of a WACC is subjective and modification to this rate could significantly increase or decrease the fair value of our presumed stock price.

New Accounting Principles

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance codified in ASC 606, which replaces the guidance in former ASC 605, Revenue Recognition and ASC 928-605, Entertainment—Music. The amendment was the result of a joint effort by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board to improve financial reporting by creating common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and international financial reporting standards (“IFRS”). The joint project clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and develops a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS.

 

101


Table of Contents

The Company adopted ASC 606 on October 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method to all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption. The reported results as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 reflect the application of the new standard, while the reported results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 have not been adjusted to reflect the new standard and were prepared under prior revenue recognition accounting guidance.

The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a change in the timing of revenue recognition in the Company’s Music Publishing segment as well as international broadcast rights within the Company’s Recorded Music segment. Under the new revenue recognition rules, revenue is recorded based on best estimates available in the period of sale or usage whereas revenue was previously recorded when cash was received for both the licensing of publishing rights and international Recorded Music broadcast fees. Additionally, for certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer. As a result of adopting ASC 606, the Company recorded a decrease to the opening accumulated deficit of approximately $139 million, net of tax, as of October 1, 2018. The Company also reclassified $28 million from accounts receivable to other current liabilities related to estimated refund liabilities for its physical sales.

We adopted ASC 842, Leases, on October 1, 2019, which results in most of our operating leases being recognized as right of use assets and operating lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. None of the remaining new accounting principles had a material effect on our audited financial statements. See Note 2 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein for a complete summary of all our significant accounting policies.

 

102


Table of Contents

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk arising from changes in market rates and prices, including movements in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Currency Risk

Within our global business operations, we have transactional exposures that may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. We may at times choose to use foreign exchange currency derivatives, primarily forward contracts, to manage the risk associated with the volatility of future cash flows denominated in foreign currencies, such as unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to our U.S. companies for the sale or licensing of U.S.-based music and merchandise abroad that may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We focus on managing the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on major currencies, which can include the Euro, British pound sterling, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona, Australian dollar, Brazilian real, Korean won and Norwegian krone, and in many cases we have natural hedges where we have expenses associated with local operations that offset the revenue in local currency and our Euro-denominated debt, which can offset declines in the Euro. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had outstanding hedge contracts for the sale of $288 million and the purchase of $148 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. Subsequent to December 31, 2019, certain of our foreign exchange contracts expired. As of September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Company had no outstanding hedge contracts.

The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is subject to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. For the purpose of assessing the specific risks, we use a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures may have on the fair value of our financial instruments. For foreign exchange forward contracts, we typically perform a sensitivity analysis assuming a hypothetical 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies from prevailing foreign currency exchange rates and assuming no change in interest rates. The fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts as of December 31, 2019 would have decreased by $14 million based on this analysis. Hypothetically, even if there was a decrease in the fair value of the forward contracts, because our foreign exchange contracts are entered into for hedging purposes, these losses would be largely offset by gains on the underlying transactions.

Interest Rate Risk

We had $3.010 billion of principal debt outstanding at December 31, 2019, of which $1.326 billion was variable-rate debt and $1.684 billion was fixed-rate debt. As of September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we had $2.998 billion, $2.851 billion and $2.846 billion of principal debt outstanding, respectively, of which $1.326 billion, $1.326 billion and $1.006 billion was variable-rate debt, respectively, and $1.672 billion, $1.525 billion and $1.840 billion was fixed-rate debt, respectively. As such, we are exposed to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2019, September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, 56%, 56%, 53% and 65% of the Company’s debt, respectively, was at a fixed rate. In addition, at December 31, 2019, we have the option under all of our floating rate debt under the Senior Term Loan Facility to select a one, two, three or six month LIBOR rate. To manage interest rate risk on $820 million of U.S. dollar-denominated variable-rate debt, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps to effectively convert the floating interest rates to a fixed interest rate on a portion of its variable-rate debt.

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 2019, September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the fair value of the Company’s fixed rate and variable rate debt was approximately $3.096 billion, $3.080 billion, $2.862 billion and $2.936 billion, respectively. Further, as of December 31, 2019, based on the amount of the Company’s fixed-rate debt, a 25 basis point increase in the level of interest rates would decrease the fair value of the fixed-rate debt by approximately $3 million and a 25 basis point decrease in the level of interest rates would increase the fair value of the fixed-rate debt by approximately

 

103


Table of Contents

$5 million. This potential fluctuation is based on the simplified assumption that the level of fixed-rate debt remains constant with an immediate across the board increase or decrease in the level of interest rates with no subsequent changes in rates for the remainder of the period.

Inflation Risk

Inflationary factors such as increases in overhead costs may adversely affect our results of operations. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations to date. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases for services. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

104


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are one of the world’s leading music entertainment companies. Our renowned family of iconic record labels, including Atlantic Records, Warner Records, Elektra Records and Parlophone Records, is home to many of the world’s most popular and influential recording artists. In addition, Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing business, boasts an extraordinary catalog that includes timeless standards and contemporary hits, representing works by over 80,000 songwriters and composers, with a global collection of more than 1.4 million musical compositions. Our entrepreneurial spirit and passion for music has driven our recording artist and songwriter focused innovation for decades.

Our Recorded Music business, home to superstar recording artists such as Ed Sheeran, Bruno Mars and Cardi B, generated $3.840 billion of revenue in fiscal 2019, representing 86% of total revenues. Our Music Publishing business, which includes esteemed songwriters such as Twenty One Pilots, Lizzo and Katy Perry, generated $643 million of revenue in fiscal 2019, representing 14% of total revenues. We benefit from the scale of our global platform and our local focus.

Today, global music entertainment companies such as ours are more important and relevant than ever. The traditional barriers to widespread distribution of music have been erased. The tools to make and distribute music are at every musician’s fingertips, and today’s technology makes it possible for music to travel around the world in an instant. This has resulted in music being ubiquitous and accessible at all times. Against this industry backdrop, the volume of music being released on digital platforms is making it harder for recording artists and songwriters to get noticed. We cut through the noise by identifying, signing, developing and marketing extraordinary talent. Our global A&R experience and marketing strategies are critical ingredients for recording artists or songwriters who want to build long-term global careers. We believe that the music, not the technology, delights fans and drives the business forward.

Our commercial innovation is crucial to maintaining our momentum. We have championed new business models and empowered established players, while protecting and enhancing the value of music. We were the first major music entertainment company to strike landmark deals with important companies such as Apple, YouTube and Tencent Music Entertainment Group, as well as with pure-play music technology companies such as MixCloud, SoundCloud and Audiomack. We adapted to streaming faster than other major music entertainment companies and, in 2016, were the first such company to report that streaming was the largest source of our recorded music revenue. Looking into the future, we believe the universe of opportunities will continue to expand, including through the proliferation of new devices such as smart speakers and the monetization of music on social media and other platforms. We believe advancements in technology will continue to drive consumer engagement and shape a growing and vibrant music entertainment ecosystem.

We have achieved growth and profitability at scale. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we generated $4.5 billion, $4.0 billion and $3.6 billion in revenue, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 12% and 12%, respectively. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we reported net income of $258 million, $312 million and $149 million, respectively. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, our Adjusted EBITDA was $737 million, $1,033 million (which includes a pre-tax net gain of $389 million related to the sale of Spotify shares acquired in the ordinary course of business) and $604 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to the most closely comparable U.S. GAAP measure, see “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

Our History

The Company today consists of individual companies that are among the most respected and iconic in the music industry, with a history that dates back to the establishment of Chappell & Co. in 1811 and Parlophone in 1896.

 

105


Table of Contents

The Company began to take shape in 1967 when Warner-Seven Arts, the parent company of Warner Records (formerly known as Warner Bros. Records) acquired Atlantic Records, which discovered artists such as Led Zeppelin and Aretha Franklin. In 1969, Kinney National Company acquired Warner-Seven Arts, and in 1970, Kinney Services (which was later spun off into Warner Communications) acquired Elektra Records, which was renowned for artists such as The Doors and Judy Collins. In order to harness their collective strength and capabilities, in 1971, Warner Bros., Elektra and Atlantic Records formed a groundbreaking U.S. distribution network commonly known as WEA Corp., or simply WEA, which now stretches across the world.

Throughout this time, the Company’s music publishing division, Warner Bros. Music, built a strong presence. In 1987, the purchase of Chappell & Co. created Warner Chappell Music, one of the industry’s major music publishing forces with a storied history that today connects Ludwig van Beethoven, George Gershwin, Madonna and Lizzo.

The parent company that had grown to become Time Warner completed the sale of the Company to a consortium of private equity investors in 2004, in the process creating the world’s largest independent music company. The Company was taken public the following year, and in 2011, Access acquired the Company.

Since acquiring the Company, Access has focused on revenue growth and increasing operating margins and cash flow combined with financial discipline. Looking past more than a decade of music entertainment industry transitions, Access and the Company foresaw the opportunities that streaming presented for music. Over the last eight years, Access has consistently backed the Company’s bold expansion strategies through organic A&R as well as acquisitions. These strategies include investing more heavily in recording artists and songwriters, growing the Company’s global reach, augmenting its streaming expertise, overhauling its systems and technological infrastructure, and diversifying into other music-based revenue streams.

The purchase of PLG in 2013 strengthened the Company’s presence in core European territories, with recording artists as diverse as Coldplay, David Bowie, David Guetta and Tinie Tempah. That acquisition was followed by other investments that further strengthened the Company’s footprint in established and emerging markets. Other milestones include the Company’s acquisitions of direct-to-audience businesses such as entertainment specialty e-tailer EMP, live music application Songkick and youth culture platform UPROXX.

Our Industry and Market Opportunity

The music entertainment industry is large, global and vibrant. The recorded music and music publishing industries are growing, driven by consumer and demographic trends in the digital consumption of music.

Consumer Trends and Demographics

Consumers today engage with music in more ways than ever. According to IFPI, global consumers spent 18 hours listening to music each week in 2019. Demographic trends and smartphone penetration have been key factors in driving growth in consumer engagement. Younger consumers typically are early adopters of new technologies, including music-enabled devices. According to Nielsen, in 2019, 58% of teens in the United States between the ages of 13 and 17 and 45% of millennials in the United States between the ages of 18 and 34 used their smartphones to listen to music on a weekly basis, as compared to a 40% average for all U.S. consumers. Furthermore, in 2019, U.S. teens and millennials listened to an average of 32.6 and 29.7 hours of music each week, respectively, above the 26.9 hours for all U.S. consumers.

Members of older demographic groups are also increasing their music engagement. According to an IFPI survey of 19 leading geographic markets in 2019, 54% of 35- to 64-year-olds used a streaming service to listen to music in the past month, representing an increase from 46% in 2018, which was the highest rate of growth for use of streaming services across all age groups.

 

106


Table of Contents

Music permeates our culture across age groups, as evidenced by the footprint that music has across social media. According to RIAA, as of September 2019, 7 out of the top 10 most followed accounts on Twitter belong to musicians, and according to YouTube, the majority of videos that have achieved more than one billion lifetime views as well as the top 10 most watched videos of all time, belong to musicians.

Recorded Music

The recorded music industry generated $19.1 billion in global revenue in 2018 and has consistently grown since 2015, according to IFPI. IFPI measures the recorded music industry based on four revenue categories: digital (including streaming), physical, synchronization and performance rights. Digital is the largest, generating $11.2 billion of revenue in 2018, representing 59% of global recorded music revenue. Within digital, streaming generated approximately 80% of revenue, or $8.9 billion, with the remainder of digital revenue coming from other formats such as downloads. Overall, digital grew by 20% in 2018, with streaming increasing by 33%.

Physical represented approximately 25% of global recorded music revenue in 2018, with growth in formats such as vinyl partially offsetting declines in CD sales. Performance rights revenue represents the use of recorded music by broadcasters and public venues, and represented 14% of global recorded music revenue in 2018. Synchronization revenue is generated from the use of recorded music in advertising, film, video games and television content, and represented 2% of global recorded music revenue in 2018. According to IFPI, global recorded music revenue has grown at a 9% CAGR since 2015, with growth accelerating to 10% in 2018 from 7% in 2017.

Global Recorded Music Industry Revenues 2015 to 2018 ($ in billions)

 

 

LOGO

We believe the following secular trends will continue to drive growth in the recorded music industry:

Streaming Still in Early Stages of Global Adoption and Penetration

According to IFPI, global paid music streaming subscribers totaled 255 million at the end of 2018. While this represents an increase of 45% from 176 million in 2017, it still represents less than 8% of the 3.2 billion smartphone users globally, according to Newzoo. It also represents a small fraction of the user bases for large, globally scaled digital services such as Facebook, which reported 2.7 billion monthly users across its services as of July 2019, and YouTube, which reported two billion unique monthly users as of May 2019. On-demand streaming (both audio and video) is on pace to exceed one trillion streams in the United States in 2019, according to Nielsen, and this growth is expected to continue.

The potential of global paid streaming subscriber growth is demonstrated by the penetration rates in early adopter markets. Approximately 30% of the population in Sweden, where Spotify was founded, was estimated to

 

107


Table of Contents

be paid music subscribers in 2018, according to MIDiA. This compares to approximately 25% and 16% for established markets such as the United States and Germany, respectively. Moreover, paid digital music subscribers in Japan, the world’s second-largest recorded music market in 2018 according to IFPI, still only represented approximately 7% of the population, according to MIDiA. There also remains substantial opportunity in emerging markets, such as Brazil and India, where smartphone penetration is low compared to developed markets. For example, according to Newzoo, smartphone penetration for Brazil and India as of September 2019 was 46% and 25%, respectively, compared to 79% in the United States.

China, in particular, represents a substantial growth market for the recorded music industry. Digital music monetization models, including paid streaming and virtual gifting, created the foundation for the recorded music industry to overcome piracy and generate revenue in China. According to IFPI, paid streaming models are at an early stage in China, with an estimated 33 million paid subscribers in 2018, representing only 2% of China’s population of over 1.4 billion. Despite its substantial population, China was the world’s seventh-largest music market in 2018, having only broken into the top 10 in 2017.

Opportunities for Improved Streaming Pricing

In addition to paid subscriber growth, we believe that, over time, streaming revenues will increase due to pricing increases as the broader market further develops. Streaming services are already at the early stages of experimenting with price increases. For example, in 2018, Spotify increased monthly prices for its service in Norway. In addition, in 2019, Amazon launched Amazon Music HD, a high-quality audio streaming offering that is available to customers at a premium price in the United States. We believe the value proposition that streaming provides to consumers supports premium product initiatives.

Technology Enables Innovation and Presents Additional Opportunities

Technological innovation has helped facilitate the penetration of music listening across locations, including homes, offices and cars, as well as across devices, including smartphones, tablets, wearables, digital dashboards, gaming consoles and smart speakers. These technologies represent advancements that are deepening listener engagement and driving further growth in music consumption.

Device Innovation. According to Nielsen, as of August 2019, U.S. consumers listened to music across an average of 4.1 devices per week. We believe that the use of multiple devices is expanding listening hours by bringing music into more moments of consumers’ lives, and the different uses these devices enable are also broadening the base of music to which consumers are exposed. The music that consumers listen to during a commute may be different than the music they listen to while they exercise, and different still than the music they play through a smart speaker while cooking a meal. Smart speakers enable consumers to access music more readily by using their voices. According to PwC, smart speaker ownership is expected to increase at a 38% CAGR from 2018 through 2023, to 440 million devices globally in 2023. The adoption of smart speakers in the United States has been strong, and according to Nielsen, 31% of music listeners today own smart speakers. Smart speakers are fueling further growth in streaming, by converting more casual listeners into paid subscribers, drawn in by music as a critical application for these devices. According to Nielsen, 61% of U.S. consumers who use a smart speaker weekly to listen to music currently pay for a subscription as well.

Format and Monetization Model Innovation. Short-form music and music-based video content has grown rapidly, driven by the growth of global social video applications such as TikTok, which features 15-second videos often set to music. TikTok has reportedly been downloaded more than one billion times since its launch in 2017 and has a global reach of 500 million users, according to Nielsen. Such applications have the potential for mass adoption, illustrating the opportunity for additional platforms of scale to be created to the benefit of the music entertainment industry. These platforms enable incremental consumption of music appealing to varied, and often younger, audiences. From a recording artist’s perspective, these platforms have the potential to rewrite the path to stardom. For example, our recording artist, Fitz & the Tantrums, an American band, rose to international

 

108


Table of Contents

fame in 2018 as their song “HandClap” went viral in Asia on TikTok. Fitz & the Tantrums quickly topped the international music charts in South Korea and surpassed one billion streams in China. Short-form music and music-based video content have also become increasingly popular on social media platforms such as Facebook and Instagram, further illustrating the growing number of potential pathways through which recording artists may gain consumer exposure.

Music Publishing

According to Music & Copyright, the music publishing industry generated $5.5 billion in global revenue in 2018, representing an 11% increase from $4.9 billion in the prior year. Music publishing involves the acquisition of rights to, and the licensing of, musical compositions (as opposed to sound recordings) from songwriters, composers or other rightsholders. Music publishing revenues are derived from four main royalty sources: mechanical, performance, synchronization and digital. Digital represents the largest and fastest-growing component of industry revenues, while performance represents the second-largest component of industry revenues. Mechanical revenues from traditional physical music formats (e.g., CDs, DVDs, downloads) have continued to fall while performance revenues and digital revenues have grown to offset this decline.

Global Music Publishing Industry Revenues 2015 to 2018 ($ in billions)

 

 

LOGO

Positive Regulatory Trends

The music industry has benefitted from positive regulatory developments in recent years, which are expected to lead to increased revenues for the music entertainment industry in the coming years.

Music Modernization Act. In 2018, the passing of the MMA in the United States resulted in major reforms to music licensing. The MMA improves the way digital music services obtain mechanical licenses for musical compositions, requires the payment of royalties to recording artists for pre-1972 sound recordings streamed on digital radio services such as SiriusXM and Pandora, and provides for direct payments of royalties owed to producers, mixers and engineers when their original works are streamed on non-interactive webcasting services.

Copyright Royalty Board. In 2018, the CRB issued its determination of royalty rates and terms, significantly increasing the mechanical royalty rates paid for musical compositions in the United States from 2018 through 2022. That decision is currently being appealed by some digital music services. In 2018, the CRB issued its determination of royalty rates and terms, significantly increasing the royalty rates paid for sound recordings in the United States by SiriusXM from 2018 through 2022, and the MMA extended that increase through 2027.

 

109


Table of Contents

European Union Copyright Directive. In 2019, the E.U. passed legislation which will reign in safe harbors from liability for copyright infringement and rebalance the online marketplace to ensure that rightsholders and recording artists are remunerated fairly when their music is shared online by user-uploaded content services such as YouTube.

Our Competitive Strengths

Well-Positioned to Benefit from Growth in the Global Music Market Driven by Streaming. The music entertainment industry has undergone a transformation in the consumption and monetization of content towards streaming over the last five years. According to IFPI, from 2015 through 2018, global recorded music revenue grew at a CAGR of 9%, with streaming revenue growing at a CAGR of 45% and increasing as a percentage of global recorded music revenue from 20% to 47% over the same period. By comparison, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2018, our recorded music streaming revenue grew at a CAGR of 42% and increased as a percentage of our total recorded music revenues from 24% to 52%. We believe our innovation-focused operating strategy with an emphasis on genres that over-index on streaming platforms (e.g., hip-hop and pop) has consistently allowed our digital revenue growth to outpace the market, highlighted by our becoming the first major music entertainment company to report that our streaming revenue was the largest source of recorded music revenue in 2016.

The growth of streaming services has not only improved the discoverability and personalization of music, but has also increased consumer willingness to pay for seamless convenience and access. We believe consumer adoption of paid streaming services still has significant potential for growth. For example, according to MIDiA, in 2018, approximately 30% of the population in Sweden, an early adopter market, was paid music subscribers. This illustrates the opportunity to drive long-term growth by increasing penetration of paid subscriptions throughout the world, including important markets such as the United States, Japan, Germany, the United Kingdom and France, where paid subscriber levels are lower. Our catalog and roster of recording artists and songwriters, including our strengths in hip-hop and pop music, position us to benefit as streaming continues to grow. We also believe our diversified catalog of evergreen music amassed over many decades will prove advantageous as demographics evolve from younger early adopters to a wider demographic mix and as digital music services target broader audiences.

Established Presence in Growing International Markets, Including China. We believe we will benefit from the growth in international markets due to our local A&R focus, as well as our local and global marketing and distribution infrastructure that includes a network of subsidiaries, affiliates, and non-affiliated licensees and sub-publishers in more than 70 countries. We are developing local talent to achieve regional, national and international success. We have expanded our global footprint over time by acquiring independent recorded music and music publishing businesses, catalogs and recording artist and songwriter rosters in China, Indonesia, Poland, Russia and South Africa, among other markets. In addition, we have increased organic investment in heavily populated emerging markets by, for example, launching Warner Music Middle East, our recorded music affiliate covering 17 markets across the Middle East and North Africa with a total population of 380 million people. We have also strengthened our Warner Music Asia executive team with new appointments and promotions. According to IFPI in 2018, recorded music industry revenues in Asia and Australasia grew 12% year-over-year. Over the same period and on a constant-currency basis, we grew revenues in Asia and Australasia by 21%, again outpacing the industry.

With every region around the world at different stages in transitioning to digital formats, we believe establishing creative hubs by opening new regional offices and partnering with local players will achieve our objective of building local expertise while delivering maximum global impact for our recording artists and songwriters. For example, we recently invested in one of Nigeria’s leading music entertainment companies, Chocolate City, and music from this influential independent company’s recording artists and songwriters will join our repertoire and receive the support of our wide-ranging global expertise, including distribution and artist services.

 

110


Table of Contents

Differentiated Platform of Scale with Top Industry Position. With over $4 billion in annual revenues, over half of which are generated outside of the United States, we believe our platform is differentiated by the scale, reach and broad appeal of our music. Our collection of owned and controlled recordings and musical compositions, spanning a large variety of genres and geographies over many decades, cannot be replicated. As one of three major music entertainment companies, our industry position remains strong and poised for continued growth. As reported in Music & Copyright, our global recorded music market share has increased 9% from 2011 to 2018, growing from 15.1% to 16.5%. In addition, according to Nielsen, Atlantic Records was the No. 1 record label in the United States in 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Star-Making, Culture-Defining Core Capabilities. For decades, our A&R strategy of identifying and nurturing recording artists and songwriters with the talents to be successful has yielded an extensive catalog of iconic music across a wide breadth of musical genres and marquee brands all over the world. Our marketing and promotion departments provide a comprehensive suite of solutions that are specifically tailored to each of our recording artists and carefully coordinated to create the greatest sales momentum for new and catalog releases alike. The development of our vibrant roster of recording artists has been informed by our significant experience in being able to adapt to changes in consumer trends and sentiment over time. Our creative instincts yield custom strategies for each and every one of our recording artists, including, for example:

 

   

Cardi B, whose first Atlantic Records single “Bodak Yellow” was a break-out hit that has been certified nine times Platinum in the United States by the RIAA;

 

   

Twenty One Pilots, whose rise to stardom accelerated with the release of their second Fueled by Ramen studio album, Blurryface; and

 

   

Portugal. The Man, which celebrated its first entry on the Billboard Hot 100 chart after the release of their eighth studio album, Woodstock, featuring the track “Feel It Still.”

In addition, Warner Chappell Music boasts a diversified catalog of timeless classics together with an ever-growing group of contemporary songwriters who are actively contributing to today’s top hits. We believe our longstanding reputation and relationships in the creative community, as well as our historical success in talent development and management, will continue to attract new recording artists and songwriters with staying power and market potential through the strength and scale of our proprietary capabilities.

Strong Financial Profile with Robust Growth, Operating Leverage and Free Cash Flow Generation. For fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2019, we have grown as-reported revenues at a CAGR of 12%, and on a constant-currency basis, at a CAGR of 10%, driven by secular tailwinds, organic reinvestment in A&R and strategic acquisitions. For our fiscal year 2019, our business generated net income and Adjusted EBITDA of $258 million and $737 million, respectively, implying an Adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 16%. We have an efficient business model as demonstrated by our high Free Cash Flow conversion of Adjusted EBITDA. In fiscal year 2019, we generated $24 million of Free Cash Flow (after taking into account $183 million related to the acquisition of EMP). We believe our financial profile provides a strong foundation for our continued growth.

Experienced Leadership Team and Committed Strategic Investor. Our management team has successfully designed and implemented our business strategy, delivering strong financial results, releasing an increasing flow of new music and establishing a dynamic culture of innovation. At the same time, our management team has driven an increase in operating margins and cash flow through an improved revenue mix to higher-margin digital platforms and overhead cost management, while maintaining financial flexibility to both organically invest in the business and pursue strategic acquisitions to diversify our revenue mix. Our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses are led by entrepreneurial and creative individuals with extensive experience in discovering and developing recording artists and songwriters and managing their creative output on a global scale. In addition, we have benefited, and expect to continue to benefit, from our acquisition by Access in July 2011, which has provided us with strategic direction, M&A and capital markets expertise and planning support to help us take full advantage of the ongoing transition in the music entertainment industry.

 

111


Table of Contents

Expertise in Strategic Acquisitions and Investments That Extend Our Capabilities. Since 2011 when Access became our controlling shareholder, we have completed more than 15 strategic acquisitions. The acquisition of PLG in 2013 significantly strengthened our worldwide roster, global footprint and executive talent, particularly in Europe. In addition, we have made several smaller strategic acquisitions aimed at expanding our artist services capabilities in our Recorded Music business, including EMP, one of Europe’s leading specialty music and entertainment merchandise e-tailers; Sodatone, a premier A&R insight tool; UPROXX, the youth culture and video production powerhouse; Spinnin’ Records, one of the world’s leading independent electronic music companies; and Songkick’s concert discovery application. These transactions showcase the growing breadth of our platform across the music entertainment ecosystem and have increased our direct access to fans of our recording artists and songwriters. In addition to our commercial arrangements with digital music services, we opportunistically invest in some of those services as well as other companies in our industry, including minority equity stakes in Deezer, a French digital music service in which Access owns a controlling equity interest, and Tencent Music Entertainment Group, the leading online music entertainment platform in China. Acquiring and investing in businesses that are highly complementary to our existing portfolio further enables us to potentially derive incremental and new revenue streams from different business models in new markets.

Our Growth Strategies

Attract, Develop and Retain Established and Emerging Recording Artists and Songwriters. A critical component of our global strategy is to produce an increasing flow of new music by finding, developing and retaining recording artists and songwriters who achieve long-term success. Since 2011, our annual new releases have grown significantly and our catalog of musical compositions has increased to over 1.4 million. We expect to enhance the value of our assets by continuing to attract and develop new recording artists and songwriters with staying power and market potential. Our A&R teams seek to sign talented recording artists and songwriters who will generate meaningful revenues and increase the enduring value of our catalog. We have also made meaningful investments in technology to further expand our A&R capabilities in a rapidly changing music environment. In 2018, we acquired Sodatone, an advanced A&R tool that uses streaming, social and touring data to help track early predictors of success. When combined with the strength of our current ability to identify creative talent, we expect this to further enhance our ability to scout and sign breakthrough recording artists and songwriters. In addition, we anticipate that investment in or commercial relationships with technology companies will enable us to tailor our marketing efforts for established recording artists and songwriters by gaining valuable insight into consumer reactions to new releases. We regularly evaluate our recording artist and songwriter rosters to ensure that we remain focused on developing the most promising and profitable talent and are committed to maintaining financial discipline in the negotiation of our agreements with recording artists and songwriters.

Focus on Growth Markets to Position Us to Realize Upside from Incremental Penetration of Streaming. While the rapid growth of streaming has already transformed the music entertainment industry, streaming is still in relatively early stages, as significant opportunity remains in both developed markets and markets largely untapped by the adoption of paid streaming subscriptions. Some of our largest markets, such as the United States, Germany, United Kingdom and France, still lag Nordic countries in penetration of paid subscriptions and have room for future growth. In these markets, we will continue to increase our output of new releases and use data to more effectively target our marketing efforts. Less mature markets, such as China and Brazil, have large populations with relatively high smartphone penetration, and we are well placed to benefit from streaming tailwinds over the next several years with our local presence and extensive catalog.

Expand Global Presence with Investment in Local Music in Nascent Markets. We recognize that music is inherently local in nature, shaped by people and culture. According to IFPI, in 2018, at least seven of the top-selling singles in Brazil, India, Italy and South Korea were performed by or featured local artists. Similarly, in 2018, at least seven of the top-selling albums in France, Germany, Spain and Turkey were performed by or featured local artists. One of our vital business functions is to help our recording artists and songwriters solve the complexities associated with a fragmented, global market of mixed musical tastes. We have found that investment in local music provides the best opportunity to understand these nuances, and we have made it a

 

112


Table of Contents

strategic priority to seek out investment opportunities in emerging markets. For example, we opened an office in the Middle East and North Africa region to prepare for the forecasted rise in smartphone penetration and projected uptake in digital music. These investments are made with the purpose of increasing our understanding of local market dynamics and popularizing our current roster of recording artists and songwriters around the world. The impact of this local focus is demonstrated by increased revenues. For example, in fiscal year 2019, on a constant-currency basis, our revenues grew by 11% in North America, 17% in Latin America, 26% in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa, and 25% in Asia and Australasia.

Embrace Commercial Innovation with New Digital Distributors and Partners. We believe the growth of digital formats will continue to create new and powerful ways to distribute and monetize our music. We were the first major music company to strike landmark deals with important companies such as Apple, YouTube, Peloton and Tencent Music Entertainment Group, as well as with pure-play music technology companies such as MixCloud, SoundCloud and Audiomack. We believe that the continued development of new digital channels for the consumption of music and increasing access to digital music services present significant promise and opportunity for the music entertainment industry. We are also focused on investing in emerging music technologies, demonstrated by our launch of WMG Boost, a seed-stage investment fund for start-ups in the music entertainment industry and through partnerships with entrepreneurial incubators such as TechStars. We intend to continue to extend our technological reach by executing deals with new partners and developing optimal business models that will enable us to monetize our music across various platforms, services and devices. We also intend to continue to support and invest in emerging technologies, including artificial intelligence, artificial reality, virtual reality, high-resolution audio, mobile messaging and other technologies to continue to build new revenue streams and position ourselves for long-term growth.

Pursue Acquisitions to Enhance Asset Portfolio and Long-Term Growth. We have successfully completed a number of strategic acquisitions, particularly in our Recorded Music business. Strengthening and expanding our global footprint provides us with insights on markets in which we can immediately capitalize on favorable industry trends, as evidenced by our acquisition of PLG in 2013. We also build upon our core competencies with additive and ancillary capabilities. For example, our acquisition of UPROXX, one of the most influential media brands for youth culture, not only provides a platform for short-form music and music-based video content production to market and promote our recording artists, but also includes sales capabilities to monetize advertising inventory on digital audio and video platforms. We plan to continue selectively pursuing acquisition opportunities while maintaining financial discipline to further improve our growth trajectory and drive operating efficiencies with increased free cash flow generation. With respect to our Music Publishing business, we have the opportunity to generate significant value by acquiring other music publishers and extracting cost savings (as acquired catalogs can be administered with little incremental cost), as well as by increasing revenues through more aggressive monetization efforts. We will also continue to evaluate opportunities to add to our catalog or acquire or make investments in companies engaged in businesses that we believe will help to advance our strategies.

Recorded Music

Our Recorded Music business primarily consists of the discovery and development of recording artists and the related marketing, promotion, distribution, sale and licensing of music created by such recording artists. We play an integral role in virtually all aspects of the recorded music value chain from discovering and developing talent to producing, distributing and selling music to marketing and promoting recording artists and their music.

In the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted principally through our major record labels—Atlantic Records and Warner Records. In October 2018, we launched Elektra Music Group in the United States as a standalone label group, which comprises the Elektra, Fueled by Ramen and Roadrunner labels. Our Recorded Music business also includes Rhino Entertainment, a division that specializes in marketing our recorded music catalog through compilations, reissuances of previously released music and video titles and releasing previously unreleased material from our vault. We also conduct our Recorded Music business through a collection of additional record labels including Asylum, Big Beat, Canvasback, East West, Erato, FFRR, Nonesuch, Parlophone, Reprise, Sire, Spinnin’, Warner Classics and Warner Music Nashville.

 

113


Table of Contents

Outside the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. Internationally, we engage in the same activities as in the United States: discovering and signing artists and distributing, selling, marketing and promoting their music. In most cases, we also market, promote, distribute and sell the music of those recording artists for whom our domestic record labels have international rights. In certain smaller markets, we license the right to distribute and sell our music to non-affiliated third-party record labels.

Our Recorded Music business’ distribution operations include WEA Corp., which markets, distributes and sells music and video products to retailers and wholesale distributors; ADA, which markets, distributes and sells the products of independent labels to retail and wholesale distributors; and various distribution centers and ventures operated internationally.

In addition to our music being sold in physical retail outlets, our music is also sold in physical form to online physical retailers, such as amazon.com, barnesandnoble.com and bestbuy.com, and distributed in digital form to an expanded universe of digital partners, including streaming services such as those of Amazon, Apple, Deezer, SoundCloud, Spotify, Tencent Music Entertainment Group and YouTube, radio services such as iHeart Radio and SiriusXM and download services such as Apple’s iTunes and Google Play.

We have diversified our revenues beyond our traditional businesses by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to partner with such artists in other aspects of their careers. Under these agreements, we provide services to and participate in recording artists’ activities outside the traditional recorded music business such as touring, merchandising and sponsorships. We have built and acquired artist services capabilities and platforms for marketing and distributing this broader set of music-related rights and participating more widely in the monetization of the artist brands we help create. We believe that entering into expanded-rights deals and enhancing our artist services capabilities in areas such as merchandising, VIP ticketing, fan clubs, concert promotion and management has permitted us to diversify revenue streams and capitalize on other revenue opportunities. This provides for improved long-term relationships with our recording artists and allows us to more effectively connect recording artists and fans.

For each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, Recorded Music represented 86%, 84% and 84%, respectively, of consolidated revenues, before intersegment eliminations.

A&R

We have a decades-long history of identifying and contracting with recording artists who become commercially successful. Our ability to select recording artists who are likely to be successful is a key element of our Recorded Music business strategy and spans all music genres and all major geographies and includes recording artists who achieve national, regional and international success. We believe that this success is directly attributable to our experienced global team of A&R executives, to the longstanding reputation and relationships that we have developed in the artistic community and to our effective management of this vital business function.

In the United States, our major record labels identify potentially successful recording artists, sign them to recording contracts, collaborate with them to develop recordings of their work and market and sell or license these finished recordings to legitimate digital channels and retail stores. Increasingly, we are also expanding our participation in image and brand rights associated with artists, including merchandising and sponsorships. Our labels scout and sign talent across all major music genres, including pop, rock, jazz, classical, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, alternative, folk, blues, gospel and other Christian music. Internationally, we market and sell U.S. and local repertoire through our network of subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. With a roster of local recording artists performing in various local languages throughout the world, we have an ongoing commitment to developing local talent aimed at achieving national, regional or international success.

 

114


Table of Contents

Many of our recording artists continue to appeal to audiences long after we cease to release their new music. We have an efficient process for sustaining sales across our catalog releases. Relative to our new releases, we spend lesser amounts on marketing for our catalog.

We maximize the value of our catalog of recorded music through our Rhino Entertainment business unit and through activities of each of our record labels. We use our catalog as a source of material for re-releases, compilations, box sets and special package releases, which provide consumers with incremental exposure to familiar music and recording artists. Rhino Entertainment also releases new music from legacy recording artists and markets and promotes the name and likeness of certain artist estates and brands.

Recording Artists’ Contracts

Our recording artists’ contracts define the commercial relationship between our recording artists and our record labels. We negotiate recording contracts with recording artists that define our rights to use the recording artists’ music. In accordance with the terms of the contract, the recording artists receive royalties based on sales and other uses of such recording artists’ music. We customarily provide up-front payments to recording artists called advances, which are recoupable by us from future royalties otherwise payable to such recording artists. We also typically pay costs associated with the recording and production of music, which in certain countries are treated as advances recoupable by us from future royalties. Our typical contract for a new recording artist covers a sufficient number of master recordings to constitute a single initial extended-play record (known as an EP) or an album and provides us with a series of options to acquire subsequent albums from the artist. Royalty rates and advances are often increased for subsequent albums for which we have exercised our options. Many of our contracts contain a commitment from the record label to fund video production costs, at least a portion of which in certain countries is treated as advances recoupable by us from future royalties.

Our recording contracts with established artists generally provide for greater advances and higher royalty rates. Typically, such contracts entitle us to fewer albums, and, of those, fewer are optional albums. In contrast to new artists’ contracts, which customarily give us ownership in the artist’s work for the full term of copyright, some established artists’ contracts provide us with an exclusive license for some fixed period of time. It is not unusual for us to renegotiate contract terms with a successful artist during the term of their existing contracts, sometimes in return for an increase in the number of albums that the artist is required to deliver.

With certain territorial or other exceptions, our recording contracts typically grant us ownership for the duration of copyright. See “Intellectual Property—Copyrights.” United States copyright law permits authors or their estates to terminate an assignment or license of copyright (for the United States only) after a set period of time in certain circumstances. See “Risk Factors—We face a potential loss of catalog to the extent that our recording artists have a right to recapture rights in their recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act.”

We are also continuing to transition to other forms of business models with recording artists to adapt to changing industry conditions. Many of the recording contracts we currently enter into are expanded-rights deals, in which we share in the touring, merchandising, sponsorship, fan club or other ancillary music revenues associated with those artists.

Marketing and Promotion

Our approach to marketing and promoting our recording artists and their music is comprehensive. Our goal is to maximize the likelihood of success for new releases as well as to stimulate the success of catalog releases. We seek to increase the value of music and help our recording artists connect with their fans.

The marketing and promotion of recorded music is carefully coordinated to create the greatest sales momentum, while maintaining financial discipline. We have significant experience in our marketing and promotion departments, which we believe allows us to achieve an optimal balance between our marketing

 

115


Table of Contents

expenditure and the eventual sales of our artists’ recordings. We use a budget-based approach to plan marketing and promotions, and we monitor all expenditures related to each release to ensure compliance with the agreed-upon budget. These planning processes are regularly evaluated based on updated sales reports, streaming service data and radio airplay data, so that a promotion plan can be quickly adjusted if necessary.

Manufacturing, Packaging and Physical Distribution

We have arrangements with various suppliers and distributors as part of our manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution services throughout the world. In 2019, we switched to a new U.S. physical distribution supplier, which increased the supplier’s volume and has led to delays and other inventory issues. We believe that our manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution arrangements are sufficient to meet our business needs.

Sales and Digital Distribution

We generate revenues from the new releases of current artists and our catalog of recordings. In addition, we actively repackage music from our catalog to form new compilations. Our revenues are generated in digital formats including streaming and downloads, CD format, as well as through historical formats, such as vinyl albums.

In connection with the digital distribution of our music, we currently partner with a broad range of digital music services, such as Amazon, Apple, Deezer, KKBox, Spotify, Telefonica, Tencent Music Entertainment Group, YouTube and Google, and are actively seeking to develop and grow our digital business. We also sell traditional physical formats through both the online distribution arms of traditional retailers such as fye.com and walmart.com and traditional online physical retailers such as amazon.com, bestbuy.com and barnesandnoble.com. Streaming services stream our music on an ad-supported or paid subscription basis. In addition, downloading services download our music on a per-album or per-track basis. In digital formats, per-unit costs related directly to physical products such as manufacturing, distribution, inventory and return costs do not apply. While there are some digital-specific variable costs and infrastructure investments needed to produce, market and license digital products, it is reasonable to expect that we will generally derive a higher contribution margin from streaming and downloads than from physical sales. We sell our physical recorded music products through a variety of different retail and wholesale outlets including music specialty stores, general entertainment specialty stores, supermarkets, mass merchants and discounters, independent retailers and other traditional retailers. Although some of our retailers are specialized, many of our customers offer a substantial range of products other than music.

Most of our physical sales represent purchases by a wholesale or retail distributor. Our sale and return policies are in accordance with wholesaler and retailer requirements, applicable laws and regulations, territory and customer-specific negotiations and industry practice. We attempt to minimize the return of unsold product by working with retailers to manage inventory and SKU counts as well as by monitoring shipments and sell-through data.

We enter into license agreements with digital music services to make our music available for access in digital formats (e.g., streaming and downloads). We then provide digital assets for our music to these services in an accessible form. Our license agreements with these services establish our fees for the distribution of our music, which vary based on the service. We typically receive accounting from these services on a monthly basis, detailing the distribution activity, with payments rendered on a monthly basis. Our license agreements with digital music services generally last one to three years. In fiscal year 2019, Recorded Music revenue earned under license agreements with our top two digital music accounts, Apple and Spotify, accounted for approximately 30% of our total revenues.

Since the emergence of digital formats, our business has become less seasonal in nature and driven more by the timing of our releases.

 

116


Table of Contents

Music Publishing

While Recorded Music is focused on marketing, promoting, distributing and licensing a particular recording of a musical composition, Music Publishing is an intellectual property business focused on generating revenue from uses of the musical composition itself. In return for promoting, placing, marketing and administering the creative output of a songwriter, or engaging in those activities for other rightsholders, our Music Publishing business garners a share of the revenues generated from use of the musical compositions.

The operations of our Music Publishing business are conducted principally through Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing company headquartered in Los Angeles, and through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated sub-publishers. We own or control rights to more than 1.4 million musical compositions, including numerous pop hits, American standards, folk songs and motion picture and theatrical compositions. Assembled over decades, our award-winning catalog includes over 80,000 songwriters and composers and a diverse range of genres including pop, rock, jazz, classical, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, folk, blues, symphonic, soul, Broadway, techno, alternative and gospel. Warner Chappell Music also administers the music and soundtracks of several third-party television and film producers and studios. We have an extensive production music catalog collectively branded as Warner Chappell Production Music.

For each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, Music Publishing represented 14%, 16% and 16%, respectively, of consolidated revenues, before intersegment eliminations.

Music Publishing Royalties

Warner Chappell Music, as a copyright owner and administrator of musical compositions, is entitled to receive royalties for the use of musical compositions. We continually add new musical compositions to our catalog and seek to acquire rights in musical compositions that will generate substantial revenue over the long term.

Music publishers generally receive royalties pursuant to public performance, digital, mechanical, synchronization and other licenses. In the United States, music publishers collect and administer mechanical royalties, and statutory rates are established pursuant to the U.S. Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, for the royalty rates applicable to musical compositions for sale and licensing of recordings embodying those musical compositions. In the United States, public performance income is administered and collected by music publishers and their performing rights organizations and in most countries outside the United States, collection, administration and allocation of both mechanical and performance income are undertaken and regulated by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities. Throughout the world, each synchronization license is generally subject to negotiation with a prospective licensee and, by contract, music publishers pay a contractually required percentage of synchronization income to the songwriters or their heirs and to any co-publishers.

Warner Chappell Music acquires copyrights or portions of copyrights and administration rights from songwriters or other third-party holders of rights in musical compositions. Typically, in either case, the grantor of rights retains a right to receive a percentage of revenues collected by Warner Chappell Music. As an owner and administrator of musical compositions, we promote the use of those musical compositions by others. For example, we encourage recording artists to record and include our musical compositions on their recordings, offer opportunities to include our musical compositions in filmed entertainment, advertisements and digital media and advocate for the use of our musical compositions in live stage productions. Examples of music uses that generate music publishing revenues include:

Performance: performance of the song to the general public

 

   

Broadcast of musical compositions on television, radio and cable

 

   

Live performance at a concert or other venue (e.g., arena concerts, nightclubs)

 

117


Table of Contents
   

Broadcast of musical compositions at sporting events, restaurants or bars

 

   

Performance of musical compositions in staged theatrical productions

Digital: licensing of recorded music in various digital formats and digital performance of musical compositions to the general public

 

   

Streaming and download services

Mechanical: sale of recorded music in various physical formats

 

   

Vinyl, CDs and DVDs

Synchronization: use of the musical composition in combination with visual images

 

   

Films or television programs

 

   

Television commercials

 

   

Video games

 

   

Merchandising, toys or novelty items

Other:

 

   

Licensing of copyrights for use in printed sheet music

In the United States, mechanical royalties are collected directly by music publishers from recorded music companies or via The Harry Fox Agency, a non-exclusive licensing agent affiliated with the Society of European Stage Authors and Composers (“SESAC”), while outside the United States, mechanical royalties are collected directly by music publishers or from collecting societies. Once mechanical royalties reach the publisher, percentages of those royalties are paid or credited to the writer or other rightsholder of the copyright in accordance with the underlying rights agreement. Mechanical royalties are paid at a rate of 9.1 cents per song per unit in the United States for physical formats (e.g., CDs and vinyl albums) and permanent digital downloads (recordings in excess of five minutes attract a higher rate). There are also rates set for interactive streaming and non-permanent downloads based on a formula that takes into account revenues paid by consumers or advertisers with certain minimum royalties that may apply depending on the type of service. “Controlled composition” provisions contained in some recording contracts may apply to the rates mentioned above pursuant to which artist/songwriters license their rights to their record companies for as little as 75% of the statutory rates. The current U.S. statutory mechanical rates will remain in effect through December 31, 2022. In most other territories, mechanical royalties are based on a percentage of wholesale prices for physical formats and based on a percentage of consumer prices for digital formats. In international markets, these rates are determined by multi-year collective bargaining agreements and rate tribunals.

Throughout the world, performance royalties are collected by publishers directly or on behalf of music publishers and songwriters by performance rights organizations and collecting societies. Key performing rights organizations and collecting societies include: The American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (“ASCAP”), SESAC and Broadcast Music, Inc. (“BMI”) in the United States; Mechanical-Copyright Protection Society and The Performing Right Society in the United Kingdom; The German Copyright Society in Germany and the Japanese Society for Rights of Authors, Composers and Publishers in Japan. The societies pay a percentage (which is set in each country) of the performance royalties to the copyright owner(s) or administrators (i.e., the publisher(s)), and a percentage directly to the songwriter(s), of the composition. Thus, the publisher generally retains the performance royalties it receives other than any amounts attributable to co-publishers.

Composers’ and Lyricists’ Contracts

Warner Chappell Music derives its rights through contracts with composers, lyricists (songwriters) or their heirs and with third-party music publishers. In some instances, those contracts grant either 100% or some lesser

 

118


Table of Contents

percentage of copyright ownership in musical compositions and/or administration rights. In other instances, those contracts only convey to Warner Chappell Music rights to administer musical compositions for a period of time without conveying a copyright ownership interest. Our contracts grant us exclusive use rights in the territories concerned excepting any pre-existing arrangements. Many of our contracts grant us rights on a global basis. Warner Chappell Music customarily possesses administration rights for every musical composition created by the writer or composer during the exclusive acquisition term of the contract.

While the duration of the administration rights under contracts may vary, some of our contracts grant us ownership and/or administration rights for the duration of copyright. See “—Intellectual Property—Copyrights.” U.S. copyright law permits authors or their estates to terminate an assignment or license of copyright (for the United States only) after a set period of time. See “Risk Factors—We face a potential loss of catalog to the extent that our recording artists have a right to recapture rights in their recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act.”

Competition

In our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses, we compete based on marketing (including both how we allocate our marketing resources as well as how much we spend on a dollar basis) and on recording artist and songwriter signings. We believe we currently compete favorably in these areas. Our Recorded Music business is also dependent on technological development, including access to, selection and viability of new technologies, and is subject to potential pressure from competitors as a result of their technological developments. Additionally, we compete, to a lesser extent, for disposable consumer income with alternative forms of entertainment, content and leisure activities, such as cable and satellite television, motion pictures and video games in physical and digital formats.

The recorded music industry is highly competitive based on consumer preferences and is rapidly changing. At its core, the recorded music business relies on artistic talent. As such, competitive strength is predicated upon the ability to continually develop and market new recording artists whose work gains commercial acceptance. According to Music and Copyright, in 2018, the three largest recorded music companies were Universal Music Group, Sony Music Entertainment and us, which collectively accounted for 67% of global recorded music revenues. There are many mid-sized and smaller players in the industry that accounted for the remaining 33%, including independent recorded music companies. Universal Music Group was the market leader with a 30% global market share in 2018 after absorbing the bulk of the recorded music assets of the former EMI in late 2012, followed by Sony Music Entertainment with a 21% share. We held a 16% share of global recorded music revenues in 2018.

The music publishing industry is also highly competitive. The three largest music publishing companies collectively accounted for 58% of the global market in 2018 according to Music & Copyright. According to Music & Copyright, Sony/ATV was the market leader in music publishing in 2018 with a 26% share (reflecting its administration of the EMI music publishing assets). Universal Music Publishing was the second-largest music publisher with a 20% share, followed by us at 12%. There are many mid-sized and smaller players in the industry that account for the remaining 42%, including many individual songwriters who publish their own works.

Intellectual Property

Copyrights

Our business, like that of other companies involved in the music entertainment industry, rests on our ability to maintain rights in sound recordings and musical compositions through copyright protection. In the United States, copyright protection for works created as “works made for hire” (e.g., works of employees or certain specially commissioned works) on or after January 1, 1978 generally lasts for 95 years from first publication or 120 years from creation, whichever expires first. The period of copyright protection for works created on or after January 1, 1978 that are not “works made for hire” lasts for the life of the author plus 70 years. Works created

 

119


Table of Contents

and published or registered in the United States prior to January 1, 1978 generally enjoy copyright protection for 95 years, subject to compliance with certain statutory provisions including notice and renewal. Additionally, the MMA extended federal copyright protection in the U.S. to sound recordings created prior to February 15, 1972. The duration of copyright protection for such sound recordings varies based on the year of publication, with all such sound recordings receiving copyright protection for at least 95 years, and sound recordings published between January 1, 1957 and February 15, 1972 receiving copyright protection until February 15, 2067. The term of copyright in the E.U. for musical compositions in all member states lasts for the life of the author plus 70 years.

In the E.U., the term of copyright for sound recordings lasts for 70 years from the date of release in respect of sound recordings that were still in copyright on November 1, 2013 and for 50 years from date of release in respect of sound recordings the copyright in which had expired by that date. The E.U. also harmonized the copyright term for joint musical works. In the case of a musical composition with words that is protected by copyright on or after November 1, 2013, E.U. member states are required to calculate the life of the author plus 70 years term from the date of death of the last surviving author of the lyrics and the composer of the musical composition, provided that both contributions were specifically created for the musical composition.

We are largely dependent on legislation in each territory in which we operate to protect our rights against unauthorized reproduction, distribution, public performance or rental. In all territories where we operate, our intellectual property receives some degree of copyright protection, although the extent of effective protection varies widely. In a number of developing countries, the protection of copyright remains inadequate.

Technological changes have focused attention on the need for new legislation that will adequately protect the rights of producers. We actively lobby in favor of industry efforts to increase copyright protection and support the efforts of organizations such as RIAA, IFPI, National Music Publishers’ Association, International Confederation of Music Publishers and the World Intellectual Property Organization.

Trademarks

We consider our trademarks to be valuable assets to our business. Although we cannot assure you that our trademark applications, even for major trademarks, will be approved, we endeavor to register our major trademarks in every country where we believe the protection of these trademarks is important for our business. Our major trademarks include Asylum, Atlantic, Elektra, EMP, Parlophone, Reprise, Rhino, Sire, Spinnin’, Warner Chappell and WEA, and their respective logos. We also use certain trademarks pursuant to a royalty-free license agreement. The duration of the license relating to the WARNER, WARNER MUSIC and WARNER RECORDS trademarks and “W” logo is perpetual, but may be terminated under certain limited circumstances, including our material breach of the license agreement and certain events of insolvency. We actively monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise harm our trademarks. However, the actions we take to protect our trademarks may not be adequate to prevent third parties from infringing, diluting, or otherwise harming our trademarks, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our trademark rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Joint Ventures

We have entered into joint venture arrangements pursuant to which we or our various subsidiary companies distribute, market, promote, license and sell (in most cases, domestically and internationally) recordings and other rights owned by the joint ventures. An example of this arrangement is Frank Sinatra Enterprises, a joint venture established to administer licenses for use of Frank Sinatra’s name and likeness and manage all aspects of his music, film and stage content.

Employees

As of September 30, 2019, we employed approximately 5,400 persons worldwide, including temporary and part-time employees as well as employees that were added with the acquisition of EMP. As of such date, none of

 

120


Table of Contents

our employees in the United States were subject to a collective bargaining agreement, although certain employees in our non-domestic companies were covered by national labor agreements. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Properties

We own studio and office facilities and also lease certain facilities in the ordinary course of business. Our principal executive offices and worldwide headquarters are currently located at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, under a long-term lease ending July 31, 2029. The lease also includes a single option for us to extend the term for either five years or ten years. In addition, under certain conditions, we have the ability to lease additional space in the building and have a right of first refusal with regard to certain additional space. We also have a long-term lease located at 3400 West Olive Avenue, Burbank, California 91505 that will expire on December 31, 2019. We have exited this property and terminated the lease for two of the six floors that we previously occupied. On October 7, 2016, we entered into a lease agreement for new office space located in the Ford Factory Building at 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90021 beginning on August 1, 2017 for an initial term of 12 years and 9 months with a single option to extend the term of the lease for 10 years. This office space is currently used as our Los Angeles, California headquarters. We also own other property and lease facilities elsewhere throughout the world as necessary to operate our businesses. We consider our properties adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

SiriusXM

On September 11, 2013, the Company joined with Capitol Records, LLC, Sony Music Entertainment, UMG Recordings, Inc. and ABKCO Music & Records, Inc. in a lawsuit brought in California Superior Court against SiriusXM Radio Inc., alleging copyright infringement for SiriusXM’s use of pre-1972 sound recordings under California law. A nation-wide settlement was reached on June 17, 2015 pursuant to which SiriusXM paid the plaintiffs, in the aggregate, $210 million on July 29, 2015 and the plaintiffs dismissed their lawsuit with prejudice. The settlement resolved all past claims as to SiriusXM’s use of pre-1972 recordings owned or controlled by the plaintiffs and enabled SiriusXM, without any additional payment, to reproduce, perform and broadcast such recordings in the United States through December 31, 2017. The allocation of the settlement proceeds among the plaintiffs was determined and the settlement proceeds were distributed accordingly. This resulted in a cash distribution to the Company of $33 million of which $28 million was recognized in revenue during the 2016 fiscal year and $4 million was recognized in revenue during the 2017 fiscal year. The balance of $1 million was recognized in the first quarter of the 2018 fiscal year. The Company is sharing its allocation of the settlement proceeds with its artists on the same basis as statutory revenue from SiriusXM is shared, i.e., the artist share of our allocation will be paid to artists by SoundExchange.

As part of the settlement, plaintiffs agreed to negotiate in good faith to grant SiriusXM a license to publicly perform the plaintiffs’ pre-1972 sound recordings for the five-year period running from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2022. Pursuant to the settlement, if the parties were unable to reach an agreement on license terms, the royalty rate for each license would be determined by binding arbitration on a willing buyer/willing seller standard. On December 21, 2017, SiriusXM commenced a single arbitration against all of the plaintiffs in California through JAMS to determine the rate for the five-year period. On May 1, 2018, the Company filed a lawsuit against SiriusXM in New York state court to stay the California arbitration and to compel a separate arbitration in New York solely between SiriusXM and the Company. On August 23, 2018, the Company filed a Stipulation of Discontinuance without Prejudice as to the New York state court action after SiriusXM agreed to participate in a separate arbitration with the Company in New York if the parties were unable to reach an agreement on pre-1972 license terms. On March 28, 2019, the Company and SiriusXM entered into an agreement granting SiriusXM a license to publicly perform the Company’s pre-1972 sound recordings for the five-year period running from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2022.

 

121


Table of Contents

Other Matters

In addition to the matter discussed above, the Company is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Where it is determined, in consultation with counsel based on litigation and settlement risks, that a loss is probable and estimable in a given matter, the Company establishes an accrual. In the currently pending proceedings, the amount of accrual is not material. An estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amounts already accrued cannot be made at this time due to various factors typical in contested proceedings, including (1) the results of ongoing discovery; (2) uncertain damage theories and demands; (3) a less than complete factual record; (4) uncertainty concerning legal theories and their resolution by courts or regulators; and (5) the unpredictable nature of the opposing party and its demands. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any litigation or the potential for future litigation. As such, the Company continuously monitors these proceedings as they develop and adjusts any accrual or disclosure as needed. Regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on the Company, including the Company’s brand value, because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors, and it could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations for a given reporting period.

 

122


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors. The respective age of each individual in the table below is as of February 1, 2020.

 

Name

 

Age

   

Position

Stephen Cooper

    73     Chief Executive Officer; Director

Max Lousada

    46     Chief Executive Officer, Recorded Music; Director

Eric Levin

    57     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Carianne Marshall

    42     Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner Chappell Music

Guy Moot

    54     Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Warner Chappell Music

Maria Osherova

    54     Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Paul M. Robinson

    61     Executive Vice President and General Counsel and Secretary

Oana Ruxandra

    38     Executive Vice President, New Business Development—Chief Acquisition Officer

James Steven

    42     Executive Vice President, Chief Communications Officer

Michael Lynton

    60     Chairman of the Board

Len Blavatnik

    62     Vice Chairman of the Board

Lincoln Benet

    56     Director

Alex Blavatnik

    55     Director

Mathias Döpfner

    56     Director

Noreena Hertz

    52     Director

Ynon Kreiz

    54     Director

Thomas H. Lee

    75     Director

Donald A. Wagner

    56     Director

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. Each executive officer is an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries. The following information provides a brief description of the business experience of each of our executive officers and directors. The current executive officers are as follows:

Stephen Cooper, Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Cooper has served as a director since July 20, 2011 and as our CEO since August 18, 2011. Previously, Mr. Cooper was our Chairman of the Board from July 20, 2011 to August 18, 2011. Mr. Cooper is a member of the Board of Directors of LyondellBasell, one of the world’s largest olefins, polyolefins, chemicals and refining companies. He has more than 30 years of experience as a financial advisor, and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc.; Chief Executive Officer of Hawaiian Telcom; Executive Chairman of Blue Bird Corporation; Executive Chairman of the Board of Collins & Aikman Corporation; Chief Executive Officer of Krispy Kreme Doughnuts; and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer of Enron Corporation. Mr. Cooper also serves on the Board of Directors of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. Mr. Cooper is also the Managing Partner of Cooper Investment Partners, a private equity firm.

Mr. Cooper brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including more than 30 years of experience as a financial advisor, and his experience having served as chairman or chief executive officer of various businesses, including Chief Executive Officer of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer of Hawaiian Telcom.

Max Lousada, Chief Executive Officer, Recorded Music

Mr. Lousada has served as a director since October 1, 2017 and as our CEO, Recorded Music, since October 1, 2017. He oversees the Company’s worldwide Recorded Music business, including Atlantic, Warner Records, Elektra,

 

123


Table of Contents

Parlophone, Warner Music Nashville, Global Catalog/Rhino and Warner Classics, as well as the Company’s international Recorded Music affiliates and WMG’s Artist & Label Services divisions, WEA Corp. and ADA. Before taking his latest role, Mr. Lousada was the Chairman & CEO of Warner Music UK, where he was responsible for overseeing the Company’s U.K. family of labels during a four-year run of record-breaking success. In addition, he served as Chairman of the BRITs Committee from 2014 to 2016. Mr. Lousada previously headed up Atlantic Records UK for nine years, where he built an award-winning team and roster of artists. Prior to his tenure at Atlantic Records UK, Mr. Lousada led A&R at Mushroom Records.

Mr. Lousada brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including his experience managing the Recorded Music business on a day-to-day basis, which provides him with intimate knowledge of our operations, and his significant experiences in the entertainment industry, advising and managing companies.

Eric Levin, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Levin has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since October 13, 2014. From October 2012 to June 2014, he served as the financial director of Ecolab (China) Investment Co. Ltd, a multinational technology and manufacturing group in China. From May 1988 to December 2001, he worked in various financial functions at Home Box Office, Inc., a subsidiary of Time Warner, and was promoted to CFO from January 2000 to December 2001. Thereafter and until 2011, he served in various operational and financial roles in companies in the media and publishing industry. From 2004 to 2007, he was the Co-Founder and CEO of City on Demand, LLC, a television production company. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Levin was CFO at SCMP Group Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, which is a leading Asia media holding company, and joined the board of The Post Publishing Public Company Limited, a company listed on the Stock Exchange of Thailand, which publishes newspapers and magazines. Mr. Levin obtained a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania in May 1984 and an M.B.A. in finance and economics from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business in March 1988.

Carianne Marshall, Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner Chappell Music

Ms. Marshall has served as Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer of Warner Chappell Music since January 2019. Ms. Marshall joined Warner Chappell in June 2018 as Chief Operating Officer of Warner Chappell. Prior to joining Warner Chappell in June 2018, she was Partner, Head of Creative Services, and Head of Creative Licensing at SONGS, the noted independent music publisher, which she joined in 2006. Ms. Marshall served as SONGS’ executive leader on the West Coast, helping to build a roster of over 300 songwriters and overseeing a creative licensing staff responsible for placing compositions by SONGS’ writers in all forms of visual media and overseeing the non-top 40 roster. From 2003 to 2006, Ms. Marshall was Director of Motion Picture and Television Music for Universal Music Publishing Group, and, from 2000 to 2003, she worked at DreamWorks Music Publishing, where she was an A&R coordinator and subsequently the company’s synchronization executive. Ms. Marshall also held previous roles at Elektra Records and Universal Music Publishing. Ms. Marshall began her career in the music entertainment industry at Los Angeles-based VOX Productions, where she worked in live music production, while helping manage and book local bands. Ms. Marshall obtained a B.A. degree in Communications from the University of Southern California.

Guy Moot, Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Warner Chappell Music

Mr. Moot has served as Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Warner Chappell Music since April 1, 2019. From 2017 until 2019, Mr. Moot served as President of Worldwide Creative at Sony/ATV, where he led the company’s efforts to seek out the best songwriting talent, regardless of their country of origin. From 2005 to 2017, Mr. Moot was Managing Director of EMI Music Publishing UK and President of European Creative where his leadership played a key role in ensuring that EMI was named Music Week Publisher of the Year for fourteen years running. During that time, Mr. Moot led the Sony/ATV and EMI Music Publishing merger across Europe in 2012, and, from 2016 to 2017, he led the company to a record-breaking, year-long hold on the UK Number 1 Singles spot. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Moot was EMI Music Publishing’s Executive Vice President of A&R for the U.K. and Europe.

 

124


Table of Contents

Maria Osherova, Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Ms. Osherova has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer since July 29, 2014. Ms. Osherova joined the Company in 2006 as Vice President, Human Resources for Warner Music International, based in London. Advancing to Senior Vice President of Warner Music International, she played a pivotal role in the successful integration of Parlophone Label Group within the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Osherova was Global HR Manager for a division of Shell International Petroleum, where she headed a department responsible for employees in over 120 countries. She previously held several posts at The Coca-Cola Company, based variously in Copenhagen, Oslo, and St. Petersburg. Osherova studied at St. Petersburg State Technical University, where she was awarded a Master of Sciences degree.

Paul M. Robinson, Executive Vice President and General Counsel and Secretary

Mr. Robinson has served as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel and Secretary since December 2006. He is responsible for our worldwide legal and business affairs and public policy functions. Mr. Robinson joined the Company’s legal department in 1995. From 1995 to December 2006, Mr. Robinson held various positions with the Company, including Acting General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel. Before joining the Company, Mr. Robinson was a partner in the New York City law firm Mayer, Katz, Baker, Leibowitz & Roberts. Mr. Robinson has a B.A. in English from Williams College and a J.D. from Fordham University School of Law.

Oana Ruxandra, Executive Vice President, New Business Development—Chief Acquisition Officer

Ms. Ruxandra has served as interim head of business development for our Recorded Music business since June 2019. In such capacity, Ms. Ruxandra oversees global business development and digital strategy for our Recorded Music business, with a focus on exploring new forms of commercial innovation and creating new digital revenue opportunities. Since December 2018, Ms. Ruxandra has served as Executive Vice President, New Business Channels—Chief Acquisition Officer, a role that requires her to attract non-traditional partners and identify unconventional M&A opportunities. From 2016 until December 2018, she served as Senior Vice President of Digital Strategy and Partnerships at Universal Music Group, prior to which she spent four years at the Company, advancing to Vice President of Digital Strategy and Business Development. Ms. Ruxandra previously spent seven years in the financial industry at firms such as BlackRock and Constellation Capital Management. Ms. Ruxandra received her B.A. in Economics and Political Science from Columbia University and her M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

James Steven, Executive Vice President, Chief Communications Officer

Mr. Steven has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Communications Officer since January 1, 2015. He is responsible for our worldwide communications and corporate marketing functions, including external and internal communications, investor relations, social responsibility and special events. He also oversees the interaction and coordination of the communications functions of our operating companies. Mr. Steven joined the Company in 2007 as part of the Company’s international communications team based in London. He relocated to New York in 2012, becoming Senior Vice President, Communications and Marketing. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Steven held various roles at public relations and marketing agencies, including Cow PR and Consolidated PR, working with clients in the film, TV, technology, retail, beverages and automobile industries. Mr. Steven holds an M.A. (Honors) degree from the University of Edinburgh.

Directors

Michael Lynton

Mr. Lynton has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company since February 7, 2019. Mr. Lynton also currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Snap, Inc., a position he has held since 2016 after joining Snap

 

125


Table of Contents

Inc.’s board in 2013, and is a member of the board of directors of Pearson plc. and Ares Management, L.P. Previously, Mr. Lynton served as the CEO of Sony Entertainment from April 2012 until February 2017, overseeing Sony’s global entertainment businesses, including Sony Music Entertainment, Sony/ATV Music Publishing and Sony Pictures Entertainment. Mr. Lynton also served as Chairman and CEO of Sony Pictures Entertainment since January 2004. Prior to joining Sony Pictures, Mr. Lynton worked for Time Warner, and from 2000 to 2004, he served as CEO of AOL Europe, President of AOL International and President of Time Warner International. From 1996 to 2000, Mr. Lynton served as Chairman and CEO of Pearson plc’s Penguin Group where he oversaw the acquisition of Putnam, Inc. and extended the Penguin brand to music and the Internet. Mr. Lynton joined the Walt Disney Company in 1987, and from 1992 to 1996, he served as President of Disney’s Hollywood Pictures. Mr. Lynton is also a member of the Harvard Board of Overseers and serves on the boards of the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, the Tate, and the Rand Corporation. Mr. Lynton holds a B.A. in History and Literature from Harvard College and received his M.B.A. from Harvard University.

Mr. Lynton brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including his various experiences in the entertainment industry, advising and managing companies.

Len Blavatnik

Mr. Blavatnik has served as a director and as Vice Chairman of the Board of the Company since July 20, 2011. Mr. Blavatnik is the founder and Chairman of Access, a privately held, U.S. industrial group with global strategic investments. He previously served as a member of the Company’s board of directors from March 2004 to January 2008. Mr. Blavatnik provides financial support to, and remains engaged in, many educational pursuits. Mr. Blavatnik is a member of boards at Oxford University and Tel Aviv University, and is a member of Harvard University’s Committee on University Resources, Global Advisory Council and the Task Force on Science and Engineering. In 2010, the Blavatnik Family Foundation committed £75 million to establish the Blavatnik School of Government at the University of Oxford. Mr. Blavatnik and the Blavatnik Family Foundation have also been generous supporters of other leading educational, scientific, cultural and charitable institutions throughout the world. Mr. Blavatnik is a member of the board of directors of the 92nd Street Y in New York, The Mariinsky Foundation of America, The Carnegie Hall Society, Inc. and The Center for Jewish History in New York. He is also a Trustee of the State Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg, Russia. Mr. Blavatnik emigrated to the U.S. in 1978 and became a U.S. citizen in 1984. He received his Master’s degree from Columbia University in 1981 and his M.B.A from Harvard Business School in 1989. Mr. Blavatnik is the brother of Alex Blavatnik.

Mr. Blavatnik brings beneficial experience and attributes to our Board, among which is his extensive experience advising companies, particularly as founder and Chairman of Access and in his role as a former director of UC Rusal plc and TNK-BP Limited. In addition, Mr. Blavatnik possesses experience in advising and managing publicly traded and privately held enterprises and has significant expertise with the corporate finance and strategic business planning activities that are unique to leveraged companies.

Lincoln Benet

Mr. Benet has served as a director since July 20, 2011. Mr. Benet is the Chief Executive Officer of Access. Prior to joining Access in 2006, Mr. Benet spent 17 years at Morgan Stanley, most recently as a Managing Director. His experience spans corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, fixed income and capital markets. Mr. Benet is a member of the Supervisory Board of Directors for LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and a member of the boards of DAZN Group Limited and, until 2019, Clal Industries Ltd. Mr. Benet graduated summa cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from Yale University and received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Benet brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, among which is his extensive experience advising companies, in particular as the Chief Executive Officer of Access, in his role as a director of LyondellBasell Industries N.V. and in his former role as director of Clal Industries Ltd. In addition, Mr. Benet possesses experience in advising and managing publicly traded and privately held enterprises and has significant

 

126


Table of Contents

expertise with the corporate finance and strategic business planning activities that are unique to leveraged companies.

Alex Blavatnik

Mr. Blavatnik has served as a director since July 20, 2011. Mr. Blavatnik is an Executive Vice President and Vice Chairman of Access. A 1993 graduate of Columbia University, Mr. Blavatnik joined Access in 1996 to manage the Company’s growing activities in Russia. Currently, he oversees Access’s operations out of its New York-based headquarters and serves as a director of various companies in the Access global portfolio. In addition, Mr. Blavatnik is engaged in numerous philanthropic pursuits and sits on the boards of several educational and charitable institutions. Mr. Blavatnik is the brother of Len Blavatnik.

Mr. Blavatnik brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, among which is his extensive experience advising companies, particularly as Vice Chairman of Access, as a director of Clal Industries Ltd. and, previously, as a director of OGIP Ventures, Ltd. In addition, Mr. Blavatnik possesses experience in advising and managing publicly traded and privately held enterprises and has significant expertise with the corporate finance and strategic business planning activities that are unique to leveraged companies.

Mathias Döpfner

Mr. Döpfner has served as a director since May 1, 2014. Mr. Döpfner is Chairman and CEO of German media group Axel Springer SE in Berlin. Holding a stake of about 3%, Mr. Döpfner is also one of the company’s largest shareholders. Axel Springer is the leading digital publisher in Europe and is active in more than 40 countries. Publishing brands include BILD, WELT and BUSINESS INSIDER. Since Mr. Döpfner became CEO in 2002, Axel Springer revenues from digital activities increased from €117 million to €2.3 billion and worldwide digital audience expanded to more than 300 million users. Mr. Döpfner is also a member of the Board of Directors of Netflix Inc.

Mr. Döpfner brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the media industry. In addition, through his positions as Chairman and CEO of Axel Springer, he has a profound understanding of the challenges and developments of today’s business, such as content creation and monetization or distribution and digital platforms.

Noreena Hertz

Professor Hertz has served as a director since September 15, 2017 and previously served as a director from May 1, 2014 through May 22, 2016. Professor Hertz advises some of the biggest organizations and most senior figures in the world on strategy, decision-making, corporate social responsibility and global economic and geo-political trends. Her best-selling books, Eyes Wide Open, the Silent Takeover and IOU: The Debt Threat, have been published in 22 countries. Professor Hertz served as a member of Citigroup’s Politics and Economics Global Advisory Board between 2007 and 2008 and as a member of the Advisory Group steering McKinsey CEO Dominic Barton’s Inclusive Capitalism Taskforce between 2012 and 2013. A much sought-after commentator on television and radio Hertz contributes to a wide range of publications and networks including The BBC, CNN, CNBC, CBS, ITV, The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, The Daily Beast, the Financial Times, the Guardian, The Washington Post, The Times of London, Wired, and Nature. She has given Keynote Speeches at TED and The World Economic Forum, as well as for leading global corporations, and has shared platforms with such luminaries as President Bill Clinton and James Wolfensohn. An influential economist on the international stage, Professor Hertz also played a pivotal role in the development of (RED), an innovative commercial model to raise money for people with AIDS in Africa, having inspired Bono (co-founder of the project) with her writings. Professor Hertz has been described by the Observer as “one of the world’s leading young thinkers,” Vogue as “one of the world’s most inspiring women” and was featured on the cover of Newsweek’s September 30, 2013 issue in Europe, Asia and the Middle East. She has an M.B.A from the

 

127


Table of Contents

Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a Ph.D. from the University of Cambridge. Having spent 10 years at the University of Cambridge as Associate Director of the Centre for International Business and Management, in 2014 she moved to University College London where she is a Visiting Professor at the Institute for Global Prosperity.

Professor Hertz brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including over 25 years of experience in advising companies in a variety of sectors and geographies on strategic and policy decisions, intelligence gathering and analysis, millennials and post-millennials and stakeholder management and corporate social responsibility. In addition, Ms. Hertz has also held senior academic positions where her research has focused on decision-making, risk assessment and management, globalization, innovation and corporate social responsibility.

Ynon Kreiz

Mr. Kreiz has served as a director since May 9, 2016. Since April 26, 2018, Mr. Kreiz has been the Chairman and CEO of Mattel, Inc. (NASDAQ: MAT), one of the world’s largest toy companies. From March 2012 to January 2016, Mr. Kreiz served as the Chairman and CEO of Maker Studios, a global leader in online short-form video and one of the largest content networks on YouTube. From June 2008 to June 2011, Mr. Kreiz was Chairman and CEO of Endemol Group, one of the world’s largest independent television production companies. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Kreiz was a General Partner at Balderton Capital (formerly Benchmark Capital Europe). From 1996 to 2002, Mr. Kreiz was co-founder, Chairman and CEO of Fox Kids Europe N.V., a leading pay-TV channel in Europe and the Middle East, broadcasting in 56 countries. FKE was listed on the Euronext Stock Exchange in Amsterdam in 1999. Mr. Kreiz holds a B.A. in Economics and Management from Tel Aviv University and an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Management, where he currently serves on the Board of Advisors.

Mr. Kreiz brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including his extensive experience advising and managing companies, having served as Chairman and CEO of Maker Studios and the Endemol Group and also as a general partner at Balderton Capital (formerly Benchmark Capital Europe).

Thomas H. Lee

Mr. Lee has served as a director since August 17, 2011. Mr. Lee had previously served as our director from March 4, 2004 to July 20, 2011. He is Chairman and CEO of Thomas H. Lee Capital, LLC, Chairman of Lee Equity Partners, LLC and Chairman of AGL Credit Management LP. In 1974, Mr. Lee founded the Thomas H. Lee Company, the predecessor of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., and from that time until March 2006 served as its Chairman and CEO. From 1966 through 1974, Mr. Lee was with First National Bank of Boston where he directed the bank’s high technology lending group from 1968 to 1974 and became a Vice President in 1973. Prior to 1966, Mr. Lee was a securities analyst in the institutional research department of L.F. Rothschild in New York. Mr. Lee serves or has served, including during the past five years, as a director of numerous public and private companies in which he and his affiliates have invested, including MidCap Financial LLC, Papa Murphy’s International, LLC, Edelman Financial Services, LLC, Aimbridge Hospitality Holdings LLC and KMAC Enterprises Inc. Mr. Lee is currently a Trustee of Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, NYU Langone Medical Center and the New York City Police Foundation among other civic and charitable organizations. He also serves on the Executive Committee for Harvard University’s Committee on University Resources. Mr. Lee is a 1965 graduate of Harvard College.

Mr. Lee brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, including his extensive experience advising and managing companies, serving as the Chairman and CEO of Thomas H. Lee Capital, LLC, Thomas H. Lee Capital Management, LLC and Lee Equity Partners, LLC and serving as or having served as a director of numerous public and private companies. In addition, Mr. Lee was also part of the investor group that acquired the Company from Time Warner in the 2004 acquisition and was a director of our company from

 

128


Table of Contents

March 2004 until July 2011, before subsequently rejoining our board of directors in August 2011, and has a detailed understanding of our company.

Donald A. Wagner

Mr. Wagner has served as a director since July 20, 2011. Mr. Wagner is a Managing Director of Access, having been with Access since 2010. He oversees Access’s North America direct investing activities. From 2000 to 2009, Mr. Wagner was a Senior Managing Director of Ripplewood Holdings L.L.C., responsible for investments in several areas and heading the industry group focused on investments in basic industries. Previously, Mr. Wagner was a Managing Director of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC and had a 15-year career at that firm and its affiliates in New York and London. He is a board member of Calpine Corporation and BMC Software and was on the board of NYSE-listed RSC Holdings from November 2006 until August 2009. Mr. Wagner graduated summa cum laude with an A.B. in physics from Harvard College.

Mr. Wagner brings beneficial experience and attributes to our board of directors, among which is his experience serving as a director of various companies, including public companies, and over 25 years of experience in investing, banking and private equity. In addition, Mr. Wagner possesses experience in advising and managing publicly traded and privately held enterprises and has significant expertise with the corporate finance and strategic business planning activities that are unique to leveraged companies.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our board of directors is currently composed of 11 directors. Our directors will be elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

The Stockholder Agreement with Access will provide Access with certain rights relating to the composition of our board of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with Access Following this Offering—Stockholder Agreement.”

Subject to the provisions of the Stockholder Agreement, the number of members on our board of directors may be fixed by majority vote of the members of our board of directors. Any vacancy in the Board that results from (x) the death, disability, resignation or disqualification of any director shall be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and (y) an increase in the number of directors or the removal of any director shall be filled (a) until the first date on which Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our common stock, solely by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote in an election of directors and (b) from and after the first date on which Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our common stock, by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Lynton, Döpfner, Kreiz and Lee and Ms. Hertz are “independent” as defined under                  rules and the Exchange Act rules and regulations.

Controlled Company

After the consummation of this offering, Access and its affiliates will hold approximately        % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or approximately        % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders) through their ownership of all of

 

129


Table of Contents

the Class B common stock. Accordingly, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of                  corporate governance standards. Under                rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain                  corporate governance standards, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the members of our board of directors be independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we will use these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of                 corporate governance rules and requirements. The “controlled company” exception does not modify audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and                  rules.

Board Committees

Upon the listing of our Class A common stock our board of directors will maintain an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, an Executive Committee and a Finance Committee. Under                     rules, our Audit Committee will be required to be composed entirely of independent directors within one year from the date of this prospectus. As a controlled company, we are not required to have independent Compensation or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. The following is a brief description of our committees.

Audit Committee

The primary purposes of the Audit Committee will be to: (i) to assist our board of directors in overseeing (a) the quality and integrity of our financial statements; (b) the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditor; (c) the evaluation and management of the Company’s financial risks; (d) our accounting, financial and external reporting policies and practices; (e) the performance of our internal audit function; and (f) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, including without limitation any requirements promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the Financial Accounting Standards Board; and (ii) to prepare the report of the Audit Committee required to be included in our annual proxy statement. The charter of our Audit Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the listing of our Class A common stock.

Upon consummation of this offering, we expect the members of our Audit Committee to be Donald A. Wagner (chair), Ynon Kreiz and Thomas H. Lee. Our board of directors has designated                          as “audit committee financial experts,” and            has been determined to be “financially literate” under                  rules. Our board of directors has also determined that Messrs. Kreiz and Lee are “independent” as defined under                  and Exchange Act rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

The primary purpose of the Compensation Committee will be to: (i) be responsible for general oversight of compensation and compensation related matters; (ii) prepare any report on executive compensation required by the rules and regulations of the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy statement; and (iii) take such other actions relating to our compensation and benefits structure as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The charter of our Compensation Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the listing of our Class A common stock.

 

130


Table of Contents

Upon consummation of this offering, we expect the members of our Compensation Committee to be Lincoln Benet (chair), Alex Blavatnik, Len Blavatnik, Mathias Döpfner and Thomas H. Lee. Our board of directors has also determined that Messrs. Lee and Döpfner are “independent” as defined under                  and Exchange Act rules and regulations. In light of our status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of             following this offering, we are exempt from the requirement that our Compensation Committee be composed entirely of independent directors under listing standards applicable to membership on the Compensation Committee. We intend to establish a sub-committee of our Compensation Committee consisting of Messrs. Lee and Döpfner for purposes of approving any equity-based compensation that we may wish to qualify for the exemption provided under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for: (i) identifying individuals qualified and suitable to become members of our board of directors and recommending to our board of directors the director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders; (ii) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to us; and (iii) otherwise taking a leadership role in shaping our corporate governance policies. The charter of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the completion of this offering.

Upon consummation of this offering, we expect the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to be Lincoln Benet (chair), Len Blavatnik, Noreena Hertz and Donald A. Wagner. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. Hertz is “independent” as defined under                  and Exchange Act rules and regulations. In light of our status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of                  following this offering, we are exempt from the requirement that our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee be composed entirely of independent directors.

Executive Committee

Until Access no longer holds at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our common stock, our Executive Committee, as the Company’s governing body, will be exclusively vested with all of the powers of our board of directors (under applicable law) in the management of our business and affairs and will act in lieu of our board of directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Upon consummation of this offering, we expect the members of our Executive Committee to be Michael Lynton (chair), Len Blavatnik, Lincoln Benet and Donald A. Wagner. The Stockholder Agreement with Access will provide Access with certain rights relating to the composition of our Executive Committee.

Actions taken by the Executive Committee remain subject to a director’s or officer’s, as applicable, fiduciary duties under Delaware law and the requirement to act in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

Once Access no longer holds at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our common stock, the Executive Committee will be dissolved.

Finance Committee

The primary purpose of the Finance Committee is to assist our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight of management’s responsibilities with respect to financial matters and the Company’s capital structure, including declaration of dividends and strategies that bear upon our long-term financial sustainability.

 

131


Table of Contents

Upon consummation of this offering, we expect the members of our Finance Committee to be Donald A. Wagner (chair), Alex Blavatnik, Lincoln Benet and Stephen Cooper.

Code of Ethics

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees and financial professionals. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Financial Code of Ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions, and other designated officers and associates. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses, and we expect that the Financial Code of Ethics will address, matters such as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing and compliance with laws and regulations. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Financial Code of Ethics will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon consummation of this offering.

 

132


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

Upon the listing of our Class A common stock, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors will continue to determine the appropriate philosophy, objectives and design for our executive compensation program and the compensation of our executive officers following the listing. The committee may make changes to the compensation arrangements described below, and intends to retain a compensation consultant to provide advice and support to the committee in the design and implementation of our executive compensation program, as it deems necessary or appropriate.

The specific compensation and benefits that will be provided to our executive officers in connection with and following the listing of our Class A common stock have not yet been determined. A description of the changes that may be contemplated by our Compensation Committee in connection with the offering will be described in a subsequent filing once determined.

2019 Named Executive Officers

This compensation discussion and analysis provides information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers for fiscal year 2019. Our named executive officers (“NEOs”) for fiscal year 2019 are:

 

   

Stephen Cooper, Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)

 

   

Eric Levin, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Max Lousada, Chief Executive Officer, Warner Recorded Music

 

   

Carianne Marshall, Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner Chappell Music

 

   

Guy Moot, Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Warner Chappell Music

Role of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our compensation programs. As part of that responsibility, the Compensation Committee determines all compensation for the Company’s executive officers. For executive officers other than the CEO, the Compensation Committee considers the recommendation of the CEO and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources in making its compensation determinations. The Committee interacts regularly with management regarding our executive compensation initiatives and programs. The Compensation Committee has the authority to engage its own advisors and had done so prior to the consummation of the Merger. However, during fiscal year 2019, no independent compensation advisor provided any advice or recommendations on the amount or form of executive and director compensation to the Compensation Committee and since the consummation of the Merger, we have not retained a compensation consultant to assist in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive compensation. The Compensation Committee may elect in the future to retain a compensation consultant if it determines that doing so would assist it in implementing and maintaining our compensation programs.

Our executive team consists of individuals with extensive industry expertise, creative vision, strategic and operational skills, in-depth company knowledge, financial acumen and high ethical standards. We are committed to providing competitive compensation packages to ensure that we retain these executives and maintain and strengthen our position as a leading global music entertainment company. Our executive compensation programs and the decisions made by the Compensation Committee are designed to achieve these goals. The compensation

 

133


Table of Contents

for the Company’s NEOs (the executive officers for whom disclosure of compensation is provided in the tables below) consists of base salary and annual bonuses. In addition, two of our NEOs, Messrs. Cooper and Lousada, participate, based on their individual elections, in the Second Amended and Restated Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (the “Plan”), our long-term incentive program. The NEOs do not receive any other compensation or benefits other than standard benefits available to all U.S. employees, which primarily consist of health plans, the opportunity to participate in the Company’s 401(k) and deferred compensation plans, basic life insurance and accidental death insurance coverage. Additionally, because Mr. Lousada is located in the United Kingdom, he participates in our defined contribution pension scheme for our U.K. employees, and he also receives a car allowance and is reimbursed for certain tax preparation costs. Mr. Moot also participated in the defined contribution pension scheme for U.K. employees for a portion of the 2019 fiscal year during his employment in London, U.K., prior to his relocation to Los Angeles, California.

For the 2019 fiscal year, in determining the compensation of the NEOs, the Compensation Committee sought to establish a level of compensation that is (a) appropriate for the size and financial condition of the Company, (b) structured so as to attract and retain qualified executives and (c) tied to annual financial performance and long-term shareholder value creation.

The Company has entered into employment arrangements with each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Cooper), which establish each executive’s base salary and, for Mr. Lousada, his entitlement to a percentage of our annual free cash flow under the Plan and, in the case of Messrs. Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall, their discretionary or target annual bonus. The Company has not entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Cooper because, among other reasons, as a participant in the Plan (with an entitlement to a percentage of our annual free cash flow under the Plan), the Company believes he already has retention incentives to remain employed at the Company.

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

We design our executive compensation programs to attract talented executives to join the Company and to motivate them to position us for long-term success, achieve superior operating results and increase stockholder value. To realize these objectives, the Compensation Committee and management focus on the following key factors when considering the amount and structure of the compensation arrangements for our executives:

 

   

Alignment of executive and stockholder interests by providing incentives linked to operating performance and achievement of cash flow and strategic objectives. We are committed to creating stockholder value and believe that our executives and employees should be provided incentives through our compensation programs that align their interests with those of our stockholders. Accordingly, we provide our executives with annual cash bonus incentives linked to our operating performance. In addition, in 2013, we adopted the Plan, which, as described below, is an incentive compensation program that pays annual bonuses based on our free cash flow and offers participants the opportunity to share in appreciation of our common stock. For information on the components of our executive compensation programs and the reasons why each is used, see “Components of Executive Compensation” below.

 

   

A clear link between an executive’s compensation and Company-wide performance. Two of our NEOs (Messrs. Cooper and Lousada) and some of our other senior executives have elected to participate in the Plan. As further discussed below, the Plan, which is a significant part of our executive compensation program, is designed to reward our executives’ contributions to our free cash flow and long-term value. For other executives, their compensation is designed to reward their achievement of specified key goals, which include, among other things, the successful implementation of strategic initiatives, realizing superior operating and financial performance, and other factors that we believe are important, such as the promotion of an ethical work environment and teamwork within the Company. We believe our compensation structure motivates our executives to achieve these goals and rewards them for their significant efforts and contributions to the Company and the results they achieve.

 

134


Table of Contents
   

The extremely competitive nature of the media and entertainment industry, and our need to attract and retain the most creative and talented industry leaders. We compete for talented executives in relatively high-priced markets, and the Compensation Committee takes this into consideration when making compensation decisions. For example, we compete for executives with other recorded music and music publishing companies, other entertainment, media and technology companies, law firms, private ventures, investment banks and many other companies that offer high levels of compensation. We believe that our senior management team is among the best in the industry and is the right team to lead us to long-term success. Our commitment to ensuring that we are led by the right executives is a high priority, and we make our compensation decisions accordingly.

Components of Executive Compensation

Employment Arrangements

With the exception of Mr. Cooper as described above, in the 2019 fiscal year we had employment arrangements with all of our NEOs, the key terms of which are described below under “Summary of NEO Employment Arrangements.” We believe that having employment arrangements with certain of our executives can be beneficial to us because it provides retentive value, requires them to comply with key restrictive covenants, and may give us some competitive advantage in the recruiting process over a company that does not offer employment arrangements. Our employment arrangements set forth the terms and conditions of employment and establish the components of an executive’s compensation, which generally include the following:

 

   

Base salary;

 

   

Participation in the free cash flow bonus pool of the Plan or a discretionary or target annual cash bonus;

 

   

Severance payable upon a qualifying termination of employment; and

 

   

Benefits, including participation in a defined contribution plan and health, life insurance and disability insurance plans.

Key Considerations in Determining Executive Compensation

The following describes the components of our NEO compensation arrangements and why each is included in our executive compensation programs.

Base Salary

The cash base salary an NEO receives is determined by the Compensation Committee after considering the individual’s compensation history, the range of salaries for similar positions, the individual’s expertise and experience, and other factors the Compensation Committee believes are important, such as whether we are trying to attract the executive from another opportunity. The Compensation Committee believes it is appropriate for executives to receive a competitive level of guaranteed compensation in the form of base salary and determines the initial base salary by taking into account recommendations from management and, if deemed necessary, the Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant.

Each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Cooper) was paid base salary in accordance with the terms of their respective employment arrangement for fiscal year 2019. Mr. Cooper was paid annual base salary of $1,000,000 for fiscal year 2019.

Effective November 1, 2018, Ms. Marshall’s annual base salary increased from $750,000 to $1,000,000 in recognition of additional duties and responsibilities she assumed in connection with the departure of Warner Chappell Music’s former Chair and Chief Executive Officer. On February 1, 2019, her annual base salary increased to $1,250,000 in connection with her promotion to Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer of Warner Chappell Music.

 

135


Table of Contents

Annual Cash Bonus

Our Compensation Committee directly links the amount of the annual cash bonuses we pay to our financial performance for the particular year. Messrs. Cooper and Lousada have elected to participate in the annual free cash flow bonus pool in the Plan, as described below.

Annual Free Cash Flow Bonus Pool

Messrs. Cooper and Lousada have elected to participate in the Plan, which is also a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that allows the participants to defer receipt of all or a portion of their annual bonuses until future dates prescribed by the Plan. Our Compensation Committee adopted the Plan to, among other reasons, reinforce a partnership culture with our executives, by allowing them to participate in our short-term performance (in the form of annual free cash flow bonuses) and long-term performance (in the form of deferred compensation that is indexed to the value of our common stock and with grants of Profits Interests, as described below under “Long-Term Equity Incentives”). We believe it is important for our executives and shareholders to be motivated to work together towards shared financial and operational goals. In addition, our Compensation Committee considered that the Plan offers our executives the opportunity for tax-efficient wealth management creation based on our performance.

For the 2019 fiscal year, Messrs. Cooper and Lousada participated in the Plan with fixed percentages of free cash flow of 2.5% and 1.0%, respectively. The Company’s free cash flow for the 2019 fiscal year for the Plan was $283 million. Accordingly, for fiscal year 2019, Messrs. Cooper and Lousada earned free cash flow bonuses under the Plan of $7,075,000 and $2,830,000, respectively. Because he had already deferred his maximum allocation under the Plan prior to the 2019 fiscal year, Mr. Cooper was not entitled to defer any of his free cash flow bonus payable for the 2019 fiscal year and all of it will be paid to him in cash. Mr. Lousada elected to defer 100% of his free cash flow bonus earned from the 2019 fiscal year and, in doing so, to acquire equity interests representing shares of our common stock. The amounts to be paid in cash to Mr. Cooper for his free cash flow bonus under the Plan for the 2019 fiscal year are set forth below under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

Discretionary Bonuses

Messrs. Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall do not participate in the Plan. For the 2019 fiscal year, Mr. Levin had an annual target bonus amount of $850,000 set forth in his employment agreement. For the 2019 fiscal year, Mr. Moot had an annual target bonus amount of $1,750,000 set forth in his employment agreement, to be prorated from his date of hire. For the 2019 fiscal year, Ms. Marshall had an annual target bonus amount of $1,266,667 set forth in her employment agreement. The actual amount of Messrs. Levin’s and Moot’s and Ms. Marshall’s annual bonuses are determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion and may be higher or lower than their target amounts. The amounts of Messrs. Levin’s and Moot’s and Ms. Marshall’s bonuses for fiscal year 2019 are set forth below under the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

For Messrs. Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall, the Compensation Committee considered the recommendation of the CEO and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources in making its bonus determinations. The bonuses for each of Messrs. Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall were based on the target bonus set forth in his or her employment agreement, corporate performance and other discretionary factors, including achievement of strategic objectives and other goals. A variety of qualitative and quantitative factors that vary by year and are given different weights in different years depending on facts and circumstances were considered, with no single factor predominant in the overall bonus determination. The factors considered by the Compensation Committee in connection with Messrs. Levin and Moot’s and Ms. Marshall’s fiscal year 2019 bonuses are discussed in more detail below.

For fiscal year 2019, after considering the factors described above and management’s recommendations, the Compensation Committee determined that the bonuses for Messrs. Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall would be

 

136


Table of Contents

set at amounts equal to $1,034,340, $913,985 and $1,319,487, respectively. This reflected the Compensation Committee’s and management’s assessment that overall corporate performance and discretionary factors justified payment of such bonus to each of them based on their and the Company’s performance during the fiscal year. Specifically, the Compensation Committee set the amount of Mr. Levin’s bonus after considering the quality of his individual performance in running the company-wide finance function, and taking into account other qualitative factors including performance in internal and public financial reporting, budgeting and forecasting processes, compliance and infrastructure, investment and cost-savings initiatives and communicating to investors and other important constituencies. The Compensation Committee set the amounts of Mr. Moot’s and Ms. Marshall’s bonuses after considering the quality of their individual performance in running their specific business functions as well as the performance of the Company as well as their additional responsibilities during the transition period following the departure of Warner Chappell Music’s former Chair and Chief Executive Officer.

Other non-financial factors taken into account by the Compensation Committee in setting these bonus amounts included, among other items, providing strategic leadership and direction for the Company, including corporate governance matters, managing the strategic direction of the Company.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan

As noted above, Messrs. Cooper and Lousada have elected to participate in the Plan. In addition to providing an annual bonus that is based on a percentage of the Company’s free cash flow, as described above, the Plan provides its participants with the opportunity to defer all or a portion of their free cash flow bonuses and receive grants of equity interests, within prescribed limits.

Deferral of Compensation under the Plan

Subject to prescribed limits under the Plan (including on an individualized participant basis), deferred amounts, if any, will be credited to a participant’s account as and when a deferred bonus is earned and indexed to the fair market value of a share of our common stock (as determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee), except that the initial value of deferred amounts at the time of deferral was based on our fair market value as of January 1, 2013 for the Plan’s initial participants, including Mr. Cooper, and as of the grant date for other participants who joined the Plan at a later date, including Mr. Lousada. The amount deferred in respect of Mr. Lousada’s bonus for the 2019 fiscal year is $2,830,000. As noted above, Mr. Cooper was not entitled to defer any of his 2019 free cash flow bonus because he had previously deferred his maximum allocation under the Plan.

Equity Interests under the Plan

Each of our NEOs who elected to participate in the Plan became a member of WMG Management Holdings, LLC (“Management LLC”), a limited liability company formed in connection with the Plan’s adoption, and was granted a “profits interest” in Management LLC (“Profits Interests”) in amounts equal to 10,000 times the maximum number of shares of our common stock available for issuance to the participants in settlement of his or her deferred accounts (each deferred equity unit is equivalent to 1/10,000 of a share of our common stock). These Profits Interests granted to Messrs. Cooper and Lousada represent an economic entitlement to future appreciation in our common stock above the fair market value on the grant date. In addition, in connection with the increase to the free cash flow percentage allocations of Mr. Cooper, he was granted an additional number of Profits Interests in Management LLC equal to the additional number of deferred equity units that may be granted to him, representing an economic entitlement to future appreciation in our common stock from the date of grant. Terms and conditions of the Plan with respect to the Profits Interests are described below in the narrative accompanying the “Grant of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2019” table and under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-In-Control.”

Under the Plan, deferred equity units are settled at the participants’ election in shares of our common stock or with a cash payment equal to the fair market value of the shares. Any shares received on settlement are

 

137


Table of Contents

required to be immediately exchanged for fully-vested equity units in Management LLC. See “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2019”. In connection with the offering, the Plan and the LLC Agreement will be amended to provide that, following the offering, Plan participants will no longer have the option to settle deferred accounts in cash or to be paid in cash for redemption of their vested interests in Management LLC. Following the offering, all deferred equity units and vested Profits Interests and Acquired LLC Units will be settled in or redeemed with shares of our Class A common stock. Furthermore, shares of Class A common stock received in settlement of deferred equity units will no longer be required to be immediately exchanged for equity units in Management LLC.

In connection with the sale of Class A common stock by Access in the offering, Management LLC has agreed to give each Plan participant a right to sell a portion of the shares of Class A common stock underlying their vested Profits Interests, even if the Plan participant does not own any Acquired LLC Units. As a result, Plan participants will be able to cause the LLC to sell a percentage of the shares of Class A common stock underlying their vested Profits Interests and Acquired LLC Units (to the extent that a participant owns Acquired LLC Units). Such percentage will be based on the percentage of shares of Class A common stock that Access is offering for sale in the offering.

Assuming that all of the participants’ interests under the Plan were vested, a maximum                  shares of our Class A common stock would be distributable in redemption of outstanding Acquired LLC Units, a maximum                  shares of our Class A common stock would be issuable in redemption of outstanding deferred equity units, and a maximum                  shares of our Class A common stock would be distributable in redemption of outstanding Profits Interests (ignoring any Benchmark Amount of Profits Interests).

On January 4, 2019, April 5, 2019 and July 5, 2019, we paid a special cash dividend to our stockholders on all the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock. Under the Plan, deferred equity unit holders receive dividend equivalents for cash dividends paid on our common stock.

Tax Deductibility of Compensation and Other Tax Considerations

Where appropriate, and after taking into account various considerations, including that certain incentives, including the Profits Interests under the Plan, may have competing advantages, we structure our executive employment arrangements and compensation programs to allow us to take a tax deduction for the full amount of the compensation we pay to our executives.

Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), limits tax deductions relating to executive compensation of certain executives of publicly held companies. For taxable years ended prior to this offering, we were not deemed to be a publicly held company for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. Accordingly, these limitations were not applicable to the executive compensation program described above and were not taken into consideration in making compensation decisions. For fiscal year 2020 and future years, our Compensation Committee will review and consider the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. However, it is expected that our Compensation Committee will authorize compensation payments that are not deductible for federal income tax purposes when the committee believes that such payments are appropriate to attract, retain and incentivize executive talent.

Benefits

Our NEOs also receive health coverage, life insurance, disability benefits and, generally, other similar benefits in the same manner as our U.S. employees and, in the case of Mr. Lousada and, for a portion of the 2019 fiscal year during his employment in London, U.K. (before he relocated to Los Angeles, California), Mr. Moot, U.K. employees of equivalent status.

Retirement Benefits

We offer a tax-qualified 401(k) plan to our U.S. employees and in November 2010 we adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, which is available to those of our employees whose base salary is at

 

138


Table of Contents

least $200,000 and who are bonus eligible and who are not eligible to participate in the Plan. Both plans are available to the NEOs except for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan if they participate in the Plan. None of our NEOs participated in the non-qualified deferred compensation plan during fiscal year 2019.

In accordance with the terms of the Company’s 401(k) plan, the Company matches after one year of service, in cash, 50% of the first 6% of each plan participant’s contributions to the plan, up to 3% of eligible pay, with a limit of up to $8,400 in 2019, whichever is less. Employees can contribute up to the maximum IRS pre-tax deferral of $19,000 in 2019 (with a catch up of $6,000 in 2019 in the case of participants age 50 or greater), whichever occurs first. The matching contributions made by the Company are initially subject to vesting, based on continued employment, with 25% scheduled to vest on each of the second through fifth anniversaries of the employee’s date of hire.

Additionally, the Company offers a defined contribution pension scheme for U.K. employees, including, in fiscal year 2019, Messrs. Lousada and Moot.

Perquisites

We generally do not provide perquisites to our NEOs, although, in fiscal year 2019, Mr. Lousada and Mr. Moot received a car allowance, Mr. Moot received relocation assistance and Messrs. Lousada and Moot were reimbursed for certain tax preparation costs and received employer contributions with respect to private medical insurance, life assurance and income protection. See the Summary Compensation Table below for a summary of compensation received by our NEOs, including any perquisites received in fiscal year 2019.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or, on behalf of, our NEOs, for services rendered to us during the specified fiscal year.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
    Total
($)
 

Stephen Cooper

    2019     $ 1,000,000       —       $ 7,075,000       —       $ 2,013,264     $ 10,088,264  

CEO

    2018     $ 1,000,000       —       $ 9,325,000       —       $ 24,025,974     $ 34,350,974  
    2017     $ 1,000,000       —       $ 12,025,000       —       $ 2,181,818     $ 15,206,818  

Max Lousada (4)(5)

    2019     $ 5,180,000       —         —         —       $ 510,330     $ 5,618,330  

CEO, Warner Recorded Music

    2018     $ 5,180,000       —         —         —       $ 1,467,059     $ 6,647,059  
             

Eric Levin

    2019     $ 850,000     $ 1,034,340       —         —       $ 8,400     $ 1,892,740  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2018     $ 750,000     $ 677,907       —         —       $ 8,250     $ 1,436,157  
    2017     $ 750,000     $ 625,000       —         —       $ 8,100     $ 1,383,100  

Carianne Marshall (6)

    2019     $ 1,132,692     $ 1,319,487       —         —       $ 721     $ 2,452,900  

Co-Chair and COO, Warner Chappell Music

             

Guy Moot (6)

    2019     $ 829,994     $ 913,985       —         —       $ 322,754     $ 2,066,733  

Co-Chair and CEO, Warner Chappell Music

             

 

(1)

Represents discretionary cash bonuses for fiscal year 2019 performance for each of Messrs. Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall expected to be paid in January 2020, and discretionary cash bonuses for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 to Mr. Levin.

 

139


Table of Contents
(2)

For the 2019 fiscal year, Mr. Cooper’s free cash flow bonus under the Plan will be paid entirely in cash because he previously acquired all of his deferred equity unit allocation. All of his 2018 and 2017 free cash flow bonus were also paid in cash.

(3)

Fiscal year 2019 includes 401(k) matching contributions of $8,400 for Mr. Levin and defined contribution pension matching contributions of $23,991 (£18,787) for Mr. Lousada and $7,740 (£6,061) for Mr. Moot. Additionally, fiscal year 2019 for Messrs. Cooper and Lousada, includes $2,013,264 and $433,667, respectively, in cash dividends paid to them under the Plan in respect of their then outstanding deferred equity units and Profits Interests. Messrs. Lousada and Moot were reimbursed for certain tax preparation costs and received car allowances as well as employer contributions with respect to private medical insurance, life assurance and income protection. Mr. Moot also received relocation assistance totaling $282,168, including a related tax gross-up of $97,574.

(4)

Mr. Lousada became an NEO in fiscal year 2018.

(5)

The amounts reported for Mr. Lousada have been converted from British pound sterling to U.S. dollars using a conversion factor of 1.277 and 1.295 for fiscal years 2019 and 2018, respectively.

(6)

Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot became NEOs in fiscal year 2019. Base salary information for Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot reflects proration resulting from Ms. Marshall’s salary changes during fiscal year 2019 and Mr. Moot’s commencement of employment during fiscal year 2019.

Grant of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2019

No deferred equity units or Profits Interests were granted in fiscal year 2019 to our NEOs.

Under the Plan, the deferred amounts granted to our participating NEOs are credited to a participant’s account as and when a deferred bonus is earned based on the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of January 1, 2013. Uncredited deferred equity units are forfeited upon an NEO’s termination of employment. Under the Plan, our participating NEOs’ Profits Interests vest over time as equivalent amounts of their annual free cash flow bonuses are deferred under the Plan. Unvested Profits Interests are forfeited on any termination of employment. As of September 30, 2019, 136,567.10 and 54,626.84 deferred equity units had been granted to Mr. Cooper and Mr. Lousada, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, all of Mr. Cooper’s deferred equity units, including special deferred equity units, had vested, and Mr. Lousada had vested in 24,514.38 of his deferred equity units. Also, each of Messrs. Cooper and Lousada had vested in an equal number of the Profits Interests held by him. In December 2018, 45,535.02 of Mr. Cooper’s deferred equity units, including special deferred equity units, settled and ceased to be outstanding. Deferred equity units described herein reflect an adjustment the Company made during fiscal year 2019 to account for a change to the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

The deferred amounts reflected in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End” and “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” tables below are scheduled to be settled in equal installments as follows: For Mr. Cooper, on the December 2019 and 2020 redemption dates; and for Mr. Lousada, on the December 2023, 2024, and 2025 redemption dates. Deferred accounts will be settled at the participants’ election, in shares of our common stock or with a cash payment equal to the then fair market value of the shares. Any shares received on settlement are required to be immediately exchanged for fully-vested equity units (“Acquired LLC Units”) in Management LLC. On each scheduled redemption date, a Plan participant may elect to redeem up to one-third of his or her vested Profits Interests (including any Profits Interests eligible for redemption on a prior redemption date that were not then redeemed) for a cash payment equal to their liquidation value. A Plan participant may also elect to redeem his or her Acquired LLC Units for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of their underlying shares of the Company’s common stock on each redemption date. In addition to a Plan participant’s right to redemption of his or her vested Profits Interests and Acquired LLC Units on the redemption dates and annually thereafter, Management LLC may redeem vested Profits Interests and Acquired LLC Units following a participant’s termination of employment with the Company and its subsidiaries. All remaining Profits Interests will be redeemed in December 2020 for Mr. Cooper and December 2025 for Mr. Lousada. Redemption payments in respect of Profits Interests may be reduced by the amount of any outstanding unrecovered added investment amounts.

 

140


Table of Contents

As a condition to the grant of Profits Interests to our NEOs who elected to participate in the Plan, each of them agreed to restrictive covenants in the LLC Agreement, including non-competition with the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries during the participant’s term of employment, non-solicitation of certain artists, labels and employees during the participant’s term of employment and for one year afterwards, as well as obligations of non-disparagement and confidentiality.

Summary of NEO Employment Arrangements

This section describes employment arrangements in effect for our NEOs during fiscal year 2019. Potential payments under the severance agreements and arrangements described below are provided in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-In-Control.” In addition, for a summary of the meanings of “cause” and “good reason” as discussed below, see “Termination for ‘Cause’” and “Resignation for ‘Good Reason’ or without ‘Good Reason’” below.

Employment Arrangements with Stephen Cooper

As noted above, except for Mr. Cooper’s annual base salary of $1,000,000 and his participation in the Plan, the Company does not have any other employment arrangement with Mr. Cooper.

Employment Agreement with Max Lousada

During fiscal year 2019, Mr. Lousada was party to an employment agreement with us that provided, among other things, for the following:

 

  (1)

the term of Mr. Lousada’s employment agreement ends on September 30, 2022;

 

  (2)

Mr. Lousada’s base salary for fiscal year 2019 was $5,108,000 (£4,000,000);

 

  (3)

eligibility to participate in the Plan; and

 

  (4)

eligibility to participate in the defined contribution pension plan for U.K. employees, along with company matching contributions of up to 10% of Mr. Lousada’s base salary.

In the event we terminate his employment for any reason other than “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) or he is constructively dismissed, Mr. Lousada will be entitled to cash severance benefits equal to $7,662,000 (£6,000,000).

Mr. Lousada’s employment agreement also contains covenants relating to confidentiality, a six-month post-employment non-compete and a one-year post-employment non-solicitation covenant.

Employment Agreement with Eric Levin

During fiscal year 2019, Mr. Levin was party to an employment agreement with us that provided, among other things, for the following:

 

  (1)

the term of Mr. Levin’s employment agreement ends on September 30, 2023; and

 

  (2)

Mr. Levin’s base salary for fiscal year 2019 was $850,000 and his target bonus was $850,000. Additionally, Mr. Levin’s base salary and target bonus will continue to be $850,000 for fiscal years 2020 and 2021, and will increase to $900,000 for fiscal years 2022 and 2023.

Also, his employment agreement provides that, if during the term, we establish a new long-term incentive plan, we will consider offering Mr. Levin an opportunity to participate in it.

In the event we terminate his employment for any reason other than for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Levin will be entitled to cash severance benefits equal to the annual base salary

 

141


Table of Contents

payable to him under his employment agreement, except that if we elect to not renew his employment agreement at the end of its term, he will be paid $600,000.

Mr. Levin’s employment agreement also contains standard covenants relating to confidentiality and a one-year post-employment non-solicitation covenant.

Employment Agreement with Carianne Marshall

For fiscal year 2019, Ms. Marshall was party to an employment agreement with us that provided, among other things, for the following:

 

  (1)

the term of Ms. Marshall’s employment agreement ends on March 31, 2024; and

 

  (2)

Ms. Marshall’s base salary for fiscal year 2019 was increased to $1,250,000 on February 1, 2019 (after an earlier increase to $1,000,000 on November 1, 2018), and her target bonus was $1,266,667. Ms. Marshall’s target bonus for each fiscal year after 2019 will be $1,750,000.

Also, her employment agreement provides that, if during the term, we establish a new long-term incentive plan, we will offer Ms. Marshall an opportunity to participate in it.

In the event we terminate her employment for any reason other than for “cause” (as defined in her employment agreement), death or disability or if Ms. Marshall terminates her employment for “good reason” (as defined in her employment agreement), Ms. Marshall will be entitled to severance benefits equal to 15 months of her annual base salary plus a discretionary pro-rated bonus (as determined by the Company in good faith) and continued participation in the Company’s group health and life insurance plans for the month of termination. However, if we elect to not renew her employment agreement at the end of its term, she will be paid the severance that would be payable to her under our severance policy if she did not have an employment agreement.

Ms. Marshall’s employment agreement also contains standard covenants relating to confidentiality and a one-year post-employment non-solicitation covenant.

Employment Agreement with Guy Moot

For fiscal year 2019, Mr. Moot was party to employment agreements with us that provided, among other things, for the following:

 

  (1)

the term of Mr. Moot’s employment agreement ends on March 31, 2024;

 

  (2)

Mr. Moot’s annual base salary is $1,750,000 (although prior to his relocation to Los Angeles, California in fiscal year 2019, his annual base salary was denominated as £1,365,000), and his target bonus is the same amount;

 

  (3)

Mr. Moot was entitled to up to $298,818 (£234,000), after-tax, in relocation assistance in connection with his relocation to Los Angeles, California.

Also, his employment agreement provides that, if during the term, we establish a new long-term incentive plan, we will offer Mr. Moot an opportunity to participate in it.

In the event we terminate his employment for any reason other than for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement), death or disability or if Mr. Moot terminates his employment for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Moot will be entitled to severance benefits equal to 18 months of his annual base salary plus a discretionary prorated bonus (as determined by the Company in good faith), up to $75,000 in relocation assistance to move from Los Angeles, California to London, U.K. and continued participation in the Company’s group health and life insurance plans for the month of termination. However, if we elect to not renew his employment agreement at the end of its term, he will be paid 12 months of annual base salary.

 

142


Table of Contents

If Mr. Moot resigns without “good reason” or is terminated for “cause” before the second anniversary of his relocation to Los Angeles, California, he will be required to repay all or a portion of the relocation assistance and related tax gross-up.

Mr. Moot’s employment agreement also contains standard covenants relating to confidentiality and a one-year post-employment non-solicitation covenant.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

   Number of Shares or Units
of Stock That Have Not  Vested
(#)(1)
    Market Value of Shares or Units
of Stock That Have Not Vested
($)(4)
 

Stephen Cooper

     —   (2)    $ —    
     —   (3)    $ —    

Max Lousada

     30,112.47 (2)    $ 11,080,184  
     30,112,47 (3)    $ 6,498,271  

 

(1)

An NEO’s deferred equity units and Profits Interests generally vest over time as equivalent amounts of annual free cash flow bonuses are deferred under the Plan. All of Mr. Cooper’s deferred equity units, including special deferred equity units, and Profits Interests had vested as of September 30, 2019.

(2)

Uncredited deferred equity units approved for grant to the NEO as of September 30, 2019. Each deferred equity unit is equivalent to 1/10,000 of a share of our common stock.

(3)

Unvested Profits Interests. This table does not include vested Profits Interests that were held by the NEOs or Class A units of Management LLC received in settlement of vested deferred equity units held in trust by Mr. Cooper, in each case, as of September 30, 2019: for Mr. Cooper, 136,567.10 vested Profits Interests, with a value of $34,105,592; and for Mr. Lousada, 24,514.38 vested Profits Interests, with a value of $5,290,203. A Profits Interest’s benchmark amount reflects the value of 1/10,000 of our common stock on the grant date of the Profits Interest, and the value of a Profits Interest reflects the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock above its benchmark amount. For the 2019 redemption date, Mr. Cooper received shares of the Company’s common stock for his deferred equity units that settled in December 2018 (and all such shares were immediately contributed to Management LLC in exchange for Class A units, pursuant to the Plan) and Mr. Cooper elected to retain (and not redeem) all of his Profits Interests then eligible for redemption. Because Mr. Lousada joined the Plan in 2017, he was not eligible to redeem any deferred equity units or Profits Interests in December 2018.

(4)

As of September 30, 2019, the value of 1/10,000 of a share of our common stock, as determined under the Plan, was $367.96. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount are included in Note 11 to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019.

Equity Awards Vested in 2019 Fiscal Year

 

Name

   Number of Shares or Units
of Stock Acquired on Vesting
(#)
    Value Realized on Vesting
($)(3)
 

Stephen Cooper

     —   (1)    $ —    
     —   (2)    $ —    

Max Lousada

     9,788.40 (1)    $ 1,488,424  
     9,788.40 (2)    $ 1,488,424  

 

(1)

Deferred equity units that vested in fiscal year 2019. Generally, an NEO’s deferred equity units vest in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the NEO’s free cash flow bonuses are paid. However, in August 2018, prior to the 2019 fiscal year, vesting was accelerated for 14,725.98 of Mr. Lousada’s deferred equity units that would otherwise have vested in fiscal year 2019 and the remaining 9,788.40 vested in December 2018.

 

143


Table of Contents
(2)

Profits Interests that vested in fiscal year 2019 reflect a number of Profits Interests equal to the number of deferred equity units acquired by Mr. Lousada in fiscal year 2019.

(3)

Reflects the difference between the purchase price of a deferred equity unit and the fair market value of a deferred equity unit on the date Mr. Lousada acquired the vested deferred equity units in December 2018, and for a Profits Interest reflects the appreciation in the fair market value of one ten-thousandth (1/10,000) of a share of our common stock as of the vesting date since the date of grant. Pursuant to the Plan and the NEOs’ elections, the deferred equity units and Profits Interests will not be settled or redeemed until the scheduled redemption dates or, if earlier, termination of the NEO’s employment. See the descriptions in the narratives accompanying the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2019” table above and below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-In-Control.”

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The following table provides information concerning the deferred accounts of our NEOs under the Plan:

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in
Last FY ($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in
Last FY ($)(2)
     Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY ($)(3)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance at Last
FYE ($)(4)
 

Stephen Cooper

   $ —        $ —        $ 5,802,385      $ 13,582,814      $ 32,960,714  

Max Lousada

   $ 1,490,000      $ 1,488,424      $ 1,562,547      $ —        $ 9,020,311  

 

(1)

Amounts of free cash flow bonuses that were deferred by Mr. Lousada under the Plan through the acquisition of vested deferred equity units in fiscal year 2019.

(2)

Reflects the difference between the purchase price of a deferred equity unit and the fair market value of a deferred equity unit on the date Mr. Lousada acquired the vested deferred equity units in fiscal year 2019.

(3)

Reflects the increase in value of vested deferred equity units outstanding as of September 30, 2019 since October 1, 2018.

(4)

For Mr. Cooper, this reflects the value of shares of the Company’s common stock that he received in settlement of his deferred equity units in December 2019.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-In-Control

We have entered into employment arrangements that, by their terms, will require us to provide compensation and other benefits to our NEOs if their employment terminates or they resign under specified circumstances. In addition, the Plan provides for certain payments upon a participant’s termination of employment or a change-in-control of the Company.

The following discussion summarizes the potential payments upon a termination of employment in various circumstances. The amounts discussed apply the assumptions that employment terminated on September 30, 2019 and the NEO does not become employed by a new employer or return to work for the Company, or that a change in control occurred on September 30, 2019. The discussion that follows addresses Ms. Marshall and Messrs. Lousada, Cooper, Levin and Moot. See “Summary of NEO Employment Arrangements” above for a description of their respective agreements. The value of a fractional share of our common stock applied to this discussion was $367.96, as determined under the Plan as of September 30, 2019.

Estimated Benefits upon Termination for “Cause” or Resignation Without “Good Reason”

In the event an NEO is terminated for “cause,” or resigns without “good reason” as such terms are defined below, the NEO is only eligible to receive compensation and benefits accrued through the date of termination. Therefore, no amounts other than accrued amounts would be payable to Ms. Marshall or Messrs. Lousada, Levin and Moot in this instance pursuant to their employment arrangements. As noted above, Mr. Cooper does not have an employment arrangement directly with the Company and, therefore, he is also not entitled to any benefits from the Company, except under the Plan, if he is terminated for “cause” or he resigns without “good reason.”

 

144


Table of Contents

Estimated Benefits upon Termination without “Cause” or Resignation for “Good Reason”

Upon termination without “cause” or resignation for “good reason,” Ms. Marshall and Messrs. Lousada, Levin and Moot are entitled to contractual severance benefits payable on termination plus, in the case of Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot, a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination. Although annual free cash flow bonuses under the Plan are generally contingent upon the participant being employed with the Company on the date of payment, if, after the first quarter of a fiscal year, the employment of Messrs. Cooper or Lousada is terminated by the Company without “cause”, by him for “good reason” or due to his death or “disability,” he will be entitled under the Plan to a pro rata free cash flow bonus in respect of the year in which such event occurs (as such terms are defined in the Plan). None of our NEOs is entitled to any additional severance upon a termination in connection with a change in control.

 

Name

   Salary (other
than accrued
amounts)(1)
     Bonus(2)      Value of
Deferred
Compensation(3)
     Acceleration
of
Profits
Interests(4)
     Benefits      Total  

Stephen Cooper

     —        $ 7,075,000      $ 32,960,714        —          —        $ 40,035,714  

Eric Levin

   $ 850,000        —          —          —          —        $ 850,000  

Max Lousada (5)

   $ 7,662,000      $ 2,830,000      $ 9,020,311        —          —        $ 19,512,311  

Carianne Marshall

   $ 1,562,500      $ 1,319,487        —          —          —        $ 2,881,987  

Guy Moot

   $ 2,625,000      $ 913,985        —          —          —        $ 3,538,985  

 

(1)

For Messrs. Levin, Moot and Lousada and Ms. Marshall, the amount represents the severance payable to them on such a qualifying termination.

(2)

For Messrs. Cooper and Lousada, represents a pro rata amount of the annual free cash flow bonus payable under the Plan (or, since the termination date is assumed to be September 30, 2019, their full 2019 annual bonuses). For Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot, represents the actual 2019 bonus paid assuming the Company in its good-faith discretion determined to pay that amount.

(3)

Reflects the value of vested deferred equity units that will be settled on a termination of employment without “cause” or by the NEO for “good reason” (including, in Mr. Cooper’s case, units held in trust).

(4)

Profits Interests will not accelerate on a termination of employment that is not in connection with a change in control of the Company. This table does not include vested Profits Interests held by the NEOs (or, in Mr. Cooper’s case, Profits Interests held in trust).

(5)

The amounts reported for Mr. Lousada have been converted from British pound sterling to U.S. dollars using a conversion factor of 1.277.

Estimated Benefits in Connection with a Change in Control

As participants in the Plan, each of Messrs. Lousada and Cooper will be entitled to additional payments upon a change in control in respect of his amounts deferred under the Plan and the Profits Interests granted to him.

 

Name

   Value of Deferred
Compensation(1)
     Acceleration of
Profits Interests(2)
     Total  

Stephen Cooper

   $ 32,960,714      $ —        $ 32,960,714  

Max Lousada

   $ 9,020,311      $ 2,830,000      $ 11,850,311  

 

(1)

For each of Messrs. Cooper and Lousada, represents the value of the NEO’s deferred equity units that were vested and outstanding on September 30, 2019 and for Mr. Cooper, the then outstanding portion of the additional deferred equity units granted to him in December 2013 to offset the impact of the $54 million of investments that were funded through fiscal year 2013 free cash flow (but reduced for the amount of any unrecovered investment amounts that were allocated to the NEO with such additional grant). Also, for Mr. Lousada, the deferred equity units that would have been credited to his deferred compensation account with a pro rata portion of the free cash flow bonus in respect of the 2019 fiscal year payable in deferred equity units (i.e., the remainder due to be deferred from his 2019 fiscal year free cash flow bonus, since the change in control would be deemed to occur on September 30, 2019).

 

145


Table of Contents
(2)

For Mr. Lousada, his Profits Interests that would have vested if 100% of his 2019 free cash flow bonus would have been deferred under the Plan. The value of a Profits Interest reflects the appreciation in the fair market value of one ten-thousandth (1/10,000) of a share of our common stock as of September 30, 2019 since the date of grant. In each case, the value of a Profits Interest assumes that Management LLC was liquidated and its proceeds distributed to its members, including our NEOs. This table does not include vested Profits Interests held by the NEOs or Profits Interests or Class A units in Management LLC held in trust by Mr. Cooper.

Upon a change of control of the Company and upon certain sales of shares of our common stock underlying Profits Interests and Acquired LLC Units, distributions will be made in respect of Profits Interests (to the extent of their liquidation value) and Acquired LLC Units. The LLC Agreement associated with the Plan provides Access with the right to cause Plan participants (including the NEOs) to sell their Profits Interests, Acquired LLC Units or the underlying shares of our common stock on a sale by Access of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock to third parties (i.e., a “drag-along right”), other than in a public offering of our common stock. Also, the LLC Agreement provides Plan participants (including the NEOs) with the right to sell their vested Profits Interests and Acquired LLC Units in the event that Access proposes to sell to third parties or us shares of our common stock other than certain sales after a public offering of our common stock (i.e., a “tag-along right”).

Estimated Benefits upon Death or Disability

Death. For Messrs. Lousada, Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall, other than accrued benefits and, in the case of Messrs. Cooper and Lousada under the Plan, no other benefits are provided in connection with such NEO’s death. Also, for Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot, represents the actual 2019 bonus paid assuming the Company in its good-faith discretion determined to pay that amount.

Disability. For Messrs. Lousada, Levin and Moot and Ms. Marshall, other than accrued benefits and short-term disability amounts and, in the case of Messrs. Cooper and Lousada under the Plan, no benefits are provided in connection with such NEO’s disability. Also, for Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot, represents the actual 2019 bonus paid assuming the Company in its good-faith discretion determined to pay that amount.

As participants in the Plan, each of Messrs. Cooper and Lousada will be entitled to the following payments if terminated as a result of death or disability:

 

Name

   Bonus(1)      Value of Deferred
Compensation(2)
     Acceleration of
Profits Interests(3)
     Total  

Stephen Cooper

   $ 7,075,000      $ 32,960,714        —        $ 40,035,714  

Max Lousada

   $ 2,830,000      $ 9,020,311        —        $ 11,850,311  

Carianne Marshall

   $ 1,319,487        —          —        $ 1,319,487  

Guy Moot

   $ 913,985        —          —        $ 913,985  

 

(1)

Represents a pro rata amount of the annual free cash flow bonus payable under the Plan (or, since the termination date is assumed to be September 30, 2019, the full 2019 annual bonus) for each of Messrs. Cooper and Lousada. For Ms. Marshall and Mr. Moot, represents the actual 2019 bonus paid assuming the Company in its good-faith discretion determined to pay that amount.

(2)

Represents the value of each NEOs’ deferred equity units that were vested and outstanding on September 30, 2019, and the then outstanding portion of the additional deferred equity units granted to Mr. Cooper in December 2013 to offset the impact of the $54 million of investments that were funded through fiscal year 2013 free cash flow (but reduced for the amount of any unrecovered investment amounts that were allocated to the NEO with such additional grant), in each case, based on the value of our common stock as of September 30, 2019.

(3)

Profits Interests will not accelerate on a termination of employment that is not in connection with a change in control of the Company. This table does not include vested Profits Interests held by the NEOs or Profits Interests or Class A units in Management LLC held in trust by Mr. Cooper.

 

146


Table of Contents

Relevant Provisions of Employment Arrangements

Upon termination of employment for any reason, all of our employees, including our NEOs, are entitled to unpaid salary and vacation time accrued through the termination date.

Termination for “Cause”

Under the terms of his employment agreement (and for purposes of the Plan), we generally would have “cause” to terminate the employment of Mr. Lousada in any of the following circumstances: (1) serious or repeated breach of any of his material obligations, (2) refusing to carry out any lawful and reasonable order given to him or failing to attend to his duties, (3) committing any financially dishonest or fraudulent act relating to the Company, (4) conviction of a crime that is punishable by imprisonment, (5) guilty of gross misconduct or of any other conduct which brings or is likely to bring serious professional discredit to the Company, (6) unable to perform his duties by reason of ill-health or accident either for a specified period, (7) becoming of unsound mind and a patient for the purpose of any statute relating to mental health, (8) a petition or application for an order in bankruptcy is presented by or against him or any person becomes entitled to petition or apply for any such order, (9) a disqualification order (as defined in Section 1 of the Directors Disqualification Act 1986) is made against him or he otherwise becomes prohibited by law from being a member of the Company’s board of directors and (10) if he voluntarily resigns as a member of the Company’s board of directors. In the event of (1) or (2) that is curable, we are required to notify Mr. Lousada of such circumstances and give him a reasonable opportunity to cure.

For purposes of the Plan, we would have “cause” to terminate the employment of Mr. Cooper in any of the following circumstances: (1) ceasing to perform his material duties to the Company or its affiliates (other than as a result of vacation, approved leave or incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury), which failure amounts to an extended neglect of his duties, (2) engaging in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the business of the Company or its affiliates, (3) conviction of a felony or entered a plea of guilty or no contest to a felony charge or a misdemeanor involving as a material element fraud, dishonest or sale or possession of illicit substances, (4) failing to follow lawful instructions of his direct superiors or the Company’s board of directors and (5) breach of any restrictive covenant addressed in his employee letter.

Under the terms of their employment agreements, we generally would have “cause” to terminate the employment of Messrs. Levin or Moot or Ms. Marshall in any of the following circumstances: (1) repeated and continual refusal to perform his or her duties with the Company, (2) engaging in willful malfeasance that has a material adverse effect on the Company, (3) breach of his or her covenants in his/her employment agreement and (4) conviction of a felony or entered a plea of nolo contendere to a felony charge.

Resignation for “Good Reason” or without “Good Reason”

For purposes of the Plan, Messrs. Cooper or Lousada generally would have “good reason” to terminate employment in any of the following circumstances: (1) if his salary or annual bonus percentage under the Plan is materially reduced, (2) if we fail to pay him any salary which has become payable and due to him, or (3) our failure to pay him any entitlement that that has become payable and due under the Plan. Messrs. Cooper and Lousada are required to notify us within 30 days after becoming aware of the occurrence of any event that constitutes “good reason,” and in general we have 30 days to cure the event, but failing a cure, he must terminate his employment within 30 days after the cure period expires.

Our employment agreements with Mr. Moot and Ms. Marshall provide that he or she generally would have “good reason” to terminate employment in any of the following circumstances: (1) if we assign duties inconsistent with his/her current positions, duties or responsibilities or if we change the parties to whom he or she reports, (2) if we fail to pay any amounts due under the employment agreement, (3) if we relocate him/her beyond a specified area, (4) if we assign the Company’s obligations under the employment agreement to a non-affiliate (except, in Ms. Marshall’s case, if the assignment is in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of all or a substantial portion of the stock or assets of Warner Chappell Music, Inc. or its direct or indirect parent). Our employment agreement with Mr. Levin does not include “good reason” termination provisions.

 

147


Table of Contents

Restrictive Covenants

Our agreements with our NEOs contain several important restrictive covenants with which an executive must comply following termination of employment. For example, Messrs. Cooper’s and Lousada’s entitlements to payments under the Plan are each conditioned on the NEO’s compliance with covenants not to solicit certain of our artists and employees. This non-solicitation covenant continues in effect during a period that, for each of our NEOs, will end one year following his termination of employment.

Messrs. Levin’s and Moot’s and Ms. Marshall’s employment agreements and the Plan for Messrs. Cooper and Lousada also contain covenants regarding non-disclosure of confidential information.

Changes to Executive Compensation in Connection with the Offering

Omnibus Equity Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders have approved the Warner Music Group Corp. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the “Omnibus Incentive Plan,” which will be effective on the day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, pursuant to which, following the offering at times determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee, we will make grants of long-term equity incentive compensation to our directors, officers and other employees. The following are the material terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is qualified by reference to the full text of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors has the authority to interpret the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, to determine eligibility for and terms of awards for participants and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The board of directors may delegate its authority to a subcommittee. The board of directors, or the applicable subcommittee, is referred to below as the “Administrator.” To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Administrator may further delegate matters involving administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan to our Chief Executive Officer or other of our officers. In addition, subcommittees may be established to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

Eligible Award Recipients. Our directors, employees, advisors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Awards. Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be made in the form of stock options, which may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options; restricted stock; restricted stock units; performance shares; performance units; stock appreciation rights, or “SARs”; dividend equivalents; and other stock-based awards. Cash awards may also be granted under the Plan as annual or long-term incentives.

Shares Subject to the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Subject to adjustment as described below, the aggregate number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be equal to          shares. Shares issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by us. All of the shares under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be granted as incentive stock options within the meaning of the Code.

Any shares covered by an award, or portion of an award, granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan that are forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated for any reason will again be available for the grant of awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Additionally, any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations pursuant to any award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, and the shares subject to any award that is settled in cash, will again be available for issuance. The Omnibus Incentive Plan permits us to issue replacement awards to employees of companies acquired by us, but those replacement awards would not count against the share maximum listed above.

 

148


Table of Contents

Director Limits. With respect to any period from one annual meeting of shareholders to the next following annual meeting of shareholders, the fair market value of shares subject to awards granted to any non-employee director (as of the grant date), and the cash paid to any non-employee director, may not exceed $800,000 in the aggregate for any such non-employee director who is serving as chairman of the board of directors and $700,000 in the aggregate for any other such non-employee director.

Terms and Conditions of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. An “incentive stock option” is an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, and a “non-qualified stock option” is an option that does not meet those requirements. A SAR is the right of a participant to a payment, in shares of common stock, or such other form determined by the Administrator, equal to the amount by which the fair market value of a share of common stock on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. An option or SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be exercisable only to the extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. Subject to the one-year minimum vesting requirement described below, each option and SAR will vest and become exercisable according to the terms and conditions determined by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, no option or SAR may be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date. SARs may be granted to participants in tandem with options or separately.

The exercise price per share under each non-qualified option and SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. The Omnibus Incentive Plan includes a general prohibition on the repricing of out-of-the-money options and SARs without shareholder approval.

Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock is an award of common stock on which certain restrictions are imposed over specified periods that subject the shares to a substantial risk of forfeiture. A restricted stock unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a share of common stock, credited by means of a bookkeeping entry in our books to a participant’s account, which is settled after vesting in stock or cash, as determined by the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, our Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each award of restricted stock or restricted stock units, including the restricted period for all or a portion of the award, and the restrictions applicable to the award. Subject to the one-year minimum vesting requirement described below, restricted stock and restricted stock units will vest based on a period of service specified by our Administrator, the occurrence of events specified by our Administrator or both. Restricted stock units granted under the plan will receive dividend equivalents settled in shares of our common stock unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

Terms and Conditions of Performance Shares and Performance Units. A performance share is a grant of a specified number of shares of common stock, or a right to receive a specified (or formulaic) number of shares of common stock after the date of grant, subject to the achievement of predetermined performance conditions. A performance unit is a unit, having a specified cash value that represents the right to receive a share of common stock or cash (based on the fair market value of our common stock) if performance conditions are achieved. Vested performance units may be settled in cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock, at the discretion of the Administrator. Subject to the one-year minimum vesting requirement described below, performance shares and performance units will vest based on the achievement of performance goals during the performance cycle established by the Administrator, and such other conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Administrator may determine. Performance shares and performance units granted under the plan will receive dividend equivalents settled in shares of our common stock unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The Administrator may make other equity-based or equity-related awards not otherwise described by the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

149


Table of Contents

Minimum Vesting Requirements. No award granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may vest before the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to certain accelerated vesting contemplated under the plan, with the exception of (i) up to five percent (5%) of the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, (ii) replacement awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, (iii) awards granted in connection with the assumption or substitution of awards as part of a transaction, and (iv) awards that may be settled only in cash.

Dividend Equivalents. A dividend equivalent is the right to receive payments in cash or in stock, based on dividends with respect to shares of stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted to participants in tandem with another award or as freestanding awards.

Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided below under “Effect of a Change in Control” or as determined by the Administrator, unvested awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment or service to the Company.

Other Forfeiture Provisions; Clawback. A participant will be required to forfeit and disgorge any awards granted or vested and all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of stock options or SARs or the sale of any Company common stock to the extent required by any policies as to forfeiture and recoupment or clawback policies as may be adopted by the Administrator or the board of directors, or as required by applicable law, including Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or as required by any stock exchange or quotation system on which our common stock is listed.

In addition, in the event a participant engages in “competitive activity” (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan) following a termination of the participant’s employment or service, all options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, and all other awards that are vested or unpaid as of the date of engagement in competitive activity may (in the Administrator’s discretion) be immediately forfeited and canceled, and any portion of the participant’s award that became vested after such termination of employment or service, and any shares of common stock or cash issued upon exercise or settlement of such awards, may (in the Administrator’s discretion) be immediately forfeited, canceled, and disgorged or paid to the Company together with all gains earned or accrued due to the sale of shares of common stock issued upon exercise or settlement of the awards.

Change in Capitalization or Other Corporate Event. The number or amount of shares of stock, other property or cash covered by outstanding awards, the number and type of shares of stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, and the other terms and conditions of outstanding awards, will be subject to adjustment by the Administrator in the event of any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or other similar transaction affecting our common stock. Any such adjustment would not be considered a repricing for purposes of the prohibition on repricing described above.

Effect of a Change in Control. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, upon a future change in control of the Company, unless prohibited by applicable law (including if such action would trigger adverse tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code), no accelerated vesting or cancellation of awards would occur if the awards are assumed and/or replaced in the change in control with substitute awards having the same or better terms and conditions, except that any substitute awards must fully vest on a participant’s involuntary termination of employment without “cause” or for “good reason” (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), in each case occurring within 12 months following the date of the change in control. To the extent that awards that vest based on continued service are not assumed and/or replaced in this manner, then those awards would fully vest and be cancelled for the same per share payment made to the shareholders in the change in control (less, in the case of options and SARs, the applicable exercise or base price). Performance-vesting awards would be modified into time-vesting awards at the time of the change in control based on either target or actual levels of performance (as determined by the Administrator), and the modified awards would then either be replaced or assumed, or cashed out, as described above. The Administrator has the ability to prescribe different treatment of awards in the award agreements and/or to take actions that are more favorable to participants.

 

150


Table of Contents

Expiration Date. The Omnibus Incentive Plan has a ten-year term and will expire at the end of that term unless further approval of our shareholders of the Omnibus Incentive Plan (or a successor plan) is obtained. However, the expiration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan would have no effect on outstanding awards previously granted.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by, or on behalf of, our non-employee directors for services rendered to us during fiscal year 2019.

Mr. Lynton is entitled to an annual retainer of $350,000, payable pro rata quarterly in arrears, for his service on the Company’s board of directors, and he was paid a prorated portion of this retainer from the date of his appointment to the Company’s board of directors on February 7, 2019. Mathias Döpfner is entitled to an annual retainer of €250,000, payable pro rata quarterly in arrears, for his service as a director on the Company’s board of directors. Messrs. Lee and Kreiz and Ms. Hertz were entitled to $75,000 for fiscal year 2019. No other non-employee directors received any compensation for service on the Company’s board of directors or board committees during fiscal year 2019.

Directors are entitled to reimbursement of their expenses incurred in connection with travel to meetings. In addition, the Company reimburses directors for fees paid to attend director education events.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

Michael Lynton

   $ 226,528       —          —          —          —          —        $ 226,528  

Lincoln Benet

     —         —          —          —          —          —          —    

Alex Blavatnik

     —         —          —          —          —          —          —    

Len Blavatnik

     —         —          —          —          —          —          —    

Mathias Döpfner

   $ 282,150 (1)      —          —          —          —          —        $ 282,150  

Noreena Hertz

   $ 75,000       —          —          —          —          —        $ 75,000  

Ynon Kreiz

   $ 75,000       —          —          —          —          —        $ 75,000  

Thomas H. Lee

   $ 75,000       —          —          —          —          —        $ 75,000  

Donald A. Wagner

     —         —          —          —          —          —          —    

 

(1)

The amount reported for Mr. Döpfner has been converted from Euros to U.S. dollars using a conversion factor of 1.1286 as of September 30, 2019.

 

151


Table of Contents

Changes to Director Compensation in Connection with the Offering

We expect to implement a non-officer director compensation program following the offering, including a mix of cash and equity compensation as well as certain benefits.

Cash Retainers and Equity-Based Award

 

Compensation Item

  

Amount

Annual Cash Retainer

   $100,000 paid quarterly

Annual Equity Award

   $175,000 restricted stock grant with one-year vesting

Board Chair Additional Retainer

   $80,000 restricted stock grant with one-year vesting and $45,000 in cash

Committee Chair Annual Cash Retainer Fee

  

Audit Committee: $15,000

Compensation Committee: $15,000

Nominating & Governance Committee: $15,000

Executive Committee: $15,000

Finance Committee: $15,000

Committee Member Annual Cash Retainer Fee

  

Audit Committee: $5,000

Compensation Committee: $5,000

Nominating & Governance Committee: $5,000

Executive Committee: $5,000

Finance Committee: $5,000

Non-officer directors who are affiliated with Access will not be entitled to compensation for service as a director or committee member during any period in which Access owns more than 50% of the value of the Company’s outstanding equity.

Directors are also entitled to reimbursement of their expenses incurred in connection with travel to meetings. In addition, the Company reimburses directors for fees paid to attend director education events.

Stock Ownership

We intend to implement a stock ownership policy under which our non-officer directors who are not affiliated with Access will be required to hold four times the value of their annual cash retainer in Company stock (which includes unvested restricted stock). The directors will be required to retain 100% of any net shares (after the payment of taxes) received as compensation until the ownership requirement is achieved.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of the Compensation Committee’s members is or has been a Company officer or employee during the last fiscal year. During fiscal year 2019, none of the Company’s executive officers served on the Company’s board of directors, the Compensation Committee or any similar committee of another entity of which an executive officer served on our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

 

152


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following tables set forth information as of                         , 2020 with respect to the ownership of our common stock by:

 

   

each person known to own beneficially more than five percent of our common stock, including the selling stockholders;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Percentage computations are based on approximately              shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of                     , 2020, and                  shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding following this offering.

 

153


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise set forth in the footnotes to the table, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o Warner Music Group Corp., 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned
Before the Offering
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
Before
Offering(1)
    Shares
Offered
Hereby
    Shares Beneficially
Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option Is Not
Exercised(1)
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
After
Offering(1)
    Shares Beneficially
Owned
After the Offering
Assuming Exercise
of Underwriters’
Option
 
    Class A     Class B     Class A     Class B     Class A     Class B  

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

AI Entertainment Holdings LLC

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

Altep 2012 L.P. (2)

                             

WMG Management Holdings, LLC (2)

                             

Access Industries, LLC (3)

                             

CT/FT Holdings LLC (3)

                             

Blavatnik Family Foundation LLC (3)

                             

Blavatnik July 2019 Investment Trust (3)

                             

Michael Lynton

                             

Len Blavatnik (4)

                             

Lincoln Benet (2)(5)

                             

Alex Blavatnik

                             

Mathias Döpfner

                             

Noreena Hertz

                             

Ynon Kreiz

                             

Thomas H. Lee

                             

Donald A. Wagner (2)(5)

                             

Stephen Cooper (2)(5)

                             

Max Lousada (2)(5)

                             

Eric Levin

                             

Carianne Marshall

                             

Guy Moot

                             

Maria Osherova

                             

Paul M. Robinson

                             

Oana Ruxandra

                             

James Steven

                             

All current directors and executive officers as a group (     persons)

                             

 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A and Class B common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

(2)

In connection with the offering, Altep 2012 L.P. and WMG Management Holdings, LLC will sell a portion of the shares of Class A common stock that they hold. The proceeds of such sales will be distributed to beneficial owners of limited partnership interests, in the case of Altep 2012 L.P., and to certain members of management that beneficially own deferred equity units and Profits Interests, in the case of WMG Management Holdings, LLC, in each case in accordance with the terms of the relevant limited partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement. No shares issuable for deferred equity units granted under the Plan will be sold in the offering. For additional information on the Plan, see “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentives—Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.”

(3)

Access Industries, LLC, CT/FT Holdings LLC, Blavatnik Family Foundation LLC or Blavatnik July 2019 Investment Trust may contribute shares of Class A common stock to one or more Charities prior to this offering. In such case, a recipient Charity may, if it chooses to participate in the offering, be a selling stockholder with respect to such shares of Class A common stock. Any contribution of shares of Class A common stock to a Charity (or decision of such a Charity to not offer such shares for sale in this offering) will not change the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by the selling stockholders in this offering. In the event that one or more of the recipient Charities elect not to participate in the offering, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC will offer a corresponding number of shares of Class A common stock such that the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by the selling stockholders in this offering remains unchanged.

(4)

As of December 31, 2019, the Company, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC, Altep 2012 L.P. and WMG Management Holdings, LLC are indirectly controlled by Len Blavatnik.

(5)

Does not reflect shares of the Company’s common stock that may be attributable to the beneficial owners of limited partnership interests in Altep 2012 L.P. or Acquired LLC Units and Profits Interests in WMG Management Holdings, LLC or deferred equity units granted under the Plan. Messrs. Benet and Wagner beneficially own limited partnership interests in Altep 2012 L.P. and disclaim any beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock. Messrs. Cooper and Lousada own Profits Interests, and Mr. Cooper owns Acquired LLC Units, in WMG Management Holdings, LLC and each of them holds vested deferred equity units granted under the Plan and disclaim any beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

154


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will approve written policies and procedures with respect to the review and approval of certain transactions between us and a “Related Person,” or a “Related Person Transaction,” which we refer to as our “Related Person Transaction Policy.” Pursuant to the terms of the Related Person Transaction Policy, our board of directors, acting through our Audit Committee, must review and decide whether to approve or ratify any Related Person Transaction. Any potential Related Person Transaction is required to be reported to our legal department, which will then determine whether it should be submitted to our Audit Committee for consideration. The Audit Committee must then review and decide whether to approve any Related Person Transaction.

For the purposes of the Related Person Transaction Policy, a “Related Person Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any Related Person had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest.

A “Related Person,” as defined in the Related Person Transaction Policy, means any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was, a director or executive officer of WMG or a nominee to become a director of WMG; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock; any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, including any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner; and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a general partner or, for other ownership interests, a limited partner or other owner in which such person has a beneficial ownership interest of ten percent or more.

Relationship with Access Following this Offering

Following this offering, Access will continue to hold more than majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, and as a result Access will continue to have significant control of our business, including pursuant to the agreements described below. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Controlling Stockholder—Following the completion of this offering, Access will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us.”

Stockholder Agreement

We intend to enter into a stockholder agreement (the “Stockholder Agreement”) with Access prior to the consummation of this offering. The Stockholder Agreement will govern the relationship between Access and us following this offering, including matters related to our corporate governance, including board nomination rights and information rights.

Boards of Directors and Access Rights with respect to Director Designation

The Stockholder Agreement will grant Access the right to designate nominees for our board of directors, whom we refer to as the “Access Designees,” subject to the maintenance of specified ownership requirements. Specifically, the Stockholder Agreement will grant Access the right to designate for nomination for election to our board of directors a number of Access Designees equal to:

 

   

all directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Access holds at least 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock;

 

155


Table of Contents
   

at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Access holds at least 40% but less than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Access holds at least 30% but less than 40% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Access holds at least 20% but less than 30% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock; and

 

   

at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as Access holds at least 10% but less than 20% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock.

For purposes of calculating the number of Access Designees that Access is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors. With respect to any vacancy of an Access-designated director, Access will have the right to designate a new director for election by a majority of the remaining directors then in office. The Stockholder Agreement will provide that an Access Designee will serve as the Chairman of our board of directors as long as Access holds at least     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Consent Rights

The Stockholder Agreement will provide that, until and including the date on which Access ceases to hold at least     % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, the prior written consent of Access will be required before we may take any of the following actions, whether directly or indirectly through a subsidiary:

 

   

any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (or any amendment to or termination of an agreement to enter into such a transaction) with or into any other person whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions, other than any acquisition or disposition involving consideration less than $         million;

 

   

any acquisition or disposition of securities, assets or liabilities involving consideration or book value greater than $        million;

 

   

any change in our authorized capital stock or the creation of any new class or series of our capital stock;

 

   

any issuance or acquisition of capital stock (including stock buy-backs, redemptions or other reductions of capital), or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or equity-linked securities, except (i) issuances of equity awards to directors or employees pursuant to an equity compensation plan approved by our board of directors; (ii) issuances or acquisitions of capital stock of one of our subsidiaries to or by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; and (iii) issuances or acquisitions of capital stock that our board of directors determines are necessary to maintain compliance with covenants contained in any debt instrument;

 

   

any issuance or acquisition (including redemptions, prepayments, open market or negotiated repurchases or other transactions reducing the outstanding debt of the Company or any subsidiary) of debt securities to or from a third party involving an aggregate principal amount exceeding $         million;

 

   

any other incurrence of a debt obligation to or from a third party by having a principal amount greater than $         million;

 

156


Table of Contents
   

entry into or termination of any joint venture or similar business alliance having a value exceeding $         million;

 

   

listing or delisting of any securities on a securities exchange, other than the listing or delisting of debt securities on the                 or any other securities exchange located solely in the United States;

 

   

(A) any action to increase or decrease the size of the board of directors, (B) the formation of, or delegation of authority to, any new committee, or subcommittee thereof, of the board of directors, (C) the delegation of authority to any existing committee or subcommittee thereof not set forth in the committee’s charter or authorized by the board of directors prior to consummation of this offering or (D) any amendments to the charter (or equivalent authorizing document) of any committee, including any action to increase or decrease size of any committee (whether by amendment or otherwise), except in each case as required by applicable law;

 

   

any amendment (or approval or recommendation of any amendment) to our certificate of incorporation or by-laws;

 

   

any filing or petition under bankruptcy laws, admission of insolvency or similar actions by us or any of our subsidiaries, or our dissolution or winding-up;

 

   

the election, appointment, hiring, dismissal or removal of the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or general counsel;

 

   

any material change in a significant accounting policy of the Company and any termination or change of the Company’s independent auditor;

 

   

settlement of any litigation to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party involving the payment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of an amount equal to or greater than $25 million; or

 

   

the creation or amendment of any stock option, employee stock purchase or similar equity-based plan for management or employees, or any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock reserved under such plan.

Other Rights

The Stockholder Agreement will also grant to Access certain other rights, including specified information and access rights.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with Access (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) prior to the consummation of this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Access certain registration rights relating to shares of our Class B common stock held by Access whereby, at any time following the consummation of this offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, Access and its permitted

transferees may require us to register under the Securities Act, all or any portion of these shares, a so-called “demand request.” Access and its permitted transferees will also have “piggyback” registration rights, such that Access and its permitted transferees may include their respective shares in any future registrations of our equity securities, whether or not that registration relates to a primary offering by us or a secondary offering by or on behalf of any of our stockholders.

The Registration Rights Agreement will set forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by us to make our management reasonably available to participate in road show presentations in connection with any underwritten offerings. We will also agree to indemnify Access and its permitted transferees with respect to liabilities resulting from untrue statements or omissions in any registration statement used in any such registration, other than untrue statements or omissions resulting from information furnished to us for use in a registration statement by Access or any permitted transferee.

 

157


Table of Contents

Transactions with Access Affiliates

As a wholly owned subsidiary of Access, historically, we have entered into various transactions with Access and its subsidiaries in the normal course of business including, among others, service agreements, lease arrangements and license arrangements. The transactions described below are between us and affiliates of Access that are not also subsidiaries of WMG.

Management Agreement

The Company and Holdings are party to the Management Agreement pursuant to which Access provides the Company and its subsidiaries with financial, investment banking, management, advisory and other services. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Company pays quarterly to Access an annual fee and reimburses Access for certain expenses incurred performing services under the agreement. The Company and Holdings agreed to indemnify Access and certain of its affiliates against all liabilities arising out of performance of the Management Agreement.

Costs incurred by the Company under the terms of the Management Agreement were approximately $11 million, $16 million and $9 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 included the annual base fee of $9 million and an increase of $2 million calculated pursuant to the Management Agreement. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 included the annual base fee of $9 million and an increase of $7 million calculated pursuant to the Management Agreement.

The Management Agreement will terminate in accordance with its terms upon consummation of this offering, and the Company will pay all fees and expenses due and payable thereunder in connection with such termination.

Lease Arrangements with Access

On March 29, 2019, an affiliate of Access acquired the Ford Factory Building, located on 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue in Los Angeles, California, from an unaffiliated third party. The building is the Company’s new Los Angeles, California headquarters and as such, the Company is the sole tenant of the building acquired by Access. The existing lease agreement was assumed by Access upon purchase of the building and was not modified as a result of the purchase. Rental payments by the Company under the existing lease total approximately $12 million per year, subject to annual fixed increases. The remaining lease term is approximately 11 years, after which the Company may exercise a single option to extend the term of the lease for 10 years thereafter.

On August 13, 2015, a subsidiary of the Company, Warner Music Inc., entered into a license agreement with Access, for the use of office space in the Company’s corporate headquarters at 1633 Broadway New York, New York. The license fee of $2,775 per month, plus an IT support fee of $1,000 per month, was based on the per foot lease costs to the Company of its headquarters space, which represented market terms. The space is occupied by The Blavatnik Archive, which is dedicated to the discovery and preservation of historically distinctive and visually compelling artifacts, images and stories that contribute to the study of 20th century Jewish, WWI and WWII history. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, an immaterial amount was recorded as rental income.

On July 29, 2014, AI Wrights Holdings Limited, an affiliate of Access, entered into a lease and related agreements with Warner Chappell Music Limited and WMG Acquisition (UK) Limited, subsidiaries of the Company, for the lease of 27 Wrights Lane, Kensington, London. The Company had been the tenant of the building, which Access acquired. Subsequent to the change in ownership, the parties entered into the lease and related agreements pursuant to which, on January 1, 2015, the rent was increased to £3,460,250 per year and the term was extended for an additional five years from December 24, 2020 to December 24, 2025, with a market rate rent review beginning December 25, 2020.

 

158


Table of Contents

Music Publishing Agreement

Val Blavatnik (the son of the Company’s director and controlling shareholder, Len Blavatnik) entered into a music publishing contract with Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp., dated September 7, 2018, pursuant to which, in fiscal 2019, he was paid $162,500 in advances recoupable from royalties otherwise payable to him from the licensing of musical compositions written or co-written by him.

License Agreements with Deezer

Access owns a controlling equity interest in Deezer S.A., which was formerly known as Odyssey Music Group (“Odyssey”), a French company that controls and operates a music streaming service, formerly through Odyssey’s subsidiary, Blogmusik SAS, under the name Deezer, and is represented on Deezer S.A.’s Board of Directors. Subsidiaries of the Company have been a party to license agreements with Deezer since 2008, which provide for the use of the Company’s sound recordings on Deezer’s ad-supported and subscription streaming services worldwide (excluding Japan) in exchange for fees paid by Deezer. The Company has also authorized Deezer to include the Company’s sound recordings in Deezer’s streaming services where such services are offered as a bundle with third-party services or products (e.g., telco services or hardware products), for which Deezer is also required to make payments to the Company. Deezer paid to the Company an aggregate amount of approximately $49 million, $39 million and $36 million in connection with the foregoing arrangements during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. In addition, in connection with these arrangements, (i) the Company was issued, and currently holds, warrants to purchase shares of Deezer S.A. and (ii) the Company purchased a small number of shares of Deezer S.A., which collectively represent a small minority interest in Deezer S.A. The Company also has various publishing agreements with Deezer. Warner Chappell has licenses with Deezer for use of repertoire on the service in Europe, which the Company refers to as a PEDL license (referencing the Company’s Pan European Digital Licensing initiative), and for territories in Latin America. For the PEDL and Latin American licenses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, Deezer paid the Company an additional approximately $1 million. Deezer also licenses other publishing rights controlled by Warner Chappell through statutory licenses or through various collecting societies.

Investment in Tencent Music Entertainment Group

On October 1, 2018, WMG China LLC (“WMG China”), an affiliate of the Company, entered into a share subscription agreement with Tencent Music Entertainment Group pursuant to which WMG China agreed to purchase 37,162,288 ordinary shares of Tencent Music Entertainment Group for $100 million. WMG China is 80% owned by AI New Holdings 5 LLC, an affiliate of Access, and 20% owned by the Company. On October 3, 2018, WMG China acquired the shares pursuant to the share subscription agreement.

Acquisitions of Selected Assets of Songkick

As of July 12, 2017, we acquired selected assets from Songkick, including the concert discovery app and website and the Songkick trademark, for a purchase price of $5 million. Access owns a significant minority interest in the seller.

Relationships with Other Directors, Executive Officers and Affiliates

Lease Arrangements with Cooper Investment Partners

On July 15, 2016, a subsidiary of the Company, Warner Music Inc., entered into a license agreement with Cooper Investment Partners LLC, for the use of office space in the Company’s corporate headquarters at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York. The license fee of $16,967.21 per month, was based on the per foot lease costs to the Company of its headquarters space, which represented market terms. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, an immaterial amount was recorded as rental

 

159


Table of Contents

income. The space is occupied by Cooper Investment Partners LLC, which is a private equity fund that pursues a wide range of investment opportunities. Mr. Cooper, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company, is the Managing Partner of Cooper Investment Partners LLC.

Loan Agreement with Max Lousada

On April 16, 2018, the Company loaned $227,000 to Mr. Lousada in exchange for a promissory note. Mr. Lousada was obligated to repay this loan upon the earliest of specified events, including April 30, 2019, termination of his employment, the event of a default (as specified therein) or if the Company or one of its affiliates became an issuer of publicly traded stock. Mr. Lousada repaid this loan prior to April 30, 2019.

Director Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors with contractual rights to indemnification and expense rights. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification.”

 

160


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock is a summary of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, forms of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law. This description assumes the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, which will take effect prior to the consummation of this offering.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of Class A common stock, par value $            per share,                  shares of Class B common stock, par value $            , and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $            per share. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be                  shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding,                 shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law and as described herein, our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have the same rights, are equal in all respects and are treated by us as if they were one class of shares.

Voting Rights

Shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share. Our shares of Class B common stock will automatically be converted into shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of certain events set forth below under “—Conversion, Exchange and Transferability.” Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by applicable law and as specified in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Dividends

Any dividend paid or payable to the holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be paid on an equal priority, pari passu basis, on a per share basis to the holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock; provided, however, that if a dividend is paid in the form of Class A common stock or Class B common stock (or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock), then the holders of Class A common stock will receive Class A common stock (or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock) and holders of Class B common stock will receive Class B common stock (or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock) with holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock receiving an identical number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock (or rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be), unless a majority of the voting power of the Class B common stock otherwise consents. For the avoidance of doubt, shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire Class B common stock may not be issued, paid or otherwise distributed to holders of Class A common stock or rights to acquire Class A common stock unless approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote thereon.

A dividend payable in shares of any class or series of securities of the Company or any other person, other than shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock (or rights to acquire Class A common stock or

 

161


Table of Contents

rights to acquire Class B common stock) may be declared and paid on the basis of a distribution of (i) identical securities, on an equal per share basis, to holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock or (ii) a separate class or series of securities to the holders of shares of Class A common stock and a different class or series of securities to the holders of shares of Class B common stock, on an equal per share basis to such holders; provided that, in connection with a dividend payable in shares pursuant to (ii) above, such separate classes or series of securities do not differ in any respect other than their relative voting rights, with holders of Class B common stock receiving the class or series of securities having the highest relative voting rights and the holders of shares of Class A common stock receiving securities having less relative voting rights; provided that the highest relative voting rights are no more than 20 times greater than the lesser relative voting rights; provided further, that unless approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock, the class or series of securities received by the holders of the Class B common stock shall provide for 20 votes per share.

Liquidation

In the event of our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of all our preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of any series of preferred stock, our remaining assets legally available for distribution, if any, will be distributed among the holders of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, treated as a single class, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class A common stock and a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class B common stock, voting separately.

Merger, Consolidation or Tender or Exchange Offer

The holders of Class B common stock will not be entitled to receive economic consideration for their shares in excess of that payable to the holders of Class A common stock in the event of a merger, consolidation or other business combination requiring the approval of our stockholders or a tender or exchange offer to acquire any shares of our common stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class A common stock and a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class B common stock, voting separately. However, in any such event involving consideration in the form of securities, the holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to receive securities that have no more than 20 times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holders of Class A common stock.

Any merger or consolidation that is not a change of control transaction would require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class A common stock and a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class B common stock, voting separately, unless (i) the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation are treated equally, identically and ratably or (ii) such shares are converted on a pro rata basis into shares of the surviving entity having identical rights, powers and privileges to the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock in effect immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, respectively; provided that if the voting power of the Class B common stock would be adversely affected in connection with such merger or consolidation, the approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock shall be required.

Reclassification, Subdivisions and Combinations

If we reclassify, subdivide or combine in any manner our outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then all outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be reclassified, subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the

 

162


Table of Contents

then-outstanding Class A common stock and a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding Class B common stock, voting separately.

Spin-offs

Any new company formed as a result of a spin-off to our stockholders must have a certificate of incorporation or other constituent document with provisions substantially similar in all material respects to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including securities distributed to holders of Class B common stock that have 20 times the voting power of any securities distributed to holders of Class A common stock, unless a majority of the voting power of the Class B common stock otherwise consents.

Conversion, Exchange and Transferability

Shares of Class A common stock are not convertible into any other class of shares.

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock may at any time, at the option of the holder, be converted into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock will be automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer of such share of Class B common stock, except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Permitted transfers include transfers made to Len Blavatnik; any direct or indirect equityholder of Access; any family member of any direct or indirect equityholder of Access; entities controlled, directly or indirectly, or managed by Access or an affiliate of Access; and any affiliate or permitted transferee of any of the foregoing, including any affiliate of any permitted transferee. Permitted transferees include family members, trusts solely for the benefit of any direct or indirect equityholder of Access or one or more of such equityholder’s family members and other tax and estate planning vehicles, partnerships, corporations and other entities controlled by the equityholder or such equityholder’s family members, and certain foundations and charities affiliated with Access or any permitted transferees, so long as the equityholder or permitted transferees, or a fiduciary who is selected by such equityholder or permitted transferees and whom such equityholder or permitted transferees have the power to remove and replace, retains voting control over the shares transferred to such foundation or charity.

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock on the first trading day after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock then outstanding, as determined by our board of directors.

In addition, all of our shares of Class B common stock will convert into shares of Class A common stock if our board of directors approves such conversion with the consent of a majority of the voting power of the Class B common stock.

Other than as described above or set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Class B common stock will not automatically be converted into Class A common stock.

Once converted into Class A common stock upon transfer or once the outstanding shares of Class B common stock constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock then outstanding, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

Other Provisions

The holders of our common stock will not have any preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock will not be subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, as described below.

 

163


Table of Contents

Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the rights, powers, preferences and privileges of the shares of Class B common stock may not be adversely affected in any manner without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B entitled to vote thereon.

Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock.

As of                 , 2020, we had              shares of our Class A common stock and            shares of our Class B common stock outstanding and              holders of record of our Class A common stock and            holders of record of our Class B common stock.

Preferred Stock

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our authorized preferred stock will be outstanding. Because our board of directors will have the power to establish the preferences and rights of the shares of any additional series of preferred stock, it may afford holders of any preferred stock preferences, powers and rights, including voting and dividend rights, senior to the rights of holders of our common stock, which could adversely affect the holders of the common stock and could delay, discourage or prevent a takeover of us even if a change of control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders.

Annual Stockholders Meeting

Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that annual stockholders meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Voting

The affirmative vote of a plurality of the voting power of the shares of our common stock present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors will decide the election of any directors, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares of our common stock present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting and entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders will decide all other matters voted on by stockholders, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or under our amended and restated by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such provision will control.

Board Designation Rights

Pursuant to the Stockholder Agreement, Access will have certain board designation rights following this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with Access Following this Offering—Stockholder Agreement.”

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with cause at any time or without cause only until the date on which Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the then-outstanding common stock upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to

 

164


Table of Contents

vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy in the Board that results from (x) the death, disability, resignation or disqualification of any director shall be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and (y) an increase in the number of directors or the removal of any director shall be filled (a) until the first date on which Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our common stock, solely by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote in an election of directors and (b) from and after the first date on which Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our common stock, by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which could result in an improvement of the terms offered to us.

Dual Class Common Stock. As described above in the section titled “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. Current investors, executives, and employees will have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Common Stock. Following the completion of this offering, our shares of authorized and unissued common stock will be available for future issuance without additional stockholders approval. While our authorized and unissued shares are not designed to deter or prevent a change of control, under some circumstances we could use the additional shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for example, issuing those shares in private placements to purchasers who might side with our board of directors in opposing a hostile takeover bid.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Preferred Stock. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock could reduce our attractiveness as a target for an unsolicited takeover bid since we could, for example, issue shares of preferred stock to parties who might oppose such a takeover bid or shares that contain terms the potential acquiror may find unattractive. This may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, may discourage bids for the common stock at a premium over the market price of the common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of our board of directors or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors. Special meetings may also be called by our corporate secretary at the request of the holders of at least a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock until Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. Thereafter, the stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders.

 

165


Table of Contents

Stockholders Advance Notice Procedure. Our amended and restated by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. The amended and restated by-laws will provide that any stockholders wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our corporate secretary a written notice of the stockholder’s intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is set for a date that is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after the first anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary (x) not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting or (y) no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by us.

No Stockholders Action by Written Consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders, provided that stockholders action may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting until Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by both the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders; provided that, at any time when Access owns less than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may not be amended, altered or repealed unless the amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, including the provisions governing:

 

   

dual class common stock capital structure;

 

   

liability and indemnification of directors;

 

   

corporate opportunities;

 

   

elimination of stockholders action by written consent if Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

prohibition on the rights of stockholders to call a special meeting if Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock; and

 

   

required approval of the holders of at least 6623% of the outstanding shares of our common stock to amend our amended and restated by-laws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if Access ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock.

In addition, our amended and restated by-laws may be amended, altered or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of (x) as long Access beneficially owns more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, at least a majority, and (y) thereafter, at least 6623%, of the total combined voting power of our outstanding common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that may have an anti-takeover effect.

 

166


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation or subsidiary with an interested stockholder including a person or group who beneficially owns 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Section 203 permits corporations, in their certificate of incorporation, to opt out of the protections of Section 203. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we have elected not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL for so long as Access owns, directly or indirectly, at least five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock. From and after the date that Access ceases to own, directly or indirectly, at least five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock, we will be governed by Section 203.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors. The indemnification agreement will provide our directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreement.

 

167


Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunities

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities, that are from time to time presented to Access or any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members or partners, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Neither Access nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members or partners will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of the Company, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent provided by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, any action asserting a claim arising out of or pursuant to our amended and restated by-laws); or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. However, claims subject to exclusive jurisdiction in the federal courts, such as suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, need not be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain the exclusive of forum provisions described above, it is possible that a court could find that such provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum.

Market Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on            under the symbol “             ”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be             .

 

168


Table of Contents

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock. Some shares of our Class A common stock will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Securities

After this offering,             shares of our Class A common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares,             shares sold in this offering (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining            shares of our Class A common stock (or            shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders) that will be outstanding after this offering are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by our affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than one year may be sold subject to compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act without regard to the prescribed one-year holding period under Rule 144. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, all            shares outstanding of our Class B common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144, and would also be subject to the “lock-up” period noted below.

Stock Options

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our stock option plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options and other equity-based awards granted under these plans will, subject to a 180-day lock-up period, also be freely tradable under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates. A total of             shares of common stock will be available for grants of additional equity awards under stock incentive plans to be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering.

Lock-up Agreements

Upon the completion of the offering, the selling stockholders (and any Charity to the extent it does not sell in this offering all of the shares of Class A common stock contributed to it) and our directors and executive officers will have signed lock-up agreements, under which they will agree not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of              for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights Agreement

Access will have the right to require us to register their shares of common stock for resale. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with Access Following this Offering—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

169


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six-month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders); and

 

   

the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on                  during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

 

170


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that purchase such Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such Class A common stock as a capital asset. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to different interpretation. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to specific Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or other Non-U.S. Holders that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, foreign governments, international organizations, tax-exempt entities, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, or Non-U.S. Holders that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other integrated transaction). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal gift or alternative minimum tax considerations.

As used in this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

 

   

an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation that is not created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income from non-U.S. sources which is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or

 

   

a trust unless (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) it has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes invests in our Class A common stock, the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to such investment will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to it and its partners relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock

If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class A common stock or rights to acquire our Class A common stock) with respect to a share of our Class A common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such share of our Class A common stock, and then as capital gain (which will be treated in the manner described below under

 

171


Table of Contents

“Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock”). Distributions treated as dividends on our Class A common stock that are paid to or for the account of a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty and the Non-U.S. Holder provides the documentation (generally, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) required to claim benefits under such tax treaty to the applicable withholding agent. Even if our current or accumulated earnings and profits are less than the amount of the distribution, the applicable withholding agent may treat the entire distribution as a dividend for U.S. federal withholding tax purposes. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding U.S. federal withholding tax on distributions, including such Non-U.S. Holder’s eligibility for a lower rate and the availability of a refund of any excess U.S. federal tax withheld.

If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by a Non-U.S. Holder, such dividend generally will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax if such Non-U.S. Holder provides the appropriate documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8ECI) to the applicable withholding agent. Instead, such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividend in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty) on its effectively connected income for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA Withholding” and “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-U.S. Holder, in which event such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty) and, if it is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty);

 

   

such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of such sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which event such gain (net of certain U.S. source losses) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty); or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (x) the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange or other disposition and (y) such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period with respect to such Class A common stock, and certain other conditions are met.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we presently are not, and we do not presently anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because this determination is made from time to time and is dependent upon a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the value of our assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a United States real property holding corporation. If we were a United States real property holding corporation during the period described in clause

 

172


Table of Contents

(iii) above, gain recognized by a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be treated as income effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-U.S. Holder, with the consequences described in clause (i) above (except that the branch profits tax would not apply), unless such Non-U.S. Holder owned (directly or constructively) five percent or less of our Class A common stock throughout such period and our Class A common stock is treated as “regularly traded on an established securities market” at any time during the calendar year of such sale, exchange or other disposition.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

FATCA Withholding

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code and related U.S. Treasury guidance (“FATCA”), a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of dividends on our Class A common stock. In the case of payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (such as a bank, a broker, an investment fund or, in certain cases, a holding company), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, this tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) has agreed to (and does) comply with the requirements of an agreement with the United States (an “FFI Agreement”) or (ii) is required by (and does comply with) applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an “IGA”) to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution and, in either case, such institution provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution (as a beneficial owner), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and, in certain cases, identifies any “substantial” U.S. owner (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity). If our Class A common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that has agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement or is subject to similar requirements under applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold tax on payments made to (i) a person (including an individual) that fails to provide any required information or documentation or (ii) a foreign financial institution that has not agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement and is not subject to similar requirements under applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to our Class A common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Distributions on our Class A common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such distributions generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder by the applicable withholding agent.

The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a non-U.S.

 

173


Table of Contents

office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or of a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by such Non-U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our Class A common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of such Non-U.S. Holder’s death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

174


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table.                      is the representative of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised. Pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement, certain Charities to which shares of our Class A common stock were contributed prior to this offering have the option to sell such shares in the offering. If a Charity decides to participate in the offering, the number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by the selling stockholders will be correspondingly reduced such that the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by the selling stockholders in this offering remains unchanged. If a Charity decides not to participate in the offering, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC will offer a corresponding number of shares of Class A common stock such that the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by the selling stockholders in this offering remains unchanged.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

Shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares of Class A common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The company and its officers, directors, and holders of all of the company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders (and any Charity to the extent it does not sell in this offering all of the shares of Class A common stock contributed to it), have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock

 

175


Table of Contents

during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representative. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between the company and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to list the Class A common stock on the                  under the symbol “            “.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on                     , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The estimated offering expenses payable in connection with the offering, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) up to $            .

The company and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

176


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the Company and to persons and entities with relationships with the Company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the Company (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the Company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area and United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to shares of our Class A common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares of our Class A common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

   

In any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our Class A common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the

 

177


Table of Contents
  meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company or the selling stockholders; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed at qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The Class A common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

 

178


Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Solely for the purposes of our obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 (“CMP Regulations”)) that the shares of Class common stock are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Japan

The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

179


Table of Contents

Australia

This prospectus:

 

   

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

   

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

   

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).

The Class A common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the Class A common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any Class A common stock may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the Class A common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of Class A common stock under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the Class A common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of sale of the Class A common stock, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those Class A common stock to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Brazil

The offer and sale of our Class A common stock has not been, and will not be, registered (or exempted from registration) with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários – CVM) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under Law No. 6,385, of December 7, 1976, as amended, under CVM Rule No. 400, of December 29, 2003, as amended, or under CVM Rule No. 476, of January 16, 2009, as amended. Any representation to the contrary is untruthful and unlawful. As a consequence, our Class A common stock cannot be offered and sold in Brazil or to any investor resident or domiciled in Brazil. Documents relating to the offering of our Class A common stock, as well as information contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Brazil, nor used in connection with any public offer for subscription or sale of Class A common stock to the public in Brazil.

China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and the Class A common stock will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

180


Table of Contents

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus has been and will not be submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The Class A common stock has not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Class A common stock has been or will be:

 

  a)

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France;

 

  b)

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the notes to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

  c)

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case acting for their own account, or otherwise in circumstances in which no offer to the public occurs, all as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

  d)

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

  e)

in a transaction that, in accordance with Article L.411-2-I-1°-or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and Article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (offre au public).

The Class A common stock may not be distributed directly or indirectly to the public except in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier and applicable regulations thereunder.

Kuwait

The Class A common stock has not been authorized or licensed for offering, marketing or sale in the State of Kuwait. The distribution of this prospectus and the offering and sale of the Class A common stock in the State of Kuwait is restricted by law unless a license is obtained from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry in accordance with Law 31 of 1990. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required by us and the international underwriters to inform themselves about and to observe such restrictions. Investors in the State of Kuwait who approach us or any of the international underwriters to obtain copies of this prospectus are required by us and the international underwriters to keep such prospectus confidential and not to make copies thereof or distribute the same to any other person and are also required to observe the restrictions provided for in all jurisdictions with respect to offering, marketing and the sale of the Class A common stock.

Qatar

The Class A common stock described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market

 

181


Table of Contents

Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Switzerland

The Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Class A common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, or the Class A common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of Class A common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of Class A common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of Class A common stock.

United Arab Emirates

The Class A common stock has not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

 

182


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York and will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk  & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Warner Music Group Corp. as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the years in the three year period ended September 30, 2019 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report refers to a change in method of accounting for revenue recognition.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock being sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available at your request, without charge, from:

Warner Music Group Corp.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Investor Relations

We will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information without charge at the SEC’s website. You may also access, free of charge, our reports filed with the SEC (for example, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those forms) through our website (investors.wmg.com). Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through our websites or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this prospectus. All website addresses in this prospectus are intended to be inactive textual references only.

 

183


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contents

 

Audited Financial Statements:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2019 and September  30, 2018

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of (Deficit) Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Audited Financial Statements

     F-8  

Quarterly Financial Information

     F-49  

Supplementary Information—Consolidating Financial Statements

     F-51  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-63  

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019

     F-64  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-65  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-66  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-67  

Consolidated Statement of (Deficit) Equity for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-68  

Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

     F-69  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Warner Music Group Corp.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Warner Music Group Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows, and (deficit) equity, for each of the years in the three year period ended September 30, 2019, and the related notes, and the related supplementary information, and financial statement schedule II as listed in the accompanying index (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended September 30, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition as of October 1, 2018 due to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

New York, New York

November 27, 2019 except as to earnings per share and the earnings per share paragraph in Note 2 which is dated February 6, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30,
2019
    September 30,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 619     $ 514  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $17 million and $45 million

     775       447  

Inventories

     74       42  

Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year

     170       123  

Prepaid and other current assets

     53       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,691       1,176  

Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year

     208       153  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     300       229  

Goodwill

     1,761       1,692  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

     1,723       1,851  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

     151       154  

Deferred tax assets, net

     38       11  

Other assets

     145       78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,017     $ 5,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 260     $ 281  

Accrued royalties

     1,567       1,396  

Accrued liabilities

     492       423  

Accrued interest

     34       31  

Deferred revenue

     180       208  

Other current liabilities

     286       34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,819       2,373  

Long-term debt

     2,974       2,819  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     172       165  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     321       307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 6,286     $ 5,664  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

    

Common stock ($0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 1,060 and 1,052 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively)

   $ —       $ —    

Additional paid-in capital

     1,128       1,128  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,177     (1,272

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

     (240     (190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. deficit

     (289     (334

Noncontrolling interest

     20       14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     (269     (320
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 6,017     $ 5,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2017
 
     (in millions, except share and per share amounts)  

Revenues

   $ 4,475     $ 4,005     $ 3,576  

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenue

     (2,401     (2,171     (1,931

Selling, general and administrative expenses (a)

     (1,510     (1,411     (1,222

Amortization expense

     (208     (206     (201
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     (4,119     (3,788     (3,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     356       217       222  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (7     (31     (35

Interest expense, net

     (142     (138     (149

Other income (expense)

     60       394       (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     267       442       (2

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (9     (130     151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     258       312       149  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2     (5     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 256     $ 307     $ 143  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Includes depreciation expense of:

   $ (61   $ (55   $ (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.’s stockholders:

      

Basic and Diluted

   $ 243,129     $ 291,626     $ 136,080  

Weighted average common shares:

      

Basic and Diluted

     1,052       1,053       1,055  

See accompanying notes

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2017
 
     (in millions)  

Net income

   $ 258     $ 312     $ 149  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

      

Foreign currency adjustment

     (34     (13     30  

Deferred (loss) gain on derivative financial instruments

     (11     3       —    

Minimum pension liability

     (5     1       7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (50     (9     37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     208       303       186  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2     (5     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 206     $ 298     $ 180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2017
 
    (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net income

  $ 258     $ 312     $ 149  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    269       261       251  

Unrealized (gains) losses and remeasurement of foreign-denominated loans

    (28     (3     24  

Deferred income taxes

    (68     66       (192

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7       31       35  

Net (gain) loss on divestitures and investments

    (20     (389     17  

Non-cash interest expense

    6       6       8  

Equity-based compensation expense

    50       62       70  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable, net

    (90     (43     (60

Inventories

    3       (3     1  

Royalty advances

    (110     31       17  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    3       82       48  

Royalty payables

    130       22       136  

Accrued interest

    3       (10     3  

Deferred revenue

    (4     (4     22  

Other balance sheet changes

    (9     4       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    400       425       535  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Acquisition of music publishing rights and music catalogs, net

    (41     (14     (16

Capital expenditures

    (104     (74     (44

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net of cash received

    (231     (23     (139

Proceeds from the sale of investments

    —         516       73  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (376     405       (126
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

    —         —         380  

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 4.875% Senior Secured Notes

    —         —         250  

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 5.500% Senior Notes

    —         325       —    

Proceeds from supplement of Acquisition Corp. Senior Term Loan Facility

    —         320       22  

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 3.625% Senior Secured Notes

    514       —         —    

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

    (40     —         —    

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.875% Senior Secured Notes

    (30     —         —    

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

    (247     —         (28

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 6.000% Senior Secured Notes

    —         —         (450

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 6.250% Senior Secured Notes

    —         —         (173

Repayment of and redemption deposit for Acquisition Corp. 6.750% Senior Notes

    —         (635     —    

Call premiums paid and deposit on early redemption of debt

    (5     (23     (27

Deferred financing costs paid

    (7     (12     (13

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

    (3     (5     (5

Dividends paid

    (94     (925     (84
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    88       (955     (128
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    (7     (8     7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

    105       (133     288  

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

    514       647       359  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

  $ 619     $ 514     $ 647  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Consolidated Statements of (Deficit) Equity

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Warner Music
Group Corp.
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
(Deficit)
Equity
 
    Shares     Value  
    (in millions, except share amounts)  

Balance at September 30, 2016

    1,055     $ —       $ 1,128     $ (715   $ (218   $ 195     $ 15     $ 210  

Net income

    —         —         —         143       —         143       6       149  

Dividends

    —         —         —         (84     —         (84     —         (84

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         37       37       —         37  

Disposal of noncontrolling interest related to divestiture

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (3     (3

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (5     (5

Other

    —         —         —         2       —         2       2       4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2017

    1,055     $ —       $ 1,128     $ (654   $ (181   $ 293     $ 15     $ 308  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —         —         —         307       —         307       5       312  

Dividends

    —         —         —         (925     —         (925     —         (925

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         (9     (9     —         (9

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (6     (6

Other

    (3     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2018

    1,052     $ —       $ 1,128     $ (1,272   $ (190   $ (334   $ 14     $ (320
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of ASC 606 adoption

    —         —         —         139       —         139       11       150  

Net income

    —         —         —         256       —         256       2       258  

Dividends

    —         —         —         (300     —         (300     —         (300

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         (50     (50     —         (50

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (3     (3

Other

    8       —         —         —         —         —         (4     (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

    1,060     $ —       $ 1,128     $ (1,177   $ (240   $ (289   $ 20     $ (269
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Audited Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) was formed on November 21, 2003. The Company is the direct parent of WMG Holdings Corp. (“Holdings”), which is the direct parent of WMG Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition Corp.”). Acquisition Corp. is one of the world’s major music entertainment companies.

Acquisition of Warner Music Group by Access Industries

Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC (formerly Airplanes Music LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Parent”) and an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc. (“Access”), and Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), on July 20, 2011 (the “Merger Closing Date”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”). In connection with the Merger, the Company delisted its common stock from the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The Company continues to voluntarily file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) current and periodic reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as provided for in certain covenants contained in the instruments covering its outstanding indebtedness. All of the Company’s common stock is owned by affiliates of Access.

Recorded Music Operations

Our Recorded Music business primarily consists of the discovery and development of recording artists and the related marketing, promotion, distribution, sale and licensing of music created by such recording artists. We play an integral role in virtually all aspects of the recorded music value chain from discovering and developing talent to producing, distributing and selling music to marketing and promoting recording artists and their music.

In the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted principally through our major record labels—Atlantic Records and Warner Records. In October 2018, we launched Elektra Music Group in the United States as a standalone label group, which comprises the Elektra, Fueled by Ramen and Roadrunner labels. Our Recorded Music business also includes Rhino Entertainment, a division that specializes in marketing our recorded music catalog through compilations, reissuances of previously released music and video titles and releasing previously unreleased material from our vault. We also conduct our Recorded Music business through a collection of additional record labels including Asylum, Big Beat, Canvasback, East West, Erato, FFRR, Nonesuch, Parlophone, Reprise, Sire, Spinnin’, Warner Classics and Warner Music Nashville.

Outside the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted in more than 60 countries through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. Internationally, we engage in the same activities as in the United States: discovering and signing artists and distributing, selling, marketing and promoting their music. In most cases, we also market, promote, distribute and sell the music of those recording artists for whom our domestic record labels have international rights. In certain smaller markets, we license the right to distribute and sell our music to non-affiliated third-party record labels.

Our Recorded Music business’ distribution operations include Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation (“WEA Corp.”), which markets, distributes and sells music and video products to retailers and wholesale distributors; Alternative Distribution Alliance (“ADA”), which markets, distributes and sells the products of independent labels to retail and wholesale distributors; and various distribution centers and ventures operated internationally.

In addition to our music being sold in physical retail outlets, our music is also sold in physical form to online physical retailers, such as Amazon.com, barnesandnoble.com and bestbuy.com, and distributed in digital

 

F-8


Table of Contents

form to an expanded universe of digital partners, including streaming services such as those of Amazon, Apple, Deezer, SoundCloud, Spotify, Tencent Music Entertainment Group and YouTube, radio services such as iHeart Radio and SiriusXM and download services such as Apple’s iTunes and Google Play.

We have integrated the marketing of digital content into all aspects of our business, including artists and repertoire (“A&R”) and distribution. Our business development executives work closely with A&R departments to ensure that while music is being produced, digital assets are also created with all distribution channels in mind, including streaming services, social networking sites, online portals and music-centered destinations. We also work side-by-side with our online and mobile partners to test new concepts. We believe existing and new digital businesses will be a significant source of growth and will provide new opportunities to successfully monetize our assets and create new revenue streams. The proportion of digital revenues attributable to each distribution channel varies by region and proportions may change as the introduction of new technologies continues. As one of the world’s largest music entertainment companies, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of growth in digital distribution and emerging technologies to maximize the value of our assets.

We have diversified our revenues beyond our traditional businesses by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to partner with such artists in other aspects of their careers. Under these agreements, we provide services to and participate in recording artists’ activities outside the traditional recorded music business such as touring, merchandising and sponsorships. We have built and acquired artist services capabilities and platforms for marketing and distributing this broader set of music-related rights and participating more widely in the monetization of the artist brands we help create. We believe that entering into expanded-rights deals and enhancing our artist services capabilities in areas such as merchandising, VIP ticketing, fan clubs, concert promotion and management has permitted us to diversify revenue streams and capitalize on other revenue opportunities. This provides for improved long-term relationships with our recording artists and allows us to more effectively connect recording artists and fans.

Music Publishing Operations

While Recorded Music is focused on marketing, promoting, distributing and licensing a particular recording of a musical composition, Music Publishing is an intellectual property business focused on generating revenue from uses of the musical composition itself. In return for promoting, placing, marketing and administering the creative output of a songwriter, or engaging in those activities for other rightsholders, our Music Publishing business garners a share of the revenues generated from use of the musical compositions.

The operations of our Music Publishing business are conducted principally through Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing company headquartered in Los Angeles with operations in over 60 countries through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. We own or control rights to more than 1.4 million musical compositions, including numerous pop hits, American standards, folk songs and motion picture and theatrical compositions. Assembled over decades, our award-winning catalog includes over 80,000 songwriters and composers and a diverse range of genres including pop, rock, jazz, classical, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, folk, blues, symphonic, soul, Broadway, techno, alternative and gospel. Warner Chappell Music also administers the music and soundtracks of several third-party television and film producers and studios. We have an extensive production music catalog collectively branded as Warner Chappell Production Music.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.

The Company maintains a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in each reporting period. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 ended on September 27, 2019, the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ended on September 28, 2018 and the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 ended on September 29, 2017. For convenience purposes, the Company continues to date its financial statements as of September 30.

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements present the consolidated accounts of all entities in which the Company has a controlling voting interest and/or variable interest required to be consolidated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidation (“ASC 810”) requires the Company first evaluate its investments to determine if any investments qualify as a variable interest entity (“VIE”). A VIE is consolidated if the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, which is the party involved with the VIE that has both (i) the power to control the most significant activities of the VIE and (ii) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If an entity is not deemed to be a VIE, the Company consolidates the entity if the Company has a controlling voting interest.

Earnings Per Share

The consolidated statements of operations present basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”). Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares less shares issued for the exercise of the deferred equity units during the period. The deferred equity units are mandatorily redeemable and as such are excluded from the denominator of the basic and diluted EPS calculation. The Company did not have any dilutive securities for the periods ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for its business acquisitions under the FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) guidance for business combinations. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items.

Cash and Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company includes checks outstanding at year end as a component of accounts payable, instead of a reduction in its cash balance where there is not a right of offset in the related bank accounts.

Accounts Receivable

Credit is extended to customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Refund Liabilities and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Management’s estimate of Recorded Music physical products that will be returned, and the amount of receivables that will ultimately be collected is an area of judgment affecting reported revenues and operating income. In determining the estimate of physical product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of product, historical return trends, current economic conditions, changes in customer demand and commercial acceptance of the Company’s products. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of each dollar of physical product sales that provide the customer with the right of return. The provision for such sales returns is reflected as a reduction in the revenues from the related sale.

Similarly, the Company monitors customer credit risk related to accounts receivable. Significant judgments and estimates are involved in evaluating if such amounts will ultimately be fully collected. On an ongoing basis, the Company tracks customer exposure based on news reports, ratings agency information, reviews of customer financial data and direct dialogue with customers. Counterparties that are determined to be of a higher risk are evaluated to assess whether the payment terms previously granted to them should be modified. The Company also monitors payment levels from customers, and a provision for estimated uncollectible amounts is maintained based on such payment levels, historical experience, management’s views on trends in the overall receivable agings and, for larger accounts, analyses of specific risks on a customer-specific basis.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Customer credit risk represents the potential for financial loss if a customer is unwilling or unable to meet its agreed upon contractual payment obligations. As of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, Spotify represented 13% and 18%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable balance. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable in either period. The Company, by policy, routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers. As such, the Company does not believe there is any significant collection risk.

In the Music Publishing business, the Company collects a significant portion of its royalties from copyright collecting societies around the world. Collecting societies and associations generally are not-for-profit organizations that represent composers, songwriters and music publishers. These organizations seek to protect the rights of their members by licensing, collecting license fees and distributing royalties for the use of the members’ works. Accordingly, the Company does not believe there is any significant collection risk from such societies.

Inventories

Inventories consist of merchandise, vinyl, CDs, DVDs and other related music products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated realizable value. Cost is determined using first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) and average cost methods, which approximate cost under the FIFO method. Returned goods included in inventory are valued at estimated realizable value, but not in excess of cost.

Derivative and Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for these investments as required by the FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. ASC 815 also provides that, for derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair value are either (a) offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or (b) recognized in equity until the hedged item is recognized in earnings, depending on whether the derivative is being used to hedge changes in fair value or cash flows. In addition, the ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates fair value, except for certain differences relating to long-term, fixed-rate debt (see Note 17) and other financial instruments that are not significant. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment existing at the date of the Merger or acquired in conjunction with subsequent business combinations are recorded at fair value. All other additions are recorded at historical cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets as follows: five to seven years for furniture and fixtures, periods of up to five years for computer equipment and periods of up to thirteen years for machinery and equipment. Buildings are depreciated over periods of up to forty years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the life of the lease or estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever period is shorter.

Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), the Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities are recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets. Pursuant to this guidance, the Company does not amortize the goodwill balance and instead, performs an annual impairment test to assess the fair value of goodwill over its carrying value. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment as of July 1 and at any time upon the occurrence of certain events or changes in circumstances. The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if an impairment is more likely than not to have occurred. If the Company can support the conclusion that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company would not need to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. If the Company cannot support such a conclusion or the Company does not elect to perform the qualitative assessment then the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, its goodwill is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with its carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

The Company performs an annual impairment test of its indefinite-lived intangible assets as of July 1 of each fiscal year, unless events occur which trigger the need for an earlier impairment test. The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if an impairment is more likely than not to have occurred. In the qualitative assessment, the Company must evaluate the totality of qualitative factors, including any recent fair value measurements, that impact whether an indefinite-lived intangible asset other than goodwill has a carrying amount that more likely than not exceeds its fair value. The Company must proceed to conduct a quantitative analysis if the Company (i) determines that such an impairment is more likely than not to exist or (ii) forgoes the qualitative assessment entirely. Under the quantitative assessment, the impairment test for identifiable indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, then an

 

F-12


Table of Contents

impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis, such as the relief from royalty method, which is used in estimating the fair value of the Company’s trademarks. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets. Also subject to judgment are assumptions about royalty rates, which are based on the estimated rates at which similar trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

The impairment tests require management to make assumptions about future conditions impacting the value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, including projected growth rates, cost of capital, effective tax rates, tax amortization periods, royalty rates, market share and others.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangibles, property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the lives assigned may no longer be appropriate. To the extent the estimated future cash inflows attributable to the asset, less estimated future cash outflows, are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference between the carrying value of such asset and its fair value. Assets to be disposed of and for which there is a committed plan to dispose of the assets, whether through sale or abandonment, are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. If it is determined that events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization, an asset’s remaining useful life would be changed, and the remaining carrying amount of the asset would be amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Resulting translation gains or losses are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Revenues

Recorded Music

As required by FASB ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), the Company recognizes revenue when, or as, control of the promised services or goods is transferred to our customers and in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is contractually due in exchange for those services or goods.

Revenues from the sale or license of Recorded Music products through digital distribution channels are typically recognized when usage occurs based on usage reports received from the customer. These licenses typically contain a single performance obligation, which is ongoing access to all intellectual property in an evolving content library, predicated on: (1) the business practice and contractual ability to remove specific content without a requirement to replace the content and without impact to minimum royalty guarantees and (2) the contracts not containing a specific listing of content subject to the license. For certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer.

Revenues from the sale of Recorded Music products through digital distribution channels are typically recognized when sale or usage occurs based on usage reports received from the customer. Revenues from the sale of physical Recorded Music products are recognized upon delivery, which occurs once the product has been

 

F-13


Table of Contents

shipped and control has been transferred. In accordance with industry practice and as is customary in many territories, certain products, such as CDs and DVDs, are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are generally recognized upon shipment based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns.

Music Publishing

Music Publishing revenues are earned from the receipt of royalties relating to the licensing of rights in musical compositions and the sale of published sheet music and songbooks. The receipt of royalties principally relates to amounts earned from the public performance of musical compositions, the mechanical reproduction of musical compositions on recorded media including digital formats and the use of musical compositions in synchronization with visual images. Music publishing royalties, except for synchronization royalties, generally are recognized when the sale or usage occurs. The most common form of consideration for publishing contracts is sales- and usage-based royalties. The collecting societies submit usage reports, typically with payment for royalties due, often on a quarterly or biannual reporting period, in arrears. Royalties are recognized as the sale or usage occurs based upon usage reports and, when these reports are not available, royalties are estimated based on historical data, such as recent royalties reported, company-specific information with respect to changes in repertoire, industry information and other relevant trends. Synchronization revenue is typically recognized as revenue when control of the license is transferred to the customer in accordance with ASC 606.

Royalty Advances and Royalty Costs

The Company regularly commits to and pays royalty advances to its recording artists and songwriters in respect of future sales. The Company accounts for these advances under the related guidance in FASB ASC Topic 928, Entertainment—Music (“ASC 928”). Under ASC 928, the Company capitalizes as assets certain advances that it believes are recoverable from future royalties to be earned by the recording artist or songwriter. Advances vary in both amount and expected life based on the underlying recording artist or songwriter.

The Company’s decision to capitalize an advance to a recording artist or songwriter as an asset requires significant judgment as to the recoverability of the advance. The recoverability is assessed upon initial commitment of the advance based upon the Company’s forecast of anticipated revenue from the sale of future and existing albums or musical compositions. In determining whether the advance is recoverable, the Company evaluates the current and past popularity of the recording artist or songwriter, the sales history of the recording artist or songwriter, the initial or expected commercial acceptability of the music, the current and past popularity of the genre of music that the product is designed to appeal to, and other relevant factors. Based upon this information, the Company expenses the portion of any advance that it believes is not recoverable. In most cases, advances to recording artists or songwriters without a history of success and evidence of current or past popularity will be expensed immediately. Significant advances are individually assessed for recoverability continuously and at minimum on a quarterly basis. As part of the ongoing assessment of recoverability, the Company monitors the projection of future sales based on the current environment, the recording artist’s or songwriter’s ability to meet their contractual obligations as well as the Company’s intent to support future album releases or musical compositions from the recording artist or songwriter. To the extent that a portion of an outstanding advance is no longer deemed recoverable, that amount will be expensed in the period the determination is made.

Advertising

As required by the FASB ASC Subtopic 720-35, Advertising Costs (“ASC 720-35”), advertising costs, including costs to produce music videos used for promotional purposes, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense amounted to approximately $108 million, $104 million and $97 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. Deferred advertising costs, which principally relate to advertisements that have been paid for but not been exhibited or services that have not been received, were not material for all periods presented.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payments as required by FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized as compensation expense. Under the fair value recognition provision of ASC 718, equity classified share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period.

Under the recognition provision of ASC 718, liability classified share-based compensation costs are measured each reporting date until settlement. The Company’s policy is to measure share-based compensation costs using the intrinsic value method instead of fair value as it is not practical to estimate the volatility of its share price. During fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a long-term incentive plan that has liability classification for share-based compensation awards and continues to be effective through September 30, 2019.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method presented by FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under this method, income taxes (i.e., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable/refunds receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current fiscal year and include the results of any differences between U.S. GAAP and tax reporting. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating loss, capital loss and general business credit carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statements and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). In accordance with ASC 740, the Company recorded the impacts in the period of enactment.

From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the Company’s tax provision for financial reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for uncertain tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon examination based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on the Company’s tax returns are more likely than not of being sustained.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Adoption of New Revenue Recognition Standard

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance codified in ASC 606 which replaces the guidance in former ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, and ASC 928-605, Entertainment—Music. The amendment was the result of a joint effort by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board to improve financial reporting by creating common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and international financial reporting standards (“IFRS”). The joint project clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and develops a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS.

The Company adopted ASC 606 on October 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method to all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption. The reported results as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 reflect the application of the new standard, while the reported results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 have not been adjusted to reflect the new standard and were prepared under prior revenue recognition accounting guidance.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a change in the timing of revenue recognition in the Company’s Music Publishing segment as well as international broadcast rights within the Company’s Recorded Music segment. Under the new revenue recognition rules, revenue is recorded based on best estimates available in the period of sale or usage whereas revenue was previously recorded when cash was received for both the licensing of publishing rights and international Recorded Music broadcast fees. Additionally, for certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer. As a result of adopting ASC 606, the Company recorded a decrease to the opening accumulated deficit of approximately $139 million, net of tax, as of October 1, 2018. The Company also reclassified $28 million from accounts receivable to other current liabilities related to estimated refund liabilities for its physical sales.

The following table provides the cumulative effect of the changes made to the opening balance sheet, as of October 1, 2018, from the adoption of ASC 606 and which primarily relates to the accrual of licensing revenue in the period of sale or usage.

 

     September 30,
2018
     Impact of
Adoption
     October 1,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Assets

        

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 447      $ 257      $ 704  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,176        257        1,433  

Other assets

     78        15        93  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,344      $ 272      $ 5,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

        

Accrued royalties

   $ 1,396      $ 79      $ 1,475  

Accrued liabilities

     423        (1      422  

Deferred revenue

     208        (27      181  

Other current liabilities

     34        33        67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,373        84        2,457  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     165        37        202  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     307        1        308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 5,664      $ 122      $ 5,786  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

        

Accumulated deficit

     (1,272      139        (1,133

Noncontrolling interest

     14        11        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     (320      150        (170
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 5,344      $ 272      $ 5,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The disclosures of the impact of adoption on the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019, and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019  
     As Reported      Balances without
adoption of ASC
606
     Effect of Change  
     (in millions)  

Revenue

   $ 4,475      $ 4,447      $ 28  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost and expenses:

        

Cost of revenue

     (2,401      (2,389      (12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     356        340        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     267        251        16  

Income tax expense

     (9      (5      (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     258        246        12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2      (4      2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 256      $ 242      $ 14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     September 30, 2019  
     As Reported      Balances without
adoption of ASC
606
     Effect of Change  
     (in millions)  

Assets

        

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 775      $ 495      $ 280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,691        1,411        280  

Other assets

     145        135        10  

Deferred tax assets, net

     38        38        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,017      $ 5,727      $ 290  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

        

Accounts payable

   $ 260      $ 261      $ (1

Accrued royalties

     1,567        1,474        93  

Accrued liabilities

     492        493        (1

Deferred revenue

     180        216        (36

Other current liabilities

     286        259        27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,819        2,737        82  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     172        131        41  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     321        317        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     6,286        6,159        127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

        

Accumulated deficit

     (1,177      (1,331      154  

Noncontrolling interest

     20        11        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     (269      (432      163  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 6,017      $ 5,727      $ 290  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019  
     As Reported      Balances without
adoption of ASC
606
     Effect of Change  
     (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Net income

   $ 258      $ 246      $ 12  

Deferred income taxes

     (68      (72      4  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable, net

     (90      (67      (23

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     3        1        2  

Royalty advances

     (110      (124      14  

Deferred revenue

     (4      5        (9

Other balance sheet changes

     (9      (9      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     400        400        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

     (7      (7      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and equivalents

     105        105        —    

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

     514        514        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

   $ 619      $ 619      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). This ASU will require that equity investments, except those investments under the equity method of accounting, are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The Company may elect to measure equity investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable prices. The Company adopted ASU 2016-01 on October 1, 2018 and has elected to use the measurement alternative to measure its equity investments without readily determinable fair values. This guidance was applied prospectively and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, there were no observable price change events that were completed related to its equity investments without readily determinable fair values.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”). This ASU provides specific guidance of how certain cash receipts and cash payments should be presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted ASU 2016-15 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and this adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (“ASU 2016-16”). This ASU requires the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for intra-entity asset transfers when the transaction occurs. ASU 2016-16 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted ASU 2016-16 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and this adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (“ASU 2017-01”), to clarify the definition of a business, which establishes a process to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities can be deemed a business combination. The Company adopted ASU 2017-01 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and this adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

In February 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2018-02”). This ASU allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to accumulated deficit for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Act. ASU 2018-02 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Company adopted ASU 2018-02 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and this adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), which established a new ASC Topic 842 (“ASC 842”). This ASU establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the statement of operations. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those years. Earlier adoption is permitted. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases – Targeted Improvements (“ASU 2018-11”), which allows for retrospective application with the recognition of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Under this option, entities would not need to apply ASC 842 (along with its disclosure requirements) to the comparative prior periods presented.

The Company will adopt ASU 2016-02 as of October 1, 2019, using the optional transition method provided by ASU 2018-11. The Company is finalizing the evaluation of the adoption impact, but estimates the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will result in the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities of approximately $360 million upon adoption, primarily related to real estate leases. Additionally, the Company will include expanded disclosures related to the amount, timing and judgments of the Company’s accounting for leases.

Upon transition, the Company expects to elect the “package of three” practical expedient provided by ASC 842 and therefore will not (1) reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain a lease, (2) reassess the lease classification for expired or existing leases and (3) reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. Rather, the Company will retain the conclusions reached for these items under ASC 840.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”). This ASU improves certain aspects of the hedge accounting model including making more risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting and simplifying the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 is effective for all annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and requires a prospective adoption with a cumulative-effect adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption for existing hedging relationships. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

3. Revenue Recognition

For our operating segments, Recorded Music and Music Publishing, the Company accounts for a contract when it has legally enforceable rights and obligations and collectability of consideration is probable. The Company identifies the performance obligations and determines the transaction price associated with the contract, which is then allocated to each performance obligation, using management’s best estimate of standalone selling price for arrangements with multiple performance obligations. Revenue is recognized when, or as, control of the promised services or goods is transferred to the Company’s customers, and in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is contractually due in exchange for those services or goods. An estimate of variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Certain of the Company’s arrangements include licenses of intellectual property with consideration in the form of sales- and usage-based royalties.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Royalty revenue is recognized when the subsequent sale or usage occurs using the best estimates available of the amounts that will be received by the Company.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company’s revenue consists of the following categories, which aggregate into the segments – Recorded Music and Music Publishing:

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,  
     2019        2018        2017  
     (in millions)  

Revenue by Type

            

Digital

   $ 2,343        $ 2,019        $ 1,692  

Physical

     559          630          667  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Physical and Digital

     2,902          2,649          2,359  

Artist services and expanded-rights

     629          389          385  

Licensing

     309          322          276  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Recorded Music

     3,840          3,360          3,020  

Performance

     183          212          197  

Digital

     271          237          187  

Mechanical

     55          72          65  

Synchronization

     120          119          112  

Other

     14          13          11  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Music Publishing

     643          653          572  

Intersegment eliminations

     (8        (8        (16
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 4,475        $ 4,005        $ 3,576  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Revenue by Geographical Location

            

U.S. Recorded Music

   $ 1,656        $ 1,460        $ 1,329  

U.S. Music Publishing

     300          294          258  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total U.S.

     1,956          1,754          1,587  

International Recorded Music

     2,184          1,900          1,691  

International Music Publishing

     343          359          314  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total International

     2,527          2,259          2,005  

Intersegment eliminations

     (8        (8        (16
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 4,475        $ 4,005        $ 3,576  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Recorded Music

Recorded Music mainly involves selling, marketing, distribution and licensing of recorded music produced by the Company’s recording artists. Recorded Music revenues are derived from four main sources, which include digital, physical, artist services and expanded-rights and licensing.

Digital revenues are generated from the expanded universe of digital partners, including digital streaming services and download services. These licenses typically contain a single performance obligation, which is ongoing access to all intellectual property in an evolving content library, predicated on: (1) the business practice and contractual ability to remove specific content without a requirement to replace the content and without impact to minimum royalty guarantees and (2) the contracts not containing a specific listing of content subject to the license. Digital licensing contracts are generally long-term with consideration in the form of sales- and usage-based royalties that are typically received monthly. Certain contracts contain non-recoupable fixed fees or

 

F-20


Table of Contents

minimum guarantees, which are recoupable against royalties. Upon contract inception, the Company will assess whether a shortfall or breakage is expected (i.e., where the minimum guarantee will not be recouped through royalties) in order to determine timing of revenue recognition for the fixed fee or minimum guarantee.

For fixed fee and minimum guarantee contracts where breakage is expected, the total transaction price (fixed fee or minimum guarantee) is typically recognized on a straight-line basis or by other appropriate measures of progress over the contractual term. The Company updates its assessment of the transaction price each reporting period to see if anticipated royalty earnings exceed the minimum guarantee. For contracts where breakage is not expected, royalties are recognized as revenue as sales or usage occurs based upon the licensee’s usage reports and, when these reports are not available, revenue is based on historical data, industry information and other relevant trends.

Additionally, for certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer.

Physical revenues are generated from the sale of physical products such as vinyl, CDs and DVDs. Revenues from the sale of physical Recorded Music products are recognized upon transfer of control to the customer, which typically occurs once the product has been shipped and the ability to direct use and obtain substantially all of the benefit from the asset have been transferred. In accordance with industry practice and as is customary in many territories, certain products, such as CDs and DVDs, are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are generally recognized upon shipment based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns.

Artist services and expanded-rights revenues are generated from artist services businesses and participations in expanded-rights associated with artists, including sponsorship, fan clubs, artist websites, merchandising, touring, concert promotion, ticketing and artist and brand management. Artist services and expanded-rights contracts are generally short term. Revenue is recognized as or when services are provided (e.g., at time of an artist’s event) assuming collectability is probable. In some cases, the Company is reliant on the artist to report revenue generating activities. For certain artist services and expanded-rights contracts, collectability is not considered probable until notification is received from the artist’s management.

Licensing revenues represent royalties or fees for the right to use sound recordings in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and video games. In certain territories, the Company may also receive royalties when sound recordings are performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio and cable and in public spaces such as shops, workplaces, restaurants, bars and clubs. Licensing contracts are generally short term. For fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer. Royalty based contracts are recognized as the underlying sales or usage occurs.

Music Publishing

Music Publishing acts as a copyright owner and/or administrator of the musical compositions and generates revenues related to the exploitation of musical compositions (as opposed to recorded music). Music publishers generally receive royalties from the use of the musical compositions in public performances, digital and physical recordings and in combination with visual images. Music publishing revenues are derived from five main sources: mechanical, performance, synchronization, digital and other.

Performance revenues are received when the musical composition is performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio and cable, live performance at a concert or other venue (e.g., arena concerts and nightclubs) and performance of musical compositions in staged theatrical productions. Digital revenues are generated with respect to the musical compositions being embodied in recordings licensed to digital streaming

 

F-21


Table of Contents

services and digital download services and for digital performance. Mechanical revenues are generated with respect to the musical compositions embodied in recordings sold in any physical format or configuration such as vinyl, CDs and DVDs. Synchronization revenues represent the right to use the composition in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and video games as well as from other uses such as in toys or novelty items and merchandise. Other revenues represent earnings for use in printed sheet music and other uses. Digital and synchronization revenue recognition is similar for both Recorded Music and Music Publishing, therefore refer to the discussion within Recorded Music.

Included in these revenue streams, excluding synchronization and other, are licenses with performing rights organizations or collecting societies (e.g., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC and GEMA), which are long-term contracts containing a single performance obligation, which is ongoing access to all intellectual property in an evolving content library. The most common form of consideration for these contracts is sales- and usage-based royalties. The collecting societies submit usage reports, typically with payment for royalties due, often on a quarterly or biannual reporting period, in arears. Royalties are recognized as the sale or usage occurs based upon usage reports and, when these reports are not available, royalties are estimated based on historical data, such as recent royalties reported, company-specific information with respect to changes in repertoire, industry information and other relevant trends. Also included in these revenue streams are smaller, short-term contracts for specified content, which generally involve a fixed fee. For fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the license is transferred to the customer.

The Company excludes from the measurement of transaction price all taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are both (i) imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and (ii) collected from customers.

Sales Returns and Uncollectible Accounts

In accordance with practice in the recorded music industry and as customary in many territories, certain physical revenue products (such as CDs and DVDs) are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are recognized when the products are shipped based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns.

In determining the estimate of physical product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of product, historical return trends, current economic conditions, changes in customer demand and commercial acceptance of the Company’s products. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of each dollar of physical product sales that provide the customer with the right of return and records an asset for the value of the returned goods and liability for the amounts expected to be refunded.

Similarly, management evaluates accounts receivables to determine if they will ultimately be collected. In performing this evaluation, significant judgments and estimates are involved, including an analysis of specific risks on a customer-by-customer basis for larger accounts and customers and a receivables aging analysis that determines the percent that has historically been uncollected by aged category. The time between the Company’s issuance of an invoice and payment due date is not significant; customer payments that are not collected in advance of the transfer of promised services or goods are generally due no later than 30 days from invoice date. Based on this information, management provides a reserve for the estimated amounts believed to be uncollectible.

Based on management’s analysis of sales returns, refund liabilities of $23 million and $28 million were established at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

Based on management’s analysis of uncollectible accounts, reserves of $17 million and $17 million were established at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Principal versus Agent Revenue Recognition

The Company reports revenue on a gross or net basis based on management’s assessment of whether the Company acts as a principal or agent in the transaction. The determination of whether the Company acts as a principal or an agent in a transaction is based on an evaluation of whether the Company controls the good or service before transfer to the customer. When the Company concludes that it controls the good or service before transfer to the customer, the Company is considered a principal in the transaction and records revenue on a gross basis. When the Company concludes that it does not control the good or service before transfer to the customer but arranges for another entity to provide the good or service, the Company acts as an agent and records revenue on a net basis in the amount it earns for its agency service.

In the normal course of business, the Company acts as an intermediary with respect to certain payments received from third parties. For example, the Company distributes music content on behalf of third-party record labels. Based on the above guidance, the Company records the distribution of content on behalf of third-party record labels on a gross basis, subject to the terms of the contract, as the Company controls the content before transfer to the customer. Conversely, recorded music compilations distributed by other record companies where the Company has a right to participate in the profits are recorded on a net basis.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue principally relates to fixed fees and minimum guarantees received in advance of the Company’s performance or usage by the licensee. Reductions in deferred revenue are a result of the Company’s performance under the contract or usage by the licensee.

Deferred revenue increased $402 million during the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 related to cash received from customers for fixed fees and minimum guarantees in advance of performance, including amounts recognized in the period. Revenues of $159 million were recognized during the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 related to the balance of deferred revenue at October 1, 2018. There were no other significant changes to deferred revenue during the reporting period.

Performance Obligations

The Company recognized revenue of $51 million from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2019.

Wholly and partially unsatisfied performance obligations represent future revenues not yet recorded under long-term intellectual property licensing contracts. Revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied at September 30, 2019 are as follows (in millions):

 

     FY20      FY21      FY22      Thereafter      Total  
     (in millions)  

Remaining performance obligations

   $ 142      $ 94      $ 7      $ —        $ 243  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 142      $ 94      $ 7      $ —        $ 243  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Acquisition of EMP

On October 10, 2018, Warner Music Group Germany Holding GmbH (“WMG Germany”), a limited liability company under the laws of Germany and an indirect subsidiary of Warner Music Group Corp., closed its previously announced acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of certain shares of E.M.P. Merchandising Handelsgesellschaft mbH, a limited liability company under the laws of Germany, all of the share capital of MIG Merchandising Investment GmbH, a limited liability company under the laws of Germany (“MIG”), certain shares of Large Popmarchandising BVBA, a limited liability company under the laws of Belgium (“Large”) and

 

F-23


Table of Contents

each of EMP Merchandising Handelsgesellschaft mbH and MIG’s direct and indirect subsidiaries (the “Subsidiaries” and, together with EMP Merchandising Handelsgesellschaft mbH, MIG and Large, “EMP”) from funds associated with Sycamore Partners, pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2018, by and between SP Merchandising Holding GmbH & Co. KG, a limited partnership under the laws of Germany, and WMG Germany (“Acquisition Agreement”). The cash consideration paid at closing of the Acquisition was approximately €166 million, which reflects an agreed enterprise value of EMP of approximately €155 million (equivalent to approximately $180 million), as adjusted for, among other items, net debt and estimates of working capital of EMP. The final purchase price paid was determined to be €165 million after finalization of purchase price adjustments, including working capital and other items.

The Acquisition was accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, using the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities of EMP, including identifiable intangible assets, have been measured at their fair value primarily using Level 3 inputs (see Note 17 for additional information on fair value inputs). Determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires judgment and involved the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset useful lives and market multiples, among other items. The use of different estimates and judgments could yield materially different results.

The excess of the purchase price, over the fair value of net assets acquired, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets and deferred tax adjustments, has been recorded to goodwill. The resulting goodwill has been allocated to the Company’s Recorded Music reportable segment. The recognized goodwill will not be deductible for income tax purposes. Any impairment charges made in future periods associated with goodwill will not be tax deductible.

The table below presents (i) the Acquisition consideration as it relates to the acquisition of EMP by WMG Germany and (ii) the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the closing date of October 10, 2018 (in millions):

 

Purchase Price

   155  

Working Capital

     10  
  

 

 

 

Final Purchase Price

   165  

Foreign Currency Rate at October 10, 2018

     1.15  

Final Purchase Price in U.S. dollars

   $ 190  

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

  

Cash and equivalents

   $ 7  

Accounts receivable, net

     3  

Inventories

     37  

Other current assets

     5  

Property plant and equipment

     32  

Intangible assets

     81  

Accounts payable

     (18

Other current liabilities

     (11

Deferred revenue

     (7

Deferred tax liabilities

     (25

Other noncurrent liabilities

     (3
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

     101  

Goodwill recorded

     89  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price allocated

   $ 190  
  

 

 

 

During fiscal 2019, the Company performed a preliminary allocation in the first and third quarters, which was finalized as of September 30, 2019. The acquisition accounting was based on final determinations of fair

 

F-24


Table of Contents

value and allocations of purchase price to the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including determination of the final working capital adjustment made pursuant to the mechanism set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

Pro Forma Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma information has been presented as if the Acquisition occurred on October 1, 2017. This information is based on historical results of operations, adjusted to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Acquisition; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the Company’s combined results. The pro forma information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the Acquisition had taken place at the beginning of fiscal 2018.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Revenue

   $ 4,480      $ 4,239  

Operating income

     356        215  

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

     256        304  

Actual results related to EMP included in the consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 relate to the transition period from October 10, 2018 to September 30, 2019 and consist of revenues of $240 million and operating income of $8 million.

5. Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Comprehensive (loss) income, which is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of (deficit) equity, consists of net (loss) income and other gains and losses affecting equity that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net (loss) income. For the Company, the components of other comprehensive loss primarily consist of foreign currency translation losses, minimum pension liabilities and deferred gains and losses on financial instruments designated as hedges under ASC 815, which include foreign exchange contracts. The following summary sets forth the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of related tax benefit of $4 million:

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Loss
     Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment
     Deferred Gains
(Losses) On
Derivative
Financial
Instruments
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, net
 
     (in millions)  

Balance at September 30, 2016

   $ (201    $ (17    $ —        $ (218

Other comprehensive income (a)

     30        8        —          38  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     —          (1      —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2017

   $ (171    $ (10    $ —        $ (181

Other comprehensive loss (a)

     (13      1        3        (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2018

   $ (184    $ (9    $ 3      $ (190

Other comprehensive loss (a)

     (34      (5      (11      (50
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ (218    $ (14    $ (8    $ (240
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Includes historical foreign currency translation related to certain intra-entity transactions that are no longer of a long-term investment nature of $0 million, $0 million and $(19) million during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 

     September 30,
2019
     September 30,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Land

   $ 12      $ 11  

Buildings and improvements

     186        109  

Furniture and fixtures

     25        11  

Computer hardware and software

     337        302  

Construction in progress

     20        42  

Machinery and equipment

     27        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Property, Plant and Equipment

   $ 607      $ 486  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (307      (257
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Property, Plant and Equipment

   $ 300      $ 229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The following analysis details the changes in goodwill for each reportable segment:

 

     Recorded
Music
     Music
Publishing
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance at September 30, 2017

   $ 1,221      $ 464      $ 1,685  

Acquisitions

     12        —          12  

Other adjustments

     (5      —          (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2018

   $ 1,228      $ 464      $ 1,692  

Acquisitions

     89        —          89  

Other adjustments

     (20      —          (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ 1,297      $ 464      $ 1,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in goodwill during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 primarily relates to the EMP acquisition, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of $89 million. Please refer to Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. The increase in goodwill during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 primarily relates to finalizing the purchase accounting allocation for the Spinnin’ Records acquisition, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of $10 million. The other adjustments during both the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 primarily represent foreign currency movements.

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in accordance with ASC 350 during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year as of July 1. The Company may conduct an earlier review if events or circumstances occur that would suggest the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill may not be recoverable. The performance of the annual fiscal 2019 impairment analysis did not result in an impairment of the Company’s goodwill.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

     Weighted-
Average
Useful Life
     September 30,
2019
     September 30,
2018
 
            (in millions)  

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

        

Recorded music catalog

     10 years      $ 855      $ 870  

Music publishing copyrights

     26 years        1,539        1,540  

Artist and songwriter contracts

     13 years        841        864  

Trademarks

     18 years        53        12  

Other intangible assets

     7 years        59        26  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross intangible assets subject to amortization

        3,347        3,312  

Accumulated amortization

        (1,624      (1,461
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net intangible assets subject to amortization

        1,723        1,851  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

        

Trademarks and tradenames

     Indefinite        151        154  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net other intangible assets

      $ 1,874      $ 2,005  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company performs its annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test in accordance with ASC 350 during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year as of July 1. The Company may conduct an earlier review if events or circumstances occur that would suggest the carrying value of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable. The performance of the annual fiscal 2019 impairment analysis did not result in an impairment of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The intangible balances presented include the final purchase accounting allocations resulting from the acquisitions of EMP and Spinnin’ Records for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

Amortization

Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at September 30, 2019, the expected amortization for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Years
Ended
September 30,
 
     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 182  

2021

     181  

2022

     173  

2023

     138  

2024

     107  

Thereafter

     942  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,723  
  

 

 

 

The life of all acquired intangible assets is evaluated based on the expected future cash flows associated with the asset. The expected amortization expense above reflects estimated useful lives assigned to the Company’s identifiable, finite-lived intangible assets primarily established in the accounting for the Merger and the PLG Acquisition.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

8. Debt

Debt Capitalization

Long-term debt, all of which was issued by Acquisition Corp., consists of the following:

 

     September 30,
2019
     September 30,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Revolving Credit Facility (a)

   $ —        $ —    

Senior Term Loan Facility due 2023 (b)

     1,313        1,310  

5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (c)

     —          246  

5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (d)

     298        297  

4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (e)

     336        399  

4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (f)

     218        247  

3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (g)

     488        —    

5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (h)

     321        320  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, including the current portion (i)

   $ 2,974      $ 2,819  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reflects $180 million of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $13 million and $8 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. There were no loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at September 30, 2019 or September 30, 2018.

(b)

Principal amount of $1.326 billion less unamortized discount of $3 million and $4 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $10 million and $12 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

(c)

On May 16, 2019, Acquisition Corp. redeemed the remaining $221 million of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2022. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $4 million as a result of the debt redemption, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs.

(d)

Principal amount of $300 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million and $3 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

(e)

Face amount of €311 million and €345 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Above amounts represent the dollar equivalent of such note at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018. Principal amount of $340 million and $402 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $4 million and $3 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

(f)

Principal amount of $220 million and $250 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million and $3 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

(g)

Face amount of €445 million at September 30, 2019. Above amounts represent the dollar equivalent of such note at September 30, 2019. Principal amount of $487 million, an additional issuance premium of $8 million, less unamortized deferred financing costs of $7 million at September 30, 2019.

(h)

Principal amount of $325 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $4 million and $5 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

(i)

Principal amount of debt of $2.998 billion and $2.851 billion, an additional insurance premium of $8 million and nil, less unamortized discount of $3 million and $4 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $29 million and $28 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

December 2017 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Amendment

On December 6, 2017, Acquisition Corp. entered into an amendment (the “December 2017 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Amendment”) to the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated November 1, 2012,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, governing Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured term loan facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto, to, among other things, reduce the pricing terms of its outstanding term loans, change certain incurrence thresholds governing the ability to incur debt and liens, change certain EBITDA add-backs and increase the thresholds above which the excess cash flow sweep is triggered. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $1 million, which represented the discount and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior tranche of debt of the lenders that was replaced.

New Revolving Credit Agreement

On January 31, 2018, the Company entered into a new revolving credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) for its Revolving Credit Facility, and terminated its existing revolving credit agreement (the “Old Revolving Credit Agreement”). The Revolving Credit Agreement differs from the Old Revolving Credit Agreement in that it, among other things, reduces the interest rate margin applicable to the loans, extends the maturity date thereunder, provides for the option to increase the commitments under the Company’s then existing revolving credit agreement, provides for greater flexibility to amend and extend the Company’s then existing revolving credit agreement and create additional tranches thereunder, provides for greater flexibility over future amendments, increases the springing financial maintenance covenant to 4.75:1.00 and provides that the covenant shall not be tested unless at the end of a fiscal quarter the outstanding amount of loans and drawings under letters of credit which have not been reimbursed exceeds $54 million and aligns the other negative covenants with those of the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement. References to “Revolving Credit Facility” below in this Note 8 are to our new revolving credit facility.

March 2018 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Amendment

On March 14, 2018, Acquisition Corp. incurred $320 million of supplemental term loans (the “Supplemental Term Loans”) pursuant to an increase supplement (the “March 2018 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Supplement”) to the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated November 1, 2012, among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, governing Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured term loan facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, the “Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement”). The principal amount outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement including the Supplemental Term Loans is $1.326 billion.

Notes Offering

On March 14, 2018, Acquisition Corp. issued $325 million in aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026. Acquisition Corp. used the net proceeds to pay the consideration in the tender offer for its 6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “6.750% Senior Notes”) and to redeem the remaining 6.750% Senior Notes as described below.

Tender Offer and Notes Redemption

On March 14, 2018, Acquisition Corp. accepted for purchase in connection with the tender offer for the 6.750% Senior Notes that had been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time on March 13, 2018 thereby reducing the aggregate principal amount of the 6.750% Senior Notes by $523 million. Acquisition Corp. then issued a notice of redemption on March 14, 2018 with respect to the remaining $112 million of 6.750% Senior Notes outstanding that were not accepted for payment pursuant to the tender offer. Following payment of the 6.750% Senior Notes tendered at or prior to the expiration time, Acquisition Corp. deposited with the Trustee funds of $119 million to satisfy all obligations under the applicable indenture governing the 6.750% Senior Notes, including call premiums and interest through the date of

 

F-29


Table of Contents

redemption on April 15, 2018, for the remaining 6.750% Senior Notes not accepted for purchase in the tender offer. On April 15, 2018, Acquisition Corp. redeemed the remaining outstanding 6.750% Senior Notes. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in connection with the tender offer of approximately $23 million as a result of the partial debt redemption, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs in March 2018. The Company incurred an additional loss on extinguishment of approximately $5 million in April 2018 related to the redemption on the remaining 6.750% Senior Notes, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs.

June 2018 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Amendment

On June 7, 2018, Acquisition Corp. entered into an amendment (the “June 2018 Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement Amendment”) to the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated November 1, 2012, among Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, governing Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured term loan facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto, to, among other things, reduce the pricing terms of its outstanding term loans, change certain incurrence thresholds governing the ability to incur debt and liens and exclude from the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness” certain liens that have junior lien priority on the collateral in relation to the outstanding term loans and the relevant guarantees, as applicable. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $2 million, which represented the discount and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior tranche of debt of the lenders that was replaced.

3.625% Senior Secured Notes Offerings

On October 9, 2018, Acquisition Corp. issued and sold €250 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “3.625% Secured Notes”). Net proceeds of the offering were used to pay the purchase price of the acquisition of EMP, to redeem €34.5 million of the 4.125% Secured Notes (as described below), purchase $30 million of the Company’s 4.875% Senior Secured Notes (as described above) on the open market and to redeem $26.55 million of the 5.625% Senior Secured Notes (as described below).

On April 30, 2019, Acquisition Corp. issued and sold €195 million in aggregate principal amount of additional 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “Additional Notes”). The Additional Notes and the 3.625% Secured Notes were treated as the same series for all purposes under the indenture that governs the 3.625% Secured Notes and the Additional Notes. Net proceeds of the offering were used to redeem all of the 5.625% Secured Notes due 2022.

Partial Redemption of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

On October 12, 2018, Acquisition Corp. redeemed €34.5 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “4.125% Secured Notes”) using a portion of the proceeds from the offering of the 3.625% Secured Notes described above. The redemption price for the 4.125% Secured Notes was approximately €36.17 million, equivalent to 103% of the principal amount of the 4.125% Secured Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date, which was October 12, 2018. Following the partial redemption of the 4.125% Secured Notes, €310.5 million of the 4.125% Secured Notes remain outstanding. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $2 million, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the partial redemption of this note.

Open Market Purchase

On October 9, 2018, Acquisition Corp. purchased, in the open market, $30 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “4.875% Secured Notes”). The acquired

 

F-30


Table of Contents

notes were subsequently retired. Following retirement of the acquired notes, $220 million of the 4.875% Secured Notes remain outstanding. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of less than $1 million, which represents the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the open market purchase.

Redemption of 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

On November 5, 2018, Acquisition Corp. redeemed $26.55 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “5.625% Secured Notes”). The redemption price for the 5.625% Secured Notes was approximately $27.38 million, equivalent to 102.813% of the principal amount of the 5.625% Secured Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date, which was November 5, 2018. Following the partial redemption of the 5.625% Secured Notes, $220.95 million of the 5.625% Secured Notes remain outstanding. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $1 million, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the partial redemption of this note.

On April 16, 2019, the Company issued a conditional notice of redemption for all of its 5.625% Secured Notes due 2022 currently outstanding. Settlement of the called 5.625% Secured Notes occurred on May 16, 2019. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $4 million, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs.

Interest Rates

The loans under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at Acquisition Corp.’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in the borrowing currency in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“Revolving LIBOR”) subject to a zero floor, plus 1.75% per annum or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent from time to time, (y) 0.50% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate and (z) the one-month Revolving LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum, plus, in each case, 0.75% per annum. If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.0% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.0% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.

The loans under the Senior Term Loan Facility bear interest at Acquisition Corp.’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“Term Loan LIBOR”) subject to a zero floor, plus 2.125% per annum or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time, (y) 0.50% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate and (z) one-month Term Loan LIBOR, plus 1.00% per annum, plus, in each case, 1.125% per annum. If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal and interest will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.0% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.0% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.

The Company has entered into, and in the future may enter into, interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. Please refer to Note 14 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Maturity of Senior Term Loan Facility

The loans outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Facility mature on November 1, 2023.

Maturity of Revolving Credit Facility

The maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility is January 31, 2023.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Maturities of Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes

As of September 30, 2019, there are no scheduled maturities of notes until 2023, when $300 million is scheduled to mature. Thereafter, $1.372 billion is scheduled to mature.

Interest Expense, net

Total interest expense, net, was $142 million, $138 million and $149 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate of the Company’s total debt was 4.3% at September 30, 2019, 4.7% at September 30, 2018 and 4.9% at September 30, 2017.

9. Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act contains significant revisions to U.S. federal corporate income tax provisions, including, but not limited to, a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%, a one-time transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings, an income inclusion of global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), a deduction against foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”) and a new minimum tax, the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”). In accordance with ASC 740, the Company recorded the effects of the Tax Act during the three months ended December 31, 2017.

The reduction in U.S. federal corporate statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% was effective January 1, 2018. The Tax Act requires companies with a fiscal year that begins before and ends after the effective date of the rate change to calculate a blended tax rate based on the pro rata number of days in the fiscal year before and after the effective date. As a result, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2018, the Company’s U.S. federal statutory income tax rate was 24.5%. For the fiscal year ending September 30, 2019, the Company was subject to the U.S. federal corporate statutory tax rate of 21%.

The reduction in the U.S. federal corporate statutory tax rate required the Company to adjust its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities using the newly enacted tax rate of 21%. As a result, the Company recorded a U.S. income tax expense of $23 million for the reduction of its net U.S. deferred tax assets for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

The Company has not recorded any income tax liability related to the one-time transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings (“Transition Tax”) due to an overall deficit in accumulated foreign earnings. GILTI, FDII and BEAT are effective for the Company’s fiscal year ending September 30, 2019. The Company has elected to recognize the GILTI impact in the specific period in which it occurs.

The domestic and foreign pretax income (loss) from continuing operations is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2017
 
     (in millions)  

Domestic

   $ 84      $ 347      $ (37

Foreign

     183        95        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 267      $ 442      $ (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) provided are as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2017
 
    (in millions)  

Federal:

     

Deferred

    (49     91       (169

Foreign:

     

Current (a)

    74       58       41  

Deferred

    (18     (26     (12

U.S. State:

     

Current

    3       6       2  

Deferred

    (1     1       (13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9     $ 130     $ (151
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Includes withholding taxes of $17 million, $15 million and $13 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21.0%, 24.5% and 35.0% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively, and income taxes provided are as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2019
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2018
    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2017
 
    (in millions)  

Taxes on income at the U.S. federal statutory rate

  $ 56     $ 108     $ (1

U.S. state and local taxes

    2       7       3  

Foreign income taxed at different rates, including withholding taxes

    16       19       11  

Increase in valuation allowance

    1       4       18  

Release of valuation allowance

    (65     (14     (134

Change in tax rates

    (4     23       (1

Impact of GILTI and FDII

    (4     —         —    

Intergroup transfer

    —         (30     —    

Foreign currency losses on intra-entity loans

    —         —         (59

Non-deductible long term incentive plan

    6       8       10  

Other

    1       5       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 9     $ 130     $ (151
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized a U.S. tax benefit of $59 million related to the release of a U.S. deferred tax valuation allowance. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, the Company recognized a U.S. tax expense of $23 million related to the reduction of net U.S. deferred tax assets as a result of the Tax Act. In addition, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $30 million related to a prior-year intergroup transfer. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company released $125 million of the U.S. valuation allowance related to U.S. tax attributes and recognized a U.S. tax benefit of $59 million related to foreign currency losses on intra-entity loans. The foreign currency loss was previously reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss as the intra-entity loans were previously considered long-term in nature.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the Company incurred losses in certain foreign territories and has offset the tax benefit associated with these losses with a valuation allowance as the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that these losses will not be utilized. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Company released $59 million of the U.S. valuation allowance related to foreign tax credit carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities are summarized below:

 

     September 30,
2019
     September 30,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowances and reserves

   $ 27      $ 26  

Employee benefits and compensation

     79        86  

Other accruals

     17        56  

Tax attribute carryforwards

     203        314  

Other

     3        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     329        486  

Valuation allowance

     (91      (206
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     238        280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangible assets

     (372      (434
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (372      (434
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (134    $ (154
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Company concluded that the positive evidence relating to the utilization of foreign tax credits outweighs the negative evidence with respect to a portion of the valuation allowance relating to its foreign tax credit carryovers. This positive evidence includes the utilization of the remaining net operating loss carryforward during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the utilization of current year and carryforward foreign tax credits for the first time during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, projections of sufficient future taxable income and foreign source income and the reversal of future taxable temporary differences. As a result, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that a substantial portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets relating to foreign tax credit carryforwards will be realized. Consequently, the Company released $59 million of its $133 million valuation allowance at September 30, 2018 relating to such deferred tax assets and recognized a corresponding U.S. tax benefit of $59 million during the quarter ended September 30, 2019.

Proposed regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service in November 2018 may result in an increase in the amount of foreign tax credit carryforwards that are more likely than not to be realized and thus result in a further release of the Company’s valuation allowance for foreign tax credit carryforwards and a corresponding U.S. tax benefit in the period in which such regulations are enacted.

Of the valuation allowance of $91 million at September 30, 2019, $49 million relates to U.S. tax attributes, of which $33 million relates to foreign tax credit carryforwards, $12 million relates to U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards and $4 million relates to outside basis differences in investments.

At September 30, 2019, the Company has no remaining U.S. federal tax net operating loss carryforwards. The Company also has tax net operating loss carryforwards, with no expiration date, in the U.K., France and Spain of $11 million, $88 million and $32 million, respectively, and other tax net operating loss carryforwards in state, local and foreign jurisdictions that expire in various periods. In addition, the Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards for U.S. tax purposes of $120 million. The U.S. foreign tax credits will begin to expire in fiscal year 2020.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes have not been recorded on indefinitely reinvested earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries of approximately $206 million at September 30, 2019. Distribution of these earnings may result in foreign withholding taxes and U.S. state taxes. However, variables existing if and when remittance occurs make it impracticable to estimate the amount of the ultimate tax liability, if any, on these accumulated foreign earnings.

The Company classifies interest and penalties related to uncertain tax position as a component of income tax expense. As of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the Company had accrued $3 million and $2 million of interest and penalties, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, are as follows (in millions):

 

Balance at September 30, 2016

   $ 30  
  

 

 

 

Additions for current year tax positions

     2  

Additions for prior year tax positions

     1  

Subtractions for prior year tax positions

     (14
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2017

   $ 19  
  

 

 

 

Additions for current year tax positions

     3  

Additions for prior year tax positions

     3  

Subtractions for prior year tax positions

     (7
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2018

   $ 18  
  

 

 

 

Additions for prior year tax positions

     1  

Subtractions for prior year tax positions

     (7
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ 12  
  

 

 

 

Included in the total unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 are $12 million and $18 million, respectively, that if recognized, would reduce the effective income tax rate. The Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits decreased during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 by $7 million primarily due to a tax settlement in Germany and statute lapses. The Company has determined that is reasonably possible that its existing reserve for uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2019 could decrease by up to approximately $1 million related to various ongoing audits and settlement discussions in various foreign jurisdictions.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. The Company has completed tax audits in the U.S. for tax years ended through September 30, 2013, in the U.K. for the tax years ended through September 30, 2016, in Canada for tax years ended through September 30, 2013, in Germany for the tax years ended through September 30, 2009 and in Japan for the tax years ended through September 30, 2012. The Company is at various stages in the tax audit process in certain foreign and local jurisdictions.

10. Employee Benefit Plans

Certain international employees, such as those in Germany and Japan, participate in locally sponsored defined benefit plans, which are not considered to be material either individually or in the aggregate and have a combined projected benefit obligation of approximately $82 million and $73 million as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Pension benefits under the plans are based on formulas that reflect the employees’ years of service and compensation levels during their employment period. The Company had unfunded pension liabilities relating to these plans of approximately $56 million and $50 million recorded in its balance sheets as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. The Company uses a September 30 measurement date for its plans. For each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, pension expense amounted to $4 million.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Certain employees also participate in defined contribution plans. The Company’s contributions to the defined contribution plans are based upon a percentage of the employees’ elected contributions. The Company’s defined contribution plan expense amounted to approximately $6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, $5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and $5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

11. Share-Based Compensation Plans

Effective January 1, 2013, eligible individuals were invited to participate in the Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (as amended, the “Plan”). Eligible individuals include any employee, consultant or officer of the Company or any of its affiliates, who is selected by the Company’s Compensation Committee to participate in the Plan. In 2017, the Company’s Compensation Committee invited two additional employees to participate in the Plan. Under the Plan, participants are allocated a specific portion of the Company’s free cash flow to use to purchase the equivalent of Company stock through the acquisition of deferred equity units. Participants also receive a grant of profit interests in a purposely established LLC holding company (the “LLC”) that represent an economic entitlement to future appreciation over an equivalent number of shares of Company stock (“matching units”). The Company’s board of directors authorized the issuance of up to 82.1918 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Plan, 41.0959 in respect of deferred equity units and 41.0959 in respect of matching units, as adjusted in accordance with the Plan. The LLC currently owns approximately 60 issued and outstanding shares. Each deferred equity unit is equivalent to 1/10,000 of a share of Company stock. The Company credits units to active participants each Plan year at the time that annual free cash flow bonuses for such Plan year are determined (although certain participants have already received their complete allocations) and may grant unallocated units under the Plan to certain members of current or future management. At the time that annual free cash flow bonuses for such Plan year are determined, a participant is credited a number of deferred equity units based on their respective allocation divided by the grant date intrinsic value and an equal number of the related matching units is vested. The redemption price of the deferred equity units equals the fair market value of a fractional share of the Company’s stock on the date of the settlement and the redemption price for the matching units equals the excess, if any, of the then fair market value of one Company fractional share over the grant date intrinsic value of one fractional share.

The Company accounts for share-based payments as required by ASC 718. ASC 718 requires all share-based payments to employees to be recognized as compensation expense. Under the recognition provision of ASC 718, liability classified share-based compensation costs are measured each reporting date until settlement. The Company’s policy is to measure share-based compensation costs to employees using the intrinsic value method instead of fair value as it is not practical to estimate the volatility of its share price on the grant date.

The intrinsic value method utilized by the Company is based on the estimated fair value of equity divided by the number of shares outstanding to determine a price per share. The Company’s estimated fair value of equity is derived from a discounted cash flow model with adjustments for non-operating assets, less the estimated fair value of debt.

For accounting purposes, the grant date was established at the point the Company and the participant reached a mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions, in this case the date at which the participant accepted the invitation to participate in the Plan. For accounting purposes, deferred equity units are deemed to generally vest between one and seven years and matching equity units granted under the Plan are deemed to vest two years after the allocation to the participant’s account. The deferred and matching equity units have cash settlement dates that began in December 2018. Upon the scheduled settlement in December 2018, the Company settled 4,395.54 deferred equity units, including special deferred equity units, in cash totaling approximately $1 million, 86,496.04 in Company fractional shares (which were contributed to the LLC in exchange for Class A units of the LLC) with an estimated value of $26 million and 4,553.50 matching equity units in cash totaling approximately $1 million. The deferred units will be settled at the participant’s election for cash equal to the fair market value of one fractional company share or a fractional company share. The matching units will be settled

 

F-36


Table of Contents

for cash equal to the redemption price or fractional company shares of equivalent value. At the end of the applicable redemption period, all outstanding units become mandatorily redeemable at the then redemption price. Due to this mandatory redemption clause, the Company has classified the awards under the Plan as liability awards. As of September 30, 2019, total liabilities for the vested portion of the plan is $211 million, of which $108 million is eligible for redemption in fiscal 2020 and, therefore a current liability. Dividend distributions, if any, are also paid out on vested deferred equity units and are calculated on the same basis as the Company’s common shares. The Company has applied a graded (tranche-by-tranche) attribution method and expenses share-based compensation on an accelerated basis over the vesting period of the share award.

The following is a summary of the Company’s share awards:

 

    Deferred
Equity
Units
    Matching
Equity
Units
    Deferred
Equity Units
Weighted-
Average
Intrinsic
Value
    Matching
Equity Units
Weighted-
Average
Intrinsic
Value
    Deferred Equity
Units Weighted-
Average Grant-
Date Intrinsic
Value
    Matching Equity
Units Weighted-
Average Grant-
Date Intrinsic
Value
 

Unvested units at September 30, 2017

    13       36     $ 241.75     $ 111.23     $ 140.04     $ —    

Granted

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Vested

    (7     (9     304.22       193.83       133.05       —    

Forfeited

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested units at September 30, 2018

    6       27     $ 304.22     $ 167.15     $ 148.69     $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Vested

    (2     (13     367.96       243.41       147.26       —    

Forfeited

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested units at September 30, 2019

    4       14     $ 367.96     $ 219.73     $ 149.45     $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date intrinsic value of deferred equity unit awards for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 was $149.45. The fair value of these deferred equity units at September 30, 2019 was $367.96. The weighted-average grant date intrinsic value of deferred equity unit awards for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 was $148.69. The fair value of these deferred equity units at September 30, 2018 was $304.22. The weighted-average grant date intrinsic value of deferred equity unit awards for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 was $140.04. The fair value of these deferred equity units at September 30, 2017 was $241.75.

Compensation Expense

The Company recognized non-cash share-based compensation expense of $50 million, free cash flow compensation expense of $15 million and dividend expense related to the equity units of $7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. The Company recognized non-cash share-based compensation expense of $62 million, free cash flow compensation expense of $19 million and dividend expense related to the equity units of $27 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The Company recognized non-cash share-based compensation expense of $70 million, free cash flow compensation expense of $30 million and dividend expense related to the equity units of $2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

In addition, at September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Company had approximately $16 million, $18 million and $34 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to its unvested share awards. As of September 30, 2019, the remaining weighted-average period over which total compensation related to unvested awards is expected to be recognized is 1 year.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

12. Related Party Transactions

Management Agreement

Upon completion of the Merger, the Company and Holdings entered into the Management Agreement, dated as of the Merger Closing Date, pursuant to which Access provides the Company and its subsidiaries with financial, investment banking, management, advisory and other services. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Company pays to Access an annual fee and reimburses Access for certain expenses incurred performing services under the agreement. The annual fee is payable quarterly. The Company and Holdings agreed to indemnify Access and certain of its affiliates against all liabilities arising out of performance of the Management Agreement.

Such costs incurred by the Company were approximately $11 million, $16 million and $9 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. Such amounts have been included as a component of selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Lease Arrangements with Related Parties

On March 29, 2019, an affiliate of Access acquired the Ford Factory Building, located on 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue in Los Angeles, California from an unaffiliated third party. The building is the Company’s new Los Angeles, California headquarters and as such, the Company is the sole tenant of the building acquired by Access. The existing lease agreement was assumed by Access upon purchase of the building and was not modified as a result of the purchase. Rental payments by the Company under the existing lease total approximately $12 million per year, subject to annual fixed increases. The remaining lease term is approximately 11 years, after which the Company may exercise a single option to extend the term of the lease for 10 years thereafter.

On July 15, 2016, a subsidiary of the Company, Warner Music Inc., entered into a license agreement with Cooper Investment Partners LLC, for the use of office space in the Company’s corporate headquarters at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York. The license fee of $16,967.21 per month, was based on the per foot lease costs to the Company of its headquarters space, which represented market terms. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, an immaterial amount was recorded as rental income. The space is occupied by Cooper Investment Partners LLC, which is a private equity fund that pursues a wide range of investment opportunities. Mr. Cooper, CEO and director of the Company, is the Managing Partner of Cooper Investment Partners LLC.

On August 13, 2015, a subsidiary of the Company, Warner Music Inc., entered into a license agreement with Access for the use of office space in the Company’s corporate headquarters at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York. The license fee of $2,775 per month, plus an IT support fee of $1,000 per month, was based on the per foot lease costs to the Company of its headquarters space, which represented market terms. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, an immaterial amount was recorded as rental income. The space is occupied by The Blavatnik Archive, which is dedicated to the discovery and preservation of historically distinctive and visually compelling artifacts, images and stories that contribute to the study of 20th century Jewish, WWI and WWII history.

On July 29, 2014, AI Wrights Holdings Limited, an affiliate of Access, entered into a lease and related agreements with Warner Chappell Music Limited and WMG Acquisition (UK) Limited, subsidiaries of the Company, for the lease of 27 Wrights Lane, Kensington, London. The Company had been the tenant of the building which Access acquired. Subsequent to the change in ownership, the parties entered into the lease and related agreements pursuant to which, on January 1, 2015, the rent was increased to £3,460,250 per year and the term was extended for an additional five years from December 24, 2020 to December 24, 2025, with a market rate rent review beginning December 25, 2020.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

License Agreements with Deezer

Access owns a controlling equity interest in Deezer S.A., which was formerly known as Odyssey Music Group (“Odyssey”), a French company that controls and operates a music streaming service, formerly through Odyssey’s subsidiary, Blogmusik SAS (“Blogmusik”), under the name Deezer (“Deezer”), and is represented on Deezer S.A.’s Board of Directors. Subsidiaries of the Company have been a party to license arrangements with Deezer since 2008, which provide for the use of the Company’s sound recordings on Deezer’s ad-supported and subscription streaming services worldwide (excluding Japan) in exchange for fees paid by Deezer. The Company has also authorized Deezer to include the Company’s sound recordings in Deezer’s streaming services where such services are offered as a bundle with third-party services or products (e.g., telco services or hardware products), for which Deezer is also required to make payments to the Company. Deezer paid to the Company an aggregate amount of approximately $49 million in connection with the foregoing arrangements during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. In addition, in connection with these arrangements, (i) the Company was issued, and currently holds, warrants to purchase shares of Deezer S.A. and (ii) the Company purchased a small number of shares of Deezer S.A., which collectively represent a small minority interest in Deezer S.A. The Company also has various publishing agreements with Deezer. Warner Chappell has licenses with Deezer for use of repertoire on the service in Europe, which the Company refers to as a PEDL license (referencing the Company’s Pan European Digital Licensing initiative), and for territories in Latin America. For the PEDL and Latin American licenses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, Deezer paid the Company an additional approximately $1 million. Deezer also licenses other publishing rights controlled by Warner Chappell through statutory licenses or through various collecting societies.

Investment in Tencent Music Entertainment Group

On October 1, 2018, WMG China LLC (“WMG China”), an affiliate of the Company, entered into a share subscription agreement with Tencent Music Entertainment Group pursuant to which WMG China agreed to purchase 37,162,288 ordinary shares of Tencent Music Entertainment Group for $100 million. WMG China is 80% owned by AI New Holdings 5 LLC, an affiliate of Access, and 20% owned by the Company. On October 3, 2018, WMG China acquired the shares pursuant to the share subscription agreement.

Music Publishing Agreement

Val Blavatnik (the son of our director and controlling shareholder, Len Blavatnik) entered into a music publishing contract with Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp., dated September 7, 2018, pursuant to which, in fiscal 2019, he was paid $162,500 in advances recoupable from royalties otherwise payable to him from the licensing of musical compositions written or co-written by him.

Loan Agreement with Max Lousada

On April 16, 2018, the Company loaned $227,000 to Mr. Lousada in exchange for a promissory note. Mr. Lousada was obligated to repay this loan upon the earliest of specified events, including April 30, 2019, termination of his employment, the event of a default (as specified therein) or if the Company or one of its affiliates becomes an issuer of publicly traded stock. Mr. Lousada repaid this loan prior to April 30, 2019.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company occupies various facilities and uses certain equipment under operating leases. Net rent expense was approximately $84 million, $80 million and $62 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2019, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

Years

   Operating
Leases
 
     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 52  

2021

     49  

2022

     48  

2023

     47  

2024

     45  

Thereafter

     207  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 448  
  

 

 

 

The future minimum payments reflect the amounts owed under lease arrangements and do not include any fair market value adjustments that would have been recorded as a result of the Merger.

Talent Advances

The Company routinely enters into long-term commitments with recording artists, songwriters and publishers for the future delivery of music. Such commitments generally become due only upon delivery and Company acceptance of albums from the recording artists or future musical compositions from songwriters and publishers. Additionally, such commitments are typically cancelable at the Company’s discretion, generally without penalty. Based on contractual obligations and the Company’s expected release schedule, aggregate firm commitments to such talent approximated $428 million and $340 million as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

Other

Other off-balance sheet, firm commitments, which primarily include minimum funding commitments to investees, amounted to approximately $10 million and $4 million at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively.

Litigation

SiriusXM

On September 11, 2013, the Company joined with Capitol Records, LLC, Sony Music Entertainment, UMG Recordings, Inc. and ABKCO Music & Records, Inc. in a lawsuit brought in California Superior Court against SiriusXM Radio Inc., alleging copyright infringement for SiriusXM’s use of pre-1972 sound recordings under California law. A nation-wide settlement was reached on June 17, 2015 pursuant to which SiriusXM paid the plaintiffs, in the aggregate, $210 million on July 29, 2015 and the plaintiffs dismissed their lawsuit with prejudice. The settlement resolved all past claims as to SiriusXM’s use of pre-1972 recordings owned or controlled by the plaintiffs and enabled SiriusXM, without any additional payment, to reproduce, perform and broadcast such recordings in the United States through December 31, 2017. The allocation of the settlement proceeds among the plaintiffs was determined and the settlement proceeds were distributed accordingly. This resulted in a cash distribution to the Company of $33 million of which $28 million was recognized in revenue during the 2016 fiscal year and $4 million was recognized in revenue during the 2017 fiscal year. The balance of $1 million was recognized in the first quarter of the 2018 fiscal year. The Company is sharing its allocation of the settlement proceeds with its artists on the same basis as statutory revenue from SiriusXM is shared, i.e., the artist share of our allocation will be paid to artists by SoundExchange.

As part of the settlement, plaintiffs agreed to negotiate in good faith to grant SiriusXM a license to publicly perform the plaintiffs’ pre-1972 sound recordings for the five-year period running from January 1, 2018 to

 

F-40


Table of Contents

December 31, 2022. Pursuant to the settlement, if the parties were unable to reach an agreement on license terms, the royalty rate for each license would be determined by binding arbitration on a willing buyer/willing seller standard. On December 21, 2017, SiriusXM commenced a single arbitration against all of the plaintiffs in California through JAMS to determine the rate for the five-year period. On May 1, 2018, the Company filed a lawsuit against SiriusXM in New York state court to stay the California arbitration and to compel a separate arbitration in New York solely between SiriusXM and the Company. On August 23, 2018, the Company filed a Stipulation of Discontinuance without Prejudice as to the New York state court action after SiriusXM agreed to participate in a separate arbitration with the Company in New York if the parties were unable to reach an agreement on pre-1972 license terms. On March 28, 2019, the Company and SiriusXM entered into an agreement granting SiriusXM a license to publicly perform the Company’s pre-1972 sound recordings for the five-year period running from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2022.

Other Matters

In addition to the matter discussed above, the Company is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Where it is determined, in consultation with counsel based on litigation and settlement risks, that a loss is probable and estimable in a given matter, the Company establishes an accrual. In the currently pending proceedings, the amount of accrual is not material. An estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amounts already accrued cannot be made at this time due to various factors typical in contested proceedings, including (1) the results of ongoing discovery; (2) uncertain damage theories and demands; (3) a less than complete factual record; (4) uncertainty concerning legal theories and their resolution by courts or regulators; and (5) the unpredictable nature of the opposing party and its demands. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any litigation or the potential for future litigation. As such, the Company continuously monitors these proceedings as they develop and adjusts any accrual or disclosure as needed. Regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on the Company, including the Company’s brand value, because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors and it could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations for a given reporting period.

14. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, primarily foreign currency forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps, for the purposes of managing foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk on expected future cash flows. However, the Company may choose not to hedge certain exposures for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, accounting considerations and the prohibitive economic cost of hedging particular exposures. There can be no assurance the hedges will offset more than a portion of the financial impact resulting from movements in foreign currency exchange or interest rates.

The Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to its U.S. companies for the sale or licensing of U.S.-based music and merchandise abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company focuses on managing the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on its major currencies, which include the Euro, British pound sterling, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona, Australian dollar, Brazilian real, Korean won and Norwegian krone. The foreign currency forward exchange contracts related to royalties are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges under the criteria prescribed in ASC 815. The Company records these contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and gains or losses on these contracts are deferred in equity (as a component of comprehensive loss). These deferred gains and losses are recognized in income in the period in which the related royalties and license fees being hedged are received and recognized in income. However, to the extent that any of these contracts are not considered to be perfectly effective in offsetting the change in the value of the royalties and license fees being hedged, any changes in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of these contracts are immediately recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The Company may at times choose to hedge foreign currency risk associated with financing transactions such as third-party debt and other balance sheet items. The foreign currency forward exchange contracts related to balance sheet items denominated in foreign currency are reviewed on a contract-by-contract basis and are designated accordingly. If these foreign currency forward exchange contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting, then the Company records these contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and the related gains and losses are immediately recognized in the consolidated statement of operations where there is an equal and offsetting entry related to the underlying exposure.

The Company has entered into, and in the future may enter into, interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. These instruments may offset a portion of changes in income or expense, or changes in fair value of the Company’s long-term debt. The interest rate swap instruments are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges under the criteria prescribed in ASC 815. The Company records these contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and gains or losses on these contracts are deferred in equity (as a component of comprehensive loss).

The fair value of foreign currency forward exchange contracts is determined by using observable market transactions of spot and forward rates (i.e., Level 2 inputs) which is discussed further in Note 17. Additionally, netting provisions are provided for in existing International Swap and Derivative Association Inc. agreements in situations where the Company executes multiple contracts with the same counterparty. As a result, net assets or liabilities resulting from foreign exchange derivatives subject to these netting agreements are classified within other current assets or other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s hedged interest rate transactions as of September 30, 2019 are expected to be recognized within five years. The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on dealer quotes of market rates (i.e., Level 2 inputs) which is discussed further in Note 17. Interest income or expense related to interest rate swaps is recognized in interest income, net in the same period as the related expense is recognized. The ineffective portions of interest rate swaps are recognized in other income/(expense), net in the period measured.

The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions.

As of September 30, 2019, the Company had no outstanding hedge contracts and no deferred gains or losses in comprehensive loss related to foreign exchange hedging. As of September 30, 2018, the Company had no outstanding hedge contracts and no deferred gains or losses in comprehensive loss related to foreign exchange hedging.

As of September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding $820 million in pay-fixed receive-variable interest rate swaps with $8 million of unrealized deferred losses in comprehensive income related to the interest rate swaps. As of September 30, 2018, the Company had outstanding $320 million in pay-fixed receive-variable interest rate swaps with $3 million of unrealized deferred gains in comprehensive income related to the interest rate swaps.

The pre-tax losses of the Company’s derivative interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income during the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 was $11 million, net. The pre-tax gains of the Company’s derivative interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income during the twelve months ended September 30, 2018 was $4 million.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets pertaining to the Company’s designated cash flows hedges at September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018:

 

     September 30,
2019 (a)
     September 30,
2018 (b)
 
     (in millions)  

Other noncurrent assets

   $ 2      $ 4  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     (13      —    

 

(a)

$2 million and $13 million of interest rate swaps in asset and liability positions, respectively.

(b)

$4 million of interest rate swap in an asset position.

15. Segment Information

As discussed more fully in Note 1, based on the nature of its products and services, the Company classifies its business interests into two fundamental operations: Recorded Music and Music Publishing, which also represent the reportable segments of the Company. Information as to each of these operations is set forth below. The Company evaluates performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income (loss) before non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and non-cash amortization of intangible assets (“OIBDA”). The Company has supplemented its analysis of OIBDA results by segment with an analysis of operating income (loss) by segment.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The accounting policies of the Company’s business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies included elsewhere herein. The Company accounts for intersegment sales at fair value as if the sales were to third parties. While intercompany transactions are treated like third-party transactions to determine segment performance, the revenues (and corresponding expenses recognized by the segment that is counterparty to the transaction) are eliminated in consolidation, and therefore, do not themselves impact consolidated results.

 

     Recorded Music      Music
Publishing
     Corporate
expenses and
eliminations
     Total  
     (in millions)  

2019

           

Revenues

   $ 3,840      $ 643      $ (8    $ 4,475  

Operating income (loss)

     439        92        (175      356  

Amortization of intangible assets

     139        69        —          208  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     45        5        11        61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

OIBDA

     623        166        (164      625  

Total assets

     2,217        2,581        1,219        6,017  

Capital expenditures

     29        3        72        104  

2018

           

Revenues

   $ 3,360      $ 653      $ (8    $ 4,005  

Operating income (loss)

     307        84        (174      217  

Amortization of intangible assets

     138        68        —          206  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     35        7        13        55  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

OIBDA

     480        159        (161      478  

Total assets

     1,999        2,423        922        5,344  

Capital expenditures

     20        3        51        74  

2017

           

Revenues

   $ 3,020      $ 572      $ (16    $ 3,576  

Operating income (loss)

     283        81        (142      222  

Amortization of intangible assets

     136        65        —          201  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     32        6        12        50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

OIBDA

     451        152        (130      473  

Capital expenditures

     21        5        18        44  

Revenues relating to operations in different geographical areas are set forth below for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. Total assets relating to operations in different geographical areas are set forth below as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

 

     2019      2018      2017  
     Revenue      Long-lived
Assets
     Revenue      Long-lived
Assets
     Revenue  
     (in millions)  

United States

   $ 1,956      $ 201      $ 1,754      $ 156      $ 1,587  

United Kingdom

     596        20        593        23        522  

All other territories

     1,923        79        1,658        50        1,467  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,475      $ 300      $ 4,005      $ 229      $ 3,576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Customer Concentration

In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Company had two customers, Spotify and Apple, that individually represented 10% or more of total revenues, whereby Spotify represented 14%, and Apple represented 13% of total revenues. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, the Company had two customers, Apple and Spotify, that individually represented 10% or more of total revenues, whereby Apple represented 15%, and Spotify represented 14% of total revenues. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company had one customer, Apple, that individually represented 14% of total revenues. These customers’ revenues are included in both the Company’s Recorded Music and Music Publishing segments and the Company expects that the Company’s license agreements with these customers will be renewed in the normal course of business.

16. Additional Financial Information

Cash Interest and Taxes

The Company made interest payments of approximately $138 million, $148 million and $138 million during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The Company paid approximately $63 million, $49 million and $40 million of foreign income and withholding taxes, net of refunds, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

Dividends

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted by covenants in the indentures governing its notes and in the credit agreements for the Senior Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility.

On September 23, 2019, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $206.25 million which was paid to stockholders on October 4, 2019 and recorded as an accrual as of September 30, 2019. For fiscal year 2019, the Company paid an aggregate of $93.75 million in cash dividends to stockholders. For fiscal year 2018, the Company paid an aggregate of $925 million in cash dividends to stockholders, which reflected proceeds from the sale of Spotify shares acquired in the ordinary course of business. For fiscal year 2017, the Company paid an aggregate of $84 million in cash dividends to stockholders.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, the Company instituted a regular quarterly dividend policy whereby it intends to pay a modest regular quarterly dividend in each fiscal quarter and a variable dividend for the fourth fiscal quarter in an amount commensurate with cash expected to be generated from operations in such fiscal year, in each case, after taking into account other potential uses for cash, including acquisitions, investment in our business and repayment of indebtedness. The declaration of each dividend will continue to be at the discretion of the Board.

Spotify Share Sale

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, the Company sold all of its shares of common stock in Spotify Technology S.A. (“Spotify”) for cash proceeds of $504 million. In February 2016, the Company publicly announced that it would pay royalties in connection with these proceeds. The sale of shares resulted in an estimated pre-tax gain, net of the estimated royalty expense and other related costs, of $382 million, which was recorded as other income (expense) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. As of September 30, 2018, the estimated royalty expense and other related costs had been accrued, and were subsequently paid. The processing of the royalty expense resulted in advance recoveries of previously expensed royalty advances. The Company calculated the advance recoveries to be $12 million, and recorded these advance recoveries as a credit within operating expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The Company also recorded estimated tax expense of $77 million associated with the net income on the sale of shares in fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Additionally, the cash proceeds received in connection with the sale of shares have been reflected as an investing activity on the statement of cash flows within proceeds from the sale of investments for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

17. Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”) defines fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity.

In addition to defining fair value, ASC 820 expands the disclosure requirements around fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

 

   

Level 1—inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

   

Level 2—inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 3—inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

In accordance with the fair value hierarchy, described above, the following table shows the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are required to be measured at fair value as of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018.

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2019  
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  
     (in millions)  

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Contractual Obligations (a)

   $ —        $ —        $ 9      $ 9  

Other Non-Current Assets:

           

Equity Method Investment (c)

     —          40        —          40  

Interest Rate Swap (b)

     —          2        —          2  

Other Non-Current Liabilities:

           

Interest Rate Swap (b)

     —          (13      —          (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ 29      $ 9      $ 38  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2018  
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  
     (in millions)  

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Contractual Obligations (a)

   $ —        $ —        $ (2    $ (2

Other Noncurrent Assets

           

Interest Rate Swaps

     —          4        —          4  

Other Non-Current Liabilities:

           

Contractual Obligations (a)

     —          —          (6      (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ 4      $ (8    $ (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

This represents purchase obligations and contingent consideration related to the Company’s various acquisitions. This is based on a probability weighted performance approach and it is adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis and any adjustments are included as a component of operating income in the consolidated statements of operations. These amounts were mainly calculated using unobservable inputs such as future earnings performance of the Company’s various acquisitions and the expected timing of the payment.

(b)

The fair value of the interest rate swaps is based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflects the amount that the Company would receive or pay as of September 30, 2019 for contracts involving the same attributes and maturity dates.

(c)

The fair value of equity method investment represents an equity method investment acquired during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 whereby the Company has elected the fair value option under ASC 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”). The valuation is based upon quoted prices in active markets and model-based valuation techniques to determine fair value.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of net assets and liabilities classified as Level 3:

 

     Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance at September 30, 2018

   $ (8

Additions

     (2

Payments

     1  
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ (9
  

 

 

 

 

  F-47  


Table of Contents

The majority of the Company’s non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories and property, plant and equipment, are not required to be re-measured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are evaluated for impairment if certain triggering events occur. If such evaluation indicates that impairment exists, the asset is written down to its fair value. In addition, an impairment analysis is performed at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Equity Investments Without Readily Determinable Fair Value

The Company evaluates its equity investments without readily determinable fair values for impairment if factors indicate that a significant decrease in value has occurred. Beginning in October 2018, the Company prospectively adopted a new accounting standard on the accounting for equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values. Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further details. Under the new standard, the Company has elected to use the measurement alternative to fair value that will allow these investments to be recorded at cost, less impairment, and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. The Company did not record any impairment charges on these investments during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. In addition, there were no observable price changes events that were completed during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019.

Fair Value of Debt

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at September 30, 2019, the fair value of the Company’s debt was $3.080 billion. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at September 30, 2018, the fair value of the Company’s debt was $2.862 billion. The fair value of the Company’s debt instruments are determined using quoted market prices from less active markets or by using quoted market prices for instruments with identical terms and maturities; both approaches are considered a Level 2 measurement.

 

  F-48  


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

2019 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(unaudited)

The following table sets forth the quarterly information for Warner Music Group Corp.

 

     Three months ended  
     September 30,
2019
    June 30, 2019     March 31, 2019     December 31,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Revenues

   $ 1,124     $ 1,058     $ 1,090     $ 1,203  

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenue

     (639     (577     (559     (626

Selling, general and administrative expenses (a)

     (408     (372     (354     (376

Amortization expense

     (48     (51     (55     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     (1,095     (1,000     (968     (1,056
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     29       58       122       147  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         (4     —         (3

Interest expense, net

     (34     (36     (36     (36

Other income (expense)

     19       (16     29       28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     14       2       115       136  

Income tax benefit (expense)

     77       12       (48     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     91       14       67       86  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     (1     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 90     $ 13     $ 67     $ 86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Includes depreciation expense of:

   $ (18   $ (15   $ (14   $ (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly operating results can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Therefore, these quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

2018 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(unaudited)

The following table sets forth the quarterly information for Warner Music Group Corp.

 

     Three months ended  
     September 30,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    March 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
     (in millions)  

Revenues

   $ 1,039     $ 958     $ 963     $ 1,045  

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenue

     (583     (531     (488     (569

Selling, general and administrative expenses (a)

     (398     (343     (337     (333

Amortization expense

     (42     (56     (55     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     (1,023     (930     (880     (955
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     16       28       83       90  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         (7     (23     (1

Interest expense, net

     (33     (33     (36     (36

Other income (expense)

     2       394       (6     4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (15     382       18       57  

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2       (61     (19     (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (13     321       (1     5  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1     (1     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ (14   $ 320     $ (3   $ 4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Includes depreciation expense of:

   $ (14   $ (15   $ (14   $ (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly operating results can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Therefore, these quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Supplementary Information

Consolidating Financial Statements

The Company is the direct parent of Holdings, which is the direct parent of Acquisition Corp. As of September 30, 2019 Acquisition Corp. had issued and outstanding the 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023, the 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, the 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 and the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (together, the “Acquisition Corp. Notes”).

The Acquisition Corp. Notes are guaranteed by the Company and, in addition, are guaranteed by all of Acquisition Corp.’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. The secured notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis and the unsecured notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis. The Company’s guarantee of the Acquisition Corp. Notes is full and unconditional. The guarantee of the Acquisition Corp. Notes by Acquisition Corp.’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries is full, unconditional and joint and several. The following condensed consolidating financial statements are also presented for the information of the holders of the Acquisition Corp. Notes and present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of (i) Acquisition Corp., which is the issuer of the Acquisition Corp. Notes, (ii) the guarantor subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp., (iii) the non-guarantor subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp. and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Acquisition Corp. on a consolidated basis. Investments in consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. There are no restrictions on Acquisition Corp.’s ability to obtain funds from any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.

The Company and Holdings are holding companies that conduct substantially all of their business operations through Acquisition Corp. Accordingly, the ability of the Company and Holdings to obtain funds from their subsidiaries is restricted by the indentures for the Acquisition Corp. Notes and the credit agreements for the Acquisition Corp. Senior Credit Facilities, including the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Consolidating Balance Sheet

September 30, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Assets

                 

Current assets:

                 

Cash and equivalents

  $ —       $ 386     $ 233     $ —       $ 619     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 619  

Accounts receivable, net

    —         334       441       —         775       —         —         —         775  

Inventories

    —         11       63       —         74       —         —         —         74  

Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year

    —         112       58       —         170       —         —         —         170  

Prepaid and other current assets

    —         12       41       —         53       —         —         —         53  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    —         855       836       —         1,691       —         —         —         1,691  

Due from (to) parent companies

    458       (531     73       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investments in and advances to consolidated subsidiaries

    2,272       2,567       —         (4,839     —         878       878       (1,756     —    

Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year

    —         137       71       —         208       —         —         —         208  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —         200       100       —         300       —         —         —         300  

Goodwill

    —         1,370       391       —         1,761       —         —         —         1,761  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    —         884       839       —         1,723       —         —         —         1,723  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

    —         71       80       —         151       —         —         —         151  

Deferred tax assets, net

    —         30       8       —         38       —         —         —         38  

Other assets

    7       115       23       —         145       —         —         —         145  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,737     $ 5,698     $ 2,421     $ (4,839   $ 6,017     $ 878     $ 878     $ (1,756   $ 6,017  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

                 

Current liabilities:

                 

Accounts payable

  $ —       $ 160     $ 100     $ —       $ 260     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 260  

Accrued royalties

    4       813       750       —         1,567       —         —         —         1,567  

Accrued liabilities

    —         266       226       —         492       —         —         —         492  

Accrued interest

    34       —         —         —         34       —         —         —         34  

Deferred revenue

    —         42       138       —         180       —         —         —         180  

Other current liabilities

    —         221       65       —         286       —         —         —         286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    38       1,502       1,279       —         2,819       —         —         —         2,819  

Long-term debt

    2,974       —         —         —         2,974       —         —         —         2,974  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    —         —         172       —         172       —         —         —         172  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    14       200       107       —         321       —         —         —         321  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    3,026       1,702       1,558       —         6,286       —         —         —         6,286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. (deficit) equity

    (289     3,992       847       (4,839     (289     878       878       (1,756     (289

Noncontrolling interest

    —         4       16       —         20       —         —         —         20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    (289     3,996       863       (4,839     (269     878       878       (1,756     (269
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,737     $ 5,698     $ 2,421     $ (4,839   $ 6,017     $ 878     $ 878     $ (1,756   $ 6,017  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-52  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Balance Sheet

September 30, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Assets

                 

Current assets:

                 

Cash and equivalents

  $ —       $ 169     $ 345     $ —       $ 514     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 514  

Accounts receivable, net

    —         262       185       —         447       —         —         —         447  

Inventories

    —         18       24       —         42       —         —         —         42  

Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year

    —         79       44       —         123       —         —         —         123  

Prepaid and other current assets

    —         15       35       —         50       —         —         —         50  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    —         543       633       —         1,176       —         —         —         1,176  

Due from (to) parent companies

    488       (214     (274     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investments in and advances to consolidated subsidiaries

    2,018       2,192       —         (4,210     —         675       675       (1,350     —    

Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year

    —         93       60       —         153       —         —         —         153  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —         155       74       —         229       —         —         —         229  

Goodwill

    —         1,370       322       —         1,692       —         —         —         1,692  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    —         956       895       —         1,851       —         —         —         1,851  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

    —         71       83       —         154       —         —         —         154  

Deferred tax assets, net

    —         —         11       —         11       —         —         —         11  

Other assets

    12       55       11       —         78       —         —         —         78  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,518     $ 5,221     $ 1,815     $ (4,210   $ 5,344     $ 675     $ 675     $ (1,350   $ 5,344  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

                 

Current liabilities:

                 

Accounts payable

  $ —       $ 200     $ 81     $ —       $ 281     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 281  

Accrued royalties

    —         869       527       —         1,396       —         —         —         1,396  

Accrued liabilities

    —         195       228       —         423       —         —         —         423  

Accrued interest

    31       —         —         —         31       —         —         —         31  

Deferred revenue

    —         94       114       —         208       —         —         —         208  

Other current liabilities

    —         2       32       —         34       —         —         —         34  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    31       1,360       982       —         2,373       —         —         —         2,373  

Long-term debt

    2,819       —         —         —         2,819       —         —         —         2,819  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    —         3       162       —         165       —         —         —         165  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    2       197       108       —         307       —         —         —         307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    2,852       1,560       1,252       —         5,664       —         —         —         5,664  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. (deficit) equity

    (334     3,656       554       (4,210     (334     675       675       (1,350     (334

Noncontrolling interest

    —         5       9       —         14       —         —         —         14  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    (334     3,661       563       (4,210     (320     675       675       (1,350     (320
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,518     $ 5,221     $ 1,815     $ (4,210   $ 5,344     $ 675     $ 675     $ (1,350   $ 5,344  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-53  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Revenues

  $ —       $ 2,041     $ 2,804     $ (370   $ 4,475     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,475  

Costs and expenses:

                 

Cost of revenue

    —         (1,109     (1,603     311       (2,401     —         —         —         (2,401

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —         (765     (804     59       (1,510     —         —         —         (1,510

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         (97     (111     —         (208     —         —         —         (208
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    —         (1,971     (2,518     370       (4,119     —         —         —         (4,119
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         70       286       —         356       —         —         —         356  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (7     —         —         —         (7     —         —         —         (7

Interest expense, net

    (71     (50     (21     —         (142     —         —         —         (142

Equity gains from consolidated subsidiaries

    311       185       —         (496     —         256       256       (512     —    

Other income (expense), net

    32       56       (28     —         60       —         —         —         60  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    265       261       237       (496     267       256       256       (512     267  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (9     12       (51     39       (9     —         —         —         (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    256       273       186       (457     258       256       256       (512     258  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         (2     —         (2     —         —         —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 256     $ 273     $ 184     $ (457   $ 256     $ 256     $ 256     $ (512   $ 256  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-54  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Revenues

  $ —       $ 2,284     $ 2,245     $ (524   $ 4,005     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,005  

Costs and expenses:

                 

Cost of revenue

    —         (1,090     (1,442     361       (2,171     —         —         —         (2,171

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —         (1,040     (534     163       (1,411     —         —         —         (1,411

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         (96     (110     —         (206     —         —         —         (206
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    —         (2,226     (2,086     524       (3,788     —         —         —         (3,788
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         58       159       —         217       —         —         —         217  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (31     —         —         —         (31     —         —         —         (31

Interest (expense) income, net

    (116     4       (26     —         (138     —         —         —         (138

Equity gains from consolidated subsidiaries

    207       122       —         (329     —         307       307       (614     —    

Other income, net

    377       7       10       —         394       —         —         —         394  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    437       191       143       (329     442       307       307       (614     442  

Income tax expense

    (130     (130     (39     169       (130     —         —         —         (130
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    307       61       104       (160     312       307       307       (614     312  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         (1     (4     —         (5     —         —         —         (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 307     $ 60     $ 100     $ (160   $ 307     $ 307     $ 307     $ (614   $ 307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-55  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Revenues

  $ —       $ 1,978     $ 2,008     $ (410   $ 3,576     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 3,576  

Costs and expenses:

                 

Cost of revenue

    —         (922     (1,275     266       (1,931     —         —         —         (1,931

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (1     (900     (464     143       (1,222     —         —         —         (1,222

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         (100     (101     —         (201     —         —         —         (201
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    (1     (1,922     (1,840     409       (3,354     —         —         —         (3,354
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (1     56       168       (1     222       —         —         —         222  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (35     —         —         —         (35     —         —         —         (35

Interest (expense) income, net

    (95     2       (56     —         (149     —         —         —         (149

Equity gains from consolidated subsidiaries

    124       87       —         (210     1       143       143       (286     1  

Other expense, net

    (1     (17     (23     —         (41     —         —         —         (41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (8     128       89       (211     (2     143       143       (286     (2

Income tax benefit (expense)

    151       154       (30     (124     151       —         —         —         151  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    143       282       59       (335     149       143       143       (286     149  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         (1     (5     —         (6     —         —         —         (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 143     $ 281     $ 54     $ (335   $ 143     $ 143     $ 143     $ (286   $ 143  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-56  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Net income

  $ 256     $ 273     $ 186     $ (457   $ 258     $ 256     $ 256     $ (512   $ 258  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency adjustment

    (34     —         34       (34     (34     (36     (36     72       (34

Deferred loss on derivative financial instruments

    (11     —         (11     11       (11     (11     (11     22       (11

Minimum pension liability

    (5     —         —         —         (5     (5     (5     10       (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (50     —         23       (23     (50     (52     (52     104       (50
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    206       273       209       (480     208       204       204       (408     208  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         (2     —         (2     —         —         —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 206     $ 273     $ 207     $ (480   $ 206     $ 204     $ 204     $ (408   $ 206  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-57  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Net income

  $ 307     $ 61     $ 104     $ (160   $ 312     $ 307     $ 307     $ (614   $ 312  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency adjustment

    (13     —         13       (13     (13     (13     (13     26       (13

Deferred gain on derivative financial instruments

    3       —         3       (3     3       3       3       (6     3  

Minimum pension liability

    1       —         1       (1     1       1       1       (2     1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (9     —         17       (17     (9     (9     (9     18       (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    298       61       121       (177     303       298       298       (596     303  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         (1     (4     —         (5     —         —         —         (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 298     $ 60     $ 117     $ (177   $ 298     $ 298     $ 298     $ (596   $ 298  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-58  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Net income

  $ 143     $ 282     $ 59     $ (335   $ 149     $ 143     $ 143     $ (286   $ 149  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency adjustment

    30       —         (30     30       30       32       32       (64     30  

Deferred loss on derivative financial instruments

    —         (1     —         1       —         —         —         —         —    

Minimum pension liability

    7       —         7       (7     7       7       7       (14     7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    37       (1     (23     24       37       39       39       (78     37  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    180       281       36       (311     186       182       182       (364     186  

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         (1     (5     —         (6     —         —         —         (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 180     $ 280     $ 31     $ (311   $ 180     $ 182     $ 182     $ (364   $ 180  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-59  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Net income

  $ 256     $ 273     $ 186     $ (457   $ 258     $ 256     $ 256     $ (512   $ 258  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

    —         138       131       —         269       —         —         —         269  

Unrealized (gains) losses and remeasurement of foreign-denominated loans

    (43     —         15       —         (28     —         —         —         (28

Deferred income taxes

    —         —         (68     —         (68     —         —         —         (68

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7       —         —         —         7       —         —         —         7  

Net gain on divestitures and investments

    —         (18     (2     —         (20     —         —         —         (20

Non-cash interest expense

    6       —         —         —         6       —         —         —         6  

Equity-based compensation expense

    —         50       —         —         50       —         —         —         50  

Equity gains, including distributions

    (311     (185     —         496       —         (256     (256     512       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                 

Accounts receivable, net

    —         10       (100     —         (90     —         —         —         (90

Inventories

    —         7       (4     —         3       —         —         —         3  

Royalty advances

    —         (77     (33     —         (110     —         —         —         (110

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    —         315       (273     (39     3       —         —         —         3  

Royalty payables

    —         (68     198       —         130       —         —         —         130  

Accrued interest

    3       —         —         —         3       —         —         —         3  

Deferred revenue

    —         (53     49       —         (4     —         —         —         (4

Other balance sheet changes

    8       (41     24       —         (9     —         —         —         (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (74     351       123       —         400       —         —         —         400  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Acquisition of music publishing rights and music catalogs, net

    —         (24     (17     —         (41     —         —         —         (41

Capital expenditures

    —         (85     (19     —         (104     —         —         —         (104

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net of cash received

    —         (42     (189     —         (231     —         —         —         (231

Advance to Issuer

    (111     —         —         111       —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (111     (151     (225     111       (376     —         —         —         (376
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Dividend by Acquisition Corp. to Holdings Corp.

    —         (94     —         —         (94     —         —         —         (94

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 3.625% Senior Notes due 2026

    514       —         —         —         514       —         —         —         514  

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

    (40     —         —         —         (40     —         —         —         (40

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.875% Senior Secured Notes

    (30     —         —         —         (30     —         —         —         (30

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

    (247     —         —         —         (247     —         —         —         (247

Call premiums paid on early redemption of debt

    (5     —         —         —         (5     —         —         —         (5

Deferred financing costs paid

    (7     —         —         —         (7     —         —         —         (7

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

    —         —         (3     —         (3     —         —         —         (3

Change in due to (from) issuer

    —         111       —         (111     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    185       17       (3     (111     88       —         —         —         88  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    —         —         (7     —         (7     —         —         —         (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

    —         217       (112     —         105       —         —         —         105  

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

    —         169       345       —         514       —         —         —         514  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

  $ —       $ 386     $ 233     $ —       $ 619     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 619  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-60  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Net income

  $ 307     $ 61     $ 104     $ (160   $ 312     $ 307     $ 307     $ (614   $ 312  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

    —         136       125       —         261       —         —         —         261  

Unrealized gains/losses and remeasurement of foreign-denominated loans

    (3     —         —         —         (3     —         —         —         (3

Deferred income taxes

    —         —         66       —         66       —         —         —         66  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    31       —         —         —         31       —         —         —         31  

Net loss (gain) on divestitures and investments

    (504     78       37       —         (389     —         —         —         (389

Non-cash interest expense

    6       —         —         —         6       —         —         —         6  

Equity-based compensation expense

    —         62       —         —         62       —         —         —         62  

Equity losses (gains), including distributions

    (207     (122     —         329       —         (307     (307     614       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                 

Accounts receivable, net

    —         (48     5       —         (43     —         —         —         (43

Inventories

    —         (5     2       —         (3     —         —         —         (3

Royalty advances

    —         24       7       —         31       —         —         —         31  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    —         449       (198     (169     82       —         —         —         82  

Royalty payables

    —         48       (26     —         22       —         —         —         22  

Accrued interest

    (10     —         —         —         (10     —         —         —         (10

Deferred revenue

    —         (48     44       —         (4     —         —         —         (4

Other balance sheet changes

    —         89       (85     —         4       —         —         —         4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (380     724       81       —         425       —         —         —         425  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Acquisition of music publishing rights, net

    —         (11     (3     —         (14     —         —         —         (14

Capital expenditures

    —         (60     (14     —         (74     —         —         —         (74

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net

    —         (17     (6     —         (23     —         —         —         (23

Divestitures, net

    504       12       —         —         516       —         —         —         516  

Advance to Issuer

    (99     —         —         99       —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    405       (76     (23     99       405       —         —         —         405  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Dividend by Acquisition Corp. to Holdings Corp.

    —         (925     —         —         (925     —         —         —         (925

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 5.500% Senior Notes

    325       —         —         —         325       —         —         —         325  

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. Senior Term Loan Facility

    320       —         —         —         320       —         —         —         320  

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 6.750% Senior Secured Notes

    (635     —         —         —         (635     —         —         —         (635

Call premiums paid on early redemption of debt

    (23     —         —         —         (23     —         —         —         (23

Deferred financing costs paid

    (12     —         —         —         (12     —         —         —         (12

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

    —         —         (5     —         (5     —         —         —         (5

Change in due (from) to issuer

    —         99       —         (99     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (25     (826     (5     (99     (955     —         —         —         (955
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    —         —         (8     —         (8     —         —         —         (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and equivalents

    —         (178     45       —         (133     —         —         —         (133

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

    —         347       300       —         647       —         —         —         647  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

  $ —       $ 169     $ 345     $ —       $ 514     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 514  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-61  


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Net income

  $ 143     $ 282     $ 59     $ (335   $ 149     $ 143     $ 143     $ (286   $ 149  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

    —         137       114       —         251       —         —         —         251  

Unrealized gains/losses and remeasurement of foreign-denominated loans

    27       —         (3     —         24       —         —         —         24  

Deferred income taxes

    2       —         (194     —         (192     —         —         —         (192

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    35       —         —         —         35       —         —         —         35  

Net loss (gain) on divestitures and investments

    —         33       (16     —         17       —         —         —         17  

Non-cash interest expense

    8       —         —         —         8       —         —         —         8  

Equity-based compensation expense

    —         70       —         —         70       —         —         —         70  

Equity losses (gains), including distributions

    (124     (86     —         210       —         (143     (143     286       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                 

Accounts receivable, net

    —         (37     (23     —         (60     —         —         —         (60

Inventories

    —         2       (1     —         1       —         —         —         1  

Royalty advances

    —         2       15       —         17       —         —         —         17  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (120     (4     47       125       48       —         —         —         48  

Royalty payables

    —         126       10       —         136       —         —         —         136  

Accrued interest

    3       —         —         —         3       —         —         —         3  

Deferred revenue

    —         (6     28       —         22       —         —         —         22  

Other balance sheet changes

    5       (204     205       —         6       —         —         —         6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (21     315       241       —         535       —         —         —         535  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Acquisition of music publishing rights, net

    —         (9     (7     —         (16     —         —         —         (16

Capital expenditures

    —         (31     (13     —         (44     —         —         —         (44

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net

    —         (6     (133     —         (139     —         —         —         (139

Divestitures, net

    —         42       31       —         73       —         —         —         73  

Advance to Issuer

    60       —         —         (60     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    60       (4     (122     (60     (126     —         —         —         (126
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Dividend by Acquisition Corp. to Holdings Corp.

    —         (84     —         —         (84     84       —         —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

    380       —         —         —         380       —         —         —         380  

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 4.875% Senior Secured Notes

    250       —         —         —         250       —         —         —         250  

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. Senior Term Loan Facility

    22       —         —         —         22       —         —         —         22  

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 6.000% Senior Secured Notes

    (450     —         —         —         (450     —         —         —         (450

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 6.250% Senior Secured Notes

    (173     —         —         —         (173     —         —         —         (173

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

    (28     —         —         —         (28     —         —         —         (28

Call premiums paid on early redemption of debt

    (27     —         —         —         (27     —         —         —         (27

Deferred financing costs paid

    (13     —         —         —         (13     —         —         —         (13

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

    —         —         (5     —         (5     —         —         —         (5

Dividends paid

    —         —         —         —         —         (84     —         —         (84

Change in due (from) to issuer

    —         (60     —         60       —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (39     (144     (5     60       (128     —         —         —         (128
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    —         —         7       —         7       —         —         —         7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and equivalents

    —         167       121       —         288       —         —         —         288  

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

    —         180       179       —         359       —         —         —         359  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

  $ —       $ 347     $ 300     $ —       $ 647     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 647  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-62  


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
Charged to
Cost and
Expenses
     Deductions     Balance at
End of
Period
 
     (in millions)  

Year Ended September 30, 2019

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 18      $ 3      $ (4   $ 17  

Reserves for sales returns

     28        88        (93     23  

Allowance for deferred tax asset

     206        4        (119     91  

Year Ended September 30, 2018

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 18      $ 4      $ (4   $ 18  

Reserves for sales returns

     33        108        (113     28  

Allowance for deferred tax asset

     193        33        (20     206  

Year Ended September 30, 2017

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 19      $ 3      $ (4   $ 18  

Reserves for sales returns

     33        119        (119     33  

Allowance for deferred tax asset

     310        23        (140     193  

 

F-63


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 

     December 31,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 462   $ 619

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $18 million and $17 million

     882     775

Inventories

     65     74

Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year

     189     170

Prepaid and other current assets

     58     53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,656     1,691

Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year

     231     208

Property, plant and equipment, net

     295     300

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

     289     —    

Goodwill

     1,768     1,761

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

     1,712     1,723

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

     152     151

Deferred tax assets, net

     59     38

Other assets

     152     145
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,314   $ 6,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 202   $ 260

Accrued royalties

     1,671     1,567

Accrued liabilities

     549     492

Accrued interest

     23     34

Operating lease liabilities, current

     38     —    

Deferred revenue

     159     180

Other current liabilities

     157     286
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,799     2,819

Long-term debt

     2,988     2,974

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

     321     —    

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     171     172

Other noncurrent liabilities

     204     321
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 6,483   $ 6,286
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

    

Common stock ($0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 1,069 and 1,060 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively)

   $ —     $ —  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,128     1,128

Accumulated deficit

     (1,088     (1,177

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

     (230     (240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. deficit

     (190     (289

Noncontrolling interest

     21     20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     (169     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 6,314   $ 6,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-64


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
             2019                     2018          
     (in millions, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Revenue

   $ 1,256   $ 1,203

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of revenue

     (665     (626

Selling, general and administrative expenses (a)

     (379     (376

Amortization expense

     (47     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     (1,091     (1,056
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     165     147

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         (3

Interest expense, net

     (33     (36

Other (expense) income

     (5     28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     127     136

Income tax expense

     (5     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     122     86

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 120   $ 86
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Includes depreciation expense:

   $ (24   $ (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.’s stockholders:

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ 114,107     $ 81,443  

Weighted average common shares:

    

Basic and Diluted

     1,052       1,052  

See accompanying notes

 

F-65


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
         2019             2018      
     (in millions)  

Net income

   $ 122   $ 86

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency adjustment

     7     (16

Deferred gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments

     3     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     10     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     132     64

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

   $ 130   $ 64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-66


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
         2019             2018      
     (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 122   $ 86

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     71     68

Unrealized gains and remeasurement of foreign-denominated loans

     5     (13

Deferred income taxes

     (29     11

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         3

Net gain on divestitures and investments

     1     (15

Non-cash interest expense

     1     2

Equity-based compensation expense

     (7     12

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (101     (88

Inventories

     10     13

Royalty advances

     (38     (28

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (44     (92

Royalty payables

     84     92

Accrued interest

     (11     (7

Operating lease liabilities

     1     —    

Deferred revenue

     (21     (5

Other balance sheet changes

     34     53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     78     92
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Acquisition of music publishing rights, net

     (11     (5

Capital expenditures

     (15     (26

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net of cash received

     (6     (207

Net cash used in investing activities

     (32     (238

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 3.625% Senior Secured Notes

     —         287

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

     —         (40

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.875% Senior Secured Notes

     —         (30

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

     —         (27

Call premiums paid and deposit on early redemption of debt

     —         (2

Deferred financing costs paid

     —         (4

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

     (1     (2

Dividends paid

     (206     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (207     182
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

     4     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and equivalents

     (157     34

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

     619     514
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

   $ 462   $ 548
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-67


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Consolidated Statements of Deficit (Unaudited)

Three Months Ended December 31, 2019

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Warner Music
Group Corp.
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Deficit
 
     Shares       Value   
    (in millions, except share amounts)  

Balance at September 30, 2019

    1,060   $ —     $ 1,128   $ (1,177   $ (240   $ (289   $ 20   $ (269

Cumulative effect of ASC 842 adoption

    —         —         —         7     —         7     —         7

Net income

    —         —         —         120     —         120     2     122

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         10     10     —         10

Dividends

    —         —         —         (38     —         (38     —         (38

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (1     (1

Other

    9     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    1,069   $ —     $ 1,128   $ (1,088   $ (230   $ (190   $ 21   $ (169
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Three Months Ended December 31, 2018

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Warner Music
Group Corp.
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Deficit
 
     Shares       Value   
    (in millions, except share amounts)  

Balance at September 30, 2018

    1,052   $ —     $ 1,128   $ (1,272   $ (190   $ (334   $ 14   $ (320

Cumulative effect of ASC 606 adoption

    —         —         —         139     —         139     11     150

Net income

    —         —         —         86     —         86     —         86

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         (22     (22     —         (22

Dividends

    —         —         —         (31     —         (31     —         (31

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (2     (2

Other

    8     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    1,060   $ —     $ 1,128   $ (1,078   $ (212   $ (162   $ 23   $ (139
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Warner Music Group Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)

1. Description of Business

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) was formed on November 21, 2003. The Company is the direct parent of WMG Holdings Corp. (“Holdings”), which is the direct parent of WMG Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition Corp.”). Acquisition Corp. is one of the world’s major music entertainment companies.

Acquisition of Warner Music Group by Access Industries

Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC (formerly Airplanes Music LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Parent”) and an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc. (“Access”), and Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), on July 20, 2011 (the “Merger Closing Date”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”). In connection with the Merger, the Company delisted its common stock from the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The Company continues to voluntarily file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) current and periodic reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as provided for in certain covenants contained in the instruments covering its outstanding indebtedness. All of the Company’s common stock is owned by affiliates of Access.

Recorded Music Operations

Our Recorded Music business primarily consists of the discovery and development of recording artists and the related marketing, promotion, distribution, sale and licensing of music created by such recording artists. We play an integral role in virtually all aspects of the recorded music value chain from discovering and developing talent to producing, distributing and selling music to marketing and promoting recording artists and their music.

In the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted principally through our major record labels—Atlantic Records and Warner Records. In October 2018, we launched Elektra Music Group in the United States as a standalone label group, which comprises the Elektra, Fueled by Ramen and Roadrunner labels. Our Recorded Music business also includes Rhino Entertainment, a division that specializes in marketing our recorded music catalog through compilations, reissuances of previously released music and video titles and releasing previously unreleased material from our vault. We also conduct our Recorded Music business through a collection of additional record labels including Asylum, Big Beat, Canvasback, East West, Erato, FFRR, Nonesuch, Parlophone, Reprise, Sire, Spinnin’, Warner Classics and Warner Music Nashville.

Outside the United States, our Recorded Music business is conducted in more than 70 countries through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. Internationally, we engage in the same activities as in the United States: discovering and signing artists and distributing, selling, marketing and promoting their music. In most cases, we also market, promote, distribute and sell the music of those recording artists for whom our domestic record labels have international rights. In certain smaller markets, we license the right to distribute and sell our music to non-affiliated third-party record labels.

Our Recorded Music business’ distribution operations include Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation (“WEA Corp.”), which markets, distributes and sells music and video products to retailers and wholesale distributors; Alternative Distribution Alliance (“ADA”), which markets, distributes and sells the products of independent labels to retail and wholesale distributors; and various distribution centers and ventures operated internationally.

In addition to our music being sold in physical retail outlets, our music is also sold in physical form to online physical retailers, such as Amazon.com, barnesandnoble.com and bestbuy.com, and distributed in digital

 

F-69


Table of Contents

form to an expanded universe of digital partners, including streaming services such as those of Amazon, Apple, Deezer, SoundCloud, Spotify, Tencent Music Entertainment Group and YouTube, radio services such as iHeart Radio and SiriusXM and download services such as Apple’s iTunes and Google Play.

We have integrated the marketing of digital content into all aspects of our business, including artist and repertoire (“A&R”) and distribution. Our business development executives work closely with A&R departments to ensure that while music is being produced, digital assets are also created with all distribution channels in mind, including streaming services, social networking sites, online portals and music-centered destinations. We also work side-by-side with our online and mobile partners to test new concepts. We believe existing and new digital businesses will be a significant source of growth and will provide new opportunities to successfully monetize our assets and create new revenue streams. The proportion of digital revenues attributable to each distribution channel varies by region and proportions may change as the introduction of new technologies continues. As one of the world’s largest music entertainment companies, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of growth in digital distribution and emerging technologies to maximize the value of our assets.

We have diversified our revenues beyond our traditional businesses by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to partner with such artists in other aspects of their careers. Under these agreements, we provide services to and participate in recording artists’ activities outside the traditional recorded music business such as touring, merchandising and sponsorships. We have built and acquired artist services capabilities and platforms for marketing and distributing this broader set of music-related rights and participating more widely in the monetization of the artist brands we help create. We believe that entering into expanded-rights deals and enhancing our artist services capabilities in areas such as merchandising, VIP ticketing, fan clubs, concert promotion and management has permitted us to diversify revenue streams and capitalize on other revenue opportunities. This provides for improved long-term relationships with our recording artists and allows us to more effectively connect recording artists and fans.

Music Publishing Operations

While Recorded Music is focused on marketing, promoting, distributing and licensing a particular recording of a musical composition, Music Publishing is an intellectual property business focused on generating revenue from uses of the musical composition itself. In return for promoting, placing, marketing and administering the creative output of a songwriter, or engaging in those activities for other rightsholders, our Music Publishing business garners a share of the revenues generated from use of the musical compositions.

The operations of our Music Publishing business are conducted principally through Warner Chappell Music, our global music publishing company headquartered in Los Angeles with operations in over 70 countries through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. We own or control rights to more than 1.4 million musical compositions, including numerous pop hits, American standards, folk songs and motion picture and theatrical compositions. Assembled over decades, our award-winning catalog includes over 80,000 songwriters and composers and a diverse range of genres including pop, rock, jazz, classical, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, folk, blues, symphonic, soul, Broadway, techno, alternative and gospel. Warner Chappell Music also administers the music and soundtracks of several third-party television and film producers and studios. We have an extensive production music catalog collectively branded as Warner Chappell Production Music.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management,

 

F-70


Table of Contents

all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three month period ended December 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020.

The consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2019 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date but does not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements.

For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 (File No. 001-32502).

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements present the consolidated accounts of all entities in which the Company has a controlling voting interest and/or variable interest required to be consolidated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidation (“ASC 810”) requires the Company first evaluate its investments to determine if any investments qualify as a variable interest entity (“VIE”). A VIE is consolidated if the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, which is the party involved with the VIE that has both (i) the power to control the most significant activities of the VIE and (ii) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If an entity is not deemed to be a VIE, the Company consolidates the entity if the Company has a controlling voting interest.

The Company maintains a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in each reporting period. As such, all references to December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 relate to the periods ended December 27, 2019 and December 28, 2018, respectively. For convenience purposes, the Company continues to date its financial statements as of December 31. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 ended on September 27, 2019.

The Company has performed a review of all subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued and has determined that no additional disclosures are necessary.

Earnings Per Share

The consolidated statements of operations present basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”). Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares less shares issued for the exercise of the deferred equity units during the period. The deferred equity units are mandatorily redeemable and as such are excluded from the denominator of the basic and diluted EPS calculation. The Company did not have any dilutive securities for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the estimated annual effective tax rate method in computing its interim tax provision. Certain items, including those deemed to be unusual and infrequent are excluded from the estimated annual effective tax rate. In such cases, the actual tax expense or benefit is reported in the same period as the related item. Certain tax effects are also not reflected in the estimated annual effective tax rate, primarily certain changes in the realizability of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), which established a new ASC Topic 842 (“ASC 842”) that introduces a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases are

 

F-71


Table of Contents

classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the statement of operations. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases – Targeted Improvements (“ASU 2018-11”), which allows for retrospective application with the recognition of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Under this option, entities do not need to apply ASC 842 (along with its disclosure requirements) to the comparative prior periods presented. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 on October 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective transition method provided by ASU 2018-11. The adoption of ASU 2016-02 resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of $366 million and ROU assets of $297 million, which is net of the historical deferred rent liability balance of $69 million, primarily related to real estate leases. The Company also recorded a decrease to opening accumulated deficit of $7 million, net of taxes, related to previously deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions.

Upon transition, the Company adopted the “package of three” practical expedient provided by ASC 842 and therefore has not (1) reassessed whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain a lease, (2) reassessed the lease classification for expired or existing leases and (3) reassessed initial direct costs for any existing leases. Rather, the Company will retain the conclusions reached for these items under ASC 840.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”). This ASU improves certain aspects of the hedge accounting model including making more risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting and simplifying the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 is effective for all annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and requires a prospective adoption with a cumulative-effect adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption for existing hedging relationships. The Company adopted ASU 2017-12 in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and this adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 requires that expected credit losses relating to financial assets measured on an amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities be recorded through an allowance for credit losses. ASU 2016-13 limits the amount of credit losses to be recognized for available-for-sale debt securities to the amount by which carrying value exceeds fair value and also requires the reversal of previously recognized credit losses if fair value increases. ASU 2016-13 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). This ASU eliminates certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Specifically, it eliminates the exception to (1) the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations, and income or a gain from other items; (2) the requirement to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment; (3) the ability not to recognize a deferred tax liability for a foreign subsidiary when a foreign equity method investment becomes a subsidiary; and (4) the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. ASU 2019-12 also simplifies GAAP by making other changes. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Revenue Recognition

For our operating segments, Recorded Music and Music Publishing, the Company accounts for a contract when it has legally enforceable rights and obligations and collectability of consideration is probable. The

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Company identifies the performance obligations and determines the transaction price associated with the contract, which is then allocated to each performance obligation, using management’s best estimate of standalone selling price for arrangements with multiple performance obligations. Revenue is recognized when, or as, control of the promised services or goods is transferred to the Company’s customers, and in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is contractually due in exchange for those services or goods. An estimate of variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Certain of the Company’s arrangements include licenses of intellectual property with consideration in the form of sales- and usage-based royalties. Royalty revenue is recognized when the subsequent sale or usage occurs using the best estimates available of the amounts that will be received by the Company.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company’s revenue consists of the following categories, which aggregate into the segments – Recorded Music and Music Publishing:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
             2019                      2018          
     (in millions)  

Revenue by Type

     

Digital

   $ 633    $ 563

Physical

     184      231
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Digital and Physical

     817      794

Artist services and expanded-rights

     188      166

Licensing

     79      81
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Recorded Music

     1,084      1,041

Performance

     46      53

Digital

     73      65

Mechanical

     15      15

Synchronization

     36      29

Other

     3      3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Music Publishing

     173      165

Intersegment eliminations

     (1      (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 1,256    $ 1,203
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue by Geographical Location

     

U.S. Recorded Music

   $ 453    $ 431

U.S. Music Publishing

     81      73
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S.

     534      504

International Recorded Music

     631      610

International Music Publishing

     92      92
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total International

     723      702

Intersegment eliminations

     (1      (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 1,256    $ 1,203
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recorded Music

Recorded Music mainly involves selling, marketing, distribution and licensing of recorded music produced by the Company’s recording artists. Recorded Music revenues are derived from four main sources, which include digital, physical, artist services and expanded-rights and licensing.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Digital revenues are generated from the expanded universe of digital partners, including digital streaming services and download services. These licenses typically contain a single performance obligation, which is ongoing access to all intellectual property in an evolving content library, predicated on: (1) the business practice and contractual ability to remove specific content without a requirement to replace the content and without impact to minimum royalty guarantees and (2) the contracts not containing a specific listing of content subject to the license. Digital licensing contracts are generally long-term with consideration in the form of sales- and usage-based royalties that are typically received monthly. Certain contracts contain non-recoupable fixed fees or minimum guarantees, which are recoupable against royalties. Upon contract inception, the Company will assess whether a shortfall or breakage is expected (i.e., where the minimum guarantee will not be recouped through royalties) in order to determine timing of revenue recognition for the fixed fee or minimum guarantee.

For fixed fee and minimum guarantee contracts where breakage is expected, the total transaction price (fixed fee or minimum guarantee) is recognized proportionately over the contract term using an appropriate measure of progress which is typically based on the Company’s digital partner’s subscribers or streaming activity as these are measures of access to an evolving catalog, or on a straight-line basis. The Company updates its assessment of the transaction price each reporting period to see if anticipated royalty earnings exceed the minimum guarantee. For contracts where breakage is not expected, royalties are recognized as revenue as sales or usage occurs based upon the licensee’s usage reports and, when these reports are not available, revenue is based on historical data, industry information and other relevant trends.

Additionally, for certain licenses where the consideration is fixed and the intellectual property being licensed is static, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer.

Physical revenues are generated from the sale of physical products such as vinyl, CDs and DVDs. Revenues from the sale of physical Recorded Music products are recognized upon transfer of control to the customer, which typically occurs once the product has been shipped and the ability to direct use and obtain substantially all of the benefit from the asset have been transferred. In accordance with industry practice and as is customary in many territories, certain products, such as CDs and DVDs, are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are generally recognized upon shipment based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns.

Artist services and expanded-rights revenues are generated from artist services businesses and participations in expanded-rights associated with artists, including sponsorship, fan clubs, artist websites, merchandising, touring, concert promotion, ticketing and artist and brand management. Artist services and expanded-rights contracts are generally short term. Revenue is recognized as or when services are provided (e.g., at time of an artist’s event) assuming collectability is probable. In some cases, the Company is reliant on the artist to report revenue generating activities. For certain artist services and expanded-rights contracts, collectability is not considered probable until notification is received from the artist’s management.

Licensing revenues represent royalties or fees for the right to use sound recordings in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and video games. In certain territories, the Company may also receive royalties when sound recordings are performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio and cable and in public spaces such as shops, workplaces, restaurants, bars and clubs. Licensing contracts are generally short term. For fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the licensed content is transferred to the customer. Royalty based contracts are recognized as the underlying sales or usage occurs.

Music Publishing

Music Publishing acts as a copyright owner and/or administrator of the musical compositions and generates revenues related to the exploitation of musical compositions (as opposed to recorded music). Music publishers

 

F-74


Table of Contents

generally receive royalties from the use of the musical compositions in public performances, digital and physical recordings and in combination with visual images. Music publishing revenues are derived from five main sources: mechanical, performance, synchronization, digital and other.

Performance revenues are received when the musical composition is performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio and cable, live performance at a concert or other venue (e.g., arena concerts and nightclubs) and performance of musical compositions in staged theatrical productions. Digital revenues are generated with respect to the musical compositions being embodied in recordings licensed to digital streaming services and digital download services and for digital performance. Mechanical revenues are generated with respect to the musical compositions embodied in recordings sold in any physical format or configuration such as vinyl, CDs and DVDs. Synchronization revenues represent the right to use the composition in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and video games as well as from other uses such as in toys or novelty items and merchandise. Other revenues represent earnings for use in printed sheet music and other uses. Digital and synchronization revenue recognition is similar for both Recorded Music and Music Publishing, therefore refer to the discussion within Recorded Music.

Included in these revenue streams, excluding synchronization and other, are licenses with performing rights organizations or collecting societies (e.g., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC and GEMA), which are long-term contracts containing a single performance obligation, which is ongoing access to all intellectual property in an evolving content library. The most common form of consideration for these contracts is sales- and usage-based royalties. The collecting societies submit usage reports, typically with payment for royalties due, often on a quarterly or biannual reporting period, in arrears. Royalties are recognized as the sale or usage occurs based upon usage reports and, when these reports are not available, royalties are estimated based on historical data, such as recent royalties reported, company-specific information with respect to changes in repertoire, industry information and other relevant trends. Also included in these revenue streams are smaller, short-term contracts for specified content, which generally involve a fixed fee. For fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the license is transferred to the customer.

The Company excludes from the measurement of transaction price all taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are both (i) imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and (ii) collected from customers.

Sales Returns and Uncollectible Accounts

In accordance with practice in the recorded music industry and as customary in many territories, certain physical revenue products (such as CDs and DVDs) are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are recognized when the products are shipped based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns.

In determining the estimate of physical product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of product, historical return trends, current economic conditions, changes in customer demand and commercial acceptance of the Company’s products. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of each dollar of physical product sales that provide the customer with the right of return and records an asset for the value of the returned goods and liability for the amounts expected to be refunded.

Similarly, management evaluates accounts receivables to determine if they will ultimately be collected. In performing this evaluation, significant judgments and estimates are involved, including an analysis of specific risks on a customer-by-customer basis for larger accounts and customers and a receivables aging analysis that determines the percent that has historically been uncollected by aged category. The time between the Company’s issuance of an invoice and payment due date is not significant; customer payments that are not collected in advance of the transfer of promised services or goods are generally due no later than 30 days from invoice date. Based on this information, management provides a reserve for the estimated amounts believed to be uncollectible.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Based on management’s analysis of sales returns, refund liabilities of $36 million and $23 million were established at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Based on management’s analysis of uncollectible accounts, reserves of $18 million and $17 million were established at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Principal versus Agent Revenue Recognition

The Company reports revenue on a gross or net basis based on management’s assessment of whether the Company acts as a principal or agent in the transaction. The determination of whether the Company acts as a principal or an agent in a transaction is based on an evaluation of whether the Company controls the good or service before transfer to the customer. When the Company concludes that it controls the good or service before transfer to the customer, the Company is considered a principal in the transaction and records revenue on a gross basis. When the Company concludes that it does not control the good or service before transfer to the customer but arranges for another entity to provide the good or service, the Company acts as an agent and records revenue on a net basis in the amount it earns for its agency service.

In the normal course of business, the Company acts as an intermediary with respect to certain payments received from third parties. For example, the Company distributes music content on behalf of third-party record labels. Based on the above guidance, the Company records the distribution of content on behalf of third-party record labels on a gross basis, subject to the terms of the contract, as the Company controls the content before transfer to the customer. Conversely, recorded music compilations distributed by other record companies where the Company has a right to participate in the profits are recorded on a net basis.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue principally relates to fixed fees and minimum guarantees received in advance of the Company’s performance or usage by the licensee. Reductions in deferred revenue are a result of the Company’s performance under the contract or usage by the licensee.

Deferred revenue increased $96 million during the three months ended December 31, 2019 related to cash received from customers for fixed fees and minimum guarantees in advance of performance, including amounts recognized in the period. Revenues of $73 million were recognized during the three months ended December 31, 2019 related to the balance of deferred revenue at September 30, 2019. There were no other significant changes to deferred revenue during the reporting period.

Performance Obligations

The Company recognized revenue of $27 million and $17 million from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods for the three month periods ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 respectively.

Wholly and partially unsatisfied performance obligations represent future revenues not yet recorded under long term intellectual property licensing contracts. Revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied at December 31, 2019 are as follows (in millions):

 

     Rest of FY20      FY21      FY22      Thereafter      Total  
     (in millions)  

Remaining performance obligations

   $ 483    $ 661    $ 7    $ —      $ 1,151
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 483    $ 661    $ 7    $ —      $ 1,151
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

4. Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income, which is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of deficit, consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting equity that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net income. For the Company, the components of other comprehensive income primarily consist of foreign currency translation gains and losses, minimum pension liabilities, and deferred gains and losses on financial instruments designated as hedges under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which include foreign exchange contracts. The following summary sets forth the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of related taxes of approximately $1 million:

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Loss (a)
     Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment
     Deferred Gains
(Losses) On
Derivative
Financial
Instruments
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, net
 
     (in millions)  

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ (218    $ (14    $ (8    $ (240

Other comprehensive income

     7      —          3      10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ (211    $ (14    $ (5    $ (230
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Includes historical foreign currency translation related to certain intra-entity transactions.

5. Leases

The Company’s lease portfolio consists operating real estate leases for its corporate offices and, to a lesser extent, storage and other equipment, Under ASC 842, a contract is or contains a lease when (1) an explicitly or implicitly identified asset has been deployed in the contract and (2) the customer obtains substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of that underlying asset and directs how and for what purpose the asset is used during the term of the contract. The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception of the contract. For all leases (finance and operating), other than those that qualify for the short-term recognition exemption, the Company will recognize on the balance sheet a lease liability for its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease and a corresponding ROU asset representing its right to use the underlying asset over the period of use based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term as of the lease commencement date. ROU assets are adjusted for initial direct costs, lease payments made and incentives. As the rates implicit in our leases are not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This rate is based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments. The lease term used to calculate the lease liability will include options to extend or terminate the lease when the option to extend or terminate is at the Company’s discretion and it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option. Fixed payments are recognized as lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For leases with a term of one year or less (“short-term leases”), the lease payments are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

ASC 842 requires that only limited types of variable payments be included in the determination of lease payments, which affects lease classification and measurement. Variable lease costs, if any, are recognized as incurred and such costs are excluded from lease balances recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The initial measurement of the lease liability and ROU asset are determined based on both the fixed lease payments and any variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate (such as the Consumer Price Index or a market interest rate). The Company initially measures these variable lease payments using the index or rate at lease commencement (i.e., the spot or gross index or rate applied to the base rental amount). All other variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the payments are incurred.

The Company’s operating ROU assets are included in operating lease right-of-use assets and the Company’s current and non-current operating lease liabilities are included in operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities, noncurrent, respectively, in the Company’s balance sheet.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Operating lease liabilities are amortized using the effective interest method. That is, in each period, the liability will be increased to reflect the interest that is accrued on the related liability by using the appropriate discount rate and decreased by the lease payments made during the period. The subsequent measurement of the ROU asset is linked to the amount recognized as the lease liability. Accordingly, the ROU asset is measured as the lease liability adjusted by (1) accrued or prepaid rents (i.e., the aggregate difference between the cash payment and straight-line lease cost), (2) remaining unamortized initial direct costs and lease incentives, and (3) impairments of the ROU asset. Operating lease costs are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses.

For lease agreements that contain both lease and non-lease components, the Company has elected the practical expedient provided by ASC 842 that permits the accounting for these components as a single lease component (rather than separating the lease from the non-lease components and accounting for the components individually).

The Company enters into operating leases for buildings, office equipment, production equipment, warehouses, and other types of equipment. Our leases have remaining lease terms of 1 year to 12 years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 10 years, and some of which include options to terminate the leases within 1 year.

The Company has two operating leases, for the Ford Factory Building, located at 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue in Los Angeles, California, and for 27 Wrights Lane, Kensington, London, which the landlord for both leases is an affiliate of Access. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate lease liability related to these leases was $142 million.

There are no restrictions or covenants, such as those relating to dividends or incurring additional financial obligations, relating to our lease portfolio, and residual value guarantees are not significant.

The components of lease expense were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions)  

Lease Cost

  

Operating lease cost

   $ 14

Short-term lease cost

     —    

Variable lease cost

     3

Sublease income

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 17
  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions)  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

   $ 14

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

     5

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions)  

Operating Leases

  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 289
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

     38

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     321
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 359
  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term

  

Operating leases

     9 years  

Weighted Average Discount Rate

  

Operating leases

     4.55

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

 

Years

   Operating
Leases
 
     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 53

2021

     52

2022

     49

2023

     47

2024

     47

Thereafter

     191
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     439

Less imputed interest

     (80 )
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 359
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, there have been no leases entered into that have not yet commenced.

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The following analysis details the changes in goodwill for each reportable segment:

 

     Recorded
Music
     Music
Publishing
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ 1,297    $ 464    $ 1,761

Acquisitions

     —          —          —    

Other adjustments (a)

     7      —          7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 1,304    $ 464    $ 1,768
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Other adjustments during the three months ended December 31, 2019 represent foreign currency movements.

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”) during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year as of July 1. The Company may

 

F-79


Table of Contents

conduct an earlier review if events or circumstances occur that would suggest the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill may not be recoverable. No indicators of impairment were identified during the current period that required the Company to perform an interim assessment or recoverability test.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

    

Weighted-
Average
Useful Life

   December 31,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 
          (in millions)  

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

       

Recorded music catalog

   10 years    $ 873   $ 855

Music publishing copyrights

   26 years      1,563     1,539

Artist and songwriter contracts

   13 years      854     841

Trademarks

   18 years      54     53

Other intangible assets

   7 years      61     59
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross intangible asset subject to amortization

        3,405     3,347

Accumulated amortization

        (1,693     (1,624
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net intangible assets subject to amortization

        1,712     1,723

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

       

Trademarks and tradenames

   Indefinite      152     151
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net intangible assets

      $ 1,864   $ 1,874
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

7. Debt

Debt Capitalization

Long-term debt, all of which was issued by Acquisition Corp., consists of the following:

 

     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Revolving Credit Facility (a)

   $ —      $ —  

Senior Term Loan Facility due 2023 (b)

     1,314      1,313

5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (c)

     298      298

4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (d)

     342      336

4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (e)

     218      218

3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (f)

     495      488

5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (g)

     321      321
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, including the current portion (h)

   $ 2,988    $ 2,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reflects $180 million of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $13 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019. There were no loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2019 or September 30, 2019.

(b)

Principal amount of $1.326 billion at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019 less unamortized discount of $3 million and $3 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $9 million and $10 million at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

(c)

Principal amount of $300 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

(d)

Face amount of €311 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019. Above amounts represent the dollar equivalent of such note at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019. Principal amount of

 

F-80


Table of Contents
  $345 million and $340 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $3 million and $4 million at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.
(e)

Principal amount of $220 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $2 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

(f)

Face amount of €445 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019. Above amounts represent the dollar equivalent of such note at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019. Principal amount of $494 million and $487 million at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively, an additional issuance premium of $8 million, less unamortized deferred financing costs of $7 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

(g)

Principal amount of $325 million less unamortized deferred financing costs of $4 million at both December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

(h)

Principal amount of debt of $3.010 billion and $2.998 billion, an additional issuance premium of $8 million and $8 million, less unamortized discount of $3 million and $3 million and unamortized deferred financing costs of $27 million and $29 million at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

3.625% Senior Secured Notes Offerings

On October 9, 2018, Acquisition Corp. issued and sold €250 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “3.625% Secured Notes”). Net proceeds of the offering were used to pay the purchase price of the acquisition of EMP, to redeem €34.5 million of the 4.125% Secured Notes (as described below), purchase $30 million of the Company’s 4.875% Senior Secured Notes (as described above) on the open market and to redeem $26.55 million of the 5.625% Senior Secured Notes (as described below).

On April 30, 2019, Acquisition Corp. issued and sold €195 million in aggregate principal amount of additional 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “Additional Notes”). The Additional Notes and the 3.625% Secured Notes were treated as the same series for all purposes under the indenture that governs the 3.625% Secured Notes and the Additional Notes. Net proceeds of the offering were used to redeem all of the 5.625% Secured Notes due 2022.

Partial Redemption of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

On October 12, 2018, Acquisition Corp. redeemed €34.5 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “4.125% Secured Notes”) using a portion of the proceeds from the offering of the 3.625% Secured Notes described above. The redemption price for the 4.125% Secured Notes was approximately €36.17 million, equivalent to 103% of the principal amount of the 4.125% Secured Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date, which was October 12, 2018. Following the partial redemption of the 4.125% Secured Notes, €310.5 million of the 4.125% Secured Notes remain outstanding. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $2 million, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the partial redemption of this note.

Open Market Purchase

On October 9, 2018, Acquisition Corp. purchased, in the open market, $30 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “4.875% Secured Notes”). The acquired notes were subsequently retired. Following retirement of the acquired notes, $220 million of the 4.875% Secured Notes remain outstanding. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of less than $1 million, which represents the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the open market purchase.

Redemption of 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

On November 5, 2018, Acquisition Corp. redeemed $26.55 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “5.625% Secured Notes”). The redemption price for the 5.625%

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Secured Notes was approximately $27.38 million, equivalent to 102.813% of the principal amount of the 5.625% Secured Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date, which was November 5, 2018. Following the partial redemption of the 5.625% Secured Notes, $220.95 million of the 5.625% Secured Notes remain outstanding. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $1 million, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs related to the partial redemption of this note.

On April 16, 2019, the Company issued a conditional notice of redemption for all of its 5.625% Secured Notes due 2022 currently outstanding. Settlement of the called 5.625% Secured Notes occurred on May 16, 2019. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $4 million, which represents the premium paid on early redemption and unamortized deferred financing costs.

Interest Rates

The loans under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at Acquisition Corp.’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in the borrowing currency in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“Revolving LIBOR”) subject to a zero floor, plus 1.75% per annum or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent from time to time, (y) 0.50% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate and (z) the one-month Revolving LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum, plus, in each case, 0.75% per annum. If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.0% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.0% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.

The loans under the Senior Term Loan Facility bear interest at Acquisition Corp.’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“Term Loan LIBOR”) subject to a zero floor, plus 2.125% per annum or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time, (y) 0.50% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate and (z) one-month Term Loan LIBOR, plus 1.00% per annum, plus, in each case, 1.125% per annum. If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal and interest will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.0% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.0% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.

The Company has entered into, and in the future may enter into, interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. Please refer to Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Maturity of Senior Term Loan Facility

The loans outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Facility mature on November 1, 2023.

Maturity of Revolving Credit Facility

The maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility is January 31, 2023.

Maturities of Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes

As of December 31, 2019, there are no scheduled maturities of notes until 2023, when $300 million is scheduled to mature. Thereafter, $1.384 billion is scheduled to mature.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, net

Total interest expense, net was $33 million and $36 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate of the Company’s total debt was 4.2% at December 31, 2019, 4.3% at September 30, 2019 and 4.7% at December 31, 2018.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

From time-to-time the Company is involved in claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company is currently subject to several such claims and legal proceedings. Based on currently available information, the Company does not believe that resolution of pending matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there can be no assurances that the Company’s defenses will be successful or that any such lawsuit or claim would not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations in a particular period. Any claims or proceedings against the Company, whether meritorious or not, can have an adverse impact because of defense costs, diversion of management and operational resources, negative publicity and other factors.

9. Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act significantly revised the U.S. federal corporate income tax provisions, including, but not limited to, an income inclusion of global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), a deduction against foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”) and a new minimum tax, the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”). GILTI, FDII and BEAT were effective for the Company’s fiscal year ending September 30, 2019. The Company has elected to recognize the GILTI impact in the specific period in which it occurs.

As a result of final regulations regarding the interest expense allocation rules issued by the Internal Revenue Service in December 2019, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that the entire amount of the Company’s deferred tax assets relating to foreign tax credit carryforwards will be realized. Consequently, the Company released its $33 million valuation allowance at September 30, 2019 relating to such deferred tax assets and recognized a corresponding U.S. tax benefit of $33 million during the quarter ended December 31, 2019. The Company will continue to weigh the evidence including the projections of sufficient future taxable income, foreign source income and the reversal of future taxable temporary differences to assess the future realization of our foreign tax credits.

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $5 million. The income tax expense for the three months ended December 31, 2019 is lower than the expected tax at the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to tax benefit of the valuation allowance release relating to foreign tax credit carryforwards and FDII, offset by non-deductible long term incentive plan, U.S. state and local taxes, foreign income taxed at rates higher than the U.S. statutory tax rate, withholding taxes and foreign losses with no tax benefit.

For the three months ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $50 million. The income tax expense for the three months ended December 31, 2018 is higher than the expected tax at the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to GILTI, non-deductible long term incentive plan, U.S. state and local taxes, foreign income taxed at rates higher than the U.S. statutory tax rate, withholding taxes, foreign losses with no tax benefit offset by the tax benefit of a reduction in foreign income tax rates.

The Company has determined that it is reasonably possible that the gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 could decrease by up to approximately $1 million related to various ongoing audits and settlement discussions in various foreign jurisdictions during the next twelve months.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

10. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, primarily foreign currency forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps, for the purposes of managing foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk on expected future cash flows. However, the Company may choose not to hedge certain exposures for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, accounting considerations and the prohibitive economic cost of hedging particular exposures. There can be no assurance the hedges will offset more than a portion of the financial impact resulting from movements in foreign currency exchange or interest rates.

The Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to its U.S. companies for the sale or licensing of U.S.-based music and merchandise abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company focuses on managing the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on its major currencies, which include the Euro, British pound sterling, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona, Australian dollar, Brazilian real, Korean won and Norwegian krone. The Company also may at times choose to hedge foreign currency risk associated with financing transactions such as third-party debt and other balance sheet items. The Company’s foreign currency forward exchange contracts have not been designated as hedges under the criteria prescribed in ASC 815. The Company records these contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and the related gains and losses are immediately recognized in the consolidated statement of operations where there is an offsetting entry related to the underlying exposure.

In prior periods, certain foreign currency forward exchange contracts were designated and qualified as cash flow hedges under the criteria prescribed in ASC 815. The Company recorded these contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and gains or losses on these contracts were deferred in equity (as a component of comprehensive loss). These deferred gains and losses were recognized in income in the period in which the related royalties and license fees being hedged were received and recognized in income. However, to the extent that any of these contracts were not considered to be perfectly effective in offsetting the change in the value of the royalties and license fees being hedged, any changes in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of these contracts were immediately recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company has entered into, and in the future may enter into, interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. These instruments may offset a portion of changes in income or expense, or changes in fair value of the Company’s long-term debt. The interest rate swap instruments are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges under the criteria prescribed in ASC 815. The Company records these contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and gains or losses on these contracts are deferred in equity (as a component of comprehensive loss).

The fair value of foreign currency forward exchange contracts is determined by using observable market transactions of spot and forward rates (i.e., Level 2 inputs) which is discussed further in Note 13. Additionally, netting provisions are provided for in existing International Swap and Derivative Association Inc. agreements in situations where the Company executes multiple contracts with the same counterparty. As a result, net assets or liabilities resulting from foreign exchange derivatives subject to these netting agreements are classified within other current assets or other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s hedged interest rate transactions as of December 31, 2019 are expected to be recognized within 4 years. The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on dealer quotes of market rates (i.e., Level 2 inputs) which is discussed further in Note 13. Interest income or expense related to interest rate swaps is recognized in interest income, net in the same period as the related expense is recognized. The ineffective portions of interest rate swaps are recognized in other income/(expense), net in the period measured.

The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had outstanding hedge contracts for the sale of $288 million and the purchase of $148 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates that will be settled by September 2020. As of

 

F-84


Table of Contents

December 31, 2019, the Company had no unrealized deferred gains or losses in comprehensive loss related to foreign exchange hedging. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had no outstanding hedge contracts and no deferred gains or losses in comprehensive loss related to foreign exchange hedging.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had outstanding $820 million in pay-fixed receive-variable interest rate swaps with $5 million of unrealized deferred losses in comprehensive income related to the interest rate swaps. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding $820 million in pay-fixed receive-variable interest rate swaps with $8 million of unrealized deferred losses in comprehensive income related to the interest rate swaps.

The realized pre-tax losses and unrealized pre-tax losses of the Company’s foreign exchange forward exchange contracts for the three months ended December 31, 2019 were $1 million and $3 million, respectively. These realized and unrealized losses were recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as other (expense) income. The realized pre-tax gains of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts for the three months ended December 31, 2018 were nil. The unrealized pre-tax gains of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as other income were $5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018. The unrealized pre-tax losses of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts recorded in other comprehensive income were $3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

The unrealized pre-tax gains of the Company’s derivative interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income during the three months ended December 31, 2019 was $4 million. The unrealized pre-tax losses of the Company’s derivative interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income during the three months ended December 31, 2018 was $6 million.

The following is a summary of amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets pertaining to the Company’s derivative instruments at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019:

 

     December 31,
2019 (a)
     September 30,
2019 (b)
 
     (in millions)  

Other current assets

   $ —      $ —  

Other current liabilities

     (3      —    

Other noncurrent assets

     4      2

Other noncurrent liabilities

     (11      (13

 

(a)

$5 million and $8 million of foreign exchange derivative contracts in asset and liability positions, respectively, and $4 million and $11 million of interest rate swaps in asset and liability positions, respectively.

(b)

$2 million and $13 million of interest rate swaps in asset and liability positions, respectively.

11. Segment Information

As discussed more fully in Note 1, based on the nature of its products and services, the Company classifies its business interests into two fundamental operations: Recorded Music and Music Publishing, which also represent the reportable segments of the Company. Information as to each of these operations is set forth below. The Company evaluates performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income (loss) before non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and non-cash amortization of intangible assets (“OIBDA”). The Company has supplemented its analysis of OIBDA results by segment with an analysis of operating income (loss) by segment.

The accounting policies of the Company’s business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies included elsewhere herein. The Company accounts for intersegment

 

F-85


Table of Contents

sales at fair value as if the sales were to third parties. While intercompany transactions are treated like third-party transactions to determine segment performance, the revenues (and corresponding expenses recognized by the segment that is counterparty to the transaction) are eliminated in consolidation, and therefore, do not themselves impact consolidated results.

 

    Recorded
Music
    Music
Publishing
    Corporate
expenses and
eliminations
    Total  
Three Months Ended   (in millions)  

December 31, 2019

       

Revenues

  $ 1,084   $ 173   $ (1   $ 1,256

Operating income (loss)

    191     14     (40     165

Amortization of intangible assets

    29     18     —         47

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    21     1     2     24
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OIBDA

    241     33     (38     236

December 31, 2018

       

Revenues

  $ 1,041   $ 165   $ (3   $ 1,203

Operating income (loss)

    163     22     (38     147

Amortization of intangible assets

    38     16     —         54

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    10     1     3     14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OIBDA

    211     39     (35     215

12. Additional Financial Information

Cash Interest and Taxes

The Company made interest payments of approximately $44 million and $42 million during the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company paid approximately $20 million of income and withholding taxes during the three months ended December 31, 2019 and paid approximately $7 million of income and withholding taxes during the three months ended December 31, 2018.

Dividends

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted by covenants in the indentures governing its notes and in the credit agreements for the Senior Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility.

On December 16, 2019, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $37.5 million which was paid to stockholders on January 17, 2020 and recorded as an accrual as of December 31, 2019. On December 20, 2018, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $31.25 million which was accrued as of December 31, 2018 and paid to stockholders on January 4, 2019.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, the Company instituted a regular quarterly dividend policy whereby it intends to pay a modest regular quarterly dividend in each fiscal quarter and a variable dividend for the fourth fiscal quarter in an amount commensurate with cash expected to be generated from operations in such fiscal year, in each case, after taking into account other potential uses for cash, including acquisitions, investment in our business and repayment of indebtedness. The declaration of each dividend will continue to be at the discretion of the Company’s board.

Depreciation Expense

During the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded depreciation expense of $24 million, which included a one-time charge of $10 million representing the difference between the net book value of a building and its expected recoverable value.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

13. Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”) defines fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity.

In addition to defining fair value, ASC 820 expands the disclosure requirements around fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

 

   

Level 1—inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

   

Level 2—inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 3—inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

In accordance with the fair value hierarchy, described above, the following tables show the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are required to be measured at fair value as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2019
 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  
     (in millions)  

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts (a)

   $ —      $ (3    $ —      $ (3

Contractual Obligations (b)

     —          —          (1      (1

Other Noncurrent Assets:

           

Equity Method Investment (d)

     —          38      —          38

Interest Rate Swap (c)

     —          4      —          4

Other Noncurrent Liabilities:

           

Interest Rate Swap (c)

     —          (11      —          (11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —      $ 28    $ (1    $ 27
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurements as of
September 30, 2019
 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  
     (in millions)  

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Contractual Obligations (b)

   $ —      $ —      $ (9    $ (9

Other Noncurrent Assets:

           

Equity Method Investment (d)

     —          40             40

Interest Rate Swap

     —          2             2

Other Noncurrent Liabilities:

           

Interest Rate Swap

     —          (13             (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —      $ 29    $ (9    $ 20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The fair value of foreign currency forward exchange contracts is based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflects the amount that the Company would receive or pay at their maturity dates for contracts involving the same currencies and maturity dates.

(b)

This represents purchase obligations and contingent consideration related to the Company’s various acquisitions. This is based on a probability weighted performance approach and it is adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis and any adjustments are included as a component of operating income in the statement of operations. These amounts were mainly calculated using unobservable inputs such as future earnings performance of the Company’s various acquisitions and the expected timing of the payment.

(c)

The fair value of the interest rate swap is based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflects the amount that the Company would receive or pay as of December 31, 2019 for contracts involving the same attributes and maturity dates.

(d)

The fair value of equity method investment represents an equity method investment acquired in fiscal 2019 whereby the Company has elected the fair value option under ASC 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”). The valuation is based upon quoted prices in active markets and model-based valuation techniques to determine fair value.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of net assets and liabilities classified as Level 3:

 

     Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance at September 30, 2019

   $ (9

Additions

     —    

Reductions

     7

Payments

     1
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ (1
  

 

 

 

The majority of the Company’s non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories, and property, plant, and equipment, are not required to be re-measured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are evaluated for impairment if certain triggering events occur. If such evaluation indicates that impairment exists, the asset is written down to its fair value. In addition, an impairment analysis is performed at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Equity Investments Without Readily Determinable Fair Value

The Company evaluates its equity investments without readily determinable fair values for impairment if factors indicate that a significant decrease in value has occurred. The Company has elected to use the measurement alternative to fair value that will allow these investments to be recorded at cost, less impairment, and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. The Company did not record any impairment charges on

 

F-88


Table of Contents

these investments during the three months ended December 31, 2019. In addition, there were no observable price changes events that were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2019.

Fair Value of Debt

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 2019, the fair value of the Company’s debt was $3.096 billion. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at September 30, 2019, the fair value of the Company’s debt was $3.080 billion. The fair value of the Company’s debt instruments is determined using quoted market prices from less active markets or by using quoted market prices for instruments with identical terms and maturities; both approaches are considered a Level 2 measurement.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Supplementary Information

Consolidating Financial Statements

The Company is the direct parent of Holdings, which is the direct parent of Acquisition Corp. As of December 31, 2019 Acquisition Corp. had issued and outstanding the 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023, the 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, the 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 and the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (together, the “Acquisition Corp. Notes”).

The Acquisition Corp. Notes are guaranteed by the Company and, in addition, are guaranteed by all of Acquisition Corp.’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. The secured notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis and the unsecured notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis. The Company’s guarantee of the Acquisition Corp. Notes is full and unconditional. The guarantee of the Acquisition Corp. Notes by Acquisition Corp.’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries is full, unconditional and joint and several. The following condensed consolidating financial statements are also presented for the information of the holders of the Acquisition Corp. Notes and present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of (i) Acquisition Corp., which is the issuer of the Acquisition Corp. Notes, (ii) the guarantor subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp., (iii) the non-guarantor subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp. and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Acquisition Corp. on a consolidated basis. Investments in consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. There are no restrictions on Acquisition Corp.’s ability to obtain funds from any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.

The Company and Holdings are holding companies that conduct substantially all of their business operations through Acquisition Corp. Accordingly, the ability of the Company and Holdings to obtain funds from their subsidiaries is restricted by the indentures for the Acquisition Corp. Notes and the credit agreements for the Acquisition Corp. Senior Credit Facilities, including the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

December 31, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Assets

                 

Current assets:

                 

Cash and equivalents

  $ —     $ 184   $ 278   $ —     $ 462   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 462

Accounts receivable, net

    —         390     492     —         882     —         —         —         882

Inventories

    —         13     52     —         65     —         —         —         65

Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year

    —         119     70     —         189     —         —         —         189

Prepaid and other current assets

    —         15     43     —         58     —         —         —         58
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    —         721     935     —         1,656     —         —         —         1,656

Due from (to) parent companies

    475     (659     184     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investments in and advances to consolidated subsidiaries

    2,348     2,710     —         (5,058     —         805     805     (1,610     —    

Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year

    —         146     85     —         231     —         —         —         231

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —         190     105     —         295     —         —         —         295

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

    —         211     78     —         289     —         —         —         289

Goodwill

    —         1,370     398     —         1,768     —         —         —         1,768

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    —         870     842     —         1,712     —         —         —         1,712

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

    —         72     80     —         152     —         —         —         152

Deferred tax assets, net

    —         51     8     —         59     —         —         —         59

Other assets

    9     119     24     —         152     —         —         —         152
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,832   $ 5,801   $ 2,739   $ (5,058   $ 6,314   $ 805   $ 805   $ (1,610   $ 6,314
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

                 

Current liabilities:

                 

Accounts payable

  $ —     $ 109   $ 93   $ —     $ 202   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 202

Accrued royalties

    —         777     894     —         1,671     —         —         —         1,671

Accrued liabilities

    —         303     246     —         549     —         —         —         549

Accrued interest

    23     —         —         —         23     —         —         —         23

Operating lease liabilities, current

    —         21     17     —         38     —         —         —         38

Deferred revenue

    —         35     124     —         159     —         —         —         159

Other current liabilities

    —         53     104     —         157     —         —         —         157
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    23     1,298     1,478     —         2,799     —         —         —         2,799

Long-term debt

    2,988     —         —         —         2,988     —         —         —         2,988

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

    —         259     62     —         321     —         —         —         321

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    —         —         171     —         171     —         —         —         171

Other noncurrent liabilities

    11     94     99     —         204     —         —         —         204
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    3,022     1,651     1,810     —         6,483     —         —         —         6,483
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. (deficit) equity

    (190     4,146     912     (5,058     (190     805     805     (1,610     (190

Noncontrolling interest

    —         4     17     —         21     —         —         —         21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    (190     4,150     929     (5,058     (169     805     805     (1,610     (169
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,832   $ 5,801   $ 2,739   $ (5,058   $ 6,314   $ 805   $ 805   $ (1,610   $ 6,314
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents

Consolidating Balance Sheet

September 30, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Assets

                 

Current assets:

                 

Cash and equivalents

  $ —     $ 386   $ 233   $ —     $ 619   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 619

Accounts receivable, net

    —         334     441     —         775     —         —         —         775

Inventories

    —         11     63     —         74     —         —         —         74

Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year

    —         112     58     —         170     —         —         —         170

Prepaid and other current assets

    —         12     41     —         53     —         —         —         53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    —         855     836     —         1,691     —         —         —         1,691

Due from (to) parent companies

    458     (531     73     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investments in and advances to consolidated subsidiaries

    2,272     2,567     —         (4,839     —         878     878     (1,756     —    

Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year

    —         137     71     —         208     —         —         —         208

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —         200     100     —         300     —         —         —         300

Goodwill

    —         1,370     391     —         1,761     —         —         —         1,761

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    —         884     839     —         1,723     —         —         —         1,723

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

    —         71     80     —         151     —         —         —         151

Deferred tax assets, net

    —         30     8     —         38     —         —         —         38

Other assets

    7     115     23     —         145     —         —         —         145
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,737   $ 5,698   $ 2,421   $ (4,839   $ 6,017   $ 878   $ 878   $ (1,756   $ 6,017
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

                 

Current liabilities:

                 

Accounts payable

  $ —     $ 160   $ 100   $ —     $ 260   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 260

Accrued royalties

    4     813     750     —         1,567     —         —         —         1,567

Accrued liabilities

    —         266     226     —         492     —         —         —         492

Accrued interest

    34     —         —         —         34     —         —         —         34

Deferred revenue

    —         42     138     —         180     —         —         —         180

Other current liabilities

    —         221     65     —         286     —         —         —         286
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    38     1,502     1,279     —         2,819     —         —         —         2,819

Long-term debt

    2,974     —         —         —         2,974     —         —         —         2,974

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    —         —         172     —         172     —         —         —         172

Other noncurrent liabilities

    14     200     107     —         321     —         —         —         321
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    3,026     1,702     1,558     —         6,286     —         —         —         6,286
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warner Music Group Corp. (deficit) equity

    (289     3,992     847     (4,839     (289     878     878     (1,756     (289

Noncontrolling interest

    —         4     16     —         20     —         —         —         20
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    (289     3,996     863     (4,839     (269     878     878     (1,756     (269
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,737   $ 5,698   $ 2,421   $ (4,839   $ 6,017   $ 878   $ 878   $ (1,756   $ 6,017
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Revenue

  $ —     $ 574   $ 804   $ (122   $ 1,256   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 1,256

Costs and expenses:

                 

Cost of revenue

    —         (307     (447     89     (665     —         —         —         (665

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —         (177     (235     33     (379     —         —         —         (379

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         (22     (25     —         (47     —         —         —         (47
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    —         (506     (707     122     (1,091     —         —         —         (1,091
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         68     97     —         165     —         —         —         165

Interest expense, net

    (31     —         (2     —         (33     —         —         —         (33

Equity gains from equity method investments

    154     86     —         (240     —         120     120     (240     —    

Other income (expense), net

    2     1     (8     —         (5     —         —         —         (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    125     155     87     (240     127     120     120     (240     127

Income tax expense

    (5     (1     (23     24     (5     —         —         —         (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    120     154     64     (216     122     120     120     (240     122

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         (2     —         (2     —         —         —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 120   $ 154   $ 62   $ (216   $ 120   $ 120   $ 120   $ (240   $ 120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Revenue

  $ —     $ 481   $ 854   $ (132   $ 1,203   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 1,203

Costs and expenses:

                 

Cost of revenue

    —         (223     (505     102     (626     —         —         —         (626

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —         (189     (217     30     (376     —         —         —         (376

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         (25     (29     —         (54     —         —         —         (54
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    —         (437     (751     132     (1,056     —         —         —         (1,056
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         44     103     —         147     —         —         —         147

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (3     —         —         —         (3     —         —         —         (3

Interest (expense) income, net

    (31     1     (6     —         (36     —         —         —         (36

Equity gains from equity method investments

    172     109     —         (281     —         86     86     (172     —    

Other (expense) income, net

    (2     19     11     —         28     —         —         —         28
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    136     173     108     (281     136     86     86     (172     136

Income tax expense

    (50     (45     (24     69     (50     —         —         —         (50
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    86     128     84     (212     86     86     86     (172     86

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 86   $ 128   $ 84   $ (212   $ 86   $ 86   $ 86   $ (172   $ 86
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-94


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Net income

  $ 120   $ 154   $ 64   $ (216   $ 122   $ 120   $ 120   $ (240   $ 122

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency adjustment

    7     —         (7     7     7     43     43     (86     7

Deferred gain on derivatives

    3     —         3     (3     3     15     15     (30     3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    10     —         (4     4     10     58     58     (116     10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    130     154     60     (212     132     178     178     (356     132

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         (2     —         (2     —         —         —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 130   $ 154   $ 58   $ (212   $ 130   $ 178   $ 178   $ (356   $ 130
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Net income

  $ 86   $ 128   $ 84   $ (212   $ 86   $ 86   $ 86   $ (172   $ 86

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency adjustment

    (16     —         16     (16     (16     (16     (16     32     (16

Deferred losses on derivatives

    (6     —         (2     2     (6     (6     (6     12     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (22     —         14     (14     (22     (22     (22     44     (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    64     128     98     (226     64     64     64     (128     64

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.

  $ 64   $ 128   $ 98   $ (226   $ 64   $ 64   $ 64   $ (128   $ 64
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2019

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Net income

  $ 120   $ 154   $ 64   $ (216   $ 122   $ 120   $ 120   $ (240   $ 122

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

    —         43     28     —         71     —         —         —         71

Unrealized gains and remeasurement of foreign denominated loans

    12     2     (9     —         5     —         —         —         5

Deferred income taxes

    —         —         (29     —         (29     —         —         —         (29

Net gain on investments

    —         1     —         —         1     —         —         —         1

Non-cash interest expense

    1     —         —         —         1     —         —         —         1

Equity-based compensation expense

    —         (7     —         —         (7     —         —         —         (7

Equity gains, including distributions

    (154     (86     —         240     —         (120     (120     240     —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                 

Accounts receivable, net

    —         (57     (44     —         (101     —         —         —         (101

Inventories

    —         (1     11     —         10     —         —         —         10

Royalty advances

    —         (16     (22     —         (38     —         —         —         (38

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    —         92     (112     (24     (44     —         —         —         (44

Royalty payables

    —         (38     122     —         84     —         —         —         84

Accrued interest

    (11     —         —         —         (11     —         —         —         (11

Operating lease liabilities

    —         1     0     —         1     —         —         —         1

Deferred revenue

    —         (6     (15     —         (21     —         —         —         (21

Other balance sheet changes

    (1     (27     62       —         34     —         —         —         34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (33     55     56     —         78     —         —         —         78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Acquisition of music publishing rights, net

    —         (8     (3     —         (11     —         —         —         (11

Capital expenditures

    —         (8     (7     —         (15     —         —         —         (15

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net

    —         (2     (4     —         (6     —         —         —         (6

Advances from issuer

    33     —         —         (33     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    33     (18     (14     (33     (32     —         —         —         (32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Dividend by Acquisition Corp. to Holdings Corp.

    —         (206     —         —         (206     —         —         —         (206

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

    —         —         (1     —         (1     —         —         —         (1

Change in due (from) to issuer

    —         (33     —         33     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    —         (239     (1     33     (207     —         —         —         (207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    —         —         4     —         4     —         —         —         4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in cash and equivalents

    —         (202     45     —         (157     —         —         —         (157

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

    —         386     233     —         619     —         —         —         619
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

  $ —     $ 184   $ 278   $ —     $ 462   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 462
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-97


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For The Three Months Ended December 31, 2018

 

    WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated
    WMG
Holdings
Corp.
    Warner
Music
Group
Corp.
    Eliminations     Warner
Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated
 
    (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Net income

  $ 86   $ 128   $ 84   $ (212   $ 86   $ 86   $ 86   $ (172   $ 86

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

    —         34     34     —         68     —         —         —         68

Unrealized gains and remeasurement of foreign denominated loans

    (10     (4     —         1     (13     —         —         —         (13

Deferred income taxes

    —         —         11     —         11     —         —         —         11

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    3     —         —         —         3     —         —         —         3

Net gain on investments

    —         (15     —         —         (15     —         —         —         (15

Non-cash interest expense

    2     —         —         —         2     —         —         —         2

Equity-based compensation expense

    —         12     —         —         12     —         —         —         12

Equity gains, including distributions

    (172     (109     —         281     —         (86     (86     172     —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                 

Accounts receivable, net

    —         (3     (85     —         (88     —         —         —         (88

Inventories

    —         2     11     —         13     —         —         —         13

Royalty advances

    —         (15     (13     —         (28     —         —         —         (28

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    —         64     (86     (70     (92     —         —         —         (92

Royalty payables

    —         (91     183     —         92     —         —         —         92

Accrued interest

    (7     —         —         —         (7     —         —         —         (7

Deferred revenue

    —         3     (8     —         (5     —         —         —         (5

Other balance sheet changes

    4     24     25     —         53     —         —         —         53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (94     30     156     —         92     —         —         —         92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Acquisition of music publishing rights, net

    —         (4     (1     —         (5     —         —         —         (5

Capital expenditures

    —         (22     (4     —         (26     —         —         —         (26

Investments and acquisitions of businesses, net

    —         (23     (184     —         (207     —         —         —         (207

Proceeds from the sale of investments

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Advances from issuer

    (84     —         —         84     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (84     (49     (189     84     (238     —         —         —         (238
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Proceeds from issuance of Acquisition Corp. 3.625% Senior Notes due 2026

    287     —         —         —         287     —         —         —         287

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.125% Senior Secured Notes

    (40     —         —         —         (40     —         —         —         (40

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 4.875% Senior Secured Notes

    (30     —         —         —         (30     —         —         —         (30

Repayment of Acquisition Corp. 5.625% Senior Secured Notes

    (27     —         —         —         (27     —         —         —         (27

Call premiums paid on and redemption deposit for early redemption of debt

    (2     —         —         —         (2     —         —         —         (2

Deferred financing costs paid

    (4     —         —         —         (4     —         —         —         (4

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

    —         (1     (1     —         (2     —         —         —         (2

Dividends paid

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Change in due to (from) issuer

    —         84     —         (84     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    184     83     (1     (84     182     —         —         —         182
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents

    —         —         (2     —         (2     —         —         —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

    6     64     (36     —         34     —         —         —         34

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

    —         169     345     —         514     —         —         —         514
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

  $ 6   $ 233   $ 309   $ —     $ 548   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 548
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents

LOGO

Uproxx songkick emp warner music Nordics warner music Nashville warner music latin America warner music japan warner music france warner music central Europe warner music asia warner music entertainment warner music warner classics arts music warner chappell production music warner chappell music


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Warner Music Group Corp.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley   Credit Suisse   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

 

 

                    , 2020

Through and including                 , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC Registration Fee

     $12,980  

FINRA Filing Fee

     $15,500  

Listing Fee

     *  

Printing Fees and Expenses

     *  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     *  

Legal Fees and Expenses

     *  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

     *  

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total:

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Warner Music Group Corp. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to

 

II-1


Table of Contents

in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL specifically allows a Delaware corporation to purchase liability insurance on behalf of its directors and officers and to insure against potential liability of such directors and officers regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such directors and officers under Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a Delaware corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This provision, however, may not eliminate or limit a director’s liability (1) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened

 

II-2


Table of Contents

legal proceedings because of the director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreements.

The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures against certain liabilities that our directors and officers and the directors and officers of our subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

None.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits.

The Exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 are listed in the Exhibit Index which precedes the signature pages to this Registration Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II—Valuation of Qualifying Accounts beginning on page F-63.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.

 

  (a)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  (b)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Additional information about Warner Music Group Corp., its subsidiaries and affiliates may be found elsewhere in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  1.1#    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Warner Music Group Corp.
  3.2*    Third Amended and Restated By-Laws of Warner Music Group Corp.
  3.3#    Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Warner Music Group Corp.
  3.4#    Form of Fourth Amended and Restated By-Laws of Warner Music Group Corp.
  4.1#    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2*    Indenture, dated as of November  1, 2012, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, Credit Suisse AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, providing for the issuance of secured notes in series.
  4.3*    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July  27, 2016, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.
  4.4*    Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October  18, 2016, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024.
  4.5*    Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October  18, 2016, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024.
  4.6*    Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October  9, 2018, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026.
  4.7*    Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April  30, 2019, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026.
  4.8*    Indenture, dated as of April  9, 2014, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, providing for the issuance of unsecured senior notes in series.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  4.9*    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March  14, 2018, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026.
  4.10*    Form of Senior Secured Note of WMG Acquisition Corp. (included in Exhibit 4.2 hereto).
  4.11*    Form of Senior Note of WMG Acquisition Corp. (included in Exhibit 4.8 hereto).
  4.12*    Guarantee, dated July 27, 2016, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.
  4.13*    Guarantee, dated October 18, 2016, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 and 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024.
  4.14*    Guarantee, dated March 14, 2018, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026.
  4.15*    Guarantee, dated October 9, 2018, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026.
  4.16*    Guarantee, dated April 30, 2019, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026.
  4.17*    Security Agreement, dated as of November  1, 2012, among WMG Acquisition Corp., WMG Holdings Corp., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as collateral agent, term loan authorized representative, revolving authorized representative and indenture authorized representative.
  4.18*    Copyright Security Agreement, dated November  1, 2012, made by WMG Acquisition Corp. and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Credit Suisse, AG, as collateral agent for the Secured First Lien Parties.
  4.19*    Patent Security Agreement, dated November  1, 2012, made by WMG Acquisition Corp. and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Credit Suisse, AG, as collateral agent for the Secured First Lien Parties.
  4.20*    Trademark Security Agreement, dated November  1, 2012, made by WMG Acquisition Corp. and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Credit Suisse, AG, as collateral agent for the Secured First Lien Parties.
  5.1#    Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP.
10.1#    Form of Stockholder Agreement between Access Industries, LLC and Warner Music Group Corp.
10.2#    Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Access Industries, LLC and Warner Music Group Corp.
10.3*    Credit Agreement, dated as of November  1, 2012, among WMG Acquisition Corp., each lender from time to time party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, and Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, relating to a term loan credit facility.
10.4*    Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May  9, 2013, by and among WMG Acquisition Corp., the other Loan Parties (as defined therein), WMG Holdings Corp., and the several banks and financial institutions parties thereto as Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as defined therein.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.5*    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July  15, 2016, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, relating to the term loan facility.
10.6*    Second Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of November  21, 2016, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, relating to the term loan facility.
10.7*    Third Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May  22, 2017, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the other Loan Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, WMG Holdings Corp., the Administrative Agent (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse AG Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche D Term Lender.
10.8*    Fourth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of December  6, 2017, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the other Loan Parties (as defined therein) party hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., the Administrative Agent (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse AG Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche E Term Lender.
10.9*    Increase Supplement to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March  14, 2018, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the Loan Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, WMG Holdings Corp., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as increasing lender, and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, relating to the term loan facility.
10.10*    Fifth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of June  7, 2018, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the other Loan Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, WMG Holdings Corp., the Administrative Agent (as defined therein) and Credit Suisse AG Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche F Term Lender.
10.11*    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November  1, 2012, made by the persons listed on the signature pages thereto under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties, relating to the term credit facility.
10.12*    Credit Agreement, dated as of January  31, 2018, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, relating to the revolving credit facility.
10.13*   

Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of January  31, 2018, made by the persons listed on the signature pages thereto under the caption “Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors (as defined therein) in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined therein), relating to the revolving credit facility.

10.14*   

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2019, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, relating to the revolving credit facility.

10.15†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2014, between Warner Music Inc. and Eric Levin.
10.16†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2015, between Warner Music Inc. and Eric Levin.
10.17†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2016, between Warner Music Inc. and Eric Levin.
10.18†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2015, between Warner Music Inc. and Paul M. Robinson.
10.19†*    Letter Agreement, dated May 2, 2018, between Warner Music Inc. and Eric Levin.
10.20†*    Letter Agreement, dated May 2, 2018, between Warner Music Inc. and Paul M. Robinson.
10.21†*   

Letter Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2019, between Warner Chappell Music, Inc. and Guy Moot.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.22†*   

Service Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2019, between Warner Chappell Music Limited and Guy Moot.

10.23†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2018, between Warner Chappell Music, Inc. and Carianne Marshall.
10.24†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2018, between Warner Chappell Music, Inc. and Carianne Marshall.
10.25†*    Letter Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2019, between Warner Chappell Music, Inc. and Carianne Marshall.
10.26†*    Service Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2017, between Max Lousada and Warner Music International Services Limited.
10.27†*    Warner Music Group Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan.
10.28†*    Second Amended and Restated Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.
10.29†*    Form of Election for Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.
10.30†*    Form of Award Agreement under Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.
10.31†*    Form of Award Agreement for 2014 Additional Unit Allocation under Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.
10.32†*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Warner Music Group Corp. and its directors.
10.33†*    Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of WMG Management Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 10, 2017.
10.34*    Lease, dated as of October 1, 2013, between Paramount Group, Inc., as agent for PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P., and WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Headquarters Lease”).
10.35*    Guaranty of Headquarters Lease, dated as of October 1, 2013.
10.36*    Assurance of Discontinuance, dated November 22, 2005.
10.37*    Management Agreement, made as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., WMG Holdings Corp, and Access Industries, Inc.
10.38*    Lease, dated as of October 7, 2016, between Warner Acquisition Corp. and Sri Ten Santa Fe LLC.
10.39*    Form of Amendment to Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan.
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries of Warner Music Group Corp.
23.1*    Consent of KPMG.
23.2#    Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24.1*    Powers of Attorney (contained on signature pages to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

*

Filed herewith.

Identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.

#

To be filed by amendment.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Warner Music Group Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on February 6, 2020.

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

  Name: Stephen Cooper
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul M. Robinson and Trent N. Tappe, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) and otherwise, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as such person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed on February 6, 2020 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Stephen Cooper

   Chief Executive Officer; Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Stephen Cooper

/s/ Eric Levin

Eric Levin

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Michael Lynton

Michael Lynton

   Chairman of the Board of Directors

/s/ Len Blavatnik

Len Blavatnik

   Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

/s/ Lincoln Benet

Lincoln Benet

   Director

/s/ Alex Blavatnik

Alex Blavatnik

   Director

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Mathias Döpfner

Mathias Döpfner

   Director

/s/ Noreena Hertz

Noreena Hertz

   Director

/s/ Ynon Kreiz

Ynon Kreiz

   Director

/s/ Max Lousada

Max Lousada

   Director

/s/ Thomas H. Lee

Thomas H. Lee

   Director

/s/ Donald A. Wagner

Donald A. Wagner

   Director

 

S-2

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

SECOND: The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101 in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD: The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is ten thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

(a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed and may be altered from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws, and vacancies in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled, and directors may be removed, as provided in the By-Laws.

(b) The election of directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot.

(c) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.

(d) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide.

(e) No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, provided that nothing contained in this Article shall eliminate or limit the


liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

SIXTH:

(a) Except to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or repeal of this Article or of the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

(b) The Corporation shall indemnify, in a manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, each person who is or was a party to or subject to, or is threatened to be made a party to or to be the subject of, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or had agreed to become or is alleged to have been, a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving, or had agreed to serve or is alleged to have served, at the request of or to further the interests of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, manager, partner or trustee of, or in a similar capacity for, another corporation or any limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any of its affiliates and any charitable or not-for-profit enterprise (any such person being sometimes referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action taken or omitted or alleged to have been taken or omitted by an Indemnitee in any such capacity, against, in the case of any action, suit or proceeding other than an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation, all expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf and all judgments, damages, fines, penalties and other liabilities actually sustained by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom and, in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation, against all expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; provided,

 

2


however, that in an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and then only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. With respect to service by an Indemnitee on behalf of any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its affiliates, action in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the beneficiaries of the plan shall be considered to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify an Indemnitee for expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, pursuant to this Article. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify an Indemnitee against expenses incurred in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee against the Corporation or any other person who is an Indemnitee unless the initiation of the proceeding was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of Section (b) of this Article SIXTH, the Corporation shall, in advance of the final disposition of the matter, pay or promptly reimburse a director or officer for any expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such director or officer in investigating and defending or responding to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation referred to in Section (b) of this Article SIXTH, and any appeal therefrom; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such a matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation against such expenses as provided by this Article. The Corporation shall accept such undertaking without reference to the financial ability of the director or officer to make such repayment.

(d) The right to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall continue as to any person who formerly was an officer,

 

3


director or employee of the Corporation in respect of acts or omissions occurring or alleged to have occurred while he or she was an officer, director or employee of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitees. Unless otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article shall be on the Corporation. The Corporation may, by provisions in its bylaws or by agreement with one or more Indemnitees, establish procedures for the application of the foregoing provisions of this Article. The right of an Indemnitee to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be a contractual obligation of the Corporation and, as such, shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) No amendment to or repeal of this Article or of the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment or repeal.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or action of the Board of Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and nothing contained in this Article shall be deemed to prohibit the Corporation from entering into agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article.

(g) In addition to indemnification by the Corporation of current and former officers, directors and employees and advancement of expenses by the Corporation to current and former officers and directors as permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Article, the Corporation may, in a manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, indemnify current and former agents and other persons serving the Corporation and advance expenses to current and former employees, agents and other persons serving the Corporation, in each case as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and any rights to indemnity or advancement of expenses granted to such persons may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those provided to directors, officers and employees by this Article.

(h) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of another corporation or a limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee

 

4


benefit plan) in which the Corporation has an interest against any expense, liability or loss incurred by the Corporation or such person in his or her capacity as such, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to or is obligated to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss.

SEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or directors are granted subject to this reservation.

 

5

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

As Adopted on July 20, 2011

 

 

 

 


WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

    Section 1.01.

  

Annual Meetings

     1  

    Section 1.02.

  

Special Meetings

     1  

    Section 1.03.

  

Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication

     1  

    Section 1.04.

  

Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice

     1  

    Section 1.05.

  

Proxies

     2  

    Section 1.06.

  

Voting Lists

     3  

    Section 1.07.

  

Quorum

     3  

    Section 1.08.

  

Voting

     3  

    Section 1.09.

  

Adjournment

     3  

    Section 1.10.

  

Organization; Procedure

     4  

    Section 1.11.

  

Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

     4  

ARTICLE II

  

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     5  

    Section 2.01.

  

General Powers

     5  

    Section 2.02.

  

Number and Term of Office

     5  

    Section 2.03.

  

Election of Directors

     5  

    Section 2.04.

  

Regular Meetings

     5  

    Section 2.05.

  

Special Meetings

     5  

    Section 2.06.

  

Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice

     5  

    Section 2.07.

  

Quorum; Voting

     6  

    Section 2.08.

  

Action by Telephonic Communications

     6  

    Section 2.09.

  

Adjournment

     6  

    Section 2.10.

  

Action Without a Meeting

     6  

    Section 2.11.

  

Regulations

     6  

    Section 2.12.

  

Resignations of Directors

     7  

    Section 2.13.

  

Removal of Directors

     7  

    Section 2.14.

  

Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

     7  

    Section 2.15.

  

Compensation

     7  

    Section 2.16.

  

Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc

     7  

ARTICLE III

  

COMMITTEES

     8  

    Section 3.01.

  

Designation of Committees

     8  

    Section 3.02.

  

Members and Alternate Members

     8  

    Section 3.03.

  

Committee Procedures

     8  

    Section 3.04.

  

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     8  

    Section 3.05.

  

Resignations and Removals

     9  

    Section 3.06.

  

Vacancies

     9  

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

ARTICLE IV

  

OFFICERS

     9  

    Section 4.01.

  

Officers

     9  

    Section 4.02.

  

Election

     9  

    Section 4.03.

  

Compensation

     10  

    Section 4.04.

  

Removal and Resignation; Vacancies

     10  

    Section 4.05.

  

Authority and Duties of Officers

     10  

    Section 4.06.

  

President

     10  

    Section 4.07.

  

Vice Presidents

     11  

    Section 4.08.

  

Secretary

     11  

    Section 4.09.

  

Treasurer

     12  

ARTICLE V

  

CAPITAL STOCK

     13  

    Section 5.01.

  

Certificates of Stock

     13  

    Section 5.02.

  

Facsimile Signatures

     13  

    Section 5.03.

  

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

     13  

    Section 5.04.

  

Transfer of Stock

     13  

    Section 5.05.

  

Registered Stockholders

     13  

ARTICLE VI

  

INDEMNIFICATION

     14  

    Section 6.01.

  

Indemnification

     14  

ARTICLE VII

  

OFFICES

     14  

    Section 7.01.

  

Registered Office

     14  

    Section 7.02.

  

Other Offices

     14  

ARTICLE VIII

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14  

    Section 8.01.

  

Dividends

     14  

    Section 8.02.

  

Reserves

     15  

    Section 8.03.

  

Execution of Instruments

     15  

    Section 8.04.

  

Voting as Stockholder

     15  

    Section 8.05.

  

Fiscal Year

     15  

    Section 8.06.

  

Seal

     15  

    Section 8.07.

  

Books and Records; Inspection

     15  

    Section 8.08.

  

Electronic Transmission

     15  

ARTICLE IX

  

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     16  

    Section 9.01.

  

Amendment

     16  

ARTICLE X

  

CONSTRUCTION

     16  

    Section 10.01.

  

Construction

     16  

 

ii


WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

BYLAWS

As adopted on July 20, 2011

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.01. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held each year either within or without the State of Delaware on such date and at such place and time as are designated by resolution of the corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”), unless the stockholders have acted by written consent to elect directors as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”).

Section 1.02. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose may be called at any time by the President (or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President) or by the Secretary pursuant to a resolution of the Board, to be held either within or without the State of Delaware on such date and at such time and place as are designated by such officer or in such resolution.

Section 1.03. Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication. The Board, acting in its sole discretion, may establish guidelines and procedures in accordance with applicable provisions of the DGCL and any other applicable law for the participation by stockholders and proxyholders in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communications, and may determine that any meeting of stockholders will not be held at any place but will be held solely by means of remote communication. Stockholders and proxyholders complying with such procedures and guidelines and otherwise entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be deemed present in person and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.

Section 1.04. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.

(a) The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause notice of each meeting of stockholders to be given in writing in a manner permitted by the DGCL not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, subject to such exclusions as are then permitted by the DGCL. The notice shall specify (i) the place, if any, date and time of such meeting, (ii) the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, (iii) in


the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, and (iv) such other information as may be required by law or as may be deemed appropriate by the President, the Vice President calling the meeting, or the Board. If the stockholder list referred to in Section 1.06 of these bylaws is made accessible on an electronic network, the notice of meeting must indicate how the stockholder list can be accessed. If the meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of electronic communications, the notice of meeting must provide the information required to access such stockholder list during the meeting.

(b) A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a stockholder or a waiver by electronic transmission by a stockholder, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice, is deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 1.05. Proxies.

(a) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy.

(b) A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including but not limited to by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing an electronic transmission (as defined in Section 8.08 of these bylaws) setting forth an authorization to act as proxy to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a like authorized agent. Proxies by electronic transmission must either set forth, or be submitted with, information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used if such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction is a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(c) No proxy may be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy is revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and applicable law makes it irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.

 

2


Section 1.06. Voting Lists. The officer of the corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders (and before any adjournment thereof for which a new record date has been set), a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. This list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder prior to and during the meeting for any purpose germane to the meeting as required by the DGCL or other applicable law. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled by this section to examine the list required by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.07. Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

Section 1.08. Voting. Every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his or her name on the books of the corporation (x) at the close of business on the record date for such meeting, or (y) if no record date has been fixed, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. All matters at any meeting at which a quorum is present, including the election of directors, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter in question, unless otherwise expressly provided by express provision of law or the certificate of incorporation. The stockholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

Section 1.09. Adjournment. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time, by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the place, if any, and date and time thereof (and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting after the adjournment, in which case notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 1.04 of these bylaws shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

3


Section 1.10. Organization; Procedure. The President shall preside over each meeting of stockholders. If the President is absent or disabled, the presiding officer shall be selected by the Board or, failing action by the Board, by a majority of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his or her absence or disability, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Board may make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to any such rules and regulations, the presiding officer of any meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe rules, regulations and procedures for such meeting and to take all such actions as in the judgment of the presiding officer are appropriate for the proper conduct of such meeting.

Section 1.11. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (but not less than the minimum number of votes otherwise prescribed by law) and (ii) delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded within 60 days of the earliest dated consent so delivered to the corporation.

(b) If a stockholder consent is to be given without a meeting of stockholders, and the Board has not fixed a record date for the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to participate in such consent, then: (i) if the DGCL does not require action by the Board prior to the proposed stockholder action, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation at any of the locations referred to in Section 1.11(a)(ii); and (ii) if the DGCL requires action by the Board prior to the proposed stockholder action, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action. Every written consent to action without a meeting shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and shall be valid if timely delivered to the corporation at any of the locations referred to in Section 1.11(a)(ii).

(c) The Secretary shall give prompt notice of the taking of an action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation in accordance with the DGCL.

 

4


ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.01. General Powers. Except as may otherwise be provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation, the affairs and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

Section 2.02. Number and Term of Office. The corporation shall have two or more directors, the number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, subject to any requirements of the certificate of incorporation. Each director (whenever elected) shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 2.03. Election of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.13 and 2.14 of these bylaws, the directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders.

Section 2.04. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates, and at such times and places as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.

Section 2.05. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the President or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President, or by a majority of the directors then in office, at such place, date and time as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Any business may be conducted at a special meeting.

Section 2.06. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.

(a) Notices of special meetings shall be given to each director, and notice of each resolution or other action affecting the date, time or place of one or more regular meetings shall be given to each director not present at the meeting adopting such resolution or other action, subject to Section 2.09 of these bylaws. Notices shall be given personally, or by telephone confirmed by facsimile or email dispatched promptly thereafter, or by facsimile or email confirmed by a writing delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, directed to each director at the address from time to time designated by such director to the Secretary. Each such notice and confirmation must be given (received in the case of personal service or delivery of written confirmation) at least 24 hours prior to the time of a special meeting, and at least five days prior to the initial regular meeting affected by such resolution or other action, as the case may be.

 

5


(b) A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a director or a waiver by electronic transmission by a director, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice, is deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a director at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 2.07. Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

Section 2.08. Action by Telephonic Communications. Members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.09. Adjournment. A majority of the directors present may adjourn any meeting of the Board to another date, time or place, whether or not a quorum is present. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless (a) the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.06 of these bylaws applicable to special meetings shall be given to each director, or (b) the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, in which case the notice referred to in clause (a) shall be given to those directors not present at the announcement of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting.

Section 2.10. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 2.11. Regulations. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board and for the management of the affairs and business of the corporation as the Board may deem appropriate. The Board may elect from among its members a chairperson and one or more vice-chairpersons to preside over meetings and to perform such other duties as may be designated by the Board.

 

6


Section 2.12. Resignations of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by submitting an electronic transmission or by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such director, to the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of a specified event.

Section 2.13. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of directors, acting at a stockholder meeting or by written consent in accordance with the DGCL and these bylaws. Any vacancy in the Board caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting (or in the written instrument effecting the removal, if the removal was effected by consent without a meeting) by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the director so removed.

Section 2.14. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as provided in Section 2.13, any vacancies or newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 2.15. Compensation. The directors shall be entitled to compensation for their services to the extent approved by the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders. The Board may by resolution determine the expenses in the performance of such services for which a director is entitled to reimbursement.

Section 2.16. Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc. A director, as such or as a member of any committee designated by the Board, shall in the performance of his or her duties be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the corporation by any of the corporation’s officers or employees, or committees designated by the Board, or by any other person as to the matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the corporation.

 

7


ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

Section 3.01. Designation of Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees. Each committee shall consist of such number of directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board, and shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation to the extent delegated to such committee by the Board but no committee shall have any power or authority as to (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, (b) adopting, amending or repealing any of these bylaws or (c) as may otherwise be excluded by law or by the certificate of incorporation, and no committee may delegate any of its power or authority to a subcommittee unless so authorized by the Board.

Section 3.02. Members and Alternate Members. The members of each committee and any alternate members shall be selected by the Board. The Board may provide that the members and alternate members serve at the pleasure of the Board. An alternate member may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. An alternate member shall be given all notices of committee meetings, may attend any meeting of the committee, but may count towards a quorum and vote only if a member for whom such person is an alternate is absent or disqualified. Each member (and each alternate member) of any committee shall hold office only until the time he or she shall cease for any reason to be a director, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3.03. Committee Procedures. A quorum for each committee shall be a majority of its members, unless the committee has only one or two members, in which case a quorum shall be one member, or unless a greater quorum is established by the Board. The vote of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required. The Board may adopt other rules and regulations for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws, and each committee may adopt its own rules and regulations of government, to the extent not inconsistent with these bylaws or rules and regulations adopted by the Board.

Section 3.04. Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of each committee shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of the following sections of these bylaws, with such bylaws being deemed to refer to the committee and its members in lieu of the Board and its members:

(a) Section 2.04 (to the extent relating to place and time of regular meetings);

 

8


(b) Section 2.05 (relating to special meetings);

(c) Section 2.06 (relating to notice and waiver of notice);

(d) Sections 2.08 and 2.10 (relating to telephonic communication and action without a meeting); and

(e) Section 2.09 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment).

Special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board.

Section 3.05. Resignations and Removals. Any member (and any alternate member) of any committee may resign from such position at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any member (and any alternate member) of any committee may be removed from such position by the Board at any time, either for or without cause.

Section 3.06. Vacancies. If a vacancy occurs in any committee for any reason, the remaining members (and any alternate members) may continue to act if a quorum is present. A committee vacancy may be filled only by the Board.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Officers. The Board shall elect a President and a Secretary as officers of the corporation. The Board may also elect a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents as the Board may determine. In addition, the Board from time to time may delegate to any officer the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any action by an appointing officer may be superseded by action by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that one person may not hold both the office of President and the office of Secretary. No officer need be a director of the corporation.

Section 4.02. Election. The officers of the corporation elected by the Board shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. Officers and agents appointed pursuant to delegated authority as provided in Section 4.01 (or, in the case of agents, as provided in Section 4.06) shall hold their offices for such terms as may be determined from time to time by the appointing officer. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected or appointed and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

9


Section 4.03. Compensation. The salaries and other compensation of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board or in the manner established by the Board.

Section 4.04. Removal and Resignation; Vacancies. Any officer may be removed for or without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer granted the power to appoint subordinate officers and agents as provided in Section 4.01 may remove any subordinate officer or agent appointed by such officer, for or without cause. Any officer or agent may resign at any time by delivering notice of resignation, either in writing signed by such officer or by electronic transmission, to the Board or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, may be filled by the Board or by the officer, if any, who appointed the person formerly holding such office.

Section 4.05. Authority and Duties of Officers. An officer of the corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties (a) as may be required by law, (b) to the extent not inconsistent with law, as are specified in these bylaws, (c) to the extent not inconsistent with law or these bylaws, as may be specified by resolution of the Board, and (d) to the extent not inconsistent with any of the foregoing, as may be specified by the appointing officer with respect to a subordinate officer appointed pursuant to delegated authority under Section 4.01.

Section 4.06. President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors at which he or she is present, shall be the chief executive officer and the chief operating officer of the corporation, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He or she shall manage and administer the corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief executive officer and a chief operating officer of a corporation. He or she shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and all other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the corporation. He or she shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees or agents of the corporation as the conduct of the business of the corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or any agent employed or appointed by any officer or to suspend any agent appointed by the Board. The President shall have the duties and powers of the Treasurer if no Treasurer is elected and shall have such other duties and powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

10


Section 4.07. Vice Presidents. If one or more Vice-Presidents have been elected, each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board or the President. In the event of absence or disability of the President, the duties of the President shall be performed, and his or her powers may be exercised, by such Vice President as shall be designated by the Board or, failing such designation, by the Vice President in order of seniority of election to that office.

Section 4.08. Secretary. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board and any committees thereof in books provided for that purpose.

(b) The Secretary shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as required by law.

(c) Whenever any committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board, the Secretary shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such committee.

(d) The Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all documents and instruments that the Board or any officer of the corporation has determined should be executed under seal, may sign (together with any other authorized officer) any such document or instrument, and when the seal is so affixed he or she may attest the same.

(e) The Secretary shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

(f) The Secretary shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each such holder became a holder of record.

(g) The Secretary shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.

 

11


(h) The Secretary shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these bylaws or as may be assigned to the Secretary from time to time by the Board or the President.

Section 4.09. Treasurer. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Treasurer, if there be one, shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) The Treasurer shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records thereof.

(b) The Treasurer shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be determined by the Board or the President, or by such other officers of the corporation as may be authorized by the Board or the President to make such determinations.

(c) The Treasurer shall cause the moneys of the corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as the Board or the President may determine from time to time) upon the authorized depositaries of the corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.

(d) The Treasurer shall render to the Board or the President, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the corporation and of the transactions of the corporation, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.

(e) The Treasurer shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the corporation reports or statements giving such information as he or she may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the corporation.

(f) The Treasurer may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.

(g) The Treasurer shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these bylaws or as may be assigned to the Treasurer from time to time by the Board or the President.

 

12


ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.01. Certificates of Stock. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in the name of such holder. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws.

Section 5.02. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all signatures on the certificates referred to in Section 5.01 of these bylaws may be in facsimile form. If any officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 5.03. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. A new certificate may be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed only upon delivery to the corporation of an affidavit of the owner or owners (or their legal representatives) of such certificate, setting forth such allegation, and a bond or other undertaking as may be satisfactory to a financial officer of the corporation designated by the Board to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

Section 5.04. Transfer of Stock.

(a) Transfer of shares shall be made on the books of the corporation upon surrender to the corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Subject to applicable law, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the Board may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the corporation.

(b) The corporation may enter into agreements with shareholders to restrict the transfer of stock of the corporation in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 5.05. Registered Stockholders. Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the

 

13


shares represented by such certificate, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the corporation shall have notice of such claim or interests. If a transfer of shares is made for collateral security, and not absolutely, this fact shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the corporation for transfer, both the transferor and transferee request the corporation to do so.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.01. Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitees (as that term is defined in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation) as specified in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.

ARTICLE VII

OFFICES

Section 7.01. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at the location provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.

Section 7.02. Other Offices. The corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 8.01. Dividends.

(a) Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the certificate of incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the corporation may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the corporation’s stock.

(b) A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or

 

14


on behalf of the corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.

Section 8.02. Reserves. There may be set apart out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time may determine proper as a reserve or reserves for meeting contingencies, equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board may determine conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 8.03. Execution of Instruments. Except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation, the Board or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Board may authorize any other officer or agent of the corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the corporation. Any such authorization must be in writing or by electronic transmission and may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

Section 8.04. Voting as Stockholder. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or through action without a meeting. The Board may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority (in general or confined to specific instances) upon any other person or persons.

Section 8.05. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall commence on the first day of October of each year and shall terminate in each case on September 30.

Section 8.06. Seal. The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.

Section 8.07. Books and Records; Inspection. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

15


Section 8.08. Electronic Transmission. “Electronic transmission”, as used in these bylaws, means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

Section 9.01. Amendment. These bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board without the assent or vote of the stockholders.

ARTICLE X

CONSTRUCTION

Section 10.01. Construction. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these bylaws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such certificate of incorporation shall be controlling

 

16

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., as Issuer

and

the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties hereto,

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

and

CREDIT SUISSE AG

as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent

 

 

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

 

 

PROVIDING FOR THE ISSUANCE OF NOTES IN SERIES


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions

     1  

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions

     44  

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA

     45  

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction

     46  

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

 

 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series

     47  

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating

     48  

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication

     49  

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent

     50  

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust

     51  

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists

     52  

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange

     52  

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes

     53  

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes

     53  

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes

     53  

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes

     54  

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation

     54  

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest

     54  

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.

     55  

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys

     55  

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

     55  

 

i


SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions

     58  

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest

     60  

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes

     60  

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

 

 

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee

     61  

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed

     61  

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption

     62  

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

     63  

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

     63  

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

     64  

SECTION 3.07. Applicability of Article

     64  

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption

     64  

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

 

 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

     64  

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

     65  

SECTION 4.03. [RESERVED].

     65  

SECTION 4.04. [RESERVED].

     65  

SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED].

     65  

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

     65  

SECTION 4.07. [RESERVED].

     66  

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws

     66  

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control

     66  

SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

     68  

SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments

     74  

 

ii


SECTION 4.12. Liens

     82  

SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales

     83  

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates

     87  

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

     89  

SECTION 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

     92  

SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders

     93  

SECTION 4.18. [RESERVED].

     94  

SECTION 4.19. [RESERVED].

     94  

SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent

     94  

SECTION 4.21. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

     94  

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 

 

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets

     95  

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default

     97  

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration

     99  

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies

     100  

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

     101  

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority

     101  

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits

     102  

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     102  

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

     102  

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     103  

SECTION 6.10. Priorities

     103  

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs

     103  

 

iii


ARTICLE SEVEN

THE TRUSTEE

 

 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee

     104  

SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee

     105  

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

     107  

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer

     107  

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default

     107  

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders

     107  

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity

     107  

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

     109  

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

     109  

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

     110  

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer

     110  

ARTICLE EIGHT

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

 

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge

     110  

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

     111  

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     113  

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money

     114  

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer

     115  

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement

     115  

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders

     115  

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders

     117  

SECTION 9.03. Reserved

     119  

 

iv


SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA

     119  

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents

     119  

SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     120  

SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

     120  

ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEES

 

 

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee

     120  

SECTION 10.02. Reserved

     121  

SECTION 10.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     121  

SECTION 10.04. Reserved

     122  

SECTION 10.05. Release of a Guarantor

     122  

SECTION 10.06. Waiver of Subrogation

     123  

SECTION 10.07. Immediate Payment

     123  

SECTION 10.08. No Setoff

     123  

SECTION 10.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute

     123  

SECTION 10.10. Guarantee Obligations Continuing

     124  

SECTION 10.11. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced

     124  

SECTION 10.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated

     124  

SECTION 10.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected

     124  

SECTION 10.14. Waiver

     126  

SECTION 10.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer

     126  

SECTION 10.16. Dealing with the Issuer and Others

     126  

SECTION 10.17. Default and Enforcement

     126  

SECTION 10.18. Amendment, Etc.

     127  

SECTION 10.19. Acknowledgment

     127  

SECTION 10.20. Costs and Expenses

     127  

 

v


SECTION 10.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     127  

SECTION 10.22. Survival of Guarantee Obligations

     127  

SECTION 10.23. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations

     127  

SECTION 10.24. Severability

     128  

SECTION 10.25. Successors and Assigns

     128  

ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls

     128  

SECTION 11.02. Notices

     128  

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders

     130  

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     131  

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     131  

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

     131  

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays

     131  

SECTION 11.08. Governing Law

     132  

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     132  

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others

     132  

SECTION 11.11. Successors

     132  

SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals

     132  

SECTION 11.13. Severability

     132  

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure

     132  

SECTION 11.15. USA Patriot Act

     133  

ARTICLE TWELVE

SECURITY

 

 

SECTION 12.01. Security Documents

     133  

SECTION 12.02. Notes Authorized Representative; Collateral Agent

     134  

 

vi


SECTION 12.03. After Acquired Property

     136  

SECTION 12.04. Release of Collateral

     136  

SECTION 12.05. Certificates of the Issuer

     138  

SECTION 12.06. Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents

     138  

SECTION 12.07. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Notes Authorized Representative Under the Security Documents

     139  

SECTION 12.08. Termination of Security Interest

     139  

SECTION 12.09. Purchaser Protected

     139  

SECTION 12.10. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee

     140  

 

vii


Exhibit A-1

  Form of Initial Dollar Note

Exhibit A-2

  Form of Initial Euro Note

Exhibit B

  Form of Legend for Restricted Notes

Exhibit C-1

  Form of Exchange Dollar Note

Exhibit C-2

  Form of Exchange Euro Note

Exhibit D

  Form of Legend for Global Note

Exhibit E

  Form of Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors Certificate

Exhibit F

  Form of Regulation S Certificate

Exhibit G

  Form of OID Legend

Exhibit H

  Form of Supplemental Indenture Establishing a Series of Notes

Exhibit I

  Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§310 (a)(1)

   7.10

         (a)(2)

   7.10

         (a)(3)

   Not Applicable

         (a)(4)

   Not Applicable

         (b)

   7.10

§311 (a)

   7.11

         (b)

   7.11

         (b)(2)

   7.06

§312 (a)

   2.06

         (b)

   2.06, 11.03

         (c)

   2.06, 11.03

§313 (a)

   7.06

         (b)

   7.06, 12.04

         (c)

   7.06

         (d)

   7.06

§314 (a)

   4.17

         (a)(4)

   11.04, 4.06

         (b)

   12.05

         (c)(1)

   11.04

         (c)(2)

   11.04

         (c)(3)

   Not Applicable

         (d)

   12.04, 12.05

         (e)

   11.05

§315 (a)

   7.01

         (b)

   7.05, 7.06

         (c)

   7.01

         (d)

   7.01

         (d)(1)

   7.01

         (d)(2)

   7.01

         (d)(3)

   6.05

 

viii


         (e)

   6.11

§316 (a)

   6.05, 6.04

         (a)(1)(A)

   6.02, 6.05

         (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

         (a)(2)

   Not Applicable

         (b)

   6.07

         (c)

   1.03

§317 (a)(1)

   6.08

         (a)(2)

   6.09

         (b)

   2.05

§318 (a)

   11.05

 

This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

ix


INDENTURE, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Indenture”), among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation, as issuer, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time party hereto, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent.

Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of Notes of any series thereof.

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

2011 Transactions” means the “Transactions” as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Access Investors” means, collectively: (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by such group.

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

After Acquired Property” means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets and Excluded Subsidiary Securities) acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor after the Issue Date that constitutes Collateral.

Agent” means any Registrar or any Paying Agent.

amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Premium” when used with respect to any series of Notes, means the “Applicable Premium” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.10 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, Section 5.01 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;


(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;


(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Issuer in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office) are required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed, and (ii) in relation to the Euro-denominated Notes or any date for payment, redemption, purchase or any action relating to euros, other than any day on which Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross settlement Express Transfer payment system is closed for settlement of payments in euros.

Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;


(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to any Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;


(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; provided that (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”; or

(3) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Issue Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted


Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or any successor securities clearing agency.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.

Collateral Agent” means Credit Suisse AG, or its successors or assigns, as collateral agent for the Holders, the Trustee and other secured parties under the Indenture and the Security Documents.

Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Depositary” means, with respect to the Euro-denominated Notes, Société Générale Bank & Trust, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream or another Person designated as common depositary by the Issuer, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b)


consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;


(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Issue Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;


(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11(a)(3)(a), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.11(a)(3)(d).

Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date.


Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

Credit Agreement” means (a) the Senior Term Loan Facility, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Issuer, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).


Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than Dollars, at any time of determination thereof, the amount of Dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of Dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is available, or if no such quote is available, such other source as may be selected in good faith by the Issuer).

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,


(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount during such period,

(9) Securitization Fees,

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3);


(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer registered on Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System as currently in effect or any successor securities clearing agency.

Euro MTF Market” means the Euro MTF, the alternative market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

European Government Securities” means any security that is (a) a direct obligation of Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Ireland or any other country that is a member of the European Monetary Union, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (b) an obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (a) or (b), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.


Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Dollar Notes” means Notes, containing terms substantially identical to any Initial Additional Dollar Notes of a particular series (and any Notes issued in respect of any of the foregoing Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06)) (except that (i) such Exchange Dollar Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for such Initial Additional Dollar Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Dollar-denominated Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto).

Exchange Euro Notes” means Notes, containing terms substantially identical to any Initial Additional Euro Notes of a particular series (and any Notes issued in respect of any of the foregoing Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06)) (except that (i) such Exchange Euro Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for such Initial Additional Euro Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Euro-denominated Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto).

Exchange Notes” means the Exchange Dollar Notes and the Exchange Euro Notes.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning given to such term in the Security Documents.

Excluded Contribution” means (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Issue Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.


Excluded Subsidiary Securities” means any Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of or grant of any other Lien on such Capital Stock and other securities results in the Issuer being required to file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the Commission (or any other governmental authority) pursuant to either Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, or any other law, rule or regulation as in effect from time to time, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement.

Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) in existence on the Issue Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Unsecured Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time), among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Existing Unsecured Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Issue Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the


immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date” means the Issue Date, provided that at any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may, by prior written notice to the Trustee, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.


Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “EBITDA,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Indenture or the Notes that, at the Issuer’s election, may be specified by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee from time to time.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

“Freely Tradable” means Notes that are freely tradable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without the need for current public information or compliance with other requirements of Rule 144 and with respect to which the Issuer has enabled Holders of the Initial Notes to have the restrictive legend removed from the Initial Notes and which no longer bear a restricted CUSIP and/or Common Code and/or ISIN number, as applicable.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the Commission permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Issuer may elect, by written notice to the Trustee, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Government Securities” means securities that are

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or


(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Historical Adjustments” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.


Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Issuer, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes” means Holdings’ 13.75 % Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the Commission, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,


(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business) and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Additional Dollar Notes” means Dollar-denominated Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect of any of the foregoing Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Initial Additional Euro Notes” means euro-denominated Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect of any of the foregoing Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Initial Additional Notes” means the Initial Additional Dollar Notes and the Initial Additional Euro Notes.

Initial Dollar Notes” means the Issuer’s 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the second Notes Supplemental Indenture in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Initial Euro Notes” means the Issuer’s 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the first Notes Supplemental Indenture in an aggregate principal amount of €175,000,000 (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Initial Notes” means the Initial Dollar Notes and the Initial Euro Notes.

Initial Purchasers” means with respect to the Initial Notes, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Nomura Securities International, Inc. and Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.


Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached to the Security Agreement.

Interest” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article 9, special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note.

Interest Payment Date” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the stated maturity of such installment of interest as set forth in such Note.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a


redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Issue Date” means November 1, 2012.

Issuer” means WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Junior Lien Priority” means with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Notes or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Holders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.


Maturity Date” when used with respect to any series of Notes, means the “Maturity Date” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Issuer acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Issue Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Issuer, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post- employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.


Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Issuer, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Issue Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes, any Additional Notes and any notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06.

Notes Authorized Representative” means the representative for the Notes Obligations.

Notes Obligations” means Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture and the Guarantees.

Notes Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Issuer issues Notes in accordance with Section 2.01, which may be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, or in such other form as the Issuer may determine in accordance with Section 2.01.


Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Issuer dated October 24, 2012 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, as applicable.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

OID Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit G to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

Original Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Parent” means any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Issuer is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Issuer becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Issuer first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Issuer immediately prior to the Issuer first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Issuer first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.


Pari Passu Lien Priority” means, with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Notes or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Holders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13.

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Holders” means (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Issuer, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.


Permitted Investments” means

(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.10(b)(9);

(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in


an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.14 (except transactions described in Sections 4.14(b)(2), (6) and (7));

(15) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;


(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes or the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or


incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Issuer, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Indenture;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Issue Date (other than the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;


(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or security under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;


(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b) (18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set- off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;


(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10(b)(4) and 4.10(b)(20);

(26) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.50 to 1.00;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Indenture and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and


(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.


Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Record Date” means with respect to any series of Notes, the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.

Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Issuer, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any series of Notes to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any series of Notes to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.


Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Note” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness” means Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $150.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $150.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and its successors.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.


Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings


has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement” means the security agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, among the Collateral Agent, the representatives of each Series of Secured First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) outstanding on the Issue Date, the Issuer, Holdings and the Guarantors party thereto from time to the time, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time.

Security Documents” means the Security Agreement and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors to secure the obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Credit Facilities” means the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility.

Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than Subordinated Indebtedness.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be


excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness). In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(B), or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to the Issuer, the ratio of (x) the Issuer’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0 million, to (y) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).


In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 4.10(b)(1) and by clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Senior Term Loan Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Term Loan Facility” means the term loan facility under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

Specified Financings” means the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions and the offering of the Initial Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Transaction” means (v) any designation of operations or assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (w) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (x) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (z) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor” means Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.


Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture until such time as this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.04.

Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into this Indenture and the offer and issuance of the Notes, (ii) the entry into the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Issuer, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an


Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.11 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (1) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by


(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term    Defined in Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14

“Agent Members”

   2.16

“Alternate Offer”

   4.09

“Amendment”

   4.15

“Applicable Premium Deficit”

   8.03

“Asset Sale Offer Amount”

   4.13

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.13

“Asset Sale Payment Date”

   4.13

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.09

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.09

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.09

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.02

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.21

“Coverage Ratio Exception”

   4.10

“Dollar Global Notes”

   2.16

“Dollar Paying Agent”

   2.04

“DTC”

   2.04

“Euro Global Notes”

   2.16

“Euro Paying Agent”

   2.04

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.13

“Global Notes”

   2.16

“Guarantee Obligations”

   10.01

“incur”

   4.10

“Initial Agreement”

   4.15

“Initial Lien”

   4.12

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Other Notes”

   2.02

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

   4.13


“Permitted Debt”

   4.10

“Physical Notes”

   2.02

“Refinancing Agreement”

   4.15

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.10

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.11

“Registrar”

   2.04

“Regulation S Global Notes”

   2.16

“Regulation S Notes”

   2.02

“Restricted Payments”

   4.11

“Restricted Period”

   2.16

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.11

“Reversion Date”

   4.21

“Rule 144A Global Notes”

   2.16

“Rule 144A Notes”

   2.02

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.21

“Suspension Date”

   4.21

“Suspension Period”

   4.21

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision of the TIA shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture if, but only if, (a) this Indenture is qualified by the Issuer under the TIA (in which case each such provision shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, effective immediately upon such qualification) or (b) this Indenture expressly states that such provision of the TIA shall apply whether or not this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities” means the Notes.

indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.

indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or any other obligor on the Notes.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.


SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) [Reserved];

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(7) “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

(9) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(10) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(11) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(12) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(13) “€” and “euros” each refer to the single currency of the participating Member States in the Third Stage of European Economic and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time;


(14) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and

(15) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series.

The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Except as provided in Section 9.02, all Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a single class with other Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

The following matters shall be established with respect to each series of Notes issued hereunder in a Notes Supplemental Indenture:

(i) the title of the Notes of the series (which title shall distinguish the Notes of the series from all other series of Notes) and whether such Notes are Euro-denominated Notes or Dollar-denominated Notes;

(ii) any limit (if any) upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (which limit shall not pertain to Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the series pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06);

(iii) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes of the series is payable or the method of determination and/or extension of such date or dates, and the amount or amounts of such principal and premium, if any, payments and methods of determination thereof;

(iv) the rate or rates at which the Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of calculating and/or resetting such rate or rates of interest, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, and the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable;

(v) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the series (i) may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer, if the Issuer is to have the option or (ii) shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of specified events, if the Notes shall be subject to a mandatory redemption provision;


(vi) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Notes of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

(vii) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes, any addition to or change in the Events of Default which apply to any Notes of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Notes to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02; and

(viii) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes, any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article Four.

The form of the Notes of such series, as set forth in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit C-1 or Exhibit C-2 as the case may be, may be modified to reflect such matters as so established in such Notes Supplemental Indenture.

Such matters may also be established in a Notes Supplemental Indenture for any Additional Notes issued hereunder that are to be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder. Notes that have the same terms described in the foregoing clauses (i) though (viii) will be treated as the same series, unless otherwise designated by the Issuer.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.

The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes that are not Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in this Article Two and Exhibit A-1 hereto (in the case of Dollar- denominated Notes) or Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Euro-denominated Notes), which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture (as such forms may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01). The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes, or that are issued in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in this Article Two and Exhibit C-1 hereto (in the case of Dollar-denominated Notes) or Exhibit C-2 (in the case of Euro-denominated Notes), which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture (as such forms may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01). The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) shall bear the legend and


include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“Other Notes”) may be represented by a Rule 144A Global Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Rule 144A Global Notes, a Physical Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.

The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the applicable Registrar.

Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit C-1 or Exhibit C-2, as applicable (the “Physical Notes”).

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.

One Officer, who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions, shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.

If the Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

(i) The Trustee shall initially authenticate Initial Dollar Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 of Dollar Notes, (ii) the Euro Paying Agent shall initially authenticate Initial Euro Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of €175,000,000 of Euro Notes and (iii) the Trustee shall thereafter authenticate (x) Additional Notes in one or more series (which may be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder, or of a different series) from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer and (y) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar identification number than the Initial Notes. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of such Notes to be authenticated and the date on which such Notes are to be authenticated.


No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with the consent of the Issuer to authenticate the Notes, and the Trustee may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any such authentication agent not a party to this Indenture. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.

The Dollar-denominated Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Euro-denominated Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of €100,000 and any integral multiples of €1,000 in excess of €100,000.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”). The Issuer will also maintain (i) an office or agency within the United States where Notes may be presented for payment (“Dollar Paying Agent”) and (ii) if and for so long as any Euro-denominated Notes are outstanding, an office or agency in (if and for so long as the Euro-denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require) initially in Luxembourg, or an office or agency in any other city selected by the Issuer within the European Union, where Euro-denominated Notes may be presented for payment (the “Euro Paying Agent”) provided, that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the note register or otherwise. The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Euro-denominated Notes on behalf of the Issuer. The Issuer may appoint one or more additional registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The Issuer shall, so long as any Euro-denominated Notes are outstanding and if and for so long as the Euro- denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, maintain a registrar located in the European Union or such other location as the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange require. The Issuer will also maintain a register of Euro-denominated


Notes at its registered office which, in case of any discrepancy with the information contained in the Registrar’s books, shall prevail over the Registrar’s books. The term “Registrar” includes any Registrar and any additional registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes the Dollar Paying Agent, the Euro Paying Agent and any additional paying agent.

The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Dollar Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Dollar Paying Agent with respect to the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Dollar Global Notes and Société Générale Bank & Trust to act as the Registrar and Euro Paying Agent with respect to the Euro-denominated Notes, in each case until such time as either such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

As long as the Euro-denominated Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will, to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted as a matter of law, ensure that there is a paying agent for the Euro-denominated Notes in a European Union Member State that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income in the form of interest payments which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003, and amended by Council Decision on July 19, 2004, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced to conform to, such Directive (if such a member state of the European Union exists).

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.

Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the applicable Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a


Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the applicable Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the applicable Registrar shall promptly register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the applicable Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the applicable Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part, and (ii) during a Change of Control Offer, an Alternate Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Notes shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.


SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors, if any, shall execute the guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02, on or after the date on the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or 8.02 have been satisfied and (d) those Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and those described in this Section as not outstanding, including Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities, or euros or European Government Securities, as applicable, sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall


be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The applicable Registrar and the applicable Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the applicable Registrar or the applicable Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which special Record Date shall, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, at least 15 days before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make


payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and Common Code numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use, as applicable, CUSIP numbers, ISINs and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification number(s) printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and Common Code numbers.

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender or euros, as applicable, sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the applicable Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee or the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the applicable Paying Agent.

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

(a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The term “Global Notes” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in Exhibit D. Dollar-denominated Notes issued in the form of a Global Note are collectively referred to as “Dollar Global Notes,” and Euro-denominated Notes issued in the form of a Global Note are collectively referred to as “Euro Global Notes.” The Dollar Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for


credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes. The Euro Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Common Depositary or the nominee of such Common Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the custodian for such Common Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Notes held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Common Depositary or their respective custodians, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Dollar Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever, and the Common Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Euro Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or the Common Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and its respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder.

(b) Transfers of a Dollar Global Note shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Transfers of a Euro Global Note shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Common Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Note if (i) (A) in the case of a Dollar Global Note, the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Dollar Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fail to appoint a successor depositary or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and (B) in the case of a Euro Global Note, the Common Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as a common depositary or clearing agency, as applicable, for such Euro Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary or clearing agency, as applicable, within 120 days, (ii) pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes or (iii) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in accordance with its customary procedures.


(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the applicable Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(d) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Issuer determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

(f) On or prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i) (a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership in a Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(g) Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).

(h) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.


(i) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person: The applicable Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 2.07) and,

(i) in the case of a Restricted Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the date of original issuance thereof or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officer’s Certificate or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the applicable Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the applicable Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto; provided that in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the applicable Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate authorizing such transfer; and

(ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the applicable Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s (in the case of a Dollar Global Note) or Euroclear’s or Clearstream’s, as applicable (in the case of a Euro Global Note), and the applicable Registrar’s procedures, whereupon (a) the applicable Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and (b) the applicable Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The applicable Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 2.07) and,


(i) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Issuer and the applicable Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the applicable Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s (in the case of a Dollar Global Note) or Euroclear’s or Clearstream’s, as applicable (in the case of a Euro Global Note), and the applicable Registrar’s procedures, the applicable Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.

(c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the applicable Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the applicable Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officer’s Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this Section 2.17, (ii) there is delivered to the applicable Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the applicable Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer to such effect.

(d) OID Legend. Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis about of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

(e) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.


The applicable Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the applicable Registrar.

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.

The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such date of determination.

For purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes or outstanding Notes of any series have voted in favor of or consented to a particular matter, or undertaken any other act under this Indenture, the principal amount of Euro-denominated Notes of any series shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of such principal amount of Euro- denominated Notes of such series as of (i) if a record date has been set in accordance with the provisions Section 9.05(b), such date or (ii) if no such record date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Issuer as provided in such Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, with respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes or the Notes of any series, as applicable, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes or Notes of such series, as applicable, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding or the Notes of such series then outstanding, as applicable, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.


ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes of any series pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, for a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07, the Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the applicable Paying Agent and Trustee at least 31 days but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot, by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or by a method in accordance with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, no Dollar-denominated Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part and no Euro-denominated Notes of €100,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee will select the applicable Notes on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC procedures, as applicable, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements).


SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date for a redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer shall mail or electronically transmit a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed or electronically transmitted more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that in such case, the Trustee has, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, received notice from the Issuer at least 31 days, but not more than 65 days, before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

(3) the name and address of the applicable Paying Agent;

(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the applicable Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any;

(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the applicable Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

(6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

(7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;


(8) the CUSIP Number and/or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(10) the Section of the Notes or the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

In addition, the Issuer may provide in any notice of redemption that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided or transmitted electronically, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or electronically or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, once notice of redemption is mailed or transmitted electronically in accordance with Section 3.03 or as provided in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, with respect to the Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the applicable Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) U.S. Legal


Tender and/or Government Securities or euros and/or European Government Securities, as applicable, sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the applicable Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

SECTION 3.07. Applicability of Article.

Notes of or within any series that are redeemable in whole or in part before their Maturity Date shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01).

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

The provisions set forth in this Article Four will apply after the Effective Date.

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date (in the case of the Dollar-denominated Notes) and on the Business Day before the due date (in the case of the Euro-denominated Notes) money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due. At the option of the Issuer, payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the note register or otherwise.


SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a) The Issuer shall maintain in the United States and, if and for so long as any Euro-denominated Notes are outstanding, in a European Union Member State as and to the extent contemplated by the final paragraph of Section 2.04, an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Note may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.

The Issuer hereby designates (i) the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Issuer where Dollar-denominated Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a place of payment, (ii) the office(s) of the Euro Paying Agent as such office or agency of the Issuer where Euro-denominated Notes may be presented for payment so long as each such office remains a place of payment and (iii) the office of any Registrar located in the European Union as such office or agency of the Issuer where Euro-denominated Notes may be presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange so long as each such office remains the office of a Registrar, in each case in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.03. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.04. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2013, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe its status with particularity. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.


(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.

(c) The Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year.

SECTION 4.07. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

The Issuer covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 (and has not rescinded such exercise), each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Dollar-denominated Notes and €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Euro-denominated Notes) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase.

(b) On or prior to the date that is 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail or deliver by electronic transmission a notice to each Holder stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:


(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

(2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of Control Payment Date;

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the applicable Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the applicable Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and

(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agents an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

(d) The Paying Agents will promptly mail to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Dollar-denominated Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and each new Euro-denominated Note will be in a principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.


The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. However, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 (an “Alternate Offer”) and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

(g) The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.

SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) (the “Coverage Ratio Exception”), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the


aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(b) Section 4.10(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) Indebtedness under the Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio);

(2) [reserved];

(3) the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 4.10(b)(1) and (7));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type


obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property casualty or liability insurance or self insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(9) Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(10) obligations in respect of self insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;


(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.10(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 4.10(a) without reliance on this clause (11));

(12) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16;

(13) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted by Section 4.10(a) and Section 4.10(b)(3), (4), (13) and (14) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;


(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(18) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(19) Contribution Indebtedness;

(20) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (20), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (20), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(21) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 4.11;

(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and


(23) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (23) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 4.10(b), and not under the Coverage Ratio Exception; (b) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above; and (c) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this covenant shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be


calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(A) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (x) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(B) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer;

(C) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10(b)(7) and (8) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(D) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (A) through (D) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and


(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)(1), (6)(C), (9), (15) and (18), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.11(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after the Issue Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Issue Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by


means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(f) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Issue Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Issuer’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Issue Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(3) of Section 4.11 of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Section 4.11(a) do not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital


of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.11(b)(6)(A) or (B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.10 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(4) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made


under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.11 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

(6) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph; provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial


statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(8) payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering;

(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(11) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:


(A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors, and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

(E) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Indenture and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by the Indenture;

(F) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 4.11, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 4.11 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Issue Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;


(G) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to clause (8) above; and

(H) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;

(14) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(15) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired or retired for value;

(16) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in an amount not exceeding the amount of Excess Proceeds remaining after the consummation of any Asset Sale Offer, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(17) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(18) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, in each case, permitted under this Indenture; and


(19) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(a) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

(b) As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.11 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants contained in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.12. Liens.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Notes (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes.


SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to permanently reduce


(A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Issuer shall so reduce such Obligations, it will, on a ratable basis, make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes; or

(B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer;

(2) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with clause (2) or (3) above if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in clause (2) or (3) above, and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(c) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Issuer will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders and, if required under the terms of any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount (the “Asset Sale Offer Amount”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).


(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allotted to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;

(2) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Asset Sale payment and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Asset Sale Payment Date”);

(3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer such Notes by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or the applicable Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;


(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary, the Common Depositary or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased;

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in the case of Dollar-denominated Notes and €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in the case of Euro-denominated Notes shall be purchased); and

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); provided that such Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples $1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Dollar-denominated Notes and €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Euro-denominated Notes.

(g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; (2) deposit with the applicable Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender and/or Government Securities or euros and/or European Government Securities, as applicable, sufficient to pay the Asset Sale payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date.

(h) The Paying Agents shall promptly mail to each Holder so tendered the Asset Sale payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Dollar-denominated Notes and €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Euro-denominated Notes. However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(i) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the


extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such conflict.

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

(b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.14(a) do not apply to:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;

(3) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;


(5) the payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(9) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Issue Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Issuer becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Issue Date, any amendment thereto by which the Issuer becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;


(11) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Issue Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Parent, any Permitted Holder or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(13) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(14) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(15) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(16) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments under Section 4.11; and

(17) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or


(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, Section 4.15(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to any Credit Agreement, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, or any related documents or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

(3) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on a property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (5), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(6) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;


(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in 4.15(b)(1) through (11) (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

(13) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(14) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(15) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;


(16) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(17) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12;

(19) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(20) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(21) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Issue Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Issue Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and either (x) the Issuer determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

SECTION 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

(a) The Issuer will cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a Securitization Subsidiary) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Senior Term Loan Agreement or Senior Revolving Credit Agreement to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto. Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Article Ten.


SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

(a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filing or posting has occurred.

(b) In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities and analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above to the Trustee and the Holders if the Issuer has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.

(d) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.

(e) The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports required by clauses (1) and (2) above, if and so long as the Euro- denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, at the offices of the Euro Paying Agent


in Luxembourg. If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF market and the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange shall so require, copies of the financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum may be obtained, free of charge, during normal business hours at the offices of the Euro Paying Agent.

SECTION 4.18. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.19. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.21. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”) then the covenants listed under Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 5.01(a)(4) and 5.01(a)(5) will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero. During any period that the Suspended Covenants have been suspended, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless such designation would have complied with Section 4.11 as if Section 4.11 would have been in effect during such period.

(b) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is the “Suspension Period.”


(c) In the event of any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants on a Reversion Date, (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.11 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(3); (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.14(b)(8); and (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 4.15(a)(1) through (3) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.15(b)(1).

(d) During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to Section 4.10 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if such covenant were in effect during the Suspension Period.

(e) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, (1) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of any failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary to comply with the Suspended Covenants during any Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time arising out of actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period), and (2) following a Reversion Date the Issuer and any Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising prior to such Reversion Date and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and shall have no liability for any actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period, or for any actions taken or events occurring at any time pursuant to any such commitment or obligation.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

(a) The Issuer may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);


(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 5.01 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, (2) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer under any other contract to which the Issuer is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 5.01, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or


transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the preceding paragraph in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer and the Issuer will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

(b) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of each proposed transaction an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the conditions set forth above are satisfied and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications, that the proposed transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) the Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(3) the Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its Stated Maturity and (B)


the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,

(E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,

(F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or

(G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;


(7) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies) aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(8) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the discharge of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days; or

(9) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of $50.0 million, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Holders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Issuer or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Secured Indebtedness) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Secured Indebtedness) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this clause (9) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (9) with respect thereto until 30 days after an Officer becomes aware of such failure.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.01, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of each Trustee or any Holder.


If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.01, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.01, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; and

(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.


(d) Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default;

(a) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder affected), or

(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to Section 9.02(b) cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto; provided, however, that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Notes then outstanding, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.


In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; and

(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all interest on such Note on or after the respective Maturity Date or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Maturity Date or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amounts provided for in Section 7.07.


SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any officer committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.

Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuer.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’


fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture or in the TIA, and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b).

(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.


(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02. In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to Section 7.01:

(a) the Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document;

(b) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.06. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;

(c) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care;

(d) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers;

(e) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;


(f) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(g) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer;

(h) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;

(i) the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties;

(j) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

(l) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage regardless of the form of action; and

(m) the Trustee may request that the Issuer and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.


SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

Within 60 days after each November 1, beginning with November 1, 2013, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

(1) The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on


compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(2) The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Person)). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel with respect to such claim and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

Notwithstanding Section 4.12, to secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except with respect to funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Notes.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (5) or (6), such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.


SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.


SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.

The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE EIGHT

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:

(a) either:

(i) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, (x) in the case of the Dollar-denominated Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities and (y) in the case of the Euro-denominated Notes, cash in euros,


non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in euros and non-callable European Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and

(d) the Issuer has delivered an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

(a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.

(b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal


Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have cured all then existing Events of Default and satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article Eight.

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c).

(c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries only), 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.20 and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and


such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance described in Section 8.02 to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, (i) in the case of Dollar- denominated Notes, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Legal Tender and non-callable Government Securities and (ii) in the case of Euro-denominated Notes, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in euros and non-callable European Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes


will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

If the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option, all Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes will be released and the Security Documents to the extent they secure Notes Obligations shall cease to be of further effect.

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.

All U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities, euros and European Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article Eight shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities euros and European Government Securities, deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of the outstanding Notes.


Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities, euros and European Government Securities, held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer.

The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer upon an Issuer request any excess U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities, euros and European Government Securities held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the Maturity Date or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities, euros and/or European Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, if any, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight, until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities, euros and European Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight; provided, however, that if the Issuer or any Guarantor make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or Guarantors, if any, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender, Government Securities, euros and European Government Securities held by the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative, and the Collateral Agent (if applicable) may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Note, any Guarantee, any Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable intercreditor agreement without notice to or consent of any Holder:


(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture (including any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which Notes are issued), the Guarantees, the Notes (including any Additional Notes), any Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable intercreditor agreement to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to the “Description of Notes” section of the offering circular relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes solely to the extent that such “Description of Notes” provides for terms of such Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Initial Notes, as contemplated by Section 2.01;

(7) to add a Guarantee of the Notes, including, without limitation, by any parent company of the Issuer;

(8) to provide for the issuance of Initial Notes or Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes;

(9) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;


(10) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor trustee or collateral agent so long as the successor trustee or collateral agent is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

(11) to secure the Notes or to add to the Collateral (including to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations with respect to the Notes, in any property or assets, including any that are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted, to or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise);

(12) to provide for Additional Obligations pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement; or

(13) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under the Indenture or any of the Security Documents;

provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

The intercreditor provisions of the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement may be amended from time to time with the consent of the parties thereto. In addition, the Issuer may, without the consent of any other party thereto, amend the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement to designate indebtedness as “Additional Pari Passu Obligations” (as defined in such agreement), or as any other indebtedness subject to terms and provisions of such agreement.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

(a) Except as provided for in Section 9.01, 9.02(b) and 9.02(c), this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable intercreditor agreement may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided, that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for


Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then Outstanding (including, in each case, consent obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver of this Indenture, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions of Sections 4.09 and 4.13);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(6) modify the Guarantees of Significant Subsidiaries in any manner adverse to the Holders; or

(7) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions;

(c) In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may make any change to any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement or any other applicable intercreditor agreement or the specified provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Security Documents, that would release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement).


(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.03. Reserved.

SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA.

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if it is so qualified, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of Section 9.02(b)(1) through (7), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.


SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) request the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.

ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee.

Subject to the provisions of this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, on a senior basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and all other obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”); and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or


otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuer.

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee. The Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Ten, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of the Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantee.

SECTION 10.02. Reserved.

SECTION 10.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


SECTION 10.04. Reserved.

SECTION 10.05. Release of a Guarantor.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in the event that:

(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock or other transaction following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.11 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Senior Term Loan Agreement or Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, or the guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes;

(d) the exercise of the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance by the Issuer pursuant to Section 8.02 or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with Section 8.01; or

(e) during the Suspension Period, upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into another Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor with such other Subsidiary being the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Issuer evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Issuer or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.05; provided, however, that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officer’s Certificates of the Issuer.


Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.05, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any Guarantor from consolidating with or merging into or selling its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary without limitation, or with other Persons.

SECTION 10.06. Waiver of Subrogation.

Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor, if any, hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this

Section 10.06 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 10.07. Immediate Payment.

Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.

SECTION 10.08. No Setoff.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute.

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.


SECTION 10.10. Guarantee Obligations Continuing.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.11. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.

SECTION 10.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuer or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.

SECTION 10.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim


against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including, without limitation:

(a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Issuer or any other Person;

(b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;

(c) any failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;

(d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;

(e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;

(f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes;

(g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Issuer or a Guarantor;

(h) any merger or amalgamation of the Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons;

(i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee; and

(j) any other circumstance, including release of the Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.05 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee hereunder.


SECTION 10.14. Waiver.

Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuer, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuer or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.

SECTION 10.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer.

Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Guarantees or under this Indenture.

SECTION 10.16. Dealing with the Issuer and Others.

The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may

(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;

(b) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuer or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;

(c) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuer;

(d) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuer or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and

(e) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Issuer and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.

SECTION 10.17. Default and Enforcement.

If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.07, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.


SECTION 10.18. Amendment, Etc.

No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.

SECTION 10.19. Acknowledgment.

Each Guarantor, if any, hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.

SECTION 10.20. Costs and Expenses.

Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.

SECTION 10.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including, without limitation, this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Issuer and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.

SECTION 10.22. Survival of Guarantee Obligations.

Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01 shall survive the payment in full of the Guarantee Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuer or any Guarantor.

SECTION 10.23. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.


SECTION 10.24. Severability.

Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Ten.

SECTION 10.25. Successors and Assigns.

Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices.

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer:

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza,

New York, NY 10019

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone: (212) 275-2030

Facsimile: (212) 258-3092

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022


Attention: David A. Brittenham

Telephone: (212) 909-6347

Facsimile: (212) 521-7347

if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Telephone: (612) 667-8485

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

with a copy to:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway – 14th Floor

MAC N-2666-140

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Telephone: (212) 515-5260

Facsimile: (212) 515-1589

If to the Notes Authorized Representative:

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue, 23rd Floor

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Loan Operations – Boutique Management

Primary Contact: Nirmala Durgana

Fax.: (212) 538-3525

Email: Ops-collateral@credit-suisse.com

If to the Collateral Agent:

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue, 23rd Floor

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Loan Operations – Boutique Management

Primary Contact: Nirmala Durgana

Fax.: (212) 538-3525

Email: Ops-collateral@credit-suisse.com


Each of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.

Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the applicable Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. In addition, if and for so long as any of the Euro-denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and to the extent that the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the holders of the relevant Euro Notes shall also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) or otherwise made available. For Euro-denominated Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of Euroclear, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing. Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made, provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed.

If and for so long as any of the Euro-denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, the Issuer will publish such notices as are required by the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange applicable to the Issuer, in the manner described in this Section 11.02.

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c) if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.


SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.

The Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.

If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.


SECTION 11.08. Governing Law.

This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 11.11. Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.

All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.

SECTION 11.13. Severability.

In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.


SECTION 11.15. USA Patriot Act.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Initial Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Issuer, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Initial Purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.

ARTICLE TWELVE

SECURITY

SECTION 12.01. Security Documents.

(a) The due and punctual of the Notes Obligations, including payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on, the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Security Documents which the Issuer, Holdings and the Guarantors have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture. The Trustee and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the secured parties, in each case pursuant and subject to the terms of the Security Documents.

(b) Each Holder, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and agrees that it will not contest or support any other person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any insolvency or liquidation proceeding), the perfection, priority, validity or enforceability of a Lien held by or on behalf of any other holder of Secured First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) in all or any part of the Collateral, or any of the intercreditor arrangements in the Security Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance thereof, (1) authorizes the Trustee to appoint the Notes Authorized Representative to act on its behalf as the Notes Authorized Representative under this Indenture and the Security Agreement, (2) authorizes the Trustee and the Notes Authorized Representative to appoint the Collateral Agent to act on its behalf as the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Security Agreement and under each of the other Security Documents, (3) authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith and (4) authorizes the Trustee and the Notes Authorized Representative to authorize the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents, including for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any grantor thereunder to secure any of the Secured First Lien Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.


(c) Each Holder, by its acceptance thereof, authorizes the Collateral Agent, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Trustee, as applicable, to enter into any intercreditor agreement on behalf of, and binding with respect to, the Holders and their interest in designated assets, in connection with the incurrence of any indebtedness under the Senior Term Credit Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and, in addition, any Additional Obligations, including to clarify the respective rights of all parties in and to designated assets. The Collateral Agent or the Notes Authorized Representative, as applicable, will enter into any such intercreditor agreement at the request of the Issuer, provided that the Issuer will have delivered to the Collateral Agent or the Notes Authorized Representative, as the case may be, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such other intercreditor agreement complies with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents. The Notes Authorized Representative and the Trustee, as applicable, each agrees at the Issuer’s expense to (or to instruct the Collateral Agent to) execute and deliver any amendment to, waiver of, or supplement to any Security Document authorized pursuant to Article Nine.

(d) The Issuer and the Guarantors will deliver to the Collateral Agent copies of all documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuer will take, and will cause its Subsidiaries to take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders, as and to the extent contemplated by the Security Documents and subject to no other Liens other than Liens permitted under this Indenture, including Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer and the Guarantors are unable to complete on or prior to the Issue Date all filings and other similar actions required in connection with the perfection of such security interests, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete such actions as soon as reasonably practicable (but no later than 180 days) after such date.

SECTION 12.02. Notes Authorized Representative; Collateral Agent.

(a) The Trustee hereby appoints Credit Suisse AG to act on its behalf as the Notes Authorized Representative under this Indenture and the Security Agreement, and Credit Suisse AG agrees to act as such; provided that, it is understood and agreed that all communications between the Notes Authorized Representative and the Holders and all instructions or directions by Holders to the Notes Authorized Representative shall be made or given through the Trustee.


(b) The Trustee and the Notes Authorized Representative hereby appoint Credit Suisse AG to act on its behalf as the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Security Agreement and under each of the other Security Documents, and Credit Suisse AG agrees to act as such.

(c) Except as set forth below, a resignation or removal of the Notes Authorized Representative and appointment of a successor Notes Authorized Representative shall become effective only upon the successor Notes Authorized Representative’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 12.02(c). The Notes Authorized Representative may resign in writing at any time, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Notes Authorized Representative, by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee at least 30 days prior to the proposed date of resignation. The Issuer may remove the Notes Authorized Representative if: (i) the Notes Authorized Representative is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (ii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Notes Authorized Representative or its property; or (iii) the Notes Authorized Representative shall become incapable of acting. If the Notes Authorized Representative resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Notes Authorized Representative for any reason, the Trustee shall promptly appoint a successor Notes Authorized Representative. If a successor Notes Authorized Representative does not take office within 10 days after the retiring Notes Authorized Representative resigns or is removed, the Issuer may appoint a successor Notes Authorized Representative and if no successor Notes Authorized Representative shall have been so appointed 55 days after the retiring Notes Authorized Representative resigns or is removed, the retiring Notes Authorized Representative or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Notes Authorized Representative. A successor Notes Authorized Representative shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Notes Authorized Representative and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Notes Authorized Representative shall become effective, and the successor Notes Authorized Representative shall have all the rights, powers and the duties of the Notes Authorized Representative under this Indenture and the Security Documents. The successor Notes Authorized Representative shall mail a notice of its succession to the Trustee; provided that if the Notes Authorized Agent shall notify the Trustee that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment 55 days after the retiring Notes Authorized Representative resigns or is removed, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (a) the retiring Notes Authorized Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Security Documents and (b) all communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Notes Authorized Agent shall instead be made by or to Trustee directly, until such time as the Trustee or the Holders appoint a successor Notes Authorized Agent as provided for above in this Section 12.02(c). The retiring Notes Authorized Representative shall promptly transfer all property and assets held by it as Notes Authorized Representative to the successor Notes Authorized Representative, provided that all sums owing to the Notes Authorized Representative hereunder have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Notes Authorized Representative pursuant to this Section 12.02(c), the Issuer’s obligations under this Section 12.02 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Notes Authorized Representative and the retiring Notes Authorized Representative shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Notes Authorized Representative under this Indenture. The provision of this Section 12(c) shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.


(d) A resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Collateral Agent shall become effective as set forth in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 12.03. After Acquired Property.

Promptly, but in no event later than 180 days, following the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any After Acquired Property, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, Security Document supplements, security instruments and financing statements as shall be reasonably necessary to cause such After Acquired Property to be made subject to a perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders (as well as for the benefit of the holders of Senior Term Loan Obligations, Senior Revolving Credit Obligations and certain Additional Obligations (each such term as defined in the Security Agreement)), and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect, provided that (a) the Collateral in any event will exclude Excluded Assets and Excluded Subsidiary Securities and (b) in any event the Issuer or such Guarantor will not be required to (x) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any Collateral, (y) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (z) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

SECTION 12.04. Release of Collateral.

(a) The Collateral shall be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents to secure the Notes Obligations, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents or as provided by this Section 12.04. Upon such release, subject to the terms of the Security Documents all rights in the Collateral securing Notes Obligations shall revert to the Issuer, Holdings and the Guarantors. The Collateral shall be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents to secure the Notes Obligations under one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) to enable the disposition (as defined under Section 1.01 in the “Asset Sale” definition) of such property or assets to any Person (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor) to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.13;


(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee of the Notes (including upon (A) a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, (B) a Legal Defeasance or (C) a Covenant Defeasance), the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor

(3) with respect to Collateral that is Equity Interests, upon the dissolution or liquidation of the issuer of that Equity Interest that is not prohibited by the Indenture;

(4) if the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and the Issuer has delivered a notice of such Investment Grade Ratings to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture;

(5) the release of Collateral by the Collateral Agent, acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement (other than releases of all or substantially all of the Collateral);

(6) in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents;

(7) pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article Nine of this Indenture;

(8) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes and all other Notes Obligations that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is paid; or

(9) upon a discharge of this Indenture or a Legal Defeasance or a Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture.

(b) The Collateral Agent and, if necessary, the Trustee shall, at the Issuer’s expense, execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release to evidence and shall do or cause to be done all other acts reasonably necessary to effect, in each case as soon as is reasonably practicable, the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in good faith and in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(c) The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, to the extent applicable, the Issuer will cause TIA §313(b), relating to reports, and TIA §314(d), relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents, to be complied with. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, any certificate or opinion required by TIA §314(d) may be


made by an Officer of the Issuer except in cases where TIA §314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in the exercise of reasonable care.

SECTION 12.05. Certificates of the Issuer.

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents:

(1) all documents required by TIA §314(d); and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel, which may be rendered by internal counsel to the Issuer, to the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by TIA §314(d).

The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and such Opinion of Counsel.

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 12.04 or 12.05, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA § 314(d) if they reasonably determine that under the terms of TIA § 314(d) or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA §314(d) is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, to the extent applicable, the Issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b), relating to opinions of counsel, except to the extent the Issuer reasonably determines such compliance is not required as set forth in the TIA or any other SEC regulation or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders.

SECTION 12.06. Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.

Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, the Trustee may direct, on behalf of Holders of the Notes, the Notes Authorized Representative to take action permitted to be taken by it under the Security Agreement

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, and subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Notes Authorized Representative to direct the Collateral Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:


(1) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and

(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder.

Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents, the Trustee will have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings, at the expense of the Issuer, as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee). Nothing in this Section 12.06 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee.

SECTION 12.07. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Notes Authorized Representative Under the Security Documents.

Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, the Notes Authorized Representative is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Trustee for further distribution to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 12.08. Termination of Security Interest.

Upon the full and final payment and performance of all Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes or upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article Eight hereof, the Trustee (or the Notes Authorized Representative on its behalf) will, at the request of the Issuer, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent stating that such Obligations have been paid in full, and instruct the Collateral Agent to, as applicable, either (a) release the Liens securing the Notes Obligations pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents or (b) cease to be a party to the Security Documents on behalf of the Trustee and the Holders.

SECTION 12.09. Purchaser Protected.

In no event shall any purchaser or other transferee in good faith of any property or assets purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the


provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or assets be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.

SECTION 12.10. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article Twelve upon the Issuer or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property or assets may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article Twelve; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.


SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]


Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING

CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

ARMS UP INC.

BERNA MUSIC, INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON

VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT

GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

EN ACQUISITION CORP.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING

COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSIDE JOB, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING

CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RODRA MUSIC, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING

GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC

INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC

(SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION

MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC

CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE

PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC

PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CHORUSS LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FBR INVESTMENTS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

MADE OF STONE LLC

PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.

PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

ARTIST ARENA LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]


Guarantors (cont-d):
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole
  Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its
  Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]


Guarantors (cont-d):

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC

NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.

NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole
  Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

  Name: Raymond Delli Colli
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CREDIT SUISSE AG, as Notes Authorized
Representative and as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]


EXHIBIT A-1

[FORM OF INITIAL DOLLAR NOTE]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

CUSIP No.

ISIN No.

 

No.

$[            ]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to [            ] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [                    ] dollars ($[            ]) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the within- mentioned Indenture)]1 on [             ], [             ].

Interest Payment Dates: [            ] and [            ], commencing [            ]. Record Dates: [            ] and [            ].

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

1 

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

    WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
         By:                                                                                               
   

Name:

Title:

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the [            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ] described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

    WELLS FARGO BANK,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By:                                                                                               
    Authorized Signatory

 

4


[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

(Reverse of Note)

WMG Acquisition Corp.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest. WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [            ]% per annum from [            ] until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [            ] and [            ] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [            ]. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [            ] or [            ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest [and special interest], if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders or otherwise; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have

 

5


given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.

SECTION 4. Indenture[; Registration Rights Agreement]. The Company issued this [_]% Senior Secured Note due [            ] of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”) under an Indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties thereto, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA, if applicable, for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 9.02 of the Indenture) will vote (or consent) as a single class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. [            ].2

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture.

SECTION 6. [Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.]3

SECTION 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

 

2 

For an Initial Additional Note, add a registration rights provision if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.

3 

Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of Notes.

 

6


SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding by notice in writing to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

7


SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees[, the Registration Rights Agreement] or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 17. Guarantees; Collateral. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the

Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. The Notes are secured by a security interest in the Collateral, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement, subject to release or termination as provided in the Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 18. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may include CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 19. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

    

       
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)        

    

       
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)        

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                                         

Your Signature:                                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

9


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 [            ] Section 4.13 [            ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

Dated:                     Signed:                    

(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

10


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

[            ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

or

[            ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                      Your Signature:                     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11


EXHIBIT A-2

[FORM OF INITIAL EURO NOTE]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes Due [            ]

Common Code No.

ISIN No.

 

No.

   €[            ]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to [            ] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] euros (€[            ]) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the within-mentioned Indenture)]4 on [            ], [            ].

Interest Payment Dates: [            ] and [            ], commencing [            ]. Record Dates: [            ] and [            ].

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

4 

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

           WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
      By:                                                                     
      Name:
      Title:

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the [            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ] described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

[Dated:

         WELLS FARGO BANK,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By:                                                                                  
    Authorized Signatory]

[Dated:

   

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

By: [                    ], as Authenticating Agent

    By:                                                                                  
   

Name:

Title:]

 

14


[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

(Reverse of Note)

WMG Acquisition Corp.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest. WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [            ]% per annum from [            ] until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [            ] and [            ] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [            ]. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [            ] or [            ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in euros. Principal, premium, if any, and interest [and special interest], if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders or otherwise; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts

 

15


specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency within the European Union will be the office of the Euro Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Société Générale Bank & Trust will act as Euro Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity. If and for so long as the Euro-denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and to the extent that the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Company shall publish a notice of any change of Euro Paying Agent or Registrar in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as at the Issuer Date, www.bourse.lu).

SECTION 4. Indenture[; Registration Rights Agreement]. The Company issued this [            ]% Senior Secured Note due [            ] of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”) under an Indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties thereto, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA, if applicable, for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 9.02 of the Indenture) will vote (or consent) as a single class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. [            ].5

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture.

 

 

5 

For an Initial Additional Note, add a registration rights provision if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.

 

16


SECTION 6. [Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.]6

SECTION 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

 

6 

Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of Notes.

 

17


The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding by notice in writing to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees[, the Registration Rights Agreement] or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 17. Guarantees; Collateral. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the

Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. The Notes are secured by a security interest in the Collateral, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement, subject to release or termination as provided in the Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 18. ISINs and Common Codes. The Company will cause ISINs and/or Common Codes to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may include ISINs and/or Common

 

18


Codes in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 19. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

19


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

    

       
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)        

    

       
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)        

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                                         

Your Signature:                                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

20


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 [            ] Section 4.13 [            ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: €

Dated:                                 Signed:                    

(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

21


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

[            ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

or

[            ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                     Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

22


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED NOTES]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [ONE YEAR FOR NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] [40 DAYS – FOR NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE AND THE DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OWNED THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR NOTE) OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),

 

23


(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

(3) REPRESENTS THAT EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A PLAN (WHICH TERM INCLUDES (I) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), (II) PLANS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR TO PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”) AND (III) ENTITIES THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS AND ARRANGEMENTS) AND IT IS NOT PURCHASING THE NOTES ON BEHALF OF, OR WITH “PLAN ASSETS” OF, ANY PLAN; OR (B) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NONEXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISION OF SIMILAR LAW.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (2)(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

[FOR TEMPORARY NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S – BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2)

 

24


OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED TO A U.S. PERSON OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON.]

 

25


EXHIBIT C-1

[FORM OF EXCHANGE DOLLAR NOTE]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

CUSIP No.

ISIN No.

 

No.

$[            ]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to [            ] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] dollars ($[            ]) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the within-mentioned Indenture)]7 on [            ], [            ].

Interest Payment Dates: [            ] and [            ], commencing [            ]. Record Dates: [            ] and [            ].

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

7 

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

    WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
         By:                                                                                               
   

Name:

Title:

 

27


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the [            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ] described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

    WELLS FARGO BANK,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By:                                                                                               
    Authorized Signatory

 

28


[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

(Reverse of Note)

WMG Acquisition Corp.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest. WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [            ]% per annum from [            ] until maturity, except that interest accrued on this Note for periods prior to the date on which the Initial Dollar Note was surrendered in exchange for this Note will accrue at the rate or rates borne by such Initial Dollar Note from time to time during such periods. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [            ] and [            ] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). [Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [            ]]8. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [            ] or [            ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of

 

 

8 

Include only for Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Exchange Notes.

 

29


America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest [and special interest], if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders or otherwise; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.

SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued this [_]% Senior Secured Note due [    ] of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”) under an Indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties thereto, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA, if applicable, for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 9.02 of the Indenture) will vote (or consent) as a single class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture.

SECTION 6. [Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.]9

 

 

9 

Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of Notes.

 

30


SECTION 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding by notice in writing to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

 

31


SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 17. Guarantees; Collateral. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. The Notes are secured by a security interest in the Collateral, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement, subject to release or termination as provided in the Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 18. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may include CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

32


SECTION 19. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

33


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

    

       
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)        

    

       
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)        

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                                         

Your Signature:                                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

34


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 [            ] Section 4.13 [            ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

Dated:                     Signed:

(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

35


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

[    ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

or

[    ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                     Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

36


EXHIBIT C-2

[FORM OF EXCHANGE EURO NOTE]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

Common Code No.

ISIN No.

 

No.

   €[            ]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to [            ] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] euros (€[            ]) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the within-mentioned Indenture)]10 on [            ], [            ].

Interest Payment Dates: [            ] and [            ], commencing [            ]. Record Dates: [            ] and [            ].

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

10 

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

    WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
         By:                                                                                               
   

Name:

Title:

 

38


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the [            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ] described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

[Dated:

         WELLS FARGO BANK,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By:                                                                                  
    Authorized Signatory]

[Dated:

   

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

By: [                    ], as Authenticating Agent

    By:                                                                                  
   

Name:

Title:]

 

39


[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

(Reverse of Note)

WMG Acquisition Corp.

[            ]% Senior Secured Notes due [            ]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest. WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [            ]% per annum from [            ] until maturity, except that interest accrued on this Note for periods prior to the date on which the Initial Euro Note was surrendered in exchange for this Note will accrue at the rate or rates borne by such Initial Euro Note from time to time during such periods. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [            ] and [            ] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). [Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [            ].]11 The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [            ] or [            ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in euros. Principal, premium, if any, and interest [and special interest], if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company

 

11 

Include only for Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Exchange Notes.

 

40


maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders or otherwise; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency within the European Union will be the office of the Euro Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Société Générale Bank & Trust will act as Euro Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity. If and for so long as the Euro-denominated Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and to the extent that the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Company shall publish a notice of any change of Euro Paying Agent or Registrar in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (as at the Issuer Date, www.bourse.lu).

SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued this [            ]% Senior Secured Note due [            ] of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”) under an Indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties thereto, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA, if applicable, for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 9.02 of the Indenture) will vote (or consent) as a single class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture.

 

41


SECTION 6. [Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.]12

SECTION 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

 

12 

Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of Notes.

 

42


The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding by notice in writing to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 17. Guarantees; Collateral. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the

Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. The Notes are secured by a security interest in the Collateral, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor agreement, subject to release or termination as provided in the Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 18. ISINs and Common Codes. The Company will cause ISINs and/or Common Codes to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may include ISINs and/or Common

 

43


Codes in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 19. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

44


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

    

       
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)        

    

       
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)        

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                                         

Your Signature:                                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

45


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 [            ] Section 4.13 [            ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: €

Dated:                                  Signed:                     

(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

46


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

[    ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

or

[    ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                     Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

47


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE]

Any Dollar Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR EURO GLOBAL NOTE]

Any Euro Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A COMMON DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ITS

 

48


NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [•]13 (“[•]”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF [•] OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [•] (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO [•] OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [•]), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, [•] HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

 

13 

Insert name of Common Depositary.

 

49


EXHIBIT E

Form of Certificate To Be

Delivered in Connection with

Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors

[            ], [            ]

[            ]14

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed purchase of [    ]% Senior Secured Notes due 20[    ] of WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), we confirm that:

1. We have received a copy of the Offering Circular (the “Offering Circular”), dated [            ], [    ], relating to the Notes and such other information as we deem necessary in order to make our investment decision. We acknowledge that we have read and agreed to the matters stated in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of such Offering Circular, including the restrictions on duplication and circulation of the Offering Circular.

2. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) as described in the Offering Circular and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable State securities laws.

3. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to Warner Music Group Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to non-U.S. persons, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (vi) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an Opinion of Counsel if the Issuer so requests) or (vii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

 

 

14 

Insert applicable Registrar’s notice address.

 

50


4. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Circular.

5. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

6. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.

7. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional

“accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You, the Issuer, the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

Very truly yours, [Name of Transferee]

 

By:  

    

Name:  
Title:  

 

51


EXHIBIT F

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered

in Connection with Transfers

Pursuant to Regulation S

[            ]15

Re: WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Issuer”) [    ]% Senior Secured Notes due [    ] (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of [$][€][            ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

In addition, if the sale is made during a Restricted Period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

 

15 

Insert applicable Registrar’s notice address.

 

52


Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

 

      

    

By:   Authorized Signature

 

53


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF OID LEGEND

THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. YOU MAY CONTACT BRIAN ROBERTS, THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER, AT 75 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, NEW YORK, NY 10019 OR BY PHONE AT (212) 275-2000, WHO WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY REQUIRED INFORMATION REGARDING THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.

 

54


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

[DOLLAR-DENOMINATED][EURO-DENOMINATED] NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

[            ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF [            ], 20[    ]

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

Providing for the Issuance of

[    ]% Senior Secured Notes Due [            ]

 

55


[            ]16 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [            ], 20[            ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent are party to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may [provide for the issuance of [Initial Notes] [Additional Notes] in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date] [provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes];

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the [            ] Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the [            ] Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “[    ]%17 Senior Secured Notes due 20 [            ]“18 (the “[            ]19 Notes”), which Notes shall be [Dollar][Euro]-denominated.

3. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the [            ] Notes shall be [            ], 20[    ].20

 

 

16 

Insert supplement number.

17 

Insert interest rate.

18 

Insert year during which the maturity date falls.

19 

Insert title of notes.

20 

Insert Maturity Date.


4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of [            ] Notes will accrue at the rate of [            ]%21 per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on [            ] and [            ]22 in each year, commencing on [            ], 20[            ],23 to holders of record on the immediately preceding [            ] and [            ],24 respectively (each such [            ] and [            ], a “Record Date”). Interest on the [            ] Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from [            ], 20[            ], except that interest on any Additional [            ] Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional [            ] Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional [            ] Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional [            ] Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any [            ] Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5. [No] Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of [            ] Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is [not limited] [limited to [$][€][            ]].25 [The aggregate principal amount of the [            ] Notes shall initially be [$][€][            ] million.]26 [The aggregate principal amount of the [            ] Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be [$][€][            ] million.]27 The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the [            ] Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the [            ] Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional [            ] Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture.

6. Redemption. (a) The [            ] Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to [            ], 20[            ], at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to

 

 

21 

Insert interest rate.

22 

Insert Interest Payment Dates.

23 

Insert first Interest Payment Date.

24 

Insert Record Dates.

25 

Insert whether the applicable series of Notes will be limited or not.

26 

Insert for the initial notes of any applicable series.

27 

Insert for the Additional Notes of any applicable series.

 

20}


100% of the principal amount of the [            ] Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest], if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any [            ] Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such [            ] Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the [            ] Note at [            ], 20[            ]28 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the [            ] Note through [            ], 20[            ]29 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the [Treasury Rate]30 [Bund Rate]31 as of such redemption date plus [75.0] basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the [            ] Note.

[“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to [            ], 20[            ]32; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to [            ], 20[            ]33 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.]34

 

 

28 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

29 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

30 

Insert for Dollar-denominated Notes.

31 

Insert for Euro-denominated Notes.

32 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

33 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

34 

Insert for Dollar-denominated Notes.

 

30}


[”Bund Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two business days (but not more than five business days) prior to such redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to , [            ]; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to [            ], 20[            ]35 is not equal to the constant maturity of the direct obligation of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to [            ], 20[            ]36 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.]37

(b) On or after [            ], 20[            ]38, the Company may redeem all or a part of the [            ] Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest], if any, on the [            ] Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on [            ]39 of the years indicated below:

 

Year40    Percentage41  

20[    ]

     [     ]% 

20[    ]

     [     ]% 

20[    ]

     [     ]% 

20[    ] and thereafter

     100.000

(c) At any time prior to [            ], 20[            ]42, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to [            ]43% of the aggregate principal amount of [            ] Notes (including the

 

 

35 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

36 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

37 

Insert for Euro-denominated Notes.

38 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

39 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

40 

Insert years, adding or deleting lines if applicable.

41 

Insert prices.

42 

Insert date until which equity clawback is applicable.

43 

Insert maximum percentage for equity clawback.

 

40}


aggregate principal amount of any Additional [            ] Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to
[            ]44% of the principal amount of the [            ] Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest] thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(i) at least [            ]% of the aggregate principal amount of [            ] Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional [            ] Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii) the redemption occurs within [            ] days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

[(d) In addition, during any twelve-month period prior to [            ], 20[            ],45 [            ] the Company may redeem up to [            ]46% of the original aggregate principal amount of the [            ] Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional [            ] Notes at a redemption price equal to [            ]47% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest] thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).]

[(d)][(e)] The Company may acquire [            ] Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

[(e)][(f)] Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

[(f)][(g)] If the optional redemption date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the [            ] Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date,

 

 

44 

Insert premium for equity clawback.

45 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

46 

Insert maximum percentage for additional optional redemption amount.

47 

Insert premium for additional optional redemption amount.

 

50}


and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose [            ] Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company.48

[[(g)][(h)] [            ]]49

[[(h)][(i)] [            ]]50

7. [            ]51

8. Form. The [            ] Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit [A-1][A-2] or Exhibit [C-1][C-2] attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).

9. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

11. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

12. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

 

48 

Insert if applicable for Euro-denominated Notes.

49 

Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.01(v)(ii) of the Indenture, if any.

50 

Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.01(vi) of the Indenture, if any.

51 

Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.01(vii) and/or Section 2.01(viii) of the Indenture, if any.

 

60}


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
[                                                                     ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

70}


EXHIBIT I

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [            ], among(the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WMG Acquisition Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent an indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of Notes in series;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental

Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article Ten thereof.

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or Subsidiary of the Company, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees[, the Registration Rights Agreement] or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

4. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified

 

80}


and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

90}


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written. Dated: ,

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

100}

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

EXECUTION VERSION

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

DOLLAR-DENOMINATED NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF JULY 27, 2016

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

Providing for the Issuance of

5.000% Senior Secured Notes Due 2023


FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 27, 2016 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent are party to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date;

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2023 Dollar Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the 2023 Dollar Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023” (the “2023 Dollar Notes”), which Notes shall be Dollar-denominated.

3. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the 2023 Dollar Notes shall be August 1, 2023.

4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of 2023 Dollar Notes will accrue at the rate of 5.000% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 in each year, commencing on February 1, 2017, to holders of record on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15, respectively (each such January 15 and July 15, a “Record Date”). Interest on the 2023 Dollar Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from July 27, 2016, except that interest on any Additional 2023 Dollar Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the

 

1


first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional 2023 Dollar Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional 2023 Dollar Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional 2023 Dollar Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any 2023 Dollar Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5. No Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of 2023 Dollar Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is not limited. The aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Dollar Notes shall initially be $300.0 million. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders (but subject to the limitations in Article IV of the Indenture), create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the 2023 Dollar Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the 2023 Dollar Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional 2023 Dollar Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture; provided, however, that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the 2023 Dollar Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar identification number than the 2023 Dollar Notes.

6. Redemption. (a) The 2023 Dollar Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2019, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2023 Dollar Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any 2023 Dollar Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (1)

1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2023 Dollar Note; and

 

  (2)

the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2023 Dollar Note at August 1, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the 2023 Dollar Note through August 1, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the 2023 Dollar Note.

 

2


Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to August 1, 2019; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to August 1, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

(b) On or after August 1, 2019, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2023 Dollar Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the 2023 Dollar Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year    Percentage  

2019

     102.500

2020

     101.250

2021 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) At any time prior to August 1, 2019, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2023 Dollar Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2023 Dollar Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 105.000% of the principal amount of the 2023 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 2023 Dollar Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2023 Dollar Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) In addition, during any twelve-month period prior to August 1, 2019, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Dollar Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional 2023 Dollar Notes at a redemption price equal to

 

3


103.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) The Company may acquire 2023 Dollar Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(f) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender for 2023 Dollar Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2023 Dollar Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2023 Dollar Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any other Person making such tender offer, purchases all of the 2023 Dollar Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such tender offer, to redeem all of the 2023 Dollar Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the price offered to each Holder in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of 2023 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).

7. Modifications to Indenture. The following terms of the Indenture are hereby amended solely with respect to the 2023 Dollar Notes and not with respect to the Original Notes or any Additional Notes other than the 2023 Dollar Notes as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 is amended by:

(i) in the third line of the definition of “Fixed Charges”, deleting the text: “in connection with the Specified Financings”;

(ii) in clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, adding the text: “the Issuer or” immediately prior to “another Restricted Subsidiary”;

 

4


(iii) replacing clause (13) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;”

(iv) replacing clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(v) adding the following text to the end of the definition of “Permitted Liens”:

“For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.”

(vi) in the definition of “Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”, deleting the text “150.0” in each instance and inserting “180.0” in lieu thereof;

 

5


(vii) amending and restating the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness” as follows:

‘“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness). In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(I)(B), or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(i)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.’

(viii) deleting the definition of “Specified Financings”

(b) Section 3.03 is amended to delete the text “30 days” and insert “10 days” in lieu thereof in the second line of such provision.

(c) Section 4.09(b) is amended to delete the text “no earlier than 30 days” and insert “no earlier than 10 days” in lieu thereof in the fifth line of such provision.

(d) Section 4.09 is amended to add the following Section 4.09(h):

“(h) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2023 Dollar Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2023 Dollar Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in this Section 4.09, purchases all of the 2023 Dollar Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all 2023 Dollar Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of such redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).”

 

6


(e) Section 4.10(b)(1) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(1) (I) Indebtedness under the Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(f) Section 4.11(a) is amended to delete the text “Default or” in clause (1), and at the beginning of clause (2), insert:

“if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on Section 4.11(a)(3)(a)”

(g) Section 4.11(b) is amended to delete the word “and” at the end of clause (18), and immediately following the semicolon at the end of clause (19), insert:

“and

(20) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that the maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no earlier, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter, than the maturity or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as applicable, of the Holdings Notes;”

(h) Section 4.11(b) is amended to insert the words “or Permitted Investments” after the words “Restricted Payments” in the seventh line of such provision and to insert the words “or a Permitted Investment” before the words “in such amount” in the ninth line of such provision.

 

7


(i) Section 4.17 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

(a) The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.01 (Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement) (with respect to acquisitions and dispositions only), 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form (and in any event excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements, pro forma financial information and exhibits, if any, that would be required by Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and Exhibits) of such form), within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K; provided that no such information shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such information is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

8


(b) In addition, the Issuer will make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the information referred to in clauses (a)(1), (2) and (3) above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuer (or any parent company of the Issuer) has filed reports containing such information with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available (it being understood that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made, that delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable therefrom).

(d) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.”

8. Form. The 2023 Dollar Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit C-1 attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).

9. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pledge or grant of security interests, mortgages, or other liens in the collateral as security for the Notes Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes) is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

9


11. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

12. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFE AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.


(cont-d):

 

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.
RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.


(cont-d):

 

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
BB INVESTMENTS LLC
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BUTE SOUND LLC
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
LAVA RECORDS LLC
MM INVESTMENT LLC
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC
THE BIZ LLC
UPPED.COM LLC
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC
ATLANTIC PIX LLC
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC


(cont-d):

 

FERRET MUSIC LLC\
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC
P & C PUBLISHING LLC
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary


ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By: Warner Music Inc, its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary


NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Stefan Victory

Name:   Stefan Victory
Title:   Vice President
EX-4.4

Exhibit 4.4

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

DOLLAR-DENOMINATED NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 18, 2016

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

Providing for the Issuance of

4.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2024


SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of October 18, 2016 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent are party to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date;

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2024 Dollar Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the 2024 Dollar Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024” (the “2024 Dollar Notes”), which Notes shall be Dollar-denominated.

3. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the 2024 Dollar Notes shall be November 1, 2024.

4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of 2024 Dollar Notes will accrue at the rate of 4.875% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 in each year, commencing on May 1, 2017, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15, respectively (each such April 15 and October 15, a “Record Date”). Interest on the 2024 Dollar Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from October 18,

 

1


2016, except that interest on any Additional 2024 Dollar Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional 2024 Dollar Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional 2024 Dollar Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional 2024 Dollar Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any 2024 Dollar Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5. No Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of 2024 Dollar Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is not limited. The aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Dollar Notes shall initially be $250 million. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders (but subject to the limitations in Article IV of the Indenture), create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the 2024 Dollar Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the 2024 Dollar Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional 2024 Dollar Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture; provided, however, that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the 2024 Dollar Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar identification number than the 2024 Dollar Notes.

6. Redemption. (a) The 2024 Dollar Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2019, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Dollar Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any 2024 Dollar Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (1)

1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2024 Dollar Note; and

 

  (2)

the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2024 Dollar Note at November 1, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the 2024 Dollar Note through November 1, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the 2024 Dollar Note.

 

2


Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2019; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

(b) On or after November 1, 2019, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2024 Dollar Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the 2024 Dollar Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2019

     103.656

2020

     102.438

2021

     101.219

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) At any time prior to November 1, 2019, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2024 Dollar Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2024 Dollar Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 104.875% of the principal amount of the 2024 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 2024 Dollar Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2024 Dollar Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

3


(ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) In addition, during any twelve-month period prior to November 1, 2019, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Dollar Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional 2024 Dollar Notes at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) The Company may acquire 2024 Dollar Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(f) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender for 2024 Dollar Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2024 Dollar Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2024 Dollar Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any other Person making such tender offer, purchases all of the 2024 Dollar Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such tender offer, to redeem all of the 2024 Dollar Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the price offered to each Holder in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of 2024 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).

 

4


7. Modifications to Indenture. The following terms of the Indenture are hereby amended solely with respect to the 2024 Dollar Notes and not with respect to the Original Notes or any Additional Notes other than the 2024 Dollar Notes as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 is amended by:

(i) replacing clause (13) of the definition of “Asset Sales” with the following:

“(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;”

(ii) in clause (y) of the definition of “EBITDA,” replacing the text “twelve (12)” with the text “eighteen (18)”;

(iii) in the third line of the definition of “Fixed Charges”, deleting the text: “in connection with the Specified Financings”;

(iv) in the definition “Intercreditor Agreement,” adding the text “or in such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).” at the end thereof;

(v) in clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, adding the text: “the Issuer or” immediately prior to “another Restricted Subsidiary”;

(vi) replacing clause (13) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;”

(vii) replacing clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(viii) adding the following text to the end of the definition of “Permitted Liens”:

“For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in

 

5


effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.”

(ix) in the definition of “Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”, deleting the text “150.0” in each instance and inserting “180.0” in lieu thereof;

(x) amending and restating the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness” as follows:

‘“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness) and other than Liens that have Junior Lien Priority on the Collateral in relation to the Notes and the Guarantees. In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(I)(B), or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(i)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.’

(xi) deleting the definition of “Specified Financings”.

 

6


(b) Section 1.05 is added as follows:

“SECTION 1.05. Limited Condition Acquisition.

In connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition and any related transactions (including any financing thereof), at the Issuer’s election, (a) compliance with any requirement relating to the absence of a Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the date a definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is entered into (the “effective date”) and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture, and (b) any calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, or any amount based on a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets, may be made as of such effective date and, to the extent so made, will not be required to be made at any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture, giving pro forma effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and any related transactions (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof). If the Company makes such an election, any subsequent calculation of any such ratio and/or percentage (unless the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires or is terminated without its consummation) shall be calculated on an equivalent pro forma basis assuming such acquisition and other related pro forma events (including any incurrence of Indebtedness) have been consummated. As used herein, the term “Limited Condition Acquisition” means any acquisition by one or more of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Indenture whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.”

(c) Section 2.04 is amended to (x) add the text “, Transfer Agent” following the word “Registrar” in the third line of the second to last paragraph of such provision and (y) delete the last paragraph of such provision.

(d) Section 3.01 is amended to delete the text “31 days” and insert “11 days” in lieu thereof in the seventh line of such provision.

(e) Section 3.03 is amended to (i) delete the text “30 days” and insert “10 days” in lieu thereof in the second line of such provision and (ii) delete the text “31 days” and insert “11 days” in lieu thereof in the twelfth line thereof.

(f) Section 4.09(b) is amended to delete the text “no earlier than 30 days” and insert “no earlier than 10 days” in lieu thereof in the fifth line of such provision.

(g) Section 4.09 is amended to add the following Section 4.09(h):

“(h) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2024 Dollar Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2024 Dollar Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in this Section 4.09, purchases all of the 2024 Dollar Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10

 

7


nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all 2024 Dollar Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of such redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).”

(h) Section 4.10(b)(1) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(1) (I) Indebtedness under the Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(i) Section 4.10(b)(4) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;”

(j) Section 4.11(a) is amended as follows:

(x) to delete the text “Default or” in clause (1);

(y) at the beginning of clause (2), to insert “if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on Section 4.11(a)(3)(a)”; and

(z) to delete the text “(6)(C)” and “(15)” in the third line of clause (3).

 

8


(k) Section 4.11(b) is amended to delete the word “and” at the end of clause (18), and immediately following the semicolon at the end of clause (19), insert:

“and

(20) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that the maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no earlier, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter, than the maturity or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as applicable, of the Holdings Notes;”

(l) Section 4.11 is amended to (x) replace the text “(a)” with “(c)” at the beginning of the second to last paragraph of such provision and (y) to replace the text “(b)” with the text “(d)” at the beginning of the last paragraph of such provision.

(m) Section 4.11(d) is amended to insert the words “or Permitted Investments” after the words “Restricted Payments” in the seventh line of such provision and to insert the words “or a Permitted Investment” before the words “in such amount” in the ninth line of such provision.

(n) Section 4.12 is amended to delete the word “expressly” in the sixth line of such provision;

(o) Section 4.17 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

(a) The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

 

9


(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.01 (Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement) (with respect to acquisitions and dispositions only), 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form (and in any event excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements, pro forma financial information and exhibits, if any, that would be required by Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and Exhibits) of such form), within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K; provided that no such information shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such information is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(b) In addition, the Issuer will make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the information referred to in clauses (a)(1), (2) and (3) above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuer (or any parent company of the Issuer) has filed reports containing such information with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available (it being understood that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made, that delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable therefrom).

(d) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.”

 

10


(p) Section 6.01(3) is amended to delete the text “60 days” in the last line of such provision and to insert “(i) 180 days with regard to Section 4.17 or (ii) 60 days with regard to other covenants, warranties or agreements contained in this Indenture, in each case” in lieu thereof.

(q) Section 9.02(b)(5) is amended to insert the word “legal” immediately prior to the word “right” in the first line of such provision.

8. Form. The 2024 Dollar Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit C-1 attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).

9. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pledge or grant of security interests, mortgages, or other liens in the collateral as security for the Notes Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes) is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

11. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

12. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC. RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


(cont-d):

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


(cont-d):

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC\

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
        

Name: Paul M. Robinson

Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:         /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member

By: Warner Music Inc, its Sole Member

By:         /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE

By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner

By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager

By:         /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:         /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC

NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member

By:         /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.

NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:         /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Stefan Victory
Name:   Stefan Victory
Title:   Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

EX-4.5

Exhibit 4.5

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

EURO-DENOMINATED NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 18, 2016

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

Providing for the Issuance of

4.125% Senior Secured Notes Due 2024


SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of October 18, 2016 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent are party to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date;

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2024 Euro Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the 2024 Euro Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024” (the “2024 Euro Notes”), which Notes shall be Euro-denominated.

3. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the 2024 Euro Notes shall be November 1, 2024.

4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of 2024 Euro Notes will accrue at the rate of 4.125% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 in each year, commencing on May 1, 2017, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15, respectively (each such April 15 and October 15, a “Record Date”). Interest on the 2024 Euro Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from October 18, 2016, except

 

1


that interest on any Additional 2024 Euro Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional 2024 Euro Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional 2024 Euro Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional 2024 Euro Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any 2024 Euro Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5. No Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of 2024 Euro Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is not limited. The aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Euro Notes shall initially be €345 million. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders (but subject to the limitations in Article IV of the Indenture), create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the 2024 Euro Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the 2024 Euro Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional 2024 Euro Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture; provided, however, that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the 2024 Euro Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar identification number than the 2024 Euro Notes.

6. Redemption. (a) The 2024 Euro Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2019, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Euro Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any 2024 Euro Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (1)

1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2024 Euro Note; and

 

  (2)

the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2024 Euro Note at November 1, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the 2024 Euro Note through November 1, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the 2024 Euro Note.

 

2


Bund Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two business days (but not more than five business days) prior to such redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2019; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2019 is not equal to the constant maturity of the direct obligation of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used; provided that if the Bund Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Bund Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of the Indenture.

(b) On or after November 1, 2019, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2024 Euro Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the 2024 Euro Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2019

     103.094

2020

     102.063

2021

     101.031

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

3


(c) At any time prior to November 1, 2019, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2024 Euro Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2024 Euro Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 104.125% of the principal amount of the 2024 Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 2024 Euro Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2024 Euro Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) In addition, during any twelve-month period prior to November 1, 2019, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Euro Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional 2024 Euro Notes at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) The Company may acquire 2024 Euro Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(f) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender for 2024 Euro Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2024 Euro Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2024 Euro Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any other Person making such tender offer, purchases all of the 2024 Euro Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such tender offer, to redeem all of the 2024 Euro Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the price offered to each Holder in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of 2024 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).

 

4


7. Modifications to Indenture. The following terms of the Indenture are hereby amended solely with respect to the 2024 Euro Notes and not with respect to the Original Notes or any Additional Notes other than the 2024 Euro Notes as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 is amended by:

(i) replacing clause (13) of the definition of “Asset Sales” with the following:

“(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;”

(ii) in clause (y) of the definition of “EBITDA,” replacing the text “twelve (12)” with the text “eighteen (18)”;

(iii) in the third line of the definition of “Fixed Charges”, deleting the text: “in connection with the Specified Financings”;

(iv) in the definition “Intercreditor Agreement,” adding the text “or in such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).” at the end thereof;

(v) in clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, adding the text: “the Issuer or” immediately prior to “another Restricted Subsidiary”;

(vi) replacing clause (13) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;”

(vii) replacing clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

 

5


(viii) adding the following text to the end of the definition of “Permitted Liens”:

“For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.”

(ix) in the definition of “Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”, deleting the text “150.0” in each instance and inserting “180.0” in lieu thereof;

(x) amending and restating the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness” as follows:

‘“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness) and other than Liens that have Junior Lien Priority on the Collateral in relation to the Notes and the Guarantees. In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(I)(B), or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(i)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount,

 

6


an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.’

(xi) deleting the definition of “Specified Financings”.

(b) Section 1.05 is added as follows:

“SECTION 1.05. Limited Condition Acquisition.

In connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition and any related transactions (including any financing thereof), at the Issuer’s election, (a) compliance with any requirement relating to the absence of a Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the date a definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is entered into (the “effective date”) and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture, and (b) any calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, or any amount based on a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets, may be made as of such effective date and, to the extent so made, will not be required to be made at any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture, giving pro forma effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and any related transactions (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof). If the Company makes such an election, any subsequent calculation of any such ratio and/or percentage (unless the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires or is terminated without its consummation) shall be calculated on an equivalent pro forma basis assuming such acquisition and other related pro forma events (including any incurrence of Indebtedness) have been consummated. As used herein, the term “Limited Condition Acquisition” means any acquisition by one or more of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Indenture whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.”

(c) Section 2.04 is amended to (x) add the text “, Transfer Agent” following the word “Registrar” in the third line of the second to last paragraph of such provision and (y) delete the last paragraph of such provision.

(d) Section 3.01 is amended to delete the text “31 days” and insert “11 days” in lieu thereof in the seventh line of such provision.

(e) Section 3.03 is amended to (i) delete the text “30 days” and insert “10 days” in lieu thereof in the second line of such provision and (ii) delete the text “31 days” and insert “11 days” in lieu thereof in the twelfth line thereof.

(f) Section 4.09(b) is amended to delete the text “no earlier than 30 days” and insert “no earlier than 10 days” in lieu thereof in the fifth line of such provision.

 

7


(g) Section 4.09 is amended to add the following Section 4.09(h):

“(h) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2024 Euro Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2024 Euro Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in this Section 4.09, purchases all of the 2024 Euro Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all 2024 Euro Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of such redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).”

(h) Section 4.10(b)(1) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(1) (I) Indebtedness under the Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(i) Section 4.10(b)(4) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;”

 

8


(j) Section 4.11(a) is amended as follows:

(x) to delete the text “Default or” in clause (1),

(y) at the beginning of clause (2), to insert “if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on Section 4.11(a)(3)(a)”; and

(z) to delete the text “(6)(C)” and “(15)” in the third line of clause (3).

(k) Section 4.11(b) is amended to delete the word “and” at the end of clause (18), and immediately following the semicolon at the end of clause (19), insert:

“and

(20) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that the maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no earlier, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter, than the maturity or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as applicable, of the Holdings Notes;”

(l) Section 4.11 is amended to (x) replace the text “(a)” with “(c)” at the beginning of the second to last paragraph of such provision and (y) to replace the text “(b)” with the text “(d)” at the beginning of the last paragraph of such provision.

(m) Section 4.11(d) is amended to insert the words “or Permitted Investments” after the words “Restricted Payments” in the seventh line of such provision and to insert the words “or a Permitted Investment” before the words “in such amount” in the ninth line of such provision.

(n) Section 4.12 is amended to delete the word “expressly” in the sixth line of such provision.

(o) Section 4.17 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

(a) The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants and a

 

9


“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.01 (Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement) (with respect to acquisitions and dispositions only), 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form (and in any event excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements, pro forma financial information and exhibits, if any, that would be required by Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and Exhibits) of such form), within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K; provided that no such information shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such information is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(b) In addition, the Issuer will make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the information referred to in clauses (a)(1), (2) and (3) above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuer (or any parent company of the Issuer) has filed reports containing such information with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available (it being understood that the Trustee shall not be responsible for

 

10


determining whether such filings have been made, that delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable therefrom).

(d) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.”

(p) Section 6.01(3) is amended to delete the text “60 days” in the last line of such provision and to insert “(i) 180 days with regard to Section 4.17 or (ii) 60 days with regard to other covenants, warranties or agreements contained in this Indenture, in each case” in lieu thereof.

(q) Section 9.02(b)(5) is amended to insert the word “legal” immediately prior to the word “right” in the first line of such provision.

8. Form. The 2024 Euro Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit C-1 attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).

9. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pledge or grant of security interests, mortgages, or other liens in the collateral as security for the Notes Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes) is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

11. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

11


12. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC. RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


(cont-d):

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


(cont-d):

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC\

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
        

Name: Paul M. Robinson

Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member

By: Warner Music Inc, its Sole Member

By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE

By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner

By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager

By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC

NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member

By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.

NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ StefanVictory
Name:   StefanVictory
Title:   Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

EX-4.6

EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit 4.6

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

EURO-DENOMINATED NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 9, 2018

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

Providing for the Issuance of

3.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2026


EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of October 9, 2018 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent are party to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date;

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2026 Euro Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the 2026 Euro Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1.        Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.        Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026” (the “2026 Euro Notes”), which Notes shall be Euro-denominated.

3.        Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the 2026 Euro Notes shall be October 15, 2026.

4.        Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of 2026 Euro Notes will accrue at the rate of 3.625% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 in each year, commencing on April 15, 2019, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1, respectively (each such April 1 and October 1, a “Record Date”). Interest on the 2026 Euro Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from October 9, 2018, except that interest on any Additional 2026 Euro Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in

 

1


exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional 2026 Euro Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional 2026 Euro Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional 2026 Euro Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any 2026 Euro Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5.        No Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of 2026 Euro Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is not limited. The aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Euro Notes shall initially be €250 million. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders (but subject to the limitations in Article IV of the Indenture), create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the 2026 Euro Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the 2026 Euro Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional 2026 Euro Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture; provided, however, that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the 2026 Euro Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar identification number than the 2026 Euro Notes.

6.        Redemption. (a) The 2026 Euro Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 15, 2021, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Euro Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any 2026 Euro Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (1)

1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2026 Euro Note; and

 

  (2)

the excess, if any, of:

(a)        the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2026 Euro Note at October 15, 2021 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the 2026 Euro Note through October 15, 2021 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over

 

2


(b)        the then outstanding principal amount of the 2026 Euro Note.

Bund Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two business days (but not more than five business days) prior to such redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2021; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2021 is not equal to the constant maturity of the direct obligation of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to October 15, 2021 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used; provided that if the Bund Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Bund Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of the Indenture.

(b)        On or after October 15, 2021, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2026 Euro Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the 2026 Euro Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year    Percentage  

2021

     101.813

2022

     100.906

2023 and thereafter

     100.000

(c)        At any time prior to October 15, 2021, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2026 Euro Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2026 Euro Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 103.625% of the principal amount of the 2026 Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

 

3


(i)        at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 2026 Euro Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2026 Euro Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii)        the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d)        In addition, during any twelve-month period prior to October 15, 2021, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Euro Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional 2026 Euro Notes at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e)        The Company may acquire 2026 Euro Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(f)        Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

(g)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender for 2026 Euro Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2026 Euro Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2026 Euro Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any other Person making such tender offer, purchases all of the 2026 Euro Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such tender offer, to redeem all of the 2026 Euro Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the price offered to each Holder in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of 2026 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).

7.        Modifications to Indenture. The following terms of the Indenture are hereby amended solely with respect to the 2026 Euro Notes and not with respect to the Original Notes or any Additional Notes other than the 2026 Euro Notes as follows:

 

4


(a) Section 1.01 is amended by:

(i) replacing clause (3) of the definition of “Asset Sales” with the following:

“(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;”

(ii) replacing clause (13) of the definition of “Asset Sales” with the following:

“(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;”

(iii) amending and restating the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” as follows:

““Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that neither Securitization Fees nor Securitization Expenses shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.”

(iv) in the definition of “EBITDA,” (x) adding the text “and Securitization Expenses” following the text “Securitization Fees” in clause (x)(9) of such definition, (y) replacing the text “twelve (12)” with the text “eighteen (18)” in clause (y) of such definition and (z) replacing the text “10.0%” with the text “20.0%” in clause (y) of such definition;

(v) in the third line of the definition of “Fixed Charges”, deleting the text: “in connection with the Specified Financings”;

 

5


(vi) adding the following definition of “Hedging Agreement”:

““Hedging Agreement” means, in respect of a Person:

        (1)    any currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

        (2)    other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.”

(vii) amending and restating the definition of “Hedging Obligations” as follows:

““Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreement.”

(viii) in the definition “Intercreditor Agreement,” adding the text “or in such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).” at the end thereof;

(ix) adding the following definition of “Limited Condition Transaction”:

““Limited Condition Transaction” means (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Indenture whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.”

(x) in the definition of “Maximum Management Fee Amount” replacing (i) the text “$6.0 million” with “$8,897,000” and (ii) the text “the Issue Date” with “January 31, 2018”;

(xi) in clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, adding the text: “the Issuer or” immediately prior to “another Restricted Subsidiary”;

(xii) in clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” replacing the text “Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” with the text “then existing senior revolving credit agreement”;

(xiii) replacing clause (13) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases,

 

6


or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;”

(xiv) replacing clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” with the following:

“(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,900 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.50 to 1.00, (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million and (iii) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $300.0 million pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Senior Term Loan Agreement as in effect on January 31, 2018;”

(xv) adding the following text to the end of the definition of “Permitted Liens”:

“For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.”

(xvi) in the definition of “Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”, deleting the text “150.0” in each instance and inserting “180.0” in lieu thereof;

(xvii) adding the following definition of “Securitization Expenses”:

 

7


““Securitization Expenses” means, for any period, the aggregate interest expense for such period on any Indebtedness of any Securitization Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings).”

(xviii) amending and restating the definition of “Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” as follows:

““Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of January 31, 2018, by and among the Issuer, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, refinanced, replaced, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.”

(xix) amending and restating the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness” as follows:

““Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness) and other than Liens that have Junior Lien Priority on the Collateral in relation to the Notes and the Guarantees. In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(I)(B), or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(i)(B) or (26)(iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.”

(xx) in the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (x) replacing the text “$150.0 million” with the text “$200.0 million” in the first paragraph of such definition and (y) adding the text “and secured by Liens” immediately prior to the text “without further compliance with such ratio” in the sixth line of the last paragraph of such definition;

 

8


(xxi) deleting the definition of “Specified Financings”;

(xxii) in the definition of “Transactions,” replacing the text “Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” with the text “senior revolving credit agreement dated on or about the Issue Date”;

(xxiii) amending and restating the definition of “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” as follows:

““Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a subsidiary of such Person of which securities (except for (a) directors’ qualifying shares, (b) shares held by nominees and (c) shares held by foreign nationals as required by applicable Law) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Capital Stock are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.”

(b)        Section 1.05 is added as follows:

“SECTION 1.05. Limited Condition Transaction.

        In connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, at the Issuer’s election, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Issuer, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has exercised its option under the first sentence of this Section 1.05, and any Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

        In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

            (i) determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio; or

 

9


            (ii) testing baskets set forth in this Indenture (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets);

        in each case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available, the Issuer could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount, such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Sales, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.”

(c)        Section 2.04 is amended to (x) add the text “, Transfer Agent” following the word “Registrar” in the third line of the second to last paragraph of such provision and (y) delete the last paragraph of such provision.

(d)        Section 3.01 is amended to delete the text “31 days” and insert “11 days” in lieu thereof in the seventh line of such provision.

 

10


(e)        Section 3.03 is amended to (x) delete the text “30 days” and insert “10 days” in lieu thereof in the second line of such provision, (y) delete the text “or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture” and insert “, a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or a satisfaction and discharge of any Notes of a series” in lieu thereof in the seventh line thereof and (z) delete the text “31 days” and insert “11 days” in lieu thereof in the twelfth line thereof.

(f)        Section 4.09(b) is amended to delete the text “no earlier than 30 days” and insert “no earlier than 10 days” in lieu thereof in the fifth line of such provision.

(g)        Section 4.09 is amended to add the following Section 4.09(h):

“(h) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2026 Euro Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2026 Euro Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in this Section 4.09, purchases all of the 2026 Euro Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all 2026 Euro Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of such redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).”

(h)        Section 4.10(b)(1) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(1) (I) Indebtedness under the Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,900 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(i)        Section 4.10(b)(2) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

11


“(2) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $300.0 million pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Senior Term Loan Agreement as in effect on January 31, 2018;”

(j)        Section 4.10(b)(4) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;”

(k)        Section 4.10(c) is amended to replace the text “Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” with the text “the then existing senior revolving credit agreement” in the ninth line of such provision.

(l)        Section 4.11(a) is amended as follows:

(x) to delete the text “Default or” in clause (1),

(y) at the beginning of clause (2), to insert “if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on Section 4.11(a)(3)(a)” and

(z) to delete the text “(6)(C)” and “(15)” in the third line of clause (3).

(m)        Section 4.11(b) is amended to delete the word “and” at the end of clause (18), and immediately following the semicolon at the end of clause (19), insert:

“and

(20) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that the maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no earlier, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter, than the maturity or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as applicable, of the Holdings Notes;”

 

12


(n)        Section 4.11 is amended to (x) replace the text “(a)” with “(c)” at the beginning of the second to last paragraph of such provision and (y) to replace the text “(b)” with the text “(d)” at the beginning of the last paragraph of such provision.

(o)        Section 4.11(d) is amended to insert the words “or Permitted Investments” after the words “Restricted Payments” in the seventh line of such provision and to insert the words “or a Permitted Investment” before the words “in such amount” in the ninth line of such provision.

(p)        Section 4.12 is amended to delete the word “expressly” in the sixth line of such provision.

(q)        Section 4.14(b)(2) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(2) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Indenture;”

(r)        Section 4.17 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

(a)    The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website:

        (1)        within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

        (2)        within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating

 

13


financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

        (3)        information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.01 (Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement) (with respect to acquisitions and dispositions only), 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form (and in any event excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements, pro forma financial information and exhibits, if any, that would be required by Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and Exhibits) of such form), within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K; provided that no such information shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such information is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(b)    In addition, the Issuer will make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the information referred to in clauses (a)(1), (2) and (3) above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuer (or any parent company of the Issuer) has filed reports containing such information with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available (it being understood that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made, that delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable therefrom).

(d)    In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.”

 

14


(s)        Section 6.01(3) is amended to delete the text “60 days” in the last line of such provision and to insert “(i) 180 days with regard to Section 4.17 or (ii) 60 days with regard to other covenants, warranties or agreements contained in this Indenture, in each case” in lieu thereof.

(t)        Section 8.01 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:

(a)        either:

(i)    all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii)    all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, (x) in the case of the Dollar-denominated Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities and (y) in the case of the Euro-denominated Notes, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in euros and non-callable European Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to each series of Notes), the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to each series of Notes) calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(b)        the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

 

15


(c)        the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

The Notes of any series will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect, when:

(a)        either:

(i)    all Notes of such series that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes of such series for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii)    all Notes of such series that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, (i) in the case of Notes denominated in U.S. Dollars, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities and (ii) in the case of Notes denominated in Euro, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in euros and non-callable European Government Securities), in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of such series not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to such series of Notes), the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Notes of such series to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to such series of Notes) calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(b)        the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Notes of such series; and

(c)        the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Notes of such series to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

16


In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.”

(u)        Section 9.02(b)(5) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(5)    amend or waive the legal right of any Holder of any Note to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity for such principal or interest payment date for such interest expressed in such Note, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or interest payment date;”

(v)        Section 11.02 is amended to (x) add the text “or Clearstream’s” following the word “Euroclear” in the fourteenth and fifteenth lines of the third paragraph of such provision and (y) delete the last paragraph of such provision.

8.        Form. The 2026 Euro Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit C-1 attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).

9.        Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

10.        Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pledge or grant of security interests, mortgages, or other liens in the collateral as security for the Notes Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes) is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

17


11.        Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

12.        Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson

Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ARTS MUSIC INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC

AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC\

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

WMG COE, LLC

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Vice President & Secretary of

      each of the above named entities listed

      under the heading Guarantors and

      signing this agreement in such capacity

      on behalf of each such entity

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WARNER MUSIC INC.

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC

By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Vice President and Secretary

ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member

By: Warner Music Inc, its Sole Member

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE

By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner

By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Vice President and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY

By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC

NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.

NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member

By: /s/ Paul M. Robinson

      Name: Paul M. Robinson

      Title: Vice President and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCATION, as Trustee

By: /s/ Maddy Hughes

Name: Maddy Hughes

Title: Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

EX-4.7

Exhibit 4.7

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE INCREASING A SERIES OF

EURO-DENOMINATED NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF APRIL 30, 2019

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2012

Providing for the Issuance of

Additional 3.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2026

 


NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of April 30, 2019 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent are party to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2018 (the “Eighth Supplemental Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, the Company initially issued €250.0 million of its 2026 Euro Notes (as defined in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture) (the “Initial 2026 Euro Notes”);

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date;

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue an additional €195 million of its 2026 Euro Notes as Additional 2026 Euro Notes (as defined in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture) under the Indenture (the “2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes. As of the date hereof, the Company will issue the 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes. The 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture constitute Additional 2026 Euro Notes and will be part of the existing series of 2026 Euro Notes previously established pursuant to the Eighth Supplemental Indenture. The 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes shall have the same terms and conditions in all respects as

 

1


the Initial 2026 Euro Notes, except for the issue date (which shall be April 30, 2019) and the issue price. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms set forth in clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 2.01 of the Indenture shall be the same, with respect to the 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes, as those specified in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, and cross-references in the Indenture to specific sections of a Notes Supplemental Indenture shall, with respect to the 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes, be references to the applicable sections of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

3. Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of the 2019-1 Additional 2026 Euro Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be €195 million.

4. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

5. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pledge or grant of security interests, mortgages, or other liens in the collateral as security for the Notes Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes) is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:    /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFE AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ARTS MUSIC INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC\

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

WMG COE, LLC

By:    /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary of
  each of the above named entities listed
  under the heading Guarantors and
  signing this agreement in such capacity
  on behalf of each such entity

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:    /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:    /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By: Warner Music Inc, its Sole Member
By:    /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:    /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President and Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:   

/s/ Stefan Victory

Name:   Stefan Victory
Title:   Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

EX-4.8

Exhibit 4.8

EXECUTION VERSION

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., as Issuer

and

the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties hereto,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2014

 

 

PROVIDING FOR THE ISSUANCE OF NOTES IN SERIES


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE ONE   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.01. Definitions

     1  

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions

     42  

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA

     43  

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction

     44  
ARTICLE TWO   
THE NOTES   

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series

     45  

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating

     46  

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication

     47  

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent

     48  

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust

     49  

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists

     49  

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange

     49  

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes

     50  

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes

     50  

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes

     51  

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes

     51  

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation

     51  

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest

     51  

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc

     52  

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys

     52  

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

     52  

 

i


SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions

     54  

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest

     56  

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes

     56  
ARTICLE THREE   
REDEMPTION   

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee

     57  

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed

     57  

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption

     58  

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

     59  

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

     60  

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

     60  

SECTION 3.07. Applicability of Article

     60  

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption

     60  
ARTICLE FOUR   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

     60  

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

     61  

SECTION 4.03. [RESERVED]

     61  

SECTION 4.04. [RESERVED]

     61  

SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED]

     61  

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

     61  

SECTION 4.07. [RESERVED]

     62  

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws

     62  

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control

     62  

SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

     64  

SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments

     70  

 

ii


SECTION 4.12. Liens

     78  

SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales

     79  

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates

     83  

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

     85  

SECTION 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

     88  

SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders

     89  

SECTION 4.18. [RESERVED]

     90  

SECTION 4.19. [RESERVED]

     90  

SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent

     90  

SECTION 4.21. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

     90  
ARTICLE FIVE   
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION   

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets

     92  
ARTICLE SIX   
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default

     93  

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration

     95  

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies

     96  

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

     97  

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority

     97  

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits

     98  

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     98  

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

     99  

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     99  

SECTION 6.10. Priorities

     99  

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs

     100  

 

iii


ARTICLE SEVEN   
THE TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee

     100  

SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee

     101  

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

     103  

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer

     103  

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default

     103  

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders

     103  

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity

     104  

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

     105  

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc

     106  

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

     106  

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer

     106  
ARTICLE EIGHT   
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge

     106  

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

     107  

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     109  

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money

     110  

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer

     111  

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement

     111  
ARTICLE NINE   
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS   

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders

     111  

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders

     113  

SECTION 9.03. Reserved

     114  

 

iv


SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA

     114  

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents

     114  

SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     115  

SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc

     115  
ARTICLE TEN   
GUARANTEES   

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee

     116  

SECTION 10.02. Reserved

     117  

SECTION 10.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     117  

SECTION 10.04. Reserved

     117  

SECTION 10.05. Release of a Guarantor

     117  

SECTION 10.06. Waiver of Subrogation

     118  

SECTION 10.07. Immediate Payment

     119  

SECTION 10.08. No Setoff

     119  

SECTION 10.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute

     119  

SECTION 10.10. Guarantee Obligations Continuing

     119  

SECTION 10.11. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced

     119  

SECTION 10.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated

     119  

SECTION 10.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected

     120  

SECTION 10.14. Waiver

     121  

SECTION 10.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer

     121  

SECTION 10.16. Dealing with the Issuer and Others

     121  

SECTION 10.17. Default and Enforcement

     122  

SECTION 10.18. Amendment, Etc

     122  

SECTION 10.19. Acknowledgment

     122  

SECTION 10.20. Costs and Expenses

     122  

 

v


SECTION 10.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     122  

SECTION 10.22. Survival of Guarantee Obligations

     123  

SECTION 10.23. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations

     123  

SECTION 10.24. Severability

     123  

SECTION 10.25. Successors and Assigns

     123  
ARTICLE ELEVEN   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls

     123  

SECTION 11.02. Notices

     124  

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders

     125  

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     125  

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     125  

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

     126  

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays

     126  

SECTION 11.08. Governing Law

     126  

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     126  

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others

     126  

SECTION 11.11. Successors

     126  

SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals

     127  

SECTION 11.13. Severability

     127  

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure

     127  

SECTION 11.15. USA Patriot Act

     127  

 

vi


Exhibit A

  Form of Initial Note   

Exhibit B

  Form of Legend for Restricted Notes   

Exhibit C

  Form of Exchange Note   

Exhibit D

  Form of Legend for Global Note   

Exhibit E

  Form of Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors Certificate   

Exhibit F

  Form of Regulation S Certificate   

Exhibit G

  Form of OID Legend   

Exhibit H

  Form of Supplemental Indenture Establishing a Series of Notes   

Exhibit I

  Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors   

 

   CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE   

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 310    (a)(1)    7.10
   (a)(2)    7.10
   (a)(3)    Not Applicable
   (a)(4)    Not Applicable
   (b)    7.10
§ 311    (a)    7.11
   (b)    7.11
   (b)(2)    7.06
§ 312    (a)    2.06
   (b)    2.06, 11.03
   (c)    2.06, 11.03
§ 313    (a)    7.06
   (b)    7.06
   (c)    7.06
   (d)    7.06
§ 314    (a)    4.17
   (a)(4)    11.04, 4.06
   (b)    Not Applicable
   (c)(1)    11.04
   (c)(2)    11.04
   (c)(3)    Not Applicable
   (d)    Not Applicable
   (e)    11.05
§ 315    (a)    7.01
   (b)    7.05, 7.06
   (c)    7.01
   (d)    7.01
   (d)(1)    7.01
   (d)(2)    7.01
   (d)(3)    6.05
   (e)    6.11

 

vii


§ 316    (a)    6.05, 6.04
   (a)(1)(A)    6.02, 6.05
   (a)(1)(B)    6.04
   (a)(2)    Not Applicable
   (b)    6.07
   (c)    1.03
§ 317    (a)(1)    6.08
   (a)(2)    6.09
   (b)    2.05
§ 318    (a)    11.05

 

This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

viii


INDENTURE, dated as of April 9, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Indenture”), among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation, as issuer, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time party hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of Notes of any series thereof.

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

2011 Transactions” means the “Transactions” as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

2012 Transactions” means the “Transactions” as defined under the Existing Secured Indenture.

Access Investors” means, collectively: (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by such group.

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

1


(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Agent” means any Registrar or any Paying Agent.

amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Premium” when used with respect to any series of Notes, means the “Applicable Premium” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.10 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, Section 5.01 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

2


(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

3


(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Issuer in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary).

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office) are required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

 

4


(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to any Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

5


(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; provided that (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”; or

(3) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Issue Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

 

6


Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or any successor securities clearing agency.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was

deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue

discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest

expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments

pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate

Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses,

expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or

“additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the Prior Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Reference Date) shall be excluded;

 

7


(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the Prior Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Issue Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

 

8


(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the Prior Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11(a)(3)(a), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and

 

9


advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.11(a)(3)(d).

Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

Credit Agreement” means (a) the Senior Term Loan Facility, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Issuer, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in

 

10


each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’

 

11


agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

 

12


(9) Securitization Fees,

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3);

(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause

(y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of the

 

13


Issuer), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer registered on Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System as currently in effect or any successor securities clearing agency.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes” means Notes containing terms substantially identical to any Initial Additional Notes of a particular series (and any Notes issued in respect of any of the foregoing Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06)) (except that (i) such Exchange Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto).

Excluded Contribution” means (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Issue Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) in existence on the Issue Date, including the Existing Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes.

Existing Secured Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of the Reference Date (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time), among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors from time to time parties thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and Credit Suisse AG.

 

14


Existing Secured Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 6% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 and 6.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021, in each case issued pursuant to the Existing Secured Indenture, outstanding on the Issue Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Existing Unsecured Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time), among WMG Acquisition Corp., the guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Existing Unsecured Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Issue Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

15


For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the Prior Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the Prior Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date” means the Issue Date, provided that at any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may, by prior written notice to the Trustee, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “EBITDA,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and

 

16


computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Indenture or the Notes that, at the Issuer’s election, may be specified by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee from time to time.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

“Freely Tradable” means Notes that are freely tradable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without the need for current public information or compliance with other requirements of Rule 144 and with respect to which the Issuer has enabled Holders of the Initial Notes to have the restrictive legend removed from the Initial Notes and which no longer bear a restricted CUSIP and/or ISIN number, as applicable.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the Commission permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Issuer may elect, by written notice to the Trustee, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Government Securities” means securities that are

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities

 

17


Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Issuer, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes” means Holdings’ 13.75 % Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

 

18


IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the Commission, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

 

  (a)

any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

  (i)

in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business) and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

19


provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect of any of the foregoing Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Initial Notes” means the Issuer’s 6.750% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the first Notes Supplemental Indenture in an aggregate principal amount of $660,000,000 (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06).

Initial Purchasers” means with respect to the Initial Notes, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Nomura Securities International, Inc. and Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

Interest” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article 9, special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note.

Interest Payment Date” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the stated maturity of such installment of interest as set forth in such Note.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

20


Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Issue Date” means April 9, 2014.

Issuer” means WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

21


Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

Maturity Date” when used with respect to any series of Notes, means the “Maturity Date” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Issuer acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Reference Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Issuer, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the

 

22


subject of such Asset Sale (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

New Secured Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022, issued pursuant the Existing Secured Indenture on the Issue Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Issuer, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Issue Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes, any Additional Notes and any notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06.

 

23


Notes Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Issuer issues Notes in accordance with Section 2.01, which may be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, or in such other form as the Issuer may determine in accordance with Section 2.01.

Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Issuer dated March 26, 2014 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, as applicable.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

OID Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit G to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

Original Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Parent” means any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Issuer is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Issuer becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Issuer first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Issuer immediately prior to the Issuer first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Issuer first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

 

24


Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13.

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Holders” means (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Issuer, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investments” means

(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

25


(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.10(b)(9);

(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2)

 

26


promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.14 (except transactions described in Sections 4.14(b)(2), (6) and (7));

(15) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

 

27


(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes, the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes.

Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that

 

28


secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Issuer, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Indenture;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Issue Date (other than the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

29


(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

30


(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b) (18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

31


(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 (b)(4) and 4.10(b)(20);

(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Indenture and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

 

32


For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Prior Transactions” means the 2011 Transactions and the 2012 Transactions.

Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether known on or developed after the Issue Date, with respect to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is

 

33


intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Pari Passu Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Record Date” means with respect to any series of Notes, the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.

Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Issuer, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

 

34


Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any series of Notes to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any series of Notes to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

Reference Date” means November 1, 2012.

Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Note” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness” means Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $180.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit

 

35


agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $180.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and its successors.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether existing on the Issue Date or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

36


Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Senior Credit Facilities” means the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Term Loan Facility.

Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than Subordinated Indebtedness.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement, dated as of the Reference Date, by and among the Issuer, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of

 

37


any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness). In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(I)(B), or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(i)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to the Issuer, the ratio of (x) the Issuer’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0 million, to (y) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the Prior Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the Prior Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize

 

38


such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 4.10(b)(1) and by clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Senior Term Loan Agreement” means the credit agreement, dated as of the Reference Date, by and among the Issuer, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Term Loan Facility” means the term loan facility under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

Specified Financings” means the financings included in the Transactions and the Prior Transactions and this offering of the Notes.

Specified Transaction” means (v) any designation of operations or assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (w) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (x) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (z) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor” means Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

39


Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture until such time as this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.04.

Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the Indenture and the offer and issuance of the Notes, (ii) the entry into a supplement to the Secured Notes Indenture and the issuance of the New Secured Notes, (iii) the repurchase and/or repayment of the Existing Unsecured Notes, (iv) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and (v) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

40


Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.11 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (1) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal,

 

41


including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term    Defined in Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14

“Agent Members”

   2.16

“Alternate Offer”

   4.09

“Amendment”

   4.15

“Applicable Premium Deficit”

   8.03

“Asset Sale Offer Amount”

   4.13

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.13

“Asset Sale Payment Date”

   4.13

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.09

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.09

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.09

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.02

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.21

“Coverage Ratio Exception”

   4.10

“DTC”

   2.04

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.13

“Global Notes”

   2.16

“Guarantee Obligations”

   10.01

“incur”

   4.10

“Initial Agreement”

   4.15

“Initial Lien”

   4.12

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Other Notes”

   2.02

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

   4.13

 

42


“Permitted Debt”

   4.10

“Physical Notes”

   2.02

“Refinancing Agreement”

   4.15

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.10

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.11

“Registrar”

   2.04

“Regulation S Global Notes”

   2.16

“Regulation S Notes”

   2.02

“Restricted Payments”

   4.11

“Restricted Period”

   2.16

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.11

“Reversion Date”

   4.21

“Rule 144A Global Notes”

   2.16

“Rule 144A Notes”

   2.02

“Successor Company”

   5.01

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.21

“Suspension Date”

   4.21

“Suspension Period”

   4.21

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision of the TIA shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture if, but only if, (a) this Indenture is qualified by the Issuer under the TIA (in which case each such provision shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, effective immediately upon such qualification) or (b) this Indenture expressly states that such provision of the TIA shall apply whether or not this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities” means the Notes.

indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.

indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or any other obligor on the Notes.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

43


SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) [Reserved];

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(7) “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

(9) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(10) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or

(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(11) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(12) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(13) [Reserved];

 

44


(14) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and

(15) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series.

The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Except as provided in Section 9.02, all Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a single class with other Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

The following matters shall be established with respect to each series of Notes issued hereunder in a Notes Supplemental Indenture:

(i) the title of the Notes of the series (which title shall distinguish the Notes of the series from all other series of Notes);

(ii) any limit (if any) upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (which limit shall not pertain to Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the series pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.11, 2.16(c), 2.16(d) or 3.06);

(iii) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes of the series is payable or the method of determination and/or extension of such date or dates, and the amount or amounts of such principal and premium, if any, payments and methods of determination thereof;

(iv) the rate or rates at which the Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of calculating and/or resetting such rate or rates of interest, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, and the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable;

(v) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the series (i) may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer, if the Issuer is to have the option or (ii) shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of specified events, if the Notes shall be subject to a mandatory redemption provision;

 

45


(vi) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Notes of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

(vii) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes, any addition to or change in the Events of Default which apply to any Notes of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Notes to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02; and

(viii) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes, any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article Four.

The form of the Notes of such series, as set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit C as the case may be, may be modified to reflect such matters as so established in such Notes Supplemental Indenture.

Such matters may also be established in a Notes Supplemental Indenture for any Additional Notes issued hereunder that are to be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder. Notes that have the same terms described in the foregoing clauses

(i) though (viii) will be treated as the same series, unless otherwise designated by the Issuer.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.

The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes that are not Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in this Article Two and Exhibit A hereto, which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture (as such forms may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01). The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes, or that are issued in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in this Article Two and Exhibit C hereto, which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture (as such forms may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01). The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“Other Notes”) may be represented by a Rule 144A Global

 

46


Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Rule 144A Global Notes, a Physical Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.

The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the applicable Registrar.

Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit C, as applicable (the “Physical Notes”).

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.

One Officer, who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions, shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.

If the Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

(i) The Trustee shall initially authenticate Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $660,000,000 and (ii) the Trustee shall thereafter authenticate (x) Additional Notes in one or more series (which may be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder, or of a different series) from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer and (y) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Additional Notes of a series are not fungible with the Initial Notes of such series for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other similar identification number than the Initial Notes. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of such Notes to be authenticated and the date on which such Notes are to be authenticated.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and

 

47


delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with the consent of the Issuer to authenticate the Notes, and the Trustee may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any such authentication agent not a party to this Indenture. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange

(“Registrar”). The Issuer will also maintain an office or agency within the United States where Notes may be presented for payment

(“Paying Agent”) provided, that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the

address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the note register or otherwise. The Registrar will keep a register

of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more additional registrars and one or more additional

paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any Registrar and any additional registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes the

Paying Agent and any additional paying agent.

The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, in each case until such time as either such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

 

48


SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.

Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the applicable Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the applicable Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the applicable Registrar shall promptly register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the applicable Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the applicable Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part, and (ii) during a Change of Control Offer, an Alternate Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.

 

49


Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Notes shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors, if any, shall execute the guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02, on or after the date on the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or 8.02 have been satisfied and (d) those Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and those described in this Section as not outstanding, including Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender

 

50


or Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The applicable Registrar and the applicable Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the applicable Registrar or the applicable Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which special Record Date shall,

 

51


unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, at least 15 days before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use, as applicable, CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification number(s) printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers and ISINs.

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the applicable Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the applicable Paying Agent.

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

(a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). Regulation S

 

52


Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (the “Regulation S

Global Notes”). The term “Global Notes” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The

Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in Exhibit D. Notes issued in the form of a Global Note are collectively referred to as “Global Notes.” The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in

each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear

legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Notes held on their behalf by the Depositary or its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of

a

Holder.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for a Physical Note if (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fail to appoint a successor depositary or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary, the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes or (iii) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary, in accordance with its customary procedures.

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the applicable Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(d) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,

 

53


to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Issuer determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

(f) On or prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i) (a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership in a Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(g) Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).

(h) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(i) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person: The applicable Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 2.07) and,

 

54


(i) in the case of a Restricted Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the date of original issuance thereof or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officer’s Certificate or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the applicable Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the applicable Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto; provided that in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the applicable Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate authorizing such transfer; and

(ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the applicable Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the applicable Registrar’s procedures, whereupon (a) the applicable Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and

(b) the applicable Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The applicable Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 2.07) and,

(i) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Issuer and the applicable Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

 

55


(ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the applicable Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the applicable Registrar’s procedures, the applicable Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.

(c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the applicable Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the applicable Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officer’s Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this Section 2.17, (ii) there is delivered to the applicable Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the applicable Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer to such effect.

(d) OID Legend. Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis about of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

(e) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The applicable Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the applicable Registrar.

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.

The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such date of determination.

 

56


Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, with respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes or the Notes of any series, as applicable, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes or Notes of such series, as applicable, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding or the Notes of such series then outstanding, as applicable, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes of any series pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, for a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07, the Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the applicable Paying Agent and Trustee at least 31 days but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot, by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or by a method in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

 

57


Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee will select the applicable Notes on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements).

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date for a redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer shall mail or electronically transmit a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed or electronically transmitted more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that in such case, the Trustee has, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, received notice from the Issuer at least 31 days, but not more than 65 days, before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

(3) the name and address of the applicable Paying Agent;

(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the applicable Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any;

(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the applicable Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

58


(6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

(7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(8) the CUSIP Number and/or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(10) the Section of the Notes or the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

In addition, the Issuer may provide in any notice of redemption that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided or transmitted electronically, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or electronically or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, once notice of redemption is mailed or transmitted electronically in accordance with Section 3.03 or as provided in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

59


SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, with respect to the Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the applicable Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) U.S. Legal Tender and/or Government Securities sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the applicable Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

SECTION 3.07. Applicability of Article.

Notes of or within any series that are redeemable in whole or in part before their Maturity Date shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01).

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.01, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due. At the option of the Issuer, payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the note register or otherwise.

 

60


SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a) The Issuer shall maintain in the United States an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Note may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Issuer where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a place of payment, in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.03. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.04. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2014, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe its status with particularity. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.

 

61


(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.

 

  (c)

The Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year.

SECTION 4.07. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

The Issuer covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 (and has not rescinded such exercise), each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase.

 

  (b)

On or prior to the date that is 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail or deliver by electronic

transmission a notice to each Holder stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

 

62


(2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of Control Payment Date;

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the applicable Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the applicable Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and

(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

(d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. However, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any

 

63


accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 (an “Alternate Offer”) and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

(g) The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.

SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) (the “Coverage Ratio Exception”), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

64


(b) Section 4.10(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) (I) Indebtedness under the Existing Secured Notes, the New Secured Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(2) Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date (and any Guarantee);

(3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 4.10(b)(1), (2) and (7));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

65


(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any

subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(9) Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(10) obligations in respect of self insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock

 

66


then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.10(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 4.10(a) without reliance on this clause (11));

(12) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16;

(13) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted by Section 4.10(a) and Section 4.10(b)(2), (3), (4), (13) and (14) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary

 

67


or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(18) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(19) Contribution Indebtedness;

(20) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (20), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (20), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(21) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 4.11;

(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or

(ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(23) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

 

68


(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (23) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 4.10(b), and not under the Coverage Ratio Exception; (b) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above; and (c) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this covenant shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

 

69


SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(A) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (x) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(B) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer;

(C) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than

(x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Sections 4.10(b)(7) and (8) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(D) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (A) through (D) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and

 

70


(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 4.11(b)(1), (6)(C), (9), (15) and (18), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.11(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after the Issue Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Issue Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from

 

71


the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(f) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Issue Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Issuer’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Issue Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(3) of Section 4.11 of the Existing Secured Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Section 4.11(a) do not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than

 

72


to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.11(b)(6)(A) or (B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.10 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(4) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over

 

73


in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date plus (D) the amount available as of the Issue Date for making Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (b)(4) of Section 4.11 of the Existing Secured Indenture (provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above in any calendar year) less (E) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this clause (4); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.11 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;

(6) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph; provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is

 

74


Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(8) payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering;

(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(11) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

 

75


(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors, and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

(E) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Indenture and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by the Indenture;

(F) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 4.11, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 4.11 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the Prior Transactions, including any payment received after the Issue Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the Prior Transactions;

(G) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection

 

76


with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to clause (8) above; and

(H) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the Prior Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;

(14) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(15) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired or retired for value;

(16) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in an amount not exceeding the amount of Excess Proceeds remaining after the consummation of any Asset Sale Offer, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(17) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(18) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;

(19) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

 

77


(20) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that the maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no earlier, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be no shorter, than the maturity or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as applicable, of the Holdings Notes;

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (11) and

(16)

above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(a) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

(b) As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.11 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants contained in this Indenture.

SECTION 4.12. Liens.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any

 

78


Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless the Notes (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes.

SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the

 

79


greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to permanently reduce

(A) Obligations constituting Indebtedness secured by a Lien and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or

(B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer;

(2) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with clause (2) or (3) above if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in clause (2) or (3) above, and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(c) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Issuer will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders and, if required under the terms of any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the

 

80


holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount (the “Asset Sale Offer Amount”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allotted to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;

(2) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Asset Sale payment and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Asset Sale Payment Date”);

(3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

 

81


(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer such Notes by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or the applicable Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary, the Common Depositary or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased;

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; and

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); provided that such Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples $1,000 in excess thereof.

(g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; (2) deposit with the applicable Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender and/or Government Securities sufficient to pay the Asset Sale payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date.

(h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so tendered the Asset Sale payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(i) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations

 

82


are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such conflict.

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

(b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.14(a) do not apply to:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;

(3) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

83


(5) the payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the Prior Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(9) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Issue Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the Prior Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Issuer becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Issue Date, any amendment thereto by which the Issuer becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

84


(11) the Transactions, the Prior Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the Prior Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Issue Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the Prior Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Parent, any Permitted Holder or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(13) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(14) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(15) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(16) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments under Section 4.11; and

(17) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

 

85


(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, Section 4.15(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to any Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes, the New Secured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, or any related documents or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

(3) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on a property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (5), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(6) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

86


(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in Section 4.15(b)(1) through (11) (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

(13) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(14) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(15) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

87


(16) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(17) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12;

(19) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(20) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(21) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Issue Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Issue Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and either (x) the Issuer determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

SECTION 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

(a) The Issuer will cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a Securitization Subsidiary) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Senior Term Loan Agreement or Senior Revolving Credit Agreement to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto. Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Article Ten.

 

88


SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

(a) The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” substantially similar to that which would be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that the Issuer shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer, or any separate financial statements or information for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Issuer; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.01 (Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement) (with respect to acquisitions and dispositions only), 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form (and in any event excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial statements, pro forma financial information and exhibits, if any, that would be required by Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and Exhibits) of such form), within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K; provided that no such information shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such information is not material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

89


(b) In addition, the Issuer will make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the information referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuer (or any parent company of the Issuer) has filed reports containing such information with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available (it being understood that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made, that delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable therefrom).

(d) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.

SECTION 4.18. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.19. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.21. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”) then the covenants listed under Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 5.01(a)(4) and 5.01(a)(5) will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

 

90


Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero. During any period that the Suspended Covenants have been suspended, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless such designation would have complied with Section 4.11 as if Section 4.11 would have been in effect during such period. The Guarantees of the Guarantors shall be suspended during the Suspension Period.

(b) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is the “Suspension Period.”

(c) In the event of any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants on a Reversion Date, (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.11 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(3); (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.14(b)(8); and (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 4.15(a)(1) through (3) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.15(b)(1).

(d) During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to Section 4.10 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if such covenant were in effect during the Suspension Period.

(e) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, (1) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of any failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary to comply with the Suspended Covenants during any Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time arising out of actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period), and (2) following a Reversion Date the Issuer and any Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising prior to such Reversion Date and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and shall have no liability for any actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period, or for any actions taken or events occurring at any time pursuant to any such commitment or obligation.

 

91


(f) The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any Suspension Date or any Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no independent obligation to determine if a Suspension Period has commenced or terminated or to notify Holders regarding the same.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

(a) The Issuer may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

 

92


provided that, for the purposes of this Section 5.01 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, (2) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer under any other contract to which the Issuer is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 5.01, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the preceding paragraph in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer and the Issuer will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

(b) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of each proposed transaction an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the conditions set forth above are satisfied and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications, that the proposed transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

93


(1) the Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(3) the Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified in Section 6.02 below;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its Stated Maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,

(E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,

 

94


(F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or

(G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(7) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies) aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

(8) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the discharge of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.01, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of each Trustee or any Holder.

 

95


If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.01, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.01, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; and

(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

96


(d) Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default;

(a) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder affected), or

(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to Section 9.02(b) cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto; provided, however, that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Notes then outstanding, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

97


In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; and

(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all interest on such Note on or after the respective Maturity Date or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Maturity Date or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

98


SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any officer committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuer.

 

99


SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE SEVEN

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture or in the TIA, and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b).

 

100


(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02. In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to Section 7.01:

(a) the Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document;

(b) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;

(c) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care;

 

101


(d) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers;

(e) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(f) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(g) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer;

(h) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;

(i) the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties;

(j) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

(l) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage regardless of the form of action; and

 

102


(m) the Trustee may request that the Issuer and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

Within 60 days after each April 1, beginning with April 1, 2015, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

 

103


The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

(1) The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(2) The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Person)). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel with respect to such claim and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

Notwithstanding Section 4.12, to secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except with respect to funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Notes.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (5) or (6), such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

104


Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

105


Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.

The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE EIGHT

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:

(a) either:

(i) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

106


(ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and

(d) the Issuer has delivered an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

(a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.

 

107


(b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have cured all then existing Events of Default and satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article Eight.

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c).

(c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries only), 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.20 and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set

 

108


forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance described in

Section 8.02 to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Legal Tender and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

109


(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.

All U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article Eight shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

110


Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer.

The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer upon an Issuer request any excess U.S. Legal Tender, and Government Securities held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the Maturity Date or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and/or Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, if any, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight, until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight; provided, however, that if the Issuer or any Guarantor make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or Guarantors, if any, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Note or any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

111


(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under

the TIA;

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture (including any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which Notes are issued), the Guarantees or the Notes (including any Additional Notes) to any provision of the “Description of Senior Unsecured Notes” section of the Offering Circular or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to the “Description of Notes” section of the offering circular relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes solely to the extent that such “Description of Notes” provides for terms of such Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Initial Notes, as contemplated by Section 2.01;

(7) to add a Guarantee of the Notes, including, without limitation, by any parent company of the Issuer;

(8) to provide for the issuance of Initial Notes or Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes;

(9) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;

(10) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor trustee so long as the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

(11) to secure the Notes;

(12) [Reserved]; or

 

112


(13) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee with respect to the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under the Indenture;

provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

(a) Except as provided for in Section 9.01 and 9.02(b), this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided, that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then Outstanding (including, in each case, consent obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver of this Indenture, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions of Sections 4.09 and 4.13);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

113


(5) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(6) modify the Guarantees of Significant Subsidiaries in any manner adverse to the Holders; or

(7) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions;

(c) [Reserved].

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.03. Reserved.

SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA.

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if it is so qualified, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

114


(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of Section 9.02(b)(1) through (7), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) request the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.

 

115


ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee.

Subject to the provisions of this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and all other obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”); and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuer.

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee. The Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be

 

116


reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Ten, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of the Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantee.

SECTION 10.02. Reserved.

SECTION 10.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

SECTION 10.04. Reserved.

SECTION 10.05. Release of a Guarantor.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in the event that:

(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock or other transaction following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.11 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Senior Term Loan Agreement and Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, or the guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes;

 

117


(d) the exercise of the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance by the Issuer pursuant to Section 8.02 or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with Section 8.01; or

(e) during any Suspension Period, upon the request of the Issuer.

The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Issuer evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Issuer or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.05; provided, however, that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officer’s Certificates of the Issuer.

Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.05, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any Guarantor from consolidating with or merging into or selling its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary without limitation, or with other Persons.

SECTION 10.06. Waiver of Subrogation.

Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor, if any, hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this

Section 10.06 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

118


SECTION 10.07. Immediate Payment.

Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.

SECTION 10.08. No Setoff.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute.

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

SECTION 10.10. Guarantee Obligations Continuing.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.11. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.

SECTION 10.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the

 

119


obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuer or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.

SECTION 10.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including, without limitation:

(a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Issuer or any other Person;

(b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;

(c) any failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;

(d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;

(e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;

(f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes;

 

120


(g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Issuer or a Guarantor;

(h) any merger or amalgamation of the Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons;

(i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee; and

(j) any other circumstance, including release of the Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.05 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee hereunder.

SECTION 10.14. Waiver.

Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuer, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuer or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.

SECTION 10.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer.

Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Guarantees or under this Indenture.

SECTION 10.16. Dealing with the Issuer and Others.

The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may

(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;

(b) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuer or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;

 

121


  (c)

accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuer;

(d) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuer or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and

(e) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Issuer and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.

SECTION 10.17. Default and Enforcement.

If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.07, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.

SECTION 10.18. Amendment, Etc.

No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.

SECTION 10.19. Acknowledgment.

Each Guarantor, if any, hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.

SECTION 10.20. Costs and Expenses.

Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.

SECTION 10.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including, without limitation, this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Issuer and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.

 

122


SECTION 10.22. Survival of Guarantee Obligations.

Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01 shall survive the payment in full of the Guarantee Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuer or any Guarantor.

SECTION 10.23. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.

SECTION 10.24. Severability.

Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Ten.

SECTION 10.25. Successors and Assigns.

Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

123


SECTION 11.02. Notices.

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer:

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza,

New York, NY 10019

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone: (212) 275-2030

Facsimile: (212) 258-3092

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: David A. Brittenham

Telephone: (212) 909-6347

Facsimile: (212) 521-7347

if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Telephone: (612) 667-8485

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

with a copy to:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

150 East 42nd St., 40th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Telephone: (917) 260-1534

Facsimile: (917) 260-1593

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five

 

124


calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.

Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the applicable Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c) if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the

Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

125


(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.

The Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.

If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

SECTION 11.08. Governing Law.

This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 11.11. Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

126


SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.

All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.

SECTION 11.13. Severability.

In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

SECTION 11.15. USA Patriot Act.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Initial Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Issuer, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Initial Purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.

 

127


SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
ARMS UP INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFE AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.  


(cont’d):

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.  


(cont’d):

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC LAVA RECORDS LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.  


(cont’d):

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity


Guarantors (cont’d):
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
  615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole
  Member
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its
  Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary  


Guarantors (cont’d):
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:   /s/ Paul M. Robinson
Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Raymond Delli Colli
Name:   Raymond Delli Colli
Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF INITIAL NOTE]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

[    ]% Senior Notes due [    ]

CUSIP No.

ISIN No.

 

No.

   $[        ]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to [        ] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [        ] dollars ($[        ]) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the within-mentioned Indenture)]1 on [        ], [        ].

Interest Payment Dates: [        ] and [        ], commencing [        ]. Record Dates: [        ] and [        ].

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

1

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:     WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
    By:  

                                  

      Name:
      Title:

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the [    ]% Senior Notes due [        ] described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:     WELLS FARGO BANK,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By:                           
    Authorized Signatory

 

4


[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

(Reverse of Note)

WMG Acquisition Corp.

[    ]% Senior Notes due [        ]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest. WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [    ]% per annum from [        ] until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [        ] and [        ] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [        ]. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [        ] or [        ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest [and special interest], if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders or otherwise; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have

 

5


given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.

SECTION 4. Indenture[; Registration Rights Agreement]. The Company issued this [    ]% Senior Note due [        ] of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”) under an Indenture dated as of April 9, 2014 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties thereto and the Trustee as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA, if applicable, for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 9.02 of the Indenture) will vote (or consent) as a single class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. [        ].2

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture.

SECTION 6. [Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.]3

SECTION 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

2

For an Initial Additional Note, add a registration rights provision if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to

additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.

3

Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of Notes.

 

6


SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding by notice in writing to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

7


SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees[, the Registration Rights Agreement] or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 17. Guarantees. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

SECTION 18. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may include CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 19. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

                                                                                      

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

                                                                                              

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

Your Signature:                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

9


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 [    ]        Section 4.13 [    ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

 

           Dated:  

                                                  

             Signed:  

                                          

(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

10


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

[    ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

or

[    ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                         Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED NOTES]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A)    IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

 

  (B)

IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2)    AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [ONE YEAR FOR NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] [40 DAYS – FOR NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE AND THE DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OWNED THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR NOTE) OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

 

  (A)

TO WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.,

 

  (B)

PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES

ACT,

 

  (C)

TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D)    IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E)    PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),

 

12


(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

(3) REPRESENTS THAT EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A PLAN (WHICH TERM INCLUDES (I) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), (II) PLANS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR TO PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”) AND (III) ENTITIES THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS AND ARRANGEMENTS) AND IT IS NOT PURCHASING THE NOTES ON BEHALF OF, OR WITH “PLAN ASSETS” OF, ANY PLAN; OR (B) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NONEXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISION OF SIMILAR LAW.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (2)(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

[FOR TEMPORARY NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S – BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2)

 

13


OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED TO A U.S. PERSON OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON.]

 

14


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

[    ]% Senior Notes due [        ]

CUSIP No.

ISIN No.

 

No.

   $[        ]

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to [        ] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [        ] dollars ($[        ]) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the within-mentioned Indenture)]4 on [        ], [        ].

Interest Payment Dates: [        ] and [        ], commencing [        ]. Record Dates: [        ] and [        ].

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

4

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

    WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
    By:                                                        
    Name:
    Title:

 

16


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the [    ]% Senior Notes due [        ] described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

    WELLS FARGO BANK,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
    By:                                            
    Authorized Signatory

 

17


[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

(Reverse of Note)

WMG Acquisition Corp.

[    ]% Senior Notes due [        ]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest. WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [    ]% per annum from [        ] until maturity, except that interest accrued on this Note for periods prior to the date on which the Initial Note was surrendered in exchange for this Note will accrue at the rate or rates borne by such Initial Note from time to time during such periods. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [        ] and [        ] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). [Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [        ]]5. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [        ] or [        ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S.

 

5

Include only for Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Exchange Notes.

 

18


Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest [and special interest], if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders or otherwise; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.

SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued this [    ]% Senior Note due [    ] of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”) under an Indenture dated as of April 9, 2014 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties thereto and the Trustee, as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA, if applicable, for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 9.02 of the Indenture) will vote (or consent) as a single class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of

the Indenture.

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture.

SECTION 6. [Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.]6

SECTION 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

6

Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of Notes.

 

19


SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) then outstanding by notice in writing to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on

 

20


dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 17. Guarantees. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

SECTION 18. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may include CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 19. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

21


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

                                                                                      

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

                                                                                          

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

Your Signature:                     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

22


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 [    ]         Section 4.13 [    ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

 

Dated:

 

 

  Signed:  

 

(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

23


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

[    ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

or

[    ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                    Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

24


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

25


EXHIBIT E

Form of Certificate To Be

Delivered in Connection with

Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors

[        ], [        ]

[        ]7

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed purchase of [    ]% Senior Notes due 20[     ] of WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), we confirm that:

1. We have received a copy of the Offering Circular (the “Offering Circular”), dated [        ], [    ], relating to the Notes and such other information as we deem necessary in order to make our investment decision. We acknowledge that we have read and agreed to the matters stated in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of such Offering Circular, including the restrictions on duplication and circulation of the Offering Circular.

2. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) as described in the Offering Circular and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable State securities laws.

3. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to Warner Music Group Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to non-U.S. persons, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (vi) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an Opinion of Counsel if the Issuer so requests) or (vii) pursuant to an effective

 

7

Insert applicable Registrar’s notice address.

 

26


registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

4. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Circular.

5. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

6. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.

7. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You, the Issuer, the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours, [Name of Transferee]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

27


EXHIBIT F

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered

in Connection with Transfers

Pursuant to Regulation S

[        ]8

Re: WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Issuer”) [    ]% Senior Notes due [    ] (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[     ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

  (1)

the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

In addition, if the sale is made during a Restricted Period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

8

Insert applicable Registrar’s notice address.

 

28


Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

By:  

                                          

  Authorized Signature

 

29


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF OID LEGEND

THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF

THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. YOU MAY CONTACT [            ], THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER, AT 75 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, NEW YORK, NY 10019 OR BY PHONE AT (212) 275-2000, WHO WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY REQUIRED INFORMATION REGARDING THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.

 

30


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

[        ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF [        ], 20[    ]

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2014

Providing for the Issuance of

[    ]% Senior Notes Due [        ]

 

31


[            ]9 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee are party to the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may [provide for the issuance of [Initial Notes] [Additional Notes] in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date] [provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes];

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the [        ] Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the [        ] Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “[        ]%10 Senior Notes due 20[    ]”11 (the “[        ]12 Notes”).

 

 

9

Insert supplement number.

10

Insert interest rate.

11

Insert year during which the maturity date falls.

12

Insert title of notes.


3. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the [        ] Notes shall be [        ], 20[        ].13

4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of [        ] Notes will accrue at the rate of [        ]%14 per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on [        ] and [        ]15 in each year, commencing on [        ], 20[        ],16 to holders of record on the immediately preceding [        ] and [        ],17 respectively (each such [        ] and [        ], a “Record Date”). Interest on the [        ] Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from [        ], 20[        ], except that interest on any Additional [        ] Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional [        ] Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional [        ] Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional [        ] Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any [        ] Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5. [No] Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of [        ] Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is [not limited] [limited to $[        ]].18 [The aggregate principal amount of the [        ] Notes shall initially be $[        ] million.]19 [The aggregate principal amount of the [        ] Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be $[        ] million.]20 The Company may from

 

13 

Insert Maturity Date.

14 

Insert interest rate.

15 

Insert Interest Payment Dates.

16 

Insert first Interest Payment Date.

17 

Insert Record Dates.

18 

Insert whether the applicable series of Notes will be limited or not.

19 

Insert for the initial notes of any applicable series.

20 

Insert for the Additional Notes of any applicable series.

 

20}


time to time, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the [        ] Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the [        ] Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional [        ] Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture.

6. Redemption. (a) The [        ] Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to [        ], 20[        ], at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the [        ] Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest], if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any [        ] Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (1)

1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such [        ] Note; and

 

  (2)

the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the [        ] Note at [        ], 20[        ]21 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the [        ] Note through [        ], 20[        ]22 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus [75.0] basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the [        ] Note.

Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most

 

21 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

22 

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

 

30}


nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to [        ], 20[        ]23; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to [        ], 20[        ]24 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

(b) On or after [        ], 20[        ] 25, the Company may redeem all or a part of the [        ] Notes, at its option, at the redemption

prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest], if any, on

the [        ] Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on [        ]26 of the years indicated below:

 

Year27    Percentage28

20[        ]

   [    ]%

20[        ]

   [    ]%

20[        ]

   [    ]%

20[        ] and thereafter

   100.000%

(c) At any time prior to [        ], 20[        ]29, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to [        ]30% of the aggregate principal amount of [        ] Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional [        ] Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to [        ]31% of the principal amount of the [        ] Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest [and special interest] thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on

 

 

23

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

24

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

25

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

26

Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.

27

Insert years, adding or deleting lines if applicable.

28

Insert prices.

29

Insert date until which equity clawback is applicable.

30

Insert maximum percentage for equity clawback.

31

Insert premium for equity clawback.

 

40}


the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(i) at least [        ]% of the aggregate principal amount of [        ] Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional [        ] Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii) the redemption occurs within [        ] days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) The Company may acquire [        ] Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(e) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

[(f) [        ]]32

[(g) [        ]]33

7. [        ]34

 

 

32

Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.01(v)(ii) of the Indenture, if any.

33

Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.01(vi) of the Indenture, if any.

34

Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.01(vii) and/or Section 2.01(viii) of the Indenture, if any.

 

50}


8. Form. The [        ] Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit A or Exhibit C attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).

9. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

11. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

12. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

60}


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
[                                                     ]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

70}


EXHIBIT I

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [        ], among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WMG Acquisition Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of Notes in series;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article Ten thereof.

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or Subsidiary of the Company, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees[, the Registration Rights Agreement] or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

80}


4. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

  7.

EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

90}


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written. Dated: ,

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

100}

EX-4.9

Exhibit 4.9

EXECUTION COPY

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF

NOTES

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

as Issuer

and

the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF MARCH 14, 2018

to the

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2014

Providing for the Issuance of

5.500% Senior Notes Due 2026

 

1


FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of March 14, 2018 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee are party to the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), which provides for the issuance from time to time of Notes by the Company;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(8) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Initial Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2026 Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the 2026 Notes as hereinafter described; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “5.500% Senior Notes due 2026” (the “2026 Notes”).

3. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date of the 2026 Notes shall be April 15, 2026.

4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the 2026 Notes will accrue at the rate of 5.500% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 in each year, commencing on October 15, 2018, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1, respectively (each such April 1 and October 1, a “Record Date”). Interest on the 2026 Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from March 14, 2018, except that interest on any Additional 2026 Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have


accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional 2026 Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional 2026 Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional 2026 Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any 2026 Note and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date.

5. No Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of 2026 Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is not limited. The aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes shall initially be $325.0 million. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the 2026 Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the 2026 Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional 2026 Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.01 of the Indenture.

6. Redemption. (a) The 2026 Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2021, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any 2026 Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2026 Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2026 Note at April 15, 2021 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 6(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the 2026 Note through April 15, 2021 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the 2026 Note.

Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly


available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to April 15, 2021; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to April 15, 2021 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

(b) On or after April 15, 2021, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2026 Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the 2026 Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year    Percentage

2021

   102.750%

2022

   101.375%

2023 and thereafter

   100.000%

(c) At any time prior to April 15, 2021, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2026 Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2026 Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or any contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:

(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 2026 Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional 2026 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) The Company may acquire 2026 Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(e) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. If such redemption or notice is


subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender for the 2026 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2026 Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2026 Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any other Person making such tender offer, purchases all of the 2026 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such tender offer, to redeem all of the 2026 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the price offered to each Holder in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of the 2026 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).

7. Modifications to Indenture. The following terms of the Indenture are hereby amended solely with respect to the 2026 Notes and not with respect to the Original Notes or any Additional Notes other than the 2026 Notes as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 is amended by:

(i) replacing clause (13) of the definition of “Asset Sales” with the following:

“(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;”

(ii) amending and restating the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” as follows:

““Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any


bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that neither Securitization Fees nor Securitization Expenses shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.”

(iii) in clause (x) of the definition of “EBITDA,” adding the text “and Securitization Expenses” after “(9) Securitization Fees”;

(iv) in clause (y) of the definition of “EBITDA,” replacing the text “twelve (12)” with the text “eighteen (18)”;

(v) in clause (y) of the Definition of “EBITDA,” replacing the text “10.0%” with “20.0%”;

(vi) amending and restating the definition of “Existing Indebtedness” as follows:

““Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) in existence on the Issue Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.”

(vii) amending and restating the definition of “Existing Secured Notes” as follows:

““Existing Secured Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022, 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023, 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 and the 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, in each case issued pursuant to the Existing Secured Indenture, outstanding on the Issue Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.”

(viii) in the third line of the definition of “Fixed Charges”, deleting the text: “in connection with the Specified Financings”;

(ix) adding the following definition of “Hedging Agreement” before the definition of “Hedging Obligations”:

““Hedging Agreement” means, in respect of a Person:

(1) any currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.”


(x) amending and restating the definition of “Hedging Obligations” as follows:

““Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreement.”

(xi) in the definition of “Maximum Management Fee Amount” replacing (i) the text “$6.0 million” with “$8,897,000” and (ii) the text “the Reference Date” with “January 31, 2018”;

(xii) deleting the definition of “New Secured Notes”;

(xiii) amending and restating clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” as follows:

“(21) repurchases of the Notes or the Existing Secured Notes.”

(xiv) amending and restating clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” as follows:

“(9) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the Existing Secured Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Issue Date (other than the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the Existing Secured Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;”

(xv) amending and restating clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” as follows:

“(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 5.00 to 1.00, (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million and (iii) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $300.0 million pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Senior Term Loan Agreement as in effect on January 31, 2018;”


(xvi) adding the definition “Securitization Expenses” as follows:

““Securitization Expenses” means, for any period, the aggregate interest expense for such period on any Indebtedness of any Securitization Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings).”

(xvii) in the definition of “Senior Revolving Credit Agreement,” replacing the text “the Reference Date” with “January 31, 2018”;

(xviii) in the definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” replacing the text “$150.0” with “$200.0”;

(xix) deleting the definition of “Specified Financings”;

(xx) amending the definition of “Transactions” as follows:

“Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the Indenture and the offer and issuance of the Notes, (ii) the entry into a supplement to the Existing Secured Indenture and the issuance of the Existing Secured Notes, (iv) the repurchase and/or repayment of the Existing Unsecured Notes, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).”

(xxi) in the definition of “Treasury Rate,” replacing the text “2017” with “2021”;

(b) Section 1.05 is added as follows:

“SECTION 1.05. FINANCIAL CALCULATIONS FOR LIMITED CONDITION TRANSACTION.

In connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, at the Issuer’s election, (a) for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of the Indenture which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Issuer, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has


exercised its option under the first sentence of this clause (a), and any Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder, and (b) in connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of (1) determining compliance with any provision of the Indenture which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio or (2) testing baskets set forth in the Indenture (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets), in each case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available, the Issuer could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount, such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Sales, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the


earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated. As used herein, the term “Limited Condition Transaction” means (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by the Indenture whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.

(c) Section 3.03 is amended to (i) delete the text “30 days” and insert “10 days” in lieu thereof in the second line of such provision and (ii) add “or a satisfaction and discharge of any Notes of a series” following the word “Indenture” in the eighth line of such provision.

(d) Section 4.09(b) is amended to delete the text “no earlier than 30 days” and insert “no earlier than 10 days” in lieu thereof in the fifth line of such provision.

(e) Section 4.09 is amended to add the following Section 4.09(h):

“(h) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2026 Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2026 Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in this Section 4.09, purchases all of the 2026 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all 2026 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of such redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of 2026 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).”

(f) Section 4.10(b)(1) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(1) (I) Indebtedness under the Existing Secured Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount


equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 5.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(g) Section 4.10(b)(2) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(2) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $300.0 million pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Senior Term Loan Agreement as in effect on January 31, 2018;”

(h) Section 4.10(b)(3) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(3) The Existing Notes (and any guarantee thereof), Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Closing Date (and any Guarantees) and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) and (7);”

(i) Section 4.10(b)(4) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;”

(j) Section 4.10(c) is amended to (i) insert the text “and” after the words “Senior Revolving Credit Agreement” in the ninth line of such provision and (ii) delete the text “Secured Notes and the New” after the word “Existing” in the ninth and tenth lines of such provision.

(k) Section 4.11(a) is amended as follows:


(x) to delete the text “Default or” in clause (D)(1);

(y) at the beginning of clause (D)(2), to insert “if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on Section 4.11(a)(3)(a)”; and

(z) to delete the text “(6)(C)” and “(15)” in the third line of clause (D)(3).

(l) Section 4.11(b) is amended to (i) add the text “or Permitted Investments” after the text “Restricted Payments” in the seventh line of such provision and (ii) add the text “or a Permitted Investment” after the text “a Restricted Payment” in the eighth line of such provision.

(m) Section 4.13(b)(1) is amended as follows:

(x) to delete the text “or” at the end of Section 4.13(b)(1)(A);

(y) to add “or” at the end of Section 4.13(b)(1)(B); and

(z) to add the following as Section 4.13(b)(1)(C):

“(C) Obligations constituting unsecured Indebtedness and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Issuer shall so reduce such Obligations, it will, on a ratable basis, make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in Section 4.13(c)) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes.”

(n) Section 4.15(b)(1) is amended to delete the text “Secured Notes, the New” after the word “Existing” in the second line of such provision.

(o) Section 4.17(a)(3) is amended to replace the text “Entry Into” with the text “Entry into”.

(p) Section 6.01(3) is amended to delete the text “60 days” in the fourth line of such provision and to insert “(i) 180 days with regard to Section 4.17 or (ii) 60 days with regard to other covenants, warranties or agreements contained in this Indenture, in each case” in lieu thereof.

(q) Section 6.01(4) is amended to delete the text “now” after the text “guarantee” in the fifth line of such provision and to insert the text “on” after the text “exists” in the fifth line of such provision.


(r) Section 8.03(1) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and noncallable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to each series of Notes), the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to each series of Notes) calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;”

(s) Section 9.02(b)(5) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(5) amend or waive the legal right of any Holder of any Note to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity for such principal or interest payment date for such interest expressed in such Note, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or interest payment date;”

(t) Section 9.01(6) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(6) to conform the text of the Indenture (including any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which Notes are issued), the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Senior Unsecured Notes” of the offering circular, dated as of March 14, 2018, relating to the offering of the 2026 Notes, the Description of Notes in the offering circular relating to the offering of the Initial Notes or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to the “Description of Notes” section of the offering circular relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes solely to the extent that such “Description of Notes” provides for terms of such Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Notes, as contemplated by Section 2.01;”


(u) Section 8.01(a)(ii) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to each series of Notes), the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to each series of Notes) calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;”

(v) Section 8.01 is amended to add the following text after the last paragraph of the section:

“The Notes of any series will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes of such series that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes of such series for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes of such series that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of such series not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium, if


any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to such series of Notes), the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Notes of such series to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium (as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture with respect to such series of Notes) calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;

(2) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Notes of such series; and

(3) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Notes of such series to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.”

(w) Section 10.05(c) is amended to replace the text “and” with the text “or”.

(x) Section 11.08 is amended to add the following text at the end of the section:

“The Issuer has not qualified and does not expect to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. The Indenture will accordingly not be subject to the Trust Indenture Act, and will not contain any provision corresponding or similar to certain provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that would otherwise apply if the Indenture were so qualified, including Trust Indenture Act §316(b).”

8. Reserved.

9. Form. The 2026 Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article Two of the Indenture, and Exhibit A or Exhibit C attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.02 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture).


10. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

11. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

12. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

13. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson

Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and

Secretary

Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
ARMS UP INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
MM INVESTMENT INC.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]


NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.
RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.


WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ARTS MUSIC INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
BB INVESTMENTS LLC
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BUTE SOUND LLC
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
LAVA RECORDS LLC
MM INVESTMENT LLC
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC
THE BIZ LLC
UPPED.COM LLC
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC
ATLANTIC PIX LLC
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC
FERRET MUSIC LLC
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC
P & C PUBLISHING LLC
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
WMG COE, LLC


By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary


ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary

NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.

NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary

 


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Stefan Victory

Name: Stefan Victory
Title: Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

EX-4.12

Exhibit 4.12

GUARANTEE

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally guarantees WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 5.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Secured Notes Base Indenture”), by and among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and Credit Suisse AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 27, 2016 (“Fifth Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Secured Notes Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, is referred to herein as the “Indenture”.

The obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Secured Notes Base Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

[Signatures on Following Pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Warner Music Group Corp. has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

DATED: July 27, 2016

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[Signature Page to the Warner Music Group Guarantee]

EX-4.13

Exhibit 4.13

GUARANTEE

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally guarantees WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 4.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “Dollar Notes”) and 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “Euro Notes” and, together with the Dollar Notes, the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Secured Notes Base Indenture”), by and among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and Credit Suisse AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by (i) in the case of the Dollar Notes, the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2016 (the “Sixth Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee and (ii) in the case of the Euro Notes, the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2016 (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Secured Notes Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Sixth Supplemental Indenture and the Seventh Supplemental Indenture with respect to the relevant Notes, is referred to herein as the “Indenture”.

The obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Secured Notes Base Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

[Signatures on Following Pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Warner Music Group Corp. has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

 

DATED: October 18, 2016    
    WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
    By:   /s/ Paul Robinson
    Name:   Paul Robinson
    Title:   Executive Vice President, General
    Counsel & Secretary

 

[Signature Page to the Warner Music Group Guarantee]

EX-4.14

Exhibit 4.14

GUARANTEE

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally guarantees WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 5.500% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014 (the “Base Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”),and the Trustee, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated of March 14, 2018 (the “Fifth Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture is referred to herein as the “Indenture”.

The obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Base Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

[Signatures on Following Pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Warner Music Group Corp. has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

DATED: March 14, 2018

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[Signature Page to the Warner Music Group Guarantee]

EX-4.15

EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit 4.15

GUARANTEE

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally guarantees WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”), by and among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and Credit Suisse AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated of October 9, 2018 (the “Eighth Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture is referred to herein as the “Indenture”.

The obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Base Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

[Signatures on Following Pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Warner Music Group Corp. has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

DATED: October 9, 2018

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
EX-4.16

Exhibit 4.16

GUARANTEE

Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally guarantees WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 3.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”), by and among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and Credit Suisse AG, as Notes Authorized Agent and as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2018 (the “Eighth Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, and the Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2019 (the “Ninth Supplemental Indenture”), by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture and the Ninth Supplemental Indenture is referred to herein as the “Indenture”.

The obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Base Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Warner Music Group Corp. has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

DATED: April 30, 2019

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul Robinson
Title:  

Executive Vice President, General

Counsel & Secretary

[Signature Page to the Warner Music Group Corp. Guarantee]

EX-4.17

Exhibit 4.17

Execution Version

SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of November 1, 2012

Among

The GRANTORS referred to herein

as Grantors,

CREDIT SUISSE AG

as Collateral Agent,

CREDIT SUISSE AG

as Term Loan Authorized Representative,

CREDIT SUISSE AG

as Revolving Authorized Representative,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Indenture Authorized Representative,

and

Each ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE from

time to time party hereto


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE  
   ARTICLE 1   
   Definitions   

Section 1.01.

   Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.02.

   Other Interpretative Provisions      16  
   ARTICLE 2   
   Collateral   

Section 2.01.

   Grant of Security      17  

Section 2.02.

   Pledged Collateral      20  

Section 2.03.

   Certain Limited Exceptions      20  

Section 2.04.

   Security for Secured First Lien Obligations      23  

Section 2.05.

   Grantors Remain Liable      23  

Section 2.06.

   Delivery and Control of Pledged Collateral      23  

Section 2.07.

   Maintaining Electronic Chattel Paper, Transferable Records and Letter-of-Credit Rights and Giving Notice of Commercial Tort Claims      24  

Section 2.08.

   Representations and Warranties      25  

Section 2.09.

   Further Assurances      27  

Section 2.10.

   Post-Closing Changes; Bailees; Collections on Covered Agreements and Accounts      30  

Section 2.11.

   As to Intellectual Property Collateral      31  

Section 2.12.

   Voting Rights; Dividends; Etc.      32  
   ARTICLE 3   
   Remedies and Application of Proceeds   

Section 3.01.

   Remedies      33  

Section 3.02.

   Application of Proceeds      35  
   ARTICLE 4   
   Intercreditor Matters   

Section 4.01.

   Priority of Claims      35  

Section 4.02.

   Actions with Respect to Collateral      36  

Section 4.03.

   Reinstatement      37  

Section 4.04.

   Insurance      37  

Section 4.05.

   Refinancings      37  

Section 4.06.

   Possessory Collateral Agent as Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection      37  

Section 4.07.

   Existence and Amount of Liens and Obligations      38  

Section 4.08.

   Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights      38  

Section 4.09.

   Acknowledgement      38  

 

i


   ARTICLE 5   
   Collateral Agent   

Section 5.01.

   Appointment and Authority      39  

Section 5.02.

   Rights as a Secured First Lien Party      40  

Section 5.03.

   Exculpatory Provisions      40  

Section 5.04.

   Reliance by Collateral Agent      41  

Section 5.05.

   Delegation of Duties      41  

Section 5.06.

   Resignation and Removal of Collateral Agent      42  

Section 5.07.

   Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent and Other Secured First Lien Parties      43  

Section 5.08.

   Collateral and Guaranty Matters      43  
   ARTICLE 6   
   Miscellaneous   

Section 6.01.

   Indemnity and Expenses      43  

Section 6.02.

   Amendments; Waivers; Additional Grantors; Etc.      44  

Section 6.03.

   Notices, Etc.      45  

Section 6.04.

   Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Secured First Lien Agreements      46  

Section 6.05.

   Release; Termination      46  

Section 6.06.

   Execution in Counterparts      48  

Section 6.07.

   The Mortgages      48  

Section 6.08.

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.      48  

Section 6.09.

   Severability      49  

Section 6.10.

   Additional Secured First Lien Obligations      49  

Section 6.11.

   Additional Junior Lien Obligations      49  

Section 6.12.

   Replacement of Authorized Representatives      50  

Section 6.13.

   Parties in Interest      50  

Section 6.14.

   Survival      50  

Section 6.15.

   Transfer Tax Acknowledgement      50  

 

ANNEXES     

Annex A

  -        Form of Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent

Annex B

  -        Form of Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Annex C

  -        Notice Information for the Collateral Agent

 

ii


SCHEDULES:

    

Schedule I

  -   

Location, Chief Executive Office, Type of Organization, Jurisdiction of Organization and Organizational Identification Number

Schedule II

  -   

Pledged Collateral

Schedule II-A

  -   

Post-Closing Matters

Schedule III

  -   

Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule IV

  -   

Collateral Description

Schedule V

  -   

Real Property Schedule

EXHIBITS:

    

Exhibit A

  -   

Form of Security Agreement Supplement

Exhibit B

  -   

Form of Copyright Security Agreement

Exhibit C

  -   

Form of Patent Security Agreement

Exhibit D

  -   

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

 

iii


SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of November 1, 2012 (this “Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), WMG HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the other Persons listed on the signature pages hereof and the Additional Grantors (the Company, Holdings, the Persons so listed and the Additional Grantors being, collectively, the “Grantors”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as collateral agent for the Secured First Lien Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as Administrative Agent under the Term Loan Credit Agreement (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Term Loan Authorized Representative”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as Administrative Agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Revolving Authorized Representative”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as Notes Authorized Representative under the Indenture (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Indenture Authorized Representative”), and each additional Authorized Representative from time to time party hereto for the Additional Secured First Lien Parties of the Series with respect to which it is acting in such capacity.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

In order to induce the Secured First Lien Parties and the Additional Secured First Lien Parties to extend credit and otherwise enter into and perform certain transactions, the Grantors hereby grant a security interest and pledge the Collateral as set forth herein to secure the Secured First Lien Obligations. Therefore each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Defined Terms. (a) Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture, the Term Loan Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Agreement, with the Term Loan Credit Agreement controlling, in the event of discrepancies. Further, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Indenture, terms defined in Article 8 or 9 of the UCC are used in this Agreement as such terms are defined in such Article 8 or 9 (including Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Financial Assets, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Proceeds, Securities Accounts, Security, Supporting Obligations and Uncertificated Security).


(b) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Additional First Lien Secured Agreement” means any Credit Agreement, indenture, loan agreement or other agreement, notes, guarantees, registration rights agreements or other similar agreements issued in connection with or relating to the Additional Secured First Lien Obligations; provided that in each case, the obligations thereunder have been designated as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.10 hereto.

Additional Grantor” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

Additional Secured First Lien Obligation” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Grantor arising under any Additional First Lien Secured Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Grantor of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law naming such person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding), in each case, that have been designated as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.10. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Additional Secured First Lien Obligations include any and all obligations of the Company or any other Grantor under the relevant Additional First Lien Secured Agreements to pay principal, interest, commissions, charges, expenses, fees, indemnities and other amounts payable by such parties thereunder.

Additional Secured First Lien Parties” means the holders of any Additional Secured First Lien Obligations and any Authorized Representative with respect thereto.

Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent” shall mean a consent substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, executed by the Authorized Representative of any holders of Additional Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to Section 6.10 or by the replacement Authorized Representative of any holders of Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to Section 6.12.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

2


After-Acquired Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(d).

Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

Applicable Authorized Representative” means:

(a) prior to the Major Revolving Representative Change Date, the Authorized Representative for the Major Revolving Credit Facility with the greatest outstanding principal amount of commitments thereunder (excluding any Cash Management Obligations and Hedging Obligations thereunder) (provided that if the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date occurs with respect to such Major Revolving Credit Facility, then the Applicable Authorized Representative shall be the Authorized Representative of the Major Revolving Credit Facility, if any, with the next greatest outstanding principal amount of commitments (excluding any Cash Management Obligations and Hedging Obligations thereunder) until the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date occurs with respect to such Major Revolving Credit Facility, in which case this proviso shall apply until the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date has occurred with respect to each Major Revolving Credit Facility),

(b) from and after the Major Revolving Representative Change Date, but prior to the Major Term Loan Representative Change Date, the Authorized Representative for the Major Term Loan Credit Facility with the greatest outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Cash Management Obligations and Hedging Obligations thereunder) (provided that if the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date occurs with respect to such Major Term Loan Credit Facility, then the Applicable Authorized Representative shall be the Authorized Representative of the Major Term Loan Credit Facility, if any, with the next greatest outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Cash Management Obligations and Hedging Obligations thereunder) until the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date occurs with respect to such Major Term Loan Credit Facility, in which case this proviso shall apply until the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date has occurred with respect to each Major Term Loan Credit Facility), and

(c) from and after the occurrence of both the Major Revolving Representative Change Date and the Major Term Loan Representative Change Date, the Authorized Representative of the Series of Secured First Lien Obligations with the greatest outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness and commitments (excluding any Cash Management Obligations and Hedging Obligations thereunder) (without duplication), excluding each Authorized Representative of a Series of Secured First Lien Obligations with respect to which the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date has occurred.

 

3


Authorized Representative” means (i) in the case of any Indenture Obligations or the Indenture Secured Parties, the Indenture Authorized Representative, (ii) in the case of any Term Loan Obligations or the Term Loan Secured Parties, the Term Loan Authorized Representative, (iii) in the case of any Revolving Obligations or the Revolving Secured Parties, the Revolving Authorized Representative and (iv) in the case of any Series of Additional Secured First Lien Obligations or the Additional Secured First Lien Parties that become subject to this Agreement after the date hereof, the Authorized Representative named for such Series in the applicable Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the State of New York.

Capital Stock” means (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any “Captive Insurance Subsidiary” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provisions of any other Secured First Lien Agreement).

Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by any Grantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any lender (or any Person who was a lender pursuant to any Secured First Lien Agreement at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement), or any Affiliate of any lender, pursuant to any Secured First Lien Agreement, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Effective Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” means the Personal Property Collateral, the Real Estate Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

Collateral Agent” has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

4


Commercial Tort Action” means any action, other than an action primarily seeking declaratory or injunctive relief with respect to claims asserted or expected to be asserted by Persons other than the Grantors, that is commenced by a Grantor in the courts of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof or any political subdivision of any such state or territory, in which any Grantor seeks damages arising out of torts committed against it that would reasonably be expected to result in a damage award to it exceeding $10,000,000.

Company” has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

control” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate”.

Controlling Secured First Lien Parties” means the Series of Secured First Lien Parties the Authorized Representative of whom is the Applicable Authorized Representative.

Copyright Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(g).

Copyrights” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(iii).

Covered Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

Credit Agreement” means a credit agreement for loans or credit extensions, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Discharge” means, with respect to any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations, (a) payment in full in cash of the principal of, interest and premium, if any, on and fees, if any, in connection with, all Indebtedness outstanding under such Series, (b) payment in full of all other Secured First Lien Obligations that are due and payable or otherwise accrued and owing at or prior to the time such principal and interest are paid in

 

5


connection with such Series, (c) cancellation of or the entry into arrangements satisfactory to the relevant Authorized Representative with respect to all letters of credit issued and outstanding under such Series, if any, and (d) termination or expiration of all commitments to lend and all obligations to issue or extend letters of credit under such Series, if any, provided that (x) the Discharge of Term Loan Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Refinancing of such Term Loan Obligations (or any Refinancing of such Refinancing) with additional obligations under an agreement, instrument or document which has been designated in writing by the Company to the Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative as a “Term Loan Credit Agreement” for purposes of this Agreement and (y) the Discharge of Revolving Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Refinancing of such Revolving Obligations (or any Refinancing of such Refinancing) with additional obligations under an agreement, instrument or document which has been designated in writing by the Company to the Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative as a “Revolving Credit Agreement” for purposes of this Agreement.

Effective Date” means November 1, 2012.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” under and as defined in any of the Secured First Lien Agreements.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03.

Excluded Subsidiary” means any “Excluded Subsidiary” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provisions of any other Secured First Lien Agreement).

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Grantor, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Grantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).

Filing Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(h).

FIRREA” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended from time to time.

 

6


First Lien Security Documents” means this Agreement, each Notes Security Document, each Term Loan Security Agreement, each Revolving Security Document and each other agreement entered into in favor of the Collateral Agent for purposes of securing any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations.

Foreign Intellectual Property” means any right, title or interest in or to any copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent applications, patent licenses, trade secrets, trade secret licenses, trademarks, service marks, trademark and service mark applications, trade names, trade dress, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes or any other intellectual property governed by or arising or existing under, pursuant to or by virtue of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any state thereof.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Grantors” has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Term Loan Obligations, the Indenture Obligations, the Revolving Obligations or any Additional Secured First Lien Obligations provided under, pursuant to, or required by, any Secured First Lien Agreement.

Hedge Bank” means any Person that is a lender or an Affiliate of a lender pursuant to any Secured First Lien Agreement, or a Person that was at the time of entering into a Swap Contract a lender or an Affiliate of a lender pursuant to any Secured First Lien Agreement, or that was a party to a Swap Contract as of the Effective Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Swap Contract.

Hedging Obligations” means obligations owed by any Grantor under Secured Hedge Agreements.

Holdings” has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(a).

 

7


Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time) among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as the trustee (together with any successor in interest thereto, the “Trustee”) and the guarantors party thereto.

Indenture Authorized Representative” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Indenture Obligations” means the “Notes Obligations” as defined under the Indenture.

Indenture Secured Parties” means the Trustee, Indenture Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agent and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture).

Intellectual Property Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p).

Intellectual Property Security Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(g).

Intercompany Note” means, with respect to any Grantor, any promissory note in a principal amount in excess of $5,000,000 evidencing loans made by such Grantor to Holdings, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

IP Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(vi).

Joint Venture” means any “Joint Venture” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provisions of any other Secured First Lien Agreement).

Junior Lien Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 6.11.

Laws” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the UCC (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

8


Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative” means the Authorized Representative of any Major Series of Secured First Lien Obligations that is not represented by the then Applicable Authorized Representative.

Major Revolving Credit Facility” means any Revolving Credit Facility outstanding with commitments thereunder (excluding Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations) equal to, or in excess of, $75,000,000.

Major Revolving Representative Change Date” means the earlier of (1) the Discharge of the Secured First Lien Obligations with respect to each Major Revolving Credit Facility, (2) the date on which there is no Major Revolving Credit Facility outstanding and (3) the occurrence of the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date with respect to each Major Revolving Credit Facility.

Major Series of Secured First Lien Obligations” means any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations with principal amount of Indebtedness or commitments thereunder (excluding Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations) equal to, or in excess of, $75,000,000.

Major Term Loan Credit Facility” means any Term Loan Credit Facility outstanding with the principal amount of Indebtedness thereunder (excluding Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations) equal to, or in excess of, $75,000,000.

Major Term Loan Representative Change Date” means the earlier of (1) the Discharge of the Secured First Lien Obligations with respect to each Major Term Loan Credit Facility, (2) the date on which there is no Major Term Loan Credit Facility outstanding and (3) the occurrence of the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date with respect to each Major Term Loan Credit Facility.

Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Grantors (taken as a whole) to perform their respective obligations under any Secured Agreement to which any Grantor is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Secured First Lien Parties under any Secured First Lien Agreement or any First Lien Security Document.

Material Real Property” means each Real Property and any parcel of real property located in the United States owned in fee by a Grantor (including any Subsidiary that becomes a Grantor after the Effective Date) with a purchase price or a fair market value at the time of acquisition in excess of $5,000,000.

 

9


Material Recordable Copyrights” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(f).

Material Recordable Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(f).

Material Recordable Patents” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(f).

Material Recordable Publishing Copyrights” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(f).

Material Recordable Recorded Music Copyrights” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(f).

Material Recordable Trademarks” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(f).

Mortgage” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Grantors in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured First Lien Parties, together with each other mortgage executed and delivered pursuant to the Secured First Lien Agreements.

Mortgage Modifications” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(g).

Non-Controlling Authorized Representative” means, at any time, an Authorized Representative of a Series of Secured First Lien Obligations that is not the Applicable Authorized Representative at such time.

Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date” means, with respect to the then Applicable Authorized Representative (and the Series of Secured First Lien Obligations represented by it) and with respect to any Non-Controlling Authorized Representative, the date which is 120 days (throughout which 120-day period such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative was a Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative) after the occurrence of both (i) an Event of Default (under and as defined in the Secured First Lien Agreement under which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative) and (ii) the Collateral Agent’s and each other Authorized Representative’s receipt of written notice from such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative certifying that (x) such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is a Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative and that an Event of Default (under and as defined in the Secured First Lien Agreement under which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative) has occurred and is continuing and (y) the Secured First Lien Obligations of the Series with respect to which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative are currently due and payable in full (whether as a result of acceleration thereof or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of the applicable Secured First Lien

 

10


Agreement; provided that the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur and shall be deemed not to have occurred with respect to any Collateral (1) at any time the Collateral Agent has commenced and is pursuing any enforcement action with respect to such Collateral with reasonable diligence in light of the then existing circumstances or (2) at any time the Grantor which has granted a security interest in such Collateral is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

Non-Controlling Secured First Lien Parties” means, at any time, any Secured First Lien Party represented by an Authorized Representative that is not the Applicable Authorized Representative at such time.

Notes Security Documents” means the “Security Documents” as defined in the Indenture.

Patent Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(g).

Patents” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(i).

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or Governmental Authority or other entity.

Personal Property Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

Pledged Collateral” means as to any Pledgor other than Holdings, the Pledged Securities, and as to Holdings, the Pledged Stock, in all cases now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, and any Proceeds thereof.

Pledged Notes” means with respect to any Pledgor other than Holdings, all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to, or held or owned by, such Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or exchange for any or all of the Pledged Notes.

Pledged Securities” means the collective reference to the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Stock.

Pledged Stock” means, with respect to any Pledgor other than Holdings, the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule II as held by such Pledgor, as well as any other shares, stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of any Capital Stock of any issuer that may be issued or granted to, or held by, such Pledgor while this Agreement is in effect and, with respect to Holdings, the shares of Capital Stock of the Company, as well as any other shares, stock certificates options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of the Company that may be issued

 

11


or granted for, or held by, Holdings while this Agreement is in effect and, in each case, all dividends, distributions, return of capital, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or exchange for any or all of the Pledged Stock; provided that in no event shall there be pledged, nor shall the Pledgors be required to pledge, directly or indirectly, (i) more than 65% of any series of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States tax purposes) of any Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of any Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) de minimis shares of a Foreign Subsidiary (including shares held by any Pledgor as a nominee or in a similar capacity), (iv) any Capital Stock of any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (v) any Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary, (vi) any Capital Stock of any Joint Venture and (vii) without duplication, any Excluded Assets.

Pledgor” means Holdings (solely with respect to the Pledged Stock of the Company) and each other Grantor (with respect to the Pledged Securities held by such Grantor).

Possessory Collateral” means any Collateral in the possession of the Collateral Agent (or its agents or bailees), to the extent that possession thereof perfects a Lien thereon under the UCC of any jurisdiction. Possessory Collateral includes, without limitation, any Certificated Securities, Promissory Notes, Instruments, and Chattel Paper, in each case, delivered to or in the possession of the Collateral Agent under the terms of the First Lien Security Documents.

Publishing Copyrights” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(iii).

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any “Qualified Securitization Financing” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provisions of any other Secured First Lien Agreement).

Real Estate Collateral” means any Real Property subject to a Lien securing the Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to a Mortgage and includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any “Trust Property” referred to in any Mortgage.

Real Property” means those properties owned by a Grantor as of the Effective Date with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 as further listed on Schedule V hereto.

Recorded Music Copyrights” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(iii).

Refinance” means, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness (in whole or in part), including by adding or replacing

 

12


lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated and including, in each case, through any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” have correlative meanings.

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, secretary or assistant secretary, or other similar officer of the Company. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Company and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Company.

Restrictive Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(13).

Revolving Authorized Representative” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, among the Company as the borrower, Credit Suisse AG as Administrative Agent (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto and any Refinancing agreement, instrument or document (a “Subsequent Revolving Credit Agreement”) designated by Holdings in accordance with the definition of “Discharge”.

Revolving Credit Facility” means the Revolving Credit Agreement and any other revolving Credit Agreement, provided that the obligations under such other revolving Credit Agreement have been designated as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.10 hereto.

Revolving Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the definition designated by Holdings as being its equivalent in any Subsequent Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case other than Excluded Swap Obligations.

Revolving Secured Parties” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, or the applicable definition designated by Holdings as being its equivalent in any Subsequent Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Security Documents” means the “Security Documents” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, or the applicable definition designated by Holdings as being its equivalent in any Subsequent Revolving Credit Agreement.

Rule 3-16” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

 

13


Rule 3-16 Additional Secured First Lien Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

Rule 3-16 Excluded Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

Rule 3-16 Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured First Lien Agreements” means (i) the Indenture, (ii) the Term Loan Credit Agreement, (iii) the Revolving Credit Agreement and (iv) each Additional First Lien Secured Agreement.

Secured First Lien Obligations” means, collectively, (i) the Indenture Obligations, (ii) the Term Loan Obligations, (iii) the Revolving Obligations and (iv) each Series of Additional Secured First Lien Obligations.

Secured First Lien Parties” means (i) the Indenture Secured Parties, (ii) the Term Loan Secured Parties, (iii) the Revolving Secured Parties and (iv) the Additional Secured First Lien Parties with respect to each Series of Additional Secured First Lien Obligations.

Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted under the Secured First Lien Agreements that is outstanding as of the Effective Date or that is entered into by and between any Grantor and any Hedge Bank.

Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

Series” means (a) with respect to the Secured First Lien Parties, each of (i) the Indenture Secured Parties (in their capacities as such), (ii) the Term Loan Secured Parties (in their capacities as such), (iii) Revolving Secured Parties (in their capacities as such) and (iv) the Additional Secured First Lien Parties that become subject to this Agreement after the date hereof that are represented by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional Secured First Lien Parties) and (b) with respect to any Secured First Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Indenture Obligations, (ii) the Term Loan Obligations, (iii) the Revolving Obligations and (iv) the Additional Secured First Lien Obligations incurred pursuant to any Additional First Lien Secured Agreement, which pursuant to an Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent, are to be represented hereunder by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional Secured First Lien Obligations).

 

14


Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Term Loan Authorized Representative” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Term Loan Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, among the Company as the borrower, Credit Suisse AG as Administrative Agent (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto and any Refinancing agreement, instrument or document (a “Subsequent Term Loan Credit Agreement”) designated by Holdings in accordance with the definition of “Discharge”.

Term Loan Credit Facility” means the Term Loan Credit Agreement and any other term loan Credit Agreement, provided that the obligations under such other term loan Credit Agreement have been designated as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.10 hereto

 

15


Term Loan Obligations” means the “Secured Obligations” as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement or the definition designated by Holdings as being its equivalent in any Subsequent Term Loan Credit Agreement, in each case other than Excluded Swap Obligations.

Term Loan Secured Parties” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, or the applicable definition designated by Holdings as being its equivalent in any Subsequent Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Term Loan Security Documents” means the “Security Documents” as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, or the applicable definition designated by Holdings as being its equivalent in any Subsequent Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Trademark Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(g).

Trademarks” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(ii).

Trade Secrets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(p)(iv).

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

Vehicles” means all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Term Loan Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provisions of any other Secured First Lien Agreement).

Section 1.02. Other Interpretative Provisions. With reference to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein:

(a) the meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used herein shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

16


(c) Article, Section, Exhibit, Annex and Schedule references are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules to this Agreement.

(d) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding,” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(g) Section headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to organization documents, agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto; and (ii) references to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

ARTICLE 2

COLLATERAL

Section 2.01. Grant of Security. Each Grantor (other than Holdings) hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a security interest in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following property (except as provided in Section 2.03), in each case, as to each type of property described below, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever located, and whether now or hereafter existing or arising (collectively, the “Personal Property Collateral”):

(a) all Accounts;

(b) all cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c) all Chattel Paper;

(d) all Commercial Tort Claims constituting Commercial Tort Actions described in Schedule III (together with any Commercial Tort Actions subject to a further writing provided in accordance with Section 2.07);

(e) all Deposit Accounts;

 

17


(f) all Documents;

(g) all Equipment;

(h) all Fixtures;

(i) all General Intangibles;

(j) all Goods;

(k) all Instruments;

(l) all Inventory;

(m) all Investment Property;

(n) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(o) all contracts and agreements between any Grantor and one or more additional parties (including, without limitation, any Swap Contracts, licensing agreements and any partnership agreements, joint venture agreements, limited liability company agreements) and the IP Agreements, in each case as such agreements may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (collectively, the “Covered Agreements”), including, without limitation, all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due under or pursuant to the Covered Agreements;

(p) the following (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Collateral”) to the extent governed by or arising or existing under, pursuant to or by virtue of the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof:

(i) patents, patent applications, utility models and statutory invention registrations, inventions claimed or disclosed therein and improvements thereto (“Patents”);

(ii) trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade dress, logos, slogans, trade names and other source identifiers, whether registered or unregistered (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications or service mark applications filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed and accepted), together, in each case, with the goodwill symbolized thereby (“Trademarks”);

 

18


(iii) copyrights whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”), including, without limitation, copyrights in (A) recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“Recorded Music Copyrights”) and (B) music compositions consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“Publishing Copyrights”);

(iv) confidential and proprietary information, including, without limitation, confidential and proprietary know-how, trade secrets, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, inventions, research and development information, databases and data, including, without limitation, technical data, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information , in each case, to the extent such information (A) is not generally known, (B) confers an economic benefit on such Grantor and (C) is the subject of reasonable efforts to maintain its secrecy under applicable Law (collectively, “Trade Secrets”);

(v) all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, together with all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations thereof;

(vi) written agreements granting a license or right to use any of the foregoing to which such Grantor, now or hereafter, is a party (“IP Agreements”); and

(vii) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages;

(q) all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of the Personal Property Collateral; and

(r) all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the Personal Property Collateral and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Personal Property Collateral;

provided that the Personal Property Collateral shall not include any Pledged Collateral, or any property or assets described in the proviso to the definition of Pledged Stock.

 

19


In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the grant of security provided in this Section 2.01 and the provisions of any Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the provisions of this Section 2.01 shall control.

Section 2.02. Pledged Collateral. Each Grantor that is a Pledgor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a security interest in all of the Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, wherever located and whether now or herafter existing or arising, and any Proceeds thereof, except as provided in Section 2.03.

Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, in the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the United States Securities Act of 1933 would require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) (such law, rule or regulation, as amended or replaced with another rule or regulation, “Rule 3-16”) the filing with the SEC of separate financial statements of any Affiliate of the Company due to the fact that a security interest in such Affiliate’s Equity Interests has been granted hereunder as security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, of any Additional Secured First Lien Obligations (the “Rule 3-16 Additional Secured First Lien Obligations”), then, solely to the extent securing such Rule 3-16 Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, the Lien granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document in such Equity Interests (the “Rule 3-16 Excluded Collateral”) shall be deemed not to secure, or to constitute “Collateral” with respect to, such Rule 3-16 Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, in any event solely to the extent necessary and only for so long as required to cause the Company and its Affiliates to not be subject to such requirement. In such event, this Agreement may be amended or modified by the Company and the Collateral Agent, without the consent of any Additional Secured First Lien Party, to the extent necessary to release the Lien granted hereunder in favor of the Collateral Agent on the Rule 3-16 Excluded Collateral solely with respect to the Rule 3-16 Additional Secured First Lien Obligations. In the event that Rule 3-16 is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) any Rule 3-16 Excluded Collateral to secure the Additional Secured First Lien Obligations in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other Governmental Authority) of separate financial statements for such Affiliate of the Company, then the Equity Interest of such Affiliate will automatically be deemed to be a part of the Collateral for the relevant Additional Secured First Lien Obligations to the extent otherwise required by this Agreement.

Section 2.03. Certain Limited Exceptions. No security interest is or will be granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other First Lien Security Document in any right, title or interest of any Grantor under or in, and “Personal Property Collateral”, “Real Property Collateral” and “Pledged Collateral” shall not include, the following (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”):

 

20


(1) any fee interest in owned real property (including Fixtures related thereto) if the fair market value of such fee interest is less than $5,000,000 individually;

(2) any interest in leased real property (including Fixtures related thereto) (and there shall be no requirement to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters);

(3) any Vehicles, any assets subject to certificate of title and any aircraft, airframes, aircraft engines, helicopters, vessels or rolling stock or any Equipment or other assets constituting a part thereof;

(4) Foreign Intellectual Property;

(5) Letter-of-Credit Rights and Commercial Tort Claims individually with a value of less than $10,000,000;

(6) any assets specifically requiring perfection through control agreements (including cash, cash equivalents, deposit accounts or other bank or securities accounts), other than (i) any assets in which a security interest is automatically perfected by filings under the UCC and (ii) Pledged Stock;

(7) margin stock and those assets over which the granting of security interests in such assets would be prohibited by contract, applicable law or regulation or the organizational or joint venture documents of any non-wholly owned Subsidiary (including permitted liens, leases and licenses) (in each case, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC, other than Proceeds and receivables thereof to the extent that their assignment is expressly deemed effective under the UCC notwithstanding such prohibitions) or to the extent that such security interests would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Company and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to enter into any security agreements or pledge agreements governed by foreign law);

(8) Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States tax purposes) which is described in the proviso to the definition of Pledged Stock;

(9) any property (and/or related rights and/or assets) that would otherwise be included in the Collateral (and such property (and/or related rights and/or assets) shall not be deemed to constitute a part of the Collateral) if such property has been sold or otherwise transferred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing permitted by the Secured First Lien Agreements, or a disposition (including a disposition pursuant to a sale and lease-back or other financing transaction) permitted by the First Lien

 

21


Secured Agreements provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a security interest of the Collateral Agent shall attach to any money, securities or other consideration received by any Grantor as consideration for the sale or other disposition of such property as and to the extent such consideration would otherwise constitute Collateral;

(10) assets to the extent the granting or perfecting of a security interest in such assets would result in costs or other consequences to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Company and the Administrative Agent that are excessive in view of the benefits that would be obtained by the Secured First Lien Parties;

(11) any money, cash, checks, other negotiable instruments, funds and other evidence of payment held in any Deposit Account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the nature of a security deposit with respect to obligations for the benefit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which must be held for or returned to the applicable counterparty under applicable law or pursuant to Contractual Obligations;

(12) any asset held for sale or other disposition following an acquisition of any assets, business or Person, that (in the good faith determination of the Company) would not be material to the business or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that such asset so held shall be sold or otherwise disposed of within 180 days of the consummation of such acquisition (as may be extended by the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion);

(13) any Instruments, Contracts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles, Goods, Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secret Licenses or other contracts or agreements with or issued by Persons (other than Holdings), a Subsidiary of Holdings or the Company or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Restrictive Agreements”) that would otherwise be included in the Collateral (and such Restrictive Agreements shall not be deemed to constitute a part of the Collateral) for so long as, and to the extent that, the granting of such a security interest pursuant hereto would result in a breach, default or termination of such Restrictive Agreements (in each case, except to the extent that, pursuant to the UCC or other applicable law, the granting of security interests therein can be made without resulting in a breach, default or termination of such Restrictive Agreements);

(14) any Equipment or other property that would otherwise be included in the Collateral (and such Equipment or other property shall not be deemed to constitute a part of the Collateral) if such Equipment or other property (x) is subject to a Lien described in clause (19)(B) or clause (25) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Term Loan Credit Agreement securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) of the Term Loan Credit Agreement and any refinancing thereof permitted by Section 8.01(b)(xiii) (or any corresponding provisions of any other Secured First Lien Agreement) or (y) is subject to any Lien described in clause (27)(A) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (or any corresponding provision of any other First Lien Secured Agreement);

 

22


(15) any assets or property of Holdings, other than the Pledged Stock of the Company; and

(16) any Goods in which a security interest is not perfected by filing a financing statement in the applicable Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization.

Section 2.04. Security for Secured First Lien Obligations. This Agreement secures, in the case of each Grantor, the payment of all Secured First Lien Obligations of such Grantor (or, in the case of Holdings, of the Company) now or hereafter existing, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees, premiums, penalties, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.

Section 2.05. Grantors Remain Liable. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in such Grantor’s Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral and (c) no Secured First Lien Party shall have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement or any other Secured First Lien Agreement, nor shall any Secured First Lien Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

Section 2.06. Delivery and Control of Pledged Collateral. (a) All certificates representing or evidencing the Pledged Stock and all instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Notes shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. During the continuation of an Event of Default and subject to Section 2.06(c), the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time in its discretion and without notice to any Grantor, to (i) transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Collateral, subject only to the revocable rights specified in Section 2.12(a), (ii) exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, and (iii) convert Pledged Collateral consisting of Financial Assets credited to any Securities Account to Pledged Collateral consisting of Financial Assets held directly by the Collateral Agent, and to convert Pledged Collateral consisting of Financial Assets held

 

23


directly by the Collateral Agent to Pledged Collateral consisting of Financial Assets credited to any Securities Account. For the avoidance of doubt, delivery of a certificate representing or evidencing Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary in excess of such Foreign Subsidiary’s Pledged Stock shall confer no right to the Collateral Agent with respect to such excess Capital Stock (including the right to vote such excess Capital Stock), the Collateral Agent shall not have the right to take any action to sell such excess Capital Stock and all rights with respect to such excess Capital Stock shall be retained by the Pledgor. In addition, all representations and warranties in any Secured First Lien Agreement with respect to the security interest in Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary shall be qualified by the fact that no action will be taken under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America.

(b) During the continuation of an Event of Default and subject to Section 2.06(c), promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent, with respect to any Pledged Collateral in which any Grantor has any right, title or interest and that constitutes an Uncertificated Security, such Grantor will cause the issuer thereof either (i) to register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner of such Security or (ii) to agree in an authenticated record with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent that such issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such Security originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such authenticated record to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. During the continuation of an Event of Default and subject to Section 2.06(c), with respect to any Pledged Collateral in which any Grantor has any right, title or interest and that is not an Uncertificated Security, promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will notify each such issuer of Pledged Stock that such Pledged Stock is subject to the security interest granted hereunder.

(c) Nothing in Section 2.06(a) or Section 2.06(b) shall be construed to require any Grantor to enter into any control agreement with respect to any Deposit Account or Securities Account.

Section 2.07. Maintaining Electronic Chattel Paper, Transferable Records and Letter-of-Credit Rights and Giving Notice of Commercial Tort Claims. So long as the Discharge of each of the Secured First Lien Obligations has not occurred:

(a) During the continuation of an Event of Default, promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor will maintain (i) all Electronic Chattel Paper so that the Collateral Agent has control of the Electronic Chattel Paper in the manner specified in Section 9-105 of the UCC and (ii) all transferable records so that the Collateral Agent has control of the transferable records in the manner specified in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as in effect in the jurisdiction governing such transferable record; and

(b) Each Grantor will give prompt notice to the Collateral Agent of any Commercial Tort Claim individually in excess of $10,000,000 that may arise in the future and will promptly execute or otherwise authenticate a supplement to this Agreement, and otherwise take all necessary action, to subject such Commercial Tort Claim to the first priority security interest created under this Agreement.

 

24


Section 2.08. Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows, as of the Effective Date:

(a) Such Grantor’s exact legal name, as defined in Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, is correctly set forth as of the date hereof in Schedule I hereto. Such Grantor is located (within the meaning of Section 9-307 of the UCC) and has its chief executive office in the state or jurisdiction set forth in Schedule I hereto. The information set forth in Schedule I hereto with respect to such Grantor is true and accurate in all material respects.

(b) Subject to Section 2.09(d), all Pledged Stock consisting of Certificated Securities has been delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith, other than any Certificated Securities with respect to any Grantors set forth on Schedule II-A hereof (it being understood that any stock powers with respect to the Pledged Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary will be delivered after the Effective Date in accordance with Schedule II-A).

(c) Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Collateral and Personal Property Collateral of such Grantor free and clear of any Lien, claim, option or right of others, except for the security interest created under this Agreement, subject to Liens permitted under each Secured First Lien Agreement.

(d) The Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non assessable.

(e) As of the date hereof, the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor constitutes in all material respects the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the issuers thereof indicated on Schedule II hereto.

(f) On or prior to the Effective Date, the Company has delivered to the Collateral Agent list that is complete and accurate in all material respects, as of September 30, 2012, of all (A) Publishing Copyrights owned by, or exclusively licensed in the United States to, any Grantor and registered with the U.S. Copyright Office, other than Publishing Copyrights with respect to compositions that generated less than $10,000 of “net publisher’s share” in the United States in the fiscal year most recently ended (“Material Recordable Publishing Copyrights”), (B) Recorded Music Copyrights owned by or exclusively licensed in the United States to any Grantor, registered with the U.S. Copyright Office and available for sale as albums in the United States, as of the last day of the fiscal year most recently ended, by Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation, Alternative Distribution Alliance or any other general market distributor in the United States which is owned and/or controlled by the Company, other than Recorded Music

 

25


Copyrights with respect to recordings of sound that generated less than $50,000 of revenue to such Grantor in the United States in the fiscal year most recently ended (“Material Recordable Recorded Music Copyrights” and, together with Material Recordable Publishing Copyrights, “Material Recordable Copyrights”), (C) Trademarks owned by any Grantor and pending or registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that are material to the business of such Grantor (“Material Recordable Trademarks”) and (D) Patents owned by any Grantor and issued by or pending with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that are material to the business of such Grantor (“Material Recordable Patents” and, together with Material Recordable Copyrights and Material Recordable Trademarks, “Material Recordable Intellectual Property”).

(g) On the Effective Date each Grantor has executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent (i) with respect to the Material Recordable Copyrights of such Grantor set forth on the list delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 2.08(f)(A) and (B) as of September 30, 2012, an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “Copyright Security Agreement”), (ii) with respect to the Material Recordable Patents of such Grantor set forth on the list delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 2.08(f)(D) as of September 30, 2012, an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “Patent Security Agreement”) and (iii) with respect to the Material Recordable Trademarks of such Grantor set forth on the list delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 2.08(f)(C) as of September 30, 2012, an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “Trademark Security Agreement” and, together with each Copyright Security Agreement and each Patent Security Agreement, the “Intellectual Property Security Agreements”), in each case for recording the security interest granted hereunder to the Collateral Agent in such Intellectual Property Collateral with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable.

(h) (i) This Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties a valid security interest in all the Personal Property Collateral of each Grantor, securing the payment of the Secured First Lien Obligations of such Grantor; (ii) upon the filing of a UCC financing statement in the UCC filing office in the jurisdiction set forth in Schedule I under the heading “Jurisdiction of Organization” with respect to such Grantor, naming such Grantor as the debtor, the Collateral Agent as the secured party and including the collateral description set forth in Schedule IV, all actions necessary to perfect the security interest in the Personal Property Collateral of such Grantor created under this Agreement with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC (all such Collateral, “Filing Collateral”) shall have been duly made or taken and be in full force and effect, and the Lien created under this Agreement in such Grantor’s Filing Collateral shall be perfected; and (iii) upon the

 

26


recordation of a Copyright Security Agreement following the Effective Date naming such Grantor as the grantor and the Collateral Agent as the secured party with the U.S. Copyright Office, all actions necessary to perfect the security interest in the Personal Property Collateral of such Grantor consisting of the Material Recordable Copyrights described therein shall have been duly made or taken and be in full force and effect, and the Lien created under this Agreement in such Grantor’s Material Recordable Copyrights shall be perfected.

(i) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) To the Grantor’s knowledge, the operation of such Grantor’s business as currently conducted and the use of the Intellectual Property Collateral in connection therewith do not infringe, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party.

(ii) The registered Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part, and to such Grantor’s knowledge, is valid and enforceable.

(iii) To such Grantor’s knowledge, (A) none of the material Trade Secrets of such Grantor has been used, divulged, disclosed or appropriated to the detriment of such Grantor for the benefit of any other Person other than such Grantor; (B) no employee, independent contractor or agent of such Grantor has misappropriated any trade secrets of any other Person in the course of the performance of his or her duties as an employee, independent contractor or agent of such Grantor; and (C) no employee, independent contractor or agent of such Grantor is in default or breach of any term of any employment agreement, non-disclosure agreement, assignment of inventions agreement or similar agreement or contract relating in any way to the protection, ownership, development, use or transfer of such Grantor’s Intellectual Property Collateral.

(iv) To such Grantor’s knowledge, neither such Grantor nor its Intellectual Property Collateral is subject to any outstanding consent, settlement, decree, order, injunction, judgment or ruling restricting the use of such Intellectual Property Collateral by such Grantor or that would impair the validity or enforceability of such Intellectual Property Collateral to such Grantor.

Section 2.09. Further Assurances. (a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver, or otherwise authenticate, all further instruments and documents, and take all further action that may be reasonably necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any pledge or security interest granted or purported to be granted by such Grantor hereunder or to enable the Collateral Agent to

 

27


exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral of such Grantor. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Secured First Lien Agreement or First Lien Security Document, neither the Company nor any Pledgor will be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, or to enter into any security agreement or pledge agreement governed by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or Intercompany Notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or Intercompany Notes (in the case of Intercompany Notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5,000,000) to the Collateral Agent, or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(b) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, including, without limitation, one or more financing statements indicating that such financing statements cover all assets or all personal property (or words of similar effect) of such Grantor, in each case without the signature of such Grantor, and regardless of whether any particular asset described in such financing statements falls within the scope of the UCC or the granting clause of this Agreement. A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law. Each Grantor ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to have filed such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed and/or recorded all financing statements, instruments and documents and take all such actions to perfect the security interests and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the granting of the security interests and the filing of any financing statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith, all in accordance with the terms hereof and the Secured First Lien Agreements.

(d) Each Grantor agrees that within the period or by the date specified on Schedule II-A (or on such later date as the Collateral Agent shall agree) it will deliver the items described on Schedule II-A.

 

28


(e) With respect to any Material Real Property in which any Grantor acquires fee title at any time after the Effective Date or which is owned in fee by any Subsidiary that becomes a Grantor after the Effective Date, the applicable Grantor shall within 120 days after such acquisition (as such period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, acting upon the instruction of the Applicable Authorized Representative) deliver to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a Mortgage in accordance with any applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority (including any required appraisals of such property under FIRREA); provided that (i) nothing in this Section 2.09(e) shall defer or impair the attachment or perfection of any security interest in any Collateral covered by any of the First Lien Security Documents which would attach or be perfected pursuant to the terms thereof without action by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person and (ii) no such Lien shall be required to be granted as contemplated by this Section 2.09(e) on any owned real property or fixtures the acquisition of which is, or is to be, within 180 days of such acquisition, financed or refinanced, in whole or in part through the incurrence of Indebtedness, until such Indebtedness is repaid in full (and not refinanced) or, as the case may be, the Company determines not to proceed with such financing or refinancing. In connection with any such grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, of a Lien of record on any such real property pursuant to a Mortgage in accordance with this Section 2.09(e), the Company or such Subsidiary shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent any required appraisals of such property under FIRREA, pro-forma lender’s title insurance policies, and local law enforceability opinions with respect to the enforceability of the Mortgages.

(f) With respect to any Material Real Property in which any Grantor acquires fee title at any time after the Effective Date or which is owned in fee by any Subsidiary that becomes a Grantor after the Effective Date, the applicable Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain flood insurance as and to the extent required by law or applicable regulation.

(g) Each Grantor agrees that in connection with any Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, if Collateral Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that modification of the Mortgages or, alternatively, replacements of the Mortgages encumbering the Real Estate Collateral pursuant to the First Lien Security Documents (such modifications or replacements, collectively, the “Mortgage Modifications”), is necessary or desirable to create or continue the Lien on the Real Estate Collateral following the issuance of such Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, then such Grantor shall deliver the Mortgage Modifications covering the Real Estate Collateral duly executed by such Grantor as of the closing date under the applicable Additional First Lien Secured Agreement. If reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Grantor shall also provide Collateral Agent in connection with the Mortgage Modifications, with endorsements to the lender’s title insurance policies or if endorsements are not available new lender’s pro-forma title insurance policies and local law enforceability opinions with respect to the enforceability of the Mortgage Modifications, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, and such other evidence that all other actions that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to continue the Liens on the Real Estate Collateral described in the Mortgages has been taken.

 

29


Section 2.10. Post-Closing Changes; Bailees; Collections on Covered Agreements and Accounts. (a) Each Grantor will give prompt written notice to the Collateral Agent of any change in its name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, from those set forth in Section 2.08(a) of this Agreement, provided that such written notice shall be given no later than the earlier of (x) 10 Business Days after such change and (y) 10 days prior to the date on which the perfection of the Liens under this Agreement would (absent additional filings or other actions) lapse, in whole or in part, by reason of such change, and will take all action reasonably required by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of perfecting or protecting the security interest granted by this Agreement.

(b) During the continuation of an Event of Default, if any Collateral of any Grantor is at any time in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or agent, upon the request of the Collateral Agent such Grantor will (i) notify such warehouseman, bailee or agent of the security interest created hereunder and (ii) instruct such warehouseman, bailee or agent to hold all such Collateral solely for the Collateral Agent’s account subject only to the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (c), each Grantor will continue to collect, at its own expense, all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor under the Accounts. In connection with such collections, such Grantor may take (and, at the Collateral Agent’s direction during the continuation of an Event of Default, shall take) such commercially reasonable action as such Grantor (or the Collateral Agent) may deem necessary or advisable to enforce collection thereof; provided that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon written notice to such Grantor of its intention to do so, to notify the obligors under any Accounts of the assignment of such Accounts to the Collateral Agent and to direct such obligors to make payment of all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent and, upon such notification and at the expense of such Grantor, to enforce collection of any such Accounts, to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done, and to otherwise exercise all rights with respect to such Accounts, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 9-607 of the UCC. After receipt by any Grantor of the notice from the Collateral Agent referred to in the proviso to the preceding sentence, all amounts and Proceeds (including, without limitation, instruments) received by such Grantor in respect of the Accounts of such Grantor shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be either (A) released to such Grantor to the extent permitted under the terms of the Secured First Lien Agreements so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (B) if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, applied as provided in Section 3.02.

 

30


Section 2.11. As to Intellectual Property Collateral. (a) Except to the extent failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or except as permitted by each Secured First Lien Agreement, with respect to the registration or pending application of each item of its Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, commercially reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, to (i) maintain the validity and enforceability of any of its registered Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights and maintain such Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights in full force and effect, and (ii) pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings.

(b) Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or except as permitted by each Secured First Lien Agreement, no Grantor shall do or knowingly permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property Collateral may lapse or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain.

(c) Except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, or except as permitted by each Secured First Lien Agreement, each Grantor shall take commercially reasonable steps which it (or the Collateral Agent during the continuation of an Event of Default) deems reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of its Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking commercially reasonable steps necessary to ensure that the licensed users of any of its Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.

(d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral after the date hereof (“After-Acquired Intellectual Property”) (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Intellectual Property Collateral subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

31


(e) Each Grantor shall, not more than 95 days following the last day of every fiscal year of the Company, sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to all Material Recordable Intellectual Property owned by it, except for immaterial omissions, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal year, to the extent that such Material Recordable Intellectual Property is not covered by any previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it will promptly cooperate as necessary to enable the Collateral Agent to make any necessary or reasonably desirable recordations with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable.

Section 2.12. Voting Rights; Dividends; Etc. (a) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral of such Grantor or any part thereof for any purpose.

(ii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest and other distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral of such Grantor if and to the extent that the payment thereof is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the Secured First Lien Agreements; provided that any and all non-cash dividends, interest and other distributions paid or payable in respect of, and instruments and other property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Pledged Collateral, shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as, Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(iii) The Collateral Agent will execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Grantor all such proxies and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above and to receive the dividends or interest payments that it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to paragraph (ii) above.

 

32


(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) All rights of each Grantor (x) to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(i) shall, upon notice to such Grantor by the Collateral Agent, cease and (y) to receive the dividends, interest and other distributions that it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(ii) shall automatically cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights and to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such dividends, interest and other distributions.

(ii) All dividends, interest and other distributions that are received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.12(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

ARTICLE 3

REMEDIES AND APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

Section 3.01. Remedies. Subject to Section 4.02, if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) The Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and also may: (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) without notice except as specified below, but subject to pre-existing rights and permitted licenses, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable; (iii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; and (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, (A) any and all rights of such Grantor to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, the Covered Agreements, the Accounts and the other

 

33


Collateral, (B) withdraw, or cause or direct the withdrawal, of all funds with respect to the Deposit Accounts and (C) exercise all other rights and remedies with respect to the Covered Agreements, the Accounts and the other Collateral, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 9-607 of the UCC. The Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors at least ten (10) Business Days’ written notice of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made and each Grantor agrees that such notice shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

(b) All payments received by any Grantor under or in connection with any Covered Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Collateral shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(c) During the continuation of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may, without notice to any Grantor except as required by law, charge, set off and otherwise apply all or any part of the Secured First Lien Obligations against any funds held with respect to any Deposit Account.

(d) If the Collateral Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any of the Pledged Collateral of any Grantor pursuant to this Section 3.01, each Grantor agrees that, upon request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will, at its own expense, do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary to make such sale of such Pledged Collateral or any part thereof valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law.

(e) The Collateral Agent is authorized, in connection with any sale of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.01, to deliver or otherwise disclose to any prospective purchaser of the Pledged Collateral: (i) any registration statement or prospectus, and all supplements and amendments thereto; (ii) any information and projections; and (iii) any other information in its possession relating to such Pledged Collateral.

(f) Each Grantor acknowledges the impossibility of ascertaining the amount of damages that would be suffered by the Secured First Lien Parties by reason of the failure by such Grantor to perform any of the covenants contained in subsection (d) above and, consequently, agrees that, if such Grantor shall fail to perform any of such covenants, it will pay, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the value of the Pledged Collateral on the date the Collateral Agent shall demand compliance with subsection (d) above.

 

34


Section 3.02. Application of Proceeds. The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral of a Grantor, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in the following order of priority:

first, to the payment of all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such) pursuant to this Agreement or the terms of any First Lien Security Document or Secured First Lien Agreements; and

second, to the payment in full of the Secured First Lien Obligation of each Series on a ratable basis in accordance with the applicable amounts thereof, to be applied by the applicable Authorized Representative in accordance with the terms of the applicable Secured First Lien Agreement;

provided that (i) in no event shall the proceeds of any collection or sale of Rule 3-16 Excluded Collateral (the “Rule 3-16 Proceeds”) be applied to the payment of any Rule 3-16 Additional Secured First Lien Obligations and (ii) the Secured First Lien Obligations of any Series shall not be reduced by the amount of Rule 3-16 Proceeds for the purpose of determining its ratable share of the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral.

ARTICLE 4

INTERCREDITOR MATTERS

Section 4.01. Priority of Claims.

(a) Notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations granted on the Collateral and notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, or any other applicable law or the Secured First Lien Agreements or any defect or deficiencies in the Liens securing the Secured First Lien Obligations of any Series or any other circumstance whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 4.01(b), and subject, in the case of Rule 3-16 Collateral, to the last paragraph of Section 2.02), each Secured First Lien Party hereby agrees that the Liens securing each Series of Secured First Lien Obligations on any Collateral shall be of equal priority.

(b) It is acknowledged that the Secured First Lien Obligations of any Series may, subject to the limitations set forth in the then extant Secured First Lien Agreements, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, Refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the priorities set forth in Section 4.01(a) above or Section 3.02 or the provisions of this Agreement defining the relative rights of the Secured First Lien Parties of any Series.

 

35


Section 4.02. Actions with Respect to Collateral.

(a) The Secured First Lien Parties, through their Authorized Representatives and as a condition of accepting the benefits of the security interests granted herein, agree that (i) only the Collateral Agent shall act or refrain from acting with respect to the Collateral, and then only on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall not follow any instructions with respect to such Collateral from any Non-Controlling Authorized Representative (or any other Secured First Lien Party other than the Applicable Authorized Representative) and (iii) no Non-Controlling Authorized Representative or other Secured First Lien Party (other than the Applicable Authorized Representative) shall or shall instruct the Collateral Agent to, commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its security interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, any Collateral, whether under any First Lien Security Document, applicable law or otherwise, it being agreed that only the Collateral Agent, acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative and in accordance with the applicable First Lien Security Documents, shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such remedies with respect to Collateral. Notwithstanding the equal priority of the Liens, the Collateral Agent (acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative) may deal with the Collateral as if such Applicable Authorized Representative had a senior Lien on such Collateral. No Non-Controlling Authorized Representative or Non-Controlling Secured First Lien Party will contest, protest or object to any foreclosure proceeding or action brought by the Collateral Agent, Applicable Authorized Representative or Controlling Secured First Lien Party or any other exercise by the Collateral Agent, Applicable Authorized Representative or Controlling Secured First Lien Party of any rights and remedies relating to the Collateral, or to cause the Collateral Agent to do so.

(b) Each of the Authorized Representatives agrees that it will not accept any Lien on any Collateral for the benefit of any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations (other than funds deposited for the discharge or defeasance of any Secured First Lien Agreement and funds deposited to cash collateralize letters of credit) other than pursuant to the First Lien Security Documents, and upon executing this Agreement or an Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent, each Authorized Representative and the Series of Secured First Lien Parties for which it is acting hereunder agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and the other First Lien Security Documents applicable to it.

(c) Each of the Secured First Lien Parties agrees that (i) it will not (and hereby waives any right to) contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), the perfection, priority, validity or enforceability of a Lien held by or on behalf of any of the Secured First Lien Parties in all or any part of the Collateral, or the provisions of this Agreement; provided that

 

36


nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any of the Collateral Agent or any Authorized Representative to enforce this Agreement and that (ii) if, notwithstanding clause (i), such Secured First Lien Party shall obtain possession of any Collateral or shall realize any proceeds or payment in respect of any such Collateral, pursuant to any First Lien Security Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or through any other exercise of remedies at any time prior to the Discharge of each of the Secured First Lien Obligations, then it shall hold such Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the other Secured First Lien Parties and promptly transfer such Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the Collateral Agent, to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02 hereof.

Section 4.03. Reinstatement. In the event that any of the Secured First Lien Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under any Debtor Relief Law, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be fully applicable thereto until all such Secured First Lien Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash.

Section 4.04. Insurance. As between the Secured First Lien Parties, the Collateral Agent, acting at the direction of the Applicable Authorized Representative, shall have the right to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Collateral.

Section 4.05. Refinancings. The Secured First Lien Obligations of any Series may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under any Secured First Lien Agreements) of any Secured First Lien Party of any other Series, all without affecting the priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof.

Section 4.06. Possessory Collateral Agent as Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection.

(a) The Collateral Agent agrees to hold any Collateral constituting Possessory Collateral in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other Secured First Lien Party and any assignee solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Possessory Collateral, if any, pursuant to the applicable First Lien Security Documents, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.06. Pending delivery to the Collateral Agent, each other Authorized Representative agrees to hold any Collateral constituting Possessory Collateral, from time to time in its possession, as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other Secured First Lien Party and any assignee, solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Possessory Collateral, if any, pursuant to the applicable First Lien Security Documents, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.06.

 

37


(b) The duties or responsibilities of the Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative under this Section 4.06 shall be limited solely to holding any Collateral constituting Possessory Collateral as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other Secured First Lien Party for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by such Secured First Lien Parties therein.

Section 4.07. Existence and Amount of Liens and Obligations. Whenever the Collateral Agent or any Authorized Representative shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Secured First Lien Obligations of any Series, or the Collateral subject to any Lien securing the Secured First Lien Obligations of any Series, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by each other Authorized Representative and shall be entitled to make such determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided that if an Authorized Representative shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the requesting Collateral Agent or Authorized Representative shall be entitled to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of the Company. The Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to any Grantor, any Secured First Lien Party or any other person as a result of such determination.

Section 4.08. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights. The provisions of this Article 4 are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Secured First Lien Parties in relation to one another. None of the Company, any other Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of any Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Secured First Lien Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

Section 4.09. Acknowledgement. As of the Effective Date, the Applicable Authorized Representative shall be the Revolving Authorized Representative.

 

38


ARTICLE 5

COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 5.01. Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each Authorized Representative on behalf of itself and of the Secured First Lien Parties represented by it hereby appoints Credit Suisse AG to act on its behalf as the Collateral Agent hereunder and under each of the other First Lien Security Documents and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, including for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any Grantor to secure any of the Secured First Lien Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under any of the First Lien Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Applicable Authorized Representative, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 5 (as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “Collateral Agent” or “Administrative Agent” under the First Lien Security Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(b) Each Non-Controlling Secured First Lien Party acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled, for the benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any Collateral as provided herein and in the First Lien Security Documents, without regard to any rights to which the holders of the Secured First Lien Obligations of the applicable Series would otherwise be entitled as a result of such Secured First Lien Obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, each Non-Controlling Secured First Lien Party agrees that none of the Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or any other Secured First Lien Party shall have any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon any type of Collateral (or any other Collateral securing any of the Secured First Lien Obligations), or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of such Collateral (or any other Collateral securing any Secured First Lien Obligations), in any manner that would maximize the return to the Non-Controlling Secured First Lien Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Non-Controlling Secured First Lien Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation.

(c) Each of the Secured First Lien Parties waives any claim it may now or hereafter have against the Collateral Agent or the Authorized Representative of any other Series of Secured First Lien Obligations or any other Secured First Lien Party of any other Series arising out of any actions which the Collateral Agent, any Authorized Representative or any Secured First Lien Party takes or omits to take (including, actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the Secured First Lien Obligations from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in accordance with the First Lien Security Documents or any other agreement related thereto or to the collection of the Secured First Lien Obligations or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for the Secured First Lien Obligations.

 

39


Section 5.02. Rights as a Secured First Lien Party. The Person serving as the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Secured First Lien Party under any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations that it holds as any other Secured First Lien Party of such Series and may exercise the same as though it were not the Collateral Agent and the term “Secured First Lien Party” or “Secured First Lien Parties” or (as applicable) “Indenture Secured Party”, “Indenture Secured Parties”, “Term Loan Secured Party”, “Term Loan Secured Parties”, “Revolving Secured Party”, “Revolving Secured Parties”, “Additional Secured First Lien Party” or “Additional Secured First Lien Parties” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Collateral Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Collateral Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to any other Secured First Lien Party.

Section 5.03. Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other First Lien Security Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other First Lien Security Documents that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Applicable Authorized Representative; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any First Lien Security Document or applicable law;

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other First Lien Security Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

 

40


(iv) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Applicable Authorized Representative, (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or (iii) in reliance on a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company stating that such action is permitted by the terms of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default under any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations unless and until notice describing such Event of Default is given to the Collateral Agent by the Authorized Representative of such Secured First Lien Obligations or the Company; and

(v) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other First Lien Security Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default, or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other First Lien Security Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the First Lien Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral for any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in any Secured First Lien Agreement, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent.

Section 5.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Collateral Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 5.05. Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other First Lien Security Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent.

 

41


Section 5.06. Resignation and Removal of Collateral Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as and to the extent set forth herein, (i) the Applicable Authorized Representative may by notice to the Collateral Agent, each other Authorized Representative and the Company and upon obtaining the prior consent of the Term Loan Authorized Representative, the Revolving Authorized Representative and each other Authorized Representative of a Series of Secured First Lien Obligations consisting of term or revolving credit facilities remove the Collateral Agent and (ii) the Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation as Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other First Lien Security Documents to each Authorized Representative and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of removal or resignation, the Applicable Authorized Representative shall have the right, upon obtaining the written consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Applicable Authorized Representative and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after such notice of removal or after the retiring Collateral Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Collateral Agent may, on behalf of the Secured First Lien Parties, appoint a successor Collateral Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Collateral Agent shall notify the Company and each Authorized Representative that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other First Lien Security Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured First Lien Parties under any of the First Lien Security Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security solely for purposes of maintaining the perfection of the security interests of the Secured First Lien Parties therein until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed but with no obligation to take any further action at the request of the Applicable Authorized Representative or any other Secured First Lien Parties) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Collateral Agent shall instead be made by or to each Authorized Representative directly, until such time as the Applicable Authorized Representative appoints a successor Collateral Agent as provided for above in this Section 5.06. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the First Lien Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Collateral Agent, and the retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other First Lien Security Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as

 

42


provided above in this Section 5.06). After the retiring Collateral Agent’s removal or resignation hereunder and under the other First Lien Security Documents, the provisions of this Article shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Collateral Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Affiliates in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Collateral Agent was acting as Collateral Agent. Upon any notice of removal or resignation of the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other First Lien Security Documents, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer (and maintain the validity and priority of) the Liens in favor of the retiring Collateral Agent under the First Lien Security Documents to the successor Collateral Agent.

Section 5.07. Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent and Other Secured First Lien Parties. Each Secured First Lien Party acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Collateral Agent, any Authorized Representative or any other Secured First Lien Party or any of their Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Secured First Lien Agreements to which it is a party. Each Secured First Lien Party also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Collateral Agent, any Authorized Representative or any other Secured First Lien Party or any of their Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Secured First Lien Agreements or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 5.08. Collateral and Guaranty Matters. Each of the Secured First Lien Parties irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any First Lien Security Document in accordance with Section 6.05 or upon receipt of a written request from the Company stating that the releases of such Lien is permitted by the terms of each then extant Secured First Lien Agreement;

(b) to release or subordinate any Grantor from its obligations under the First Lien Security Documents upon receipt of a written request from the Company stating that such release is permitted by the terms of each then extant Secured First Lien Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01. Indemnity and Expenses. (a) Each Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless each Secured First Lien Party and each of their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against, and shall pay on demand, any and all claims,

 

43


damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Collateral Agent and the Secured First Lien Parties in addition to one local counsel per relevant jurisdiction, and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons) that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or resulting from this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement of this Agreement), except to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense has resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement by the Secured First Lien Party.

(b) Each Grantor will upon demand pay to the Collateral Agent the amount of any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents, that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from or other realization upon, any of the Collateral of such Grantor, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured First Lien Parties hereunder or (iv) the failure by such Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

Section 6.02. Amendments; Waivers; Additional Grantors; Etc. (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than pursuant to any Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent and as contemplated in the last paragraph of Section 2.02 or in Section 6.11), and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each Grantor to which such amendment, waiver, or consent is to apply, by the Collateral Agent and by each Authorized Representative of any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations (with the consent of the requisite number of debt holders or Secured First Lien Parties specified in the applicable Secured First Lien Agreement, if any), and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured First Lien Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative may amend this Agreement to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, default or inconsistency or to correct administrative or manifest errors or omissions or inconsistencies, or to effect administrative changes or to effect administrative changes that are not directly adverse to any Secured First Lien Party or in connection with the incurrence of Additional Secured First Obligations or Junior Lien Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to this Agreement.

 

44


(b) Upon the execution and delivery, or authentication, by any Person of a security agreement supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a “Security Agreement Supplement”), (i) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Grantor” and shall be and become a Grantor hereunder, and each reference in this Agreement and the other First Lien Security Documents and Secured First Lien Agreements to “Grantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Grantor, and each reference in this Agreement and the other First Lien Security Documents or Secured First Lien Agreements to “Collateral” shall also mean and be a reference to the Collateral of such Additional Grantor, and (ii) the supplemental Schedules I through V attached to each Security Agreement Supplement shall be incorporated into and become a part of and supplement Schedules I through V, respectively, hereto, and the Collateral Agent may attach such supplemental schedules to such Schedules; and each reference to such Schedules shall mean and be a reference to such Schedules as supplemented pursuant to each Security Agreement Supplement.

(c) Each Secured First Lien Party agrees that the Collateral Agent may enter into any amendment (and, upon request by the Collateral Agent, each Authorized Representative shall sign a consent to such amendment) to any First Lien Security Document, so long as the Collateral Agent (i) receives a certificate of the Company stating that such amendment is permitted by the terms of each then extant Secured First Lien Agreement or (ii) subject to Section 6.02(a), is directed to enter into such an amendment by the Applicable Authorized Representative or each Authorized Representative of any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations (as applicable). Additionally, each Secured First Lien Party agrees that the Collateral Agent may enter into any amendment (and, upon request by the Collateral Agent, each Authorized Representative shall sign a consent to such amendment) to any First Lien Security Document solely as such First Lien Security Document relates to a particular Series of Secured First Lien Obligations so long as (x) such amendment is in accordance with the Secured First Lien Agreements pursuant to which such Series of Secured First Lien Obligations was incurred and (y) such amendment does not adversely affect the Secured First Lien Parties of any other Series.

(d) Each Authorized Representative agrees to execute and deliver (at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors) all such authorizations and other instruments as shall reasonably be requested by the Collateral Agent to evidence and confirm any release of Collateral or amendment to any First Lien Security Document provided for in this Section or Section 6.05.

Section 6.03. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by any means of electronic transmission) and mailed, e-mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed, faxed or delivered to it, if to any Grantor, addressed to it in care of the Company at the Company’s address specified in Section 10.01 of the Revolving Credit Agreement, if to the Collateral Agent, the address

 

45


specified in Annex C hereto, if to the Revolving Authorized Representative, the address specified in Section 10.01 of the Revolving Credit Agreement, if to the Indenture Authorized Representative, the address specified in 11.02 of the Indenture, if to the Term Loan Authorized Representative, the address specified in Section 11.2 of the Term Loan Credit Agreement and if to any holder of obligations under any Additional First Lien Secured Agreement, to such holder’s Authorized Representative at its address set forth in the Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent, as such address may be changed by written notice to the Collateral Agent and the Company. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.01 of the Revolving Credit Agreement, Section 11.2 of the Term Loan Credit Agreement, Section 12.02 of the Indenture or the Additional First Lien Secured Agreement, as applicable. Delivery by telecopier or any other means of electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any Security Agreement Supplement or Schedule hereto shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Section 6.04. Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Secured First Lien Agreements. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Personal Property Collateral and Pledged Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of each of the Secured First Lien Obligations, (b) be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties and their permitted respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Secured First Lien Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the applicable Secured First Lien Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured First Lien Party herein or otherwise, in each case as provided in the applicable Secured First Lien Agreements.

Section 6.05. Release; Termination.

(a) The Collateral Agent acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative shall have the right to release Liens on the Collateral (other than releases of all or substantially all of the Collateral). In addition, the Lien granted hereby in any Collateral (but not any Proceeds thereof) shall automatically be released:

(i) to enable the disposition of such property or assets to any Person (other than the Company or a Grantor) to the extent not prohibited under the Secured First Lien Agreements;

 

46


(ii) in the case of Collateral of a Grantor other than Holdings and the Company, (w) as it relates to the Term Loan Obligations, upon the release of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Obligations by such Grantor in accordance with the terms thereof, (x) as it relates to the Indenture Obligations, upon the release of the Guarantee of the Indenture Obligations by such Grantor in accordance with the terms thereof, (y) as it relates to the Revolving Obligations, upon the release of the Guarantee of the Revolving Obligations by such Grantor in accordance with the terms thereof; and (z) as it relates to any Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, upon the release of the Guarantee of such Additional Secured First Lien Obligations by such Grantor in accordance with the terms thereof;

(iii) in the case of Collateral that is Equity Interests, upon the dissolution or liquidation of the issuer of that Equity Interest that is not prohibited by the Secured First Lien Documents;

(iv) as it relates to the Indenture Obligations, if the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) have Investment Grade Ratings (as defined in the Indenture) from both Rating Agencies (as defined in the Indenture) and the Company, as the issuer under the Indenture or any successor in interest thereto has delivered a notice of such Investment Grade Ratings to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and no Default (as defined in the Indenture) has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture;

(v) (w) as it relates to the Term Loan Obligations, upon the Discharge of the Term Loan Obligations, (x) as it relates to the Indenture Obligations, upon the Discharge of the Indenture Obligations, (y) as it relates to the Revolving Obligations, upon the Discharge of the Revolving Obligations; and (z) as it relates to any Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, upon the Discharge of such Additional Secured First Lien Obligations;

(vi) as it relates to the Indenture Obligations, upon the Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture (in each case as defined in the Indenture); and

(vii) as it relates to any Secured First Lien Obligations, such other circumstances contemplated in the relevant Secured First Lien Agreement.

(b) The Collateral Agent will, at such Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence any release of the Lien created under this Agreement on any Collateral pursuant to this Section 6.05; provided that such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent a written request therefor and a certificate of such Grantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the First Lien Security Documents and any Secured First Lien Agreements and as to such other matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.

 

47


Section 6.06. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier or any other means of electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 6.07. The Mortgages. In the event that any of the Collateral hereunder is also subject to a valid and enforceable Lien under the terms of any Mortgage and the terms of such Mortgage are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, then with respect to such Collateral, the terms of such Mortgage shall be controlling in the case of Fixtures and real estate leases, letting and licenses of, and contracts and agreements relating to the lease of, real property, and the terms of this Agreement shall be controlling in the case of all other Collateral.

Section 6.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc. (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FIRST LIEN SECURITY DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY FIRST LIEN SECURITY DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

(c) EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE FIRST LIEN SECURED AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

 

48


Section 6.09. Severability. If any provision of any First Lien Security Document is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions of the First Lien Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured First Lien Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.

Section 6.10. Additional Secured First Lien Obligations. On or after the date hereof and so long as not prohibited by any Secured First Lien Agreement then outstanding, the Company may from time to time designate indebtedness at the time of incurrence to be secured as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by delivering to the Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative (a) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the initial aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, (ii) stating that such obligations are designated as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations for the purposes hereof, (iii) representing that the incurrence of such obligation and the designation of such obligations as Additional Secured First Lien Obligations complies with the terms of the Secured First Lien Secured Documents then in effect and any Additional First Lien Secured Agreements, and (iv) specifying the name and address of the Authorized Representative for such obligations and (b) a fully executed Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent. Each Authorized Representative agrees that upon the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall act as collateral agent under and subject to the terms of the First Lien Security Documents for the benefit of all Secured First Lien Parties, including without limitation, any Secured First Lien Parties that hold any such Additional Secured First Lien Obligations, and each Authorized Representative agrees to the appointment, and acceptance of the appointment, of the Collateral Agent as collateral agent for the holders of such Additional Secured First Lien Obligations as set forth in each Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent and agrees, on behalf of itself and each Secured First Lien Party it represents, to be bound by this Agreement.

Section 6.11. Additional Junior Lien Obligations. So long as permitted by the Secured First Lien Documents then in effect, the Company may from time to time designate Indebtedness and other obligations at the time of incurrence to be secured on a junior priority basis to the Secured First Lien Obligations then outstanding (such Indebtedness and other obligations, the “Junior Lien Obligations”). Upon such designation, the Applicable Authorized Representative shall direct the Collateral Agent to (x) enter into an intercreditor agreement with the holders of such Junior Lien Obligations (or a trustee or other authorized representative thereof), substantially in the form attached as Annex B or such other form as the parties may reasonably agree, (y) execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to any First Lien

 

49


Security Documents (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and (z) make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Company to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Grantor permitted to secure such Junior Lien Obligations to become a valid, perfected lien.

Section 6.12. Replacement of Authorized Representatives. The Company may replace the Authorized Representative for any Series of Secured First Lien Obligations by delivering to the Collateral Agent (a) a certificate from a Responsible Officer representing that the appointment of the replacement Authorized Representative is in accordance with the requirements of the Secured First Lien Agreements for such Series of Secured First Lien Obligations and (b) an Additional Secured First Lien Party Consent duly executed by the replacement Authorized Representative. Such replacement Authorized Representative shall become the sole Authorized Representative for the applicable Series of Secured First Lien Obligations with effect from the date of delivery of the foregoing documents.

Section 6.13. Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, as well as the other Secured First Lien Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement.

Section 6.14. Survival. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law by or against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 6.15. Transfer Tax Acknowledgement. Each party hereto acknowledges that the shares delivered hereunder are being transferred to and deposited with the Collateral Agent (or other Person in accordance with any applicable Intercreditor Agreement) as security for the Secured First Lien Obligations and that this Section 6.15 is intended to be the certificate of exemption from New York stock transfer taxes for the purposes of complying with Section 270.5(b) of the Tax Law of the State of New York.

 

50


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this SECURITY AGREEMENT to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:  

Executive Vice President, General

Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

ARMS UP INC.

BERNA MUSIC, INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

EN ACQUISITION CORP.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSIDE JOB, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RODRA MUSIC, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

    

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

    

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CHORUSS LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FBR INVESTMENTS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

MADE OF STONE LLC

PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.

PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

ARTIST ARENA LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member
By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By: Warner Music Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Collateral Agent

By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Term Loan Authorized Representative

By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Revolving Authorized Representative

By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Indenture Authorized Representative

By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]

EX-4.18

Exhibit 4.18

EXECUTION VERSION

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), dated as of November 1, 2012, is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “Grantors”) in favor of Credit Suisse AG, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured First Lien Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “General Security Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the General Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, under the terms of the General Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. Grant of Security. Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a security interest in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “Copyright Collateral”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in (A) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“Recorded Music Copyrights”) and (B) all music compositions consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“Publishing Copyrights”), including, without limitation, each Copyright registration referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) each exclusive written Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each exclusive Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;


(iii) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and

(iv) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.

SECTION 2. Security for Secured First Lien Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by each Grantor under this Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured First Lien Obligations of such Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Secured First Lien Agreements, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.

SECTION 3. Recordation. Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights record this Security Agreement.

SECTION 4. Execution in Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 5. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the General Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The General Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 6. Governing Law. This Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - COPYRIGHT]


Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

ARMS UP INC.

BERNA MUSIC, INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

EN ACQUISITION CORP.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSIDE JOB, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RODRA MUSIC, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CHORUSS LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FBR INVESTMENTS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

MADE OF STONE LLC

PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.

PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

ARTIST ARENA LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - COPYRIGHT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel &
Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole
Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its
Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - COPYRIGHT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By: Warner Music Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel &
Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - COPYRIGHT]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - COPYRIGHT]

EX-4.19

Exhibit 4.19

EXECUTION VERSION

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Patent Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), dated as of November 1, 2012, is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “Grantors”) in favor of Credit Suisse AG, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured First Lien Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “General Security Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the General Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, under the terms of the General Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Patents (as defined below) of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1. Grant of Security. Each Grantor hereby confirms the grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, of a security interest in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “Patent Collateral”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(i) each patent, patent application, utility model and statutory invention registration, all inventions claimed or disclosed therein and all improvements thereto (“Patents”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, each Patent referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) applications for any Patent together with all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions and reexaminations thereof;

(iii) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and


(iv) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.

Section 2. Security for Secured First Lien Obligations. The confirmation of the grant of continuing security interest in the Patent Collateral by each Grantor under this Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured First Lien Obligations of such Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Secured First Lien Agreements, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.

Section 3. Recordation. Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents record this Security Agreement.

Section 4. Execution in Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 5. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest confirmed hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the General Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The General Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

Section 6. Governing Law. This Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - PATENT]


Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

ARMS UP INC.

BERNA MUSIC, INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

EN ACQUISITION CORP.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSIDE JOB, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RODRA MUSIC, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CHORUSS LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FBR INVESTMENTS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

MADE OF STONE LLC

PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.

PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

ARTIST ARENA LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - PATENT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel &
Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole
Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its
Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - PATENT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By: Warner Music Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel &
Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - PATENT]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - PATENT]

EX-4.20

Exhibit 4.20

EXECUTION VERSION

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Trademark Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), dated as of November 1, 2012, is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “Grantors”) in favor of Credit Suisse AG, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured First Lien Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “General Security Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the General Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, under the terms of the General Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Trademarks (as defined below) of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Security Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. Grant of Security. Each Grantor hereby confirms the grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured First Lien Parties, of a security interest in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “Trademark Collateral”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(i) all trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade dress, logos, slogans, trade names, and other source identifiers, whether registered or unregistered, owned by the Grantor, (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications or service mark applications filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed and accepted), including, without limitation, each Trademark registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, or symbolized by, each Trademark;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Trademark, together with all renewals thereof;


(iii) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and

(iv) all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.

SECTION 2. Security for Secured First Lien Obligations. The confirmation of the grant of continuing security interest in the Trademark Collateral by each Grantor under this Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured First Lien Obligations of such Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Secured First Lien Agreements, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.

SECTION 3. Recordation. Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks record this Security Agreement.

SECTION 4. Execution in Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 5. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest confirmed hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the General Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The General Security Agreement (and all, rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 6. Governing Law. This Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - TRADEMARK]


Guarantors:

 

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

  

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

 

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.

T.Y.S., INC.   THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.    ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.   TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.    ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.   TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING    ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
ATLANTIC RECORDING   GROUP, INC.    BB INVESTMENTS LLC
CORPORATION   UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.    BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.   W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.    GROUP LLC
ARMS UP INC.   WALDEN MUSIC INC.    BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BERNA MUSIC, INC.   WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.    BUTE SOUND LLC
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.   WARNER BRETHREN INC.    CHORUSS LLC
CAFE AMERICANA INC.   WARNER BROS. MUSIC    CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.   INTERNATIONAL INC.    EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
COTA MUSIC, INC.   WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.    FBR INVESTMENTS LLC
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.   WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.    FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
CRK MUSIC INC.   WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.    FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
E/A MUSIC, INC.   WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.    LAVA RECORDS LLC
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.   WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.    LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON   WARNER MUSIC SP INC.    COMPANY LLC
VENTURES INC.   WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.    MADE OF STONE LLC
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT   WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.    PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.
GROUP INC.   WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING    PERFECT GAME RECORDING
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.   INC.    COMPANY LLC
EN ACQUISITION CORP.   WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC    RHINO NAME & LIKENESS
FHK, INC.   (SERVICES), INC.    HOLDINGS, LLC
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING   WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.    RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC
COMPANY, INC.   WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION    T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.   MUSIC, INC.    T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.
INSIDE JOB, INC.   WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC    THE BIZ LLC
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.   CORPORATION    UPPED.COM LLC
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.   WARNERSONGS, INC.    WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION
JADAR MUSIC CORP.   WARNER-TAMERLANE    LLC
LEM AMERICA, INC.   PUBLISHING CORP.    WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.   WARPRISE MUSIC INC.    COMPANY LLC
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.   J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.    ARTIST ARENA LLC
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.   SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC    FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.   PRODUCTIONS, INC.    FERRET MUSIC LLC
MM INVESTMENT INC.   SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.    FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.   WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.    LLC
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.   WB MUSIC CORP.    FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC
NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.   WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC,    P & C PUBLISHING LLC
OCTA MUSIC, INC.   INC.    WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.   WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.    ATLANTIC PIX LLC
REP SALES, INC.   WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.   
RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.  

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES,

INC.

  

By:     /s/ Paul M. Robinson            

Name: Paul M. Robinson

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION   WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.   

Title: Vice President &

Secretary of each of the

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY   WEA EUROPE INC.    above named entities listed
RICK’S MUSIC INC.   WEA INC.    under the heading Guarantors
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.   WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.    and signing this agreement in
  WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES    such capacity on behalf of
RODRA MUSIC, INC.   INC.    each such entity
RYKO CORPORATION   WIDE MUSIC, INC.   
RYKODISC, INC.   WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES   
RYKOMUSIC, INC.   INC.   
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.     

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - TRADEMARK]


Guarantors (cont-d):

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel &
Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing

Partner

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - TRADEMARK]


Guarantors (cont-d):
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - TRADEMARK]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN

ISLANDS BRANCH, as Collateral Agent

 

By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO IP SECURITY AGREEMENT - TRADEMARK]

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

 

 

 

$600,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC.,

and NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

dated as of November 1, 2012

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

SECTION 1

   Definitions      1  

1.1

   Defined Terms      1  

1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions      61  

SECTION 2

   Amount and Terms of Commitments      62  

2.1

   Initial Term Loans      62  

2.2

   Notes      63  

2.3

   Procedure for Initial Term Loan Borrowing      63  

2.4

   [Reserved.]      64  

2.5

   Repayment of Loans      64  

2.6

   Incremental Facilities      64  

2.7

   Permitted Debt Exchanges      67  

2.8

   Extension of Term Loans      69  

SECTION 3

   [Reserved]      72  

SECTION 4

   General Provisions Applicable to Loans      72  

4.1

   Interest Rates and Payment Dates      72  

4.2

   Conversion and Continuation Options      73  

4.3

   Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets      74  

4.4

   Optional and Mandatory Prepayments      74  

4.5

   Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees      85  

4.6

   Computation of Interest and Fees      86  

4.7

   Inability to Determine Interest Rate      86  

4.8

   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      86  

4.9

   Illegality      88  

4.10

   Requirements of Law      88  

4.11

   Taxes      90  

4.12

   Indemnity      95  

4.13

   Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts      96  

SECTION 5

   Representations and Warranties      97  

5.1

   Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      98  

5.2

   Authorization; No Contravention      98  

5.3

   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      98  

5.4

   Binding Effect      99  

5.5

   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      99  

5.6

   Litigation      99  

5.7

   No Default      99  

5.8

   Ownership of Property; Liens      99  

 

(i)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.9

   Environmental Compliance      100  

5.10

   Taxes      101  

5.11

   ERISA Compliance      101  

5.12

   Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      101  

5.13

   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      102  

5.14

   USA Patriot Act      102  

5.15

   Sanctioned Persons      102  

5.16

   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act      102  

5.17

   Labor Matters      103  

5.18

   Disclosure      103  

5.19

   Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc      103  

5.20

   Solvency      104  

5.21

   Senior Debt Status      104  

5.22

   Valid Liens      104  

SECTION 6

   Conditions Precedent      104  

6.1

   Conditions to Extension of Credit      104  

SECTION 7

   Affirmative Covenants      107  

7.1

   Financial Statements      107  

7.2

   Certificates; Other Information      108  

7.3

   Notices      110  

7.4

   Payment of Taxes      110  

7.5

   Preservation of Existence, Etc      111  

7.6

   Maintenance of Properties      111  

7.7

   Maintenance of Insurance      111  

7.8

   Compliance with Laws      111  

7.9

   Books and Records      111  

7.10

   Inspection Rights      111  

7.11

   Use of Proceeds      112  

7.12

   Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security      112  

7.13

   Compliance with Environmental Laws      114  

7.14

   Further Assurances      115  

7.15

   Maintenance of Ratings      115  

SECTION 8

   Negative Covenants      115  

8.1

   Limitation on Indebtedness      115  

8.2

   Restricted Payments      121  

8.3

   Asset Sales      129  

8.4

   Transactions with Affiliates      131  

8.5

   Liens      134  

8.6

   Fundamental Changes      134  

 

(ii)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

8.7

   Subsidiary Distributions      136  

8.8

   Change of Control; Limitation on Amendments      139  

SECTION 9

   Events of Default      139  

9.1

   Events of Default      139  

9.2

   Remedies Upon an Event of Default      142  

SECTION 10

   The Agents and the Other Representatives      142  

10.1

   Appointment      142  

10.2

   The Administrative Agent and Affiliates      143  

10.3

   Action by an Agent      143  

10.4

   Exculpatory Provisions      143  

10.5

   Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders      144  

10.6

   Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders      145  

10.7

   Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance      145  

10.8

   Collateral Matters      146  

10.9

   Successor Agent      148  

10.10

   Withholding Tax      149  

10.11

   Other Representatives      149  

10.12

   Application of Proceeds      150  

SECTION 11

   Miscellaneous      150  

11.1

   Amendments and Waivers      150  

11.2

   Notices      154  

11.3

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      155  

11.4

   Survival of Representations and Warranties      156  

11.5

   Payment of Expenses and Taxes      156  

11.6

   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      157  

11.7

   Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations      166  

11.8

   Judgment      167  

11.9

   Counterparts      168  

11.10

   Severability      168  

11.11

   Integration      168  

11.12

   Governing Law      168  

11.13

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      168  

11.14

   Acknowledgements      169  

11.15

   Waiver Of Jury Trial      170  

11.16

   Confidentiality      170  

11.17

   Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness      171  

11.18

   USA Patriot Act Notice      171  

11.19

   Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      172  

11.20

   Reinstatement      172  

 

(iii)


SCHEDULES

 

A       Commitments; Addresses
5.12       Restricted Subsidiaries
7.16       Post-Closing Actions
EXHIBITS
A       Form of Note
B       Form of Security Agreement
C       Form of Guarantee Agreement
D       Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
E       Form of Assignment and Acceptance
F       Form of Solvency Certificate
G       Form of Increase Supplement
H       Form of Lender Joinder Agreement
I       Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
J       Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice
K       Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice
L       Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer
M       Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice
N       Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
O       Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice
P       Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

(iv)


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 2012, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP. (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity and as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Definitions

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2011 Transactions” has the meaning given to the term “Transactions” under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

ABR”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Loans”: Loans to which the rate of interest applicable is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceleration”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Acceptable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice”: a written notice from the Borrower setting forth the Acceptable Discount pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Acceptance Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Access Investors”: collectively, (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the


meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Accounts”: “accounts” as defined in the UCC and, with respect to any Person, all such Accounts of such Person, whether now existing or existing in the future, including (a) all accounts receivable of such Person (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent), including all accounts receivable created by or arising from all of such Person’s sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of its trade names, or through any of its divisions, (b) all unpaid rights of such Person (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including returned or repossessed goods, (d) all reserves and credit balances held by such Person with respect to any such accounts receivable of any Obligors, (e) all letters of credit, guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing and (f) all insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Acquired Debt”: with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Indebtedness”: additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender”: as defined in Section 2.6(b).

Adjusted LIBOR Rate”: with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the higher of (a) (i) the LIBOR Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (ii) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period and (b) 1.25 %.

Administrative Agent”: as defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9.

Affected Eurodollar Rate”: as defined in Section 4.7.

Affected Loans”: as defined in Section 4.9.

Affiliate”: of any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the

 

- 2 -


terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction”: as defined in Section 8.4(a).

Affiliated Debt Fund”: any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, so long as (i) any such Affiliated Lender is managed as to day-to-day matters (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, as to strategic direction and similar matters) independently from Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, (ii) any such Affiliated Lender has in place customary information screens between it and Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, and (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries directs or causes the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Affiliated Lender”: any Lender that is a Permitted Affiliated Assignee.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(i)(1).

Agent Default”: an Agent has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Agent becomes subject to an Agent- Related Distress Event.

Agent-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Agent (each, a “Distressed Person”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debt relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Agent or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Agents”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

Agreement”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate”: for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for an Interest Period of one-month determined on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which

 

- 3 -


determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, respectively.

Amendment”: as defined in Section 8.7(b)(xii).

Applicable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Applicable Margin”: (a) 4.00% per annum for Eurodollar Loans and (b) 3.00% per annum for ABR Loans.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Asset Sale”: (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 8.6 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 8.2 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 8.5;

 

- 4 -


(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the

exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted

Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

 

- 5 -


(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance”: an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Attorney Costs”: all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements”: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Bankruptcy Proceeding”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Board of Directors”: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrower”: WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Borrower Materials”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

 

- 6 -


Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment”: the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (iv).

Borrowing”: the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Initial Term Loan Commitments or other commitments of the respective Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the same Interest Period.

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried on in London, England and New York, New York.

Capital Expenditures”: for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under leases evidencing Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

 

- 7 -


Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”: (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Cash Management Obligations”: obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Revolving Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender or a Revolving Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Revolving Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Closing Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds, provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan bank products agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

 

- 8 -


Change in Law”: as defined in Section 4.11(a).

Change of Control”: the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

(d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Claim”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall be satisfied or waived.

 

- 9 -


Code”: the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral”: all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

Commodities Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).

Conduit Lender”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower on request); provided that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, including Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5, than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be deemed to have any Initial Term Loan Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the

 

- 10 -


interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income”: with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived;

 

- 11 -


provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

 

- 12 -


(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 8.2(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.2(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets”: with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

“Consolidation”: the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

 

- 13 -


Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Consideration”: as defined in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Control”: as defined in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement”: (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Currency Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of Section 9.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition specified in Section 9.1, has been satisfied.

Default Notice”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

 

- 14 -


Defaulting Lender”: any Lender or Agent whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Agent Default.

Designated Noncash Consideration”: the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3).

Designation Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(f).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(2).

Discount Range”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice”: a written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date”: in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, or otherwise, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Lender of notice from the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(ii), Section 4.4(h)(iii) or Section 4.4(h)(iv), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

- 15 -


Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Disqualified Institution”: any Person that is competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliate of such Person, which Person or any of its affiliates has been designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, from time to time upon three Business Days’ prior notice.

Disqualified Institution List”: any list of Disqualified Institutions.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Maturity Date of the Initial Term Loans or the date the Initial Term Loans are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA”: with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

 

- 16 -


(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

(9) Securitization Fees,

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3);

(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of

 

- 17 -


the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

ECF CNI”: with respect to the Borrower for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating ECF CNI for any period, there shall be excluded, without duplication, (a) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (c) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) for any period to the extent that, during such period, there exists any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make distributions in cash on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not itself subject to any such encumbrance or restriction, in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (d) to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense in accordance with GAAP, payments made in respect of minority interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture in such period, including pursuant to dividends declared or paid on Equity Interests held by third parties in respect of such non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture and (e) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ECF Payment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(b).

 

- 18 -


Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws”: any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Permits”: any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

 

- 19 -


Excess Cash Flow”: for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) ECF CNI for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI and cash receipts to the extent excluded in calculating such ECF CNI (except to the extent such cash receipts are attributable to revenue or other items that would be included in calculating ECF CNI for any prior period),

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from any acquisition or disposition of (a) any business unit, division, line of business or Person or (b) any assets other than in the ordinary course of business (each, an Acquisition” or “Disposition”, respectively) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, or from the application of purchase accounting),

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in calculating such ECF CNI,

provided that any amount excluded from such ECF CNI pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (e) of the definition thereof shall not be added pursuant to this clause (a),

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in calculating such ECF CNI and cash charges to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the amount of Capital Expenditures either made in cash or accrued during such period (provided that, whether any such Capital Expenditures shall be deducted for the period in which cash payments for such Capital Expenditures have been paid or the period in which such Capital Expenditures have been accrued shall be at the Borrower’s election; provided, further that, in no case shall any accrual of a Capital Expenditure which has previously been deducted give rise to a subsequent deduction upon the making of such Capital Expenditure in cash in the same or any subsequent period), except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

 

- 20 -


(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) to the extent required due to a Asset Sale or Recovery Event that resulted in an increase to ECF CNI and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect of the principal amount of such Term Loans), but excluding (w) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (x) all prepayments of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all prepayments of any other revolving loans (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (z) all voluntary prepayments, scheduled principal payments and mandatory “excess cash flow” prepayments that are applied pro rata to the Term Loans, in each case of Pari Passu Indebtedness made during such period), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in calculating such ECF CNI,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from any Acquisition or Disposition by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or from the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent such payments are not expensed in such period or are not already deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2 and Acquisitions, except to the extent that such Investments or Acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

 

- 21 -


(viii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xv) below in prior years, the amount of Restricted Payments (other than Investments) made in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 8.2(b) (other than Section 8.2(b)(ii), (iii), (x), (xi) and (xv)), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, except to the extent that such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not expensed in such period or are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xi) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2, Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments, Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI;

 

- 22 -


(xiv) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI; and

(xv) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, non cash expenses under an equity plan to the extent not deducted in calculating ECF CNI (or deducted but added back under clause (a) of this definition) (it being understood that (x) no deduction shall be allowed at the time of the related cash payment to the extent the Borrower has previously elected to deduct such expenses under this clause and (y) to the extent such related cash payment does not occur by the expected time therefor under such equity plan (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), Excess Cash Flow shall be increased by the related expenses deducted under this clause).

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution”: (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Closing Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Excluded Information”: as defined in Section 4.4(i).

Excluded Subsidiaries”: as defined in Section 7.12(a).

Excluded Taxes”: (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection

 

- 23 -


between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes, and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Closing Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Unsecured Indenture”: that certain indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 by and between the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time).

Existing Unsecured Notes”: the Borrower’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Closing Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Extended Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extended Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extended Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Extension Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(d).

Extension Election”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of an Initial Term Loan.

Extension Request”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extension Series”: all Extended Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Loans provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

 

- 24 -


Facility”: each of (a) the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”) and (b) any other committed facility hereunder and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder.

FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal District Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fiscal Year”: any period of 12 consecutive months ending on September 30 of any calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning

 

- 25 -


of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

 

- 26 -


Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Consolidated Working Capital,” “EBITDA,” “ECF CNI,” “Excess Cash Flow,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Funded Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event”: with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan”: any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

Funded Debt”: all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of such debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans.

 

- 27 -


GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the SEC permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee”: a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee”: any guarantee of the Secured Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement”: the Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property,

 

- 28 -


securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Subsidiary Guarantor; individually, a “Guarantor”.

Hazardous Materials”: all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements”: collectively, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements.

Hedge Bank”: any Person that is a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or a Person that was, at the time of entering into a Hedge Agreement, a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or that was a party to a Hedge Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Hedge Agreement.

Hedging Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Historical Adjustments”: for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.

Holdings”: WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes”: Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew

 

- 29 -


or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Identified Participating Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

IFRS”: International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 30 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Incremental Indebtedness”: Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6.

Incremental Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

 

- 30 -


Incremental Term Loan”: any Incremental Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

Incremental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

incur”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Indebtedness”: (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Individual Lender Exposure”: of any Lender, at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans made by such Lender and then outstanding.

Initial Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

 

- 31 -


Initial Lien”: as defined in Section 8.5(a).

Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1.

Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Lenders, the “Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $600.0 million.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”: as defined in Section 10.8(a).

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by each affected Lender nine months, 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if agreed to by each affected Lender nine months, 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

- 32 -


(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall (for all purposes other than Section 4.12) end on the Maturity Date;

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a scheduled payment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Investment Company Act”: the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities”: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 8.2, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a

 

- 33 -


redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights”: has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement.

Junior Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Laws”: collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers”: collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., each solely in its capacity as a lead arranger.

Lender Joinder Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Lenders”: the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any such bank or financial institution through which such bank or financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative

 

- 34 -


Agent and the Borrower to make any Loans available to the Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or consenting with respect to (a) any amendment, supplementation or modification of any Loan Document, (b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or consent pursuant to Section 11.1, the bank or financial institution making such election shall be deemed the “Lender” rather than such affiliate, which shall not be entitled to so vote or consent.

LIBOR Rate”: with respect each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be:

(a) the arithmetic average of the London Interbank Offered Rates for United States Dollar deposits for a duration equal to or comparable to the duration of such Interest Period which appear on the relevant Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page (being currently the page designated as “LIBO”) (or any other service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rate) at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) two London Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period; or

(b) if no such page is available, the arithmetic mean of the rates as supplied to the Administrative Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market two London Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for United States Dollar deposits of a duration equal to the duration of such Interest Period.

Lien”: with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Acquisition”: any acquisition which the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries has contractually committed to consummate, the terms of which do not condition the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s, as applicable, obligation to close such acquisition on the availability of third-party financing.

Loan”: each Initial Term Loan, Incremental Loan and Extended Loan; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, any Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

- 35 -


Loan Parties”: the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; individually, a “Loan Party”.

Management Agreement”: the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings. and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries”: Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 9.1(f), in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

Maturity Date”: November 1, 2018.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.8(g).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgages”: collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Secured Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

 

- 36 -


Multiemployer Plan”: any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business”: the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Cash Proceeds”: with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence and net of taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect thereof.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds”: the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

- 37 -


New Dollar Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Euro Notes”: the Borrower’s Euro-denominated 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Notes”: collectively, the New Dollar Notes and the New Euro Notes.

New Notes Indenture”: the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

New York Courts”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

New York Supreme Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Non-Excluded Taxes”: all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(e).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

 

- 38 -


Notes”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Obligations”: means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Obligor”: any purchaser of goods or services or other Person obligated to make payment to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) in respect of a purchase of such goods or services.

Offered Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Offered Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

OID”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Organization Documents”: means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Other Representatives”: Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, in their capacities as Syndication Agents, and the Lead Arrangers.

Outstanding Amount”: with respect to the Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent”: any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either

 

- 39 -


(x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Indebtedness”: Indebtedness secured by Liens with Pari Passu Lien Priority.

Pari Passu Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Participating Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Patriot Act”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan”: any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Affiliated Assignee”: the Sponsor, any investment fund managed or controlled by the Sponsor and any special purpose vehicle established by the Sponsor or by one or more of such investment funds.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance Section 8.3(c).

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

 

- 40 -


Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Permitted Debt Exchange”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Holders”: any of the following: (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which the Borrower makes all payments of the Term Loans and other amounts required by, if applicable, Section 8.8, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investments”: (1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

 

- 41 -


(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above in Section 8.3 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 8.1(b)(ix);

(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 42 -


(11) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 8.5;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 (except transactions described in Section 8.4(b)(ii), (vi) and (vii));

(15) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 43 -


(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes.

Permitted Liens”: the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance Section 8.1;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

- 44 -


(8) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Closing Date (other than under this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the New Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or security under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including,

 

- 45 -


without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b) (xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

 

- 46 -


(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b) (iv) and (xx);

(26) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 47 -


(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

Person”: any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Plan”: any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform”: Intralinks, SyndTrak Online or any other similar electronic distribution system.

Pledged Debt”: as defined the Security Agreement.

Preferred Stock”: as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prepayment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(d).

Prime Rate”: for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

Product”: any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

- 48 -


(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds”: assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing”: any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Qualifying IPO”: the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

 

- 49 -


Rating Agency”: Moody’s or S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivable”: a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Banks”: Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC or such additional or other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, provided that at any time the maximum number of Reference Banks does not exceed six.

refinance”: refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Refinancing Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 8.1(b)(xiii).

Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iii).

Regulation D”: Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation S-X”: Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

- 50 -


Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s affiliates and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, employees, shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and controlling persons of such person and of such person’s affiliates and “Related Party” shall mean any of them.

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Initial Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Initial Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Initial Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Initial Term Loans.

Required Lenders”: Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures represents a majority of the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures at such time.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment”: as defined in Section 8.1.

 

- 51 -


Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”: Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $150.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $150.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Rollover Indebtedness”: means Indebtedness of a Loan Party issued to any Lender in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of any repayment of Term Loans made pursuant to Subsection 4.4(a) or (b), so long as (other than in connection with a refinancing in full of the Facilities) such Indebtedness (1) is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Rollover Indebtedness and (2) would not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the weighted average life to maturity, or a maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans being repaid.

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement”: any Hedge Agreement that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement.

Secured Obligations”: all (x) Term Loan Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the

 

- 52 -


generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Secured Parties”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securitization Assets”: any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees”: reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets

 

- 53 -


relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement”: the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents”: the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Secured Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement”: that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility”: the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

 

- 54 -


Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents”: the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Senior Revolving Lender”: a lender under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

Senior Secured Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness).

In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i)(B) or Section 2.6(a)(i)(B) or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio”: with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement

 

- 55 -


Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 2.6(a), Section 8.1(b)(i) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Set”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans of a single Tranche, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Settlement Service”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

 

- 56 -


Solvent” and “Solvency”: with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Special Purpose Entity”: (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt”: collectively, the New Notes, the Indebtedness under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response”: the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(3).

Specified Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

 

- 57 -


Specified Financings”: the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

Specified Transaction”: (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor”: Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity”: with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Submitted Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Submitted Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Term Loans.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any specified Person:

 

- 58 -


(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower which executes and delivers the Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, in each case, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary Guarantor (a) ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (b) is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (c) is released from all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement in accordance with terms and provisions thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee”: the guaranty of the Term Loan Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Supplemental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Taxes”: any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan Facility Obligations”: obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Term Loans”: the Initial Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, as the context shall require.

 

- 59 -


Threshold Amount”: $50 million.

Tranche”: with respect to Term Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Term Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Term Loans or Initial Term Loan Commitments, (2) Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments with the same terms and conditions made on the same day, or (3) Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series).

Transactions”: collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the New Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the New Notes, (ii) the entry into this Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Transferee”: any Participant or Assignee.

Type”: the type of Term Loan determined based on the interest option applicable thereto, with there being two Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans.

UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

United States Person”: any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd., and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 8.2 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

- 60 -


(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 8.1(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 4.11(b)(ii)(2).

Voting Stock”: as to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(a) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

- 61 -


(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2011 Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the 2011 Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the components of such financial ratio financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period. In addition, for purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period.

(d) Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

(e) Any references in this Agreement to “cash and/or Cash Equivalents”, “cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities” or any similar combination of the foregoing shall be construed as not double counting cash or any other applicable amount which would otherwise be duplicated therein.

(f) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

SECTION 2

Amount and Terms of Commitments

2.1 Initial Term Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender holding an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Closing Date, one or more term loans (each, an “Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Initial Term Loans:

 

- 62 -


(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Term Loans on such date), the Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

2.2 Notes. (a) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender made on or prior to the Closing Date or in connection with any assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b), in order to evidence such Lender’s Loan, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Note”), in each case with appropriate insertions therein as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to such Lender and in a principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the applicable Loans made (or acquired by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b)) by such Lender to the Borrower. Each Note shall be dated the Closing Date and shall be payable as provided in Section 2.2(b) and provide for the payment of interest in accordance with Section 4.1.

(b) The Initial Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on March 29, 2013 up to and including the Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Initial Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Maturity Date   

1.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Initial

Term Loans on the Closing Date

Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Initial Term Loans

2.3 Procedure for Initial Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent notice (which notice must have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, and shall be irrevocable after funding) on the Closing Date specifying the amount of the Initial Term Loans to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. Each Lender having an Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent,

 

- 63 -


in each case for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall on such date credit the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.4 [Reserved.]

2.5 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent (in the currency in which such Term Loan is denominated) for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Initial Term Loan of such Lender made to the Borrower, on the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Initial Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Initial Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.1.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each applicable Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each applicable Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Incremental Facilities. (a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) exists or would arise therefrom (provided that, to the extent the proceeds of Term Loans made pursuant to any Incremental Commitment will be used to consummate a Limited Condition Acquisition, the requirement that there be no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) shall only be required to be satisfied on the date on which definitive agreements with respect to such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, (i) to request new term loan commitments under one or more new term loan credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and (ii) to increase the Existing Term Loans by

 

- 64 -


requesting new term loan commitments to be added to an Existing Term Tranche of Term Loans (the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, (i) the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective the greater of (A) $300.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and Section 8.1(b)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio), (ii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(B) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in such clause (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test) and (iii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above, the Borrower Representative shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment. Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Each Incremental Commitment made available pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of at least $15.0 million and in integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”); provided that if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or an Approved Fund, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required (it being understood that any such Additional Lender that is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(h), mutatis mutandis, to the same extent as if such Incremental Commitments and related Obligations had been obtained by such Lender by way of assignment).

(c) Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Term Loan Tranche to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the term loan made pursuant to such Supplemental Term Loan Commitment shall be a Term Loan.

 

- 65 -


(d) Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.6; provided, however, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Initial Term Loans (so long as any such Incremental Commitments (and related Obligations) secured on a junior basis are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or an Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable), (B) the Incremental Commitments and any incremental loans drawn thereunder (the “Incremental Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Initial Term Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Term Loans and (II) so long as any Initial Term Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans secured on a junior basis by the Collateral or ranking junior in right of payment, which shall be subject to junior prepayment provisions) on a pro rata basis (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the Initial Term Loans than such Incremental Term Loans as contemplated by the proviso appearing in Section 4.4(c)) (other than, in the case of any customary bridge financing, prepayments of such bridge financing from the issuance of equity or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), provided that (subject to clause (iii) below) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for more favorable amortization payments than the Initial Term Loans, (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be no earlier than or shorter than, as the case may be, the Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans, as applicable (other than an earlier maturity date and/or shorter weighted average life to maturity for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions, would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date or a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the Maturity Date of the Initial Term Loans or the weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans, as applicable); (iv) the interest rate margins and amortization schedule applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; provided that in the event that the applicable interest rate margins for any term loans incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment are higher than the applicable interest rate margin for the Initial Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Initial Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the applicable interest rate margin for the Initial Term Loans is equal to the applicable interest rate margins for such Incremental Term Loan Commitment minus 50 basis points; provided, further that, in determining the applicable interest rate margins for the Initial Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans, (A) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront fees payable generally to all participating Additional Lenders in lieu of OID (which shall be deemed

 

- 66 -


to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under the Initial Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loan in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); (B) any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection with the Incremental Term Loans that are not shared with all Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded; (C) any amendments to the Applicable Margin on the Initial Term Loans that became effective subsequent to the Closing Date but prior to the time of such Incremental Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations and (D) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Initial Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to the applicable interest rate margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for the Initial Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor for the Initial Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to the Initial Term Loans shall be increased by such amount; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide (1) for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder, (2) for class voting and other class protections for any additional credit facilities, and (3) for the amendment of the definition of “Disqualified Stock,” in each case only to extend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Maturity Date of the Initial Term Loans and weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loans, as applicable; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, provided that to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the terms and documentation governing the Initial Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

2.7 Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Tranche, as selected by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the Closing Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans of such Tranche for Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes,” and each such exchange a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and

 

- 67 -


Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount of the applicable Tranche actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (iv) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Tranche, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (vi) any applicable Minimum Exchange Tender Condition shall be satisfied and (vii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes do not provide for a maturity date or weighted average life to maturity earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange or shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange.

(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7, (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans be tendered.

(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.7 and without conflict with Section 2.7(d); provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

 

- 68 -


(d) The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrower’s reliance on any certificate delivered by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.8 Extension of Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of one or more Tranches (including any Extended Term Loans) existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Existing Term Loans”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of any Existing Term Tranche (any such Existing Term Tranche which has been so extended, an “Extended Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.8; provided that (i) any such request shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Term Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more Tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Term Loans), and (ii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any Extended Term Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Term Tranche”), except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Term Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Term Tranche, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Term Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (y) any optional or mandatory prepayment applicable to any Extended Term Tranche may be directed first to the prepayment of the Existing Term Loans and (z) amortization with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be greater or lesser than amortization for the Specified Existing Term Tranche, so long as the Extended Term Tranche does not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Specified Existing Term Tranche; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.8 or otherwise, (1) assignments and participations of Extended Term Tranches shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than the assignment and participation provisions applicable to Initial Term Loans set forth in Section 11.6, and (2) subject to clause (z) above, no repayment of Extended Term Tranches shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) (or all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Term Loans converted into an Extended Term Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans from the Specified Existing Term Tranches and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

 

- 69 -


(b) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche or Existing Term Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Term Tranche converted into an Extended Term Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Term Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Term Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Term Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Term Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Term Tranches included in each such Extension Election. In connection with any extension of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.8 (each, an “Extension”), the Borrower shall agree to such procedures regarding timing, rounding and other administrative adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.8.

(c) Extended Term Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to (i) provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees, amortization or prepayments referenced in clauses (w) through (z) of Section 2.8(a) and (ii) the definition of “Disqualified Stock” to amend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Maturity Date of the Initial Term Loans and weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Extended Term Tranche, as applicable, and which, in each case, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the third to last sentence of this Section 2.8(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.1, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Term Tranche in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $15.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.1 to any Section 2.8 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.1; provided, further, that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Extended Term Tranche to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Tranches. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented

 

- 70 -


for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.8 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.8 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Extending Lenders, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of this Agreement as amended by such Extension Amendment, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on any date on which any Existing Term Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Specified Existing Term Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Term Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Term Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Term Tranche and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such other Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (i) replace such Non- Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Extended Loans on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non- Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (ii) if no Event of Default exists under Section 9.1(a) or (f), upon notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the Existing Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.8, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (A) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (B) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non- Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

 

- 71 -


(f) Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Term Loans deemed to be an Extended Term Loan under the applicable Extended Term Tranche on any date (each date a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Term Tranche; provided that (i) such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.8(c), no more than three Designation Dates may occur in any one year period without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. Following a Designation Date, the Existing Term Loans held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Term Loans of the applicable Extended Term Tranche, and any Existing Term Loans held by such Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Term Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

(g) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Term Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.8 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.4 and 4.8) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.8.

SECTION 3

[Reserved]

SECTION 4

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

4.1 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

 

- 72 -


(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1, plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 (other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of other amounts, the rate described in clause (b) of this Section 4.1 for ABR Loans accruing interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.1 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(e) It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable usury laws.

4.2 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Subject to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.12(c), the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans of a given Tranche from Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time two Business Days prior to such election. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans of a given Tranche from ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Day prior to such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no Term Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the Maturity Date.

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such continuation prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time three Business Days prior to such continuation, including the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of

 

- 73 -


the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date, and provided, further, that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this clause (b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice of continuation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof.

4.3 Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Set shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall not be more than 10 Sets at any one time outstanding.

4.4 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 4.5(b)), upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Days prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of Eurodollar Loans), or prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of ABR Loans). Such notice shall specify, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the applicable Tranche being repaid, and if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each, the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such notice is given and not revoked, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.12. Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety. Each prepayment of Initial Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with a Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(b).

(b) (i) The Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 8.3; (ii) if on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding

 

- 74 -


Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1), the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof minus the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans, in each case with such prepayment to be made on or before the fifth Business Day following notice given to each Lender of the Prepayment Date, as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), and (iii) the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans within 120 days following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about September 30, 2014) (each, an “ECF Payment Date”), in an amount equal to (A) (1) 50.0% (as may be adjusted pursuant to the last proviso of this clause (iii)) of the Borrower’s Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the sum of (w) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) repaid pursuant to Section 2.2 (b) or prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the Revolving Facility Loans) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid pursuant to a scheduled principal payment, in each case during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (x) below), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the Revolving Facility Loans) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii) (provided that no prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) or the other clauses of this Section 4.4(b) shall be included in Section 4.4(b)(iii)(A)(2)(w) or (x)), (y) any Revolving Facility Loans prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Revolving Facility during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (z) below), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Facility Loans prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Revolving Facility during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii), in each case, excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (the amount described in this clause (A), the “ECF Prepayment Amount”) minus (B) the portion of such ECF Prepayment Amount applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided that such percentage in clause (1) above shall be reduced to (x) 25% if the Senior Secured Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 2.00:1.00 and greater than 1.50:1.00 and (y) 0% if the Senior Secured Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 1.50:1.00. Nothing in this Section 4.4(b) shall limit the rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.

(c) Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.4(g), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans; provided, that at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Tranches of

 

- 75 -


Term Loans, such prepayment may be applied to any Tranche of Term Loans so long as the maturity date of such Tranche of Term Loans precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Term Loans shall have an identical maturity date that precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and (b) shall be applied within each Tranche of Term Loans to the respective installments of principal thereof in the manner directed by the Borrower (or, if no such direction is given, in direct order of maturity). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, in connection with any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b), exchange such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment (and any such Term Loans so exchanged shall be deemed repaid for all purposes under the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations to manage such Rollover Indebtedness.

(d) The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (x) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii), three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due and (y) pursuant to Section 4.4 (b)(i) or (ii), promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon becoming obligated to make such prepayment. Such notice shall state that the Borrower is offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment (i) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i), on or before the date specified in Section 8.3(c), and (ii) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), on or before the date specified in Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), as the case may be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 4.4(d)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment and the Prepayment Date. The Borrower (in its sole discretion) may give each Lender the option (in its sole discretion) to elect to decline any such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Prepayment Date. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender may, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to the payment or prepayment of Indebtedness, including the Holdings Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness, or otherwise be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement. In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to decline a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans.

 

- 76 -


(e) Amounts prepaid on account of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a), (b) or (h) may not be reborrowed.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b) would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 4.12 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in its sole discretion, initially (i) deposit a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower) or (ii) make a prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(a) with an amount equal to a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans (which prepayment, together with any deposits pursuant to clause (i) above, must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid); provided that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, such unpaid Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 4.1 until such unpaid Eurodollar Loans or the related portion of such Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, have or has been prepaid. In addition, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) would violate applicable Laws or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required thereunder; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to repatriate the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating applicable Laws or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 4.4 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendments) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Term Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable, or pursuant to any other credit facility added pursuant to Section 2.6 or 11.1(e).

(h) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, or a Borrower Solicitation

 

- 77 -


of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.4(h); provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 4.4(h) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date or (2) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders. Any Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be immediately and automatically cancelled.

(ii) Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate Outstanding Amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “Specified Discount”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans to be prepaid, (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount

 

- 78 -


Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (2); provided that, if the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the Outstanding Amount, Tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

 

- 79 -


(iii) Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans that the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower, (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount (the “Submitted Amount”). Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iii). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that

 

- 80 -


is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate Outstanding Amount equal to the lesser of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discounted Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

 

- 81 -


(iv) Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans and the Tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by Borrower) (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select, at its sole discretion, the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Borrower is willing to accept (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any; provided that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is larger than the smallest Offered Discount for which the sum of all Offered Amounts affiliated with Offered Discounts that are larger than or equal to such smallest Offered Discount would, if purchased at such smallest Offered Discount, yield an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Administrative

 

- 82 -


Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Administrative Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iv). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such

 

- 83 -


date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(v) Expenses. In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(vi) Payment. If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 4.4(h)(ii) through (iv) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of the Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. The Lenders hereby agree that, in connection with a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) interest in respect of the Term Loans may be made on a non-pro rata basis among the Lenders holding such Term Loans to reflect the payment of accrued interest to certain Lenders as provided in this Section 4.4(h)(vi) and (ii) all subsequent prepayments and repayments of the Term Loans (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the respective Lenders based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the respective Lenders after giving effect to any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) as if made at par. It is also understood and agreed that prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not be subject to Section 4.4(a), or, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 11.7(a) or the pro rata allocation requirements of Section 4.8(a).

(vii) Other Procedures. To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.4(h), established by the Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

 

- 84 -


(viii) Notice. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.4(h), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Administrative Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(ix) Actions of Administrative Agent. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.4(h) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Administrative Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions in this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h) as well as to activities of the Administrative Agent in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h).

(x) Revocation. The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Payment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is so revoked, any failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1 or otherwise).

(xi) No Obligation. This Section 4.4(h) shall not (i) require the Borrower to undertake any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) or (ii) limit or restrict the Borrower from making voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

4.5 Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter.

(b) If on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to a Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, any Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans

 

- 85 -


or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Repricing Transaction, such Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

4.6 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed; and interest based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year (or 366-day year, as the case may be) for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of an Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate or the Statutory Reserves shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.1, excluding any LIBOR Rate which is based upon the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

4.7 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period (the “Affected Eurodollar Rate”), the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Affected Eurodollar Rate requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans and (b) any Term Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate.

4.8 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.5(b), 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 11.1(g) or 11.6) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on account of any Term Loans of a given Tranche (other than (w) payments in respect of any difference in the Applicable Margin,

 

- 86 -


Adjusted LIBOR Rate or Alternate Base Rate in respect of any Tranche, (x) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(b) to the extent declined by any Lender in accordance with Section 4.4(d) and (y) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(h) which shall be allocated as set forth in Section 4.4(h)) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders; provided that a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, exchange such Lender’s portion of a Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment, pursuant to the last sentence of Subsection 4.4(c). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made on or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time), on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding the relevant Term Loans, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, or the Other Representatives, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2, in Dollars in immediately available funds. Payments received by the Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. This Section 4.8(a) may be amended in accordance with Section 11.1(d) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Closing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.8(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

- 87 -


4.9 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the Closing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested and (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12.

4.10 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events

 

- 88 -


described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the Closing Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

- 89 -


(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Closing Date for all purposes herein.

4.11 Taxes. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.11 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 4.11, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the requirements of clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 4.11 or with the requirements of Section 4.13, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in Law, or (z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later) (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i) (1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the

 

- 90 -


Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W- 8BEN (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(b)(i)(1) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(3) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

(4) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (4), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”,

(1) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881 (c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

(2) deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (A) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (any such certificate a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or

 

- 91 -


Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes and (C) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(iii) in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(A) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (I) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W- 8BEN (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be,

 

- 92 -


in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (II) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(B) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes, and (III) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3) such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;

 

- 93 -


unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c) Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

(ii) deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

 

- 94 -


(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

4.12 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender in respect of Extensions of Credit made, or requested to be made, to the Borrower, and to hold each such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other than through such Lender’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable decision) as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a payment or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans or the conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the revocation of a redemption notice in respect of Eurodollar Loans delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4(a). Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 4.12, it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a consequence thereof and (z) as to the amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after receipt thereof. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

- 95 -


4.13 Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 4.11, and any Participant in respect of whose participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(b) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to clause (c) below or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.10 or 4.11, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(c) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the payment of any additional amount to any Lender or Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 or result in Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans being automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.9, such Lender or Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender or Agent shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender or Agent for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).

(d) If the Borrower shall become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for payments under Section 4.10 or 4.11 or if Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans are automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, under Section 4.9 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for such conversion under Section 4.9, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loan’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default

 

- 96 -


under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, then, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 11.6(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 11.6(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 4.13) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.13(d), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(e) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a), such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

(f) The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant under this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts payable hereunder.

SECTION 5

Representations and Warranties

To induce the Administrative Agent and each Lender to make the Extensions of Credit requested to be made by it on the Closing Date, the Borrower with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

 

- 97 -


5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 8.5).

5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the

 

- 98 -


Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

5.6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Closing Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 8.5 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 99 -


5.9 Environmental Compliance.

(a) There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos- containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 100 -


5.10 Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than 30 days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership

 

- 101 -


interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

5.14 Anti-Terrorism Law. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the Patriot Act.

5.15 Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

5.16 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate

 

- 102 -


for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

5.17 Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

5.19 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for

 

- 103 -


the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity, ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.20 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.21 Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.22 Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. (a) When financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 6

Conditions Precedent

6.1 Conditions to Extension of Credit. This Agreement, including the agreement of each Lender to make the Extension of Credit requested to be made by it, shall become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived:

 

- 104 -


(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have (x) entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) received gross cash proceeds of not less than $635.0 million (calculated before applicable fees and original issue discount) from the issuance of the New Notes.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer or other officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) All reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under the Engagement Letter on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

 

- 105 -


(f) The Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement and such Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 8.5 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(h) After giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower’s (x) 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and (y) existing Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, shall have been repaid, defeased or otherwise discharged (or irrevocable notice for redemption thereof has been given) substantially concurrently with or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1 and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary payoff letter with respect to such Existing Indebtedness to be repaid.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed notice of borrowing from the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements) and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

- 106 -


(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 7

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

7.1 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified

 

- 107 -


by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Annual Report for any Parent on Form 10-K for any fiscal year, as filed with the SEC, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(a) with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by Section 7.1(a) and such report and opinion does not contain any “going concern” or like qualification (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period) and (ii) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report for any Parent on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter, as filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter to the extent that it contains the information required by Section 7.1(b).

7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved]

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of

 

- 108 -


Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if (A) delivered with the financial statements required by Section 7.1(a) and (B) the Senior Secured Debt to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was greater than 1.50:1.00, set forth in reasonable detail the amount of (and the calculations required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.2;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(b), copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof (and to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder), copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of Holdings furnished by Holdings to the holders of the Holdings Notes;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) or (b) or 7.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the

 

- 109 -


Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Schedule A (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.3 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 7.3(a) to each Lender.

7.4 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with

 

- 110 -


generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3 or 8.6 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 8.3 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

7.6 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

7.7 Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

7.8 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.9 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

7.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during

 

- 111 -


normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence.

7.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses.

7.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Secured Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Secured Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (H) any Subsidiary that is a Special Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary (all Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”)) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the

 

- 112 -


Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement as Exhibit C, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations of each Loan Party;

(ii) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Secured Obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee Agreement;

(iii) (x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5.0 million held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

 

- 113 -


(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

(c) In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

7.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

 

- 114 -


7.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of the Guarantee Agreement, any Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

7.15 Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings of the Initial Term Loans, a public corporate rating and a public corporate family rating, as applicable, from each of S&P and Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

7.16 Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 7.16 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 8

Negative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder:

8.1 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

- 115 -


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 8.1(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), in a maximum principal amount for all such Indebtedness at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio);

(ii) [Reserved];

(iii) the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

- 116 -


(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Notes;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(x) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

- 117 -


(xi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 8.1(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 8.1(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii) (a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b)(i), (iii), (iv), (xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and

 

- 118 -


expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 8.1 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(xxi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 8.2;

 

- 119 -


(xxii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 8.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the New Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 8.1(b), and not under Section 8.1(a); and

(ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 8.1(a) and (b); and

(iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 8.1 or Section 2.6(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the

 

- 120 -


date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

8.2 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

- 121 -


(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2 (b)(i), (vi)(c), (ix), (xv) and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

 

- 122 -


(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

 

- 123 -


(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”), the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 8.2(b) (vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 8.1 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

 

- 124 -


(iv) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 8.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or

 

- 125 -


indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(ii); provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

 

- 126 -


(xi) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(2) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

(6) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower,

 

- 127 -


(iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 8.2, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 8.2 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

(7) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(viii); and

(8) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 8.4;

(xiv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 8.3; (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d); or (c) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Borrower shall have complied with Section 8.8 prior to repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, acquiring or retiring such Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xvi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

 

- 128 -


(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement; and

(xix) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vii), (xi) and (xvi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.2 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

(d) As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 8.2 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

8.3 Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

- 129 -


(ii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b) For purposes of Section 8.3(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loan Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 8.3 and for no other purpose.

(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrower shall so reduce such Obligations, it will prepay a pro rata principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)); or (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(ii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

 

- 130 -


(iii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale or Recovery Event that generated the Net Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(d) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with Section 8.3(c) (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Borrower will prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)) and, if required under the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

8.4 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

- 131 -


(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 8.4(a) will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in

 

- 132 -


connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

 

- 133 -


(xv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 8.2; and

(xvii) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

8.5 Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Term Loan Facility Obligations (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Term Loan Facility Obligations.

8.6 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a) either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(b) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

- 134 -


(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(i) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(f) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above;

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 8.6 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 8.6, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

 

- 135 -


This Section 8.6 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

8.7 Subsidiary Distributions.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, the restrictions in Section 8.7(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents, the New Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (and any related documents), any Rollover Indebtedness (and any related documents) and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

- 136 -


(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 8.1 and 8.5 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements; (xii) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

 

- 137 -


(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non- Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 8.5;

(xix) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(xx) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(xxi) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Closing Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Closing Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Term Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

 

- 138 -


8.8 Change of Control. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control, repurchase or repay any Indebtedness then outstanding pursuant to any Subordinated Indebtedness or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any portion thereof, unless the Borrowers shall have (i) made payment in full of the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any other amounts then due and owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer. For so long as the Borrower shall have complied with the terms of this Section 8.8, any Event of Default arising under Section 9.1(k) by reason of such Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing.

SECTION 9

Events of Default

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the payment, observance or performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

- 139 -


(e) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have

 

- 140 -


been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 9.1(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 9.1(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

 

- 141 -


(j) Subject to the Borrower’s option to make an offer to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 8.8, a Change of Control shall have occurred.

9.2 Remedies Upon an Event of Default. (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

(b) Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 10

The Agents and the Other Representatives

10.1 Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or required of such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as representative of the Lenders under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent or the Other Representatives.

(b) Each of the Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent (it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform

 

- 142 -


any of their respective duties under the Security Documents by or through one or more of their respective affiliates). Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

(c) Except for Sections 10.5, 10.8(a), (b), (c) and (e) and (to the extent of the Borrower’s rights thereunder and the conditions included therein) 10.9, the provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

10.2 The Administrative Agent and Affiliates. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3 Action by an Agent. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the Collateral Agent in the case of the Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with reasonable care.

10.4 Exculpatory Provisions. (a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law; and

 

- 143 -


(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(b) No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

(c) No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term as used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

10.5 Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents or the Other Representatives nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent or any Other Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender. Each Lender further represents and warrants to the Agents, the Other Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that it has had the opportunity to review each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender acknowledges that, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Other

 

- 144 -


Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, it has made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Agents nor any Other Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 11.6 applicable to the Lenders hereunder.

10.6 Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders. (a) To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay ratably according to their respective outstanding Term Loans on the date on which the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought under this Section 10.6 such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub- agent thereof) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 are subject to the provisions of Section 4.8.

(b) Any Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document (except actions expressly required to be taken by it hereunder or under the Loan Documents) unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(c) All amounts due under this Section 10.6 shall be payable not later than three Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.7 Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance. (a) Each Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents an Agent is permitted or desires to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the requesting Agent shall be absolutely entitled as between itself and the Lenders to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Lender for refraining from any action or withholding any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such instructions from Required Lenders or all or such other portion of the

 

- 145 -


Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of an Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement) and, notwithstanding the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other applicable portion of the Lenders), an Agent shall have no obligation to any Lender to take any action if it believes, in good faith, that such action would violate applicable law or exposes an Agent to any liability for which it has not received satisfactory indemnification in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(b) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

10.8 Collateral Matters. (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) and (z) any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.6, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.6, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.6, any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.7 and any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.8. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Increase Supplement, any Lender Joinder Agreement or any

 

- 146 -


agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer or any Extension Amendment and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Term Loans unless instructed to do so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Initial Term Loan Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Term Loan Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 11.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.8.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 11.17. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this Section 10.8(c).

 

- 147 -


(d) No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Section 10.8 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with either Section 11.1 or 11.17, as applicable, with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(f) The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

10.9 Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Lender and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be,, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative

 

- 148 -


Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 (including Section 10.9) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of the Collateral Agent, the provision of this Section 10.9 shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

10.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 4.11(a) or 4.12, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.10. The agreements in this Section 10.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Term Loan Facility Obligations.

10.11 Other Representatives. None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers or syndication agents pursuant to the definition of Other Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in its capacity as such. Without limiting the foregoing, no Other Representative shall have nor be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. At any time that any Lender serving as an Other Representative shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any of its affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans, such Lender shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Other Representative.

 

- 149 -


10.12 Application of Proceeds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of amounts then due and outstanding under any of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied as follows: first, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents (including all expenses of sale or other realization of or in respect of the Collateral and any sums advanced to the Collateral Agent or to preserve its security interest in the Collateral), second, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing such Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, third, to pay interest on Loans then outstanding; fourth, to pay principal of Loans then outstanding and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations permitted hereunder and secured by the Security Agreement as Term Loan Facility Obligations, ratably among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause “fourth” payable to them, and fifth, to pay the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. To the extent any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “third” or “fourth” above are insufficient to pay all obligations described therein in full, such moneys shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in the applicable clause at such time. This Section 10.12 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

SECTION 11

Miscellaneous

11.1 Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Party’s request, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that amendments pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and (f) may be effected without the consent of the Required Lenders to the extent provided therein; provided further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

 

- 150 -


(i) (A) reduce or forgive the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any scheduled installment thereof (including extending the Maturity Date), (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), (C) extend the scheduled date of any payment of any Lenders’ Loans, (D) change the currency in which any Loan is payable or (E) increase any Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory repayment of the Loans of all Lenders shall not constitute an extension of the scheduled date of maturity, any scheduled installment, or the scheduled date of payment of the Loans of any Lender or an increase in the Initial Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1(a) or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 11.6(a)), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders;

(iii) release Guarantors accounting for all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Facility Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof);

(iv) require any Lender to make Loans having an Interest Period of longer than six months or shorter than one month without the consent of such Lender;

(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the then Agents;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.1(a), 10.5 or 10.11 without the written consent of any Other Representative directly and adversely affected thereby;

(vii) [reserved]; (viii) [reserved]; or

 

- 151 -


(ix) amend, modify or waive the order of application of payments set forth in Section 4.4(c), 4.8(a), 10.12 or 11.7, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders; provided further that, notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, and in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Section 10.8(b), the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, or inconsistency with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) in accordance with Section 2.6 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments with the written consent of the Borrower and Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, (iii) in accordance with Section 2.8 to effectuate an Extension with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders and (iv) with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in each case such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in the event any mandatory prepayment or redemption provision in respect of asset sales, casualty or condemnation events or excess cash flow included or to be included in any Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness would result in such Indebtedness being prepaid or redeemed on a more than ratable basis with the Term Loans in respect of such asset sale, casualty or condemnation event or excess cash flow prepayment, to provide for mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans such that, after giving effect thereto, the prepayments and redemptions made in respect of such Indebtedness are not on more than a ratable basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 4.4, 4.8 or 10.14 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment or any Extension Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Term Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans and any Extended Term Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Extended Term Tranche or Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (d) or an acknowledgement thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional

 

- 152 -


credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by Section 11.17 with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(g) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 11.1(a), the consent of each Lender or each directly and adversely affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 11.1(g), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

 

- 153 -


11.2 Notices. (a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, or, in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

The Borrower    WMG Acquisition Corp.   
   c/o Warner Music Group Corp.   
   75 Rockefeller Plaza   
   New York, NY 10019   
   Attention: General Counsel        
   Facsimile: (212) 275-3601   
   Website: www.wmg.com   
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

  
   New York, New York 10022   
   Attention: David A. Brittenham, Esq.   
   Facsimile: (212) 521-7347   
   Telephone: (212) 909-6000   
The Administrative Agent/the Collateral Agent:   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue

  
   New York, NY 10010   
   Attention: Jason Wheeler   
   Facsimile: (212) 322-2291   
   Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com   
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

  
   New York, NY 10017   
   Attention: Jinsoo H. Kim   
   Facsimile: (212) 701-5217   
   Telephone: (212) 450-4217   

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.4 or 4.8 shall not be effective until received.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party.

 

- 154 -


(c) Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic means (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or other electronic document or signature.

(d) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes (with the Borrower’s consent), (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the posting thereof.

(e) (i) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on a Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders; provided that the Borrower agrees that the Disqualified Institution List will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

(ii) Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

- 155 -


11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

11.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and administration of the transactions (including the syndication of the Initial Term Loan Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and (iii) efforts to monitor the Loans and verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, and such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors, appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for all their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative, each Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Lead Arranger, any Other Representative, any Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender ) with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from (i) the gross

 

- 156 -


negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, (ii) a material breach of the Loan Documents by any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or (iii) claims against such Indemnitee or any Related Party brought by any other Indemnitee that do not involve claims against any Lead Arranger or Agent in its capacity as such. Neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnity or reimbursement obligations under this Section 11.5 to the extent such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Sections 11.5(b) and (c) above, the Borrower shall have no obligation under this Section 11.5 to any Indemnitee with respect to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 8.6, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable law, assign (other than to a Disqualified Institution or any natural person) to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including its Term Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below); provided, that if any Lender assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one of its Affiliates in connection with or in contemplation of the

 

- 157 -


sale or other disposition of its interest in such Affiliate, the Borrower’s prior written consent shall be required for such assignment, (y) if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, to any other Person, and (z) in connection with the primary syndication of the Initial Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower; and

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1.0 million unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such assignments;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

(D) any assignment of Incremental Commitments or Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.6(h) and (i); and

(E) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon acquisition thereof.

 

- 158 -


For the purposes of this Section 11.6, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning: “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular assignment).

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5, and bound by its continuing obligations under Section 11.16). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall, to the extent it would comply with Section 11.6(c), be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 11.6.

(iv) The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Initial Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Commitments of, and interest and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower (and, solely with respect to entries applicable to such Lender, any Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Institution (other than through the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable

 

- 159 -


decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution).

(v) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary (x) to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (y) for the Borrower to enforce its rights hereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and a Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(vi) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.6(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi).

(vii) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6(b), the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “cancelled”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 11.6(b). Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee

 

- 160 -


shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans, Incremental Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, Incremental Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies the Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via the Clearpar electronic settlement system pursuant to procedures consistent with this Section 11.6(b).

Furthermore, no Assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 11.6(b) would be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive as of such date under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be entitled to receive such greater payments unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such assignment.

(c) (i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations (other than to any Disqualified Institution or a natural person) to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (E) in the case of any participation to a Permitted Affiliated Assignee, such participation shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.6(h)(ii) to the same extent as if each reference therein to an assignment of a Loan were to a participation of a Loan and the references to Affiliated Lender were to such Permitted Affiliated Assignee in its capacity as a participant. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the second proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1(a)

 

- 161 -


and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have the related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such participation in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular participation).

(ii) No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation, unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such participation. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.11 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.11(b) or Section 4.11(c), as applicable, and provides the forms and certificates referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.

(d) Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) No assignment or participation made or purported to be made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan or Note under the laws of any jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to determine whether any such filing or qualification is required or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender

 

- 162 -


hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.6(f) within 30 Business Days of receipt of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this Section 11.6(f), in the event that the indemnifying Lender fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by the Borrower, be assigned promptly to the Lender that administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such Conduit Lender shall be void.

(g) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 11.1. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.12. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of the Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (g) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(h) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction); provided that (A) any such Dutch auction by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4(h) and (B) any such Dutch auction by any Parent shall be made on terms substantially similar to Section 4.4(h) or on other terms to be agreed between such Parent and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (2) open market purchases; provided further that:

(1) such Affiliated Lender and such other Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register;

 

- 163 -


(2) at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement;

(3) any such Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower, whether through a Parent or otherwise, and exchanged for debt or equity securities of the Borrower or such Parent that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, so long as any Term Loans so acquired by the Borrower shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof;

(4) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be cancelled and retired immediately upon the acquisition thereof;

(5) each Lender making such assignment to such Affiliated Lender acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives or (C) receive advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or challenge their attorney client privilege.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment

 

- 164 -


or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not such Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its ratable share of any payments of Term Loans of any class to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; provided, further, that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that (x) disproportionately and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender or affects such Affiliated Lender differently than other Lenders or (y) is of the type described in Sections 11.1(a)(i) through (ix) (other than subclauses (v) and (vi)); and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii); provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 11.6(h)(iii) and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by such Affiliated Lender as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii).

(iv) Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund, solely in its capacity as a Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (each, a “Bankruptcy Proceeding”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Term Loans (“Claim”) (including objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization), the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with Section 11.6(h)(iii) above, so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each

 

- 165 -


Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.6(h)(iv) and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, it is their intention that this Section 11.6(h)(iv) would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iv).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” (x) with respect to any assignment or participation to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, such assignment or participation shall be made pursuant to an open market purchase and (y) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or

(iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds), combined, may not account for more than 50.0% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any assignment to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6, nothing in this Section 11.6 is intended to or should be construed to limit the Borrower’s right to prepay the Term Loans as provided hereunder, including under Section 4.4.

11.7 Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations. (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise (except pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.4, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 11.1(g) or 11.6)), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall

 

- 166 -


purchase for cash from the other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due and payable under Section 9.1(a) by the Borrower any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.8 Judgment. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.8 being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.8(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party under this Section 11.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

 

- 167 -


(c) The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.8 means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

11.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Term Loan Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13 would otherwise require to be asserted in a

 

- 168 -


legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding.

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 11.13(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 11.13 any consequential or punitive damages.

11.14 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither any Agent nor any Other Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

 

- 169 -


(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.15 Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16 Confidentiality. (a) Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to any Agent, any Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.16 pursuant to a written instrument (or electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above in this clause (ii), in respect to any electronic information (whether posted or otherwise distributed on any Platform)) for the benefit of the Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its Affiliates and the employees, officers, partners, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and its Affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform each such Person of the agreement under this Section 11.16 and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement (including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under this Section 11.16), (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, provided that, other than with respect to any disclosure to any bank regulatory authority, such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest Rate Agreement, (vii) in connection with periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in connection with any litigation to which such Lender (or, with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender party thereto) may be a party subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above, and (ix) if, prior to such information having been so provided or obtained, such information was already in an Agent’s or a Lender’s possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose (i) the existence of this Agreement, the global amount, currency and maturity date of any Facility hereunder, and the legal name, country of domicile and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, to (i) the

 

- 170 -


CUSIP Bureau and other similar market data collectors or service providers to the lending industry, provided that either such information shall have been previously made publicly available by the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), prior to making such disclosure, and (ii) information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent to the extent customary in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Commitments, and the Loans, provided that any such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.16 and the Administrative Agent takes reasonable actions to cause such Person to comply herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 11.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that any such information referred to in Section 11.16(a), and any information (including requests for waivers and amendments) furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates or their respective securities. Each Lender represents and confirms that such Lender has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; that such Lender will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws; and that such Lender has identified to the Administrative Agent a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law.

11.17 Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness. In connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure such Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise.

11.18 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such information from time to time to any Lender.

 

- 171 -


11.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference, reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 172 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name: James Moran
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name: Tyler R. Smith
  Title: Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT, dated as of May 9, 2013 (this “Incremental Amendment”), to the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) parties hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Holdings”), the several banks and financial institutions parties hereto as Lenders and the Administrative Agent (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower; the several lenders party thereto from time to time; Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners;

WHEREAS, the Borrower is party to that certain Share Sale and Purchase Agreement related to PLG Holdco Limited and Others, dated February 6, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “PLG Purchase Agreement”), by and between Warner Music Holdings Limited, Warner Music Holdings BV, Warner Music Benelux N.V., Warner Music Group Germany Holding GmbH, Warner Music Denmark A/S, Warner Music Norway A/S, Warner Music Poland Spzoo, Warner Music Spain S.L., Warner Music Sweden AB (each a “Buyer” (as further defined therein), and collectively, the “Buyers”); the Borrower, as Buyers’ Guarantor (as defined therein); EGH1 BV, EMI Group Holdings BV, Delta Holdings BV (each a “Seller” (as further defined therein), and collectively, the “Sellers”) and Universal International Music BV, as Sellers’ Guarantor (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the PLG Purchase Agreement, the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries will acquire, directly or indirectly, from the Sellers certain assets of the Recorded Music Business of EMI Group Global Limited, including the outstanding share of capital stock of PLG Holdco Limited, and certain related entities identified in the PLG Purchase Agreement (the “PLG Acquisition”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower may acquire, directly or indirectly, the outstanding shares of capital stock of EMI Music France SAS (the “EMI France Acquisition”);

WHEREAS, prior to this Incremental Amendment becoming effective, the Borrower prepaid $102,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement);


WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested that Incremental Term Loan Commitments be made available to the Borrower, and the Tranche B Term Lenders and the Administrative Agent have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that the Tranche B Term Lenders will make Incremental Loans in the form of the Tranche B Term Loans, as follows (a) the Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders shall make Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $490,000,000, the proceeds of which will be used to repay the Initial Term Loans in full, (b) The Tranche B Initial Term Lenders shall make Tranche B Initial Term Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $710,000,000, the proceeds of which will be used to finance the PLG Acquisition, to pay certain fees and expenses related to the Transactions (as defined below) and for general corporate purposes and (c) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders shall make Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $110,000,000, the proceeds of which will be used to finance the EMI France Acquisition, to pay certain fees and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes (the entry into this Incremental Amendment and the borrowings of the Tranche B Term Loans hereunder and any or all of the foregoing transactions referred to in this paragraph, collectively, the “Transactions”); and

WHEREAS, effective as of the making of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the prepayment of the Initial Term Loans, each Lender party hereto has agreed to the amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(a) It is understood and agreed that the Tranche B Term Loans (including the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans) are “Incremental Loans”, the Tranche B Term Lenders (including the Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders, the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders) that are not existing Lenders are “Additional Lenders”, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments (including the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments) are “Incremental Term Loan Commitments” and this Incremental Amendment is an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”, in each case, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that this Incremental Amendment and the Credit Agreement are each a “Loan Document”, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement. The Borrower and the Administrative Agent hereby consent, pursuant to Section 2.6(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement, to the inclusion as an “Additional Lender” of each Tranche B Term Lender that is party to this Incremental Amendment that is not an existing Lender or Affiliate of an existing Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

- 2 -


(b) Effective as of the making of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the prepayment of the Initial Term Loans, the Existing Credit Agreement (excluding Exhibits and Schedules thereto) is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Existing Credit Agreement attached as Annex I hereto.

(c) Exhibits G, J, K, L, M, N, O and P to Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended to read as set forth in Annex II hereto.

(d) The Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended by adding as new Schedule A-1 Annex III hereto.

Section 3. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. The effectiveness of this Incremental Amendment is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a) Incremental Amendment. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Incremental Amendment executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each other Loan Party, Holdings and each Tranche B Term Lender.

(b) Legal Opinions, Officer’s Certificates, Corporate Authorizations. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Tranche B Term Lenders, customary legal opinions, customary officer’s closing certificates, organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation or organization, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and Holdings (to the extent applicable), in each case (to the extent applicable) substantially similar to the corresponding opinions, certificates and documents delivered in connection with the closing of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date and described in Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c) Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of this Incremental Amendment shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(d) PATRIOT Act and Anti-Money Laundering. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or any Tranche B Lead Arranger (as defined below).

The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice in writing to the Borrower of the occurrence of the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date. Each Tranche B Term Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide such notice and agrees that such notice shall be irrevocably conclusive and binding upon such Tranche B Term Lender.

 

- 3 -


Section 4. Conditions to Extension of Credit by Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders. The obligation of each Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender to make a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice in respect of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

(c) No Default. As of the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, no Event of Default exists under Section 9(a) or (f) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(d) Fees and Other Amounts. (i) Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc. (collectively, the “Tranche B Lead Arrangers”) shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to them on or prior to such date pursuant to that certain engagement letter, dated as of May 3, 2013 among the Tranche B Lead Arrangers and the Borrower and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable for the account of any Lender having an Initial Term Loan outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on or before the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, including accrued and unpaid interest with respect to Initial Term Loans.

(e) Prepayment. Prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower shall have prepaid Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $102,500,000.

Section 5. Conditions to Extension of Credit by Tranche B Initial Term Lenders. The obligations of each Tranche B Initial Term Lender to make a Tranche B Initial Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a) PLG Acquisition. The PLG Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially simultaneously with the borrowing of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans, shall be consummated, in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the PLG Purchase Agreement, after giving effect to any modifications, amendments, consents or waivers thereto, other than those modifications, amendments, consents or waivers that are materially adverse to the interests of the Tranche B Term Lenders in their capacities as such, unless consented to in writing by the Required Tranche B Lenders (as defined below) (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided that any reduction in the acquisition price shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the Tranche B Term Lenders, provided further that any reduction of the acquisition price shall be allocated dollar for dollar and ratably to a reduction of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Tranche B Term Lender.

 

- 4 -


(b) Specified Representations. The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the borrowing (although any Specified Representation that expressly relates to a given date or period shall be required only to be true and correct in all material respects as of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case may be). For purposes hereof, “Specified Representations” means the representations and warranties set forth in (xSection 9(a), 9(b), 9(c) and 9(d) of this Incremental Amendment and (y) Sections 5.13, 5.14(b) (with respect to the use of proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans and without regard to the “Material Adverse Effect” qualification therein), 5.15 (with respect to the use of proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans), 5.20 (as of the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and after giving effect to the Transactions (as defined herein, including the EMI France Acquisition if the EMI France Acquisition is consummated on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date)), 5.21 and 5.22 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

(d) No Default. As of February 6, 2013, no Event of Default existed under Section 9(a) or (f) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(e) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such borrowing as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(f) Fees. (i) The Tranche B Lead Arrangers and Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Loan Finance LLC, MIHI LLC and Nomura International PLC (collectively, the “Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders”) shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to them on or prior to such date pursuant to that certain letter agreement, dated as of February 6, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including pursuant to the Letter Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013 among the Tranche B Lead Arrangers, the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders and the Borrower, the “Fee Letter”), among the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders, the Tranche B Lead Arrangers and the Borrower and (ii) the Tranche B Term Lenders having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment shall have received all fees required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to them on or prior to such date pursuant to Section 4.5(d) of the Credit Agreement.

(g) Financial Information. The Tranche B Lead Arrangers shall have received U.S. GAAP unaudited consolidated and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2013 and ending at least 45 days before the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (it being understood that such condition shall be satisfied if the Borrower has satisfied the requirements set forth in Section 7.1(b) of the Credit Agreement with respect to the relevant period).

The making of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans by the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders hereunder shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and each Tranche B Term Lender that has made its respective Tranche B Initial Term

 

- 5 -


Loan that each of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3 and 5 of this Incremental Amendment shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Section 6. Conditions to Delayed Draw Extension of Credit by Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders. The obligations of each Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender to make a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a) First Incremental Amendment Closing Date. The First Incremental Amendment Closing Date shall have occurred.

(b) Specified Representations. The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the borrowing (although any Specified Representation that expressly relates to a given date or period shall be required only to be true and correct in all material respects as of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case may be).

(c) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

(d) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such borrowing as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) Fees. (i) The Tranche B Lead Arrangers and the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to them on or prior to such date pursuant to the Fee Letter and (ii) the Tranche B Term Lenders having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment shall have received all fees required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to them on or prior to such date pursuant to Section 4.5(d) of the Credit Agreement.

The making of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans by the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders hereunder shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and each Tranche B Term Lender that has made its respective Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan that each of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 5 and 6 of this Incremental Amendment shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Section 7. Outside Dates.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Tranche B Initial Outside Date (as defined below) occurs prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, all Tranche B Term Loan Commitments hereunder and under the Credit Agreement shall automatically terminate. “Tranche B Initial Outside Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on September 6, 2013 and (ii) the termination of the PLG Acquisition Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date (as defined below) occurs prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, all Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments hereunder and under the Credit Agreement shall automatically terminate. “Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on September 6, 2013 and (ii) the consummation of the EMI France Acquisition without proceeds of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans.

 

- 6 -


Section 8. Prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans. The Borrower agrees that if, on or prior to December 31, 2013, the EMI France Acquisition shall not have been consummated, the Borrower shall within five Business Days of such date make a prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) of the Credit Agreement in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans borrowed on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Section 9. Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Incremental Amendment and the Tranche B Term Lenders to make the Tranche B Term Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, to the Administrative Agent and each Tranche B Term Lender that:

(a) Each Loan Party (1) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (2) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute and deliver this Incremental Amendment and perform its obligations under this Incremental Amendment and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement; except in each case referred to in clause (1)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (1)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clause (2)(i), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Incremental Amendment, the performance of this Incremental Amendment by each Loan Party, the performance of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; except in the case of this clause (ii) (other than as to the Borrower), to the extent that such contravention would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) This Incremental Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party. This Incremental Amendment and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other Loan Party, enforceable against the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is party hereto in accordance with their terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(d) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to prepay in full the Initial Term Loans. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans to consummate the PLG Acquisition, to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to consummate the EMI France Acquisition, to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

- 7 -


Section 10. Effects on Loan Documents; Acknowledgement.

(a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Incremental Amendment shall not (i) by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Holdings or the Loan Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as expressly set forth herein, each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation thereof. Each Loan Party and Holdings reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Agreement on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date. This Incremental Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Incremental Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties and Holdings hereby consents to this Incremental Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party or Holdings under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party or Holdings is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche B Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche B Term Lenders are Lenders, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche B Term Lenders) and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Incremental Amendment, (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without

 

- 8 -


limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche B Term Loans, and (vi) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche B Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche B Term Lenders are Lenders, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche B Term Lenders), (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Incremental Amendment and (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche B Term Loans.

Section 11. Amendments and Waivers.

(a) The Required Tranche B Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Tranche B Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, waive at any Loan Party’s request any condition precedent set forth in Section 5 or Section 6 of this Incremental Amendment. For purposes of this Incremental Amendment, “Required Tranche B Lenders” means each Tranche B Term Lender signatory hereto.

(b) The Required Tranche B Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Tranche B Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, waive at any Loan Party’s request any condition precedent set forth in Section 6 of this Incremental Amendment.

Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11 shall apply to each of the Tranche B Term Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Tranche B Term Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Tranche B Term Loans. For the avoidance of doubt, this Incremental Amendment and the Credit Agreement may also be amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with the Fee Letter solely with respect to the terms of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans.

Section 12. Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (1) all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Incremental Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (2) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

Section 13. Counterparts. This Incremental Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which

 

- 9 -


when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Incremental Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 14. Applicable Law. THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SAME ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 15. Headings. The headings of this Incremental Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Incremental Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

[Signature Pages Follow]


WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
    General Counsel and Secretary
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
    General Counsel and Secretary

[Signature Page to Incremental Commitment Amendment]


Other Loan Parties:

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ARMS UP INC.

ATLANTIC RECORDING

CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BERNA MUSIC, INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON

VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT

GROUP INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

EN ACQUISITION CORP.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING

COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSIDE JOB, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING

CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT

COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

RODRA MUSIC, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC

PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING

GROUP, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC

CORPORATION

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC

INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC

(SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION

MUSIC, INC.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE

PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA INC.

WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES

INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES

INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT

GROUP LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CHORUSS LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FBR INVESTMENTS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING

COMPANY LLC

MADE OF STONE LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.

PERFECT GAME RECORDING

COMPANY LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS

HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING

COMPANY LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
 

 

[Signature Page to Incremental Commitment Amendment]


Other Loan Parties (cont’d):
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member and Manager
By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Other Loan Parties (cont’d):
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

  Name: Judith Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Michael Spaight

  Name: Michael Spaight
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


[Tranche B Term Lender Signature Pages]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS

BRANCH, as Lender

By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

Name:   Judith Smith
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Michael Spaight

Name:   Michael Spaight
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Christina Park

  Name: Christina Park
  Title: Managing Director

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Lana Gifas

  Name: Lana Gifas
  Title:   Director
              Banking Products Services, US
By:  

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

  Name: Joselin Fernandes
  Title:   Associate Director
              Banking Products Services, US

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


MIHI LLC, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Stephen Mehos

  Name: Stephen Mehos
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Kevin S. Smith

  Name: Kevin S. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory


NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Morven Jones

  Name: Morven Jones
  Title:   Managing Director


ANNEX I

Credit Agreement


EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

$ 1,310,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC.,

and NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

dated as of November 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page  
SECTION 1   

Definitions

     1  
1.1   

Defined Terms

     1  
1.2   

Other Definitional Provisions

     66  
SECTION 2   

Amount and Terms of Commitments

     68  
2.1   

Term Loans

     68  
2.2   

Notes

     70  
2.3   

Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing

     72  
2.4   

[Reserved.]

     72  
2.5   

Repayment of Loans

     72  
2.6   

Incremental Facilities

     73  
2.7   

Permitted Debt Exchanges

     76  
2.8   

Extension of Term Loans

     78  
SECTION 3   

[Reserved]

     81  
SECTION 4   

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

     81  
4.1   

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

     81  
4.2   

Conversion and Continuation Options

     82  
4.3   

Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets

     84  
4.4   

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments

     84  
4.5   

Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees

     96  
4.6   

Computation of Interest and Fees

     97  
4.7   

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

     98  
4.8   

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

     98  
4.9   

Illegality

     99  
  4.10   

Requirements of Law

     100  
  4.11   

Taxes

     102  
  4.12   

Indemnity

     107  
  4.13   

Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts

     107  
  4.14   

Defaulting Lenders

     109  
SECTION 5   

Representations and Warranties

     110  
5.1   

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

     110  
5.2   

Authorization; No Contravention

     111  
5.3   

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     111  
5.4   

Binding Effect

     111  
5.5   

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

     112  
5.6   

Litigation

     112  

 

(i)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  
5.7   

No Default

     112  
5.8   

Ownership of Property; Liens

     112  
5.9   

Environmental Compliance.

     112  
  5.10   

Taxes

     113  
  5.11   

ERISA Compliance.

     114  
  5.12   

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     114  
  5.13   

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

     114  
  5.14   

Anti-Terrorism Law

     115  
  5.15   

Sanctioned Persons

     115  
  5.16   

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     115  
  5.17   

Labor Matters

     116  
  5.18   

Disclosure

     116  
  5.19   

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc

     116  
  5.20   

Solvency

     117  
  5.21   

Senior Debt Status

     117  
  5.22   

Valid Liens

     117  
SECTION 6   

Conditions Precedent

     117  
6.1   

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

     117  
SECTION 7   

Affirmative Covenants

     120  
7.1   

Financial Statements

     120  
7.2   

Certificates; Other Information

     121  
7.3   

Notices

     123  
7.4   

Payment of Taxes

     123  
7.5   

Preservation of Existence, Etc

     124  
7.6   

Maintenance of Properties

     124  
7.7   

Maintenance of Insurance

     124  
7.8   

Compliance with Laws

     124  
7.9   

Books and Records

     124  
  7.10   

Inspection Rights

     124  
  7.11   

Use of Proceeds

     125  
  7.12   

Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

     125  
  7.13   

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     127  
  7.14   

Further Assurances

     127  
  7.15   

Maintenance of Ratings

     128  
  7.16   

Post-Closing Actions

     128  
SECTION 8   

Negative Covenants

     128  
8.1   

Limitation on Indebtedness.

     128  
8.2   

Restricted Payments.

     134  
8.3   

Asset Sales.

     143  

 

(ii)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  
8.4   

Transactions with Affiliates.

     145  
8.5   

Liens

     147  
8.6   

Fundamental Changes

     148  
8.7   

Subsidiary Distributions.

     149  
8.8   

Change of Control

     152  
SECTION 9   

Events of Default

     153  
9.1   

Events of Default

     153  
9.2   

Remedies Upon an Event of Default

     155  
SECTION 10   

The Agents and the Other Representatives

     156  
10.1   

Appointment

     156  
10.2   

The Administrative Agent and Affiliates

     157  
10.3   

Action by an Agent

     157  
10.4   

Exculpatory Provisions

     157  
10.5   

Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders

     158  
10.6   

Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders

     159  
10.7   

Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance

     159  
10.8   

Collateral Matters

     160  
10.9   

Successor Agent

     162  
  10.10   

Withholding Tax

     163  
  10.11   

Other Representatives

     163  
  10.12   

Application of Proceeds

     163  
SECTION 11   

Miscellaneous

     164  
11.1   

Amendments and Waivers

     164  
11.2   

Notices

     167  
11.3   

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     169  
11.4   

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     169  
11.5   

Payment of Expenses and Taxes

     170  
11.6   

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

     171  
11.7   

Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations

     181  
11.8   

Judgment

     181  
11.9   

Counterparts

     182  
  11.10   

Severability

     182  
  11.11   

Integration

     182  
  11.12   

Governing Law

     182  
  11.13   

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     183  
  11.14   

Acknowledgements

     184  
  11.15   

Waiver Of Jury Trial

     184  
  11.16   

Confidentiality

     184  
  11.17   

Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness

     185  

 

(iii)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         

Page

11.18   

USA Patriot Act Notice

   186
11.19   

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

   186
11.20   

Reinstatement

   186

 

(iv)


SCHEDULES

A          

Commitments; Addresses

A-1         Commitments; Tranche B Term Lenders
5.12          

Restricted Subsidiaries

7.16      

Post-Closing Actions

EXHIBITS

A          

Form of Note

B          

Form of Security Agreement

C          

Form of Guarantee Agreement

D          

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

E          

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

F          

Form of Solvency Certificate

G          

Form of Increase Supplement

H          

Form of Lender Joinder Agreement

I          

Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption

J          

Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

K          

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

L          

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

M          

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

N          

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

O          

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

P          

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

(v)


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 2012, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP. (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity and as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Definitions

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2011 Transactions”: has the meaning given to the term “Transactions” under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

ABR”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Loans”: Loans to which the rate of interest applicable is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceleration”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Acceptable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice”: a written notice from the Borrower setting forth the Acceptable Discount pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Acceptance Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Access Investors”: collectively, (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the


meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Accounts”: “accounts” as defined in the UCC and, with respect to any Person, all such Accounts of such Person, whether now existing or existing in the future, including (a) all accounts receivable of such Person (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent), including all accounts receivable created by or arising from all of such Person’s sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of its trade names, or through any of its divisions, (b) all unpaid rights of such Person (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including returned or repossessed goods, (d) all reserves and credit balances held by such Person with respect to any such accounts receivable of any Obligors, (e) all letters of credit, guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing and (f) all insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Acquired Debt”: with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Indebtedness”: additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender”: as defined in Section 2.6(b).

Adjusted LIBOR Rate”: with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the higher of (a) (i) the LIBOR Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (ii) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period and (b) (i) 1.25% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Initial Term Loans and (ii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche B Term Loans.

Administrative Agent”: as defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9.

Affected Eurodollar Rate”: as defined in Section 4.7.

Affected Loans”: as defined in Section 4.9.

 

- 2 -


Affiliate”: of any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction”: as defined in Section 8.4(a).

Affiliated Debt Fund”: any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, so long as (i) any such Affiliated Lender is managed as to day-to-day matters (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, as to strategic direction and similar matters) independently from Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, (ii) any such Affiliated Lender has in place customary information screens between it and Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, and (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries directs or causes the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Affiliated Lender”: any Lender that is a Permitted Affiliated Assignee.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(i)(1).

Agent Default”: an Agent has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Agent becomes subject to an Agent-Related Distress Event.

Agent-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Agent (each, a “Distressed Person”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Agent or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Agents”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

Agreement”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, from time to time.

 

- 3 -


Alternate Base Rate”: for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with respect to Eurodollar Loans of the relevant Tranche for an Interest Period of one-month determined on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, respectively.

Amendment”: as defined in Section 8.7(b)(xii).

Applicable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Applicable Margin”: (x) with respect to all periods prior to but not including the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the rate(s) per annum as in effect from time to time under the Agreement prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date and (y) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, 2.75% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, 1.75% per annum.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Asset Sale”: (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 8.6 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

 

- 4 -


(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 8.2 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 8.5;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

- 5 -


(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance”: an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Attorney Costs”: all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements”: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Bankruptcy Proceeding”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Board of Directors”: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

- 6 -


Borrower”: WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Borrower Materials”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment”: the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv).

Borrowing”: the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments or other commitments of the respective Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the same Interest Period.

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried on in London, England and New York, New York.

Capital Expenditures”: for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under leases evidencing Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

- 7 -


Capitalized Lease Obligation”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”: (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Cash Management Obligations”: obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Revolving Lender, or any financial institution that

 

- 8 -


was a Lender or a Revolving Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Revolving Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Closing Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds, provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan bank products agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

Change in Law”: as defined in Section 4.11(a).

Change of Control”: the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

(d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or

 

- 9 -


any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Claim”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall be satisfied or waived.

Code”: the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral”: all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

“Commitment”: as to any Tranche B Term Lender, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

“Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Commodities Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).

Conduit Lender”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower on request); provided that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, including Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5, than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be deemed to have any Initial Term Loan Commitment or Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

 

- 10 -


Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income”: with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the

 

- 11 -


extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

 

- 12 -


(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 8.2(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.2(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets”: with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like

 

- 13 -


caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

“Consolidation”: the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Contingent Obligations”: means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Consideration”: as defined in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Control”: as defined in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement”: (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and

 

- 14 -


except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Currency Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of Section 9.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition specified in Section 9.1, has been satisfied.

Default Notice”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Defaulting Agent”: any Agent whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Agent Default.

“Defaulting Lender”: a Tranche B Term Lender that has (a) defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, or (c) admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event.

Designated Noncash Consideration”: the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3).

Designation Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(f).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(2).

Discount Range”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

 

- 15 -


Discount Range Prepayment Notice”: a written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date”: in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, or otherwise, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Lender of notice from the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(ii), Section 4.4(h)(iii) or Section 4.4(h)(iv), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Disqualified Institution”: any Person that is competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliate of such Person, which Person or any of its affiliates has been designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, from time to time upon three Business Days’ prior notice.

Disqualified Institution List”: any list of Disqualified Institutions.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the date the Tranche B Term Loans are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the

 

- 16 -


Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA”: with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

 

- 17 -


(9) Securitization Fees,

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3);

(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

ECF CNI”: with respect to the Borrower for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating ECF

 

- 18 -


CNI for any period, there shall be excluded, without duplication, (a) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (c) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) for any period to the extent that, during such period, there exists any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make distributions in cash on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not itself subject to any such encumbrance or restriction, in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (d) to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense in accordance with GAAP, payments made in respect of minority interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture in such period, including pursuant to dividends declared or paid on Equity Interests held by third parties in respect of such non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture and (e) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ECF Payment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(b).

Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws”: any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Permits”: any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

- 19 -


ERISA Affiliate”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow”: for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) ECF CNI for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI and cash receipts to the extent excluded in calculating such ECF CNI (except to the extent such cash receipts are attributable to revenue or other items that would be included in calculating ECF CNI for any prior period),

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from any acquisition or disposition of (a) any business unit, division, line of business or Person or (b) any assets other than in the ordinary course of business (each, an Acquisition” or “Disposition”, respectively) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, or from the application of purchase accounting),

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the

 

- 20 -


Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in calculating such ECF CNI,

provided that any amount excluded from such ECF CNI pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (e) of the definition thereof shall not be added pursuant to this clause (a),

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in calculating such ECF CNI and cash charges to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the amount of Capital Expenditures either made in cash or accrued during such period (provided that, whether any such Capital Expenditures shall be deducted for the period in which cash payments for such Capital Expenditures have been paid or the period in which such Capital Expenditures have been accrued shall be at the Borrower’s election; provided, further that, in no case shall any accrual of a Capital Expenditure which has previously been deducted give rise to a subsequent deduction upon the making of such Capital Expenditure in cash in the same or any subsequent period), except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale or Recovery Event that resulted in an increase to ECF CNI and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect of the principal amount of such Term Loans), but excluding (w) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (x) all prepayments of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all prepayments of any other revolving loans (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (z) all voluntary prepayments, scheduled principal payments and mandatory “excess cash flow” prepayments that are applied pro rata to the Term Loans, in each case of Pari Passu Indebtedness made during such period), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

 

- 21 -


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in calculating such ECF CNI,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from any Acquisition or Disposition by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or from the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent such payments are not expensed in such period or are not already deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2 and Acquisitions, except to the extent that such Investments or Acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(viii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xv) below in prior years, the amount of Restricted Payments (other than Investments) made in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 8.2(b) (other than Section 8.2(b)(ii), (iii), (x), (xi) and (xv)), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, except to the extent that such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not expensed in such period or are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

 

- 22 -


(xi) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2, Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments, Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI;

(xiv) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI; and

(xv) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, non cash expenses under an equity plan to the extent not deducted in calculating ECF CNI (or deducted but added back under clause (a) of this definition) (it being understood that (x) no deduction shall be allowed at the time of the related cash payment to the extent the Borrower has previously elected to deduct such expenses under this clause and (y) to the extent such related cash payment does not occur by the expected time therefor under such equity plan (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), Excess Cash Flow shall be increased by the related expenses deducted under this clause).

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

- 23 -


Excluded Contribution”: (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Closing Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Excluded Information”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Excluded Subsidiaries”: as defined in Section 7.12(a).

Excluded Taxes”: (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes, and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Closing Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Unsecured Indenture”: that certain indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 by and between the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time).

 

- 24 -


Existing Unsecured Notes”: the Borrower’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Closing Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Extended Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extended Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Extension Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(d).

Extension Election”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of a Term Loan.

Extension Request”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extension Series”: all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

Facility”: each of (a) the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”), (b) the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche B Term Loan Facility”) and (c) any other committed facility hereunder and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder.

FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal District Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by

 

- 25 -


the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“First Incremental Amendment”: the Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche B Term Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

“First Incremental Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

“First Incremental Amendment Effective Date”: the date on which the conditions set forth or referred to in Section 3 of the First Incremental Amendment are satisfied or waived.

Fiscal Year”: any period of 12 consecutive months ending on September 30 of any calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

- 26 -


For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Consolidated Working Capital,” “EBITDA,” “ECF CNI,” “Excess Cash Flow,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Funded Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured

 

- 27 -


Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event”: with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan”: any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

Funded Debt”: all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of such debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans.

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute

 

- 28 -


of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the SEC permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee”: a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee”: any guarantee of the Secured Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement”: the Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include

 

- 29 -


endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Subsidiary Guarantor; individually, a “Guarantor”.

Hazardous Materials”: all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements”: collectively, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements.

Hedge Bank”: any Person that is a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or a Person that was, at the time of entering into a Hedge Agreement, a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or that was a party to a Hedge Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Hedge Agreement.

Hedging Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Historical Adjustments”: for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.

Holdings”: WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes”: Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of

 

- 30 -


the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Identified Participating Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

IFRS”: International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 30 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Incremental Indebtedness”: Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6.

Incremental Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Term Loan”: any Incremental Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

 

- 31 -


Incremental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

incur”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Indebtedness”: (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Individual Lender Exposure”: of any Lender, at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans made by such Lender and then outstanding and all Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding.

Initial Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

 

- 32 -


“Initial Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of an Initial Term Loan.

Initial Lien”: as defined in Section 8.5(a).

Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(a). The aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche B Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Lenders, the “Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $600.0 million.

“Initial Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2018.

“Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Initial Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Initial Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Initial Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Initial Term Loans.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”: as defined in Section 10.8(a).

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period.

 

- 33 -


Interest Period”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by each affected Lender nine months, 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if agreed to by each affected Lender nine months, 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), or (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) shall (for all purposes other than Section 4.12) end on (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans) or (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans);

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a scheduled payment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

 

- 34 -


“Investment Company Act”: the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities”: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 8.2, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

- 35 -


IP Rights”: has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement.

Junior Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Laws”: collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers”: collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., each solely in its capacity as a joint lead arranger of the Initial Term Loan Commitments and Tranche B Term Loan Commitments hereunder.

Lender Joinder Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

“Lender-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Lender (each, a “Distressed Lender”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Lender under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Lender or any substantial part of such Distressed Lender’s assets, or such Distressed Lender makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Lender to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lenders”: the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any such bank or financial institution through which such bank or financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make any Loans available to the Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or consenting with respect to (a) any amendment, supplementation or

 

- 36 -


modification of any Loan Document, (b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or consent pursuant to Section 11.1, the bank or financial institution making such election shall be deemed the “Lender” rather than such affiliate, which shall not be entitled to so vote or consent.

LIBOR Rate”: with respect each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be:

(a) the arithmetic average of the London Interbank Offered Rates for United States Dollar deposits for a duration equal to or comparable to the duration of such Interest Period which appear on the relevant Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page (being currently the page designated as “LIBO”) (or any other service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rate) at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) two London Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period; or

(b) if no such page is available, the arithmetic mean of the rates as supplied to the Administrative Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market two London Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for United States Dollar deposits of a duration equal to the duration of such Interest Period.

Lien”: with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Acquisition”: any acquisition which the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries has contractually committed to consummate, the terms of which do not condition the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s, as applicable, obligation to close such acquisition on the availability of third-party financing.

Loan”: each Initial Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Incremental Loan and Extended Term Loan; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Incremental Amendment, any Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

- 37 -


Loan Parties”: the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; individually, a “Loan Party”.

Management Agreement”: the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings. and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries”: Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 9.1(f), in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

Maturity Date”: (a) with respect to Initial Term Loans, the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date and (b) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.8(g).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgages”: collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Secured Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

 

- 38 -


Multiemployer Plan”: any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business”: the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower,

“Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Cash Proceeds”: with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence and net of taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect thereof.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds”: the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

- 39 -


New Dollar Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Euro Notes”: the Borrower’s Euro-denominated 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Notes”: collectively, the New Dollar Notes and the New Euro Notes.

New Notes Indenture”: the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

New York Courts”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

New York Supreme Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Non-Excluded Taxes”: all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(e).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product

 

- 40 -


revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Notes”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Obligations”: means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Obligor”: any purchaser of goods or services or other Person obligated to make payment to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) in respect of a purchase of such goods or services.

Offered Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Offered Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

OID”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Organization Documents”: means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Other Representatives”: the Syndication Agents, and the Lead Arrangers.

Outstanding Amount”: with respect to the Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent”: any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any

 

- 41 -


Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Indebtedness”: Indebtedness secured by Liens with Pari Passu Lien Priority.

Pari Passu Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(v).

Participating Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Patriot Act”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan”: any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Affiliated Assignee”: the Sponsor, any investment fund managed or controlled by the Sponsor and any special purpose vehicle established by the Sponsor or by one or more of such investment funds.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance Section 8.3(c).

 

- 42 -


Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Permitted Debt Exchange”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Holders”: any of the following: (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which the Borrower makes all payments of the Term Loans and other amounts required by, if applicable, Section 8.8, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investments”: (1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or

 

- 43 -


conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above in Section 8.3 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 8.1(b)(ix);

(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers

 

- 44 -


pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 8.5;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 (except transactions described in Section 8.4(b)(ii), (vi) and (vii));

(15) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

 

- 45 -


(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes.

Permitted Liens”: the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance Section 8.1;

 

- 46 -


(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Closing Date (other than under this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the New Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or security under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

 

- 47 -


(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b) (xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing

 

- 48 -


Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b) (iv) and (xx);

(26) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

 

- 49 -


(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

Person”: any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Plan”: any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform”: Intralinks, SyndTrak Online or any other similar electronic distribution system.

Pledged Debt”: as defined the Security Agreement.

Preferred Stock”: as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prepayment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(d).

Prime Rate”: for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

 

- 50 -


“Product”: any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds”: assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing”: any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

- 51 -


Qualifying IPO”: the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Rating Agency”: Moody’s or S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivable”: a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Recorded Music Business”: means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale”: means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Banks”: Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC or such additional or other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, provided that at any time the maximum number of Reference Banks does not exceed six.

refinance”: refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Refinancing Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 8.1(b)(xiii).

 

- 52 -


Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Regulation D”: Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation S-X”: Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s affiliates and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, employees, shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and controlling persons of such person and of such person’s affiliates and “Related Party” shall mean any of them.

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

“Required Conversion Date”: as defined in Section 4.2(c).

Required Lenders”: Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures represents a majority of the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures at such time; provided that the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and Tranche B Term Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded from Individual Lender Exposures in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment”: as defined in Section 8.2.

 

- 53 -


Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”: Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $150.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $150.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

“Revolving Lender”: a lender under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

Rollover Indebtedness”: means Indebtedness of a Loan Party issued to any Lender in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of any repayment of Term Loans made pursuant to Subsection 4.4(a) or (b), so long as (other than in connection with a refinancing in full of the Facilities) such Indebtedness (1) is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Rollover Indebtedness and (2) would not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the weighted average life to maturity, or a maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans being repaid.

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement”: any Hedge Agreement that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement.

 

- 54 -


Secured Obligations”: all (x) Term Loan Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Secured Parties”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securitization Assets”: any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees”: reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any

 

- 55 -


Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement”: the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents”: the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Secured Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement”: that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility”: the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

 

- 56 -


Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents”: the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Senior Secured Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness).

In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i)(B) or Section 2.6(a)(i)(B) or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio”: with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement

 

- 57 -


Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 2.6(a), Section 8.1(b)(i) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Set”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans of a single Tranche, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Settlement Service”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

 

- 58 -


Solvent” and “Solvency”: with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Special Purpose Entity”: (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of

(i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt”: collectively, the New Notes, the Indebtedness under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response”: the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(3).

Specified Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

 

- 59 -


Specified Financings”: the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

Specified Transaction”: (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor”: Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity”: with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Submitted Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Submitted Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Term Loans.

 

- 60 -


Subsidiary”: with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower which executes and delivers the Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, in each case, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary Guarantor

(a) ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (b) is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (c) is released from all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement in accordance with terms and provisions thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee”: the guaranty of the Term Loan Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Supplemental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Syndication Agents”: Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as syndication agent for the Initial Term Loan Commitments.

Taxes”: any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan Facility Obligations”: obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

- 61 -


Term Loans”: the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, as the context shall require.

Threshold Amount”: $50 million.

“Ticking Fee Rate”: as of any day, the rate per annum equal to the percentage of the Applicable Margin applicable to Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans set forth below for such day.

 

Time Period after First Incremental Amendment Effective Date

   Percentage  

30 days or less

     0

31 to 60 days

     33

61 to 90 days

     66

91 days or longer

     100

Tranche”: with respect to Term Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Term Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Term Loans or Initial Term Loan Commitments, (2Tranche B Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, (3) Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments with the same terms and conditions made on the same day, or (4) Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

“Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

“Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”; collectively as to all the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments on the First Incremental Effective Date is $110 million.

 

- 62 -


“Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

“Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

“Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period”: the period from (A) the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to (B) the earlier of (i) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date.

“Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

“Tranche B Initial Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

“Tranche B Initial Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Initial Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche B Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

“Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $710 million.

“Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

“Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period”: the period from the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Initial Outside Date.

 

- 63 -


“Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(d).

“Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(d) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the New Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments.” The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $490 million.

“Tranche B Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche B Term Loan”: (i) prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, (ii) on and after the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and (iii) thereafter, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, collectively the “Tranche B Term Loans”.

“Tranche B Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment, its Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and its Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Term Loan Commitments”.

“Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date”: July 1, 2020; provided that in the event that more than $153 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing Unsecured Notes are outstanding on June 28, 2018 (the “Reference Date”), the “Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean July 2, 2018; provided further that the first proviso of this definition shall not apply if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower as of the Reference Date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00.

“Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche B Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche B Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and

 

- 64 -


excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche B Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche B Term Loans.

Transactions”: collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the New Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the New Notes, (ii) the entry into this Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Transferee”: any Participant or Assignee.

Type”: the type of Term Loan determined based on the interest option applicable thereto, with there being two Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans.

UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

United States Person”: any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd., and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 8.2 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

 

- 65 -


The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 8.1(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 4.11(b)(ii)(2).

Voting Stock”: as to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(a) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

- 66 -


(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2011 Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the 2011 Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the components of such financial ratio financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period. In addition, for purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period.

(d) Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

(e) Any references in this Agreement to “cash and/or Cash Equivalents”, “cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities” or any similar combination of the foregoing shall be construed as not double counting cash or any other applicable amount which would otherwise be duplicated therein.

(f) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

- 67 -


SECTION 2

Amount and Terms of Commitments

2.1 Term Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender holding an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Closing Date, one or more term loans (each, an “Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Term Loans on such date), the Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(b) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Initial Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche B Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Initial Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate if the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Initial Outside Date. On the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Initial Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

- 68 -


(c) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan, a “Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically terminate if the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date. On the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of any Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(d) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

- 69 -


2.2 Notes. (a) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender made on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans) or in connection with any assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b), in order to evidence such Lender’s Loan, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Note”), in each case with appropriate insertions therein as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to such Lender and in a principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the applicable Loans made (or acquired by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b)) by such Lender to the Borrower. Each Note (i) in respect of Initial Term Loans shall be dated the Closing Date, (ii) in respect of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in respect of Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (iv) in respect of Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be dated the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date. Each Note shall be payable as provided in Section 2.2(b) or (c), as applicable, and provide for the payment of interest in accordance with Section 4.1. For the avoidance of doubt, any Notes issued with respect to Tranche B Term Loans shall reflect that, following the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, all Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans.

(b) The Initial Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on March 29, 2013 up to and including the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Initial Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    1.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date
Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Initial Term Loans

(c) The Tranche B Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on December 31, 2013 up to and including the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding

 

- 70 -


Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    Prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date
   From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and Prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date
   On or after the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date

 

- 71 -


Date

  

Amount

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date

   all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any
outstanding Tranche B Term Loans

2.3 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent notice (which notice must have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, and shall be irrevocable after funding) on (i) in the case of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date, (ii) in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (iv) in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, in each case, specifying the amount of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, as applicable, to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. Each Lender (i) having an Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (ii) having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iii) having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, or (iv) having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, in each case for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans) or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans) in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall on such date credit the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.4 [Reserved.]

2.5 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent (in the currency in which such Term Loan is denominated) for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender made to the Borrower, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans) or the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) (or such earlier date on which the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.1.

 

- 72 -


(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each applicable Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each applicable Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Incremental Facilities. (a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) exists or would arise therefrom (provided that, to the extent the proceeds of Term Loans made pursuant to any Incremental Commitment will be used to consummate a Limited Condition Acquisition, the requirement that there be no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) shall only be required to be satisfied on the date on which definitive agreements with respect to such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (i) to request new term loan commitments under one or more new term loan credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and (ii) to increase the Existing Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to an Existing Term Tranche of Term Loans (the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, (i) the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective the greater of (A) $300.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and Section 8.1(b)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for

 

- 73 -


purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio), (ii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(B) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in such clause (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test) and (iii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment. Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Each Incremental Commitment made available pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of at least $15.0 million and in integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”); provided that if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or an Approved Fund, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required (it being understood that any such Additional Lender that is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(h), mutatis mutandis, to the same extent as if such Incremental Commitments and related Obligations had been obtained by such Lender by way of assignment).

(c) Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Term Loan Tranche to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the term loan made pursuant to such Supplemental Term Loan Commitment shall be a Term Loan.

(d) Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.6; provided, however, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Tranche B Term Loans (so long as any such Incremental Commitments (and related Obligations) secured on a junior basis are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or an Other Intercreditor

 

- 74 -


Agreement, as applicable), (B) the Incremental Commitments and any incremental loans drawn thereunder (the “Incremental Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Tranche B Term Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Term Loans and (II) so long as any Tranche B Term Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans secured on a junior basis by the Collateral or ranking junior in right of payment, which shall be subject to junior prepayment provisions) on a pro rata basis (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the Tranche B Term Loans than such Incremental Term Loans as contemplated by the proviso appearing in Section 4.4(c)) (other than, in the case of any customary bridge financing, prepayments of such bridge financing from the issuance of equity or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), provided that (subject to clause (iii) below) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for more favorable amortization payments than the Tranche B Term Loans, (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be no earlier than or shorter than, as the case may be, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans, as applicable (other than an earlier maturity date and/or shorter weighted average life to maturity for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions, would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date or a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans, as applicable); (iv) the interest rate margins and amortization schedule applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; provided that in the event that the applicable interest rate margins for any term loans incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment are higher than the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche B Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Tranche B Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche B Term Loans is equal to the applicable interest rate margins for such Incremental Term Loan Commitment minus 50 basis points; provided, further that, in determining the applicable interest rate margins for the Tranche B Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans, (A) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront fees payable generally to all participating Additional Lenders in lieu of OID (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under the Tranche B Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loan in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); (B) any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection with the Incremental Term Loans that are not shared with all Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded; (C) any amendments to the Applicable Margin on the Tranche B Term Loans that became effective subsequent to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date but prior to the time of such Incremental Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations and (D) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche B Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to the

 

- 75 -


applicable interest rate margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for the Tranche B Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor for the Tranche B Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to the Tranche B Term Loans shall be increased by such amount; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide (1) for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder, (2) for class voting and other class protections for any additional credit facilities, and (3) for the amendment of the definition of “Disqualified Stock,” in each case only to extend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loans, as applicable; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, provided that to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the terms and documentation governing the Tranche B Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, in each case, incurred after the First Incremental Effective Date shall not constitute “Incremental Term Loans” incurred pursuant to this Section 2.6 but shall be incurred pursuant to Section 2.1(b) or (c) (as applicable) and accordingly the requirements of this Section 2.6, including clause (iv) of the first proviso of Section 2.6(d), shall not apply thereto.

2.7 Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Tranche, as selected by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans of such Tranche for Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes,” and each such exchange a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective

 

- 76 -


Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount of the applicable Tranche actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (iv) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Tranche, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (vi) any applicable Minimum Exchange Tender Condition shall be satisfied and (vii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes do not provide for a maturity date or weighted average life to maturity earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange or shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange.

(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7, (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans be tendered.

(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.7 and without conflict with Section 2.7(d); provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

(d) The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any

 

- 77 -


Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrower’s reliance on any certificate delivered by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.8 Extension of Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of one or more Tranches (including any Extended Term Loans) existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Existing Term Loans”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of any Existing Term Tranche (any such Existing Term Tranche which has been so extended, an “Extended Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.8; provided that (i) any such request shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Term Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more Tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Term Loans), and (ii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any Extended Term Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Term Tranche”), except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Term Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Term Tranche, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Term Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (y) any optional or mandatory prepayment applicable to any Extended Term Tranche may be directed first to the prepayment of the Existing Term Loans and (z) amortization with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be greater or lesser than amortization for the Specified Existing Term Tranche, so long as the Extended Term Tranche does not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Specified Existing Term Tranche; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.8 or otherwise, (1) assignments and participations of Extended Term Tranches shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than the assignment and participation provisions applicable to Term Loans set forth in Section 11.6, and (2) subject to clause (z) above, no repayment of Extended Term Tranches shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) (or all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Term Loans converted into an Extended Term Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans from the Specified Existing Term Tranches and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

 

- 78 -


(b) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche or Existing Term Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Term Tranche converted into an Extended Term Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Term Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Term Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Term Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Term Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Term Tranches included in each such Extension Election. In connection with any extension of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.8 (each, an “Extension”), the Borrower shall agree to such procedures regarding timing, rounding and other administrative adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.8.

(c) Extended Term Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to (i) provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees, amortization or prepayments referenced in clauses (w) through (z) of Section 2.8(a) and (ii) the definition of “Disqualified Stock” to amend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Extended Term Tranche, as applicable, and which, in each case, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the third to last sentence of this Section 2.8(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.1, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Term Tranche in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $15.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.1 to any Section 2.8 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.1; provided, further, that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Extended Term Tranche to be secured by any

 

- 79 -


Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Tranches. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.8 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.8 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Extending Lenders, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of this Agreement as amended by such Extension Amendment, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on any date on which any Existing Term Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Specified Existing Term Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Term Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Term Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Term Tranche and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such other Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (i) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Extended Term Loans on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (ii) if no Event of Default exists under Section 9.1(a) or (f), upon notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the Existing Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.8, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (A) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (B) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other

 

- 80 -


documentation as of such date, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

(f) Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Term Loans deemed to be an Extended Term Loan under the applicable Extended Term Tranche on any date (each date a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Term Tranche; provided that (i) such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.8(c), no more than three Designation Dates may occur in any one year period without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. Following a Designation Date, the Existing Term Loans held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Term Loans of the applicable Extended Term Tranche, and any Existing Term Loans held by such Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Term Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

(g) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Term Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.8 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.4 and 4.8) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.8.

SECTION 3

[Reserved]

SECTION 4

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

4.1 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

 

- 81 -


(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1, plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 (other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of other amounts, the rate described in clause (b) of this Section 4.1 for ABR Loans accruing interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.1 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(e) It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable usury laws.

4.2 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Subject to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.12(c), the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans of a given Tranche from Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time two Business Days prior to such election. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans of a given Tranche from ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Day prior to such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no Term Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after

 

- 82 -


the date that is one month prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans) or the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans).

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such continuation prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time three Business Days prior to such continuation, including the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date, and provided, further, that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this clause (b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice of continuation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (each, a “Required Conversion Date”), the Borrower shall elect to convert any then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans to either (i) ABR Loans or (ii) Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period designated by the Borrower, in each case regardless of whether such Required Conversion Date is the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans, and each Required Conversion Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date with respect to all outstanding Tranche B Term Loans. On each Required Conversion Date, the new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such date shall be allocated ratably to the then outstanding Borrowings of ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans after giving effect to such conversion (based upon the relative amount that the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are ABR Loans or Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, respectively, outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to such conversion) bears to the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date), with the effect that: (A) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to Eurodollar Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute a part of) such Eurodollar Loans, and be subject to the same Adjusted LIBOR Rates and Interest Periods (in each case after giving effect to such conversion) as such Eurodollar Loans to which they are added and (B) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to ABR Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute part of) such ABR Loans, and be subject to the same Alternate Base Rate as such ABR Loans to which they are added. The Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to) take all appropriate actions in connection with the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on each Required Conversion Date to ensure that all Lenders

 

- 83 -


with Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on such Required Conversion Date) participate pro rata in accordance with this Section 4.2(c) in each Borrowing of Tranche B Term Loans (as increased by the amount of new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such Required Conversion Date). Each Tranche B Term Lender agrees that the provisions of Section 4.12 shall not apply to any conversion of Eurodollar Loans of such Lender on any Required Conversion Date pursuant to this Section 4.2(c). From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein and from the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein.

4.3 Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Set shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall not be more than 12 Sets at any one time outstanding.

4.4 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 4.5(b) and (c)), upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Days prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of Eurodollar Loans), or prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of ABR Loans). Such notice shall specify, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the applicable Tranche being repaid (which, at the discretion of the Borrower, may be the Initial Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans any Incremental Loans or any Extended Term Loans and/or a combination thereof), and if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each, the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such notice is given and not revoked, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.12. Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety. Each prepayment of Initial Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with an Initial Term Loan Repricing

 

- 84 -


Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(b). Each prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) made on or prior to December 31, 2013 in connection with a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(c).

(b) (i) The Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 8.3; (ii) if on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1), the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof minus the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans, in each case with such prepayment to be made on or before the fifth Business Day following notice given to each Lender of the Prepayment Date, as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), and (iii) the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans within 120 days following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about September 30, 2014) (each, an “ECF Payment Date”), in an amount equal to (A) (1) 50.0% (as may be adjusted pursuant to the last proviso of this clause (iii)) of the Borrower’s Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the sum of (w) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) repaid pursuant to Section 2.2(b) and 2.2(c) or prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid pursuant to a scheduled principal payment, in each case during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (x) below), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii) (provided that no prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) or the other clauses of this Section 4.4(b) shall be included in Section 4.4(b)(iii)(A)(2)(w) or (x)), (y) any loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (z) below), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii), in each case, excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (the amount described in this clause (A), the

 

- 85 -


ECF Prepayment Amount”) minus (B) the portion of such ECF Prepayment Amount applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided that such percentage in clause (1) above shall be reduced to (x) 25% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 2.00:1.00 and greater than 1.50:1.00 and (y) 0% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 1.50:1.00. Nothing in this Section 4.4(b) shall limit the rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.

(c) Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.4(g), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans; provided, that at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Tranches of Term Loans, such prepayment may be applied to any Tranche of Term Loans so long as the maturity date of such Tranche of Term Loans precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Term Loans shall have an identical maturity date that precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and (b) shall be applied within each Tranche of Term Loans to the respective installments of principal thereof in the manner directed by the Borrower (or, if no such direction is given, in direct order of maturity). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, in connection with any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b), exchange such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment (and any such Term Loans so exchanged shall be deemed repaid for all purposes under the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations to manage such Rollover Indebtedness.

(d) The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (x) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii), three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due and (y) pursuant to Section 4.4 (b)(i) or (ii), promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon becoming obligated to make such prepayment. Such notice shall state that the Borrower is offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment (i) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i), on or before the date specified in Section 8.3(c), and (ii) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), on or before the date specified in Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), as the case may be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 4.4(d)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment and the Prepayment Date. The Borrower (in its sole discretion) may give each Lender the option (in its sole discretion) to elect to decline any such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on

 

- 86 -


the date that is three Business Days prior to the Prepayment Date. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender may, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to the payment or prepayment of Indebtedness, including the Holdings Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness, or otherwise be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement. In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to decline a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans.

(e) Amounts prepaid on account of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a), (b) or (h) may not be reborrowed.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b) would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 4.12 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in its sole discretion, initially (i) deposit a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower) or (ii) make a prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(a) with an amount equal to a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans (which prepayment, together with any deposits pursuant to clause (i) above, must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid); provided that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, such unpaid Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 4.1 until such unpaid Eurodollar Loans or the related portion of such Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, have or has been prepaid. In addition, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) would violate applicable Laws or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required thereunder; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to repatriate the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating applicable Laws or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

 

- 87 -


(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 4.4 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendments) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Term Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable, or pursuant to any other credit facility added pursuant to Section 2.6 or 11.1(e).

(h) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, or a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.4(h); provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 4.4(h) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date or (2) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders. Any Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be immediately and automatically cancelled.

 

- 88 -


(ii) Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate Outstanding Amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “Specified Discount”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans to be prepaid, (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (2); provided that, if the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent (in

 

- 89 -


consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the Outstanding Amount, Tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iii) Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans that the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower, (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to

 

- 90 -


allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount (the “Submitted Amount”). Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iii). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate Outstanding Amount equal to the lesser of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the

 

- 91 -


Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iv) Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans and the Tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by Borrower) (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

 

- 92 -


(2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select, at its sole discretion, the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Borrower is willing to accept (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any; provided that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is larger than the smallest Offered Discount for which the sum of all Offered Amounts affiliated with Offered Discounts that are larger than or equal to such smallest Offered Discount would, if purchased at such smallest Offered Discount, yield an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Administrative Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iv). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(iv) to each

 

- 93 -


Qualifying Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(v) Expenses. In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(vi) Payment. If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 4.4(h)(ii) through (iv) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the

 

- 94 -


outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of the Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. The Lenders hereby agree that, in connection with a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) interest in respect of the Term Loans may be made on a non-pro rata basis among the Lenders holding such Term Loans to reflect the payment of accrued interest to certain Lenders as provided in this Section 4.4(h)(vi) and (ii) all subsequent prepayments and repayments of the Term Loans (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the respective Lenders based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the respective Lenders after giving effect to any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) as if made at par. It is also understood and agreed that prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not be subject to Section 4.4(a), or, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 11.7(a) or the pro rata allocation requirements of Section 4.8(a).

(vii) Other Procedures. To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.4(h), established by the Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(viii) Notice. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.4(h), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Administrative Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(ix) Actions of Administrative Agent. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.4(h) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Administrative Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions in this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h) as well as to activities of the Administrative Agent in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h).

(x) Revocation. The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a

 

- 95 -


Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is so revoked, any failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1 or otherwise).

(xi) No Obligation. This Section 4.4(h) shall not (i) require the Borrower to undertake any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) or (ii) limit or restrict the Borrower from making voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to reduce either or both of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments, in whole or in part. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

4.5 Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter.

(b) If on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, any Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(c) If on or prior to December 31, 2013 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche B Term Loans (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) pursuant to a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior December 31, 2013, any Tranche B Term Lender is replaced pursuant to

 

- 96 -


Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche B Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche B Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(d) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment, as the case may be, (i) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day and (ii) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”, and together with the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day.

The Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period. The Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) no Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and (B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

4.6 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed; and interest based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year (or 366-day year, as the case may be) for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of an Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate or the Statutory Reserves shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

 

- 97 -


(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.1, excluding any LIBOR Rate which is based upon the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

4.7 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period (the “Affected Eurodollar Rate”), the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Affected Eurodollar Rate requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans and (b) any Term Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate.

4.8 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.5(b), 4.5(c), 4.5(d), 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 4.14, 11.1(g) or 11.6) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on account of any Term Loans of a given Tranche (other than (w) payments in respect of any difference in the Applicable Margin, Adjusted LIBOR Rate or Alternate Base Rate in respect of any Tranche, (x) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(b) to the extent declined by any Lender in accordance with Section 4.4(d) and (y) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(h) which shall be allocated as set forth in Section 4.4(h)) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders; provided that a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, exchange such Lender’s portion of a Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.4(c). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made on or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time), on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding the relevant Term Loans, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, or the Other Representatives, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in

 

- 98 -


Section 11.2, in Dollars in immediately available funds. Payments received by the Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. This Section 4.8(a) may be amended in accordance with Section 11.1(d) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on, as applicable, the Closing Date, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.8(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

4.9 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested and (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding

 

- 99 -


as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12.

4.10 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if

 

- 100 -


the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Closing Date for all purposes herein.

 

- 101 -


4.11 Taxes. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.11 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 4.11, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the requirements of clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 4.11 or with the requirements of Section 4.13, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in Law, or

(z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after the later of (i) the date that such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later) and (ii) the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i) (1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement

 

- 102 -


and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(b)(i)(1) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(3) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

(4) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (4), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”,

(1) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881 (c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

(2) deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (A) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (any such certificate a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes and (C) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the

 

- 103 -


Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(iii) in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(A) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (I) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (II) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any Notes; and

 

- 104 -


(B) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes, and (III) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3) such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;

unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

- 105 -


(c) Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

(ii) deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably

 

- 106 -


requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

4.12 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender in respect of Extensions of Credit made, or requested to be made, to the Borrower, and to hold each such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other than through such Lender’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable decision) as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a payment or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans or the conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the revocation of a redemption notice in respect of Eurodollar Loans delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4(a). Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 4.12, it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a consequence thereof and (z) as to the amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after receipt thereof. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.13 Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 4.11, and any Participant in respect of whose participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the

 

- 107 -


opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(b) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to clause (c) below or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.10 or 4.11, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(c) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the payment of any additional amount to any Lender or Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 or result in Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans being automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.9, such Lender or Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender or Agent shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender or Agent for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).

(d) If the Borrower shall become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for payments under Section 4.10 or 4.11 or if Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans are automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, under Section 4.9 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for such conversion under Section 4.9, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loan’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, then, the Borrower, the Administrative

 

- 108 -


Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 11.6(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 11.6(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 4.13) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.13(d), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(e) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a), such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

(f) The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant under this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts payable hereunder.

4.14 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Tranche B Term Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Tranche B Term Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Tranche B Term Lender and assume all or part of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of any such Defaulting Lender and the Borrower, the

 

- 109 -


Administrative Agent and any such substitute Tranche B Term Lender shall execute and deliver, and such Defaulting Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution; and

(b) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirement of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iii) third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (iv) fourth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (v) fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 4.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 4.14 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

SECTION 5

Representations and Warranties

To induce the Administrative Agent and each Lender to make the Extensions of Credit requested to be made by it on the Closing Date, the Borrower with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental

 

- 110 -


licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except, in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 8.5).

5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

- 111 -


5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

5.6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Closing Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 8.5 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental Compliance.

(a) There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any

 

- 112 -


surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than 30 days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 113 -


5.11 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the

 

- 114 -


meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

5.14 Anti-Terrorism Law. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the Patriot Act.

5.15 Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

5.16 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable antibribery or anticorruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

 

- 115 -


5.17 Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

5.19 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in

 

- 116 -


writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity, ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.20 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.21 Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.22 Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. (a) When financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 6

Conditions Precedent

6.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. This Agreement, including the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it, shall become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have (x) entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) received gross cash proceeds of not less than $635.0 million (calculated before applicable fees and original issue discount) from the issuance of the New Notes.

 

- 117 -


(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer or other officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) All reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under the Engagement Letter on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) The Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement and such

 

- 118 -


Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 8.5 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(h) After giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower’s (x) 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and (y) existing Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, shall have been repaid, defeased or otherwise discharged (or irrevocable notice for redemption thereof has been given) substantially concurrently with or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1 and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary payoff letter with respect to such Existing Indebtedness to be repaid.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed notice of borrowing from the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements) and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

 

- 119 -


SECTION 7

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

7.1 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 

- 120 -


(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Annual Report for any Parent on Form 10-K for any fiscal year, as filed with the SEC, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(a) with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by Section 7.1(a) and such report and opinion does not contain any “going concern” or like qualification (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period) and (ii) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report for any Parent on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter, as filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter to the extent that it contains the information required by Section 7.1(b).

7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved]

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if (A) delivered with the financial statements required by Section 7.1(a) and (B) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was greater than 1.50:1.00, set forth in reasonable detail the amount of (and the calculations required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements;

 

- 121 -


(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.2;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(b), copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof (and to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder), copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of Holdings furnished by Holdings to the holders of the Holdings Notes;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) or (b) or 7.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Schedule A (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on

 

- 122 -


IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.3 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 7.3(a) to each Lender.

7.4 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 123 -


7.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3 or 8.6 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 8.3 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

7.6 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

7.7 Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

7.8 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.9 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

7.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and

 

- 124 -


procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence.

7.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses. Use the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans for the purposes specified in the First Incremental Amendment.

7.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Secured Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Secured Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (H) any Subsidiary that is a Special Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary (all Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”)) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement as Exhibit C, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations of each Loan Party;

 

- 125 -


(ii) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Secured Obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee Agreement;

(iii) (x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5.0 million held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

 

- 126 -


(c) In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

7.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

7.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of the Guarantee Agreement, any Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or,

 

- 127 -


with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

7.15 Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings of the Term Loans, a public corporate rating and a public corporate family rating, as applicable, from each of S&P and Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

7.16 Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 7.16 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 8

Negative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder:

8.1 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

- 128 -


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 8.1(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), in a maximum principal amount for all such Indebtedness at any time outstanding, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a) (i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio);

(ii) [Reserved];

(iii) the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

- 129 -


(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Notes;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(x) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

- 130 -


(xi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 8.1(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 8.1(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii) (a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b)(i), (iii), (iv), (xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated

 

- 131 -


Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 8.1 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(xxi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 8.2;

 

- 132 -


(xxii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 8.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the New Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 8.1(b), and not under Section 8.1(a); and

(ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 8.1(a) and (b); and

(iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 8.1 or Section 2.6(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the

 

- 133 -


date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

8.2 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

 

- 134 -


unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2 (b)(i), (vi)(c), (ix), (xv) and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary

 

- 135 -


or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

 

- 136 -


(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”), the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 8.2(b) (vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 8.1 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

 

- 137 -


(iv) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 8.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

 

- 138 -


(vi) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(ii); provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

 

- 139 -


(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(xi) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(2) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

- 140 -


(6) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 8.2, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 8.2 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

(7) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(viii); and

(8) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 8.4;

(xiv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 8.3; (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d); or (c) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Borrower shall have complied with Section 8.8 prior to repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, acquiring or retiring such Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

- 141 -


(xvi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

(xix) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(xx) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that each of the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be longer than the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Holdings Notes;

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vii), (xi) and (xvi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.2 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

(d) As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will

 

- 142 -


not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 8.2 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

8.3 Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b) For purposes of Section 8.3(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loan Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to

 

- 143 -


this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 8.3 and for no other purpose.

(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrower shall so reduce such Obligations, it will prepay a pro rata principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)); or (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(ii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(iii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale or Recovery Event that generated the Net Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(d) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with Section 8.3(c) (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Borrower will prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)) and, if required under the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount

 

- 144 -


of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

8.4 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 8.4(a) will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

- 145 -


(v) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

- 146 -


(xi) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(xv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 8.2; and

(xvii) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

8.5 Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Term Loan Facility Obligations (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Term Loan Facility Obligations.

 

- 147 -


8.6 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a) either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(b) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(i) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(f) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or

 

- 148 -


another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above;

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 8.6 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 8.6, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 8.6 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

8.7 Subsidiary Distributions.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

 

- 149 -


provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, the restrictions in Section 8.7(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents, the New Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (and any related documents), any Rollover Indebtedness (and any related documents) and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

- 150 -


(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 8.1 and 8.5 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

- 151 -


(xvi) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 8.5;

(xix) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(xx) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(xxi) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Closing Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Closing Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Term Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

8.8 Change of Control. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control, repurchase or repay any Indebtedness then outstanding pursuant to any Subordinated Indebtedness or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any portion thereof, unless the Borrowers shall have (i) made payment in full of the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any other amounts then due and owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer. For so long as the Borrower shall have complied with the terms of this Section 8.8, any Event of Default arising under Section 9.1(k) by reason of such Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing.

 

- 152 -


SECTION 9

Events of Default

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the payment, observance or performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to

 

- 153 -


its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to

 

- 154 -


result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 9.1(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 9.1(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

(j) Subject to the Borrower’s option to make an offer to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 8.8, a Change of Control shall have occurred.

9.2 Remedies Upon an Event of Default. (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the

 

- 155 -


Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

(b) Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 10

The Agents and the Other Representatives

10.1 Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or required of such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as representative of the Lenders under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent or the Other Representatives.

(b) Each of the Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent (it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any of their respective duties under the Security Documents by or through one or more of their respective affiliates). Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

(c) Except for Sections 10.5, 10.8(a), (b), (c) and (e) and (to the extent of the Borrower’s rights thereunder and the conditions included therein) 10.9, the provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

- 156 -


10.2 The Administrative Agent and Affiliates. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3 Action by an Agent. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the Collateral Agent in the case of the Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with reasonable care.

10.4 Exculpatory Provisions. (a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law; and

(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(b) No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

 

- 157 -


(c) No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term as used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

10.5 Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents or the Other Representatives nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent or any Other Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender. Each Lender further represents and warrants to the Agents, the Other Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that it has had the opportunity to review each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender acknowledges that, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Other Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, it has made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Agents nor any Other Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 11.6 applicable to the Lenders hereunder.

 

- 158 -


10.6 Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders. (a) To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay ratably according to their respective outstanding Term Loans on the date on which the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought under this Section 10.6 such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 are subject to the provisions of Section 4.8.

(b) Any Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document (except actions expressly required to be taken by it hereunder or under the Loan Documents) unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(c) All amounts due under this Section 10.6 shall be payable not later than three Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.7 Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance. (a) Each Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents an Agent is permitted or desires to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the requesting Agent shall be absolutely entitled as between itself and the Lenders to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Lender for refraining from any action or withholding any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such instructions from Required Lenders or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of an Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement) and, notwithstanding the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other applicable portion of the Lenders), an Agent shall have no obligation to any Lender to take any action if it believes, in good faith, that such action would violate applicable law or exposes an Agent to any liability for which it has not received satisfactory indemnification in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(b) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other

 

- 159 -


distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

10.8 Collateral Matters. (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) and (z) any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.6, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.6, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.6, any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.7 and any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.8. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Increase Supplement, any Lender Joinder Agreement or any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer or any Extension Amendment and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any

 

- 160 -


Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Term Loans unless instructed to do so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Term Loan Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 11.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.8.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 11.17. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this Section 10.8(c).

(d) No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Section 10.8 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

- 161 -


(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with either Section 11.1 or 11.17, as applicable, with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(f) The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

10.9 Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be,, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of

 

- 162 -


such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 (including Section 10.9) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of the Collateral Agent, the provision of this Section 10.9 shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

10.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 4.11(a) or 4.12, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.10. The agreements in this Section 10.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Term Loan Facility Obligations.

10.11 Other Representatives. None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers or syndication agents pursuant to the definition of Other Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in its capacity as such. Without limiting the foregoing, no Other Representative shall have nor be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. At any time that any Lender serving as an Other Representative shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any of its affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans, such Lender shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Other Representative.

10.12 Application of Proceeds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of amounts then due and outstanding under any of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied as follows: first, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing the

 

- 163 -


rights of the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents (including all expenses of sale or other realization of or in respect of the Collateral and any sums advanced to the Collateral Agent or to preserve its security interest in the Collateral), second, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing such Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, third, to pay interest on Loans then outstanding; fourth, to pay principal of Loans then outstanding and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations permitted hereunder and secured by the Security Agreement as Term Loan Facility Obligations, ratably among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause “fourth” payable to them, and fifth, to pay the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. To the extent any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “third” or “fourth” above are insufficient to pay all obligations described therein in full, such moneys shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in the applicable clause at such time. This Section 10.12 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

SECTION 11

Miscellaneous

11.1 Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Party’s request, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that amendments pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and (f) may be effected without the consent of the Required Lenders to the extent provided therein; provided further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

(i) (A) reduce or forgive the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any scheduled installment thereof (including extending the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date or the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date), (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), (C) extend the scheduled date of any payment of any Lenders’ Loans, (D) change the currency in which any Loan is payable or (E) increase any Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment, in each

 

- 164 -


case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory repayment of the Loans of all Lenders shall not constitute an extension of the scheduled date of maturity, any scheduled installment, or the scheduled date of payment of the Loans of any Lender or an increase in the Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, or Incremental Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1(a) or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 11.6(a)), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders;

(iii) release Guarantors accounting for all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Facility Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof);

(iv) require any Lender to make Loans having an Interest Period of longer than six months or shorter than one month without the consent of such Lender;

(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the then Agents;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.1(a), 10.5 or 10.11 without the written consent of any Other Representative directly and adversely affected thereby;

(vii) [reserved];

(viii) [reserved]; or

(ix) amend, modify or waive the order of application of payments set forth in Section 4.4(c), 4.8(a), 10.12 or 11.7, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders;

provided further that, notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, and in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Section 10.8(b), the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

 

- 165 -


(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended at any time on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date as contemplated by Section 11 of the First Incremental Amendment.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, or inconsistency with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) in accordance with Section 2.6 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments with the written consent of the Borrower and Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, (iii) in accordance with Section 2.8 to effectuate an Extension with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders and (iv) with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in each case such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in the event any mandatory prepayment or redemption provision in respect of asset sales, casualty or condemnation events or excess cash flow included or to be included in any Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness would result in such Indebtedness being prepaid or redeemed on a more than ratable basis with the Term Loans in respect of such asset sale, casualty or condemnation event or excess cash flow prepayment, to provide for mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans such that, after giving effect thereto, the prepayments and redemptions made in respect of such Indebtedness are not on more than a ratable basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 4.4, 4.8 or 10.14 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment or any Extension Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Term Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans and any Extended Term Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Extended Term Tranche or Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (d) or an acknowledgement thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

 

- 166 -


(f) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by Section 11.17 with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(g) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 11.1(a), the consent of each Lender or each directly and adversely affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 11.1(g), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

11.2 Notices. (a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, or, in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and

 

- 167 -


the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

The Borrower   WMG Acquisition Corp.
  c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
  75 Rockefeller Plaza
  New York, NY 10019
  Attention: General Counsel
  Facsimile: (212) 275-3601
  Website: www.wmg.com
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
  919 Third Avenue
  New York, New York 10022
  Attention: David A. Brittenham, Esq.
  Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
  Telephone: (212) 909-6000
The Administrative Agent/the Collateral Agent:   Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch
  Eleven Madison Avenue
  New York, NY 10010
  Attention: Jason Wheeler
  Facsimile: (212) 322-2291
  Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
  450 Lexington Avenue
  New York, NY 10017
  Attention: Jason Kyrwood
  Facsimile: (212) 701-5653
  Telephone: (212) 450-4653

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.4 or 4.8 shall not be effective until received.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party.

(c) Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic means (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender. The

 

- 168 -


Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or other electronic document or signature.

(d) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes (with the Borrower’s consent), (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the posting thereof.

(e) (i) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on a Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders; provided that the Borrower agrees that the Disqualified Institution List will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

(ii) Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

 

- 169 -


11.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and administration of the transactions (including the syndication of the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and (iii) efforts to monitor the Loans and verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, and such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors, appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for all their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative, each Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Lead Arranger, any Other Representative, any Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender ) with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof)

 

- 170 -


or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, (ii) a material breach of the Loan Documents by any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or (iii) claims against such Indemnitee or any Related Party brought by any other Indemnitee that do not involve claims against any Lead Arranger or Agent in its capacity as such. Neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnity or reimbursement obligations under this Section 11.5 to the extent such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Sections 11.5(b) and (c) above, the Borrower shall have no obligation under this Section 11.5 to any Indemnitee with respect to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 8.6, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable law, assign (other than to a Disqualified Institution or any natural person) to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or any Tranche of Term Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) with the prior written consent of:

(A) (1) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and (2) with respect to any Tranche of Loans, the Borrower (such consent, in the case of this clause (2), not to be unreasonably withheld), provided, that with respect to any assignment of any Tranche of Term Loans, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below); provided, that if any Lender assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this

 

- 171 -


Agreement to one of its Affiliates in connection with or in contemplation of the sale or other disposition of its interest in such Affiliate, the Borrower’s prior written consent shall be required for such assignment, (y) if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, to any other Person, and (z) in connection with the primary syndication of (A) the Initial Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower and (B) the Tranche B Term Loans by the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders (as defined in the First Incremental Amendment) to Persons previously disclosed by them to the Borrower on or prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date; and

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1.0 million unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such assignments;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

 

- 172 -


(D) any assignment of Incremental Commitments or Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.6(h) and (i); and

(E) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon acquisition thereof.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning: “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular assignment).

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5, and bound by its continuing obligations under Section 11.16). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall, to the extent it would comply with Section 11.6(c), be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 11.6.

(iv) The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, or Incremental Commitments of, and interest and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower (and, solely with respect to entries applicable to such Lender, any Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be

 

- 173 -


entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Institution (other than through the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution).

(v) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary (x) to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (y) for the Borrower to enforce its rights hereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and a Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(vi) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.6(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi).

(vii) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6(b), the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “cancelled”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan

 

- 174 -


Commitments, and Initial Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 11.6(b). Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, and Initial Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies the Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, and Initial Term Loan Commitments via the Clearpar electronic settlement system pursuant to procedures consistent with this Section 11.6(b).

Furthermore, no Assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 11.6(b) would be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive as of such date under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be entitled to receive such greater payments unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such assignment.

(c) (i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations (other than to any Disqualified Institution or a natural person) to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection

 

- 175 -


with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (E) in the case of any participation to a Permitted Affiliated Assignee, such participation shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.6(h)(ii) to the same extent as if each reference therein to an assignment of a Loan were to a participation of a Loan and the references to Affiliated Lender were to such Permitted Affiliated Assignee in its capacity as a participant. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the second proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have the related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such participation in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular participation).

(ii) No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation, unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such participation. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.11 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.11(b) or Section 4.11(c), as applicable, and provides the forms and certificates referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.

(d) Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) No assignment or participation made or purported to be made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan or Note under the laws of any jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to determine whether any such filing or qualification is required or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

 

- 176 -


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.6(f) within 30 Business Days of receipt of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this Section 11.6(f), in the event that the indemnifying Lender fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by the Borrower, be assigned promptly to the Lender that administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such Conduit Lender shall be void.

(g) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 11.1. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.12. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of the Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (g) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(h) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such

 

- 177 -


auction); provided that (A) any such Dutch auction by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4(h) and (B) any such Dutch auction by any Parent shall be made on terms substantially similar to Section 4.4(h) or on other terms to be agreed between such Parent and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (2) open market purchases; provided further that:

(1) such Affiliated Lender and such other Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register;

(2) at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement;

(3) any such Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower, whether through a Parent or otherwise, and exchanged for debt or equity securities of the Borrower or such Parent that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, so long as any Term Loans so acquired by the Borrower shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof;

(4) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be cancelled and retired immediately upon the acquisition thereof;

(5) each Lender making such assignment to such Affiliated Lender acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the

 

- 178 -


Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives or (C) receive advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or challenge their attorney client privilege.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not such Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its ratable share of any payments of Term Loans of any class to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; provided, further, that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that (x) disproportionately and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender or affects such Affiliated Lender differently than other Lenders or (y) is of the type described in Sections 11.1(a)(i) through (ix) (other than subclauses (v) and (vi)); and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii); provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 11.6(h)(iii) and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by such Affiliated Lender as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii).

(iv) Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund, solely in its capacity as a Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (each, a “Bankruptcy Proceeding”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the

 

- 179 -


Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Term Loans (“Claim”) (including objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization), the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with Section 11.6(h)(iii) above, so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.6(h)(iv) and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, it is their intention that this Section 11.6(h)(iv) would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iv).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” (x) with respect to any assignment or participation to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, such assignment or participation shall be made pursuant to an open market purchase and (y) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds), combined, may not account for more than 50.0% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any assignment to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6, nothing in this Section 11.6 is intended to or should be construed to limit the Borrower’s right to prepay the Term Loans as provided hereunder, including under Section 4.4.

 

- 180 -


11.7 Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations. (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise (except pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.4, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 11.1(g) or 11.6)), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due and payable under Section 9.1(a) by the Borrower any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.8 Judgment. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.8 being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

 

- 181 -


(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.8(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party under this Section 11.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

(c) The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.8 means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

11.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

- 182 -


11.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Term Loan Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding.

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 11.13(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 11.13 any consequential or punitive damages.

 

- 183 -


11.14 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither any Agent nor any Other Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.15 Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16 Confidentiality. (a) Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to any Agent, any Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.16 pursuant to a written instrument (or electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above in this clause (ii), in respect to any electronic information (whether posted or otherwise distributed on any Platform)) for the benefit of the Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its Affiliates and the employees, officers, partners, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and its Affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform each such Person of the agreement under this Section 11.16 and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement (including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under this Section 11.16), (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, provided that, other than with respect to any

 

- 184 -


disclosure to any bank regulatory authority, such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest Rate Agreement, (vii) in connection with periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in connection with any litigation to which such Lender (or, with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender party thereto) may be a party subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above, and (ix) if, prior to such information having been so provided or obtained, such information was already in an Agent’s or a Lender’s possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose (i) the existence of this Agreement, the global amount, currency and maturity date of any Facility hereunder, and the legal name, country of domicile and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, to (i) the CUSIP Bureau and other similar market data collectors or service providers to the lending industry, provided that either such information shall have been previously made publicly available by the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), prior to making such disclosure, and (ii) information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent to the extent customary in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Commitments, and the Loans, provided that any such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.16 and the Administrative Agent takes reasonable actions to cause such Person to comply herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 11.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that any such information referred to in Section 11.16(a), and any information (including requests for waivers and amendments) furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates or their respective securities. Each Lender represents and confirms that such Lender has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; that such Lender will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws; and that such Lender has identified to the Administrative Agent a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law.

11.17 Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness. In connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to

 

- 185 -


execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure such Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise.

11.18 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such information from time to time to any Lender.

11.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference, reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 186 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ James Moran

 

Name:  James Moran

 

Title:   Managing Director

By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

 

Name:  Tyler R. Smith

 

Title:   Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]


ANNEX II

Exhibits to Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT G

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF INCREASE SUPPLEMENT

INCREASE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [            ], to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

1. Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby proposes to increase (the “Increase”) the aggregate Existing Term Loan commitments from [$     ] to [$     ].

2. Each of the following Lenders (each, an “Increasing Lender”) has been invited by the Borrower, and has agreed, subject to the terms hereof, to increase its Existing Term Loan commitment as follows:

 

Name of Lender

   Existing Term Loan
Commitment
     [    Tranche]1
Supplemental Term  Loan
Commitment

(after giving effect hereto)
 
   $                    $                
   $        $    
   $        $    

3. Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement, by execution and delivery of this Increase Supplement, each of the Increasing Lenders agrees and acknowledges that it shall have an aggregate Existing Term Loan Commitment and Supplemental Term Loan Commitment in the amount equal to the amount set forth above next to its name.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

1 

Indicate relevant Tranche.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this INCREASE SUPPLEMENT to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

The Increasing Lender:
[INCREASING LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT J

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                        ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [ ]% (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice and is subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [, ][ and] [the Lenders of the Initial Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and]] the Lenders of the [ , 20 ]2 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.] [At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]3

 

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

3 

Insert applicable representation.


The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT K

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                        ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                        ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [ , 20 ]4 Tranche[s]] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [ , 20 ]5 Tranche[(s)]].

 

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is [$[    ] of Initial Term Loans] [$[    ] of Tranche B Term Loans] [[and] $[    ] of the [ , 20 ]6 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).7

 

3. The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [    ]% but less than or equal to [•]% (the “Discount Range”).

 

4 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

7 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.


To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following the dated delivery of the notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the [Lenders] [[and the] Lenders of the [ , 20 ]8 Tranche[s]] as follows:

 

1. [At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.] [At least three Business
Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term
Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of
Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited
Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]9

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

9 

Insert applicable representation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer


EXHIBIT L

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                        ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                        ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated                , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

 

1. This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [[and the] [ , 20 ]10 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

 

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

 

[Initial Term Loans - $[    ]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[    ]]

 

[[ , 20 ]11 Tranche[s] - $[    ]]

 

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [    ]% (the “Submitted Discount”).

 

10 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

11 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [[and its] [ , 20 ]12 Tranche[s]] indicated above pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

12 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

[                    ]

 

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:


EXHIBIT M

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                        ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                        ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the hereby requests that [each Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [ , 20 ]13 Tranche[s]] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

 

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [ , 20 ]14 Tranche[s]].

 

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):15

 

[Initial Term Loans - $[    ]]

 

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[    ]]

 

[[•, 20•]16 Tranche[s] - $[    ]]

 

13 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

14 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

15 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

16 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer


EXHIBIT N

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                        ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated                , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans][[and the] [ , 20 ]17 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans - $[ ]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[ ]]

[[ , 20 ]18 Tranche[s] - $[ ]]

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [ ]% (the “Offered Discount”).

 

17 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

18 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [[and its] [ , 20 ]19 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

19 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

[                        ]

 

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:


EXHIBIT O

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [ , 20 ]1 Tranche[s]] on the following terms:

1. This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [ , 20 ]2 Tranche[s]].

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[ ] of the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [[and $[ ] of the] [ , 20 ]3 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).4

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [ ]% (the “Specified Discount”).

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

3 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.


To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Lenders] [[and] each Lender of the [ , 20 ]5 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]6

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

Insert applicable representation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

  WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response


EXHIBIT P

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated                , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [Tranches of] Term Loans held by such Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate Outstanding Amount as follows:

[Initial Term Loans - $[ ]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[ ]]

[[ , 20 ]1 Tranche[s] - $[ ]]

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans][[and its] [ , 20 ]2 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Specified Discount in the aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

[                    ]

 

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:


ANNEX III

Schedule A-1 to Credit Agreement

 

TRANCHE B TERM LENDER

   TRANCHE B
REFINANCING
TERM LOAN
COMMITMENT
     TRANCHE B
INITIAL TERM
LOAN
COMMITMENT
     TRANCHE B
DELAYED DRAW
COMMITMENT
 

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 490,000,000      $ 198,800,000      $ 30,800,000  

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 0      $ 156,200,000      $ 24,200,000  

UBS Loan Finance LLC

   $ 0      $ 156,200,000      $ 24,200,000  

MIHI LLC

   $ 0      $ 99,400,000      $ 15,400,000  

Nomura International PLC

   $ 0      $ 99,400,000      $ 15,400,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 490,000,000      $ 710,000,000      $ 110,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

SECOND AMENDMENT

SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of July 15, 2016 (this “Second Amendment”), to the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) parties hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Holdings”), the several banks and financial institutions parties hereto as Lenders and the Administrative Agent (as defined below). Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings provided such terms in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Second Amendment).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended by the Incremental Commitment Amendment thereto, dated as of May 9, 2013, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower; the several Lenders party thereto from time to time; Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the Required Lenders (determined immediately prior to giving effect to this Second Amendment) are willing to amend the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION ONE - Credit Agreement Amendments. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section Two hereof:

(1) Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to insert the following definitions in alphabetical order:

2014 Senior Secured Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition and is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.


Second Amendment Date”: the date of effectiveness of the Second Amendment, dated July 15, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Holdings, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Trigger Date”: the date on or prior to September 30, 2016 as of which both of the following conditions have been satisfied: (i) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after the Second Amendment Date, have incurred Indebtedness for borrowed money with a maturity date after the Maturity Date the gross proceeds of which (before deduction of original issue discount and other fees) equal at least $300 million and (ii) the Borrower has prepaid Tranche B Term Loans after the Second Amendment Date in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (x) $300 million and (y) the net proceeds of the Indebtedness described in clause (i) above. The Borrower may notify the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of the Trigger Date. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly confirm to the Borrower that the Trigger Date has occurred and notify the Lenders of the occurrence of the Trigger Date. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide such confirmation and agrees that such confirmation shall be irrevocably conclusive and binding upon such Lender.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

(2) The definition of “Adjusted LIBOR Rate” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amendment by adding the following at the end thereof:

provided that if the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.”

(3) The definition of “Alternative Base Rate” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be.

(4) The definition of “Defaulting Lender” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Defaulting Lender”: a Tranche B Term Lender that (a) has defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, (c) has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company, that has, become the subject of a Bail-in Action.

(5) The definition of “Federal Funds Effective Rate” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall commence to publish such composite rate).


(6) The definition of “LIBOR Rate” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

LIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBOR Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

(7) Section (1) of the definition of Permitted Investments in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the words “the Borrower or” after the words “by a Restricted Subsidiary in” and before the words “another Restricted Subsidiary” in the second line of such provision.

(8) Section (13) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(9) Section (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following words “(A) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date,” at the beginning of such definition and inserting the following words at the end of such definition:

“(B) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date, Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;”

(10) The definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph at the end of such definition:

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(11) The definition of “Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “$150.0 million” with “(x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date $150.0 million and (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date $180.0 million” in the second line and in the antepenultimate line of such definition.


(12) The definition of “Senior Secured Indebtedness” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the words “for which internal financial statements are available” after the words “most recently ended fiscal quarter” and before the words “plus the amount of any Indebtedness” in the third line of such definition.

(13) Section 2.6(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “3.50 to 1.00” with “(x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date 3.50 to 1.00 and (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date 4.00 to 1.00” in the 21st line of such provision.

(14) Section 4.4(b)(iii) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the words “or in the case of voluntary prepayments of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) made on or after the Second Amendment Date and on or prior to the Trigger Date, during a previous Fiscal Year (to the extent such voluntary prepayments have not previously been applied to reduce the amount of prepayment required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii) in a previous Fiscal Year or to reduce scheduled amortization of the Tranche B Term Loans)” after the words “during such Fiscal Year” and before the words “(which, in any event, shall not include” in the 21st line of such provision.

(15) Section 8.1(b)(i) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following words “(A) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date,” at the beginning of such provision and inserting the following words at the end of such provision:

(B) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date, (I) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes and the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(16) Section 8.2(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) replacing the words “no Default or Event of Default” with the words “no Event of Default” in the first line of clause (1) of such provision and (ii) inserting the words “if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on clause (A) of paragraph (3) below,” at the beginning of clause (2) of such provision immediately prior to the words “the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment”.

(17) Section 8.2(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) inserting the words “or Permitted Investments” immediately after the words “will be deemed to be Restricted Payments” in the seventh line of such provision and (ii) inserting the words “or Permitted Investment” immediately after the words “will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment” in the ninth line of such provision.

(18) A new Section 11.21 is hereby added to the Existing Credit Agreement as follows:

Section 11.21. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;


(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

SECTION TWO - Conditions to Effectiveness of Second Amendment. This Second Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(1) The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Second Amendment executed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders (determined immediately prior to giving effect to this Second Amendment).

(2) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) true and complete copies of the resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Second Amendment, and the performance of the Credit Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment, certified as of the Second Amendment Effective Date by a Responsible Officer, secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment and (ii) a good standing certificate for the Borrower from its jurisdiction of formation.

(3) The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Administrative Agent for (i) all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Second Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice in writing to the Borrower of the occurrence of the Second Amendment Effective Date. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide such notice and agrees that such notice shall be irrevocably conclusive and binding upon such Lender. Each Lender also hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, acting at the direction of the Required Lenders, to execute a counterpart to this Second Amendment.

SECTION THREE - Representations and Warranties; No Default. In order to induce the Lenders to consent to this Second Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Second Amendment:

(1) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(2) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Credit Agreement and (iii) any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified.

(3) The execution, delivery and performance of this Second Amendment (i) are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of the Borrower’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which the Borrower is a party or affecting the Borrower or the properties of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(4) The Second Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

SECTION FOUR - Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement and the Notes; Acknowledgements.

(1) On and after the effectiveness of this Second Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Second Amendment. The Credit Agreement and each of the other


Loan Documents, as specifically amended by this Second Amendment, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Second Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as an amendment or waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or any Agent under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, this Second Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

(2) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (ii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Second Amendment, and (iv) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

(3) Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (ii) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Second Amendment.

SECTION FIVE - Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (i) all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Second Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION SIX - Tax Matters. For purposes of determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the effective date of this Second Amendment, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) the Credit Agreement (after giving effect to this Second Amendment) as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).

SECTION SEVEN - Execution in Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Second Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic photocopy (i.e., “pdf”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Second Amendment.

SECTION EIGHT - Governing Law. THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:  

Executive Vice President, General Counsel

and Secretary


Acknowledged and agreed:
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:  

Executive Vice President, General

Counsel and Secretary

ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A.P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS MC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.


(cont-d):
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
BB INVESTMENTS LLC
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BUTE SOUND LLC
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
LAVA RECORDS LLC
MM INVESTMENT LLC
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC


(cont-d):

 

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:  

Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading

Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity


WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC

NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC

By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C. NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

Name:   Judith Smith
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Karim Rahimtoola

Name:   Karim Rahimtoola
Title:   Authorized Signatory
EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT

SECOND INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT, dated as of November 21, 2016 (this “Second Incremental Amendment ”), to the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) parties hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Holdings”), the Administrative Agent (as defined below) and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche C Term Lender.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower; the several lenders party thereto from time to time; Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners;

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested that Incremental Term Loan Commitments be made available to the Borrower, and the Tranche C Term Lender and the Administrative Agent have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that the Tranche C Term Lender will make Incremental Loans in the form of the Tranche C Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,005,975,000, the proceeds of which will be used to repay the Tranche B Term Loans in full and to pay fees and expenses relating thereto (the entry into this Second Incremental Amendment and the borrowing of the Tranche C Term Loans hereunder and any or all of the foregoing transactions referred to in this paragraph, collectively, the “Transactions”); and

WHEREAS, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as sole lead arranger and bookrunner (the “Tranche C Lead Arranger”) for the Tranche C Term Loans;

WHEREAS, effective as of the making of the Tranche C Term Loans, each Lender party hereto has agreed to the amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

#88939479V8


Section 2. Amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(a) It is understood and agreed that the Tranche C Term Loans are “Incremental Loans”, the Tranche C Term Lender is an “Additional Lender,” the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment is an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment” and this Second Incremental Amendment is an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”, in each case, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that this Second Incremental Amendment and the Credit Agreement are each a “Loan Document”, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.

(b) Exhibits J, K, L, M, N, O and P to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended to read as set forth in Annex II hereto.

(c) The Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended by adding as new Schedule A-2 Annex III hereto.

Section 3A. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. The effectiveness of this Second Incremental Amendment, including the obligation of the Tranche C Term Lender to make a Tranche C Term Loan, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions (the date of such satisfaction or waiver of such conditions being referred to herein as the “Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) Second Incremental Amendment. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Second Incremental Amendment executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each other Loan Party, Holdings and the Tranche C Term Lender.

(b) Legal Opinions, Officer’s Certificates, Corporate Authorizations. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Tranche C Term Lender, customary legal opinions, customary officer’s closing certificates, organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation or organization, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and Holdings (to the extent applicable), in each case (to the extent applicable) substantially similar to the corresponding opinions, certificates and documents delivered in connection with the closing of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date and described in Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.

(d) PATRIOT Act and Anti-Money Laundering. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Tranche C Lead Arranger.

 

- 2 -

 

#88939479V8


(e) Fees and Other Amounts. (i) The Tranche C Lead Arranger shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to it on or prior to such date pursuant to that certain engagement letter, dated as of October 17, 2016 among the Tranche C Lead Arranger and the Borrower, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable for the account of any Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on or before the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date, including accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received, for the ratable account of each Lender that delivers an executed counterpart of this Second Incremental Amendment, a fee in an amount equal to 0.50% of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

(f) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice in respect of the Tranche C Term Loans as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(g) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

The making of the Tranche C Term Loans by the Tranche C Term Lender shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and the Tranche C Term Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3A shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Section 3B. Amendment and Restatement of Exiting Credit Agreement.

(a) Subject to satisfaction of the condition set forth in paragraph (b) below, effective as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (as defined below), the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Existing Credit Agreement attached as Annex I hereto.

(b) The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 3B(a) shall become effective on the date (the “Amendment and Restatement Effective Date”) on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the written consent to this Agreement of Lenders constituting the Required Lenders as of such date, provided that the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall not occur prior to the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date. For purposes of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that if the Lenders executing this Agreement would constitute the Required Lenders after giving effect to the repayment of Tranche B Term Loans described in the Recitals hereof, the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall occur on the date of such repayment.

 

- 3 -

 

#88939479V8


Section 4. Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Second Incremental Amendment and the Tranche C Term Lender to make the Tranche C Term Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Administrative Agent and the Tranche C Term Lender that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Second Incremental Amendment:

(a) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Existing Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c) The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Second Incremental Amendment, the performance of this Second Incremental Amendment by each Loan Party, the performance of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) (A) do not and will not contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) This Second Incremental Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party. This Second Incremental Amendment and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other Loan Party, enforceable against the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is party hereto in accordance with their terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(e) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche C Term Loans to (i) prepay in full the Tranche B Term Loans, (ii) redeem up to $27,500,000 of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and (iii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

 

- 4 -

 

#88939479V8


Section 5. Effects on Loan Documents; Acknowledgement.

(a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Second Incremental Amendment shall not (i) by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Holdings or the Loan Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as expressly set forth herein, each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation thereof. Each Loan Party and Holdings reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Agreement on the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date. This Second Incremental Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Second Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Second Incremental Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties and Holdings hereby consents to this Second Incremental Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party or Holdings under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party or Holdings is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche C Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche C Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche C Term Lender) and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Second Incremental Amendment, (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche C Term Loans, and (vi) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche C Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche C Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis,

 

- 5 -

 

#88939479V8


(iii) reaffirms each Lien granted it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche C Term Lender), (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Second Incremental Amendment and (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche C Term Loans.

Section 6. Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (1) all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Second Incremental Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (2) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

Section 7. Counterparts. This Second Incremental Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Second Incremental Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 8. Applicable Law. THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS SECOND INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SAME ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 9. Headings. The headings of this Second Incremental Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 6 -

 

#88939479V8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Incremental Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Acknowledged and agreed:
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 

ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

T. Y. S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U. S. A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS MC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U. S. A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

(cont-d):

 

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W. B. M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L. L. C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

(cont-d):

 

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED. COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

 

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner By: Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L. C. NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

  Name: Judith E. Smith
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Tranche C Term Lender
By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

Name:   Judith E. Smith
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

#88939479V8


ANNEX I

Credit Agreement

 

#88939479V8


CONFORMED CONVENIENCE COPY.  NOTE THAT THIS CONFORMED

COPY IS NOT AN OPERATIVE DOCUMENT. PLEASE REFERENCE THE

EXECUTED VERSION OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED NOVEMBER 1,

2012 AND THE EXECUTION VERSIONS OF THE SUBSEQUENT

AMENDMENTS FOR THE FINAL TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AS

AMENDED.

 

 

$1,310,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC.,

and NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

dated as of November 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Table of Contents

 

          Page  
     
SECTION 1 Definitions      1  
    1.1    Defined Terms      1  
    1.2    Other Definitional Provisions      67  
SECTION 2 Amount and Terms of Commitments      70  
    2.1    Term Loans      70  
    2.2    Notes      72  
    2.3    Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing      75  
    2.4    [Reserved.]      75  
    2.5    Repayment of Loans      75  
    2.6    Incremental Facilities      76  
    2.7    Permitted Debt Exchanges      80  
    2.8    Extension of Term Loans      81  
SECTION 3 [Reserved]      85  
SECTION 4 General Provisions Applicable to Loans      85  
    4.1    Interest Rates and Payment Dates      85  
    4.2    Conversion and Continuation Options      86  
    4.3    Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets      87  
    4.4    Optional and Mandatory Prepayments      87  
    4.5    Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees      98  
    4.6    Computation of Interest and Fees      100  
    4.7    Inability to Determine Interest Rate      100  
    4.8    Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      101  
    4.9    Illegality      102  
    4.10    Requirements of Law      102  
    4.11    Taxes      104  
    4.12    Indemnity      109  
    4.13    Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts      109  
    4.14    Defaulting Lenders      111  
SECTION 5 Representations and Warranties      112  
    5.1    Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      112  
    5.2    Authorization; No Contravention      113  
    5.3    Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      113  
    5.4    Binding Effect      113  
    5.5    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      114  
    5.6    Litigation      114  
    5.7    No Default      114  
    5.8    Ownership of Property; Liens      114  
    5.9    Environmental Compliance      114  
    5.10    Taxes      115  
    5.11    ERISA Compliance      115  
    5.12    Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      116  
    5.13    Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      116  
    5.14    Anti-Terrorism Law      116  
    5.15    Sanctioned Persons      117  
    5.16    Foreign Corrupt Practices Act      117  
    5.17    Labor Matters      117  
    5.18    Disclosure      118  
    5.19    Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc      118  
    5.20    Solvency      118  
    5.21    Senior Debt Status      118  
    5.22    Valid Liens      118  

 

 

(i)

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

SECTION 6 Conditions Precedent

     119  

    6.1

  

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

     119  

SECTION 7 Affirmative Covenants

     121  

    7.1

  

Financial Statements

     121  

    7.2

  

Certificates; Other Information

     123  

    7.3

  

Notices

     124  

    7.4

  

Payment of Taxes

     125  

    7.5

  

Preservation of Existence, Etc

     125  

    7.6

  

Maintenance of Properties

     125  

    7.7

  

Maintenance of Insurance

     125  

    7.8

  

Compliance with Laws

     125  

    7.9

  

Books and Records

     125  

    7.10

  

Inspection Rights

     126  

    7.11

  

Use of Proceeds

     126  

    7.12

  

Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security

     126  

    7.13

  

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     128  

    7.14

  

Further Assurances

     129  

    7.15

  

Maintenance of Ratings

     129  

    7.16

  

Post-Closing Actions

     129  

SECTION 8 Negative Covenants

     129  

    8.1

  

Limitation on Indebtedness

     129  

    8.2

  

Restricted Payments

     135  

    8.3

  

Asset Sales

     143  

    8.4

  

Transactions with Affiliates

     145  

    8.5

  

Liens

     147  

    8.6

  

Fundamental Changes

     148  

    8.7

  

Subsidiary Distributions

     149  

    8.8

  

Change of Control

     152  

SECTION 9 Events of Default

     152  

    9.1

  

Events of Default

     152  

    9.2

  

Remedies Upon an Event of Default

     155  

SECTION 10 The Agents and the Other Representatives

     155  

    10.1

  

Appointment

     155  

    10.2

  

The Administrative Agent and Affiliates

     156  

    10.3

  

Action by an Agent

     156  

    10.4

  

Exculpatory Provisions

     156  

    10.5

  

Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders

     157  

    10.6

  

Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders

     158  

    10.7

  

Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance

     158  

    10.8

  

Collateral Matters

     159  

    10.9

  

Successor Agent

     161  

    10.10

  

Withholding Tax

     162  

    10.11

  

Other Representatives

     162  

    10.12

  

Application of Proceeds

     162  

SECTION 11 Miscellaneous

     163  

    11.1

  

Amendments and Waivers

     163  

    11.2

  

Notices

     167  

    11.3

  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     168  

    11.4

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     169  

    11.5

  

Payment of Expenses and Taxes

     169  

    11.6

  

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

     170  

    11.7

  

Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations

     180  

    11.8

  

Judgment

     180  

    11.9

  

Counterparts

     181  

 

 

(ii)

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

11.10

  

Severability

     181  

11.11

  

Integration

     181  

11.12

  

Governing Law

     181  

11.13

  

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     181  

11.14

  

Acknowledgements

     182  

11.15

  

Waiver Of Jury Trial

     183  

11.16

  

Confidentiality

     183  

11.17

  

Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness

     184  

11.18

  

USA Patriot Act Notice

     185  

11.19

  

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     185  

11.20

  

Reinstatement

     185  

11.21

  

Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     185  

 

- (iii) -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


SCHEDULES

A

      Commitments; Addresses

A-1

      Commitments; Tranche B Term Lenders

A-2

      Commitments; Tranche C Term Lenders

5.12

      Restricted Subsidiaries

7.16

      Post-Closing Actions

EXHIBITS

A

      Form of Note

B

      Form of Security Agreement

C

      Form of Guarantee Agreement

D

      Form of U. S. Tax Compliance Certificate

E

      Form of Assignment and Acceptance

F

      Form of Solvency Certificate

G

      Form of Increase Supplement

H

      Form of Lender Joinder Agreement

I

      Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption

J

      Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

K

      Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

L

      Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

M

      Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

N

      Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

O

      Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

P

      Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

(iv)

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 2012, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP. (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity and as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Definitions

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2011 Transactions”: has the meaning given to the term “Transactions” under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

2014 Senior Secured Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

ABR”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Loans”: Loans to which the rate of interest applicable is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceleration”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Acceptable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice”: a written notice from the Borrower setting forth the Acceptable Discount pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Acceptance Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Access Investors”: collectively, (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or

 

#88946885v8
#88946885v8


have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Accounts”: “accounts” as defined in the UCC and, with respect to any Person, all such Accounts of such Person, whether now existing or existing in the future, including (a) all accounts receivable of such Person (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent), including all accounts receivable created by or arising from all of such Person’s sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of its trade names, or through any of its divisions, (b) all unpaid rights of such Person (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including returned or repossessed goods, (d) all reserves and credit balances held by such Person with respect to any such accounts receivable of any Obligors, (e) all letters of credit, guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing and (f) all insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Acquired Debt”: with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Indebtedness”: additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender”: as defined in Section 2.6(b).

Adjusted LIBOR Rate”: with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the higher of (a) (i) the LIBOR Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (ii) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period and (b) (i) 1.25% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Initial Term Loans and, (ii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche B Term Loans and (iii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche C Term Loans; provided that if the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

Administrative Agent”: as defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9.

 

- 2 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Affected Eurodollar Rate”: as defined in Section 4.7.

Affected Loans”: as defined in Section 4.9.

Affiliate”: of any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction”: as defined in Section 8.4(a).

Affiliated Debt Fund”: any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, so long as (i) any such Affiliated Lender is managed as to day-to-day matters (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, as to strategic direction and similar matters) independently from Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, (ii) any such Affiliated Lender has in place customary information screens between it and Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, and (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries directs or causes the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Affiliated Lender”: any Lender that is a Permitted Affiliated Assignee.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(i)(1).

Agent Default”: an Agent has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Agent becomes subject to an Agent-Related Distress Event.

Agent-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Agent (each, a “Distressed Person”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Agent or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Agents”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

Agreement”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, from time to time.

 

- 3 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Alternate Base Rate”: means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be.

Amendment”: as defined in Section 8.7(b)(xii).

Applicable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Applicable Margin”: (x) with respect to all periods prior to but not including the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the rate(s) per annum as in effect from time to time under the Agreement prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date and (y) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, or a Tranche C Term Loan, 2.75% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan or a Tranche C Term Loan, 1.75% per annum.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Asset Sale”: (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

 

- 4 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2)(a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 8.6 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 8.2 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 8.5;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

 

- 5 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired byof the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance”: an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Attorney Costs”: all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements”: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

- 6 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Bankruptcy Proceeding”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Board of Directors”: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrower”: WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Borrower Materials”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment”: the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv).

Borrowing”: the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments or other commitments of the respective Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the same Interest Period.

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried on in London, England and New York, New York.

Capital Expenditures”: for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under leases evidencing Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

 

- 7 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”: (1) U. S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

 

- 8 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Cash Management Obligations”: obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Revolving Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender or a Revolving Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Revolving Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Closing Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds, provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan bank products agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

Change in Law”: as defined in Section 4.11(a).

Change of Control”: the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

 

- 9 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Claim”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in  Section 6.1 shall be satisfied or waivedNovember 1, 2012.

Code”: the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral”: all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

Commitment”: (x) as to any Tranche B Term Lender, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and (y) as to any Tranche C Term Lender, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Commodities Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).

Conduit Lender”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower on request); provided that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, including Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5, than the designating

 

- 10 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be deemed to have any Initial Term Loan Commitment or, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income”: with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

 

- 11 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

 

- 12 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 8.2(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.2(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets”: with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

 

- 13 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

Consolidation”: the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Contingent Obligations”: means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Consideration”: as defined in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Control”: as defined in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement”: (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith,

 

- 14 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Currency Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of Section 9.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition specified in Section 9.1, has been satisfied.

Default Notice”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Defaulting Agent”: any Agent whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Agent Default.

Defaulting Lender”: a Tranche B Term Lender or Tranche C Term Lender that (a) has defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, (c) has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company, that has, become the subject of a Bail-in Action.

Designated Noncash Consideration”: the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3).

Designation Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(f).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(2).

Discount Range”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

 

- 15 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Discount Range Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice”: a written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date”: in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, or otherwise, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Lender of notice from the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(ii), Section 4.4(h)(iii) or Section 4.4(h)(iv), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Disqualified Institution”: any Person that is competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliate of such Person, which Person or any of its affiliates has been designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, from time to time upon three Business Days’ prior notice.

Disqualified Institution List”: any list of Disqualified Institutions.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Tranche BC Term Loan Maturity Date or the date the Tranche BC Term Loans are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement,

 

- 16 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA”: with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

(9) Securitization Fees,

 

- 17 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3);

(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 1218 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

ECF CNI”: with respect to the Borrower for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating ECF CNI for any period, there shall be excluded, without duplication, (a) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Restricted

 

- 18 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (c) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) for any period to the extent that, during such period, there exists any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make distributions in cash on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not itself subject to any such encumbrance or restriction, in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (d) to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense in accordance with GAAP, payments made in respect of minority interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture in such period, including pursuant to dividends declared or paid on Equity Interests held by third parties in respect of such non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture and (e) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ECF Payment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(b).

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition and is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws”: any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

- 19 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Environmental Permits”: any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow”: for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) ECF CNI for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI and cash receipts to the extent excluded in calculating such ECF CNI (except to the extent such cash receipts are attributable to revenue or other items that would be included in calculating ECF CNI for any prior period),

 

- 20 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from any acquisition or disposition of (a) any business unit, division, line of business or Person or (b) any assets other than in the ordinary course of business (each, an Acquisition” or “Disposition”, respectively) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, or from the application of purchase accounting),

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in calculating such ECF CNI,

provided that any amount excluded from such ECF CNI pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (e) of the definition thereof shall not be added pursuant to this clause (a), over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in calculating such ECF CNI and cash charges to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the amount of Capital Expenditures either made in cash or accrued during such period (provided that, whether any such Capital Expenditures shall be deducted for the period in which cash payments for such Capital Expenditures have been paid or the period in which such Capital Expenditures have been accrued shall be at the Borrower’s election; provided, further that, in no case shall any accrual of a Capital Expenditure which has previously been deducted give rise to a subsequent deduction upon the making of such Capital Expenditure in cash in the same or any subsequent period), except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale or Recovery Event that resulted in an increase to ECF CNI and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect of the principal amount of such Term Loans), but excluding (w) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (x) all prepayments of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all prepayments of any other revolving loans (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (z) all voluntary prepayments, scheduled principal payments and mandatory “excess cash flow” prepayments that are applied pro rata to the Term Loans, in each case of Pari Passu Indebtedness made during such period), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

 

- 21 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in calculating such ECF CNI,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from any Acquisition or Disposition by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or from the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent such payments are not expensed in such period or are not already deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2 and Acquisitions, except to the extent that such Investments or Acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(viii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xv) below in prior years, the amount of Restricted Payments (other than Investments) made in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 8.2(b) (other than Section 8.2(b)(ii), (iii)(x), (xi) and (xv)), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, except to the extent that such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not expensed in such period or are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xi) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”)

 

- 22 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


entered into prior to or during such period relating to contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2, Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments, Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI;

(xiv) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI; and

(xv) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, non cash expenses under an equity plan to the extent not deducted in calculating ECF CNI (or deducted but added back under clause (a) of this definition) (it being understood that (x) no deduction shall be allowed at the time of the related cash payment to the extent the Borrower has previously elected to deduct such expenses under this clause and (y) to the extent such related cash payment does not occur by the expected time therefor under such equity plan (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), Excess Cash Flow shall be increased by the related expenses deducted under this clause).

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution”: (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

 

- 23 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Closing Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Excluded Information”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Excluded Subsidiaries”: as defined in Section 7.12(a).

Excluded Taxes”: (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes, and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Closing Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Unsecured Indenture”: that certain indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 by and between the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time).

Existing Unsecured Notes”: the Borrower’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Closing Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Extended Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extended Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

 

- 24 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Extension Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Extension Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(d).

Extension Election”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of a Term Loan.

Extension Request”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extension Series”: all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

Facility”: each of (a) the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Initial Term Loan Facility), (b) the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche B Term Loan Facility”) and, (c) the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the Tranche C Term Loan Facility) and (d) any other committed facility hereunder and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder.

FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal District Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate”: means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall commence to publish such composite rate).

First Incremental Amendment”: the Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche B Term Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

First Incremental Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

First Incremental Amendment Effective Date”: the date on which the conditions set forth or referred to in Section 3 of the First Incremental Amendment are satisfied or waived.

 

- 25 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Fiscal Year”: any period of 12 consecutive months ending on September 30 of any calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a

 

- 26 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Consolidated Working Capital,” “EBITDA,” “ECF CNI,” “Excess Cash Flow,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Funded Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event”: with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any

 

- 27 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan”: any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

Funded Debt”: all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of such debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans.

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the SEC permits or requires U. S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

 

- 28 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee”: a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee”: any guarantee of the Secured Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement”: the Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Subsidiary Guarantor; individually, a “Guarantor”.

 

- 29 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Hazardous Materials”: all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements”: collectively, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements.

Hedge Bank”: any Person that is a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or a Person that was, at the time of entering into a Hedge Agreement, a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or that was a party to a Hedge Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Hedge Agreement.

Hedging Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Historical Adjustments”: for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.

Holdings”: WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes”: Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Identified Participating Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

IFRS”: International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

 

- 30 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 30 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Incremental Indebtedness”: Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6.

Incremental Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Term Loan”: any Incremental Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

Incremental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

incur”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Indebtedness”: (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is

 

- 31 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


acquired, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Individual Lender Exposure”: of any Lender, at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans made by such Lender and then outstanding and, all Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and all Tranche C Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding.

Initial Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Initial Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of an Initial Term Loan.

Initial Lien”: as defined in Section 8.5(a).

Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(a). The aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche B Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading

 

- 32 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


“Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Lenders, the “Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $600.0 million.

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2018.

Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Initial Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Initial Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Initial Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Initial Term Loans.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”: as defined in Section 10.8(a).

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by each affected Lender nine months, 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if agreed to by each affected Lender nine months, 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the

 

- 33 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), or (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) shall (for all purposes other than Section 4.12) end on (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans) or, (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans);

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a scheduled payment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Investment Company Act”: the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities”: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

- 34 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Investments”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 8.2, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights”: has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).

Junior Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

 

- 35 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Laws”: collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers”: collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., each solely in its capacity as a joint lead arranger of the Initial Term Loan Commitments and, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and, solely with respect to Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments hereunder.

Lender Joinder Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Lender-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Lender (each, a “Distressed Lender”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Lender under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Lender or any substantial part of such Distressed Lender’s assets, or such Distressed Lender makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Lender to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lenders”: the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any such bank or financial institution through which such bank or financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make any Loans available to the Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or consenting with respect to (a) any amendment, supplementation or modification of any Loan Document, (b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or consent pursuant to Section 11.1, the bank or financial institution making such election shall be deemed the “Lender” rather than such affiliate, which shall not be entitled to so vote or consent.

 

- 36 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


LIBOR Rate”: means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBOR Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien”: with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Acquisition:Transaction:  (x) any acquisition which the Borrower or, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has contractually committed to consummate, the terms of which do not condition the Borrowers or its Subsidiarys, as applicable, obligation to close such acquisitionof any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of third-party financing., or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.

Loan”: each Initial Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Tranche C Term Loan, Incremental Loan and Extended Term Loan; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Incremental Amendment, any Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Loan Parties”: the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; individually, a “Loan Party”.

 

- 37 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Management Agreement”: the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings. and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries”: Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 9.1(f), in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

Maturity Date”: (a) with respect to Initial Term Loans, the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date and, (b) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and (c) with respect to Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.8(g).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgages”: collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Secured Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

 

- 38 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Multiemployer Plan”: any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business”: the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Cash Proceeds”: with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence and net of taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect thereof.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds”: the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

- 39 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


New Dollar Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Euro Notes”: the Borrower’s Euro-denominated 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Notes”: collectively, the New Dollar Notes and the New Euro Notes.

New Notes Indenture”: the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

New York Courts”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

New York Supreme Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Non-Excluded Taxes”: all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(e).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is

 

- 40 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Notes”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Obligations”: means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Obligor”: any purchaser of goods or services or other Person obligated to make payment to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) in respect of a purchase of such goods or services.

Offered Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Offered Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

OID”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Organization Documents”: means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Other Representatives”: the Syndication Agents, and the Lead Arrangers.

Outstanding Amount”: with respect to the Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent”: any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either

 

- 41 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Indebtedness”: Indebtedness secured by Liens with Pari Passu Lien Priority.

Pari Passu Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(v).

Participating Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Patriot Act”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan”: any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Affiliated Assignee”: the Sponsor, any investment fund managed or controlled by the Sponsor and any special purpose vehicle established by the Sponsor or by one or more of such investment funds.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance Section 8.3(c).

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

 

- 42 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Permitted Debt Exchange”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Holders”: any of the following: (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which the Borrower makes all payments of the Term Loans and other amounts required by, if applicable, Section 8.8, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investments”: (1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

 

- 43 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above in Section 8.3 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 8.1(b)(ix);

(9)(1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 44 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(11) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 8.5;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 (except transactions described in Section 8.4(b)(ii), (vi) and (vii));

(15) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes.

 

- 45 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Permitted Liens”: the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance Section 8.1;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Closing Date (other than under this Agreement,

 

- 46 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the New Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

 

- 47 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19)(A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

- 48 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) and (xx);

(26)(x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date, Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B)  the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00 (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date, Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 49 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U. S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U. S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U. S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U. S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Person”: any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Plan”: any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform”: Intralinks, SyndTrak Online or any other similar electronic distribution system.

Pledged Debt”: as defined the Security Agreement.

Preferred Stock”: as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prepayment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(d).

 

- 50 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Prime Rate”: for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

Product”: any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds”: assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing”: any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

- 51 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Qualifying IPO”: the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Rating Agency”: Moody’s or S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivable”: a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Recorded Music Business”: means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale”: means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Banks”: Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC or such additional or other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, provided that at any time the maximum number of Reference Banks does not exceed six.

refinance”: refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Refinancing Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 8.1(b)(xiii).

 

- 52 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Regulation D”: Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation S-X”: Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s affiliates and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, employees, shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and controlling persons of such person and of such person’s affiliates and “Related Party” shall mean any of them.

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

Required Conversion Date”: as defined in Section 4.2(c).

Required Lenders”: Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures represents a majority of the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures at such time; provided that the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loans and Tranche C Term Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded from Individual Lender Exposures in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment”: as defined in Section 8.2.

Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

 

- 53 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”: Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding  (x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date $150.0 million and (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date $180.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the  (x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date $150.0 million and (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date $180.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Revolving Lender”: a lender under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

Rollover Indebtedness”: means Indebtedness of a Loan Party issued to any Lender in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of any repayment of Term Loans made pursuant to Subsection 4.4(a) or (b), so long as (other than in connection with a refinancing in full of the Facilities) such Indebtedness (1) is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Rollover Indebtedness and (2) would not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the weighted average life to maturity, or a maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans being repaid.

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Amendment Date”: the date of effectiveness of the Second Amendment, dated July 15, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Holdings, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement”: any Hedge Agreement that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement.

 

- 54 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Secured Obligations”: all (x) Term Loan Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Secured Parties”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securitization Assets”: any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees”: reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other

 

- 55 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement”: the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents”: the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Secured Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement”: that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility”: the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

 

- 56 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents”: the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Senior Secured Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness).

In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i)(B) or Section 2.6(a)(i)(B) or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio”: with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

 

- 57 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 2.6(a), Section 8.1(b)(i) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Set”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans of a single Tranche, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Settlement Service”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Solvent” and “Solvency”: with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

 

- 58 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Special Purpose Entity”: (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt”: collectively, the New Notes, the Indebtedness under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response”: the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(3).

Specified Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Specified Financings”: the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

Specified Transaction”: (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor”: Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

 

- 59 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity”: with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Submitted Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Submitted Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Term Loans.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

- 60 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower which executes and delivers the Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, in each case, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary Guarantor (a) ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (b) is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (c) is released from all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement in accordance with terms and provisions thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee”: the guaranty of the Term Loan Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Supplemental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Syndication Agents”: Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as syndication agent for the Initial Term Loan Commitments.

Taxes”: any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan Facility Obligations”: obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Term Loans”: the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, as the context shall require.

Third Amendment: the Second Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of November 21, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche C Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Third Amendment Closing Date: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Third Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Threshold Amount”: $50 million.

 

- 61 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Ticking Fee Rate”: as of any day, the rate per annum equal to the percentage of the Applicable Margin applicable to Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans set forth below for such day.

 

Time Period after First Incremental Amendment Effective Date

   Percentage  

30 days or less

     0

31 to 60 days

     33

61 to 90 days

     66

91 days or longer

     100

Tranche”: with respect to Term Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Term Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Term Loans or Initial Term Loan Commitments, (2) Tranche B Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, (3) Tranche C Term Loans or Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, (4) Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments with the same terms and conditions made on the same day, or (45) Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”; collectively as to all the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments on the First Incremental Effective Date is $110 million.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

 

- 62 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period”: the period from (A) the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to (B) the earlier of (i) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Initial Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $710 million.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period”: the period from the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Initial Outside Date.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(d).

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(d) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the New Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments.” The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $490 million.

 

- 63 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Tranche B Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Term Loan”: (i) prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, (ii) on and after the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and (iii) thereafter, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, collectively the “Tranche B Term Loans”. The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans on the Third Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche C Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche B Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment, its Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and its Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Term Loan Commitments”.

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date”: July 1, 2020; provided that in the event that more than $153 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing Unsecured Notes are outstanding on June 28, 2018 (the “Reference Date”), the “Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean July 2, 2018; provided further that the first proviso of this definition shall not apply if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower as of the Reference Date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00.

Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche B Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche B Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche B Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche B Term Loans.

Tranche C Term Lender: any Lender having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche C Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche C Term Loan: as defined in Section 2.1(e). 

 

- 64 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Tranche C Term Loan Commitment: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche C Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(e) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name in Schedule A-2 under the heading Tranche C Term Loan Commitment; collectively, as to all the Tranche C Term Lenders, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments on the Third Amendment Closing Date is $1,005.975 million.

Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrowers 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche C Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche C Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche C Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche C Term Loans.

Transactions”: collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the New Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the New Notes, (ii) the entry into this Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Transferee”: any Participant or Assignee.

Trigger Date: July 27, 2016.

 

- 65 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Trigger Date1: the date on or prior to September 30, 2016 as of which both of the following conditions have been satisfied: (i) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after the Second Amendment Date, have incurred Indebtedness for borrowed money with a maturity date after the Maturity Date the gross proceeds of which (before deduction of original issue discount and other fees) equal at least $300 million and (ii) the Borrower has prepaid Tranche B Term Loans after the Second Amendment Date in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (x) $300 million and (y)  the net proceeds of the Indebtedness described in clause (i) above. The Borrower may notify the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of the Trigger Date. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly confirm to the Borrower that the Trigger Date has occurred and notify the Lenders of the occurrence of the Trigger Date. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide such confirmation and agrees that such confirmation shall be irrevocably conclusive and binding upon such Lender.

Type”: the type of Term Loan determined based on the interest option applicable thereto, with there being two Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans.

UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

United States Person”: any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd., and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 8.2 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

 

1    

The Trigger Date occurred on July 27, 2016.

 

- 66 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 8.1(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U. S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 4.11(b)(ii)(2).

Voting Stock”: as to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

 

- 67 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(a) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2011 Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the 2011 Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the components of such financial ratio financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period. In addition, for purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period.

(d) Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

(e) Any references in this Agreement to “cash and/or Cash Equivalents”, “cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities” or any similar combination of the foregoing shall be construed as not double counting cash or any other applicable amount which would otherwise be duplicated therein.

(f) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(g) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Borrower, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has exercised its option under the first sentence of this clause (g), and any

 

- 68 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

(h) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(a) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio; or

(b) testing baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrowers election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an LCT Election), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the LCT Test Date), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount, such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Dispositions, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such

 

- 69 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

SECTION 2

Amount and Terms of Commitments

2.1Term Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender holding an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Closing Date, one or more term loans (each, an “Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Term Loans on such date), the Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(b) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Initial Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche B Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Initial Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate if the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Initial Outside Date. On the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Initial Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

- 70 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan, a “Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically terminate if the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date. On the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of any Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(d) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

- 71 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(e) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Third Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche C Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Third Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Third Amendment Closing Date, a Tranche C Term Loan) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name in Schedule A-2 under the heading Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche C Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche C Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Third Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche C Term Loans on such date), the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

2.2 Notes. (a) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender made on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans), the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche C Term Loans) or in connection with any assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b), in order to evidence such Lender’s Loan, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Note”), in each case with appropriate insertions therein as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to such Lender and in a principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the applicable Loans made (or acquired by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b)) by such Lender to the Borrower. Each Note (i) in respect of Initial Term Loans shall be dated the Closing Date, (ii) in respect of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in respect of Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and, (iv) in respect of Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be dated the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (v) in respect of Tranche C Term Loans shall be dated the Third Amendment Closing Date. Each Note shall be payable as provided in Section 2.2(b) or, (c) or (d), as applicable, and provide for the payment of interest in accordance with Section 4.1. For the avoidance of doubt, any Notes issued with respect to Tranche B Term Loans shall reflect that, following the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, all Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans.

 

- 72 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(b) The Initial Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on March 29, 2013 up to and including the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Initial Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    1.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date
Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Initial Term Loans

 

- 73 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) The Tranche B Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on December 31, 2013 up to and including the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    Prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date
  

 

From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and Prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date

 

On or after the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Tranche B Term Loans

 

- 74 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(d) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

2.3 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent notice (which notice must have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 A. M., New York City time, and shall be irrevocable after funding) on (i) in the case of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date, (ii) in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and, (iv) in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (v) in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans, the Third Amendment Closing Date, in each case, specifying the amount of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans and Tranche C Term Loans, as applicable, to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. Each Lender (i) having an Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (ii) having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iii) having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, or (iv) having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, or (v) having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, in each case for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A. M., New York City time, on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans) or, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans) or the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans) in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall on such date credit the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.4[Reserved.]

2.5 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent (in the currency in which such Term Loan is denominated) for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender made to the Borrower, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans) or, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) (or such earlier date on which the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.1.

 

- 75 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each applicable Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each applicable Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Incremental Facilities. (a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) exists or would arise therefrom (provided that, to the extent the proceeds of Term Loans made pursuant to any Incremental Commitment will be used to consummate a Limited Condition AcquisitionTransaction, the requirement that there be no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) shall only be required to be satisfied on the date on which definitive agreements with respect to such Limited Condition AcquisitionTransaction are entered into), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (i) to request new term loan commitments under one or more new term loan credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and (ii) to increase the Existing Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to an Existing Term Tranche of Term Loans (the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, (i) the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective the greater of (A) $300.0 million and (B)  the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of (x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date 3.50 to 1.00 and (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i)  and300 million plus (B) the amount that could be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio),; (ii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(B) above, the Borrower shall

 

- 76 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment or compliance with the financial test set forth in such clause (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test), as applicable, and (iii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment; provided further that (x) the Borrower may elect to use capacity under (i)(B) above prior to using capacity under (i)(A) above, (y) that any portion of any Incremental Commitments incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above shall be reclassified, as the Borrower may elect from time to time, as incurred under clause (i)(B) if the Borrower meets the applicable Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio at such time, on a pro forma basis and (z) any amounts incurred under (i)(A) above, concurrently incurred with, or in a single transaction or series of related transactions with, amounts incurred under (i)(B) above or under Section 8.1(b)(i) or under clause (26) of the definition of Permitted Liens will not count as indebtedness for the purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio to determine availability at such time under clause (i)(B), Section 8.1(b)(i) or capacity under clause (26) of the definition of Permitted Liens). Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Each Incremental Commitment made available pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of at least $15.0 million and in integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof or such lower minimum amounts or multiples as agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonably discretion from time to time.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”); provided that if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or an Approved Fund, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required (it being understood that any such Additional Lender that is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(h), mutatis mutandis, to the same extent as if such Incremental Commitments and related Obligations had been obtained by such Lender by way of assignment).

(c) Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Term Loan Tranche to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the term loan made pursuant to such Supplemental Term Loan Commitment shall be a Term Loan.

(d) Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental

 

- 77 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.6; provided, however, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Tranche BC Term Loans (so long as any such Incremental Commitments (and related Obligations) secured on a junior basis are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or an Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable), (B) the Incremental Commitments and any incremental loans drawn thereunder (the “Incremental Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Tranche BC Term Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Term Loans (other than the proceeds of Incremental Loans which are subject to an escrow or similar arrangement and any related deposit of Cash or Cash Equivalents to cover interest and premium in respect of such Incremental Loans) and (II) so long as any Tranche BC Term Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans secured on a junior basis by the Collateral or ranking junior in right of payment, which shall be subject to junior prepayment provisions) on a pro rata basis (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the Tranche BC Term Loans than such Incremental Term Loans as contemplated by the proviso appearing in Section 4.4(c)) (other than, in the case of any customary bridge financing, prepayments of such bridge financing from the issuance of equity or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), provided that (subject to clause (iii) below) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for more favorable amortization payments than the Tranche BC Term Loans, (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be no earlier than or shorter than, as the case may be, the Tranche BC Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche BC Term Loans, as applicable (other than an earlier maturity date and/or shorter weighted average life to maturity for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions, would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date or a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the Tranche BC Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche BC Term Loans, as applicable); (iv) the interest rate margins and amortization schedule applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; provided that in the event that the applicable interest rate margins for any term loans incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, are higher than the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche BC Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Tranche BC Term Loans shall be increased (the Increased Amount) to the extent necessary so that the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche BC Term Loans is equal to the applicable interest rate margins for such Incremental Term Loan Commitment minus 50 basis points; provided, further that, in determining the applicable interest rate margins for the Tranche BC Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans, (A) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront

 

- 78 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


fees payable generally to all participating Additional Lenders in lieu of OID (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under the Tranche BC Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loan in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); (B) any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection with the Incremental Term Loans that are not shared with all Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded; (C) any amendments to the Applicable Margin on the Tranche BC Term Loans that became effective subsequent to the First IncrementalThird Amendment EffectiveClosing Date but prior to the time of such Incremental Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations and; (D) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche BC Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to the applicable interest rate margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for the Tranche BC Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor for the Tranche BC Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to the Tranche BC Term Loans shall be increased by such amount; (E) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor lower than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche C Term Loans or do not include any interest rate floor, to the extent a reduction in the interest rate floor for such Tranche C Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, an amount equal to the difference between the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche C Term Loans and the interest rate floor applicable to such Incremental Term Loans (which shall be deemed to equal 0% for any Incremental Term Loans without any interest rate floor), but which in any event shall not exceed the maximum amount by which a reduction in the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche C Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, shall reduce the applicable interest rate margin of the applicable Incremental Terms Loans for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for such Tranche C Term Loans shall be required, and (F) if the applicable Tranche C Term Loans include a pricing grid the interest rate margins in such pricing grid which are not in effect at the time the applicable Incremental Commitments become effective shall also each be increased by an amount equal to the Increased Amount; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide (1) for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder, (2) for class voting and other class protections for any additional credit facilities, and (3) for the amendment of the definition of “Disqualified Stock,” in each case only to extend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche BC Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche BC Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loans, as applicable; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, provided that to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the terms and documentation governing the Tranche BC Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

- 79 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, in each case, incurred after the First Incremental Effective Date shall not constitute “Incremental Term Loans” incurred pursuant to this Section 2.6 but shall be incurred pursuant to Section 2.1(b) or (c) (as applicable) and accordingly the requirements of this Section 2.6, including clause (iv) of the first proviso of Section 2.6(d), shall not apply thereto.

2.7 Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Tranche, as selected by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans of such Tranche for Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes,” and each such exchange a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount of the applicable Tranche actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (iv) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Tranche, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (vi) any applicable Minimum Exchange Tender Condition shall be satisfied and (vii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes do not provide for a maturity date or weighted average life to maturity earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange or shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange.

 

- 80 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7, (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans be tendered.

(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.7 and without conflict with Section 2.7(d); provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

(d) The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrower’s reliance on any certificate delivered by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.8 Extension of Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of one or more Tranches (including any Extended Term Loans) existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Existing Term Loans”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of any Existing Term Tranche (any such Existing Term Tranche which has been so extended, an “Extended Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.8; provided that (i) any such request shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Term Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more Tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Term Loans), and (ii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any Extended Term Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Term Tranche”), except

 

- 81 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Term Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Term Tranche, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Term Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (y) any optional or mandatory prepayment applicable to any Extended Term Tranche may be directed first to the prepayment of the Existing Term Loans and (z) amortization with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be greater or lesser than amortization for the Specified Existing Term Tranche, so long as the Extended Term Tranche does not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Specified Existing Term Tranche; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.8 or otherwise, (1) assignments and participations of Extended Term Tranches shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than the assignment and participation provisions applicable to Term Loans set forth in Section 11.6, and (2) subject to clause (z) above, no mandatory repayment of Extended Term Tranches shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) (or all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Term Loans converted into an Extended Term Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans from the Specified Existing Term Tranches and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(b) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche or Existing Term Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Term Tranche converted into an Extended Term Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Term Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Term Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Term Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Term Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Term Tranches included in each such Extension Election. In connection with any extension of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.8 (each, an “Extension”), the Borrower shall agree to such procedures regarding timing, rounding and other administrative adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.8. The Borrower may amend, revoke or replace an Extension Request pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the date (the Extension Request Deadline) on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche are requested to respond to the Extension Request. Any Lender may revoke an Extension Election at any time

 

- 82 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


prior to 5:00 P. M. on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Extension Request Deadline, at which point the Extension Election becomes irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower). The revocation of an Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline shall not prejudice any Lenders right to submit a new Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline.

(c) Extended Term Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to (i) provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees, amortization or prepayments referenced in clauses (w) through (z) of Section 2.8(a) and (ii) the definition of “Disqualified Stock” to amend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche BC Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche BC Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Extended Term Tranche, as applicable, and which, in each case, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the third to last sentence of this Section 2.8(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.1, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Term Tranche in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $15.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.1 to any Section 2.8 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.1; provided, further, that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Extended Term Tranche to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Tranches. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.8 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.8 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Extending Lenders, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of this Agreement as amended by such Extension Amendment, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

 

- 83 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on any date on which any Existing Term Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Specified Existing Term Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Term Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Term Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Term Tranche and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such other Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (i) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Extended Term Loans on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (ii) if no Event of Default exists under Section 9.1(a) or (f), upon notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the Existing Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.8, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (A) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (B) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

(f) Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Term Loans deemed to be an Extended Term Loan under the applicable Extended Term Tranche on any date (each date a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Term Tranche; provided that (i) such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.8(c), no more than three Designation Dates may occur in any one year period without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. Following a Designation Date, the Existing

 

- 84 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Term Loans held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Term Loans of the applicable Extended Term Tranche, and any Existing Term Loans held by such Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Term Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

(g) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Term Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.8 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.4 and 4.8) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.8.

SECTION 3

[Reserved]

SECTION 4

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

4.1 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1, plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 (other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of other amounts, the rate described in clause (b) of this Section 4.1 for ABR Loans accruing interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

 

- 85 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.1 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(e) It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable usury laws.

4.2 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Subject to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.12(c), the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans of a given Tranche from Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P. M., New York City time two Business Days prior to such election. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans of a given Tranche from ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P. M., New York City time at least three Business Day prior to such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no Term Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans) or, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans).

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such continuation prior to 1:00 P. M., New York City time three Business Days prior to such continuation, including the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date, and provided, further, that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this clause (b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice of continuation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof.

 

- 86 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (each, a “Required Conversion Date”), the Borrower shall elect to convert any then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans to either (i) ABR Loans or (ii) Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period designated by the Borrower, in each case regardless of whether such Required Conversion Date is the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans, and each Required Conversion Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date with respect to all outstanding Tranche B Term Loans. On each Required Conversion Date, the new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such date shall be allocated ratably to the then outstanding Borrowings of ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans after giving effect to such conversion (based upon the relative amount that the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are ABR Loans or Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, respectively, outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to such conversion) bears to the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date), with the effect that: (A) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to Eurodollar Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute a part of) such Eurodollar Loans, and be subject to the same Adjusted LIBOR Rates and Interest Periods (in each case after giving effect to such conversion) as such Eurodollar Loans to which they are added and (B) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to ABR Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute part of) such ABR Loans, and be subject to the same Alternate Base Rate as such ABR Loans to which they are added. The Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to) take all appropriate actions in connection with the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on each Required Conversion Date to ensure that all Lenders with Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on such Required Conversion Date) participate pro rata in accordance with this Section 4.2(c) in each Borrowing of Tranche B Term Loans (as increased by the amount of new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such Required Conversion Date). Each Tranche B Term Lender agrees that the provisions of Section 4.12 shall not apply to any conversion of Eurodollar Loans of such Lender on any Required Conversion Date pursuant to this Section 4.2(c). From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein and from the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein.

4.3 Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Set shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall not be more than 12 Sets at any one time outstanding.

4.4 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 4.5(b) and, (c) and (e)), upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P. M., New York City time at least three

 

- 87 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of Eurodollar Loans), or prior to 2:00 P. M., New York City time at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of ABR Loans) (or such later time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Such notice shall specify, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the applicable Tranche being repaid (which, at the discretion of the Borrower, may be the Initial Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans any, the Tranche C Term Loans, any Incremental Loans or any Extended Term Loans and/or a combination thereof), and if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each, the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such notice is given and not revoked, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.12. Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety. Each prepayment of Initial Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(b). Each prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) made on or prior to December 31, 2013 in connection with a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(c). Each prepayment of Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to May 21, 2017 in connection with a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(e).

(b)(i) The Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 8.3; (ii) if on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1), the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof minus the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans, in each case with such prepayment to be made on or before the fifth Business Day following notice given to each Lender of the Prepayment Date, as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), and (iii) the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans within 120 days following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about September 30, 2014) (each, an “ECF Payment Date”), in an amount equal to (A) (1) 50.0% (as may be adjusted pursuant to the last proviso of this clause (iii)) of the Borrower’s Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year minus (2)

 

- 88 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


the sum of (w) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) repaid pursuant to Section 2.2(b) and, 2.2(c) or 2.2(d), prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or repaid or purchased pursuant to Section 11.6(h) (limited to the amount paid in cash) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid pursuant to a scheduled principal payment, in each case during such Fiscal Year or in the case of voluntary prepayments of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) made on or after the Second Amendment Date and on or prior to the Trigger Date, during a previous Fiscal Year (to the extent such voluntary prepayments have not previously been applied to reduce the amount of prepayment required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii) in a previous Fiscal Year or to reduce scheduled amortization of the Tranche B Term Loans) (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (x) below), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii) (provided that no prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) or the other clauses of this Section 4.4(b) shall be included in Section 4.4(b)(iii)(A)(2)(w) or (x)), (y) any loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (z) below), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii), in each case, excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (the amount described in this clause (A), the “ECF Prepayment Amount”) minus (B) the portion of such ECF Prepayment Amount applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided that such percentage in clause (1) above shall be reduced to (x) 25% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 2.03.50:1.00 and greater than 1.53.00:1.00 and (y) 0% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 1.53.00:1.00. Nothing in this Section 4.4(b) shall limit the rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.

(c) Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.4(g), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans; provided, that at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Tranches of Term Loans, such prepayment may be applied to any Tranche of Term Loans so long as the maturity date of such Tranche of Term Loans precedes the maturity

 

- 89 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Term Loans shall have an identical maturity date that precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and (b) shall be applied within each Tranche of Term Loans to the respective installments of principal thereof in the manner directed by the Borrower (or, if no such direction is given, in direct order of maturity). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, in connection with any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b), exchange such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment (and any such Term Loans so exchanged shall be deemed repaid for all purposes under the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations to manage such Rollover Indebtedness.

(d) The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (x) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii), three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due and (y) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (ii), promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon becoming obligated to make such prepayment. Such notice shall state that the Borrower is offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment (i) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i), on or before the date specified in Section 8.3(c), and (ii) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), on or before the date specified in Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), as the case may be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 4.4(d)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment and the Prepayment Date. The Borrower (in its sole discretion) may give each Lender the option (in its sole discretion) to elect to decline any such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A. M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Prepayment Date. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender may, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to the payment or prepayment of Indebtedness, including the Holdings Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness, or otherwise be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement. In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to decline a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans.

(e) Amounts prepaid on account of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a), (b) or (h) may not be reborrowed.

 

- 90 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b) would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 4.12 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in its sole discretion, initially (i) deposit a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower) or (ii) make a prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(a) with an amount equal to a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans (which prepayment, together with any deposits pursuant to clause (i) above, must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid); provided that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, such unpaid Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 4.1 until such unpaid Eurodollar Loans or the related portion of such Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, have or has been prepaid. In addition, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) would violate applicable Laws or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required thereunder; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to repatriate the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating applicable Laws or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 4.4 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendments) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Term Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable, or pursuant to any other credit facility added pursuant to Section 2.6 or 11.1(e).

(h) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, or a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.4(h); provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 4.4(h) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent

 

- 91 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date or (2) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders. Any Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be immediately and automatically cancelled.

(ii) Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate Outstanding Amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “Specified Discount”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans to be prepaid, (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P. M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to

 

- 92 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (2); provided that, if the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the Outstanding Amount, Tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iii) Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans that the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower, (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million

 

- 93 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P. M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount (the “Submitted Amount”). Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iii). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate Outstanding Amount equal to the lesser of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower

 

- 94 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iv) Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans and the Tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P. M., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by Borrower) (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and

 

- 95 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


select, at its sole discretion, the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Borrower is willing to accept (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any; provided that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is larger than the smallest Offered Discount for which the sum of all Offered Amounts affiliated with Offered Discounts that are larger than or equal to such smallest Offered Discount would, if purchased at such smallest Offered Discount, yield an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Administrative Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iv). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the

 

- 96 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(v) Expenses. In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(vi) Payment. If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 4.4(h)(ii) through (iv) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 A. M. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of the Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. The Lenders hereby agree that, in connection with a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) interest in respect of the Term Loans may be made on a non-pro rata basis among the Lenders holding such Term Loans to reflect the payment of accrued interest to certain Lenders as provided in this Section 4.4(h)(vi) and (ii) all subsequent prepayments and repayments of the Term Loans (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the respective Lenders based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the respective Lenders after giving effect to any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) as if made at par. It is also understood and agreed that prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not be subject to Section 4.4(a), or, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 11.7(a) or the pro rata allocation requirements of Section 4.8(a).

(vii) Other Procedures. To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.4(h), established by the Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

 

- 97 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(viii) Notice. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.4(h), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Administrative Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(ix) Actions of Administrative Agent. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.4(h) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Administrative Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions in this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h) as well as to activities of the Administrative Agent in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h).

(x) Revocation. The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is so revoked, any failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1 or otherwise).

(xi) No Obligation. This Section 4.4(h) shall not (i) require the Borrower to undertake any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) or (ii) limit or restrict the Borrower from making voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to reduce either or both of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments, in whole or in part. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

4.5 Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter.

(b) If on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to an Initial Term Loan Repricing

 

- 98 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, any Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(c) If on or prior to December 31, 2013 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche B Term Loans (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) pursuant to a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior December 31, 2013, any Tranche B Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche B Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche B Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(d) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment, as the case may be, (i) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day and (ii) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”, and together with the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day.

The Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period. The Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) no Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and (B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

 

- 99 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(e) If on or prior to May 21, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche C Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche C Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior May 21, 2017, any Tranche C Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche C Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche C Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

4.6 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed; and interest based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year (or 366-day year, as the case may be) for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of an Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate or the Statutory Reserves shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.1, excluding any LIBOR Rate which is based upon the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

4.7 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period (the “Affected Eurodollar Rate”), the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Affected Eurodollar Rate requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans and (b) any Term Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate.

 

- 100 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


4.8 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.5(b), 4.5(c), 4.5(d), 4.5(e), 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 4.14, 11.1(g) or 11.6) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on account of any Term Loans of a given Tranche (other than (w) payments in respect of any difference in the Applicable Margin, Adjusted LIBOR Rate or Alternate Base Rate in respect of any Tranche, (x) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(b) to the extent declined by any Lender in accordance with Section 4.4(d) and (y) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(h) which shall be allocated as set forth in Section 4.4(h)) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders; provided that a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, exchange such Lender’s portion of a Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.4(c). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made on or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 P. M., New York City time), on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding the relevant Term Loans, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, or the Other Representatives, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2, in Dollars in immediately available funds. Payments received by the Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 P. M., New York City time, on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. This Section 4.8(a) may be amended in accordance with Section 11.1(d) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the

 

- 101 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Administrative Agent by the required time on, as applicable, the Closing Date, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date or, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing or the Third Amendment Closing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.8(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

4.9 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the First IncrementalThird Amendment EffectiveClosing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested and, (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law and law and (d) such Lenders then outstanding Affected Loans, if any, not converted to ABR Loans pursuant to clause (c) of this Subsection 4.9 shall, at the option of the Borrower (i) be prepaid with accrued interest thereon on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto (or such earlier date as may be required by any such Requirement of Law) or (ii) bear interest at an alternate rate which reflects such Lenders cost of funding such Loans, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, plus the Applicable Margin hereunder. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12.

4.10 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the First IncrementalThird Amendment EffectiveClosing Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);

 

- 102 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof)therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of increased cost or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the First IncrementalThird Amendment EffectiveClosing Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written

 

- 103 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof)therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of increased cost or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers.. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Closing Date for all purposes herein.

4.11 Taxes. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.11 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 4.11, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the requirements of clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 4.11 or with the requirements of Section 4.13, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in

 

- 104 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Law, or (z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after the later of (i) the date that such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U. S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U. S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later) and, (ii) the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date and (iii) the Third Amendment Closing Date (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i)(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(b)(i)(1) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(3) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

(4) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (4), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

 

- 105 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”,

(1) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

(2) deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (A) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (any such certificate a “U. S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U. S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes and (C) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(iii) in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U. S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U. S. federal income tax purposes,

(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U. S. Tax Compliance Certificates

 

- 106 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U. S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(A) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (I) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (II) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(B) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U. S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U. S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes, and (III) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3)

 

- 107 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;

unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c) Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U. S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U. S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U. S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U. S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

(ii) deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U. S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times

 

- 108 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

4.12 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender in respect of Extensions of Credit made, or requested to be made, to the Borrower, and to hold each such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other than through such Lender’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable decision) as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a payment or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans or the conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the revocation of a redemption notice in respect of Eurodollar Loans delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4(a). Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 4.12, it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a consequence thereof and (z) as to the amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after receipt thereof. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.13 Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 4.11, and any Participant in respect of whose

 

- 109 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(b) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to clause (c) below or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.10 or 4.11, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(c) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the payment of any additional amount to any Lender or Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 or result in Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans being automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.9, such Lender or Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender or Agent shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender or Agent for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).

(d) If the Borrower shall become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for payments under Section 4.10 or 4.11 or if Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans are automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, under Section 4.9 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for such conversion under Section 4.9, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loan’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, then, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lender, and

 

- 110 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 11.6(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 11.6(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 4.13) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.13(d), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(e) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a), such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

(f) The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant under this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts payable hereunder.

4.14 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Tranche B Term Lender or Tranche C Term Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Tranche B Term Lender or Tranche C Term Lender, as applicable, is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Tranche B Term Lender or Tranche C Term Lender, as applicable, and assume all or part of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, of any such Defaulting Lender and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any

 

- 111 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


such substitute Tranche B Term Lender or Tranche C Term Lender, as applicable, shall execute and deliver, and such Defaulting Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution; and

(b) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirement of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iii) third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (iv) fourth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (v) fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 4.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 4.14 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

SECTION 5

Representations and Warranties

To induce the Administrative Agent and each Lender to make the Extensions of Credit requested to be made by it on the Closing Date, the Borrower with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause

 

- 112 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except, in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 8.5).

5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

- 113 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

5.6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Closing Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 8.5 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental Compliance.

(a) There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment,

 

- 114 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than 30 days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 115 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)(i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

5.14 Anti-Terrorism Law. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a)

 

- 116 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the Patriot Act.

5.15 Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U. S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U. S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans or, Tranche B Term Loans or Tranche C Term Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U. S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

5.16 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U. S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable antibribery or anticorruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

5.17 Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 117 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


5.18 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

5.19 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity, ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.20 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.21 Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.22 Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein)

 

- 118 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. (a) When financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 6

Conditions Precedent

6.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. This Agreement, including the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it, shall become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have (x) entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) received gross cash proceeds of not less than $635.0 million (calculated before applicable fees and original issue discount) from the issuance of the New Notes.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer or other officer of each Loan Party

 

- 119 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) All reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under the Engagement Letter on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) The Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement and such Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 8.5 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(h) After giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower’s (x) 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and (y) existing Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, shall have been repaid, defeased or otherwise discharged (or irrevocable notice for redemption thereof has been given) substantially concurrently with or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1 and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary payoff letter with respect to such Existing Indebtedness to be repaid.

 

- 120 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed notice of borrowing from the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements) and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 7

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

7.1 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally

 

- 121 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Annual Report for any Parent on Form 10-K for any fiscal year, as filed with the SEC, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(a) with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by Section 7.1(a) and such report and opinion does not contain any “going concern” or like qualification (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period) and (iii) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report for any Parent on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter, as filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter to the extent that it contains the information required by Section 7.1(b).

 

- 122 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved]

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if (A) delivered with the financial statements required by Section 7.1(a) and (B) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was greater than 1.50:1.00, set forth in reasonable detail the amount of (and the calculations required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.2;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(b), copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof (and to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder), copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of Holdings furnished by Holdings to the holders of the Holdings Notes;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

 

- 123 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) or (b) or 7.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Schedule A (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.3 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from: (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 7.3(a) to each Lender.

 

- 124 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


7.4 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3 or 8.6 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 8.3 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

7.6 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

7.7 Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

7.8 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.9 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

 

- 125 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


7.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Subsection 7.2(i) or in this Subsection 7.10, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by Requirement of Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

7.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses. Use the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans for the purposes specified in the First Incremental Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche C Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Third Amendment.

7.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Secured Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Secured Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (H) any Subsidiary that is a Special

 

- 126 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary (all Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”)) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement as Exhibit C, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations of each Loan Party;

(ii) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Secured Obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee Agreement;

(iii)(x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5.0 million held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

 

- 127 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

(c) In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

7.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws,

 

- 128 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

7.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of the Guarantee Agreement, any Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

7.15 Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings of the Term Loans, a public corporate rating and a public corporate family rating, as applicable, from each of S&P and Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

7.16 Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 7.16 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 8

Negative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder:

8.1 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been

 

- 129 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 8.1(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i)(x) prior to the occurrence of the Trigger Date, Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), in a maximum principal amount for all such Indebtedness at any time outstanding, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 3.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) (y) on and after the occurrence of the Trigger Date, (I) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes and the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), except as provided in clause (z) of the last proviso in Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

 

- 130 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(ii)[Reserved];

(iii) the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an provided that the aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other of Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (iv), does to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Notes;

 

- 131 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(x) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 8.1(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 8.1(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii)(a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b)(i), (iii), (iv), (xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness

 

- 132 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 8.1 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii)(A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

 

- 133 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(xxi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 8.2;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 8.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the New Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 8.1(b), and not under Section 8.1(a); and

(ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 8.1(a) and (b); and

(iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 8.1 or Section 2.6(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U. S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U. S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to

 

- 134 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U. S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U. S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

8.2 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

 

- 135 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on clause (A) of paragraph (3) below, the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)(i), (vi)(c), (ix), (xv) and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

 

- 136 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”), the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity

 

- 137 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 8.1 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(iv) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds

 

- 138 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 8.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(ii); provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the

 

- 139 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(xi) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(2) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

- 140 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

(6) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 8.2, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 8.2 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

(7) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(viii); and

(8) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 8.4;

 

- 141 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(xiv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 8.3; (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d); or (c) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Borrower shall have complied with Section 8.8 prior to repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, acquiring or retiring such Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xvi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

(xix) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(xx) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that each of the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be longer than the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Holdings Notes;

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vii), (xi) and (xvi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

- 142 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.2 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

(d) As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 8.2 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

8.3Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b) For purposes of Section 8.3(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loan Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations

 

- 143 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 8.3 and for no other purpose.

(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrower shall so reduce such Obligations, it will prepay a pro rata principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)); or (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(ii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(iii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale or Recovery Event that generated the Net Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(d) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with Section 8.3(c) (“Excess Proceeds”)

 

- 144 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


exceeds $75.0 million, the Borrower will prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)) and, if required under the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

8.4 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 8.4(a) will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

 

- 145 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

- 146 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(xi) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(xv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 8.2; and

(xvii) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

8.5 Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Term Loan Facility Obligations (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Term Loan Facility Obligations.

 

- 147 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


8.6 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a) either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(b) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(i) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(f) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above;

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 8.6 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore

 

- 148 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 8.6, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 8.6 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

8.7 Subsidiary Distributions.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, the restrictions in Section 8.7(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

 

- 149 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents, the New Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (and any related documents), any Rollover Indebtedness (and any related documents) and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii)[Reserved]

(iii) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 8.1 and 8.5 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

 

- 150 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 8.5;

(xix) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(xx) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

- 151 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(xxi) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Closing Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Closing Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Term Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

8.8 Change of Control. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control, repurchase or repay any Indebtedness then outstanding pursuant to any Subordinated Indebtedness or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any portion thereof, unless the Borrowers shall have (i) made payment in full of the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any other amounts then due and owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer. For so long as the Borrower shall have complied with the terms of this Section 8.8, any Event of Default arising under Section 9.1(k) by reason of such Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing.

SECTION 9

Events of Default

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the payment, observance or performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8; or

 

- 152 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days, in the case of a default with respect to reporting obligations under Subsection 7.1, after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders and in the case of any other default, after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder or (y) any termination event or similar event pursuant to the terms of any Hedge Agreement) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature

 

- 153 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 9.1(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 9.1(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

 

- 154 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(j) Subject to the Borrower’s option to make an offer to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 8.8, a Change of Control shall have occurred.

9.2 Remedies Upon an Event of Default. (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

(b) Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 10

The Agents and the Other Representatives

10.1 Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or required of such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as representative of the Lenders under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent or the Other Representatives.

(b) Each of the Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent (it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any of their respective duties under the Security Documents by or through one or more of their respective affiliates). Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

 

- 155 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) Except for Sections 10.5, 10.8(a), (b), (c) and (e) and (to the extent of the Borrower’s rights thereunder and the conditions included therein) 10.9, the provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

10.2 The Administrative Agent and Affiliates. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3 Action by an Agent. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the Collateral Agent in the case of the Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with reasonable care.

10.4 Exculpatory Provisions. (a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law; and

(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(b) No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

 

- 156 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term as used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

10.5 Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents or the Other Representatives nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent or any Other Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender. Each Lender further represents and warrants to the Agents, the Other Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that it has had the opportunity to review each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender acknowledges that, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Other Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, it has made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Agents nor any Other Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 11.6 applicable to the Lenders hereunder.

 

- 157 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


10.6 Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders. (a) To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay ratably according to their respective outstanding Term Loans on the date on which the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought under this Section 10.6 such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 are subject to the provisions of Section 4.8.

(b) Any Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document (except actions expressly required to be taken by it hereunder or under the Loan Documents) unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(c) All amounts due under this Section 10.6 shall be payable not later than three Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.7 Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance. (a) Each Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents an Agent is permitted or desires to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the requesting Agent shall be absolutely entitled as between itself and the Lenders to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Lender for refraining from any action or withholding any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such instructions from Required Lenders or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of an Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement) and, notwithstanding the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other applicable portion of the Lenders), an Agent shall have no obligation to any Lender to take any action if it believes, in good faith, that such action would violate applicable law or exposes an Agent to any liability for which it has not received satisfactory indemnification in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(b) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the

 

- 158 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

10.8 Collateral Matters. (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) and (z) any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.6, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.6, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.6, any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.7 and any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.8. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Increase Supplement, any Lender Joinder Agreement or any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer or any Extension Amendment and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Term Loans unless instructed to do

 

- 159 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Term Loan Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 11.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.8.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 11.17. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this Section 10.8(c).

(d) No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Section 10.8 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

- 160 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with either Section 11.1 or 11.17, as applicable, with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(f) The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

10.9 Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be,, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 (including Section 10.9) shall

 

- 161 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of the Collateral Agent, the provision of this Section 10.9 shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

10.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 4.11(a) or 4.12, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.10. The agreements in this Section 10.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Term Loan Facility Obligations.

10.11 Other Representatives. None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers or syndication agents pursuant to the definition of Other Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in its capacity as such. Without limiting the foregoing, no Other Representative shall have nor be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. At any time that any Lender serving as an Other Representative shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any of its affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans, such Lender shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Other Representative.

10.12 Application of Proceeds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of amounts then due and outstanding under any of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied as follows: first, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents (including all expenses of sale or other realization of or in respect of the Collateral and any sums advanced to the Collateral Agent or to

 

- 162 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


preserve its security interest in the Collateral), second, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing such Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, third, to pay interest on Loans then outstanding; fourth, to pay principal of Loans then outstanding and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations permitted hereunder and secured by the Security Agreement as Term Loan Facility Obligations, ratably among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause “fourth” payable to them, and fifth, to pay the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. To the extent any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “third” or “fourth” above are insufficient to pay all obligations described therein in full, such moneys shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in the applicable clause at such time. This Section 10.12 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

SECTION 11

Miscellaneous

11.1 Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Party’s request, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that amendments pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and (f) may be effected without the consent of the Required Lenders to the extent provided therein; provided further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

(i)(A) reduce or forgive the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any scheduled installment thereof (including extending the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date or, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date), (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), (C) extend the scheduled date of any payment of any Lenders’ Loans, (D) change the currency in which any Loan is payable or (E) increase any Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events

 

- 163 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


of Default or of a mandatory repayment of the Loans of all Lenders shall not constitute an extension of the scheduled date of maturity, any scheduled installment, or the scheduled date of payment of the Loans of any Lender or an increase in the Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1(a) or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 11.6(a)), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders;

(iii) release Guarantors accounting for all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Facility Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof);

(iv) require any Lender to make Loans having an Interest Period of longer than six months or shorter than one month without the consent of such Lender;

(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the then Agents;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.1(a), 10.5 or 10.11 without the written consent of any Other Representative directly and adversely affected thereby;

(vii) [reserved];

(viii) [reserved]; or

(ix) amend, modify or waive the order of application of payments set forth in Section 4.4(c), 4.8(a), 10.12 or 11.7, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders;

provided further that, notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, and in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Section 10.8(b), the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

 

- 164 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended at any time on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date as contemplated by Section 11 of the First Incremental Amendment.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, or inconsistency with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) in accordance with Section 2.6 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments with the written consent of the Borrower and Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, (iii) in accordance with Section 2.8 to effectuate an Extension with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders and (iv) with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in each case such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in the event any mandatory prepayment or redemption provision in respect of asset sales, casualty or condemnation events or excess cash flow included or to be included in any Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness would result in such Indebtedness being prepaid or redeemed on a more than ratable basis with the Term Loans in respect of such asset sale, casualty or condemnation event or excess cash flow prepayment, to provide for mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans such that, after giving effect thereto, the prepayments and redemptions made in respect of such Indebtedness are not on more than a ratable basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 4.4, 4.8 or 10.14 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment or any Extension Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Term Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans and any Extended Term Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Extended Term Tranche or Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (d) or an acknowledgement thereof.

 

- 165 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by Section 11.17 with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(g) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 11.1(a), the consent of each Lender or each directly and adversely affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 11.1(g), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

 

- 166 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


11.2 Notices. (a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, or, in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

The Borrower   

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY10019
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (212) 275-3601
Website: www.wmg.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:    Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: David A. Brittenham, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
Telephone: (212) 909-6000
The Administrative Agent/the Collateral Agent:    Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010
Attention: Jason Wheeler
Facsimile: (212) 322-2291
Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:    Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Jason Kyrwood
Facsimile: (212) 701-5653
Telephone: (212) 450-4653

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.4 or 4.8 shall not be effective until received.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party.

 

- 167 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(c) Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic means (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or other electronic document or signature.

(d) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes (with the Borrower’s consent), (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the posting thereof.

(e)(i) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on a Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders; provided that the Borrower agrees that the Disqualified Institution List will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

(ii) Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

- 168 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

11.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and administration of the transactions (including the syndication of the Initial Term Loan Commitments and, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and (iii) efforts to monitor the Loans and verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, and such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors, appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for all their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative, each Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Lead Arranger, any Other Representative, any Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any

 

- 169 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender ) with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, (ii) a material breach of the Loan Documents by any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or (iii) claims against such Indemnitee or any Related Party brought by any other Indemnitee that do not involve claims against any Lead Arranger or Agent in its capacity as such. Neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnity or reimbursement obligations under this Section 11.5 to the extent such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Sections 11.5(b) and (c) above, the Borrower shall have no obligation under this Section 11.5 to any Indemnitee with respect to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 8.6, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable law, assign (other than to a Disqualified Institution or any natural person) to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment and/or any Tranche of Term Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) with the prior written consent of:

(A)(1) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and, (2) with respect to the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and (3) with respect to any Tranche of Loans, the Borrower (such consent, in the case of this clause (23), not to be

 

- 170 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


unreasonably withheld), provided, that with respect to any assignment of any Tranche of Term Loans, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below); provided, that if any Lender assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one of its Affiliates in connection with or in contemplation of the sale or other disposition of its interest in such Affiliate, the Borrower’s prior written consent shall be required for such assignment, (y) if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, to any other Person, and (z) in connection with the primary syndication of (A) the Initial Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower and, (B) the Tranche B Term Loans by the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders (as defined in the First Incremental Amendment) to Persons previously disclosed by them to the Borrower on or prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date or (C) the Tranche C Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower or on prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date; and

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1.0 million unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such assignments;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

(D) any assignment of Incremental Commitments or Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.6(h) and (i); and

 

- 171 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(E) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon acquisition thereof.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning: “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular assignment).

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5, and bound by its continuing obligations under Section 11.16). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall, to the extent it would comply with Section 11.6(c), be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 11.6.

(iv) The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Commitments of, and interest and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower (and, solely with respect to entries applicable to such Lender, any Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Institution (other than through the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence, bad

 

- 172 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution).

(v) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary (x) to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (y) for the Borrower to enforce its rights hereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and a Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(vi) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.6(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi).

(vii) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6(b), the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “cancelled”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, and Initial Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 11.6(b). Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans,

 

- 173 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, and Initial Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies the Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via the Clearpar electronic settlement system pursuant to procedures consistent with this Section 11.6(b).

Furthermore, no Assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 11.6(b) would be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive as of such date under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be entitled to receive such greater payments unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such assignment.

(c)(i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations (other than to any Disqualified Institution or a natural person) to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (E) in the case of any participation to a Permitted Affiliated Assignee, such participation shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.6(h)(ii) to the same extent as if each reference therein to an assignment of a Loan were to a participation of a Loan and the references to Affiliated Lender were to such Permitted Affiliated Assignee in its capacity as a participant. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the second proviso to the second sentence of Section

 

- 174 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have the related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such participation in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular participation).

(ii) No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation, unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such participation. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.11 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.11(b) or Section 4.11(c), as applicable, and provides the forms and certificates referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.

(d) Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) No assignment or participation made or purported to be made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan or Note under the laws of any jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to determine whether any such filing or qualification is required or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender

 

- 175 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.6(f) within 30 Business Days of receipt of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this Section 11.6(f), in the event that the indemnifying Lender fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by the Borrower, be assigned promptly to the Lender that administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such Conduit Lender shall be void.

(g) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 11.1. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.12. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of the Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (g) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(h)(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction); provided that (A) any such Dutch auction by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4(h) and (B) any such Dutch auction by any Parent shall be made on terms substantially similar to Section 4.4(h) or on other terms to be agreed between such Parent and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (2) open market purchases; provided further that:

(1) such Affiliated Lender and such other Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register;

 

- 176 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(2) at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement;

(3) any such Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower, whether through a Parent or otherwise, and exchanged for debt or equity securities of the Borrower or such Parent that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, so long as any Term Loans so acquired by the Borrower shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof; and

(4) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be cancelled and retired immediately upon the acquisition thereof;.

(5)each Lender making such assignment to such Affiliated Lender acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lenders lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives or (C) receive advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or challenge their attorney client privilege.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same

 

- 177 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not such Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its ratable share of any payments of Term Loans of any class to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; provided, further, that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that (x) disproportionately and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender or affects such Affiliated Lender differently than other Lenders or (y) is of the type described in Sections 11.1(a)(i) through (ix) (other than subclauses (v) and (vi)); and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii); provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 11.6(h)(iii) and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by such Affiliated Lender as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii).

(iv) Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund, solely in its capacity as a Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (each, a “Bankruptcy Proceeding”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Term Loans (“Claim”) (including objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization), the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with Section 11.6(h)(iii) above, so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.6(h)(iv) and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, it is their intention that this Section 11.6(h)(iv) would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender that is not

 

- 178 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iv).

(v) Each Lender making an assignment to, or taking an assignment from, an Affiliated Lender (so long as such Affiliated Lender identifies itself as such to such Lender) acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” (x) with respect to any assignment or participation to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, such assignment or participation shall be made pursuant to an open market purchase and (y) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds), combined, may not account for more than 50.0% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any assignment to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6, nothing in this Section 11.6 is intended to or should be construed to limit the Borrower’s right to prepay the Term Loans as provided hereunder, including under Section 4.4.

 

- 179 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


11.7 Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations. (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise (except pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.4, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 11.1(g) or 11.6)), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due and payable under Section 9.1(a) by the Borrower any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.8 Judgment. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.8 being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.8(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the

 

- 180 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party under this Section 11.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

(c) The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.8 means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

11.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this

 

- 181 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Term Loan Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding.

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 11.13(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 11.13 any consequential or punitive damages.

11.14 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

- 182 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(b) neither any Agent nor any Other Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.15 Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16 Confidentiality. (a) Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to any Agent, any Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.16 pursuant to a written instrument (or electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above in this clause (ii), in respect to any electronic information (whether posted or otherwise distributed on any Platform)) for the benefit of the Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its Affiliates and the employees, officers, partners, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and its Affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform each such Person of the agreement under this Section 11.16 and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement (including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under this Section 11.16), (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, provided that, other than with respect to any disclosure to any bank regulatory authority, such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest Rate Agreement, (vii) in connection with periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in connection with any litigation to which such Lender (or, with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender party thereto) may be a party subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above, and (ix) if, prior

 

- 183 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


to such information having been so provided or obtained, such information was already in an Agent’s or a Lender’s possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose (i) the existence of this Agreement, the global amount, currency and maturity date of any Facility hereunder, and the legal name, country of domicile and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, to (i) the CUSIP Bureau and other similar market data collectors or service providers to the lending industry, provided that either such information shall have been previously made publicly available by the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), prior to making such disclosure, and (ii) information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent to the extent customary in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, theTranche C Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Commitments, and the Loans, provided that any such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.16 and the Administrative Agent takes reasonable actions to cause such Person to comply herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 11.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that any such information referred to in Section 11.16(a), and any information (including requests for waivers and amendments) furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates or their respective securities. Each Lender represents and confirms that such Lender has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; that such Lender will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws; and that such Lender has identified to the Administrative Agent a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law.

11.17 Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness. In connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure such Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise.

 

- 184 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


11.18 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such information from time to time to any Lender.

11.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference, reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

11.21 Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

- 185 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 186 -

 

1002368556v5
#88946885v8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 

#88946885v8
#88946885v8


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ James Moran

Name:   James Moran
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

Name:   Tyler R. Smith
Title:   Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 

#88946885v8
#88946885v8


ANNEX II

Exhibits to Credit Agreement

 

#88939479V8


EXHIBIT J

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [●]% (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice and is subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement.

 

1002393233V2


The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [,][and] [the Lenders of the Initial Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and]] the Lenders of the [•, 20•]2 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]3

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

1    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

2    

Insert applicable representation.

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

1002393233V2


EXHIBIT K

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]4 Tranche[s]] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]5 Tranche[(s)]].

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is [$[●] of Initial Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche B Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche C Term Loans] [[and] $[●] of

 

 

 

3    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

 

1002393233V2


the [●, 20●]6 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).7

3. The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to [●]% (the “Discount Range”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following the dated delivery of the notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the [Lenders] [[and the] Lenders of the [●, 20●]8 Tranche[s]] as follows:

1. [At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]9

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

5    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6    

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

7    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

8    

Insert applicable representation.

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

1002393233V2


EXHIBIT L

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated                     , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [[and the] [●, 20●]10 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

 

 

9    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


[[●, 20●]11 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% (the “Submitted Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]12 Tranche[s]] indicated above pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

 

10    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

11    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                ]

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:

 

1002393233V2


EXHIBIT M

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the hereby requests that [each Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]13 Tranche[s]] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]14 Tranche[s]].

 

 

12    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

13    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):15

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]16 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

14    

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

15    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

1002393233V2


EXHIBIT N

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated                 , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [[and the] [●, 20●]17 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans- $[●]]

 

 

16    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]18 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% (the “Offered Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]19 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

 

17    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

18    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                ]

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:

 

1002393233V2


EXHIBIT O

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]20 Tranche[s]] on the following terms:

1. This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]21 Tranche[s]].

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[●] of the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [[and $[●] of the]

 

 

19    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

20    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


[●, 20●]22 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).23

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [●]% (the “Specified Discount”).

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Lenders] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]24 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]25

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

21    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

22    

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

23    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

24    

Insert applicable representation.

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

1002393233V2


EXHIBIT P

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated                 , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [Tranches of] Term Loans held by such Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate Outstanding Amount as follows:

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]26 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]27

 

25    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

26    

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

1002393233V2


Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Specified Discount in the aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

1002393233V2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

[                ]

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:

 

1002393233V2


ANNEX III

Schedule A-2 to Credit Agreement

 

TRANCHE C TERM LENDER

  

TRANCHE C TERM LOANS

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch    $1,005,975,000

TOTAL

   $1,005,975,000

 

#88939479V8
EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT

THIRD INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT, dated as of May 22, 2017 (this “Incremental Amendment ”), to the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) parties hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Holdings”), the Administrative Agent (as defined below) and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche D Term Lender.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower; the several lenders party thereto from time to time; Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners;

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested that Incremental Term Loan Commitments be made available to the Borrower, and the Tranche D Term Lender and the Administrative Agent have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that the Tranche D Term Lender will make Incremental Loans in the form of the Tranche D Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,005,975,000, the proceeds of which will be used to repay the Tranche C Term Loans in full and to pay fees and expenses relating thereto (the entry into this Incremental Amendment and the borrowing of the Tranche D Term Loans hereunder, and any or all of the foregoing transactions referred to in this paragraph, collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (the “Tranche D Arranger Party”), Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc. are acting as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners for the Tranche D Term Loans; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the making of the Tranche D Term Loans, each Lender party hereto has agreed to the amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.


Section 2.Amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(a)It is understood and agreed that the Tranche D Term Loans are “Incremental Loans”, the Tranche D Term Lender is an “Additional Lender,” the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment is an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment” and this Incremental Amendment is an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”, in each case, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that this Incremental Amendment and the Credit Agreement are each a “Loan Document”, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.

(b)Exhibits J, K, L, M, N, O and P to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended to read as set forth in Annex II hereto.

(c)The Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended by adding Annex III hereto as a new Schedule A-3:

Section 3A.Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. The effectiveness of this Incremental Amendment, including the obligation of the Tranche D Term Lender to make a Tranche D Term Loan, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions (the date of such satisfaction or waiver of such conditions being referred to herein as the “Incremental Amendment Effective Date”):

(a)Incremental Amendment. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Incremental Amendment executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each other Loan Party, Holdings and the Tranche D Term Lender.

(b)Legal Opinions, Officer’s Certificates, Corporate Authorizations. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Tranche D Term Lender, customary legal opinions, customary officer’s closing certificates, organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation or organization, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and Holdings (to the extent applicable), in each case (to the extent applicable) substantially similar to the corresponding opinions, certificates and documents delivered in connection with the closing of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date and described in Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c)Officer’s Certificate. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.

(d)PATRIOT Act and Anti-Money Laundering. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Tranche D Arranger Party.

(e)Fees and Other Amounts. (i) The Tranche D Arranger Party shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to it on or prior to such

 

2


date pursuant to that certain engagement letter, dated as of May 8, 2017 among the Tranche D Arranger Party and the Borrower and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable for the account of any Lender having a Tranche C Term Loan outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on or before the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, including accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Tranche C Term Loans.

(f)Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice in respect of the Tranche D Term Loans as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(g)Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

The making of the Tranche D Term Loans by the Tranche D Term Lender shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and the Tranche D Term Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3A shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Section 3B.Amendment and Restatement of Exiting Credit Agreement.

(a)Subject to satisfaction of the condition set forth in paragraph (b) below, effective as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (as defined below), the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Existing Credit Agreement attached as Annex I hereto.

(b)The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 3B(a) shall become effective on the date (the “Amendment and Restatement Effective Date”) on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the written consent to this Incremental Amendment of Lenders constituting the Required Lenders as of such date, provided that the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall not occur prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date. For purposes of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that if the Lenders executing this Incremental Amendment would constitute the Required Lenders after giving effect to the repayment of Tranche C Term Loans described in the Recitals hereof, the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall occur on the date of such repayment.

Section 4.Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Incremental Amendment and the Tranche D Term Lender to make the Tranche D Term Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Administrative Agent and the Tranche D Term Lender that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment:

(a)No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

3


(b)The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Existing Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Incremental Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c)The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Incremental Amendment, the performance of this Incremental Amendment by each Loan Party, the performance of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) (A) do not and will not contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)This Incremental Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party. This Incremental Amendment and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other Loan Party, enforceable against the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is party hereto in accordance with their terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(e)The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche D Term Loans to (i) prepay in full the Tranche C Term Loans and (ii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

Section 5.Effects on Loan Documents; Acknowledgement.

(a)Except as expressly set forth herein, this Incremental Amendment shall not (i) by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Holdings or the Loan Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as expressly set forth herein, each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation thereof. Each

 

4


Loan Party and Holdings reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Agreement on the Incremental Amendment Effective Date. This Incremental Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Incremental Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties and Holdings hereby consents to this Incremental Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party or Holdings under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party or Holdings is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

(b)Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche D Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche D Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche D Term Lender) and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment, (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche D Term Loans, and (vi) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

(c)Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche D Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche D Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche D Term Lender), (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment and (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche D Term Loans.

Section 6.Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (1) all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Incremental Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (2) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

5


Section 7.Counterparts. This Incremental Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Incremental Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 8.Applicable Law. THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SAME ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 9.Headings. The headings of this Incremental Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Incremental Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Acknowledged and agreed:
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary
Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A.P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFÉ AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


(cont’d):

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHEREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC CORP.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


(cont’d):

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURE, INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


(cont’d):
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the
 

above-named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity

WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General
 

Counsel and Secretary

615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole
  Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
 

Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
MAERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

  Name: Judith E. Smith
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title: Authorized Signatory

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Tranche D Term Lender
By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

  Name: Judith E. Smith
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title: Authorized Signatory


ANNEX I

Credit Agreement

 

3


 

 

$1,310,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC.,

and NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

dated as of November 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

SECTION 1 Definitions

     1  

1.1

   Defined Terms      1  

1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions      6966  

SECTION 2 Amount and Terms of Commitments

     7169  

2.1

   Term Loans      7169  

2.2

   Notes      7470  

2.3

   Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing      7673  

2.4

   [Reserved.]      7773  

2.5

   Repayment of Loans      7774  

2.6

   Incremental Facilities      7774  

2.7

   Permitted Debt Exchanges      8178  

2.8

   Extension of Term Loans      8279  

SECTION 3 [Reserved]

     8683  

SECTION 4 General Provisions Applicable to Loans

     8683  

4.1

   Interest Rates and Payment Dates      8683  

4.2

   Conversion and Continuation Options      8784  

4.3

   Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets      8885  

4.4

   Optional and Mandatory Prepayments      8986  

4.5

   Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees      10195  

4.6

   Computation of Interest and Fees      10297  

4.7

   Inability to Determine Interest Rate      10297  

4.8

   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      10398  

4.9

   Illegality      10499  

4.10

   Requirements of Law      10499  

4.11

   Taxes      106101  

4.12

   Indemnity      112105  

4.13

   Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts      112106  

4.14

   Defaulting Lenders      114108  

SECTION 5 Representations and Warranties

     115109  

5.1

   Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      115109  

5.2

   Authorization; No Contravention      115109  

5.3

   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      116110  

5.4

   Binding Effect      116110  

5.5

   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      116110  

5.6

   Litigation      117111  

5.7

   No Default      117111  

5.8

   Ownership of Property; Liens      117111  

5.9

   Environmental Compliance      117111  

5.10

   Taxes      118112  

5.11

   ERISA Compliance      118112  

 

(i)

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.12

   Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      119113  

5.13

   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      119113  

5.14

   Anti-Terrorism Law      119113  

5.15

   Sanctioned Persons      120113  

5.16

   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act      120114  

5.17

   Labor Matters      120114  

5.18

   Disclosure      121114  

5.19

   Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc      121115  

5.20

   Solvency      121115  

5.21

   Senior Debt Status      121115  

5.22

   Valid Liens      121115  

SECTION 6 Conditions Precedent

     122116  

6.1

   Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit      122116  

SECTION 7 Affirmative Covenants

     124118  

7.1

   Financial Statements      124118  

7.2

   Certificates; Other Information      126120  

7.3

   Notices      127121  

7.4

   Payment of Taxes      128122  

7.5

   Preservation of Existence, Etc      128122  

7.6

   Maintenance of Properties      128122  

7.7

   Maintenance of Insurance      128122  

7.8

   Compliance with Laws      129122  

7.9

   Books and Records      129123  

7.10

   Inspection Rights      129123  

7.11

   Use of Proceeds      129123  

7.12

   Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security      130123  

7.13

   Compliance with Environmental Laws      132125  

7.14

   Further Assurances      132125  

7.15

   Maintenance of Ratings      132126  

7.16

   Post-Closing Actions      132126  

SECTION 8 Negative Covenants

     133126  

8.1

   Limitation on Indebtedness      133126  

8.2

   Restricted Payments      138127  

8.3

   Asset Sales      147131  

8.4

   Transactions with Affiliates      149132  

8.5

   Liens      151132  

8.6

   Fundamental Changes      152133  

8.7

   Subsidiary Distributions      153134  

8.8

   Change of Control      156134  

SECTION 9 Events of Default

     157135  

9.1

   Events of Default      157135  

9.2

   Remedies Upon an Event of Default      159138  

SECTION 10 The Agents and the Other Representatives

     160138  

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75

 

(ii)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

10.1

   Appointment      160138  

10.2

   The Administrative Agent and Affiliates      161139  

10.3

   Action by an Agent      161139  

10.4

   Exculpatory Provisions      161139  

10.5

   Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders      162140  

10.6

   Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders      163140  

10.7

   Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance      163141  

10.8

   Collateral Matters      164142  

10.9

   Successor Agent      166144  

10.10

   Withholding Tax      167145  

10.11

   Other Representatives      167145  

10.12

   Application of Proceeds      167145  

SECTION 11 Miscellaneous

     168146  

11.1

   Amendments and Waivers      168146  

11.2

   Notices      171149  

11.3

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      173150  

11.4

   Survival of Representations and Warranties      173151  

11.5

   Payment of Expenses and Taxes      174151  

11.6

   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      175152  

11.7

   Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations      185158  

11.8

   Judgment      185159  

11.9

   Counterparts      186159  

11.10

   Severability      186159  

11.11

   Integration      186160  

11.12

   Governing Law      186160  

11.13

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      186160  

11.14

   Acknowledgements      188161  

11.15

   Waiver Of Jury Trial      188161  

11.16

   Confidentiality      188161  

11.17

   Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness      189163  

11.18

   USA Patriot Act Notice      190163  

11.19

   Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      190163  

11.20

   Reinstatement      190164  

11.21

   Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      190164  

 

(iii)

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


SCHEDULES

A

      Commitments; Addresses

A-1

      Commitments; Tranche B Term Lenders

A-2

      Commitments; Tranche C Term Lenders

A-3

      Commitments; Tranche D Term Lenders

5.12

      Restricted Subsidiaries

7.16

      Post-Closing Actions

EXHIBITS

     

A

      Form of Note

B

      Form of Security Agreement

C

      Form of Guarantee Agreement

D

      Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

E

      Form of Assignment and Acceptance

F

      Form of Solvency Certificate

G

      Form of Increase Supplement

H

      Form of Lender Joinder Agreement

I

      Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption

J

      Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

K

      Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

L

      Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

M

      Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

N

      Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

O

      Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

P

      Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

(xxi)

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 2012, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP. (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity and as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Definitions

1.1Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2011 Transactions”: has the meaning given to the term “Transactions” under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

2014 Senior Secured Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

ABR”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Loans”: Loans to which the rate of interest applicable is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceleration”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Acceptable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice”: a written notice from the Borrower setting forth the Acceptable Discount pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Acceptance Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Access Investors”: collectively, (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person

 

1003003016v2

#88946885v705/08/13 12:55 PM

#8894688589588927v75

 


described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Accounts”: “accounts” as defined in the UCC and, with respect to any Person, all such Accounts of such Person, whether now existing or existing in the future, including (a) all accounts receivable of such Person (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent), including all accounts receivable created by or arising from all of such Person’s sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of its trade names, or through any of its divisions, (b) all unpaid rights of such Person (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including returned or repossessed goods, (d) all reserves and credit balances held by such Person with respect to any such accounts receivable of any Obligors, (e) all letters of credit, guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing and (f) all insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Acquired Debt”: with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Indebtedness”: additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender”: as defined in Section 2.6(b).

Adjusted LIBOR Rate”: with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the higher of (a) (i) the LIBOR Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (ii) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period and (b) (i) 1.25% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Initial Term Loans, (ii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche B Term Loans and, (iii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche C Term Loans, and (iv) 0.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche D Term Loans; provided that if the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

- 2 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Administrative Agent”: as defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9.

Affected Eurodollar Rate”: as defined in Section 4.7.

Affected Loans”: as defined in Section 4.9.

Affiliate”: of any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction”: as defined in Section 8.4(a).

Affiliated Debt Fund”: any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, so long as (i) any such Affiliated Lender is managed as to day-to-day matters (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, as to strategic direction and similar matters) independently from Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, (ii) any such Affiliated Lender has in place customary information screens between it and Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, and (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries directs or causes the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Affiliated Lender”: any Lender that is a Permitted Affiliated Assignee.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(i)(1).

Agent Default”: an Agent has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Agent becomes subject to an Agent-Related Distress Event.

Agent-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Agent (each, a “Distressed Person”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Agent or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

 

- 3 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Agents”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

Agreement”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate”: means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be.

Amendment”: as defined in Section 8.7(b)(xii).

Applicable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Applicable Margin”: (x) with respect to all periods prior to but not including the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the rate(s) per annum as in effect from time to time under the Agreement prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date and(y) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan or a Tranche C Term Loan, 2.75% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, or a Tranche C Term Loan, 1.75% per annum. and (z) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche D Term Loan, 2.50% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche D Term Loan, 1.50% per annum

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Asset Sale”: (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this

 

- 4 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1)a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2)(a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 8.6 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

(3)the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 8.2 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 8.5;

(4)any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5)any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6)the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7)any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8)foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9)disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10)sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

- 5 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(11)a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12)to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13)any financing transaction with respect to property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14)the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15)the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16)any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17)the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18)sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19)the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20)any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance”: an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Attorney Costs”: all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements”: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and the related

 

- 6 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Proceeding”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Board of Directors”: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2)with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3)with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrower”: WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Borrower Materials”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment”: the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv).

Borrowing”: the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments or other commitments of the

 

- 7 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


respective Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the same Interest Period.

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried on in London, England and New York, New York.

Capital Expenditures”: for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under leases evidencing Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”: (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2)securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3)certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or any other

 

- 8 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4)repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5)commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6)marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7)investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8)readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Cash Management Obligations”: obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Revolving Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender or a Revolving Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Revolving Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Closing Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds, provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan bank products agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

Change in Law”: as defined in Section 4.11(a).

Change of Control”: the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b)the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the

 

- 9 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c)the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

(d)at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Claim”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Closing Date”: November 1, 2012.

Code”: the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral”: all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

Commitment”: (x) as to any Tranche B Term Lender, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and, (y) as to any Tranche C Term Lender, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and (z) as to any Tranche D Term Lender, the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

 

- 10 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Commodities Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).

Conduit Lender”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower on request); provided that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and providedfurther, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, including Section 4.104.114.12 or 11.5, than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be deemed to have any Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period;

 

- 11 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income”: with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1)any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

(2)the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3)any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4)any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5)the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6)solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7)solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes

 

- 12 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8)any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9)non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10)any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11)any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12)accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13)to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14)any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

 

- 13 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(15)any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 8.2(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.2(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets”: with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

Consolidation”: the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Contingent Obligations”: means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the

 

- 14 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Consideration”: as defined in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Control”: as defined in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement”: (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Currency Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of Section 9.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition specified in Section 9.1, has been satisfied.

Default Notice”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Defaulting Agent”: any Agent whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Agent Default.

Defaulting Lender”: a Tranche B Term Lender or, Tranche C Term Lender or Tranche D Term Lender that (a) has defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it

 

- 15 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, (c) has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company, that has, become the subject of a Bail-in Action.

Designated Noncash Consideration”: the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3).

Designation Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(f).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(2).

Discount Range”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice”: a written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date”: in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, or otherwise, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Lender of notice from the Administrative Agent in

 

- 16 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


accordance with Section 4.4(h)(ii)Section 4.4(h)(iii) or Section 4.4(h)(iv), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Disqualified Institution”: any Person that is competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliate of such Person, which Person or any of its affiliates has been designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, from time to time upon three Business Days’ prior notice.

Disqualified Institution List”: any list of Disqualified Institutions.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Tranche CD Term Loan Maturity Date or the date the Tranche CD Term Loans are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA”: with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x)increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1)provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

 

- 17 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(2)Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

(3)Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4)the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5)without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6)the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7)any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8)the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

(9)Securitization Fees,

(10)without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11)business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12)any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3);

 

- 18 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(y)increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 18 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z)decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1)non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2)any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

ECF CNI”: with respect to the Borrower for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating ECF CNI for any period, there shall be excluded, without duplication, (a) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (c) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) for any period to the extent that, during such period, there exists any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make distributions in cash on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not itself subject to any such encumbrance or restriction, in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (d) to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense in accordance with GAAP, payments made in respect of minority interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture in such period, including pursuant to dividends declared or paid on Equity Interests held by third parties in respect of such non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture and

 

- 19 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(e) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ECF Payment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(b).

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition and is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws”: any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Permits”: any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

- 20 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow”: for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

(a)the sum, without duplication, of

(i)ECF CNI for such period,

(ii)an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI and cash receipts to the extent excluded in calculating such ECF CNI (except to the extent such cash receipts are attributable to revenue or other items that would be included in calculating ECF CNI for any prior period),

(iii)decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from any acquisition or disposition of (a) any business unit, division, line of business or Person or (b) any assets other than in the ordinary course of business (each, an Acquisition” or “Disposition”, respectively) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, or from the application of purchase accounting),

(iv)an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, and

(v)cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in calculating such ECF CNI, provided that any amount excluded from such ECF CNI pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (e) of the definition thereof shall not be added pursuant to this clause (a), over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i)an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in calculating such ECF CNI and cash charges to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(ii)without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the amount of Capital Expenditures either made in cash or accrued during such period (provided that, whether any such Capital Expenditures shall be deducted for the period in which cash payments for such Capital Expenditures have been paid or the period in which such Capital Expenditures have been accrued shall be at the Borrower’s election; providedfurther that, in no case shall any accrual of a Capital Expenditure which has previously been deducted give rise to a subsequent deduction upon the making of such Capital Expenditure in cash in the same or any subsequent period), except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iii)the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale or Recovery Event that resulted in an increase to ECF CNI and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect of the principal amount of such Term Loans), but excluding (w) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (x) all prepayments of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all prepayments of any other revolving loans (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (z) all voluntary prepayments, scheduled principal payments and mandatory “excess cash flow” prepayments that are applied pro rata to the Term Loans, in each case of Pari Passu Indebtedness made during such period), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iv)an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in calculating such ECF CNI,

(v)increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from any Acquisition or Disposition by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or from the application of purchase accounting),

(vi)cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent such payments are not expensed in such period or are not already deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(vii)without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2 and Acquisitions, except to the extent that such Investments or Acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(viii)without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xv) below in prior years, the amount of Restricted Payments (other than Investments) made in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 8.2(b) (other than Section 8.2(b)(ii), (iii)(x)(xi) and (xv)), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

(ix)the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, except to the extent that such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(x)the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not expensed in such period or are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xi)at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2, Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments, Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii)the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xiii)cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI;

(xiv)the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI; and

(xv)at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, non cash expenses under an equity plan to the extent not deducted in calculating ECF CNI (or deducted but added back under clause (a) of this definition) (it being understood that (x) no deduction shall be allowed at the time of the related cash payment to the extent the Borrower has previously elected to deduct such expenses under this clause and (y) to the extent such related cash payment does not occur by the expected time therefor under such equity plan (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), Excess Cash Flow shall be increased by the related expenses deducted under this clause).

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution”: (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1)contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2)the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

 

- 21 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Closing Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Excluded Information”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Excluded Subsidiaries”: as defined in Section 7.12(a).

Excluded Taxes”: (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes, and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Closing Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Unsecured Indenture”: that certain indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 by and between the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time).

Existing Unsecured Notes”: the Borrower’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Closing Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Extended Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extended Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

 

- 22 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Extension Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Extension Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(d).

Extension Election”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of a Term Loan.

Extension Request”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extension Series”: all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

Facility”: each of (a) the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”), (b) the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche B Term Loan Facility”), (c) the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche C Term Loan Facility”)  and, (d) the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche D Term Loan Facility”) and (e) any other committed facility hereunder and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder.

FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal District Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate”: means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall commence to publish such composite rate).

First Incremental Amendment”: the Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche B Term Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

 

- 23 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


First Incremental Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

First Incremental Amendment Effective Date”: the date on which the conditions set forth or referred to in Section 3 of the First Incremental Amendment are satisfied or waived.

Fiscal Year”: any period of 12 consecutive months ending on September 30 of any calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”)then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and

 

- 24 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Consolidated Working Capital,” “EBITDA,” “ECF CNI,” “Excess Cash Flow,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Funded Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event”: with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable

 

- 25 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan”: any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

“Fourth Amendment”: the Third Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 22, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche D Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

“Fourth Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Fourth Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Funded Debt”: all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of such debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans.

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the

 

- 26 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


SEC permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee”: a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee”: any guarantee of the Secured Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement”: the Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect

 

- 27 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Subsidiary Guarantor; individually, a “Guarantor”.

Hazardous Materials”: all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements”: collectively, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements.

Hedge Bank”: any Person that is a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or a Person that was, at the time of entering into a Hedge Agreement, a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or that was a party to a Hedge Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Hedge Agreement.

Hedging Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Historical Adjustments”: for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.

Holdings”: WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes”: Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

 

- 28 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Identified Participating Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

IFRS”: International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 30 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Incremental Indebtedness”: Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6.

Incremental Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Term Loan”: any Incremental Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

Incremental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

incur”: as defined in Section 8.1.

 

- 29 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Indebtedness”: (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i)in respect of borrowed money,

(ii)evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii)representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv)representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b)Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c)to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d)to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Individual Lender Exposure”: of any Lender, at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans made by such Lender and then outstanding, all Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and, all Tranche C Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and all Tranche D Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding.

Initial Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Initial Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of an Initial Term Loan.

Initial Lien”: as defined in Section 8.5(a).

Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(a). The aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche B Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under

 

- 30 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Lenders, the “Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $600.0 million.

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2018.

Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Initial Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Initial Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Initial Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Initial Term Loans.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”: as defined in Section 10.8(a).

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by each affected Lender 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if agreed to by each affected Lender 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter,

 

- 31 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i)if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii)any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or, (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or (D) the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) shall (for all purposes other than Section 4.12) end on (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or, (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or (D) the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans);

(iii)any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv)the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a scheduled payment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Investment Company Act”: the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities”: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 8.2, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by

 

- 32 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights”: has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).

Junior Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Laws”: collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers”: collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., each solely in its capacity as a joint lead arranger of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and, solely with respect to Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments hereunder.

Lender Joinder Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Lender-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Lender (each, a “Distressed Lender”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Lender under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Lender or any substantial part of such Distressed Lender’s assets, or such Distressed Lender makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed

 

- 33 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Lender to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lenders”: the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any such bank or financial institution through which such bank or financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make any Loans available to the Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or consenting with respect to (a) any amendment, supplementation or modification of any Loan Document, (b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or consent pursuant to Section 11.1, the bank or financial institution making such election shall be deemed the “Lender” rather than such affiliate, which shall not be entitled to so vote or consent.

LIBOR Rate”: means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBOR Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien”: with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction”: (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption,

 

- 34 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.

Loan”: each Initial Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Tranche C Term Loan, Tranche D Term Loan, Incremental Loan and Extended Term Loan; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Incremental Amendment, any Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Loan Parties”: the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; individually, a “Loan Party”.

Management Agreement”: the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings. and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries”: Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 9.1(f), in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

Maturity Date”: (a) with respect to Initial Term Loans, the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and, (c) with respect to Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date and (d) with respect to Tranche D Term Loans, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition

 

- 35 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.8(g).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgages”: collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Secured Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

Multiemployer Plan”: any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business”: the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Cash Proceeds”: with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence and net of taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect thereof.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds”: the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or

 

- 36 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

New Dollar Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Euro Notes”: the Borrower’s Euro-denominated 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Notes”: collectively, the New Dollar Notes and the New Euro Notes.

New Notes Indenture”: the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

New York Courts”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

New York Supreme Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Non-Excluded Taxes”: all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(e).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the

 

- 37 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Notes”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Obligations”: means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Obligor”: any purchaser of goods or services or other Person obligated to make payment to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) in respect of a purchase of such goods or services.

Offered Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Offered Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

OID”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Organization Documents”: means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

 

- 38 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Other Representatives”: the Syndication Agents, and the Lead Arrangers.

Outstanding Amount”: with respect to the Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent”: any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Indebtedness”: Indebtedness secured by Liens with Pari Passu Lien Priority.

Pari Passu Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(v).

Participating Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Patriot Act”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan”: any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

 

- 39 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Permitted Affiliated Assignee”: the Sponsor, any investment fund managed or controlled by the Sponsor and any special purpose vehicle established by the Sponsor or by one or more of such investment funds.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance Section 8.3(c).

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Permitted Debt Exchange”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Holders”: any of the following: (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which the Borrower makes all payments of the Term Loans and other amounts required by, if applicable, Section 8.8, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

 

- 40 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Permitted Investments”: (1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2)any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3)any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4)any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above in Section 8.3 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5)any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6)loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7)any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8)Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 8.1(b)(ix);

(9)(1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to

 

- 41 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10)any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11)any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12)Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13)guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 8.5;

(14)any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 (except transactions described in Section 8.4(b)(ii)(vi) and (vii));

(15)Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16)Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17)any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization

 

- 42 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18)additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19)any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20)Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21)repurchases of the Notes.

Permitted Liens”: the following types of Liens:

(1)deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2)Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3)Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; providedfurther, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4)Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; providedfurther, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; providedfurther, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any

 

- 43 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5)Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance Section 8.1;

(6)Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

(7)Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8)Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9)Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Closing Date (other than under this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the New Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10)Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11)Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12)judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13)pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to

 

- 44 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14)Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15)survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16)any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17)banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18)Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19)(A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement,

 

- 45 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20)Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21)Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22)Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23)Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25)Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) and (xx);

(26)Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence

 

- 46 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(27)Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28)any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30)Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31)Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32)Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33)other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus

 

- 47 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Person”: any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Plan”: any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform”: Intralinks, SyndTrak Online or any other similar electronic distribution system.

Pledged Debt”: as defined the Security Agreement.

Preferred Stock”: as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prepayment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(d).

Prime Rate”: for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

Product”: any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1)is an initial copyright owner; or

(2)acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

 

- 48 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds”: assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing”: any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Qualifying IPO”: the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Rating Agency”: Moody’s or S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivable”: a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

- 49 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Recorded Music Business”: means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale”: means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Banks”: Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC or such additional or other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, provided that at any time the maximum number of Reference Banks does not exceed six.

refinance”: refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Refinancing Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 8.1(b)(xiii).

Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Regulation D”: Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation S-X”: Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s affiliates and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, employees, shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and controlling persons of such person and of such person’s affiliates and “Related Party” shall mean any of them.

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

 

- 50 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Required Conversion Date”: as defined in Section 4.2(c).

Required Lenders”: Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures represents a majority of the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures at such time; provided that the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loans and, Tranche C Term Loans and Tranche D Term Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded from Individual Lender Exposures in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment”: as defined in Section 8.2.

Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”: Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $180.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $180.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

- 51 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Revolving Lender”: a lender under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

Rollover Indebtedness”: means Indebtedness of a Loan Party issued to any Lender in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of any repayment of Term Loans made pursuant to Subsection 4.4(a) or (b), so long as (other than in connection with a refinancing in full of the Facilities) such Indebtedness (1) is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Rollover Indebtedness and (2) would not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the weighted average life to maturity, or a maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans being repaid.

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Amendment Date”: the date of effectiveness of the Second Amendment, dated July 15, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Holdings, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement”: any Hedge Agreement that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement.

Secured Obligations”: all (x) Term Loan Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Secured Parties”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

- 52 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Securitization Assets”: any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees”: reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from

 

- 53 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement”: the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents”: the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Secured Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement”: that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility”: the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents”: the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Senior Secured Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness).

 

- 54 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i)(B) or Section 2.6(a)(i)(B) or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio”: with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

 

- 55 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 2.6(a)Section 8.1(b)(i) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Set”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans of a single Tranche, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Settlement Service”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Solvent” and “Solvency”: with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Special Purpose Entity”: (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

 

- 56 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Special Purpose Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt”: collectively, the New Notes, the Indebtedness under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response”: the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(3).

Specified Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Specified Financings”: the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

Specified Transaction”: (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor”: Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has

 

- 57 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity”: with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Submitted Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Submitted Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Term Loans.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any specified Person:

(1)any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2)any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower which executes and delivers

 

- 58 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


the Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, in each case, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary Guarantor (a) ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (b) is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (c) is released from all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement in accordance with terms and provisions thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee”: the guaranty of the Term Loan Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Supplemental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Syndication Agents”: Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as syndication agent for the Initial Term Loan Commitments.

Taxes”: any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan Facility Obligations”: obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Term Loans”: the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, as the context shall require.

Third Amendment”: the Second Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of November 21, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche C Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Third Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Third Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Threshold Amount”: $50 million.

 

- 59 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Ticking Fee Rate”: as of any day, the rate per annum equal to the percentage of the Applicable Margin applicable to Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans set forth below for such day.

 

Time Period after First Incremental Amendment Effective Date

   Percentage  

30 days or less

     0

31 to 60 days

     33

61 to 90 days

     66

91 days or longer

     100

Tranche”: with respect to Term Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Term Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Term Loans or Initial Term Loan Commitments, (2) Tranche B Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, (3) Tranche C Term Loans or Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, (4Tranche D Term Loans or Tranche D Term Commitments, (5) Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments with the same terms and conditions made on the same day, or (56) Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”; collectively as to all the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments on the First Incremental Effective Date is $110 million.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

 

- 60 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period”: the period from (A) the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to (B) the earlier of (i) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Initial Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $710 million.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period”: the period from the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Initial Outside Date.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(d).

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(d) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in

 

- 61 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the New Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments.” The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $490 million.

Tranche B Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Term Loan”: (i) prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, (ii) on and after the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and (iii) thereafter, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, collectively the “Tranche B Term Loans”. The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans on the Third Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche C Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche B Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment, its Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and its Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Term Loan Commitments”.

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date”: July 1, 2020; provided that in the event that more than $153 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing Unsecured Notes are outstanding on June 28, 2018 (the “Reference Date”), the “Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean July 2, 2018; provided further that the first proviso of this definition shall not apply if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower as of the Reference Date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00.

Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche B Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche B Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche B Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche B Term Loans.

 

- 62 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Tranche C Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche C Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche C Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(e)The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche D Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche C Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(e) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-2 under the heading “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche C Term Lenders, the “Tranche C Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments on the Third Amendment Closing Date is $1,005.975 million.

Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the “Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche C Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche C Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche C Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche C Term Loans.

“Tranche D Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche D Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche D Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche D Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(e).

 

- 63 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


“Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche D Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(e) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-3 under the heading “Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche D Term Lenders, the “Tranche D Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date is $1,005,975,000.

“Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the “Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

“Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche D Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche D Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche D Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche D Term Loans.

Transactions”: collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the New Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the New Notes, (ii) the entry into this Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Transferee”: any Participant or Assignee.

Trigger Date”: July 27, 2016.

 

- 64 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Type”: the type of Term Loan determined based on the interest option applicable thereto, with there being two Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans.

UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

United States Person”: any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd., and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 8.2 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1)create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2)own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 8.1(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 4.11(b)(ii)(2).

 

- 65 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Voting Stock”: as to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1)the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2)the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2Other Definitional Provisions. Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(a) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2011 Transactions as if they had occurred at the

 

- 66 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the 2011 Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the components of such financial ratio financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period. In addition, for purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period.

(d) Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

(e) Any references in this Agreement to “cash and/or Cash Equivalents”, “cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities” or any similar combination of the foregoing shall be construed as not double counting cash or any other applicable amount which would otherwise be duplicated therein.

(f) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(g) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Borrower, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has exercised its option under the first sentence of this clause (g), and any Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

 

- 67 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(h) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(a)determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio; or

(b)testing baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount, such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Dispositions, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

 

- 68 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


SECTION 2

Amount and Terms of Commitments

2.1Term Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender holding an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Closing Date, one or more term loans (each, an “Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Initial Term Loans:

(i)except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii)shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Term Loans on such date), the Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(b)Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Initial Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche B Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Initial Term Loans:

(i)except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii)shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Initial Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate if the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Initial Outside Date. On the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Initial Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(c)Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan, a “Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans:

(i)except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii)shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically terminate if the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date. On the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (after giving effect to the

 

- 69 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


incurrence of any Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(d)Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans:

(i)except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii)shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(e)Subject to the conditions set forth in the Third Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche C Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Third Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Third Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche C Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-2 under the heading “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche C Term Loans:

(i)except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii)shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche C Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Third Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche C Term Loans on such date), the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(f)Subject to the conditions set forth in the Fourth Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche D Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche D Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-3 under the heading “Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche D Term Loans:

(i)except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii)shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche D Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche D Term Loans on such date), the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

2.2Notes. (a) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender made on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental

 

- 70 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans), the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche C Term Loans), the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche D Term Loans) or in connection with any assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b), in order to evidence such Lender’s Loan, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Note”), in each case with appropriate insertions therein as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to such Lender and in a principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the applicable Loans made (or acquired by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b)) by such Lender to the Borrower. Each Note (i) in respect of Initial Term Loans shall be dated the Closing Date, (ii) in respect of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in respect of Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, (iv) in respect of Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be dated the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and, (v) in respect of Tranche C Term Loans shall be dated the Third Amendment Closing Date and (vi) in respect of Tranche D Term Loans shall be dated the Fourth Amendment Closing Date. Each Note shall be payable as provided in Section 2.2(b), (c)  or, (d) or (e), as applicable, and provide for the payment of interest in accordance with Section 4.1. For the avoidance of doubt, any Notes issued with respect to Tranche B Term Loans shall reflect that, following the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, all Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans.

(b)The Initial Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on March 29, 2013 up to and including the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Initial Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    1.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date
Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Initial Term Loans

(c)The Tranche B Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on December 31, 2013 up to and including the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts

 

- 71 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date   

Prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date

 

  

From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and Prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date

 

On or after the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Tranche B Term Loans

 

- 72 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(d)The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(e)The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche D Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

2.3Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent notice (which notice must have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, and shall be irrevocable after funding) on (i) in the case of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date, (ii) in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, (iv) in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and,  (v) in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans, the Third Amendment Closing Date and (vi) in the case of the Tranche D Term Loans, the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, in each case, specifying the amount of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans and, Tranche C Term Loans and Tranche D Term Loans, as applicable, to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. Each Lender (i) having an Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (ii) having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iii) having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iv) having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, or (v) having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent or (vi) having a Tranche D Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, in each case for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans) or, the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans) or the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche D Term Loans) in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall on such date credit the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.4[Reserved.]

 

- 73 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


2.5Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent (in the currency in which such Term Loan is denominated) for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender made to the Borrower, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) (or such earlier date on which the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.1.

(b)Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c)The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each applicable Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each applicable Lender’s share thereof.

(d)The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6Incremental Facilities. (a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) exists or would arise therefrom (provided that, to the extent the proceeds of Term Loans made pursuant to any Incremental Commitment will be used to consummate a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement that there be no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) shall only be required to be satisfied on the date on which definitive agreements with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (i) to request new term loan commitments under one or more new term loan credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and (ii) to increase the Existing Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to an Existing Term Tranche of Term Loans (the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, (i) the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective (A) $300 million plus (B) the amount that could be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i); (ii) if any portion of an

 

- 74 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(B) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment or compliance with the financial test set forth in such clause (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test), as applicable, and (iii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment; provided further that (x) the Borrower may elect to use capacity under (i)(B) above prior to using capacity under (i)(A) above, (y) that any portion of any Incremental Commitments incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above shall be reclassified, as the Borrower may elect from time to time, as incurred under clause (i)(B) if the Borrower meets the applicable Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio at such time, on a pro forma basis and (z) any amounts incurred under (i)(A) above, concurrently incurred with, or in a single transaction or series of related transactions with, amounts incurred under (i)(B) above or under Section 8.1(b)(i) or under clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” will not count as indebtedness for the purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio to determine availability at such time under clause (i)(B), Section 8.1(b)(i) or capacity under clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”). Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Each Incremental Commitment made available pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of at least $15.0 million and in integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof or such lower minimum amounts or multiples as agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonably discretion from time to time.

(b)Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”); provided that if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or an Approved Fund, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required (it being understood that any such Additional Lender that is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(h)mutatis mutandis, to the same extent as if such Incremental Commitments and related Obligations had been obtained by such Lender by way of assignment).

(c)Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Term Loan Tranche to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the term loan made pursuant to such Supplemental Term Loan Commitment shall be a Term Loan.

(d)Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an

 

- 75 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Incremental Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.6provided, however, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Tranche CD Term Loans (so long as any such Incremental Commitments (and related Obligations) secured on a junior basis are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or an Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable), (B) the Incremental Commitments and any incremental loans drawn thereunder (the “Incremental Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Tranche CD Term Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Term Loans (other than the proceeds of Incremental Loans which are subject to an escrow or similar arrangement and any related deposit of Cash or Cash Equivalents to cover interest and premium in respect of such Incremental Loans) and (II) so long as any Tranche CD  Term Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans secured on a junior basis by the Collateral or ranking junior in right of payment, which shall be subject to junior prepayment provisions) on a pro rata basis (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the Tranche CD  Term Loans than such Incremental Term Loans as contemplated by the proviso appearing in Section 4.4(c)) (other than, in the case of any customary bridge financing, prepayments of such bridge financing from the issuance of equity or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), provided that (subject to clause (iii) below) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for more favorable amortization payments than the Tranche CD Term Loans, (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be no earlier than or shorter than, as the case may be, the Tranche CD Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche CD Term Loans, as applicable (other than an earlier maturity date and/or shorter weighted average life to maturity for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions, would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date or a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the Tranche CD Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche CD Term Loans, as applicable); (iv) the interest rate margins and amortization schedule applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; provided that in the event that the applicable interest rate margins for any term loans incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, are higher than the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche CD Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Tranche CD Term Loans shall be increased (the “Increased Amount”) to the extent necessary so that the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche CD Term Loans is equal to the applicable interest rate margins for such Incremental Term Loan Commitment minus 50 basis points; providedfurther that, in determining the applicable interest rate margins for the Tranche CD Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans, (A) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront

 

- 76 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


fees payable generally to all participating Additional Lenders in lieu of OID (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under the Tranche CD Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loan in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); (B) any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection with the Incremental Term Loans that are not shared with all Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded; (C) any amendments to the Applicable Margin on the Tranche CD  Term Loans that became effective subsequent to the  ThirdFourth  Amendment Closing Date but prior to the time of such Incremental Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations; (D) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche CD  Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to the applicable interest rate margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for the Tranche CD Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor for the Tranche CD Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to the Tranche CD  Term Loans shall be increased by such amount; (E) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor lower than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche CD Term Loans or do not include any interest rate floor, to the extent a reduction in the interest rate floor for such Tranche CD Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, an amount equal to the difference between the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche CD Term Loans and the interest rate floor applicable to such Incremental Term Loans (which shall be deemed to equal 0% for any Incremental Term Loans without any interest rate floor), but which in any event shall not exceed the maximum amount by which a reduction in the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche CD Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, shall reduce the applicable interest rate margin of the applicable Incremental Terms Loans for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for such Tranche CD  Term Loans shall be required, and (F) if the applicable Tranche CD Term Loans include a pricing grid the interest rate margins in such pricing grid which are not in effect at the time the applicable Incremental Commitments become effective shall also each be increased by an amount equal to the Increased Amount; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide (1) for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder, (2) for class voting and other class protections for any additional credit facilities, and (3) for the amendment of the definition of “Disqualified Stock,” in each case only to extend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche CD Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche CD Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loans, as applicable; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, provided that to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the terms and documentation governing the Tranche CD Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

- 77 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(e)For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, in each case, incurred after the First Incremental Effective Date shall not constitute “Incremental Term Loans” incurred pursuant to this Section 2.6 but shall be incurred pursuant to Section 2.1(b) or (c) (as applicable) and accordingly the requirements of this Section 2.6, including clause (iv) of the first proviso of Section 2.6(d), shall not apply thereto.

2.7Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Tranche, as selected by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans of such Tranche for Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes,” and each such exchange a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount of the applicable Tranche actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (iv) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Tranche, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (vi) any applicable Minimum Exchange Tender Condition shall be satisfied and (vii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes do not provide for a maturity date or weighted average life to maturity earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term

 

- 78 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange or shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange.

(b)With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7, (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans be tendered.

(c)In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.7 and without conflict with Section 2.7(d)provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

(d)The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrower’s reliance on any certificate delivered by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.8Extension of Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of one or more Tranches (including any Extended Term Loans) existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Existing Term Loans”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of any Existing Term Tranche (any such Existing Term Tranche which has been so extended, an “Extended Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.8provided that (i) any such request shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Term Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more Tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Term Loans), and (ii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any Extended Term Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing

 

- 79 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Term Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Term Tranche”), except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Term Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Term Tranche, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Term Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (y) any optional or mandatory prepayment applicable to any Extended Term Tranche may be directed first to the prepayment of the Existing Term Loans and (z) amortization with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be greater or lesser than amortization for the Specified Existing Term Tranche, so long as the Extended Term Tranche does not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Specified Existing Term Tranche; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.8 or otherwise, (1) assignments and participations of Extended Term Tranches shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than the assignment and participation provisions applicable to Term Loans set forth in Section 11.6, and (2) subject to clause (z) above, no mandatory repayment of Extended Term Tranches shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) (or all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Term Loans converted into an Extended Term Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans from the Specified Existing Term Tranches and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(b)The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche or Existing Term Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Term Tranche converted into an Extended Term Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Term Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Term Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Term Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Term Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Term Tranches included in each such Extension Election. In connection with any extension of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.8 (each, an “Extension”), the Borrower shall agree to such procedures regarding timing, rounding and other administrative adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.8. The Borrower may amend, revoke or replace an Extension Request pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the

 

- 80 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


date (the “Extension Request Deadline”) on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche are requested to respond to the Extension Request. Any Lender may revoke an Extension Election at any time prior to 5:00 P.M. on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Extension Request Deadline, at which point the Extension Election becomes irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower). The revocation of an Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline shall not prejudice any Lender’s right to submit a new Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline.

(c)Extended Term Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to (i) provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees, amortization or prepayments referenced in clauses (w) through (z) of Section 2.8(a) and (ii) the definition of “Disqualified Stock” to amend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche CD Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche CD Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Extended Term Tranche, as applicable, and which, in each case, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the third to last sentence of this Section 2.8(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.1, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Term Tranche in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $15.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.1 to any Section 2.8 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.1providedfurther, that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Extended Term Tranche to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Tranches. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.8 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.8 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Extending Lenders, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of this Agreement as amended by such Extension Amendment, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

(d)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on any date on which any Existing Term Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the

 

- 81 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Specified Existing Term Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Term Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Term Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Term Tranche and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(e)If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such other Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (i) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; providedfurther, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Extended Term Loans on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and providedfurther, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (ii) if no Event of Default exists under Section 9.1(a) or (f), upon notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the Existing Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.8, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (A) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (B) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

(f)Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Term Loans deemed to be an Extended Term Loan under the applicable Extended Term Tranche on any date (each date a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Term Tranche; provided that (i) such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.8(c), no more than three Designation Dates may occur in any one year period without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. Following a Designation Date, the Existing Term Loans held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Term Loans of the applicable Extended Term Tranche, and any Existing Term Loans held by such

 

- 82 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Term Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

(g)With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Term Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.8 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.4 and 4.8) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.8.

SECTION 3

[Reserved]

SECTION 4

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

4.1Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(b)Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(c)If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 (other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of other amounts, the rate described in clause (b) of this Section 4.1 for ABR Loans accruing interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

 

- 83 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(d)Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.1 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(e)It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable usury laws.

4.2Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Subject to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.12(c), the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans of a given Tranche from Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time two Business Days prior to such election. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans of a given Tranche from ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Day prior to such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no Term Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans) or, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans).

(b)Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such continuation prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time three Business Days prior to such continuation, including the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date, and providedfurther, that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this clause (b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice of continuation

 

- 84 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


pursuant to this Section 4.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof.

(c)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (each, a “Required Conversion Date”), the Borrower shall elect to convert any then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans to either (i) ABR Loans or (ii) Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period designated by the Borrower, in each case regardless of whether such Required Conversion Date is the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans, and each Required Conversion Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date with respect to all outstanding Tranche B Term Loans. On each Required Conversion Date, the new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such date shall be allocated ratably to the then outstanding Borrowings of ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans after giving effect to such conversion (based upon the relative amount that the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are ABR Loans or Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, respectively, outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to such conversion) bears to the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date), with the effect that: (A) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to Eurodollar Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute a part of) such Eurodollar Loans, and be subject to the same Adjusted LIBOR Rates and Interest Periods (in each case after giving effect to such conversion) as such Eurodollar Loans to which they are added and (B) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to ABR Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute part of) such ABR Loans, and be subject to the same Alternate Base Rate as such ABR Loans to which they are added. The Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to) take all appropriate actions in connection with the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on each Required Conversion Date to ensure that all Lenders with Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on such Required Conversion Date) participate pro rata in accordance with this Section 4.2(c) in each Borrowing of Tranche B Term Loans (as increased by the amount of new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such Required Conversion Date). Each Tranche B Term Lender agrees that the provisions of Section 4.12 shall not apply to any conversion of Eurodollar Loans of such Lender on any Required Conversion Date pursuant to this Section 4.2(c).From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein and from the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein.

4.3Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Set shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall not be more than 12 Sets at any one time outstanding.

 

- 85 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


4.4Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 4.5(b)(c) and, (e) and (f)), upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of Eurodollar Loans), or prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of ABR Loans) (or such later time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Such notice shall specify, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the applicable Tranche being repaid (which, at the discretion of the Borrower, may be the Initial Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche D Term Loans, any Incremental Loans or any Extended Term Loans and/or a combination thereof), and if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each, the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such notice is given and not revoked, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.12. Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety. Each prepayment of Initial Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(b). Each prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) made on or prior to December 31, 2013 in connection with a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(c). Each prepayment of Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to May 21, 2017 in connection with a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(e). Each prepayment of Tranche D Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to November 22, 2017 in connection with a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(f).

(b)(i) The Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 8.3; (ii) if on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1), the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof minus the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans, in each case with such prepayment to be

 

- 86 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


made on or before the fifth Business Day following notice given to each Lender of the Prepayment Date, as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), and (iii) the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans within 120 days following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about September 30, 2014) (each, an “ECF Payment Date”), in an amount equal to (A) (1) 50.0% (as may be adjusted pursuant to the last proviso of this clause (iii)) of the Borrower’s Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the sum of (w) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) repaid pursuant to Section 2.2(b)2.2(c) or, 2.2(d) or 2.2(e), prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or repaid or purchased pursuant to Section 11.6(h) (limited to the amount paid in cash) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid pursuant to a scheduled principal payment, in each case during such Fiscal Year or in the case of voluntary prepayments of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) made on or after the Second Amendment Date and on or prior to the Trigger Date, during a previous Fiscal Year (to the extent such voluntary prepayments have not previously been applied to reduce the amount of prepayment required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii) in a previous Fiscal Year or to reduce scheduled amortization of the Tranche B Term Loans) (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (x) below), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii) (provided that no prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) or the other clauses of this Section 4.4(b) shall be included in Section 4.4(b)(iii)(A)(2)(w) or (x)), (y) any loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (z) below), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii), in each case, excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (the amount described in this clause (A), the “ECF Prepayment Amount”) minus (B) the portion of such ECF Prepayment Amount applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided that such percentage in clause (1) above shall be reduced to (x) 25% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 3.75:1.00 and greater than 3.50:1.00 and greater than 3.00:1.00 and (y) 0% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 3.03.50:1.00. Nothing in this Section 4.4(b) shall limit the rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.

 

- 87 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(c)Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.4(g), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans; provided, that at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Tranches of Term Loans, such prepayment may be applied to any Tranche of Term Loans so long as the maturity date of such Tranche of Term Loans precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Term Loans shall have an identical maturity date that precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and (b) shall be applied within each Tranche of Term Loans to the respective installments of principal thereof in the manner directed by the Borrower (or, if no such direction is given, in direct order of maturity). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, in connection with any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b), exchange such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment (and any such Term Loans so exchanged shall be deemed repaid for all purposes under the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations to manage such Rollover Indebtedness.

(d)The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (x) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii), three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due and (y) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (ii), promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon becoming obligated to make such prepayment. Such notice shall state that the Borrower is offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment (i) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i), on or before the date specified in Section 8.3(c), and (ii) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), on or before the date specified in Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), as the case may be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 4.4(d)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment and the Prepayment Date. The Borrower (in its sole discretion) may give each Lender the option (in its sole discretion) to elect to decline any such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Prepayment Date. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender may, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to the payment or prepayment of Indebtedness, including the Holdings Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness, or otherwise be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement. In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to decline a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b), then, with respect to such mandatory

 

- 88 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans.

(e)Amounts prepaid on account of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(b) or (h) may not be reborrowed.

(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b) would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 4.12 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in its sole discretion, initially (i) deposit a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower) or (ii) make a prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(a) with an amount equal to a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans (which prepayment, together with any deposits pursuant to clause (i) above, must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid); provided that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, such unpaid Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 4.1 until such unpaid Eurodollar Loans or the related portion of such Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, have or has been prepaid. In addition, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) would violate applicable Laws or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required thereunder; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to repatriate the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating applicable Laws or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

(g)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 4.4 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendments) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Term Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable, or pursuant to any other credit facility added pursuant to Section 2.6 or 11.1(e).

 

- 89 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(h)Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i)The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, or a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 4.4(h) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date or (2) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders. Any Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be immediately and automatically cancelled.

(ii)Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(1)The Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate Outstanding Amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “Specified Discount”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans to be prepaid, (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2)Each relevant Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3)If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (2); provided that, if the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance

 

- 90 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


with the respective Outstanding Amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the Outstanding Amount, Tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iii)Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers.

(1)The Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans that the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower, (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans and the

 

- 91 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount (the “Submitted Amount”). Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2)The Administrative Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iii). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate Outstanding Amount equal to the lesser of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3)If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment

 

- 92 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iv)Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(1)The Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans and the Tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by Borrower) (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

(2)The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the

 

- 93 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select, at its sole discretion, the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Borrower is willing to accept (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any; provided that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is larger than the smallest Offered Discount for which the sum of all Offered Amounts affiliated with Offered Discounts that are larger than or equal to such smallest Offered Discount would, if purchased at such smallest Offered Discount, yield an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3)Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Administrative Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iv). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying

 

- 94 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(v)Expenses. In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(vi)Payment. If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 4.4(h)(ii) through (iv) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of the Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. The Lenders hereby agree that, in connection with a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) interest in respect of the Term Loans may be made on a non-pro rata basis among the Lenders holding such Term Loans to reflect the payment of accrued interest to certain Lenders as provided in this Section 4.4(h)(vi) and (ii) all subsequent prepayments and repayments of the Term Loans (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the respective Lenders based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the respective Lenders after giving effect to any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) as if made at par. It is also understood and agreed that prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not be subject to Section 4.4(a), or, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 11.7(a) or the pro rata allocation requirements of Section 4.8(a).

(vii)Other Procedures. To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.4(h), established by the Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(viii)Notice. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.4(h), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Administrative Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(ix)Actions of Administrative Agent. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.4(h) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Administrative Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions in this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h) as well as to activities of the Administrative Agent in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h).

(x)Revocation. The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is so revoked, any failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1 or otherwise).

(xi)No Obligation. This Section 4.4(h) shall not (i) require the Borrower to undertake any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) or (ii) limit or restrict the Borrower from making voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

(i)Upon at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to reduce either or both of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments, in whole or in part. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

4.5Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter.

(b)If on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, any Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Lender (and not any Person who replaces such

 

- 95 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(c)If on or prior to December 31, 2013 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche B Term Loans (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) pursuant to a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior December 31, 2013, any Tranche B Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche B Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche B Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(d)The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment, as the case may be, (i) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day and (ii) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”, and together with the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day.

The Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period. The Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) no Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and (B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

(e)If on or prior to May 21, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each

 

- 96 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Tranche C Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche C Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior May 21, 2017, any Tranche C Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche C Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche C Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(f)If on or prior to November 22, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche D Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche D Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche D Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior November 22, 2017, any Tranche D Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche D Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche D Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

4.6Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed; and interest based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year (or 366-day year, as the case may be) for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of an Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate or the Statutory Reserves shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b)Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.1, excluding any LIBOR Rate which is based upon the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

4.7Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with

 

- 97 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


respect to any Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period (the “Affected Eurodollar Rate”), the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Affected Eurodollar Rate requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans and (b) any Term Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate.

4.8Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Section 2.72.84.5(b)4.5(c)4.5(d)4.5(e)4.5(f),  4.94.104.114.124.13(d)4.1411.1(g) or 11.6) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on account of any Term Loans of a given Tranche (other than (w) payments in respect of any difference in the Applicable Margin, Adjusted LIBOR Rate or Alternate Base Rate in respect of any Tranche, (x) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(b) to the extent declined by any Lender in accordance with Section 4.4(d) and (y) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(h) which shall be allocated as set forth in Section 4.4(h)) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders; provided that a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, exchange such Lender’s portion of a Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.4(c). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made on or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time), on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding the relevant Term Loans, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, or the Other Representatives, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2, in Dollars in immediately available funds. Payments received by the Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the

 

- 98 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. This Section 4.8(a) may be amended in accordance with Section 11.1(d) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

(b)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on, as applicable, the Closing Date, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing or, the Third Amendment Closing Date or the Fourth Amendment Closing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.8(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

4.9Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the ThirdFourth Amendment Closing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested, (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law and law and (d) such Lender’s then outstanding Affected Loans, if any, not converted to ABR Loans pursuant to clause (c) of this Subsection 4.9 shall, at the option of the Borrower (i) be prepaid with accrued interest thereon on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto (or such earlier date as may be required by any such Requirement of Law) or (ii) bear interest at an alternate rate which reflects such Lender’s cost of funding such Loans, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, plus the Applicable Margin hereunder. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12.

4.10Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or

 

- 99 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the ThirdFourth Amendment Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i)shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii)shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of “increased cost” or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b)If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the ThirdFourth Amendment Closing Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have

 

- 100 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of “increased cost” or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers.. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c)Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Closing Date for all purposes herein.

4.11Taxes. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.11 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 4.11, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the

 

- 101 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


requirements of clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 4.11 or with the requirements of Section 4.13, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in Law, or (z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after the later of (i) the date that such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later), (ii) the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date and, (iii) the Third Amendment Closing Date and (iv) the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b)Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i)(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2)deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(b)(i)(1) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(3)obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

(4)deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (4), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(ii)in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”,

(1)represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10

 

- 102 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

(2)deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (A) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (any such certificate a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes and (C) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(3)deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(iii)in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(1)on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes; and

 

- 103 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(A)with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (I) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (II) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(B)with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes, and (III) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2)deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

 

- 104 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(3)deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3) such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;

unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c)Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i)deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

(ii)deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii)obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e)If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

4.12Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender in respect of Extensions of Credit made, or requested to be made, to the Borrower, and to hold each such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other than through such Lender’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable decision) as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of

 

- 105 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a payment or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans or the conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the revocation of a redemption notice in respect of Eurodollar Loans delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4(a). Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 4.12, it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a consequence thereof and (z) as to the amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after receipt thereof. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.13Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 4.11, and any Participant in respect of whose participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(b)If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to clause (c) below or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the

 

- 106 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.10 or 4.11, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(c)If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the payment of any additional amount to any Lender or Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 or result in Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans being automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.9, such Lender or Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender or Agent shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender or Agent for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).

(d)If the Borrower shall become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for payments under Section 4.10 or 4.11 or if Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans are automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, under Section 4.9 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for such conversion under Section 4.9, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loan’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, then, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 11.6(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 11.6(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 4.13) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.13(d), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other

 

- 107 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(e)If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a), such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

(f)The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant under this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts payable hereunder.

4.14Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Tranche B Term Lender or, Tranche C Term Lender or Tranche D Term Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Tranche B Term Lender or, Tranche C Term Lender or Tranche D Term Lender, as applicable, is a Defaulting Lender:

(a)the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Tranche B Term Lender or, Tranche C Term Lender or Tranche D Term Lender, as applicable, and assume all or part of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment  or, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, of any such Defaulting Lender and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any such substitute Tranche B Term Lender or, Tranche C Term Lender or Tranche D Term Lender, as applicable, shall execute and deliver, and such Defaulting Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution; and

(b)any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirement of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (ifirst, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (iisecond, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion

 

- 108 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iiithird, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (ivfourth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vfifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 4.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 4.14 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

SECTION 5

Representations and Warranties

To induce the Administrative Agent and each Lender to make the Extensions of Credit requested to be made by it on the Closing Date, the Borrower with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.1Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or

 

- 109 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except, in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 8.5).

5.3Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

5.5Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a)The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b)Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

- 110 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


5.6Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Closing Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 8.5 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9Environmental Compliance.

(a)There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

(c)The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial

 

- 111 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than 30 days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11ERISA Compliance.

(a)Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 112 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(c)(i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

5.13Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a)The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(b)Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

5.14Anti-Terrorism Law. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the Patriot Act.

5.15Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of

 

- 113 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans or, Tranche C Term Loans or Tranche D Term Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

5.16Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable antibribery or anticorruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

5.17Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by

 

- 114 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

5.19Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity, ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.20Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.21Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.22Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights

 

- 115 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


generally and by general principles of equity. (a) When financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 6

Conditions Precedent

6.1Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. This Agreement, including the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it, shall become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have (x) entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) received gross cash proceeds of not less than $635.0 million (calculated before applicable fees and original issue discount) from the issuance of the New Notes.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer or other officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a

 

- 116 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) All reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under the Engagement Letter on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) The Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement and such Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 8.5 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(h) After giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower’s (x) 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and (y) existing Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, shall have been repaid, defeased or otherwise discharged (or irrevocable notice for redemption thereof has been given) substantially concurrently with or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1 and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary payoff letter with respect to such Existing Indebtedness to be repaid.

 

- 117 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed notice of borrowing from the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements) and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 7

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

7.1Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other

 

- 118 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Annual Report for any Parent on Form 10-K for any fiscal year, as filed with the SEC, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(a) with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by Section 7.1(a) and such report and opinion does not contain any “going concern” or like qualification (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period) and (iii) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the

 

- 119 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report for any Parent on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter, as filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter to the extent that it contains the information required by Section 7.1(b).

7.2Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved]

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if (A) delivered with the financial statements required by Section 7.1(a) and (B) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was greater than 1.50:1.00, set forth in reasonable detail the amount of (and the calculations required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.2;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(b), copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

 

- 120 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof (and to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder), copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of Holdings furnished by Holdings to the holders of the Holdings Notes;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) or (b) or 7.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Schedule A (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.3Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of resulting from: (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance

 

- 121 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 7.3(a) to each Lender.

7.4Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3 or 8.6 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 8.3 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

7.6Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

7.7Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

7.8Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it

 

- 122 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.9Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

7.10Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Subsection 7.2(i) or in this Subsection 7.10, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by Requirement of Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

7.11Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses. Use the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans for the purposes specified in the First Incremental Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche C Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Third Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche D Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Fourth Amendment.

7.12Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a)Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an

 

- 123 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Secured Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Secured Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (H) any Subsidiary that is a Special Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary (all Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”)) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i)cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement as Exhibit C, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations of each Loan Party;

(ii)cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Secured Obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee Agreement;

(iii)(x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5.0 million held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv)take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(b)Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

(c)In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets

 

- 124 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d)Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

7.13Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

7.14Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of the Guarantee Agreement, any Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

- 125 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


7.15Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings of the Term Loans, a public corporate rating and a public corporate family rating, as applicable, from each of S&P and Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

7.16Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 7.16 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 8

Negative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder:

8.1Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a)The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(b)Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 8.1(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i)(I) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes and the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), except as provided in clause (z) of the last proviso in Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(ii)[Reserved];

(iii)the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv)Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(v)Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi)Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii)Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Notes;

(viii)shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix)Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(x)obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xi)Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 8.1(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 8.1(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii)(a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(xiii)Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b)(i)(iii)(iv)(xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and providedfurther, that subclauses (A)(B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv)Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xv)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(xvi)Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 8.1 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii)Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii)(A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix)Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx)Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(xxi)Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 8.2;

(xxii)Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxiii)Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c)For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i)in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 8.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the New Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 8.1(b), and not under Section 8.1(a); and

(ii)at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 8.1(a) and (b); and

(iii)the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 8.1 or Section 2.6(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d)Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

 

- 126 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(e)For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f)The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

8.2Restricted Payments.

(a)The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i)declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii)purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii)make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(iv)make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1)no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2)if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on clause (A) of paragraph (3) below, the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(3)such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)(i)(ix), and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A)50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the

 

- 127 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B)100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(C)100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D)100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a

 

- 128 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(E)in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F)an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

(b)The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

(i)the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”), the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii)the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 8.1 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(iv)any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v)the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 8.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(ii)provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii)Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii)payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(ix)the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

(x)Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(xi)any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii)the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1)franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(2)federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3)customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

- 129 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(4)general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(5)fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

(6)taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 8.2, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 8.2 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

(7)payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(viii); and

(8)annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii)any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 8.4;

(xiv)distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xv)the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 8.3; (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d); or (c) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Borrower shall have complied with Section 8.8 prior to repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, acquiring or retiring such Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xvi)the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(xvii)the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(xviii)the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

(xix)the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(xx)the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that each of the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be longer than the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Holdings Notes;

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vii)(xi) and (xvi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c)The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the

 

- 130 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.2 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

(d)As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 8.2 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

8.3Asset Sales.

(a)The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i)the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii)except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b)For purposes of Section 8.3(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loan Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 8.3 and for no other purpose.

 

- 131 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(c)Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i)to permanently reduce (A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrower shall so reduce such Obligations, it will prepay a pro rata principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)); or (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(ii)to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(iii)to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale or Recovery Event that generated the Net Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(d)When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with Section 8.3(c) (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Borrower will prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)) and, if required under the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(e)Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

8.4Transactions with Affiliates.

(a)The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i)the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii)the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b)The provisions of Section 8.4(a) will not apply to the following:

(i)transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii)Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii)the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(iv)the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v)the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(vi)transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii)payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(viii)payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix)payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(x)transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi)the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(xii)the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii)any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv)investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(xv)payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi)entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 8.2; and

(xvii)intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

8.5Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Term Loan Facility Obligations (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien

 

- 132 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b)Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Term Loan Facility Obligations.

8.6Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a)either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(b)the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c)immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d)immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(i)the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a); or

(ii)the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e)each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(f)each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above;

 

- 133 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


provided that, for the purposes of this Section 8.6 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 8.6, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 8.6 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

8.7Subsidiary Distributions.

(a)The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i)pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii)make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii)sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b)However, the restrictions in Section 8.7(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(i)contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents, the New Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (and any related documents), any Rollover Indebtedness (and any related documents) and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii)[Reserved]

(iii)purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv)applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v)any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi)any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii)Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 8.1 and 8.5 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii)restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix)other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

(x)customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi)customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii)any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

(xiii)any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv)any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv)any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi)customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvii)customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii)any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 8.5;

(xix)any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(xx)customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(xxi)an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Closing Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Closing Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Term Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

8.8Change of Control. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control, repurchase or repay any Indebtedness then outstanding pursuant to any Subordinated Indebtedness or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any portion thereof, unless the Borrowers shall have (i) made payment in full of the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any other amounts then

 

- 134 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


due and owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer. For so long as the Borrower shall have complied with the terms of this Section 8.8, any Event of Default arising under Section 9.1(k) by reason of such Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing.

SECTION 9

Events of Default

9.1Events of Default. Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the payment, observance or performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days, in the case of a default with respect to reporting obligations under Subsection 7.1, after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders and in the case of any other default, after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other

 

- 135 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder or (y) any termination event or similar event pursuant to the terms of any Hedge Agreement) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other

 

- 136 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 9.1(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 9.1(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

 

- 137 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(j) Subject to the Borrower’s option to make an offer to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 8.8, a Change of Control shall have occurred.

9.2Remedies Upon an Event of Default. (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

(b)Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 10

The Agents and the Other Representatives

10.1Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or required of such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as representative of the Lenders under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent or the Other Representatives.

(b)Each of the Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent (it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any of their respective duties under the Security Documents by or through one or more of their respective affiliates). Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The

 

- 138 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

(c)Except for Sections 10.510.8(a)(b)(c) and (e) and (to the extent of the Borrower’s rights thereunder and the conditions included therein) 10.9, the provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

10.2The Administrative Agent and Affiliates. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3Action by an Agent. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the Collateral Agent in the case of the Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with reasonable care.

10.4Exculpatory Provisions. (a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i)shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii)shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law; and

(iii)shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(b)No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

(c)No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other

 

- 139 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term as used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d)Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

10.5Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents or the Other Representatives nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent or any Other Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender. Each Lender further represents and warrants to the Agents, the Other Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that it has had the opportunity to review each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender acknowledges that, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Other Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, it has made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Agents nor any Other Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 11.6 applicable to the Lenders hereunder.

10.6Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders. (a) To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay ratably according to their respective outstanding Term Loans on the date on which the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought under this Section 10.6 such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any

 

- 140 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


party hereto or any third party); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 are subject to the provisions of Section 4.8.

(b)Any Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document (except actions expressly required to be taken by it hereunder or under the Loan Documents) unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(c)All amounts due under this Section 10.6 shall be payable not later than three Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.7Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance. (a) Each Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents an Agent is permitted or desires to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the requesting Agent shall be absolutely entitled as between itself and the Lenders to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Lender for refraining from any action or withholding any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such instructions from Required Lenders or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of an Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement) and, notwithstanding the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other applicable portion of the Lenders), an Agent shall have no obligation to any Lender to take any action if it believes, in good faith, that such action would violate applicable law or exposes an Agent to any liability for which it has not received satisfactory indemnification in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(b)Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the

 

- 141 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

10.8Collateral Matters. (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) and (z) any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.6, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.6, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.6, any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.7 and any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.8. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Increase Supplement, any Lender Joinder Agreement or any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer or any Extension Amendment and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Term Loans unless instructed to do so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at

 

- 142 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

(b)The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Term Loan Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 11.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.8.

(c)The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 11.17. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this Section 10.8(c).

(d)No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Section 10.8 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with either Section 11.1 or 11.17, as applicable, with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

 

- 143 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(f)The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

10.9Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be,, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 (including Section 10.9) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of

 

- 144 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


the Collateral Agent, the provision of this Section 10.9 shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

10.10Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 4.11(a) or 4.12, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.10. The agreements in this Section 10.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Term Loan Facility Obligations.

10.11Other Representatives. None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers or syndication agents pursuant to the definition of Other Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in its capacity as such. Without limiting the foregoing, no Other Representative shall have nor be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. At any time that any Lender serving as an Other Representative shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any of its affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans, such Lender shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Other Representative.

10.12Application of Proceeds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of amounts then due and outstanding under any of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied as follows: first, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents (including all expenses of sale or other realization of or in respect of the Collateral and any sums advanced to the Collateral Agent or to preserve its security interest in the Collateral), second, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing such Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, third, to pay interest on Loans then outstanding; fourth, to pay

 

- 145 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


principal of Loans then outstanding and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations permitted hereunder and secured by the Security Agreement as Term Loan Facility Obligations, ratably among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause “fourth” payable to them, and fifth, to pay the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. To the extent any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “third” or “fourth” above are insufficient to pay all obligations described therein in full, such moneys shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in the applicable clause at such time. This Section 10.12 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

SECTION 11

Miscellaneous

11.1Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Party’s request, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that amendments pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and (f) may be effected without the consent of the Required Lenders to the extent provided therein; provided further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

(i)(A) reduce or forgive the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any scheduled installment thereof (including extending the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date or the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date), (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), (C) extend the scheduled date of any payment of any Lenders’ Loans, (D) change the currency in which any Loan is payable or (E) increase any Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory repayment of the Loans of all Lenders shall not constitute an extension of the scheduled date of maturity, any scheduled installment, or the scheduled date of payment of the Loans of any Lender or an increase in the Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment of any Lender);

(ii)amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1(a) or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 11.6(a)), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders;

(iii)release Guarantors accounting for all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Facility Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof);

(iv)require any Lender to make Loans having an Interest Period of longer than six months or shorter than one month without the consent of such Lender;

(v)amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the then Agents;

(vi)amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.1(a)10.5 or 10.11 without the written consent of any Other Representative directly and adversely affected thereby;

(vii)[reserved];

(viii)[reserved]; or

(ix)amend, modify or waive the order of application of payments set forth in Section 4.4(c)4.8(a)10.12 or 11.7, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders;

provided further that, notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, and in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Section 10.8(b), the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

(b)Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

- 146 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(c)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended at any time on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date as contemplated by Section 11 of the First Incremental Amendment.

(d)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, or inconsistency with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) in accordance with Section 2.6 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments with the written consent of the Borrower and Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, (iii) in accordance with Section 2.8 to effectuate an Extension with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders and (iv) with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in each case such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in the event any mandatory prepayment or redemption provision in respect of asset sales, casualty or condemnation events or excess cash flow included or to be included in any Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness would result in such Indebtedness being prepaid or redeemed on a more than ratable basis with the Term Loans in respect of such asset sale, casualty or condemnation event or excess cash flow prepayment, to provide for mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans such that, after giving effect thereto, the prepayments and redemptions made in respect of such Indebtedness are not on more than a ratable basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 4.44.8 or 10.14 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment or any Extension Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Term Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans and any Extended Term Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Extended Term Tranche or Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (d) or an acknowledgement thereof.

(e)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(f)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by Section 11.17 with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

 

- 147 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(g)If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 11.1(a), the consent of each Lender or each directly and adversely affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; providedfurther, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and providedfurther, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 11.1(g), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

 

- 148 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


11.2Notices. (a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, or, in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

The Borrower   

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY10019

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 275-3601

Website: www.wmg.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David A. Brittenham, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 521-7347

Telephone: (212) 909-6000

The Administrative Agent/the Collateral Agent:   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Jason Wheeler

Facsimile: (212) 322-2291

Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Jason Kyrwood

Facsimile: (212) 701-5653

Telephone: (212) 450-4653

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.24.4 or 4.8 shall not be effective until received.

(b)Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party.

 

- 149 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(c)Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic means (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or other electronic document or signature.

(d)Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes (with the Borrower’s consent), (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the posting thereof.

(e)(i) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on a Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders; provided that the Borrower agrees that the Disqualified Institution List will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

(ii)Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

11.3No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

- 150 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


11.4Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

11.5Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and administration of the transactions (including the syndication of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and,  the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and (iii) efforts to monitor the Loans and verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, and such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors, appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for all their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative, each Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Lead Arranger, any Other Representative, any Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other

 

- 151 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender ) with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, (ii) a material breach of the Loan Documents by any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or (iii) claims against such Indemnitee or any Related Party brought by any other Indemnitee that do not involve claims against any Lead Arranger or Agent in its capacity as such. Neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnity or reimbursement obligations under this Section 11.5 to the extent such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Sections 11.5(b) and (c) above, the Borrower shall have no obligation under this Section 11.5 to any Indemnitee with respect to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 8.6, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable law, assign (other than to a Disqualified Institution or any natural person) to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, and/or any Tranche of Term Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) with the prior written consent of:

(A)(1) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower, (2) with respect to the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and, (3) with respect to the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and (4) with respect to any Tranche of

 

- 152 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Loans, the Borrower (such consent, in the case of this clause (34), not to be unreasonably withheld), provided, that with respect to any assignment of any Tranche of Term Loans, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below); provided, that if any Lender assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one of its Affiliates in connection with or in contemplation of the sale or other disposition of its interest in such Affiliate, the Borrower’s prior written consent shall be required for such assignment, (y) if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, to any other Person, and (z) in connection with the primary syndication of (A) the Initial Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower, (B) the Tranche B Term Loans by the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders (as defined in the First Incremental Amendment) to Persons previously disclosed by them to the Borrower on or prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date or, (C) the Tranche C Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower or on prior to the Third Amendment EffectiveClosing Date, or (D) the Tranche D Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower on or prior to the Fourth Amendment Closing Date; and

(B)the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii)Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A)except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1.0 million unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

 

- 153 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(B)the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such assignments;

(C)the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

(D)any assignment of Incremental Commitments or Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.6(h) and (i); and

(E)any Term Loans acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon acquisition thereof.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning: “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular assignment).

(iii)Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related obligations under) Sections 4.104.114.124.13 and 11.5, and bound by its continuing obligations under Section 11.16). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall, to the extent it would comply with Section 11.6(c), be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 11.6.

(iv)The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Commitments of, and interest and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower (and, solely with respect to entries applicable to such Lender, any Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Institution (other than through the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution).

(v)Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary (x) to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (y) for the Borrower to enforce its rights hereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and a Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(vi)Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.6(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi).

(vii)On or prior to the effective date of any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6(b), the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “cancelled”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 11.6(b). Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans,

 

- 154 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies the Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via the Clearpar electronic settlement system pursuant to procedures consistent with this Section 11.6(b).

Furthermore, no Assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 11.6(b) would be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.104.114.12 or 11.5 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive as of such date under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be entitled to receive such greater payments unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such assignment.

(c)(i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations (other than to any Disqualified Institution or a natural person) to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (E) in the case of any participation to a Permitted Affiliated Assignee, such participation shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.6(h)(ii) to the same extent as if each reference therein to an assignment of a Loan were to a participation of a Loan and the references to Affiliated Lender were to such Permitted Affiliated Assignee in its capacity as a participant. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the second proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant.

 

- 155 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have the related obligations under) Sections 4.104.114.124.13 and 11.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such participation in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular participation).

(ii)No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 4.104.114.12 or 11.5 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation, unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such participation. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.11 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.11(b) or Section 4.11(c), as applicable, and provides the forms and certificates referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.

(d)Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e)No assignment or participation made or purported to be made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan or Note under the laws of any jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to determine whether any such filing or qualification is required or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.6(f) within 30 Business Days of receipt of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this Section 11.6(f), in the event that the indemnifying Lender fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by the Borrower, be assigned

 

- 156 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


promptly to the Lender that administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such Conduit Lender shall be void.

(g)If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 11.1. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.12. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of the Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (g) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(h)(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction); provided that (A) any such Dutch auction by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4(h) and (B) any such Dutch auction by any Parent shall be made on terms substantially similar to Section 4.4(h) or on other terms to be agreed between such Parent and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (2) open market purchases; provided further that:

(1)such Affiliated Lender and such other Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register;

(2)at the time of such assignment after giving  affecteffect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement;

(3)any such Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower, whether through a Parent or otherwise, and exchanged for debt or equity securities of the Borrower or such Parent that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, so long as any Term Loans so acquired by the

 

- 157 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Borrower shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof; and

(4)any Term Loans acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be cancelled and retired immediately upon the acquisition thereof.

(ii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives or (C) receive advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or challenge their attorney client privilege.

(iii)Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not such Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its ratable share of any payments of Term Loans of any class to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; providedfurther, that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that (x) disproportionately and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender or affects such Affiliated Lender differently than other Lenders or (y) is of the type described in Sections 11.1(a)(i) through (ix) (other than subclauses (v) and (vi)); and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii)provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 11.6(h)(iii) and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by such Affiliated Lender as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii).

(iv)Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund, solely in its capacity as a Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (each, a “Bankruptcy Proceeding”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Term Loans (“Claim”) (including objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization), the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with Section 11.6(h)(iii) above, so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.6(h)(iv) and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, it is their intention that this Section 11.6(h)(iv) would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iv).

(v)Each Lender making an assignment to, or taking an assignment from, an Affiliated Lender (so long as such Affiliated Lender identifies itself as such to such Lender) acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

(i)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” (x) with respect to any assignment or participation to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, such assignment or participation shall be made pursuant to an open market purchase and (y) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds), combined, may not account for more than 50.0% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any assignment to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, at the time of such assignment after giving  affecteffect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(j)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6, nothing in this Section 11.6 is intended to or should be construed to limit the Borrower’s right to prepay the Term Loans as provided hereunder, including under Section 4.4.

11.7Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations. (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise (except pursuant to Section 2.72.84.44.94.104.114.124.13(d)11.1(g) or 11.6)), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b)In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence

 

- 158 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due and payable under Section 9.1(a) by the Borrower any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.8Judgment. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.8 being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

(b)If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.8(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party under this Section 11.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

(c)The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.8 means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

11.9Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such

 

- 159 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.11Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.13Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Term Loan Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding.

 

- 160 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 11.13(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 11.13 any consequential or punitive damages.

11.14Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither any Agent nor any Other Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.15Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16Confidentiality. (a) Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from disclosing

 

- 161 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


any such information (i) to any Agent, any Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.16 pursuant to a written instrument (or electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above in this clause (ii), in respect to any electronic information (whether posted or otherwise distributed on any Platform)) for the benefit of the Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its Affiliates and the employees, officers, partners, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and its Affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform each such Person of the agreement under this Section 11.16 and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement (including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under this Section 11.16), (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, provided that, other than with respect to any disclosure to any bank regulatory authority, such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest Rate Agreement, (vii) in connection with periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in connection with any litigation to which such Lender (or, with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender party thereto) may be a party subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above, and (ix) if, prior to such information having been so provided or obtained, such information was already in an Agent’s or a Lender’s possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose (i) the existence of this Agreement, the global amount, currency and maturity date of any Facility hereunder, and the legal name, country of domicile and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, to (i) the CUSIP Bureau and other similar market data collectors or service providers to the lending industry, provided that either such information shall have been previously made publicly available by the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), prior to making such disclosure, and (ii) information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent to the extent customary in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, theTranche D Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Commitments, and the Loans, provided that any such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.16 and the Administrative Agent takes reasonable actions to cause such Person to comply herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 11.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and

 

- 162 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

(b)Each Lender acknowledges that any such information referred to in Section 11.16(a), and any information (including requests for waivers and amendments) furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates or their respective securities. Each Lender represents and confirms that such Lender has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; that such Lender will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws; and that such Lender has identified to the Administrative Agent a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law.

11.17Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness. In connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure such Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise.

11.18USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such information from time to time to any Lender.

11.19Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable

 

- 163 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.20Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference, reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

11.21Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b)the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii)the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 164 -

10023685561003003016v52

#8894688589588927v75


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name:    James Moran
  Title:    Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name:    Tyler R. Smith
  Title:    Associate


ANNEX II

Exhibits to Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT J

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re:WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [●]% (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice and is subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [,][and] [the Lenders of the Initial Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and]] the Lenders of the [●, 20●]1 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at

 

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]2

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

2 

Insert applicable representation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT K

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]3 Tranche[s]] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1.This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]4 Tranche[(s)]].

2.The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is [$[●] of Initial Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche B Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche C Term Loans] [$[●] of

 

3 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


Tranche D Term Loans] [[and] $[●] of the [●, 20●]5 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).6

3.The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to [●]% (the “Discount Range”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following the dated delivery of the notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the [Lenders] [[and the] Lenders of the [●, 20●]7 Tranche[s]] as follows:

1.[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]8

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

7 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

8 

Insert applicable representation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer


EXHIBIT L

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1.This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [[and the] [●, 20●]9 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2.The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

[Initial Tjerm Loans - $[●]]

[Tranchje B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

 

9 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]10 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

3.The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% (the “Submitted Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]11 Tranche[s]] indicated above pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

10 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

11 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:


EXHIBIT M

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the hereby requests that [each Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]12 Tranche[s]] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1.This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]13 Tranche[s]].

 

 

12 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

13 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


2.The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):14

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]15 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

14 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

15 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer


EXHIBIT N

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1.This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [[and the] [●, 20●]16 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2.The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans- $[●]]

 

16 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


[Tranche B Term Loans- $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans- $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans- $[●]]

[[●, 20●]17 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

3.The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% (the “Offered Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]18 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

17 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

18 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:


EXHIBIT O

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]1 Tranche[s]] on the following terms:

1.This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]2 Tranche[s]].

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


2.The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[●] of the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [[and $[●] of the] [●, 20●]3 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).4

3.The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [●]% (the “Specified Discount”).

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Lenders] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]5 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]6

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

Insert applicable representation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response


EXHIBIT P

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [Tranches of] Term Loans held by such Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate Outstanding Amount as follows:

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]1 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]2 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Specified Discount in the aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:


ANNEX III

Schedule A-3 to Credit Agreement

 

TRANCHE D TERM LENDER

   TRANCHE D TERM LOAN COMMITMENT  

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 1,005,975,000  

TOTAL

   $ 1,005,975,000  
EX-10.8

Execution Version

Exhibit 10.8

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT

FOURTH INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT, dated as of December 6, 2017 (this “Incremental Amendment ”), to the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) parties hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Holdings”), the Administrative Agent (as defined below) and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche E Term Lender.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower; the several lenders party thereto from time to time; Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners;

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested that Incremental Term Loan Commitments be made available to the Borrower, and the Tranche E Term Lender and the Administrative Agent have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that the Tranche E Term Lender will make Incremental Loans in the form of the Tranche E Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,005,975,000, the proceeds of which will be used to repay the Tranche D Term Loans in full and to pay fees and expenses relating thereto (the entry into this Incremental Amendment and the borrowing of the Tranche E Term Loans hereunder, and any or all of the foregoing transactions referred to in this paragraph, collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (the “Tranche E Arranger Party”), Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc. are acting as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners for the Tranche E Term Loans; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the making of the Tranche E Term Loans, each Lender party hereto has agreed to the amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(a) It is understood and agreed that the Tranche E Term Loans are “Incremental Loans”, the Tranche E Term Lender is an “Additional Lender,” the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment is an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment” and this Incremental Amendment is an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”, in each case, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that this Incremental Amendment and the Credit Agreement are each a “Loan Document”, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.

(b) Exhibits J, K, L, M, N, O and P to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended to read as set forth in Annex II hereto.

(c) The Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended by adding Annex III hereto as a new Schedule A-4:

Section 3A. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. The effectiveness of this Incremental Amendment, including the obligation of the Tranche E Term Lender to make a Tranche E Term Loan, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions (the date of such satisfaction or waiver of such conditions being referred to herein as the “Incremental Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) Incremental Amendment. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Incremental Amendment executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each other Loan Party, Holdings and the Tranche E Term Lender.

(b) Legal Opinions, Officer’s Certificates, Corporate Authorizations. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Tranche E Term Lender, customary legal opinions, customary officer’s closing certificates, organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation or organization, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and Holdings (to the extent applicable), in each case (to the extent applicable) substantially similar to the corresponding opinions, certificates and documents delivered in connection with the closing of the Third Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 22, 2017.

(c) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.

(d) PATRIOT Act and Anti-Money Laundering. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Tranche E Arranger Party.

 

- 2 -


(e) Fees and Other Amounts. (i) The Tranche E Arranger Party shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to it on or prior to such date pursuant to that certain engagement letter, dated as of November 27, 2017 among the Tranche E Arranger Party and the Borrower and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable for the account of any Lender having a Tranche D Term Loan outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on or before the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, including accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Tranche D Term Loans.

(f) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice in respect of the Tranche E Term Loans as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(g) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

The making of the Tranche E Term Loans by the Tranche E Term Lender shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and the Tranche E Term Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3A shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Section 3B. Amendment and Restatement of Exiting Credit Agreement.

(a) Subject to satisfaction of the condition set forth in paragraph (b) below, effective as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (as defined below), the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Existing Credit Agreement attached as Annex I hereto.

(b) The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 3B(a) shall become effective on the date (the “Amendment and Restatement Effective Date”) on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the written consent to this Incremental Amendment of Lenders constituting the Required Lenders as of such date, provided that the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall not occur prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date. For purposes of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that if the Lenders executing this Incremental Amendment would constitute the Required Lenders after giving effect to the repayment of Tranche D Term Loans described in the Recitals hereof, the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall occur on the date of such repayment.

 

- 3 -


Section 4. Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Incremental Amendment and the Tranche E Term Lender to make the Tranche E Term Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Administrative Agent and the Tranche E Term Lender that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment:

(a) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Existing Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Incremental Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c) The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Incremental Amendment, the performance of this Incremental Amendment by each Loan Party, the performance of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) (A) do not and will not contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) This Incremental Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party. This Incremental Amendment and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other Loan Party, enforceable against the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is party hereto in accordance with their terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(e) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche E Term Loans to (i) prepay in full the Tranche D Term Loans and (ii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

Section 5. Effects on Loan Documents; Acknowledgement.

(a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Incremental Amendment shall not (i) by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Holdings or the Loan Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements

 

- 4 -


contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as expressly set forth herein, each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation thereof. Each Loan Party and Holdings reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Agreement on the Incremental Amendment Effective Date. This Incremental Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Incremental Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties and Holdings hereby consents to this Incremental Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party or Holdings under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party or Holdings is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche E Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche E Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche E Term Lender) and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment, (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche E Term Loans, and (vi) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche E Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche E Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche E Term Lender), (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment and (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche E Term Loans.

Section 6. Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (1) all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Incremental Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (2) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

- 5 -


Section 7. Counterparts. This Incremental Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Incremental Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 8. Applicable Law. THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SAME ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 9. Headings. The headings of this Incremental Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Incremental Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Acknowledged and agreed:
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A.P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFÉ AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.
RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC CORP.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.
WBR/SIRE VENTURES, INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
BB INVESTMENTS LLC

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BUTE SOUND LLC
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
LAVA RECORDS LLC
MM INVESTMENT LLC
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC
THE BIZ LLC
UPPED.COM LLC
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC
ATLANTIC PIX LLC
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC
FERRET MUSIC LLC
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC
P & C PUBLISHING LLC
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLCASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.
ARTS MUSIC INC.
WMG COE, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above-named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

  Name:   Judith Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Tranche E Term Lender
By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

  Name:   Judith Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


ANNEX I

Credit Agreement

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Credit Agreement]


Execution Version

 

 

$1,310,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC.,

and NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

dated as of November 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

1003003016v2

#89588927v5

1003585382v8


Table of Contents

(i)

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 1

  Definitions   

1.1

  Defined Terms   

1.2

  Other Definitional Provisions      71  

SECTION 2

  Amount and Terms of Commitments   

2.1

  Term Loans      74  

2.2

  Notes      77  

2.3

  Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing      79  

2.4

  [Reserved.]      80  

2.5

  Repayment of Loans      80  

2.6

  Incremental Facilities      80  

2.7

  Permitted Debt Exchanges      84  

2.8

  Extension of Term Loans      85  

SECTION 3

  [Reserved]   

SECTION 4

  General Provisions Applicable to Loans   

4.1

  Interest Rates and Payment Dates      89  

4.2

  Conversion and Continuation Options      90  

4 3

  Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets      91  

4.4

  Optional and Mandatory Prepayments      91  

4.5

  Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees      104  

4.6

  Computation of Interest and Fees      106  

4.7

  Inability to Determine Interest Rate      106  

4.8

  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      106  

4.9

  Illegality      108  

4.10

  Requirements of Law      108  

4.11

  Taxes      110  

4.12

  Indemnity      115  

4.13

  Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts      116  

4.14

  Defaulting Lenders      118  

SECTION 5

  Representations and Warranties   

5.1

  Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      119  

5.2

  Authorization; No Contravention      119  

5.3

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      119  

5.4

  Binding Effect      120  

5.5

  Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      120  

5.6

  Litigation      120  

5.7

  No Default      120  

5.8

  Ownership of Property; Liens      120  

5.9

  Environmental Compliance      121  

5.10

  Taxes      122  

5.11

  ERISA Compliance      122  

5.12

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      123  

 

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

(ii)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.13

  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      123  

5.14

  Anti-Terrorism Law      123  

5.15

  Sanctioned Persons      123  

5.16

  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act      123  

5.17

  Labor Matters      124  

5.18

  Disclosure      124  

5.19

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc      125  

5.20

  Solvency      125  

5.21

  Senior Debt Status      125  

5.22

  Valid Liens      125  

SECTION 6

  Conditions Precedent   

6.1

  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit      126  

SECTION 7

  Affirmative Covenants   

7.1

  Financial Statements      128  

7.2

  Certificates; Other Information      129  

7.3

  Notices      131  

7.4

  Payment of Taxes      131  

7.5

  Preservation of Existence, Etc      132  

7.6

  Maintenance of Properties      132  

7.7

  Maintenance of Insurance      132  

7.8

  Compliance with Laws      132  

7.9

  Books and Records      132  

7.10

  Inspection Rights      132  

7.11

  Use of Proceeds      133  

7.12

  Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security      133  

7.13

  Compliance with Environmental Laws      135  

7.14

  Further Assurances      136  

7.15

  Maintenance of Ratings      136  

7.16

  Post-Closing Actions      136  

SECTION 8

  Negative Covenants   

8.1

  Limitation on Indebtedness      136  

8.2

  Restricted Payments      142  

8.3

  Asset Sales      150  

8.4

  Transactions with Affiliates      152  

8.5

  Liens      155  

8.6

  Fundamental Changes      155  

8.7

  Subsidiary Distributions      157  

8.8

  Change of Control      160  

SECTION 9

  Events of Default   

9.1

  Events of Default      160  

9.2

  Remedies Upon an Event of Default      163  

SECTION 10

  The Agents and the Other Representatives   

10.1

  Appointment      163  

10.2

  The Administrative Agent and Affiliates      164  

10.3

  Action by an Agent      164  

10.4

  Exculpatory Provisions      164  

 

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

(iii)


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

10.5

  Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders      165  

10.6

  Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders      166  

10.7

  Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance      167  

10.8

  Collateral Matters      167  

10.9

  Successor Agent      169  

10.10

  Withholding Tax      170  

10.11

  Other Representatives      170  

10.12

  Application of Proceeds      171  

SECTION 11

  Miscellaneous   

11.1

  Amendments and Waivers      171  

11.2

  Notices      176  

11.3

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      177  

11.4

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      178  

11.5

  Payment of Expenses and Taxes      178  

11.6

  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      179  

11.7

  Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations      189  

11.8

  Judgment      190  

11.9

  Counterparts      190  

11.10

  Severability      190  

11.11

  Integration      191  

11.12

  Governing Law      191  

11.13

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      191  

11.14

  Acknowledgements      192  

11.15

  Waiver Of Jury Trial      192  

11.16

  Confidentiality      192  

11.17

  Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness      194  

11.18

  USA Patriot Act Notice      194  

11.19

  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      195  

11.20

  Reinstatement      195  

11.21

  Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      195  

 

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

(iv)


SCHEDULES

 

A    —Commitments; Addresses
A-1    —Commitments; Tranche B Term Lenders
A-2    —Commitments; Tranche C Term Lenders
A-3    —Commitments; Tranche D Term Lenders
A-4    —Commitments; Tranche E Term Lenders
5.12    —Restricted Subsidiaries
7.16    —Post-Closing Actions

EXHIBITS

 

A    —Form of Note
B    —Form of Security Agreement
C    —Form of Guarantee Agreement
D    —Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
E    —Form of Assignment and Acceptance
F    —Form of Solvency Certificate
G    —Form of Increase Supplement
H    —Form of Lender Joinder Agreement
I    —Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
J    —Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice
K    —Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice
L    —Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer
M    —Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice
N    —Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
O    —Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice
P    —Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

(xx)


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 2012, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP. (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity and as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Definitions

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2011 Transactions”: has the meaning given to the term “Transactions” under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

2014 Senior Secured Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

ABR”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Loans”: Loans to which the rate of interest applicable is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceleration”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Acceptable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice”: a written notice from the Borrower setting forth the Acceptable Discount pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Acceptance Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Access Investors”: collectively, (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other

 

 

10030030161003585382v28

#89588927v5


personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Accounts”: “accounts” as defined in the UCC and, with respect to any Person, all such Accounts of such Person, whether now existing or existing in the future, including (a) all accounts receivable of such Person (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent), including all accounts receivable created by or arising from all of such Person’s sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of its trade names, or through any of its divisions, (b) all unpaid rights of such Person (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including returned or repossessed goods, (d) all reserves and credit balances held by such Person with respect to any such accounts receivable of any Obligors, (e) all letters of credit, guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing and (f) all insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Acquired Debt”: with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Indebtedness”: additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender”: as defined in Section 2.6(b).

Adjusted LIBOR Rate”: with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the higher of (a) (i) the LIBOR Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (ii) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period and (b) (i) 1.25% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Initial Term Loans, (ii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche B Term Loans, (iii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche C Term Loans, and (iv) 0.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche D Term Loans and (v) 0.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche E Term Loans; provided that if the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 2 -


Administrative Agent”: as defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9.

Affected Eurodollar Rate”: as defined in Section 4.7.

Affected Loans”: as defined in Section 4.9.

Affiliate”: of any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction”: as defined in Section 8.4(a).

Affiliated Debt Fund”: any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, so long as (i) any such Affiliated Lender is managed as to day-to-day matters (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, as to strategic direction and similar matters) independently from Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, (ii) any such Affiliated Lender has in place customary information screens between it and Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, and (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries directs or causes the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Affiliated Lender”: any Lender that is a Permitted Affiliated Assignee.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(i)(1).

Agent Default”: an Agent has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Agent becomes subject to an Agent-Related Distress Event.

Agent-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Agent (each, a “Distressed Person”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Agent or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Agents”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 3 -


Agreement”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate”: means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (cto the extent the Adjusted LIBOR Rate is ascertainable, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be.

Amendment”: as defined in Section 8.7(b)(xii).

Applicable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Applicable Margin”: (xw) with respect to all periods prior to but not including the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the rate(s) per annum as in effect from time to time under the Agreement prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (yx) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan or a Tranche C Term Loan, 2.75% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, or a Tranche C Term Loan, 1.75% per annum and, (zy) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche D Term Loan, 2.50% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche D Term Loan, 1.50% per annum and (z) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche E Term Loan, 2.25% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche E Term Loan, 1.25% per annum.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 4 -


Asset Sale”: (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 8.6 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 8.2 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 8.5;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 5 -


(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance”: an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 6 -


Attorney Costs”: all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements”: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Proceeding”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Board of Directors”: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrower”: WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Borrower Materials”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment”: the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 7 -


Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv).

Borrowing”: the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments or other commitments of the respective Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the same Interest Period.

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried on in London, England and New York, New York.

Capital Expenditures”: for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under leases evidencing Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”: (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 8 -


(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Cash Management Obligations”: obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Revolving Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender or a Revolving Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Revolving Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Closing Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds, provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan bank products agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

Change in Law”: as defined in Section 4.11(a).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 9 -


Change of Control”: the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

(d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Claim”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Closing Date”: November 1, 2012.

Code”: the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral”: all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 10 -


Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

Commitment”: (xw) as to any Tranche B Term Lender, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender, (yx) as to any Tranche C Term Lender, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and,  (zy) as to any Tranche D Term Lender, the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and (z) as to any Tranche E Term Lender, the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Commodities Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).

Conduit Lender”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower on request); provided that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and providedfurther, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, including Section 4.104.114.12 or 11.5, than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be deemed to have any Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or,  Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or Tranche E Term Loan Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 11 -


discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income”: with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 12 -


approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 13 -


(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 8.2(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.2(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets”: with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 14 -


Consolidation”: the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Contingent Obligations”: means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Consideration”: as defined in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Control”: as defined in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement”: (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Currency Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 15 -


Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of Section 9.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition specified in Section 9.1, has been satisfied.

Default Notice”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Defaulting Agent”: any Agent whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Agent Default.

Defaulting Lender”: a Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender or, Tranche D Term Lender or Tranche E Term Lender that (a) has defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, (c) has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company, that has, become the subject of a Bail-in Action.

Designated Noncash Consideration”: the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3).

Designation Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(f).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(2).

Discount Range”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice”: a written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 16 -


Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date”: in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, or otherwise, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Lender of notice from the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(ii), Section 4.4(h)(iii) or Section 4.4(h)(iv), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Disqualified Institution”: any Person that is competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliate of such Person, which Person or any of its affiliates has been designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, from time to time upon three Business Days’ prior notice.

Disqualified Institution List”: any list of Disqualified Institutions.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Tranche DE Term Loan Maturity Date or the date the Tranche DE Term Loans are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 17 -


Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA”: with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

(9) Securitization Fees,

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 18 -


(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3);

(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 18 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (210.020.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

ECF CNI”: with respect to the Borrower for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating ECF CNI for any period, there shall be excluded, without duplication, (a) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 19 -


in the calculation of ECF CNI), (c) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) for any period to the extent that, during such period, there exists any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make distributions in cash on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not itself subject to any such encumbrance or restriction, in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (d) to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense in accordance with GAAP, payments made in respect of minority interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture in such period, including pursuant to dividends declared or paid on Equity Interests held by third parties in respect of such non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture and (e) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ECF Payment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(b).

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition and is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws”: any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Permits”: any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 20 -


Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow”: for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

 

  (a)

the sum, without duplication, of

(i) ECF CNI for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI and cash receipts to the extent excluded in calculating such ECF CNI (except to the extent such cash receipts are attributable to revenue or other items that would be included in calculating ECF CNI for any prior period),

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 21 -


(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from any acquisition or disposition of (a) any business unit, division, line of business or Person or (b) any assets other than in the ordinary course of business (each, an Acquisition” or “Disposition”, respectively) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, or from the application of purchase accounting),

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in calculating such ECF CNI,

provided that any amount excluded from such ECF CNI pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (e) of the definition thereof shall not be added pursuant to this clause (a),

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in calculating such ECF CNI and cash charges to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the amount of Capital Expenditures either made in cash or accrued during such period (provided that, whether any such Capital Expenditures shall be deducted for the period in which cash payments for such Capital Expenditures have been paid or the period in which such Capital Expenditures have been accrued shall be at the Borrower’s election; providedfurther that, in no case shall any accrual of a Capital Expenditure which has previously been deducted give rise to a subsequent deduction upon the making of such Capital Expenditure in cash in the same or any subsequent period), except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale or Recovery Event that resulted in an increase to ECF CNI and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect of the principal amount of such Term Loans), but excluding (w) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (x) all

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 22 -


prepayments of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all prepayments of any other revolving loans (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (z) all voluntary prepayments, scheduled principal payments and mandatory “excess cash flow” prepayments that are applied pro rata to the Term Loans, in each case of Pari Passu Indebtedness made during such period), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in calculating such ECF CNI,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from any Acquisition or Disposition by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or from the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent such payments are not expensed in such period or are not already deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2 and Acquisitions, except to the extent that such Investments or Acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(viii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xv) below in prior years, the amount of Restricted Payments (other than Investments) made in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 8.2(b) (other than Section 8.2(b)(ii), (iii), (x), (xi) and (xv)), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 23 -


(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, except to the extent that such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not expensed in such period or are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xi) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2, Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments, Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI;

(xiv) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI; and

(xv) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, non cash expenses under an equity plan to the extent not deducted in calculating ECF CNI (or deducted but added back under clause (a) of this definition) (it being understood that (x) no deduction shall be allowed at the time of the related cash payment to the extent the Borrower has previously elected to deduct such expenses under this clause and (y) to the extent such related cash payment does not occur by the expected time therefor under such equity plan (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), Excess Cash Flow shall be increased by the related expenses deducted under this clause).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 24 -


Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution”: (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Closing Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Excluded Information”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Excluded Subsidiaries”: as defined in Section 7.12(a).

Excluded Taxes”: (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes, and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Closing Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 25 -


Existing Unsecured Indenture”: that certain indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 by and between the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time).

Existing Unsecured Notes”: the Borrower’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Closing Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Extended Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extended Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Extension Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(d).

Extension Election”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of a Term Loan.

Extension Request”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extension Series”: all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

Facility”: each of (a) the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”), (b) the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche B Term Loan Facility”), (c) the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche C Term Loan Facility”), (d) the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche D Term Loan Facility”) and, (e) the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche E Term Loan Facility”) and (f) any other committed facility hereunder and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder.

FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 26 -


Federal District Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate”: means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall commence to publish such composite rate).

“Fifth Amendment”: the Fourth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of December 6, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche E Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

“Fifth Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3A of the Fifth Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

First Incremental Amendment”: the Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche B Term Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

First Incremental Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

First Incremental Amendment Effective Date”: the date on which the conditions set forth or referred to in Section 3 of the First Incremental Amendment are satisfied or waived.

Fiscal Year”: any period of 12 consecutive months ending on September 30 of any calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 27 -


For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 28 -


Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Consolidated Working Capital,” “EBITDA,” “ECF CNI,” “Excess Cash Flow,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Funded Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event”: with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan”: any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 29 -


Fourth Amendment”: the Third Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 22, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche D Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Fourth Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Fourth Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Funded Debt”: all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of such debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans.

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the SEC permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee”: a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee”: any guarantee of the Secured Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 30 -


Guarantee Agreement”: the Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Subsidiary Guarantor; individually, a “Guarantor”.

Hazardous Materials”: all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements”: collectively, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements.

Hedge Bank”: any Person that is a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or a Person that was, at the time of entering into a Hedge Agreement, a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or that was a party to a Hedge Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Hedge Agreement.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 31 -


Hedging Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Historical Adjustments”: for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.

Holdings”: WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes”: Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Identified Participating Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

IFRS”: International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 32 -


period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 30 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Incremental Indebtedness”: Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6.

Incremental Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Term Loan”: any Incremental Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

Incremental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

incur”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Indebtedness”: (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 33 -


(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Individual Lender Exposure”: of any Lender, at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans made by such Lender and then outstanding, all Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding, all Tranche C Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and,  all Tranche D Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and all Tranche E Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding.

Initial Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Initial Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of an Initial Term Loan.

Initial Lien”: as defined in Section 8.5(a).

Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(a). The aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche B Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Lenders, the “Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $600.0 million.

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2018.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 34 -


Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Initial Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Initial Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Initial Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Initial Term Loans.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”: as defined in Section 10.8(a).

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by each affected Lender 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if agreed to by each affected Lender 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 35 -


(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or, (D) the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or (E) the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans) shall (for all purposes other than Section 4.12) end on (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or, (D) the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or (E) the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans);

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a scheduled payment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Investment Company Act”: the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities”: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 36 -


Investments”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 8.2, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights”: has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).

Junior Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 37 -


Laws”: collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers”: collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., each solely in its capacity as a joint lead arranger of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and, solely with respect to Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments hereunder.

Lender Joinder Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Lender-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Lender (each, a “Distressed Lender”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Lender under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Lender or any substantial part of such Distressed Lender’s assets, or such Distressed Lender makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Lender to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lenders”: the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any such bank or financial institution through which such bank or financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make any Loans available to the Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or consenting with respect to (a) any amendment, supplementation or modification of any Loan Document, (b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or consent pursuant to Section 11.1, the bank or financial institution making such election shall be deemed the “Lender” rather than such affiliate, which shall not be entitled to so vote or consent.

LIBOR Rate”: means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) an authorized information vendor for the purpose of

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 38 -


displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBOR Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien”: with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction”: (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.

“Loan”: each Initial Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Tranche C Term Loan, Tranche D Term Loan, Tranche E Term Loan, Incremental Loan and Extended Term Loan; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Incremental Amendment, any Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Loan Parties”: the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; individually, a “Loan Party”.

Management Agreement”: the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings. and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 39 -


Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries”: Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 9.1(f), in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

Maturity Date”: (a) with respect to Initial Term Loans, the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, (c) with respect to Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date and, (d) with respect to Tranche D Term Loans, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date and (e) with respect to Tranche E Term Loans, the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.8(g).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgages”: collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Secured Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

Multiemployer Plan”: any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business”: the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 40 -


Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Cash Proceeds”: with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence and net of taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect thereof.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds”: the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

New Dollar Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Euro Notes”: the Borrower’s Euro-denominated 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 41 -


New Notes”: collectively, the New Dollar Notes and the New Euro Notes.

New Notes Indenture”: the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

New York Courts”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

New York Supreme Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Non-Excluded Taxes”: all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(e).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Notes”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Obligations”: means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 42 -


Obligor”: any purchaser of goods or services or other Person obligated to make payment to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) in respect of a purchase of such goods or services.

Offered Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Offered Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

OID”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Organization Documents”: means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Other Representatives”: the Syndication Agents, and the Lead Arrangers.

Outstanding Amount”: with respect to the Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent”: any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Indebtedness”: Indebtedness secured by Liens with Pari Passu Lien Priority.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 43 -


Pari Passu Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(v).

Participating Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Patriot Act”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan”: any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Affiliated Assignee”: the Sponsor, any investment fund managed or controlled by the Sponsor and any special purpose vehicle established by the Sponsor or by one or more of such investment funds.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance Section 8.3(c).

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Permitted Debt Exchange”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 44 -


Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Holders”: any of the following: (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which the Borrower makes all payments of the Term Loans and other amounts required by, if applicable, Section 8.8, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investments”: (1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above in Section 8.3 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 45 -


(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 8.1(b)(ix);

(9)(1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 46 -


(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 8.5;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 (except transactions described in Section 8.4(b)(ii), (vi) and (vii));

(15) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 47 -


Permitted Liens”: the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; providedfurther, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; providedfurther, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; providedfurther, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance Section 8.1;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 48 -


the Closing Date (other than under this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the New Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 49 -


(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19)(A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 50 -


(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) and (xx);

(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.004.50 to 1.00 and (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 51 -


(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Person”: any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Plan”: any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform”: Intralinks, SyndTrak Online or any other similar electronic distribution system.

Pledged Debt”: as defined the Security Agreement.

Preferred Stock”: as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prepayment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(d).

Prime Rate”: for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 52 -


Product”: any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds”: assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing”: any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 53 -


Qualifying IPO”: the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Rating Agency”: Moody’s or S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivable”: a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Recorded Music Business”: means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale”: means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Banks”: Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC or such additional or other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, provided that at any time the maximum number of Reference Banks does not exceed six.

refinance”: refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Refinancing Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 8.1(b)(xiii).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 54 -


Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Regulation D”: Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation S-X”: Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s affiliates and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, employees, shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and controlling persons of such person and of such person’s affiliates and “Related Party” shall mean any of them.

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

Required Conversion Date”: as defined in Section 4.2(c).

Required Lenders”: Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures represents a majority of the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures at such time; provided that the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans and, Tranche D Term Loans and Tranche E Term Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded from Individual Lender Exposures in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment”: as defined in Section 8.2.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 55 -


Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”: Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $180.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $180.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Revolving Lender”: a lender under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

Rollover Indebtedness”: means Indebtedness of a Loan Party issued to any Lender in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of any repayment of Term Loans made pursuant to Subsection 4.4(a) or (b), so long as (other than in connection with a refinancing in full of the Facilities) such Indebtedness (1) is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Rollover Indebtedness and (2) would not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the weighted average life to maturity, or a maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans being repaid.

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Amendment Date”: the date of effectiveness of the Second Amendment, dated July 15, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Holdings, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement”: any Hedge Agreement that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 56 -


Secured Obligations”: all (x) Term Loan Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Secured Parties”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securitization Assets”: any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees”: reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 57 -


Securitization Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement”: the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents”: the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Secured Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement”: that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility”: the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 58 -


Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents”: the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Senior Secured Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness).

In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i)(B) or Section 2.6(a)(i)(B) or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio”: with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $150.0200.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 59 -


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 2.6(a), Section 8.1(b)(i) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Set”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans of a single Tranche, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Settlement Service”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Solvent” and “Solvency”: with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 60 -


and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Special Purpose Entity”: (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt”: collectively, the New Notes, the Indebtedness under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response”: the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(3).

Specified Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Specified Financings”: the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 61 -


Specified Transaction”: (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor”: Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity”: with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Submitted Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Submitted Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Term Loans.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 62 -


(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower which executes and delivers the Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, in each case, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary Guarantor (a) ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (b) is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (c) is released from all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement in accordance with terms and provisions thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee”: the guaranty of the Term Loan Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Supplemental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Syndication Agents”: Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as syndication agent for the Initial Term Loan Commitments.

Taxes”: any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan Facility Obligations”: obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Term Loans”: the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans, Tranche E Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, as the context shall require.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 63 -


Third Amendment”: the Second Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of November 21, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche C Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Third Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Third Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Threshold Amount”: $50 million.

Ticking Fee Rate”: as of any day, the rate per annum equal to the percentage of the Applicable Margin applicable to Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans set forth below for such day.

 

Time Period after First Incremental Amendment Effective Date

   Percentage  

30 days or less

     0

31 to 60 days

     33

61 to 90 days

     66

91 days or longer

     100

Tranche”: with respect to Term Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Term Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Term Loans or Initial Term Loan Commitments, (2) Tranche B Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, (3) Tranche C Term Loans or Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, (4) Tranche D Term Loans or Tranche D Term Commitments, (5Tranche E Term Loans or Tranche E Term Commitments, (6) Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments with the same terms and conditions made on the same day, or (67) Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 64 -


Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”; collectively as to all the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments on the First Incremental Effective Date is $110 million.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period”: the period from (A) the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to (B) the earlier of (i) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Initial Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $710 million.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period”: the period from the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Initial Outside Date.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 65 -


Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(d).

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(d) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the New Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments.” The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $490 million.

Tranche B Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Term Loan”: (i) prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, (ii) on and after the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and (iii) thereafter, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, collectively the “Tranche B Term Loans”. The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans on the Third Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche C Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche B Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment, its Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and its Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Term Loan Commitments”.

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date”: July 1, 2020; provided that in the event that more than $153 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing Unsecured Notes are outstanding on June 28, 2018 (the “Reference Date”), the “Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean July 2, 2018; provided further that the first proviso of this definition shall not apply if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower as of the Reference Date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00.

Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche B Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche B Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 66 -


result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche B Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche B Term Loans.

Tranche C Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche C Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche C Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(e). The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche D Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche C Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(e) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-2 under the heading “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche C Term Lenders, the “Tranche C Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments on the Third Amendment Closing Date is $1,005.975 million.

Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the “Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche C Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche C Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche C Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche C Term Loans.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 67 -


Tranche D Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche D Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche D Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche D Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(ef). The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche D Term Loans on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche E Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche D Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(ef) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-3 under the heading “Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche D Term Lenders, the “Tranche D Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date is $1,005,975,000.

Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the “Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche D Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche D Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche D Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche D Term Loans.

“Tranche E Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche E Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche E Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche E Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(g).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 68 -


“Tranche E Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche E Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(g) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-4 under the heading “Tranche E Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche E Term Lenders, the “Tranche E Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date is $1,005,975,000.

“Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.50:1.00, the “Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

“Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche E Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche E Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche E Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche E Term Loans.

Transactions”: collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the New Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the New Notes, (ii) the entry into this Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Transferee”: any Participant or Assignee.

Trigger Date”: July 27, 2016.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 69 -


Type”: the type of Term Loan determined based on the interest option applicable thereto, with there being two Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans.

UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

United States Person”: any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd., and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 8.2 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 8.1(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 4.11(b)(ii)(2).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 70 -


Voting Stock”: as to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(a) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2011 Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the 2011 Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 71 -


for purposes of the components of such financial ratio financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period. In addition, for purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period.

(d) Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

(e) Any references in this Agreement to “cash and/or Cash Equivalents”, “cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities” or any similar combination of the foregoing shall be construed as not double counting cash or any other applicable amount which would otherwise be duplicated therein.

(f) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(g) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Borrower, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has exercised its option under the first sentence of this clause (g), and any Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

(h) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(a) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio; or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 72 -


(b) testing baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount, such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Dispositions, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

SECTION 2

Amount and Terms of Commitments

2.1 Term Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender holding an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Closing Date, one or more term loans (each, an “Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 73 -


(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Term Loans on such date), the Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(b) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Initial Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche B Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Initial Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate if the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Initial Outside Date. On the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Initial Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(c) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan, a “Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Lender.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 74 -


Once repaid, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically terminate if the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date. On the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of any Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(d) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(e) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Third Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche C Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Third Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Third Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche C Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-2 under the heading “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche C Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche C Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Third Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche C Term Loans on such date), the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 75 -


(f) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Fourth Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche D Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche D Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-3 under the heading “Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche D Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche D Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche D Term Loans on such date), the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(g) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Fifth Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche E Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche E Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-4 under the heading “Tranche E Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche E Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche E Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche E Term Loans on such date), the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

2.2 Notes. (a) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender made on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans), the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche C Term Loans), the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche D Term Loans), the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 76 -


to the Tranche E Term Loans) or in connection with any assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b), in order to evidence such Lender’s Loan, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Note”), in each case with appropriate insertions therein as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to such Lender and in a principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the applicable Loans made (or acquired by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b)) by such Lender to the Borrower. Each Note (i) in respect of Initial Term Loans shall be dated the Closing Date, (ii) in respect of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in respect of Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, (iv) in respect of Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be dated the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, (v) in respect of Tranche C Term Loans shall be dated the Third Amendment Closing Date and, (vi) in respect of Tranche D Term Loans shall be dated the Fourth Amendment Closing Date and (vii) in respect of Tranche E Term Loans shall be dated the Fifth Amendment Closing Date. Each Note shall be payable as provided in Section 2.2(b), (c), (d) or (e), as applicable, and provide for the payment of interest in accordance with Section 4.1. For the avoidance of doubt, any Notes issued with respect to Tranche B Term Loans shall reflect that, following the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, all Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans.

(b) The Initial Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on March 29, 2013 up to and including the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Initial Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    1.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date
Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Initial Term Loans

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 77 -


(c) The Tranche B Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on December 31, 2013 up to and including the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    Prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date
  

From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and Prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date

 

On or after the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Tranche B Term Loans

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 78 -


(d) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(e) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche D Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(f) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche E Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

2.3 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent notice (which notice must have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, and shall be irrevocable after funding) on (i) in the case of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date, (ii) in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, (iv) in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, (v) in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans, the Third Amendment Closing Date and, (vi) in the case of the Tranche D Term Loans, the Fourth Amendment Closing Date and (vii) in the case of the Tranche E Term Loans, the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, in each case, specifying the amount of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans and,  Tranche D Term Loans and Tranche E Term Loans, as applicable, to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. Each Lender (i) having an Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (ii) having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iii) having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iv) having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (v) having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent or, (vi) having a Tranche D Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent or (vii) having a Tranche E Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, in each case for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans), the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans) or, the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche D Term Loans) or the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche E Term Loans) in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall on such date credit the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 79 -


2.4 [Reserved.]

2.5 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent (in the currency in which such Term Loan is denominated) for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender made to the Borrower, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans) (or such earlier date on which the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.1.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each applicable Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each applicable Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Incremental Facilities. (a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) exists or would arise therefrom (provided that, to the extent the proceeds of Term Loans made pursuant to any Incremental Commitment will be used to consummate a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement that there be no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) shall only be required to be satisfied on the date on which definitive agreements with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (i) to request new term loan commitments under one or more new term loan credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and (ii) to increase the Existing Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to an Existing Term Tranche of Term Loans (the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, (i) the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 80 -


aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective (A) $300 million plus (B) the amount that could be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i); (ii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(B) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment or compliance with the financial test set forth in such clause (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test), as applicable, and (iii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment; provided further that (x) the Borrower may elect to use capacity under (i)(B) above prior to using capacity under (i)(A) above, (y) that any portion of any Incremental Commitments incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above shall be reclassified, as the Borrower may elect from time to time, as incurred under clause (i)(B) if the Borrower meets the applicable Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio at such time, on a pro forma basis and (z) any amounts incurred under (i)(A) above, concurrently incurred with, or in a single transaction or series of related transactions with, amounts incurred under (i)(B) above or under Section 8.1(b)(i) or under clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” will not count as indebtedness for the purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio to determine availability at such time under clause (i)(B), Section 8.1(b)(i) or capacity under clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”). Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Each Incremental Commitment made available pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of at least $15.0 million and in integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof or such lower minimum amounts or multiples as agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonably discretion from time to time.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”); provided that if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or an Approved Fund, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required (it being understood that any such Additional Lender that is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(h), mutatis mutandis, to the same extent as if such Incremental Commitments and related Obligations had been obtained by such Lender by way of assignment).

(c) Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Term Loan Tranche to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the term loan made pursuant to such Supplemental Term Loan Commitment shall be a Term Loan.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 81 -


(d) Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.6provided, however, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Tranche DE Term Loans (so long as any such Incremental Commitments (and related Obligations) secured on a junior basis are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or an Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable), (B) the Incremental Commitments and any incremental loans drawn thereunder (the “Incremental Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Tranche DE Term Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Term Loans (other than the proceeds of Incremental Loans which are subject to an escrow or similar arrangement and any related deposit of Cash or Cash Equivalents to cover interest and premium in respect of such Incremental Loans) and (II) so long as any Tranche DE  Term Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans secured on a junior basis by the Collateral or ranking junior in right of payment, which shall be subject to junior prepayment provisions) on a pro rata basis (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the Tranche DE  Term Loans than such Incremental Term Loans as contemplated by the proviso appearing in Section 4.4(c)) (other than, in the case of any customary bridge financing, prepayments of such bridge financing from the issuance of equity or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), provided that (subject to clause (iii) below) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for more favorable amortization payments than the Tranche DE Term Loans, (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be no earlier than or shorter than, as the case may be, the Tranche DE Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche DE Term Loans, as applicable (other than an earlier maturity date and/or shorter weighted average life to maturity for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions, would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date or a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the Tranche DE Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche DE Term Loans, as applicable); (iv) the interest rate margins and amortization schedule applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; provided that in the event that the applicable interest rate margins for any term loans incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, are higher than the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche DE Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Tranche DE Term Loans shall be increased (the “Increased Amount”) to the extent necessary so that the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche DE Term Loans is equal to the applicable interest rate margins for such Incremental Term Loan Commitment minus 50 basis points; providedfurther that, in determining the applicable interest rate margins for the Tranche DE Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans, (A) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 82 -


fees payable generally to all participating Additional Lenders in lieu of OID (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under the Tranche DE Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loan in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); (B) any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection with the Incremental Term Loans that are not shared with all Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded; (C) any amendments to the Applicable Margin on the Tranche DE Term Loans that became effective subsequent to the FourthFifth Amendment Closing Date but prior to the time of such Incremental Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations; (D) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche DE  Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to the applicable interest rate margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for the Tranche DE Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor for the Tranche DE Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to the Tranche DE  Term Loans shall be increased by such amount; (E) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor lower than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche DE Term Loans or do not include any interest rate floor, to the extent a reduction in the interest rate floor for such Tranche DE Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, an amount equal to the difference between the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche DE Term Loans and the interest rate floor applicable to such Incremental Term Loans (which shall be deemed to equal 0% for any Incremental Term Loans without any interest rate floor), but which in any event shall not exceed the maximum amount by which a reduction in the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche DE Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, shall reduce the applicable interest rate margin of the applicable Incremental Terms Loans for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for such Tranche DE  Term Loans shall be required, and (F) if the applicable Tranche DE Term Loans include a pricing grid the interest rate margins in such pricing grid which are not in effect at the time the applicable Incremental Commitments become effective shall also each be increased by an amount equal to the Increased Amount; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide (1) for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder, (2) for class voting and other class protections for any additional credit facilities, and (3) for the amendment of the definition of “Disqualified Stock,” in each case only to extend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche DE Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche DE Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loans, as applicable; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, provided that to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the terms and documentation governing the Tranche DE Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 83 -


(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, in each case, incurred after the First Incremental Effective Date shall not constitute “Incremental Term Loans” incurred pursuant to this Section 2.6 but shall be incurred pursuant to Section 2.1(b) or (c) (as applicable) and accordingly the requirements of this Section 2.6, including clause (iv) of the first proviso of Section 2.6(d), shall not apply thereto.

2.7 Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Tranche, as selected by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans of such Tranche for Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “Permitted Debt Exchange Notes,” and each such exchange a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount of the applicable Tranche actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (iv) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Tranche, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (vi) any applicable Minimum Exchange Tender Condition shall be satisfied and (vii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes do not provide for a maturity date or weighted average life to maturity earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange or shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 84 -


(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7, (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans be tendered.

(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.7 and without conflict with Section 2.7(d); provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

(d) The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrower’s reliance on any certificate delivered by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.8 Extension of Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of one or more Tranches (including any Extended Term Loans) existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Existing Term Loans”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of any Existing Term Tranche (any such Existing Term Tranche which has been so extended, an “Extended Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.8provided that (i) any such request shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Term Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more Tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Term Loans), and (ii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any Extended Term Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 85 -


Term Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Term Tranche”), except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Term Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Term Tranche, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Term Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (y) any optional or mandatory prepayment applicable to any Extended Term Tranche may be directed first to the prepayment of the Existing Term Loans and (z) amortization with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be greater or lesser than amortization for the Specified Existing Term Tranche, so long as the Extended Term Tranche does not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Specified Existing Term Tranche; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.8 or otherwise, (1) assignments and participations of Extended Term Tranches shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than the assignment and participation provisions applicable to Term Loans set forth in Section 11.6, and (2) subject to clause (z) above, no mandatory repayment of Extended Term Tranches shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) (or all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Term Loans converted into an Extended Term Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans from the Specified Existing Term Tranches and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(b) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche or Existing Term Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Term Tranche converted into an Extended Term Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Term Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Term Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Term Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Term Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Term Tranches included in each such Extension Election. In connection with any extension of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.8 (each, an “Extension”), the Borrower shall agree to such procedures regarding timing, rounding and other administrative adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.8. The Borrower may amend, revoke or replace an Extension Request pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 86 -


date (the “Extension Request Deadline”) on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche are requested to respond to the Extension Request. Any Lender may revoke an Extension Election at any time prior to 5:00 P.M. on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Extension Request Deadline, at which point the Extension Election becomes irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower). The revocation of an Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline shall not prejudice any Lender’s right to submit a new Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline.

(c) Extended Term Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to (i) provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees, amortization or prepayments referenced in clauses (w) through (z) of Section 2.8(a) and (ii) the definition of “Disqualified Stock” to amend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche DE Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche DE Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Extended Term Tranche, as applicable, and which, in each case, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the third to last sentence of this Section 2.8(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.1, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Term Tranche in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $15.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.1 to any Section 2.8 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.1providedfurther, that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Extended Term Tranche to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Tranches. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.8 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.8 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Extending Lenders, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of this Agreement as amended by such Extension Amendment, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 87 -


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on any date on which any Existing Term Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Specified Existing Term Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Term Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Term Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Term Tranche and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such other Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (i) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; providedfurther, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Extended Term Loans on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and providedfurther, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (ii) if no Event of Default exists under Section 9.1(a) or (f), upon notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the Existing Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.8, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (A) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (B) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

(f) Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Term Loans deemed to be an Extended Term Loan under the applicable Extended Term Tranche on any date (each date a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Term Tranche; provided that (i) such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.8(c), no more than three Designation Dates may occur in any one year period without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. Following a Designation Date, the Existing Term Loans held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Term Loans of the applicable Extended Term Tranche, and any Existing Term Loans held by such Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Term Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 88 -


(g) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Term Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.8 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.4 and 4.8) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.8.

SECTION 3

[Reserved]

SECTION 4

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

4.1 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 (other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of other amounts, the rate described in clause (b) of this Section 4.1 for ABR Loans accruing interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.1 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 89 -


(e) It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable usury laws.

4.2 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Subject to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.12(c), the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans of a given Tranche from Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time two Business Days prior to such election. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans of a given Tranche from ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Day prior to such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no Term Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans) or, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans).

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such continuation prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time three Business Days prior to such continuation, including the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date, and providedfurther, that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this clause (b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice of continuation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 90 -


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (each, a “Required Conversion Date”), the Borrower shall elect to convert any then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans to either (i) ABR Loans or (ii) Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period designated by the Borrower, in each case regardless of whether such Required Conversion Date is the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans, and each Required Conversion Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date with respect to all outstanding Tranche B Term Loans. On each Required Conversion Date, the new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such date shall be allocated ratably to the then outstanding Borrowings of ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans after giving effect to such conversion (based upon the relative amount that the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are ABR Loans or Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, respectively, outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to such conversion) bears to the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date), with the effect that: (A) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to Eurodollar Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute a part of) such Eurodollar Loans, and be subject to the same Adjusted LIBOR Rates and Interest Periods (in each case after giving effect to such conversion) as such Eurodollar Loans to which they are added and (B) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to ABR Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute part of) such ABR Loans, and be subject to the same Alternate Base Rate as such ABR Loans to which they are added. The Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to) take all appropriate actions in connection with the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on each Required Conversion Date to ensure that all Lenders with Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on such Required Conversion Date) participate pro rata in accordance with this Section 4.2(c) in each Borrowing of Tranche B Term Loans (as increased by the amount of new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such Required Conversion Date). Each Tranche B Term Lender agrees that the provisions of Section 4.12 shall not apply to any conversion of Eurodollar Loans of such Lender on any Required Conversion Date pursuant to this Section 4.2(c). From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein and from the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein.

4.3 Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Set shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall not be more than 12 Sets at any one time outstanding.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 91 -


4.4 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 4.5(b), (c), (e) and(f) and (g)), upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of Eurodollar Loans), or prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of ABR Loans) (or such later time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Such notice shall specify, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the applicable Tranche being repaid (which, at the discretion of the Borrower, may be the Initial Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche D Term Loans, the Tranche E Term Loans any Incremental Loans or any Extended Term Loans and/or a combination thereof), and if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each, the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such notice is given and not revoked, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.12. Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety. Each prepayment of Initial Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(b). Each prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) made on or prior to December 31, 2013 in connection with a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(c). Each prepayment of Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to May 21, 2017 in connection with a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(e). Each prepayment of Tranche D Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to November 22, 2017 in connection with a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(f). Each prepayment of Tranche E Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to June 6, 2018 in connection with a Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(g).

(b)(i) The Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 8.3; (ii) if on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1), the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof minus the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans, in each case with such prepayment to be made on or before the fifth Business Day following notice given to each Lender of the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 92 -


Prepayment Date, as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), and (iii) the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans within 120 days following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about September 30, 2014) (each, an “ECF Payment Date”), in an amount equal to (A) (1) 50.0% (as may be adjusted pursuant to the last proviso of this clause (iii)) of the Borrower’s Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the sum of (w) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) repaid pursuant to Section 2.2(b), 2.2(c), 2.2(d) or2.2(e) or 2.2(f), prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or repaid or purchased pursuant to Section 11.6(h) (limited to the amount paid in cash) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid pursuant to a scheduled principal payment, in each case during such Fiscal Year or in the case of voluntary prepayments of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) made on or after the Second Amendment Date and on or prior to the Trigger Date, during a previous Fiscal Year (to the extent such voluntary prepayments have not previously been applied to reduce the amount of prepayment required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii) in a previous Fiscal Year or to reduce scheduled amortization of the Tranche B Term Loans) (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (x) below), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii) (provided that no prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) or the other clauses of this Section 4.4(b) shall be included in Section 4.4(b)(iii)(A)(2)(w) or (x)), (y) any loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (z) below), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii), in each case, excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (the amount described in this clause (A), the “ECF Prepayment Amount”) minus (B) the portion of such ECF Prepayment Amount applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided that such percentage in clause (1) above shall be reduced to (x) 25% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 3.754.50:1.00 and greater than  3.54.00:1.00 and (y) 0% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to  3.54.00:1.00.  Nothing in this Section 4.4(b) shall limit the rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 93 -


(c) Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.4(g), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans, Tranche E Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans; provided, that at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Tranches of Term Loans, such prepayment may be applied to any Tranche of Term Loans so long as the maturity date of such Tranche of Term Loans precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Term Loans shall have an identical maturity date that precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and (b) shall be applied within each Tranche of Term Loans to the respective installments of principal thereof in the manner directed by the Borrower (or, if no such direction is given, in direct order of maturity). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, in connection with any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b), exchange such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment (and any such Term Loans so exchanged shall be deemed repaid for all purposes under the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations to manage such Rollover Indebtedness.

(d) The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (x) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii), three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due and (y) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (ii), promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon becoming obligated to make such prepayment. Such notice shall state that the Borrower is offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment (i) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i), on or before the date specified in Section 8.3(c), and (ii) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), on or before the date specified in Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), as the case may be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 4.4(d)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment and the Prepayment Date. The Borrower (in its sole discretion) may give each Lender the option (in its sole discretion) to elect to decline any such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Prepayment Date. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender may, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to the payment or prepayment of Indebtedness, including the Holdings Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness, or otherwise be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement. In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to decline a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 94 -


(e) Amounts prepaid on account of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a), (b) or (h) may not be reborrowed.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b) would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 4.12 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in its sole discretion, initially (i) deposit a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower) or (ii) make a prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(a) with an amount equal to a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans (which prepayment, together with any deposits pursuant to clause (i) above, must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid); provided that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, such unpaid Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 4.1 until such unpaid Eurodollar Loans or the related portion of such Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, have or has been prepaid. In addition, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) would violate applicable Laws or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required thereunder; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to repatriate the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating applicable Laws or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 4.4 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendments) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Term Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable, or pursuant to any other credit facility added pursuant to Section 2.6 or 11.1(e).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 95 -


(h) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, or a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.4(h); provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 4.4(h) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date or (2) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders. Any Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be immediately and automatically cancelled.

(ii) Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate Outstanding Amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “Specified Discount”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans to be prepaid, (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 96 -


and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (2); provided that, if the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the Outstanding Amount, Tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 97 -


determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iii) Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans that the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower, (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount (the “Submitted Amount”). Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 98 -


Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iii). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate Outstanding Amount equal to the lesser of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 99 -


(iv) Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans and the Tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by Borrower) (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select, at its sole discretion, the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Borrower is willing to accept (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any; provided that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is larger than the smallest Offered Discount for which the sum of all Offered Amounts affiliated with Offered Discounts that are larger than or equal to such smallest Offered Discount would, if purchased at such smallest Offered Discount, yield an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 100 -


Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Administrative Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iv). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 101 -


Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(v) Expenses. In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(vi) Payment. If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 4.4(h)(ii) through (iv) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of the Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. The Lenders hereby agree that, in connection with a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) interest in respect of the Term Loans may be made on a non-pro rata basis among the Lenders holding such Term Loans to reflect the payment of accrued interest to certain Lenders as provided in this Section 4.4(h)(vi) and (ii) all subsequent prepayments and repayments of the Term Loans (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the respective Lenders based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the respective Lenders after giving effect to any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) as if made at par. It is also understood and agreed that prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not be subject to Section 4.4(a), or, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 11.7(a) or the pro rata allocation requirements of Section 4.8(a).

(vii) Other Procedures. To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.4(h), established by the Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 102 -


(viii) Notice. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.4(h), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Administrative Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(ix) Actions of Administrative Agent. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.4(h) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Administrative Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions in this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h) as well as to activities of the Administrative Agent in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h).

(x) Revocation. The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is so revoked, any failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1 or otherwise).

(xi) No Obligation. This Section 4.4(h) shall not (i) require the Borrower to undertake any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) or (ii) limit or restrict the Borrower from making voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to reduce either or both of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments, in whole or in part. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 103 -


4.5 Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter.

(b) If on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, any Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(c) If on or prior to December 31, 2013 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche B Term Loans (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) pursuant to a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior December 31, 2013, any Tranche B Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche B Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche B Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(d) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment, as the case may be, (i) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day and (ii) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”, and together with the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day.

The Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period. The Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 104 -


of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) no Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and (B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

(e) If on or prior to May 21, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche C Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche C Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior May 21, 2017, any Tranche C Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche C Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche C Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(f) If on or prior to November 22, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche D Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche D Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche D Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior November 22, 2017, any Tranche D Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche D Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche D Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(g) If on or prior to June 6, 2018 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche E Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche E Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche E Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior June 6, 2018, any Tranche E Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche E Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche E Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 105 -


4.6 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed; and interest based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year (or 366-day year, as the case may be) for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of an Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate or the Statutory Reserves shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.1, excluding any LIBOR Rate which is based upon the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

4.7 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period (the “Affected Eurodollar Rate”), the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Affected Eurodollar Rate requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans and (b) any Term Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate.

4.8 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Section 2.72.84.5(b), 4.5(c), 4.5(d), 4.5(e), 4.5(f), 4.94.104.114.124.13(d), 4.14, 11.1(g) or 11.6) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on account of any Term Loans of a given Tranche (other than (w) payments in respect of any difference in the Applicable Margin, Adjusted LIBOR Rate or Alternate Base Rate in respect of any Tranche, (x) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(b) to the extent declined by any Lender in accordance with

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 106 -


Section 4.4(d) and (y) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(h) which shall be allocated as set forth in Section 4.4(h)) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders; provided that a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, exchange such Lender’s portion of a Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.4(c). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made on or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time), on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding the relevant Term Loans, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, or the Other Representatives, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2, in Dollars in immediately available funds. Payments received by the Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. This Section 4.8(a) may be amended in accordance with Section 11.1(d) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on, as applicable, the Closing Date, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing, the Third Amendment Closing Date or, the Fourth Amendment Closing Date or the Fifth Amendment Closing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.8(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 107 -


4.9 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the FourthFifth Amendment Closing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested, (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law and law and (d) such Lender’s then outstanding Affected Loans, if any, not converted to ABR Loans pursuant to clause (c) of this Subsection 4.9 shall, at the option of the Borrower (i) be prepaid with accrued interest thereon on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto (or such earlier date as may be required by any such Requirement of Law) or (ii) bear interest at an alternate rate which reflects such Lender’s cost of funding such Loans, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, plus the Applicable Margin hereunder. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12.

4.10 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the FourthFifth Amendment Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 108 -


Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of “increased cost” or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the FourthFifth Amendment Closing Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 109 -


Section 4.10(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of “increased cost” or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Closing Date for all purposes herein.

4.11 Taxes. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.11 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 4.11, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the requirements of clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 4.11 or with the requirements of Section 4.13, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in Law, or (z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after the later of (i) the date that such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later), (ii) the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) the Third Amendment Closing Date and,  (iv) the Fourth Amendment Closing Date and (v) the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 110 -


Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i)(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(b)(i)(1) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(3) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

(4) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (4), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 111 -


(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”,

(1) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

(2) deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (A) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (any such certificate a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes and (C) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(iii) in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 112 -


(A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(A) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (I) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (II) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(B) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes, and (III) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 113 -


(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3) such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;

unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c) Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 114 -


(ii) deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

4.12 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender in respect of Extensions of Credit made, or requested to be made, to the Borrower, and to hold each such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other than through such Lender’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable decision) as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a payment or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans or the conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the revocation of a redemption notice in respect of Eurodollar Loans delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4(a). Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 115 -


period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 4.12, it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a consequence thereof and (z) as to the amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after receipt thereof. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.13 Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 4.11, and any Participant in respect of whose participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(b) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to clause (c) below or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.10 or 4.11, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(c) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the payment of any additional amount to any Lender or Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 or result in Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans being automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.9, such Lender or Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender or Agent shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender or Agent for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 116 -


(d) If the Borrower shall become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for payments under Section 4.10 or 4.11 or if Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans are automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, under Section 4.9 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for such conversion under Section 4.9, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loan’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, then, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 11.6(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 11.6(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 4.13) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.13(d), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(e) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a), such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 117 -


(f) The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant under this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts payable hereunder.

4.14 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender or, Tranche D Term Lender or Tranche E Term Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender or,  Tranche D Term Lender or Tranche E Term Lender, as applicable, is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender or, Tranche D Term Lender or Tranche E Term Lender, as applicable, and assume all or part of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment or, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or Tranche E Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, of any such Defaulting Lender and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any such substitute Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender or, Tranche D Term Lender or Tranche E Term Lender, as applicable, shall execute and deliver, and such Defaulting Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution; and

(b) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirement of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (ifirst, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (iisecond, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iiithird, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (ivfourth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vfifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 4.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 4.14 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 118 -


SECTION 5

Representations and Warranties

To induce the Administrative Agent and each Lender to make the Extensions of Credit requested to be made by it on the Closing Date, the Borrower with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except, in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 8.5).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 119 -


5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

5.6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Closing Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 120 -


5.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 8.5 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental Compliance.

(a) There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 121 -


5.10 Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than 30 days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)(i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 122 -


5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

5.14 Anti-Terrorism Law. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the Patriot Act.

5.15 Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans or, Tranche D Term Loans or Tranche E Term Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

5.16 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable antibribery or anticorruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 123 -


authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

5.17 Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 124 -


5.19 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity, ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.20 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.21 Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.22 Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. (a) When financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 125 -


SECTION 6

Conditions Precedent

6.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. This Agreement, including the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it, shall become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have (x) entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) received gross cash proceeds of not less than $635.0 million (calculated before applicable fees and original issue discount) from the issuance of the New Notes.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer or other officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 126 -


(e) All reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under the Engagement Letter on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) The Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement and such Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 8.5 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(h) After giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower’s (x) 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and (y) existing Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, shall have been repaid, defeased or otherwise discharged (or irrevocable notice for redemption thereof has been given) substantially concurrently with or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1 and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary payoff letter with respect to such Existing Indebtedness to be repaid.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed notice of borrowing from the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements) and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 127 -


(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 7

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

7.1 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period);

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 128 -


(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Annual Report for any Parent on Form 10-K for any fiscal year, as filed with the SEC, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(a) with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by Section 7.1(a) and such report and opinion does not contain any “going concern” or like qualification (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period) and (iii) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report for any Parent on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter, as filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter to the extent that it contains the information required by Section 7.1(b).

7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved]

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 129 -


(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if (A) delivered with the financial statements required by Section 7.1(a) and (B) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was greater than 1.50:1.00, set forth in reasonable detail the amount of (and the calculations required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.2;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(b), copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof (and to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder), copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of Holdings furnished by Holdings to the holders of the Holdings Notes;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 130 -


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) or (b) or 7.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Schedule A (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.3 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of resulting from: (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 7.3(a) to each Lender.

 

1003585382v8

#895889271003585382v58

- 131 -


7.4 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3 or 8.6 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 8.3 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

7.6 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

7.7 Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

7.8 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.9 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 132 -


7.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Subsection 7.2(i) or in this Subsection 7.10, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by Requirement of Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

7.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses. Use the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans for the purposes specified in the First Incremental Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche C Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Third Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche D Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Fourth Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche E Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Fifth Amendment.

7.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Secured Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Secured Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom,

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 133 -


(H) any Subsidiary that is a Special Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary (all Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”)) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement as Exhibit C, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations of each Loan Party;

(ii) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Secured Obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee Agreement;

(iii)(x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5.0 million held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 134 -


For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

(c) In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 135 -


7.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

7.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of the Guarantee Agreement, any Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

7.15 Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings of the Term Loans, a public corporate rating and a public corporate family rating, as applicable, from each of S&P and Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

7.16 Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 7.16 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 8

Negative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder:

8.1 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 136 -


Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 8.1(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i)(I) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes and the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.004.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), except as provided in clause (z) of the last proviso in Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(ii) [Reserved];

(iii) the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 137 -


(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Notes;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 138 -


(x) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 8.1(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 8.1(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii) (a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b)(i), (iii), (iv), (xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 139 -


defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and providedfurther, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 8.1 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(xxi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 8.2;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 140 -


(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 8.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the New Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 8.1(b), and not under Section 8.1(a); and

(ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 8.1(a) and (b); and

(iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 8.1 or Section 2.6(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 141 -


(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

8.2 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 142 -


(2) if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on clause (A) of paragraph (3) below, the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)(i), (ix), and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 143 -


(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 144 -


(ii)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”), the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 8.1 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(iv) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 145 -


Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 8.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock,

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 146 -


and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(ii); provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(xi) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 147 -


(2) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

(6) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 8.2, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 8.2 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 148 -


(7) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(viii); and

(8) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 8.4;

(xiv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 8.3; (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d); or (c) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Borrower shall have complied with Section 8.8 prior to repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, acquiring or retiring such Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xvi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 149 -


(xix) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(xx) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that each of the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be longer than the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Holdings Notes;

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vii), (xi) and (xvi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.2 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

(d) As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 8.2 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

8.3 Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 150 -


(ii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b) For purposes of Section 8.3(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loan Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 8.3 and for no other purpose.

(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrower shall so reduce such Obligations, it will prepay a pro rata principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)); or (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(ii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 151 -


(iii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale or Recovery Event that generated the Net Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(d) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with Section 8.3(c) (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Borrower will prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)) and, if required under the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

8.4 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 152 -


(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 8.4(a) will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 153 -


(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 154 -


(xv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 8.2; and

(xvii) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

8.5 Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Term Loan Facility Obligations (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Term Loan Facility Obligations.

8.6 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a) either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(b) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 155 -


(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(i) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(f) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above;

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 8.6 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 8.6, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 156 -


This Section 8.6 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

8.7 Subsidiary Distributions.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, the restrictions in Section 8.7(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents, the New Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (and any related documents), any Rollover Indebtedness (and any related documents) and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 157 -


(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 8.1 and 8.5 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 158 -


(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 8.5;

(xix) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(xx) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(xxi) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Closing Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Closing Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Term Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 159 -


8.8 Change of Control. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control, repurchase or repay any Indebtedness then outstanding pursuant to any Subordinated Indebtedness or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any portion thereof, unless the Borrowers shall have (i) made payment in full of the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any other amounts then due and owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer. For so long as the Borrower shall have complied with the terms of this Section 8.8, any Event of Default arising under Section 9.1(k) by reason of such Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing.

SECTION 9

Events of Default

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the payment, observance or performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days, in the case of a default with respect to reporting obligations under Subsection 7.1, after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders and in the case of any other default, after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 160 -


(e) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder or (y) any termination event or similar event pursuant to the terms of any Hedge Agreement) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 161 -


commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 9.1(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 9.1(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 162 -


(j) Subject to the Borrower’s option to make an offer to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 8.8, a Change of Control shall have occurred.

9.2 Remedies Upon an Event of Default. (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

(b) Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 10

The Agents and the Other Representatives

10.1 Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or required of such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as representative of the Lenders under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent or the Other Representatives.

(b) Each of the Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 163 -


Agent (it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any of their respective duties under the Security Documents by or through one or more of their respective affiliates). Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

(c) Except for Sections 10.510.8(a), (b), (c) and (e) and (to the extent of the Borrower’s rights thereunder and the conditions included therein) 10.9, the provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

10.2 The Administrative Agent and Affiliates. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3 Action by an Agent. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the Collateral Agent in the case of the Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with reasonable care.

10.4 Exculpatory Provisions. (a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law; and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 164 -


(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

(b) No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

(c) No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term as used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

10.5 Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents or the Other Representatives nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent or any Other Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender. Each Lender further represents and warrants to the Agents, the Other Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that it has had the opportunity to review each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender acknowledges that, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Other

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 165 -


Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, it has made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Agents nor any Other Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 11.6 applicable to the Lenders hereunder.

10.6 Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders. (a) To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay ratably according to their respective outstanding Term Loans on the date on which the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought under this Section 10.6 such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 are subject to the provisions of Section 4.8.

(b) Any Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document (except actions expressly required to be taken by it hereunder or under the Loan Documents) unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(c) All amounts due under this Section 10.6 shall be payable not later than three Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.7 Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance. (a) Each Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents an Agent is permitted or desires to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the requesting Agent shall be absolutely entitled as between itself and the Lenders to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Lender for refraining from any action or withholding any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such instructions from Required Lenders or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 166 -


shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of an Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement) and, notwithstanding the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other applicable portion of the Lenders), an Agent shall have no obligation to any Lender to take any action if it believes, in good faith, that such action would violate applicable law or exposes an Agent to any liability for which it has not received satisfactory indemnification in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(b) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

10.8 Collateral Matters. (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) and (z) any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.6, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.6, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.6, any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.7 and any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.8. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Increase Supplement, any Lender Joinder Agreement or any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer or any Extension

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 167 -


Amendment and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Term Loans unless instructed to do so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Term Loan Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 11.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.8.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 11.17. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this Section 10.8(c).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 168 -


(d) No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Section 10.8 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with either Section 11.1 or 11.17, as applicable, with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(f) The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

10.9 Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be,, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 169 -


Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 (including Section 10.9) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of the Collateral Agent, the provision of this Section 10.9 shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

10.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 4.11(a) or 4.12, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.10. The agreements in this Section 10.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Term Loan Facility Obligations.

10.11 Other Representatives. None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers or syndication agents pursuant to the definition of Other Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in its capacity as such. Without limiting the foregoing, no Other Representative shall have nor be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. At any time that any Lender serving as an Other Representative shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any of its affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans, such Lender shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Other Representative.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 170 -


10.12 Application of Proceeds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of amounts then due and outstanding under any of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied as follows: first, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents (including all expenses of sale or other realization of or in respect of the Collateral and any sums advanced to the Collateral Agent or to preserve its security interest in the Collateral), second, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing such Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, third, to pay interest on Loans then outstanding; fourth, to pay principal of Loans then outstanding and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations permitted hereunder and secured by the Security Agreement as Term Loan Facility Obligations, ratably among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause “fourth” payable to them, and fifth, to pay the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. To the extent any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “third” or “fourth” above are insufficient to pay all obligations described therein in full, such moneys shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in the applicable clause at such time. This Section 10.12 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

SECTION 11

Miscellaneous

11.1 Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Party’s request, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that amendments pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and (f) may be effected without the consent of the Required Lenders to the extent provided therein; provided further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 171 -


(i)(A) reduce or forgive the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any scheduled installment thereof (including extending the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date or, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date or the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date), (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), (C) extend the scheduled date of any payment of any Lenders’ Loans, (D) change the currency in which any Loan is payable or (E) increase any Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory repayment of the Loans of all Lenders shall not constitute an extension of the scheduled date of maturity, any scheduled installment, or the scheduled date of payment of the Loans of any Lender or an increase in the Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1(a) or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 11.6(a)), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders;

(iii) release Guarantors accounting for all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Facility Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof);

(iv) require any Lender to make Loans having an Interest Period of longer than six months or shorter than one month without the consent of such Lender;

(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the then Agents;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.1(a), 10.5 or 10.11 without the written consent of any Other Representative directly and adversely affected thereby;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 172 -


(vii) [reserved];

(viii) [reserved]; or

(ix) amend, modify or waive the order of application of payments set forth in Section 4.4(c), 4.8(a), 10.12 or 11.7, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders;

provided further that, notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, and in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Section 10.8(b), the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended at any time on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date as contemplated by Section 11 of the First Incremental Amendment.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, or inconsistency with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) in accordance with Section 2.6 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments with the written consent of the Borrower and Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, (iii) in accordance with Section 2.8 to effectuate an Extension with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders and (iv) with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in each case such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in the event any mandatory prepayment or redemption provision in respect of asset sales, casualty or condemnation events or excess cash flow included or to be included in any Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness would result in such Indebtedness being prepaid or redeemed on a more than ratable basis with the Term Loans in respect of such asset sale, casualty or condemnation event or excess cash flow prepayment, to provide for mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans such that, after giving effect thereto, the prepayments and redemptions made in respect of such Indebtedness are not on more than a ratable basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 4.44.8 or 10.14 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment or any Extension Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Term Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans and any Extended Term Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Extended Term Tranche or Incremental

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 173 -


Commitments or Incremental Loans in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (d) or an acknowledgement thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by Section 11.17 with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(g) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 11.1(a), the consent of each Lender or each directly and adversely affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; providedfurther, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and providedfurther, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 11.1(g), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 174 -


Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event the Administrative Agent determines, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.7, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR Rate and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower mutually determine that a comparable successor rate, at such time, has been broadly accepted by the syndicated loan market, then the Administrative Agent and Borrower may, without the consent of any Lender, amend this Agreement to adopt such new broadly accepted successor rate and to make such other changes as shall be necessary or appropriate in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in order to implement such new market standard herein and in the other Loan Documents.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 175 -


11.2 Notices. (a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, or, in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

The Borrower   

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY10019

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 275-3601

Website: www.wmg.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David A. Brittenham, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 521-7347

Telephone: (212) 909-6000

The Administrative Agent/the Collateral Agent:   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Jason Wheeler

Facsimile: (212) 322-2291

Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Jason Kyrwood

Facsimile: (212) 701-5653

Telephone: (212) 450-4653

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.24.4 or 4.8 shall not be effective until received.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 176 -


(c) Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic means (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or other electronic document or signature.

(d) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes (with the Borrower’s consent), (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the posting thereof.

(e)(i) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on a Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders; provided that the Borrower agrees that the Disqualified Institution List will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

(ii) Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 177 -


11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

11.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and administration of the transactions (including the syndication of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and, the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and (iii) efforts to monitor the Loans and verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, and such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors, appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for all their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative, each Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Lead Arranger, any Other Representative, any Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 178 -


Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender ) with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, (ii) a material breach of the Loan Documents by any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or (iii) claims against such Indemnitee or any Related Party brought by any other Indemnitee that do not involve claims against any Lead Arranger or Agent in its capacity as such. Neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnity or reimbursement obligations under this Section 11.5 to the extent such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Sections 11.5(b) and (c) above, the Borrower shall have no obligation under this Section 11.5 to any Indemnitee with respect to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 8.6, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable law, assign (other than to a Disqualified Institution or any natural person) to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment and/or any Tranche of Term Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) with the prior written consent of:

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 179 -


(A)(1) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower, (2) with respect to the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower, (3) with respect to the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and,  (4) with respect to the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and (5) with respect to any Tranche of Loans, the Borrower (such consent, in the case of this clause (45), not to be unreasonably withheld), provided, that with respect to any assignment of any Tranche of Term Loans, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below); provided, that if any Lender assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one of its Affiliates in connection with or in contemplation of the sale or other disposition of its interest in such Affiliate, the Borrower’s prior written consent shall be required for such assignment, (y) if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, to any other Person, and (z) in connection with the primary syndication of (A) the Initial Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower, (B) the Tranche B Term Loans by the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders (as defined in the First Incremental Amendment) to Persons previously disclosed by them to the Borrower on or prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (C) the Tranche C Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower or on prior to the Third Amendment Closing Date, or (D) the Tranche D Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower on or prior to the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, (E) the Tranche E Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower on or prior to the Fifth Amendment Closing Date; and

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1.0 million unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 180 -


consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such assignments;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

(D) any assignment of Incremental Commitments or Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.6(h) and (i); and

(E) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon acquisition thereof.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning: “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular assignment).

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related obligations under) Sections 4.104.114.124.13 and 11.5, and bound by its

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 181 -


continuing obligations under Section 11.16). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall, to the extent it would comply with Section 11.6(c), be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 11.6.

(iv) The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Commitments of, and interest and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower (and, solely with respect to entries applicable to such Lender, any Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Institution (other than through the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution).

(v) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary (x) to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (y) for the Borrower to enforce its rights hereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and a Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 182 -


(vi) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.6(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi).

(vii) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6(b), the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “cancelled”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 11.6(b). Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies the Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via the Clearpar electronic settlement system pursuant to procedures consistent with this Section 11.6(b).

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 183 -


Furthermore, no Assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 11.6(b) would be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.104.114.12 or 11.5 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive as of such date under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be entitled to receive such greater payments unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such assignment.

(c)(i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations (other than to any Disqualified Institution or a natural person) to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (E) in the case of any participation to a Permitted Affiliated Assignee, such participation shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.6(h)(ii) to the same extent as if each reference therein to an assignment of a Loan were to a participation of a Loan and the references to Affiliated Lender were to such Permitted Affiliated Assignee in its capacity as a participant. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the second proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have the related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.124.13 and 11.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such participation in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular participation).

(ii) No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 4.104.114.12 or 11.5 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation, unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such participation. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.11 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.11(b) or Section 4.11(c), as applicable, and provides the forms and certificates referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 184 -


(d) Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) No assignment or participation made or purported to be made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan or Note under the laws of any jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to determine whether any such filing or qualification is required or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.6(f) within 30 Business Days of receipt of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this Section 11.6(f), in the event that the indemnifying Lender fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by the Borrower, be assigned promptly to the Lender that administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such Conduit Lender shall be void.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 185 -


(g) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 11.1. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.12. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of the Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (g) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(h)(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction); provided that (A) any such Dutch auction by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4(h) and (B) any such Dutch auction by any Parent shall be made on terms substantially similar to Section 4.4(h) or on other terms to be agreed between such Parent and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (2) open market purchases; provided further that:

(1) such Affiliated Lender and such other Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register;

(2) at the time of such assignment after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement;

(3) any such Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower, whether through a Parent or otherwise, and exchanged for debt or equity securities of the Borrower or such Parent that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, so long as any Term Loans so acquired by the Borrower shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof; and

(4) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be cancelled and retired immediately upon the acquisition thereof.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 186 -


(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives or (C) receive advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or challenge their attorney client privilege.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not such Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its ratable share of any payments of Term Loans of any class to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; providedfurther, that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that (x) disproportionately and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender or affects such Affiliated Lender differently than other Lenders or (y) is of the type described in Sections 11.1(a)(i) through (ix) (other than subclauses (v) and (vi)); and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii); provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 11.6(h)(iii) and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by such Affiliated Lender as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii).

(iv) Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund, solely in its capacity as a Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (each, a “Bankruptcy Proceeding”),

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 187 -


(i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Term Loans (“Claim”) (including objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization), the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with Section 11.6(h)(iii) above, so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.6(h)(iv) and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, it is their intention that this Section 11.6(h)(iv) would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iv).

(v) Each Lender making an assignment to, or taking an assignment from, an Affiliated Lender (so long as such Affiliated Lender identifies itself as such to such Lender) acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 188 -


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” (x) with respect to any assignment or participation to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, such assignment or participation shall be made pursuant to an open market purchase and (y) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds), combined, may not account for more than 50.0% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any assignment to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, at the time of such assignment after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6, nothing in this Section 11.6 is intended to or should be construed to limit the Borrower’s right to prepay the Term Loans as provided hereunder, including under Section 4.4.

11.7 Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations. (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise (except pursuant to Section 2.72.84.44.94.104.114.124.13(d), 11.1(g) or 11.6)), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due and payable under Section 9.1(a) by the Borrower any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 189 -


provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.8 Judgment. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.8 being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.8(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party under this Section 11.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

(c) The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.8 means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

11.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 190 -


11.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Term Loan Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding.

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 11.13(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 191 -


(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 11.13 any consequential or punitive damages.

11.14 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither any Agent nor any Other Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.15 Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16 Confidentiality. (a) Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to any Agent, any Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 192 -


which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.16 pursuant to a written instrument (or electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above in this clause (ii), in respect to any electronic information (whether posted or otherwise distributed on any Platform)) for the benefit of the Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its Affiliates and the employees, officers, partners, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and its Affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform each such Person of the agreement under this Section 11.16 and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement (including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under this Section 11.16), (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, provided that, other than with respect to any disclosure to any bank regulatory authority, such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest Rate Agreement, (vii) in connection with periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in connection with any litigation to which such Lender (or, with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender party thereto) may be a party subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above, and (ix) if, prior to such information having been so provided or obtained, such information was already in an Agent’s or a Lender’s possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose (i) the existence of this Agreement, the global amount, currency and maturity date of any Facility hereunder, and the legal name, country of domicile and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, to (i) the CUSIP Bureau and other similar market data collectors or service providers to the lending industry, provided that either such information shall have been previously made publicly available by the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), prior to making such disclosure, and (ii) information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent to the extent customary in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, theTranche E Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Commitments, and the Loans, provided that any such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.16 and the Administrative Agent takes reasonable actions to cause such Person to comply herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 11.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 193 -


(b) Each Lender acknowledges that any such information referred to in Section 11.16(a), and any information (including requests for waivers and amendments) furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates or their respective securities. Each Lender represents and confirms that such Lender has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; that such Lender will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws; and that such Lender has identified to the Administrative Agent a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law.

11.17 Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness. In connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure such Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise.

11.18 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such information from time to time to any Lender.

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 194 -


11.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference, reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

11.21 Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 195 -


(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

1003003016v2

#895889271003585382v58

- 196 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS

BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender

By:  

/s/ James Moran

Name:   James Moran
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

Name:   Tyler R. Smith
Title:   Associate

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WMG TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 

1003003016v2

#8958892790231699v53

1003585382v8

- 199 -


ANNEX II

Exhibits to Credit Agreement

 

- 200 -


EXHIBIT J

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [•]% (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice and is subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [,][and] [the Lenders of the Initial Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche D Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and]] the Lenders of the [•, 20•]1 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]2

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

2 

Insert applicable representation.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 201 -


The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 202 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 203 -


EXHIBIT K

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche D Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [•, 20•]3 Tranche[s]] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1.    This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [•, 20•]4 Tranche[(s)]].

2.    The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is [$[•] of Initial Term Loans] [$[•] of Tranche B Term Loans] [$[•] of Tranche C Term Loans] [$[•] of Tranche D Term Loans] [$[•] of Tranche E Term Loans] [[and] $[•] of the [•, 20•]5 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).6

 

 

 

3 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 204 -


3.    The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [•]% but less than or equal to [•]% (the “Discount Range”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following the dated delivery of the notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the [Lenders] [[and the] Lenders of the [•, 20•]7 Tranche[s]] as follows:

1.    [At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]8

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

7 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

8 

Insert applicable representation.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 205 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
 

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 206 -


EXHIBIT L

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20__, from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1.    This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [[and the] [•, 20•]9 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2.    The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche B Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche C Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche D Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche E Term Loans—$[•]]

[[•, 20•]10 Tranche[s]—$[•]]

 

 

9 List multiple Tranches if applicable.

10 List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 207 -


3.The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [•]% (the “Submitted Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [[and its] [•, 20•]11 Tranche[s]] indicated above pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

11     List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 208 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 209 -


EXHIBIT M

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the hereby requests that [each Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [•, 20•]12 Tranche[s]] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1.    This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [•, 20•]13 Tranche[s]].

2.    The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):14

[Initial Term Loans—$[•]]

 

 

12 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

13 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

14 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 210 -


[Tranche B Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche C Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche D Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche E Term Loans—$[•]]

[[•, 20•]15 Tranche[s]—$[•]]

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

15     List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 211 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

             

Name:  
Title:  
 

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 212 -


EXHIBIT N

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20__, from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1.    This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [[and the] [•, 20•]16 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2.    The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans- $[•]]

[Tranche B Term Loans- $[•]]

[Tranche C Term Loans- $[•]]

[Tranche D Term Loans- $[•]]

 

 

16 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 213 -


[Tranche E Term Loans- $[•]]

[[•, 20•]17 Tranche[s]—$[•]]

3.    The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [•]% (the “Offered Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [[and its] [•, 20•]18 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

 

 

17 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

18 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 214 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 215 -


EXHIBIT O

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [•, 20•]19 Tranche[s]] on the following terms:

1.    This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [•, 20•]20 Tranche[s]].

2.    The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[•] of the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [[and $[•] of the] [•, 20•]21 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).22

 

 

19 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

20 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

21 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

22 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 216 -


3.    The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [•]% (the “Specified Discount”).

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Lenders] [[and] each Lender of the [•, 20•]23 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]24

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

23     List multiple Tranches if applicable.
24     Insert applicable representation.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 217 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 218 -


EXHIBIT P

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[            ]

[DATE]

Attention: [            ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20__, from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [Tranches of] Term Loans held by such Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate Outstanding Amount as follows:

[Initial Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche B Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche C Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche D Term Loans—$[•]]

[Tranche E Term Loans—$[•]]

[[•, 20•]25 Tranche[s]—$[•]]

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [[and its] [•, 20•]26 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit

 

25     List multiple Tranches if applicable.
26     List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 219 -


Agreement at a price equal to the Specified Discount in the aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 220 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

 

Name  
Title:  

 

By:  

 

Name

 

Title:

 

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 221 -


ANNEX III

Schedule A-4 to Credit Agreement

 

TRANCHE E TERM LENDER

   TRANCHE E
TERM LOAN
COMMITMENT
 

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 1,005,975,000  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 1,005,975,000  
  

 

 

 

 

10023932331003587462v24

#89588942v2

- 222 -

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

INCREASE SUPPLEMENT

INCREASE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of March 14, 2018 (this “Increase Supplement”, to the Credit Agreement referred to below, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement) party hereto, WMG HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Increasing Lender (as defined below) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

1. The Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, prior to the date hereto, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and the Administrative Agent. Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby proposes to increase the aggregate Existing Term Loans from $1,005,975,000 to $1,325,975,000. For purposes of this Increase Supplement, the “Transactions” means the entry into this Increase Supplement and the borrowing of the Supplemental Term Loans. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Nomura Securities International, Inc. (each, an “Arranger” and, collectively, the “Arrangers”) are acting as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookrunners for the Supplemental Term Loans.

2. Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (the “Increasing Lender”) has been invited by the Borrower, and has agreed, subject to the terms hereof, to increase its Tranche E Term Loan Commitment by $320,000,000 (the commitment to increase such Existing Term Loans, the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitment”, and the term loans to be made in respect thereof, the “Supplemental Term Loans”) and to make a corresponding amount of Supplemental Term Loans.

3. Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement, by execution and delivery of this Increase Supplement, the Increasing Lender agrees and acknowledges that it (x) shall have an aggregate Supplemental Term Loan Commitment in the amount set forth in Section 2 above and (y) from and after the funding date of the Supplemental Term Loans, the Supplemental Term Loans shall be Tranche E Term Loans for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The first interest period for the Supplemental Term Loans shall begin on the funding date for such loans and shall end on March 29, 2018.

4. Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Increase Supplement, including the obligation of the Increasing Lender to provide the Supplemental Term Loan Commitment and to make the Supplemental Term Loans, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions (the date of such satisfaction or waiver of such conditions being referred to herein as the “Increase Supplement Effective Date”):

a) Increase Supplement. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Increase Supplement executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each other Loan Party, Holdings and the Increasing Lender.


b) Legal Opinions, Officer’s Certificates, Corporate Authorizations. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Increasing Lender, customary legal opinions, customary officer’s closing certificates, organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation or organization, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and Holdings (to the extent applicable), in each case (to the extent applicable) substantially similar to the corresponding opinions, certificates and documents delivered in connection with the closing of the Fourth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of December 6, 2017.

c) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.

d) PATRIOT Act and Anti-Money Laundering. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the Increase Supplement Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Increase Supplement Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Increasing Lender.

e) Fees and Other Amounts. On or prior to the Increase Supplement Effective Date, the Arrangers shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to the Arrangers pursuant to that certain amended and restated engagement letter, dated as of March 1, 2018, among the Arrangers and the Borrower.

f) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice in respect of the Supplemental Term Loans as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

g) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

h) Refinancing. Substantially concurrent with the funding of the Supplemental Term Loans, the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) shall be repaid, repurchased and/or the Borrower shall deliver a notice of redemption in respect thereof.

The making of the Supplemental Term Loans by the Increasing Lender shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and the Increasing Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4 shall have been satisfied or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

5. Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Increase Supplement and the Increasing Lender to make the Supplemental Term Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Administrative Agent and the Increasing Lender that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Increase Supplement:

a) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Supplement Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Credit Agreement.


c) The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Increase Supplement, the performance of this Increase Supplement by each Loan Party, the performance of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) (A) do not and will not contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

d) This Increase Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party. This Increase Supplement and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other Loan Party, enforceable against the Borrower and each other Loan Party party hereto in accordance with their respective terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

e) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Supplemental Term Loans to (i) repay, repurchase, redeem, satisfy, discharge or otherwise retire the 2022 Notes and (ii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions and such repayment, repurchase, redemption, satisfaction, discharge or retirement.

6. Effects on Loan Documents; Acknowledgement.

a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Increase Supplement shall not (i) by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Holdings or the Loan Parties under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as expressly set forth herein, each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation or substitution thereof or of any instruments executed in connection therewith or herewith. Each Loan Party and Holdings reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Agreement on the Increase Supplement Effective Date. This Increase Supplement shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Increase Supplement Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as supplemented by this Increase Supplement. Each of the Loan Parties and Holdings hereby consents to this Increase Supplement and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party or Holdings under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party or Holdings is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as supplemented hereby.


b) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Supplemental Term Loans are Tranche E Term Loans and the Increasing Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Increasing Lender) and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Increase Supplement, (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Supplemental Term Loans, and (vi) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

c) Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement. hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Supplemental Term Loans are Tranche E Term Loans and the Increasing Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Increasing Lender), (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Increase Supplement and (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Supplemental Term Loans.

7. Notice Information. Pursuant to Section 11.2(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower notifies the respective parties hereto that its address for purposes of the Credit Agreement shall, as of the Supplement Effective Date, be:

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

1633 Broadway, 7th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 275-3601

Website: www.wmg.com

8. Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (1) all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Increase Supplement, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (2) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

9. Counterparts. This Increase Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Increase Supplement by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.


10. Applicable Law. THIS INCREASE SUPPLEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INCREASE SUPPLEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SAME ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11. Headings. The headings of this Increase Supplement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this INCREASE SUPPLEMENT to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Increasing Lender

 

By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

  Name: Judith Smith
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title: Authorized Signatory

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

 

By:  

/s/ Judith Smith

  Name: Judith Smith
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


Acknowledged and agreed:
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Executive Vice President, General
  Counsel and Secretary
Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A.P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFÉ AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


(cont’d):

 

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.
RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC CORP.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


(cont’d):

 

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES, INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, LLC

T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


(cont’d):

 

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.
ARTS MUSIC INC.
WMG COE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above-named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC

NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]


NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name: Paul M. Robinson
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

[Signature Page – Increase Supplement]

EX-10.10

Execution Version

Exhibit 10.10

INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT

FIFTH INCREMENTAL COMMITMENT AMENDMENT, dated as of June 7, 2018 (this “Incremental Amendment ”), to the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below)) parties hereto, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Holdings”), the Administrative Agent (as defined below) and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Tranche F Term Lender.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower; the several lenders party thereto from time to time; Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners;

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower has requested that Incremental Term Loan Commitments be made available to the Borrower, and the Tranche F Term Lender and the Administrative Agent have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, that the Tranche F Term Lender will make Incremental Loans in the form of the Tranche F Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,325,975,000, the proceeds of which will be used to repay the Tranche E Term Loans in full and to pay fees and expenses relating thereto (the entry into this Incremental Amendment and the borrowing of the Tranche F Term Loans hereunder, and any or all of the foregoing transactions referred to in this paragraph, collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC (the “Tranche F Arranger Party”), Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners for the Tranche F Term Loans; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the making of the Tranche F Term Loans, each Lender party hereto has agreed to the amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

1004253831v4


Section 2. Amendment of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(a) It is understood and agreed that the Tranche F Term Loans are “Incremental Loans”, the Tranche F Term Lender is an “Additional Lender,” the Tranche F Term Loan Commitment is an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment” and this Incremental Amendment is an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”, in each case, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that this Incremental Amendment and the Credit Agreement are each a “Loan Document”, as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.

(b) Exhibits J, K, L, M, N, O and P to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended to read as set forth in Annex II hereto.

(c) The Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended by adding Annex III hereto as a new Schedule A-5:

Section 3A. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. The effectiveness of this Incremental Amendment, including the obligation of the Tranche F Term Lender to make a Tranche F Term Loan, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions (the date of such satisfaction or waiver of such conditions being referred to herein as the “Incremental Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) Incremental Amendment. The Administrative Agent shall have received this Incremental Amendment executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, each other Loan Party, Holdings and the Tranche F Term Lender.

(b) Legal Opinions, Officer’s Certificates, Corporate Authorizations. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Tranche F Term Lender, customary legal opinions, customary officer’s closing certificates, organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation or organization, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and Holdings (to the extent applicable), in each case (to the extent applicable) substantially similar to the corresponding opinions, certificates and documents delivered in connection with the closing of the Fourth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of December 6, 2017.

(c) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.

(d) PATRIOT Act and Anti-Money Laundering. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Tranche F Arranger Party.

 

- 2 -

1004253831v4


(e) Fees and Other Amounts. (i) The Tranche F Arranger Party shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid or delivered by the Borrower to it on or prior to such date pursuant to that certain engagement letter, dated as of May 14, 2018 among the Tranche F Arranger Party and the Borrower and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable for the account of any Lender having a Tranche E Term Loan outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on or before the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, including accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Tranche E Term Loans.

(f) Borrowing Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice in respect of the Tranche F Term Loans as required by Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(g) Compliance Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower certifying compliance with the financial test set forth in clause (i)(B) of the proviso to Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test).

The making of the Tranche F Term Loans by the Tranche F Term Lender shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and the Tranche F Term Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3A shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Section 3B. Amendment and Restatement of Exiting Credit Agreement.

(a) Subject to satisfaction of the condition set forth in paragraph (b) below, effective as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (as defined below), the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Existing Credit Agreement attached as Annex I hereto.

(b) The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 3B(a) shall become effective on the date (the “Amendment and Restatement Effective Date”) on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the written consent to this Incremental Amendment of Lenders constituting the Required Lenders as of such date, provided that the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall not occur prior to the Incremental Amendment Effective Date. For purposes of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that if the Lenders executing this Incremental Amendment would constitute the Required Lenders after giving effect to the repayment of Tranche E Term Loans described in the Recitals hereof, the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall occur on the date of such repayment.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties. To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Incremental Amendment and the Tranche F Term Lender to make the Tranche F Term Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Administrative Agent and the Tranche F Term Lender that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment:

(a) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

- 3 -

1004253831v4


(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Existing Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Incremental Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.5(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(c) The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of this Incremental Amendment, the performance of this Incremental Amendment by each Loan Party, the performance of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) (A) do not and will not contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) This Incremental Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Loan Party. This Incremental Amendment and, solely in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and such other Loan Party, enforceable against the Borrower and each other Loan Party that is party hereto in accordance with their terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

(e) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Tranche F Term Loans to (i) prepay in full the Tranche E Term Loans and (ii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

Section 5. Effects on Loan Documents; Acknowledgement.

(a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Incremental Amendment shall not (i) by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Holdings or the Loan Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as expressly set forth herein, each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue

 

- 4 -

1004253831v4


in full force and effect and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation thereof. Each Loan Party and Holdings reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Agreement on the Incremental Amendment Effective Date. This Incremental Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Incremental Amendment Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Incremental Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties and Holdings hereby consents to this Incremental Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party or Holdings under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party or Holdings is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche F Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche F Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche FE Term Lender) and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment, (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche F Term Loans, and (vi) agrees that all Secured Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement).

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche F Term Loans are Loans and the Tranche F Term Lender is a Lender, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (iii) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including the Tranche F Term Lender), (iv) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment and (v) agrees that the Secured Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due and payable (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of principal and interest on, the Tranche F Term Loans.

Section 6. Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (1) all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Incremental Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (2) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

- 5 -

1004253831v4


Section 7. Counterparts. This Incremental Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Incremental Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 8. Applicable Law. THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SAME ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 9. Headings. The headings of this Incremental Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 6 -

1004253831v4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Incremental Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General
    Counsel and Secretary

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


Acknowledged and agreed:
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General
    Counsel and Secretary

 

Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A.P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFÉ AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


(cont’d):
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.
RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC CORP.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


(cont’d):
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.
WBR/SIRE VENTURES, INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
BB INVESTMENTS LLC
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BUTE SOUND LLC
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
LAVA RECORDS LLC
MM INVESTMENT LLC
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC
THE BIZ LLC
UPPED.COM LLC
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC
ATLANTIC PIX LLC
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC
FERRET MUSIC LLC
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC
P & C PUBLISHING LLC

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


(cont’d):
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.
ARTS MUSIC INC.
WMG COE, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above-named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

  Name:   Judith E. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH, as Tranche F Term Lender
By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

  Name:   Judith E. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004254246v19


ANNEX I

Credit Agreement

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004254246v19


 

 

$1,310,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents,

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC.,

and NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

dated as of November 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

#90231699v3

1004254246v19


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

SECTION 1 Definitions

     1  

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     1  

1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     7277  

SECTION 2 Amount and Terms of Commitments

     7479  

2.1

 

Term Loans

     7479  

2.2

 

Notes

     7783  

2.3

 

Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing

     8086  

2.4

 

[Reserved.]

     8086  

2.5

 

Repayment of Loans

     8187  

2.6

 

Incremental Facilities

     8187  

2.7

 

Permitted Debt Exchanges

     8591  

2.8

 

Extension of Term Loans

     8693  

SECTION 3 [Reserved]

     9097  

SECTION 4 General Provisions Applicable to Loans

     9097  

4.1

 

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

     9097  

4.2

 

Conversion and Continuation Options

     9198  

4.3

 

Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets

     92100  

4.4

 

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments

     93100  

4.5

 

Administrative Agent’s Fee; Other Fees

     105113  

4.6

 

Computation of Interest and Fees

     107116  

4.7

 

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

     107117  

4.8

 

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

     108117  

4.9

 

Illegality

     109118  

4.10

 

Requirements of Law

     109119  

4.11

 

Taxes

     111121  

4.12

 

Indemnity

     116126  

4.13

 

Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts

     117127  

4.14

 

Defaulting Lenders

     119129  

SECTION 5 Representations and Warranties

     120130  

5.1

 

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

     120130  

5.2

 

Authorization; No Contravention

     120130  

5.3

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     121131  

5.4

 

Binding Effect

     121131  

5.5

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     121131  

5.6

 

Litigation

     121131  

5.7

 

No Default

     122131  

5.8

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     122131  

5.9

 

Environmental Compliance

     122132  

5.10

 

Taxes

     123133  

5.11

 

ERISA Compliance

     123133  

5.12

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     124134  

5.13

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

     124134  

5.14

 

Anti-Terrorism Law

     124135  

 

(i)

1004254246v19


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

5.15

 

Sanctioned Persons

     124135  

5.16

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     125135  

5.17

 

Labor Matters

     125136  

5.18

 

Disclosure

     125136  

5.19

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc

     126136  

5.20

 

Solvency

     126137  

5.21

 

Senior Debt Status

     126137  

5.22

 

Valid Liens

     126137  

SECTION 6 Conditions Precedent

     127138  

6.1

 

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

     127138  

SECTION 7 Affirmative Covenants

     129140  

7.1

 

Financial Statements

     129140  

7.2

 

Certificates; Other Information

     131142  

7.3

 

Notices

     132144  

7.4

 

Payment of Taxes

     133144  

7.5

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc

     133144  

7.6

 

Maintenance of Properties

     133145  

7.7

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     133145  

7.8

 

Compliance with Laws

     133145  

7.9

 

Books and Records

     133145  

7.10

 

Inspection Rights

     133145  

7.11

 

Use of Proceeds

     134146  

7.12

 

Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security

     134146  

7.13

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     137148  

7.14

 

Further Assurances

     137148  

7.15

 

Maintenance of Ratings

     137149  

7.16

 

Post-Closing Actions

     137149  

SECTION 8 Negative Covenants

     138149  

8.1

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

     138149  

8.2

 

Restricted Payments

     143155  

8.3

 

Asset Sales

     152163  

8.4

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     154165  

8.5

 

Liens

     156167  

8.6

 

Fundamental Changes

     157168  

8.7

 

Subsidiary Distributions

     158169  

8.8

 

Change of Control

     161172  

SECTION 9 Events of Default

     162173  

9.1

 

Events of Default

     162173  

9.2

 

Remedies Upon an Event of Default

     164176  

SECTION 10 The Agents and the Other Representatives

     165176  

10.1

 

Appointment

     165176  

10.2

 

The Administrative Agent and Affiliates

     166177  

10.3

 

Action by an Agent

     166177  

10.4

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     166177  

10.5

 

Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders

     167178  

10.6

 

Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders

     168179  

 

(ii)

1004254246v19


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

10.7

 

Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance

     168180  

10.8

 

Collateral Matters

     169180  

10.9

 

Successor Agent

     171183  

10.10

 

Withholding Tax

     172184  

10.11

 

Other Representatives

     172184  

10.12

 

Application of Proceeds

     172185  

SECTION 11 Miscellaneous

     173185  

11.1

 

Amendments and Waivers

     173185  

11.2

 

Notices

     177190  

11.3

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     179192  

11.4

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     179192  

11.5

 

Payment of Expenses and Taxes

     179192  

11.6

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

     180193  

11.7

 

Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations

     190203  

11.8

 

Judgment

     191204  

11.9

 

Counterparts

     192205  

11.10

 

Severability

     192205  

11.11

 

Integration

     192205  

11.12

 

Governing Law

     192205  

11.13

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     192205  

11.14

 

Acknowledgements

     193206  

11.15

 

Waiver Of Jury Trial

     193207  

11.16

 

Confidentiality

     193207  

11.17

 

Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness

     195208  

11.18

 

USA Patriot Act Notice

     195209  

11.19

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     196209  

11.20

 

Reinstatement

     196209  

11.21

 

Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     196210  

 

(iii)

1004254246v19


SCHEDULES

 

A    —Commitments; Addresses
A-1    —Commitments; Tranche B Term Lenders
A-2    —Commitments; Tranche C Term Lenders
A-3    —Commitments; Tranche D Term Lenders
A-4    —Commitments; Tranche E Term Lenders
A-5    —Commitments; Tranche F Term Lenders
5.12    —Restricted Subsidiaries
7.16    —Post-Closing Actions

EXHIBITS

 

A    —Form of Note
B    —Form of Security Agreement
C    —Form of Guarantee Agreement
D    —Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
E    —Form of Assignment and Acceptance
F    —Form of Solvency Certificate
G    —Form of Increase Supplement
H    —Form of Lender Joinder Agreement
I    —Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
J    —Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice
K    —Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice
L    —Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer
M    —Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice
N    —Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
O    —Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice
P    —Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

(iv)

1004254246v19


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 2012, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP. (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity and as further defined in Section 1.1, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders hereunder.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

Definitions

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2011 Transactions”: has the meaning given to the term “2011 Transactions” under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

2014 Senior Secured Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

ABR”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Loans”: Loans to which the rate of interest applicable is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceleration”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Acceptable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice”: a written notice from the Borrower setting forth the Acceptable Discount pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Acceptance Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(2).

Access Investors”: collectively, (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor,

 

1004254246v19


administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “Access Party”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Accounts”: “accounts” as defined in the UCC and, with respect to any Person, all such Accounts of such Person, whether now existing or existing in the future, including (a) all accounts receivable of such Person (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent), including all accounts receivable created by or arising from all of such Person’s sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of its trade names, or through any of its divisions, (b) all unpaid rights of such Person (including rescission, replevin, reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including returned or repossessed goods, (d) all reserves and credit balances held by such Person with respect to any such accounts receivable of any Obligors, (e) all letters of credit, guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing and (f) all insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Acquired Debt”: with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Indebtedness”: additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender”: as defined in Section 2.6(b).

Adjusted LIBOR Rate”: with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the higher of (a) (i) the LIBOR Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (ii) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period and (b) (i) 1.25% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Initial Term Loans, (ii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche B Term Loans, (iii) 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche C Term Loans, (iv) 0.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche D Term Loans and, (v) 0.00% in the case of

 

- 2 -

1004254246v19


Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche E Term Loans and (vi) 0.00% in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are Tranche F Term Loans; provided that if the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

Administrative Agent”: as defined in the Preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.9.

Affected Eurodollar Rate”: as defined in Section 4.7.

Affected Loans”: as defined in Section 4.9.

Affiliate”: of any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction”: as defined in Section 8.4(a).

Affiliated Debt Fund”: any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, so long as (i) any such Affiliated Lender is managed as to day-to-day matters (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, as to strategic direction and similar matters) independently from Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, (ii) any such Affiliated Lender has in place customary information screens between it and Sponsor and any Affiliate of Sponsor that is not primarily engaged in the investing activities described above, and (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries directs or causes the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Affiliated Lender”: any Lender that is a Permitted Affiliated Assignee.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(i)(1).

Agent Default”: an Agent has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Agent becomes subject to an Agent-Related Distress Event.

 

- 3 -

1004254246v19


Agent-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Agent (each, a “Distressed Person”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Agent or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Agents”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

Agreement”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate”: means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) to the extent the Adjusted LIBOR Rate is ascertainable, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be.

 

- 4 -

1004254246v19


Amendment”: as defined in Section 8.7(b)(xii).

Applicable Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Applicable Margin”: (wv) with respect to all periods prior to but not including the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the rate(s) per annum as in effect from time to time under the Agreement prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (xw) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan or a Tranche C Term Loan, 2.75% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan, or a Tranche C Term Loan, 1.75% per annum, (yx) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche D Term Loan, 2.50% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche D Term Loan, 1.50% per annum and, (zy) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche E Term Loan, 2.25% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche E Term Loan, 1.25% per annum. and (z) with respect to all periods commencing on and after the Seventh Amendment Closing Date, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche F Term Loan, 2.125% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan that is a Tranche F Term Loan, 1.125%.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Asset Sale”: (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 8.1 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 8.6 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 8.2 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 8.5;

 

- 5 -

1004254246v19


(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

 

- 6 -

1004254246v19


(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Acceptance”: an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Attorney Costs”: all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements”: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

Bail-In Action means: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation means,: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Proceeding”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Board of Directors”: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

- 7 -

1004254246v19


Borrower”: WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Borrower Materials”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment”: the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers”: the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv).

Borrowing”: the borrowing of one Type of Loan of a single Tranche from all the Lenders having Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments or other commitments of the respective Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the same Interest Period.

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” shall mean any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried on in London, England and New York, New York.

Capital Expenditures”: for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under leases evidencing Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

- 8 -

1004254246v19


Capitalized Lease Obligation”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”: (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

 

- 9 -

1004254246v19


Cash Management Obligations”: obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Revolving Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender or a Revolving Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Revolving Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Closing Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds, provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan bank products agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

Change in Law”: as defined in Section 4.11(a).

Change of Control”: the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

 

- 10 -

1004254246v19


(d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Claim”: as defined in Section 11.6(h)(iv).

Closing Date”: November 1, 2012.

Code”: the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral”: all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

Commitment”: (wv) as to any Tranche B Term Lender, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender, (xw) as to any Tranche C Term Lender, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender, (yx) as to any Tranche D Term Lender, the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and, (zy) as to any Tranche E Term Lender, the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and (z) as to any Tranche F Term Lender, the Tranche F Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Commodities Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).

Conduit Lender”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument delivered to the Administrative Agent (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower on request); provided that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit

 

- 11 -

1004254246v19


Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, including its obligation to fund a Term Loan if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, including Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5, than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender if such designating Lender had not designated such Conduit Lender hereunder, (b) be deemed to have any Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment or Tranche F Term Loan Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that neither Securitization Fees nor Securitization Expenses shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income”: with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

 

- 12 -

1004254246v19


(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.2(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

 

- 13 -

1004254246v19


(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 8.2(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 8.2(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets”: with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of

 

- 14 -

1004254246v19


the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

Consolidation”: the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Contingent Obligations”: means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Consideration”: as defined in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

- 15 -

1004254246v19


Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Control”: as defined in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement”: (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Currency Agreement”: in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice (other than, in the case of Section 9.1(e), a Default Notice), the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition specified in Section 9.1, has been satisfied.

Default Notice”: as defined in Section 9.1(e).

Defaulting Agent”: any Agent whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Agent Default.

Defaulting Lender”: a Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender, Tranche D Term Lender or, Tranche E Term Lender or Tranche F Term Lender that (a) has defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, (c) has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company, that has, become the subject of a Bail-in Action.

Designated Noncash Consideration”: the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.

 

- 16 -

1004254246v19


Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3).

Designation Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(f).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(2).

Discount Range”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice”: a written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Discount Range Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date”: in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, or otherwise, five Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Lender of notice from the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(ii), Section 4.4(h)(iii) or Section 4.4(h)(iv), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

 

- 17 -

1004254246v19


Disqualified Institution”: any Person that is competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliate of such Person, which Person or any of its affiliates has been designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, from time to time upon three Business Days’ prior notice.

Disqualified Institution List”: any list of Disqualified Institutions.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Tranche EF Term Loan Maturity Date or the date the Tranche EF Term Loans are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA”: with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,

 

- 18 -

1004254246v19


(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period,

(9) Securitization Fees and Securitization Expenses,

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3);

 

- 19 -

1004254246v19


(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than eighteen (18) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after July 20, 2011 (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 20.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.

ECF CNI”: with respect to the Borrower for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating ECF CNI for any period, there shall be excluded, without duplication, (a) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture), except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (c) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) for any period to the extent that, during such period, there exists any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make distributions in cash on the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that any such Net Income is actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not itself subject to any such encumbrance or restriction, in the form of dividends or similar distributions (which dividends or distributions shall be included in the calculation of ECF CNI), (d) to the extent not already excluded or deducted as minority interest expense in accordance with GAAP, payments made in respect of minority interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned

 

- 20 -

1004254246v19


Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture in such period, including pursuant to dividends declared or paid on Equity Interests held by third parties in respect of such non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture and (e) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ECF Payment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(b).

EEA Financial Institution means: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition and is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority with its parent.

EEA Member Country means: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority means: any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws”: any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Permits”: any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

- 21 -

1004254246v19


ERISA Affiliate”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow”: for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) ECF CNI for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI and cash receipts to the extent excluded in calculating such ECF CNI (except to the extent such cash receipts are attributable to revenue or other items that would be included in calculating ECF CNI for any prior period),

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from any acquisition or disposition of (a) any business unit, division, line of business or Person or (b) any assets other than in the ordinary course of business (each, an Acquisition” or “Disposition”, respectively) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, or from the application of purchase accounting),

 

- 22 -

1004254246v19


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in calculating such ECF CNI,

provided that any amount excluded from such ECF CNI pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (e) of the definition thereof shall not be added pursuant to this clause (a), over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in calculating such ECF CNI and cash charges to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the amount of Capital Expenditures either made in cash or accrued during such period (provided that, whether any such Capital Expenditures shall be deducted for the period in which cash payments for such Capital Expenditures have been paid or the period in which such Capital Expenditures have been accrued shall be at the Borrower’s election; provided, further that, in no case shall any accrual of a Capital Expenditure which has previously been deducted give rise to a subsequent deduction upon the making of such Capital Expenditure in cash in the same or any subsequent period), except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale or Recovery Event that resulted in an increase to ECF CNI and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) (in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect of the principal amount of such Term Loans), but excluding (w) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (x) all prepayments of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all prepayments of any other revolving loans (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (z) all voluntary prepayments, scheduled principal payments and mandatory “excess cash flow” prepayments that are applied pro rata to the Term Loans, in each case of Pari Passu Indebtedness made during such period), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

 

- 23 -

1004254246v19


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales (or any Disposition specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Asset Sale”) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than any Asset Sale or Disposition in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in calculating such ECF CNI,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from any Acquisition or Disposition by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or from the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent such payments are not expensed in such period or are not already deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior years, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2 and Acquisitions, except to the extent that such Investments or Acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(viii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xv) below in prior years, the amount of Restricted Payments (other than Investments) made in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 8.2(b) (other than Section 8.2(b)(ii), (iii), (x), (xi) and (xv)), except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI, except to the extent that such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid) or the proceeds of the issuance (or contribution in respect of) Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not expensed in such period or are not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

 

- 24 -

1004254246v19


(xi) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments constituting “Permitted Investments” (other than Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof and intercompany Investments by and among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or made pursuant to Section 8.2, Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such contingent contractual obligations to artists, songwriters and co-publishers, Investments, Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating such ECF CNI,

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI;

(xiv) the amount of cash payments made in respect of pensions and other post-employment benefits in such period to the extent not deducted in calculating such ECF CNI; and

(xv) at the Borrower’s election, without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, non cash expenses under an equity plan to the extent not deducted in calculating ECF CNI (or deducted but added back under clause (a) of this definition) (it being understood that (x) no deduction shall be allowed at the time of the related cash payment to the extent the Borrower has previously elected to deduct such expenses under this clause and (y) to the extent such related cash payment does not occur by the expected time therefor under such equity plan (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), Excess Cash Flow shall be increased by the related expenses deducted under this clause).

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution”: (i) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

 

- 25 -

1004254246v19


(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 8.2(a)(3) and (ii) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Existing Unsecured Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Closing Date under the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

Excluded Information”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(i).

Excluded Subsidiaries”: as defined in Section 7.12(a).

Excluded Taxes”: (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes, and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Closing Date, including the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Existing Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Existing Unsecured Indenture”: that certain indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 by and between the Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or modified from time to time).

Existing Unsecured Notes”: the Borrower’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018, issued pursuant to the Existing Unsecured Indenture, outstanding on the Closing Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.

Extended Term Loans”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

 

- 26 -

1004254246v19


Extended Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Extension Date”: as defined in Section 2.8(d).

Extension Election”: as defined in Section 2.8(b).

Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of a Term Loan.

Extension Request”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Extension Series”: all Extended Term Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

Facility”: each of (a) the Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Initial Term Loan Facility), (b) the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche B Term Loan Facility”), (c) the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche C Term Loan Facility”), (d) the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche D Term Loan Facility”), (e) the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche E Term Loan Facility”) and, (f) the Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder (the “Tranche F Term Loan Facility”) and (g) any other committed facility hereunder and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder.

FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal District Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate”: means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the

 

- 27 -

1004254246v19


next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall commence to publish such composite rate).

Fifth Amendment”: the Fourth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of December 6, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche E Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Fifth Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3A of the Fifth Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

First Incremental Amendment”: the Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche B Term Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

First Incremental Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

First Incremental Amendment Effective Date”: the date on which the conditions set forth or referred to in Section 3 of the First Incremental Amendment are satisfied or waived.

Fiscal Year”: any period of 12 consecutive months ending on September 30 of any calendar year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be

 

- 28 -

1004254246v19


calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

 

- 29 -

1004254246v19


Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Consolidated Working Capital,” “EBITDA,” “ECF CNI,” “Excess Cash Flow,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Funded Debt,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event”: with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan”: any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

 

- 30 -

1004254246v19


Fourth Amendment”: the Third Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 22, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche D Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Fourth Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Fourth Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Funded Debt”: all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all amounts of such debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans.

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the SEC permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

guarantee”: a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

- 31 -

1004254246v19


Guarantee”: any guarantee of the Secured Obligations by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement”: the Guarantee Agreement delivered to the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Subsidiary Guarantor; individually, a “Guarantor”.

Hazardous Materials”: all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements”: collectively, Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements.

 

- 32 -

1004254246v19


Hedge Bank”: any Person that is a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or a Person that was, at the time of entering into a Hedge Agreement, a Lender, a Revolving Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, or that was a party to a Hedge Agreement as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Hedge Agreement.

Hedging Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Historical Adjustments”: for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the offering circular relating to the Existing Unsecured Notes to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.

Holdings”: WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

Holdings Notes”: Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued on July 20, 2011, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “Initial Holdings Notes”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Identified Participating Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

IFRS”: International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

 

- 33 -

1004254246v19


Immaterial Subsidiary means,: at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 30 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Incremental Indebtedness”: Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.6.

Incremental Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Incremental Term Loan”: any Incremental Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

Incremental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

incur”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Indebtedness”: (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

 

- 34 -

1004254246v19


(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Individual Lender Exposure”: of any Lender, at any time, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans made by such Lender and then outstanding, all Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding, all Tranche C Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding, all Tranche D Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and, all Tranche E Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding and all Tranche F Term Loan Commitments of such Lender then outstanding.

Initial Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Initial Extension of Credit”: as to any Lender, the making of an Initial Term Loan.

Initial Lien”: as defined in Section 8.5(a).

 

- 35 -

1004254246v19


Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(a). The aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche B Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Lenders, the “Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date is $600.0 million.

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2018.

Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Initial Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Initial Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Initial Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Initial Term Loans.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”: as defined in Section 10.8(a).

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding, and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period.

 

- 36 -

1004254246v19


Interest Period”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed to by each affected Lender 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or if agreed to by each affected Lender 12 months or a shorter period) thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans), (D) the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or, (E) the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans) or (F) the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche F Term Loans) shall (for all purposes other than Section 4.12) end on (A) the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), (B) the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), (C) the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans), (D) the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or, (E) the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans) or (F) the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche F Term Loans);

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a scheduled payment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

 

- 37 -

1004254246v19


Investment Company Act”: the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities”: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 8.2, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

 

- 38 -

1004254246v19


The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights”: has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).

Junior Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Laws”: collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers”: (a) collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and Nomura Securities International, Inc., each solely in its capacity as a joint lead arranger of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, and Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and, solely with respect to Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments hereunder. and (b) collectively, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, each solely in its capacity as a joint lead arranger of the Tranche F Term Loan Commitments.

Lender Joinder Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.6(c).

Lender-Related Distress Event”: with respect to any Lender (each, a “Distressed Lender”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Lender under any debtor relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Lender or any substantial part of such Distressed Lender’s assets, or such Distressed Lender makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority

 

- 39 -

1004254246v19


having regulatory authority over such Distressed Lender to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lenders”: the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement together with, in each case, any affiliate of any such bank or financial institution through which such bank or financial institution elects, by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make any Loans available to the Borrower, provided that for all purposes of voting or consenting with respect to (a) any amendment, supplementation or modification of any Loan Document, (b) any waiver of any of the requirements of any Loan Document or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences or (c) any other matter as to which a Lender may vote or consent pursuant to Section 11.1, the bank or financial institution making such election shall be deemed the “Lender” rather than such affiliate, which shall not be entitled to so vote or consent.

LIBOR Rate”: means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBOR Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Loan is denominated are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien”: with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction”: (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not

 

- 40 -

1004254246v19


conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.

Loan”: each Initial Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan, Tranche C Term Loan, Tranche D Term Loan, Tranche E Term Loan, Tranche F Term Loan, Incremental Loan and Extended Term Loan; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Incremental Amendment, any Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Loan Parties”: the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; individually, a “Loan Party”.

Management Agreement”: the Management Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings. and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries”: Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 9.1(f), in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

 

- 41 -

1004254246v19


Maturity Date”: (a) with respect to Initial Term Loans, the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) with respect to Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, (c) with respect to Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date, (d) with respect to Tranche D Term Loans, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date and, (e) with respect to Tranche E Term Loans, the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date and (f) with respect to Tranche F Term Loans, the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million8,897,000 plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Closing DateJanuary 31, 2018, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.8(g).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgages”: collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Secured Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

Multiemployer Plan”: any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business”: the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

 

- 42 -

1004254246v19


Net Cash Proceeds”: with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale, contribution or incurrence and net of taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect thereof.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds”: the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

New Dollar Notes”: the Borrower’s Dollar-denominated 6.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Euro Notes”: the Borrower’s Euro-denominated 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the New Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Notes”: collectively, the New Dollar Notes and the New Euro Notes.

 

- 43 -

1004254246v19


New Notes Indenture”: the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

New York Courts”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

New York Supreme Court”: as defined in Section 11.13(a).

Non-Excluded Taxes”: all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender”: as defined in Section 2.8(e).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness means: any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Notes”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

 

- 44 -

1004254246v19


Obligations”: means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Obligor”: any purchaser of goods or services or other Person obligated to make payment to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) in respect of a purchase of such goods or services.

Offered Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Offered Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

OID”: as defined in Section 2.6(d).

Organization Documents”: means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability company agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement”: an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Other Representatives”: the Syndication Agents, and the Lead Arrangers.

Outstanding Amount”: with respect to the Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent”: any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting

 

- 45 -

1004254246v19


Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Indebtedness”: Indebtedness secured by Liens with Pari Passu Lien Priority.

Pari Passu Lien Priority”: with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Term Loan Facility Obligations or any Guarantee, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(v).

Participating Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(2).

Patriot Act”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan”: any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Affiliated Assignee”: the Sponsor, any investment fund managed or controlled by the Sponsor and any special purpose vehicle established by the Sponsor or by one or more of such investment funds.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance Section 8.3(c).

 

- 46 -

1004254246v19


Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Permitted Debt Exchange”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”: as defined in Section 2.7(a).

Permitted Holders”: any of the following: (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which the Borrower makes all payments of the Term Loans and other amounts required by, if applicable, Section 8.8, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investments”: (1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

- 47 -

1004254246v19


(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above in Section 8.3 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 8.1(b)(ix);

(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

 

- 48 -

1004254246v19


(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 8.5;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.4 (except transactions described in Section 8.4(b)(ii), (vi) and (vii));

(15) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

 

- 49 -

1004254246v19


(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(21) repurchases of the Notes.

Permitted Liens”: the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance Section 8.1;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

- 50 -

1004254246v19


(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement and the New Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Closing Date (other than under this Agreement, the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement or the New Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

 

- 51 -

1004254246v19


(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

 

- 52 -

1004254246v19


(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) and (xx);

(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.02,600 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.50 to 1.00 and, (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million and (iii) Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 2.6(a)(i)(A) in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $300.0 million;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

- 53 -

1004254246v19


(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Person”: any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Plan”: any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform”: Intralinks, SyndTrak Online or any other similar electronic distribution system.

Pledged Debt”: as defined the Security Agreement.

 

- 54 -

1004254246v19


Preferred Stock”: as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prepayment Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(d).

Prime Rate”: for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

Product”: any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) is an initial copyright owner; or

(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 11.2(e).

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds”: assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

 

- 55 -

1004254246v19


Qualified Securitization Financing”: any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Qualifying IPO”: the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Rating Agency”: Moody’s or S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivable”: a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Recorded Music Business”: means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale”: means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may

 

- 56 -

1004254246v19


be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Banks”: Credit Suisse AG, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC or such additional or other banks as may be appointed by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, provided that at any time the maximum number of Reference Banks does not exceed six.

refinance”: refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Agreement”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Refinancing Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 8.1(b)(xiii).

Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Regulation D”: Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation S-X”: Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Closing Date.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s affiliates and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, employees, shareholders, members, attorneys and other advisors, agents and controlling persons of such person and of such person’s affiliates and “Related Party” shall mean any of them.

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

Required Conversion Date”: as defined in Section 4.2(c).

Required Lenders”: Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding Individual Lender Exposures represents a majority of the sum of the Individual Lender Exposures at such time; provided that the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans and, Tranche E Term Loans and Tranche F Term Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded from Individual Lender Exposures in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

 

- 57 -

1004254246v19


Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment”: as defined in Section 8.2.

Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 8.2(b)(ii)(A).

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness”: Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $180.0 million outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection therewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $180.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Revolving Lender”: a lender under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility.

 

- 58 -

1004254246v19


Rollover Indebtedness”: means Indebtedness of a Loan Party issued to any Lender in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of any repayment of Term Loans made pursuant to Subsection 4.4(a) or (b), so long as (other than in connection with a refinancing in full of the Facilities) such Indebtedness (1) is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Rollover Indebtedness and (2) would not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the weighted average life to maturity, or a maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans being repaid.

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Amendment Date”: the date of effectiveness of the Second Amendment, dated July 15, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Holdings, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.8(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement”: any Hedge Agreement that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured term loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Hedge Agreement.

Secured Obligations”: all (x) Term Loan Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Secured Parties”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 10.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

- 59 -

1004254246v19


Securitization Assets”: any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Securitization Expenses”: for any period, the aggregate interest expense for such period on any Indebtedness of any Securitization Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings).

Securitization Fees”: reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings

 

- 60 -

1004254246v19


(excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement”: the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents”: the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of the Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Secured Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

Senior Revolving Credit Agreement”: that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Closing DateJanuary 31, 2018, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, refinanced, replaced, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility”: the revolving credit facility under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents”: the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

 

- 61 -

1004254246v19


Senior Secured Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof, provided that Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness) and other than Liens that have Junior Lien Priority on the Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable.

In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i)(I)(B) or Section 2.6(a)(i)(B) or is secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio”: with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $200.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

 

- 62 -

1004254246v19


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 2.6(a), Section 8.1(b)(i) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Set”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans of a single Tranche, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Eurodollar Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Settlement Service”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

“Seventh Amendment”: the Fifth Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of June 7, 2018, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche F Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

“Seventh Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Seventh Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer”: the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

- 63 -

1004254246v19


Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(1).

Solicited Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iv)(3).

Solvent” and “Solvency”: with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Special Purpose Entity”: (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt”: collectively, the New Notes, the Indebtedness under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Unsecured Notes.

Specified Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”: an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit O.

 

- 64 -

1004254246v19


Specified Discount Prepayment Response”: the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(1).

Specified Discount Proration”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(ii)(3).

Specified Existing Term Tranche”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

“Specified Financings”: the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

Specified Transaction”: (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor”: Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity”: with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

 

- 65 -

1004254246v19


Submitted Amount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Submitted Discount”: as defined in Section 4.4(h)(iii)(1).

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Term Loans.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower which executes and delivers the Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, in each case, unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary Guarantor (a) ceases to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, (b) is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (c) is released from all of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement in accordance with terms and provisions thereof.

Subsidiary Guarantee”: the guaranty of the Term Loan Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

Successor Borrower”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Supplemental Term Loan Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.6(a).

Syndication Agents”: Barclays Bank PLC and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as syndication agent for the Initial Term Loan Commitments.

 

- 66 -

1004254246v19


Taxes”: any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Loan Facility Obligations”: obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Term Loans”: the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans, Tranche E Term Loans, Tranche F Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, as the context shall require.

Third Amendment”: the Second Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of November 21, 2016, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Holdings, the Tranche C Term Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Third Amendment Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of the Third Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Threshold Amount”: $50 million.

Ticking Fee Rate”: as of any day, the rate per annum equal to the percentage of the Applicable Margin applicable to Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans set forth below for such day.

 

Time Period after First Incremental

Amendment Effective Date

   Percentage

30 days or less

   0%

31 to 60 days

   33%

61 to 90 days

   66%

91 days or longer

   100%

 

- 67 -

1004254246v19


Tranche”: with respect to Term Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Term Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Term Loans or Initial Term Loan Commitments, (2) Tranche B Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, (3) Tranche C Term Loans or Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, (4) Tranche D Term Loans or Tranche D Term Commitments, (5) Tranche E Term Loans or Tranche E Term Commitments, (6Tranche F Term Loans or Tranche F Term Commitments, (7) Incremental Loans or Incremental Commitments with the same terms and conditions made on the same day, or (78) Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date”: the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 of the First Incremental Amendment shall be satisfied or waived.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”; collectively as to all the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments on the First Incremental Effective Date is $110 million.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period”: the period from (A) the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to (B) the earlier of (i) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date.

Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

Tranche B Initial Outside Date”: as defined in the First Incremental Amendment.

 

- 68 -

1004254246v19


Tranche B Initial Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Initial Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be considered an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans and shall not be considered a separate Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Initial Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Initial Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $710 million.

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 4.5(d).

Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period”: the period from the date that is 31 days after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and (ii) the Tranche B Initial Outside Date.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(d).

Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(d) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the New Tranche B Refinancing Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments.” The original aggregate amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date is $490 million.

Tranche B Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche B Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche B Term Loan”: (i) prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, (ii) on and after the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and (iii) thereafter, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, collectively the “Tranche B Term Loans”.

 

- 69 -

1004254246v19


The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans on the Third Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche C Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche B Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment, its Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment and its Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment; collectively, as to all the Tranche B Term Lenders, the “Tranche B Term Loan Commitments”.

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date”: July 1, 2020; provided that in the event that more than $153 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing Unsecured Notes are outstanding on June 28, 2018 (the “Reference Date”), the “Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean July 2, 2018; provided further that the first proviso of this definition shall not apply if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower as of the Reference Date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00.

Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche B Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche B Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche B Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche B Term Loans.

Tranche C Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche C Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche C Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(e). The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche D Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

 

- 70 -

1004254246v19


Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche C Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(e) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-2 under the heading “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche C Term Lenders, the “Tranche C Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments on the Third Amendment Closing Date is $1,005.975 million.

Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the “Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche C Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche C Term Loan Facility and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche C Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche C Term Loans.

Tranche D Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche D Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche D Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

 

- 71 -

1004254246v19


Tranche D Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(f). The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche D Term Loans on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche E Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche D Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(f) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-3 under the heading “Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche D Term Lenders, the “Tranche D Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date is $1,005,975,000.

Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.00:1.00, the “Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche D Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche D Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche D Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche D Term Loans.

 

- 72 -

1004254246v19


Tranche E Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche E Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche E Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

Tranche E Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(g). The aggregate principal amount of the Tranche E Term Loans on the Seventh Amendment Date after giving effect to the incurrence of the Tranche F Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof shall be $0.

Tranche E Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche E Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(g) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-4 under the heading “Tranche E Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche E Term Lenders, the “Tranche E Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date is $1,005,975,000.

Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023; provided that (i) in the event that (x) more than $400 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2023 are outstanding on January 15, 2022 and (y) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of December 31, 2021 is greater than 4.50:1.00, the “Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022 and (ii) in the event that more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: other than in connection with a transaction involving a Change of Control, the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche E Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche E Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche E Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche E Term Loans.

 

- 73 -

1004254246v19


“Tranche F Term Lender”: any Lender having a Tranche F Term Loan Commitment and/or a Tranche F Term Loan outstanding hereunder.

“Tranche F Term Loan”: as defined in Section 2.1(h).

“Tranche F Term Loan Commitment”: as to any Lender, its obligation to make Tranche F Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(h) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-5 under the heading “Tranche F Term Loan Commitment”; collectively, as to all the Tranche F Term Lenders, the “Tranche F Term Loan Commitments”. The original aggregate amount of the Tranche F Term Loan Commitments on the Seventh Amendment Closing Date is $1,325,975,000.

“Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date”: November 1, 2023.

“Tranche F Term Loan Repricing Transaction”: the prepayment in full or in part of the Tranche F Term Loans by the Borrower with the proceeds of secured term loans (including any new, amended or additional loans or Term Loans under this Agreement, whether as a result of an amendment to this Agreement or otherwise), that are broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the Tranche F Term Loans and having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practice and, in any event, excluding any arrangement, structuring, syndication or commitment fees in connection therewith, and excluding any performance or ratings based pricing grid that could result in a lower interest rate based on future performance, but including any LIBOR Rate floor or similar floor that is higher than the then applicable LIBOR Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined prior to such prepayment by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Tranche F Term Loans, including as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Tranche F Term Loans; provided that a Tranche F Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall not include any event described above that is not consummated for the primary purpose of lowering the effective interest cost or weighted average yield applicable to the Tranche F Term Loans, including, without limitation, in the context of a transaction involving a Qualifying IPO, a Change of Control or a Transformative Acquisition.

Transactions”: collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the New Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the New Notes, (ii) the entry into this Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (iii) the entry into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreementsenior revolving credit agreement dated on or about the Closing Date and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (iv) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (v) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Existing Unsecured Notes and Holdings Notes and (vi) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

 

- 74 -

1004254246v19


Transferee”: any Participant or Assignee.

“Transformative Acquisition”: any acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is either (a) not permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction or (b) if permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, would not provide the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under the Loan Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as reasonably determined by the Borrower acting in good faith.

Trigger Date”: July 27, 2016.

Type”: the type of Term Loan determined based on the interest option applicable thereto, with there being two Types of Term Loans hereunder, namely ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans.

UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

United States Person”: any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd., and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 8.2 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

 

- 75 -

1004254246v19


The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 8.1(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 4.11(b)(ii)(2).

Voting Stock”: as to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: as toof any Person, any Subsidiary means a subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than directorssecurities (except for (a) directors’ qualifying shares or, (b) shares held by nominees. and (c) shares held by foreign nationals as required by applicable Law) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Capital Stock are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers means,: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

- 76 -

1004254246v19


1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(a) As used herein and in any Notes and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the 2011 Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the 2011 Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the components of such financial ratio financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period. In addition, for purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period.

(d) Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

(e) Any references in this Agreement to “cash and/or Cash Equivalents”, “cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities” or any similar combination of the foregoing shall be construed as not double counting cash or any other applicable amount which would otherwise be duplicated therein.

 

- 77 -

1004254246v19


(f) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(g) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Borrower, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has exercised its option under the first sentence of this clause (g), and any Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

(h) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(a) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio; or

(b) testing baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount,

 

- 78 -

1004254246v19


such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Dispositions, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

SECTION 2

Amount and Terms of Commitments

2.1 Term Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender holding an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Closing Date, one or more term loans (each, an “Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Initial Term Loans on such date), the Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

- 79 -

1004254246v19


(b) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Initial Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche B Initial Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Initial Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Initial Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Initial Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate if the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Initial Outside Date. On the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Initial Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(c) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan, a “Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date, all outstanding Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically terminate if the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Outside Date. On the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of any Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

 

- 80 -

1004254246v19


(d) Subject to the conditions set forth in the First Incremental Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche B Refinancing Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-1 under the heading “Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on such date), the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(e) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Third Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche C Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Third Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Third Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche C Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-2 under the heading “Tranche C Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche C Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche C Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Third Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche C Term Loans on such date), the Tranche C Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(f) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Fourth Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche D Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche D Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such

 

- 81 -

1004254246v19


Lender’s name in Schedule A-3 under the heading “Tranche D Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche D Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche D Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche D Term Loans on such date), the Tranche D Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(g) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Fifth Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche E Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche E Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-4 under the heading “Tranche E Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche E Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche E Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche E Term Loans on such date), the Tranche E Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

(h) Subject to the conditions set forth in the Seventh Amendment and in accordance with the terms hereof, each Tranche F Term Lender severally agrees to make, in Dollars, in a single draw on the Seventh Amendment Closing Date one or more term loans (each such term loan made on the Seventh Amendment Closing Date, a “Tranche F Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule A-5 under the heading “Tranche F Term Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be adjusted or reduced pursuant to the terms hereof, which Tranche F Term Loans:

(i) except as hereinafter provided, shall, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; and

 

- 82 -

1004254246v19


(ii) shall be made by each such Lender in an aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Tranche F Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.

Once repaid, Tranche F Term Loans incurred hereunder may not be reborrowed. On the Seventh Amendment Closing Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of Tranche F Term Loans on such date), the Tranche F Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall terminate.

2.2 Notes. (a) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender made on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans), the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche C Term Loans), the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche D Term Loans), the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche E Term Loans), the Seventh Amendment Closing Date (in the case of requests relating to the Tranche F Term Loans) or in connection with any assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b), in order to evidence such Lender’s Loan, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A (each, as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Note”), in each case with appropriate insertions therein as to payee, date and principal amount, payable to such Lender and in a principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the applicable Loans made (or acquired by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b)) by such Lender to the Borrower. Each Note (i) in respect of Initial Term Loans shall be dated the Closing Date, (ii) in respect of Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in respect of Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall be dated the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, (iv) in respect of Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be dated the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, (v) in respect of Tranche C Term Loans shall be dated the Third Amendment Closing Date, (vi) in respect of Tranche D Term Loans shall be dated the Fourth Amendment Closing Date and, (vii) in respect of Tranche E Term Loans shall be dated the Fifth Amendment Closing Date and (viii) in respect of Tranche F Term Loans shall be dated the Seventh Amendment Closing Date. Each Note shall be payable as provided in Section 2.2(b), (c), (d) or (e), as applicable, and provide for the payment of interest in accordance with Section 4.1. For the avoidance of doubt, any Notes issued with respect to Tranche B Term Loans shall reflect that, following the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, all Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans and Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans.

 

- 83 -

1004254246v19


(b) The Initial Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on March 29, 2013 up to and including the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Initial Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    1.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date
Initial Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Initial Term Loans

(c) The Tranche B Term Loans of all the Lenders shall be payable in consecutive quarterly installments beginning on December 31, 2013 up to and including the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (subject to reduction as provided in Section 4.4), on the dates (or, if any day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) and in the principal amounts, subject to adjustment as set forth below, equal to the respective amounts set forth below (together with all accrued interest thereon) opposite the applicable installment dates (or, if less, the aggregate amount of such Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding):

 

Date

  

Amount

Each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 ending prior to the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    Prior to the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date
   From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and Prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term

 

- 84 -

1004254246v19


Date

  

Amount

  

Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date

 

On or after the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date: 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date plus 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans on the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date    all unpaid aggregate principal amounts of any outstanding Tranche B Term Loans

(d) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche C Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(e) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche D Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(f) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche E Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

(g) The unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Tranche F Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day).

 

- 85 -

1004254246v19


2.3 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent notice (which notice must have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, and shall be irrevocable after funding) on (i) in the case of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date, (ii) in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, (iv) in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, (v) in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans, the Third Amendment Closing Date, (vi) in the case of the Tranche D Term Loans, the Fourth Amendment Closing Date and, (vii) in the case of the Tranche E Term Loans, the Fifth Amendment Closing Date and (viii) in the case of Tranche F Term Loans, the Seventh Amendment Closing Date, in each case, specifying the amount of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, Tranche B Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans and, Tranche E Term Loans and Tranche F Term Loans, as applicable, to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. Each Lender (i) having an Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (ii) having a Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iii) having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (iv) having a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (v) having a Tranche C Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, (vi) having a Tranche D Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent or, (vii) having a Tranche E Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent or (viii) having a Tranche F Term Loan Commitment will make the amount of its pro rata share of the Tranche F Term Loan Commitments available to the Administrative Agent, in each case for the account of the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date (in the case of the Initial Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date (in the case of the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans), the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans), the Third Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche C Term Loans), the Fourth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche D Term Loans) or, the Fifth Amendment Closing Date (in the case of the Tranche E Term Loans) or the Seventh Amendment Effective Closing Date (in the case of Tranche F Term Loans) in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall on such date credit the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.4 [Reserved.]

 

- 86 -

1004254246v19


2.5 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent (in the currency in which such Term Loan is denominated) for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender made to the Borrower, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans), the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or, the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans) or the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche F Term Loans) (or such earlier date on which the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 4.1.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each applicable Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each applicable Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Incremental Facilities. (a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1 (a) or (f) exists or would arise therefrom (provided that, to the extent the proceeds of Term Loans made pursuant to any Incremental Commitment will be used to consummate a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement that there be no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) shall only be required to be satisfied on the date on which definitive agreements with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into), the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (i) to request new term loan commitments under one or more new term loan credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and (ii) to increase the Existing Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to an Existing Term

 

- 87 -

1004254246v19


Tranche of Term Loans (the “Supplemental Term Loan Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, (i) the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective (A) $300 million plus (B) the amount that could be incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i); (ii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(B) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment or compliance with the financial test set forth in such clause (together with calculations demonstrating compliance with such test), as applicable, and (iii) if any portion of an Incremental Commitment is to be incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent, certifying the amount of the available basket in such clause to be used for the incurrence of such Incremental Commitment; provided further that (x) the Borrower may elect to use capacity under (i)(B) above prior to using capacity under (i)(A) above, (y) that any portion of any Incremental Commitments incurred in reliance on (i)(A) above shall be reclassified (including for purposes of Section 8.1(b)(ii) and clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), as the Borrower may elect from time to time, as incurred under clause (i)(B) if the Borrower meets the applicable Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio at such time, on a pro forma basis and (z) any amounts incurred under (i)(A) above, concurrently incurred with, or in a single transaction or series of related transactions with, amounts incurred under (i)(B) above or under Section 8.1(b)(i) or under clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” will not count as indebtedness for the purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio to determine availability at such time under clause (i)(B), Section 8.1(b)(i) or capacity under clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”). Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Each Incremental Commitment made available pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of at least $15.0 million and in integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof or such lower minimum amounts or multiples as agreed to by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonably discretion from time to time.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”); provided that if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder or an Approved Fund, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required (it being understood that any such Additional Lender that is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(h), mutatis mutandis, to the same extent as if such Incremental Commitments and related Obligations had been obtained by such Lender by way of assignment).

 

- 88 -

1004254246v19


(c) Supplemental Term Loan Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Term Loan Tranche to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the term loan made pursuant to such Supplemental Term Loan Commitment shall be a Term Loan.

(d) Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Term Loan Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.6; provided, however, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Tranche EF Term Loans (so long as any such Incremental Commitments (and related Obligations) secured on a junior basis are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or an Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable), (B) the Incremental Commitments and any incremental loans drawn thereunder (the “Incremental Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Tranche EF Term Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Term Loans (other than the proceeds of Incremental Loans which are subject to an escrow or similar arrangement and any related deposit of Cash or Cash Equivalents to cover interest and premium in respect of such Incremental Loans) and (II) so long as any Tranche EF Term Loans are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans secured on a junior basis by the Collateral or ranking junior in right of payment, which shall be subject to junior prepayment provisions) on a pro rata basis (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the Tranche EF Term Loans than such Incremental Term Loans as contemplated by the proviso appearing in Section 4.4(c)) (other than, in the case of any customary bridge financing, prepayments of such bridge financing from the issuance of equity or other Indebtedness permitted hereunder), provided that (subject to clause (iii) below) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for more favorable amortization payments than the Tranche EF Term Loans,; (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity

 

- 89 -

1004254246v19


date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be no earlier than or shorter than, as the case may be, the Tranche EF Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche EF Term Loans, as applicable (other than an earlier maturity date and/or shorter weighted average life to maturity for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions, would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date or a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the Tranche EF Term Loan Maturity Date or the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche EF Term Loans, as applicable); (iv) the interest rate margins and amortization schedule applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; provided that in the event that the applicable interest rate margins for any term loans incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, are higher than the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche EF Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Margin for the Tranche EF Term Loans shall be increased (the “Increased Amount”) to the extent necessary so that the applicable interest rate margin for the Tranche EF Term Loans is equal to the applicable interest rate margins for such Incremental Term Loan Commitment minus 50 basis points; provided, further that, in determining the applicable interest rate margins for the Tranche EF Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans, (A) original issue discount (“OID”) or upfront fees payable generally to all participating Additional Lenders in lieu of OID (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under the Tranche EF Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loan in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity); (B) any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection with the Incremental Term Loans that are not shared with all Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded; (C) any amendments to the Applicable Margin on the Tranche EF Term Loans that became effective subsequent to the FifthSeventh Amendment Closing Date but prior to the time of such Incremental Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations; (D) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche EF Term Loans, such increased amount shall be equated to the applicable interest rate margin for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for the Tranche EF Term Loans shall be required, to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor for the Tranche EF Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to the Tranche EF Term Loans shall be increased by such amount; (E) if the Incremental Term Loans include an interest rate floor lower than the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche EF Term Loans or do not include any interest rate floor, to the extent a reduction in the interest rate floor for such Tranche EF Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, an amount equal to the difference between the interest rate floor

 

- 90 -

1004254246v19


applicable to the Tranche EF Term Loans and the interest rate floor applicable to such Incremental Term Loans (which shall be deemed to equal 0% for any Incremental Term Loans without any interest rate floor), but which in any event shall not exceed the maximum amount by which a reduction in the interest rate floor applicable to the Tranche EF Term Loans would cause a reduction in the interest rate then in effect thereunder, shall reduce the applicable interest rate margin of the applicable Incremental Terms Loans for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin for such Tranche EF Term Loans shall be required, and (F) if the applicable Tranche EF Term Loans include a pricing grid the interest rate margins in such pricing grid which are not in effect at the time the applicable Incremental Commitments become effective shall also each be increased by an amount equal to the Increased Amount; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide (1) for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder, (2) for class voting and other class protections for any additional credit facilities, and (3) for the amendment of the definition of “Disqualified Stock,” in each case only to extend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche EF Term Loan Maturity Date and the weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche EF Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Incremental Term Loans, as applicable; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, provided that to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the terms and documentation governing the Tranche EF Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans or the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans, in each case, incurred after the First Incremental Effective Date shall not constitute “Incremental Term Loans” incurred pursuant to this Section 2.6 but shall be incurred pursuant to Section 2.1(b) or (c) (as applicable) and accordingly the requirements of this Section 2.6, including clause (iv) of the first proviso of Section 2.6(d), shall not apply thereto.

2.7 Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Tranche, as selected by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans of such Tranche for Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “Permitted Debt Exchange

 

- 91 -

1004254246v19


Notes,” and each such exchange a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iii) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount of the applicable Tranche actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (iv) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Lenders (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is either a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)) based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Tranche, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (vi) any applicable Minimum Exchange Tender Condition shall be satisfied and (vii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes do not provide for a maturity date or weighted average life to maturity earlier than the Maturity Date of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange or shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange.

(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7, (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii), the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Exchange Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans be tendered.

 

- 92 -

1004254246v19


(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.7 and without conflict with Section 2.7(d); provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

(d) The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrower’s reliance on any certificate delivered by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.8 Extension of Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of one or more Tranches (including any Extended Term Loans) existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Existing Term Loans”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of any Existing Term Tranche (any such Existing Term Tranche which has been so extended, an “Extended Term Tranche” and the Term Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.8; provided that (i) any such request shall be made by the Borrower to all Lenders with Term Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more Tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Term Loans), and (ii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any Extended Term Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Term Tranche”), except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Term Tranches may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Term Tranche, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Term Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (y) any optional or mandatory prepayment applicable to any Extended Term Tranche may be directed first to the prepayment of the Existing Term Loans

 

- 93 -

1004254246v19


and (z) amortization with respect to the Extended Term Tranche may be greater or lesser than amortization for the Specified Existing Term Tranche, so long as the Extended Term Tranche does not have a weighted average life to maturity shorter than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Specified Existing Term Tranche; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.8 or otherwise, (1) assignments and participations of Extended Term Tranches shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than the assignment and participation provisions applicable to Term Loans set forth in Section 11.6, and (2) subject to clause (z) above, no mandatory repayment of Extended Term Tranches shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) (or all earlier maturing Tranches (including Extended Term Tranches) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Term Loans converted into an Extended Term Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans from the Specified Existing Term Tranches and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(b) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche or Existing Term Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Term Tranche converted into an Extended Term Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Term Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Term Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Term Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Term Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Term Tranches included in each such Extension Election. In connection with any extension of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.8 (each, an “Extension”), the Borrower shall agree to such procedures regarding timing, rounding and other administrative adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.8. The Borrower may amend, revoke or replace an Extension Request pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the date (the “Extension Request Deadline”) on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Tranche are requested to respond to the Extension Request. Any Lender may revoke an Extension Election at any time prior to 5:00 P.M. on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Extension Request Deadline, at which point the Extension Election becomes irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower). The revocation of an Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline shall not prejudice any Lender’s right to submit a new Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline.

 

- 94 -

1004254246v19


(c) Extended Term Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to (i) provisions related to maturity, interest margins, fees, amortization or prepayments referenced in clauses (w) through (z) of Section 2.8(a) and (ii) the definition of “Disqualified Stock” to amend the maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity requirements, from the Tranche EF Term Loan Maturity Date and weighted average life to maturity of the Tranche EF Term Loans to the extended maturity date and the weighted average life to maturity of such Extended Term Tranche, as applicable, and which, in each case, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the third to last sentence of this Section 2.8(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.1, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Term Tranche in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $15.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.1 to any Section 2.8 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.8 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.8 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.1; provided, further, that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Extended Term Tranche to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Tranches. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.8 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.8 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Extending Lenders, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of this Agreement as amended by such Extension Amendment, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

 

- 95 -

1004254246v19


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on any date on which any Existing Term Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Specified Existing Term Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Term Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Term Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Term Tranche and from any other Existing Term Tranches (together with any other Extended Term Tranches so established on such date).

(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such other Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (i) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Extended Term Loans on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (ii) if no Event of Default exists under Section 9.1(a) or (f), upon notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the Existing Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.8, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (A) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (B) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Existing Term Loans so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

 

- 96 -

1004254246v19


(f) Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Term Loans deemed to be an Extended Term Loan under the applicable Extended Term Tranche on any date (each date a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Term Tranche; provided that (i) such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least ten Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.8(c), no more than three Designation Dates may occur in any one year period without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. Following a Designation Date, the Existing Term Loans held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Term Loans of the applicable Extended Term Tranche, and any Existing Term Loans held by such Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Term Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

(g) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 4.4 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Term Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.8 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.4 and 4.8) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.8.

SECTION 3

[Reserved]

SECTION 4

General Provisions Applicable to Loans

4.1 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

 

- 97 -

1004254246v19


(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest for each day that it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1, plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate that would be otherwise applicable to principal of the related Term Loan pursuant to the relevant foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 (other than clause (x) above) plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of other amounts, the rate described in clause (b) of this Section 4.1 for ABR Loans accruing interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.00%, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.1 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(e) It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is stipulated and agreed that the aggregate of all amounts which constitute interest under applicable usury laws, whether contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received, in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement or any Notes, or any other document relating or referring hereto or thereto, now or hereafter existing, shall never exceed under any circumstance whatsoever the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable usury laws.

4.2 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Subject to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.12(c), the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Loans of a given Tranche from Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time two Business Days prior to such election. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert outstanding Term Loans of a given Tranche from ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such election prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Day prior to such election. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. All or any part of outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such conversions may be made and (ii) no Term Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after

 

- 98 -

1004254246v19


the date that is one month prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Initial Term Loans), the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche B Term Loans), the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche C Term Loans), the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche D Term Loans) or, the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche E Term Loans) or the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Tranche F Term Loans).

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice of such continuation prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time three Business Days prior to such continuation, including the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, in the case of any Default (other than a Default under Section 9.1(f)), the Administrative Agent has given notice to the Borrower that no such continuations may be made or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date, and provided, further, that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this clause (b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice of continuation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that on the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date (each, a “Required Conversion Date”), the Borrower shall elect to convert any then outstanding Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans to either (i) ABR Loans or (ii) Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period designated by the Borrower, in each case regardless of whether such Required Conversion Date is the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans, and each Required Conversion Date shall constitute an Interest Payment Date with respect to all outstanding Tranche B Term Loans. On each Required Conversion Date, the new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such date shall be allocated ratably to the then outstanding Borrowings of ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans after giving effect to such conversion (based upon the relative amount that the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans that are ABR Loans or Tranche B Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, respectively, outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to such conversion) bears to the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date), with the effect that: (A) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to Eurodollar Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute a part of) such Eurodollar Loans, and be subject to the same Adjusted LIBOR Rates and Interest Periods (in each case after giving effect to such conversion) as such Eurodollar

 

- 99 -

1004254246v19


Loans to which they are added and (B) the new Tranche B Term Loans allocated to ABR Loans shall be added to (and thereafter be deemed to constitute part of) such ABR Loans, and be subject to the same Alternate Base Rate as such ABR Loans to which they are added. The Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to) take all appropriate actions in connection with the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on each Required Conversion Date to ensure that all Lenders with Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on such Required Conversion Date (after giving effect to the incurrence of new Tranche B Term Loans on such Required Conversion Date) participate pro rata in accordance with this Section 4.2(c) in each Borrowing of Tranche B Term Loans (as increased by the amount of new Tranche B Term Loans incurred on such Required Conversion Date). Each Tranche B Term Lender agrees that the provisions of Section 4.12 shall not apply to any conversion of Eurodollar Loans of such Lender on any Required Conversion Date pursuant to this Section 4.2(c). From the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans and the Tranche B Initial Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein and from the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date, the Tranche B Refinancing Term Loans, the Tranche B Initial Term Loans and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Term Loans shall constitute a single Tranche of Tranche B Term Loans having identical terms as set forth herein.

4.3 Minimum Amounts; Maximum Sets. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Set shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof and so that there shall not be more than 12 Sets at any one time outstanding.

4.4 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Term Loans made to it, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 4.5(b), (c), (e), (f) and, (g) and (h)), upon notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of Eurodollar Loans), or prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment (in the case of ABR Loans) (or such later time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Such notice shall specify, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, the applicable Tranche being repaid (which, at the discretion of the Borrower, may be the Initial Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche C Term Loans, the Tranche D Term Loans, the Tranche E Term Loans, the Tranche F Term Loans any Incremental Loans or any Extended Term Loans and/or a combination thereof), and if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each, the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans or a combination thereof, and, in each case if a combination thereof, the principal amount allocable to each. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice

 

- 100 -

1004254246v19


may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Upon the receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender thereof. If any such notice is given and not revoked, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.12. Partial prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall be equal to $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Loan may be prepaid in its entirety. Each prepayment of Initial Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(b). Each prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) made on or prior to December 31, 2013 in connection with a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(c). Each prepayment of Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to May 21, 2017 in connection with a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(e). Each prepayment of Tranche D Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to November 22, 2017 in connection with a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(f). Each prepayment of Tranche E Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to June 6, 2018 in connection with a Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(g). Each prepayment of Tranche F Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) made on or prior to December 7, 2018 in connection with a Tranche F Term Loan Repricing Transaction shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 4.5(h).

(b)(i) The Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 8.3; (ii) if on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall incur Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.1), the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof minus the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans, in each case with such prepayment to be made on or before the fifth Business Day following notice given to each Lender of the Prepayment Date, as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), and (iii) the Borrower shall, in accordance with Section 4.4(c), prepay the Term Loans within 120 days following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about September 30, 2014) (each, an “ECF Payment Date”), in an amount equal to (A) (1) 50.0% (as may be adjusted pursuant to the last proviso of this clause (iii)) of the Borrower’s Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the sum of (w) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) repaid pursuant to Section 2.2(b), 2.2(c), 2.2(d), 2.2(e) or 2.2(f), prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or repaid or purchased pursuant to Section 11.6(h) (limited to the amount paid in cash) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the

 

- 101 -

1004254246v19


loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid pursuant to a scheduled principal payment, in each case during such Fiscal Year or in the case of voluntary prepayments of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) made on or after the Second Amendment Date and on or prior to the Trigger Date, during a previous Fiscal Year (to the extent such voluntary prepayments have not previously been applied to reduce the amount of prepayment required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii) in a previous Fiscal Year or to reduce scheduled amortization of the Tranche B Term Loans) (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (x) below), (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (including Incremental Term Loans) prepaid pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than the loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) (in the case of revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) voluntarily prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or repaid during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii) (provided that no prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.4(h) or the other clauses of this Section 4.4(b) shall be included in Section 4.4(b)(iii)(A)(2)(w) or (x)), (y) any loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during such Fiscal Year (which, in any event, shall not include any designated prepayment pursuant to clause (z) below), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility prepaid to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility during the period beginning with the day following the last day of such Fiscal Year and ending on the ECF Payment Date and stated by the Borrower as prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(b)(iii), in each case, excluding prepayments funded with proceeds from the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (the amount described in this clause (A), the “ECF Prepayment Amount”) minus (B) the portion of such ECF Prepayment Amount applied (to the extent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is required by the terms thereof) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with the Term Loans; provided that such percentage in clause (1) above shall be reduced to (x) 25% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00 and (y) 0% if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was less than or equal to 4.00:1.00. Nothing in this Section 4.4(b) shall limit the rights of the Agents and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.

 

- 102 -

1004254246v19


(c) Subject to the last sentence of Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.4(g), each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans, Tranche E Term Loans, Tranche F Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans; provided, that at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Tranches of Term Loans, such prepayment may be applied to any Tranche of Term Loans so long as the maturity date of such Tranche of Term Loans precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Term Loans shall have an identical maturity date that precedes the maturity date of each other Tranche of Term Loans then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) and (b) shall be applied within each Tranche of Term Loans to the respective installments of principal thereof in the manner directed by the Borrower (or, if no such direction is given, in direct order of maturity). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, in connection with any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b), exchange such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment (and any such Term Loans so exchanged shall be deemed repaid for all purposes under the Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations to manage such Rollover Indebtedness.

(d) The Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (x) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(iii), three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due and (y) pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (ii), promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon becoming obligated to make such prepayment. Such notice shall state that the Borrower is offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment (i) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i), on or before the date specified in Section 8.3(c), and (ii) in the case of mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), on or before the date specified in Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii), as the case may be (each, a “Prepayment Date”). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 4.4(d)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment and the Prepayment Date. The Borrower (in its sole discretion) may give each Lender the option (in its sole discretion) to elect to decline any such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Prepayment Date. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender may, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to the payment or prepayment of

 

- 103 -

1004254246v19


Indebtedness, including the Holdings Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes and any Subordinated Indebtedness, or otherwise be retained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement. In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.4(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to decline a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4(b), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans.

(e) Amounts prepaid on account of Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a), (b) or (h) may not be reborrowed.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, if at any time any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or (b) would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth in this Agreement, in the Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 4.12 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, the Borrower may, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in its sole discretion, initially (i) deposit a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid), to be held as security for the obligations of the Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by the Borrower) or (ii) make a prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(a) with an amount equal to a portion (up to 100.0%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of such Eurodollar Loans (which prepayment, together with any deposits pursuant to clause (i) above, must be equal in amount to the amount of such Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid); provided that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, such unpaid Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 4.1 until such unpaid Eurodollar Loans or the related portion of such Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, have or has been prepaid. In addition, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) or (iii) would violate applicable Laws or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required thereunder; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to repatriate the proceeds subject to such prepayments in order to effect such prepayments without violating applicable Laws or incurring material adverse tax consequences.

 

- 104 -

1004254246v19


(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 4.4 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendments) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Term Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable, or pursuant to any other credit facility added pursuant to Section 2.6 or 11.1(e).

(h) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, or a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 4.4(h); provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 4.4(h) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least ten Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date or (2) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders. Any Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be immediately and automatically cancelled.

 

- 105 -

1004254246v19


(ii) Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate Outstanding Amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “Specified Discount”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans to be prepaid, (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amount and Tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (2); provided that, if the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the

 

- 106 -

1004254246v19


Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective Outstanding Amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the Outstanding Amount, Tranche and Type of Term Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iii) Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans that the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the Tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the Outstanding Amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower, (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Lender to the Administrative Agent

 

- 107 -

1004254246v19


(or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower) (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount (the “Submitted Amount”). Any Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iii). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate Outstanding Amount equal to the lesser of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following Section 4.4(h)(iii)(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount,

 

- 108 -

1004254246v19


prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Borrower of the respective Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

(iv) Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(1) The Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Administrative Agent with three Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender or to each Lender with respect to any Tranche on an individual Tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans and the Tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000, and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Administrative Agent will promptly provide each relevant Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) by no

 

- 109 -

1004254246v19


later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Lenders (or such later date as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and approved by Borrower) (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount and Tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

(2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select, at its sole discretion, the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Borrower is willing to accept (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any; provided that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is larger than the smallest Offered Discount for which the sum of all Offered Amounts affiliated with Offered Discounts that are larger than or equal to such smallest Offered Discount would, if purchased at such smallest Offered Discount, yield an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Administrative Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable

 

- 110 -

1004254246v19


discretion) the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 4.4(h)(iv). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by the Administrative Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h)(iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate Outstanding Amount and of the Tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Administrative Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Tranches to be prepaid, (x) each Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate Outstanding Amount and the Tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 4.4(h)(vi) below (subject to Section 4.4(h)(x) below).

 

- 111 -

1004254246v19


(v) Expenses. In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

(vi) Payment. If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Sections 4.4(h)(ii) through (iv) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of the Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. The Lenders hereby agree that, in connection with a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) interest in respect of the Term Loans may be made on a non-pro rata basis among the Lenders holding such Term Loans to reflect the payment of accrued interest to certain Lenders as provided in this Section 4.4(h)(vi) and (ii) all subsequent prepayments and repayments of the Term Loans (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the respective Lenders based upon the then outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the respective Lenders after giving effect to any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) as if made at par. It is also understood and agreed that prepayments pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not be subject to Section 4.4(a), or, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 11.7(a) or the pro rata allocation requirements of Section 4.8(a).

(vii) Other Procedures. To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 4.4(h), established by the Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(viii) Notice. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 4.4(h), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Administrative Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

 

- 112 -

1004254246v19


(ix) Actions of Administrative Agent. Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 4.4(h) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Administrative Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions in this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Administrative Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h) as well as to activities of the Administrative Agent in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 4.4(h).

(x) Revocation. The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is so revoked, any failure by the Borrower to make any prepayment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1 or otherwise).

(xi) No Obligation. This Section 4.4(h) shall not (i) require the Borrower to undertake any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(h) or (ii) limit or restrict the Borrower from making voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to reduce either or both of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitments, in whole or in part. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

4.5 Administrative Agents Fee; Other Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter.

(b) If on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Initial Term Loans pursuant to an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, any Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this

 

- 113 -

1004254246v19


Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in an Initial Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(c) If on or prior to December 31, 2013 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche B Term Loans (except a prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 8 of the First Incremental Amendment) pursuant to a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior December 31, 2013, any Tranche B Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche B Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche B Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche B Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(d) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche B Term Lender having a Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment or a Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment, as the case may be, (i) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day and (ii) a commitment fee (the “Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee”, and together with the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) in Dollars, which shall accrue on each day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period at a rate per annum equal to the Ticking Fee Rate in effect for such day on the amount of the unutilized Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender as of such day.

The Tranche B Initial Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Initial Term Loan Ticking Fee Period. The Tranche B Delayed Draw Commitment Fee shall be due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period and on the last day of the Tranche B Delayed Draw Ticking Fee Period. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) no Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting

 

- 114 -

1004254246v19


Lender and (B) any Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

(e) If on or prior to May 21, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche C Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche C Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche C Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior May 21, 2017, any Tranche C Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche C Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche C Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche C Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(f) If on or prior to November 22, 2017 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche D Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche D Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche D Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior November 22, 2017, any Tranche D Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche D Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche D Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche D Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

(g) If on or prior to June 6, 2018 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche E Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche E Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche E Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior June 6, 2018, any Tranche E Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche E Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche E Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche E Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

 

- 115 -

1004254246v19


(h) If on or prior to December 7, 2018 the Borrower makes an optional prepayment in full of the Tranche F Term Loans pursuant to a Tranche F Term Loan Repricing Transaction, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Tranche F Term Lender, a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche F Term Loans being prepaid. If, on or prior to December 7, 2018, any Tranche F Term Lender is replaced pursuant to Section 11.1(g) in connection with any amendment of this Agreement (including in connection with any refinancing transaction permitted under Section 11.6(g) to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche) that results in a Tranche F Term Loan Repricing Transaction, such Tranche F Term Lender (and not any Person who replaces such Tranche F Term Lender pursuant to Section 11.1(g)) shall receive its pro rata portion (as determined immediately prior to it being so replaced) of the prepayment premium described in the preceding sentence.

4.6 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed; and interest based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year (or 366-day year, as the case may be) for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of each determination of an Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate or the Statutory Reserves shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the affected Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing in reasonable detail the calculations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.1, excluding any LIBOR Rate which is based upon the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page and any ABR Loan which is based upon the Alternate Base Rate.

 

- 116 -

1004254246v19


4.7 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period (the “Affected Eurodollar Rate”), the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the Affected Eurodollar Rate requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans and (b) any Term Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be converted to or continued as ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurodollar Rate.

4.8 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.5(b), 4.5(c), 4.5(d), 4.5(e), 4.5(f), 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 4.14, 11.1(g) or 11.6) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on account of any Term Loans of a given Tranche (other than (w) payments in respect of any difference in the Applicable Margin, Adjusted LIBOR Rate or Alternate Base Rate in respect of any Tranche, (x) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(b) to the extent declined by any Lender in accordance with Section 4.4(d) and (y) any payments pursuant to Section 4.4(h) which shall be allocated as set forth in Section 4.4(h)) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders; provided that a Lender may, at its option, and if agreed by the Borrower, exchange such Lender’s portion of a Term Loan to be prepaid for Rollover Indebtedness, in lieu of such Lender’s pro rata portion of such prepayment, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.4(c). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made on or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time), on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders holding the relevant Term Loans, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, or the Other Representatives, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent’s office specified in Section 11.2, in Dollars in immediately available funds. Payments received by the Administrative Agent after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on a Business Day, in like funds as received prior to the end of such Business Day and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Lenders or Other Representatives, as the case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be

 

- 117 -

1004254246v19


payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. This Section 4.8(a) may be amended in accordance with Section 11.1(d) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower in respect of such borrowing a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on, as applicable, the Closing Date, the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, the First Incremental Amendment Closing Date, the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing, the Third Amendment Closing Date, the Fourth Amendment Closing Date or, the Fifth Amendment Closing Date or the Seventh Amendment Closing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 4.8(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

4.9 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the FifthSeventh Amendment Closing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested, (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law and law and (d) such Lender’s then outstanding Affected Loans, if any, not converted to ABR Loans pursuant to clause (c) of this Subsection 4.9 shall, at the option of the Borrower (i) be prepaid with accrued interest thereon on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto (or such earlier date as may be required by any such Requirement of Law) or (ii) bear interest at an alternate rate which reflects such Lender’s cost of

 

- 118 -

1004254246v19


funding such Loans, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, plus the Applicable Margin hereunder. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12.

4.10 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the FifthSeventh Amendment Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.12. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(a) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application,

 

- 119 -

1004254246v19


have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of “increased cost” or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the FifthSeventh Amendment Closing Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) (i) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect therefor or (ii) for any amounts, if such Lender is applying this provision to the Borrower in a manner that is inconsistent with its application of “increased cost” or other similar provisions under other syndicated credit agreements to similarly situated borrowers.. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in

 

- 120 -

1004254246v19


connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Closing Date for all purposes herein.

4.11 Taxes. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.11 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 4.11, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any Notes shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any Notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the requirements of clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 4.11 or with the requirements of Section 4.13, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in Law, or (z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after the later of (i) the date that such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later), (ii) the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (iii) the Third Amendment Closing Date, (iv) the Fourth Amendment Closing Date and, (v) the Fifth Amendment Closing Date and (vi) the Seventh Amendment Closing Date (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 4.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

- 121 -

1004254246v19


(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i) (1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(b)(i)(1) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(3) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

(4) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (4), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”,

(1) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

 

- 122 -

1004254246v19


(2) deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (A) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (any such certificate a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes and (C) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(iii) in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(1) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes; and

 

- 123 -

1004254246v19


(A) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (I) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any Notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (II) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any Notes; and

(B) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (I) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (II) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any Notes, and (III) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes;

(2) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

 

- 124 -

1004254246v19


(3) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Notes, provided that in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (3) such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request;

unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c) Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

 

- 125 -

1004254246v19


(ii) deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 4.11(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

4.12 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender in respect of Extensions of Credit made, or requested to be made, to the Borrower, and to hold each such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other than through such Lender’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable decision) as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment or conversion of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a payment or prepayment of Eurodollar Loans or the conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto or (d) the revocation of a redemption notice in respect of Eurodollar Loans delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4(a). Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or converted, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or conversion or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amounts under the indemnity contained in this Section 4.12, it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the loss or expense sustained or incurred by such Lender as a

 

- 126 -

1004254246v19


consequence thereof and (z) as to the amount for which such Lender seeks indemnification hereunder and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within five Business Days after receipt thereof. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.13 Certain Rules Relating to the Payment of Additional Amounts. (a) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 4.11, and any Participant in respect of whose participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(b) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to clause (c) below or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.10 or 4.11, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(c) If a condition or an event occurs which would, or would upon the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the payment of any additional amount to any Lender or Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 or result in Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans being automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.9, such Lender or Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall take such steps as may reasonably be available to it to mitigate the effects of such condition or event (which shall include efforts to rebook the Term Loans held by such Lender at another lending office, or through another branch or an affiliate, of such Lender); provided that such Lender or Agent shall not be required to take any step that, in its reasonable judgment, would be materially disadvantageous to its business or operations or would require it to incur additional costs (unless the Borrower agrees to reimburse such Lender or Agent for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs thereof).

 

- 127 -

1004254246v19


(d) If the Borrower shall become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for payments under Section 4.10 or 4.11 or if Affected Loans or commitments to make Affected Loans are automatically converted to ABR Loans or commitments to make ABR Loans, as the case may be, under Section 4.9 and any affected Lender shall not have promptly taken steps necessary to avoid the need for such conversion under Section 4.9, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, at an aggregate price no less than such Term Loan’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent to prepay the affected Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, then, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 11.6(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 11.6(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Term Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 4.13) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.13(d), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Term Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(e) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a), such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

- 128 -

1004254246v19


(f) The obligations of any Agent, Lender or Participant under this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all amounts payable hereunder.

4.14 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender, Tranche D Term Lender or, Tranche E Term Lender or Tranche F Term Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender, Tranche D Term Lender or, Tranche E Term Lender or Tranche F Term Lender, as applicable, is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender, Tranche D Term Lender or, Tranche E Term Lender or Tranche F Term Lender, as applicable, and assume all or part of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment or, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment or Tranche F Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, of any such Defaulting Lender and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any such substitute Tranche B Term Lender, Tranche C Term Lender, Tranche D Term Lender or, Tranche E Term Lender or Tranche F Term Lender, as applicable, shall execute and deliver, and such Defaulting Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, an appropriately completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution; and

(b) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirement of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iii) third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (iv) fourth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (v) fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

- 129 -

1004254246v19


The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 4.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 4.14 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

SECTION 5

Representations and Warranties

To induce the Administrative Agent and each Lender to make the Extensions of Credit requested to be made by it on the Closing Date, the Borrower with respect to itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except, in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 8.5).

 

- 130 -

1004254246v19


5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

5.6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Closing Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other

 

- 131 -

1004254246v19


limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 8.5 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental Compliance.

(a) There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

- 132 -

1004254246v19


(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than 30 days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 133 -

1004254246v19


(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)(i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

 

- 134 -

1004254246v19


(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

5.14 Anti-Terrorism Law. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the Patriot Act.

5.15 Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans, Tranche D Term Loans or, Tranche E Term Loans or Tranche F Term Loans for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

5.16 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable antibribery or anticorruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

 

- 135 -

1004254246v19


5.17 Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

5.19 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity,

 

- 136 -

1004254246v19


ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.20 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.21 Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.22 Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. (a) When financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

- 137 -

1004254246v19


SECTION 6

Conditions Precedent

6.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. This Agreement, including the agreement of each Lender to make the Initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it, shall become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, that the Borrower shall have (x) entered into the Senior Revolving Credit Agreementa senior revolving credit agreement and (y) received gross cash proceeds of not less than $635.0 million (calculated before applicable fees and original issue discount) from the issuance of the New Notes.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer or other officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document

 

- 138 -

1004254246v19


of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) All reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under the Engagement Letter on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(f) The Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement and such Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 8.5 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

(h) After giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower’s (x) 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 and (y) existing Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, shall have been repaid, defeased or otherwise discharged (or irrevocable notice for redemption thereof has been given) substantially concurrently with or prior to the satisfaction of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6.1 and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary payoff letter with respect to such Existing Indebtedness to be repaid.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed notice of borrowing from the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’

 

- 139 -

1004254246v19


equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited consolidating financial statements) and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 7

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

7.1 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing,

 

- 140 -

1004254246v19


which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date in a future period);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after the Closing Date, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Annual Report for any Parent on Form 10-K for any fiscal year, as filed with the SEC, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(a) with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by Section 7.1(a) and such report and opinion does not contain any “going concern” or like qualification (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant included in any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries

 

- 141 -

1004254246v19


on a future date in a future period) and (iii) in the event that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report for any Parent on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter, as filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of Section 7.1(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter to the extent that it contains the information required by Section 7.1(b).

7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved]

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a “Compliance Certificate”) (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if (A) delivered with the financial statements required by Section 7.1(a) and (B) the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year was greater than 1.50:1.00, set forth in reasonable detail the amount of (and the calculations required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.2;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(b), copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

 

- 142 -

1004254246v19


(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof (and to the extent not otherwise provided hereunder), copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of Holdings furnished by Holdings to the holders of the Holdings Notes;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) or (b) or 7.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Schedule A (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

- 143 -

1004254246v19


7.3 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of resulting from: (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 7.3(a) to each Lender.

7.4 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3 or 8.6 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 8.3 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

 

- 144 -

1004254246v19


7.6 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

7.7 Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

7.8 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.9 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

7.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Subsection 7.2(i) or in this Subsection 7.10, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information

 

- 145 -

1004254246v19


or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by Requirement of Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

7.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses. Use the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans for the purposes specified in the First Incremental Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche C Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Third Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche D Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Fourth Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche E Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Fifth Amendment. Use the proceeds of the Tranche F Term Loans for the purposes specified in the Seventh Amendment.

7.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Secured Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Secured Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (H) any Subsidiary that is a Special Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary (all Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”)) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guarantee Agreement as Exhibit C, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations of each Loan Party;

 

- 146 -

1004254246v19


(ii) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Secured Obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee Agreement;

(iii) (x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5.0 million held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

(c) In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any

 

- 147 -

1004254246v19


security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5.0 million) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

7.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

7.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of the Guarantee Agreement, any Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to the Guarantee Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

- 148 -

1004254246v19


7.15 Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain ratings of the Term Loans, a public corporate rating and a public corporate family rating, as applicable, from each of S&P and Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

7.16 Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 7.16 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 8

Negative Covenants

The Borrower hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date until payment in full of the Term Loans and all other Term Loan Facility Obligations then due and owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder:

8.1 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

- 149 -

1004254246v19


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 8.1(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i)(I) Indebtedness (a) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) pursuant to any other Credit Agreement, (c) pursuant to the New Notes and the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, (d) constituting Rollover Indebtedness and (e) in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.7 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds), up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.02,600 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i), except as provided in clause (z) of the last proviso in Section 2.6(a)(i), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (i) and under Section 2.6(a)(i) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(ii)[Reserved]Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $300.0 million incurred in reliance on Section 2.6(a)(i)(A) of this Agreement;

(iii) the Existing Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

- 150 -

1004254246v19


(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Notes;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(x) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for

 

- 151 -

1004254246v19


purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 8.1(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 8.1(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii) (a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b)(i), (iii), (iv), (xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

- 152 -

1004254246v19


(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 8.1 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(xxi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 8.2;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 8.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date hereunder and under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreementthen existing senior revolving credit agreement, the New Notes and the Existing Unsecured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 8.1(b), and not under Section 8.1(a); and

 

- 153 -

1004254246v19


(ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 8.1(a) and (b); and

(iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 8.1 or Section 2.6(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

 

- 154 -

1004254246v19


8.2 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on clause (A) of paragraph (3) below, the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)(i), (ix), and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.2(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs

 

- 155 -

1004254246v19


to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

- 156 -

1004254246v19


(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Existing Unsecured Indenture.

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”), the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

- 157 -

1004254246v19


(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of the Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 8.1 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(iv) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or

 

- 158 -

1004254246v19


former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 8.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(ii); provided, however, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

 

- 159 -

1004254246v19


(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(xi) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(2) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

 

- 160 -

1004254246v19


(5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

(6) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 8.2, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 8.2 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

(7) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(viii); and

(8) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 8.4;

(xiv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

- 161 -

1004254246v19


(xv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Existing Unsecured Notes or anyany Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 8.3; (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d); or (c) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Borrower shall have complied with Section 8.8 prior to repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, acquiring or retiring such Existing Unsecured Notes or Subordinated Indebtedness;

(xvi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;

(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

(xix) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and

(xx) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings funded directly or indirectly with proceeds of unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are applied solely to redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Holdings Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts in respect of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Holdings Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, provided that each of the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such unsecured Indebtedness shall be longer than the maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Holdings Notes;

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 8.2(b)(vii), (xi) and (xvi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.2 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

 

- 162 -

1004254246v19


(d) As of the Closing Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 8.2 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

8.3 Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b) For purposes of Section 8.3(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loan Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents

 

- 163 -

1004254246v19


received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 8.3 and for no other purpose.

(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (A) Obligations having Pari Passu Lien Priority and, if applicable, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrower shall so reduce such Obligations, it will prepay a pro rata principal amount of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 4.4(d)); or (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(ii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(iii) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii) if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale or Recovery Event that generated the Net Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

(d) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or Recovery Event or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with Section 8.3(c) (“Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $75.0 million, the Borrower will prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 4.4(b)(i)

 

- 164 -

1004254246v19


(subject to Section 4.4(d)) and, if required under the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

8.4 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 8.4(a) will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

 

- 165 -

1004254246v19


(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

 

- 166 -

1004254246v19


(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(xv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 8.2; and

(xvii) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

8.5 Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Term Loan Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Term Loan Facility Obligations (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

 

- 167 -

1004254246v19


(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.5(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Term Loan Facility Obligations.

8.6 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a) either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Borrower”);

(b) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(i) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.1(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 

- 168 -

1004254246v19


(f) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above;

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 8.6 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 8.3 without complying with this Section 8.6 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.6 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 8.6, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 8.6 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

8.7 Subsidiary Distributions.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

 

- 169 -

1004254246v19


(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) However, the restrictions in Section 8.7(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Senior Revolving Credit Facility Documents, the New Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (and any related documents), any Rollover Indebtedness (and any related documents) and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

- 170 -

1004254246v19


(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 8.1 and 8.5 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.1;

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

- 171 -

1004254246v19


(xvii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 8.5;

(xix) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(xx) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(xxi) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Closing Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Closing Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Term Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

8.8 Change of Control. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in the event of the occurrence of a Change of Control, repurchase or repay any Indebtedness then outstanding pursuant to any Subordinated Indebtedness or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any portion thereof, unless the Borrowers shall have (i) made payment in full of the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any other amounts then due and owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note or (ii) made an offer to pay the Term Loan Facility Obligations and any amounts then due and owing to each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder and under any Note and shall have made payment in full thereof to each such Lender or the Administrative Agent which has accepted such offer. For so long as the Borrower shall have complied with the terms of this Section 8.8, any Event of Default arising under Section 9.1(k) by reason of such Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing.

 

- 172 -

1004254246v19


SECTION 9

Events of Default

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (whether at stated maturity, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) or which is contained in any certificate furnished at any time by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the payment, observance or performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days, in the case of a default with respect to reporting obligations under Subsection 7.1, after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders and in the case of any other default, after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Term Loans) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or

 

- 173 -

1004254246v19


other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder or (y) any termination event or similar event pursuant to the terms of any Hedge Agreement) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any

 

- 174 -

1004254246v19


of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) with respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 9.1(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 9.1(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

 

- 175 -

1004254246v19


(j) Subject to the Borrower’s option to make an offer to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 8.8, a Change of Control shall have occurred.

9.2 Remedies Upon an Event of Default. (a) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9.1(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

(b) Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 10

The Agents and the Other Representatives

10.1 Appointment. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or required of such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as representative of the Lenders under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents and the Other Representatives shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent or the Other Representatives.

(b) Each of the Agents may perform any of their respective duties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent (it being understood and agreed, for avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any of their respective duties under the Security Documents by or through one or more of their respective affiliates). Each Agent

 

- 176 -

1004254246v19


and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

(c) Except for Sections 10.5, 10.8(a), (b), (c) and (e) and (to the extent of the Borrower’s rights thereunder and the conditions included therein) 10.9, the provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

10.2 The Administrative Agent and Affiliates. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3 Action by an Agent. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact (including the Collateral Agent in the case of the Administrative Agent), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact or counsel selected by it with reasonable care.

10.4 Exculpatory Provisions. (a) No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law; and

(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its affiliates in any capacity.

 

- 177 -

1004254246v19


(b) No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.

(c) No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term as used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(d) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

10.5 Acknowledgement and Representations by Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents or the Other Representatives nor any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent or any Other Representative hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent or such Other Representative to any Lender. Each Lender further represents and warrants to the Agents, the Other Representatives and each of the Loan Parties that it has had the opportunity to review each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and

 

- 178 -

1004254246v19


accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender acknowledges that, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Other Representatives or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will make, its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, it has made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and it will make its own decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Agents nor any Other Representative shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 11.6 applicable to the Lenders hereunder.

10.6 Indemnity; Reimbursement by Lenders. (a) To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.5 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay ratably according to their respective outstanding Term Loans on the date on which the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought under this Section 10.6 such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.6 are subject to the provisions of Section 4.8.

 

- 179 -

1004254246v19


(b) Any Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document (except actions expressly required to be taken by it hereunder or under the Loan Documents) unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(c) All amounts due under this Section 10.6 shall be payable not later than three Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.7 Right to Request and Act on Instructions; Reliance. (a) Each Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents an Agent is permitted or desires to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the requesting Agent shall be absolutely entitled as between itself and the Lenders to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Lender for refraining from any action or withholding any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such instructions from Required Lenders or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of an Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or all or such other portion of the Lenders as shall be prescribed by this Agreement) and, notwithstanding the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other applicable portion of the Lenders), an Agent shall have no obligation to any Lender to take any action if it believes, in good faith, that such action would violate applicable law or exposes an Agent to any liability for which it has not received satisfactory indemnification in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(b) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

10.8 Collateral Matters. (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the

 

- 180 -

1004254246v19


Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) and (z) any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.6, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.6, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.6, any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.7 and any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.8. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Increase Supplement, any Lender Joinder Agreement or any agreement required in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer or any Extension Amendment and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Term Loans unless instructed to do so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan

 

- 181 -

1004254246v19


Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Term Loan Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 11.1) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.8.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 11.17. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this Section 10.8(c).

(d) No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Section 10.8 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

- 182 -

1004254246v19


(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with either Section 11.1 or 11.17, as applicable, with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(f) The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

10.9 Successor Agent. Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided further, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be,, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral

 

- 183 -

1004254246v19


Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 (including Section 10.9) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of the Collateral Agent, the provision of this Section 10.9 shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

10.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 4.11(a) or 4.12, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.10. The agreements in this Section 10.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Term Loan Facility Obligations.

10.11 Other Representatives. None of the entities identified as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers or syndication agents pursuant to the definition of Other Representative contained herein, shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any other Loan Document in its capacity as such. Without limiting the foregoing, no Other Representative shall have nor be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. At any time that any Lender serving as an Other Representative shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any of its affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans, such Lender shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Other Representative.

 

- 184 -

1004254246v19


10.12 Application of Proceeds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of amounts then due and outstanding under any of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied as follows: first, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents (including all expenses of sale or other realization of or in respect of the Collateral and any sums advanced to the Collateral Agent or to preserve its security interest in the Collateral), second, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees to the extent provided herein) due and owing hereunder of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing such Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, third, to pay interest on Loans then outstanding; fourth, to pay principal of Loans then outstanding and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations permitted hereunder and secured by the Security Agreement as Term Loan Facility Obligations, ratably among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause “fourth” payable to them, and fifth, to pay the surplus, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus. To the extent any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause “third” or “fourth” above are insufficient to pay all obligations described therein in full, such moneys shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in the applicable clause at such time. This Section 10.12 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of loans added pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.8, as applicable.

SECTION 11

Miscellaneous

11.1 Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (x) enter into with the respective Loan Parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or to the other Loan Documents or changing, in any manner the rights or obligations of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (y) waive at any Loan Party’s request, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that amendments pursuant to Sections 11.1(d) and (f) may be effected without the consent of the Required Lenders to the extent provided therein; provided further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

 

- 185 -

1004254246v19


(i) (A) reduce or forgive the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or of any scheduled installment thereof (including extending the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche C Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche D Term Loan Maturity Date or, the Tranche E Term Loan Maturity Date or the Tranche F Term Loan Maturity Date), (B) reduce the stated rate of any interest, commission or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), (C) extend the scheduled date of any payment of any Lenders’ Loans, (D) change the currency in which any Loan is payable or (E) increase any Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment, Tranche F Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory repayment of the Loans of all Lenders shall not constitute an extension of the scheduled date of maturity, any scheduled installment, or the scheduled date of payment of the Loans of any Lender or an increase in the Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment, Tranche F Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 11.1(a) or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than pursuant to Section 8.6 or 11.6(a)), in each case without the written consent of all the Lenders;

(iii) release Guarantors accounting for all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee of the Term Loan Facility Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, or, in the aggregate (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), all or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of all of the Lenders, except as expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof);

(iv) require any Lender to make Loans having an Interest Period of longer than six months or shorter than one month without the consent of such Lender;

(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the then Agents;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.1(a), 10.5 or 10.11 without the written consent of any Other Representative directly and adversely affected thereby;

 

- 186 -

1004254246v19


(vii) [reserved];

(viii) [reserved]; or

(ix) amend, modify or waive the order of application of payments set forth in Section 4.4(c), 4.8(a), 10.12 or 11.7, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders;

provided further that, notwithstanding and in addition to the foregoing, and in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Section 10.8(b), the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement.

(b) Any waiver and any amendment, supplement or modification pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended at any time on or prior to the Tranche B Delayed Draw Closing Date as contemplated by Section 11 of the First Incremental Amendment.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, or inconsistency with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) in accordance with Section 2.6 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments with the written consent of the Borrower and Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, (iii) in accordance with Section 2.8 to effectuate an Extension with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders and (iv) with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in each case such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in the event any mandatory prepayment or redemption provision in respect of asset sales, casualty or condemnation events or excess cash flow included or to be included in any Indebtedness constituting Pari Passu Indebtedness would result in such Indebtedness being prepaid or redeemed on a more than ratable basis with the Term Loans in respect of such asset sale, casualty or condemnation event or excess cash flow prepayment, to provide for mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans such that, after giving effect thereto, the prepayments and redemptions made in respect of such Indebtedness are not on more than a ratable basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any

 

- 187 -

1004254246v19


provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 4.4, 4.8 or 10.14 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment or any Extension Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Term Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans and any Extended Term Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Extended Term Tranche or Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (d) or an acknowledgement thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facilities and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by Section 11.17 with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(g) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 11.1(a), the consent of each Lender or each directly and adversely affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 11.6 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and provided, further, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender

 

- 188 -

1004254246v19


relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) so long as no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 4.12, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 11.1(g), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event the Administrative Agent determines, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.7, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR Rate and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower mutually determine that a comparable successor rate, at such time, has been broadly accepted by the syndicated loan market, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, without the consent of any Lender, amend this Agreement to adopt such new broadly accepted successor rate and to make such other changes as shall be necessary or appropriate in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in order to implement such new market standard herein and in the other Loan Documents.

 

- 189 -

1004254246v19


11.2 Notices. (a) All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, or, in the case of delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and as set forth in Schedule A in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

The Borrower
  

WMG Acquisition Corp.

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY10019

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 275-3601

Website: www.wmg.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David A. Brittenham, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 521-7347

Telephone: (212) 909-6000

The Administrative Agent/the Collateral Agent:   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Jason Wheeler

Facsimile: (212) 322-2291

Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Jason Kyrwood

Facsimile: (212) 701-5653

Telephone: (212) 450-4653

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.4 or 4.8 shall not be effective until received.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party.

(c) Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic means (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”). The effectiveness of

 

- 190 -

1004254246v19


any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or other electronic document or signature.

(d) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including electronic mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes (with the Borrower’s consent), (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered, provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the posting thereof.

(e)(i) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on a Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders; provided that the Borrower agrees that the Disqualified Institution List will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

(ii) Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

 

- 191 -

1004254246v19


11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents (or in any amendment, modification or supplement hereto or thereto) and in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or such other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

11.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents and the Other Representatives for (1) all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, (ii) the consummation and administration of the transactions (including the syndication of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments and, the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche F Term Loan Commitments) contemplated hereby and thereby and (iii) efforts to monitor the Loans and verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, and (2) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Davis Polk and Wardwell LLP, and such other special or local counsel, consultants, advisors, appraisers and auditors whose retention (other than during the continuance of an Event of Default) is approved by the Borrower, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for all their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Other Representative and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Other Representative, each Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the

 

- 192 -

1004254246v19


Loans, the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of the property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Lead Arranger, any Other Representative, any Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender ) with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision, (ii) a material breach of the Loan Documents by any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender (or any Related Party of any such Lead Arranger, Other Representative, Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or Lender), as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision or (iii) claims against such Indemnitee or any Related Party brought by any other Indemnitee that do not involve claims against any Lead Arranger or Agent in its capacity as such. Neither the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages hereunder; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnity or reimbursement obligations under this Section 11.5 to the extent such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements reflecting amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Sections 11.5(b) and (c) above, the Borrower shall have no obligation under this Section 11.5 to any Indemnitee with respect to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) other than in accordance with Section 8.6, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(ii) below, any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable law, assign (other than to a

 

- 193 -

1004254246v19


Disqualified Institution or any natural person) to one or more assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including its Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Tranche C Term Loan Commitment, Tranche D Term Loan Commitment, Tranche E Term Loan Commitment, Tranche F Term Loan Commitment and/or any Tranche of Term Loans, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) with the prior written consent of:

(A) (1) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower, (2) with respect to the Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower, (3) with respect to the Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower, (4) with respect to the Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and, (5) with respect to the Tranche F Term Loan Commitments, the Borrower and (6) with respect to any Tranche of Loans, the Borrower (such consent, in the case of this clause (56), not to be unreasonably withheld), provided, that with respect to any assignment of any Tranche of Term Loans, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below); provided, that if any Lender assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one of its Affiliates in connection with or in contemplation of the sale or other disposition of its interest in such Affiliate, the Borrower’s prior written consent shall be required for such assignment, (y) if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, to any other Person, and (z) in connection with the primary syndication of (A) the Initial Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower, (B) the Tranche B Term Loans by the Tranche B Initial Committed Lenders (as defined in the First Incremental Amendment) to Persons previously disclosed by them to the Borrower on or prior to the First Incremental Amendment Effective Date, (C) the Tranche C Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower or on prior to the Third Amendment Closing Date, (D) the Tranche D Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower on or prior to the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, (E) the Tranche E Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower on or prior to the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, (F) the Tranche F Term Loans by Credit Suisse AG to Persons previously disclosed by it to the Borrower on or prior to the Seventh Amendment Closing Date; and

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments or Loans of the

 

- 194 -

1004254246v19


assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1.0 million unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that for concurrent assignments to two or more Approved Funds such assignment fee shall only be required to be paid once in respect of and at the time of such assignments;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

(D) any assignment of Incremental Commitments or Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.6(h) and (i); and

(E) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon acquisition thereof.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning: “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular assignment).

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and bound by any related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5, and bound by its continuing obligations under Section 11.16). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall, to the extent it would comply with Section 11.6(c), be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 11.6.

 

- 195 -

1004254246v19


(iv) The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent agrees, to serve as the Borrower’s agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.6, to maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Initial Term Loan Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Commitments of, and interest and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower (and, solely with respect to entries applicable to such Lender, any Lender), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Institution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Institution (other than through the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution).

(v) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary (x) to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or (y) for the Borrower to enforce its rights hereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and a Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(vi) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.6(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance, record the information contained therein in the Register and give prompt notice of such assignment and recordation to the Borrower. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi).

(vii) On or prior to the effective date of any assignment pursuant to this Section 11.6(b), the assigning Lender shall surrender any outstanding Notes held by it all or a portion of which are being assigned. Any Notes surrendered by the assigning Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “cancelled”.

 

- 196 -

1004254246v19


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6(b) or any other provision of this Agreement, if the Borrower shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via an electronic settlement system acceptable to Administrative Agent and the Borrower as designated in writing from time to time to the Lenders by Administrative Agent (the “Settlement Service”). At any time when the Administrative Agent elects, in its sole discretion, to implement such Settlement Service, each such assignment shall be effected by the assigning Lender and proposed Assignee pursuant to the procedures then in effect under the Settlement Service, which procedures shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower and shall be consistent with the other provisions of this Section 11.6(b). Each assigning Lender and proposed Assignee shall comply with the requirements of the Settlement Service in connection with effecting any assignment of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments pursuant to the Settlement Service. Assignments and assumptions of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein until the Administrative Agent notifies the Lenders of the Settlement Service as set forth herein. The Borrower may withdraw its consent to the use of the Settlement Service at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent, and thereafter assignments and assumptions of the Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments shall be effected by the provisions otherwise set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to effectuate assignments of Loans, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and Initial Term Loan Commitments via the Clearpar electronic settlement system pursuant to procedures consistent with this Section 11.6(b).

Furthermore, no Assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 11.6(b) would be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to receive as of such date under such Sections with respect to the rights assigned, shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be entitled to receive such greater payments unless the assignment was made after an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing or the Borrower has expressly consented in writing to waive the benefit of this provision at the time of such assignment.

(c)(i) Any Lender other than a Conduit Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, without the

 

- 197 -

1004254246v19


consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations (other than to any Disqualified Institution or a natural person) to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Initial Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, Tranche F Term Loan Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (E) in the case of any participation to a Permitted Affiliated Assignee, such participation shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.6(h)(ii) to the same extent as if each reference therein to an assignment of a Loan were to a participation of a Loan and the references to Affiliated Lender were to such Permitted Affiliated Assignee in its capacity as a participant. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the second proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and shall have the related obligations under) Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 11.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Institution, except to the extent the Borrower has consented to such participation in writing (in which case such Lender will not be considered a Disqualified Institution solely for that particular participation).

(ii) No Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 11.5 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation, unless the sale of such participation is made with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Borrower expressly waives the benefit of this provision at the time of such participation. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.11 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.11(b) or Section 4.11(c), as applicable, and provides the forms and certificates referenced therein to the Lender that granted such participation.

(d) Any Lender, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal

 

- 198 -

1004254246v19


Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section 11.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute (by foreclosure or otherwise) any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) No assignment or participation made or purported to be made to any Assignee or Participant shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Borrower if it would require the Borrower to make any filing with any Governmental Authority or qualify any Loan or Note under the laws of any jurisdiction, and the Borrower shall be entitled to request and receive such information and assurances as it may reasonably request from any Lender or any Assignee or Participant to determine whether any such filing or qualification is required or whether any assignment or participation is otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any domestic or foreign bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state, federal or provincial bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance. Each such indemnifying Lender shall pay in full any claim received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.6(f) within 30 Business Days of receipt of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower specifying in reasonable detail the cause and amount of the loss, cost, damage or expense in respect of which the claim is being asserted, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Without limiting the indemnification obligations of any indemnifying Lender pursuant to this Section 11.6(f), in the event that the indemnifying Lender fails timely to compensate the Borrower for such claim, any Loans held by the relevant Conduit Lender shall, if requested by the Borrower, be assigned promptly to the Lender that administers the Conduit Lender and the designation of such Conduit Lender shall be void.

(g) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans under any Facility with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility, instead of prepaying the Loans to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility to assign such Loans to the

 

- 199 -

1004254246v19


Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 11.1. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.12. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans under such Facility pursuant to the terms of the form of the Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this clause (g) are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

(h) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction); provided that (A) any such Dutch auction by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4(h) and (B) any such Dutch auction by any Parent shall be made on terms substantially similar to Section 4.4(h) or on other terms to be agreed between such Parent and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (2) open market purchases; provided further that:

(1) such Affiliated Lender and such other Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”) and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register;

(2) at the time of such assignment after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement;

 

- 200 -

1004254246v19


(3) any such Term Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower, whether through a Parent or otherwise, and exchanged for debt or equity securities of the Borrower or such Parent that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, so long as any Term Loans so acquired by the Borrower shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof; and

(4) any Term Loans acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be cancelled and retired immediately upon the acquisition thereof.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives or (C) receive advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender or challenge their attorney client privilege.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not such Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its ratable share of any payments of Term Loans of any class to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; provided, further, that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that (x) disproportionately and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender or affects such Affiliated Lender differently than other Lenders or (y) is of the type described in Sections 11.1(a)(i) through (ix) (other than subclauses (v) and (vi)); and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii); provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Section 11.6(h)(iii) and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by such Affiliated Lender as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iii).

 

- 201 -

1004254246v19


(iv) Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund, solely in its capacity as a Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or liquidation proceeding (each, a “Bankruptcy Proceeding”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Term Loans (“Claim”) (including objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including voting on any plan of reorganization), the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with Section 11.6(h)(iii) above, so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.6(h)(iv) and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, it is their intention that this Section 11.6(h)(iv) would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Section 11.6(h)(iv).

(v) Each Lender making an assignment to, or taking an assignment from, an Affiliated Lender (so long as such Affiliated Lender identifies itself as such to such Lender) acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lender, Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

- 202 -

1004254246v19


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” (x) with respect to any assignment or participation to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, such assignment or participation shall be made pursuant to an open market purchase and (y) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds), combined, may not account for more than 50.0% of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any assignment to or by an Affiliated Debt Fund, at the time of such assignment after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans held (or participated in) by Affiliated Lenders (including Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.6, nothing in this Section 11.6 is intended to or should be construed to limit the Borrower’s right to prepay the Term Loans as provided hereunder, including under Section 4.4.

11.7 Adjustments; Set-off; Calculations; Computations. (a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(f), or otherwise (except pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 4.4, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13(d), 11.1(g) or 11.6)), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders an interest (by participation, assignment or otherwise) in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans owing to it, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

- 203 -

1004254246v19


(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 to set-off and appropriate and apply against any amount then due and payable under Section 9.1(a) by the Borrower any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.8 Judgment. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.8 being hereinafter in this Section 11.8 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.8(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Loan Party shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Loan Party under this Section 11.8(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

(c) The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.8 means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

 

- 204 -

1004254246v19


11.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of each of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any of the Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.12 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Term Loan Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all

 

- 205 -

1004254246v19


such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 11.13(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding.

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 11.13(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 11.13 any consequential or punitive damages.

11.14 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

- 206 -

1004254246v19


(b) neither any Agent nor any Other Representative or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.15 Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY NOTES OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.16 Confidentiality. (a) Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential any information (a) provided to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents or (b) obtained by such Lender based on a review of the books and records of the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to any Agent, any Other Representative or any other Lender, (ii) to any Transferee, or prospective Transferee or any creditor or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.16 pursuant to a written instrument (or electronically recorded agreement from any Person listed above in this clause (ii), in respect to any electronic information (whether posted or otherwise distributed on any Platform)) for the benefit of the Borrower (it being understood that each relevant Lender shall be solely responsible for obtaining such instrument (or such electronically recorded agreement)), (iii) to its Affiliates and the employees, officers, partners, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of it and its Affiliates, provided that such Lender shall inform each such Person of the agreement under this Section 11.16 and take reasonable actions to cause compliance by any such Person referred to in this clause (iii) with this agreement (including, where appropriate, to cause any such Person to acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the agreement under this Section 11.16), (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates or to the extent required in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as shall otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, provided that, other than with respect to any disclosure to any bank regulatory authority, such Lender shall, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, notify the Borrower of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (iv) as far in advance as is reasonably practicable under such circumstances, (v) which has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Agreement, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, under any Loan Document or under any Interest Rate Agreement, (vii) in connection with periodic regulatory examinations and reviews conducted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or its affiliates (to the extent applicable), (viii) in connection with any litigation

 

- 207 -

1004254246v19


to which such Lender (or, with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender party thereto) may be a party subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above, and (ix) if, prior to such information having been so provided or obtained, such information was already in an Agent’s or a Lender’s possession on a non-confidential basis without a duty of confidentiality to the Borrower being violated. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose (i) the existence of this Agreement, the global amount, currency and maturity date of any Facility hereunder, and the legal name, country of domicile and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, to (i) the CUSIP Bureau and other similar market data collectors or service providers to the lending industry, provided that either such information shall have been previously made publicly available by the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), prior to making such disclosure, and (ii) information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent to the extent customary in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments, Tranche C Term Loan Commitments, Tranche D Term Loan Commitments, Tranche E Term Loan Commitments, theTranche F Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Commitments, and the Loans, provided that any such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.16 and the Administrative Agent takes reasonable actions to cause such Person to comply herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 11.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that any such information referred to in Section 11.16(a), and any information (including requests for waivers and amendments) furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates or their respective securities. Each Lender represents and confirms that such Lender has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; that such Lender will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws; and that such Lender has identified to the Administrative Agent a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law.

11.17 Incremental Indebtedness; Additional Indebtedness. In connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan

 

- 208 -

1004254246v19


Party permitted to secure such Incremental Indebtedness or Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise.

11.18 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide such information from time to time to any Lender.

11.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference, reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

- 209 -

1004254246v19


11.21 Acknowledgement of Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 210 -

1004254246v19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

[Signature Page – Incremental Commitment Amendment]

1004253831v4


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ James Moran

  Name:   James Moran
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

  Name:   Tyler R. Smith
  Title:   Associate

 

1004253831v4


ANNEX II

Exhibits to Credit Agreement

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT J

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

   as Administrative Agent under the

   Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [●]% (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice and is subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [,][and] [the Lenders of the Initial Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche D Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche E Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and]] the Lenders of the [●, 20●]1 Tranche[s]] as follows:

 

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]2

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

2 

Insert applicable representation.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT K

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche C Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche D Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche E Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]3 Tranche[s]] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [the Lenders of the Tranche E Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]4 Tranche[(s)]].

 

 

3 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is [$[●] of Initial Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche B Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche C Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche D Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche E Term Loans] [$[●] of Tranche F Term Loans] [[and] $[●] of the [●, 20●]5 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”).6

3. The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to [●]% (the “Discount Range”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following the dated delivery of the notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(i) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the [Lenders] [[and the] Lenders of the [●, 20●]7 Tranche[s]] as follows:

1. [At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]8

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

7 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

8 

Insert applicable representation.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT L

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [Tranche F Term Loans] [[and the] [●, 20●]9 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

 

 

9 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche E Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche F Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]10 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

3.The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% (the “Submitted Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [Tranche F Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]11 Tranche[s]] indicated above pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

 

10 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

11 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                     ]

By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT M

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, the hereby requests that [each Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [each Lender of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]12 Tranche[s]] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]13 Tranche[s]].

 

 

12 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

13 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):14

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche E Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche F Term Loans - $[●]][[●, 20●]15 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

14 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

15 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT N

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

    as Administrative Agent under the

    Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [Tranche F Term Loans] [[and the] [●, 20●]16 Tranche[s]] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

 

 

16 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche E Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche F Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]17 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

3.The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% (the “Offered Discount”).

The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [Tranche F Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]18 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

 

17 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

18 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT O

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]1 Tranche[s]] on the following terms:

1. This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each [Lender of the Initial Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche B Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche C Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche D Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche E Term Loans] [Lender of the Tranche F Term Loans] [[and to each] Lender of the [●, 20●]2 Tranche[s]].

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


2. The maximum aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[●] of the [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [Tranche F Term Loans] [[and $[●] of the] [●, 20●]3 Tranche[(s)] of Incremental Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”).4

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [●]% (the “Specified Discount”).

To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Lenders] [[and] each Lender of the [●, 20●]5 Tranche[s]] as follows:

[At least ten Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Lender.]6

The Borrower acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Lenders party to the Credit Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

4 

Minimum of $5.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

5 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

6 

Insert applicable representation.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

#90827483v3


EXHIBIT P

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent under the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[                    ]

[DATE]

Attention: [                    ]

Re: WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated                 , 20    , from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [Tranches of] Term Loans held by such Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate Outstanding Amount as follows:

[Initial Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche B Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche C Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche D Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche E Term Loans - $[●]]

[Tranche F Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]1 Tranche[s] - $[●]]

 

1 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


The undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Initial Term Loans] [Tranche B Term Loans] [Tranche C Term Loans] [Tranche D Term Loans] [Tranche E Term Loans] [Tranche F Term Loans] [[and its] [●, 20●]2 Tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 4.4(h)(ii) of the Credit Agreement at a price equal to the Specified Discount in the aggregate Outstanding Amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned Lender further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the Borrower may have, and may come into possession of information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to the decision by such Lender to accept the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender independently and, without reliance on the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, and (3) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and the undersigned Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information. The undersigned Lender further acknowledges that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2 

List multiple Tranches if applicable.

 

#90827483v3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

[                ]
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name
  Title:

 

1004253831v4


ANNEX III

Schedule A-5 to Credit Agreement

 

TRANCHE F TERM LENDER

   TRANCHE F TERM LOAN COMMITMENT  

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

     $    1,325,975,000  

TOTAL

     $    1,325,975,000  
EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

EXECUTION VERSION

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 1, 2012

From

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

and

THE ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN

as Guarantors

in favor of

THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 1.   Guarantee; Limitation of Liability      1  
Section 2.   Guarantee Absolute      2  
Section 3.   Waivers and Acknowledgments      4  
Section 4.   Right of Contribution      5  
Section 5.   Subrogation      5  
Section 6.   Payments      6  
Section 7.   Covenants      6  
Section 8.   Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc.      6  
Section 9.   Guarantee Supplements      7  
Section 10.   Notices, Etc.      7  
Section 11.   No Waiver; Remedies      7  
Section 12.   Right of Set-off      8  
Section 13.   Continuing Guarantee; Assignments under the Credit Agreement      8  
Section 14.   Execution in Counterparts      8  
Section 15.   GOVERNING LAW      8  
Section 16.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      9  
Section 17.   Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      9  

Exhibit A — Guarantee Supplement

 

i


GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT dated as of November 1, 2012 (the “Guarantee”) made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors (as defined in Section 9) (such Persons so listed and the Additional Guarantors being, collectively, the “Guarantors” and, individually, a “Guarantor”) in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and a direct or indirect parent of each Guarantor, will, on the date hereof, enter into a Term Loan Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), dated November 1, 2012, among the Borrower, each Lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, each Guarantor may receive, directly or indirectly, a portion of the proceeds of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Secured Hedge Agreements (together with all instruments, agreements or other documents evidencing Cash Management Obligations, the “Finance Documents”). It is a condition to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and the entry by the Hedge Banks into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time that each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Guarantee; Limitation of Liability. (a) Each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, the punctual payment, when due and payable, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each Loan Party (each, an “Obligor”) now or hereafter existing (such Obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to the following sentence, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Obligor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not


allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Obligor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guarantee or any provision of any other Loan Document, the Guaranteed Obligations shall not extend to or include any Excluded Swap Obligation (as defined below).

In this Guarantee, “Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).

(b) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Guarantee, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable law and that will otherwise result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guarantee, such Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

Section 2. Guarantee Absolute. Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents. The Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this Guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Obligor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this Guarantee, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Obligor or whether the Borrower or any other Obligor is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire arising out of or in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

 

2


(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Obligor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to or departure from any Finance Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to or departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents or any other assets of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries; (f) any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Obligor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Obligor now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (each Guarantor waiving, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guarantee, any Guarantee Supplement (as hereinafter defined) or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations;

(h) any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect to the Finance Documents; or

 

3


(i) any other circumstance or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Obligor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations).

This Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Obligor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments. (a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guarantee and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Obligor or any other Person or any Collateral.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any right to revoke this Guarantee and acknowledges that this Guarantee is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) Each Guarantor herby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Obligors, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with the Loan Documents, without notice to or demand upon such Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Guarantor under this Guarantee, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and each Guarantor hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any defense to the recovery by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable law.

 

4


(e) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.

(f) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 2 and this Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 4. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share (based, to the maximum extent permitted by law, on the respective Adjusted Net Worths (as defined below) of the Guarantors on the date the respective payment is made) of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder that has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 below. The provisions of this Section 4 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

In this Guarantee, “Adjusted Net Worth” means, of any Guarantor at any time, the greater of (x) $0 and (y) the amount by which the fair saleable value of such Guarantor’s assets on the date of the respective payment hereunder exceeds its debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities, but without giving effect to any of its obligations under this Guarantee or any other Loan Document, or pursuant to its guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness then outstanding under the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, the 2012 Senior Secured Notes, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Additional Indebtedness) on such date.

Section 5. Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrower or any other Obligor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guarantee or any other Finance Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Borrower or any other Obligor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower or any other Obligor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until the payment in full in cash of such

 

5


Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guarantee, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guarantee thereafter arising. Upon the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, the Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee.

Section 6. Payments. Any and all payments by any Guarantor under this Guarantee or any other Loan Document shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Section 7. Covenants. Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that, until the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, such Guarantor will perform and observe, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the Borrower has agreed to cause such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

Section 8. Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guarantee and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors (with the consent of the requisite number of Lenders specified in the Credit Agreement, if applicable) and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. A Guarantor shall automatically be released from this Guarantee and its obligations hereunder upon (i) the sale or other disposition of all of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor (to a Person other than the Borrower or a Guarantor)

 

6


as permitted under the Credit Agreement or (ii) consummation of any other transaction or designation permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary. The Administrative Agent will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee hereunder pursuant to this Section 8; provided that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a written request therefor and a certificate of such Guarantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.

Section 9. Guarantee Supplements. Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guarantee supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “Guarantee Supplement”), (a) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Guarantor” and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guarantee to a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “Guarantor” or “Subsidiary Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (b) each reference herein to “this Guarantee”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to this Guarantee, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “Guarantee” or the “Subsidiary Guarantee”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to this Guarantee, shall mean and be a reference to this Guarantee as supplemented by such Guarantee Supplement.

Section 10. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including e-mail or fax communication) and mailed, e-mailed, faxed or delivered to it, if to any Guarantor, addressed to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address specified in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, at its address specified in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by a facsimile or electronic pdf copy of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guarantee or of any Guarantee Supplement to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Section 11. No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

7


Section 12. Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing or the Loans have become due and payable pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guarantee or any other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guarantee or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 12 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.

Section 13. Continuing Guarantee; Assignments under the Credit Agreement. This Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until (i) the payment in full in cash of such Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (ii) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (iii) the termination of all Commitments, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Secured Parties and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, each Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as and to the extent permitted under Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

Section 14. Execution in Counterparts. This Guarantee and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guarantee by facsimile or electronically via pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guarantee.

Section 15. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT

 

8


TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

Section 17. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Guarantee shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (ii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iii) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 17(a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 17(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, at the address specified in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement or at such other address of which the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

9


(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 17 any consequential or punitive damages.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

11


Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

ARMS UP INC.

BERNA MUSIC, INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON

VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

EN ACQUISITION CORP.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSIDE JOB, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RODRA MUSIC, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP.

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CHORUSS LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FBR INVESTMENTS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC

MADE OF STONE LLC

PENALTY RECORDS, L.L.C.

PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING

COMPANY LLC

ARTIST ARENA LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERM LOAN GUARANTEE AGREEMENT]


Guarantors (cont-d):

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member
By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERM LOAN GUARANTEE AGREEMENT]


Guarantors (cont-d):
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary

NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.

NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC

NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC

By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Vice President & Secretary
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC
By: Warner Music Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name: Paul M. Robinson
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERM LOAN GUARANTEE AGREEMENT]


Exhibit a

To The

Guarantee Agreement

FORM OF GUARANTEE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

RE: Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2012 among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), each Lender from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”).

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the above-captioned Credit Agreement and to the Guarantee Agreement referred to therein (such Subsidiary Guarantee, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, together with this Guarantee Agreement Supplement (the “Guarantee Supplement”), being the “Subsidiary Guarantee”). The capitalized terms defined in the Subsidiary Guarantee or in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

Section 1. Guarantee; Limitation of Liability. (a) The undersigned hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties (as defined below), the punctual payment, when due and payable, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each other Obligor now or hereafter existing (such Obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to the following sentence, the undersigned’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Obligor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Obligor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guarantee Supplement or any provision of any other Loan Document, the Guaranteed Obligations shall not extend to or include any Excluded Swap Obligation (as defined below).

In this Guarantee Supplement, “Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).


(b) The undersigned, and by its acceptance of this Guarantee Supplement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guarantee Supplement, the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, Debtor Relief Laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guarantee Supplement, the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the undersigned hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under this Guarantee Supplement and the Subsidiary Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the applicable law and that will otherwise result in the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under this Guarantee Supplement and the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(c) The undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guarantee Supplement and the Guarantee, the undersigned will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

Section 2. Obligations Under the Guarantee. The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and conditions of the Subsidiary Guarantee to the same extent as each of the other Guarantors thereunder. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Subsidiary Guarantee to an “Additional Guarantor” or a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “Subsidiary Guarantor”, a “Loan Party” or an “Obligor” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.

Section 3. Electronic Delivery. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guarantee Supplement by facsimile or electronically via pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guarantee Supplement.

Section 4. GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTEE SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS GUARANTEE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

2


Section 5. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

Section 6. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee Supplement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court,” and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Guarantee Supplement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (ii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iii) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 6 (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to Section 6(a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, at the address specified in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement or at such other address of which the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

3


(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 6 any consequential or punitive damages.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
EX-10.12

EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of January 31, 2018

among

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

And

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Administrative Agent,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC. and

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. and

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as Syndication Agents

 

 

 

 

1003651351v23


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

  

Section 1.01.

 

Defined Terms

     1  

Section 1.02.

 

Other Interpretive Provisions

     61  

Section 1.03.

 

Accounting Terms

     61  

Section 1.04.

 

Rounding

     61  

Section 1.05.

 

References to Agreements and Laws

     61  

Section 1.06.

 

Times of Day

     62  

Section 1.07.

 

Timing of Payment or Performance

     62  

Section 1.08.

 

Currency Equivalents Generally

     62  

Section 1.09.

 

Limited Condition Transaction

     62  

ARTICLE II THE CREDITS

 

Section 2.01.

 

Commitments

     64  

Section 2.02.

 

Loans

     64  

Section 2.03.

 

Borrowing Procedure

     66  

Section 2.04.

 

Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans

     67  

Section 2.05.

 

Fees

     67  

Section 2.06.

 

Interest on Loans

     68  

Section 2.07.

 

Default Interest

     69  

Section 2.08.

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     69  

Section 2.09.

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     69  

Section 2.10.

 

Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings

     70  

Section 2.11.

 

[Reserved]

     71  

Section 2.12.

 

Voluntary Prepayment

     72  

Section 2.13.

 

Mandatory Prepayments

     72  

Section 2.14.

 

Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances

     73  

Section 2.15.

 

Change in Legality

     75  

Section 2.16.

 

Breakage

     75  

Section 2.17.

 

Pro Rata Treatment

     75  

Section 2.18.

 

Sharing of Setoffs

     76  

Section 2.19.

 

Payments

     77  

Section 2.20.

 

Taxes

     77  

Section 2.21.

 

Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate

     84  

Section 2.22.

 

Defaulting Lenders

     85  

Section 2.23.

 

Letters of Credit

     87  

Section 2.24.

 

Incremental Facility

     92  

Section 2.25.

 

Extension Amendments

     94  

Section 2.26.

 

Specified Refinancing Facilities

     98  

 

i

1003651351v23


ARTICLE III [RESERVED]

 

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 4.01.

 

All Credit Events after the Restatement Date

     100  

Section 4.02.

 

Conditions to Effectiveness On the Restatement Date

     100  

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 5.01.

 

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

     102  

Section 5.02.

 

Authorization; No Contravention

     103  

Section 5.03.

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     103  

Section 5.04.

 

Binding Effect

     103  

Section 5.05.

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     104  

Section 5.06.

 

Litigation

     104  

Section 5.07.

 

No Default

     104  

Section 5.08.

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     104  

Section 5.09.

 

Environmental Compliance

     104  

Section 5.10.

 

Taxes

     105  

Section 5.11.

 

ERISA Compliance

     105  

Section 5.12.

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     106  

Section 5.13.

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

     106  

Section 5.14.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     107  

Section 5.15.

 

Sanctioned Persons

     107  

Section 5.16.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     107  

Section 5.17.

 

Labor Matters

     108  

Section 5.18.

 

Disclosure

     108  

Section 5.19.

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc

     108  

Section 5.20.

 

Solvency

     109  

Section 5.21.

 

Senior Debt Status

     109  

Section 5.22.

 

Valid Liens

     109  

ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Section 6.01.

 

Financial Statements

     109  

Section 6.02.

 

Certificates; Other Information

     110  

Section 6.03.

 

Notices

     112  

Section 6.04.

 

Payment of Taxes

     113  

Section 6.05.

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc

     113  

Section 6.06.

 

Maintenance of Properties

     113  

Section 6.07.

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     113  

Section 6.08.

 

Compliance with Laws

     113  

Section 6.09.

 

Books and Records

     114  

Section 6.10.

 

Inspection Rights

     114  

 

ii

1003651351v23


Section 6.11.

 

Use of Proceeds

     114  

Section 6.12.

 

Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security

     114  

Section 6.13.

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     117  

Section 6.14.

 

Further Assurances

     117  

Section 6.15.

 

[Reserved]

     117  

Section 6.16.

 

Maintenance of Ratings

     117  

Section 6.17.

 

Post-Closing Actions

     117  

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Section 7.01.

 

Indebtedness

     118  

Section 7.02.

 

Restricted Payments

     123  

Section 7.03.

 

Asset Sales

     132  

Section 7.04.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     133  

Section 7.05.

 

Liens

     135  

Section 7.06.

 

Fundamental Changes

     135  

Section 7.07.

 

Subsidiary Distributions

     137  

Section 7.08.

 

Financial Covenant

     140  

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

Section 8.01.

 

Events of Default

     140  

Section 8.02.

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     143  

Section 8.03.

 

Application of Funds

     143  

ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1.

 

Notices; Electronic Communications

     149  

Section 10.02.

 

Survival of Agreement

     152  

Section 10.03.

 

Binding Effect

     152  

Section 10.04.

 

Successors and Assigns

     152  

Section 10.05.

 

Expenses; Indemnity

     158  

Section 10.06.

 

Right of Setoff

     159  

Section 10.07.

 

Applicable Law

     160  

Section 10.08.

 

Waivers; Amendment

     160  

Section 10.09.

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     166  

Section 10.10.

 

Entire Agreement

     166  

Section 10.11.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     166  

Section 10.12.

 

Severability

     166  

Section 10.13.

 

Counterparts

     167  

Section 10.14.

 

Headings

     167  

Section 10.15.

 

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     167  

Section 10.16.

 

Confidentiality

     168  

 

iii

1003651351v23


Section 10.17.

 

Lender Action

     169  

Section 10.18.

 

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     169  

Section 10.19.

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     169  

Section 10.20.

 

Acknowledgements

     170  

Section 10.21.

 

Reaffirmation

     170  

 

iv

1003651351v23


SCHEDULES

 

I

  

Guarantors

1.01

  

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

2.01

  

Commitments

2.23

  

Existing Letters of Credit

5.12

  

Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

6.17

  

Post-Closing Actions

EXHIBITS

Form of

 

A

  

Assignment and Acceptance

B

  

Borrowing Request

C

  

Compliance Certificate

D

  

Guaranty

E

  

Security Agreement

F

  

Solvency Certificate

G

  

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

H-1

  

Increase Supplement

H-2

  

Lender Joinder Agreement

 

v

1003651351v23


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is dated as of January 31, 2018 (the “Restatement Date”), among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), each LENDER from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and, individually, a “Lender”) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “Administrative Agent”).

The Borrower entered into that certain Credit Agreement on November 1, 2012 (as amended, restated and otherwise modified from time to time, the “2012 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

The Borrower sent a notice terminating the commitments under the 2012 Credit Agreement effective concurrently with the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness of this Agreement.

The Lenders are willing to extend credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Section 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

2011 Transactions” has the meaning given to the term “Transactions” under the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture.

2012 Credit Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

2012 Senior Secured Notes” means the Borrower’s 6.0% US dollar and 6.25% Euro senior secured notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the 2012 Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

2012 Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of November 1, 2012 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

2014 Senior Secured Notes” means the Borrower’s 5.625% US dollar senior secured notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the 2012 Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

 

1003651351v23


2014 Unsecured Indenture” means the indenture dated as of April 9, 2014 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee, the Borrower and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

2014 Unsecured Notes” means the Borrower’s 6.750% US dollar senior notes due 2022 issued pursuant to the 2014 Unsecured Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

2016 Senior Secured Notes” means the Borrower’s 5.000% US dollar senior secured notes due 2023, 4.875% US dollar senior secured notes due 2024 and 4.125% Euro senior secured notes due 2024, in each case issued pursuant to the 2012 Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior secured notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Access Investors” means, collectively: (a) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (b) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (a); (c) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (a) or (b) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (d) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (a) and (b), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (e) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (a) through (e), an “Access Party”); and (f) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (f) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by such group.

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

2

1003651351v23


Additional Indebtedness” means additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Additional Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(b).

Additional Specified Refinancing Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.26(b).

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves; provided that if the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be less than zero, the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Fees” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. In no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any Loan Party.

Agents” means the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “Agent” means any of them.

Aggregate Credit Exposure” means the aggregate amount of all the Lenders’ Credit Exposures.

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement hereof, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

3

1003651351v23


Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) to the extent the Adjusted LIBO Rate is ascertainable, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, as the case may be.

Alternative Currency” means Euro and Sterling.

Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.07(b)(xii).

Applicable Margin” means (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, 1.75% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, 0.75% per annum.

Applicable Time” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, 8:30 a.m. New York City time.

Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and lease-back) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 7.01 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or

 

4

1003651351v23


other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;

(2) (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, the covenant contained in Section 7.06 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payments,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 7.02 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 7.05;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”);

(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

5

1003651351v23


(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary).

Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

 

6

1003651351v23


Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01.

Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Breakage Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; providedhowever, that:

(a) when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan denominated in Dollars, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market;

(b) when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan denominated in Sterling, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Sterling deposits in the London interbank market; and

(c) when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan denominated in Euro, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day that is not a TARGET Day.

 

7

1003651351v23


Capital Stock” means (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation (including, without limitation, options, warrants or other equivalents) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a) U.S. dollars, Sterling, Euro, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(b) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(c) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to this Agreement, the Senior Term Loan Agreement or any other Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(d) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;

(e) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;

(f) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

8

1003651351v23


(g) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; and

(h) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender or any Term Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender or a Term Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender or a Term Lender, or any party to an underlying bank products agreement as of the Restatement Date in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds; provided that any such bank product agreements are designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “revolving loan bank products agreement” as of the Restatement Date or, if later, as of the time of the entering into of such bank products agreement.

CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Change in Law” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(a).

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of

 

9

1003651351v23


50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder; or

(d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

Charges” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09.

Closing Date” means November 1, 2012.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” means all assets of Holdings or the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agent” means Credit Suisse AG, as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and shall include any successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

Commitment” means as to any Lender, such Lender’s Initial Revolving Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments and Specified Refinancing Facility, as the context requires; collectively, as to all Lenders, the “Revolving Commitments.”

Communications” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

Company” means Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation and any successor in interest thereto.

 

10

1003651351v23


Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Swap Contracts, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; providedhowever, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; providedhowever, that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

 

11

1003651351v23


(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.02(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.02(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from

(A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and

(B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;

 

12

1003651351v23


(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;

(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and

(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.02(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of

 

13

1003651351v23


Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.02(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person for which such a balance sheet is available (or, if earlier, was required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b)) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or such Guarantor after the Restatement Date.

Control” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Credit Agreement” means (a) this Agreement, (b) the Senior Term Loan Facility and (c) if so designated by the Borrower, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed,

 

14

1003651351v23


refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.

Credit Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.

Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Loans of such Lender, plus the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s L/C Exposure.

Debt Issuance” means the issuance by any Person and its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness for borrowed money.

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan or to fund its participation in a Letter of Credit required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, (c) has become insolvent or the assets or management of which has been taken over by any Governmental Authority, (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company, that has, become the subject of a Bail-in Action, (e) has failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or (f) has failed, within 10 Business Days after request by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Defaulting Lender as designated pursuant to this clause (f) shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender upon receipt of such confirmation by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as

 

15

1003651351v23


Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.02(a)(3).

Designation Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(f).

Disqualified Lender” means (i) any competitor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any controlled affiliate of such competitor that (x) is clearly identifiable on the basis of such controlled affiliate’s name or (y) has been identified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and (ii) any Persons designated in writing by the Borrower or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Restatement Date.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Initial Revolving Maturity Date; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; providedfurther, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any employee investment vehicles.

Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

16

1003651351v23


EBITDA” means, for any period with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person;

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof;

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period;

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees);

(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA);

(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(7) any net loss resulting from Swap Contracts;

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period;

(9) Securitization Fees;

(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions;

 

17

1003651351v23


(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement);

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.02(a)(3); and

(13) solely for purposes of any Event of Default under the covenant set forth in Section 7.08, the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Equity Issuance to one or more holders of Equity Interests of any Parent solely to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds (A) are actually received by the Borrower (including through capital contribution of such Net Cash Proceeds to the Borrower) no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the delivery of a Notice of Intent to Cure, (B) are Not Otherwise Applied and (C) do not exceed the aggregate amount necessary to cure such Event of Default under Section 7.08 for any applicable period; provided that in each period of four fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in which no such cure is made; it being understood that this clause (13) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.08,

(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than 18 months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after the Reference Date (the latest such period, the “Initial Period”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments (as defined in the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture), and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40 million and (2) 20% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and

 

18

1003651351v23


(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and

(2) any net gain resulting from Swap Contracts.

provided that, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of any calculation made under the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.08, to the extent the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Equity Issuance to one or more holders of Equity Interests of any Parent are an effective addition to EBITDA as contemplated by, and in accordance with, the provisions of clause (x)(13) above and, as a result thereof, the Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with Section 7.08 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach, default or Event of Default hereunder that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement, such cure shall be deemed to be effective as of the last day of such applicable period.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition and is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund of a Lender, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) or Section 8.01(f), the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates.

Engagement Letter” means the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 16, 2012, among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, UBS Securities LLC, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

19

1003651351v23


Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock) of such Person.

Equity Issuance” means any issuance for cash by any Person and its Subsidiaries to any other Person of (a) its Equity Interests, (b) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (c) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity or (d) any options or warrants relating to its Equity Interests. An Asset Sale shall not be deemed to be an Equity Issuance.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA (other than, in each case, a standard termination), or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee

 

20

1003651351v23


to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

EUR”, “euro” and “”, means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution” means (x) net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from (i) contributions to its common equity capital and (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on the later of (1) the Restatement Date and (2) the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.02(a)(3) and (y) any Excluded Contribution (as defined under the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture) made and not utilized prior to the Issue Date under, and as defined in, the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture.

Excluded Subsidiaries” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(a)(i).

Excluded Taxes” means (a) any Taxes measured by or imposed upon the net income of any Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, and all franchise Taxes, branch Taxes, Taxes on doing business or Taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall capital or net worth of any such Agent or Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and such Agent or Lender, applicable lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Agent or Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any notes issued pursuant 2.04(e) and (b) any Taxes imposed by FATCA. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this definition of “Excluded Taxes,” the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank.

 

21

1003651351v23


Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness hereunder and under the Senior Term Loan Facility) in existence on the Restatement Date.

Existing Letters of Credit” means Letters of Credit issued prior to, and outstanding on, the Restatement Date and disclosed on Schedule 2.23.

Existing Loans” means Loans of an Existing Tranche.

Existing Tranche” means a Tranche of commitments or Loans existing at given time.

Extended Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(a).

Extended Revolving Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(a).

Extended Revolving Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(a).

Extended Tranche” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(a).

Extending Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(b).

Extension Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(c).

Extension Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(d).

Extension Election” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(b).

Extension of Credit” means as to any Lender, the making of a Loan, and as to any Issuing Bank, the issuance of a Letter of Credit by such Issuing Bank.

Extension Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(a).

Extension Request Deadline” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(b).

Extension Series” means all Extended Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, provided for therein are intended to be part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins and amortization schedule.

Facility” means each of (a) the Initial Revolving Commitments and the Extensions of Credit made thereunder, (b) the Incremental Revolving Commitments of the same Tranche and Extensions of Credit made thereunder, (c) any Extended Revolving Commitments of the same Extension Series and Extensions of Credit made thereunder and (d) any Specified Refinancing Facility of the same Tranche and Extensions of Credit made thereunder, and collectively, the “Facilities.”

 

22

1003651351v23


Facility Fee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and any applicable legislation, regulations or other official guidance adopted by a Governmental Authority pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall commence to publish such composite rate).

Fees” means the Facility Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b)), the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning

 

23

1003651351v23


of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility (including this Agreement) computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

Fixed GAAP Date” means the Closing Date, provided that at any time after the Restatement Date, the Borrower may, by prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.

Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligations,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “EBITDA,”

 

24

1003651351v23


“Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that, at the Borrower’s election, may be specified by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Event” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or this clause (ii); or (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii).

FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified

 

25

1003651351v23


Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the SEC permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Borrower may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(i).

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee Obligation” means with respect to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; providedhowever, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such

 

26

1003651351v23


guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors” means, collectively, the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule I and each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that shall be required to execute and deliver a guaranty or guaranty supplement pursuant to Section 6.12.

Guaranty” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guaranty made by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank” means any Person that is a Lender, a Term Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Term Lender, or a Person that was at the time of entering into a Swap Contract, a Lender, a Term Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Term Lender, or that was a party to a Swap Contract as of the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Swap Contract.

Hedging Obligations” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Swap Contract.

Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes” means Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued pursuant to the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, and Holdings, as issuer, together with all instruments and other agreements in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation and any successor in interest thereto.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.

 

27

1003651351v23


Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary that (i) (x) contributed 5% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, (y) had consolidated assets representing 5% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available and (z) is designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary for the purposes of this definition; and (ii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (i), (x) contributed 10% or less of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 10% or less of Consolidated Tangible Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing requirements as of the last day of the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 60 days following the date on which such annual or quarterly financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) with respect to such period.

Increase Supplement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(c).

Incremental Commitment Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(d).

Incremental Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

Incremental Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(d).

Incremental Revolving Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

Incremental Revolving Loans” means any loans drawn under an Incremental Revolving Commitment.

incur” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01(a).

Indebtedness” means

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

 

28

1003651351v23


(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (A) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (B) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or

(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

providedhowever, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(b).

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.16.

Initial Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.07(b)(xii).

Initial Issuing Bank” means Credit Suisse AG, acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

Initial Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder (and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit as provided for herein) as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.04. As of the date hereof, the aggregate amount of Initial Revolving Commitments equals $180,000,000.

 

29

1003651351v23


Initial Revolving Commitment Period” means the period from and including the Restatement Date to, but not including, the Initial Revolving Maturity Date, or such earlier date as the Initial Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

Initial Revolving Loans” means the revolving credit loans of each Lender holding an Initial Revolving Commitment.

Initial Revolving Maturity Date” means January 31, 2023; provided that in the event more than $190.5 million of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 2014 Unsecured Notes are outstanding on January 15, 2022, the “Initial Revolving Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2022.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means, collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 or the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement Supplement” has the meaning specified in Article IX.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, however, that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the maturity date of such Loan. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

30

1003651351v23


Investment Grade Securities” means (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments.

Investments” means with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

For the purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 7.02, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; providedhowever, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Borrower’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.

 

31

1003651351v23


Issuing Bank” means each Initial Issuing Bank and any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.23(i) or (k). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or branches of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.

Issuing Bank Fees” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).

Joint Lead Arrangers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Nomura Securities International, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement to be entered into with the representative of Indebtedness secured by a Lien having Junior Lien Priority substantially in the form attached as Annex B to the Security Agreement or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Authorized Representative (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement).

Junior Lien Priority” means, with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking junior to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Revolving Facility Obligations or any Guaranty, as applicable, either pursuant to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Laws” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Commitment” means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23.

L/C Disbursement” means a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

L/C Exposure” means at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Lender at any time shall equal its Revolving Commitment Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.

L/C Fronting Sublimit” means, (i) for any Initial Issuing Bank, the amount of such Issuing Bank’s commitment to issue and to honor payment obligations under Letters of Credit as set forth on Schedule 2.01 and (ii) for any other Issuing Bank, the amount agreed between such Issuing Bank and the Borrower.

 

32

1003651351v23


L/C Participation Fee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).

Lender Joinder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(c).

Lenders” means the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit” means the Existing Letters of Credit and any standby letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.23.

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) for deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Borrowing is denominated (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such rates available) an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in the currency in which the applicable Eurodollar Borrowing is denominated are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

Lien” means with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction” means (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or prepayment.

 

33

1003651351v23


Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Letters of Credit, the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (on and after execution thereof), each Other Intercreditor Agreement (on and after the execution thereof), the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) and any other Security Documents, each as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Loans” means the Initial Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Loans and Specified Refinancing Loans, as the context shall require.

Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiaries” means Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower constituting, individually (or, solely for purposes of Section 8.01, in the aggregate (as if such Restricted Subsidiaries constituted a single Subsidiary)), a “significant subsidiary” in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X.

Maturity Date” means the Initial Revolving Maturity Date, for any Extended Tranche the “Maturity Date” set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment, for any Incremental Commitments the “Maturity Date” set forth in the applicable Incremental Commitment Amendment and for any Specified Refinancing Tranche the “Maturity Date” set forth in the applicable Specified Refinancing Amendment, as the context may require.

Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $8,897,000 plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Restatement Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)) as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09.

Minimum Extension Condition” has the meaning assigned to such in Section 2.25(g).

Modifying Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.08(i).

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

34

1003651351v23


Mortgage” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Closing Date together with each other mortgage to secure any of the Obligations executed and delivered after the Closing Date.

Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.

Net Cash Proceeds” means, (a) with respect to the issuance of any Equity Interest by the Borrower, the excess of (i) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such issuance over (ii) all taxes and fees (including investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary or reasonable expenses) incurred by the Borrower in connection with such issuance and (b) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (ii) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs, taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary or reasonable expenses, incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to

 

35

1003651351v23


be provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.08(f).

Non-Defaulting Lender” means any Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Excluded Taxes” means all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(e).

Non-Modifying Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.08(i).

Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.

Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights, and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.

Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not previously included in a calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (x)(13) of the definition thereof and (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any application of such amount as contemplated by clause (b) above.

 

36

1003651351v23


Notice of Intent to Cure” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations” means all (x) Revolving Facility Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement (including any guarantee thereof) and (z) Cash Management Obligations (including any guarantee thereof). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or limited liability agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement (other than the Security Agreement and any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Parent” means any of Holdings, the Company (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, the Company (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Borrower immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Pari Passu Lien Priority” means, with respect to specified Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on specified Collateral ranking equal with the Lien on such Collateral securing the Revolving

 

37

1003651351v23


Facility Obligations or any Guaranty, as applicable, either pursuant to the Security Agreement or one or more other intercreditor agreements having terms no less favorable to the Lenders in relation to the holders of such specified Indebtedness with respect to such Collateral than the terms of the Security Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(f).

Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor thereto).

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01(b).

Permitted Equity Issuance” means any Equity Issuance (other than of Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower, to the extent permitted hereunder, or any Equity Issuance of any Parent.

Permitted Holders” means any of the following: (i) the Access Investors, (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr., (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii), (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust, (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any

 

38

1003651351v23


Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies.

Permitted Investment” means

(1) any Investment by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described in Section 7.03 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Restatement Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Restatement Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Restatement Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Restatement Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any investment acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

39

1003651351v23


(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 7.01(b)(ix);

(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $25.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any Investment by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 13.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.01 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under Section 7.05;

(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04 (except transactions described in Section 7.04(b)(ii), (vi) and (vii));

 

40

1003651351v23


(15) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; providedhowever, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; providedfurther, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

41

1003651351v23


(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (or at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary); providedhowever, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; providedfurther, however, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; providedfurther, that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 7.01;

(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Agreement;

(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(8) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens existing on the Restatement Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 2016 Senior Secured Notes) and Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Restatement Date (other than under this Agreement, the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, the 2014 Senior Secured Notes or the 2016 Senior Secured Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; providedhowever, that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Lenders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by

 

42

1003651351v23


appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(13) pledges, deposits or other Liens under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits or other Liens to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits or other Liens as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other Liens securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to or from any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

 

43

1003651351v23


(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; providedhowever, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(b)(xviii), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

44

1003651351v23


(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(b)(iv) and (xx);

(26) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.50 to 1.00, (ii) Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million and (iii) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $300.0 million pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Senior Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the date hereof;

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Agreement and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations (at the time of incurrence thereof) do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

 

45

1003651351v23


For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction in this definition, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof (less any original issue discount, if applicable) does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and discounts, commissions and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.01, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and, if applicable, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended, (d) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding interest rate, fees, original issue discount and redemption premium), taken as a whole, of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions, taken as a whole, of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or a guarantor (or any successor thereto) of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

46

1003651351v23


Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

Pledged Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by their terms are preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the date such change is announced as being effective. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually available.

Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) is an initial copyright owner or (b) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.

Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith.

 

47

1003651351v23


Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness hereunder and under any other Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Qualifying IPO” means the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Receivable” means a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Recorded Music Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.

Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

Recovery Event” means any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party giving rise to Net Proceeds to such Loan Party, as the case may be, in excess of $10.0 million, to the extent that such settlement or payment does not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of such casualty or condemnation.

Reference Date” means July 20, 2011.

Refinancing Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.07(b)(xii).

Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01(b)(xiii).

 

48

1003651351v23


Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(d).

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period is waived under Section 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 or 28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 or any successor regulation thereto.

Required Lenders” means Lenders the Revolving Commitment Percentage of which aggregate to more than 50.0%; provided that the Commitments (or, if the Commitments have terminated or expired, all Loans and interests in L/C Exposure) held or deemed held by Defaulting Lenders shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, statute, ordinance, code, decree, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material property or to which such Person or any of its material property is subject, including laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to zoning, occupancy and subdivision of real properties; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any non-binding recommendation of any Governmental Authority.

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, director, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Restatement Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a)(iv).

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(b)(ii)(A).

Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to a Eurodollar Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing thereof and (ii) each date of a continuation thereof pursuant to Section 2.10 and (b) with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (i) each date of issuance thereof, (ii) each date of amendment (if such amendment increases the amount thereof) and (iii) each date of any payment by the respective Issuing Bank thereof.

 

49

1003651351v23


Revolving Commitment Percentage” means as to any Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Commitments constituted by its Commitment (or, if the Commitments have terminated or expired, the percentage which (a) the sum of (i) such Lender’s then outstanding Loans plus (ii) such Lender’s interests in the aggregate L/C Exposure then outstanding then constitutes of (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate Loans of all the Lenders then outstanding plus (ii) the aggregate L/C Exposure then outstanding); provided that for purposes of Section 2.22, “Revolving Commitment Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the aggregate Commitments (disregarding the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender to the extent its L/C Exposure is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders) constituted by such Lender’s Commitment.

Revolving Commitment Period” means the Initial Revolving Commitment Period, the “Revolving Commitment Period” in respect of any Tranche of Extended Revolving Commitments as set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment, the “Revolving Commitment Period” in respect of any Tranche of Incremental Revolving Commitments as set forth in the applicable Incremental Commitment Amendment or the “Revolving Commitment Period” in respect of any Tranche of Specified Refinancing Facilities as set forth in the applicable Specified Refinancing Amendment, as the context may require.

Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness” means Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $180.0 million outstanding under this Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents and other instruments, agreements and documents executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection herewith, as the same may be refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under this Agreement, any other revolving credit agreement, or one or more other credit or financing agreements with a revolving financing component (to the extent of such component)), and in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and including any agreement changing maturity or increasing the Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed (provided that any such increase shall not be deemed to increase the $180.0 million maximum principal amount of Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness provided for in this definition), or otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof or hereof.

Revolving Exposure” means at any time the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Loans. The Revolving Exposure of any Lender at any time shall equal its Revolving Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Revolving Exposure at such time.

Revolving Facility Obligations” means obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, fees and interest (including interest accruing during (or that would accrue but for) the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on and reimbursement obligations in connection with the Loans and Letters of Credit, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment, upon the drawing thereof or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise

 

50

1003651351v23


(including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Section 2.25 Additional Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(c).

Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is outstanding as of the Closing Date or that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank, and that is designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as being a “secured revolving loan hedge agreement” as of the Closing Date or, if later, as of the time of entering into such Swap Contract.

Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Article IX.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Swap Contracts entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

 

51

1003651351v23


Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which none of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other instruments evidencing or creating Liens on the assets of Holdings and the Loan Parties to secure the Obligations delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.12, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.

 

52

1003651351v23


Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 7.05 (excluding Liens permitted by clause (26) of “Permitted Liens,” provided that, except in connection with the calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for purposes of Section 7.08, Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness so secured shall be excluded from the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness).

In addition, to the extent that any Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(b)(i)(I)(B) or secured by any Lien pursuant to clause (26)(i)(B) of “Permitted Liens,” such Indebtedness may be refinanced from time to time with other Indebtedness (including by Indebtedness refinancing any such refinancing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not exceeding the principal amount of, and premium (if any) and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being refinanced plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such refinancing, and such refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by any Lien, without further compliance with the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio thereunder.

Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to the Borrower, the ratio of (x) the Borrower’s Senior Secured Indebtedness, minus an amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination not exceeding $200.0 million, to (y) the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b)) immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).

Except in connection with the calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for purposes of Section 7.08, for purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.

 

53

1003651351v23


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).

In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 7.01(b)(i)(I)(B) and clause (26)(i)(B) of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, and secured by Liens without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.

Senior Term Loan Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Term Loan Facility” means the term loan facility made available under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.

Senior Term Loan Facility Documents” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived, otherwise modified, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

Senior Unsecured Notes” means the Borrower’s 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 issued pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower, as issuer, and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

54

1003651351v23


Solvent” and “Solvency” with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, means (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature (all capitalized terms used in this definition (other than “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” which have the meanings set forth in this Agreement) shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the form of solvency certificate attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Special Purpose Entity” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Borrower.

Specified Debt” means, collectively, the Indebtedness under the Senior Term Loan Facility, the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, the 2014 Unsecured Notes and the 2016 Senior Secured Notes.

Specified Existing Tranche” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.25(a).

Specified Financings” means the financings included in the Transactions and the 2011 Transactions.

Specified Refinancing Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement effecting the incurrence of Specified Refinancing Facilities in accordance with Section 2.26.

Specified Refinancing Commitment” means as to any Lender, its obligation to make Specified Refinancing Loans to, and/or participate in Letters of Credit issued on behalf of, the Borrower.

Specified Refinancing Facilities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.26(a).

Specified Refinancing Lenders” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.26(b).

Specified Refinancing Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.26(a).

 

55

1003651351v23


Specified Refinancing Tranche” means Specified Refinancing Facilities with the same terms and conditions made on the same day and any Supplemental Revolving Commitments and Loans in respect thereof, as applicable, added to such Tranche pursuant to Section 2.24.

Specified Transaction” means (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Sponsor” means Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.

Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, by and among the Company, Holdings and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Sponsor Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Sponsor Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for such currency; provided further that the applicable Issuing Bank may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

SPV” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(i).

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

56

1003651351v23


Stated Maturity” means with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserves” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America (the “Board”) and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Sterling”, “GBP” and “£” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Borrower, indebtedness of the Borrower that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guaranty.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantee” means the guaranty of the Revolving Facility Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents provided pursuant to the Guaranty.

 

57

1003651351v23


Subsidiary Guarantor” means, collectively, the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Guarantors.

Successor Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.06(a).

Supplemental Revolving Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any such Master Agreement.

Syndication Agents” means Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Syndication Agents under the Loan Documents.

TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

Taxes” means any and all present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Lender” means a lender under any Senior Term Loan Facility.

Threshold Amount” means $50,000,000.

Total Commitment” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments, as in effect at such time.

Tranche” means with respect to Loans or commitments, refers to whether such Loans or commitments are (1) Initial Revolving Commitments or Initial Revolving Loans, (2) Incremental

 

58

1003651351v23


Revolving Commitments or Incremental Revolving Loans with the same terms and conditions made on the same day and any Supplemental Revolving Commitments and Loans in respect thereof added to such Tranche pursuant to Section 2.24, (3) Extended Revolving Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments (of the same Extended Tranche) or (4) Specified Refinancing Facilities with the same terms and conditions made on the same day any Supplemental Revolving Commitments and Loans in respect thereof added to such Tranche pursuant to Section 2.24.

Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (a) the entry into the 2012 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the offer and issuance of the 2012 Senior Secured Notes, (b) the entry into the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (c) the entry into this Agreement and the incurrence of Indebtedness hereunder, (d) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower (including the redemption of the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, (e) the solicitation of certain consents and related amendments with respect to the Senior Unsecured Notes and the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes, and (f) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

Type”, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, means the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” means the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

United States Person” means any United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, (b) such designation complies with Section 7.02 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,

 

59

1003651351v23


(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.

The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing and (1) the Borrower could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 7.01(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(b)(ii)(B).

USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years (and/or portion thereof) obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then-remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then-outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a subsidiary of such Person of which securities (except for (a) directors’ qualifying shares, (b) shares held by nominees and (c) shares held by foreign nationals as required by applicable Law) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Capital Stock are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

60

1003651351v23


Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

  (i)

The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

  (ii)

Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

 

  (iii)

The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

  (iv)

The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

  (v)

Any reference herein to a Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.

In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 1.03. Accounting Terms. As used herein and any other Loan Document, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.01 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.01, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

Section 1.04. Rounding. Any financial ratios, including any required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement, shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.05. References to Agreements and Laws. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent

 

61

1003651351v23


amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

Section 1.06. Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight savings or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as specifically provided in Section 2.19 or as described in the definition of “Interest Period”) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally.

(a) Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II, IX and X or in respect of Borrowings, Loans or Letters of Credit) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount to be determined at the rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding any date of determination thereof, to prime banks in New York, New York for the spot purchase in the New York foreign exchange market of such amount in Dollars with such other currency; provided that, if any basket is exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in applicable currency exchange rates after the last time such basket was utilized, such basket will not be deemed to have been exceeded solely as a result of such fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

(b) The Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall determine in good faith the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Borrowings, Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date with respect to such Borrowing, Loan or Letter of Credit occurs.

Section 1.09. Limited Condition Transaction.

(a) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Borrower, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred

 

62

1003651351v23


Stock is given. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has exercised its option under the first sentence of this clause (a), and any Default or Event of Default, as applicable, occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Transaction were entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Default or Event of Default, as applicable, shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder.

(b) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of

(i) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio; or

(ii) testing baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated Tangible Assets);

in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or irrevocable notice of redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is given, as applicable (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds of such incurrence) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Borrower are available, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket or amount, such ratio, basket or amount shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in exchange rates or in EBITDA or Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio, basket or amount with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, Asset Sales, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, basket

 

63

1003651351v23


or amount shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

Section 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender holding an Initial Revolving Commitment agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Initial Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies, at any time and from time to time on and after the date hereof, and until the earlier of the Initial Revolving Maturity Date and the termination of the Initial Revolving Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender’s Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Initial Revolving Commitment. Within the limits set forth in this Section 2.01 and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Loans.

Section 2.02. Loans.

(a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their Commitments; providedhowever, that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), the Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be made in an aggregate principal amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, equal to the remaining available balance of the Commitments) and (y) (i) in the case of Eurodollar Loans in Dollars, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or equal to the remaining available balance of the Commitments), (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans in Euro, €1,000,000 or a whole multiple of €500,000 in excess thereof (or equal to the remaining available balance of the Commitments) or (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans in Sterling, £1,000,000 or a whole multiple of £500,000 in excess thereof (or equal to the remaining available balance of Commitments).

(b) Subject to Section 2.02(f), 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03 and any ABR Loan may only be denominated in Dollars. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; providedhowever, that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time (or such greater number of Eurodollar Borrowings permitted by the Administrative

 

64

1003651351v23


Agent in its sole discretion). For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods or currencies, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than, in the case of a Loan denominated in Dollars, 1:00 p.m., New York City time and, in the case of a Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, 8.30 a.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall in each case promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing of Initial Revolving Loans if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Initial Revolving Maturity Date.

(f) If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from the Borrower the payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof (which, in the case of an L/C Disbursement made with respect to a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, shall be a Dollar amount calculated by reference to the Dollar Equivalent of the L/C Disbursement). Each Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Lender shall

 

65

1003651351v23


have received such notice later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount in Dollars equal to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that (i) if the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Sections 4.01(b) and (c) have been satisfied, such amount shall be deemed to constitute an ABR Loan of such Lender and, to the extent of such payment, the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such L/C Disbursement shall be discharged and replaced with the resulting ABR Borrowing, and (ii) if such conditions precedent to borrowing have not been satisfied, then any such amount paid by any Lender shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower from its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time that any Lender makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph (f); any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Lender shall not have made its Revolving Commitment Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a) and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.

Section 2.03. Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Borrowing (other than a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f), as to which this Section 2.03 shall not apply), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing or, in the case of any Eurodollar Borrowing to be made on the Restatement Date, not later than 12:00 (noon) New York City time, one Business Day prior to the Restatement Date, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the requested date of Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable (provided that, any telephonic notification or Borrowing Request in respect of a Borrowing to be made on the Restatement Date may be revoked and/or extended by not more than 5 Business Days pending satisfaction of the conditions set out in Article IV), and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or fax to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; and (vi) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the currency of such Borrowing; providedhowever, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR

 

66

1003651351v23


Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. If no currency with respect to a Borrowing is specified, the currency shall be in Dollars. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Initial Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Initial Revolving Maturity Date.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the currency and amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the currency and amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder, (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof and (iv), with respect to Loans in an Alternative Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of that Loan as calculated in respect of the most recently occurring Revaluation Date.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be (absent manifest error) prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; providedhowever, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its permitted registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 10.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

Section 2.05. Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender (which is not a Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and

 

67

1003651351v23


December in each year and on each date on which any Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein, a facility fee (a “Facility Fee”) for the period from and including the first day of the applicable Revolving Commitment Period to the applicable Maturity Date equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the first day of the applicable Revolving Commitment Period or ending with the applicable Maturity Date or the date on which the Commitments of such Lender shall expire or be terminated). All Facility Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in clause (x) of the second to last paragraph of Section 5 of the Engagement Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “Administrative Agent Fees”).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to each Lender (which is not a Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee in Dollars (an “L/C Participation Fee”) calculated on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the first day of the applicable Revolving Commitment Period or ending with the applicable Maturity Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Borrowings comprised of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank the standard fronting, issuance and drawing fees in an amount equal to 0.125% per annum (the “Issuing Bank Fees”). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.06. Interest on Loans.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

68

1003651351v23


(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed, in the case of a Loan denominated in Dollars or Euro, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days and, in the case of a Loan denominated in Sterling, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.07. Default Interest. All overdue amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of overdue principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in the case of all other overdue amounts, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times) equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Loan plus 2.00% per annum.

Section 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that deposits in the currency of such Eurodollar Borrowing in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the majority in interest of the Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section 2.10 (x) in Dollars, shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing and (y) in an Alternative Currency, shall be deemed to be a request for a Borrowing at the average of the rates per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency are offered to major banks in the interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) The Initial Revolving Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Initial Revolving Maturity Date. The L/C Commitment shall automatically terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of the Commitments and (ii) the date that is 30 days prior to the Initial Revolving Maturity Date.

 

69

1003651351v23


(b) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent (provided that such notice may be conditioned on receiving the proceeds of any refinancing or on any other transaction), the Borrower may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Initial Revolving Commitments, the Incremental Revolving Commitments of any Tranche, the Extended Revolving Commitments of any Tranche, and/or the Specified Refinancing Commitments of any Tranche; provided, however, that (i) each partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Total Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Credit Exposure (without taking into account Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in their sole discretion) at the time.

(c) Each reduction in the Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction of any Commitment, the Facility Fees on the amount of the Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.

Section 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings. The Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business Day prior to the date of conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in Dollars into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to the date of conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior (in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in Dollars) or four Business Days prior (in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency) to the date of conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(a) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

(b) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

(c) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from

 

70

1003651351v23


such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion;

(d) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;

(e) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(f) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing; and

(g) upon notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day), (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto and (v) the currency of the Borrowing (which shall be the same as the currency of the Borrowing being converted or continued). If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof):

(i) in case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, automatically be converted into an ABR Borrowing; or

(ii) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency, be continued as a Eurodollar Loan in its original currency with an Interest Period of one month.

Section 2.11. [Reserved].

 

71

1003651351v23


Section 2.12. Voluntary Prepayment.

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 (noon), New York City time; providedhowever, that (i) each partial prepayment of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than £1,000,000, each partial prepayment of a Borrowing denominated in EUR shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of €500,000 and not less than €1,000,000 and each partial payment of a Borrowing denominated in Sterling shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of £500,000 and not less than £1,000,000 and (ii) at the Borrower’s election, such prepayment shall not, so long as no Event of Default then exists, be applied to any Loan of a Defaulting Lender.

(b) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the Tranche being prepaid (which at the discretion of the Borrower may be Initial Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or Specified Refinancing Loans and/or a combination thereof) and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable (provided that such notice may be conditioned on receiving the proceeds of any refinancing or other transaction) and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; providedhowever, that, if such prepayment is for all of the then outstanding Loans, then the Borrower may revoke such notice and/or extend the prepayment date by not more than five Business Days; providedfurther, however, that the provisions of Section 2.16 shall apply with respect to any such revocation or extension. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 (other than prepayments of ABR Loans that are not made in connection with the termination or permanent reduction of the Commitments) shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

Section 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments. In the event of any termination of all the Commitments, the Borrower shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all its outstanding Borrowings and replace or cause to be canceled (or cash collateralize, backstop or make any other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in their sole discretion with respect to) all outstanding Letters of Credit. If, after giving effect to any partial reduction of the Commitments or at any other time, the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment, then the Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction or at such other time, repay or prepay Borrowings and, after the Borrowings shall have been repaid or prepaid in full, replace or cause to be canceled (or cash collateralize, backstop or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in their sole discretion with respect to) Letters of Credit in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

 

72

1003651351v23


Section 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

(a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the Restatement Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

(i) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBO Rate hereunder (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); or

(ii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any Tax of any kind whatsoever); and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit (in each case hereunder) or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable with respect to such Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day’s notice of such election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, amounts theretofore required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14(a) and such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.05(b) and Section 2.16. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.14(a), it shall provide prompt notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Administrative Agent, certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (a) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.14(a) submitted by such Lender or Issuing Bank, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(a), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14(a) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation

 

73

1003651351v23


or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority, in each case, made subsequent to the Restatement Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender or Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time, within ten Business Days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.14(b) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(b), the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14(b) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the adoption of or change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then provided such Lender shall, within six months of such adoption, change, interpretation or application, have notified the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, the six-month period first referred to in this sentence shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case, shall be deemed to have been enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued, as applicable, subsequent to the Restatement Date for all purposes herein.

 

74

1003651351v23


Section 2.15. Change in Legality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof in each case occurring after the Restatement Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“Affected Loans”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested and (c) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then-current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion or prepayment of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then-current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.16.

Section 2.16. Breakage. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “Breakage Event”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender (as reasonably determined by such Lender) in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A reasonably detailed certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, each borrowing of Loans by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder shall be made, each payment (except as provided in Section 2.22(a)) by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee in respect of the Commitments hereunder and any reduction (except as provided in Section 2.15, 2.21(a), 2.22, 2.24, 2.25, 2.26, 10.08(f) or 10.08(i)) of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent, pro rata according to the respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of the Lenders (other than payments in respect of any difference in the

 

75

1003651351v23


Facility Fee in respect of any Tranche); provided that, at the request of the Borrower, in lieu of such application on a pro rata basis among all Commitments, such reduction may be applied to any Commitments so long as the Maturity Date of such Commitments precedes the Maturity Date of each other Tranche of Commitments then outstanding or, in the event more than one Tranche of Commitments shall have an identical Maturity Date that precedes the Maturity Date of each other Tranche of Commitments then outstanding, to such Tranches on a pro rata basis. Each payment (including each prepayment, but excluding payments made pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.20, 2.21(a), 2.22, 2.24, 2.25, 2.26, 10.05, 10.08(f) or 10.08(i)) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on any Tranche of Loans (other than payments in respect of any difference in the interest accruing in respect of any Tranche) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Tranche then held by the respective Lenders (or as otherwise provided in the applicable Incremental Commitment Amendment, Extension Amendment or Specified Refinancing Amendment, if applicable). This Section 2.17 may be amended in accordance with Section 10.08(g) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.24, 2.25, 2.26, 10.08(e) and 10.08(i), as applicable.

Section 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement (except pursuant to Sections 2.21(a), 2.22, 2.24, 2.25, 2.26, 10.08(f) or 10.08(i)) as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans and L/C Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in Loans and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; providedhowever, that (i) if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustments restored without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Loan Party pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall apply). The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to

 

76

1003651351v23


any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation. This Section 2.18 may be amended in accordance with Section 10.08(g) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new Tranches added pursuant to Sections 2.24, 2.25, 2.26, 10.08(e) and 10.08(i), as applicable.

Section 2.19. Payments.

(a) Except with respect to principal or interest payments on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available Dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. All payments of principal or interest with respect to a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made not later than the Applicable Time on the date when due in immediately available funds in the applicable Alternative Currency, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. Each such payment (other than Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank) shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

Section 2.20. Taxes.

(a) Except as provided below in this Section 2.20 or as required by law (which, for purposes of this Section 2.20, shall include FATCA), all payments made by the Borrower or the Agents under this Agreement and any promissory notes executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes; provided that, if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the Borrower to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any such notes, the amounts so payable by the Borrower shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement; providedhowever, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, and the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify for, any Non-Excluded Taxes, and any such amounts payable by the Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or Lender shall not be increased (x) if such Agent or Lender fails to comply with the requirements of clause (b), (c), (d) or (f) of this Section 2.20 or with the requirements of

 

77

1003651351v23


Section 2.21, or (y) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed in connection with the payment of any fees paid under this Agreement unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a Change in Law, or (z) with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, unless such Non-Excluded Taxes are imposed as a result of a change in treaty, law or regulation that occurred after the later of (i) the date that such Agent became an Agent hereunder or such Lender became a Lender hereunder (or, if such Agent or Lender is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, after the relevant beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender became such a beneficiary or member, if later) and (ii) the Restatement Date (any such change, at such time, a “Change in Law”). Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the respective Lender or Agent, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Agents for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section 2.20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) Each Agent and each Lender that is not a United States Person shall:

(i) (A) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement (or any promissory notes executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e)) to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (1) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN-E (certifying that it is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country) or Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case certifying that it is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any such notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (2) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any such notes;

(B) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 2.20(b)(i)(A) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower;

(C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; and

 

78

1003651351v23


(D) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any such notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (D), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by any Loan Party) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

(ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption,”

(A) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code;

(B) deliver to the Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, (1) two certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto (any such certificate, a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (2) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN-E, or successor applicable form, certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such form to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any such notes and (3) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any such notes (and shall also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original signed forms or certificates on or before the date the previous forms or certificates expire or become obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided forms or certificates and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms or certificates); and

(C) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any such notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (C), such Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Lender of complying with such request; or

 

79

1003651351v23


(iii) in the case of any such Agent or Lender that is a non-U.S. intermediary or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

(A) on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any such notes to, or for the account of, such Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY and, if any beneficiary or member of such Lender is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption,” (1) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Lender is not (x) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (y) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (z) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (2) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates certifying to such Lender’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any such notes; and

(aa) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Agent or Lender that is not claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption,” also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (xx) two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E (certifying that such beneficiary or member is a resident of the applicable country within the meaning of the income tax treaty between the United States and that country), Form W-8ECI or Form W-9, or successor applicable form, as the case may be, in each case so that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to receive all payments under this Agreement and any such notes without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (yy) such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that each such beneficiary or member is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to all payments under this Agreement and any such notes; and

(bb) with respect to each beneficiary or member of such Lender that is claiming the so-called “portfolio interest exemption”, (xx) represent to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such beneficiary or member is not (1) a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (yy) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates with respect to each beneficiary or member (which may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficiary or member) and two copies of such beneficiary’s or member’s accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E, or successor applicable form, certifying to such beneficiary’s or member’s legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the

 

80

1003651351v23


Code with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and any such notes, and (zz) also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms, documentation or certifications, as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any such notes;

(B) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further signed copies or originals (as applicable) of any forms, certificates or certifications referred to above on or before the date any such form, certificate or certification expires or becomes obsolete, or any beneficiary or member changes, and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently provided form, certificate or certification and obtain such extensions of time reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent for filing and completing such forms, certificates or certifications; and

(C) deliver, to the extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the Borrower, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other forms as may be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding with respect to payments under this Agreement and any such notes, provided that, in determining the reasonableness of a request under this clause (C), such Agent or Lender shall be entitled to consider the cost (to the extent unreimbursed by the Borrower) which would be imposed on such Agent or Lender (or beneficiary or member) of complying with such request; unless, in any such case, there has been a Change in Law which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Agent or such Lender (or such beneficiary or member) from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Agent or such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c) Each Lender and each Agent, in each case that is a United States Person, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any promissory notes executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) to such Lender or Agent, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, or successor form, certifying that such Lender or Agent is a United States Person and that such Lender or Agent is entitled to complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is not a United States Person, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any promissory notes executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) deliver to the Borrower (A) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, (B) two accurate and complete original signed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8IMY, or successor applicable form, with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative

 

81

1003651351v23


Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business in the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)) or (C) such other forms or certifications as may be sufficient under applicable law to establish that the Administrative Agent is entitled to receive any payment by the Borrower under this Agreement or any such notes (whether for its own account or for the account of others) without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes;

(ii) deliver to the Borrower two further original signed forms or certifications provided in Section 2.20(d)(i) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

(iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their respective obligations (including any applicable reporting requirements) under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA.

(f) Upon the request, and at the expense of the Borrower, each Lender and Agent to which the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.20, and any participant of a Lender in respect of whose participation such payment is required, shall reasonably afford the Borrower the opportunity to contest, and reasonably cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Tax giving rise to such payment; provided that (i) such Lender or Agent shall not be required to afford the Borrower the opportunity to so contest unless the Borrower shall have confirmed in writing to such Lender or Agent its obligation to pay such amounts pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall reimburse such Lender or Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred in so cooperating with the Borrower in contesting the imposition of such Non-Excluded Tax; providedhowever, that, notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or Agent shall be required to afford the Borrower

 

82

1003651351v23


the opportunity to contest, or cooperate with the Borrower in contesting, the imposition of any Non-Excluded Taxes, if such Lender or Agent in its sole discretion in good faith determines that to do so would have an adverse effect on it.

(g) If a Lender changes its applicable lending office (other than (i) pursuant to Section 2.21(b) or (ii) after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing) and the effect of such change, as of the date of such change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 2.14 or this Section 2.20, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount.

(h) If any Agent or any Lender receives a refund directly attributable to Taxes for which the Borrower has made additional payments pursuant to this Section 2.20, such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto received from the relevant taxing authority, but net of any reasonable cost incurred in connection therewith) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower agrees promptly to return such refund (together with any interest with respect thereto due to the relevant taxing authority) (free of all Non-Excluded Taxes) to such Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, upon receipt of a notice that such refund is required to be repaid to the relevant taxing authority.

(i) The Borrower agrees to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Syndication Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger and the Agents for, and hold each Lender, each Syndication Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any stamp, documentary, excise and other similar taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents.

(j) To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax, and in no event shall such Agent be required to be responsible for or pay any additional amount with respect to any such withholding. If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from or reduction of withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, without limiting the provisions of Section 2.20(a), such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any expenses incurred and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the

 

83

1003651351v23


Administrative Agent under this Section 2.20(j). The agreements in this Section 2.20(j) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Revolving Facility Obligations.

(k) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 2.20, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank.

Section 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate.

(a) In the event (i) any Lender (or any participant of such Lender) or the Issuing Bank delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender (or any participant of such Lender) or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20 then, in each case, the Borrower shall have the right, for so long as such obligation remains, (i) with the assistance of the Administrative Agent, to seek one or more substitute Lenders reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to purchase the affected Loan or Commitment or Letter of Credit participation, as the case may be, in whole or in part, at, in the case of Loans and Commitments, an aggregate price no less than such Loan’s or Commitment’s principal amount plus accrued interest, and assume the affected obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f) then exists or will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective prepayment, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, to prepay the affected Loan, in whole or in part, subject to Section 10.05, without premium or penalty and terminate the Commitments of such Lender. In the case of the substitution of a Lender, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the affected Lender, and any substitute Lender shall execute and deliver a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 10.04(b) to effect the assignment of rights to, and the assumption of obligations by, the substitute Lender; provided that any fees required to be paid by Section 10.04(b) in connection with such assignment shall be paid by the Borrower or the substitute Lender. In the case of a prepayment of an affected Loan, the amount specified in the notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. In the case of each of the substitution of a Lender and of the prepayment of an affected Loan, the Borrower shall first pay the affected Lender any additional amounts owing under Sections 2.14 and 2.20 (as well as any commitment fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender, including any amounts under this Section 2.21) prior to such substitution or prepayment. In the case of the substitution of a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.21(a), if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Loans and L/C Participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrower to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to

 

84

1003651351v23


have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

(b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount or indemnity to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant), (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. Upon request from the applicable Lender(s) or the Issuing Bank, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or assignment and transfer.

Section 2.22. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) no commitment fee shall accrue for the account of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender;

(b) in determining the Required Lenders, any Lender that at the time is a Defaulting Lender (and the Loans and/or Commitment of such Defaulting Lender) shall be excluded and disregarded;

(c) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort (i) to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Lender and assume all or part of the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any such substitute Lender shall execute and deliver, and such Defaulting Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution or (ii) upon notice to the Administrative Agent, to prepay the Loans and, at the Borrower’s option, terminate the Commitments of such Defaulting Lender, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty;

 

85

1003651351v23


(d) if any L/C Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of such L/C Exposure shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ L/C Exposure does not exceed the total of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank for so long as such L/C Exposure is outstanding; or

(iii) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay the Issuing Bank Fee pursuant to Section 2.05(c) with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized;

(e) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (d)(i) above, then the letter of credit commission with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Commitment Percentages. The Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless they are respectively satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateralized on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank, and participations in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein);

(f) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.18) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirement of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (iisecond, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank hereunder, (iiithird, to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (ivfourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (vfifth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (visixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that, if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the

 

86

1003651351v23


principal amount of any Loans or amount of reimbursement in respect of letter of credit disbursements in respect of which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and amounts of reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or amounts of reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement owed to, any Defaulting Lender; and

(g) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, each applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the L/C Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and, on such date, such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Revolving Commitment Percentage. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.22 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.22 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

Section 2.23. Letters of Credit.

(a) General. The Borrower may request the issuance of a Letter of Credit in Dollars or an Alternative Currency for its own account or for the account of any of its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (in which case, the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiary shall be co-applicants with respect to such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the L/C Commitment remains in effect as set forth in Section 2.09(a). This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.23 or elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender (i) the Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Lender with respect to any L/C Exposure will automatically be reallocated (effective on the date such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments; provided, that (x) with respect to each non-Defaulting Lender, its Credit Exposure may not in any event exceed its Commitment as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (y) subject to Section 10.19, neither such reallocation nor any payment by a non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a non-Defaulting Lender and (ii) to the extent that any portion (the “unreallocated portion”) of the Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Defaulting Lender with respect to any L/C Exposure cannot be so reallocated, the Borrower will promptly, and in no event later than one Business Day after any demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Issuing Bank), (x) cash collateralize its obligations to the Issuing Bank in respect of such L/C

 

87

1003651351v23


Exposure, in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the unreallocated portion of such L/C Exposure, or (y) make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and to the Issuing Bank to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue new Letters of Credit, or to extend, renew or amend existing Letters of Credit until such unreallocated portion of L/C Exposure is cash collateralized in accordance with clause (x) above or such other arrangements are made in accordance with clause (y) above.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least five Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the currency and amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) with regard to any Issuing Bank individually, the L/C Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank shall not exceed its respective L/C Fronting Sublimit, (ii) the L/C Exposure with regard to all Letters of Credit shall not exceed $50,000,000 and (iii) the Aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Commitment.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and the date that is five Business Days prior to the Initial Revolving Maturity Date, except to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank at the time of issuance or renewal thereof, unless such Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date; providedhowever, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Initial Revolving Maturity Date, except to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank at the time of issuance or renewal thereof, unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days (or such longer period as may be specified in such Letter of Credit) prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the

 

88

1003651351v23


issuance of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or because of the currency of the Letter of Credit, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement on the same Business Day that it has received notice from the Issuing Bank that payment of such draft will be made, or, if the Borrower shall have received such notice later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, not later than 12:00 (noon) New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day. The amount to be paid in respect of an L/C Disbursement in an Alternative Currency shall be paid in the Alternative Currency in which the L/C Disbursement was made unless (A) the Issuing Bank shall have specified in applicable notice requesting payment that it will require payment in Dollars or (B) in the absence of any such request from the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank promptly upon receipt of such notice that the Borrower will make the payment required with respect to the L/C Disbursement in Dollars. In the case of any payment in Dollars with respect to an L/C Disbursement denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the applicable payment promptly following determination thereof.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever, and irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;

(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;

(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;

 

89

1003651351v23


(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder; and

(vii) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. It is further understood and agreed that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank’s exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.

 

90

1003651351v23


(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by the Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were an ABR Loan.

(i) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, and may be removed at any time by the Borrower by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as the successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank. At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(ii). The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. In the event that (x) any Issuing Bank ceases to be a Lender or (y) the Administrative Agent resigns pursuant to Article IX, any outstanding Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Issuing Bank) shall be cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Borrower shall, on the Business Day it receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the L/C Exposure as of such date in the currency of the L/C Exposure or, if denominated in an Alternative Currency, at the option of the Issuing Bank or the Borrower, in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such amount to be deposited, provided that the obligation to deposit such cash will become

 

91

1003651351v23


effective immediately, and such deposit will become immediately payable in immediately available funds, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g). Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in Cash Equivalents, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(k) Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement, subject to reporting requirements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to issuances, amendments, extensions and terminations of Letters of Credit by such additional issuing bank. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (k) shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.

(l) Existing Letters of Credit. Schedule 2.23 contains a schedule of certain letters of credit issued prior to the Restatement Date by the Issuing Bank listed on such Schedule for the account of the Borrower. On the Restatement Date (i) such letters of credit, to the extent then outstanding, shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.23 for the account of the Borrower, (ii) the face amount of such letters of credit shall be included in the calculation of L/C Exposure and (iii) all liabilities of the Borrower with respect to such letters of credit shall constitute Obligations.

Section 2.24. Incremental Facility.

(a) So long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(f) exists or would arise therefrom, the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the Restatement Date, (i) to request new commitments under one or more new revolving facilities to be included in this Agreement (the “Incremental Revolving Commitments”), (ii) to increase the Existing Tranche of Commitments by requesting new Commitments be added to an Existing Tranche of Commitments (the “Supplemental Revolving

 

92

1003651351v23


Commitments”), and (iii) to request new synthetic or other letter of credit facility commitments under one or more new synthetic or other letter of credit facilities to be included in this Agreement (together with the Incremental Revolving Commitments and the Supplemental Revolving Commitments, the “Incremental Commitments”), provided that, the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments permitted pursuant to this Section 2.24 shall not exceed, at the time the respective Incremental Commitment becomes effective (and after giving effect to the incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith and the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance such other Indebtedness), an amount that could then be incurred under this Agreement in compliance with Section 7.01(b)(i). Any loans made in respect of any such Incremental Commitment (other than Supplemental Revolving Commitments) shall be made by creating a new Tranche.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.24 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Commitments. The Incremental Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Lender”) subject, in the case of any Incremental Revolving Commitments and Supplemental Revolving Commitments (if such Additional Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or any affiliate of a Lender hereunder) to the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(c) Supplemental Revolving Commitments shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to a supplement specifying the Tranche of Commitments to be increased, executed by the Borrower and each increasing Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-1 (the “Increase Supplement”) or by each Additional Lender substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-2 (the “Lender Joinder Agreement”), as the case may be, which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording in the Register. An Increase Supplement or Lender Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to the Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.24. Upon effectiveness of the Lender Joinder Agreement, each Additional Lender shall be a Lender for all intents and purposes of this Agreement and the commitments made pursuant to such Supplemental Revolving Commitment shall be Commitments. Upon the effectiveness of the Increase Supplement or the Lender Joinder Agreement, as the case may be, in each case with respect to any Supplemental Revolving Commitments, outstanding Loans and/or participations in outstanding L/C Exposure of the applicable Existing Tranche, as the case may be, shall be reallocated (and the increasing Lender or joining Additional Lender, as applicable, shall make appropriate payments representing principal, with the Borrower making any necessary payments of accrued interest) so that after giving effect thereto the increasing Lender or the joining Additional Lender, as the case may be, and the other Lenders of the applicable Existing Tranche share ratably in the total Aggregate Credit Exposure in accordance with the applicable Commitments (and notwithstanding Section 10.05, no Borrower shall be liable for any amounts under Section 10.05 as a result of such reallocation).

 

93

1003651351v23


(d) Incremental Commitments (other than Supplemental Revolving Commitments) shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Commitment Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each Additional Lender. An Incremental Commitment Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.24, providedhowever, that (i) (A) the Incremental Commitments will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured (any incremental loans drawn thereunder, the “Incremental Loans”) on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same collateral securing the Loans, (B) the Incremental Commitments and any Incremental Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Loans and (C) no Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for (I) any Incremental Commitment or any Incremental Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Loans and (II) so long as any Loans (other than Incremental Loans) are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Loans on a pro rata basis following the occurrence of an acceleration of the Loans; (ii) no Lender will be required to provide any such Incremental Commitment unless it so agrees; (iii) the maturity date of such Incremental Commitments shall be no earlier than the Initial Revolving Maturity Date (other than an earlier maturity date for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date than the Initial Revolving Maturity Date); (iv) the interest rate margins applicable to the loans made pursuant to the Incremental Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Additional Lenders; (v) such Incremental Commitment Amendment may provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of Additional Lenders in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder and may provide class protection for any additional credit facilities; and (vi) the other terms and documentation in respect thereof, to the extent not consistent with this Agreement as in effect prior to giving effect to the Incremental Commitment Amendment, shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower.

Section 2.25. Extension Amendments.

(a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion, including one or more Tranches, of any commitments or the Loans (including any Extended Loans under an Existing Tranche) be converted to extend the termination date thereof and scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal or scheduled termination date(s) of any commitments, as applicable, with respect to all or a portion of any principal or committed amount of any Existing Tranche (any such Existing Tranche which has been so extended, “Extended Tranche,” the Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Loans” and the Loans of such Tranche, the “Extended Revolving Loans” and the commitments of such Tranche, the “Extended Revolving Commitments”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.25; provided that any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. In order to establish any

 

94

1003651351v23


Extended Tranche, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Tranche) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Tranche to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Tranche from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Tranche”) except (x) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Tranches shall be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Tranche, (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Tranche may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Tranche and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Tranche in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) and (z) the commitment fee, if any, with respect to the Extended Tranche may be higher or lower than the commitment fee, if any, for the Specified Existing Tranche, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.25 or otherwise, assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Commitments shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions applicable to Initial Revolving Commitments set forth in Section 10.04. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Loans or, if applicable, commitments of any Existing Tranche converted into an Extended Tranche pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Tranche shall constitute a separate Tranche of Loans (and, if applicable, commitments) from the Specified Existing Tranches and from any other Existing Tranches (together with any other Extended Tranches so established on such date).

(b) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least ten (10) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Tranche or Existing Tranches are requested to respond. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Specified Existing Tranche converted into an Extended Tranche shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Specified Existing Tranche that it has elected to convert into an Extended Tranche. In the event that the aggregate amount of the Specified Existing Tranche subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Tranches requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the Specified Existing Tranches subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Tranches on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Specified Existing Tranches included in each such Extension Election. The Borrower may amend, revoke or replace an Extension Request pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the date (the “Extension Request Deadline”) on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Tranche are requested to respond to the Extension Request. Any Lender may revoke an Extension Election at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. on the date that is two Business Days prior to the Extension Request Deadline, at which point the Extension Election becomes irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower). The revocation of an Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline shall not prejudice any Lender’s right to submit a new Extension Election prior to the Extension Request Deadline.

 

95

1003651351v23


(c) Extended Tranches shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which may include amendments to provisions related to maturity, interest margins or fees referenced in Section 2.25(a) clauses (x) to (z) and which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.25(c) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 10.08, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Tranches established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Extending Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 10.08 to any Section 2.25 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.25 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.25 Additional Amendments do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.25 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Tranches provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, the Borrower and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.25 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 10.08; providedfurther, that no Extension Amendment may provide for (a) any Extended Tranche to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Tranches and (b) so long as any Existing Tranches are outstanding, any mandatory prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Existing Tranches on a pro rata basis after the occurrence of an acceleration of the Loans. It is understood and agreed that each Lender has consented for all purposes requiring its consent, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.25 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith except that the foregoing shall not constitute a consent on behalf of any Lender to the terms of any Section 2.25 Additional Amendment. In connection with any Extension Amendment, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the enforceability of such Extension Amendment, this Agreement as amended thereby, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any Existing Tranche is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with paragraph (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Specified Existing Tranche of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Tranche shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Tranche so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Tranches shall be established as a separate Tranche from the Specified Existing Tranche and from any other Existing Tranches (together with any other Extended Tranches so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Specified Existing Tranches, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Loans (and related participations) and Existing Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s applicable Specified Existing Tranches to the applicable Extended Tranches so converted by such Lender on such date.

 

96

1003651351v23


(e) If, in connection with any proposed Extension Amendment, any Lender declines to consent to the applicable extension on the terms and by the deadline set forth in the applicable Extension Request (each such Lender, a “Non-Extending Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Extending Lender, (A) replace such Non-Extending Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.04 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; providedfurther, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Loans and/or a commitment on the terms set forth in such Extension Amendment; and providedfurther, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender (or, at the Borrower’s option, the Borrower) to such Non-Extending Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) prepay the Loans and, at the Borrower’s option, if applicable, terminate the commitments of such Non-Extending Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 10.05, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 2.25, if the Non-Extending Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Extending Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender (or, at the Borrower’s option, the Borrower) to such Non-Extending Lender, then such Non-Extending Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Extending Lender.

(f) Following any Extension Date, with the written consent of the Borrower, any Non-Extending Lender may elect to have all or a portion of its Existing Loans or commitments, as applicable, deemed to be an Extended Loan or commitment, as applicable, under the applicable Extended Tranche on any date (each date, a “Designation Date”) prior to the maturity date of such Extended Tranche; provided that such Lender shall have provided written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least 10 Business Days prior to such Designation Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion). Following a Designation Date, the Existing Loans or commitments, as applicable, held by such Lender so elected to be extended will be deemed to be Extended Loans or commitments, as applicable, of the applicable Extended Tranche, and any Existing Loans held by such Lender not elected to be extended, if any, shall continue to be “Existing Loans” of the applicable Tranche.

(g) With respect to all Extension Requests consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.25, (i) such extensions shall not constitute optional or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Sections 2.12 and 2.13 and (ii) no Extension Request is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the

 

97

1003651351v23


Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Existing Loans of any or all applicable Tranches be extended. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.25 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Request) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 2.12, 2.13 and 2.17) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.25.

Section 2.26. Specified Refinancing Facilities.

(a) The Borrower may, from time to time, add one or more new revolving credit facilities (the “Specified Refinancing Facilities”) to the Facilities to refinance all or any portion of any Tranche of Loans (or unused Commitments) under this Agreement; provided that (i) the Specified Refinancing Facilities will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Subsidiary Guarantors, and will be secured on a pari passu or (at the Borrower’s option) junior basis by the same Collateral securing the Loans, (ii) the Specified Refinancing Facilities and revolving loans drawn thereunder (the “Specified Refinancing Loans”) shall rank pari passu in right of payment with or (at the Borrower’s option) junior to the Loans, (iii) no Specified Refinancing Amendment may provide for any Specified Refinancing Facility or any Specified Refinancing Loans to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that do not also secure the Loans, (iv) the Specified Refinancing Facilities will have such pricing, amortization and optional and mandatory prepayment terms as may be agreed by the Borrower and the applicable Lenders thereof, (v) the maturity date of any Specified Refinancing Facility shall be no earlier than, and no scheduled mandatory commitment reduction in respect thereof shall be required prior to, the Maturity Date of the Tranche being refinanced (other than an earlier Maturity Date for customary bridge financings, which, subject to customary conditions (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), would either be automatically converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent financing which does not provide for an earlier maturity date than the maturity date of the Tranche being refinanced), and (vi) the net proceeds of such Specified Refinancing Facility shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the pro rata prepayment of outstanding Loans being so refinanced (and a corresponding amount of Commitments shall be permanently reduced) pursuant to Section 2.12.

(b) Each request from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.26 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Specified Refinancing Facility. The Specified Refinancing Facilities (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution (any such bank or other financial institution, an “Additional Specified Refinancing Lender,” and the Additional Specified Refinancing Lenders together with any existing Lender providing Specified Refinancing Facilities, the “Specified Refinancing Lenders”); provided that if such Additional Specified Refinancing Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender hereunder, the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required.

 

98

1003651351v23


(c) Specified Refinancing Facilities shall become facilities under this Agreement pursuant to a Specified Refinancing Amendment to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and each applicable Specified Refinancing Lender. Any Specified Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lender, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.26, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.26.

(d) Any loans made in respect of any such Specified Refinancing Facility shall be made by creating a new Tranche. Any Specified Refinancing Amendment may provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to any Specified Refinancing Facility established thereby; provided that no Issuing Bank shall be obligated to provide any such Letters of Credit unless it has consented (in its sole discretion) to the applicable Specified Refinancing Amendment.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Specified Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Specified Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary or appropriate to reflect the existence and terms of the Specified Refinancing Facilities incurred pursuant thereto (including the addition of such Specified Refinancing Facilities as separate “Facilities” and “Tranches” hereunder and treated in a manner consistent with the Facilities being refinanced, including for purposes of prepayments and voting). Any Specified Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any Person other than the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and the Lenders providing such Specified Refinancing Facilities, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.26. In addition, if so provided in the relevant Specified Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of each Issuing Bank (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the scheduled Maturity Date in respect of the respective Tranche of Loans or commitments shall be reallocated from Lenders holding such Commitments to Lenders holding commitments under Specified Refinancing Facilities in accordance with the terms of such Specified Refinancing Amendment; providedhowever, that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding commitments under such Specified Refinancing Facilities, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such commitments under such Specified Refinancing Facilities and the terms of such participation interests (including the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

99

1003651351v23


ARTICLE III

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

Section 4.01. All Credit Events after the Restatement Date. On the date of each Borrowing (other than a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing) and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (each such event being called a “Credit Event”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02) or, in the case of the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b).

(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and (b).

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.

Section 4.02. Conditions to Effectiveness On the Restatement Date.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty by each Loan Party, as applicable.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, in each case (A) dated the Restatement Date, and (B) addressed to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

100

1003651351v23


(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or comparable office of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Responsible Officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the Restatement Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Restatement Date and at all times since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a Responsible Officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) All Fees and other reasonable fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Restatement Date (including Attorney Costs and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Restatement Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document on the Restatement Date, shall have been paid.

(f) This Agreement shall have been designated as a Refinancing Agreement with respect to the 2012 Credit Agreement for purposes of the Security Agreement and the Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Restatement Date, and true and correct copies of such Security Documents shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 7.05 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

 

101

1003651351v23


(h) The Borrower shall have paid or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of each Lender a fee in an amount equal to 0.25% of the Initial Revolving Commitment of each Lender.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed Borrowing Request from the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

(j) The Borrower shall have delivered a notice, which notice shall be conditional with the effectiveness of this Agreement, terminating the commitments under the 2012 Credit Agreement and such commitments shall have been, or shall concurrently with the effectiveness of this Agreement be, terminated.

(k) As of the Restatement Date, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(l) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Restatement Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 3 days prior to the Restatement Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 5 days prior to the Restatement Date.

(n) In connection with any Letter of Credit being issued on the Restatement Date, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or as otherwise agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

Section 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material

 

102

1003651351v23


Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clause (a)(ii) (other than as to the Borrower) or clauses (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (in each case other than in respect of Indebtedness to be repaid in connection with the Transactions), (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(A) (other than as to the Borrower), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 7.05).

Section 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, except for (i) actions, filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04. Binding Effect.

(a) This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Holdings and each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings and such Loan Party, enforceable against Holdings and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

103

1003651351v23


Section 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) Since September 30, 2017, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 5.06. Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) as of the Restatement Date, that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (ii) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.07. No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.05 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09. Environmental Compliance.

(a) There are no claims against the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law binding on their respective businesses, operations and properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments,

 

104

1003651351v23


septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.

(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, except for violations, remedial actions and liabilities that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10. Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable by them, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.11. ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a

 

105

1003651351v23


Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the date hereof, no Loan Party has any Restricted Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Section 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries that are owned by a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the date hereof, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Restricted Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary in each Restricted Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Documents.

Section 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the

 

106

1003651351v23


meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used by the Borrower to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 5.14. USA PATRIOT Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 5.15. Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Borrower will not directly, or to its knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

Section 5.16. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has, and to the knowledge of the Borrower each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower has, complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable antibribery or anti-corruption law; and except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower has not, and to the knowledge of the Borrower none of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, its directors, officers, agents or employees have, made, offered, promised, or authorized, and the Borrower will not, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on its behalf to not, make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“Government Official”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.

 

107

1003651351v23


Section 5.17. Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.18. Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Restatement Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (A) with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projection will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of future financial performance and (B) that no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

Section 5.19. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, goodwill associated with the foregoing, domain names, copyrights, patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own, or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity,

 

108

1003651351v23


ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.20. Solvency. On the Restatement Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

Section 5.21. Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under the relevant documentation for any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

Section 5.22. Valid Liens. Each Security Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, or security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, (a) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 7.05.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable (except with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit (that has not been cash collateralized or backstopped, in each case on terms agreed to by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:

Section 6.01. Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 2017, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for

 

109

1003651351v23


such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (x) any potential inability to satisfy the covenant in Section 7.08 of this Agreement or any financial maintenance covenant included in any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on a future date or in a future period or (y) an upcoming maturity date under the Facility that is scheduled to occur within one year from the time such report and opinion are delivered);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 2017, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 2017, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and

(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Section 6.02. Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) to the extent (x) permitted by the internal policies of such independent certified public accountants and (y) that Section 7.08 was applicable during the time period covered by the financial statements delivered under Section 6.01(a), no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate or report

 

110

1003651351v23


of its independent certified public accountants stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any failure of the Company to comply with the terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of Section 7.08, except as specified in such certificate or, if any such failure to comply shall exist, stating the nature of such failure to comply;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements and reports referred to in Section 6.01(a) and 6.01(b), a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except, in each case, as specified in such certificate and (ii) if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default of any covenant under Section 7.08, one or more of the holders of Equity Interests of any Parent or the Borrower may deliver, together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of their intent to cure (a “Notice of Intent to Cure”) such Event of Default through capital contributions or the purchase of Equity Interests as contemplated pursuant to clause (x)(13) and the final proviso of the definition of “EBITDA,” provided that after receipt of the Notice of Intent to Cure and during the 15 Business Days during which such capital contributions or purchase of Equity Interests may be made, unless and until the relevant cure amount is actually received by the Borrower, no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to make any Loans or issue any Letters of Credit hereunder;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8 or any filing on Form 8-K) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, (i) copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to the terms of any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b), (i) a list of each Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary as of the date of such Compliance Certificate and (ii) copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(e) of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;

 

111

1003651351v23


(g) [Reserved];

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act; and

(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 10.01 (or such other website address as the Borrower may specify by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for the timely accessing of posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 6.03. Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.

 

112

1003651351v23


Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 6.03(a) to each Lender.

Section 6.04. Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or (b) to the extent the failure to pay, discharge or satisfy the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.03 or 7.06 or to the extent (other than for the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing if such concept has a legally recognized meaning in its jurisdiction of organization), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 7.03 or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.

Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation excepted.

Section 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance. Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

Section 6.08. Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

113

1003651351v23


Section 6.09. Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that each Foreign Subsidiary may maintain individual books and records in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in its jurisdiction of organization).

Section 6.10. Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties (to the extent it is within such person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, (i) excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and (ii) such exercise shall be at the Borrower’s reasonable expense; providedfurther that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or its representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.02(i) or in this Section 6.10, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by Requirement of Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

Section 6.11. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including to refinance existing Indebtedness and pay related fees, costs and expenses.

Section 6.12. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided that such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Obligations or

 

114

1003651351v23


which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Subsidiary with respect to which the provision of a guaranty of the Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences (as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent), (E) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (F) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (G) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the burden or cost or other consequences of providing a guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (H) any Subsidiary that is a Special Purpose Entity, (I) a Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of becoming a Parent, or merging with the Borrower in connection with another Subsidiary becoming a Parent, or otherwise creating or forming a Parent, or (J) an Immaterial Subsidiary, all Subsidiaries described in foregoing clauses (A) to (J), the “Excluded Subsidiaries”) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation of any existing direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary, or (v) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within 90 days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

(i) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty supplement, in substantially the form attached to the Guaranty as Exhibit A, guaranteeing the Obligations of each Loan Party;

(ii) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) (if applicable) and those Security Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Security Documents in effect on the Restatement Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Obligations of such Subsidiary under its Guaranty;

(iii) (x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Capital Stock directly owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Capital Stock in a Foreign Subsidiary, to 65% of each class of the outstanding Capital Stock (including for these purposes any investment deemed to be Capital Stock for United States Tax purposes) in such Foreign Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $5,000,000 held

 

115

1003651351v23


by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(i), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and

(iv) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Security Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) no more than 65% of any class of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (iv) no Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged.

(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Security Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Security Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.

(c) In no event shall the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be required to (i) take any action in any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or required by the laws of any such jurisdiction, in order to create any security interests (or other Liens) in assets located or titled outside of the United States of America or to perfect any security interests (or other Liens) in any such Collateral, (ii) deliver control agreements with respect to, or confer perfection by “control” over, any deposit accounts, bank or securities account or other Collateral, except, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Capital Stock or intercompany notes in certificated form, delivering such Capital Stock or intercompany notes (in the case of intercompany notes, limited to any such note with a principal amount in excess of $5,000,000) to the Collateral Agent (or another Person as required under the Security Agreement) or (iii) deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in (i) those assets as to which the Collateral Agent and the Borrower shall agree (each acting reasonably) that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the

 

116

1003651351v23


security afforded thereby or (ii) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Security Documents as in effect on the Restatement Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Security Documents.

Section 6.13. Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

Section 6.14. Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to a Guaranty and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Guaranty, Security Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to a Guaranty and any other Loan Document (other than the Security Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

Section 6.15. [Reserved].

Section 6.16. Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a public corporate family rating from S&P and a public corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not to obtain or maintain a specific rating).

Section 6.17. Post-Closing Actions. Complete the actions listed on Schedule 6.17 by the times stated therein (or such later date as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

 

117

1003651351v23


ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable (except with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit (that has not been cash collateralized or backstopped, in each case on terms agreed to by the Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) shall remain outstanding:

Section 7.01. Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred and the liquidation preference of Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 7.01(a), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i) (I) Indebtedness (a) [reserved], (b) pursuant to the Senior Term Loan Facility and any other Credit Agreement and (c) pursuant to the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 2016 Senior Secured Notes, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (xvii) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $2,275.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Borrower of 4.50 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (i) and under Section 2.24(a), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause

 

118

1003651351v23


(i) and under Section 2.24(a) (whether or not secured), other than Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness, will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio) and (II) Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other Revolving Credit Agreement Indebtedness not to exceed at any time outstanding $180.0 million;

(ii) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $300.0 million pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Senior Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the date hereof;

(iii) the 2014 Unsecured Notes and other Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (vii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; providedhowever, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer

 

119

1003651351v23


of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Borrower is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Loans;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Agreement, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;

(x) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 17.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xi) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 7.01(a) from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 7.01(a) without reliance on this clause (xi));

(xii) (a) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower; provided that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

120

1003651351v23


(xiii) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 7.01(a) and Section 7.01(b)(i), (iii), (iv), (xiii) and (xiv) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Revolving Facility Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Revolving Facility Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and providedfurther, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

 

121

1003651351v23


(xvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower supported by a letter of credit issued in compliance with this Section 7.01 in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower; providedhowever, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 9.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(xxi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants, and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 7.02;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxiii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Section 7.01(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Restatement Date hereunder and under the Senior Term Loan Credit Agreement, the 2014 Unsecured Notes, the 2014 Senior Secured Notes and the 2016 Senior Secured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 7.01(b), and not under Section 7.01(a); and

 

122

1003651351v23


(ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 7.01(a) and (b); and

(iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 7.01 or Section 2.24(a) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

Section 7.02. Restricted Payments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in

 

123

1003651351v23


Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity or any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.01(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) if such Restricted Payment is made in reliance on clause (A) of paragraph (3) below, the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 7.01(a);

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.02(b)(i), (ix), and (xviii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.02(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)) at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

 

124

1003651351v23


(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 7.02(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted

 

125

1003651351v23


Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(vii) or (xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus

(F) an amount equal to the amount available as of the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which internal financial statements are available for the Borrower’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the Closing Date) for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture.

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower) of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Borrower, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 7.02(b)(vi)(a) or (b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 7.01 so

 

126

1003651351v23


long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) if such Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Revolving Facility Obligations and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

(iv) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder, equity holder, partnership or limited liability company agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in connection with the 2011 Transactions; providedhowever, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to any succeeding calendar year, it being understood that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the amounts so carried over in any calendar year); and providedfurther, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the

 

127

1003651351v23


Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 7.01 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Restatement Date, (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower issued after the Restatement Date, provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(ii); providedhowever, that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (or, if earlier, were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise

 

128

1003651351v23


of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;

(ix) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower after the Restatement Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(xi) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi), at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(xii) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:

(1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;

(2) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

129

1003651351v23


(4) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and amounts to fund any charitable foundation of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement and fees and expenses related to any disposition or acquisition or investment transaction by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any acquisition of or investment in any business, assets or property that will be contributed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction) not prohibited by this Agreement;

(6) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 7.02, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 7.02 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions;

(7) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, Medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(viii); and

(8) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(xiii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 7.04;

(xiv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

130

1003651351v23


(xv) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) from Net Proceeds or any equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 7.03 or (b) from declined amounts as contemplated by Section 4.4(d) of the Senior Term Loan Agreement (as in effect on the Restatement Date);

(xvi) [Reserved];

(xvii) [Reserved];

(xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement; and

(xix) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Sections 7.02(b)(vii) and (xi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 7.02 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

(d) As of the Restatement Date, all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 7.02 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the covenants in this Agreement.

 

131

1003651351v23


Section 7.03. Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive, provided that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

(b) For purposes of Section 7.03(a)(ii), the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Revolving Facility Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 7.03 and for no other purpose.

 

132

1003651351v23


Section 7.04. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving such Affiliate Transaction and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 7.04(a) will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(ii) Restricted Payments (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payments,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and Permitted Investments, in each case permitted by this Agreement;

(iii) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

 

133

1003651351v23


(vi) transactions in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(ix) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions) and to or by which the Borrower becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Closing Date, any amendment thereto by which the Borrower becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Borrower than such agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xi) the Transactions, the 2011 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Closing Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions or the 2011 Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;

 

134

1003651351v23


(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to any Parent, any Permitted Holder, or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(xiii) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiv) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(xv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);

(xvi) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments in Section 7.02; and

(xvii) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

Section 7.05. Liens.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or on any right to receive income therefrom (the “Initial Lien”), unless (a) in the case of an Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on such Collateral in relation to the Revolving Facility Obligations and the Guarantees, as applicable or (b) in the case of an Initial Lien on any other asset or property, the Revolving Facility Obligations (or a Guaranty in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien;

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.05(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Revolving Facility Obligations.

Section 7.06. Fundamental Changes. The Borrower may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets

 

135

1003651351v23


of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:

(a) either: (i) the Borrower is the surviving Person; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called, the “Successor Borrower”);

(b) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by executing a joinder or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either:

(i) the Successor Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.01(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have delivered a joinder or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(f) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary that will be released from its grant or pledge of Collateral under the Security Agreement in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger that does not survive or become the Successor Borrower) shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement or another document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guaranty as confirmed pursuant to clause (e) above; provided that, for the purposes of this Section 7.06 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 7.03 without complying with this Section 7.06 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.06, (2) the Borrower may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in

 

136

1003651351v23


accordance with Section 7.03 without complying with this Section 7.06 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.06 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower under any other contract to which the Borrower is a party.

For the purpose of this Section 7.06, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.

This Section 7.06 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the Borrower may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Section 7.07. Subsidiary Distributions.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

 

137

1003651351v23


(b) However, the restrictions in Section 7.07(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the 2014 Unsecured Notes, the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, the 2016 Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Term Loan Facility Documents, any Hedging Obligations, and, on or after the execution and delivery thereof, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement and any other Credit Agreement or any related documents or (y) on the Restatement Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) [Reserved];

(iii) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that, for purposes of this clause (v), if a Person other than the Borrower is the Successor Borrower with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Borrower;

(vi) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Section 7.01 and 7.05 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (x) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Restatement Date pursuant to Section 7.01 or (y) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower subsequent to the Restatement Date pursuant to Section 7.01;

 

138

1003651351v23


(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xi) above (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; providedhowever, that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;

(xiv) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;

(xv) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.05;

(xix) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

139

1003651351v23


(xx) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(xxi) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Restatement Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Restatement Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and either (x) the Borrower determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Loans or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.

Section 7.08. Financial Covenant. Permit the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than 4.75:1.00, if at the end of such fiscal quarter the outstanding amount of Loans and drawings under Letter of Credit which have not then been reimbursed is in excess of $54,000,000.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 8.01. Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a), 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Section 6.11 or Article VII; provided that the occurrence of any Event of Default under Section 7.08 is subject to the last proviso set forth in the definition of “EBITDA”; or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of (x) the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith or (y) Holdings in any Security Document, shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

140

1003651351v23


(e) Cross-Default. Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in (x) any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (excluding the Revolving Facility Obligations) in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation in excess of the Threshold Amount, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (excluding the Revolving Facility Obligations) or Guarantee Obligation referred to in clause (i) above or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto (other than a failure to provide notice of a default or an event of default under such instrument or agreement or default in the observance of or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant), or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable (an “Acceleration”; and the term “Accelerated” shall have a correlative meaning), and such time shall have lapsed and, if any notice (a “Default Notice”) shall be required to commence a grace period or declare the occurrence of an event of default before notice of Acceleration may be delivered, such Default Notice shall have been given and such default shall not have been remedied or waived by or on behalf of such holder or holders (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder or (y) any termination event or similar event pursuant to the terms of any Swap Contract) or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligations referred to in clause (i) above containing or otherwise requiring observance or compliance with any financial maintenance covenant, such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation shall have been Accelerated and such Acceleration shall not have been rescinded; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. If (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts (excluding, in each case, the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party), or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receivers, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged, unstayed or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower any case,

 

141

1003651351v23


proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate or other similar organizational action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be generally unable to, or shall admit in writing its general inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) Judgments. One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate at any time a liability (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) of the Threshold Amount or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(h) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) Invalidity of Loan Documents. With respect to any Collateral, individually, having a fair market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Lenders the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Borrower or any Guarantor denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document (in each case other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities, promissory notes or other instruments pledged under the Security Documents, or otherwise results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any other collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien) and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer; provided, that if a failure of the sort described in this Section 8.01(i) is susceptible of cure (including with respect to any loss of Lien priority on material portions of the Collateral), no Event of Default shall arise under this Section 8.01(i) with respect thereto until 30 days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure; or

 

142

1003651351v23


(j) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control.

Section 8.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower cash collateralize the L/C Exposure in accordance with Section 2.23(j); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law; provided that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to cash collateralize the L/C Exposure in accordance with Section 2.23(j) as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Section 8.03. Application of Funds. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree, as among such parties, as follows: subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Exposures have automatically been required to be cash collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be applied in the following order:

First, to the extent any amounts are proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral, to payment of all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such) pursuant to the Security Agreement or the terms of any Loan Document;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.05 but excluding principal and interest on any Loan) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

 

143

1003651351v23


Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders arising under the Loan Documents (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.05), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and Letters of Credit, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Fifth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and Letters of Credit, the termination value under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and/or other holders thereof in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them;

Sixth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, to cash collateralize the L/C Exposure in accordance with Section 2.23(j);

Seventh, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, delivered to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.23(d) and Section 2.23(e), amounts used to cash collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Sixth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower. This Section 8.03 may be amended (and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such amendment) to the extent necessary to reflect differing amounts payable, and priorities of payments, to Lenders participating in any new classes or tranches of Loans added pursuant to Sections 2.24, 2.25 and 2.26, as applicable.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (for purposes of this Article IX, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “Agents”) its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as its representative under the Security Agreement and each other Security Document, as applicable and further agrees that the Required Lenders may instruct the Administrative Agent to

 

144

1003651351v23


take actions with respect to the Collateral (subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Other Intercreditor Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to (i) execute any and all documents (including releases, any Incremental Commitment Amendment as provided in Section 2.24, any Increase Supplement as provided in Section 2.24, any Lender Joinder Agreement as provided in Section 2.24, any Extension Amendment as provided in Section 2.25 and any Specified Refinancing Amendment as provided in Section 2.26) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting the Lenders in their capacity as such, at the direction of the Required Lenders, which negotiation, enforcement or settlement will be binding upon each Lender.

The institution serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.08) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

145

1003651351v23


The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facility as well as activities of the Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment of a successor as set forth herein, (i) the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders (in the case of the Collateral Agent, subject to the Security Agreement) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a controlling affiliate of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Lender and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, respectively, in each case upon ten days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above or if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders and the Issuing Banks a successor agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, which such successor agent shall be subject to approval by the Borrower; provided that such approval by the Borrower in connection with the appointment of any successor Administrative Agent shall only be required so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing; providedfurther, that the Borrower shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any successor Administrative Agent if such successor is a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5.0 billion. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, gives notice of its resignation or is notified that it is being removed, then the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation or removal, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal, as applicable, shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent

 

146

1003651351v23


hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Any resignation by or removal of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall also constitute, to the extent applicable, its resignation as an Issuing Bank, and the Administrative Agent (x) shall not be required to issue any further Letters of Credit and (y) shall maintain all of its rights as Issuing Bank, as the case may be, with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it prior to the date of such resignation or removal. Upon the successful appointment of a successor agent, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent,” as applicable, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. In the case of the Collateral Agent, the provision of this paragraph shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Syndication Agents are named as such for recognition purposes only, and in their respective capacities as such shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; it being understood and agreed that each of the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Syndication Agents shall be entitled to all indemnification and reimbursement rights in favor of the Agents provided herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limitation of the foregoing, neither the Joint Lead Arrangers nor the Syndication Agents in their respective capacities as such shall, by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, have any fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender, Loan Party or any other Person.

Each Lender authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent (including in its capacity as representative of the Lenders under the Security Documents) and the Collateral Agent to enter into (and agrees to be bound by the terms of) (x) the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties and (y) any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to the Security Documents,

 

147

1003651351v23


the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of Additional Indebtedness (each an “Intercreditor Agreement Supplement”) to permit such Additional Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents). Each Lender hereby agrees that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the exercise by the Agents or the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Each Lender further agrees that the Collateral Agent may act pursuant to the Security Documents as instructed by the representative of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) then having authority to direct actions of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any applicable Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce any Security Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Loans unless instructed to do so by the Collateral Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Restatement Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Restatement Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents or if instructed to do so in accordance with the Security Documents.

The Lenders hereby authorize each Agent, in each case at its option and in its discretion, (A) to release any Lien granted to or held by such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction of all of the Revolving Facility Obligations under the Loan Documents at any time arising under or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that are then due and unpaid, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than a Loan Party) upon the sale or other disposition thereof, (iii) owned by any Subsidiary Guarantor designated as an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Equity Interests of an Excluded Subsidiary, (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater amount, to the extent required by Section 10.08) or (v) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents and (B) at the written request of the Borrower to subordinate any Lien on any Excluded Assets or any other property granted to or held by such Agent, as the case may be under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien. Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing any Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Article IX.

 

148

1003651351v23


The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in each case at its option and in its discretion, to enter into any amendment, amendment and restatement, restatement, waiver, supplement or modification, and to make or consent to any filings or to take any other actions, in each case as contemplated by Section 10.08(b)(iii)(B) or the second to last sentence of Section 10.08(b). Upon request by any Agent, at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s and the Collateral Agent’s authority under this paragraph of Article IX.

No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to any Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Agents in this Article IX or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed by the Lenders that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given such Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as a Lender and that no Agent shall have any duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

The Collateral Agent may appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent for the purposes of holding any Collateral and/or perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein and for the purpose of taking such other action with respect to the collateral as such Agents may from time to time agree.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01. Notices; Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

(a) if to the Borrower, to it at WMG Acquisition Corp., c/o Warner Music Group Corp., 1633 Broadway, 7th Floor, New York, NY 10019, Attention: General Counsel, Fax No. 212-275-3601, website: www.wmg.com;

with copies to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Pierre Maugüé, Esq., Fax No.: 212-909-6836;

(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse AG, Attention of: Sean Portrait, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Fax No. 212-322-2291, Email: agency.loanops@credit_suisse.com;

 

149

1003651351v23


(c) if to the Issuing Bank, to Credit Suisse AG, Attention of: Jack Madej, Eleven Madison Ave., 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10010, Fax No. 212-325-8315, Email: list.ib-letterofcredit@credit-suisse.com; and

(d) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 10.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 10.01. As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable Person provided from time to time by such Person.

Unless directed otherwise by the Administrative Agent or unless the electronic mail address referred to below has not been provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Borrower may, and may cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents or to the Lenders under Article VI, including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) is or relates to a Borrowing Request, a notice pursuant to Section 2.10 or a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23, (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “Communications”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium that is properly identified in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic mail address as directed by the Administrative Agent. In addition, the Borrower agrees, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries, to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be, in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean

 

150

1003651351v23


that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (providedhowever, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.16); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat the Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Borrower Materials shall be marked “PUBLIC,” unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains material non-public information: (1) the Loan Documents and (2) notification of changes in the terms of the Facility.

Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to Communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of

 

151

1003651351v23


the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that receipt of notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

Section 10.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20, 10.05 and 10.16 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank.

Section 10.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

Section 10.04. Successors and Assigns.

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective permitted successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (other than to a Disqualified Lender) all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably

 

152

1003651351v23


withheld or delayed); providedhowever, that (i) in the case of an assignment of a Commitment, each of the Borrower and the Issuing Bank must also give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (provided, that the consent of the Borrower (A) shall not be required to any such assignment made (x) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (other than any Affiliate or Approved Fund to the extent such Person is solely or primarily engaged in the business of asset management) or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(f) and (B) shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower has not responded within 10 Business Days of a written request for such consent), (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $5,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans); provided that simultaneous assignments by two or more related Approved Funds shall be combined for purposes of determining whether the minimum assignment requirement is met, (iii) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), and (iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire (in which the assignee shall designate one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws) and all applicable tax forms. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 10.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits and subject to the obligations of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20, 10.05 and 10.16, as well as to the benefit of any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to make assignments under this Agreement to any Disqualified Lender.

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Commitment and the outstanding balance of its Loans, in

 

153

1003651351v23


each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) except as set forth in clause (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender and (viii) such assignee agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Security Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Other Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be entitled to pursue any remedy available to it (whether at law or in equity) against the Lender and such Disqualified Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such) (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Lender or (y) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of Loans to any Disqualified Lender (other than through the Administrative

 

154

1003651351v23


Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent have any liability for any failure to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Lender).

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrower and the Issuing Bank to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons (other than to any Disqualified Lender) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); providedhowever, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other Persons shall be entitled to the benefit of, and subject to the obligations under, the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 (and subject to the obligations under Section 2.21(b)) to the same extent as if they were Lenders (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(b) shall be delivered by the participating Lender); provided however, that no Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.16 or 2.20 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of such participation, and (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or Person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or Person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or Person has an interest, increasing or extending the Commitments in which such participating bank or Person has an interest or releasing one or more Guarantors representing all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty (other than in connection with the sale of such Guarantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7.06) or all or substantially all of the Collateral. To the extent permitted by law, each participating bank or other Person also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.06 as though it were a Lender, provided that such participating bank or other Person agrees to be subject to Section 2.18 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant

 

155

1003651351v23


and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to the Borrower or any other Person (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to sell participations under this Agreement to any Disqualified Lender.

(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any confidential information relating to the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 10.16.

(h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPV”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender and such SPV shall be reflected in the Register. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior

 

156

1003651351v23


indebtedness of any SPV, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.04, any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.16 or 2.20 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any grant by a Granting Lender to an SPV.

(j) The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

(k) In the event that any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or S&P, Moody’s and Thompson’s BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Best’s Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date of any Lender’s Commitment, downgrade the long term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB; Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)) (or, with respect to any Lender that is not rated by any such ratings service or provider, the Issuing Bank shall have reasonably determined that there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such Lender, or a material impairment of the ability of any such Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date of such Lender’s Commitment), then the Issuing Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Commitment to such assignee; provided, however, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Issuing Bank or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender’s account or owed to it hereunder.

(l) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Loans or Commitments under any Facility or Tranche in whole or in part with ones having different terms, it shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’

 

157

1003651351v23


(or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) advance notice to the Lenders under such Facility or Tranche, instead of prepaying the Loans or reducing or terminating the Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require the Lenders under such Facility or Tranche to assign such Loans or Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 10.08. Pursuant to any such assignment, all Loans and Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the Lenders under such Facility or Tranche in the same manner as would be required if such Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and any amounts owing pursuant to Section 10.05. By receiving such purchase price, the Lenders under such Facility or Tranche shall automatically be deemed to have assigned the Loans or Commitments under such Facility or Tranche pursuant to the terms of the form of Assignment and Acceptance attached hereto as Exhibit A, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement.

Section 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the syndication of the Facility and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated); provided that it shall not be responsible for fees, charges and disbursements of more than one counsel (in addition to one local counsel per relevant jurisdiction, and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons). The Borrower also agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel (and, if necessary, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons).

(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Bank and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel (and, if necessary, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons) arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the

 

158

1003651351v23


Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Facility), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates) or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. This Section 10.05(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. For purposes of this Section, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the Aggregate Credit Exposure and unused Commitments at the time (in each case determined as if no Lender were a Defaulting Lender).

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 10.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

Section 10.06. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by

 

159

1003651351v23


such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 10.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

Section 10.07. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (1998), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590 (THE “ISP”) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE ISP, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 10.08. Waivers; Amendment.

(a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement or any provision hereof nor any Loan Document or any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an

 

160

1003651351v23


agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii)(A) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17, the provisions of Section 10.04(j) or the provisions of this Section or (B) release one or more Guarantors representing all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty (other than in connection with the sale of such Guarantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7.06) or all or substantially all of the Collateral, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender except, in the case of this clause (B), as may be expressly permitted hereby or by any Security Document (as such documents are in effect on the date hereof or, if later, the date of execution and delivery thereof in accordance with the terms hereof), (iv) modify the protections afforded to an SPV pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.04(i) without the written consent of such SPV or (v) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments on the date hereof); provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (x) in addition to Liens the Collateral Agent is authorized to release pursuant to Article IX and in accordance with clause (iii)(B) above, the Collateral Agent may, in its discretion, release the Lien on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year without the consent of any Lender and the Collateral Agent may release Liens on Collateral upon instructions of the Authorized Applicable Representative (as defined in the Security Agreement) pursuant to the Security Agreement and (y) in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any Additional Indebtedness, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to execute and deliver amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to the Security Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Other Intercreditor Agreement or any Intercreditor Agreement Supplement and amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document (including but not limited to any Mortgages and UCC fixture filings), and to make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable for any Lien on the assets of any Loan Party permitted to secure such Additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan

 

161

1003651351v23


Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, (i) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, except to the extent the consent of such Lender would be required under clause (i) in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 10.08(b), (ii) no Disqualified Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents and (iii) any waiver, amendment or modification that by its terms solely adversely affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments that are Initial Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or Specified Refinancing Loans or Initial Revolving Commitments, Incremental Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments or Specified Refinancing Facility, as the case may be (such relevant Tranche of Loans or Commitments, the “Affected Tranche”), may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the requisite percentage in interest of the Affected Tranche of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if Lenders of such Affected Tranche were the only Lenders hereunder at the time.

(c) The Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement or any other Loan Document without the consent of any Lender to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency, in each case without the consent of any other Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to such Loan Document.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Security Document, Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, Other Intercreditor Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement Supplement may be amended (or amended and restated), restated, waived, supplemented or modified as contemplated by and in accordance with paragraph (b) above with the written consent of the Agent party thereto and the Loan Party party thereto.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or deemed amended) or amended and restated with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the existing Facility and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (y) to include, as appropriate, the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Facility or Tranche hereunder and (z) to provide class protection for any additional credit facilities.

(f) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of or to any of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document as

 

162

1003651351v23


contemplated by Section 10.08(b), the consent of each Lender, each Lender or each affected Lender, as applicable, is required and the consent of the Required Lenders at such time is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (each such other Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative and the Non-Consenting Lender, (A) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.04 (with the assignment fee and any other costs and expenses to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that the applicable assignee shall have agreed to the applicable change, waiver, discharge or termination of this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; and providedfurther, that all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender (or, at their option, by the Borrower) to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance or (B) prepay the Loans and, if applicable, terminate the Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender, in whole or in part, subject to Section 10.05, without premium or penalty. In connection with any such replacement under this Section 10.08(f), if the Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (a) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation and (b) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the Non-Consenting Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Non-Consenting Lender.

(g) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, (x) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended in accordance with Section 2.24 to incorporate the terms of any Incremental Commitments (including to add a new revolving facility under this Agreement with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment) with the written consent of the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Commitments, provided that if such amendment includes an Incremental Commitment of a bank or other financial institution that is not at such time a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender, the inclusion of such bank or other financial institution as an Additional Lender shall be subject to the Administrative Agent’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at the time of such amendment, (y) the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan owed to any Lender or any Commitment of any Lender may be extended, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended to effect such extension in accordance with Section 2.25, with the written consent of the Borrower and the Extending Lenders, as contemplated by Section 2.25 or otherwise and (z) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents

 

163

1003651351v23


may be amended in accordance with Section 2.26 to incorporate the terms of any Specified Refinancing Facilities with the written consent of the Borrower and the Specified Refinancing Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including Section 2.12, 2.13, 2.17, 2.18 or 10.06 hereof, may be amended as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence pursuant to any Incremental Commitment Amendment, any Extension Amendment or Specified Refinancing Amendment, as the case may be, to provide for non-pro rata borrowings and payments of any amounts hereunder as between any Tranches, including the Commitments, Loans, any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans, any Extended Tranche and any Specified Refinancing Tranche, or to provide for the inclusion, as appropriate, of the Lenders of any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Loans, any Extended Tranche or any Specified Refinancing Tranche in any required vote or action of the Required Lenders or of the Lenders of each Tranche hereunder. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees (if requested by the Borrower) to execute any amendment referred to in this clause (g) or an acknowledgement thereof.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event the Administrative Agent determines, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.08, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR Rate and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower mutually determine that a comparable successor rate, at such time, has been broadly accepted by the syndicated loan market, then the Administrative Agent and Borrower may, without the consent of any Lender, amend this Agreement to adopt such new broadly accepted successor rate and to make such other changes as shall be necessary or appropriate in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in order to implement such new market standard herein and in the other Loan Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time and from time to time, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the applicable Lenders) specifying in reasonable detail the proposed terms thereof, the Borrower may make one or more loan modification offers to all the Lenders of any Facility that would, if and to the extent accepted by any such Lender, (a) change the Applicable Margin, premium and/or fees payable with respect to the Loans and Commitments under such Facility (in each case solely with respect to the Loans and Commitments of accepting Lenders in respect of which an acceptance is delivered), (b) add any additional or different financial or other covenants or other provisions that are agreed between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the accepting Lenders; provided that such covenants and provisions are applicable only during periods after the Initial Revolving Maturity Date and (c) treat the Loans and Commitments so modified as a new “Facility” and a new “Tranche” for all purposes under this Agreement; provided that (i) such loan modification offer is made to each Lender under the applicable Facility on the same terms and subject to the same procedures as are applicable to all other Lenders under such Facility (which procedures in any case shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (ii) no loan modification shall affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank, without its prior written consent. In

 

164

1003651351v23


connection with any such loan modification, the Borrower and each accepting Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such agreements and other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the acceptance of the applicable loan modification offer and the terms and conditions thereof, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be amended in a writing (which may be executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall be effective only with respect to the applicable Loans and Commitments of Lenders that shall have accepted the relevant loan modification offer (and only with respect to Loans and Commitments as to which any such Lender has accepted the loan modification offer) (each such accepting Lender, a “Modifying Lender”)) to the extent necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the existence of, and to give effect to the terms and conditions of, the applicable loan modification (including the addition of such modified Loans and/or Commitments as a “Facility” or a “Tranche” hereunder). No Lender shall have any obligation whatsoever to accept any loan modification offer, and may reject any such offer in its sole discretion (each such non-accepting Lender, a “Non-Modifying Lender”). The Borrower shall have the right, at its sole expense and effort (A) to seek one or more Persons reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to each become a substitute Lender and assume all or part of the Commitment of any Non-Modifying Lender and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any such substitute Lender shall execute and deliver, and such Non-Modifying Lender shall thereupon be deemed to have executed and delivered, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance to effect such substitution or (B) upon notice to the Administrative Agent, to prepay the Loans and, at the Borrower’s option, terminate the Commitments of such Non-Modifying Lender, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. If any L/C Exposure exist at the time a Lender becomes a Non-Modifying Lender then:

(i) all or any part of such L/C Exposure shall be reallocated among the Modifying Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all Modifying Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Non-Modifying Lender’s L/C Exposures does not exceed the total of all Modifying Lenders’ Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, cash collateralize such Non-Modifying Lender’s L/C Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank for so long as such L/C Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if any portion of such Non-Modifying Lender’s L/C Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay the Issuing Bank Fee pursuant to Section 2.05(c) for participation with respect to such portion of such Non-Modifying Lender’s L/C Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized; or

 

165

1003651351v23


(iv) if any portion of such Non-Modifying Lender’s L/C Exposure is reallocated to the Modifying Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above, then the letter of credit commission with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the Modifying Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Commitment Percentages.

Section 10.09. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 10.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 10.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Fee Letters and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

Section 10.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.11.

Section 10.12. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability

 

166

1003651351v23


of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 10.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 10.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 10.14. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 10.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court”, and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any Agent from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Revolving Facility Obligations (in which case any party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense, including any claim or defense that this Section 10.15 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court), or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (ii) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (iii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iv) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this sub-clause (a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to sub-clause (a) above, to bring

 

167

1003651351v23


any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, the applicable Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, at the address specified in Section 10.01 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent, any such Lender and the Borrower shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) without limiting the obligations of the Borrower under Section 10.05(b), waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 10.15 any consequential or punitive damages.

Section 10.16. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel, other advisors and numbering, administration and settlement service providers (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.16 to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of the Borrower or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.16. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” shall mean all information received from the Borrower and related to the Borrower or Holdings or their business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by or on behalf of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord its own confidential information. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Assignment and Acceptance, the provisions of this Section 10.16 shall survive with respect to each Agent and Lender until the second anniversary of such Agent or Lender ceasing to be an Agent or a Lender, respectively.

 

168

1003651351v23


Section 10.17. Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, unless expressly provided for herein or in any other Loan Document, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 10.17 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

Section 10.18. USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 10.19. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

169

1003651351v23


Section 10.20. Acknowledgments. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither any Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

Section 10.21. Reaffirmation. The Borrower hereby: (i) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Secured Parties, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this Agreement, (iii) acknowledges and agrees that the Secured First Lien Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the performance by it of its obligations (including payment of principal and interest when due) under this Agreement and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that (x) the Lenders are Revolving Secured Parties and Secured First Lien Parties and (y) the Obligations are Revolving Obligations. Terms used in this Section and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Security Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

170

1003651351v23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Lender
By:  

/s Judith Smith

  Name:    Judith Smith
  Title:    Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:    D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:    Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK, USA, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Rebecca Kratz

Name:   Rebecca Kratz
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as Lender
By:  

/s/ Melissa James

Name:   Melissa James
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23


UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Kenneth Chin

Name:   Kenneth Chin
Title:   Director
  Banking Products Services, US
By:  

/s/ Darlene Arias

Name:   Darlene Arias
Title:   Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Chris Walton

Name:   Chris Walton
Title:   Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23


NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC, as Lender
By:  

/s/ Lee A. Olive

Name:   Lee A. Olive
Title:   Managing Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

1003651351v23

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

EXECUTION VERSION

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

Dated as of January 31, 2018

From

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

and

THE ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN

as Guarantors

in favor of

THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 1.    Guaranty; Limitation of Liability      1  
Section 2.    Guaranty Absolute      2  
Section 3.    Waivers and Acknowledgments      4  
Section 4.    Right of Contribution      5  
Section 5.    Subrogation      5  
Section 6.    Payments      6  
Section 7.    Covenants      6  
Section 8.    Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc      7  
Section 9.    Guaranty Supplements      7  
Section 10.        Notices, Etc      7  
Section 11.        No Waiver; Remedies      8  
Section 12.        Right of Set-off      8  
Section 13.        Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement      8  
Section 14.        Execution in Counterparts      8  
Section 15.        GOVERNING LAW      9  
Section 16.        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      9  
Section 17.        Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      9  
Section 18.        Reaffirmation      10  
Exhibit A - Guaranty Supplement   

 

i


SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY dated as of January 31, 2018 (the “Guaranty”) made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors (as defined in Section 9) (such Persons so listed and the Additional Guarantors being, collectively, the “Guarantors” and, individually, a “Guarantor”) and, solely with respect to the reaffirmation in Section 18, WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and a direct or indirect parent of each Guarantor, will, on the date hereof, enter into a revolving Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) dated January 31, 2018, among the Borrower, each Lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”) and Credit Suisse AG as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, each Guarantor may receive, directly or indirectly, a portion of the proceeds of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Secured Hedge Agreements (together with all instruments, agreements or other documents evidencing Cash Management Obligations, the “Finance Documents”). It is a condition to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and the entry by the Hedge Banks into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time that each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1.    Guaranty; Limitation of Liability. (a) Each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, the punctual payment, when due and payable, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each Loan Party (each, an “Obligor”) now or hereafter existing (such Obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to the following sentence, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Obligor to any Secured Party under or in


respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Obligor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty or any provision of any other Loan Document, the Guaranteed Obligations shall not extend to or include any Excluded Swap Obligation (as defined below).

In this Guaranty, “Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).

(b)    Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable law and that will otherwise result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(c)    Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty, such Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

Section 2.    Guaranty Absolute. Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents. The Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Obligor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Obligor or whether the Borrower or any other Obligor is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and

 

2


unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire arising out of or in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b)    any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Obligor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to or departure from any Finance Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(c)    any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to or departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d)    any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents or any other assets of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e)    any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f)    any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Obligor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Obligor now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (each Guarantor waiving, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);

(g)    the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty, any Guaranty Supplement (as hereinafter defined) or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations;

(h)    any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect to the Finance Documents; or

 

3


(i)    any other circumstance or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Obligor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations).

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Obligor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 3.    Waivers and Acknowledgments. (a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Obligor or any other Person or any Collateral.

(b)    Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c)    Each Guarantor herby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Obligors, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(d)    Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with the Loan Documents, without notice to or demand upon such Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and each Guarantor hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any defense to the recovery by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable law.

 

4


(e)    Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.

(f)    Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 2 and this Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 4.    Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share (based, to the maximum extent permitted by law, on the respective Adjusted Net Worths (as defined below) of the Guarantors on the date the respective payment is made) of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder that has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5 below. The provisions of this Section 4 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

In this Guaranty, “Adjusted Net Worth” means, of any Guarantor at any time, the greater of (x) $0 and (y) the amount by which the fair saleable value of such Guarantor’s assets on the date of the respective payment hereunder exceeds its debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities, but without giving effect to any of its obligations under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, or pursuant to its guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness then outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the 2014 Senior Secured Notes, the 2016 Senior Secured Notes, the 2014 Unsecured Notes or any Additional Indebtedness) on such date.

Section 5.    Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrower or any other Obligor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Finance Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Borrower or any other Obligor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower or any other Obligor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until (1) the payment in full in cash of such

 

5


Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. Upon (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments, the Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.

Section 6.    Payments. Any and all payments by any Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Section 7.    Covenants. Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that, until (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments, such Guarantor will perform and observe, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the Borrower has agreed to cause such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

 

6


Section 8.    Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors (with the consent of the requisite number of Lenders specified in the Credit Agreement, if applicable) and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. A Guarantor shall automatically be released from this Guaranty and its obligations hereunder upon (i) the sale or other disposition of all of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor (to a Person other than the Borrower or a Guarantor) as permitted under the Credit Agreement or (ii) consummation of any other transaction or designation permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary. The Administrative Agent will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee hereunder pursuant to this Section 8; provided that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a written request therefor and a certificate of such Guarantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.

Section 9.    Guaranty Supplements. Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guaranty supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “Guaranty Supplement”), (a) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Guarantor and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “Guarantor” or “Subsidiary Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (b) each reference herein to “this Guaranty”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “Guaranty” or the “Subsidiary Guaranty”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall mean and be a reference to this Guaranty as supplemented by such Guaranty Supplement.

Section 10.    Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including e-mail or fax communication) and mailed, e-mailed, faxed or delivered to it, if to any Guarantor, addressed to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address specified in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, at its address specified in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by a facsimile or

 

7


electronic pdf copy of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty or of any Guaranty Supplement to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Section 11.    No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 12.    Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing or the Loans have become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 12 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.

Section 13.    Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until (i) the payment in full in cash of such Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (ii) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (iii) the termination of all Commitments, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Secured Parties and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, each Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as and to the extent permitted under Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

Section 14.    Execution in Counterparts. This Guaranty and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and

 

8


the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by facsimile or electronically via pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty.

Section 15.    GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 16.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 16.

Section 17.    Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court”, and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Guaranty shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (ii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and

 

9


(iii) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this sub-clause (a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (iii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding;

(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (iii) of the proviso to sub-clause (a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c)    agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected in the manner provided for notices in Section 10. Nothing in this Guaranty will affect the right of any party to this Guaranty to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to sub-clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(d)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 17 any consequential or punitive damages.

Section 18.    Reaffirmation. Each of Holdings and each Guarantor hereby: (i) reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Secured Parties, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement (as defined below) are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Credit Agreement, (iii) acknowledges and agrees that the Secured First Lien Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the performance by the Borrower of its obligations (including payment of principal and interest when due) under the Credit Agreement and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that (x) the Lenders are Revolving Secured Parties and Secured First Lien Parties and (y) the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are Revolving Obligations. Terms used in this Section and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto from time to time, as amended on or prior to the date hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.


Guarantors:
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.
T.Y.S., INC.
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.
A.P. SCHMIDT CO.
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.
CAFÉ AMERICANA INC.
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.
COTA MUSIC, INC.
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.
CRK MUSIC INC.
E/A MUSIC, INC.
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.
FHK, INC.
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.
JADAR MUSIC CORP.
LEM AMERICA, INC.
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OCTA MUSIC, INC.


(cont’d):
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.
REP SALES, INC.
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY
RICK’S MUSIC INC.
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.
RYKO CORPORATION
RYKODISC, INC.
RYKOMUSIC, INC.
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.
WALDEN MUSIC INC.
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.
WARNER BRETHREN INC.
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION
WARNERSONGS, INC.
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.
WARPRISE MUSIC CORP.
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.
WB MUSIC CORP.


(cont’d):
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.
WBR/SIRE VENTURES, INC.
WEA EUROPE INC.
WEA INC.
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.
WIDE MUSIC, INC.
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.
BB INVESTMENTS LLC
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC
BUTE SOUND LLC
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC
LAVA RECORDS LLC
MM INVESTMENT LLC
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC
THE BIZ LLC
UPPED.COM LLC
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC
ATLANTIC PIX LLC
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC
FERRET MUSIC LLC
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC
P & C PUBLISHING LLC


(cont’d):
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC
ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC
AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.
ARTS MUSIC INC.
WMG COE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the
  above-named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary


ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary


NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
  By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

  Name:   Paul M. Robinson
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary


Solely with respect to the reaffirmation in Section 18 above, acknowledged and agreed by:
WMG HOLDINGS, CORP.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


Exhibit A

To The

Subsidiary Guaranty

FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT

Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

RE: Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2018 among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), each Lender from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”).

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the above-captioned Credit Agreement and to the Subsidiary Guaranty referred to therein (such Subsidiary Guaranty, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, together with this Subsidiary Guaranty Supplement (the “Guaranty Supplement”), being the “Subsidiary Guaranty”). The capitalized terms defined in the Subsidiary Guaranty or in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

Section 1.    Guaranty; Limitation of Liability. (a) The undersigned hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, the punctual payment, when due and payable, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each other Obligor now or hereafter existing (such Obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to the following sentence, the undersigned’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Obligor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Obligor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guarantee Supplement or any provision of any other Loan Document, the Guaranteed Obligations shall not extend to or include any Excluded Swap Obligation (as defined below).

In this Guarantee Supplement, “Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).


(b)    The undersigned, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty Supplement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty Supplement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty Supplement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the undersigned hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Subsidiary Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the applicable law and that will otherwise result in the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Subsidiary Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(c)    The undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty Supplement and the Guaranty, the undersigned will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

Section 2.    Obligations Under the Guaranty. The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and conditions of the Subsidiary Guaranty to the same extent as each of the other Guarantors thereunder. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Subsidiary Guaranty to an “Additional Guarantor” or a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “Subsidiary Guarantor”, a “Loan Party” or an “Obligor” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.

Section 3.    Electronic Delivery. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty Supplement by facsimile or electronically via pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement.

Section 4.    GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF

 

2


LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.    

Section 5.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5.

Section 6.    Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. The undersigned hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty Supplement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York (the “New York Supreme Court”), and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Federal District Court”, and together with the New York Supreme Court, the “New York Courts”) and appellate courts from either of them; provided that nothing in this Guaranty Supplement shall be deemed or operate to preclude (i) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment, (ii) if all such New York Courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal District Court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction and (iii) in the event a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its assets or property in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party from asserting a claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this sub-clause (a) (after giving effect to the applicability of clauses (i) through (ii) of this proviso) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding;

 

3


(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts, agrees, subject to clauses (i) through (ii) of the proviso to sub-clause (a) above, to bring any such action or proceeding in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c)    agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected in the manner provided for notices in Section 10 of the Subsidiary Guaranty. Nothing in this Guaranty Supplement will affect the right of the party to this Guaranty Supplement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or (subject to sub-clause (a) above) shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(d)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 6 any consequential or punitive damages.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

Title:  

 

4

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”), dated as of October 9, 2019 among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Borrower”) and Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings provided such terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below (as amended by this First Amendment).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent are parties to a Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2018 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, waived or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and, as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has identified an ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency affecting the definition of “Excluded Contribution” in Section 1.01 and the second proviso of Section 7.02(b)(iv), in each case of the Existing Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.08(c) of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have agreed to amend the Existing Credit Agreement to cure such ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 - Credit Agreement Amendments. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section Two hereof:

(1)    The definition of “Excluded Contribution” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “made and not utilized prior to the Issue Date under, and as defined in, the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture” with the words “made and not utilized under the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture prior to the Closing Date” in the last line of such definition; and

(2)    The second proviso of Section 7.02(b)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text and to add the underlined text as set forth in the provision below:

and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies or employee investment vehicles, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Restatement

 

1005740518v2


Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any employee investment vehicle pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Restatement Date plus (D) the amount available as of the Restatement Date for making Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(iv) of the Senior Term Loan Agreement (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above in any calendar year) less (E) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this clause (iv);

SECTION 2 -    Conditions to Effectiveness of the First Amendment. This First Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(1)    The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this First Amendment executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(2)    The Borrower shall have reimbursed the Administrative Agent for (i) all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this First Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice in writing to the Borrower of the occurrence of the First Amendment Effective Date.

SECTION 3 -    Representations and Warranties; No Default. In order to induce the Administrative Agent to consent to this First Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this First Amendment:

(1)    No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(2)    The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article V of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement and (iii) any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified.

 

2


(3)    The execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment (i) are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of the Borrower’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which the Borrower is a party or affecting the Borrower or the properties of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(4)    This First Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

SECTION 4 -    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement and the Notes; Acknowledgements.

(1)    On and after the effectiveness of this First Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment. The Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, as specifically amended by this First Amendment, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this First Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as an amendment or waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or any Agent under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute an amendment or waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, this First Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

(2)    Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan Parties party to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Guaranty and the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (ii) reaffirms each Lien granted by each Loan Party to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and reaffirms the guaranties made pursuant to the Guaranty, (iii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by and the guaranties of the Loan Parties contained in the Guaranty and the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this First Amendment, and (iv) agrees that all Obligations are Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guaranty).

(3)    Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, as party to the Security Agreement hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that all of its obligations under the Security Agreement are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (ii) reaffirms each Lien granted it to the

 

3


Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that the grants of security interests by it contained in the Security Agreement are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to this First Amendment.

SECTION 5 -    Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for (i) all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this First Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) the reasonable documented fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6 -    Execution in Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this First Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic photocopy (i.e., “pdf”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this First Amendment.

SECTION 7 -    Governing Law. THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:  

Executive Vice President, General Counsel

& Secretary

 

WMG - SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


Acknowledged and agreed:

WMG HOLDINGS CORP.

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Guarantors:

ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

ELEKTRA MUSIC GROUP INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.

FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

GENE AUTRY’S WESTERN MUSIC PUBLISHING CO.

GOLDEN WEST MELODIES, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MELODY RANCH MUSIC CO., INC.

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]


MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

RIDGEWAY MUSIC CO., INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

W.C.M. MUSIC CORP.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER MUSIC PUBLISHING INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNER CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]


WC GOLD MUSIC CORP.

W CHAPPELL MUSIC CORP.

WCM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WARNER RECORDS/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WARNER RECORDS/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WARNER RECORDS/SIRE VENTURES LLC

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

WRONG MAN DEVELOPMENT LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

WMG PRODUCTIONS LLC

ARTS MUSIC INC.

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ASYLUM WORLDWIDE LLC

AUDIO PROPERTIES/BURBANK, INC.

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

MM INVESTMENT LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

THE BIZ LLC

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]


FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

WMG COE, LLC

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]


WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By:   Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By:   Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member
By:   Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By:   Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:   Rep Sales, Inc., its Sole Member and Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]


MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By:   SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By:   Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Judith E. Smith

Name:   Judith E. Smith
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Nicolas Thierry

Name:   Nicolas Thierry
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement]

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

WARNER MUSIC GROUP

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

September 30, 2014

Eric Levin

c/o Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Dear Eric:

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by us (“Company”), shall, subject to your successful completion of the employment application process (including but not limited to completion of a criminal background investigation and reference checks) in accordance with Company’s policy to the reasonable satisfaction of Company, constitute our agreement (the “Agreement”) with respect to your employment with Company.

 

  1.

Position: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

  2.

Term: The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on October 13, 2014 and end on October 12, 2018.

 

  3.

Compensation:

(a)    Salary: During the Term, Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $550,000 per annum.

(b)    Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2014 and ends September 30, 2015 (i.e., the 2015 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus for each fiscal year of the Term (including the full 2015 fiscal year) shall be $330,000 (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of such year), and the amount of each annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company; provided, that, the amount of each annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount, and shall remain in the sole discretion of Company.

(c)    Review of Compensation: On or about October 13, 2015, Company shall in good faith review your salary and target bonus and consider you for participation in Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan; provided, however, that any increase of your salary or target bonus shall remain in Company’s sole discretion and Company shall have no obligation to increase your salary or target bonus at such time.

(d)    Payment of Compensation: Compensation accruing to you during the Term shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of Company for employees at your level. You shall not be entitled to additional compensation for performing any services for Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

1


  4.

Exclusivity:

(a)    Your employment with Company shall be full-time and exclusive. Except as provided in Paragraph 4(b), during the Term you will not render any services for others, or for your own account, in the field of entertainment or otherwise.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, shall not be precluded during the Term from serving as a non-employee director of Forgame Group provided you hereby covenant and agree (i) such activity shall not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder or conflict with your position with Company ; (ii) you shall recuse yourself from any discussion between, among or involving Forgame Group and its affiliates, on one hand, and Company and its affiliates on the other and (iii) you shall maintain the confidentiality of Company confidential information (including strategic discussions) in accordance with Paragraph 12 hereof.

 

  5.

Reporting: You shall at all times work under the supervision and direction of the senior executive officers of Company and shall perform such duties as you shall reasonably be directed to perform by such senior officers.

 

  6.

Place of Employment: The greater New York metropolitan area. You shall render services at the offices designated by Company at such location. You also agree to travel on temporary trips to such other place or places as may be required from time to time to perform your duties hereunder.

 

  7.

Travel and Entertainment Expenses: Company shall pay for reasonable expenses actually incurred, or reimburse you for reasonable expenses paid, by you during the Term in the performance of your services hereunder in accordance with Company’s policy for employees at your level upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as Company may customarily require.

 

  8.

Benefits: While you are employed hereunder, you shall be entitled to all fringe benefits generally accorded to employees of Company at your level from time to time, including, but not limited to, medical health and accident, group insurance and similar benefits, provided that you are eligible under the general provisions of any applicable plan or program and Company continues to maintain such plan or program during the Term. You shall also be entitled to three (3) weeks vacation (with pay) during each calendar year of the Term, which vacation shall be taken at reasonable times to be approved by Company and shall be governed by Company’s policies with respect to vacations for executives.

 

  9.

Disability/Death: If you shall become physically or mentally incapacitated from performing your duties hereunder, and such incapacity shall continue for a period of three (3) consecutive months or more or for shorter periods aggregating three (3) months or more in any twelve-month period, Company shall have the right (before the termination of such incapacity), at its option, to terminate this Agreement with no consequence, except if such termination would be prohibited by law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing, you shall continue to remain employed by Company as an at-will employee. In the event your at-will employment with Company terminates, Company shall pay to you any accrued but unpaid salary to the date of such termination. In the event of your death, this Agreement shall automatically terminate except that Company shall pay to your estate any accrued but unpaid salary through the last day of the month of your death.

 

  10.

Termination by Company: Company may at any time during the Term, by written notice, terminate your employment for malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance in connection with the performance of your duties, the cause to be specified in the notice of termination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following acts shall constitute grounds for termination of employment hereunder: (i) any willful or intentional act or omission having the effect of injuring the reputation, business or business or employment relationships of Company or its affiliates; (ii) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony; (iii) breach of covenants contained in this Agreement; and (iv) repeated or continuous failure, neglect or refusal to perform your duties hereunder.

 

2


  11.

Consequences of Breach by Company or Non-renewal:

(a)    In the event of a “Special Termination” (as defined below) of your employment, your sole remedy shall be that, upon your execution of a Release (as defined below), Company shall pay to you the “Special Termination Payments” (as defined below), and in the event of a “Qualifying Non-renewal” (as defined below), your sole remedy shall be that, upon your execution of a Release, Company shall pay to you the “Non-renewal Payments” (as defined below) provided, Company will cease making Termination Payments (as defined below) if you do not deliver the signed Release within the time period set forth in the Release. In addition, in the event of a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall pay to you the “Basic Termination Payments” (as defined below). Special Termination Payments and Non-renewal Payments are sometimes herein referred to collectively as the “Termination Payments.” All payments made to you hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding, social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions, including without limitation medical and other insurance premiums.

(b)    The “Basic Termination Payments” shall mean any accrued but unpaid salary, accrued vacation pay in accordance with Company policy, any unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Paragraph 7, plus any accrued but unpaid benefits in accordance with Paragraph 8, in each case to the date on which your employment terminates pursuant to an event described in paragraph (d) or (f), below, as applicable (the “Termination Date”). Basic Termination Payments shall be paid to you in accordance with Company policy or in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan.

(c)    A “Release” shall mean a release agreement in Company’s standard form, which shall include, without limitation, a release by you of Company from any and all claims which you may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment.

(d)    A “Special Termination” shall have occurred in the event that Company terminates your employment hereunder other than pursuant to Paragraph 9 or 10 hereof.

(e)    “Special Termination Payments” shall mean the greater of (i) the “Severance Amount” (as defined below) and (ii) the sum of $550,000.

(f)     A “Qualifying Non-renewal” shall have occurred in the event that, at the end of the Term: (i) Company declines to offer you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates; or (ii) Company offers you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates at a salary lower than your salary as in effect on the last day of the Term, and you elect to decline such offer and terminate your employment with Company.

(g)    The “Non-renewal Payments” shall mean the amount of severance pay (the “Severance Amount”) that would have been payable to you under Company policy as in effect on the Termination Date had you not been subject to an employment agreement with Company, which amount shall under no circumstance exceed $500,000.

(h)     Any Termination Payments payable to you under Paragraph 11(e) or (g) above shall be made by Company in accordance with its regular payroll practices by payment of your salary at the same rate as was in effect as of the Termination Date for the applicable period as is necessary to cause the full amount due under such clause to be paid (the “Payment Period”); provided that if the total Termination Payments payable to you exceed an amount equal to fifty-two weeks of your salary, then the Termination Payments payable to you shall be made in equal periodic payments to you (at such times as Company makes payroll payments to its employees generally) during the fifty-two week period immediately following the date on which your employment terminates. In addition, such Termination Payments shall commence on the next possible pay cycle following the Termination Date; provided that Company shall cease making such payments if the Release is not executed in full within the time period set forth in the Release.

(i)     In the event you elect not to execute and deliver a Release in connection with a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall only be obligated to pay to you the Basic Termination Payments. Following the delivery of an executed Release pursuant to this Paragraph 11, you shall have no duty to seek substitute employment,

 

3


and Company shall have no right of offset against any amounts paid to you under this Paragraph 11 with respect to any compensation or fees thereafter received by you from any employment thereafter obtained or consultancy arrangement thereafter entered into by you.

(j)    In the event of a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, during the period commencing immediately following the Termination Date and through the last day of the calendar month in which your termination occurs (such period, the “Benefits Period”), Company shall continue to provide you and your eligible family members with medical health insurance coverage, including dental and vision insurance coverage under the group insurance plan maintained by Company (“Benefits Coverage”) in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans, to the extent that you had elected for such coverage prior to the Termination Date. Following the Benefits Period, you may have the right, in accordance with and subject to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended (“COBRA”), at your expense, to elect to continue your and/or your dependents’ Benefits Coverage for such additional period of time as is required under COBRA. Further information regarding COBRA coverage, including enrollment forms and premium quotations, will be sent to you separately.

 

  12.

Confidential Matters: You shall keep secret all confidential matters of Company and its affiliates (for purposes of this Paragraph 12 and Paragraph 13 only, “Company”), and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of Company, including, for the avoidance of doubt to Forgame Group or any of its affiliates, either during or after your employment with Company, except with Company’s prior written consent. You shall deliver promptly to Company upon termination of your employment, or at any time as Company may request, all confidential memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the business of Company which you may then possess or have under your control.

 

  13.

Non-Solicitation: While you are employed by Company and for a period of one year thereafter, you shall not, without the prior written consent of Company, directly or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, partner, joint venturer, owner, officer, director, member of any other firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, or in any other capacity: (a) solicit, negotiate with, induce or encourage any recording artist (including a duo or a group), publisher or songwriter who at the time is, or who within the one-year period prior to such time was, either directly or through a furnishing entity, under contract to Company or a label distributed by Company, to end its relationship with Company or label, to violate any provision of his or her contract or to enter into an exclusive recording or music publishing agreement with any other party; or (b) solicit, negotiate with, induce or encourage any individual who at the time is, or who within the six-month period prior to such time was, an employee of Company in the United States, to leave his or her employment or to commence employment with any other party.

 

  14.

Results and Proceeds of Employment: You acknowledge that Company shall own all rights of every kind and character throughout the world in perpetuity in and to any material and/or ideas written, suggested or in any way created by you hereunder and all other results and proceeds of your services hereunder, including, but not limited to, all copyrightable material created by you within the scope of your employment. You agree to execute and deliver to Company such assignments or other instruments as Company may require from time to time to evidence Company’s ownership of the results and proceeds of your services.

 

  15.

Notices: All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid courier, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested as follows:

 

TO YOU:    TO COMPANY:
Eric Levin   

Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Attn: General Counsel

 

4


Either you or Company may change the address to which notices are to be sent by giving written notice of such change of address to the other in the manner herein provided for giving notice.

 

  16.

Miscellaneous:

(a)     You represent and warrant as follows: (i) you are free to enter into this Agreement and to perform each of the terms and covenants hereunder; (ii) you are not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing this Agreement and that your execution of and performance under this Agreement is not a violation or breach of any other agreement and (iii) you have not disclosed to Company or any officer or other affiliate of Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or of your current employer (if applicable). You represent and warrant that your current employer has agreed to release you from any contractual commitments (other than with respect to use of confidential information) effective no later than October 13, 2014. Upon request of Company, you will provide or have provided as of the date hereof, Company with a copy of any release document signed by your current employer. You further covenant that you shall not enter into any other agreements (including an extension or amendment of any agreement) that would restrict or prohibit you from entering into or performing under this Agreement.

(b)    You acknowledge that while you are employed hereunder you will comply with Company’s conflict of interest policy and other corporate policies including, but not limited to, the requirements of Company’s compliance and ethics program, as in effect from time to time, of which you are made aware.

(c)    You acknowledge that services to be rendered by you under this Agreement are of a special, unique and intellectual character which gives them peculiar value, and that a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement (particularly, but not limited to, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 12, 13 and 14 hereof), will cause Company immediate irreparable injury and damage which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law. Accordingly, without limiting any right or remedy which Company may have in such event, you specifically agree that Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce and protect its rights under this Agreement. The provisions of this Paragraph 16(c) shall not be construed as a waiver by Company of any rights which Company may have to damages or any other remedy.

(d)    This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto, and supersedes and terminates any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not herein set forth. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

If, notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing paragraph, any provision of this Agreement or the application hereof is held to be wholly invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or application of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable.

(e)    The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, and your rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by you. By operation of law or otherwise, Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or a substantial portion of the stock or assets of Company.

(f)    Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to impose any obligation on Company to renew this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Neither the continuation of employment nor any other conduct shall be

 

5


deemed to imply a continuing obligation upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon the expiration of the Term, the continuation of your employment (if applicable) shall be deemed “at-will.” Accordingly, upon the expiration of the Term, your employment with Company shall not be subject to a defined term, but rather, you may terminate your employment with Company at any time and for any reason and Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, and accordingly, in the event of such termination by either party after the expiration of this Agreement, only the provisions of Paragraphs 12, 13 and 14 of this Agreement shall survive and all other provisions of the Agreement, including the provisions relating to Special Termination Payments, shall be void and of no effect. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

(g)    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of New York as applicable to agreements executed in and to be wholly performed within such State. In the unlikely event that differences arise between the parties relating to or arising from this Agreement that are not resolved by mutual agreement Company and you agree not to demand a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim in order to facilitate a judicial resolution and save time and expense of both parties.

 

  17.

Section 409A: This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code to the extent provided in the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (“separation pay plans”) and other applicable provisions of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 through A-6. References under this Agreement to a termination of your employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which you have experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (i) at the time of your separation from service with Company you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six months following your separation from service (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph 17 shall be paid to you in a lump sum and (ii) any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, any continued health benefit plan coverage that you are entitled to receive following your termination of employment is expected to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, as such, shall not be subject to delay pursuant to this paragraph.

 

6


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this Agreement to Company.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.

By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:  

Paul M. Robinson

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

/s/ Eric Levin

Eric Levin

 

7

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

WARNER MUSIC INC.

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

October 6, 2015

Effective October 1, 2015

Eric Levin

c/o Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Dear Eric:

Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner Music Inc. (“Company”) and you dated September 30, 2014 (the “Agreement”).

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by Company, shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1. Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $650,000 per annum.

2. Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term, commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2015 and ends September 30, 2016 (the “2016 Fiscal Year”), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus for each fiscal year of the Term (including the full 2016 Fiscal Year) shall be $400,000 or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of a fiscal year, and the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its discretion based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company; provided, that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount.”

3. Paragraph 11(e)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“an amount equal to $650,000.”

Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this agreement to Company.

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul Robinson

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Eric Levin

Eric Levin
EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

WARNER MUSIC INC.

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

December 2, 2016

Eric Levin

c/o Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Dear Eric:

Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner Music Inc. (“Company”) and you dated September 30, 2014, as amended by that letter agreement dated October 6, 2015 (as so amended, the “Agreement”).

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by Company (the “Amendment Date”), shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1.Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that effective October 13, 2016, Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $750,000 per annum. As soon as practicable following the Amendment Date, Company shall pay to you an amount equal to the difference between (a) the salary that would have been payable to you if your annual salary during the period from October 13, 2016 through the Amendment Date was $750,000 and (b) the salary actually paid to you for such period.

2.Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following sentence at the end thereof:

“Effective with the 2017 fiscal year, your target bonus for such fiscal year and each fiscal year of the Term thereafter shall be $500,000 or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of a fiscal year.”

3.The last sentence of Paragraph 8 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“You shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation (with pay) during each calendar year of the Term, which vacation shall be taken at reasonable times to be approved by Company and shall be governed by Company’s policies with respect to vacations for executives.”

4.Paragraph 11(e)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “an amount equal to $750,000.”

Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

MR 63487-1


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this agreement to Company.

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Trent N. Tappe

Name:   Trent N. Tappe

Accepted and Agreed:

 

/s/ Eric Levin

Eric Levin

 

2

MR 63487-1

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

WARNER MUSIC INC.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

August 4, 2015

Start Date October 1, 2015

Paul M. Robinson

c/o Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Dear Paul:

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by us (“Company”), shall constitute our agreement (the “Agreement”) with respect to your employment with Company.

 

  1.

Position: Executive Vice President & General Counsel of Company, which is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of WMG Acquisition Corp., and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Warner Music Group Corp. (“Parent”) You shall be the senior-most legal and business affairs executive of Company and of Parent (and their respective successors).

 

  2.

Term: The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on October 1, 2015 and end on September 30, 2018.

 

  3.

Compensation:

(a) Salary: During the Term, Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $750,000 per annum.

(b) Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term commencing with the fiscal year that begins on or about October 1, 2015, Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus for each fiscal year of the Term shall be $600,000 (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of such fiscal year), and the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion, which shall be exercised by Company in good faith, based on factors including, without limitation, the strength of your performance and the performance of Company; provided, that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the full fiscal year immediately preceding the start of the Term (i.e., the fiscal year that ends on or about September 30, 2015, the “2015 fiscal year”), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus for the 2015 fiscal year shall be $550,000 (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of such year), and the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you for the 2015 fiscal year shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion, which shall be exercised by Company in good faith, based on factors including, without limitation, the strength of your performance and the performance of Company; provided, that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount.

(c) Payment of Compensation: Compensation accruing to you during the Term shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of Company for employees at your level. You shall not be entitled to additional compensation for performing any services for Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

  4.

Exclusivity: Your employment with Company shall be full-time and exclusive. During the Term you will not render any services for others, or for your own account, in the field of entertainment or otherwise; provided, however, that to the extent such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder, you shall not be precluded from (a) personally, and for your own account, investing or trading in real estate, stocks, bonds, securities, commodities, or other forms of investment for your own benefit, except that your rights hereafter to invest in any business or enterprise principally devoted to any activity which, at the time of such investment, is competitive to any business or enterprise of Company or the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, shall be limited to the purchase of not more than two percent (2%) of the issued and outstanding stock or other securities of a corporation listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market; and (b) rendering occasional services to charitable organizations, including, without limitation, serving on boards of such charitable organizations as are approved in advance by Company in writing. In the event you have the opportunity to serve on the board of directors of any other corporation (including, without limitation, a public company), you shall notify Company and Company shall consider in its sole good faith discretion whether to allow such service.    


  5.

Reporting: You shall at all times work under the supervision and direction of the senior-most executive officer of Parent (currently, Stephen Cooper), and shall perform such duties as you shall reasonably be directed to perform by such officer.

 

  6.

Place of Employment: The greater New York metropolitan area. You shall render services at the offices designated by Company at such location. You also agree to travel on temporary trips to such other place or places as may be required from time to time to perform your duties hereunder.

 

  7.

Travel and Entertainment Expenses: Company shall pay for reasonable expenses actually incurred, or reimburse you for reasonable expenses paid, by you during the Term in the performance of your services hereunder in accordance with Company’s policy for employees at your level upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as Company may customarily require. You shall be entitled to travel in accordance with Company’s policies for executives at your level.

 

  8.

Benefits: While you are employed hereunder, you shall be entitled to all fringe benefits generally accorded to employees of Company at your level from time to time, including, without limitation, medical health and accident, group insurance and similar benefits, provided that you are eligible under the general provisions of any applicable plan or program and Company continues to maintain such plan or program during the Term. You shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation (with pay) during each calendar year of the Term, which vacation shall be taken at reasonable times to be approved by Company and shall be governed by Company’s policies with respect to vacations for executives. In addition, you shall be entitled to paid time off with respect to any periods during which paid time off is provided to employees of Company generally (e.g., Christmas/New Year’s week if Company closes its office during such period).

 

  9.

Disability/Death: If you shall become physically or mentally incapacitated from performing your duties hereunder, and such incapacity shall continue for a period of six (6) consecutive months or more or for shorter periods aggregating six (6) months or more in any twelve-month period, Company shall have the right (during the pendency of such incapacity), at its option, to terminate this Agreement with no consequence, except if such termination would be prohibited by law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing, you shall continue to remain employed by Company as an at-will employee. In the event your at-will employment with Company terminates, Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments (as defined below). In the event of your death, this Agreement shall automatically terminate except that Company shall pay to your estate the Basic Termination Payments.

 

  10.

Termination:

(a) Termination by Company: Company may at any time during the Term, by written notice, terminate your employment for Cause (as defined below), such Cause to be specified in the notice of termination. Only the following acts shall constitute “Cause” hereunder: (i) any willful or intentional act or omission having the effect, which effect is reasonably foreseeable, of materially injuring the reputation, business, business relationships or employment relationships of Company or its affiliates; (ii) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor involving theft, fraud, forgery or the sale or possession of illicit substances or a felony; (iii) material breach of material covenants contained in this Agreement; and (iv) repeated or continuous failure, neglect or refusal to perform your material duties hereunder. Notice of termination given to you by Company shall specify the reason(s) for such termination, and in the case where a cause for termination described in clause (iii) or (iv) above shall be susceptible of cure, and such notice of termination is the first notice of termination given to you for such reason, if you fail to cure such cause for termination within ten (10) business days after the date of such notice, termination shall be effective upon the expiration of such ten-business-day period, and if you cure such cause within such ten-business-day period, such notice of termination shall be ineffective. In all other cases, notice of termination shall be effective on the date thereof.

(b) Termination by You:

(i) For purposes of this Paragraph 10(b), Company shall be in breach of its obligations to you hereunder if there shall have occurred any of the following events (each such event being referred to as a “Good Reason”): (A) a material reduction in your title or position as set out in Paragraph 1 shall have been put into effect; (B) you shall have been required to report to anyone other than as provided in Paragraph 5; (C) any monies required to be paid to you hereunder shall not be paid when due under applicable law; (D) Company requires you to relocate your primary residence outside the greater New York metropolitan area in order to perform your duties to Company hereunder or (E) Company assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement in contravention of the provisions of Paragraph 17(e).

 

2


(ii) You may exercise your right to terminate the Term of this Agreement for Good Reason pursuant to this Paragraph 10(b) by notice given to Company in writing specifying the Good Reason for termination within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any such event constituting Good Reason, otherwise your right to terminate this Agreement by reason of the occurrence of such event shall expire and shall be deemed to have permanently lapsed. Any such termination in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 10(b) shall be effective thirty (30) days after the date of your written notice of termination, except that if Company shall cure such specified cause within such thirty-day period, you shall not be entitled to terminate the Term of this Agreement by reason of such specified Good Reason and the notice of termination given by you shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

 

  11.

Consequences of Breach by Company or Non-renewal:

(a) In the event of a Special Termination (as defined below) of your employment, your sole remedy shall be that, upon your execution of a Release (as defined below), Company shall pay to you the Special Termination Payments (as defined below), and in the event of a Qualifying Non-renewal (as defined below), your sole remedy shall be that, upon your execution of a Release, Company shall pay to you the Non-renewal Payments (as defined below); provided, Company will cease making Termination Payments (as defined below) if you do not deliver the signed Release within the time period set forth in the Release. In addition, in the event of a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments. Special Termination Payments and Non-renewal Payments are sometimes herein referred to as the “Termination Payments.”

(b) The “Basic Termination Payments” shall mean any accrued but unpaid salary, accrued vacation pay in accordance with Company policy, any unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Paragraph 7, plus any accrued and vested but unpaid benefits in accordance with Paragraph 8, in each case to the date on which your employment terminates (the “Termination Date”). Basic Termination Payments shall be paid to you in accordance with Company policy or in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan.

(c) A “Release” shall mean a mutual release agreement in Company’s standard form, which shall include, without limitation, (i) a release by you of Company from any and all claims which you may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment; and (ii) a release by Company of you from any and all claims which Company may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment.

(d) A “Special Termination” shall have occurred in the event that (i) Company terminates your employment hereunder other than pursuant to Paragraph 9 or 10(a); or (ii) you terminate your employment pursuant to Paragraph 10(b).

(e) “Special Termination Payments” shall mean the greater of (i) the Severance Amount (as defined below) and (ii) the sum of (A) $1,050,000 plus (B) a pro rata discretionary annual bonus with respect to the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs, the amount of which pro rata discretionary annual bonus shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion, which shall be exercised by Company in good faith; provided, that the amount of such pro rata discretionary annual bonus shall in no event be less than the product of (x) $480,000 (i.e., 80% of your target bonus of $600,000) multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from the start of the fiscal year of termination to the Termination Date, and the denominator of which is 365.

(f) A “Qualifying Non-renewal” shall have occurred in the event that, at the end of the Term: (i) Company declines to offer you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates; or (ii) Company offers you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates (A) at a salary or target bonus lower than your salary or target bonus as in effect on the last day of the Term; (B) for a period of less than three (3) years; (C) in a less senior position than your position in effect on the last day of the Term; or (D) at a location outside the New York metropolitan area, and you decline such offer and elect to terminate your employment with Company.

(g) The “Non-renewal Payments” shall mean the amount of severance pay (the “Severance Amount” ) that would have been payable to you under Company policy as in effect on the Termination Date had you not been subject to an employment agreement with Company.

(h) Any Termination Payments payable to you under Paragraph 11(e) or (g) shall be made by Company in accordance with its regular payroll practices by payment of your salary at the same rate as was in effect as of the Termination Date for the applicable period as is necessary to cause the full amount due under such clause to be paid (the “Payment Period”); provided that if the total Termination Payments payable to you exceed an amount equal to fifty-two (52) weeks of your salary, then the Termination Payments payable to you shall be made in equal periodic payments to you (at such times as Company makes payroll payments to its employees generally) during the fifty-two-week period immediately following the Termination Date. In addition, such Termination Payments shall commence on the next possible pay cycle following the Termination Date; provided that Company shall cease making such payments if the Release is not executed in full

 

3


within the time period set forth in the Release. Until the earlier of (i) the last date of the Payment Period or (ii) the date on which you become eligible for another medical insurance plan, Company shall continue to provide you and your eligible family members with coverage under Company’s medical plans in accordance with the terms of such plans (“Benefits Coverage”), and you shall be entitled to no other benefits during such period (the “Benefits Period”). Following the Benefits Period, you may have the right, in accordance with and subject to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended (“COBRA”), at your expense, to elect to continue your and/or your dependents’ Benefits Coverage for such additional period of time as is required under COBRA. Further information regarding COBRA coverage, including, without limitation, enrollment forms and premium quotations, will be sent to you separately.

(i) In the event you elect not to execute and deliver a Release in connection with a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall only be obligated to pay to you the Basic Termination Payments. Following the delivery of an executed Release pursuant to this Paragraph 11, you shall have no duty to seek substitute employment, and Company shall have no right of offset against any amounts payable to you under this Paragraph 11 with respect to any compensation or fees received by you from any employment obtained or consultancy arrangement thereafter entered into by you.

 

  12.

Confidential Matters: You shall keep secret all confidential matters of Company and its affiliates (for purposes of this Paragraph 12 and Paragraph 13 only, “Company”), and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of Company, either during or after your employment with Company, except (a) with Company’s prior written consent; (b) as required by law or judicial process; or (c) to your professional advisors to the extent reasonable and necessary. You shall deliver promptly to Company upon termination of your employment, or at any time as Company may request, all confidential memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the business of Company which you may then possess or have under your control; provided, that you may retain your personal files (i.e., your files not related to Company) and a copy of your address book.

 

  13.

Non-Solicitation: While you are employed by Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you shall not, without the prior written consent of Company, directly or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, partner, joint venturer, owner, officer, director, member of any other firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, or in any other capacity: (a) solicit, negotiate with, induce or encourage any recording artist (including, without limitation, a duo or a group), publisher or songwriter who at the time is, or who within the one-year period prior to such time was, either directly or through a furnishing entity, under contract to Company or a label distributed by Company (each, a “Company Artist”), to end his, her or its relationship with Company or label, to violate any provision of his, her or its contract or to enter into an exclusive recording or music publishing agreement with any other party; or (b) solicit, negotiate with, induce or encourage any individual who at the time is, or who within the six-month period prior to such time was, an employee of Company in the United States, to leave his or her employment or to commence employment with any other party; provided, however, clause (a) shall not prohibit you from representing any Company Artist or from representing a third party attempting to enter into an exclusive recording or music publishing agreement with a Company Artist, so long as in doing so you do not violate any of the other restrictions contained in this Agreement.

 

  14.

Results and Proceeds of Employment: You acknowledge that Company shall own all rights of every kind and character throughout the world in perpetuity in and to any material and/or ideas written, suggested or in any way created by you hereunder and all other results and proceeds of your services hereunder, including, without limitation, all copyrightable material created by you within the scope of your employment. You agree to execute and deliver to Company such assignments or other instruments as Company may require from time to time to evidence Company’s ownership of the results and proceeds of your services.

 

  15.

Indemnity: Company agrees to indemnify you against expenses (including, without limitation, final judgments and amounts paid in settlement to which Company has consented in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with litigation arising out of the performance of your duties hereunder; provided, that (a) the foregoing indemnity shall only apply to matters for which you perform your duties for Company in good faith and in a manner you reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Company and not in contravention of the instructions of any senior officer of Company; and (b) you shall have provided Company with prompt notice of the commencement of any such litigation. Company will provide defense counsel selected by Company in consultation with you. You agree to cooperate in connection with any such litigation and Company shall pay (or reimburse you for) reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket travel and related costs incurred (or paid) by you in connection with such cooperation.

 

4


  16.

Notices: All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid courier, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, as follows:

 

TO YOU:      TO COMPANY:   

Paul M. Robinson
c/o Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

    

Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Attn: CEO

 

With a copy to:

 

Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

Attn: EVP, Human Resources

  

Either you or Company may change the address to which notices are to be sent by giving written notice of such change of address to the other in the manner herein provided for giving notice.

 

  17.

Miscellaneous:

(a) You represent and warrant as follows: (i) you are free to enter into this Agreement and to perform each of the terms and covenants hereunder; (ii) you are not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing this Agreement and that your execution of and performance under this Agreement is not a violation or breach of any other agreement; and (iii) you have not disclosed to Company or any officer or other affiliate of Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer. You further covenant that you shall not enter into any other agreements (including, without limitation, an extension or amendment of any agreement) that would restrict or prohibit you from entering into or performing under this Agreement.

(b) You acknowledge that while you are employed hereunder you will comply with Company’s conflict of interest policy and other corporate policies including, without limitation, the requirements of Company’s compliance and ethics program, as in effect from time to time, of which you are made aware. All payments made to you hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding, social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions, including, without limitation, medical and other insurance premiums.

(c) You acknowledge that services to be rendered by you under this Agreement are of a special, unique and intellectual character which gives them peculiar value, and that a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement (particularly, but without limitation, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 12, 13 and 14), will cause Company immediate irreparable injury and damage which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law. Accordingly, without limiting any right or remedy which Company may have in such event, you specifically agree that Company shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce and protect its rights under this Agreement. The provisions of this Paragraph 17(c) shall not be construed as a waiver by Company of any rights which Company may have to damages or any other remedy or by you as a waiver by you of any rights which you may have to offer fact-based defenses to any request made by Company for injunctive relief.

(d) This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto, and supersedes and terminates any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, including, without limitation, your employment agreement with Company dated February 11, 2011; provided, that the terms of such agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the commencement of the Term hereunder. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not herein set forth. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held to be wholly invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or

 

5


application of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable.

(e) The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, and your rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by you. By operation of law or otherwise, Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder only in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or a substantial portion of the stock or assets of Company.

(f) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to impose any obligation on Company to renew this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Neither the continuation of employment nor any other conduct shall be deemed to imply a continuing obligation upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon the expiration of the Term, the continuation of your employment (if applicable) shall be deemed “at-will.” Accordingly, upon the expiration of the Term, your employment with Company shall not be subject to a defined term, but rather, you may terminate your employment with Company at any time and for any reason and Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, and accordingly, in the event of such termination by either party after the expiration of this Agreement, only the provisions of Paragraphs 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 shall survive, and all other provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to Special Termination Payments, shall be of no further force or effect. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

(g) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of New York as applicable to agreements executed in and to be wholly performed within such State. In the unlikely event that differences arise between the parties relating to or arising from this Agreement that are not resolved by mutual agreement Company and you agree not to demand a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim in order to facilitate a judicial resolution and save time and expense of both parties.

 

  18.

Section 409A: This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code to the extent provided in the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (“separation pay plans”) and other applicable provisions of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 through A-6. References under this Agreement to a termination of your employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which you have experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) if at the time of your separation from service with Company you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six (6) months following your separation from service (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph 18 shall be paid to you in a lump sum; and (b) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, any continued health benefit plan coverage that you are entitled to receive following your termination of employment is expected to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, as such, shall not be subject to delay pursuant to this Paragraph.

 

6


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this Agreement to Company.

 

Very truly yours,
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Cooper

Name:   Stephen Cooper

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Paul M. Robinson

 

7

EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

5.2.2018

WARNER MUSIC INC.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

May 2, 2018

Eric Levin

Dear Eric:

Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner Music Inc. (“Company”) and you dated September 30, 2014, as amended by letter agreement dated October 6, 2015, and as further amended by letter agreement dated December 2, 2016 (as amended, the “Agreement”).

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by Company, shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1.Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended to extend the Term through September 30, 2023.

2.Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that your salary for the periods specified below shall be as follows:

 

Period of the Term

   Annual Rate of Salary  

10/1/18 – 9/30/21

   $ 850,000  

10/1/21 – 9/30/23

   $ 900,000  

3.Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b)Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term, commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2017 and ends September 30, 2018 (i.e., the 2018 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion thereof for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus with respect to each fiscal year shall be as set forth below (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of such fiscal year), and the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company and of Warner Music Group; provided that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount.

 

HS 65899-1


Fiscal Year

   Target Bonus  

2018

   $ 500,000  

2019, 2020, 2021

   $ 850,000  

2022, 2023

   $ 900,000”  

4.The following is hereby added to the Agreement as new Paragraph 3(e):

“(e)Equity Plan: If, during the Term, Company establishes a new long-term incentive plan or program (a “new LTIP”) in which executives of Company at your level are eligible to participate, then Company shall, in good faith, consider offering you the opportunity to participate in such new LTIP in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plan or program.”

5.Paragraph 11(e)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “(ii) an amount equal to the per annum salary payable to you hereunder as of the Termination Date.”

6.Paragraph 11(g) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(g)The ‘Non-renewal Payments’ shall mean an amount equal to $600,000.”

7.Paragraph 12 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Confidential Matters: You shall keep secret all confidential matters of Company and its affiliates (for purposes of Paragraphs 12 and 13 only, “Company”), and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of Company, either during or after your employment with Company, except (a) with Company’s prior written consent; (b) as required by law or judicial process or as permitted by law for the purpose of reporting a violation of law; or (c) to your professional advisors to the extent reasonable and necessary. Company hereby informs you, and you hereby acknowledge, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1833(b), that you may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret where the disclosure (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to any attorney; and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. You shall deliver promptly to Company upon termination of your employment, or at any time as Company may request, all confidential memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the business of Company which you may then possess or have under your control; provided that you may retain your personal files (i.e., your files not related to Company) and a copy of your address book.”

 

2

HS 65899-1


Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this letter to Company.

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Name:

  Paul M. Robinson

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Eric Levin

Eric Levin

 

3

HS 65899-1

EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

5.2.2018

WARNER MUSIC INC.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

May 2, 2018

Paul M. Robinson

Dear Paul:

Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner Music Inc. (“Company”) and you dated August 4, 2015 (the “Agreement”).

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by Company, shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1.Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“1.Position: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary of Company, which is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of WMG Acquisition Corp., and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Warner Music Group Corp. (“Parent”). You shall be the senior-most legal, business affairs and public policy executive of Company and of Parent (and their respective successors).”

2.Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended to extend the Term through September 30, 2022.

3.Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that effective as of October 1, 2018, your annual rate of salary shall be $850,000.

4.Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b)Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term, commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2017 and ends September 30, 2018 (i.e., the 2018 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus with respect to each fiscal year shall be as set forth below (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of such fiscal year), and the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion, which shall be exercised by Company in good faith, based on factors

 

HS 65911-2


including, without limitation, the strength of your performance and the performance of Company and of Warner Music Group; provided that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount.

 

Fiscal Year

   Target Bonus  

2018

   $ 600,000  

2019 & thereafter

   $ 850,000”  

5.The following is hereby added to the Agreement as new Paragraph 3(d):

“(d) Equity Plan: If, during the Term, Company establishes a new long-term incentive plan or program (a “new LTIP”) in which executives of Company at your level are eligible to participate, then Company shall, in good faith, consider offering you the opportunity to participate in such new LTIP in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plan or program.”

6.Paragraph 11(e) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(e)“Special Termination Payments” shall mean the greater of (i) the Severance Amount (as defined below) and (ii) the sum of (A) $1,250,000 plus (B) a pro rata discretionary annual bonus with respect to the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs, the amount of which pro rata discretionary annual bonus shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion, which shall be exercised by Company in good faith.”

7.Paragraph 12 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Confidential Matters: You shall keep secret all confidential matters of Company and its affiliates (for purposes of Paragraphs 12 and 13 only, “Company”), and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of Company, either during or after your employment with Company, except (a) with Company’s prior written consent; (b) as required by law or judicial process or as permitted by law for the purpose of reporting a violation of law; or (c) to your professional advisors to the extent reasonable and necessary. Company hereby informs you, and you hereby acknowledge, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1833(b), that you may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret where the disclosure (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to any attorney; and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. You shall deliver promptly to Company upon termination of your employment, or at any time as Company may request, all confidential memoranda, notes,

 

2

HS 65911-2


records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the business of Company which you may then possess or have under your control; provided that you may retain your personal files (i.e., your files not related to Company) and a copy of your address book.”

Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this letter to Company.

 

WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

Name:

  Steve Cooper

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Paul M. Robinson

 

3

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

10585 Santa Monica Boulevard

Los Angeles, CA 90025

January 8, 2019

Guy Moot

Address on file with Company

Dear Guy:

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by us (“Company”), shall, subject to (a) your successful completion of the employment application process (including, without limitation, completion of a criminal background investigation and reference checks) in accordance with Company’s policy to the reasonable satisfaction of Company and (b) obtaining any requisite employment authorization (including a work visa), constitute our agreement (the “Agreement”) with respect to your employment with Company. Reference is made to the service agreement between you and Warner/Chappell Music Limited of even date herewith (the “UK Service Agreement”) and capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the UK Service Agreement.

1.                   Position and Responsibilities: Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Warner/Chappell Music. In such capacity, you shall be the most senior executive of Warner Music Group’s Music Publishing division, Warner/Chappell Music. Warner/Chappell Music’s A&R, Creative, Production Music and Broadcast Music functions and the heads of Warner/Chappell Music’s affiliated operating companies throughout the world (e.g., Warner/Chappell Music France S.A.S.) shall report directly and solely to you. Warner/Chappell Music’s Company P&L, Business Affairs, Budget Management, Deal Making, M&A, Business Strategy and Priorities & Roadmap functions shall report jointly to you and the Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner/Chappell Music (which position is initially to be filled by Carianne Marshall).

2.Term: The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Relocation Date and end on March 31, 2024.

3.Compensation:

(a)Salary: During the Term, Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $1,750,000 per annum. Company agrees to review your salary and your target bonus amount stated in Paragraph 3(b) in good faith no later than three (3) years after the commencement of your employment with Company; provided, however, that any increase of your salary or target bonus amount shall remain in


Company’s sole discretion and Company shall have no obligation to increase your salary or target bonus amount at such time. For purposes of this paragraph, Company acknowledges that your employment with Company shall be deemed to have commenced on April 1, 2019.

(b)Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term which is anticipated to commence with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2019 and ends September 30, 2020 (i.e., the 2020 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion thereof for a portion of such fiscal year). If, as anticipated, you are employed under the UK Service Agreement for part of the 2020 fiscal year and under this Agreement for the remainder of the 2020 fiscal year, any annual discretionary bonus that may be awarded to you for the entire 2020 fiscal year shall be awarded under this Agreement and not under the UK Service Agreement (and it is agreed that if the Term commences during the 2019 fiscal year, the same shall apply in respect of the 2019 fiscal year, that is, any annual discretionary bonus that may be awarded to you for the entire 2019 fiscal year shall be awarded under this Agreement and not under the UK Service Agreement). Your target bonus for each fiscal year of the Term shall be $1,750,000 (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of a fiscal year), and the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company and of Warner Music Group; provided that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount.

(c)New LTIP: If, during the Term, Warner Music Group establishes a new long-term incentive plan or program (a “New LTIP”) for which executives of Warner Music Group at your level are eligible to participate, then Warner Music Group shall, in good faith, offer you the opportunity to participate in such New LTIP in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plan or program.

(d)Payment of Compensation: Compensation accruing to you during the Term shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of Company for employees at your level. You shall not be entitled to additional compensation for performing any services for Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates; provided that the only such services that you may be required to perform are occasional services for subsidiaries or affiliates of Company appropriate to your position.

4.Exclusivity: Your employment with Company shall be full-time and exclusive. During the Term you shall not render any services for others, or for your own account, in the field of entertainment or otherwise; provided, however, that (a) you shall not be precluded from personally, and for your own account as a passive investor, investing or trading in real estate, stocks, bonds, securities, commodities, or other forms of investment for your own benefit, except that your rights

 

2


hereafter to invest in any business or enterprise principally devoted to any activity which, at the time of such investment, is competitive to any business or enterprise of Company or the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, shall be limited to the purchase of not more than three percent (3%) of the issued and outstanding stock or other securities of a corporation listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market, and (b) to the extent such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder, you shall not be precluded from occasionally rendering services to charitable organizations, including serving on the board of directors of charitable organizations as are approved in advance by Company in writing.

5.Reporting: You shall at all times work under the supervision and direction of the Chief Executive Officer of Warner Music Group (currently, Steve Cooper) or the Chief Operating Officer of Warner Music Group (if such an officer is appointed) as Warner Music Group may determine in its sole reasonable discretion; provided that you and the Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner/Chappell Music, shall at all times report to the same senior executive officer. You shall perform such duties consistent with your position as you shall reasonably be directed to perform by such senior executive officer.

6.Place of Employment: The greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. You shall render services in the offices designated by Company at such location. You also agree to travel on temporary trips to such other place or places as may be required from time to time to perform your duties hereunder.

7.Travel and Entertainment Expenses: Company shall pay for reasonable expenses actually incurred, or reimburse you for reasonable expenses paid, by you during the Term in the performance of your services hereunder in accordance with Company’s policy for employees at your level upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as Company may customarily require. You shall be entitled to travel in accordance with Company’s policies for employees at your level; provided that in relation to international flights, it is agreed that in exceptional circumstances and where business needs so require, you shall be eligible to travel first class with the prior approval of the senior executive officer to whom you report pursuant to Paragraph 5.

8.Benefits:

(a)    Fringe Benefits: While you are employed hereunder, you shall be entitled to all fringe benefits generally accorded to employees of Company at your level from time to time, including medical health and accident, group insurance and similar benefits, provided that you are eligible under the general provisions of any applicable plan or program and Company continues to maintain such plan or program during the Term. You shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation (with pay) during each calendar year of the Term in accordance with Company’s policies with respect to vacations for employees, which vacation shall be taken at

 

3


reasonable times to be approved by Company. In addition, during the Term you shall be entitled to paid time off with respect to any periods during which paid time off is provided to employees of Company generally (e.g., Company holidays and Christmas/New Year’s week if Company closes its office during such period).

(b)    Work Authorization: Company will also provide professional assistance with obtaining and maintaining a work permit and/or visa for you and visas for your partner and your dependent children, the cost of which shall be paid by Company directly; provided, however, in the event you are terminated by Company for any reason: (a) and the legal and administrative process has not been initiated by Company at the time of termination, Company shall be under no obligation to obtain such work permit and/or visas for you, your partner and your dependent children, and/or pay for such fees associated with such process incurred after such termination and you will be solely responsible for obtaining such work permit and/or visas if you, your partner and/or your dependent children remain in the United States (including such legal and administrative fees incurred after such termination); or (b) and the legal and administrative process has been initiated at the time of such termination, Company shall cease paying for any legal and administrative fees which are incurred by you after such termination for maintaining such work permit and/or visas for you, your partner and your dependent children. You are solely responsible for any maintenance or fees for your work permit and your/their visas, if you, your partner and/or your dependent children remain in the United States after such termination with Company. You shall not be in breach of this Agreement and shall not be required to proceed with the Relocation pursuant to the UK Service Agreement if you, acting reasonably and in good faith, are unable to obtain and maintain the appropriate U.S. work permits and/or visas for you, your partner and your dependent children.

(c)    Tax Filing Assistance: Company shall pay for reasonable fees incurred by you during the Term and one year thereafter in connection with preparation of annual tax returns you are required to file in the United States and the United Kingdom (as applicable); provided that you use the service provider selected by Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) and that such preparation fees shall be subject to the approval of Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and consistent with Company policy.

(d)    Support: After your employment commences under the UK Service Agreement and prior to the Relocation Date, Company shall provide you with an office and assistant services in the Los Angeles office of Company. After the Relocation Date and during the Term, Company shall provide you with a dedicated executive assistant reasonably selected by you in good faith and in accordance with Company’s policies.

9.Disability/Death: If you shall become physically or mentally incapacitated from performing your duties hereunder, and such incapacity shall continue for a period

 

4


of four (4) consecutive months or more or for shorter periods aggregating four (4) months or more in any twelve-month period, Company shall have the right (before the termination of such incapacity), at its option, to terminate this Agreement with no consequence, except if such termination would be prohibited by law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing, you shall continue to remain employed by Company as an at-will employee. In the event your at-will employment with Company subsequently terminates, (a) Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments (as defined below) and (b) in the event such termination is due to termination by Company other than for Cause or resignation by you with Good Reason, and subject to your execution of a Release (as defined below), Company shall also (i) pay to you any awarded but unpaid annual bonus for the most recently completed fiscal year prior to the Termination Date, which, if payable, shall be paid when annual discretionary bonuses with respect to such fiscal year are paid to Company employees generally (the “Prior Year Bonus”), and (ii) grant to you a pro rata portion of an annual bonus with respect to the portion of the fiscal year during which you rendered services to Company prior to the Termination Date, the amount of which (if any) shall be determined in Company’s sole discretion taking into consideration the target bonus amount stated in Paragraph 3(b), your performance and Company’s performance, and shall be paid to you when bonuses with respect to such fiscal year are paid to Company employees generally (a “Pro Rata Bonus”). In the event of your death during the Term, this Agreement shall automatically terminate except that Company shall pay to your estate the Basic Termination Payments, the Prior Year Bonus and a Pro Rata Bonus.

10.Termination by Company for Cause; Termination by You for Good Reason.

(a)    Termination by Company for Cause: Company may at any time during the Term, by written notice, terminate your employment and this Agreement for Cause, such Cause to be specified in the notice of termination. The following acts by you shall constitute “Cause” hereunder: (i) any willful or intentional act or omission having the effect, which effect is reasonably foreseeable, of injuring, to an extent that is not de minimis, the reputation, business, business relationships or employment relationships of Company or its affiliates; (ii) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor involving theft, fraud, forgery, embezzlement or the sale or possession of illicit substances or a felony, unless prohibited by applicable law; (iii) breach of any material representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement; (iv) violation of Company’s policies, including those described in Paragraph 17(b), as determined by Company in good faith; and (v) repeated or continuous failure, neglect or refusal to perform your material duties hereunder. Notice of termination given to you by Company shall specify the reason(s) for such termination. In the case where a cause for termination described in clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above is susceptible of cure (as determined by Company), and such notice of termination is the first notice of termination given to you for such reason, if you fail to cure such Cause for

 

5


termination to the reasonable satisfaction of Company within fifteen (15) business days after the date of such notice, termination shall be effective upon the expiration of such fifteen-business-day period, and if you cure such Cause within such fifteen-business-day period, such notice of termination shall be ineffective. In all other cases, notice of termination shall be effective on the date thereof. In the event of the termination of your employment pursuant to this Paragraph 10(a), this Agreement shall automatically terminate except that Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments.

 

(b)

Termination by You for Good Reason:

(i)    For purposes of this Paragraph 10(b), Company shall be in breach of its obligations to you hereunder if there shall have occurred any of the following events (each such event being referred to as a “Good Reason”): (A) a material reduction in your title, authority or responsibilities as set forth in Paragraph 1 shall have been put into effect; (B) Company fails to pay to you any monies due hereunder in accordance with applicable law; (C) Company requires you to relocate your primary residence outside the greater Los Angeles or London metropolitan areas (other than requiring the Relocation) in order to perform your duties to Company hereunder; (D) you shall have been required to report to anyone other than as provided in Paragraph 5; or (E) Company assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement in contravention of the provisions of Paragraph 17(e).

(ii)    You may exercise your right to terminate your employment and this Agreement for Good Reason pursuant to this Paragraph 10(b) by notice given to Company in writing specifying the Good Reason for termination within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any such event constituting Good Reason, otherwise your right to terminate your employment and this Agreement by reason of the occurrence of such event shall expire and shall be deemed to have permanently lapsed. Any such termination in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 10(b) shall be effective thirty (30) days after the date of your written notice of termination, except that if Company shall cure such specified Good Reason within such thirty-day period, you shall not be entitled to terminate your employment and this Agreement by reason of such specified Good Reason and the notice of termination given by you shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

11.Consequences of Breach by Company or Non-renewal:

(a)In the event of a Special Termination (as defined below) of your employment, your sole remedy shall be that, subject to your execution of a Release, Company shall pay to you the Special Termination Payments (as defined below), and in the event of a Qualifying Non-renewal (as defined below), your sole remedy shall be that, subject to your execution of a Release, Company shall

 

6


pay to you the Non-renewal Payments (as defined below); provided Company shall cease making Termination Payments (as defined below) if you do not deliver the signed Release within the time period set forth in the Release. In addition, in the event of a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments. Further, subject to your execution of a Release, (i) in the event of a Special Termination, Company shall provide you with Repatriation Assistance (as defined below) and pay to you the Prior Year Bonus and a Pro Rata Bonus and (ii) in the event of a Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall provide you with Repatriation Assistance and consider in good faith paying to you the Prior Year Bonus and a Pro Rata Bonus. Special Termination Payments and Non-renewal Payments are sometimes herein referred to as the “Termination Payments.” “Repatriation Assistance” shall mean, in the event of a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal, payment to you or reimbursement by Company of certain one-time relocation expenses incurred in connection with the move by you, your partner and your dependent children from the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area to the greater London metropolitan area (e.g., shipping of household goods and reasonable travel associated with such relocation); provided that (A) such relocation must occur within the later of six (6) months after the Termination Date or six (6) months after the last day of the then-current school year; (B) you must use Company’s designated relocation services vendor and comply with Company policy, and (C) the total amount actually paid or reimbursed by Company for such relocation expenses, inclusive of any “gross up” amounts, shall not exceed $75,000 in the aggregate.

(b)The “Basic Termination Payments” shall mean any accrued but unpaid salary, accrued but unused vacation pay in accordance with Company policy, any unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Paragraph 7, plus any accrued and vested but unpaid benefits in accordance with Paragraph 8(a), in each case to the date on which your employment terminates (the “Termination Date”). Basic Termination Payments shall be paid to you in accordance with Company policy or in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan.

(c)A “Release” shall mean a mutual release agreement in Company’s standard form, which you and your personal attorney shall have a right to review during the time period set forth therein and which shall include (i) a release by you of Company from any and all claims which you may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment and (ii) a release by Company of you from any and all claims which Company may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment.

(d)A “Special Termination” shall have occurred in the event that (i) Company terminates your employment hereunder other than pursuant to Paragraph 9 or 10(a), or (ii) you terminate your employment pursuant to Paragraph 10(b).

 

7


(e)“Special Termination Payments” shall mean the greater of (i) the Severance Amount (as defined below) and (ii) an amount equal to eighteen (18) months’ salary at the per annum salary rate payable to you hereunder as of the Termination Date.

(f)A “Qualifying Non-renewal” shall have occurred in the event that, at the end of the Term: (i) Company declines to offer you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates or (ii) Company offers you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates for a term of less than an additional three (3) years or with a title, salary or target bonus amount lower than your title, salary or target bonus amount, respectively, as in effect on the last day of the Term, and you decline such offer and elect to terminate your employment with Company.

(g)The “Non-renewal Payments” shall mean the greater of (i) amount of severance pay (the “Severance Amount”) that would have been payable to you under Company policy as in effect on the Termination Date had you not been subject to an employment agreement with Company and (ii) an amount equal to twelve (12) months’ salary at the per annum salary rate payable to you hereunder as of the Termination Date.

(h)Any Termination Payments payable to you under Paragraph 11(e) or (g) shall be made by Company in accordance with its regular payroll practices by payment of such Termination Payments at the same per annum salary rate as was in effect as of the Termination Date for the applicable period as is necessary to cause the full amount due under such Paragraph to be paid (the “Payment Period”); provided that if the total Termination Payments payable to you exceed an amount equal to fifty-two weeks of your salary, then the Termination Payments payable to you shall be made in equal periodic payments to you (at such times as Company makes payroll payments to its employees generally) during the fifty-two-week period immediately following the date on which your employment terminates. In addition, such Termination Payments shall commence on the next possible pay cycle following the Termination Date; provided that Company shall cease making Termination Payments if you do not deliver the signed Release to Company within the time period set forth in the Release.

(i)In the event you elect not to execute and deliver a Release within the time period set forth therein in connection with a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall only be obligated to pay to you the Basic Termination Payments. Following the delivery of an executed Release pursuant to this Paragraph 11, you shall have no duty to seek substitute employment, and Company shall have no right of offset against any amounts payable to you under this Paragraph 11 with respect to any compensation or fees received by you from any employment obtained or consultancy arrangement entered into by you.

 

8


(j)In the event of a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, during the period commencing immediately following the Termination Date and through the last day of the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs (such period, the “Benefits Period”), Company shall continue to provide you and your eligible family members with medical health insurance coverage, including dental and vision insurance coverage under the group insurance plan maintained by Company (“Benefits Coverage”) in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans, to the extent that you had elected for such coverage prior to the Termination Date. Following the Benefits Period, you may have the right, in accordance with and subject to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended (“COBRA”), at your expense, to elect to continue your and/or your dependents’ Benefits Coverage for such additional period of time as is required under COBRA. Further information regarding COBRA coverage, including enrollment forms and premium quotations, shall be sent to you separately.

(k)In the event you resign from your employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term other than for Good Reason, without limitation of other rights or remedies available to Company, Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement or otherwise, except for the Basic Termination Payments.

12.Confidential Matters: You shall keep secret all confidential matters of Company and its affiliates (for purposes of Paragraphs 12 and 13 only, “Company”), and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of Company, either during or after your employment with Company, except (a) with Company’s prior written consent; (b) as required by law or judicial process or as permitted by law for the purpose of reporting a violation of law; or (c) to your professional advisors to the extent reasonable and necessary. Company hereby informs you, and you hereby acknowledge, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1833(b), that you may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret where the disclosure (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. You shall deliver promptly to Company upon termination of your employment, or at any time as Company may request, all confidential memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the business of Company which you may then possess or have under your control; provided that you may retain your personal files (i.e., your files not related to Company) and a copy of your address book.

13.Non-Solicitation: While you are employed by Company and for a period of one year thereafter, you shall not, without the prior written consent of Company, directly or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, partner, joint venturer,

 

9


owner, officer, director, member of any other firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, or in any other capacity: (a) induce (or attempt to induce) a breach or disruption of the contractual relationship between Company (or a label distributed by Company) and any recording artist (including a duo or a group), publisher or songwriter (including a recording artist or songwriter who has contracted through a furnishing entity) (“Company Artist”); (b) use Company’s trade secrets or confidential information to solicit, induce or encourage any individual who at the time is, or who within the one-year prior period was, a Company Artist to end its relationship with Company or to enter into an exclusive recording or music publishing agreement with any other party; or (c) solicit, induce or encourage any individual who at the time is, or who within the six-month prior period was, an employee of Company in the United States to leave his or her employment or to commence employment with any other party.

14.Results and Proceeds of Employment: You acknowledge that Company shall own all rights of every kind and character throughout the world in perpetuity in and to any material and/or ideas written, suggested or in any way created by you hereunder and all other results and proceeds of your services hereunder, including all copyrightable material created by you within the scope of your employment. You agree to execute and deliver to Company such assignments or other instruments as Company may require from time to time to evidence Company’s ownership of the results and proceeds of your services.

15.Indemnity: Company agrees to indemnify you against expenses (including final judgments and amounts paid in settlement to which Company has consented in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with litigation against you arising out of the performance of your duties hereunder; provided that (a) the foregoing indemnity shall only apply to matters for which you perform your duties for Company in good faith and in a manner you reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Company and not in contravention of the instructions of any senior officer of Company and (b) you shall have provided Company with prompt notice of the commencement of any such litigation. Company will provide defense counsel selected by Company. You agree to cooperate in connection with any such litigation.

 

10


16.Notices: All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid courier, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested as follows:

 

TO YOU:    TO COMPANY:

Guy Moot

Address on file with Company

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Carroll, Guido & Groffman, LLP

5 Columbus Circle

20th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Michael Guido, Esq.

  

Warner/Chappell Music, Inc.

10585 Santa Monica Boulevard

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attn: Vice President, Human Resources 

 

With a copy to:

 

Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019
Attn: General Counsel

Either you or Company may change the address to which notices are to be sent by giving written notice of such change of address to the other in the manner herein provided for giving notice.

17.Miscellaneous:

(a)You represent and warrant as follows: (i) you are free to enter into this Agreement and to perform each of the terms and covenants hereunder; (ii) you are not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing this Agreement and that your execution of and performance under this Agreement is not a violation or breach of any other agreement; and (iii) you have not disclosed to Company or any officer or other affiliate of Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or of your current employer (if applicable). You represent and warrant that your current employer has agreed to release you from any contractual commitments (other than with respect to use of confidential information) effective no later than the first day of the Term. Upon request of Company, you shall provide or have provided as of the date hereof, Company with a copy of any release document signed by your current employer. You further covenant that you shall not enter into any other agreements (including an extension or amendment of any agreement) that would restrict or prohibit you from entering into or performing under this Agreement.

(b)You acknowledge and agree that while you are employed hereunder you shall comply with Company’s Code of Conduct (or any successor document) and other corporate policies including the requirements of Company’s compliance and ethics program, each as in effect from time to time, of which you are made aware.

(c)You acknowledge that services to be rendered by you under this Agreement are of a special, unique and intellectual character which gives them peculiar value, and that a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement (particularly, but without limitation, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 12, 13 and 14), will cause Company immediate irreparable injury and damage which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at

 

11


law. Accordingly, without limiting any right or remedy which Company may have in such event, you specifically agree that Company shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce and protect its rights under this Agreement. The provisions of this Paragraph 17(c) shall not be construed as a waiver by Company of any rights which Company may have to damages or any other remedy or by you as a waiver by you of any rights which you may have to offer fact-based defenses to any request made by Company for injunctive relief.

(d)This Agreement, together with the UK Service Agreement, set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto, and supersedes and terminates any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement or the UK Service Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not herein or therein set forth. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held to be wholly invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or the application of any provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable.

(e)The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, and your rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by you. By operation of law or otherwise, Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or a substantial portion of the stock or assets of Company or any direct or indirect parent of Company.

(f)Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to impose any obligation on Company to renew this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Neither the continuation of employment nor any other conduct shall be deemed to imply a continuing obligation upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon the expiration of the Term, the continuation of your employment (if applicable) shall be deemed “at-will.” Accordingly, upon the expiration of the Term, your employment with Company shall not be subject to a defined term, but rather, you may terminate your employment with Company at any time and for any reason and Company may terminate your employment at any

 

12


time and for any reason; and in the event of such subsequent termination of your employment for any reason, the provisions of this Agreement relating to Special Termination Payments shall be of no force or effect. In the event of the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, only the provisions of Paragraphs 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 shall survive and all other provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions relating to Special Termination Payments, shall be of no further force or effect; provided that the provisions of Paragraph 11 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement pursuant to a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal and the provisions of Paragraph 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement by reason of your death or termination by Company thereunder. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

(g)This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California as applicable to agreements executed in and to be wholly performed within such State. Exclusive jurisdiction of any dispute, action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall lie in the state or federal courts in the State of California, located in Los Angeles County.

(h)All payments made to you hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding, social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions, including medical and other insurance premiums.

(i)The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words (i) “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and (ii) “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof.

18.Section 409A: This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code to the extent provided in the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (“separation pay plans”) and other applicable provisions of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 through A-6. References under this Agreement to a termination of your employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which you have

 

13


experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) if at the time of your separation from service with Company you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then Company shall defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six months following your separation from service (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid to you in a lump sum and (b) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral shall make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, any continued health benefit plan coverage that you are entitled to receive following your termination of employment is expected to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, as such, shall not be subject to delay pursuant to this Paragraph.

[signature page follows]

 

14


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this Agreement to Company.

Very truly yours,

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul Robinson
  VP and Secretary

Accepted and Agreed:

 

/s/ Guy Moot

Guy Moot

 

15

EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

Dated 8 January 2019

(1) WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC LIMITED

and

(2) GUY MOOT

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

50836960    1


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 8 January 2019

BETWEEN:-

 

(1)

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC LIMITED (registered number 00488466) whose registered office is Cannon Place, 78 Cannon Street, London, EC4N 6AF (the “Company”)

 

(2)

GUY MOOT of 26 Blenheim Terrace, London, NW8 0EG (the “Executive”)

 

1.

EMPLOYMENT

 

1.1

It is agreed that the Executive will be employed by the Company in Greater London during the Term (as defined below), save that if the executive to whom the Executive reports (currently Steve Cooper) determines in good faith, after meaningful consultation with the Executive, that it is in the best interests of the Company for the Executive to relocate to Los Angeles, California, the Executive shall be notified by Company that he is required to relocate and the Executive shall relocate to Los Angeles, California (the “Relocation”). In such event, the Relocation shall take place (subject to payment of the Relocation Costs in clause 5.8 below) and with effect from the date of the Relocation, this Agreement shall terminate and the Agreement signed between the Executive and Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. shall operate in respect of the Executive’s employment with Warner/Chappell Music in Los Angeles, California. The Relocation is likely to take place around July/August 2020, on such date as is determined in good faith by the executive to whom the Executive reports after meaningful consultation with the Executive taking into account the academic calendar for the Executive’s dependent children (“the Relocation Date”), save that it is agreed that if the Executive requests that the Relocation Date should take place earlier around July/August 2019 or around December 2019, the Relocation Date will take place on such earlier date as is determined in good faith by the executive to whom the Executive reports after meaningful consultation with the Executive. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the termination of this Agreement by reason of the Relocation shall not constitute a termination by the Company for the purposes of clause 2.4 below.

 

1.2

The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall act as Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer Warner/Chappell Music. In such capacity, the Executive shall be the most senior executive of the Warner Music Group’s Music Publishing division, Warner/Chappell Music. Warner/Chappell Music’s A&R, Creative, Production Music and Broadcast Music functions and the heads of Warner/Chappell’s Music’s affiliated operating companies throughout the world (e.g., Warner/Chappell Music France S.A.S.) shall report solely and directly to the Executive. Warner/Chappell Music’s Company

 

50836960    2


  P&L, Business Affairs, Budget Management, Deal Making, M&A, Business Strategy and Priorities & Roadmap functions shall report jointly to the Executive and to the Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner/Chappell Music (which position is initially to be filled by Carianne Marshall). The Executive shall serve as a director of the Company and of such Group Companies that are notified to the Executive by the Board from time to time.

 

1.3

The Executive’s continuous employment shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in clause 2.1 below).

 

1.4

The Executive confirms, represents and warrants that the Executive is not bound by or subject to any agreement, arrangement, court order obligation or undertaking which in any way restricts or prohibits the Executive from entering into, or performing the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, other than those disclosed to the Company.

 

2.

TERMS OF THE EMPLOYMENT

 

2.1

This Agreement shall commence on 1 April 2019 (“Commencement Date”) and, subject to clause 11 below, shall continue for an initial period of five years (the “Term”) (“the Employment”).

 

2.2

The Company is not obliged to provide the Executive with work and it may, subject to clause 9.4 below, in respect of all or part of any unexpired Term or period of notice, suspend the Executive on garden leave and require the Executive:

 

2.2.1

not to perform the Executive’s duties;

 

2.2.2

to abstain from contacting any Company or Group Company clients, artists, producers, composers, songwriters, employees, consultants, supplier or agents (save for purely social contact);

 

2.2.3

not to enter Company or Group Company premises without the consent or at the request of the Company;

 

2.2.4

to resign from any office(s) in the Company and/or any Group Company; and/or

 

2.2.5

to return to the Company all documents and other property belonging to the Company and/or any Group Company;

provided always that the Executive will not be placed on garden leave for any period or periods exceeding six (6) months in aggregate.

 

50836960    3


2.3

The Employment and entitlement to salary and benefits (including the bonus specified at clause 4.3 below) shall continue during any period of garden leave.

 

2.4

Subject to clause 11.1 below (pursuant to which the Company reserves the right to terminate the Employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice), the Company reserves the right, at any time, at its sole discretion, to terminate the Employment without notice by making a payment to the Executive equivalent to:

 

2.4.1

18 months’ salary;

 

2.4.2

any accrued but unpaid bonus for the financial year prior to the year in which the Employment terminates; and

 

2.4.3

pro-rata bonus for the year in which the Employment terminates, which shall be considered (and paid) at the same time that bonuses are considered (and paid) for other senior executives for the relevant financial year;

(together the “Severance Payment”). If payable, the Severance Payment will be paid to the Executive as a lump sum, less statutory deductions, within 28 days of the date the Employment ends (save in respect of any bonus payable under clause 2.4.3 above, which if payable, will be paid as set out in clause 2.4.3 above). It is agreed that the Severance Payment will not be reduced by reason of mitigation (and that the Executive shall have no obligation to seek to mitigate the Executive’s loss) and the Executive shall not be required to pay to the Company or offset any sums received from any new employment or engagement. The Executive shall sign whatever documentation the Company may reasonably require in order to ensure that the Executive accepts the Severance Payment in full and final settlement of any claims the Executive may have against the Company or any Group Company.

 

2.5

The Executive agrees that, during any period of notice, the Executive will give to the Company all such assistance and co-operation in effecting a smooth and orderly handover of the Executive’s duties as the Company may reasonably require.

 

2.6

The Company may, during any period of notice, appoint a person to perform the Executive’s duties jointly with the Executive, or during any period of suspension pursuant to clause 13 below, to perform all or some of the Executive’s duties in the Executive’s place (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Company confirms that in such circumstances, the Executive shall not be responsible for the actions or omissions of such other person so appointed).

 

50836960    4


2.7

Upon termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company pursuant to clause 2.4 above, by the Executive pursuant to clause 11.2 below or in the event of a Qualifying Non-Renewal pursuant to client 11.3 below, neither party shall make any public statement or announcement concerning such termination without prior good faith consultation with the other party.

 

3.

DUTIES AND LOCATION

 

3.1

During the Employment:-

 

3.1.1

the Executive shall report to the CEO, Warner Music Group or the Chief Operating Officer of Warner Music Group (if such officer is appointed) as Warner Music Group may determine in its sole reasonable discretion, provided that the Executive and Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner/Chappell Music, shall at all times report to the same senior executive officer. The Executive shall perform and observe such duties and restrictions and shall conduct and manage such of the affairs of the Company as may from time to time be reasonably required of the Executive by the Board and which are consistent with the Executive’s status, seniority, skills and expertise and commensurate to the Executive’s role;

 

3.1.2

the Executive shall at all times comply with the Executive’s duties as a director as set out in any relevant legislation;

 

3.1.3

the Executive shall well and faithfully serve the Company to the best of the Executive’s abilities and carry out the Executive’s duties in a proper, competent and efficient manner and in willing co-operation with others;

 

3.1.4

the Executive shall use the Executive’s reasonable endeavours to promote, and at all times act in the best interests of the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

3.1.5

the Executive shall notify the person to whom the Executive reports (or such person as is requested by the Company from time to time) immediately on becoming aware of any actual or potential data security breach and shall take such steps as may be reasonably required and/or reasonably requested by the Company to remedy such breach;

 

3.1.6

save as hereinafter provided, unless prevented by illness or accident and except during holidays provided for under clause 6 below, the Executive shall devote the whole of the Executive’s time, attention and ability to the

 

50836960    5


  Executive’s duties under this Agreement during normal working hours and at such other times as may be reasonably required by the needs of the Company or any Group Company or the nature of the Executive’s duties and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside the Executive’s normal working hours i.e. 9.30am to 6pm, Monday to Friday; and

 

3.1.7

except with the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive will not have any direct or indirect interest, whether as an agent, beneficiary, consultant, director, employee, partner, proprietor, shareholder, in any trade, business or occupation whatsoever other than the business of the Company or any Group Company, provided that the Executive shall not be precluded from personally, and for Executive’s own account as a passive investor, investing or trading in real estate, stocks, bonds, securities, commodities, or other forms of investment for the Executive’s own benefit, except that the Executive’s rights hereafter to invest in any business or enterprise principally devoted to any activity which, at the time of such investment, is competitive to any business or enterprise of the Company or the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, shall be limited to the purchase of not more than three percent (3%) of the issued and outstanding stock or other securities of a corporation listed on a national securities exchange, except with the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Further, the Executive shall be entitled to serve on the board of charitable organisations, provided that each appointment is approved in advance by the Company.

 

3.2

The Company may at its absolute discretion at any time and from time to time upon written notice to the Executive require the Executive to take as soon as practicable all steps necessary to fully and effectively relinquish the whole or any part of any interest in respect of the holding of which the Company has at any time given its prior written consent under clause 3.1.7 above if the Company or any Group Company reasonably considers that it is not in the best interests of the Company or any Group Company for the Executive to continue to hold that interest.

 

3.3

Regulation 4(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (“WTR”) provides that a worker’s average working time, including overtime, must not exceed 48 hours for each seven day period (to be averaged over a period of 17 weeks) unless the worker agrees that this regulation will not apply to the Executive’s employment. In accordance with Regulation 5 of the WTR, the Executive agrees that Regulation 4(1) will not apply to the Employment. At any time during the Employment, the Executive or the Company may give three (3) months’ prior written notice that the opt-out in this clause will cease to apply with effect from the expiry of said notice.

 

50836960    6


3.4

Prior to the Relocation, the Executive will work at the principal office of the Company or anywhere else within Greater London where the principal office of the Company is located. The Executive will be reasonably required to travel and work outside the UK from time to time (for the purposes of business visits) and it is anticipated and agreed that the Executive will spend an average of ten working days per month (calculated annually) of the Executive’s time working from Warner/Chappell Music’s office in Los Angeles, California. When the Executive is working from Warner/Chappell Music’s offices in Los Angeles, California in accordance with this clause 3.4, the Executive will be provided with an office and assistant services will also be provided to the Executive (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall have a dedicated assistant in the UK whilst the Executive is based in the UK but will not have a dedicated assistant in Los Angeles, California until the Relocation, when a dedicated assistant will be appointed in Los Angeles, California). For the avoidance of doubt, whilst the Executive is based in the United Kingdom, he will not be required to spend more than 183 days per year in the United States.

 

4.

REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES

 

4.1

Subject to clause 4.9 below, the Company shall pay and the Executive shall accept a salary at the rate of £1,365,000 per annum, such salary to accrue from day to day and to be paid less statutory and voluntary deductions by equal monthly instalments in arrears on or about the last day of every month by bank transfer or by cheque at the Company’s option.

 

4.2

The Company agrees to review the Executive’s salary and bonus target in good faith no later than three (3) years after the commencement of the Executive’s employment with the Company, provided that any increase of the Executive’s salary or bonus target shall remain in the Company’s sole discretion and the Company shall have no obligation to increase the Executive’s salary or bonus target at such time.

 

4.3

The Executive may be eligible, at the sole discretion of the Company, to receive an annual bonus in respect of each financial year completed during the Employment (and a pro-rata bonus for the financial year in which the Executive joins the Company). The Company’s financial year is currently 1 October to 30 September, but is subject to change at the Company’s discretion. The Executive’s “target” bonus will be £1,365,000 (“Target Bonus”) although depending on performance the actual bonus award may be either more or less than the Target Bonus at the Company’s sole discretion. The criteria to be

 

50836960    7


  achieved in each year for the Target Bonus level to be met will be based on factors such as Warner/Chappell Music’s, Warner Music Group’s and the Executive’s performance and will be notified to the Executive each year. Subject to clause 2.4 above, no bonus, including for the avoidance of doubt any alleged pro rata entitlement to bonus, will be payable if, on the bonus payment date, the Executive is no longer employed by the Company or any Group Company or has given or received notice to terminate the Employment save for any accrued but unpaid bonus due in respect of any previous financial year. Any bonus will be paid less statutory deductions.

 

4.4

The Executive will be paid a sign-on bonus of £136,500, less statutory deductions, which will be paid in the first available payroll after the Commencement Date.

 

4.5

The Executive shall be reimbursed all reasonable expenses properly and necessarily incurred by the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties upon production of vouchers in respect of them or if vouchers are not readily available upon other evidence satisfactory to the Company of payment of such expenses, provided that such expenses shall be subject to the Company’s normal policy and budgetary disciplines, as detailed in the Company’s Travel and Entertainment Policy as amended from time to time. In relation to international flights, it is agreed that in exceptional circumstances and where business needs so require, the Executive will be eligible to travel first class, provided that this is approved in advance by the CEO, Warner Music Group.

 

4.6

The Executive will be provided with a mobile telephone (and laptop) with internet access and email facility and the Company will meet all rental, replacement, maintenance and call charges reasonably incurred.

 

4.7

The Company retains the express right to deduct from time to time during the Employment any overpayments or advances or any other sums due from the Executive to the Company or any Group Company from any monies due to the Executive, provided that the Company shall give the Executive seven days prior notice of any such deduction.

 

4.8

If, during the Term, Warner Music Group establishes a new long-term incentive plan or programme (a “New LTIP”) in which executives of the Warner Music Group or the Company at the Executive’s level are eligible to participate, the Warner Music Group shall, in good faith, offer the Executive the opportunity to participate in such New LTIP in accordance with the terms and conditions or such plan or programme.

 

4.9

The Company has agreed with the Executive that the Executive’s annual salary (in clause 4.1 above) will be $1,750,000, the Executive’s Target Bonus (in clause 4.3 above) will be $1,750,000, the sign-on bonus (in clause 4.4 above) will be $175,000 and the maximum for the Relocation costs (in clause 5.8 below) shall be $300,000. For the

 

50836960    8


  purposes of the Employment (that is, under this Agreement), these sums will be paid in pounds sterling and it is agreed that these numbers have therefore been converted to pounds sterling. The Company confirms that it will review the exchange rate on a quarterly basis, acting in good faith, and will adjust the amount payable in pounds sterling in clauses 4.1 above and clause 4.3 above of this Agreement) upwards or downwards if the previous exchange rate used has become materially (that is, ignoring de minimis differences) unfavourable or favourable to the Executive, taking into account the average daily exchange rate over the previous quarter, provided always that it is agreed that the Executive will not in any event be paid more than the agreed dollar amounts (as set out in this clause 4.9).

 

4.10

This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the (US) Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) and will be so interpreted. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions set forth in (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (“separation pay plans”) and other applicable provisions of (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 to A-6. To the extent section 409A is applicable, references under this Agreement to a termination of the Employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which the Executive has experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any payments of money or other benefits due to the Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to the Executive in a manner consistent with (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement (including each installment of any payment to be made in two or more installments), shall be designated and treated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

5.

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS

 

5.1

Subject to the rules and eligibility requirements of the scheme from time to time in force, the Executive will be covered by life assurance of four times annual basic salary, subject to HM Revenue & Customs limits.

 

50836960    9


5.2

Subject to the rules and eligibility requirements of the scheme from time to time in force, the Executive, the Executive’s partner and the Executive’s dependent children (determined in accordance with the scheme rules) are entitled to Company paid private and dental medical insurance. Full details will be sent to the Executive upon registration with the scheme.

 

5.3

Subject to the rules and eligibility requirements of the scheme from time to time in force and to the Executive’s health not being such as to prevent the Company from being able to obtain cover on reasonable terms, the Executive will be eligible to participate in any disability benefits scheme from time to time operated by the Company, subject to the Executive qualifying in accordance with its rules. The provision of disability benefits is without prejudice to the Company’s right to terminate the Employment pursuant to this Agreement or obligations to make payments to the Executive in such event.

 

5.4

It is acknowledged that the Executive has applied for Fixed Protection and the Executive has confirmed that the Executive is not able to be a member of the Company pension scheme. The Executive therefore confirms that he will opt-out of the Company pension scheme when invited to join by reason of auto-enrolment rules. It is therefore agreed that the Company will pay to the Executive a sum of £20,000 per annum in lieu of the Company contribution to the pension scheme. This will be paid as a cash allowance each month, less statutory deductions, provided always that the overall cost to the Company of the cash allowance should be no more than the cost that it would have incurred had the Company pension contributions continued (and in particular, taking into account employer’s national insurance payable on the cash sum, which the Company shall be entitled to deduct from the sums paid to the Executive under this clause). In the event that as a matter of policy such cash allowance in lieu of pension is increased generally by the Company for senior executives, the Executive will be entitled to benefit from such increase.

 

5.5

The Company will pay the Executive an annual car allowance of £15,000 per annum. This is a taxable benefit. The Executive will receive this allowance monthly at the rate of £1,250 per month, less statutory deductions, with his salary payment. The car allowance is made on the understanding that the sum will cover the following:

 

5.5.1

to insure the Executive’s vehicle to cover business use;

 

5.5.2

the cost of the maintenance and servicing of the Executive’s vehicle;

 

5.5.3

the cost of accident breakdown cover and an alternative vehicle if the Executive’s car is off the road for whatever reason; and

 

50836960    10


5.5.4

all petrol for private use (including travelling between home and office).

Petrol expenses for business use may be reclaimed at the rate of 45p per mile.

In line with the Company’s right to amend the car scheme, the Company also reserves the right to withdraw this benefit with reasonable notice provided that the Company shall provide the Executive with a replacement scheme of an equivalent level of benefit (to the Executive).

 

5.6

The Executive will be provided (at the Company’s cost) with a car parking space for the Executive’s use close to the Company’s principal office.

 

5.7

The Executive shall be eligible to benefit from such additional employee benefit schemes as are offered to other Company executives of equivalent status and as are detailed to the Executive by the Company hereafter.

 

5.8

The Company will pay directly to the provider or reimburse to the Executive the Executive’s reasonable costs in connection with the Relocation, in accordance with its policy from time to time in force and subject to a maximum net contribution of £234,000 to be divided in the Company’s discretion (acting reasonably) between the relevant categories in the Company’s policy (as set out below) such that if costs are not incurred by the Executive in respect of one category, they cannot be used against another category without the Company’s prior consent (“the Relocation Costs”). Such assistance shall include school search assistance, two trips to Los Angeles for the Executive, the Executive’s partner and dependent children to search for housing and temporary accommodation for a reasonable period prior to the Executive moving into the Executive’s new home, shipping of household goods, reasonable travel associated with the Relocation, home sale assistance (if required) in respect of the Executive’s main residence in the UK and home purchase assistance in or around the greater metropolitan Los Angeles area subject to production by the Executive of proof of purchase where appropriate and subject to the Executive using the Company’s provider, where the Company so requests. The Company will gross up the Relocation Costs such that the Executive is left with an amount, which after payment of tax and national insurance and/or social security costs, is equivalent to the Relocation Costs. Further, it is agreed that if the Executive gives notice (other than as a result of a fundamental breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Company, which entitles the Executive to resign without notice and claim constructive dismissal) or the Executive is dismissed pursuant to clause 11.1 below, the Executive will promptly repay to the Company an amount equal to (i) 100% of the Relocation Costs, together with the amount of any gross up on the Relocation Costs paid by the Company, if the Employment ends prior to the first anniversary of the

 

50836960    11


  Relocation Date; or (ii) 50% of the Relocation Costs, together with the amount of any gross up on the Relocation Costs paid by the Company, if the Employment ends on or after the first anniversary of the Relocation Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Relocation Date.

 

5.9

The Company shall provide reasonable professional assistance to the Executive in obtaining and maintaining the appropriate work permit and/or visa for the Executive in the USA and visas for the Executive’s partner and dependent children provided always that if the Executive gives notice (other than as a result of a fundamental breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Company, which entitles the Executive to resign without notice and claim constructive dismissal) or the Executive is dismissed pursuant to clause 11.1 below a) before the legal and administrative process in relation to the work permit and/or visas has been initiated by the Company, the Company shall be under no obligation to obtain a work permit and/or visas for the Executive, the Executive’s partner and/or the Executive’s dependent children and/or to pay any fees associated with such process and the Executive shall be solely responsible for obtaining such work permit and/or visas; or b) if the legal and administrative process has been initiated as at the date that the Executive so resigns or is terminated (pursuant to clause 11.1 below), the Company shall cease providing such assistance and the Executive will be solely responsible for maintaining and/or for any fees for the work permit and/or visa for the Executive in the USA and visas for the Executive’s partner and dependent children. The Executive shall not be in breach of this Agreement and shall not be required to proceed with the Relocation if the Executive, acting reasonably and in good faith, is unable to obtain and maintain the appropriate US work permits and/or visas for the Executive and the Executive’s partner and dependent children.

 

5.10

During the Term and for one year after the Term, and subject to the Executive using an advisor or advisors nominated by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), the Company will pay the Executive’s reasonable accountancy costs incurred in each year in respect of the preparation of the Executive’s annual tax return in the UK and the United States of America.

 

5.11

In addition, the Company will, subject to the Executive using an advisor or advisors nominated by Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), pay the Executive’s reasonable costs in relation to Executive’s tax planning relating to the Executive becoming a taxpayer in both the UK and in the Unites States of America.

 

5.12

The Company will provide assistance to the Executive with the filing of the Executive’s tax returns in each year in the UK and US, so long as the Executive uses the Company’s provider.

 

50836960    12


5.13

The Company confirms that it has Directors’ and Officers’ Liability insurance in place, which will cover the Executive in respect of any directorship held by the Executive in the Company or any Group Company and for six years following the termination of his employment, subject always to the terms of the policy from time to time in force and subject to the Company being able to obtain such insurance at a reasonable cost. In the event that it becomes too expensive to maintain such cover (and it is withdrawn from other Company executives at a similar level to the Executive at the same time), the Company shall consult with the Executive in good faith as to whether the Company should provide an indemnity to the Executive, in lieu of such insurance.

 

5.14

The Company confirms that the Executive will be provided with an executive assistant of the Executive’s choosing (acting in good faith and in accordance with the Company’s policies) to assist the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

 

6.

HOLIDAYS AND HOLIDAY PAY

 

6.1

In addition to all UK bank and other public holidays, the Executive shall be entitled to 27 working days’ holiday during each calendar year. The Company may at its sole discretion close its offices between December 24 and January 1 and any such days not being public holidays shall be deducted from the Executive’s holiday entitlement. Holiday is to be taken at such time or times as is convenient to the Company’s business and as approved by the Board, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.2

During the calendar years in which the Employment commences and terminates, the Executive shall be entitled to such annual holiday entitlement as accrued under the Company’s annual holiday policy, provided that in the event of the Employment being terminated by the Company as a result of the Executive’s gross misconduct the Executive shall not be entitled, if otherwise appropriate, to salary in lieu of any outstanding holiday entitlement, save as required by law.

 

7.

ILLNESS/INCAPACITY

 

7.1

Subject to the terms of any critical illness policy in place, if the Executive is absent through illness, accident or other incapacity the Executive, or someone acting for the Executive, shall advise the Company in accordance with the policies set forth in its Employee Handbook. Provided that the Executive complies with such policies and without prejudice to the Company’s right to terminate this Agreement under clause 2 above and 11 below, the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s salary at the full rate for up to 180 working days’ continuous absence or periods of absence totalling 180 working days in any period of 12 months and thereafter the salary shall be payable at

 

50836960    13


  such rate (if any) as the Company shall in its discretion allow, provided that there shall be deducted from any salary paid or payable under this clause 7.1 any Statutory Sick Pay, Social Security, Sickness, Insurance or other benefits recoverable by the Executive (whether or not recovered). The Company confirms that it will comply with the Access to Medical Reports Act 1988.

 

7.2

For Statutory Sick Pay purposes, the Executive’s qualifying days shall be the Executive’s normal working days.

 

8.

DISMISSAL AND DISCIPLINARY RULES AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

The dismissal, disciplinary and grievance procedures applying to the Employment may be found in the Company’s Employee Handbook. If the Executive is dissatisfied with a disciplinary decision relating to the Executive or any decision to dismiss the Executive, the Executive should apply in accordance with the procedure set out in the company’s dismissal and disciplinary policy in writing to Warner Music Group’s EVP, Human Resources. If the Executive wishes to seek redress of any grievance relating to the Employment, the Executive should apply in accordance with the procedure set out in the Company’s grievance procedure in writing to Warner Music Group’s EVP, Human Resources. Further details are given in the relevant procedures, which for the avoidance of doubt do not form part of the Executive’s terms and conditions of Employment.

 

9.

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

9.1

During the Employment and for a period of 6 (six) months following its termination, the Executive will not, in competition with the Company, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company, act as a consultant, employee or officer or in any other capacity or be otherwise interested in (save that the Executive may hold up to 5% of any class of securities quoted or dealt in on a recognised investment exchange or 20% of any class of securities not so dealt) any Competitive Entity. For the purposes of this clause 9.1, “Competitive Entity” shall mean any business which, at the date of the termination of the Employment, competes or is actively preparing to compete with any business carried on by the Company or any Group Company in which the Executive has been materially involved during the 12 months prior to the termination of the Employment.

 

9.2

During the Employment and for a period of 12 months after its termination, in connection with the carrying on of any business similar to the business of the Company or any Group Company, either on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm or entity, the Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or interfere with or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any Group Company any Key Employee.

 

50836960    14


For these purposes, “Key Employee” means any Company or any Group Company employee working (i) in a management capacity; (ii) in an A&R capacity (excluding A&R scouts or junior or clerical staff); or (iii) in sales or marketing (excluding junior or clerical staff)], and with whom the Executive had material dealings during the 12 month period prior to the termination of the Employment.

 

9.3

During the Employment and for a period of 12 months after its termination, in connection with the carrying on of any business similar to the business of the Company or any Group Company, either on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm or entity, the Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or interfere with or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any Group Company any Client. For these purposes, “Client” means any artist (including a duo or group), producer, publisher, composer or songwriter exclusively contracted to provide services to the Company or any Group Company or where such contract was being negotiated with the Company or any Group Company and with whom the Executive had material dealings during the 12 month period prior to the termination of the Employment.

 

9.4

The duration of the above restrictions will be reduced by any period of garden leave (as defined at clause 2.2 above). It is agreed that the Executive will not be placed on garden leave for a period or periods in aggregate exceeding six months.

 

9.5

Whilst the parties acknowledge and agree that each of the restrictions contained in this clause 9 is reasonable in all the circumstances, it is agreed that if any one or more of such restrictions either taken by itself or themselves together, are adjudged to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company or any Group Company but would be adjudged reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions were deleted or limited in a particular manner then the restrictions set out in this clause 9 will apply with such deletions, restrictions or limitation as the case may be.

 

9.6

The Executive agrees that each of the restrictions set out in this clause 9 constitute entirely separate, severable and independent restrictions on the Executive. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has had the opportunity to receive independent legal advice on the terms and effect of the provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions above.

 

10.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1

Without prejudice to any other duty implied by law or equity, the Executive shall not during the Employment (except in the proper course of the Executive’s duties) nor at any time after the termination of this Agreement utilise for the Executive’s own purposes

 

50836960    15


  or divulge or publish to any person whomsoever or otherwise make use of any trade secret or any other confidential information concerning the Company or any Group Company including without limitation relating to its or their business, human resources function, management or finances of any of its or their dealings, transactions, affairs, artists, producers, composers, songwriters, clients, suppliers, agents, employees or consultants which may have come to the Executive’s knowledge during or in the course of the Employment with the Company or any Group Company (whether prior to the commencement of this Agreement or not) and shall use the Executive’s reasonable endeavours (but not so as to personally incur any costs) to prevent the publication or disclosure by others of any such trade secret or confidential information, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to confidential information which comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of an unauthorised disclosure by the Executive and/or information which does not belong to the Company but rather, forms part of the Executive’s skill and knowledge or as may be reasonably necessary for the Executive to take advice from the Executive’s professional advisers (provided always that the Executive procures that such professional advisers comply with the terms of this clause 10.1) or as may be required by law.

 

10.2

Nothing in this clause 10 shall prevent the Executive making a “permitted disclosure” in accordance with the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998).

 

11.

TERMINATION IN SPECIFIC CASES

 

11.1

Without prejudice to any remedy which it may have against the Executive for the breach or non-performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company may terminate this Agreement at any time without notice or pay in lieu of notice for “Cause” as set out below:

 

11.1.1

if the Executive shall be in serious or repeated breach of any of the Executive’s material obligations under this Agreement, provided that if such breach (or breaches) is capable of cure, the Executive has first received a formal notice in writing in respect of a previous breach(es) and been given a reasonable opportunity to cure such breach(es);

 

11.1.2

if the Executive shall refuse to carry out any lawful and reasonable order given to the Executive in the course of the Employment or shall fail diligently to attend to any of the Executive’s duties, provided always that if such refusal or failure is capable of cure, the Executive has first received a formal notice in writing in respect of such refusal or failure and has been given a reasonable opportunity to correct such refusal or failure;

 

50836960    16


11.1.3

if the Executive commits any financially dishonest or fraudulent act in relation to the Company or any Group Company;

 

11.1.4

if the Executive shall be convicted of any criminal offence which is punishable by imprisonment (other than a road traffic offence for which a penalty of imprisonment is not imposed);

 

11.1.5

if the Executive is guilty of gross misconduct or of any other conduct which brings or is likely to bring serious professional discredit to the Company or any Group Company or to the Executive;

 

11.1.6

if the Executive has failed to promptly report a serious data security breach in breach of the Company’s data protection policy from time to time in force of which the Executive is aware;

 

11.1.7

notwithstanding the actual or expected provision of disability benefits, if the Executive has at any time become or is unable properly to perform the Executive’s duties under this Agreement by reason of ill-health or accident either for a continuous period of 26 weeks or for periods aggregating 26 weeks in any consecutive period of 52 weeks, provided always that the Company shall not be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment under this clause 11.1.7 if the Executive is in receipt (or likely to be in receipt in the near future) of payment from a permanent health or similar scheme provided by the Company and such termination would disentitle him from receiving such benefits;

 

11.1.8

notwithstanding the actual or expected provision of disability benefits, if the Executive shall become of unsound mind or a patient for the purpose of any statute relating to mental health, provided always that the Company shall not be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment under this clause 11.1.8 if the Executive is in receipt (or likely to be in receipt in the near future) of payment from a permanent health or similar scheme provided by the Company and such termination would disentitle him from receiving such benefits;

 

11.1.9

if a petition or application for an order in bankruptcy (including for a voluntary arrangement) is presented by or against the Executive or any person (including the Executive) becomes entitled to petition or apply for any such order;

 

50836960    17


11.1.10

if the Executive shall have a disqualification order (as defined in Section 1 of the Directors Disqualification Act 1986) made against the Executive or otherwise becomes prohibited by law from being a company director; and/or

 

11.1.11

if the Executive resigns of the Executive’s own choice as a director of the Company or is removed as a director by resolution of the Board of shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2

For purposes of this clause 11.2, the Company shall be in breach of its obligations to the Executive under this Agreement if there shall have occurred any of the following events (each such event being referred to as a “Good Reason”): (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s title, authority or responsibilities as set out in clause 1.1 above has been put into effect; (B) the Company fails to pay to the Executive any monies due under this Agreement in accordance with applicable law; (C) the Company requires the Executive to relocate the Executive’s primary residence outside of Greater London in order to perform the Executive’s duties to the Company under this Agreement (other than requiring the Executive to proceed with the Relocation); (D) the Executive shall have been required to report to anyone other than as provided in clause 3.1.1 above; (E) the Company assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement in contravention of the provisions of clause 14 below.

The Executive may exercise his right to terminate the Employment and this Agreement for Good Reason pursuant to this clause 11.2 by giving notice to the Company in writing specifying the Good Reason for termination within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any such event constituting Good Reason, otherwise the Executive’s right to terminate the Employment by reason of the occurrence of such event shall expire and shall be deemed to have permanently lapsed (but not with respect to the subsequent occurrence of the same or similar or any other Good Reason). Any such termination in compliance with the provisions of this clause 11.2 shall be effective thirty (30) days after the date of the Executive’s written notice of termination, except that if the Company shall cure such specified Good Reason within such thirty-day period, the Executive shall not be entitled to terminate the Employment by reason of such specified Good Reason and the notice of termination given by the Executive shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever. The Company shall not be entitled to any cure rights provided under this clause for or with respect to its second or subsequent commission of the same Good Reason within a twelve (12) month period.

 

50836960    18


If this Agreement is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Severance Payment in accordance with clause 2.4 above.

 

11.3

If the event of a “Qualifying Non-Renewal”, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Severance Payment set out in clause 2.4 above, save that the amount of salary payable under clause 2.4.1 above shall be 12 months (not 18 months) and in relation to clause 2.4.3 above, the Company shall give good faith consideration only to payment of a pro-rata bonus in respect of the year of termination.

A “Qualifying Non-renewal” shall have occurred in the event that, at the end of the Term: (i) the Company declines to offer the Executive continued employment with the Company or one of its affiliates or (ii) the Company offers the Executive continued employment with the Company or one of its affiliates for a term of less than an additional three (3) years or with a title or salary or target bonus amount lower than the Executive’s title, salary or target bonus amount, respectively, as in effect on the last day of the Term, and the Executive declines such offer and elects to terminate the Employment with the Company.

 

11.4

On the termination of the Employment for whatever reason, the Executive shall immediately resign from all offices and directorships held by the Executive in the Company or in any Group Company.

 

11.5

For the avoidance of doubt, any termination of the Employment shall be without prejudice to the Executive’s entitlement to receive any salary and bonus (if any) accrued but unpaid as at the date of termination, to reimbursement of any expenses (in accordance with clause 4.4 above) and to any entitlement pursuant to clause 2.4 above.

 

12.

ASSIGNMENT OF COPYRIGHT & OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

12.1

If at any time during the Employment (whether or not during working hours or using the Company premises or resources, and whether or not recorded in material form), the Executive discovers, or participates in the discovery of, any invention or improvement upon or addition to an invention which relates to, is applicable to or reasonably capable of being used in the business carried on by the Company or any Group Company (“Invention”), the Executive shall immediately give to the Company full written details of the Invention. The Executive shall keep confidential all information relating to the Invention.

 

12.2

The Executive acknowledges that all intellectual property rights in:

 

12.2.1

Inventions and all materials embodying them; and

 

50836960    19


12.2.2

all other materials whatsoever and in whatever form,

prepared by or contributed to by the Executive during the Employment shall automatically, on creation, belong to the Company absolutely to the fullest extent permitted by law. To the extent that any intellectual property rights do not vest in the Company automatically, the Executive holds them on trust for the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, intellectual property rights means patents, rights to inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names and domain names, rights in get-up, goodwill and the right to sue for passing off, unfair competition rights, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, topography rights, rights to use and preserve the confidentiality of information (including know-how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications (or rights to apply) for and be granted, renewals or extensions of, and rights to claim priority from, such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world.)

 

12.3

The Executive hereby irrevocably waives all moral rights under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (and all similar rights in other jurisdictions) which the Executive has or will have in any existing or future works and materials referred to in this clause 12.

 

12.4

The Executive agrees promptly at any time, whether during or after the Employment, at the reasonable cost of the Company, to execute all documents and do all acts as may, in the opinion of the Company, be necessary to give effect to this clause 12.

 

13.

SUSPENSION

The Company retains the right to suspend the Executive from the Employment on full salary at any time for a reasonable period (which will usually not exceed 28 days) to investigate any matter in respect of potential serious or gross misconduct in which the Executive is implicated or involved (whether directly or indirectly), based on the Company’s reasonable belief, acting in good faith.

 

14.

ASSIGNMENT

The benefit and burden of this Agreement (without alteration or amendment) may be assigned by the Company to any Group Company, provided that the Company shall remain liable hereunder unless and until the relevant Group Company enters into a direct covenant to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder and the Executive agrees to execute any consent required of the Executive for the purposes of such

 

50836960    20


assignment. References in this Agreement to the Company shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include references to any such assignee for the time being. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement (including all rights under it) is not assignable by the Executive.

 

15.

EXECUTIVE’S OBLIGATIONS ON TERMINATION OF THE EMPLOYMENT

Upon the termination of the Employment, the Executive shall:-

 

15.1

forthwith deliver up to the Company all correspondence, drawings, documents and other papers together with all other property belonging to the Company or any Group Company; and

 

15.2

not at any time represent himself still to be connected with the Company or any Group Company.

 

16.

EFFECT OF TERMINATION

The termination of this Agreement shall not operate to affect such of its provisions as are expressed to operate or have effect after such expiration or determination and shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the parties.

 

17.

COLLECTION & EXCHANGE OF PERSONAL INFORMATION

 

17.1

The Executive acknowledges that the Company will from time to time process data that relates to the Executive for the purposes of the administration and management of the Company, in order to comply with applicable procedures, laws and regulations, and for other legitimate purposes.

 

17.2

The Executive agrees to comply with the Company’s data protection policy when processing other people’s data.

 

18.

SEARCH

Solely in the event that the Company (acting in good faith) has good reason to believe that the Executive is acting in breach of the material terms of this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to search the Executive’s person, vehicle and property while on or departing from the Company’s premises.

 

19.

WRITTEN NOTICE

Any written notice required to be served under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly served if in the case of notice to the Company it is sent by recorded delivery

 

50836960    21


to or left at the Company’s registered office and in the case of notice to the Executive if handed to the Executive personally or sent by recorded delivery or ordinary first class letter post to the Executive’s last known residential address in the United Kingdom with copies sent to Carroll, Guido & Groffman, 5 Columbus Circle, 20th Floor, NY 10019, attn: Michael Guido, Esq. and to Russells, Yalding House, 152-156 Great Portland Street, London W1W 5QA, attn: Gavin Maude and any notices so sent shall be deemed to have been received and served when the same should have been received in the ordinary course of such delivery or post.

 

20.

INTRANET

Company policies applying to the Executive are available for inspection on the Company’s intranet and the general terms and conditions of employment appearing therein shall apply to the Executive except where the terms contained on the Company’s intranet are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, when the provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

 

21.

EMAIL/INTERNET POLICY & PROCEDURE

The Executive agrees to become familiar with and comply fully with the terms of the Company’s E-mail and Internet Policy and Procedure as amended from time to time and the Executive acknowledges that action such as monitoring, intercepting, reviewing and/or accessing any communication facilities provided by the Company or any Group Company that the Executive may use during the Employment is necessary for the Company’s or any Group Company’s lawful business practice.

 

22.

WMG CODE OF CONDUCT

The WMG Code of Conduct sets out the Company’s commitment to carrying out business in a responsible manner. The Executive agrees to become familiar and adhere with the principles set forth in the WMG Code of Conduct, which the Company can amend from time to time.

 

23.

WRITTEN PARTICULARS

This Agreement contains the written particulars of employment which the Executive is entitled to receive under the provisions of Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

24.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The Executive hereby irrevocably and by way of security appoints each other director of the Company from time to time, jointly and severally, to be the Executive’s attorney

 

50836960    22


in the Executive’s name and on the Executive’s behalf and as the Executive’s act and deed to sign, execute and do all acts, things and documents which the Executive is obliged to execute and do under the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to clauses 2.2.4, 11.4 and 12.4 above) and the Executive hereby agrees immediately on the reasonable request of the Company to ratify and confirm all such acts, things and documents signed, executed or done in the pursuance of this power.

 

25.

PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS

This Agreement (and the Agreement between Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. and the Executive of even date) contains the whole agreement and supersedes any previous written or oral agreement between the parties in relation to the matters dealt with in it.

 

26.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement and any claim, dispute or matter arising under or in connection with it or its enforceability will be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

27.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Agreement:

 

27.1

“Group Company” means any holding company of the Company and any subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company each as defined by section 1159 Companies Act 2006, and references to “Group” shall be construed accordingly.

 

27.2

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time or any committee of the Board to which powers have been properly delegated, including without limitation a remuneration committee.

IN WITNESS whereof the duly authorised representative of the Company has hereunto set its hand and the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand the day and year first above written.

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC LIMITED acting by:

 

Director    /s/ Roger D. Booker

 

50836960    23


Witness signature   /s/ K. Logan
Name   K. Logan
Address   27 Wrights Lane
                      London
                      W8 5SW
Occupation   Solicitor
EXECUTED AND DELIVERED
AS A DEED by
GUY MOOT   /s/ Guy Moot
in the presence of:
Witness signature   /s/ Gavin Maude
Name   Gavin Maude
Address   Yalding House, 152-156 Great Portland St
                              London W1W 5QA
Occupation   Solicitor

 

50836960    24


ACCEPTED AND AGREED INSOFAR AS IT CONCERNED
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC INC. acting by:
Director   /s/ Paul Robinson
Witness signature   /s/ Maria Osherova
Name   Maria Osherova
Address   17 Pencombe Mews
                        London W11 2RZ
Occupation   EVP HR
EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

3.9.2018

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

10585 Santa Monica Boulevard

Los Angeles, CA 90025

March 12, 2018

Carianne Marshall

c/o Gang, Tyre, Ramer & Brown

132 S. Rodeo Drive

Beverly Hills, CA 90212

Attn: Donald Passman, Esq.

Dear Carianne:

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by us (“Company”), shall, subject to your successful completion of the employment application process (including, without limitation, completion of a criminal background investigation and reference checks) in accordance with Company’s policy to the reasonable satisfaction of Company, constitute our agreement (the “Agreement”) with respect to your employment with Company.

1. Title and Responsibilities: Your title shall be Chief Operating Officer. All employees of Company (“Personnel”) in the following departments or functions shall report either directly to you or in an ascending chain of authority ending with you: (a) Global Catalog, (b) Creative Services, and (c) Songwriter-related Tech; provided that the foregoing Personnel reporting structure shall be subject to modification by mutual agreement of you and the senior executive officer to whom you report.

2. Term: The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on June 1, 2018 and end on May 31, 2023.

3. Compensation:

(a) Salary: During the Term, Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $750,000 per annum.

(b) Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term, commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2017 and ends September 30, 2018 (i.e., the 2018 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion thereof for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus for each fiscal year of the Term shall be $300,000 (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of a fiscal year), and the amount of any


annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company and of Warner Music Group; provided that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount. Annual discretionary bonuses or pro rata portions thereof, if any, payable to you pursuant to this Paragraph, shall each be paid to you not later than such time as bonuses with respect to the applicable fiscal year are paid to employees of Company generally.

(c) Execution Payment: As soon as practicable following the execution in full of this Agreement, Company shall pay to you a one-time lump sum payment in the amount of $15,000.

(d) Payment of Compensation: Compensation accruing to you during the Term shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of Company for employees at your level. You shall not be entitled to additional compensation for performing any services for Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

4. Exclusivity: Your employment with Company shall be full-time and exclusive. During the Term you shall not render any services for others, or for your own account, in the field of entertainment or otherwise; provided, however, that you shall not be precluded from personally, and for your own account as a passive investor, investing or trading in real estate, stocks, bonds, securities, commodities, or other forms of investment for your own benefit, except that your rights hereafter to invest in any business or enterprise principally devoted to any activity which, at the time of such investment, is competitive to any business or enterprise of Company or the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, shall be limited to the purchase of not more than two percent (2%) of the issued and outstanding stock or other securities of a corporation listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market. In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent such activities do not conflict or interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder, you shall not be precluded from maintaining your less than five percent (5%) passive ownership interest in Songs Music Publishing which currently only holds interests in a music supervision company (or, in the event Songs Music Publishing divests or otherwise spins off such music supervision company, a less than five percent (5%) passive ownership interest directly in such music supervision company) (the “Music Supervision Company”); provided further that (a) you shall not render any management or advisory services to the Music Supervision Company or Songs Music Publishing or to any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Music Parties”) without the prior written consent of Warner Music Group’s Conflicts Committee, and (b) other than in connection with pitching, negotiating and licensing the use of musical compositions from Company’s catalog to the Music Supervision Company or its clients, (i) you shall not solicit, encourage, facilitate or participate in any business between Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective artists or songwriters (collectively, the “WMG Parties”), on the one hand, and a Music

 

2


Party, on the other hand, without the prior written consent of Warner Music Group’s Conflicts Committee, and (ii) you shall provide written notice to the senior executive officer to whom you report and the General Counsel of Warner Music Inc. in the event you become aware of any business or potential business between any WMG Party and any Music Party.

5. Reporting: You shall at all times report solely and directly to and work solely under the supervision of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Company (currently, Jon Platt) or, in the absence of an officer of Company having such title, such senior executive officer of Company of comparable or higher stature as Company may designate from time to time, and shall perform such duties consistent with your position as you shall reasonably be directed to perform by such senior officers.

6. Place of Employment: The greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. You shall render services in the offices designated by Company at such location. You also agree to travel on temporary trips to such other place or places as may be required from time to time to perform your duties hereunder.

7. Travel and Entertainment Expenses: Company shall pay for reasonable expenses actually incurred, or reimburse you for reasonable expenses paid, by you during the Term in the performance of your services hereunder in accordance with Company’s policy for executives at your level upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as Company may customarily require. You shall be entitled to travel in accordance with Company’s policies for executives at your level, except that you shall be entitled to business class travel for flights even where Company’s policies for executives at your level call for a lower class of travel.

8. Benefits: While you are employed hereunder, you shall be entitled to all fringe benefits generally accorded to employees of Company at your level from time to time, including medical health and accident, group insurance and similar benefits, provided that you are eligible under the general provisions of any applicable plan or program and Company continues to maintain such plan or program during the Term. You shall also be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation (with pay) during each calendar year of the Term in accordance with Company’s policies with respect to vacations for employees, which vacation shall be taken at reasonable times to be approved by Company.

9. Disability/Death: If you shall become physically or mentally incapacitated from performing your duties hereunder, and such incapacity shall continue for a period of five (5) consecutive months or more or for shorter periods aggregating five (5) months or more in any twelve-month period, Company shall have the right (before the termination of such incapacity), at its option, to terminate this Agreement with no consequence, except if such termination would be prohibited by law. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing, you shall continue to remain employed by Company as an at-will employee. In the event your at-will employment with Company subsequently terminates, Company shall

 

3


pay to you the Basic Termination Payments (as defined below); and in the event such termination is by Company other than for Cause (as defined below), subject to your execution of a Release (as defined below) within the time period set forth in such Release, Company shall also pay to you the Prior Year Bonus and the Pro-Rata Bonus (each, as defined below). In the event of your death during the Term, this Agreement shall automatically terminate except that Company shall pay to your estate the Basic Termination Payments, the Prior Year Bonus and the Pro-Rata Bonus.

10. Termination by Company for Cause; Termination by You for Good Reason.

(a) Termination by Company for Cause: Company may at any time during the Term, by written notice, terminate your employment and this Agreement for Cause, such Cause to be specified in the notice of termination. Only the following acts shall constitute “Cause” hereunder: (i) any willful or intentional act or omission having the effect, which effect is reasonably foreseeable, of injuring, to an extent that is not de minimis, the reputation, business, business relationships or employment relationships of Company or its affiliates; (ii) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor involving theft, fraud, forgery, embezzlement or the sale or possession of illicit substances or a felony, unless prohibited by applicable law; (iii) breach of any material representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement; (iv) violation of Company’s written policies of which you are made aware, including those described in Paragraph 17(b), as determined by Company in good faith; and (v) repeated or continuous failure, neglect or refusal to perform your material duties hereunder. Notice of termination given to you by Company shall specify the reason(s) for such termination. In the case where a cause for termination described in clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above is susceptible of cure (as determined by Company in good faith), and such notice of termination is the first notice of termination given to you for such reason, if you fail to cure such Cause for termination to the reasonable satisfaction of Company within fifteen (15) business days after the date of such notice, termination shall be effective upon the expiration of such fifteen-business-day period, and if you cure such Cause within such fifteen-business-day period, such notice of termination shall be ineffective. In all other cases, notice of termination shall be effective on the date thereof. In the event of the termination of your employment pursuant to this Paragraph 10(a), this Agreement shall automatically terminate except that Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments.

(b) Termination by You for Good Reason:

(i)    For purposes of this Paragraph 10(b), Company shall be in breach of its obligations to you hereunder if there shall have occurred any of the following events (each such event being referred to as a “Good Reason”): (A) a material reduction in your title shall have been put into effect; (B) you shall have been required to report to anyone other than as provided in Paragraph 5 hereof; (C) Company fails to pay to you any monies due hereunder in accordance with

 

4


applicable law; (D) Company requires you to relocate your primary residence outside the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area in order to perform your duties to Company hereunder; or (E) Company assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement in contravention of the provisions of Paragraph 17(e).

(ii)    You may exercise your right to terminate your employment and this Agreement for Good Reason pursuant to this Paragraph 10(b) by notice given to Company in writing specifying the Good Reason for termination within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any such event constituting Good Reason, otherwise your right to terminate your employment and this Agreement by reason of the occurrence of such event shall expire and shall be deemed to have permanently lapsed. Any such termination in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 10(b) shall be effective thirty (30) days after the date of your written notice of termination, except that if Company shall cure such specified Good Reason within such thirty-day period, you shall not be entitled to terminate your employment and this Agreement by reason of such specified Good Reason and the notice of termination given by you shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

11. Consequences of Breach by Company or Non-renewal:

(a) In the event of a Special Termination (as defined below) of your employment, your sole remedy shall be that, subject to your execution of a Release, Company shall pay to you the Special Termination Payments (as defined below), and in the event of a Qualifying Non-renewal (as defined below), your sole remedy shall be that, subject to your execution of a Release, Company shall pay to you the Non-renewal Payments (as defined below); provided Company shall cease making Termination Payments (as defined below) if you do not deliver the signed Release within the time period set forth in the Release. In addition, in the event of a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall pay to you the Basic Termination Payments, and subject to your execution of a Release within the time period set forth in such Release, the Prior Year Bonus and Pro-Rata Bonus. Special Termination Payments and Non-renewal Payments are sometimes herein referred to as the “Termination Payments.”

(b) The “Basic Termination Payments” shall mean any accrued but unpaid salary, accrued but unused vacation pay in accordance with Company policy, any unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Paragraph 7, plus any accrued and vested but unpaid benefits in accordance with Paragraph 8, in each case to the date on which your employment terminates (the “Termination Date”). Basic Termination Payments shall be paid to you in accordance with Company policy or in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan.

(c) A “Release” shall mean a mutual release agreement in Company’s standard form as negotiated in good faith, which shall include (i) a release by you of Company from any and all claims which you may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment (excluding any indemnity claims to the extent set forth in Paragraph 15) and (ii) a release by Company of you from any and all claims which Company may have relating to your employment with Company and the termination of such employment.

 

5


(d) A “Special Termination” shall have occurred in the event that (i) Company terminates your employment hereunder other than pursuant to Paragraph 9 or 10(a), or (ii) you terminate your employment pursuant to Paragraph 10(b).

(e) “Special Termination Payments” shall mean the greater of (i) the Severance Amount (as defined below) and (ii) an amount equal to fifteen (15) months’ salary at the per annum salary rate payable to you hereunder as of the Termination Date.

(f) A “Qualifying Non-renewal” shall have occurred in the event that, at the end of the Term: (i) Company declines to offer you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates or (ii) Company offers you continued employment with Company or one of its affiliates at a salary lower than your salary as in effect on the last day of the Term, and you decline such offer and elect to terminate your employment with Company.

(g) The “Non-renewal Payments” shall mean the amount of severance pay (the “Severance Amount”) that would have been payable to you under Company policy as in effect on the Termination Date had you not been subject to an employment agreement with Company, which amount shall under no circumstance exceed $500,000.

(h) Any Termination Payments payable to you under Paragraph 11(e) or (g) shall be made by Company in accordance with its regular payroll practices by payment of such Termination Payments at the same per annum salary rate as was in effect as of the Termination Date for the applicable period as is necessary to cause the full amount due under such Paragraph to be paid (the “Payment Period”); provided that if the total Termination Payments payable to you exceed an amount equal to fifty-two weeks of your salary, then the Termination Payments payable to you shall be made in equal periodic payments to you (at such times as Company makes payroll payments to its employees generally) during the fifty-two-week period immediately following the date on which your employment terminates. In addition, such Termination Payments shall commence on the next possible pay cycle following the Termination Date; provided that Company shall cease making Termination Payments if you do not deliver the signed Release to Company within the time period set forth in the Release.

(i) In the event you elect not to execute and deliver a Release within the time period set forth therein in connection with a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, Company shall only be obligated to pay to you the Basic Termination Payments. Following the delivery of an executed Release pursuant to this Paragraph 11, you shall have no duty to seek substitute employment, and Company shall have no right of offset against any amounts payable to you under this Paragraph 11 with respect to any compensation or fees received by you from any employment obtained or consultancy arrangement entered into by you.

 

6


(j) In the event of a Special Termination or a Qualifying Non-renewal, during the period commencing immediately following the Termination Date and through the last day of the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs (such period, the “Benefits Period”), Company shall continue to provide you and your eligible family members with medical health insurance coverage, including dental and vision insurance coverage under the group insurance plan maintained by Company (“Benefits Coverage”) in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans, to the extent that you had elected for such coverage prior to the Termination Date. Following the Benefits Period, you may have the right, in accordance with and subject to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended (“COBRA”), at your expense, to elect to continue your and/or your dependents’ Benefits Coverage for such additional period of time as is required under COBRA. Further information regarding COBRA coverage, including enrollment forms and premium quotations, shall be sent to you separately.

(k) In the event you resign from your employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term other than for Good Reason, without limitation of other rights or remedies available to Company, Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement or otherwise, except for the Basic Termination Payments. In the event you resign from your employment upon or after the expiration of the Term (other than in connection with a Qualifying Non-renewal), Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement or otherwise, except for the Basic Termination Payments and the Prior Year Bonus.

(l) The “Prior Year Bonus” shall mean any awarded but unpaid annual bonus pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) for the most recently completed fiscal year prior to the Termination Date.

(m) The “Pro-Rata Bonus” shall mean, with respect to the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs, a pro rata portion (based on the portion of such fiscal year during which you rendered services to Company) of an annual bonus for such year pursuant to Paragraph 3(b), determined in good faith by Company, taking into account factors including Company’s discretionary annual bonus pool for such fiscal year, the strength of your performance and the performance of Company and of Warner Music Group.

12. Confidential Matters: You shall keep secret all confidential matters of Company and its affiliates (for purposes of Paragraphs 12 and 13 only, “Company”), and shall not disclose them to anyone outside of Company, either during or after your employment with Company, except (a) with Company’s prior written consent; (b) as required by law or judicial process or as permitted by law for the purpose of reporting a violation of law; or (c) to your professional advisors to the extent reasonable and necessary. Company hereby informs you, and you hereby acknowledge, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1833(b), that you may not be

 

7


held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret where the disclosure (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. You shall deliver promptly to Company upon termination of your employment, or at any time as Company may request, all confidential memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the business of Company which you may then possess or have under your control; provided that you may retain your personal files (i.e., your files not related to Company) and a copy of your address book.

13. Non-Solicitation: While you are employed by Company and for a period of one year thereafter, you shall not, without the prior written consent of Company, directly or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, partner, joint venturer, owner, officer, director, member of any other firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, or in any other capacity: (a) induce (or attempt to induce) a breach or disruption of the contractual relationship between Company (or a label distributed by Company) and any recording artist (including a duo or a group), publisher or songwriter (including a recording artist or songwriter who has contracted through a furnishing entity) (“Company Artist”); (b) use Company’s trade secrets or confidential information to solicit, induce or encourage any individual who at the time is, or who within the one-year prior period was, a Company Artist to end its relationship with Company or to enter into an exclusive recording or music publishing agreement with any other party; or (c) solicit, induce or encourage any individual who at the time is, or who within the six-month prior period was, an employee of Company in the United States to leave his or her employment or to commence employment with any other party (excluding your then-current administrative assistant).

14. Results and Proceeds of Employment: You acknowledge that Company shall own all rights of every kind and character throughout the world in perpetuity in and to any material and/or ideas written, suggested or in any way created by you hereunder and all other results and proceeds of your services hereunder, including all copyrightable material created by you within the scope of your employment. You agree to execute and deliver to Company such assignments or other instruments as Company may require from time to time to evidence Company’s ownership of the results and proceeds of your services.

15. Indemnity: Company agrees to indemnify you against expenses (including final judgments and amounts paid in settlement to which Company has consented in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with litigation against you arising out of the performance of your duties hereunder; provided that: (a) the foregoing indemnity shall only apply to matters for which you perform your duties for Company in good faith and in a manner you reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Company and

 

8


not in contravention of the instructions of any senior officer of Company and (b) you shall have provided Company with prompt notice of the commencement of any such litigation. Company will provide defense counsel selected by Company. You agree to cooperate in connection with any such litigation.

16. Notices: All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid courier, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested as follows:

 

TO YOU:    TO COMPANY:

Carianne Marshall

Address on file with Company

  

Warner/Chappell Music, Inc.

10585 Santa Monica Boulevard

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attn: Vice President, Human Resources

With a copy to:    With a copy to:

Gang, Tyre, Ramer & Brown

132 S. Rodeo Drive

Beverly Hills, CA 90212

Attn: Donald Passman, Esq.

  

Warner Music Inc.

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019
Attn: General Counsel

Either you or Company may change the address to which notices are to be sent by giving written notice of such change of address to the other in the manner herein provided for giving notice.

17. Miscellaneous:

(a) You represent and warrant as follows: (i) you are free to enter into this Agreement and to perform each of the terms and covenants hereunder; (ii) you are not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing this Agreement and that your execution of and performance under this Agreement is not a violation or breach of any other agreement; and (iii) you have not disclosed to Company or any officer or other affiliate of Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or of your current employer (if applicable). You represent and warrant that your current employer has agreed to release you from any contractual commitments (other than with respect to use of confidential information) effective no later than the first day of the Term. Upon request of Company, you shall provide or have provided as of the date hereof, Company with a copy of any release document signed by your current employer. You further covenant that you shall not enter into any other agreements (including an extension or amendment of any agreement) that would restrict or prohibit you from entering into or performing under this Agreement.

(b) You acknowledge and agree that while you are employed hereunder you shall comply with Company’s Code of Conduct (or any successor document) and other corporate policies including the requirements of Company’s compliance and ethics program, each as in effect from time to time, of which you are made aware.

 

9


(c) You acknowledge that services to be rendered by you under this Agreement are of a special, unique and intellectual character which gives them peculiar value, and that a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement (particularly, but without limitation, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 12, 13 and 14), will cause Company immediate irreparable injury and damage which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law. Accordingly, without limiting any right or remedy which Company may have in such event, you specifically agree that Company shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce and protect its rights under this Agreement. The provisions of this Paragraph 17(c) shall not be construed as a waiver by Company of any rights which Company may have to damages or any other remedy or by you as a waiver by you of any rights which you may have to offer fact-based defenses to any request made by Company for injunctive relief.

(d) This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto, and supersedes and terminates any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not herein set forth. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held to be wholly invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or the application of any provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable.

(e) The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, and your rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by you. By operation of law or otherwise, Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or a substantial portion of the stock or assets of Company or any direct or indirect parent of Company.

(f) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to impose any obligation on Company to renew this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Neither the continuation of employment nor any other conduct shall be deemed to

 

10


imply a continuing obligation upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon the expiration of the Term, the continuation of your employment (if applicable) shall be deemed “at-will.” Accordingly, upon the expiration of the Term, your employment with Company shall not be subject to a defined term, but rather, you may terminate your employment with Company at any time and for any reason and Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason. In the event of the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, only the provisions of Paragraphs 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 shall survive and all other provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions relating to Special Termination Payments, shall be of no further force or effect; provided that the provisions of Paragraph 11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement pursuant to a Special Termination or Qualifying Non-renewal and the provisions of Paragraph 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement by reason of your death or termination by Company thereunder. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

(g) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California as applicable to agreements executed in and to be wholly performed within such State. Exclusive jurisdiction of any dispute, action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall lie in the state or federal courts in the State of California, located in Los Angeles County.

(h) All payments made to you hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding, social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions, including medical and other insurance premiums.

(i) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words (i) “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and (ii) “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof.

18. Section 409A: This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements). Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code to the extent provided in the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (“separation pay plans”) and other applicable provisions of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1

 

11


through A-6. References under this Agreement to a termination of your employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which you have experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) if at the time of your separation from service with Company you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then Company shall defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six months following your separation from service (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid to you in a lump sum and (b) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral shall make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, any continued health benefit plan coverage that you are entitled to receive following your termination of employment is expected to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, as such, shall not be subject to delay pursuant to this Paragraph.

[signature page follows]

 

12


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this Agreement to Company.

 

Very truly yours,
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jon Platt                    

Name:   Jon Platt
Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Carianne Marshall

Carianne Marshall

 

13

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

11/13/18

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

10585 Santa Monica Boulevard

Los Angeles, CA 90025

November 16, 2018

Carianne Marshall

c/o Gang, Tyre, Ramer, Brown & Passman, Inc.

132 S. Rodeo Drive

Beverly Hills, CA 90212

Attn: Donald Passman, Esq.

Dear Carianne:

Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. (“Company”) and you dated March 12, 2018 (the “Agreement”).

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by Company, shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1.Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that effective as of November 1, 2018, your annual rate of salary shall be $1,000,000. As soon as practicable following the date on which this letter is executed in full (the “Effective Date”), Company shall pay to you an amount equal to the difference between (a) the salary that would have been payable to you if your annual rate of salary during the period from November 1, 2018 through the Effective Date was $1,000,000 and (b) the salary paid to you for such period.

2.The following sentence is hereby inserted between the second and third sentences of Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement:

“With respect to the 2019 fiscal year, and subject to the factors described in the preceding sentence, Company shall take into consideration your additional responsibilities and services rendered to Company during the Interim Period in determining the amount of your annual bonus for such fiscal year.”


3.The address for notices to you under Paragraph 16 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“TO YOU:

 

  Carianne Marshall
  Address on file with Company
  With a copy to:
 

Gang, Tyre, Ramer, Brown & Passman, Inc.

132 S. Rodeo Drive

  Beverly Hills, CA 90212
  Attn: Donald Passman, Esq.”

Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this letter to Company.

 

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Carianne Marshall

Carianne Marshall

 

2

EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

10585 Santa Monica Boulevard

Burbank, CA 91505

January 8, 2019

Carianne Marshall

c/o Gang, Tyre, Ramer, Brown & Passman, Inc.

132 S. Rodeo Drive

Beverly Hills, CA 90212

Attn: Donald Passman, Esq.

Dear Carianne:

Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. (“Company”) and you dated March 12, 2018, as amended by letter agreement dated November 16, 2018 (as amended, the “Agreement”).

This letter, when signed by you and countersigned by Company, shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1. Effective as of the date hereof, Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Title and Responsibilities: Your title shall be Co-Chair and Chief Operating Officer, Warner/Chappell Music. Warner/Chappell Music’s Operations, Synch, Finance, Administration/IT, Digital, Business Development, Creative Services and Catalogue functions shall report directly and solely to you. Warner/Chappell Music’s Company P&L, Business Affairs, Budget Management, Deal Making, M&A, Business Strategy and Priorities & Roadmap functions shall report jointly to you and the Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Warner/Chappell Music (which position is initially to be filled by Guy Moot).”

2. Effective as of the date hereof, Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Term: The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on June 1, 2018 and end on March 31, 2024.”

3. Effective as of February 1, 2019, Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Salary: During the Term, Company shall pay you a salary at the rate of $1,250,000 per annum.”


4. Effective as of the date hereof, Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term, commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2018 and ends September 30, 2019 (i.e., the 2019 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion thereof for a portion of such fiscal year). Your target bonus with respect to the 2019 fiscal year shall be $1,266,667 (which reflects the proration of your annual target of $1,750,000 commencing February 1, 2019 and your prior annual target of $300,000), and your target bonus for each fiscal year of the Term thereafter shall be $1,750,000 (or a pro rata portion of such amount for a portion of a fiscal year). The amount of any annual bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company (which includes your delivery of certain business and financial objectives) and of Warner Music Group; provided that the amount of any annual bonus awarded to you may be higher or lower than the target amount. Solely with respect to the 2019 fiscal year, and subject to the factors described in the preceding sentence, Company shall take into consideration your additional responsibilities and services rendered to Company during the period in which Company sought to appoint a new senior-most executive of Company in determining the amount of your annual bonus for such fiscal year. Annual discretionary bonuses or pro rata portions thereof, if any, payable to you pursuant to this Paragraph, shall each be paid to you not later than such time as bonuses with respect to the applicable fiscal year are paid to employees of Company generally.”

5. Effective as of the date hereof, the following paragraph is hereby added as new Paragraph 3(e) of the Agreement:

New LTIP: If, during the Term, Warner Music Group establishes a new long-term incentive plan or program (a “New LTIP”) for which executives of Warner Music Group at your level are eligible to participate, then Warner Music Group shall, in good faith, offer you the opportunity to participate in such New LTIP in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plan or program.”

6. Effective as of the date hereof, Paragraph 5 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Reporting: You shall at all times report solely and directly to and work solely under the supervision and direction of the Chief Executive Officer of Warner Music Group (currently, Steve Cooper) or the Chief Operating Officer of Warner Music Group (if such an officer is appointed) as Warner Music Group may determine in its sole reasonable discretion; provided that you and the Co-Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Warner/Chappell

 

2


Music, shall at all times report to the same senior executive officer. You shall perform such duties consistent with your position as you shall reasonably be directed to perform by such senior executive officer.”

Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this letter to Company.

 

  WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul Robinson
  VP & Secretary
Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Carianne Marshall

Carianne Marshall

 

3

EX-10.26

Exhibit 10.26

Dated: 20 March 2017

(1) WARNER MUSIC INTERNATIONAL SERVICES LIMITED

and

(2) MAX LOUSADA

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

MDR.37664476.310   1  


THIS AGREEMENT is made on             2017

BETWEEN:-

 

(1)

WARNER MUSIC INTERNATIONAL SERVICES LIMITED (the “Company”)

 

(2)

MAX LOUSADA XX XX XXXXXXXXX XXXX, XXXXX XXXXX (the “Executive”)

 

1.

EMPLOYMENT

 

1.1

The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall act as Chief Executive Officer, Recorded Music, Warner Music Group, and Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, Warner Music UK and, subject to sub-clause 2.2 below, shall be the sole most senior executive of Warner Music Group’s Recorded Music division having responsibility over Warner Music Group’s recorded music operations. The heads of Atlantic Records US, Warner Bros Records US and Warner Music Nashville, the head of Warner Music UK, the head of International (i.e. Warner Music Group’s recorded music operations for the world, excluding the US and the UK), the head of Alternative Distribution Alliance (ADA), the head of Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation (WEA Corp.) and the head of Global Catalogue shall report directly and solely to the Executive. The Executive shall cease to act as Chief Executive Officer of Warner Music UK (the “UK Role”) at such time, if any, as Warner Music Group approves the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer of Warner Music UK with effect from a date to be determined by the Company in consultation with the Executive. The Executive shall serve as a director of the Company and of such Group Companies that are notified to him by the Board from time to time.

 

1.2

The Executive’s continuous employment commenced on 1 April 2000.

 

2.

TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

 

2.1

The terms of this Agreement shall commence on 1 October 2017 and, subject to clause 11 below, shall continue for an initial period of five years (that is, until 30 September 2022) and thereafter unless and until it is terminated by either party giving to the other not fewer than six months’ notice in writing (the “Term”), such notice to be given to expire at any time on or after the end of the Term, provided always that such notice can be served at any time to expire on or after 30 September 2022 (the “Employment”). The Company agrees that, in good time before the end of the Term, it will give good faith consideration to commencing discussions with the Executive concerning the extension of the Term.

 

MDR.37664476.310   2  


2.2

The Company is not obliged to provide the Executive with work and it may, subject to sub-clause 9.5 below, in respect of all or part of any unexpired Term or period of notice, suspend the Executive on garden leave and require the Executive:

 

  2.2.1

not to perform his duties;

 

  2.2.2

to abstain from contacting any Company or Group Company clients, artists, producers, composers, songwriters, employees, consultants, supplier or agents (save for purely social contact);

 

  2.2.3

not to enter Company or Group Company premises;

 

  2.2.4

to resign from any office(s) in the Company and/or any Group Company; and/or

 

  2.2.5

return to the Company all documents and other property belonging to the Company and/or any Group Company;

provided always that any period or periods of suspension shall not in aggregate exceed six months in any event.

 

2.3

Subject to sub-clause 2.4 below, the Employment and the Executive’s entitlement to salary and benefits (including bonuses, if any) shall continue during any period of garden leave.

 

2.4

Subject to sub-clause 11.1 below (pursuant to which the Company reserves the right to terminate the Employment upon notice without payment in lieu of notice), in the event that the Company terminates the Employment upon notice (including notice given by the Company in accordance with sub-clause 2.1 above) or elects to terminate the Employment during the Term without notice or the Executive is constructively dismissed (but not where the Executive resigns voluntarily), the Company shall pay to the Executive (i) an amount of £6,000,000 provided that if the Executive is first suspended pursuant to clause 2.2 above, he shall be paid salary (and benefits shall continue) during such suspension and provided further that the payment under sub-clause 4.5 below shall also be paid to the Executive (if not already paid); and (ii) in the event the payment at (i) becomes payable to the Executive before bonuses are paid to executives for the current financial year (ending 30 September 2017), the Company will pay to the Executive a full (not pro-rated) bonus for the current financial year pursuant to sub-clause 4.4 below (together the “Severance Payment”). If payable, the Severance Payment will be paid to the Executive as a lump sum, less statutory deductions, within 14 days of the date the Employment ends (the “Termination Date”). The Executive shall sign such settlement agreement as the Company may reasonably require and the Executive shall agree

 

MDR.37664476.310   3  


  (acting reasonably) in order to ensure that the Executive accepts the Severance Payment in full and final settlement of any claims he may have against the Company or any Group Company. The Executive shall be under no duty to mitigate the Severance Payment and further in the event that the Executive does anything which could or does act in mitigation of the Executive’s loss, the Severance Payment shall not be reduced and the Executive shall have no obligation to repay any monies to the Company.

 

2.5

The Executive agrees that, during any period of notice given by either party, he will give to the Company all such assistance and co-operation in effecting a smooth and orderly handover of his duties as the Company may reasonably require.

 

2.6

The Company may, during any period of notice given by either party, appoint a person to perform the Executive’s duties jointly with him, or during any period of suspension pursuant to clause 13 below, to perform all or some of the Executive’s duties in his place.

 

3.

DUTIES AND LOCATION

 

3.1

During the Employment:-

 

  3.1.1

the Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Warner Music Group (the “WMG CEO”) and shall perform and observe such duties and restrictions and shall conduct and manage such of the affairs of Warner Music Group as may from time to time be reasonably required of him by the Board or the WMG CEO and which are commensurate with the Executive’s level of seniority;

 

  3.1.2

the Executive shall at all times comply with his duties as a director as set out in any relevant legislation;

 

  3.1.3

the Executive shall well and faithfully serve the Company and/or any Group Company to the best of his abilities and carry out his duties in a proper, competent and efficient manner and in willing co-operation with others;

 

  3.1.4

the Executive shall use his reasonable endeavours to promote, and at all times act in the best interests of the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

MDR.37664476.310   4  


  3.1.5

save as hereinafter provided, unless prevented by illness or accident and except during holidays provided for under clause 6 below, the Executive shall devote the whole of his time, attention and ability to his duties under this Agreement during normal working hours and at such other times as may be reasonably required by the needs of the Company or any Group Company or the nature of the Executive’s duties and he shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside his normal working hours i.e. 10.00am to 7pm, Monday to Friday; and

 

  3.1.6

save as hereinafter provided, the Executive will not have any direct or indirect interest, whether as an agent, beneficiary, consultant, director, employee, partners, proprietor, shareholder (other than a minority shareholder holding not more than 5% of any class of securities quoted or dealt in on any recognised investment exchange, as defined by section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or otherwise, in any trade, business or occupation whatsoever other than the business of the Company or any Group Company except with the prior written consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). Consent has already been granted by Warner Music Group’s Conflicts Committee in relation to the Executive’s non-executive directorships with XXXXXXXXX, XXXXXX XXX XXX XXXXXX. Consent is hereby granted in relation to the Executive’s non-executive directorship with XXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX XX XXX XXXXX XXXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXX XXXX XX X XXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXX.

 

3.2

The Company may at any time and from time to time upon written notice to the Executive require the Executive to take as soon as practicable all steps necessary to fully and effectively relinquish the whole or any part of any interest in respect of the holding of which the Company has at any time given its prior written consent under sub-clause 3.1.6 above if the Company or any Group Company reasonably considers that the Executive continuing to hold that interest will cause a material conflict with the best interests of the Company or any Group Company.

 

3.3

Regulation 4(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (“WTR”) provides that a worker’s average working time, including overtime, must not exceed 48 hours for each seven day period (to be averaged over a period of 17 weeks) unless the worker agrees that this regulation will not apply to his or her employment. In accordance with Regulation 5 of the WTR, the Executive agrees that Regulation 4(1) will not apply to the Employment. At any time during the Employment, the Executive or the Company may give three months’ prior written notice that the opt-out in this clause will cease to apply with effect from the expiry of the said notice.

 

MDR.37664476.310   5  


3.4

The Executive will work at the principal office of the Company or anywhere else within Greater London to where the principal office of the Company is relocated. The Executive may be required to travel and work outside the UK from time to time (for the purposes of business visits) subject to the Company paying all costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection therewith, in accordance with the Company’s Travel and Entertainment Policy as amended from time to time.

 

4.

REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES

 

4.1

With effect from 1 October 2017, the Company shall pay and the Executive shall accept a salary at the rate of £4,000,000 per annum, such salary to accrue from day to day and to be paid less statutory and voluntary deductions by equal monthly instalments in arrears on or about the 28th day of every month by bank transfer.

 

4.2

The salary will be reviewed on or around 1 October 2020.

 

4.3

The Executive will receive an additional non-returnable payment of £520,000 by way of sign on bonus, less statutory deductions (“Contract Bonus”), to be paid by the Company in the next available monthly payroll after the execution of this Agreement.

 

4.4

For the current financial year only (ending 30 September 2017), the Executive may be eligible, at the sole discretion of the Company, to receive an annual bonus in accordance with the Executive’s previous employment agreement (and for the avoidance of doubt, any bonus payable under this sub-clause 4.4 and sub-clause 4.5 below, shall be paid to the Executive by Warner Music UK and accordingly, it will sign below to confirm its consent to this sub-clause and sub-clause 4.5 below). In this regard, his “target” bonus is £1,000,000 (“Target Bonus”) although depending on performance the actual bonus award may be either more or less than the Target Bonus at the Company’s sole discretion. The criteria to be achieved for the Target Bonus level to be met will be based on factors such as the Company’s, Warner Music Group’s, Warner Music Group’s Recorded Music division’s and the Executive’s performance and any transitional responsibilities that the Executive is asked to perform in respect of the role set out in this Agreement will be taken into account when the amount of any bonus for the Executive for the current financial year is determined. For the avoidance of doubt but without prejudice to the provisions of sub-clause 2.4 above, the Executive will be eligible, at the sole discretion of the Company (acting in good faith) to a pro-rata bonus if the Employment terminates before bonuses are paid to executives for the current financial year. Any bonus will be paid less statutory deductions. The Company hereby warrants that the Executive shall be treated on a no less favourable basis in respect of the determination of the Executive’s annual bonus for the current financial year than each senior executive at the same or equivalent level as the Executive.

 

MDR.37664476.310   6  


4.5

The Executive will be paid the non-returnable sum of £2,400,000 less statutory deductions, in respect of the Incentive Bonus payable under his previous service agreement dated 27 September 2013 (the “Incentive Bonus”) (and for the avoidance of doubt, any bonus payable under this sub-clause 4.5, shall be paid to the Executive by Warner Music UK). The Incentive Bonus will be paid to the Executive at the same time that bonuses are paid to executives for the current financial year, which is expected to be in January 2018.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive resigns voluntarily (that is, other than in circumstances where the Executive is constructively dismissed) or the Employment is terminated by the Company pursuant to sub-clause 11.1 below before the Incentive Bonus is paid, the Incentive Bonus will not be payable. However, as set out in sub-clause 2.4 above, if the Severance Payment is payable and the Incentive Bonus has not already been paid, the Incentive Bonus will be paid at the same time as the Severance Payment.

 

4.6

From the Company’s 2018 financial year onwards (that is, from 1 October 2017 onwards), the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (the “Plan”), subject to the terms of the Plan as amended from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, if payable under the terms of this Agreement, the Contract Bonus in clause 4.3 above, the annual bonus for the current financial year in clause 4.4 above and the Incentive Bonus in clause 4.5 above shall be paid in addition to the Executive’s entitlements under the Plan.

 

4.7

The Executive shall be reimbursed all reasonable expenses properly and necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties upon production of vouchers in respect of them or if vouchers are not readily available upon other evidence satisfactory to the Company of payment of such expenses, provided that such expenses shall be subject to the Company’s normal policy and budgetary disciplines, as detailed in the Company’s Travel and Entertainment Policy as amended from time to time. In relation to international flights, it is agreed that in exceptional circumstances and where business needs so require, the Executive will be eligible to travel first class, provided that this is approved in advance with the WMG CEO. The Company hereby warrants that no executive or employee of the Company shall be treated more favourably than the Executive in relation to the Company’s Travel and Entertainment Policy and that the Executive shall be treated on a no less favourable basis than each other executive or employee of the same or equivalent status.

 

4.8

The Executive will be provided with a mobile telephone and laptop and the Company will meet all rental and call charges reasonably incurred.

 

MDR.37664476.310   7  


4.9

The Company retains the express right to deduct from time to time during the Employment any overpayments or advances against salary which the parties mutually agree hereafter or any other sums due from the Executive to the Company or any Group Company from any monies due to the Executive.

 

4.10

This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the (US) Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) and will be so interpreted. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions set forth in (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) (“separation pay plans”) and other applicable provisions of (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 to A-6. To the extent section 409A is applicable, references under this Agreement to a termination of the Employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which the Executive has experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any payments of money or other benefits due to the Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to the Executive in a manner consistent with (US) Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement (including each installment of any payment to be made in two or more installments), shall be designated and treated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

5.

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS

 

5.1

Subject to the rules and eligibility requirements of the scheme(s) from time to time in force, the Executive (and in respect of private health and dental cover, the Executive’s immediate family also) will be entitled to such benefits in accordance with the Company’s policy as may from time to time be provided by the Company for its employees of equivalent status to the Executive at the Company’s cost, subject to the standard deductible in respect of private health insurance. Such benefits include worldwide private health cover, dental cover and life insurance cover, subject to HM Revenue & Customs limits from time to time in force.

 

MDR.37664476.310   8  


5.2

The Executive shall remain eligible to be a member of the Warner Music (UK) Limited pension scheme in operation and the details are as specified in the Executive Company Pension Booklet and published on the Company’s intranet. Under current contribution rates, the Executive may contribute to the scheme and the Company’s contribution shall be twice the amount of the Executive’s contribution, up to a maximum Company contribution of 10% of the Executive’s salary, subject to the Company pension cap (or other applicable caps, including any annual or lifetime allowances) from time to time in force. If in any year the Company is unable to make the full agreed contribution into the Company pension scheme on the Executive’s behalf because of the operation of any caps or allowances, the excess will be paid to the Executive in cash, less statutory deductions, provided always that the cost to the Company of the cash payment will be neutral (and in particular, any employer’s national insurance will be deducted from the cash payment). The Company and Warner Music (UK) Limited reserves the right to amend or withdraw this scheme provided that the Executive shall be given access to a broadly similar pension scheme and a similar level of contribution. Further details may be obtained from the Company’s HR department.

 

5.3

The Company will pay the Executive an annual car allowance of £15,000 per annum. This is a taxable benefit. The Executive will receive this allowance monthly at the rate of £1,250 per month, less statutory deductions, with his salary payment. The car allowance is made on the understanding that the sum will cover the following:

 

  5.3.1

to insure the Executive’s vehicle to cover business use;

 

  5.3.2

the cost of the maintenance and servicing of the Executive’s vehicle;

 

  5.3.3

the cost of accident breakdown cover and an alternative vehicle if the Executive’s car is off the road for whatever reason; and

 

  5.3.4

all petrol for private use (including travelling between home and office).

Petrol expenses for business use may be reclaimed at the rate of 45p per mile.

In line with the Company’s right to amend the car scheme, the Company also reserves the right to withdraw this benefit with reasonable notice provided that the Company shall provide the Executive with a replacement scheme of an equivalent level of benefit (to the Executive).

 

5.4

The Executive will be provided with a car parking space for his use at or close to the Company’s principal office.

 

MDR.37664476.310   9  


5.5

During the Term and for one year after the Term, and subject to the Executive using an advisor or advisors nominated by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), the Company will pay the Executive’s reasonable accountancy costs incurred in each year in respect of the preparation of the Executive’s annual tax return in the UK and in the United States of America. In addition, the Company will, subject to the Executive using an advisor or advisors nominated by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), pay the Executive’s reasonable costs in relation to the Executive’s tax planning relating to the Executive becoming a taxpayer in both the UK and in the United States of America, provided always that the Company shall not meet the cost of tax advice or tax planning relating to or associated with the Plan.

 

6.

HOLIDAYS AND HOLIDAY PAY

 

6.1

In addition to all bank and other public holidays, the Executive shall be entitled to 28 working days’ holiday during each calendar year. The Company may at its sole discretion close its offices between December 24 and January 1 and any such days not being public holidays shall be deducted from the Executive’s holiday entitlement. Holiday is to be taken at such time or times as is convenient to the Company’s business and as approved by the Board.

 

6.2

During the calendar years in which the Employment commences and terminates, the Executive shall be entitled to such annual holiday entitlement as accrued under the Company’s annual holiday policy, provided that in the event of the Employment being terminated by the Company as a result of the Executive’s gross misconduct the Executive shall not be entitled, if otherwise appropriate, to salary in lieu of any outstanding holiday entitlement, save as required by law.

 

7.

ILLNESS/INCAPACITY

 

7.1

Subject to the terms of any critical illness policy in place, if the Executive is absent through illness, accident or other incapacity he, or someone acting for him, shall advise the Company in accordance with the policies set forth in its Employee Handbook. Provided that the Executive complies with such policies and without prejudice to the Company’s right to terminate this Agreement under clause 2 above and clause 11 below, the Executive shall be entitled to his salary at the full rate for up to 26 weeks of continuous absence or periods of absence totalling 26 weeks in any period of 12 months and thereafter the salary shall be payable at such rate (if any) as the Company shall in its discretion allow, provided that the Executive shall be entitled to continue to receive Statutory Sick Pay (if payable) and any payments due to the Executive under any critical illness policy in place at the relevant time.

 

MDR.37664476.310   10  


7.2

For Statutory Sick Pay purposes, the Executive’s qualifying days shall be his normal working days.

 

8.

DISMISSAL AND DISCIPLINARY RULES AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

The dismissal, disciplinary and grievance procedures applying to the Employment may be found in the Company’s Employee Handbook. If the Executive is dissatisfied with a disciplinary decision relating to him or any decision to dismiss him, he should apply in accordance with the procedure set out in the Company’s dismissal and disciplinary policy in writing to Warner Music Group’s head of Human Resources. If the Executive wishes to seek redress of any grievance relating to the Employment, he should apply in accordance with the procedure set out in the Company’s grievance procedure in writing to Warner Music Group’s head of Human Resources. Further details are given in the relevant procedures, which for the avoidance of doubt do not form part of the Executive’s terms and conditions of employment.

 

9.

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

9.1

During the Employment and for a period of 6 months following its termination by either party, the Executive will not, in competition with the Company, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company, act as a consultant, employee or officer or in any other capacity or be otherwise interested in (save that the Executive may hold up to 5% of any class of securities quoted or dealt in on a recognised investment exchange) any Competitive Entity.

 

9.2

For the purposes of this clause 9, “Competitive Entity” shall mean any business which, at the date of the termination of the Employment, competes or is preparing to compete with any business carried on by the Company or any Group Company in which the Executive has been materially involved during the 12 months prior to the termination of the Employment.

 

9.3

During the Employment and for a period of 12 months after its termination in connection with the carrying on of any business of a Competitive Entity, either on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm or entity, the Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or interfere with or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any relevant Group Company any Key Employee. For these purposes, “Key Employee” means any Company or any relevant Group Company employee working in an A&R capacity (excluding A&R scouts or junior or clerical staff) or working in a management capacity and with whom the Executive had material dealings during the 12 month period prior to the termination of the Employment.

 

MDR.37664476.310   11  


9.4

During the Employment and for a period of 12 months after its termination, in connection with the carrying on of any business of a Competitive Entity, either on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm or entity, the Executive will not directly or indirectly solicit or interfere with or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any relevant Group Company any Client. For these purposes, “Client” means any artist (including a duo or group), producer, publisher, composer or songwriter exclusively contracted to provide services to the Company or any relevant Group Company or where the material terms of such contract was being negotiated with the Company or any Group Company and with whom the Executive had material dealings during the 12 month period prior to the termination of the Employment.

 

9.5

The duration of the above restrictions will be reduced by any period of garden leave (as defined at sub-clause 2.2 above) or suspension pursuant to clause 13 below or any other period during the notice period when the Executive is required by the Company not to work.

 

9.6

Whilst the parties acknowledge and agree that insofar as they are concerned each of the restrictions contained in this clause 9 is reasonable in all the circumstances, it is agreed that if any one or more of such restrictions either taken by itself or themselves together, are adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company or any relevant Group Company but would be adjudged reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions were deleted or limited in a particular manner then the restrictions set out in sub-clauses 9.1 to 9.4 above will apply with such deletions, restrictions or limitation as the case may be.

 

9.7

The Executive agrees that each of the restrictions set out in sub-clauses 9.1 to 9.4 above constitute entirely separate, severable and independent restrictions on him. The Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to receive independent legal advice on the terms and effect of the provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions above.

 

10.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1

Without prejudice to any other duty implied by law or equity (except in the proper course of his duties or as may be required by law), the Executive shall not during the Employment nor at any time after the termination of this Agreement utilise for his own purposes or divulge or publish to any person whomsoever or otherwise make use of any trade secret or any other confidential information concerning the Company or any Group Company including without limitation any confidential information relating to its or their business, human resources function, management or finances of any of its or their dealings, transactions, affairs, artists, producers, composers, songwriters,

 

MDR.37664476.310   12  


  clients, suppliers, agents, employees or consultants which may have come to his knowledge during or in the course of the Employment with the Company or any Group Company (whether prior to the commencement of this Agreement or not) and shall use his reasonable endeavours (but not so as personally to incur any costs) to prevent the publication or disclosure by others of any such trade secret or confidential information, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) confidential information which comes into the public domain otherwise than as a result of an unauthorised disclosure by the Executive; and/or (b) information which does not belong to the Company but rather forms part of the Executive’s skill and knowledge.

 

10.2

Nothing in this clause 10 shall prevent the Executive making a “permitted disclosure” in accordance with the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998).

 

11.

TERMINATION IN SPECIFIC CASES

 

11.1

Without prejudice to any remedy which it may have against the Executive for the breach or non-performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company may terminate this Agreement at any time upon notice but without pay in lieu of notice for “Cause” as set out below:

 

  11.1.1

if he shall be in serious or repeated breach of any of his material obligations under this Agreement, provided that if such breach (or breaches) is capable of cure, he has first received a formal notice in writing in respect of a previous breach(es) and been given a reasonable opportunity to correct such breach(es);

 

  11.1.2

if he shall refuse to carry out any lawful and reasonable order given to him in the course of the Employment or shall fail diligently to attend to any of his duties, provided always that if such refusal or failure is capable of cure, he has first received a formal notice in writing in respect of such refusal or failure and been given a reasonable opportunity to correct such refusal or failure;

 

  11.1.3

if he commits any financially dishonest or fraudulent act in relation to the Company or any Group Company;

 

  11.1.4

if he shall be convicted of any criminal offence which is punishable by imprisonment (other than a road traffic offence for which a penalty of imprisonment is not imposed);

 

MDR.37664476.310   13  


  11.1.5

if he is guilty of gross misconduct or of any other conduct which brings or is likely to bring serious professional discredit to the Company or any Group Company or to himself;

 

  11.1.6

notwithstanding the actual or expected provision of disability benefits, if he has at any time become or is unable properly to perform his duties under this Agreement by reason of ill-health or accident either for a continuous period of 26 weeks or for periods aggregating 26 weeks in any consecutive period of 52 weeks;

 

  11.1.7

notwithstanding the actual or expected provision of disability benefits, if he shall become of unsound mind and a patient for the purpose of any statute relating to mental health;

 

  11.1.8

if a petition or application for an order in bankruptcy (including for a voluntary arrangement) is presented by or against the Executive or any person (including the Executive) becomes entitled to petition or apply for any such order;

 

  11.1.9

if he shall have a disqualification order (as defined in Section 1 of the Directors Disqualification Act 1986) made against him or otherwise becomes prohibited by law from being a company director; and/or

 

  11.1.10

if he voluntarily resigns as a director of the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, not including circumstances in which he resigns having been constructively dismissed).

 

11.2

On the termination of the Employment for whatever reason, the Executive shall immediately resign from all offices and directorships held by him in the Company or in any Group Company.

 

11.3

For the avoidance of doubt, any termination of the Employment shall be without prejudice to the Executive’s entitlement to receive any salary and bonuses (if any) accrued but unpaid as at the effective date of termination, to reimbursement of any expenses to such date and to any entitlement pursuant to sub-clause 2.4 above.

 

12.

ASSIGNMENT OF COPYRIGHT & OTHER RIGHTS

 

12.1

If at any time during and in connection with the Employment, the Executive discovers, creates or participates in the discovery or creation of any copyright, invention or improvement upon or addition to an invention which is applicable to the business carried on by the Company or any Group Company, the Executive shall forthwith communicate this to the Company.

 

MDR.37664476.310   14  


12.2

Such copyright, invention or improvement shall insofar as the Executive is concerned be the absolute property of the Company who may require the Executive, at the Company’s expense, to supply all information and documentation necessary to enable the Company to use that copyright, invention or improvement to the best advantage.

 

12.3

In the event that it may be necessary or desirable for the Company to obtain patent or similar protection for such copyright, invention or improvement, the Executive shall at the Company’s request and sole cost and expense execute all documents and do all such things as may be necessary in order to obtain such protection and for vesting the same in the Company or as it may direct.

 

12.4

Any services to be provided by the Executive to any non-Warner Music Group publishing business during the Employment shall be discussed and agreed in writing in advance with the Company.

 

13.

SUSPENSION

The Company retains the right to suspend the Executive from the Employment on full salary and benefits at any time for a reasonable period (not to exceed 28 days) to investigate any matter of gross or serious misconduct in which the Executive is implicated or involved (whether directly or indirectly based on the Company’s reasonable belief (acting in good faith)).

 

14.

ASSIGNMENT

The benefit and burden of this Agreement (without alteration or amendment) may be assigned by the Company to any Group Company provided that the Company shall remain liable hereunder unless and until the relevant Group Company enters into a direct covenant with the Executive to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder. References in this Agreement to the Company shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include references to any such assignee for the time being. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement (including all rights under it) is not assignable by the Executive.

 

15.

EXECUTIVE’S OBLIGATIONS ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Upon the termination of the Employment, the Executive shall:-

 

15.1

forthwith deliver up to the Company all correspondence, drawings, documents and other papers and all other property belonging to the Company or any Group Company; and

 

MDR.37664476.310   15  


15.2

not at any time represent himself still to be connected with the Company or any Group Company.

 

16.

EFFECT OF TERMINATION

The termination of this Agreement shall not operate to affect such of its provisions as are expressed to operate or have effect after such expiration or determination and shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the parties.

 

17.

COLLECTION & EXCHANGE OF PERSONAL INFORMATION

 

17.1

For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998, as amended, the Executive agrees and gives his consent to the holding and processing of personal data (including without limitation sensitive personal data) relating to him in any form (whether obtained or held in writing, electronically or otherwise) by the Company or other Group Companies or its or their duly authorised agents and employees solely for purposes connected with the employer/employee relationship including, but not limited to, the payment and review of salaries and other remuneration and benefits, administration of employee benefits (including pension, life assurance, health and medical insurance), facilitating performance appraisals and reviews, maintaining sickness and other absence records, taking decisions as to fitness for work, and also more generally to identify personnel, maintain and improve security systems, for administration and management of its or their employees and business and to ensure compliance with the Company’s legal obligations such as income tax and social security withholdings.

 

17.2

The Company may, from time to time, ask the Executive to review and update any personal information it holds, although the Executive is welcome to review and update the information more or less frequently as the Executive wishes.

 

17.3

As the Company is part of a large group of companies operating internationally, for reporting and group administration purposes it will, from time to time, also make available for storage and/or processing the information the Executive has provided to it to other Group Companies, which may be located within Europe or outside. Likewise the Company will, from time to time, need to make some of the Executive’s information available to legal and regulatory authorities (including tax authorities), to future employers and potential purchasers of the Company or any of its assets or business, to its accountants, auditors, lawyers and other outside professional advisers, and to other parties which provide products or services to the Company (such as IT systems suppliers, medical practitioners and private health associations). Most of these recipients will be located in Europe, but others may be located, or may have relevant operations located elsewhere such as in the US. The Executive consents to such forwarding of information by the Company to the extent that the same is necessary from time to time.

 

MDR.37664476.310   16  


18.

SEARCH

Solely in the event that the Company (acting in good faith) has good reason to believe that the Executive is acting in breach of the material terms of the Employment, the Company reserves the right to search the Executive’s person, vehicle and property while on or departing from the Company’s premises.

 

19.

WRITTEN NOTICE

Any written notice required to be served under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly served if in the case of notice to the Company it is sent by recorded delivery to or left at the Company’s registered office and in the case of notice to the Executive if handed to him personally or sent by recorded delivery to his last known residential address in the United Kingdom and any notices so sent shall be deemed to have been received and served when the same should have been received in the ordinary course of such delivery or post.

 

20.

EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK

A copy of the Company’s Employee Handbook applying to the Employment is available for inspection in the Company’s Human Resources department and the general terms and conditions of employment appearing therein shall apply to the Employment except that where the terms of the Handbook are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement then the provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

 

21.

EMAIL/INTERNET POLICY & PROCEDURE

The Executive agrees to become familiar with and comply fully with the terms of the Company’s E-mail and Internet Policy and Procedure as amended from time to time and the Executive acknowledges that action such as monitoring, intercepting, reviewing and/or accessing any communication facilities provided by the Company or any Group Company that the Executive may use during the Employment is necessary for the Company’s or any Group Company’s lawful business practice.

 

22.

WMG CODE OF CONDUCT

The WMG Code of Conduct sets out the Company’s commitment to carrying out business in a responsible manner. The Executive agrees to become familiar and adhere with the principles set forth in the WMG Code of Conduct, which the Company can amend from time to time.

 

MDR.37664476.310   17  


23.

BPI CODE OF CONDUCT

The Executive agrees to comply fully with the terms of the BPI Code of Conduct as amended from time to time. A copy of the current BPI Code of Conduct is available in the Employee Handbook.

 

24.

CHANGES

No variation or agreed termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties (or their authorised representatives).

 

25.

WRITTEN PARTICULARS

This Agreement contains the written particulars of employment which the Executive is entitled to receive under the provisions of Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

26.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The Executive hereby irrevocably and by way of security appoints each other director of the Company from time to time, jointly and severally, to be his attorney in his name and on his behalf and as his act and deed, solely for the purposes of signing and executing any documents which he is obliged to execute under the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to sub-clauses 2.2.4, 11.2 and 12.3 above). For the avoidance of doubt, the power of attorney herein granted shall not be available in relation to any settlement agreement referred to in sub-clause 2.4 above.

 

27.

PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS

This Agreement and the election form sent to the Executive of even date (relating to the Executive’s eligibility to participate in the Plan as referred to in sub-clause 4.6 above) contains the whole agreement and supersedes any previous written or oral agreement between the parties in relation to the matters dealt with in it and for the avoidance of doubt, replaces all prior agreements in relation to royalties or bonus arrangements.

 

28.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement and any claim, dispute or matter arising under or in connection with it or its enforceability will be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

MDR.37664476.310   18  


29.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Agreement:

 

29.1

“Group Company” means any holding company of the Company and any subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company each as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006, and references to “Group” shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, any references to “Group Company” or “Group” shall only include Warner Music Group Corp. and entities owned or controlled or under common control with entities below Warner Music Group Corp.

 

29.2

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time or any committee of the Board to which powers have been properly delegated, including without limitation a remuneration committee.

 

30.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The Company shall consult with the Executive prior to making any announcement in relation to the Employment and there shall be no announcements made in relation to any other changes to the Company’s executives’ existing roles or the restructuring of the Company’s business without prior consultation with the Executive and both parties shall act in good faith in relation thereto.

 

MDR.37664476.310   19  


IN WITNESS whereof the duly authorised representative of the Company has hereunto set its hand and the Executive has hereunto set his hand the day and year first above written.

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

WARNER MUSIC INTERNATIONAL SERVICES LIMITED acting by:

Director /s/ Paul M. Robinson

Witness signature /s/ Maria Osherova

Name Maria Osherova

Address

Occupation EVP, HR

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

WARNER MUSIC (UK) LIMITED acting by:

Director /s/ Paul M. Robinson

Witness signature /s/ Maria Osherova

Name Maria Osherova

Address

Occupation EVP, HR

For the sole purpose of Warner Music (UK) Limited confirming its consent to sub-clauses 4.4 and 4.5

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED
AS A DEED by
MAX LOUSADA   /s/ Max Lousada
in the presence of:

Witness signature /s/ Maria Osherova

Name Maria Osherova

Address

Occupation EVP, HR

 

MDR.37664476.310   20  
EX-10.27

Exhibit 10.27

 

LOGO

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby establishes this Warner Music Group Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), effective November 16, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), for the purpose of attracting and retaining high quality executives and promoting in them increased efficiency and an interest in the successful operation of the Company. The Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted to, comply in all respects with Code Section 409A and those provisions of ERISA applicable to an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees.”

ARTICLE I

TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Account” or “Accounts” shall mean the bookkeeping account or accounts established under this Plan pursuant to Article 4.

1.2 “Base Salary” shall mean a Participant’s annual base salary, excluding incentive and discretionary bonuses, commissions, reimbursements and other non-regular remuneration, received from the Company prior to reduction for any salary deferrals under benefit plans sponsored by the Company, including but not limited to, plans established pursuant to Code Section 125 or qualified pursuant to Code Section 401(k).

1.3 “Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries” shall mean the person, persons or entity designated as such pursuant to Section 7.1.

1.4 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Company.

1.5 “Bonus(es)” shall mean amounts paid to the Participant by the Company annually in the form of discretionary or incentive compensation to the extent such amounts qualify as “fiscal year compensation” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(6).

1.6 “Change in Control” shall mean a “Change in Control” as defined under the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Award Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan thereto).

1.7 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as interpreted by Treasury regulations and applicable authorities promulgated thereunder.

1.8 “Committee” shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Article 8.

1.9 “Compensation” shall mean all amounts eligible for deferral for a particular Plan Year under Section 3.1(a).


1.10 “Crediting Rate” shall mean the notional gains and losses credited on the Participant’s Account balance which are based on the Participant’s choice among the investment alternatives made available by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan.

1.11 “Deferral Account” shall mean the Account maintained for each Participant which is credited with Participant deferrals pursuant to Section 4.1

1.12 “Disability” shall mean (consistent with the requirements of Section 409A) that the Participant (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company. The Committee may require that the Participant submit evidence of such qualification for disability benefits in order to determine that the Participant is disabled under this Plan.

1.13 “Distributable Amount” shall mean the vested balance in the applicable Account as determined under Article 4.

1.14 “Eligible Employee” shall mean a highly compensated or management level employee of the Company selected by the Committee to be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee shall, from time to time, designate minimum Base Salary or Compensation levels for eligibility to participate in the Plan.

1.15 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including Department of Labor and Treasury regulations and applicable authorities promulgated thereunder.

1.16 “Financial Hardship” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in IRC Section 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, (but shall in all events correspond to the meaning of the term “unforseeable emergency” under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii)).

1.17 “Fund” or “Funds” shall mean one or more of the investment funds selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

1.18 “Hardship Distribution” shall mean an accelerated distribution of benefits or a reduction or cessation of current deferrals pursuant to Section 6.5 to a Participant who has suffered a Financial Hardship.

1.19 “Interest Rate” shall mean, for each Fund, an amount equal to the net gain or loss on the assets of such Fund during each month, as determined by the Committee.

 

2


1.20 “Participant” shall mean any Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in this Plan in accordance with Article 2.

1.21 “Participant Election(s)” shall mean the forms or procedures by which a Participant makes elections with respect to (1) voluntary deferrals of his/her Compensation, (2) the investment Funds which shall act as the basis for crediting of interest on Account balances, and (3) the form and timing of distributions from Accounts. Participant Elections may take the form of an electronic communication followed by appropriate confirmation according to specifications established by the Committee.

1.22 “Payment Date” shall mean the date upon which a lump sum payment shall be made or the date upon which installment payments shall commence. Unless otherwise specified at the time a deferral election is made, the Payment Date shall be the last day of the sixth (6th) month commencing after the event triggering the payout occurs. Subsequent installments shall be made in March of each succeeding Plan Year. In the case of death, the Committee shall be provided with documentation reasonably necessary to establish the fact of the Participant’s death. The Payment Date of a Scheduled Distribution be shall March of the Plan Year in which the distribution is scheduled to commence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Payment Date shall not be before the earliest date on which benefits may be distributed under Code Section 409A without violation of the provisions thereof as reasonably determined by the Committee.

1.23 “Plan Year” shall mean each fiscal year of the Company, commencing October 1 and ending September 30, except that the first Plan Year shall begin on the Effective Date and end on September 30, 2011.

1.24 “Retirement” shall mean Termination of Service after having attained age 62 and completed at least 10 Years of Service.

1.25 “Scheduled Distribution” shall mean a scheduled distribution date elected by the Participant for distribution of amounts from a specified Deferral Account, including notional earnings thereon, as provided under Section 6.4.

1.26 “Termination of Service” shall mean the date of the Participant’s from service with the Company as defined under Code Section 409A for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, including as a result of the Participant’s Retirement, death or Disability.

1.27 “Years of Service” shall mean the cumulative consecutive years of continuous full-time employment with the Company (including approved leaves of absence of six months or less or legally protected leaves of absence), beginning on the date the Participant first began service with the Company, and counting each anniversary thereof.

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan by completing and submitting to the Committee the appropriate Participant Elections, including such other documentation and information as the Committee may reasonably request, during the enrollment period established by the Committee prior to the beginning of the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3


ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTIONS & DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1 Elections to Defer Compensation.

(a) Form of Elections. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, a Participant may only elect to defer Compensation attributable to services provided after the time an election is made. Elections shall take the form of a flat dollar amount or a whole percentage (less applicable payroll withholding requirements for Social Security and income taxes and employee benefit plans as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee) of up to 100% of Bonuses (or such lesser percentage as determined by the Committee from time to time). Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code (or except as otherwise set forth herein), Participants shall make their deferral elections prior to the beginning of each Plan Year (or within 30 days following the Effective Date, in the case of the first Plan Year) with respect to Bonuses to be earned in respect of such Plan Year. In the case of newly hired Eligible Employees, a deferral election may be made within 30 days following such Eligible Employee’s date of hire.

(b) Duration of Compensation Deferral Election. An Eligible Employee’s initial election to defer Compensation shall be made during the enrollment period established by the Committee prior to the Effective Date and shall apply only to Compensation for services performed after such deferral election is processed. A Participant may increase, decrease, terminate or recommence a deferral election with respect to Compensation for any subsequent Plan Year by filing a Participant Election during the enrollment period established by the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year, which election shall be effective on the first day of the next following Plan Year. In the absence of an affirmative election by the Participant to the contrary, the deferral election for the prior Plan Year shall not continue in effect for future Plan Years, and in the absence of a deferral election, no portion of the Participant’s Bonus shall be deferred for such future Plan Years. After the beginning of the Plan Year, deferral elections with respect to Compensation for services performed during such Plan Year shall be irrevocable except in the event of Financial Hardship.

3.2 Investment Elections.

(a) Participant Direction. At the time of entering the Plan and/or of making the deferral election under the Plan, the Participant shall designate, on a Participant Election provided by the Committee, the investment Funds in which the Participant’s Account or Accounts shall be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the amount of earnings and losses to be credited to each Account. The Participant may specify that all or any percentage of his or her Account or Accounts shall be deemed to be invested, in whole percentage increments, in one or more of the types of investment Funds selected as alternative investments under the Plan from time to time by the Committee pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. A Participant may change the designation made under this Section at least monthly by filing a

 

4


revised election, on a Participant Election provided by the Committee. During payout, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited at the Crediting Rate selected by the Participant from among the investment alternatives or rates made available by the Committee for such purpose until all amounts have been distributed from the Account. If a Participant fails to make an investment election under this Section for a particular Account, such Account shall be invested in the default investment Fund selected by the Committee for such purpose.

(b) Investment Alternatives. Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee shall select, in its sole and absolute discretion, commercially available investment Funds for the applicable Plan Year and shall communicate each of the alternative types of investment Funds to the Participant pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section. The Interest Rate of each such commercially available investment fund shall be used to determine the amount of earnings or losses to be credited to Participant’s Account under Article IV. The Participant’s choice among investments shall be solely for purposes of calculation of the Crediting Rate on Accounts. The Company shall have no obligation to set aside or invest amounts as directed by the Participant and, if the Company elects to invest amounts as directed by the Participant, the Participant shall have no more right to such investments than any other unsecured general creditor.

3.3 Distribution Elections.

(a) Initial Election. At the time of making a deferral election under the Plan, the Participant shall designate the time and form of distribution of deferrals made pursuant to such election (together with any earnings credited thereon) from among the alternatives specified in Section 6.

(b) Modification of Election. A new distribution election may be made at the time of subsequent deferral elections with respect to deferrals in Plan Years beginning after the election is made. However, a distribution election with respect to previously deferred amounts may only be changed under the terms and conditions specified in Code Section 409A, and subject to such other limitations as the Committee may establish from time to time. Except as expressly provided under the Plan, no acceleration of a distribution is permitted. A subsequent election that delays payment or changes the form of payment shall be permitted if and only if all of the following requirements are met:

(1) the new election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new election is made;

(2) in the case of payments made on account of Termination of Service or a Scheduled Distribution, the new election delays payment for at least five (5) years from the date that payment would otherwise have been made, absent the new election; and

(3) in the case of payments made according to a Scheduled Distribution, the new election is made not less than twelve (12) months before the date on which payment would have been made (or, in the case of installment payments, the first installment payment would have been made) absent the new election.

 

5


For purposes of application of the above change limitations, installment payments shall be treated as a single payment. Election changes made pursuant to this Section shall be made in accordance with rules established by the Committee, and shall comply with all requirement of Code Section 409A and applicable authorities.

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS

4.1 Deferral Accounts. The Committee shall establish and maintain Deferral Accounts for each Participant under the Plan. Each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be further divided into separate subaccounts (“investment fund subaccounts”), each of which corresponds to an investment Fund elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2. A Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited as follows:

(a) On or before the fifth (5th) business day after amounts are withheld and deferred from a Participant’s Compensation, the Committee shall credit the investment fund subaccounts of the Participant’s Deferral Account with an amount equal to Compensation deferred by the Participant in accordance with the Participant’s election under Section 3.2; that is, the portion of the Participant’s deferred Compensation that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment Fund shall be credited to the investment fund subaccount to be invested in that Fund;

(b) Each business day, each investment fund subaccount of a Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited with earnings or losses in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such investment fund subaccount as of the prior day, less any distributions valued as of the end of the prior day, by the Interest Rate for the corresponding Fund as determined by the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(b); and

(c) In the event that a Participant elects for a given Plan Year’s deferral of Compensation a Scheduled Distribution, all amounts attributed to the deferral of Compensation for such Plan Year shall be accounted for in a manner which allows separate accounting for the deferral of Compensation and investment gains and losses associated with amounts allocated to such each separate Scheduled Distribution.

4.2 Trust. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for payment of benefits under the Plan. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors. Benefits paid to the Participant from any such trust or trusts shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting the obligations of the Company under the Plan. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall cause the Trust to be fully funded with amounts necessary to cover all accrued benefits under the Plan through the date of such Change in Control.

4.3 Statement of Accounts. The Committee shall provide each Participant with electronic statements at least quarterly setting forth the Participant’s Account balance as of the end of each calendar quarter.

 

6


ARTICLE V

VESTING

5.1 Vesting of Deferral Accounts. The Participant shall be vested at all times in amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account or Accounts.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Retirement Distributions.

(a) Timing and Form of Deferral Account Distributions. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the event of a Participant’s Retirement, the Distributable Amount credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account shall be paid to the Participant in the form of a single lump sum, unless the Participant has made an alternative benefit election on a timely basis pursuant to Section 3.3 to receive the Retirement benefits in the form of substantially equal annual installments over up to fifteen (15) years.

(b) Small Benefit Exception. If on commencement of benefits payable from an Account upon a Retirement the Distributable Amount from such Account is less than or equal to $25,000, the total Distributable Amount from such Account shall be paid in the form of a single lump sum distribution on the scheduled Payment Date.

6.2 Termination Distributions. In the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service other than by reason of Retirement, the Distributable Amount credited to the Participant Deferral Account shall be paid in a single lump sum on the Payment Date following Termination of Service.

6.3 Accelerated Distribution upon Death. In the event that the Participant dies prior to or after commencement of benefits payable from an Account, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary the remaining Distributable Amount of such Account in a single lump sum on the Payment Date following the Participant’s death.

6.4 Scheduled Distributions.

(a) Scheduled Distribution Election. Participants shall be entitled to elect to receive a Scheduled Distribution from the Deferral Account prior to Termination of Service. In the case of a Participant who has elected to receive a Scheduled Distribution, such Participant shall receive the Distributable Amount, with respect to the specified deferrals, including earnings thereon, which have been elected by the Participant to be subject to such Scheduled Distribution election in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Plan. A Participant’s Scheduled Distribution commencement date with respect to deferrals of Compensation for a given Plan Year shall be no earlier than two (2) years from the last day of the Plan Year in which the deferrals are credited to the Participant’s Account. The Participant may elect to receive the Scheduled Distribution in a single lump sum or substantially equal annual installments over a period of up to five (5) years. A Participant may delay and change the form of a Scheduled Distribution, provided such extension complies with the requirements of Section 3.3.

 

7


(b) Termination of Service. In the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service prior to or after commencement of a Scheduled Distribution, the remaining Scheduled Distributions shall be distributed in the form applicable to such Termination of Service under Sections 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3 above.

6.5 Hardship Distribution. Upon a finding that the Participant (or, after the Participant’s death, a Beneficiary) has suffered a Financial Hardship, subject to compliance with Code Section 409A the Committee may, at the request of the Participant or Beneficiary, accelerate distribution of benefits or approve reduction or cessation of current deferrals under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such Financial Hardship subject to the following conditions:

(a) The request to take a Hardship Distribution shall be made by filing a form provided by and filed with the Committee prior to the end of any calendar month.

(b) The amount distributed pursuant to this Section with respect to a Financial Hardship shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy such financial emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

(c) The amount determined by the Committee as a Hardship Distribution shall be paid in a single cash lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the calendar month in which the Hardship Distribution election is made and approved by the Committee.

(d) Upon a finding that the Participant has suffered a Financial Hardship, subject to Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A the Administrator may at the request of the Participant, accelerate distribution of benefits or approve reduction or cessation of current deferrals under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such Financial Hardship. The amount distributed pursuant to this Section with respect to an emergency shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship). The Participant shall not be permitted to make a deferral election with respect to his or her Bonus in respect of the Plan Year following the Plan Year during which the Participant received a Hardship Distribution.

ARTICLE VII

PAYEE DESIGNATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

7.1 Beneficiaries.

(a) Beneficiary Designation. The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary (both primary and contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. The Beneficiary designation shall be effective when it is submitted to and acknowledged by the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime in the format prescribed by the Committee.

 

8


(b) Absence of Valid Designation. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if every person designated as Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Committee shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant’s estate.

7.2 Payments to Minors. In the event any amount is payable under the Plan to a minor, payment shall not be made to the minor, but instead be paid (a) to that person’s living parent(s) to act as custodian, (b) if that person’s parents are then divorced, and one parent is the sole custodial parent, to such custodial parent, to act as custodian, or (c) if no parent of that person is then living, to a custodian selected by the Committee to hold the funds for the minor under the Uniform Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act in effect in the jurisdiction in which the minor resides. If no parent is living and the Committee decides not to select another custodian to hold the funds for the minor, then payment shall be made to the duly appointed and currently acting guardian of the estate for the minor or, if no guardian of the estate for the minor is duly appointed and currently acting within sixty (60) days after the date the amount becomes payable, payment shall be deposited with the court having jurisdiction over the estate of the minor.

7.3 Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity. In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person who, in the sole judgment of the Committee, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefore, the Committee may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and discharge of any and all liability of the Committee and the Company under the Plan.

7.4 Inability to Locate Payee. In the event that the Committee is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary within two years following the scheduled Payment Date, the amount allocated to the Participant’s Deferral Account shall be forfeited. If, after such forfeiture, the Participant or Beneficiary later claims such benefit, such benefit shall be reinstated without interest or earnings.

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION

(a) Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion (i) to appoint agents to act on its behalf, (ii) to select and establish Funds, (iii) to interpret the Plan, (iv) to decide any and all matters arising hereunder (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or admissions), (v) to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and (vi) to make all other determinations and resolve all questions of fact necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable under the Plan. All interpretations of the Committee with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby. No member of the Committee or agent thereof shall be liable for any determination, decision, or

 

9


action made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and its agents from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with the performance of such persons’ duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan, other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.

8.2 Claims Procedure. Any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary may file a written claim with the Committee setting forth the nature of the benefit claimed, the amount thereof, and the basis for claiming entitlement to such benefit. The Committee shall determine the validity of the claim and communicate a decision to the claimant promptly and, in any event, not later than ninety (90) days after the date of the claim. The claim may be deemed by the claimant to have been denied for purposes of further review described below in the event a decision is not furnished to the claimant within such ninety (90) day period. If additional information is necessary to make a determination on a claim, the claimant shall be advised of the need for such additional information within forty-five (45) days after the date of the claim. The claimant shall have up to one hundred eighty (180) days to supplement the claim information, and the claimant shall be advised of the decision on the claim within forty-five (45) days after the earlier of the date the supplemental information is supplied or the end of the one hundred eighty (180) day period. Every claim for benefits which is denied shall be denied by written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to any provisions of the Plan (including any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, criteria, etc.) on which the denial is based, (iii) description of any additional material or information that is necessary to process the claim, and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for further reviewing the denial of the claim and shall include an explanation of the claimant’s right to submit the claim for binding arbitration in the event of an adverse determination on review.

8.3 Review Procedures. Within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a denial on a claim, a claimant or his/her authorized representative may file a written request for review of such denial. Such review shall be undertaken by the Committee and shall be a full and fair review. The claimant shall have the right to review all pertinent documents. The Committee shall issue a decision not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of a request for review from a claimant unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require a longer period of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the claimant’s request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific reference to any provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based and shall include an explanation of the claimant’s right to submit the claim for binding arbitration in the event of an adverse determination on review.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Company may, at any time, direct the Committee to amend or terminate the Plan, except that no such amendment or termination may reduce a Participant’s Account balances. If the Company terminates the Plan, no further

 

10


amounts shall be deferred hereunder, and amounts previously deferred or contributed to the Plan shall be fully vested and shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as scheduled prior to the Plan termination. Notwithstanding the forgoing, to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A and applicable authorities, the Company may, in its complete and sole discretion, accelerate distributions under the Plan in the event of a “change in ownership” or “effective control” of the Company or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets” or under such other terms and conditions as may be specifically authorized under Code Section 409A and applicable authorities.

9.2 Unsecured General Creditor. The benefits paid under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and the Participant and any Beneficiary or their heirs or successors shall be no more than unsecured general creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder. It is the intention of the Company that this Plan be unfunded for purposes of ERISA and the Code.

9.3 Restriction Against Assignment. The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person or persons designated by the Plan and not to any other person or entity. No part of a Participant’s Accounts shall be liable for the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Participant, Beneficiary, or their successors in interest, nor shall a Participant’s Accounts be subject to execution by levy, attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable proceeding, nor shall any such person have any right to alienate, anticipate, sell, transfer, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever. No part of a Participant’s Accounts shall be subject to any right of offset against or reduction for any amount payable by the Participant or Beneficiary, whether to the Company or any other party, under any arrangement other than under the terms of this Plan.

9.4 Withholding. The Participant shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements, Social Security and other employee tax or other requirements applicable to the granting, crediting or payment of benefits under the Plan. There shall be deducted from each payment made under the Plan or any other Compensation payable to the Participant (or Beneficiary) all taxes which are required to be withheld by the Company in respect to such payment or this Plan. The Company shall have the right to reduce any payment (or other Compensation) by the amount of cash sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

9.5 Protective Provisions. The Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder.

9.6 Errors in Account Statements, Deferrals or Distributions. In the event an error is made in an Account statement, such error shall be corrected on the next statement following the date such error is discovered. In the event of an error in deferral amount, consistent with and as permitted by any correction procedures established under IRC Section 409A, the error shall be corrected immediately upon discovery by, in the case of an excess deferral, distribution of the excess amount to the Participant, or, in the case of an under deferral, reduction of other compensation payable to the Participant. In the event of an error in a distribution, the over or

 

11


under payment shall be corrected by payment to or collection from the Participant consistent with any correction procedures established under IRC Section 409A, immediately upon the discovery of such error. In the event of an overpayment, the Company may, at its discretion, offset other amounts payable to the Participant from the Company (including but not limited to salary, bonuses, expense reimbursements, severance benefits or other employee compensation benefit arrangements, as allowed by law and subject to compliance with IRC Section 409A) to recoup the amount of such overpayment(s).

9.7 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Participant any right to continue the provision of services in any capacity whatsoever to the Company.

9.8 Successors of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

9.9 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or the Participant under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, in the case of the Company, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Committee, and in the case of the Participant, to the last known address of the Participant indicated on the employment records of the Company. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Notices to the Company may be permitted by electronic communication according to specifications established by the Committee.

9.10 Headings. Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

9.11 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

9.12 Governing Law. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. In the event any provision of, or legal issue relating to, this Plan is not fully preempted by federal law, such issue or provision shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

9.13 Binding Arbitration. Any claim, dispute or other matter in question of any kind relating to this Plan which is not resolved by the claims procedures under this Plan shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the applicable employment dispute resolution rules of the American Arbitration Association. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be made in writing to the opposing party and to the American Arbitration Association within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen. In no event shall a demand for arbitration be made after the date when the applicable statute of limitations would bar the

 

12


institution of a legal or equitable proceeding based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question. The decision of the arbitrators shall be final and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. The arbitrators may award reasonable fees and expenses to the prevailing party in any dispute hereunder and shall award reasonable fees and expenses in the event that the arbitrators find that the losing party acted in bad faith or with intent to harass, hinder or delay the prevailing party in the exercise of its rights in connection with the matter under dispute.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of the Company has approved the adoption of this Plan as of the Effective Date and has caused the Plan to be executed by its duly authorized representative this 16th day of November, 2010.

 

Warner Music Group Corp.,
By  

/s/ Paul M. Robinson

Title  

EVP and General Counsel

 

13

EX-10.28

Exhibit 10.28

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT FREE CASH FLOW PLAN

Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), established the Amended and Restated Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), effective January 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), and has amended and restated this Plan as provided herein effective March 10, 2017, for the purpose of attracting and retaining high quality executives and promoting in them increased efficiency and an interest in the successful operation of the Company. The Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted to, comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code and those provisions of ERISA applicable to an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees.”

Article I

TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1“Access” means AI Entertainment Holdings LLC and its Affiliates.

1.2“Additional Unit Allocation” means, in connection with any increase in the maximum number of Deferred Equity Units available for acquisition by a Participant, as determined by the Committee, the excess of the Maximum Unit Allocation for the Participant after such increase over the Maximum Unit Allocation for the Participant immediately prior to such increase.

1.3 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person, where “control” means the power to direct the affairs of a Person by reason of ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.4“Deferred Amount”, for a Participant, shall mean, with respect to each Unit Allocation, the product of (x) the Unit Allocation and (y) the Base Investment Price applicable to such Unit Allocation.

1.5“Annual FCF Bonus(es)” shall mean amounts paid to a Participant by the Company annually in the form of discretionary or incentive compensation pursuant to Section 3.1 to the extent such amounts qualify as “fiscal year compensation” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(6).

1.6“Base Investment Price” shall mean $107.13 with respect to Unit Allocations made with respect to the 2013 Plan Year and, with respect to Unit Allocations made in a subsequent Plan Year, such Base Investment Price as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant.

1.7“Cause”, with respect a Participant, shall mean the Company or its Affiliate having “cause” to terminate such Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any existing employment, consulting or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates with such a definition or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, upon (i) the Participant having ceased to perform his or her material duties to the LLC, the Company or any of its Affiliates (other than as a result of vacation, approved leave or his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury), which failure amounts to an extended neglect of such duties, (ii) the Participant engaging in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) the Participant having been


convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, any misdemeanor involving as a material element fraud, dishonesty or the sale or possession of illicit substances, or to a felony, (iv) the failure of the Participant to follow the lawful instructions of the Company’s Board of Directors or his or her direct superiors to the extent such instructions have been communicated to the Participant or (v) the Participant having breached any material covenant contained in the LLC Agreement or any employment letter or agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and the Participant.

1.8“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of:

(1)any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other Person or any other corporate reorganization or transaction (including the acquisition of capital stock of the Company), whether or not the Company is a party thereto, in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, reorganization or transaction, own capital stock or other equity securities either (x) representing directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, less than 50% of the economic interests in or voting power of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization or transaction or (y) that does not directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, have the power to elect a majority of the entire Board of Directors of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization or transaction;

(2)any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after giving effect to which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is owned by any Person or group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (other than the Company, Access or any of their respective Affiliates), excluding any bona fide primary or secondary public offering following the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock;

(3)a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to any Person or group (other than the Company, Access or any of their respective Affiliates); or

(4)with respect to a Participant who is employed by a Company Division, a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Company Division to any Person or group (other than the Company, Access or any of their respective Affiliates);

provided that any Change in Control shall also constitute a change in control event within the meaning of the events described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and the related regulations.

1.9“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as interpreted by Treasury regulations and applicable authorities promulgated thereunder.

1.10“Committee” shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Plan in accordance with Article IX.

1.11“Company’s Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

2


1.12“Company Divisions” shall mean the “Music Publishing” and “Recorded Music” business segments of the Company and its Affiliates as reported in the Company’s Consolidated Audited Financial Statements (and any other business segment as may be reported from time to time in such audited financial statements).

1.13“Compensation” shall mean all amounts eligible for deferral for a particular Plan Year under Section 4.1.

1.14“Deferral Account” shall mean the Account maintained for each Participant which is granted and credited with Deferred Equity Units in respect of Participant deferrals pursuant to Section 5.1.

1.15“Deferred Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

1.16“Deferred Equity Unit” shall mean a contractual right to receive the Settlement Payment, on the terms and conditions set forth in Article VII.

1.17“Deferred Percentage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

1.18“Disability” shall, with respect to a Participant, have the meaning set forth in the long-term disability plan of the Company or its Affiliate applicable to such Participant.

1.19“Dividend Equivalents” shall mean the rights granted under Section 5.3 to receive payments in cash based on dividends made with respect to shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

1.20“Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2013.

1.21“Eighth Plan Year” shall mean, with respect to each Unit Allocation (and Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units acquired in respect of a Unit Allocation), the eighth Plan Year to which a Participant’s initial deferral election in respect of such Unit Allocation applies or, in the case of an Additional Unit Allocation, the eighth Plan Year to which the Participant’s receipt of such Additional Unit Allocation applies, except, in any such case, as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

1.22“Eligible Employee” shall mean a highly compensated or management level employee or officer of the Company selected by the Committee to be eligible to participate in the Plan. Each Eligible Employee shall be an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.23“employment” shall mean a Participant’s employment with or service to the Company and its Affiliates that actually employ the Participant or to which the Participant provides services, whether as an employee, consultant, officer or otherwise.

1.24“Equity Unit” shall mean one Class A Unit of Management Holdings, LLC, having the terms and conditions set forth in the LLC Agreement.

1.25“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including Department of Labor and Treasury regulations and applicable authorities promulgated thereunder.

 

3


1.26“Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as of any particular date of determination prior to an Initial Public Offering, the per share value on such date of a share of the Company’s Common Stock that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller, without any discount for minority interest, lack of liquidity, transfer restrictions or forfeiture risks, as determined by a valuation of the Company’s Common Stock (taking into account the Fully-Diluted Company Equity) that shall have been performed by a nationally recognized independent valuation firm or as otherwise determined in good faith by the Committee taking into account such factors as the Committee deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the earnings and other financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, the value of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets, the present value of anticipated future cash-flows of the Company, the history and management of the Company, the general condition of the securities markets and the market value of securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company. Following an Initial Public Offering, “Fair Market Value” of a share of the Company’s Common Stock shall mean, as of any particular date of determination, the mid-point between the high and the low trading prices for such date per share of the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the principal stock exchange on which the shares of the Company’s Common Stock are then listed.

1.27“FCF Bonus Pool” shall mean the amount of Free Cash Flow allocated pursuant to Section 3.1.

1.28“Fractional Company Share” shall mean one-ten-thousandth (1/10,000) of a share of the Company’s Common Stock.

1.29“Free Cash Flow” shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, without any double counting, the amount of the Company’s consolidated cash flow from operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles less capital expenditures, cash paid or received for investments, working capital changes (meaning the change in current assets over current liabilities during the Plan Year), interest payments and cash taxes, and plus any management fees paid to Access by the Company in such Plan Year; provided that for any Plan Year, the Committee may (i) increase or decrease the amount of Free Cash Flow to take into account material purchases or payments made by the Company, (ii) increase the amount of Free Cash Flow to take into account cash paid for all or any portion of any investments, together with associated expenses, whether or not material, and add back any other items deducted from consolidated cash flow as provided above (such increase, an “Added Investment Amount”) and/or (iii) require that all or any portion of an Added Investment Amount be deferred by the Participants to acquire Deferred Equity Units under the Plan.

1.30“Fully-Diluted Company Equity” shall mean, as of any particular date, the sum (without duplication) of all outstanding (i) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including Fractional Company Shares), (ii) Deferred Equity Units (assuming all Deferred Equity Units are then settled for Fractional Company Shares pursuant to Article VII) and (iii) other equity or equity-based interests in the Company.

1.31“Good Reason”, with respect a Participant, shall mean the Participant having “good reason” to terminate the Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any existing employment, consulting or any other agreement between such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates with such a definition or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, means (i) a material reduction in such Participant’s annual salary or Annual FCF Bonus percentage allocation, (ii) a failure by the Company or any of its Affiliates to pay to such Participant any annual salary which has become payable and due to him or her in accordance with the terms of any employment letter or agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and such Participant, or (iii) a failure by the Company or Management Holdings, LLC to pay to such Participant any entitlement which has become payable and due to him or her in accordance with the terms of the Plan;

 

4


provided that, within 30 days following any such reduction or failure, (A) such Participant shall have delivered written notice to the Company of his or her intention to terminate his or her employment for Good Reason, which notice specifies in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to give rise to his or her right to terminate his or her employment for Good Reason, (B) such Participant shall have provided the Company with 30 days after receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances and (C) failing a cure, such Participant shall have terminated his or her employment within 30 days after the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in the preceding clause (B).

1.32“Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

1.33“Initial Unit Allocation” shall mean the maximum number of Deferred Equity Units available for acquisition by a Participant, as determined by the Committee at the time an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant in accordance with Article II.

1.34“LLC Agreement” shall mean the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Management Holdings, LLC, dated as of January 7, 2013, as amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with its terms.

1.35“Management Holdings, LLC” shall mean WMG Management Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

1.36“Matching Equity Unit” shall mean one Class B Unit of Management Holdings, LLC, having the terms and conditions set forth in the LLC Agreement.

1.37“Maximum Deferred Amount”, for a Participant, means the sum of all Deferred Amounts allocated to such Participant.

1.38“Maximum Unit Allocation”, for a Participant, shall mean the sum of such Participant’s (x) Initial Unit Allocation and (y) each Additional Unit Allocation, if any.

1.39“Participant” shall mean any Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan in accordance with Article II.

1.40“Participant Election(s)” shall mean the forms or procedures by which a Participant makes elections with respect to voluntary deferrals of his or her Compensation.

1.41“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other entity.

1.42“Plan Year” shall mean each fiscal year of the Company following the Effective Date, commencing October 1 and ending September 30, or such other fiscal year as may be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

1.43“Pro Rata Annual FCF Bonus” means, as of any particular date, for a Participant, (x) the Annual FCF Bonus that the Participant would have earned as an Annual FCF Bonus in respect of a Plan Year if the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates had continued until the last day of such Plan Year, based on the Company’s projected Free Cash Flow for such fiscal year as of the end of the month

 

5


immediately preceding such date (projected on a reasonable basis using information then available to the Company), multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed from the first day of such Plan Year (or such later enrollment period as may be applicable) and the denominator of which is 365; provided that any Pro Rata Annual FCF Bonus in respect of a Plan Year shall be determined without regard to a change in the Company’s fiscal year that is effective for other purposes during such Plan Year.

1.44“Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.45“Settlement Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.46“Sixth Plan Year” shall mean, with respect to each Unit Allocation (and Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units acquired in respect of a Unit Allocation), the sixth Plan Year to which a Participant’s initial deferral election in respect of such Unit Allocation applies or, in the case of an Additional Unit Allocation, the sixth Plan Year to which the Participant’s receipt of such Additional Unit Allocation applies, except, in any such case, as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

1.47“Seventh Plan Year” shall mean, with respect to each Unit Allocation (and Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units acquired in respect of a Unit Allocation), the seventh Plan Year to which a Participant’s initial deferral election in respect of such Unit Allocation applies or, in the case of an Additional Unit Allocation, the seventh Plan Year to which the Participant’s receipt of such Additional Unit Allocation applies, except, in any such case, as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

1.48“Termination Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(b).

1.49“Third Plan Year” shall mean, with respect to each Unit Allocation (and Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units acquired in respect of a Unit Allocation), the third Plan Year to which a Participant’s initial deferral election in respect of such Unit Allocation applies or, in the case of an Additional Unit Allocation, the third Plan Year to which the Participant’s receipt of such Additional Unit Allocation applies, except, in any such case, as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

1.50“Unit Allocation” shall mean an Initial Unit Allocation or Additional Unit Allocation, as applicable.

1.51“Unrecovered Investment Credit” means, for each Participant, as of any particular date, the aggregate amount of Added Investment Amounts that have not been applied to reduce any of (i) Annual FCF Bonuses under Section 3.2, (ii) payments in respect of Dividend Equivalents, (iii) distributions payable in respect of Matching Equity Units under Section 6.1 of the LLC Agreement or (iv) with respect to any individual Participant, the redemption price payable in respect of the Participant’s Matching Equity Units under Article XI of the LLC Agreement.

 

6


Article II

PARTICIPATION

An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan by completing and submitting to the Committee the appropriate Participant Elections, including such other documentation and information as the Committee may reasonably request, during the enrollment period established by the Committee prior to the Effective Date (or such later enrollment period as may be applicable).

Article III

FREE CASH FLOW BONUS POOL

3.1Allocation of Free Cash Flow Bonus Pool. For each Plan Year, the Company shall allocate 8.0% of the Company’s Free Cash Flow for such fiscal year, if any, to the FCF Bonus Pool. The amount of Free Cash Flow available for the FCF Bonus Pool in respect of a Plan Year will depend on the Company’s financial results and performance in such Plan Year and shall be determined by the Committee in good faith consistent with the objectives of this Plan, shortly after the end of each fiscal year, after review of the Company’s quality of revenue, profit and cash flow results for such Plan Year, and may be positive, zero or negative. If any Added Investment Amount is applied to increase Free Cash Flow in a Plan Year, each Participant who is then participating in the Plan shall be credited with a share of the Unrecovered Investment Credit in respect of the Added Investment Amount, calculated by each Participant’s allocated fixed percentage of the Plan Year’s FCF Bonus Pool. The Committee shall provide each Participant with its calculations of Free Cash Flow for each Plan Year within 15 days of its determination. In the event that Free Cash Flow in respect of a Plan Year is zero or negative, then no Annual FCF Bonuses shall be paid in respect of such Plan Year. Prior to an Eligible Employee’s enrollment in the Plan, such Participant will be allocated a fixed percentage of the FCF Bonus Pool. The Committee may increase a Participant’s allocated fixed percentage of the FCF Bonus Pool at any time in its sole discretion, subject to whatever terms and conditions the Committee determines shall apply to such increase, which may include a non-elective deferral requirement in accordance with Section 4.1.

3.2Payment of Annual FCF Bonuses. Subject to Article IV and the other terms and conditions of the Plan, (i) Annual FCF Bonuses shall be paid to Participants no later than March 15th of the calendar year after the end of the Plan Year in respect of which the Company earned the applicable Free Cash Flow and (ii) except as provided in Section 7.5(a)(1), each Participant’s right to payment of an Annual FCF Bonus shall be contingent upon the continued employment of the Participant through the applicable payment date, and any Annual FCF Bonuses not yet paid shall automatically be forfeited upon termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason, except as may be determined otherwise by the Committee. In any Plan Year, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of Annual FCF Bonus for the Plan Year payable to a Participant in cash by all or any portion of the Participant’s then outstanding Unrecovered Investment Credit. For the avoidance of doubt, no Annual FCF Bonus that is to be deferred pursuant to Article IV shall be so reduced.

3.3Form of Payment. Except to the extent that an Annual FCF Bonus is deferred pursuant to Article IV, Annual FCF Bonuses shall be paid in cash.

 

7


Article IV

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

4.1Elections to Defer Compensation. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, a Participant may elect to defer only Compensation attributable to services provided in a fiscal year or calendar year that commences after the time an election is made. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A of the Code (or except as otherwise set forth in the Plan), (i) Participants who participate in the Plan with respect to the 2013 Plan Year shall make their initial deferral elections by submitting their Participant Elections prior to December 31, 2012 with respect to Annual FCF Bonuses to be earned under the Plan, (ii) Participants who begin to participate in the Plan with respect to any other Plan Year and for whom the Committee authorizes deferral of Compensation shall make their initial deferral elections by submitting their Participant Elections prior to October 1 of such Plan Year and (iii) Participants who receive an Additional Unit Allocation shall make a deferral election, if any, in relation to such Additional Unit Allocation prior to October 1 of the first Plan Year in which such Additional Unit Allocation becomes effective. Participant Elections applicable to a Unit Allocation (including any additional deferral elections described in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence) will be irrevocable for all Plan Years (until, but not including, the Eighth Plan Year applicable to such Unit Allocation) and all purposes of the Plan; it being understood that different Unit Allocations (including Additional Unit Allocations) of a Participant may have different Participant Elections. Participants may defer between 50% and 100% (in 1 percentage point increments) of the pre-tax amounts of the Annual FCF Bonuses payable in respect of such Plan Year (such percentage, a “Deferred Percentage and, such amount, a “Deferred Amount”) to acquire an equivalent percentage of the Deferred Equity Units available to such Participant under the Plan; provided that with respect to a deferral election made between October 1 and a later date in a Plan Year (if such deferral elections are permitted by the Committee), the Deferred Percentage for such Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage reflecting the portion of the Plan Year remaining since the date of such deferral election. In the case of newly-hired Eligible Employees, a deferral election may be made within 30 days following such Eligible Employee’s date of hire (subject to all plan aggregation rules in Section 409A of the Code and the related regulations) with respect to Compensation earned after the date of such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Committee requires a non-elective deferral of an Annual FCF Bonus in connection with a Participant’s receipt of an increased fixed percentage of the FCF Bonus Pool, the terms and conditions applicable to such deferral shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at or prior to the allocation of such additional percentage of the FCF Bonus Pool in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

4.2Offering Limitations. Prior to an Eligible Employee’s enrollment in the Plan, the Committee shall establish an Initial Unit Allocation that may be acquired under the Plan by such Eligible Employee in all Plan Years, in the aggregate. The Committee may, from time to time and on such terms and conditions (including vesting) that it shall determine, establish an Additional Unit Allocation for any Participant (and grant additional Deferred Equity Units to the Participant) at such time or times as the Committee increases the Participant’s allocated fixed percentage of the FCF Bonus Pool or grants additional Deferred Equity Units to the Participant that will not be acquired with the deferral of any Annual FCF Bonus or with a Participant’s prior consent in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, (i) the amount of Annual FCF Bonuses that a Participant may defer under the Plan, in the aggregate, in all Plan Years shall not exceed such Participant’s Maximum Deferred Amount and (ii) the number of Deferred Equity Units that a Participant shall have the right to purchase under the Plan, in the aggregate, in all Plan Years shall not exceed such Participant’s Maximum Unit Allocation.

 

8


Article V

DEFERRED EQUITY UNITS AND OTHER ENTITLEMENTS

5.1Deferred Equity Units.

(a)The Company shall establish and maintain Deferral Accounts for each Participant. Subject to Section 4.2, for each Plan Year prior to an Eighth Plan Year, at the time that Annual FCF Bonuses for such Plan Year are paid, a Participant shall be granted and credited with a number of Deferred Equity Units equal to the number obtained by dividing (x) the Participant’s Deferred Amount for such Plan Year by (y) the Base Investment Price(s) applicable to such Participant, and rounded down to the nearest cent. Where a Participant has received more than one Unit Allocation, Deferred Amounts shall be allocated first to the Initial Unit Allocation (using the applicable Base Investment Price) and then among the Additional Unit Allocations (using the applicable Base Investment Prices) in the order in which such Additional Unit Allocations were established until all Deferred Equity Units available under each such Unit Allocation, individually, have been acquired, but, in each case, only to the extent that Annual FCF Bonuses that were deferred pursuant to Section 4.1 in respect of the applicable Plan Year are then available to fund the acquisition of such Deferred Equity Units in compliance with the Plan and Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the preceding sentence shall not apply to a grant of additional Deferred Equity Units that will not be acquired with deferral of any Annual FCF Bonus. For the avoidance of doubt, no Deferred Equity Units shall be granted or credited to any Participant for an Eighth Plan Year in respect of the Participant’s Unit Allocation.

(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, (i) the amount, if any, of a Participant’s Annual FCF Bonuses in respect of any Plan Year that (taken together with such Participant’s Annual FCF Bonuses deferred into the Plan in prior Plan Years) exceeds his or her Maximum Deferred Amount shall be paid to such Participant in cash at the time that Annual FCF Bonuses in respect of such Plan Year are paid and (ii) unless otherwise determined by the Committee, at no time shall a Participant’s Deferral Account be granted or credited with a number of Deferred Equity Units that exceeds such Participant’s Maximum Unit Allocation.

5.2Matching Equity Units. Matching Equity Units shall be issued at the times and in the amounts provided by the LLC Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions, including regarding distributions, vesting, forfeiture and redemption, that are provided in the LLC Agreement. Matching Equity Units shall vest on the schedule provided in the LLC Agreement.

5.3Dividend Equivalents. When cash dividends are paid on shares of the Company’s Common Stock, each Deferred Equity Unit shall participate in such dividends, on a pro rata basis, as if the Fractional Company Share underlying such Deferred Equity Unit was then issued and outstanding.

5.4Maximum Allocation under the Plan. At no time may the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all Fractional Company Shares) underlying all outstanding:

(1)Deferred Equity Units (assuming all Deferred Equity Units are settled for Fractional Company Shares pursuant to Article VII) and Equity Units acquired following settlement of Deferred Equity Units, in the aggregate, exceed 4.0% of the Fully-Diluted Company Equity or 41.0959 shares of the Company’s Common Stock;

(2)Matching Equity Units (assuming all Matching Equity Units are redeemed for Fractional Company Shares pursuant to the LLC Agreement) and Equity Units acquired following redemption of Matching Equity Units, in the aggregate, exceed 4.0% of the Fully-Diluted Company Equity or 41.0959 shares of the Company’s Common Stock; and

 

9


(3)Deferred Equity Units (assuming such settlement), Matching Equity Units (assuming such redemption) and Equity Units, in the aggregate, exceed 8.0% of the Fully-Diluted Company Equity or 82.1918 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

Following any settlement of Deferred Equity Units from a Participant for cash or the redemption by the LLC of Equity Units or shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued to the Participant in respect of such Deferred Equity Units, either after termination of a Participant’s employment or after the Eighth Plan Year applicable to such Deferred Equity Units, those Deferred Equity Units shall again be available, in the Committee’s sole discretion, for allocation under the Plan. Except as provided in the LLC Agreement, following any redemption of Matching Equity Units or Equity Units from a Participant by the LLC or shares of the Company’s Common Stock by the Company in connection with his or her termination of employment or the Eighth Plan Year applicable to such Matching Equity Units or Equity Units, the Fractional Company Shares that were covered by such redeemed Matching Equity Units or Equity Units shall again be available, in the Committee’s sole discretion, for allocation under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, repurchases, whether directly or indirectly, of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock from Access, taken alone, shall not result in any violation of the percentage limits set forth in this Section 5.4.

5.5Adjustment Events. The number and kind of shares or other equity interests to which the Fractional Company Shares and Deferred Equity Units may relate and the number and kinds of securities deliverable shall be proportionally adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, any stock dividend, stock split, share combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, exchange of shares or any other similar event affecting the Company’s Common Stock, the Matching Equity Units or the Equity Units.

Article VI

VESTING

6.1Vesting of Deferred Equity Units. A Participant shall be vested at all times in the Deferred Equity Units amounts granted and credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account and in the Dividend Equivalents.

Article VII

SETTLEMENT AND REDEMPTION

7.1Scheduled Settlement of Deferred Equity Units. Except as otherwise provided in this Article VII or in an award agreement with respect to a grant of an Additional Unit Allocation or additional Deferred Equity Units, the Company shall cancel and settle each Participant’s Deferred Equity Units, without payment by the Participant, in three equal installments in December of the Sixth Plan Year, the Seventh Plan Year and the Eighth Plan Year applicable to such Deferred Equity Units (each such date, a “Redemption Date”), on a per Deferred Equity Unit basis, for, at the Participant’s election as communicated to the Company in writing by December 1st of such year, either (x) a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share on the Redemption Date or (y) one Fractional Company Share (a “Settlement Payment”). Prior to each Redemption Date and anniversary of such Redemption Date prior to December 31 of the Eighth Plan Year

 

10


applicable to such Deferred Equity Units, the Committee shall notify each Participant of its most recent determination of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock (and shall provide each Participant with a copy of any independent valuation of such Fair Market Value). A Participant may specify that a Settlement Payment be made in a ratio of cash and Fractional Company Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Redemption Dates for any Deferred Equity Units acquired with an Annual FCF Bonus paid in respect of a Plan Year following the Third Plan Year applicable to a Unit Allocation shall be in December of the earlier of (A) the second succeeding calendar year after such acquisition or at such other times as the Committee may determine in accordance with the Plan and Section 409A of the Code and (B) the eighth succeeding calendar year after such acquisition. The Committee may change the Redemption Dates for Deferred Equity Units acquired with respect to Plan Years after a Third Plan Year applicable to a Unit Allocation at any time prior to the commencement of the Plan Year in respect of which the Annual FCF Bonus used to purchase such Deferred Equity Units is earned, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

7.2Contribution to Management Holdings, LLC. Immediately upon receipt of any Fractional Company Shares delivered to a Participant pursuant to this Article VII, the Participant shall contribute those Fractional Company Shares to Management Holdings, LLC in exchange for an equal number of Equity Units.

7.3Annual Redemption Right. On each Redemption Date following the Redemption Date on which a Participant’s Deferred Equity Unit is settled other than for cash and on each one-year anniversary of such Redemption Date thereafter until the Eighth Plan Year applicable to such Deferred Equity Units, such Participant shall be entitled to the redemption, upon written notice to the Company no later than December 1st of the year in which such Redemption Date occurs, of all or any portion of such Participant’s Equity Units for a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share on the date of redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s right to redeem Equity Units pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be limited to the maximum number of Deferred Equity Units that would have been redeemable by the Participant if the Participant were then employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates. Any redemption of Equity Units pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement.

7.4Mandatory Redemption. In the Eighth Plan Year applicable to Deferred Equity Units, the Company shall cancel and settle each such Deferred Equity Unit then outstanding for a cash payment equal to the then current Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share.

7.5Consequences of Termination of Employment. Following any termination of employment of a Participant with the Company and its Affiliates, the Participant shall cease immediately to participate in the Plan, and neither the Plan, the Company or any of its Affiliates shall have any obligations to the Participant in respect of the Plan, an Annual FCF Bonus, the Deferred Equity Units or Dividend Equivalents, except as set forth in this Section 7.5:

(a)Annual FCF Bonus.

(1)if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, by the Participant for Good Reason or by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability following the last day of the first fiscal quarter of a Plan Year, the Company shall pay the Participant in cash (x) the Deferred Percentage of his or her Pro Rata Annual FCF Bonus for such Plan Year on the Participant’s Termination Payment Date provided in Section 7.5(b) and (y) the remaining portion of such Pro Rata Annual FCF Bonus on the date that continuing Participants are paid Annual FCF Bonuses in respect of such Plan Year; or

 

11


(2)if the Participant’s employment terminates for any other reason (i.e., by the Company for Cause or by the Participant without Good Reason, other than death or Disability), any unpaid Annual FCF Bonus shall be forfeited.

(b)Deferred Equity Units. No later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant’s employment terminates, on a date within such calendar year following the Participant’s termination of employment as the Company determines in its sole discretion (each such date, a “Termination Payment Date”), each of the Participant’s Deferred Equity Units shall be cancelled and settled, for:

(1)if the Participant’s employment terminates for any reason (including by reason of resignation, death or disability) other than for Cause, at the Company’s option, (i) a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment or (ii) subject to Section 7.2, one Fractional Company Share; or

(2)if the Participant’s employment is terminated for Cause, at the Company’s option, a cash payment or a fractional share of the Company’s Common Stock equal to the lesser of (x) the Base Investment Price applicable to such Deferred Equity Unit and (y) the Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment.

(c)Matching Equity Units. Matching Equity Units shall be subject to forfeiture or redemption on the terms and conditions set forth in the LLC Agreement.

(d)Equity Units. Equity Units may or shall be redeemed on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7.3 and the LLC Agreement.

(e)Dividend Equivalents. All rights to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to a Deferred Equity Unit shall terminate upon the earlier of the Redemption Date for such Deferred Equity Unit or termination of employment.

(f)Determinations. For purposes of the Plan, any determinations with respect to a Participant’s termination of employment (including the date thereof) shall be made by the Committee (or the Company).

7.6Rounding for Fractional Shares. Payments in shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to this Article VII shall be rounded down to the nearest Fractional Company Share, and the Company shall pay the remainder in cash.

7.7Cash Funding for Redemptions of Equity Units. It is anticipated that cash redemptions of Equity Units pursuant to the Plan and LLC Agreement will be made either by (i) Management Holdings, LLC, using cash contributed to Management Holdings, LLC or (ii) Management Holdings, LLC distributing the Fractional Company Shares underlying such Equity Units to the holder of such Equity Units and, immediately following such distribution, the Company redeeming such Fractional Company Shares from such employee holder in cash for their then current Fair Market Value; provided that if such a redemption of Fractional Company Shares by the Company (or the payment of a dividend by a subsidiary of the Company to fund such a redemption) would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of, or a default or an event of default under, any guaranty, financing or security agreement or document entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries from time to time or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or if the Company has no funds legally available to make such redemption in compliance with Delaware law, then the Company shall not be obligated to redeem such Fractional Company Shares and instead Management Holdings, LLC shall redeem the applicable Equity Units for cash.

 

12


7.8Restrictions Applicable to Equity Units. All Equity Units delivered to a Participant pursuant to this Article VII shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement, and, as a condition to any such delivery, the Participant recipient shall execute a counterpart to the LLC Agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company, by which the Participant shall agree to become a member of the LLC and be bound by the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement.

 

Article VIII

CHANGE OF CONTROL

8.1Effect of a Change in Control. In connection with a Change in Control:

(a)Annual FCF Bonuses. If a Change in Control occurs prior to the date on which Deferred Equity Units are allocated to Deferral Accounts for a Plan Year, each Participant’s Deferral Account, immediately prior to such Change in Control, shall be granted and credited with a number of Deferred Equity Units equal to the number obtained by multiplying (i) the Deferred Percentage by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) such Participant’s Pro Rata Annual FCF Bonus for such Plan Year by (y) the Base Investment Price(s) applicable to such Participant’s available Deferred Amounts, calculated as provided in Section 5.1(a);

(b)Deferred Equity Units. Each outstanding Deferred Equity Unit shall, in the Committee’s discretion, either be (x) cancelled and settled, without payment by any Participant, for one Fractional Company Share immediately prior to the Change in Control or (y) within 30 days following a Change in Control, cancelled in exchange for a payment of the price per Fractional Company Share (calculated as a product of one share of the Company’s Common Stock) received in connection with the transaction(s) resulting in the Change in Control;

(c)Matching Equity Units. Each outstanding Matching Equity Unit shall be treated in accordance with the LLC Agreement; and

(d)Equity Units. Each outstanding Equity Unit shall be treated in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

Article IX

ADMINISTRATION

9.1Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion (i) to appoint agents to act on its behalf, (ii) to interpret the Plan, (iii) to decide any and all matters arising under the Plan (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or admissions), (iv) to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and (v) to make all other determinations and resolve all questions of fact necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility to participate in the Plan. All good faith interpretations of the Committee with respect to any matter under the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby. No member of the Committee or agent thereof shall be liable for any determination, decision or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and its agents from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act or omission in connection with the performance of such

 

13


persons’ duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan, other than such liabilities, costs and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct or criminal acts of such persons.

9.2409A Compliance. The Plan is intended to be administered in a manner consistent with the requirements, where applicable, of Section 409A of the Code and the Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed consistent with that intent and where reasonably possible and practicable, the Plan shall be administered and interpreted in a manner to avoid the imposition on a Participant of immediate tax recognition and additional taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. A Participant’s right to receive any installment payment under the Plan shall, for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. In addition, with respect to any payments or deemed payments under the Plan subject to Section 409A of the Code, references to a Participant’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) with the Company and its Affiliates means the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) with the Company and its Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, any payment made under the Plan at a time permitted by Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed timely paid for all purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Committee may amend the Plan to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or any other agreement to which the Company or any of its Affiliates is bound or is a party, none of the Company, any of its Affiliates, the Committee or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall have any liability whatsoever to any Participant or any other person in the event Section 409A of the Code applies to any payments under the Plan in a manner that results in adverse tax consequences for a Participant or his or her heirs.

9.3Delay for “Specified Employees”. In the event that any payment under the Plan is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code because a Participant is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(1) of the Code and the related regulations, such payment shall be made, or the first installment of such payment shall be made, within 90 days of the first business day following the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s “separation from service.”

9.4Freedom of Action. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Committee, the Company or any of its Affiliates from taking any action that in good faith it deems appropriate or in its best interest (as determined in its sole and absolute discretion) and no Participant (or person claiming by or through a Participant) shall have any right relating to the diminishment in the value of any Fractional Company Shares, Deferred Equity Units, Matching Equity Units, Equity Units, Dividend Equivalents or any associated return as a result of any such action. The foregoing shall not constitute a waiver by a Participant of the terms and provisions of the Plan. Unless the context otherwise requires, any determination under the Plan by the Committee or the Company shall be in their sole and absolute discretion.

Article X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Company may, at any time, direct the Committee to amend or terminate the Plan, except that no such amendment or termination may adversely affect a Participant’s outstanding Deferred Equity Units, Matching Equity Units or Dividend Equivalents. If the Company terminates the Plan, no further amounts shall be paid or deferred under the Plan, and outstanding Deferred Equity Units and Dividend Equivalents shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to the Plan’s termination.

 

14


10.2Unsecured General Creditor. Any payment due under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and each Participant and his or her heirs shall be no more than unsecured general creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company for payment of any obligations under the Plan. It is the intention of the Company that the Plan be unfunded for purposes of ERISA and the Code.

10.3Requirements of Law. The issuance of Fractional Company Shares and Equity Units pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

10.4Restriction Against Assignment. Deferred Equity Units, Dividend Equivalents and the other rights and entitlements under the Plan are not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including without limitation by gift, operation of law or otherwise) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution upon a Participant’s death.

10.5Withholding. Whenever Annual FCF Bonuses, Settlement Payments, Dividend Equivalents or any other payments or deemed payments under the Plan are to be paid or delivered to a Participant, the Company and its Affiliates shall have the power to withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company or any of its Affiliates, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state and local withholding tax requirements relating to such payments, and the Company may defer the payment and delivery of any such Annual FCF Bonuses, Settlement Payments, Dividend Equivalents or any other payments or deemed payments under the Plan until the date such tax withholding requirements are satisfied or, if earlier, the last day of the calendar year in which such payments or deemed payment would otherwise have been made to the Participant; provided that if a Participant has not remitted or the Company has not withheld the amounts necessary to satisfy the withholding tax requirements prior to the last day of such calendar year then the Participant shall forfeit the payments or deemed payments subject to such withholding tax requirements. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to elect, subject to such conditions as the Committee shall impose, to satisfy his or her withholding obligation relating to a Settlement Payment with Fractional Company Shares.

10.6Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Participant any right to continue the provision of services in any capacity whatsoever to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

10.7Successors of the Company. The rights and obligations of the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

10.8Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or a Participant under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, in the case of the Company, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Committee, and in the case of a Participant, to the last known address of the Participant indicated on the employment records of the Company. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Notices to the Company may be permitted by electronic communication according to specifications established by the Committee.

 

15


10.9No Conflict with LLC Agreement. Nothing contained in the Plan is intended to conflict with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement and to the extent any such conflict exists with respect to Matching Equity Units or Equity Units, expressly or by implication, the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement shall control.

10.10Severability of Provisions. If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

10.11Headings, etc. Headings and subheadings in the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

10.12Governing Law. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. In the event any provision of, or legal issue relating to, the Plan is not fully preempted by federal law, such issue or provision shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

As adopted on December 10, 2012, amended and restated on November 22, 2013 and on March 10, 2017.

 

16

EX-10.29

Exhibit 10.29

LOGO

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT FREE CASH FLOW PLAN

Deferral Election Form

If you elect to enroll in the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan, please complete this form. This election to defer compensation is irrevocable.

Deferral Election

By signing below, I elect to participate in the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”; capitalized terms used herein but not defined have the meaning set forth in the Plan), on the terms and conditions described in the Plan, the LLC agreement and this election form.

 

I.

Eligible Compensation Deferral Election. I elect to defer (in 1 percentage point increments from 50% up to and including 100%) the following percentage of annual “free cash flow” bonuses (the “Annual FCF Bonus”) that may be payable to me in respect of the Company’s 2013, 2014 and 2015 fiscal years, and for any fiscal year thereafter through the 2019 fiscal year to the extent that I have not purchased the maximum number of my allocated Deferred Equity Units:

    % Annual “Free Cash Flow” Bonus [insert a number between 50 and 100]

I understand that, notwithstanding the foregoing, my Deferral Election for the 2013 fiscal year shall not exceed 75% of my Annual FCF Bonus for such fiscal year.

The maximum number of Deferred Equity Units that I may acquire under the Plan is [    ].

 

II.

Acknowledgements. I agree and understand as follows:

 

1.

The terms and conditions of my deferrals are governed by the terms of the Plan, including my minimum and maximum deferral amount, and my minimum and maximum number of Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units.

 

2.

My deferral election may not be changed after 11:59pm EST on December 28, 2012, except as permitted by law and the terms of the Plan.

 

3.

The percentage of my Annual FCF Bonuses that I now elect to defer will apply to each fiscal year after 2013 through 2019 if, by such time, I have not acquired all of my allocated Deferred Equity Units.


4.

If I have not elected to defer the minimum amount required to be deferred, I will receive my entire Annual FCF Bonus, if any, in cash at the time the Annual FCF Bonuses are earned and paid, and I will not defer any amounts into the Plan.

 

5.

Once I have acquired a number of Deferred Equity Units equal to my Maximum Unit Allocation, I shall cease to have a right to defer any additional amount of my Annual FCF Bonuses into the Plan or acquire any additional Deferred Equity Units or be granted any additional Matching Equity Units, and any of my Annual FCF Bonuses that are not deferred shall be paid to me in cash at the time Annual FCF Bonuses are earned and paid.

 

6.

My being offered an opportunity to participate in the Plan in no way guarantees that I will receive an Annual FCF Bonus in respect of any of the Company’s 2013, 2014, 2015 or any other fiscal years.

 

7.

All amounts payable to me under the Plan and certain amounts payable from the LLC are subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

8.

All amounts deferred pursuant to my election will be unfunded and I will have the status of an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to such amounts.

 

9.

My participation in the Plan does not give me any right to continued employment in any capacity whatsoever with the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

10.

(i) If my employment with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason:

(a) the Company may repurchase all or a portion of my Deferred Equity Units on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan; and

(b) all of my unvested Matching Equity Units will be forfeited without any payment to me;

(ii) if my employment is terminated by the Company and its Affiliates for Cause or I resign without Good Reason (other than due to a disability), I will forfeit an Annual FCF Bonus in respect of the year in which my employment terminates and all of my vested Matching Equity Units will be forfeited without any payment to me; and

(iii) if my employment is terminated by the Company and its Affiliates without Cause, by me for Good Reason or due to my death or disability (i.e., for any reason that does not result in forfeiture as described in item 10(ii) above), the Company will pay me a pro rata amount of an Annual FCF Bonus in respect of the year in which my employment terminates and the LLC may repurchase all or a portion of my Matching Equity Units on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and the LLC agreement.

 

2


11.

Any Deferred Equity Units, vested Matching Equity Units or LLC interests that I hold in December 2020 will then be redeemed, and any unvested Matching Equity Units that I hold on that date will then be forfeited.

 

12.

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and the LLC Agreement, and I confirm that I have carefully read and understood the Plan and the LLC Agreement prior to electing to participate. I agree to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement, and I have executed a counterpart to the LLC Agreement (as set forth on Exhibit A hereto).

 

13.

This election will be considered null and void if any of the following shall occur:

(i) our Compensation Committee fails to approve the Plan or my participation in it by 11:59pm EST on December 28, 2012;

(ii) I am not employed by the Company at 11:59pm EST on December 28, 2012;

(iii) with respect to any Plan Year, if my employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by me without Good Reason or I am not otherwise entitled to receive an Annual FCF Bonus in respect of such Plan Year;

(iv) if this election does not meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; or

(v) if I do not otherwise meet the Plan eligibility requirements.

 

14.

I acknowledge that any information provided to me in connection with my eligibility for or participation in Plan, including tax information, is subject to change and is not a representation influencing my election to participate in the Plan. I also acknowledge that I am personally responsible for obtaining advice concerning any legal, taxation or investment matters relating to my participation in the Plan. In particular, I confirm that I have obtained such independent personal advice as required or consider such advice to be unnecessary.

 

15.

I understand that the value of shares of the Company can decrease as well as increase and that my Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units may be settled for a value that is lower than the amount of my Annual FCF Bonus that I defer or for no value. My financial situation is such that I can afford to bear the economic risk of participating in the Plan and can afford to suffer complete loss of my investment in the Deferred Equity Units and Matching Equity Units. My knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that I am capable of evaluating the merits and risks of participating in the Plan and acquiring Deferred Equity Units and receiving Matching Equity Units.

 

16.

I understand and agree that, from and after October 1, 2012, my annual bonus will be determined solely based on the Company’s free cash flow as provided in the Plan and that any other bonus entitlements that I may have, whether contained in my employment agreement or otherwise, shall terminate.

 

3


17.

I understand and agree that my participation in the Plan and my being a party to the LLC Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and its Affiliates and me with respect to my incentive, bonus, equity and equity-based compensation from the Company and its subsidiaries and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between me and the Company and its Affiliates relating to bonus, incentive, equity and equity-based compensation.

 

18.

I am an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Securities Act, as amended, because either (i) my individual net worth or my joint net worth with my spouse (excluding the positive net value, if any, of my primary residence) exceeds $1,000,000 or (ii) my individual income was in excess of $200,000 in each of 2010 and 2011 or my joint income with my spouse was in excess of $300,000 in each of those years, and I (or we) have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in 2012.

 

19.

For employees in the UK only, I am a “certified high net worth individual” for the purposes of the Financial Services and Market Act (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, because either (i) I had, during the financial year immediately preceding the date below, an annual income to the value of £100,000 or more; or (ii) I held, throughout the financial year immediately preceding the date below, net assets to the value of £250,000 or more (not including the property which is my primary residence or any loan secured on that residence; any rights of mine under a qualifying contract of insurance within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order 2001; or any benefits (in the form of pensions or otherwise) which are payable on the termination of my service or on my death or retirement and to which I am (or my dependants are), or may be, entitled).

 

20.

If tax rates change or my deferred amounts appreciate in value, I may be liable for a greater amount of tax than I would have been liable for had I received my Annual FCF Bonus in cash.

 

21.

I may have a U.S. federal and state income tax liability with respect to any FICA or Medicare tax liability that is considered paid on my behalf with respect to any Annual FCF Bonus. I understand that I am solely responsible for all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxation with respect to my participation in the Plan and any Deferred Equity Units, Matching Equity Units, cash or other securities received in connection with my participation.

U.S. Internal Revenue Service regulations require the Company to inform you that the discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations included in this form is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, by any taxpayer for the purpose of avoiding penalties that the I.R.S. might seek to impose on such taxpayer. This

 

4


discussion was written to support promotion or marketing of the Plan. This discussion does not address tax considerations for any non-U.S. person. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of participation in the Plan, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

 

III.

SIGN, DATE AND RETURN BY DECEMBER 19, 2012.

This Election Form will not be effective unless it is received by 5:00pm EST, December 19, 2012. The completed form should be sent to:

Mark Ansorge

Executive Vice President, Human Resources

& Chief Compliance Officer

Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Mark.Ansorge@wmg.com

Phone: 212-275-1348

Fax: 212-275-2099

 

 

  

 

  

December     , 2012

PARTICIPANT SIGNATURE

   NAME    DATE

 

5


Exhibit A

Counterpart to LLC Agreement

In executing this counterpart, dated as of [ ], to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of WMG Management Holdings, LLC, in the form previously provided to me (the “LLC Agreement”), in connection with the receipt of Matching Equity Units in WMG Management Holdings, LLC, the undersigned hereby (i) agrees to accept, adopt and be bound by the LLC Agreement and (ii) acknowledges and agrees that he or she has become a “Member” thereunder.

 

 

Name:

 

6


Exhibit B

STATEMENT FOR CERTIFIED HIGH NET WORTH INDIVIDUAL

I declare that I am a certified high net worth individual for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005.

I understand that this means:

 

a)

I can receive financial promotions that may not have been approved by a person authorised by the Financial Services Authority;

 

b)

the content of such financial promotions may not conform to rules issued by the Financial Services Authority;

 

c)

by signing this statement I may lose significant rights;

 

d)

I may have no right to complain to either of the following -

 

  i)

the Financial Services Authority; or

 

  ii)

the Financial Ombudsman Scheme; and

 

e)

I may have no right to seek compensation from the Financial Services Compensation Scheme.

I am a certified high net worth individual because at least one of the following applies -

 

a)

I had, during the financial year immediately preceding the date below, an annual income to the value of £100,000 or more; or

 

b)

I held, throughout the financial year immediately preceding the date below, net assets to the value of £250,000 or more. Net assets for these purposes do not include -

 

  i)

the property which is my primary residence or any loan secured on that residence;

 

  ii)

any rights of mine under a qualifying contract of insurance within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order 2001; or

 

  iii)

any benefits (in the form of pensions or otherwise) which are payable on the termination of my service or on my death or retirement and to which I am (or my dependants are), or may be, entitled.

I accept that I can lose my property and other assets from making investment decisions based on financial promotions.

I am aware that it is open to me to seek advice from someone who specialises in advising on investments.

 

            

 

Signature

 

                              

 

Date

 

 

 

 

7

EX-10.30

Exhibit 10.30

FORM OF AWARD AGREEMENT

Date                , 2013

 

To

[Employee Name]

 

From

Mark Ansorge

Executive Vice President, Human Resources    

& Chief Compliance Officer

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT FREE CASH FLOW PLAN

As a current participant in the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (as amended, the “Plan”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan), you have the opportunity to receive a one-time award of [    ] additional Deferred Equity Units (the “Award”), at the same time that you are granted Deferred Equity Units in respect of your 2013 free cash flow bonus under the Plan, but only if you agree to the terms and conditions described below. This Award is being made under the Plan, and, except as expressly provided in this letter, the Award is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

If you accept this Award, the Deferred Equity Units granted to you in this Award will count towards your Maximum Unit Allocation (which is the total number of Deferred Equity Units that you are eligible to acquire under the Plan). For this reason, if you accept the Deferred Equity Units in this Award, an equal number of the unvested Matching Equity Units (that were previously granted to you when you became a participant in the Plan) will vest on the grant date of this Award. Like other Deferred Equity Units granted under the Plan, this Award will be settled in three equal installments in December 2018, 2019 and 2020.

The Deferred Equity Units available in this Award are subject to the following terms and conditions that differ from those applicable to Deferred Equity Units under the Plan generally:

 

   

The Deferred Equity Units in this Award will be unvested at grant and will vest on the later of (x) December 31, 2015 and (y) the date, if any, on which you acquire your Maximum Unit Allocation, including the Deferred Equity Units in this Award, subject to your continuous employment through such date, except that if your employment terminates by reason of your death or disability all of these Deferred Equity Units will immediately vest.

 

   

The Settlement Payment (and any payment in connection with a Change in Control or any mandatory settlement payment in December 2020) payable in respect of each Deferred Equity Unit granted in this Award (whether delivered in cash or Fractional Company Shares) will be reduced (but not below zero) by $107.13 (i.e., the Base Investment Price of Deferred Equity Units generally). However, in the event that (A) such Settlement Payment (prior to reduction under the preceding sentence) is less than $107.13 or (B) at any time beginning October 1, 2017, the Fair Market Value of a Fractional Company Share is less than $107.13 and you then own any of the Deferred Equity Units granted in this Award (in either case, such difference, a “Shortfall”), all or any portion of such Shortfall may be deducted, in the Committee’s sole discretion, from any of (x) the amount of any Annual FCF Bonus payable to you in respect of the Plan Year in which such Settlement Payment is paid to you or any future Plan Year, (y) your


  outstanding or future Dividend Equivalents, if any, and (z) the redemption price for Matching Equity Units that is payable to you upon redemption of your Matching Equity Units whether upon termination of your employment or otherwise.

 

   

Similarly, if your employment is terminated for any reason after this Award has vested, the cash amount, if any, that will be paid to you in respect of each such vested Deferred Equity Unit will be reduced (but not below zero) by $107.13, and, in the Committee’s sole discretion, any Shortfall arising from such payment will be deducted from the amount of any Pro Rata Annual Bonus, Dividend Equivalents or redemption price for Matching Equity Units that is payable to you upon termination of your employment.

As noted above, this Award is not intended to (nor does it) increase your Maximum Unit Allocation. Therefore, this Award opportunity requires you to agree to irrevocably waive any rights that you may have under the Plan to acquire in Plan Year 2015 or later a number of Deferred Equity Units equal to those available in this Award. Also, because the 2014 Plan Year has already begun, the number of Deferred Equity Units that you may acquire in Plan Year 2014 cannot be reduced. Therefore, if after Plan Year 2014, the total number of Deferred Equity Units that you have acquired (together with this Award and Deferred Equity Units otherwise granted to you in respect of the 2013 Plan Year) exceeds your Maximum Unit Allocation, you will forfeit the number of Deferred Equity Units from this Award that is necessary to reduce your total Deferred Equity Units to your Maximum Unit Allocation.

You hereby acknowledge items II.9, 11, 14, 15, 20 and 21 of your Deferral Election Form under the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this letter as if set forth herein in full.

In consideration of the Award, you hereby consent to the amendments to the Plan and Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) of WMG Management Holdings, LLC that are set forth in the attached Exhibits A and B (the “Amendments”).

In order to evidence your acceptance of this award, you must sign the signature page to this letter and return it to me by 5:00pm EST on December    , 2013, by email to            or by fax to            . If you do not accept this award by such date, your grant will be forfeited and will be considered null and void and of no further force and effect.

If you have any questions about this award, feel free to call me at             or email me at            .

 

Sincerely,
Mark Ansorge
Executive Vice President, Human Resources & Chief
Compliance Officer

 

Acknowledged and agreed to by:

 

[Employee Name]

 

 

2

EX-10.31

Exhibit 10.31

 

LOGO

 

Date    March 7, 2014
To    «Name»
From    Steve Cooper

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT FREE CASH FLOW PLAN

We are pleased to inform you that as a valued member of the Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) management team, your allocated percentage of the FCF Bonus Pool under the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (as amended, the “Plan”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan) is being increased, beginning with the current 2014 Plan Year, by «Increased_Percent» (the “Increased Bonus Percentage”). This award is being made under the Plan, and, except as expressly provided in this letter, this award is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

In connection with such increase, you are receiving an Additional Unit Allocation of «Additional_DEUs» (which increases your Maximum Unit Allocation under the Plan to «Maximum_DEUs»). The Base Amount applicable to this Additional Unit Allocation will be $107.13 (i.e., the Base Investment Price of Deferred Equity Units generally). In connection with your Additional Unit Allocation, you are also being granted an additional «Additional_MEUs» Matching Equity Units (which increases your Matching Equity Units to a total of «Total_MEUs»). The Benchmark Amount (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of these additional Matching Equity Units will be $134.62, which is the current Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share.

As a condition of this grant of additional Matching Equity Units, you are required to file an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with the IRS no later than April 6, 2014. This 83(b) election is similar to the election you made following your initial grant of Matching Equity Units. A copy of an 83(b) election form and applicable instructions is attached as Annex A to this letter.

Until you have acquired all of your Additional Unit Allocation, all of your Increased Bonus Percentage must be deferred under the Plan and applied to purchase Deferred Equity Units. For the current 2014 Plan Year and, unless you elect the Merge Option described below, future Plan Years, your Increased Bonus Percentage and Additional Unit Allocation will stand apart from your preexisting allocations under the Plan. This means that any Annual FCF Bonus payable in respect of your Increased Bonus Percentage will be used only to acquire Deferred Equity Units attributable to your Additional Unit Allocation and any Annual FCF Bonus attributable to your preexisting bonus percentage under the Plan (the “Initial Bonus Percentage”) will be used only to acquire Deferred Equity Units attributable to your Initial Unit Allocation. This will be the case even if your Initial Unit Allocation has been fully acquired and you are entitled to receive cash in respect of your Annual FCF Bonus attributable to your Initial Bonus Percentage. However, for 2015 and subsequent Plan Years, you may elect (on the signature page to this letter) to merge your Additional Unit Allocation with your Initial Unit Allocation (the “Merge Option”) in order to use all of your Annual FCF Bonus (whether payable in respect of your Initial Bonus Percentage or your Increased Bonus Percentage) to purchase your Maximum Unit Allocation (as increased by your Additional Unit Allocation).

You hereby acknowledge items II.1, 7 through 11, 14, 15, 20 and 21 of your Deferral Election Form under the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this letter as if set forth herein in full.


Please sign the signature page to this letter and return it to Trent Tappe by 5:00pm EST on March 17, 2014, by email to Trent.Tappe@wmg.com or by fax to 212-956-0529. If you desire to elect the Merge Option described above, you should indicate that election below with your signature to this letter. If you do not indicate whether you elect the Merge Option, you will be treated as having elected to keep this award separate from your previous awards under the Plan (i.e., declined the Merge Option).

If you have any questions about this award, feel free to call or email me or Trent.

Sincerely,

Steve Cooper

Accepted and Agreed:

«Name»

To indicate whether you elect the Merge Option (as described above), check the appropriate box below:

☐ Yes, I elect the Merge Option.

☐ No, I do not elect the Merge Option.

EX-10.32

Exhibit 10.32

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this [    ] day of [                ], 2011, by and between Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                ] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, in light of the litigation costs and risks to directors resulting from their service to companies, and the desire of the Company to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to indemnify and advance expenses on behalf of its directors to the extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern regarding such risks;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company and may have requested or may in the future request that Indemnitee serve one or more WMG Entities (as hereinafter defined) as a director or in other capacities;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve as a director of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Designating Stockholders (as hereinafter defined) (or their affiliates), which Indemnitee, the Company and the Designating Stockholders (or their affiliates) intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’ acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.

Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation under any other agreement or any obligation imposed by operation of law).

 

2.

Indemnification – General. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, liabilities, losses, costs, Expenses (as hereinafter defined) and other matters that may result from or arise in connection with Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined) and shall advance Expenses to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The indemnification obligations of the Company under this Agreement (a) shall continue after such time as Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director of the Company or in any other Corporate Status, and (b) include, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Indemnitee in respect of any alleged breach of fiduciary duty, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law (including, if applicable, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) as in existence on the date hereof and as amended from time to time.

 

- 1 -


3.

Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. If by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of any of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

4.

Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. If by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of any of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company only if (and only to the extent that) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”) or the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending shall determine that despite such adjudication of liability and in light of all circumstances such indemnification may be made.

 

5.

Mandatory Indemnification in Case of Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company), the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, on substantive or procedural grounds, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

- 2 -


6.

Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for that portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7.

Indemnification for Additional Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as Witness.

 

  (a)

The Company will indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, will (within twenty (20) calendar days of such request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company as now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by any WMG Entity to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  (b)

To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the Company will advance, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

8.

Advancement of Expenses.

 

  (a)

The Company shall advance all Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding within twenty (20) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such advances shall, in all events, be (i) unsecured and interest free; and (ii) made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the advances.

 

  (b)

To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for advancement of Expenses and, to the extent required by applicable law, an unsecured written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Upon submission of such request for advancement of Expenses and

 

- 3 -


  unsecured written undertaking, Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 8, and such advancement of Expenses shall continue until such time (if any) as there is a final judicial determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

9.

Certain Agreements Related to Indemnification.

 

  (a)

To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification at such time as determined by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

 

  (b)

At any time after submission by Indemnitee of a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection to such request which may be made by the Company. The Company will pay any and all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation and resolution of such issues.

 

  (c)

Indemnitee shall have the sole right and obligation to control the defense or conduct of any claim or Proceeding with respect to Indemnitee. Indemnitee will not compromise or settle any claim or Proceeding, release any claim, or make any admission of fact, law, liability or damages with respect to any losses for which indemnification is sought hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company will not, with respect to any person or entity, settle any claim or Proceeding, release any claim, or make any admission of fact, law or liability or damages, or assign, pledge or permit any subrogation with respect to the foregoing, or permit any WMG Entity to do any of the foregoing, to the extent such settlement, release, admission, assignment, pledge or subrogation in any way adversely affects Indemnitee or directly or indirectly imposes any expense, liability, damages, debt, obligation or judgment on Indemnitee.

 

  (d)

The parties intend and agree that, to the extent permitted by law, in connection with any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder: (i) it will be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and that the WMG Entities or any other person or entity challenging such right will have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption; (ii) the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the applicable WMG Entity, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; (iii) Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the applicable WMG Entity, including financial statements, or on information

 

- 4 -


  supplied to Indemnitee by the officers, employees, or committees of the board of directors of the applicable WMG Entity, or on the advice of legal counsel for the applicable WMG Entity or on information or records given in reports made to the applicable WMG Entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or advisor selected by the applicable WMG Entity; and (iv) the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of any of the WMG Entities or relevant enterprises will not be imputed to Indemnitee in a manner that limits or otherwise adversely affects Indemnitee’s rights hereunder. The provisions of this Section 9(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder; provided, however, that any failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of any obligation which they may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. If at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification or notice the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

 

10.

Other Rights of Recovery; Insurance; Subrogation, etc.

 

  (a)

The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, under the WMG Entities’ Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws, or under any other agreement, vote of stockholders or resolution of directors of any WMG Entity, or otherwise. Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement are present contractual rights that fully vest upon Indemnitee’s first service as a director or officer of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or other applicable law), whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the WMG Entities’ Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

- 5 -


  (b)

To the extent that any of the WMG Entities maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries, representatives, partners or agents of any WMG Entity, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, fiduciary, representative, partner or agent insured under such policy or policies.

 

  (c)

In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against any other WMG Entity, and Indemnitee hereby agrees, as a condition to obtaining any advancement or indemnification from the Company, to assign all of Indemnitee’s rights to obtain from such other WMG Entity such amounts to the extent that they have been paid to or for the benefit of Indemnitee as advancement or indemnification under this Agreement and are adequate to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to the costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder; and Indemnitee will (upon request by the Company) execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit or enforce such rights.

 

  (d)

The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise (and to cause each of the other WMG Entities not to exercise), any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’ obligations under this Agreement or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter), including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

  (e)

The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to pay or advance to Indemnitee any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that (i) the

 

- 6 -


  Company hereby agrees that they are the indemnitors of first resort (i.e., their obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement are primary and any obligation of any Designating Stockholder (or any affiliate thereof) to provide advancement or indemnification for the same Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), and (ii) if any Designating Stockholder (or any affiliate thereof other than a WMG Entity) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter) with any director or officer of the Company, then (x) such Designating Stockholder (or such affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (y) the Company shall reimburse such Designating Stockholder (or such other affiliate) for the payments actually made. The Company shall take any and all actions as may reasonably be requested by Indemnitee or any Designating Stockholder to cause director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and those maintained by any other applicable WMG Entity, to be paid and exhausted to cover any Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) that could be subject to indemnification hereunder before claims are made with respect to such matters under any director and officer liability insurance policies that may be maintained by any Designating Stockholder or any of their affiliates (other than affiliates that are WMG Entities or subsidiaries thereof), it being understood and agreed that it is the intent of the parties that any such policies maintained by any Designating Stockholder or any of such other affiliates would be called upon to provide excess insurance coverage only to the extent of any failure of any liability insurance policies maintained by the WMG Entities to make payment of any amounts for which coverage is also available under any liability insurance policies maintained by any Designating Stockholder or any of their affiliates (other than affiliates that are WMG Entities or subsidiaries thereof).

 

  (f)

The Company’ obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee in respect of or relating to Indemnitee’s service at the request of any of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, representative, partner or agent of any other WMG Entity shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as payment of indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other WMG Entity, except to the extent that such indemnification payments and advance payment of Expenses when taken together with any such amount actually received from other WMG Entities or under director and officer insurance policies maintained by one or more WMG Entities are inadequate to fully pay all costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder.

 

- 7 -


11.

Employment Rights; Successors; Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

  (a)

This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company and Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue in force as provided above after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

  (b)

This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the Company and their successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

 

  (c)

The Designating Stockholders are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, are entitled to rely upon this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’ obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations specified in Section 10 of this Agreement).

 

12.

Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

13.

Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses. Except as provided in Section 7(a) of this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding by Indemnitee by way of defense or to enforce his rights under this Agreement or under statute or other law including any rights under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), unless the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

14.

Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Board of Directors” refers to the board of directors of the Company.

 

  (b)

Certificate of Incorporation” means, with respect to any entity, (i) in the case of the Company, its certificate of incorporation and (ii) in the case of any other entity, its certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation or similar constituting document.

 

- 8 -


  (c)

Corporate Status” describes the status of a person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of any of the Company (including, without limitation, one who serves at the request of any of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of any WMG Entity).

 

  (d)

Designating Stockholder” means any of the Sponsors, in each case so long as an individual designated (directly or indirectly) by the Sponsors, or any of their respective affiliates (as provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, and Stockholders Agreement) serves as a director of any WMG Entity.

 

  (e)

Expenses” shall mean all reasonable costs, fees and expenses and shall specifically include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness, in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including, but not limited to, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such Expenses.

 

  (f)

Proceeding” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as director or officer of any WMG Entity (in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement).

 

  (g)

Sponsors” means, collectively Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P., THL WMG Equity Investors, L.P., 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust, Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership, Great-West Investors, LP, Bain Capital VII Coinvestment Fund, LLC, Bain Capital Integral Investors, LLC, and BCIP TCV, LLC.

 

  (h)

“WMG Entity” means the Company, any of its subsidiaries and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise with respect to which Indemnitee serves as a director, officer, employee, partner, representative, fiduciary or agent, or in any similar capacity, at the request of the Company.

 

- 9 -


15.

Construction. Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include (as appropriate) the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

16.

Reliance; Integration.

 

  (a)

The Company expressly confirm and agree that they have entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on each of them hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledge that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

  (b)

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

17.

Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

18.

Notice Mechanics. All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been direct, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a)

If to Indemnitee to:

    

[Insert address]

 

  (b)

If to the Company, to:

    

75 Rockefeller Plaza

    

New York, NY 10019

    

Attention:  Paul M. Robinson, EVP & General

 Counsel

    

Facsimile:  (212) 275-3601

    

Email:        Paul.Robinson@wmg.com

or to such other address as may have been furnished (in the manner prescribed above) as follows: (a) in the case of a change in address for notices to Indemnitee, furnished by Indemnitee to the Company and (b) in the case of a change in address for notices to the Company, furnished by the Company to Indemnitee.

 

19.

Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any

 

- 10 -


  reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for reasonably incurred Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and their other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

20.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or otherwise inconvenient forum.

 

21.

Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

22.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Company:     WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
    By:  

     

    Name:
    Title:
   

    

Indemnitee:     Name: [                 ]

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

EX-10.33

Exhibit 10.33

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

WMG MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

Dated as of March 10, 2017


     Page  
ARTICLE I

 

FORMATION OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 1.1    Name; Authorized Persons.

     1  

Section 1.2    Term of Company.

     1  

Section 1.3    Registered Agent and Office.

     2  

Section 1.4    Qualification in Other Jurisdictions.

     2  

Section 1.5    Taxable Year.

     2  
ARTICLE II

 

PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 2.1    Purpose.

     2  

Section 2.2    Powers of the Company.

     2  

Section 2.3    Qualification in Other Jurisdictions.

     2  
ARTICLE III

 

MEMBERS AND UNITS

 

Section 3.1    Powers of Members.

     2  

Section 3.2    Units.

     3  

Section 3.3    No Cessation of Membership upon Bankruptcy.

     4  

Section 3.4    Additional Members and Increased Capital Contributions.

     4  

Section 3.5    No Continued Right to Employment.

     5  

Section 3.6    Restrictive Covenants.

     5  
ARTICLE IV

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Section 4.1    Management.

     8  

Section 4.2    Designation of Officers.

     9  
ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1    Capital Accounts.

     9  

Section 5.2    Adjustments.

     9  

Section 5.3    Additional Capital Contributions.

     9  

Section 5.4    Negative Capital Accounts.

     10  

 

i


     Page  
ARTICLE VI

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 6.1    Distributions.

     10  

Section 6.2    Distributions In Kind.

     10  

Section 6.3    No Withdrawal of Capital.

     10  

Section 6.4    Withholding.

     11  

Section 6.5    Restricted Distributions.

     11  
ARTICLE VII

 

ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 7.1    Allocations to Capital Accounts.

     11  

Section 7.2    Tax Allocations and Other Tax Matters.

     12  
ARTICLE VIII

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

Section 8.1    Books, Records and Financial Statements.

     13  

Section 8.2    Filings of Returns and Other Writings; Tax Matters Partner.

     13  
ARTICLE IX

 

LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 9.1    Liability.

     14  

Section 9.2    Exculpation.

     14  

Section 9.3    Fiduciary Duty.

     14  

Section 9.4    Indemnification.

     14  

Section 9.5    Expenses.

     14  

Section 9.6    Severability.

     15  
ARTICLE X

 

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

 

Section 10.1    Transfers of Interests by Members.

     15  

Section 10.2    Effect of Assignment.

     16  

Section 10.3    Overriding Provisions.

     16  

Section 10.4    Involuntary Transfers.

     16  

Section 10.5    Substitute Members.

     17  

Section 10.6    Release of Liability.

     17  

Section 10.7    Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights.

     17  

 

ii


     Page  
ARTICLE XI

 

REDEMPTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

Section 11.1    Company Option to Redeem Class A Units and Vested Class B Units.

     19  

Section 11.2    Forfeiture of Class B Units.

     20  

Section 11.3    Option of Service Members to Redeem Units.

     21  

Section 11.4    Mandatory Redemption.

     22  

Section 11.5    Redemption Mechanics.

     22  

Section 11.6    Limitation on Distributions.

     23  

Section 11.7    Effect on Status.

     23  

Section 11.8    431 Election for Class A Units.

     23  
ARTICLE XII

 

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 12.1    Dissolving Events.

     24  

Section 12.2    Dissolution and Winding-Up.

     24  

Section 12.3    Distributions in Cash or in Kind.

     25  

Section 12.4    Termination.

     25  

Section 12.5    Claims of the Members.

     25  
ARTICLE XIII

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

Section 13.1    Definitions.

     25  
ARTICLE XIV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.1    No Conflict with the Plan.

     32  

Section 14.2    Amendments.

     32  

Section 14.3    Certain Tax Matters.

     32  

Section 14.4    Notices.

     32  

Section 14.5    Governing Law.

     33  

Section 14.6    Waiver of Jury Trial.

     33  

Section 14.7    Waiver of Partition.

     33  

Section 14.8    Severability.

     33  

Section 14.9    Headings, etc.

     33  

Section 14.10   Entire Agreement.

     34  

Section 14.11   Counterparts.

     34  

Section 14.12   Further Actions.

     34  

Section 14.13   Power of Attorney.

     34  

 

iii


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

WMG MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

This Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of WMG Management Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 10, 2017, is entered into by the Company, AI Entertainment Management, LLC (the “Managing Member”) and the Persons listed on Schedule A attached hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Members”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company was formed pursuant to a Certificate of Formation filed for recordation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 12, 2012; and

WHEREAS, the Managing Member desires to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2013, between the Managing Member and the Members to make certain provisions for the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business and the rights and obligations of the parties on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION OF THE COMPANY

Section 1.1Name; Authorized Persons.

(a)Name of the Company. The name of the Company is “WMG Management Holdings, LLC.” The business of the Company may be conducted under such other names as the Managing Member may from time to time designate.

(b)Authorized Persons. A person designated as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act, has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate. On January 7, 2013, his or her powers as an authorized person ceased and each Officer of the Company became designated as an authorized person within the meaning of the Delaware Act and may execute, deliver and file any and all amendments to and restatements of the Certificate.

Section 1.2Term of Company. The term of the Company commenced on the date of the initial filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Company may be terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, and shall continue unless and until dissolved as provided in Article XII. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Delaware Act.

 

1


Section 1.3Registered Agent and Office. The Company’s registered agent and office in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808. The Managing Member may designate another registered agent and/or registered office from time to time in accordance with the then applicable provisions of the Delaware Act and any other applicable laws.

Section 1.4Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

Section 1.5Taxable Year. The taxable year of the Company for federal, state and local income tax purposes shall end on December 31.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY

Section 2.1Purpose. The purposes of the Company are, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, holding shares of WMG Common Stock, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in all acts or activities as the Company deems necessary, advisable or incidental to the furtherance of the foregoing.

Section 2.2Powers of the Company. The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions that are necessary, appropriate, advisable, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 2.1.

Section 2.3Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. The Company shall cause itself to be qualified, formed or registered under assumed or fictitious name statutes or similar laws in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business and in which such qualification or registration is required by law or deemed advisable by the Company. Any Company officer as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act may execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

ARTICLE III

MEMBERS AND UNITS

Section 3.1Powers of Members. The Members shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to the Members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Members shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of

 

2


any action by the Company, unless and then only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly provide therefor, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by any provision of the Delaware Act that by its terms may not be waived or (iii) the Managing Member shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Service Members, as such, shall have no power to bind the Company.

Section 3.2Units.

(a)Units Generally. The Company will have the following authorized classes of Units: Class A Units, Class B Units and Class C Units.

(b)No Voting Rights. All Class A Units and Class B Units shall be non-voting.

(c)Class A Units. The Company shall issue Class A Units to Service Members in exchange for shares (or fractional shares) of WMG Common Stock received upon settlement of Deferred Equity Units pursuant to the Plan. In addition, the Company may issue Class A Units to the Managing Member in exchange for shares (or fractional shares) of WMG Common Stock.

(d)Class B Units.

(i)Initial Issuance. In connection with the performance of services to or for the benefit of the Company, the Company shall (within 90 days of the date a Service Member begins to participate in the Plan) issue to the Service Member a number of Class B Units equal to the Service Member’s Initial Unit Allocation and (within 90 days of the date a Service Member receives an Additional Unit Allocation under the Plan) issue to the Service Member a number of additional Class B Units equal to the Service Member’s Additional Unit Allocation.

(ii)Vesting. Class B Units held by a Service Member shall vest at the times and to the extent that Deferred Equity Units are credited to the Service Member’s Deferral Account under the Plan and shall be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 11.2; provided that if a Change in Control occurs prior to the date on which unvested Class B Units were scheduled to vest pursuant to this Section 3.2(d)(ii), then, immediately prior to such Change in Control, a number of Class B Units shall vest equal to the number of Deferred Equity Units that are then credited to such Service Member’s Deferral Account pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Plan.

(iii)Benchmark Amount. The Benchmark Amount of each Class B Unit shall be determined at the time such Class B Unit is issued to a Service Member and shall equal the then current Fair Market Value of one WMG Fractional Share, which shall be reflected on Schedule A. For the avoidance of doubt, the Benchmark Amount of each Class B Unit granted on the Effective Date shall be the Initial Base Investment Price.

 

3


(iv)Reallocation of Class B Units. If at any time the Managing Member owns Class B Units, the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to cancel all or any portion of such Class B Units, without payment by the Company, for the purpose of granting up to an equal number of Class B Units (with Benchmark Amounts determined at the date of such grant) to Service Members (whether existing Members or Additional Members). Upon any such cancellation and grant, the Managing Member shall reallocate the WMG Fractional Shares that were allocated to such cancelled Class B Units of the Managing Member to the newly-granted Class B Units of such Service Members, in which case the Benchmark Amounts applicable to such newly-granted Class B Units shall be allocated to the Managing Member.

(e)Class C Units. As of any date, a number of the Class A Units held by the Managing Member shall be reclassified as Class C Units. The number of such Class A Units reclassified as Class C Units as of any date shall equal the number of Class B Units outstanding (whether vested or unvested) as of such date. Class C Units shall not have any rights to distributions under this Agreement.

(f)Redemption and Forfeiture. Units owned by Service Members are subject to redemption and/or forfeiture as provided in Article XI.

(g)Adjustment Events. The number and kind of shares or other equity interests to which Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and WMG Fractional Shares may relate, the number and kinds of securities deliverable and the Benchmark Amounts shall be proportionally adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Managing Member, any stock dividend, stock split, share combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, exchange of shares or any other similar event affecting WMG Common Stock.

(h)Unit Certificates. The Company may at any time and at the discretion of the Managing Member issue one or more Unit Certificates in the name of a Member in respect of the issue or reallocation of a Unit to that Member and record the issue or reallocation of such Unit to such Member in the records of the Company.

Section 3.3No Cessation of Membership upon Bankruptcy. A Person shall not cease to be a Member of the Company upon the happening, with respect to such Person, of any of the events specified in Section 18-304 of the Delaware Act.

Section 3.4Additional Members and Increased Capital Contributions.

(a)Generally. The Company may admit one or more additional Members (each an “Additional Member”) and may permit previously admitted Members to increase their investment in the Company, in each case, upon the approval of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall approve the admission of any Person who is granted Class B Units pursuant to the Plan or the increased Capital Contribution from any Person who contributes WMG Fractional Shares to the Company pursuant to the Plan.

 

 

4


(b)Procedures. Each Person shall be admitted as an Additional Member at the time such Person (i) executes a counterpart to this Agreement, (ii) complies with the applicable Managing Member resolution, if any, with respect to such admission and (iii) is named as a Member in Schedule A hereto. Upon the admission of an Additional Member, an increase in a Service Member’s Maximum Unit Allocation or an increased investment in the Company, to the extent applicable, the Managing Member: (A) shall determine the number of Units to be issued to such Additional Member (or existing Member); (B) shall determine the Benchmark Amounts with respect to any Class B Units issued at such time to the Additional Member (or existing Member); and (C) may cause the Company to issue one or more Unit Certificates in the name of such Additional Member (or existing Member) and record the issuance of Units to such Additional Member (or existing Member) in the records of the Company.

Section 3.5No Continued Right to Employment. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as providing any Member any right to continued employment by the Company, WMG or any of its Affiliates, nor will it be construed as limiting or otherwise affecting any of such Member’s obligations or duties owed to WMG and its Affiliates in his or her capacity as an employee of WMG or any of its Affiliates.

Section 3.6Restrictive Covenants. The covenants and restrictions contained in this Section 3.6 shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any covenants or restrictions applying to any Service Member pursuant to any employment, severance or services agreement between such Service Member and WMG or any of its Affiliates and are intended to reflect the special obligations of the Service Members as Members of the Company.

(a)Non-Competition. Each Service Member hereby covenants and agrees that, during the period the Service Member holds, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in the Company or, if earlier, until the date of the applicable Service Member’s termination of employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), such Service Member shall not become associated with any entity, whether as a principal, partner, employee, member, consultant or shareholder (other than as a holder of not in excess of 1% of the outstanding voting shares of any publicly traded company), that is actively engaged in any geographic area in which WMG or any of its Affiliates does business in any business which is either (i) in competition with the businesses of WMG and its Affiliates or (ii) proposed to be conducted by WMG or any of its Affiliates in any business plan of WMG or any of its Affiliates; providedhowever, this Section 3.6(a) shall not apply with respect to any activities which are (A) expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of any employment, severance or services agreement or letter between the applicable Service Member and WMG or any of its Affiliates or (B) previously approved by WMG, its Board of Directors or a committee thereof pursuant to WMG’s conflict of interest resolution procedures.

 

5


(b)Non-Solicitation of Employees, Artists and Labels. Each Service Member (other than a Service Member located in the State of California) hereby covenants and agrees that, during the Restricted Period and for the one-year period thereafter, such Service Member shall not, directly or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, partner, joint venture, owner, officer, director, member of any other firm, partnership, corporation or other Person or in any other capacity:

(i)hire or make an offer of employment to any then-current employees of WMG or any of its Affiliates in the United States or to any individuals who were employees of WMG or any of its Affiliates in the United States in the prior six-month period (collectively, the “Restricted Employees”);

(ii)solicit, negotiate with, induce, persuade encourage or otherwise attempt to solicit, negotiate with, induce, persuade or encourage any Restricted Employees to (A) terminate his or her employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates, (B) refrain from extending his or her employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates, (C) refrain from entering into a new employment arrangement with WMG or any of its Affiliates, (D) enter into any employment arrangement with any competitor of WMG or any of its Affiliates or (E) violate any provision of a Restricted Employee’s Contract with WMG or any of its Affiliates;

(iii)enter into any Contract with any Restricted Artist or Restricted Label; or

(iv)solicit, negotiate with, induce, persuade, encourage or otherwise attempt to solicit, negotiate with, induce, persuade or encourage any Restricted Artist or Restricted Label to (A) terminate his, her or its relationship or Contract with WMG or any of its Affiliates, (B) refrain from extending his, her or its relationship or Contract with WMG or any of its Affiliates, (C) refrain from entering into a new Contract with WMG or any of its Affiliates, (D) enter into any relationship or Contract with any competitor of WMG or any of its Affiliates or (E) violate any provision of the Restricted Artist’s or Restricted Label’s Contract with WMG or any of its Affiliates.

In lieu of the preceding covenants and agreements in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 3.6(b), each Service Member located in the State of California hereby covenants and agrees that, during the Restricted Period and for the one-year period thereafter, such Service Member shall not, directly or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, partner, joint venture, owner, officer, director, member of any other firm, partnership, corporation or other Person or in any other capacity:

(v)solicit, induce or encourage any Restricted Employee in the United States to leave their employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates; or

 

6


(vi)(1) induce (or attempt to induce) a breach or disruption of the contractual relationship between WMG or any of its Affiliates and any Restricted Artist or Restricted Label or (2) use the trade secrets or confidential information of WMG or any of its Affiliates to solicit, induce or encourage any Restricted Artist or Restricted Label to end its relationship with WMG or any of its Affiliates, as applicable.

(c)Non-Disparagement. Each Service Member hereby covenants and agrees that such Service Member shall not at any time make any statements, directly or indirectly, to any Person that are intended to, or could reasonably be expected to, damage the business or reputation of WMG or any of its Affiliates, including Access.

(d)Confidentiality. Each Service Member hereby covenants and agrees that such Service Member shall not at any time, either during or following his or her employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates, disclose or reveal to any Person or make use of (otherwise than for the benefit of WMG or any of its Affiliates) any trade secrets or information of a secret or confidential nature, including without limitation, matters of a business nature, such as information about costs, profits, markets, leases, details of recording or music publishing agreements, distribution agreements, customer Contracts, manufacturing processes, financial information, technical and production know-how, developments, inventions, processes or administrative procedures, concerning the business or affairs of WMG or any of its Affiliates, which the Service Member may have acquired in the course of or incident to the Service Member’s employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates, and the Service Member confirms that all such information (“Confidential Information”) is the exclusive property of WMG and its Affiliates. This Section 3.6(d) shall not apply to disclosures by the Service Member (i) with the Company’s consent, (ii) to the Service Member’s legal counsel in connection with seeking legal advice related hereto, (iii) to the Service Member’s accountants in connection with seeking financial or tax advice related hereto or (iv) as required by law, a court of competent jurisdiction or regulatory agency or other governmental authority. Nothing herein shall prevent the Service Member, subsequent to the termination or expiration of his or her employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates, from using or availing himself or herself of general technical skills, knowledge and experience, including that pertaining to or derived from the non-confidential aspects of the businesses of WMG or any of its Affiliates. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include information generally available and known to the public other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.6(d) by the Service Member. The Service Member agrees to hold as WMG property all Confidential Information and all books, papers and other data and all copies thereof and therefrom, in any way relating to the businesses of WMG or any of its Affiliates, whether made or received by the Service Member, and, on termination of employment or upon demand by WMG, to deliver the same to WMG.

(e)Results and Proceeds of Employment. Each Service Member acknowledges and agrees that WMG or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, shall own all rights of every kind and character throughout the world in perpetuity in and to any material and/or ideas written, suggested or in any way created by him or her during his or her employment with WMG or any of

 

7


its Affiliates and all other results and proceeds of his or her employment with WMG or any of its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, all copyrightable material created by him or her within the scope of his or her employment. Each Service Member agrees to execute and deliver to WMG or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, such assignments or other instruments as the Company may require from time to time to evidence WMG’s or any of its Affiliates’, as the case may be, ownership of the results and proceeds of his or her services rendered to WMG or any of its Affiliates.

(f)Remedies for Breach. Each Service Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and obligations of such Service Member with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, confidentiality and results and proceeds of employment in this Agreement relate to special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation or threatened violation of any of the terms of such covenants or obligations will cause WMG and its Affiliates (including the Company) irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, each Service Member agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that WMG or any of its Affiliates (including the Company) shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) restraining such Service Member from committing any violation of the covenants or obligations contained in this Section 3.6. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies the Company, WMG or any of their Affiliates may have at law or in equity. In connection with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.6, each Service Member represents that his or her economic means and circumstances are such that such provisions will not prevent him or her from providing for the Service Member and his or her family on a basis satisfactory to him or her.

(g)Unenforceable Restriction. It is expressly understood and agreed that although each Service Member and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 3.6 to be reasonable, if a final determination is made by an arbitrator to whom the parties have assigned the matter or a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against any Service Member, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be reformed to apply as to such maximum time and to such maximum extent as such arbitrator or court may determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if such arbitrator or court finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be reformed so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by and under the direction of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall be the “manager” of the Company for purposes of the Act. The Managing Member shall have complete and exclusive good faith discretion in the management and control of the affairs and business of

 

8


the Company and shall possess all powers necessary, convenient or appropriate to carrying out the purposes and business of the Company and to performing all acts and entering into and performing all Contracts and other undertakings that it may deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, including doing all things and taking all actions necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.2Designation of Officers. The Managing Member may designate one or more officers and agents of the Company. Such officers and agents shall serve for such terms, hold such offices, exercise such powers and perform such duties as the Managing Member from time to time may determine to be necessary, useful, appropriate, advisable, desirable or convenient. In addition, all officers and agents, as between themselves and the Company, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Company as generally pertain or are necessarily incidental to their particular office or agency.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained for each Member. Each Member’s Capital Accounts shall be credited with the amount of cash and Fair Market Value of property contributed by such Member to the Company, as set forth on Schedule A.

Section 5.2Adjustments. As of the end of each Accounting Period, the balance in each Member’s Capital Account shall be adjusted by (i) increasing such balance by such Member’s (A) allocable share of each item of the Company’s income and gain for such Accounting Period (allocated in accordance with Section 7.1) and (B) the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property (as of the date of the contribution thereof and net of any liabilities encumbering such property) contributed to the Company by such Member during such Accounting Period, if any, and (ii) decreasing such balance by (A) the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property (as of the date of the distribution thereof and net of any liabilities encumbering such property) distributed to such Member during such Accounting Period and (B) such Member’s allocable share of each item of the Company’s loss and deduction for such Accounting Period (allocated in accordance with Section 7.1).

Section 5.3Additional Capital Contributions. No Member shall be required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Company in respect of the Interests owned by such Member. The provisions of this Section 5.3 are intended solely to benefit the Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement), and no Member shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any additional Capital Contributions or to cause the Managing Member to consent to the making of additional Capital Contributions.

 

9


Section 5.4Negative Capital Accounts. Except as required by law, no Member shall be required to make up a negative balance in its Capital Account.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1Distributions.

(a)Source. The Managing Member will determine in good faith the extent to which any distribution is made from Dividend Proceeds or Exit Proceeds. The determination of the Managing Member will be final and binding on all Members.

(b)Dividend Proceeds. Subject to Articles X and XI and Section 6.1(d), Dividend Proceeds will be apportioned among the Class A Units and Class B Units (including unvested Class B Units) held by the Members. The amounts so apportioned to the Class A Units and vested Class B Units of a Member will be distributed to such Member. The amounts so apportioned to the unvested Class B Units held by a Member will be distributed to the Managing Member.

(c)Exit Proceeds. Subject to Articles X and XI and Section 6.1(d), Exit Proceeds will be apportioned among the Class A Units and Class B Units (including unvested Class B Units) held by the Members. The amounts so apportioned to the Class A Units will be distributed to such Member. The amounts so apportioned to the unvested Class B Units held by a Member will be distributed to the Managing Member. The amounts so apportioned to the vested Class B Units held by a Member will be distributed (i) first, to the Managing Member up to the aggregate Benchmark Amount of such vested Class B Units and (ii) thereafter, to such Member.

(d)Offset to Certain Distributions. The Managing Member may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of any distributions to a Service Member under this Section 6.1 by all or any portion of the outstanding Unrecovered Investment Credit, if any, of the Service Member, which offset amounts shall instead be distributed to the Managing Member.

Section 6.2Distributions In Kind. In the event of a distribution of Company property pursuant to Section 6.1, such property shall for all purposes of this Agreement be deemed to have been sold at its Fair Market Value and the proceeds of such sale shall be deemed to have been distributed to the Members.

Section 6.3No Withdrawal of Capital. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article XII, no Member shall have the right to withdraw capital from the Company or to receive any distribution or return of such Member’s Capital Contributions.

 

10


Section 6.4Withholding.

(a)Each Member shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless each Person who is or who is deemed to be the responsible withholding agent for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes against all claims, liabilities and expenses of whatever nature (other than any claims, liabilities and expenses in the nature of penalties and accrued interest thereon that result from such Person’s fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence) relating to such Person’s obligation to withhold and to pay over, or otherwise pay, any withholding or other taxes payable by the Company or as a result of such Member’s participation in the Company.

(b)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI, (i) each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold from payments to or Units of such Member and to pay over, or otherwise pay, any withholding or other taxes payable by the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to such Member or as a result of such Member’s participation in the Company and (ii) if and to the extent that the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be required to withhold or pay any such taxes (including any amounts withheld from amounts payable to the Company to the extent attributable, in the judgment of the Members, to the interest of such Member in the Company), such Member shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Company as of the time such withholding or tax is required to be paid, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution with respect to such Member’s interest in the Company to the extent that the Member (or any successor to such Member’s interest in the Company) is then entitled to receive a distribution. To the extent that the aggregate of such payments to a Member for any period exceeds the distributions to which such Member is entitled for such period, such Member shall make a prompt payment to the Company of such amount.

(c)If the Company makes a distribution in kind and such distribution is subject to withholding or other taxes payable by the Company on behalf of any Member, such Member shall make a prompt payment to the Company of the amount of such withholding or other taxes by wire transfer.

Section 6.5Restricted Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

ARTICLE VII

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1Allocations to Capital Accounts. Except as provided in Section 7.2, each item of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with U.S. tax principles as applied to the maintenance of capital accounts), with respect to any Accounting Period, including each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company, shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts as of the end of such Accounting Period in a manner that as closely as possible gives effect to the provisions of Article VI and the other relevant provisions of this Agreement.

 

11


Section 7.2Tax Allocations and Other Tax Matters.

(a)Tax Allocations. Each item of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Company shall be allocated among the Members for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes in the same manner that each such item is allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts or as otherwise provided herein, provided that the Managing Member may adjust such allocations as long as such adjusted allocations have substantial economic effect or are in accordance with the interests of the Members in the Company, in each case within the meaning of the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Tax credits and tax credit recapture shall be allocated in accordance with the Members’ interests in the Company as provided in Treasury Regulations § 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii). All matters concerning allocations for U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. income tax purposes, including accounting procedures, not expressly provided for by the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.

(b)Certain Actions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, (i) each Member shall, and shall cause each of its Affiliates and transferees to, take any action requested by the Managing Member, and the Managing Member may take any action, to ensure that the fair market value of any interest in the Company that is transferred in connection with the performance of services is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being equal to the “liquidation value” (within the meaning of Prop. Treas. Reg. section 1.83-3(l)) of that interest (and that each such interest in the Company is afforded pass-through treatment for all applicable U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes) and (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent required in order to attain or ensure such treatment under any applicable law, Treasury Regulation, Revenue Procedure, Revenue Ruling, Notice or other guidance governing partnership interests transferred in connection with the performance of services, such action may include authorizing and directing the Company or the Managing Member to make any election, agreeing to any condition imposed on such Member, its Affiliates or its transferees, executing any amendment to this Agreement or other agreements, executing any new agreement, making any tax election or tax filing and agreeing not to take any contrary position.

(c)Member Notification Requirements. Each Member shall notify the Managing Member in a timely manner of its intention to (i) file a notice of inconsistent treatment under section 6222(b) of the Code, (ii) file a request for administrative adjustment of Company items, (iii) file a petition with respect to any Company item or other tax matters involving the Company or (iv) enter into a settlement agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to any Company items. Upon receipt of any such notification, the Managing Member, if it agrees with such Member’s position, may in its sole discretion elect to make such filing or enter into such agreement, as applicable and practicable, on behalf of the Company. The cost of any audits or adjustments of a Member’s tax return shall be borne solely by the affected Member. Each Member shall promptly upon request furnish to the Managing Member any information that the

 

12


Managing Member may reasonably request in connection with any election or contemplated election or adjustment under section 734, 743 or 754 of the Code or with filing the tax returns of the Company or its Affiliates.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 8.1Books, Records and Financial Statements. The Company shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of the transactions of the Company in proper books and records of account which shall set forth all information required by the Act. Such books and records shall be maintained on the basis utilized in preparing the Company’s U.S. income tax returns. Such books and records shall be available for inspection and copying by the Members or their duly authorized representatives during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest in the Company, provided that the Company may maintain the confidentiality of Schedule A as it relates to other Members.

Section 8.2Filings of Returns and Other Writings; Tax Matters Partner.

(a)The Company shall timely file all Company tax returns and shall timely file all other writings required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to require such filing. Within 180 days after the end of each taxable year (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), the Company shall send to each Person that was a Member at any time during such year copies of Schedule K-1, “Partner’s Share of Income, Credits, Deductions, Etc.”, or any successor schedule or form with respect to such Person, together with such additional information as may be necessary for such Person to file his, her or its U.S. federal income tax returns.

(b)The Managing Member shall be the tax matters partner of the Company, within the meaning of section 6231 of the Code (the “Tax Matters Partner”). Each Member hereby consents to such designation and agrees that upon the request of the Tax Matters Partner, such Member will execute, certify, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such consent.

(c)Promptly following the written request of the Tax Matters Partner, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, reimburse and indemnify the Tax Matters Partner for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to the tax liability of the Members.

(d)The provisions of this Section 8.2 shall survive the termination of the Company or the termination of any Member’s interest in the Company and shall remain binding on the Members for as long a period of time as is necessary to resolve with the Internal Revenue Service any and all matters regarding the U.S. federal income taxation of the Company or the Members.

 

13


ARTICLE IX

LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in Contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Covered Person shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Covered Person.

Section 9.2Exculpation. No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful breach of this Agreement.

Section 9.3Fiduciary Duty. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

Section 9.4Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful breach of this Agreement with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, that any indemnity under this Section 9.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

Section 9.5Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding relating to or arising out of their performance of their duties on behalf of the

 

14


Company shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 9.4.

Section 9.6Severability. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if any portion of this Article IX shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify each Covered Person as to costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE X

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 10.1Transfers of Interests by Members.

(a)Restrictions on Transfers by Service Members. No Service Member may Transfer any Interests (including, without limitation, to any other Service Member or by gift, by operation of law or otherwise), except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

(b)Estate Planning Transfers; Transfers upon Death of a Service Member. Subject to the prior written approval of the Managing Member (which approval may be granted or withheld and/or be subject to such terms and conditions as the Managing Member may require, in each case, in its sole discretion), the Class A Units and vested Class B Units held by Service Members may be Transferred (i) for estate-planning purposes to (A) a trust under which the distribution of such Units may be made only to beneficiaries who are such Service Member, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants, (B) a charitable remainder trust, the income from which will be paid to such Service Member during his or her life, (C) a corporation, the shareholders of which are only such Service Member, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants or (D) a partnership or limited liability company, the partners or members of which are only such Service Member, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants (each, an “Estate Planning Vehicle”) or (ii) as a result of the laws of descent, provided, in each case, that such Estate Planning Vehicle or heirs, executors or other beneficiaries shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement as if such Service Member continued to hold such Units directly.

(c)Transfers by the Managing Member. The Managing Member and its Affiliates may freely Transfer their respective Interests.

 

15


Section 10.2Effect of Assignment. The Company shall, from the effective date of any permitted assignment of an Interest (or part thereof), thereafter pay all further distributions on account of such Interest (or part thereof) to the assignee of such Interest (or part thereof).

Section 10.3Overriding Provisions.

(a)Any Transfer in violation of this Article X shall be null and void ab initio and the provisions of Section 10.2 shall not apply to any such Transfers. The approval of any Transfer in any one or more instances shall not limit or waive the requirement for such approval in any other or future instance.

(b)All Transfers permitted under this Article X are subject to this Section 10.3, Section 10.4 and Section 10.5.

(c)Any proposed Transfer by a Member pursuant to the terms of this Article X shall, in addition to meeting all of the other requirements of this Agreement, satisfy the following conditions: (i) the Transfer will not be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof,” as such terms are used in Treasury Regulations § 1.7704-1, and, at the request of the Managing Member, the transferor and the transferee will have each provided the Company a certificate to such effect and (ii) the proposed Transfer will not result in the Company having more than 99 Members, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations § 1.7704-1(h)(1) (determined pursuant to the rules of Treasury Regulations § 1.7704-1(h)(3)). The Managing Member may in its sole discretion waive the condition set forth in clause (ii) of this Section 10.3(c).

(d)The Company shall promptly amend Schedule A to reflect any permitted Transfers of Interests pursuant to this Article X.

Section 10.4Involuntary Transfers. Any transfer of title or beneficial ownership of Interests upon default, foreclosure, forfeit, divorce, court order or otherwise than by a voluntary decision on the part of a Service Member (other than the Managing Member) (each, an “Involuntary Transfer”) shall be void unless such Member complies with this Section 10.4 and enables the Company to exercise in full its rights hereunder. Upon any Involuntary Transfer, the Company shall have the right to purchase such Interests pursuant to this Section 10.4 and the person or entity to whom such Interests have been Transferred (the “Involuntary Transferee”) shall have the obligation to sell such Interests in accordance with this Section 10.4. Upon the Involuntary Transfer of any Interest, such Service Member shall promptly (but in no event later than two business days after such Involuntary Transfer) furnish written notice to the Company indicating that the Involuntary Transfer has occurred, specifying the name of the Involuntary Transferee, giving a detailed description of the circumstances giving rise, to and stating the legal basis for, the Involuntary Transfer. Upon the receipt of the notice described in the preceding sentence and for 90 days thereafter, the Company shall have the right to purchase, and the Involuntary Transferee shall have the obligation to sell, all (but not less than all) of the Interests

 

16


acquired by the Involuntary Transferee for a purchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such Interest and (ii) the amount of the indebtedness or other liability that gave rise to the Involuntary Transfer.

Section 10.5Substitute Members. In the event any Member Transfers its Interest in compliance with the other provisions of this Article X (other than Section 10.4), the transferee thereof shall have the right to become a substitute Member, but only upon satisfaction of the following:

(a)execution of such instruments as the Managing Member deems reasonably necessary or desirable to effect such substitution; and

(b)acceptance and agreement in writing by the transferee of the Member’s Interest to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and assumption of all obligations under this Agreement (including breaches hereof) applicable to the transferor.

Section 10.6Release of Liability. In the event any Member shall sell such Member’s entire interest in the Company (other than in connection with an Exit Event) in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 10.4, without retaining any interest therein, directly or indirectly, then the selling Member shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be relieved of any further liability arising hereunder for events occurring from and after the date of such Transfer; providedhowever, that no such Transfer shall relieve any Service Member of his or her obligations pursuant to Section 3.6 and such obligations shall survive any termination of such Service Member’s membership in the Company as set forth in Section 3.6.

Section 10.7Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights.

(a)Tag-Along Rights. In the event that at any time Access proposes to Transfer shares of WMG Common Stock to a Third Party (other than, following an Initial Public Offering, shares sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor provision) or to WMG, then at least 15 days prior to effecting such Transfer, Access shall give each Service Member written notice of such proposed Transfer. Each Service Member shall then have the right (the “Tag-Along Right”), exercisable by written notice to the Managing Member prior to the proposed date of Transfer, to participate pro rata in such sale, by causing the Company to sell the Service Member’s pro rata portion of the shares of WMG Common Stock owned by the Company (which for any vested Class B Unit shall be a fraction of the WMG Fractional Share underlying such Class B Unit with the then Fair Market Value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a WMG Fractional Share over such Class B Unit’s Benchmark Amount) on substantially the same terms (including with respect to representations, warranties and indemnification) as Access; provided that the form of consideration to be received by Access in connection with the proposed sale may be different from that received by the Service Members so long as the value of the consideration to be received by Access is the

 

17


same or less than what they would have received had they received the same form of consideration as the Service Members (as reasonably determined by the Managing Member in good faith). In the event Access sells less than 100% of its shares of WMG Common Stock, and any Service Member exercises his or her Tag-Along Rights, participation “pro rata in such sale” shall be based on the relative number of Class A Units held by such Service Member, unless the Managing Member deems the provisions of Section 10.7(c)(iv) operative. No Service Member shall have any Tag-Along Rights in respect of unvested Class B Units.

(b)Drag-Along Rights. In the event that at any time Access desires to effect an Exit Event (including a sale of all or a portion of the Interests), the Managing Member shall have the right (the “Drag-Along Right”), upon written notice to the Service Members, to require that each Service Member join pro rata in such sale, by causing the Company to sell all or a portion of each Service Member’s shares of WMG Common Stock owned by the Company (which for any vested Class B Unit shall be a fraction of the WMG Fractional Share underlying such Class B Unit with the then Fair Market Value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a WMG Fractional Share over such Class B Unit’s Benchmark Amount) or, if applicable, each Service Member’s Interests pursuant to Section 10.7(c)(iv), on substantially the same terms (including with respect to representations, warranties and indemnification) as Access; provided that the form of consideration to be received by Access in connection with the proposed sale may be different from that received by the Service Members so long as the value of the consideration to be received by Access is the same or less than what they would have received had they received the same form of consideration as the Service Members (as reasonably determined by the Managing Member in good faith). No Service Member shall have a right to sell, or a right to any sale proceeds from, any unvested Class B Units or shares of WMG Common Stock underlying unvested Class B Units in an Exit Event.

(c)General Provisions.

(i)Each Service Member participating in a sale pursuant to this Section 10.7 shall agree to make customary representations and shall agree to customary covenants, indemnities and agreements, so long as they are made severally and not jointly among Access and the other sellers. To the extent that the Company incurs any liability or loss as a result of the representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements that the Company or the sellers are required to agree to in connection with a sale pursuant to this Section 10.7, the proceeds to which a participating Service Member is entitled shall be reduced (but not below zero), pro rata with Access and the other sellers, by the amount of such liability or loss in proportion to the number of shares of WMG Common Stock that the Company is selling or has sold on behalf of such Service Member (or the Interests that such Service Member is selling or has sold in such sale). Each participating Service Member shall also represent to the Company at the time of any sale pursuant to this Section 10.7 that such Service Member has unencumbered title to its Units and the power, authority and legal right to direct the Company to Transfer the WMG Fractional Shares underlying such Units, provided that the aggregate amount of liability for breach

 

18


of any such representation shall not, together with any reduction in proceeds pursuant to the prior sentence, exceed the value of the net proceeds to be paid to such Service Member as a result of such sale.

(ii)In no event shall any Service Member be obligated to agree to any non-competition covenant, employee non-solicit covenant or other similar agreement restricting the Service Member as a condition to participating in a transaction pursuant to this Section 10.7.

(iii)The Company and/or each Service Member participating in a sale of shares of WMG Common Stock pursuant to this Section 10.7 shall, as applicable, bear its, his or her pro rata share of any transaction costs and expenses, including transfer taxes and legal, accounting and investment banking fees incurred by the Company and Access in connection with such sale; provided that neither the Company nor any Service Member shall be obligated to make any out-of-pocket expenditure in respect of such costs, fees or expenses prior to the consummation of a transaction consummated pursuant to this Section 10.7.

(iv)In the event that, in the Managing Member’s sole discretion, a sale pursuant to this Section 10.7 is structured as a sale of Interests by the Members, rather than a distribution of proceeds by the Company, the purchase agreement governing such sale of Interests will have provisions therein which replicate, to the greatest extent possible, the economic result which would have been attained under this Article X had such a sale been structured as a distribution of proceeds.

ARTICLE XI

REDEMPTIONS AND FORFEITURES

Section 11.1Company Option to Redeem Class A Units and Vested Class B Units.

(a)Generally. Upon the termination of employment of a Service Member (such Service Member, together with a person to whom such Service Member made a Transfer, an “Affected Member”) with WMG and its Affiliates for any reason, the Company will have the option (but not the obligation) to redeem all or a portion of an Affected Member’s Class A Units and vested Class B Units, except as otherwise determined by the Managing Member. The effective date of any redemption pursuant to this Section 11.1 (a “Termination Redemption Date”) will be on a date, as the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion. In order to exercise the Company’s option, the Managing Member must deliver Notice to the Affected Member during the 90-day period following the Affected Member’s termination of employment. Any such redemption will be done in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. For purposes of this Agreement, any determinations with respect to an Affected Member’s termination of employment (including the date thereof) shall be made by the Managing Member (or the Committee or WMG).

 

 

19


(b)Class A Redemption Price. The price for the redemption of a Class A Unit of an Affected Member pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall be:

(i)except in the case of a termination of employment for Cause, equal to the Fair Market Value of one WMG Fractional Share on the applicable Termination Redemption Date; and

(ii)in the case of a termination of employment for Cause, equal to the lesser of (A) the Affected Member’s Capital Contributions in respect of such Class A Unit and (B) the Fair Market Value of one WMG Fractional Share on the applicable Termination Redemption Date.

(c)Class B Redemption Price. The price for the redemption of a vested Class B Unit of an Affected Member pursuant to this Section 11.1 following an Affected Member’s termination of employment without Cause, for Good Reason or by reason of death or Disability shall be the Class B Redemption Payment, determined as of the applicable Termination Redemption Date.

Section 11.2Forfeiture of Class B Units.

(a)Unvested Class B Units.

(i)Forfeiture upon Any Termination of Employment. Immediately upon the termination of employment of any Affected Member with WMG and its Affiliates for any reason, all unvested Class B Units of such Affected Member will be forfeited to the Company without any payment by the Company to such Affected Member in respect thereof.

(ii)Forfeiture upon Change in Control. Except as otherwise determined by the Managing Member or provided in Section 3.2(d)(ii), immediately prior to a Change of Control, each outstanding unvested Class B Unit shall be immediately forfeited, without any payment to the Service Members.

(b)Forfeiture of Vested Class B Units on Certain Terminations of Employment. Immediately upon the termination of employment of any Affected Member whose employment is terminated by WMG or any of its Affiliates for Cause or by such Affected Member for any reason (other than death, Disability or Good Reason or as otherwise determined by the Managing Member), all vested Class B Units of such Affected Member then outstanding will be forfeited to the Company without any payment by the Company to such Affected Member in respect thereof.

(c)Failure to Make 83(b) Election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, a Service Member shall forfeit all of his or her Class B Units (without any payment to the Service Member in respect thereof) if the Service Member shall fail to file a Section 83(b) election form in respect of

 

20


the full amount of the Service Member’s Class B Units, as of the grant date, with the Internal Revenue Service and submit a copy thereof to the Company prior to the 30th day after the grant date of such Class B Units.

(d)Failure to Make 431 Election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, a Service Member who is a UK resident for the tax year in which he or she is granted Class B Units shall forfeit all of his or her Class B Units (without any payment to the Service Member in respect thereof) if the Service Member shall fail to enter into an election under section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of the full amount of the Service Member’s Class B Units prior to the 14th day after the grant date of such Class B Units.

(e)Consequences of Forfeiture. Subject to Section 3.2(d)(iv), upon the forfeiture of Class B Units, whether vested or unvested, on the termination of employment of a Service Member, such forfeited Class B Units shall be Transferred to the Managing Member.

Section 11.3Option of Service Members to Redeem Units.

(a)Scheduled Redemption Dates. Except for Class B Units redeemed pursuant to Section 11.1 or forfeited pursuant to Section 11.2 or as otherwise determined by the Managing Member at the time Class B Units are granted, each Service Member shall be entitled to redeem the Service Member’s vested Class B Units, without payment by the Service Member, in three equal installments on the Redemption Dates applicable to an equal number of the Service Member’s Deferred Equity Units, upon written notice to the Company no later than December 1st of the year in which such Redemption Date is scheduled to occur, for a Class B Redemption Payment; provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Managing Member, no Class B Unit may be redeemed pursuant to this Section 11.3(a) prior to the Redemption Date in the second succeeding calendar year after such Class B Unit becomes vested. A Service Member may specify that a Class B Redemption Payment be made with respect to any (or no) portion of such Service Member’s Class B Units eligible for redemption on a Redemption Date (any such Class B Units eligible for redemption but not redeemed, a “Retained Class B Unit”).

(b)Annual Right to Redemption.

(i)Class A Units. Subject to Section 11.4, each Service Member shall have an annual right to redeem his or her Class A Units as provided in Section 7.3 of the Plan.

(ii)Class B Units. Subject to Section 11.4, on each one-year anniversary of the first Redemption Date on which a Class B Unit is redeemable pursuant to Section 11.3(a), each Service Member shall be entitled to the redemption, upon written notice to the Company no later than December 1st of the year in which such anniversary date occurs, of all or any portion of such Service Member’s Retained Class B Units for a Class B Redemption Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s right to redeem

 

21


Class B Units pursuant to this Section 11.3(b)(ii) shall be limited to the maximum number of Class B Units that would have been redeemable from the Service Member if the Service Member were then employed by WMG or any of its Affiliates.

Section 11.4Mandatory Redemption. In December of the Eighth Plan Year applicable to a Service Member’s Unit Allocation, (i) the Company shall redeem from such Service Member (other than an Affected Member whose Units are subject to Section 11.1 and Section 11.2) (x) each Class A Unit then outstanding for a cash payment equal to the then current Fair Market Value of one Fractional Company Share and (y) each Class B Unit then vested and outstanding that relates to such Unit Allocation for its Class B Redemption Payment and (ii) each unvested Class B Unit that relates to such Unit Allocation shall be forfeited, without any payment to its holder in respect thereof, and such forfeited Class B Units shall be Transferred to the Managing Member.

Section 11.5Redemption Mechanics.

(a)Class A Units. The redemption of any Class A Unit held by a Service Member (including an Affected Member) shall be effected (at the option of the Managing Member) by (x) the Managing Member contributing cash to the Company to fund the redemption of such Class A Unit, the Managing Member receiving one Class A Unit in exchange for such cash contribution and the Company distributing such cash to such Service Member in redemption of such Class A Unit or (y) subject to Section 11.5(c), the Company distributing one WMG Fractional Share to such Service Member in redemption of such Class A Unit and WMG redeeming from such Service Member, and such Service Member selling to WMG, such WMG Fractional Share in exchange for cash, provided that, if permitted by Section 11.5(c), such redemption shall be effected in accordance with clause (y) of this Section 11.5(a) if the redemption price is determined pursuant to Section 11.1(b)(ii)(A).

(b)Class B Units. The redemption of any Class B Unit held by a Service Member (including an Affected Member) shall be effected (at the option of the Managing Member) by (x) the Managing Member contributing cash to the Company in an amount equal to the Class B Redemption Payment for such Class B Unit and the Company distributing such cash to such Service Member in redemption of such Class B Unit or (y) subject to Section 11.5(c), the Company distributing a fractional share of WMG Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the Class B Redemption Payment of such Class B Unit in redemption of such Class B Unit and WMG redeeming from such Service Member, and such Service Member selling to WMG, such fractional share of WMG Common Stock in exchange for cash in an amount equal to such Class B Redemption Payment. Upon the redemption of a Class B Unit the number of Class A Units held by the Managing Member that are reclassified as Class C Units shall be reduced in accordance with Section 3.2(e). In addition, upon the redemption of one or more Class B Units pursuant to clause (y) of this Section 11.5(b), the number of Class A Units held by the Managing Member shall be reduced by a number of Class A Units that then have a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Class B Redemption Payment of such redeemed Class B Units.

 

22


(c)Limitation on WMG Redemptions of WMG Fractional Shares. If a redemption of WMG Fractional Shares by WMG pursuant to this Article XI (or the payment of a dividend by a subsidiary of WMG to fund such a redemption) would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of, or a default or an event of default under, any guaranty, financing or security agreement or document entered into by WMG or any of its subsidiaries from time to time or WMG’s certificate of incorporation or if WMG has no funds legally available to make such redemption in compliance with Delaware law, then WMG shall not be obligated to redeem such Fractional Company Shares and instead the Company shall redeem the applicable Class A Units or Class B Units for cash.

(d)Closing of Redemption. The closing of any redemption of Class A Units, Class B Units or WMG Fractional Shares pursuant to this Article XI will be held at the offices of the Company on a date specified by the Managing Member. Prior to any such closing, the Member shall execute and deliver to the Company or WMG, as applicable, such documents as the Company or WMG, as applicable, shall deem necessary to effect any redemptions pursuant to this Article XI.

Section 11.6Limitation on Distributions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, a Service Member’s distribution rights with respect to Units redeemed pursuant to this Article XI (including pursuant to the Plan) are limited to the provisions of this Article XI (and the Plan) and following the redemption or forfeiture of a Service Member’s Units, such Service Member will have no additional rights to distributions with respect to such Units pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 11.7Effect on Status. Any Service Member whose entire Interest is redeemed or forfeited will not, after such redemption or forfeiture, have any of the rights of a Member nor be considered a Member for any other purpose.

Section 11.8431 Election for Class A Units. A Service Member who is a UK resident for the tax year in which he or she acquires Class A Units shall enter into an election under section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of the full amount of the Service Member’s Class A Units prior to the 14th day after the acquisition date of such Class A Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Service Member shall fail to enter into such election within such time, the Company will have the option (but not the obligation) to redeem all or a portion of the Service Member’s Class A Units for an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Service Member’s Capital Contributions in respect of such Class A Unit and (B) the Fair Market Value of one WMG Fractional Share on the redemption date of such Class A Unit.

 

23


ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 12.1Dissolving Events. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up in the manner hereinafter provided upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the written consent of the Managing Member, (b) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (c) any other event which is specified in the Certificate or under applicable law as an event causing the dissolution of the Company of any event which under applicable law would cause the dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of any Member in the Company under the Delaware Act shall not, in and of itself, cause the dissolution of the Company. In such event, the remaining Member(s) shall continue the business of the Company without dissolution.

Section 12.2Dissolution and Winding-Up. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be liquidated or distributed under the direction of and to the extent determined by the Managing Member and the business of the Company shall be wound up. Within a reasonable time after the effective date of dissolution of the Company, the Company’s assets shall be distributed in the following manner and order:

First, to creditors in satisfaction of indebtedness (other than any loans or advances that may have been made by any of the Members to the Company), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment, and the expenses of liquidation, whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment, including the establishment of reasonable reserves (which may be funded by a liquidating trust) determined by the Managing Member or the liquidating trustee, as the case may be, to be reasonably necessary for the payment of the Company’s expenses, liabilities and other obligations (whether fixed, conditional, unmatured or contingent);

Second, to the payment of loans or advances that may have been made by any of the Members to the Company; and

Third, to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1, taking into account any amounts previously distributed under Section 6.1,

provided that no payment or distribution in any of the foregoing categories shall be made until all payments in each prior category shall have been made in full, and providedfurther, that if the payments due to be made in any of the foregoing categories exceed the remaining assets available for such purpose, such payments shall be made to the Persons entitled to receive the same pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts due to them.

 

24


Section 12.3Distributions in Cash or in Kind. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to liquidate all of the Company’s assets in an orderly manner and apply the proceeds of such liquidation as set forth in Section 12.2, provided that if in the good faith judgment of the Managing Member, a Company asset should not be liquidated, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to allocate, on the basis of the then current Fair Market Value of any Company assets not sold or otherwise disposed of, any unrealized gain or loss based on such value to the Members’ Capital Accounts as though the assets in question had been sold on the date of distribution and, after giving effect to any such adjustment, distribute such assets in accordance with Section 12.2 as if such Fair Market Value had been received in cash, subject to the priorities set forth in Section 12.2, and providedfurther, that the Managing Member shall in good faith attempt to liquidate sufficient Company assets to satisfy in cash (or make reasonable provision for) the debts and liabilities referred to in Section 12.2.

Section 12.4Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the assets of the Company have been distributed and the Certificate has been canceled, all in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 12.5Claims of the Members. The Members and former Members shall look solely to the Company’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Members and former Members shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member.

ARTICLE XIII

DEFINED TERMS

Section 13.1Definitions.

Access” means AI Entertainment Holdings LLC and its Affiliates (other than the Company and WMG and its subsidiaries).

Accounting Period” means the period commencing on the day after an Adjustment Date and end on the next Adjustment Date.

Additional Member” has the meaning given in Section 3.4.

Additional Unit Allocation” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Adjustment Date” means the last day of each fiscal year of the Company or any other date determined by the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, as appropriate for an interim closing of the Company’s books.

 

25


Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person, where “control” means the power to direct the affairs of a Person by reason of ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as this agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time after the date hereof.

Artist” means (A) any singer or musician or other person furnishing the services or works of an artist to WMG or its Affiliates pursuant to a Contract to which such singer, musician or other Person is required to provide exclusive services for the making or delivering of master Recordings to WMG or its Affiliates or (B) any writer, producer or other talent who has entered into a Contract with WMG or any of its Affiliates or who has otherwise provided services to WMG or any of its Affiliates, except, in the case of both clauses (A) and (B) above, any such Person who is required to provide services to any Person other than WMG or any of its Affiliates on an exclusive basis pursuant to a Contract that was not entered into in connection with any violation by the applicable Service Member of this Agreement or any other agreement between such Service Member and WMG or any of its Affiliates.

Annual FCF Bonus” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Benchmark Amount” means the amount set with respect to a Class B Unit pursuant to Section 3.2(d)(iii).

Capital Account” has the meaning given in Section 5.1.

Capital Contribution” means, for any Member, the total amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property contributed to the Company by such Member.

Cause”, with respect a Service Member, means WMG or its Affiliate having “cause” to terminate such Service Member’s employment or service, as defined in any existing employment, consulting or any other agreement between the Service Member and WMG or its Affiliate with such a definition or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, upon (i) the Service Member having ceased to perform his or her material duties to the Company, WMG or any of its Affiliates (other than as a result of vacation, approved leave or his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury), which failure amounts to an extended neglect of such duties, (ii) the Service Member engaging in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to WMG or any its Affiliates, (iii) the Service Member having been convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, any misdemeanor involving as a material element fraud, dishonesty or the sale or possession of illicit substances, or to a felony, (iv) the failure of the Service Member to follow the lawful instructions of WMG’s Board of Directors or his or her direct superiors to the extent such instructions have been communicated to

 

26


him or her or (v) the Service Member having breached any material covenant contained in this Agreement or any employment letter or agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and the Service Member.

Certificate” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Act.

Change in Control” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Class A Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Class A Units” and having the rights set forth in this Agreement. Class A Units are identified as “Equity Units” under the Plan.

Class B Redemption Payment” means, with respect to a Class B Unit, a cash payment, equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Fair Market Value of one WMG Fractional Share on the applicable redemption date over (ii) the Benchmark Amount of such Class B Unit. In addition, the aggregate Class B Redemption Payment to a Service Member (including an Affected Member) shall be reduced by the amount of any then outstanding Unrecovered Investment Credit of the Service Member, except to the extent the Managing Member determines otherwise, in its sole discretion.

Class B Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Class B Units” and having the rights set forth in this Agreement. Class B Units are identified as “Matching Equity Units” under the Plan.

Class C Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Class C Units” and having the rights set forth in this Agreement.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Confidential Information” has the meaning given in Section 3.6(d).

Contract” means any contract, other agreement, commitment, binding arrangement, binding understanding or binding relationship (whether written or oral and whether express or implied).

Covered Person” means the Managing Member, Access, any of their respective Affiliates, any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of the Managing Member, Access or any of their respective Affiliates, including any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or WMG or any of its Affiliates.

 

27


Deferral Account” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Deferred Equity Unit” has the meaning given in the Plan.

“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time.

Disability”, with respect to a Service Member, has the meaning given in the long-term disability plan of WMG or its Affiliate applicable to such Service Member.

Dividend Proceeds” means cash dividends funded out of the Free Cash Flow generated by WMG and its subsidiaries paid to the Company with respect to shares of WMG Common Stock owned by the Company.

Drag-Along Right” has the meaning given in Section 10.7(b).

Effective Date” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Eighth Plan Year” has the meaning given in the Plan.

employment, ” the phrase “employment with WMG” and corollary terms used shall mean a Service Member’s employment with or service to WMG and its Affiliates that actually employ the Service Member or to which the Service Member provides services, whether as an employee, consultant, officer or otherwise.

Estate Planning Vehicle” has the meaning given in Section 10.1(b).

Exit Event” means a transaction or series of transactions (other than an initial public offering of WMG or any of its Affiliates) involving the sale, transfer or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by Access to one or more Third Parties of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of WMG Common Stock and its successors or involving the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of WMG and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more Third Parties (including, without limitation, a Change in Control); provided that, unless the Managing Member determines otherwise, in no event shall an Initial Public Offering or secondary public offering constitute an “Exit Event” for any purposes of this Agreement.

Exit Proceeds” means the net proceeds realized by the Company from (i) an Exit Event, (ii) sale of WMG Fractional Shares underlying a Unit pursuant to a Tag-Along Right under Section 10.7(a), (iii) sale of WMG Fractional Shares underlying a Unit in or following an Initial Public Offering of WMG Common Stock or (iv) cash or other dividends or distributions paid on WMG Common Stock other than Dividend Proceeds, in each case, that are available for distribution (in cash or in kind) by the Company, as determined by the Managing Member.

 

28


Fair Market Value” means, with respect to shares of WMG Common Stock, as of any particular date of determination prior to an Initial Public Offering, the per share value on such date of a share of WMG Common Stock that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller, without any discount for minority interest, lack of liquidity, transfer restrictions or forfeiture risks, as determined by a valuation of WMG Common Stock (taking into account the Fully-Diluted WMG Equity) that shall have been performed by a nationally recognized independent valuation firm or as otherwise determined in good faith by the Committee taking into account such factors as the Committee deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the earnings and other financial and operating information of WMG in recent periods, the value of WMG’s tangible and intangible assets, the present value of anticipated future cash-flows of WMG, the history and management of WMG, the general condition of the securities markets and the market value of securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those of WMG. Following an Initial Public Offering, “Fair Market Value” of a share of WMG Common Stock shall mean, as of any particular date of determination, the mid-point between the high and the low trading prices for such date per share of WMG Common Stock as reported on the principal stock exchange on which the shares of WMG Common Stock are then listed. “Fair Market Value” of any other property, as of any particular date of determination, shall mean the fair market value of such property, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member.

Free Cash Flow” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Fully-Diluted WMG Equity” has the meaning given in the Plan to the term “Fully-Diluted Company Equity.”

Good Reason”, with respect to a Service Member, means the Service Member having “good reason” to terminate the Service Member’s employment or service, as defined in any existing employment, consulting or any other agreement between such Service Member and WMG or any of its Affiliates with such a definition or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, means (i) a material reduction in such Service Member’s annual salary or Annual FCF Bonus percentage allocation, (ii) a failure by WMG or any of its Affiliates to pay to such Service Member any annual salary which has become payable and due to him or her in accordance with the terms of any employment letter or agreement between WMG or any of its Affiliates and such Service Member, or (iii) a failure by the Company or WMG to pay to such Service Member any entitlement which has become payable and due to him or her in accordance with the terms of the Plan; provided that, within 30 days following any such reduction or failure, (A) such Service Member shall have delivered written notice to WMG of his or her intention to terminate his or her employment for Good Reason, which notice specifies in reasonable detail the circumstances claimed to give rise to his or her right to terminate his or her employment for Good Reason, (B) such Service Member shall have provided WMG with 30 days after receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances and (C) failing a cure, such Service Member shall have terminated his or her employment within 30 days after the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in the preceding clause (B).

 

29


Initial Base Investment Price” shall mean $107.13.

Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten public offering of WMG Common Stock.

Initial Unit Allocation” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Interest” means the limited liability interest in the Company which represents the interest of each Member in and to the profits and losses of the Company, such Member’s right to receive distributions of the Company’s assets and such Member’s Units.

Involuntary Transfer” has the meaning given in Section 10.4.

Involuntary Transferee” has the meaning given in Section 10.4.

Managing Member” has the meaning given in the recitals to this Agreement and its permitted successors and assigns.

Maximum Unit Allocation” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Member” has the meaning given in the recitals to this Agreement and includes any Person admitted as an additional or substitute Member of the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

Person” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, estate, limited liability company or other legal entity or organization.

Plan” means the Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan, as previously adopted by WMG and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Redemption Date” has the meaning given in the Plan, and is subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.

Restricted Artist” means an Artist who is then-currently, either directly or through a furnishing entity, under contract to WMG or any of its Affiliates or who was, either directly or through a furnishing entity, under contract to WMG or any of its Affiliates in the prior one-year period.

Restricted Employee” has the meaning given in Section 3.6(b)(i).

Restricted Label” means a record label or imprint which is then-currently, either directly or through a furnishing entity, under Contract to WMG or any of its Affiliates or which was, either directly or through a furnishing entity, under contract to WMG or any of its Affiliates in the prior one-year period.

 

30


Restricted Period” has the meaning given in Section 3.6(a).

Retained Class B Unit” has the meaning given in Section 11.3(a).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Service Member” means each Member (other than the Managing Member and Access).

Tag-Along Right” has the meaning given in Section 10.7(a).

Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning given in Section 8.2(b).

Termination Redemption Date” has the meaning given in Section 11.1(a).

Third Party” means, in respect of any Transfer, one or more Persons, other than Access, the Company, WMG or any of its subsidiaries, any Member and (without giving effect to such Transfer or Exit Event) any of their respective Affiliates.

Transfer” means to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of.

Treasury Regulations” means the Regulations of the Treasury Department of the United States issued pursuant to the Code.

Unit Allocation” has the meaning given in the Plan.

Unit Certificate” means a non-negotiable certificate issued by the Company which evidences the ownership of one or more Units, includes a description as to the relevant class of Unit, is denominated in terms of the number and class of Units and is signed by the Managing Member.

Units” means the limited liability company interests in the Company, including the Class A Units and the Class B Units.

Unrecovered Investment Credit” has the meaning given in the Plan.

WMG” means Warner Music Group Corp. and its successors and assigns.

“WMG Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of WMG.

WMG Fractional Share” means one-ten-thousandth (1/10,000) of a share of WMG Common Stock.

 

31


ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1No Conflict with the Plan. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to conflict with the terms and conditions of the Plan and to the extent any such conflict exists, expressly or by implication, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

Section 14.2Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement shall adversely affect either (i) a particular Service Member on a discriminatory basis compared with other holders of a similar class of Interest without such Service Member’s consent or (ii) holders of a particular class of Units without the consent of the holders of a majority in interest of such class. The Company shall notify all Members after any such amendment, modification or supplement, other than any amendments to Schedule A, has taken effect.

Section 14.3Certain Tax Matters. The Company shall not elect, and the Managing Member shall not permit the Company to elect, to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes under Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-3 or under any corresponding provision of state or local law. The Company and the Managing Member shall not permit the registration or listing of interests in the Company on an “established securities market,” as such term is used in Treasury Regulations § 1.7704-1.

Section 14.4Notices. All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered personally, (ii) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, (iii) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery or (iv) sent by fax, as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

(a)If to the Company:

WMG Management Holdings, LLC

c/o Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Paul M. Robinson, Esq.

With a copy to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Elizabeth Pagel Serebransky

Meir D. Katz

 

32


(b)If to a Member, at the address set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A, or at such other address as such Member may hereafter designate by written notice to the Company.

All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received by (i) if by personal delivery, on the day delivered, (ii) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, (iii) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered or (iv) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

Section 14.5Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws rules thereof.

Section 14.6Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH MEMBER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 14.7Waiver of Partition. Except as may otherwise be provided by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation and dissolution of the Company, each Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

Section 14.8Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is inoperative or unenforceable for any reason, such circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering the provision in question inoperative or unenforceable in any other case or circumstance, or of rendering any other provision or provisions herein contained invalid, inoperative, or unenforceable to any extent whatsoever, so long as this Agreement, taken as a whole, still expresses the material intent of the parties hereto. The invalidity of any one or more phrases, sentences, clauses, Sections or subsections of this Agreement shall not affect the remaining portions of this Agreement.

Section 14.9Headings, etc. The headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

 

33


Section 14.10Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any prior agreement or understanding among them with respect to such subject matter.

Section 14.11Counterparts. This Agreement, may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 14.12Further Actions. Each Member shall execute and deliver such other certificates, agreements and documents, and take such other actions, as may reasonably be requested by the Company in connection with the continuation of the Company and the achievement of its purposes, including, without limitation, (i) any documents that the Company deems necessary or appropriate to continue the Company as a limited liability company in all jurisdictions in which the Company or its Affiliates conduct or plan to conduct business and (ii) all such agreements, certificates, tax statements and other documents as may be required to be filed in respect of the Company.

Section 14.13Power of Attorney. For the purposes of making and filing the filings, certificates, instruments and amendments listed below, each Member hereby constitutes and appoints the Managing Member as his or her true and lawful representative and attorney-in-fact in his or her name, place and stead to make, execute, acknowledge, record and file the following:

(a)any amendment to the Certificate which may be required by the laws of the State of Delaware because of:

(i)any duly made amendment to this Agreement; or

(ii)any change in the information contained in such Certificate or any amendment thereto;

(b)any other certificate or instrument which may be required to be filed by the Company under the laws of the State of Delaware or under the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction in which counsel to the Company determines that it is advisable to file;

(c)any certificate or other instrument which the Managing Member deems necessary or desirable to effect a termination and dissolution of the Company which is authorized under this Agreement;

(d)any amendments to this Agreement, duly adopted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

(e)any other instruments that the Managing Member may deem necessary or desirable to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement; providedhowever, that any action taken pursuant to this power shall not, in any way, increase the liability of the Members beyond the liability expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

34


Such attorney-in-fact is not by the provisions of this Section 14.13 granted any authority on behalf of the undersigned to amend this Agreement, except as provided for in this Agreement. Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death or incapacity of the Member granting such power of attorney.

[signature page follows]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Managing Member has executed this Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of WMG Management Holdings, LLC, as of the date first set forth above.

 

MANAGING MEMBER:

 

AI ENTERTAINMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

By:  

AI Entertainment Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

By:  

Access Industries Management, LLC,

its managing member

By:  

/s/ Lincoln Benet

  Name: Lincoln Benet
  Title: President

 

36

EX-10.34

Exhibit 10.34

PARAMOUNT GROUP, INC.

as Agent for

PGREF I 1633 BROADWAY TOWER, L.P.

Landlord,

-and-

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.

Tenant.

L E A S E

Dated: October 1, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article

   Page  

ARTICLE 1

     1  

Premises, Term, Purposes and Rent

     1  

ARTICLE 2

     10  

Completion and Occupancy

     10  

ARTICLE 3

     14  

Use of Premises

     14  

ARTICLE 4

     16  

Appurtenances, Etc., Not to be Removed

     16  

ARTICLE 5

     18  

Various Covenants

     18  

ARTICLE 6

     33  

Changes or Alterations by Landlord

     33  

ARTICLE 7

     34  

Damage by Fire, Etc.

     34  

ARTICLE 8

     37  

Condemnation

     37  

ARTICLE 9

     39  

Compliance with Laws

     39  

ARTICLE 10

     40  

Accidents to Plumbing and Other Systems

     40  

ARTICLE 11

     41  

Notices and Service of Process

     41  

ARTICLE 12

     44  

Conditions of Limitation

     44  

ARTICLE 13

     46  

Re-entry by Landlord

     46  

ARTICLE 14

     47  

Damages

     47  

ARTICLE 15

     49  

Waivers by Tenant

     49  

ARTICLE 16

     49  

Waiver of Trial by Jury

     49  

ARTICLE 17

     50  

Elevators, Cleaning, Heating, Air Conditioning, Services, Etc.

     50  

ARTICLE 18

     56  

Lease Contains All Agreements—No Waivers

     56  

ARTICLE 19

     57  

Parties Bound

     57  

ARTICLE 20

     58  

Curing Tenant’s Defaults—Additional Rent

     58  

 

ii


ARTICLE 21

     60  

Inability to Perform

     60  

ARTICLE 22

     60  

Adjacent Excavation—Shoring

     60  

ARTICLE 23

     61  

Article Headings

     61  

ARTICLE 24

     61  

Electricity and Water

     61  

ARTICLE 25

     65  

Assignment, Mortgaging, Subletting, Etc.

     65  

ARTICLE 26

     76  

Escalations

     76  

ARTICLE 27

     82  

Subordination

     82  

ARTICLE 28

     87  

Miscellaneous

     87  

ARTICLE 29

     92  

Layout and Finish

     92  

ARTICLE 30

     94  

Insurance

     94  

ARTICLE 31

     96  

Security Deposit

     96  

ARTICLE 32

     100  

Extension Option

     100  

ARTICLE 33

     103  

Expansion Space Option

     103  

ARTICLE 34

     105  

Right of First Offer

     105  

ARTICLE 35

     109  

Shaft Space

     109  

ARTICLE 36

     111  

Roof Equipment

     111  

ARTICLE 37

     113  

Tenant’s Cafeteria

     113  

ARTICLE 38

     116  

Tenant’s Signage/Lobby Desk

     116  

ARTICLE 39

     118  

Cellar 2 Space

     118  

ARTICLE 40

     120  

Tenant’s Rights

     120  

ARTICLE 41

     120  

Quiet Enjoyment

     120  

 

iii


TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

     RR-1  

EXHIBIT A

     A-1  

RENTAL PLANS

  

EXHIBIT B

     B-1  

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

  

EXHIBIT C

     C-1  

FUNDAMENTAL TERMS CHART

  

EXHIBIT D

     D-1  

CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

  

EXHIBIT E

     E-1  

APPROVED CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND MECHANICS

  

EXHIBIT F

     F-1  

CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS

  

EXHIBIT G

     G-1  

CLEANING AND JANITORIAL SERVICES

  

EXHIBIT H

     H-1  

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING SPECIFICATIONS

  

EXHIBIT I

     I-1  

2013 RATE LIST FOR TENANTS

  

EXHIBIT J

     J-1  

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

  

EXHIBIT K

     K-1  

OPERATING EXPENSES

  

EXHIBIT L

     L-1  

ROFO LEASES

  

EXHIBIT M

     M-1  

MONUMENT SIGNAGE

  

EXHIBIT N

     N-1  

50TH STREET SIGNAGE

  

EXHIBIT O

     O-1  

COMPETITOR LIST

  

EXHIBIT P

     P-1  

7TH FLOOR TERRACE

  

EXHIBIT Q

     Q-1  

7TH FLOOR TERRACE RULES & REGULATIONS

  

EXHIBIT R

     R-1  

FORM OF CONDITIONAL PARTIAL LIEN WAIVER

  

 

iv


LEASE

LEASE, dated as of October 1, 2013, between PARAMOUNT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Agent for PGREF I 1633 BROADWAY TOWER, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (Landlord), having offices at 1633 Broadway, Suite 1801, New York, NY 10019 and WMG ACQUISITIONS CORP. (“Tenant”), a Delaware corporation, with a Federal Tax Identification Number of 68-0576630 and having an office at 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10019 (“Lease”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

ARTICLE 1

Premises, Term, Purposes and Rent

Section 1.01 (a) Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby hire from Landlord, subject to any ground and/or underlying leases and/or mortgages as herein provided in Article 27, and upon and subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease, for the term herein stated, the entire rentable area of the 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th floors as shown on the rental plans annexed hereto as Exhibit A in the building known as and located at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York (“Building”). Said leased premises, together with all Appurtenances, as herein defined, (except Tenant’s Property, herein defined) are herein called the “Premises”. The plot of land on which the Building is located is herein called the “Land” and is more fully described in the legal description attached hereto as Exhibit B.

(b) Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive right to use in common with others, subject to the Building rules and regulations (as referred to in Section 5.01(b) hereof) and the other applicable provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 6.01 hereof): (i) the public areas of the Building that are constructed or provided for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Building (except any roof areas, terraces and or mechanical rooms of the Building unless specifically provided for in this Lease), including without limitation, the common lobbies, corridors, elevators and loading docks of the Building for their intended purposes; and (ii) if the Premises includes less than the entire rentable area of any floor, the core restrooms, corridors and elevator lobby of such floor for their intended uses.

 

1


(c) During the Term (as hereinafter defined in Section 1.02(a)) and to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation and insurance requirements, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use, subject to all other provisions of this Lease, the fire stairs (the “Fire Stairs”) connecting the floors within the 7th through 11th floor portion of the Premises and within any other contiguous full floor portions of the Premises for normal business travel between such floors. Tenant shall, at its sole expense, install a security system with card-key access on the Fire Stairs doors so used by Tenant and shall connect all such Fire Stairs doors to the Building’s security and Class E fire system. Tenant may not use any Fire Stairs doors to travel between floors unless same are equipped with such security system with card-key access. All such connections to the Building’s security and Class E fire system shall be performed in a manner reasonably approved by Landlord (which shall include use of Landlord’s reasonably approved contractor for the installation of all security related work) and reimburse Landlord for any upgrades which may be required to the Building’s security system as a result of such tie-in. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for its actual, out of pocket cost to clean the Fire Stairs so used by Tenant, but only to the extent such costs are increased by such use as well as for any additional repairs and maintenance expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s use of such Fire Stairs. Tenant may, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as part of Tenant’s Work and in compliance with applicable Requirements (as hereinafter defined in Section 9.03), upgrade the finishes and lighting in the Fire Stairs. All of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to indemnification, insurance and compliance with legal requirements shall apply to Tenant’s installations in and use of the Fire Stairs and in addition, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements with respect to such use and shall reimburse Landlord for any actual, out of pocket costs incurred by Landlord resulting from such use. All of Tenant’s Work under this Section 1.01(c) shall be performed in accordance with the provisions pertaining to Tenant’s Changes (as hereinafter defined in Section 5.01(e)(i)). If Tenant defaults in any of its obligations under this Section 1.01(c) including without limitation, its use of the fire stairs in accordance with all other provisions of this Lease, Landlord may send Tenant notice of such default and if such default is not cured within ten (10) business days (or two (2) business days if such default constitutes a safety issue, or two (2) business days, or such longer period of time as is reasonably necessary to cure any

 

2


code violation default) after Tenant’s receipt of same, Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s right to use the Fire Stairs under this Section 1.01(c). Tenant may be required to remove all of the installations made pursuant to this Section 1.01(c) in accordance with Section 4.01 of this Lease. Unless caused by their negligence or willful misconduct, neither Landlord nor any of its agents or employees shall have any liability for any injury or damage to persons or property, or interruption of Tenant’s business as a result of, or in connection with the use of the fire stairs, including any such injury or damage or interruption of Tenant’s business caused by other tenants or persons in the Building using the fire stairs or entering the Premises from the fire stairs.

(d) (i) Landlord represents to Tenant that the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building allows for the use of eight hundred and eighty (880) square feet of usable space on the 7th floor terrace of the Building as shown hatched on Exhibit P annexed hereto (such 880 square foot space (as the same may be expanded as provided below), herein, the “7th Floor Terrace”) for outdoor seating and such other uses as are more particularly described herein. Landlord will cooperate at no cost to Landlord with Tenant in pursuing and obtaining required NYC permits if Tenant wishes to expand the area of the 7th Floor Terrace in a manner and size reasonably approved by Landlord, provided however, such expansion of the 7th Floor Terrace shall not materially interfere or delay the performance of the Landlord Terrace Work (as hereinafter defined in this Section). Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole expense except as hereinafter provided, to (a) create two (2) entrances/exits onto the 7th Floor Terrace (which shall include all modifications required to the perimeter induction units and the cost of all such entrance/exit work shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for fifty percent (50%) of such costs within thirty (30) days after demand, together with reasonable supporting documentation) and this work shall be completed by Landlord within four (4) months after Landlord’s receipt of agreed upon entrance/exit locations, (b) provide appropriate screening (such screening shall have acoustical properties so as to limit the sound generated by the cooling tower only if required to meet the NC-40 Noise Standard inside the offices nearest the cooling tower and such screening will be finished in a fashion reasonably acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant, provided Tenant shall not delay Landlord in finalizing this work) on the south side and the east side of the cooling tower at a height mutually agreed upon between the parties (but in no event, less than ten (10) feet) to reasonably conceal any mechanical equipment or unusable portions of

 

3


the roof space, (c) lift and repair pavers, if needed, and create and install barriers (using planters or railings or combinations thereof) as needed between the usable and non-usable space, (d) provide a hose bib for watering plants on the 7th Floor Terrace, and (e) make the original 880 square feet of the 7th Floor Terrace code-compliant as of the date of the completion the Landlord Terrace Work (the “Landlord Terrace Work). The Landlord Terrace Work shall only be performed with respect to the original 880 square foot space comprising the 7th Floor Terrace. Landlord represents that as of the Term Commencement Date, the roof on which the 7th Floor Terrace is located shall be waterproof. Landlord shall repair and maintain such roof in accordance with Section 10.02 hereof (subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay for the cost of such repair and maintenance pursuant to Section 5.01(a) hereof) and Landlord shall indemnify Tenant against any and all damages resulting from defects in such roof existing as of the Term Commencement Date to the fullest extent provided for in Section 5.02(c) hereof. Except for Landlord’s obligation to repair and maintain the roof as set forth above, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole expense, to maintain and repair all items of Landlord’s Terrace Work and any other items or property on the 7th Floor Terrace. Landlord shall complete the Landlord Terrace Work in coordination and conjunction with Tenant’s Work but prior to the substantial completion of Tenant’s Work. Landlord agrees to use diligent good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to expeditiously complete Landlord’s Terrace Work prior to the substantial completion of Tenant’s Work. Subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, Tenant shall have the right to make alterations (as part of Tenant’s Changes) to the 7th Floor Terrace desired by Tenant, including without limitation, the addition of outdoor lighting and any other work to make the area and the use of the 7th Floor Terrace beyond the original 880 square feet code compliant, provided such work may not materially interfere with Landlord’s Terrace Work, which shall have priority. Landlord and Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate the Landlord Terrace Work and Tenant’s Work on the 7th Floor Terrace so as to avoid material interference and/or delay with each other’s work on the 7th Floor Terrace. Subject to the provisions of this Lease (including without limitation Article 3 hereof and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it must exercise reasonable care in Tenant’s use of the 7th Floor Terrace not to interfere or disturb the operation of the theatre immediately below the 7th Floor Terrace) and throughout the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use (subject to casualty, condemnation or repairs, maintenance or other work required to the Building) the 7th Floor Terrace, including the fire stair on the southwest corner of the Building only if the original 880 square feet of the 7th Floor Terrace is expanded (and Tenant shall be responsible to do any work

 

4


on such fire stair in order to make the use of same code compliant), so long as that portion of the 7th floor of the Building adjoining the 7th Floor Terrace area is part of the Premises, for purposes subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, provided however, all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to indemnification, insurance and compliance with legal requirements (including, without limitation, obtaining all required permits) shall apply to Tenant’s installations in and use of the 7th Floor Terrace and in addition, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements with respect to such use, including without limitation, the 7th Floor Terrace Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit Q (and Landlord may adopt or amend these rules and regulations in the same fashion with respect to Building rules and regulations set forth in Section 5.01(b) hereof).

(ii) Subject to the provisions of this Lease (including without limitation, Article 3 hereof) and throughout the Term, Tenant shall also have: (y) the exclusive right to use, so long as that portion of the 7th floor of the Building adjoining the 7th Floor Terrace is part of the Premises, the wall on the 7th floor setback facing the 7th Floor Terrace as the same exists from time to time for display purposes only in connection with the WMG Primary Business (as hereinafter defined in Section 5.02(f)) subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord (including, without limitation, reasonable approval of any content on such wall). All such displays on such wall shall be professionally rendered (e.g., no spray painting allowed) and shall not contain pornographic, or obscene material or imagery or any other content not reasonably approved by Landlord; and (z) the non-exclusive right to use the portion of the plaza area in front of the Building (the “Building Plaza Area) as same exists from time to time at such times and in such locations as Landlord shall reasonably determine (maximum of eight (8) events per calendar year) for events, concerts, album release parties and other promotional events, provided however, all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to indemnification, insurance and compliance with legal requirements (including, without limitation, obtaining all required permits) shall apply to Tenant’s use of items (y) and (z) and in addition, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements with respect to such use and shall reimburse Landlord for any actual, out of pocket incremental or additional costs incurred by Landlord resulting from such use. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no signage rights described in clause (y) above may be separately assigned, sold or otherwise transferred by Tenant.

 

5


(iii) If Tenant defaults in any of its obligations under this Section 1.01(d), including, without limitation, its use of the 7th Floor Terrace, the wall on the 7th floor setback facing the 7th Floor Terrace or and the Building Plaza Area, Landlord may send Tenant notice of such default and if such default is not cured within ten (10) business days (or two (2) business days if such default constitutes a safety issue, or two (2) business days, or such longer period of time as is reasonably necessary to cure any code violation default) after Tenant’s receipt of such notice, Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s right to use the 7th Floor Terrace, the wall on the 7th floor setback or the Building Plaza Area, as the case may be.

Section 1.02 (a) The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the date Landlord delivers possession of the entire Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition (as hereinafter defined) (subject to Section 2.02 hereof) (“Term Commencement Date”), which in no event shall occur prior to January 1, 2014 and shall end on July 31, 2029 (“Expiration Date”) or on such earlier date upon which said term may expire or be terminated as herein provided or pursuant to law. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition on January 1, 2014. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s inquiries regarding the anticipated Term Commencement Date within three (3) business days after request. Landlord shall give Tenant twenty (20) days prior notice of the anticipated Term Commencement Date. Not less than fifteen (15) days prior to anticipated Term Commencement Date, each of Landlord and Tenant shall arrange to have its respective architects walk through the Premises (the “Walkthrough”) for the purpose of producing a list of punchlist work (“Landlord’s Punchlist Work”). Landlord shall proceed to complete or repair all items shown on the list of the Landlord’s Punchlist Work as agreed to between Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Term Commencement Date, the completion of which shall be confirmed in writing by Tenant’s architect, acting in good faith.

(b) Upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant shall have access to the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date for the following purposes: layout, surveys, sketching, delivery of materials, construction of on-site mock-ups and other customary pre-construction activities (“Tenant’s Pre-Term Commencement Date Work”). Such access shall be subject to: (i) all applicable terms and conditions of this Lease except those pertaining to the payment of rent; and (ii) Tenant not interfering with the performance of any of Landlord’s work within the Premises necessary to deliver the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition, which shall have priority over Tenant’s Pre-Term Commencement Date Work.

 

6


Section 1.03 (a) The Premises shall be used for the following, but no other purpose, namely: executive, administrative and general offices (and customary ancillary uses associated therewith, provided the same do not otherwise violate the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building or the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease).

(b) In connection with and incidental to the use of the Premises for offices as provided in Section 1.03(a), Tenant may, subject to the provisions of this Lease and so long as such uses are permitted by applicable Requirements and the Building’s Certificate of Occupancy, use portions of the Premises for the following ancillary purposes: a kitchen,/cafeteria, board room, pantries, unisex toilet rooms, private bathrooms events areas, audio/video studios, recording studios, storage room, shipping/mailroom, computer/data processing room, copy room, training facility and other ancillary uses which are customarily found in corporate headquarters office space in Comparable Buildings (as hereinafter defined in Section 10.02).

Section 1.04 The rent reserved under this Lease for the term hereof shall be and consist of the amounts of fixed rent (“Fixed Rent”) as set forth in Exhibit C annexed hereto. Subject to Section 1.10 hereof, the Fixed Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during said term, plus such additional rent and other charges as shall become due and payable hereunder, which additional rent and other charges shall be payable as herein provided; all to be paid to Landlord at Post Office Box 11183A, New York, NY 10286-1183, or by wire transfer as set forth below:

ACCOUNT NAME: PGREF I 1633 BROADWAY TOWER, L.P.(ZERO BALANCE ACCOUNT)

ACCOUNT NUMBER: 890 0621 362

ABA NUMBER: 021 000 018

BANK: THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

or such other place as Landlord may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America, by check, subject to collection, or by wire transfer to the account specified above.

 

7


Section 1.05 (a) Tenant does hereby covenant and agree to pay the Fixed Rent, additional rent and other charges herein reserved as and when the same shall become due and payable, without demand therefor (except as may otherwise expressly be provided for herein), and without any setoff or deduction whatsoever (except as may otherwise expressly be provided for herein), and to keep, observe and perform, and permit no violation of, each of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. It being agreed that except for Fixed Rent, all amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (whether by way of reimbursement or otherwise) are deemed to be additional rent under this Lease. If the Fixed Rent shall commence on any date other than the first day of a calendar month, the Fixed Rent for such calendar month shall be prorated.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant is obligated to reimburse Landlord for any costs incurred by Landlord under any provision of this Lease (unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Lease), the amount reimbursed shall (i) be the reasonable (and there shall be a presumption of reasonableness for all such costs incurred by Landlord under or pursuant to this Lease) and actually incurred out-of-pocket costs, (ii) not include any profit or mark-up to Landlord and (iii) be made within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of written request from Landlord accompanied by reasonably detailed supporting documentation.

Section 1.06 The parties hereby agree that for all purposes of this Lease, the rentable area of the floors of the Premises shall be as set forth on Exhibit C. Neither party shall make any claim for either an increase or decrease in Fixed Rent or additional rent based on the rentable area of the Premises or any portion thereof being other than as set forth in the preceding sentence unless Landlord shall use more than a de minimus portion of the Premises for Building requirements to the extent permitted under Section 6.01 hereof.

Section 1.07 In the event that the Term or Rent Commencement Date or Expiration Date is not a date certain, then either party agrees to execute promptly after request from the other, an agreement setting forth such dates, provided however, that either party’s failure to execute said agreement shall in no way affect such dates.

Section 1.08 If any of the Fixed Rent or additional rent payable under this Lease shall be or become uncollectible, reduced or required to be refunded because of any legal requirements, Tenant shall enter into such agreement(s) and take such other legally permissible steps as Landlord may reasonably request to permit Landlord to collect the maximum rents which from time to time during the continuance of such legal requirements may

 

8


be legally permissible and not in excess of the amounts reserved therefor under this Lease. Upon the termination of such legal requirements; (a) the rents hereunder shall be payable in the amounts reserved herein for the periods following such termination; and (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, to the maximum extent legally permissible, an amount equal to, (i) the rents which would have been paid pursuant to this Lease but for such legal requirements less (ii) the rents paid by Tenant during the period such legal requirements were in effect.

Section 1.09 Intentionally deleted.

Section 1.10 (a) Provided that Tenant is not then in default (“Section 1.10 Default”) beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements of this Lease on its part to be performed, the Fixed Rent shall be abated through July 31, 2014 with respect to floors 4, 7, 8 and 9 (the “Block 1 Rent Abatement Period”). August 1, 2014 shall be the Rent Commencement Date for floors 4, 7, 8 and 9. Provided that a Section 1.10 Default does not then exist, the Fixed Rent shall be abated through December 31, 2016 with respect to floors 10 and 11 (the “Block 2 Rent Abatement Period and with the Block 1 Rent Abatement Period, the “Rent Abatement Period”)). January 1, 2017 shall be the Rent Commencement Date for floors 10 and 11. If Tenant cures a Section 1.10 Default (if any), Tenant shall receive the full abatement of Fixed Rent provided for herein.

(b) In the event Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition on or before January 2, 2014 (such date shall be extended day for day for each day beyond October 1, 2013 that this Lease is not unconditionally and fully executed and delivered between the parties and such extended date herein referred to as the, “Extended Date”), unless such failure is due to any of the causes set forth in Article 21 hereof or the acts or omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act), or negligence of Tenant or its agents or employees, then Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, shall have the right to receive: (i) for the first thirty (30) days following the Extended Date, one (1) additional day of Fixed Rent abatement for each day that delivery of the Premises has been delayed beyond the Extended Date; (ii) between the 31st day and the 90th day following the Extended Date, one and one-half (1.5) additional days Fixed Rent abatement for each day that Delivery of the Premises has been delayed beyond the Extended Date; and (iii) from and after the 90th day following the Extended Date, two (2) additional days of Fixed Rent abatement for each day that delivery of the Premises has been delayed beyond the Extended Date.

 

9


ARTICLE 2

Completion and Occupancy

Section 2.01 (a) Tenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Premises and except as hereinafter expressly provided in this Lease, agrees to accept possession of same in its “as-is” physical condition on the date hereof, ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted, it being understood and agreed that subject to Articles 7 and 8 hereof, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any alterations, improvements or repairs to the Premises or furnish to or remove from the Premises any alterations, improvements, fixtures, materials or any other property whatsoever, except as set forth in Section 2.01(b) below. Tenant further acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any free rent, (except as set forth in Section 1.10 hereof), concessions, credits or contributions of money (except as set forth in Section 29.02 hereof) from Landlord with respect to the initial delivery of the Premises to Tenant.

(b) The following items shall be completed by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and shall constitute the “Delivery Condition”:

1. Premises shall be delivered demolished in broom clean condition, including but not limited to, the removal of all existing installations, existing ductwork back to the core, electrical conduit and wiring back to the panels that feed each floor, voice and data cabling (including any power and voice/data cabling within the cell system), supplemental HVAC units together with all associated condenser water mains and branch piping back to the core riser on the floor, plumbing lines demolished and capped and fire alarm system in place per code for a demolished floor;

2. Legally demised with a first class common corridor if necessary;

3. Landlord shall remove all lead paint, if any;

4. Installation of a temporary sprinkler loop on each floor of the Premises which is fully operational and code compliant;

5. Delivery of the main HVAC trunk complete with smoke or fire dampers tied into the Building’s life safety systems at the core on each floor of the office Premises for Tenant’s build out as well as smoke detectors at each return air duct if required by code;

 

10


6. All perimeter convector unit enclosures will be repaired or replaced as necessary and in good working order. All piping, valves, thermostats and controls shall be in good working order and condition. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in any relocation of thermostats or controls, if applicable, at no actual cost to Landlord. Landlord to repair any defective or leaking induction unit, hoses or piping. Landlord shall clean and comb out the coils;

7. All required Building systems brought to the Premises in good working order and condition and fully operational in accordance with the Building’s specifications;

8. Landlord to provide code compliant fireproofing and enclosure of any exposed structural steel;

9. Landlord shall fill and firestop any slab (e.g., core drills) and wall penetrations;

10. Concrete slab cleaned, scraped and flash patched as needed and major imperfections will be repaired as needed and floors will be delivered smooth and reasonably level, all in a similar or better condition as exists as of the date of this Lease on the northeast corner of the 11th floor of the Building. Landlord will provide a topping coat to the 4th floor slab where needed to meet the 11th floor standard set forth above. In the 8th floor freight elevator lobby, Landlord will repair slab where previous tenant stair existed and make slab reasonably level ready to receive tenant VCT floor (Tenant will be responsible for flash patching);

11. Availability of connection points for Tenant’s strobes and related Class E connections. Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall provide adequate points of connection on each floor to support all base Building fire alarm devices as well as fire alarm devices installed by Tenant as part of Tenant’s Work. Final connections to the Building fire alarm system and programming shall be performed by the Building’s fire alarm vendor, at Tenant’s cost. All fire and safety systems, including alarms, speakers, communications, etc. shall be in full service and available on all floors of the Premises. Landlord shall also install strobes in the core lavatories. Landlord to install hardware to enable synchronization of strobes. This item number 11 work shall not be part of the Delivery Condition but shall be completed in conjunction with Tenant’s Work;

 

11


12. Asbestos (including vermiculite) and other Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined in Section 2.03) shall be removed from the Premises or encapsulated as required by applicable law. Landlord will deliver to Tenant Form ACP-5 on or prior to December 15, 2013 with respect to the Delivery Condition;

13. Delivery of the Premises with no outstanding construction liens and/or outstanding violations with the New York Department of Buildings (“DOB”) or the Fire Marshal that would delay Tenants’ construction;

14. Landlord shall make elevator call buttons and core door hardware and signage ADA compliant;

15. Landlord to deliver all windows sealed in and in weather tight condition;

16. Repair existing pipe insulation where needed on the 11th floor only; and

17. Central battery inverters: Landlord will leave in place the prior tenant battery inverters. Landlord approves the installation by Tenant of new battery inverters (no larger than the existing battery inverters) in the core in the same locations as the prior tenant had installed inverters on all tenant floors (either replacing the prior tenant inverts or providing where the inverter is not there).

(c) The Premises shall be delivered to Tenant vacant, with all rubbish and debris removed and free of tenancies and occupancies (and any claim with respect thereto). Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, Landlord knows of no asbestos (including vermiculite) or other Hazardous Materials existing in the Premises or Shaft Space (as hereinafter defined in Article 35) and if any such asbestos (including vermiculite) or other Hazardous Materials (defined as such as of the date of this Lease) shall exist in the Premises or the Shaft Space, (other than any asbestos (including vermiculite) or other Hazardous Materials installed by, or at the request of Tenant, Landlord shall, in a commercially reasonable expeditious fashion and as Landlord’s sole obligation and liability and at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, (i) remove such Hazardous

 

12


Materials as required by then existing applicable Requirements, and (ii) restore the Premises and the Shaft Space to their condition prior to the removal of the same. To the extent Tenant’s construction, use and occupancy of the Premises is adversely affected by such removal, there shall be an equitable abatement of Fixed Rent based upon the portion of the Premises which Tenant is unable to use and occupy during such removal and restoration (Haz Mat Abatement), which abatement shall be expressed on a per rentable square foot basis; provided, however that in the event such removal and restoration shall occur during the Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall be entitled to the Haz Mat Abatement after the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period.

Section 2.02 Landlord and Tenant agree that any failure to deliver the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition and have the Premises available to Tenant for its occupancy on a date certain shall in no way affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder nor shall the same be construed in any wise to extend the Term or impose any liability on Landlord, except as may otherwise be expressly provided for in Section 1.10(b) hereof. The provisions of this Section 2.02 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law and any other similar law hereafter in force.

Section 2.03 For purposes of this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials shall include any substance or material defined as a hazardous or toxic substance in Environmental Law. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Environmental Law means any law or requirement pertaining to the environment, environmental conditions and/or any Hazardous Substance, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Petroleum and Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Clean Air Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 300(f) et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 1101 et seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq., any so-called “Super Fund” or “Super Lien” law, applicable statutes of the State of New York and in any regulations adopted or publications promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing (as the same may be amended from time to time).

 

13


ARTICLE 3

Use of Premises

Section 3.01 Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part thereof other than as expressly permitted in Section 1.03 hereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner which would violate the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building or, for any purpose other than the use hereinbefore specifically mentioned. A true and complete copy of the Building’s Certificate of Occupancy is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Landlord shall not amend the existing Certificate of Occupancy for the Building in any manner which would prevent, limit or impair Tenant’s right to use the Premises for the purposes expressly permitted in Section 1.03. Those portions, if any, of the Premises, identified as toilets and utility areas shall be used by Tenant only for the purposes for which they are designed.

Section 3.02 (a) Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof in any way which would violate any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or for any unlawful purposes or in any unlawful manner and except as expressly provided or permitted pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner or anything to be done therein or anything to be brought into or kept therein which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, shall in any way impair the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a high quality office building, impair or interfere with any of the Building services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning, air conditioning or other servicing of the Building or Premises, or, subject to Section 3.02(b) below, impair or interfere with the use of any of the other areas of the Building by, or occasion discomfort, inconvenience or annoyance to, any of the other tenants or occupants of the Building beyond that which is customary in Comparable Buildings. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of the Building Plaza Area as set forth in Section 1.01(d)(ii)(z) above shall not, by that fact itself, be deemed to violate this Section 3.02 provided Tenant uses the Building Plaza Area in accordance with the other applicable terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation, this Section 3.02.

 

14


(b) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises, noise, by virtue of live or recorded entertainment or other sound reproduction, music, the playing of musical instruments, radio or television (all of the foregoing collectively, “Noise”), may have occasion to emanate outside of the Premises, including the 7th Floor Terrace as a result of Tenant’s use of such areas into the premises of other tenants or permitted occupants in the Building (“1633 Occupants”). As a material inducement for Landlord entering into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any Noise from causing any material annoyance to any 1633 Occupants. In addition, if Landlord receives chronic written complaints from any 1633 Occupants detailing with reasonable specificity a material impact to such 1633 Occupant from Noise emanating from the Premises, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, comply with such reasonable requirements as Landlord may determine (e.g., sound proofing) so as to eliminate such complaints from any 1633 Occupants. If Tenant fails to comply with any of its foregoing obligations within seven (7) business days after Landlord’s delivery of a notice to Tenant specifying such failure (provided such seven (7) business day period shall be extended for such reasonable amount of time as may be required for Tenant to comply as long as Tenant commences the cure of such non-compliance within such seven (7) business day period and diligently prosecutes same to completion), this shall constitute a material breach and default by Tenant under this Lease and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it, under the Lease or in law or equity (and for the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord to the full extent provided for in Section 5.01(k) hereof). As a further material inducement for Landlord entering into this Lease, Tenant agrees that its use of the Building Plaza Area shall be in keeping with the standards of the outside activities which occur in connection with the current “Toyota Concert Series” on the “Today Show”.

Section 3.03 If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business or other activity carried on in the Premises (other than the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building or any other permits and/or licenses that Landlord is legally required to obtain in the City of New York for the operation of a first class office building), and if the failure to secure such license or permit might or would, in any material adverse way, affect Landlord, then Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall duly procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same to inspection by Landlord upon Landlord’s request therefor. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall at all times comply with the requirements of each such license or permit.

 

15


Section 3.04 Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining an amendment to the Building’s Certificate of Occupancy (including amending the Certificate of Occupancy to add a permanent place of assembly within the Premises) if required in order to allow the use of the Premises for any of the uses permitted by Section 1.03 hereof, provided that: (i) Tenant reimburses Landlord for any and all costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith (including without limitation, all actual, out of pocket costs incurred for any subsequent amendment to the Certificate of Occupancy as may be required to discontinue the use of the Premises permitted by the original amendment obtained hereunder); and, (ii) all of the uses currently permitted by the Certificate of Occupancy for the respective portions of the Building other than the Premises must continue to be permitted subsequent to the amendment.

ARTICLE 4

Appurtenances, Etc., Not to be Removed

Section 4.01 (a) All alterations, additions, fixtures, equipment, improvements, installations and appurtenances permanently attached to, or built into the Premises prior to, at the commencement of or during the term hereof (“Appurtenances”), whether or not furnished or installed at the expense of Tenant or by Tenant, including without limitation, Tenant’s Changes (as defined in Section 5.01(e) hereof), shall be and remain part of the Premises and be deemed the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Appurtenances shall include, without limitation, all wiring, cables, risers and similar installations appurtenant thereto installed by Tenant in the risers or other common areas of the Building. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.01 to the contrary but subject to the provisions of Section 4.01(b) hereof, all of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and personal property (including, without limitation, audio-visual and other equipment) (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed from the Premises and the Building by Tenant at any time from time to time prior to the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to remove Appurtenances during the Term if Tenant is renovating or replacing the same or if Tenant determines in its sole discretion that such Appurtenance is no longer necessary or desirable in the Premises; provided, however, that in all such cases, Tenant shall repair at its own cost all damage resulting from such removal. Subject to Section 4.01(b) below, Landlord may require Tenant to remove all Appurtenances, Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s Changes at the end of

 

16


the Term in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease, and if so required, Tenant shall repair, restore, replace and/or rebuild (as the circumstances may require), in a good and workmanlike manner any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal. If any of the Appurtenances, Tenant’s Property or Tenant’s Changes required by Landlord to be removed from the Building are not so removed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, then Landlord (in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled at any time) may at its election upon ten (10) business days’ notice to Tenant deem that the same has been abandoned by Tenant to Landlord, but no such election shall relieve Tenant of Tenant’s obligation to pay the reasonable expenses of removing the same from the Premises or the expense of repairing, restoring, replacing and/or rebuilding (as the circumstances may require) damage to the Premises or to the Building arising from such removal, which obligation shall survive the Expiration Date.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4.01(a) to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to remove any Appurtenances or Tenant’s Changes that are non-structural, do not involve the perforation of a floor slab (other than “poke-throughs”) or the exterior facade or the redistribution of electricity within the Premises, are not visible from outside the Premises (standing on the sidewalk) and are otherwise consistent with customary office usage. Subject to the last sentence in this Section 4.01 (b), Tenant may be required to remove over standard and/or structural alterations, structural steel installed below existing members (which affect ceiling heights below or create unleveled conditions above the slab), vaults, cooking kitchens and associated installations and equipment and all Roof Equipment (as defined in Article 36 hereof), signage permitted pursuant to Article 38 hereof, internal stairways, raised flooring and any bathrooms other than the base Building core area bathrooms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to remove any Tenant’s Changes unless so designated for removal by Landlord at the time Landlord approves the plans and specifications for such Tenant Changes (“Tenant Plans”).

(c) Any items which Landlord may require Tenant to remove upon the Expiration Date pursuant to this Section 4.01 are herein referred to as “Removal Items.” No later than twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date, Landlord and Tenant shall meet to agree upon the cost to remove the Removal Items. The parties agree to use reasonable efforts to reach such agreement and failing to do so, Tenant shall remove the Removal Items within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date.

 

17


Section 4.02 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary and subject to Tenant’s rights under Section 1.01(d)(i) and 1.01(d)(ii)(y), all the perimeter walls and doors of the Premises, any balconies, terraces or roofs adjacent to the Premises and any space in and/or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stairways, stacks, pipes, vertical conveyors, mail chutes, pneumatic tubes, conduits, ducts, electric or other utilities, rooms containing elevator or air conditioning machinery and equipment, sinks, or other similar or dissimilar Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto (including the right to secure same) through the Premises for the purpose of such use and the operation, improvement, alteration, replacement, addition, repair, cleaning, maintenance, safety, security, and/or decoration thereof, are expressly reserved to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not store window washing equipment on the 7th Floor setback adjacent to the 7th Floor Terrace except on the far northerly side for temporary storage if required under the circumstances.

ARTICLE 5

Various Covenants

Section 5.01 Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant will:

(a) Take good care of and maintain in good order, condition and repair the Premises and Appurtenances and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, make all non-structural repairs, restorations and/or replacements thereto as may be required to keep the Premises and Appurtenances in good order and condition, except for those portions of the Building systems, including elevators and elevator systems servicing the Premises, the Building’s mechanical rooms and common areas of the Building (which do not include core restrooms, corridors and elevator lobbies on floors where Tenant leases the entire rentable area of such floor, the repair and maintenance of which shall be Tenant’s obligation) that Landlord is obligated to repair and maintain pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall also be responsible for the cost of all repairs, interior and exterior, structural and non-structural, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, in and to the Building and the facilities and systems thereof, the need for which arises solely due to: (i) the performance or existence (as to existence only, except if such Tenant’s Changes have been approved by Landlord) of Tenant’s Changes (herein defined); (ii) the

 

18


installation, use or operation of Tenant’s Property; (iii) the moving of Tenant’s Property into or out of the Premises or the Building; (iv) Tenant’s compliance or non-compliance with any legal requirements (except, in such case, Tenant shall not be responsible for any structural or non-structural repairs so long as the need for same does not arise due to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises not permitted pursuant to Article 3 hereof; or (v) the negligence, wrongful act or omission (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act) of Tenant or any of its subtenants or its or their agents, licensees or invitees (but only to the extent not covered by Landlord’s insurance on the Building). Any of the repairs referred to in the immediately preceding sentence in or to the Building and/or the facilities and systems thereof for which Tenant is so responsible shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs (without profit or mark-up) therefor as additional rent hereunder within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant an invoice therefor together with reasonable back-up documentation, provided Tenant has been given five (5) business days prior written notice before such work commences except in emergencies in which event, notice shall be given as soon as reasonably practical after such work commences. All repairs and replacements made by or on behalf of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall be made in conformity with the provisions of this Lease and shall be at least equal in quality and class to the original work or installation.

(b) Faithfully observe and comply (and cause its agents, employees, invitees and licensees to observe and comply) with the rules and regulations annexed hereto and such additional reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord hereafter at any time or from time to time may make and may communicate in writing to Tenant (on at least ten (10) business days prior notice to Tenant), provided, however, that in the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and such rule or regulation, the provisions of this Lease shall control; and provided further that nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the rules and regulations or the terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease as against any other tenant and; provided further that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors, invitees, subtenants or licensees. In enforcing the rules and regulations, Landlord agrees to treat similarly situated tenants in a similar fashion and not to enforce same in a discriminatory manner. Any additional rules and regulations adopted by Landlord shall not adversely affect Tenant’s conduct of business in the Premises or access to the Premises or conflict with the provisions of this Lease.

 

19


(c) Subject to Sections 5.02(a) and 5.02(b) hereof, permit Landlord and any mortgagee of the Building and/or the Land or of the interest of Landlord therein and any lessor under any ground or underlying lease, and their representatives, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice, which, for purposes of this section, may include notices sent via electronic mail (except in the case of an emergency when no such prior written notice will be required) for the purposes of inspection, or of making repairs, replacements or improvements in or to the Premises or the Building or equipment, or of complying with all laws, orders and requirements of governmental or other authority or of fulfilling any obligation or exercising any right reserved to Landlord by this Lease.

(d) Make no claim against Landlord, or any lessor under any ground or underlying lease (“Ground Lessor”), or any mortgagee under any mortgage or trust indenture (“Mortgagee” and with the Ground Lessor, the “Underlying Indemnitees”) for any damage to property entrusted to employees of Landlord or for any loss of or damage to any property by theft (including damage resulting from theft or attempted theft) or any injury or damage to Tenant or other persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness, or caused by other tenants in the Building, or by any other cause of whatsoever nature (including, without limitation, damage or injury caused by any hazardous or dangerous condition, waste, material and/or substance (as the same may be defined in any local, state or federal rule, regulation or statute)), except to the extent caused by or due to the acts, omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act), negligence, misconduct or breach of this Lease by Landlord, its officers, directors, partners, members, agents, contractors, servants or employees (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), subject to Sections 7.03 and 7.04 hereof.

(e) (i) Make no alterations, installations, repairs, additions, improvements or replacements including Tenant’s initial work in the Premises necessary for Tenant’s occupancy thereof (herein collectively called “Tenant’s Changes”) in, to or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be

 

20


required to obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to Tenant’s Changes which (a) are cosmetic in nature; and (b) are non-structural, and do not require a building permit from the DOB and do not cost in each instance of (a) and (b) above in excess of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($350,000.00) in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period with respect to such items that are not cosmetic in nature, provided as to Tenant’s Changes set forth in clause (b) above, Tenant gives Landlord no less than seven (7) business days’ prior written notice of its intention to so perform such Tenant’s Changes, which notice shall contain a reasonably detailed description of the work to be performed. If any Tenant’s Changes shall adversely affect any Building system, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, mitigate such adverse effect to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall be reasonable (and not unreasonably delay or condition) in granting or withholding its consent to any other Tenant’s Changes, including without limitation, Tenant structurally reinforcing the floors in portions of the Premises, including the 7th Floor Terrace, Tenant putting intumescent paint on all cross-bracings that need it on all floors within the Premises (and, to the extent Landlord is permitted to do so, providing any access to other tenant spaces as may be required to accomplish the same) and to the construction of internal stairways and double height ceilings within the Premises. Tenant shall have the right to submit preliminary Tenant Plans requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder for Landlord’s preliminary approval prior to the submission of complete Tenant Plans, provided nothing contained in any preliminary approval shall be deemed to constitute final approval as required herein, and further provided, Landlord may not change or modify any preliminary approvals of the same items shown on the final Tenant Plans as long as there are no material deviations in the final Tenant Plans from the preliminary Tenant Plans. Any Landlord’s consent required under this Section 5.01(e) (i) shall be subject to the Landlord’s deemed approval provisions contained in Section 5.01(e) (ii) hereof. Tenant’s Changes involving structural or base Building systems work shall only be performed by contractors, subcontractors or mechanics set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto and all other Tenant’s Changes shall be performed by such other contractors, subcontractors or mechanics as approved by Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall have the right to supplement Exhibit E with additional contractors subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant may select its own architects, engineers and other construction consultants, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant’s Changes shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense in accordance with the applicable Building Standard rules and regulations.

 

21


(ii) Prior to the commencement of any Tenant’s Changes for which Landlord’s consent shall be required, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s written approval, three (3) complete sets of Tenant Plans (to be prepared by and at the expense of Tenant) of such proposed Tenant’s Changes in detail consistent with good construction practices and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant’s Changes shall be completed as follows: (A) free and clear of all liens, conditional bills of sale, security agreements and other claims, charges and encumbrances (other than security agreements or other encumbrances in favor of any mortgagee of Landlord or Tenant or any equipment lessors); and (B) in accordance with the requirements of this Lease. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s request for approval of Tenant Plans within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s initial receipt of such plans and within five (5) business days after any re-submissions. Landlord shall describe in reasonable detail the basis for any such disapproval of Tenant’s plans. If Landlord fails to respond to such request for approval or to any resubmissions within the above time periods, Tenant may send written notice (in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 11.01(a) hereof) of such failure to Landlord, which notice shall specify that Landlord’s continued failure to so respond within an additional three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice shall constitute approval of Tenant Plans and, if Landlord fails to so respond within such additional three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, Tenant Plans shall be deemed approved. In no event shall any material or equipment be incorporated in or to the Premises in connection with any such Tenant’s Changes which is subject to any lien, security agreement, charge, mortgage or other encumbrance of any kind whatsoever or is subject to any conditional sale or other similar or dissimilar title retention agreement. Any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or the Building for work done for, or claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, or claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Tenant is notified of such filing, at Tenant’s expense, by filing the bond required by law or otherwise.

(iii) All Tenant’s Changes shall at all times comply with: (x) all applicable Requirements, rules, orders and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereover and all applicable insurance requirements; (y) the rules and regulations of Landlord for tenant alterations, the construction rules and regulations being attached hereto as Exhibit F (and Landlord may adopt or amend these rules and

 

22


regulations in the same fashion with respect to Building rules and regulations set forth in Section 5.01(b) hereof, provided such additional or amended rules and regulations shall not adversely affect Tenant’s conduct of business in the Premises or access to the Premises or conflict with the provisions of this Lease); and (z) the plans and specifications submitted to and approved by Landlord, if applicable. In connection with any Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor accompanied by reasonably supporting documentation a fee equal to the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord (without any Landlord supervisory fee) in connection with, or relating to, Landlord’s review of Tenant Plans in connection with any such Tenant’s Changes. For any cosmetic and/or non-structural Tenant’s Changes which are part of Tenant’s Work, the fee payable by Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be capped at $5,000.00 (per Tenant’s Change) and such fee for Tenant’s Changes subsequent to Tenant’s Work shall be capped at $3,000.00 (per Tenant’s Change). No Tenant’s Changes requiring Landlord’s consent shall be undertaken, started or begun by Tenant or by its agents, employees, contractors or anyone else acting for or on behalf of Tenant until Landlord has approved Tenant Plans or a detailed sketch, as the case may be, and no amendments or additions to such plans and specifications (other than minor field changes made in accordance with industry standard construction practices) shall be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Unless all of the conditions contained in this Section 5.01(e) are fully satisfied, Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to withhold its consent to any Tenant’s Changes. Landlord’s consent to Tenant Plans shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord with respect to their completeness, design sufficiency or compliance with all applicable Requirements and/or insurance requirements; nor shall Landlord’s execution of any documents required to be filed with any governmental authority in connection with Tenant’s installations or changes create any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord to take remedial measures to bring any Tenant’s installations or changes into compliance with applicable legal and/or insurance requirements (such responsibility or liability being allocated hereunder to Tenant). If any Tenant’s Changes are made or installed in violation of this Section 5.01(e), Landlord may, if such Tenant’s Changes are not removed or corrected by Tenant within fifteen (15) days (or such additional period of time as is reasonably required to remove or correct same) after notice to

 

23


Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without incurring any liability to Tenant whatsoever, enter upon the Premises and remove such illegitimate Tenant’s Changes in violation of this Section 5.01(e) and repair any damage caused by the installation and/or removal of the same.

(iv) In connection with the completion of Tenant’s Changes or in the performance of any other activities within the Building by or on behalf of Tenant: (a) neither Tenant nor its agents, contractors or subcontractors shall interfere (with the operations of the Building or any work being done by Landlord or its agents, contractors or subcontractors in the Building (and Landlord will cooperate (at no cost to Landlord) in endeavoring to mitigate such interference); (b) Tenant shall comply with any reasonable work schedule, applicable Building rules and regulations; (c) Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done that would reasonably be expected to create any work stoppage, picketing or other labor disruption or dispute; and (d) the labor employed or contracted for by Tenant shall be compatible with the union labor employed or contracted for by Landlord in the Building, it being agreed that, if Tenant’s labor is incompatible or causes disharmony, Tenant shall, promptly after receipt of Landlord’s written demand (electronic mail being sufficient demand for this purpose) therefor, withdraw Tenant’s labor from the Premises. Landlord shall cooperate (at no cost to Landlord) in endeavoring to mitigate such disharmony. If Tenant fails to take any such actions regarding labor matters, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it under this Lease or pursuant to law or equity, to seek immediate injunctive relief. Tenant further agrees that it will, prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises, deliver to Landlord original certificates of insurance evidencing worker’s compensation, public liability, property damage and such other reasonable insurance coverages in such amounts as set forth in Exhibit F in connection with Tenant’s Changes. Tenant shall keep records of Tenant’s Changes costing in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 ($250,000), and of the cost thereof for a period of two (2) years. Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days after written demand by Landlord, furnish to Landlord copies of such records. Upon completion of any Tenant Changes, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord dimensioned reproducible mylars and CADD disk of “as-built” plans or, in lieu thereof, final Tenant Plans with field notes for such Tenant Changes which require Landlord’s consent hereunder. During the performance of Tenant’s Work, Landlord may require drain-down or isolation of the sprinkler system within the Premises. Tenant shall pay for the supervision of the Building’s engineer (in accordance with Exhibit I) if such drain down or isolation work is done during non-Business Hours; if such work is done during Business Hours, such work shall be done under the supervision of the Building’s engineer, but at no cost to Tenant.

 

24


(f) Not do or permit to be done any act or thing in the Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with fire insurance policies generally issued for office buildings in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, and not do anything or permit anything to be done, or keep anything or permit anything to be kept, in the Premises which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Building or any such property in amounts and against risks as reasonably determined by Landlord, or otherwise result in non-compliance with any applicable legal requirements. If solely by reason of failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this paragraph including, but not limited to, the specific use to which Tenant puts the Premises (as opposed to mere office use and all other uses permitted under Section 1.03 hereof), the fire insurance rate payable by Landlord shall at the beginning of this Lease or at any time thereafter be higher than it otherwise would be, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, for that part of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord which shall have been charged solely because of such failure or use by Tenant, and shall make such reimbursement upon the first day of the month following such outlay by Landlord and demand upon Tenant together with reasonable back-up documentation. In any action or proceeding wherein Landlord and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make up” rate for the Building or Premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization, or other body making fire insurance rates for the Premises, shall be prima facie evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rate then applicable to the Premises.

(g) Subject to Section 5.02(b) hereof, permit Landlord, at reasonable times upon reasonable prior written notice (which, for purposes of this Section, may include notices sent via electronic mail), to show the Premises to any lessor under any ground or underlying lease, or any lessee or mortgagee, or any prospective purchaser, lessee, mortgagee, or assignee of any mortgage of the Building and/or the Land or of Landlord’s interest therein, and their representatives, and during the period of twelve (12) months immediately preceding the Expiration Date with respect to any part of the Premises similarly show any part of the Premises to any person contemplating the leasing of all or a portion of the same.

 

25


(h) At the end of the term, quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises “broom clean” and in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and loss by Casualty (as hereinafter defined in Section 7.01) and Condemnation (as hereinafter defined in Section 8.01) excepted, and Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Changes and/or Tenant’s Property as Landlord elects to have Tenant and Tenant is required to remove all in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof. Tenant shall give Landlord sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of the day it intends to vacate the Premises (which may be either upon the Expiration Date or the Expiration Date as extended pursuant to Article 32 hereof), but the failure to do so, shall not result in any liability except as expressly provided below in this paragraph (h). Upon receipt of said notice Landlord and Tenant shall agree on a mutually convenient time, but in no event later than thirty (30) days prior to the Expiration Date, in order to perform a joint inspection of the Premises. Tenant expressly waives, for itself and for any person claiming through or under Tenant, any rights which Tenant or such person may have under the provisions of Section 2201 of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules and any similar successor law of the same import then in force, in connection with any holdover proceedings which Landlord may institute to enforce the provisions of this paragraph (h) following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant shall remain in possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date without the execution of a new lease (whether or not with the consent or acquiescence of Landlord), Tenant’s occupancy shall be deemed to be that of a tenancy-at-will, and in no event from month-to-month or from year-to-year, and it shall be subject to all of the other terms of this Lease applicable thereto, including those set forth in this paragraph (h). In the event that Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the tenancy-at-will created hereby then Tenant’s occupancy shall be deemed a tenancy-at sufferance and not a tenancy-at-will. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute Landlord’s consent to Tenant holding over after the Expiration Date or to give Tenant the right to hold over after the Expiration Date. During the period in which Tenant holds over, Tenant shall pay rent to Landlord at a monthly rental equal to the greater of: (i) 1.25 times the monthly Fixed Rent, plus all Article 26 additional rent last payable by Tenant hereunder for the first sixty (60) days of holdover, then, 1.5 times the monthly Fixed Rent, plus all Article 26 additional rent last payable by Tenant hereunder; or (ii) the price, on a monthly basis, for comparable space in the Building Landlord is then obtaining as evidenced by comparable recent leases (or, if Landlord shall have no such recent comparable leases, the monthly rental equal to the prevailing rate for comparable space in comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building). Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph (h) shall survive the expiration of this Lease.

 

26


(i) At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior notice by Landlord to Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates, or to any prospective or current superior lessor, mortgagee, lender or partner or a prospective purchaser or investor in the Building, a statement of Tenant (or if Tenant is a corporation or another entity, an appropriate officer or director of Tenant) in writing certifying to Landlord or to anyone else Landlord shall reasonably designate that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), specifying the dates to which the Fixed Rent, additional rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer of such certificate Landlord is in default in the performance of any provision of this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may have knowledge, and further stating such other items or information as Landlord or Landlord’s designee may reasonably request and as are known to Tenant; it being intended that any such statement so delivered may be relied upon by the person to whom the statement is given. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver the statement as and when required by this Section 5.01(i), then notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if such failure shall not be cured within five (5) business days after receipt of the second notice and demand by Landlord, such failure shall constitute a default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period entitling Landlord to the same rights and remedies as if such default was with respect to nonpayment of Fixed Rent, provided that such failure to deliver such statement within five (5) business days after receipt of the second notice shall be stated in bold in such second notice. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant or to anyone else Tenant shall reasonably designate within ten (10) business days after Tenant so requests, a certificate as to whether (i) this Lease has been modified and, if so, a list of the documents modifying this Lease, (ii) this Lease is then in full force and effect, (iii) Tenant is then current in the payment of Fixed Rent and additional rent, and (iv) Landlord has given any notice of default under this Lease which remains uncured. This certificate shall state such other information regarding the Lease as Tenant or Tenant’s designee shall reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement so delivered may be relied upon by the person to whom the statement is given.

 

27


(j) Not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If such safe, machinery, equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures require special handling, Tenant agrees to employ only persons holding a Master Rigger’s License to do said work, and that all work in connection therewith shall comply with the Administrative Code of the City of New York. Notwithstanding said consent of Landlord, Tenant shall defend and indemnify Landlord for, and hold Landlord harmless and free from, all loss, costs, liabilities and damages sustained by person or property arising out of the moving of such items into or out of the Building except to the extent caused by the acts, omissions, negligence, misconduct or breach of this Lease by Landlord or any Landlord Parties, as well as for all reasonable expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith, and all costs incurred in repairing any damage to the Building or Appurtenances (including, without limitation, Landlord’s reasonable charge for any repairs performed by Landlord’s employees).

(k) To the extent not prohibited by applicable Requirements and to the extent not caused by the acts, omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act), negligence, misconduct or breach of this Lease by Landlord or any Landlord Parties and subject to Sections 7.03 and 7.04, indemnify, defend and save harmless, Landlord and the Underlying Indemnitees, and their respective officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees, from and against any and all liability (statutory or otherwise), claims, actions, suits, demands, damages, judgments, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature of anyone whomsoever (including, but not limited to, reasonable third-party counsel fees and disbursements incurred in the defense of any action or proceeding including in enforcing the foregoing indemnification) (collectively, “Loss”), to which they may be subject or which they may suffer by reason of any claim for, any injury to, or death of, any person or persons, theft or damage to property (including any loss of use thereof) or damage to the Building or Appurtenances or otherwise arising from or in connection with the use of or from any work, installation or thing whatsoever done (other than by Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors) in or about the Premises and/or the Building by Tenant or any of Tenant’s officers, directors, agents, contractors, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees, during or subsequent to (in the case of a holdover), the Term, or arising from any condition of the Premises and/or the Building due to or resulting from any default by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s

 

28


obligations under this Lease or from any wrongful act, omission (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act) or negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant’s officers, directors, agents, contractors, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees. Where not prohibited by applicable Requirements, no workers’ compensation claim by any of Tenant’s employees will be subrogated against Landlord.

Whenever this Lease requires either Landlord or Tenant to indemnify the other, then the parties shall comply with the following procedures and requirements:

 

  (i)

Notice to Indemnitor. The party being indemnified (the “Indemnitee”) shall promptly notify the party with the obligation to indemnify (the “Indemnitor”) in writing of any Loss for which it is seeking indemnification hereunder.

 

  (ii)

Selection of Counsel. Indemnitor shall select counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee and to Indemnitor’s insurance carrier. Counsel chosen by Indemnitor’s insurance carrier shall be deemed satisfactory. Even though Indemnitor shall defend the action, Indemnitee may, at its option and its own expense, engage separate counsel to advise it regarding the claim and its defense. Indemnitor’s counsel shall consult with Indemnitee’s counsel; provided, however, that Indemnitor and its counsel shall fully control the defense of such Loss.

 

  (iii)

Cooperation. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate (at no cost to Indemnitee) with Indemnitor’s defense.

 

  (iv)

Settlement. Indemnitor may, with Indemnitee’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, settle the claim. Indemnitee’s consent shall not be required for any settlement by which: (i) Indemnitor procures (by payment, settlement, or otherwise) a release of Indemnitee by which Indemnitee need not make any payment to the claimant; and (ii) neither Indemnitee nor Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee admits liability.

 

  (v)

Survival. Each of Landlord’s and Tenant’s indemnification obligations contained in this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

29


(l) Not do or permit to be done any act or thing which would cause any hazardous or dangerous condition, waste, material and/or substance (as the same may be defined in any local, state or federal rule, regulation or statute) to be used, stored, transported, released, handled, produced, created, disposed of, or installed in, on, from, or at the Premises and/or the Building, except for small amounts of standard office and cleaning and other supplies customarily used in the ordinary course of businesses being conducted at the Premises in accordance with this Lease; provided that all such materials and/or substances: (i) shall at all times be used, stored, transported, released, handled, produced, created, disposed of, and/or installed in compliance with all applicable legal and/or insurance requirements; (ii) shall not create any additional burden on Landlord to notify other tenants, the public or any governmental authority of the existence of such materials and/or substances; and (iii) shall not cause any increase in Landlord’s insurance rates by reason of any wrongful acts or omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act) that are not permitted by the provisions of this Lease.

Section 5.02 Landlord covenants and agrees that Landlord will:

(a) use reasonable efforts not to interfere with the businesses being conducted at the Premises in accordance with this Lease during such times as Landlord exercises its rights under the various provisions of this Lease which permit Landlord to perform work, repairs, improvements, maintenance and/or alterations to the Building (including the Premises) but Landlord shall not be required to perform the same on an overtime or premium pay basis unless required to remedy an emergency situation or Tenant agrees in writing to reimburse Landlord for the incremental cost of such overtime or premium pay basis or unless such work adversely interferes with the use of the Premises for the conduct of business in the Premises;

(b) give Tenant reasonable prior written notice, which, for purposes of this section, may include notices sent via electronic mail of all entry into the Premises and afford Tenant the right to have a representative present (except in the case of an emergency when no such notice or representative shall be required except for such notice, if any, as is practical under the circumstances);

 

30


(c) to the extent not prohibited by applicable Requirements and to the extent not caused by the acts, omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act), negligence, misconduct or breach of this Lease by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors or any Tenant Parties (as hereinafter defined in Section 10.01 hereof) and subject to Sections 7.03 and 7.04, indemnify, defend and save harmless, Tenant and its partners, members, principals, agents, officers, directors, contractors and employees from and against any and all liability (statutory or other), claims, actions, suits, demands, damages, judgments, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature of anyone whomsoever (including, but not limited to, reasonable third party counsel fees and disbursements incurred in the defense of any action or proceeding, including in enforcing the foregoing indemnification) to which they may be subject or which they may suffer by reason of any claim for, any injury to, or death of, any person or persons, injury or loss, theft or damage to property (including any loss of use thereof) arising from any wrongful act, omission (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act) or negligence of Landlord or any of its agents, employees, officers, directors and contractors;

(d) cure any violation of the New York City building code caused by any condition existing within the Building and not caused by Tenant, in a commercially diligent fashion, if such violation prevents or impedes Tenant from obtaining a building permit, work permit, approval or sign-off or obtain a temporary certificate of occupancy for all or a portion of the Premises to perform and complete Tenant’s Work or obtain an amendment to the Building’s Certificate of Occupancy pursuant and subject to the provisions of Section 3.04 hereof. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual out-of-pocket cost without mark-up or surcharge of curing any violation caused by any condition created by Tenant;

(e) to execute within five (5) business days after written request, DOB forms, pre-determination application, permits and related documentation (collectively, “DOB Applications”) required in order for Tenant’s Work to be appropriately filed and provide at such time all original ACP-5 certificates required to be delivered in connection with the Delivery Condition in the quantity required by Tenant for Tenants’ filings with the DOB. If requested by Tenant, Landlord agrees to sign the DOB Applications prior to submission of Tenant Plans provided that Tenant Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable review as provided in Article 5 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) Landlord’s execution of any DOB Applications shall not be construed as approval of Tenant’s plans or specifications for any work involved; and (ii) no work may be commenced by Tenant until such final plan approval is received from Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant’s architect and MEP engineer may self-certify

 

31


Tenant’s final plans and specifications for Tenant’s Work for purposes of expediting DOB filings, provided however, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall be responsible to make any corrections required by the DOB in Tenant’s Work and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for all Loss sustained by Landlord as a result of this self-certification to the fullest extent provided for in Section 5.01(k); and

(f) to the extent and for such period of time as applicable Requirements shall permit the same, not enter into any new lease at the Building with or seek any lease guarantee from any of the entities listed on Exhibit O annexed hereto (or to any successor entity to any entity listed thereon) provided any such entity or successor entity has as its primary business the WMG Primary Business. For purposes of this Lease, the term “WMG Primary Business shall mean the media, entertainment and music-based content business and any business that is a direct extension, development or expansion thereof. Exhibit O may be amended by Tenant no more often than once every three (3) years, provided any amended entity must be engaged in the WMG Primary Business and Exhibit O may never contain more than four (4) entities. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to leases and occupancy agreements within the Building existing as of the date of this Lease nor shall such restriction apply to any assignments, sublettings or license agreements under any such existing leases; provided however that in the event Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment, subletting or license, Landlord agrees that it shall not provide such consent as long as Landlord’s not providing such consent shall not, in Landlord’s reasonable and good faith opinion, subject Landlord to any legal liability. This Section 5.02(f) shall terminate and have no further force or effect upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the expiration or termination of this Lease, (ii) the occurrence of any default by Tenant under this Lease which is not cured beyond the applicable notice and cure period, (iii) the failure of Tenant to no longer operate the WMG Primary Business for a period in excess of ninety (90) days; (iv) Tenant under this Lease is not WMG ACQUISITION CORP. or its permitted Affiliates or its permitted Successor Entity (as such terms are hereinafter defined in Section 25.02) or Tenant is not in occupancy for the conduct of its business of at least four (4) full floors of the Premises; or (v) any of the entities listed on Exhibit O (or any successors thereto) acquires a controlling interest in the Building.

 

32


ARTICLE 6

Changes or Alterations by Landlord

Section 6.01 Landlord reserves the right to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Building (including the Premises, provided the usable square footage of the Premises shall not be reduced by more than fifty (50) square feet per floor in the Premises (a “de minimus reduction”) and if such de minimus reduction occurs, Fixed Rent shall be proportionately reduced based upon the amount of such de minimus reduction) and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, escalators, stairways and other parts thereof (provided only necessary repairs, maintenance or replacements required for the Building may be made within the 7th Floor Terrace), and to erect, maintain and use pipes, ducts and conduits in and through the Premises (provided same are, to the extent possible, concealed behind then existing walls and ceilings of the Premises and, if not concealed areas, then adjacent to then existing walls and ceilings and appropriately boxed and concealed using the same materials and workmanship then existing in such portion of the Premises so that it becomes part of the existing décor of the Premises in such area of the Premises), all as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, Landlord agrees that the end result of any of the foregoing shall not adversely interfere with the use of the Premises and necessary facilities or access thereto. Nothing contained in this Article 6 shall relieve Tenant of any duty, obligation or liability of Tenant set forth in this Lease with respect to making any repair, replacement or improvement or complying with any law, order or requirement of any governmental or other authority.

Section 6.02 Landlord reserves the right to name the Building and to change the name or address of the Building at any time and from time to time. Except as expressly set forth herein, neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant shall give Tenant any easement or other right in or to the use of any door or any passage or any concourse or any plaza connecting the Building with any subway or any other building or to any public conveniences, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses, plazas and conveniences may, without notice to Tenant be regulated or discontinued at any time by Landlord. If at any time any windows of the Premises are: (i) temporarily obstructed incident to or by reason of repairs, replacements, maintenance and/or cleaning in, on, to or about the Building or any parts thereof; or (ii) permanently or temporarily closed or obstructed as a result of any reason beyond Landlord’s control including applicable Requirements, then Landlord shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby and Tenant

 

33


shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor or abatement of rent nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder or constitute an eviction. Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the Term Commencement Date, and Landlord covenants that during the Term, Landlord shall make any required repairs to keep, all windows within the Premises watertight and in good condition and that those portions of the Building façade within the Premises shall be watertight.

Section 6.03 Except as provided in the Haz Mat Abatement, Articles 7 and 8 and Section 17.05 of this Lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, the same shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and Landlord shall incur no liability (except for the wrongful acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Parties or the breach by Landlord of this Lease) whatsoever by reason of inconvenience, annoyance, or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others making any changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in the Appurtenances thereof or in the taking of material in the Premises in connection therewith and no liability shall be incurred by Landlord for failure of Landlord or others to make any changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises, or in the Appurtenances except to the extent Landlord is obligated to make repairs or replacements or to maintain the Building as provided hereunder. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a waiver by Tenant of any of its rights (subject to the provisions of this Lease) to enforce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

ARTICLE 7

Damage by Fire, Etc.

Section 7.01 Subject to Section 7.02, if any part of the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty (the “Casualty”), Tenant shall give prompt written notice thereof to Landlord and Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair such damage in a good and workmanlike manner substantially to the same condition as existed before the Casualty, and if any part of the Premises shall be rendered untenantable by reason the Casualty, the annual Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent payable hereunder and other additional rent for any service or item not then being supplied to Tenant shall be abated to the extent that such Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent and other additional rent for any service or item not then being supplied to

 

34


Tenant relates to such part of the Premises for the period from the date of such damage to the date when such part of the Premises shall have been made tenantable or to such earlier date upon which the full Term with respect to such part of the Premises shall expire or terminate. If Landlord or any holder of any superior mortgage (as herein defined) or any lessor under any superior lease (as herein defined) shall be unable to collect insurance proceeds (including rent insurance) applicable to such damage solely because of the willful misconduct of Tenant subsequent to the Casualty, then Tenant shall be liable for any actual damages directly resulting from such willful misconduct (and not any consequential or indirect damages); provided however, in no event, shall the sum of the damages resulting therefrom exceed the amount of uncollected insurance proceeds (and if Landlord or any such superior holder shall thereafter collect any proceeds previously recouped from Tenant, then Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant the amount thereof or credit Tenant a like amount against the next installments of Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent then payable). Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof, provided however, Landlord shall comply with Section 5.02(a) in performing such repair work. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not: (i) carry insurance of any kind on any Appurtenances, Tenant’s Property, or Tenant’s Changes; or (ii) be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace any of same, which obligation shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

Section 7.02 If (a) substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building shall, in the good faith reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architect, be required as a result of damage by Casualty (whether or not the Premises shall have been damaged by such Casualty), or (b) all or any material portion of the Premises shall be damaged by Casualty during the last two (2) years of the Term, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease. If all or any material portion of the Premises shall be damaged by Casualty during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease. If either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 7.02, it shall give to the other party within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage written notice specifying a date, not less than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice, for such termination. In all cases set forth in this Article 7 in which Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall act in a manner that does not discriminate against Tenant, including, without limitation terminating the leases of all similarly situated tenants in the Building to the extent Landlord is permitted to do so by the leases of such tenants.

 

35


Section 7.03 Landlord and Tenant shall each secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each “all risk” or “special risk” property damage policy obtained by it with respect to the Building in the case of Landlord and with respect to the Premises and/or Tenant’s Property in the case of Tenant pursuant to which the respective insurance companies shall waive subrogation or permit the insured, prior to any loss, to waive any claim it might have against the other (including, in the case of Landlord, for the benefit of Tenant’s subtenants at all levels as herein permitted). Provided the terms of the applicable insurance policy will not be violated or rendered unenforceable, the waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim hereinbefore referred to shall extend to the agents of each party.

Section 7.04 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary (other than the second sentence of Section 7.01) with respect to any property whether insured or not, each party hereby releases the other and its partners, members, principals, agents, employees, officers, directors and shareholders with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damage or destruction with respect to its property by fire or other casualty (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the term of this Lease. Nothing in this Section 7.04 shall relieve Tenant or Landlord of its obligations to make repairs to the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

Section 7.05 This Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Building or any part thereof by Casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York providing for such a contingency in the absence of express agreement, and any other law of like import now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in such case.

Section 7.06 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises shall be substantially damaged by Casualty and restoration is not substantially completed by Landlord within twelve (12) months after the occurrence of said casualty, subject to reasonable extensions not to exceed six (6) additional months for circumstances beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (the “Restoration Period”), then Tenant shall be entitled to terminate

 

36


this Lease provided Landlord receives a written termination notice (which shall be deemed irrevocable) from Tenant within thirty (30) business days after the expiration of the Restoration Period (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE). In the event that Landlord does not receive said notice within said thirty (30) business day period, then Tenant’s right to terminate pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be void and of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that Landlord’s architect or engineer reasonably and in good faith estimates (a copy of which estimate will be given to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the casualty) that it will take longer than twelve (12) months (excluding circumstances beyond Landlord’s reasonable control) from the date of the Casualty to substantially complete such restoration, then Tenant, shall be entitled to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord of its election to do so within thirty (30) business days after receipt of such architect’s estimate (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE as to the giving of such notice), which notice shall specify a date for the termination of this Lease, not more than ninety (90) days after the giving of such notice. The estimate of Landlord’s architect or engineer shall be agreed to by Tenant’s architect or engineer and failing such agreement, the estimate of a third architect or engineer selected by Landlord’s architect or engineer and Tenant’s architect or engineer shall govern. If Landlord’s architect or engineer and Tenant’s architect or engineer shall fail to select a third architect or engineer, the selection of the third architect or engineer shall be determined by submitting the question for decision to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Management Division of the Real Estate Board of New York, Inc., or to such impartial person as he/she may designate, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto.

ARTICLE 8

Condemnation

Section 8.01 (a) In the event that the whole of the Premises shall be lawfully condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use by a competent condemning authority (any such lawful condemnation or taking, a “Taking”), this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title.

(b) In the event of a Taking of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Lease with not less than one hundred twenty (120) days following the

 

37


vesting of title of the portion of the Premises taken. If Tenant shall provide Landlord with such notice of termination, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall expire as of the date specified therefor in such notice (but not less than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice).

(c) In the event of a Taking of less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area of the Premises then, (i) this Lease shall not terminate, (ii) effective as of the date of vesting of title, the Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent hereunder shall be abated in an amount thereof apportioned according to the area of the Premises so condemned or taken and (iii) Landlord will, with reasonable diligence and at its expense, restore the remainder of the Premises as closely as practicable to the same condition as the Premises existed in prior to such Taking; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage to Tenant’s Property or replace the same.

(d) In the event of a Taking of the whole Building or such portions of the Building that are critical or necessary for the proper functioning, use and occupancy of the Building, then Landlord (whether or not the Premises be affected) may, at Landlord’s option, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within one hundred twenty (120) days following the date on which Landlord shall have received notice of vesting of title; provided, however that Landlord shall also terminate the leases of all other similarly situated tenants in the Building to the extent Landlord is permitted to do so by the leases of such tenants.

Section 8.02 In the event of a termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 8.01 of this Article 8, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall expire as of the date of such termination with the same effect as if that were the date hereinbefore set for the expiration of the full Term, and the Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent payable hereunder shall be apportioned as of such date.

Section 8.03 Except as otherwise set forth in Section 8.04 below, in the event of any condemnation or taking hereinbefore mentioned of all or a part of the Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. The

 

38


foregoing shall not prohibit Tenant’s independent claim for the value of Tenant’s trade fixtures and moving expenses and any other claim permitted under law so long as any award made to Tenant based upon such claim does not reduce the award otherwise payable to Landlord.

Section 8.04 In the event of a Temporary Taking (as hereinafter defined) of all or any portion of the Premises, this Lease shall not terminate and Tenant shall continue to perform or observe all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder as though such condemnation or taking had not occurred, except to the extent that Tenant may be prevented from so doing because such Temporary Taking interferes with or prevents the lawful use and occupancy of the Premises or the portion thereof affected by the Temporary Taking. In the event of such Temporary Taking, Tenant shall be entitled to receive the award with respect to the Premises or portion thereof covered by such condemnation or taking (whether paid as damages, rent or otherwise), unless the period of occupancy extends beyond the termination of this Lease, in which case Landlord shall be entitled to such part of such award as shall be properly allocable to the cost of restoration of the Premises and the balance of said award shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the scheduled Expiration Date. For purposes of this Article 8 and notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 8.04 to the contrary, a “Temporary Taking shall mean a Taking for a period of no more than eighteen (18) months. Any Taking that is initially described as a Temporary Taking but which exceeds eighteen (18) months shall be deemed a permanent Taking governed by the terms and conditions of Sections 8.01-8.03, as applicable.

ARTICLE 9

Compliance with Laws

Section 9.01 Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all laws and ordinances, and all rules, orders and regulations of applicable Requirements (as hereafter defined in Section 9.03) at any time duly issued or in force, applicable to the Premises or any part thereof or to the use or alteration thereof, except that Tenant shall not hereby be under any obligation to comply with applicable Requirements unless such compliance is required by reason of a condition which has been created by, or at the instance of Tenant, or is attributable to the specific manner of use (as opposed to mere office use) to which Tenant puts the Premises, or Tenant’s alteration thereof, or is required by reason of a breach of any of Tenant’s covenants and agreements hereunder.

 

39


Section 9.02 Landlord, at its sole cost and expense (but subject to recoupment as provided in Article 26 hereof), shall comply with all other Requirements applicable to the Premises and the Building other than those Requirements with which Tenant or other tenants or occupants of the Building shall be required to comply, subject to Landlord’s right to contest the applicability or legality thereof. Landlord hereby represents that, to its knowledge, as of the date hereof the Building is in compliance with all Requirements as to which non-compliance would impair or prevent Tenant’s right to occupy and use the Premises for the uses expressly permitted hereunder. If any violation of any Requirement which Landlord is obligated to comply with pursuant to the terms hereof shall materially delay or prevent the performance of Tenant Changes, including obtaining any permits in connection therewith, Tenant shall notify Landlord of same, which notice shall include a detailed description of the delay or prevention caused by such non-compliance and a detailed description of the aspect of such Tenant Change subject to such delay or prevention. Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion the cure and removal of such violation.

Section 9.03 For purposes of this Lease, the term “Requirements” shall mean all present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all governmental authorities now existing or hereafter created, and of any and all of their departments and bureaus, affecting the Land, Building and Premises or any portion thereof, as applicable, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in order under the same, or requiring removal of any encroachment, or affecting the maintenance, use or occupation of the Land, Building and Premises or any portion thereof.

ARTICLE 10

Accidents to Plumbing and Other Systems

Section 10.01 Tenant shall give to Landlord prompt written notice of any damage to, or defective condition in, any part or appurtenance of the Building’s plumbing, electrical, heating, air conditioning (excluding any supplemental air conditioning units and equipment servicing the Premises which shall be Tenant’s responsibility to repair, maintain and replace) or other systems serving, located in, or passing through the Premises (collectively, the “Systems”), provided however, failure by Tenant to give such notice shall not be deemed a default under this Lease.

 

40


Following such notice (or if Landlord otherwise has or receives knowledge thereof), any such damage to or defective condition of the Systems shall be remedied by Landlord with reasonable diligence, but if such damage or defective condition was caused by, or resulted solely from the improper use by, Tenant or by the employees, agents, licensees or invitees of Tenant (the “Tenant Parties”), Landlord’s reasonable charge for the remedy thereof shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to claim any eviction by reason of any such damage or defective condition or any damages arising from any such damage or defective condition unless the same shall have been caused by the act, omission (where there is a duty to act imposed by this Lease or applicable law), negligence, misconduct or breach of this Lease by Landlord in the operation or maintenance of the Premises or Building and the same shall not have been remedied by Landlord with reasonable diligence after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord.

Section 10.02 Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(a) hereof), keep and maintain in good repair and working order and make all repairs to and perform necessary maintenance upon the Building, the Systems and all parts thereof, including structural elements, life-safety, plumbing, electrical and HVAC systems within the Building which generally service the Building and are required in the normal maintenance and operation of the Building and shall operate, maintain and repair the Building (excluding the Premises and other tenant space in the Building) so that the same shall be kept and maintained in a condition consistent with comparable first-class office building located in midtown Manhattan similar to the Building (“Comparable Buildings”).

ARTICLE 11

Notices and Service of Process

Section 11.01 (a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, any notice, consent, approval, demand or statement hereunder by either party to the other party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given only if sent by: (i) certified mail, return receipt requested; or (ii) by hand delivery or by nationally recognized overnight courier with next business day delivery (requiring signed receipt), or (iii) by electronic mail as expressly provided herein (e.g. for access to the Premises or for overtime services), in either event addressed to such other party as follows:

 

41


If Landlord:

Paramount Group, Inc. as Agent for PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P., 1633 Broadway, Suite 1801, New York, NY 10019; Attn: Senior Vice President – Counsel, Leasing & Property Management

With copes to:

Paramount Group, Inc. as Agent for PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P., 1633 Broadway, Suite 1801, New York, NY 10019; Attn: Senior Vice President- Property Management

And:

Paramount Group, Inc. as Agent for PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P., 1633 Broadway, Building Office, New York, NY 10019 Attn: Property Manager

If to Tenant:

Prior to Tenant’s occupancy in the Premises:

WMG Acquisition Corp., 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY, 10019, Attn: Paul Robinson, General Counsel

With copies to:

WMG Acquisition Corp., 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10019 Attn: Brian Roberts, Chief Financial Officer

And to:

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Chris M. Smith, Esq.

After Tenant’s occupancy in the Premises:

WMG Acquisition Corp., 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019 Attn: Paul Robinson, General Counsel

With copies to:

WMG Acquisition Corp., 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019 Attn: Brian Roberts, Chief Financial Officer

 

42


And to:

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Chris M. Smith, Esq.

Either party may at any time change the address for such notices, consents, approvals, demands or statements by mailing, as aforesaid, to the other party a notice stating the change and setting forth the changed address. If the term “Tenant”, as used in this Lease, refers to more than one person, any notice, consent, approval, demand or statement given as aforesaid to any one of such persons shall be deemed to have been duly given to Tenant. Any notice, consent, approval, demand or statement given pursuant to the above shall be deemed received on the day of delivery (with signed receipt) or rejection, as the case may be.

(b) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that with the exception of disputes arising under Sections 7.06, 24.03, 26.10, 32.01 and 34.04, all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease should be dealt with by application of the laws of the State of New York and adjudicated in the state courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County or the Federal courts sitting in the State of New York in New York County; and hereby expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease. So far as is permitted under the applicable law, this consent to personal jurisdiction shall be self-operative and no further instrument or action, other than service of process in one of the manners permitted by law, shall be necessary in order to confer jurisdiction upon such party in any such court. Provided that service of process is effected upon Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in one of the manners permitted by law, such party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise: (i) any objection which it may have, or may hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court as is mentioned in this Section 11.01(b); (ii) any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; or (iii) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts.

 

43


(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, bills for additional rent shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent to Tenant only (and no other party need receive it in order for the same to be deemed duly given) at the Premises (or Tenant’s address as hereinbefore set forth if mailed prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises) by first class mail (and which need not be registered, certified or return receipt requested) or by messenger or recognized overnight courier without, in any case, the requirement of a signed receipt.

Section 11.02 Any notice provided by Landlord to Tenant prior to Landlord’s receipt of notice of an assignment of this Lease shall be binding on such assignee regardless of whether such assignee received a copy of such notice. Any outcome of any action that Landlord may institute against Tenant prior to Landlord’s receipt of notice of an assignment of this Lease shall be binding upon any such assignee regardless of whether such assignee was a party to such action. This Section 11.02 shall not be construed as negating the requirement of obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent under Article 25 in those instances where the same is required.

ARTICLE 12

Conditions of Limitation

Section 12.01 This Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that:

(a) in case Tenant shall make an assignment of its property for the benefit of creditors or shall file a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or an involuntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law shall be filed against Tenant and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after the filing thereof,

(b) in case a petition is filed by or against Tenant under the reorganization provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any law of like import, unless such petition under said reorganization provisions be one filed against Tenant which is dismissed within one hundred eighty (180) days after its filing,

(c) in case a receiver, trustee or liquidator shall be appointed for Tenant or of or for all or substantially all of the property of Tenant, and such receiver, trustee or liquidator shall not have been discharged within sixty (60) days from the date of his appointment,

 

44


(d) in case Tenant shall default in the payment of any Fixed Rent or any recurring (on a monthly basis at the time of such default) additional rent payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord on any date upon which the same becomes due, and such default shall continue for five (5) business days’ after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a written notice specifying such default; or in case Tenant shall default in the payment of any non-recurring additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder on any date upon which the same becomes due, and such default shall continue for ten (10) business days’ after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a written notice specifying such default,

(e) in case Tenant shall default in the due keeping, observing or performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (other than a default of the character referred to in clause (d) of this Section 12.01), and if such default shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within twenty (20) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a written notice specifying the same, or, in the case of such a default which for causes beyond Tenant’s control (which shall not include insufficiency of funds) cannot with due diligence be cured within said period of twenty (20) days, if Tenant: (i) shall not, promptly upon the giving of such notice, advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intention to take all steps necessary to remedy such default with due diligence; (ii) shall not duly institute and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy the same; and (iii) shall not remedy the same within a reasonable time after the date of the giving of said notice by Landlord,

(f) in case any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this Lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the term hereof has, by operation of law or otherwise, devolved upon or passed to any firm, association, corporation, person or entity other than Tenant except as expressly permitted under Article 25 hereof,

then, in any of said cases, Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term at the expiration of three (3) days from the date of the giving of such notice, and, in the event such notice is given, the expiration of said three (3) day period shall become the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in this Lease or pursuant to applicable Requirements. The specified conditions of limitation in this Article 12 are not intended to be exclusive of Landlord’s remedies at law or in equity and Landlord may invoke any additional remedies and/or rights which it may have at law or in equity.

Section 12.02 Intentionally deleted.

 

45


ARTICLE 13

Re-entry by Landlord

Section 13.01 If this Lease shall terminate as provided in Article 12 hereof provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Premises again as and of its first estate and interest therein. The words “re-enter”, “re-entry” and “re-entering” as used in this Lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

Section 13.02 In the event of any termination of this Lease under the provisions of Article 12 hereof or in the event that Landlord shall re-enter the Premises under the provisions of this Article 13 or in the event of the termination of this Lease (or of re-entry) by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or other measure undertaken by Landlord for the enforcement of its aforesaid right of re-entry or any provision of law (any such termination of this Lease being herein called a “Default Termination”), Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the Fixed Rent, additional rent and any other charge payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such Default Termination or of such recovery of possession of the Premises by Landlord, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord damages as provided in Article 14 hereof or pursuant applicable Requirements. Also, in the event of a Default Termination Landlord shall be entitled to retain all moneys, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such moneys shall be credited by Landlord against any Fixed Rent, additional rent or any other charge due from Tenant at the time of such Default Termination or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Article 14 hereof or pursuant to applicable Requirements.

 

46


Section 13.03 In the event of a breach or threatened breach on the part of either Landlord or Tenant of its respective obligations hereunder, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to seek injunction against the breaching party. The specified remedies to which Landlord or Tenant may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, may lawfully be entitled at any time and Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

ARTICLE 14

Damages

Section 14.01 In the event of a Default Termination of this Lease, Tenant will pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of the Landlord, either:

(a) a sum which at the time of such Default Termination represents the then value of the excess, if any, of the Present Value, as hereinafter defined, of (1) the aggregate of the Fixed Rent and the additional rent under Article 26 (if any) which would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the period commencing with the day following the date of such Default Termination and ending with the scheduled Expiration Date, over (2) the aggregate fair rental value of the Premises for the same period as determined by an independent real estate appraiser reasonably satisfactory to Tenant and Landlord and employed at Tenant’s expense, in which case such liquidated damages shall be accelerated to be due and payable to Landlord in one lump sum on demand at any time commencing with the day following the date of such Default Termination and shall bear interest at the Default Rate, as herein defined, until paid; or

(b) sums equal to the aggregate of the Fixed Rent and the additional rent under Article 26 (if any) which would have been due and payable by Tenant during the remainder of the term had this Lease not terminated by such Default Termination, in which case such liquidated damages shall be computed and payable in monthly installments, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month following Default Termination of this Lease and continuing until the scheduled Expiration Date but for such Default Termination; provided, however, that if Landlord shall relet all or any part of the Premises for all or any part of said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting until the scheduled Expiration Date, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting the expenses incurred or

 

47


paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease and of re-entering the Premises and, to the extent applicable, of securing possession thereof, as well as the reasonable expenses of reletting, including altering and preparing the Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions and all other expenses properly chargeable against the Premises and the rental therefrom in connection with such reletting, it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period equal to or shorter or longer than said period; provided, further that: (i) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder; (ii) in no event shall Tenant be entitled, in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this clause (b), to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord; and (iii) if the Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then appropriate apportionment on a square foot rentable area basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting. Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to mitigate its damages upon Tenant’s default under this Lease and Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for the failure to relet all or any portion of the Premises.

For the purposes of subdivision (a) of this Section 14.01, the amount of additional rent which would have been payable by Tenant under Article 26 hereof, for each Tax Year and/or Operating Year (as herein defined) ending after such Default Termination, shall be deemed an amount equal to the amount of such additional rent payable by Tenant for the Tax Year and/or Operating Year (as the case may be) ending immediately preceding such Default Termination. Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election commencing at any time following a Default Termination, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the scheduled Expiration Date. “Present Value” shall be computed by discounting such amount to present value at a discount rate equal to the rate on US Treasury Bills or Notes having a term equal to the period between the date of Default Termination and the Expiration Date. “Default Rate” shall mean the lesser of: (i) the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal (or its successor) plus five percent (5%) per annum; or (ii) the highest rate of interest permitted by New York State law.

 

48


Section 14.02 Except as may be limited by the terms of this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be precluded from recovery against the other party for sums or damages to which such party may lawfully be entitled by reason of any uncured default hereunder on the part of the breaching party. Except in such instances where a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that Landlord has acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner and in bad faith, Tenant shall make no claim for money damages wherever in this Lease it is provided that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay any consent or approval, in the event that Landlord shall unreasonably withhold or delay such consent or approval, nor shall Tenant claim any such money damages by way of setoff, counterclaim or defense.

Section 14.03 Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord, any Underlying Indemnitee or Tenant be liable for consequential, incidental or punitive damages in connection with any claimed or actual breach of this Lease.

ARTICLE 15

Waivers by Tenant

Section 15.01 Tenant, for Tenant, and on behalf of any persons or entities claiming through or under Tenant, does hereby waive and surrender all right and privilege which they or any of them might have under or by reason of any present or future law to redeem the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease for the full term hereby demised after Tenant is dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this Lease or after the termination of this Lease as herein provided or pursuant to applicable Requirements. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding, Tenant agrees that Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding (except compulsory counterclaims).

ARTICLE 16

Waiver of Trial by Jury

Section 16.01 It is mutually agreed by and between Landlord and Tenant that, except in the case of any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties against the other for personal injury or property damage, the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of landlord and tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and any emergency or any other statutory remedy.

 

49


ARTICLE 17

Elevators, Cleaning, Heating, Air Conditioning, Services, Etc.

Section 17.01 There are six (6) passenger elevators that service floors 2 through 10 and six (6) passenger elevators that service floors 11 through 18 that shall be subject to call during Business Hours, subject to interruptions for repairs or maintenance as permitted by this Lease, for temporary dedications for use by Landlord (no more than one (1) elevator at a time for these temporary dedications) and for compliance with any applicable Requirements. Tenant hereby elects to require Landlord to make the 10th floor a cross-over floor by programming two (2) elevators (elevator cars designated No. 7 and No. 12 as of the date hereof) (the “Cross-Over Cars”) to stop on the 10th floor that will access floors 2 through 10 and floors 11 through 18 (the “10th Floor Cross-Over Work”). The performance of the 10th Floor Cross-Over Work shall be performed within a timeframe mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant provided that such work shall be performed before the Term Commencement Date and the actual, out-of-pocket cost of all such work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlords’ written demand therefor, together with reasonable supporting documentation. Landlord agrees to perform the 10th Floor Cross-Over Work in a commercially reasonable diligent and expeditious manner. Landlord will have at least two (2) passenger elevators serving the Premises subject to call during the other hours plus one (1) of the two Cross-Over Cars. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the provisions of its elevator maintenance contract in effect as of the date of this Lease and any future elevator maintenance contracts. “Business Hours”, as used in this Lease, means the hours of 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. of days other than Saturdays, Sundays and holidays observed by the State or Federal Government as legal holidays and such days as may now or hereafter be celebrated as holidays under the contract from time to time in effect between Locals 32B and 32J of the Buildings’ Service Employees Union AFL-CIO (and successor thereto) and the Real Estate Advisory Board, Inc. (and any successor thereto).

Section 17.02 Landlord will cause the Premises to be cleaned in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as Exhibit G (provided Landlord shall not be required to clean portions of the Premises to the extent Tenant interferes with

 

50


Landlord’s ability to clean such portions in accordance with the customs of Comparable Buildings), except any private/executive bathrooms (but Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall clean core ADA toilets) and/or any portions of the Premises which may be used for the preparation, dispensing or consumption of food or beverages (pantries shall be cleaned by Landlord in accordance with Exhibit G) or for storage, shipping room, classroom or similar purposes (excluding conference rooms and mail room) or for the operation of a computer, data processing or similar operation, all of which portions Tenant shall cause to be kept clean at Tenant’s own expense. If Tenant notifies Landlord of any deficiencies in the quality of the Exhibit G cleaning services provided by the cleaning contractor designated by Landlord from time to time as the Building’s cleaning contractor (the “Building Cleaning Contractor”), Landlord shall use good faith efforts to address in a prompt manner such objections with the Building Cleaning Contractor, provided however, nothing contained herein shall be construed to require Landlord to remove or replace the Building Cleaning Contractor. To the extent that Tenant shall have cleaning requirements beyond those set forth in Exhibit G (“Overstandard Cleaning Requirements”, subject to the provisions of this Section 17.02, Tenant shall use the Building Cleaning Contractor or Tenant’s employees to perform such Overstandard Cleaning Requirement; provided, however that Tenant’s use of its employees shall not result in labor disharmony (Landlord agreeing to cooperate, without cost to Landlord, with Tenant to try to mitigate same) or create any material risk of damage to the Building or Building Systems) and provided further that any Building Cleaning Contractor affiliated with Landlord shall perform the cleaning requirements required to be performed by it in a first class manner and shall charge rates that are commercially competitive with third party contractors for such services. Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Lease, to the extent Landlord is not required to provide a particular Building service to Tenant, such as Overstandard Cleaning Requirements, Tenant may utilize its employees (provided Tenant’s use of its employees shall not result in labor disharmony and Landlord agreeing to cooperate, without cost to Landlord, with Tenant to mitigate the same) or engage third parties to perform such services, subject in all instances to Landlord’s reasonable approval of Tenant’s engagement of such third party service provider and to all applicable provisions of this Lease.

Section 17.03 Landlord shall, through the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system (“HVAC”), furnish to, and distribute in, the Premises heating and/or air conditioning during Business Hours as is necessary to meet the specifications in

 

51


Exhibit H attached hereto; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for uncomfortable conditions in the Premises if the cause of the uncomfortable conditions is due to the fact that Tenant’s cooling/heating needs are over and above the capacity/specifications of the Building’s HVAC system set forth in Exhibit H. Tenant agrees to lower and close the blinds when necessary because of the sun’s position whenever said HVAC system is in operation, and Tenant agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all the requirements set forth in the Rules and Regulations for the proper functioning and protection of said HVAC system. Landlord shall at all times have free and unrestricted access to any and all HVAC facilities in the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

Section 17.04 Landlord will, when and to the extent requested by Tenant, furnish freight elevator or additional elevator, HVAC, or cleaning services (collectively “Additional Services”) upon such rates (the “Additional Service Rates”), terms and conditions as shall be determined by Landlord for the Building generally in its sole, but reasonable discretion and promulgated to Tenant from time to time. The parties agree that Tenant may request Additional Services on the same day such services shall be required by notifying Landlord’s Building management office by electronic mail at or before 2:00 pm during Business Hours (“Additional Services Notice”); provided, however that if Landlord is able to accommodate an untimely Additional Services Notice, Landlord will reasonably attempt, but shall not be obligated, to do so. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after receipt from Landlord of an invoice setting forth Landlord’s charges based on the Additional Service Rates for such Additional Services. If other 1633 Occupants in the Building within the same HVAC zone as Tenant are also receiving Additional Services of air conditioning or heating service at the same time as Tenant, Tenant shall only be charged its prorata share of the Additional Service rate for HVAC, such prorata share computed based on the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable area of such other tenants’ space. By way of example of the foregoing, if Tenant’s Premises comprises 300,000 rentable square feet and the other tenant simultaneously using Additional Services of air conditioning or heating service occupies premises comprises 50,000 rentable square feet, Tenant shall pay for 83% of the Additional Services charge for Additional Services HVAC. Additionally, if other 1633 Occupants are using the freight elevator or the loading dock as an Additional Service at the same time as Tenant, Tenant shall only be charged for its prorata share of the applicable Additional Service charges. The Additional Service Rates, including Overstandard Cleaning Requirements and the bulk rate for overtime HVAC are set

 

52


forth on Exhibit I attached hereto, which rates may be increased from time to time based upon increases in Landlord’s actual costs without markup or surcharge. Notwithstanding anything in Exhibit I to the contrary, the rate for overtime HVAC for Tenant for the hours between 6:00 PM and 8:00 PM beyond Business Hours shall be $800.00 per hour, subject to increase as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. Overstandard Cleaning Requirements shall include, without limitation, (a) any cleaning of the Building or any part thereof required because of the negligence of Tenant or the cleaning of any unusual stains from floors or walls caused by any food or beverages, (b) any cleaning done at the request of Tenant of any portions of the Premises which may be used for private/executive bathrooms and/or the preparation, dispensing or consumption of food or beverages or for storage, shipping room, classroom or similar purposes (excluding conference rooms) or for the operation of computer, data processing or similar equipment, and (c) the removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish from the Building, except refuse and rubbish arising from using the Premises for the uses permitted hereunder and ordinary cleaning by Landlord as specified in Section 17.02 hereof. Tenant understands that all: (i) deliveries and removals of construction tools, materials, equipment etc. in connection with Tenant’s Changes or surrender of the Premises; and/or (ii) deliveries and removals of furniture and personal property in connection with Tenant’s move-in to and vacating of the Premises, shall be done during non-Business Hours. Subject to Building rules and regulations and mutually agreeable scheduling: (i) Tenant shall have use of the loading dock and freight elevator on a non-exclusive basis during Business Hours and on a reserved exclusive basis after Business Hours; and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to receive one hundred and seventy-five (175) hours of free overtime freight elevator service during the performance of Tenant’s Work and its move into the Premises. Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use one (1) of the Building’s freight elevators only during the performance of Tenant’s Work, subject to Building rules and regulations. Tenant agrees at all times to exclusively utilize the rubbish contractor which Landlord from time to time designates as the Building’s rubbish contractor, provided such contractor’s cost are commercially competitive.

Section 17.05 Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to stop or interrupt any HVAC, elevator, escalator, lighting, gas, steam, plumbing, power, electricity, water, condenser water, cleaning or other service and to stop or interrupt the use of any Building facilities at such times as may be necessary and for as long as may reasonably be required by reason of accidents, strikes, or the making of repairs,

 

53


maintenance or replacements, or inability to secure a proper supply of fuel, gas, steam, water, electricity, labor or supplies, or by reason of causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. No such stoppage or interruption shall entitle Tenant to any diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of any such stoppage or interruption; provided, however if all or more than forty percent (40%) of any floor of the Premises (and Tenant does not occupy such affected portion for the normal conduct of business) shall be rendered untenantable or inaccessible for a period in excess of twenty (20) consecutive days by reason of any circumstance beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, then Tenant shall, as its sole and exclusive remedy, be entitled to an abatement of the Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent payable hereunder (on a prorata square foot basis) commencing on the twenty-first (21st) day and continuing until the day upon which the affected portion of the Premises becomes tenantable/accessible. Tenant shall not be entitled to the abatement provided in this Section 17.05 at any time (and for the length of time) that Tenant is in monetary default beyond any applicable notice and cure period of any of the terms or conditions of this Lease and/or if Tenant’s breach of this Lease, negligence or willful misconduct caused the circumstances which gave rise to the inaccessibility or untenantability. Landlord agrees to make reasonable efforts to limit the duration of any such stoppage or interruption but shall not be required to perform the same on an overtime or premium pay basis beyond what would be customary for Comparable Buildings, unless Tenant agrees in writing to reimburse Landlord for the cost of such overtime or premium pay basis or unless such stoppage or interruption materially interferes with the use of the Premises for the conduct of its business. Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least ten (10) days prior written notice of any known or anticipated stoppage or interruption of service and in the event that Tenant shall reasonably determine that such proposed stoppage of service shall materially interfere with the conduct of its business, then Tenant shall so inform Landlord within five (5) days after the giving of Landlord’s notice and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reschedule the anticipated stoppage or interruption of service for a time reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

Section 17.06 Tenant acknowledges that the operation of elevators and HVAC equipment will cause some vibration, noise, heat or cold which may be transmitted to other parts of the Building and Premises. Landlord shall be under no obligation to endeavor to reduce such vibration, noise, heat or cold beyond what is customary

 

54


in current good building practice for buildings of the same first-class nature as the Building in the midtown area of the Borough of Manhattan. No Landlord installed equipment shall cause generation of noise levels within the Premises (but not the 7th Floor Terrace) in excess of a NC-40 Noise Standard within fifteen (15) feet of a mechanical room (which includes the entire 11th floor) or mechanical equipment (including the mechanical equipment on the 7th Floor Terrace).

Section 17.07 Use of the term “Building Standard” or similar terminology in this Lease or in the exhibits attached hereto, shall mean Landlord’s standard criteria, requirements or specifications (qualitatively based or quantitatively based) used in connection with maintenance, work or improvements in the Building, which standards shall be consistent with the Comparable Building standard set forth in Section 10.02 hereof, or with reference to a charge, such charges as are contained in Exhibit I.

Section 17.08 Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Lease and such reasonable security regulations as Landlord may promulgate from time to time, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred and sixty-five (365) days per annum access to the Premises.

Section 17.09 Landlord shall provide (subject to interruptions pursuant to Section 17.05 hereof) on a twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week basis up to a maximum of 200 tons per annum of condenser water, the actual number of tons shall be requested by Tenant within six (6) months after the date of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the option (which option may be exercised in part from time to time) of: (A) reducing the tonnage of condenser water furnished to the Premises upon reasonable written notice to Landlord, which notice shall specify the amount of condenser water that Tenant desires to return to Landlord and any work required in connection therewith shall be at Tenant’s sole expense; (B) requiring Landlord to furnish additional condenser water (the “Additional Tonnage”) to the Premises upon reasonable written notice to Landlord, which notice shall set forth the specific Additional Tonnage desired by Tenant, provided however: (i) Tenant demonstrates the need for the Additional Tonnage to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; (ii) Tenant shall, at its sole expense, be responsible for all costs associated with such Additional Tonnage (and any costs payable to Landlord in connection therewith must be reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs); and (iii) the Building shall have additional condenser water available as determined by Landlord in its sole, but reasonable discretion.

 

55


Tenant shall pay to Landlord together with payments of Fixed Rent and in equal monthly installments, as additional rent, the sum of Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($500.00) per ton per annum for such condenser water as and commencing when requested initially and as thereafter may be furnished to Tenant in accordance with the above provisions (irrespective of actual usage). Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Landlord’s tap-in charge for any condenser water which Tenant reserves. Tenant, as part of Tenant’s Changes, shall, at its sole expense, make all installations (including, without limitation, a pumping station) and connections required to obtain such condenser water.

ARTICLE 18

Lease Contains All Agreements—No Waivers

Section 18.01 This Lease contains all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions relating to the leasing of the Premises hereunder, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made, and Tenant in executing and delivering this Lease is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same may expressly be set forth in this Lease.

Section 18.02 The failure of either party to insist in any instance upon the strict performance of any provision of this Lease or to exercise any election herein contained shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such provision or election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect, provided however, the foregoing shall not be construed as extending the time in which either party is obligated to exercise any rights under this Lease, which by the terms hereof must be exercised within a specified period. No waiver or modification by either party of any provision of this Lease or other right or benefit shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. No surrender of the Premises or of any part thereof or of any remainder of the Term shall be valid unless accepted by Landlord in writing. Any breach by Tenant of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed waived by (a) the receipt and retention by Landlord of Fixed Rent or additional rent from anyone other than Tenant or (b) the acceptance of such other person as a tenant or (c) a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease or (d) the receipt and retention by Landlord of Fixed Rent or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any provision of this Lease. No

 

56


payment by Tenant or receipt or retention by Landlord of a lesser amount than any Fixed Rent or additional rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as such rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided. No executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be effective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing, refers expressly to this Lease and is signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge or termination or effectuation of the abandonment is sought.

ARTICLE 19

Parties Bound

Section 19.01 The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease shall bind and benefit the respective successors, assigns and legal representative of the parties hereto with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party hereto is named or referred to, except that no violation of the provisions of Article 25 hereof shall operate to vest any rights in any successor, assignee or legal representative of Tenant and that the provisions of this Article 19 shall not be construed as modifying the conditions of limitation contained in Article 12 hereof. It is understood and agreed, however, that the covenants and obligations on the part of Landlord under this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord herein named with respect to obligations arising during any period subsequent to the transfer of its interest in the Building, that in the event of such a transfer said covenants and obligations shall thereafter be binding upon each transferee of such interest of Landlord herein named, but only with respect to the period ending with a subsequent transfer of such interest, and that a lease of the entire interest of the Building (and the Land if there is a merger of the ownership interests of the Land and Building, i.e., the Ground Lessor and Ground Lessee positions) shall be deemed a transfer within the meaning of this Article 19.

 

57


ARTICLE 20

Curing Tenant’s Defaults—Additional Rent

Section 20.01 If Tenant shall default in the keeping, observance or performance of any provision or obligation of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period (an “Event of Default”), Landlord, without thereby waiving such Event of Default, may perform the same for the account (and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charge therefor) of Tenant, without notice in a case of emergency (other than such notice, if any, as shall be practical under the circumstances). Bills for any reasonable expense incurred or charged by Landlord in connection with any such performance by Landlord for the account of Tenant and as result of Tenant’s Event of Default, and bills for all reasonable costs, charges, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, involved in collecting or endeavoring to collect the Fixed Rent or additional rent or other charge or any part thereof or enforcing or endeavoring to enforce any rights against Tenant, under or in connection with this Lease, or pursuant to law, it being agreed Landlord may recover its counsel fees only in connection with the instituting and prosecuting of any action or proceeding (including any summary dispossess proceeding if Landlord prevails in the outcome of such action or proceeding), as well as bills for any property, material, labor or services provided, furnished or rendered, or caused to be provided, furnished, or rendered, by Landlord to Tenant including (without being limited to) electric lamps and other equipment, construction work done for the account of Tenant, water, towel and other services, as well as for any charges for any additional elevator, heating, air conditioning or cleaning services incurred under Article 17 hereof and any charges for other similar or dissimilar services incurred under this Lease, may be sent by Landlord to Tenant monthly, or immediately, at Landlord’s option, and shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after demand as additional rent under this Lease, together with reasonable back-up documentation. If any Fixed Rent, additional rent or any other costs, charges, expenses or disbursements payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord are not paid within five (5) days after the same is due, the same shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the due date thereof until paid and the amount of such interest shall be additional rent.

Section 20.02 In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of Fixed Rent or additional rent or any other charge after provision of notice thereof and the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are

 

58


to be credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be credited. Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to suspend furnishing or rendering to Tenant any overtime/overstandard property, material, labor or other service, wherever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same at the expense of Tenant, in the event that (but only so long as) Tenant is in arrears beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period in paying Fixed Rent or additional rent (previously billed to Tenant) due under this Lease. In addition, Landlord may (without releasing Tenant from any liability under this Lease) suspend furnishing to Tenant freight elevator service at the time Tenant desires or is obligated to vacate or remove any property from the Premises in the event that Tenant is in arrears in paying any Fixed Rent or additional rent (previously billed to Tenant) beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, due under this Lease unless Tenant pre-pays Landlord for such freight elevator service.

Section 20.03 Subject to the rights (including notice rights) of any mortgagee and/or ground lessor and to Section 21.01 hereof, if: (i) Landlord shall default in the performance of its obligations under Section 17.01 to clean the Premises; or (ii) Landlord shall default in the performance of its obligations under Section 10.01 and 10.02 with respect to parts of the Building and/or Building systems located wholly within and adversely affecting the Premises, and, in either such case, Landlord fails to respond seven (7) business days after Landlord receives notice thereof from Tenant, then Tenant may send a second notice to Landlord (in strict accordance with Section 11.01(a) hereof) stating in bold that Landlord’s failure to cure or commence the cure of such default (and diligently prosecute the cure of same) within seven (7) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the second notice from Tenant (and in the case of emergencies only, such second notice to Landlord may be sent by email to: Ralph DiRuggiero (rdiruggiero@paramount-group.com), Jeff Caimi (jcaimi@paramount-group.com) and Bernard Marasco (bmarasco@paramount-group.com) and such ten (10) business day period after Landlord’s second notice shall be reduced to two (2) business days), Tenant may, subject to provisions below and only until and for so long as Landlord shall fail to cure or commence the cure as specified in Tenant’s notice, perform the same for the account of Landlord and Landlord shall pay Tenant’s reasonable actual out-of-pocket costs without profit or mark-up therefor. Tenant may not exercise its right under this Section 20.03 if Landlord has notified Tenant of Landlord’s good faith and reasonable dispute with any matter pertaining to the default in question.

 

59


ARTICLE 21

Inability to Perform

Section 21.01 Subject to Section 17.05 hereof and except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease, this Lease and the obligations of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all the other covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly or implicitly to be supplied or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repairs, replacements, additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of accidents, emergencies, acts of God, acts of war, acts of third parties (not controlled by Landlord or who are not acting on behalf of Landlord), strikes or labor troubles or other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including, but not limited to, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war, hostilities or other emergency. Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease, if this Lease specifies a time period for the performance of an obligation by Landlord, that time period shall be extended by the period of delay caused by any of the aforementioned causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Neither Landlord’s financial condition nor the unavailability to Landlord of sufficient funds shall be deemed to be a cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

ARTICLE 22

Adjacent Excavation—Shoring

Section 22.01 If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem reasonably necessary or desirable to preserve the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claim for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent.

 

60


ARTICLE 23

Article Headings

Section 23.01 The Article headings of this Lease are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing the same.

ARTICLE 24

Electricity and Water

Section 24.01 For the purposes of this Article, the term “Electric Rate” shall mean one hundred percent (100%) of Landlord’s average cost per kilowatt hours for electricity for the Building (“Landlord’s Actual Cost”). The Landlord’s Actual Cost shall be computed by taking the Landlord’s total electrical bill including both consumption and demand charges, fuel adjustment charges (as determined for each month of the relevant period and not averaged), rate adjustment charges, sales tax, and/or any other factors or charges, actually used by the utility servicing the Building in computing the charges for Tenant’s usage (and inclusive of all discounts provided to the Building), divided by the total number of kilowatt hours and with no profit or mark up to Landlord. Tenant shall pay an amount equal to the product of (i) total number of kilowatt hours consumed by Tenant, multiplied by (ii) Landlord’s Actual Cost. Subject to the provisions of this Article 24, Landlord shall furnish electric energy to the Premises on a submetering basis for the purposes permitted under this Lease and Tenant shall purchase the same from Landlord at the Electric Rate as applied to the electric energy consumed in the Premises, which electric energy shall be measured by a meter or meters (which meters and all supplemental equipment and all other necessary work necessary for the installation of the submeters shall, at Landlord’s cost, be installed prior to the Term Commencement Date to the extent not already so installed and shall measure only Tenant’s electrical consumption) maintained by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, at Tenant’s sole expense, to check the accuracy of the aforesaid meter or meters by the use of check meters.

 

61


Section 24.02 Landlord hereby represents and covenants that six (6) watts per usable square feet of electrical demand load exclusive of base Building HVAC (the “Standard Electrical Load”) is and shall be available to the Premises subject to the Section 17.05 and Section 24.06 hereof. Tenant covenants and agrees that at no time will the demand electrical load in the Premises exceed the Standard Electrical Load. Landlord shall deliver the Standard Electrical Load to the Premises through the existing electric risers in the Building and Tenant shall have the right to distribute the Standard Electrical Load across the Premises as it so elects in its sole discretion provided that such power shall be limited to Tenant’s power requirements in the Premises. Tenant shall furnish, install and replace, as required, all lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs and ballasts and all such equipment so installed shall be customary in first class office buildings and shall be dignified and of a first class nature and shall become Landlord’s property upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall have the right to use existing electrical transformer capacity within the Premises, Landlord represents and covenants that such electrical transformer capacity is and shall be readily available to Tenant and in usable condition.

Section 24.03 Tenant’s use of electric energy in the Premises and/or the Building’s telephone network shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the equipment in or otherwise serving the Premises exclusive of base Building HVAC. The foregoing sentence notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to obtain electrical capacity in excess of the Standard Electrical Load (the “Additional Electrical Load”)provided that: (i) Tenant demonstrates the need for the Additional Electrical Load to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; (ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible for all actual, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord to provide the Additional Electrical Load to the Premises, provided there shall be no tap-in fee payable by Tenant for accessing such Additional Electrical Load; and (iii) the Building shall have such additional power available as determined by Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion. The Building does not have an emergency generator available for use by the Premises; however, upon providing Landlord with prior written notice and subject to availability of space as determined by Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion for the installation of an emergency generator, Tenant shall have the right to install, as a Tenant’s Change subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of plans and specifications therefor, one (1) emergency generator in size and in the location reasonably approved by Landlord for its exclusive use (a “Tenant Generator”). If Tenant elects to install a Tenant Generator, then within sixty (60) days from the date on which Tenant notified Landlord of its desire to install a Tenant Generator, Landlord shall provide appropriate space for the Tenant Generator in a location reasonably approved by Tenant (the “Tenant

 

62


Generator Location”). If (a) Tenant fails to commence and diligently pursue the installation of the Tenant Emergency Generator within six (6) months from the date on which the parties have agreed on a Tenant Generator Location and (b) another tenant in the Building shall with an existing right to install its own generator has notified Landlord in accordance with its lease of its desire to do so and the Tenant Generator Location is the only suitable location available to such other tenant, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with not less than thirty (30) days prior notice of the same. If Tenant shall either (x) notify Landlord that it no longer desires to use the Tenant Generator Location or (y) shall not commence and diligently pursue the installation of its Tenant Generator within thirty (30) days from the date of Landlord’s notice, Tenant’s right to the specific Tenant Generator Location shall lapse unless and until such Tenant Generator Location becomes available. Landlord shall permit Tenant reasonable access to the Tenant Generator Location and all necessary mechanical rooms and Building Systems for construction, installation, maintenance, repair, operation and use of the same. In the event that Tenant elects to install the Tenant Generator, such Tenant Generator shall utilize fuel from a supply and location approved by Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion. All costs of whatsoever nature associated with the Tenant Generator, the Tenant Generator Location and the fuel supply and location shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fair market rental for the Tenant Generator Location and fuel tank if located in areas other than the roof of, or in a mechanical room within, the Building, and if the parties are unable to reach agreement as to such fair market rental, same will be determined generally utilizing the procedure set forth in Section 32.01(c) of this Lease.

Section 24.04 Tenant may elect to have Landlord discontinue furnishing electric energy to Tenant in the Premises at any time upon not less than 180 days’ notice to Landlord. If Tenant exercises such right, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and shall be unaffected thereby, except that from and after the effective date of such discontinuance Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish electric energy to Tenant and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Landlord for any electric energy furnished to the Premises. If Tenant elects to have Landlord discontinue furnishing electric energy to Tenant, Tenant shall arrange to obtain electric energy directly from the public utility company or alternate utility provider (if any as selected by Landlord) furnishing electric energy to the Building. Such electric energy may be furnished to Tenant by means of the then existing building system feeders, risers and wiring. All meters and additional panel

 

63


boards, feeders, risers, wiring and other conductors and equipment which may be required to obtain electric energy directly from such public utility company shall be furnished and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and Landlord shall cooperate (at no cost to Landlord) with Tenant with respect to such installation as well as provide all necessary space for such equipment, but only to the extent reasonably required for such equipment and for wiring and only to the extent such space is deemed reasonably available by Landlord.

Section 24.05 Landlord shall provide sufficient water to the Premises for (i) normal office use, including cleaning the Premises; (ii) Landlord’s air conditioning equipment during Business Hours; and (iii) drinking, pantry, lavatory or toilet facilities in the core area of the Premises. Tenant shall pay for same as part of Operating Expenses. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to provide hot water to the Premises, only warm water to the core bathrooms.

Section 24.06 Subject to Section 17.05 and except as otherwise specifically provided herein to the contrary, Landlord shall in no way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any failure, inadequacy or defect in the character, quantity or supply of electricity, water or telephone network access and/or service furnished to the Premises, except to the extent caused by the negligence, wrongful acts or omissions (where this Lease or Requirements impose a duty to act) of Landlord or willful misconduct of any Landlord Parties.

Section 24.07 Except as otherwise set forth herein, effective as of the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the amounts from time to time billed by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Article 24, each such bill to be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation and to be paid within thirty (30) days after the same has been rendered. If any tax is imposed upon Landlord’s receipts from the sale or resale of electric energy to Tenant under federal, state, municipal or other law, such tax may, to the extent permitted by law, be passed on by Landlord to Tenant and be included as additional rent, in the bills payable by Tenant hereunder.

Section 24.08 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 24 to the contrary, if the law or utility servicing the Building requires Tenant to convert the method by which it receives electricity, then the equitable cost allocable to the Premises to so convert shall be split equally between Landlord and Tenant, provided however, Landlord shall have no right to require such conversion if it is not required by the law or the utility servicing the Building.

 

64


Section 24.09 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may now, or in the future, have the right to select the entity or entities which will provide electrical power to the Building (including, the Premises). Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select any entity or entities which it desires to have as the electrical service provider to the Building (including, the Premises) and Tenant shall not have the right to select the same or participate in the selection of the same except and unless applicable law requires that Tenant have any such right(s) (and then only to the extent applicable law requires) provided that any service provider that is affiliated with Landlord shall charge rates that are competitive with third party service providers of similar service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, to select the telecommunications service providers that it uses in the Premises except to the extent that such right shall violate any existing exclusive use agreements that Landlord may have with other telecommunications service providers. To the extent Landlord approves a telecommunications service provider for Tenant that does not service the Building as of the date of this Lease, Tenant’s right to use such provider is conditioned upon such provider entering into such agreement and upon such commercially reasonable terms as Landlord shall require, customary with industry practices. All costs associated with the telecommunication services provided to Tenant shall be at Tenant’s sole expense.

ARTICLE 25

Assignment, Mortgaging, Subletting, Etc.

Section 25.01 Tenant shall not, whether directly, indirectly, voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law or otherwise (a) assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or the term and estate hereby granted or any interest herein or offer or advertise to do so, (b) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or offer or advertise to do so, or allow the same to be used, occupied or utilized by anyone other than Tenant, or (c) mortgage, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in or otherwise hypothecate this Lease or the Premises or any interest therein or any part thereof in any manner whatsoever, without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any

 

65


advertisement to sublet all or any portion of the Premises or assign this Lease if such advertisement does not contain the financial terms of such assignment, but in all events, Tenant shall have the right to list the assignment or subletting with a broker.

Section 25.02 (a) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity, the provisions of subdivision (a) of Section 25.01 shall apply to: (i) a transfer of a majority percentage interest of the stock or beneficial ownership interest, as the case may be, of Tenant (however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions); (ii) a transfer by operation of law or otherwise, of Tenant’s interest in this Lease; and/or (iii) any increase in the amount of issued and/or outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporate Tenant (or partnership interests of any partnership Tenant or membership interests of any limited liability company) and/or the creation of one or more additional classes of capital stock of any corporate Tenant (or partnership interests of any partnership Tenant or membership interest of any limited liability company) (however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions), with the result that the Tenant shall no longer be controlled by the beneficial and record owners of the capital stock of such corporate Tenant (or partnership interests in the case of a partnership or membership interests in the case of a limited liability company) as of the date immediately prior to such event. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the (A) reorganization of Tenant from one form of entity to another, (B) change in situs or place of organization, (C) merger or consolidation of Tenant with and/or into another entity, (D) the sale, transfer and/or assignment of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, stock or other equity interests to another entity or (E) the transactions described in Section 25.02(a)(i)-(iii) above (the entity resulting from the transactions described in clauses (A)-(E) above, a, “Successor Entity”) shall not constitute an assignment of this Lease or be subject to the restrictions in Section 25.01, provided that: (1) the principal purpose of any of the foregoing transactions is not to circumvent the restrictions on assignment set forth in this Article 25; and (2) the Successor Entity has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (or if Tenant and/or Successor Entity do not ordinarily prepare their respective financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, then on the basis of another recognized basis of accounting consistently applied and regularly used by such party which shall include, without limitation, the income tax basis) equal to or greater than Tenant’s net worth

 

66


immediately prior to such transaction; and (3) Successor Entity has executed an Assumption Agreement (as hereinafter defined in Section 25.04 below); pursuant to Section 25.04 hereof; and (4) Tenant provides Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence of the same at least ten (10) days prior to such transaction (and if prior disclosure is not legally permissible (whether by confidentiality agreement or otherwise) or practical to do so, then promptly following the time when disclosure is legally permissible or practical to do so). Notwithstanding the above, Section 25.01 shall not apply to: (y) transfers of stock in a corporation or other type of entity whose shares or units are traded in the “over-the-counter” market or any recognized securities exchange; or (z) any sale or issuance of Tenant’s stock or units of interest in connection with a public offering.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 25 to the contrary, Tenant may assign this Lease and/or sublease the Premises or any portion thereof to any entity which controls Tenant, Tenant controls and/or is under common control with Tenant (each such entity, an “Affiliate”), without having to obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, which assignment or sublease shall not be subject to Section 25.06 or 25.13 below, provided that: (a) Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default of any of the terms or conditions of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period at the time of the making of such assignment or sublease or the time such assignment or sublease is to take effect or commence, as the case may be, (b) Tenant provides Landlord with at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice thereof along with a fully executed copy of the assignment or sublease, (c) Tenant provides Landlord, from time to time (initially as well as any time thereafter but in no event more than once per annum), within five (5) business days’ after Landlord requests the same in writing, such evidence and/or affidavits as Landlord may reasonably require in order to confirm the satisfaction of the above-described control test, (d) intentionally deleted and (e) said assignee or subtenant continues at all times thereafter to satisfy the above-described control test.

Section 25.03 If this Lease shall be assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and notice and the expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof are sublet or used or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and notice and the

 

67


expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord shall apply the net amount collected to the Fixed Rent and additional rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Section 25.01, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or as a release of Tenant from the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The consent by Landlord to assignment, mortgaging, subletting or use or occupancy by others shall not in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging, subletting or use or occupancy by others not expressly permitted by this Article. References in this Lease to use or occupancy by others, that is anyone other than Tenant, shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but as including also licensees and others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely.

Section 25.04 Any assignment or transfer, whether made with or without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 25.01 or Section 25.02, shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the assignee or transferee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement whereby the assignee or transferee shall assume from and after the date of such assignment the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and whereby the assignee or transferee shall agree that the provisions in Section 25.01 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers (an “Assumption Agreement”). Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer (including by way of asset transfer), whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Fixed Rent and/or additional rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and additional rents and for the other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed as set forth in this Lease.

Section 25.05 The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease, provided that none of the foregoing shall increase the obligations or liabilities of any predecessor-in-interest as Tenant hereunder.

 

68


Section 25.06 Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in Sections 25.01 or 25.02 of this Article, if Tenant shall at any time or times during the Term desire (notwithstanding that Tenant may not in fact have entered into any discussions with any assignee or subtenant) to assign this Lease, or sublease any full floor within the Premises for all or substantially all of the Term (other than an assignment or sublease permitted to be made without Landlord’s consent hereunder), Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall include all of the material terms of the proposed assignment or subletting. Such notice (the “Recapture Offer Notice”) shall be deemed an offer from Tenant (the “Recapture Offer”) to Landlord whereby Landlord may, at its option: (i) terminate this Lease (if the proposed transaction is an assignment or a sublease of all the Premises); or (ii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space covered by the proposed sublease. Said option may be exercised by Landlord by notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of the Recapture Offer Notice (such 30-day period, the “Recapture Determination Period”); and Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet such space to any person during the Recapture Determination Period. If Landlord shall not so terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 25.06 within the Recapture Determination Period, the Recapture Offer shall be deemed rejected by Landlord and therefore null and void and of no further force or effect upon the expiration of the Recapture Determination Period.

Section 25.07 If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease in the case where Tenant desires either to assign this Lease or sublet all the Premises, then, the Expiration Date shall be the date that such assignment or sublet was to be effective or commence, as the case may be.

Section 25.08 If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease in part, in any case where Tenant desires to sublet part of the Premises, then, (a) the Expiration Date with respect to such part of the Premises shall be the date that the proposed sublease was to commence; (b) from and after such Expiration Date the Fixed Rent and additional rent shall be adjusted, based upon the proportion that the rentable area of the Premises remaining bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; and (c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand together with reasonable back-up documentation, Landlord’s reasonable cost for physically separating such part of the Premises from the balance of the Premises.

 

69


Section 25.09 Intentionally deleted.

Section 25.10 In the event Landlord does not exercise its options pursuant to Section 25.06 to terminate this Lease in whole or in part and provided that Tenant is not in default of any of Tenant’s monetary or material, non-monetary obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord’s consent (which must be in writing and not in derogation of any of Tenant’s rights under this Lease and may contain such reasonable modifications that may be required due to any particular circumstances, as the case may be) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and shall be granted or withheld within twenty (20) days (the “Consent Determination Period”) after Landlord has failed to have exercised any of its options under Section 25.06 hereof within the time permitted therefor and after Landlord has received from Tenant: (i) a conformed or photostatic copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, or a term sheet thereof, the effective or commencement date of which shall be at least thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice; (ii) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or sub-tenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, and (iii) current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including without limitation, its most recent financial report, provided and upon condition that all of the following are satisfied:

(a) Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of Section 25.06 and Landlord shall not have exercised any of its termination options under said Section 25.06 within the time permitted therefor;

(b) In Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business and possesses a general reputation and its proposed use of the Premises (or a portion thereof) is, appropriate for and in keeping with the then standards of the Building; and the proposed use is limited to the use expressly permitted under Section 1.03;

(c) The financial condition of the proposed assignee or subtenant is commensurate with the financial obligations involved in the proposed assignment or sublease and Landlord has been furnished with reasonable proof of the foregoing;

 

70


(d) Neither: (i) the proposed assignee or subtenant; nor (ii) any person which, directly or indirectly, controls; is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or subtenant, is then an occupant of any part of the Building, provided however this condition shall not apply if Landlord does not then have available for leasing in the Building space which is comparable (in terms of square footage, quality, price, location and proposed term) to the space which is the subject of the proposed transaction;

(e) The proposed assignee or subtenant is not a person with whom Landlord is then (or has been within the previous four (4) months) actively negotiating (as evidenced by the exchange of written proposals) to lease space in the Building, provided however this condition shall not apply if Landlord does not then have available for leasing in the Building space which is comparable (in terms of square footage, location and proposed term) to the space which is the subject of the proposed transaction;

(f) The form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article; and Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant shall execute a Consent to Assignment or Subletting not in derogation of any of Tenant’s rights under this Lease and as reasonably agreed to among the parties;

(g) There shall not be more than four (4) occupants per floor of the Premises;

(h) The rental and other material terms and conditions of the sublease are substantially the same as or more favorable to Tenant than those contained in the proposed notice furnished to Landlord pursuant to Section 25.06;

(i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon Tenant’s execution of the consent to assignment or subletting, Landlord’s actual, reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees in connection with said assignment or sublease;

(j) Tenant shall not have advertised or publicized in any way the availability of the Premises or any part thereof except Tenant may advertise the availability of such space provided such advertisement does not set forth any financial terms for the assignment or sublease of such space and Tenant may list the same with a broker; and

 

71


(k) The proposed assignee or subtenant shall not be entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, the State of New York.

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event that Tenant’s Recapture Offer Notice shall contain all or substantially all of the information required to be provided by pursuant to this Section 25.10 by Tenant for purposes of obtaining Landlord’s consent to a proposed assignment or subletting, then Landlord and Tenant agree that the 20-day Consent Determination Period shall be deemed merged into the 30-day Recapture Determination Period such that on or before the expiration of the Recapture Determination Period, Landlord shall have either (i) exercised its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 25.06 or (ii) granted or denied its consent to the proposed assignment or subletting in pursuant to this Section 25.10. In the event that Landlord shall not have exercised its termination rights within the Recapture Determination Period and shall have failed to grant or deny its consent to a proposed assignment or subletting within the Consent Determination Period or the Recapture Determination Period as applicable, then Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or the proposed subletting shall be deemed granted on the basis of the information provided to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to Section 25.10.

Each subletting pursuant to this Article shall be subject to all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease. Notwithstanding any subletting to any subtenant and/or acceptance of rent or additional rent by Landlord from any subtenant, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and additional rent due and to become due hereunder and for the performance of all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and all acts and omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act) of any licensee or subtenant or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant which shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this Lease, and any such violation shall be deemed a violation by Tenant. Tenant further agrees that notwithstanding any such subletting, no other and further subletting of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall or will be made except upon compliance with and subject to the provisions of this Article. Except in such instances where a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that Landlord has acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner or in bad faith, if Landlord

 

72


shall decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or subtenant or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under Section 25.06, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

Section 25.11 In the event that (a) Landlord fails to exercise any of its options under Section 25.06 and consents to a proposed assignment or sublease, and (b) Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the giving of such consent, then, Tenant shall again comply with all the provisions and conditions of Section 25.06 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

Section 25.12 With respect to each and every sublease or subletting authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed:

(a) The subletting shall be for a term ending prior to the Expiration Date.

(b) No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord.

(c) Each sublease shall be deemed to provide that it is subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that Section 27.04 shall govern in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossess by Landlord or successor landlord under this Lease.

(d) Landlord shall execute and deliver a non-disturbance agreement, containing such reasonable modifications that may be required due to any particular circumstances, with respect to any permitted subtenant with sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved under a sublease reasonably satisfactory to Landlord covering not less than one (1) full floor of the Premises providing that, so long as such subtenant is not in default under such sublease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period provided the same are of customary length) and occupies not less than one (1) full floor at the time this Lease is terminated: (i)

 

73


Landlord will not join such subtenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding to terminate this Lease or to remove or evict Tenant or to recover possession of the Premises, by reason of a default on the part of Tenant under this Lease; (ii) such subtenant shall not be evicted from the premises covered by the sublease; (iii) such subtenant’s leasehold estate in, and its possession of, the premises will not be diminished, interfered with, disturbed or terminated; (iv) if this Lease shall be terminated (because of Tenant’s default or disaffirmance in bankruptcy or pursuant to Landlord’s rights under this Article 25 but not because of Landlord’s rights under Articles 7 and 8 hereof), such sublease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Landlord and such subtenant upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in such sublease (except for any obligations under such sublease which would reasonably only be obligations of Tenant, as sublandlord (e.g., the provisions of shared library, cafeteria, secretarial or conference facilities) and such other obligations as Landlord may reasonably exculpate itself pursuant to the agreement; provided, however, that unless Landlord has agreed to a different standard in the SNDA (as hereinafter defined in Section 27.01) among Landlord, Tenant and the holder of any superior mortgage, in the event this Lease provides Landlord with greater rights or Tenant with lesser rights than what is set forth in the sublease, then the applicable terms of this Lease shall be deemed to replace the applicable provisions of, or be inserted into, the sublease and the attornment document may so provide; and (v) subtenant agrees that the total rent payable under the sublease on a per square foot basis shall increase to that of Tenant under this Lease (as then escalated and subject to further escalation) if the sublease provides for a lower rent, and such subtenant shall attorn to and recognize Landlord as such subtenant’s landlord under such sublease, and Landlord shall accept such attornment and recognize such subtenant as its direct tenant under such sublease, except that Landlord or the successor landlord shall not: (x) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under the sublease; (y) be subject to any offset, which shall have theretofore accrued to subtenant against Tenant; or (z) be bound by any previous modification of the sublease, not expressly provided for in the sublease, or by any previous payment of more than one (1) month’s Fixed Rent or payment of additional rent more than one (1) month prior to the date on which same is due, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by Landlord.

Section 25.13 If Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall in consideration therefor pay to Landlord as additional rent:

 

74


(a) in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other monetary considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for Tenant’s Property or Appurtenances, less the then depreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns) and after first deducting legal and other professional fees (including fees paid to Landlord pursuant to Section 25.10(i)), the cost of alterations, rent abatements and work allowances and other tenant concessions and brokerage and marketing fees and any transfer taxes; and

(b) in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of any rents, additional rent or other monetary consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant in excess of the Fixed Rent and additional rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for Tenant’s Property or Appurtenances, less the then depreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns) and after first deducting legal and other professional fees (including fees paid to Landlord pursuant to Section 25.10(i)), the cost of alterations, rent abatements and work allowances and other tenant concessions and brokerage and marketing fees and any transfer taxes. The sums payable under this Section 25.13(b) shall be paid to Landlord as and when received by Tenant.

Section 25.14 Landlord shall, at the request of Tenant, maintain listings on the Building directory (to the extent the same exists) of the names of Tenant and any other person, firm, association or corporation in occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof as permitted hereunder, and the names of any officers, directors, members, partners or employees of any of the foregoing. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises, on the Building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest in said person or entity any right or interest in the Lease or in the Premises or any portions thereof or be deemed to be the consent of Landlord (written or otherwise) mentioned in this Article 25. It is expressly understood that any such listing is a privilege extended by Landlord revocable at will by written notice to Tenant, but only if the Building directory is no longer maintained by Landlord. The parties acknowledge that as of the date of this Lease, there is no Building directory.

 

75


Section 25.15 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 25 to the contrary, Landlord consents to the use of desk and office space in no more than fifteen percent (15%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises by professionals, consultants, contractors, clients or others with whom Tenant has a bona fide business relationship (each a, “Business Invitee”), subject to the following conditions: (i) no demising walls shall be permitted separating such office space from the balance of the Premises and no separate entrance into the Premises shall be provided to such office space, (ii) Tenant shall not receive any profit from the use by the Business Invitee of such space, (iii) the Business Invitee is of character, is engaged in a business, and uses the Premises in a manner in keeping with the standards in such respects of the other tenancies in the Building, (iv) the use and occupancy by the Business Invitee is otherwise expressly subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to indemnify Landlord for all matters arising out of the Business Invitee’s use of the Premises pursuant to Section 5.01(k) of this Lease, (v) prior to the use of the Premises by the Business Invitee, the name of such Business Invitee shall be furnished to Landlord, (vi) any violation of any provision of this Lease by the Business Invitee shall be deemed to be a default by Tenant under such provision, and (vii) the Business Invitee shall have no recourse against Landlord whatsoever on account of any failure by Landlord to perform any of its obligation under the Lease or on account of any other matter.

ARTICLE 26

Escalations

Section 26.01 As used in this Lease, the words and terms which follow mean and include the following:

(a) “Tax Year” shall mean each period of twelve (12) months, commencing on the first day of July of each such period, in which occurs any part of the Term or such other period of twelve (12) months occurring during the Term as hereafter may be duly adopted as the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes of the City of New York.

(b) “Operating Year” shall mean each calendar year of twelve consecutive months.

 

76


(c) “Tenant’s Tax Proportionate Share” and “Tenant’s Operating Proportionate Share” for each floor of the Premises shall be as set forth on Exhibit C. Tenant acknowledges that such agreed-upon percentages shall change only if the area of the Premises is increased or decreased pursuant to an amendment to this Lease signed by Landlord and Tenant or if Landlord physically constructs additional rentable space in the Building in which case, Tenant’s Tax Proportionate Share and Tenant’s Operating Proportionate Share shall be recalculated on the same basis and methodology as the rentable square foot area for the Premises and Building was calculated as of the date of this Lease.

(d) “Operating Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit K annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

(e) “Base Year Operating Expenses” shall mean the Operating Expenses for the Operating Year ending December 31, 2014.

(f) “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean the aggregate amount of real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon the Land and Building and payable by Landlord taking into account the benefit of abatements or exemptions, if any (including, without limitation: (i) real estate taxes upon any “development rights” payable by Landlord; and (ii) any assessments levied after the date of this Lease for public benefits to Land and/or Building, or special assessments levied on the Land and/or Building, which assessments, if payable in installments shall be deemed payable in the maximum number of permissible installments), in the manner in which such taxes and assessments are imposed as of the date hereof, excluding any franchise, estate, inheritance or income tax of Landlord or any penalties or interest; provided, that if because of any change in the taxation of real estate, any other tax or assessment of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, any occupancy, gross receipts or rental tax but excluding income, inheritance, gift and excise taxes ) is imposed upon Landlord or the owner of the Land and/or Building, or upon or with respect to the Land and/or Building or the occupancy, rents or income therefrom, in substitution for, or in addition to, any of the foregoing Real Estate Taxes, such other taxes or assessment shall be deemed part of the Real Estate Taxes computed as if Landlord’s sole asset and source of income were Landlord’s interest in the Land and Building. Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to contest or appeal any assessment of Real Estate Taxes levied upon the Land and the Building by any governmental or quasi-governmental taxing agency. Tenant shall have no right or power to contest or appeal any assessment of Real Estate Taxes. With respect to any Tax Year, including the Tax Year used to determine the Real Estate Tax Base, all expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, experts and witnesses incurred in contesting the validity or amount of any Real Estate Taxes, regardless of whether successful, shall be considered as part of the Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year.

 

77


(g) “Real Estate Tax Base” shall mean the amount which is equal to the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Year ending on June 30, 2015. Landlord represents that, as of the date of this Lease, there are no tax abatements or exemptions which will affect the Real Estate Tax Base.

(h) “Escalation Statement” shall mean a statement in writing from Landlord, setting forth the amount payable by Tenant for a specified Tax Year or Operating Year, as the case may be, pursuant to this Article 26, which statement shall include in reasonable detail the computation of any additional rent payable pursuant to this Article. Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a copy of the current bill for the current Tax Year within ten (10) business days after tenant’s request in writing for such tax bill.

Section 26.02 If the Real Estate Taxes for any Tax Year (all or any portion of which falls within the Lease term) shall be greater than the Real Estate Tax Base, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent pursuant to Sections 26.05 and 26.06 for the Premises for such Tax Year an amount (herein called the “Tax Payment”) equal to Tenant’s Tax Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Real Estate Taxes paid for such Tax Year are greater than the Real Estate Tax Base.

Section 26.03 For each Operating Year commencing during the Term, Tenant shall pay pursuant to Sections 26.05 and 26.06 an amount (Operating Payment) equal to Tenant’s Operating Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Operating Expenses paid or incurred for such Operating Year are greater than the Base Year Operating Expenses.

Section 26.04 Intentionally deleted.

Section 26.05 Landlord shall furnish to Tenant, prior to the commencement of each Operating Year, as the case may be, a written statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Operating Payment. Landlord shall also furnish to Tenant prior to the commencement of each Tax Year, a written statement setting forth the Tax Payment for the ensuing Tax Year based on the current tax bill. Landlord may readjust the amount of the Tax Payment set forth in such written statement if Landlord receives a revised or finalized tax bill for Real Estate Taxes from the City of New York. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during such Operating Year or Tax Year, as the case

 

78


may be, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the amount set forth on each written statement. If, however, Landlord shall furnish any such Operating Year estimate (which estimate shall not be more than 105% of the amount for the immediately preceding year excluding non-controllable expenses such as insurance and utilities) for an Operating Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, or any Tax Year statement, then (a) until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section in respect of the last month of the preceding Operating Year; (b) promptly after such written statement is furnished to Tenant, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of the Operating Payment or Tax Payment previously made for such Operating Year or Tax Year, as the case may be, were greater or less than the installments of the Operating Payment or Tax Payment to be made for such Operating Year or Tax Year in accordance with such written statement (as may be adjusted in the case of the Tax Payment), and: (i) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor; or (ii) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall promptly refund or credit to Tenant the amount thereof but no later than twenty (20) days after demand; and (c) on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, and monthly thereafter throughout the remainder of such Operating Year or Tax Year, as the case may be, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Operating Payment or Tax Payment, as the case may be, shown on such written statement.

Section 26.06 Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an Escalation Statement for each Operating Year and for each Tax Year. Landlord shall furnish such Escalation Statements (together with the true-up amounts, if any, based on the actual amounts from the prior year against the estimated payments) within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of the applicable Operating Year. If Landlord fails to furnish an Escalation Statement for Operating Expenses within two hundred and ten (210) days after the end of the applicable Operating Year, Tenant may cease making monthly Operating Payments until such Escalation Statement is furnished, provided however, in no event shall Tenant be relieved or released of its obligation to make the full amount of Operating Payment due hereunder. If the Escalation Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 26.05 exceeded the Tax Payment or Operating Payment to be paid by Tenant for such Tax Year or Operating Year, as the case may be, Landlord shall refund to Tenant

 

79


the amount of such excess within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Escalation Statement, or Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the next ensuing installment of Fixed Rent or additional rent until such amount shall be exhausted; and if the Escalation Statement for such Tax Year or Operating Year, as the case may be, shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than the Tax Payment or Operating Payment, as the case may be, to be paid by Tenant for such Tax Year or Operating Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 26.05 or 26.06 hereof, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an Escalation Statement or statements showing the Tax Payment to be paid by Tenant for the applicable Tax Year. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Tax Payment in the same number of installments that Landlord pays to the City of New York (or applicable governmental authority) with each installment of the applicable Tax Payment being due thirty (30) days after Landlord bills Tenant for the installment in question.

Section 26.07 In case the Real Estate Taxes for any Tax Year or part thereof falling within the Term shall be reduced during the term hereof after Tenant shall have paid Tenant’s Tax Proportionate Share of any increase thereof in respect of such Tax Year pursuant to Section 26.06 hereof, Landlord shall credit to Tenant Tenant’s Tax Proportionate Share of the refund against the next installment of Fixed Rent and additional rent next due or refund such amount if the Lease term has ended. Landlord’s obligations pursuant to the preceding sentence shall survive the Expiration Date. If, after an Escalation Statement has been sent to Tenant during the term hereof, the assessed valuation which had been utilized in determining the Real Estate Base Tax is reduced (as a result of settlement, final determination of legal proceedings or otherwise), then, and in such event (a) the Real Estate Tax Base shall be retroactively adjusted to reflect such reduction and (b) all retroactive additional rent resulting from such retroactive adjustment shall be forthwith payable within thirty (30) days of when billed by Landlord. Landlord shall send to Tenant a statement setting forth the basis for such retroactive adjustment and additional rent payments.

Section 26.08 Intentionally deleted.

 

80


Section 26.09 Payments shall be made pursuant to this Article 26 notwithstanding the fact that an Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the Expiration Date and any delay or failure of Landlord in billing any additional rent provided for in this Article 26 shall not constitute a waiver of or in any way impair the continuing obligation of Tenant to pay such additional rent hereunder, but in no event shall such Escalation Statement be delivered after the date occurring two (2) years after the Expiration Date.

Section 26.10 Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, then, within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the submission of an Escalation Statement, Landlord shall allow Tenant or Tenant’s agents, upon not less than ten (10) business days advance notice to Landlord, to examine, during Business Hours at Landlord’s office where such records are kept in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, such books, purchase orders, invoices, payrolls and all other records in Landlord’s possession that are relevant to such Escalation Statement or as may be reasonably necessary in order to permit Tenant to verify the information set forth in such Escalation Statement with respect to Operating Expenses (an “Audit”). In no event shall any Audit cover a period which was the subject of a previous subject of an Audit. Any such Audit may only be conducted by an independent, nationally or regionally-recognized accounting firm that is not being compensated by Tenant on a contingency fee basis. Tenant and its agents shall keep all information which they are shown in connection with any Audit confidential and shall not reveal the same to any third party except as may be required by applicable Requirements or in connection with the proceeding to resolve any dispute as set forth below. Landlord shall have the right to precondition any verification right provided hereunder upon the execution by Tenant and the person conducting such Audit of a confidentiality agreement in the form as reasonably required by Landlord, which form may contain such reasonable modifications as agreed upon by the parties. In the event that Tenant fails to initiate such Audit within said one hundred and eighty (180) day period or fails to complete and deliver to Landlord a copy of such Audit within sixty (60) days after the completion of the Audit (provided Landlord has delivered to Tenant all the information and documents reasonably requested by Tenant as required hereunder), then in either such event, Tenant shall have no further right to challenge or contest the accuracy of the applicable Escalation Statement. No subtenant (as opposed to Tenant) shall have any right to conduct an Audit. In the event the parties settle any issues raised by an Audit or such issues are decided by a third accounting firm as set forth below and such settlement or decision results in a five percent (5%) or greater reduction in the amount of Operating Expenses for any one (1) Operating Year (from the amount of Operating Expenses stated by Landlord with respect to such Operating Year in its Escalation Statement), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable

 

81


and actual out-of-pocket accounting firm fee for such Audit and Landlord shall pay all expenses of the third accounting firm as set forth below and pay the amount of the overpayment owed with interest at the rate of the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal (or its successor) plus 2.5% per annum. In the event the parties are not able to settle all issues raised by an Audit, then Landlord and Tenant shall be bound by the findings of a third independent, nationally or regionally-recognized accounting firm selected by both Landlord and Tenant and whose expenses shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant, except as set forth above. In the event Landlord and Tenant fail to agree on the selection of the third accounting firm, the parties agree to submit such decision to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Management Division of the Real Estate Board of New York, Inc., or to such impartial person as he/she may designate whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. In any event, within thirty (30) days after such final determination, Landlord shall credit against Fixed Rent next due and owing the amount of any overpayment of Operating Expenses made by Tenant as determined hereby or refund Tenant such amount if the Term has ended.

Section 26.11 In no event shall: (x) the Fixed Rent under this Lease (exclusive of the additional rent under this Article) be reduced by virtue of this Article except for the credits set forth herein, if any; or (y) Tenant be entitled to a credit against the payment of any additional rent that may be due under this Lease (including this Article 26) by reason of the fact that: (i) Operating Expenses in any Operating Year are less than Base Year Operating Expenses; and/or (ii) Real Estate Taxes for any Tax Year are less than the Real Estate Tax Base.

ARTICLE 27

Subordination

Section 27.01 Subject to Section 27.07(b) hereof, this Lease is subject and subordinate in all respects to all ground leases and/or underlying leases now or hereafter covering the real property or any portion thereof of which the Premises form a part and to all mortgages and trust indentures which may now or hereafter be placed on or affect such leases and/or the real property of which the Premises form a part, or any part or parts of such real property, and/or Landlord’s interest therein, and to each advance made and/or hereafter to be made under any such mortgages, or indentures and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, increases, recastings, replacements, extensions and substitutions

 

82


of and for such ground leases and/or underlying leases and/or mortgages or indentures (each lease or mortgage to which this Lease shall be subject and subordinate pursuant to the provisions hereof being respectively herein called a “superior lease” or a “superior mortgage”). This Section 27.01 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute, at its sole cost and expense, and deliver promptly any certificate that Landlord and/or any lessor under any superior lease and/or any holder of any superior mortgage and/or their respective successors in interest may reasonably request provided such request is in accordance with the provisions of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment and agreement (an “SNDA”) entered into with Tenant. Landlord represents that it has received no notice of, and has no knowledge (without any specific inquiry or review of its files) of any default under any superior lease or superior mortgage which either presently exists or which would arise with the passage of time and the giving of notice.

Section 27.02 In the event of any act or omission of Landlord that would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction (but excluding any express right set forth in Articles 7 and 8 or elsewhere in this Lease not resulting from a default by Landlord), Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise such right:

(a) unless and until Tenant has given prompt written notice of such act or omission to the lessor under each superior lease and the holder of each superior mortgage, whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing; and

(b) unless such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by such lessor or such holder within a reasonable period of time, until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice and following the time when the lessor under such superior lease or the holder of such superior mortgage shall have become entitled under such lease or such mortgage, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy or more than ninety (90) days), provided such lessor or such holder shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of intention to, and commence and diligently continue to remedy such act or omission.

 

83


Section 27.03 Tenant shall take all reasonable action requested by Landlord at no cost to Tenant (provided the same does not increase Tenant’s obligations or decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder) such that neither the termination of any superior lease or any superior mortgage, nor the institution of any suit, action or other proceeding by the lessor under any such superior lease or the holder of any such superior mortgage to recover possession of the Premises leased or mortgaged under any such superior lease or any such superior mortgage or to realize on the mortgagor’s interest under any such superior mortgage or any such superior lease (provided that Tenant is not otherwise disturbed by the lessor under any such superior lease or the holder of any such superior mortgage) shall, by operation of law or otherwise, result in the cancellation or termination of this Lease (unless specific action is taken by the lessor under any such superior lease or the holder of any such superior mortgage to terminate this Lease based upon a default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. If the lessor under any superior lease or the holder of any superior mortgage, or the purchaser upon any foreclosure sale relating to such superior mortgage, or any designee of such lessor or such holder shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession, or any action or proceeding relating to the termination of such superior lease, or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then, at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights (such party being sometimes herein called a “successor landlord) and upon such successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver, at Tenant’s sole expense, any reasonable instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment and none of the above-described successions shall, by operation of law or otherwise, result in the cancellation or termination of this Lease (unless specific action is taken by such successor landlord to terminate this Lease) or the obligations of Tenant. Upon such attornment, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between the successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease, except that if the successor landlord is not an Affiliate of the prior landlord, the successor landlord shall not:

(a) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease (provided however, that to the extent that this Lease obligates Landlord to perform any repairs or other work or maintenance to, or to provide or perform any services to the Building or the Premises, the successor landlord shall be obligated to do so);

 

84


(b) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this Lease, which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord; or

(c) be bound by any previous modification of this Lease, not expressly provided for in this Lease, or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s Fixed Rent or advanced payment of additional rent for more than one payment period, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the lessor under the superior lease or the holder of the superior mortgage through or by reason of which the successor landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord under this Lease.

Section 27.04 Subject to the terms of any SNDA executed with the applicable subtenant, in the event of termination, cancellation, re-entry or dispossess by Landlord or a successor landlord under this Lease Tenant shall, at Landlord’s or the successor landlord’s request given within thirty (30) days of the foregoing, execute an assignment (without representation or warranty) by Tenant to Landlord or the successor landlord of Tenant’s interest as sublessor under any subleases under this Lease.

Subject to the terms of any SNDA executed with the applicable subtenant, at Landlord’s or successor landlord’s option, pursuant to the applicable terms and conditions of the relevant subleases, sublessee shall attorn to Landlord or the successor landlord and upon such attornment, the sublease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between Landlord or the successor landlord and sublessee upon all the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in, at Landlord’s or successor landlord’s option, the Lease or the sublease, except that Landlord or the successor landlord shall not:

(a) be liable for any previous act or omission of sublessor under the sublease (but the same shall not release Landlord or a successor landlord, as applicable, from the requirement to perform any obligations of a continuous nature after such attornment);

 

85


(b) be subject to any offset, which shall have theretofore accrued to sublessee against sublessor not provided for in the sublease; or

(c) be bound by any previous modification of the sublease, not expressly provided for in the sublease unless consented thereto in writing, or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s Fixed Rent or additional rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the Landlord under the Lease, the lessor under the superior lease or the holder of the superior mortgage through or by reason of which the successor landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of sublessor under the sublease, as the case may be.

In the event that Landlord or a successor landlord, as the case may be, does not request Tenant to assign its interest in the sublease or have sublessee attorn to Landlord or the successor landlord, as the case may be, then Landlord or successor landlord, as the case may be, shall have the right to terminate the sublease immediately at any time after termination or cancellation of this Lease or re-entry or dispossess by Landlord or a successor landlord under this Lease.

All subleases made in accordance with this Lease shall be subject to the above provisions, except for subleases for which Landlord has executed the agreement required pursuant to Section 25.12(d) hereof.

Section 27.05 In the event the holder of any mortgage or the lessor of any lease (present or future) relating to the Premises and/or this Lease requests that (a) this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder be made superior, rather than subordinate, to such mortgage or lease and/or (b) Tenant enters into an SNDA, then Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after written request, will execute and deliver without charge such commercially reasonable agreement(s) in such form(s) reasonably acceptable to Tenant and to the holder of such mortgage or lessor of such lease (provided the same does not increase Tenant’s obligations or decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder).

Section 27.06 Intentionally deleted.

Section 27.07 (a) Landlord represents that, as of the date of this Lease, the only superior lease is held by PGREF I 1633 Broadway Land, L.P. and the only superior mortgage is held by Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, as Administrative Agent. SNDAs with respect to such superior lease and superior mortgage shall be executed contemporaneously with this Lease.

 

86


(b) Anything in this Article 27 to the contrary notwithstanding, this Lease shall not be subordinate to any future superior mortgage or any future superior lease unless and until Landlord obtains an SNDA in favor of Tenant from the holder of any future superior mortgage or any future superior lease in such holder’s standard form, subject to Tenant’s commercially reasonable changes.

Section 27.08 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 27 to the contrary, if the terms of any subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement which Tenant enters into with the holder of any superior mortgage or superior lease conflicts with any of the terms of this Article 27, then the terms of the subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement shall control and such relevant provisions of this Article 27 shall be disregarded.

ARTICLE 28

Miscellaneous

Section 28.01 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant will not use the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used,

(i) for an off the street retail banking, trust company, or safe deposit business,

(ii) as an off the street savings bank, or as a savings and loan association, or as a loan company,

(iii) except for the benefit of Tenant’s employees only, for the sale of travelers checks and/or foreign exchange, or as a tourist or travel agency,

(iv) as an off the street stock brokerage office or for off the street stock brokerage purposes or for the underwriting of securities that involves direct off the street patronage of the general public,

(v) as a newsstand, employment agency, office for a labor union, classroom or school (except for seminars and training or continuing professional education programs conducted by Tenant in its conference facilities),

 

87


(vi) as a restaurant and/or bar and/or for the sale of confectionery and/or soda and/or beverages and/or sandwiches and/or ice cream and/or baked goods or for the preparation, dispensing or consumption of food or beverages in any manner whatsoever; provided, however that this prohibition shall not be deemed to be violated by a customary, first-class warming pantry, kitchen, cafeteria or lunch room, the use of vending machines dispensing sodas, prepared sandwiches, prepared ice-cream or baked goods or other prepared foods or beverages, or the consumption of food and beverages by Tenant’s principals, employees, Tenant’s permitted subtenants, occupants, agents, contractors, or invitees or other Tenant Parties, provided that all of the foregoing shall otherwise comply with all applicable provisions of this Lease,

(vii) as offices for any government or any department, commission, subdivision or agency thereof, or

(viii) for any other use or purpose that involves direct off the street patronage of the general public.

Section 28.02 Intentionally deleted.

Section 28.03 Intentionally deleted.

Section 28.04 Intentionally deleted.

Section 28.05 Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry as specified in the Building’s Certificate of Occupancy and such load shall be placed by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, so as to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance so that the same does not exceed that in Comparable Buildings. If the Premises be or become infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense cause the same to be exterminated from time to time to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such exterminators and such exterminating company or companies as shall be reasonably approved by Landlord.

Section 28.06 Intentionally deleted.

 

88


Section 28.07 Without incurring any liability to Tenant, Landlord may permit access to the Premises and open the same, whether or not Tenant shall be present, upon demand of a sheriff, marshal, court officer or governmental authority in possession of a warrant permitting such access , or upon demand of any representative of the fire, police, building, sanitation or other department of the city, state or federal governments, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to give prior notice to Tenant with respect to such access.

Section 28.08 Intentionally deleted.

Section 28.09 Vending machines may be installed for Tenant’s employees and guests only in the Premises without Landlord’s consent.

Section 28.10 Intentionally deleted.

Section 28.11 Tenant will not clean, nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the Premises to be cleaned by anyone other than Landlord, in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or the rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

Section 28.12 Landlord and Tenant each represent that it has not dealt with any person or broker in connection with this Lease other than CBRE, INC. (the “Broker”) and each agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other, its agents and employees, from any loss, liability, costs, damages and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements) suffered by the other through any breach of this representation, or in connection with the claim of any other person or broker alleging to have dealt with the indemnifying party with respect to this Lease. Broker shall be compensated by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement.

Section 28.13 The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession, for the time being, of the Land and Building (or the owner of a lease of the Building or the Land and Building), so that in the event of any sale or sales of the Land and Building or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of the Building, or of the Land and Building, the Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder arising subsequent to the date of such sale or lease, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser,

 

89


at any such sale, or the said lessee of the Building, or of the Land and Building, that the purchaser or the lessee of the Building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder. No general or limited partner or shareholder of Landlord (including any assignee or successor of Landlord) or other holder of any equity interest in Landlord shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. The liability of Landlord (including any assignee or successor of Landlord) for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Land and Building (and the proceeds of the disposition and any refinancing thereof until distribution) and Tenant shall not look to any of Landlord’s other assets in seeking either to enforce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment for Landlord’s failure to perform such obligations. Landlord reserves the right, at any time, to convert the Building and or Land to condominium ownership, and upon such conversion: (i) this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the applicable condominium documents; and provided Tenant’s rights and obligations and costs and expenses under this Lease shall not be adversely affected (ii) the owner of the unit or units of which the Premises forms a part shall be deemed to be the Landlord hereunder.

Section 28.14 The submission by Landlord of the Lease in draft form shall be deemed submitted solely for Tenant’s consideration and not for acceptance and execution. Such submission shall have no binding force or effect and shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations, including brokerage obligations, on either party unless and until both Landlord and Tenant shall have executed the Lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered to the respective parties.

Section 28.15 Intentionally deleted.

Section 28.16 Tenant covenants to pay any occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted if the same applies to Tenant’s leasing of the Premises.

Section 28.17 Each of Landlord Tenant hereby represents and warrants to each other that it is duly formed and in good standing, and has full corporate, limited liability company or partnership power and authority, as the case may be, to enter into this Lease and has taken all corporate, limited liability company or partnership action, as the case may be, necessary to carry out the transaction contemplated herein, so that when executed, this Lease constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each such party. Landlord represents to Tenant that Paramount Group, Inc. is

 

90


the duly authorized managing agent for Landlord and as such, is duly authorized to execute this Lease so as to create a binding obligation on the part of Landlord. Each party shall provide the other with corporate resolutions or other proof in a form acceptable to the other, authorizing the execution of the Lease at the time of such execution. Each party hereby represents to the other that it is not entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity.

Section 28.18 Tenant acknowledges that is has no rights to any development rights, “air rights” or comparable rights appurtenant to the Land and/or Building, and consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord and agrees to promptly execute and deliver any reasonable instruments which may be requested by Landlord, including instruments merging zoning lots, evidencing such acknowledgment and consent, provided same does not prevent occupancy of the Premises by Tenant in the manner provided herein or otherwise decrease Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder by more than a de minimus amount. The provisions of this Section 28.18 shall be deemed to be and shall be construed as an express waiver by Tenant of any interest Tenant may have as a “party in interest” (as such quoted term is defined in Section 12-10 Zoning Lot of the Zoning Resolution of the City of New York) in the Land and/or Building.

Section 28.19 Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other that:

(a) it is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United State Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control;

(b) it is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity, or nation; and

(c) neither party nor any person, group, entity or nation who owns any direct or indirect beneficial interest in such party or any of them is in violation of any anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism statue, including, without limitation, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, U.S. Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA PATRIOT Act) and the related regulations issued thereunder, including, without limitation, temporary regulations, all as amended from time to time.

 

91


Each party hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other and its respective partners, lenders, shareholders, directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing representations.

ARTICLE 29

Layout and Finish

Section 29.01 Except for any work performed by Landlord in connection with the Delivery Condition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, and as part of Tenant’s Changes, perform all the work, including without limitation, the work set forth in Section 29.02(b) hereof (“Tenant’s Work”) in the Premises and the Storage Space (as defined in Article 39 hereof) necessary for Tenant’s occupancy thereof, including, but not limited to all work as may be necessary to comply with all applicable Requirements (including without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act) or regulations and otherwise, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

Section 29.02 (a) Provided Tenant is not then in default of any monetary Term beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord shall pay Tenant an allowance in an amount equal to $22,981,553.00 (the “Tenant’s Allowance”), which Tenant’s Allowance shall be used to pay solely the following costs and expense: the cost and expense incurred in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work, all soft costs (not to exceed $4,596,310.60) relating to Tenant’s Work, including, without limitation, fees payable to Tenant’s engineer and Tenant’s architect and all consultants involved in Tenant’s Work and the cost to file the final plans and obtain necessary permits (but excluding the costs of moving or to purchase any personal property). If Landlord shall not be obligated to pay Tenant any installment of Tenant’s Allowance because Tenant is then in default as specifically provided in this Section 29.02(a), upon the curing of such default and provided that this Lease has not been terminated, Landlord shall once again be obligated to pay all installments of Tenant’s Allowance then due. In the event that the

 

92


cost and expense of Tenant’s Work shall exceed this amount, Tenant shall be entirely responsible for such excess. Until exhausted, Tenant’s Allowance shall be payable directly to such contractor, subcontractor, materialmen, supplier or as Tenant may otherwise direct upon written requisition in installments as Tenant’s Work progresses, but in no event more frequently than monthly. The amount of each installment of Tenant’s Allowance payable pursuant to any such requisition shall be an amount equal to the actual costs due and payable for completed portions of Tenant’s Work referenced in such requisition (as evidenced by the invoices due and payable and delivered to Landlord in accordance with the next sentence). Prior to the payment of any such installment which Landlord shall make to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the items set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) below, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such written requisition for disbursement which shall be accompanied by (1) invoices for the Tenant’s Work performed since the last disbursement subject to customary retentions, except with respect to the first requisition; (2) a certificate signed by Tenant’s architect or an officer of Tenant certifying that the Tenant’s Work represented by the aforesaid invoices has been satisfactorily completed in accordance with the final plan; (3) conditional partial lien waivers by contractors, subcontractors and all materialmen for all such work in the substantially the same form attached hereto as Exhibit R or, if then available, for work covered by the prior disbursement. If Landlord fails to make any such payment of the Tenant Allowance within five (5) business days after its receipt from Tenant of notice that such installment is past due (and same is the case) after Landlord’s receipt of the items set forth in (1), (2) and (3) above and, provided Landlord has not notified Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable good faith dispute with any matter pertaining to the requisition for payment, then Tenant shall be entitled, until the applicable installment is paid, to credit the undisputed amount due for such installment (together with interest at the Default Rate on such undisputed amount from the undisputed due date until paid) against the payment of Fixed Rent and Article 26 additional rent next due under this Lease, provided however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit pursuant to this sentence if Tenant is then in default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Landlord shall retain not more than $100,000.00 of the Tenant’s Allowance until Tenant or Tenant’s architect has delivered to Landlord with respect to Tenant’s Work all Building Department sign-offs (including, without limitation, a letter of completion), inspection certificates and any permits required to be issued by any governmental entities having jurisdiction over Tenant’s Work and a general release or final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen performing Tenant’s Work releasing Landlord from all liability for any Tenant’s Work.

 

93


(b) At any and all reasonable times during the progress of Tenant’s Work, representatives of Landlord shall have the reasonable right of access to the Premises and inspection thereof; provided, however, that Landlord shall incur no liability, obligation or responsibility to Tenant or any third party by reason of such access and inspection except to the extent of acts, omissions negligence or willful misconduct or breach of this Lease by Landlord or Landlord Parties. Except for the costs for Landlord’s review of Tenant’s Plans in accordance with Section 5.01(e)(iii), Landlord shall not charge any supervisory fee, surcharges or any other fees or charges in connection with initial Tenant Work or any Tenant Changes or any other Tenant Work or Tenant Changes performed during the Term.

(c) Landlord shall, in accordance with the disbursement procedures applicable to Tenant’s Allowance, reimburse Tenant an amount equal to One Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) solely for the costs incurred by Tenant in constructing new public core bathrooms as part of Tenant’s Work (not any private or executive bathrooms) within the Premises. All such work shall be performed in compliance with all codes and other legal requirements, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act.

ARTICLE 30

Insurance

Section 30.01 Tenant covenants, at its expense, to provide prior to entry upon the Premises and to keep in force and effect during the Term or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises (whichever is longer): (1) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Premises and its Appurtenances on an occurrence basis against claims for bodily injury and property damage with minimum limits of liability in amount of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage (including coverage for all operations of Tenant, products/completed operations, independent contractors, broad form property damage, personal injury liability and contractual liability coverage); (2) if the nature of Tenant’s business is such as to place all or any of its employees under workers’ compensation or similar statutes, workers’ compensation or similar insurance affording statutory coverage and containing statutory limits; and (3) all-risk property damage insurance (replacement cost coverage),

 

94


including theft or attempted theft of, Tenant’s Property within the Premises. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, at least ten (10) days prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant and thereafter within ten (10) days after the expiration of any such policy, a certificate of insurance procured by Tenant in compliance with its obligations hereunder. Workers’ compensation insurance provided for in this Section may be procured by Tenant’s contractors. Tenant will also furnish Landlord with evidence that Tenant’s contractors performing any Tenant’s Changes or other work in the Building are covered by insurance in amounts and of the types which are appropriate, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to the size and scope of Tenant’s Changes. The limits of liability specified above can be satisfied through a combination of primary and umbrella or excess liability policies, provided that coverage under such umbrella or excess liability policies is at least as broad as coverage provided by the primary policy.

Section 30.02 All the aforesaid insurance shall be issued in the name of Tenant and, except for the workers’ compensation policy and the all-risk property damage policy, name Landlord (and designee(s) of Landlord as reasonably determined by Landlord) as additional insureds, and shall be written by one (1) or more responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of New York, having a general policyholder rating of at least A- and a financial rating of at least VII. All such insurance may be carried under a blanket policy covering the Premises and any other of Tenant’s locations. Tenant shall endeavor to provide prior written notice to Landlord in the event of a cancellation or material change of any insurance required hereunder with respect to Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of premiums. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary with any coverage provided by Landlord as excess and non-contributory. The minimum limits of the commercial general liability policy of insurance shall in no way limit or diminish Tenant’s liability under Section 5.01(k) hereof.

Section 30.03 The minimum limits of the commercial general liability policy of insurance required by Section 30.01 hereof shall be subject to increase no more than every three (3) years after the commencement of the fifth (5th) year of the term hereof but only if Landlord, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, shall deem the same necessary for adequate protection and such increase shall result in coverage that is then customary with respect to coverage required to be carried by tenants similar to Tenant in Comparable Buildings. Within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence that Tenant has complied with a reasonable increase

 

95


in insurance required by Landlord pursuant to this Section 30.03. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of Landlord’s demand, the parties agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such demand for decision to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Management Division of The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc., or to such impartial person or persons as he may designate whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any such demand by Landlord shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by Tenant by service of a notice in writing upon Landlord within thirty (30) days after the giving of Landlord’s demand therefor and such waiver consequences shall be stated in bold writing in such notice.

Section 30.04 Landlord shall obtain and keep in full force and effect (a) insurance against loss or damage by fire and other casualty to the Building as may be insurable under then available standard forms of “all-risk” insurance policies, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement value thereof or in such lesser amount as will avoid co-insurance (including an “agreed amount” endorsement) and (b) commercial general liability insurance in the amount which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily obtained by prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings. In the event that for whatever reason, full terrorism coverage is not available in an amount and at a cost which is commercially reasonable, Landlord shall obtain such coverage as is, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, considered suitable under the circumstances.

ARTICLE 31

Security Deposit

Section 31.01 Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant has deposited with Landlord a letter of credit (in the form required by Section 31.06 hereof) in the amount of Ten Million and 00/100 ($10,000,000.00) (the “Security Deposit”), as security for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of each and every term, covenant, condition and agreement of this Lease or any renewals or extensions thereof on Tenant’s part to be performed; it being expressly understood and agreed that Tenant shall pay rent for the last calendar month of the term hereof or of any renewals or extensions thereof promptly on the first day of such month.

 

96


Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, then upon the later of: (a) the completion of all of Tenant’s Work, free and clear of all liens and other claims, charges and encumbrances, and in accordance with Tenant’s final plans and specifications as approved by Landlord in accordance herewith and all other applicable provisions of this Lease; and (b) August 1, 2014, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to the sum of $5,000,000.00. Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, then on January 1, 2017 or as soon thereafter as Tenant is in compliance, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to the sum of Three Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 ($3,500,000.00). Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, then on July 1, 2018 or as soon thereafter as Tenant is in compliance, the Security Deposit shall no longer be required. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, in amending the letter of credit to provide for these reductions if and when eligible in accordance with the above.

Landlord’s and Tenant’s rights to the Security Deposit, as reduced in accordance with the preceding paragraph, shall be the same as if those sums had been provided for as the original security deposited hereunder.

If Tenant shall fail to perform or observe, or shall breach or violate, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or agreements of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of Fixed Rent or additional rent or any other charges beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period (unless Landlord is prohibited by applicable Requirements from sending any default notice in which event the expiration of any notice and cure period shall not be required), Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of such deposit to the extent required for the payment of any such Fixed Rent or additional rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default or for any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s non-performance, non-observance, breach or violation of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or agreements of this Lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the Premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrues before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Landlord.

 

97


Section 31.02 Landlord shall not be required so to use or apply the whole or any part of said deposit, but if the whole or any part thereof is so used or, applied, then, promptly after written demand therefor by Landlord, Tenant shall take the necessary action to ensure that Landlord shall have the full amount of the Security Deposit then and in the form as required by this Lease. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements of this Lease, the deposit or any balance thereof remaining shall be returned to Tenant within (a) five (5) days after the date on which the Security Deposit is no longer required to be maintained pursuant to Section 31.01, or (b) sixty (60) days after the date fixed as the end of the Term as the same may be terminated or extended or renewed provided that on the Expiration Date, Tenant has delivered possession of the entire Premises to Landlord. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant any interest on said security deposit.

Section 31.03 In the event of a sale, transfer or lease of the parcel of Land or a sale, transfer or lease of Land and/or Building or a sale or transfer of any such lease, Landlord may transfer or assign the security so deposited or any balance thereof remaining to the transferee or lessee, as the case may be, and Landlord shall thereupon be released from all liability for the return of such security (except with respect to any claim that may have arisen prior to such sale, transfer or lease), and Tenant, in each such instance, shall look solely to each transferee or lessee, as the case may be, for the return of such security, provided such transferee or lessee assumes in writing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. It is further agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every such sale, transfer or lease and to every such transfer or assignment made of such security.

Section 31.04 Tenant shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber any security deposited hereunder and neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

Section 31.05 In no event shall the security deposited hereunder be construed as liquidated damages or in any way limit Landlord’s right to recover damages or any sum due Landlord hereunder or permitted by applicable Requirements.

Section 31.06 The letter of credit required by this Article 31 shall be an irrevocable commercial letter of credit in the aggregate amount from time to time required in Section 31.01, which letter of credit shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J and issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, payable upon the presentation by Landlord to such bank of one or more sight drafts in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J, without presentation of any other

 

98


documents, statements or authorizations, which letter of credit shall provide (i) for the continuance of such credit for a period of at least one year from the date of its issuance, (ii) for the automatic extension of such letter of credit for additional periods of one year from the initial and each future expiration date thereof (the last such extension to provide for the continuance of such letter of credit for sixty (60) days beyond the end of the Term) unless such bank gives Landlord notice, of its intention not to renew such letter of credit (which notice shall be addressed to Landlord as provided in this Lease) not less than thirty (30) days prior to the initial or any future expiration date of such letter of credit and that in the event such notice is given by such bank, Landlord shall have the right to draw on such bank at sight for the balance remaining in such letter of credit and hold such cash proceeds thereof in accordance with applicable Requirements and apply such cash proceeds thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Article 31; and (iii) if Landlord transfers its right, title and interest under this Lease to a third party, the letter of credit shall be transferable to such third party without cost to Landlord (it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs to transfer such letter of credit). If the financial institution which initially issued such letter of credit enters into any form of regulatory or governmental receivership, conservatorship or other similar regulatory or governmental proceeding, including without limitation, any receivership or conservatorship initiated or commenced by or on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), or is otherwise declared insolvent or downgraded by the FDIC or closed for any reason, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord a substitute letter of credit from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

Section 31.07 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that a guaranty (Guaranty) from various subsidiaries of Tenant (such subsidiaries are more specifically identified in the Guaranty and are herein referred to as the “Subsidiaries”) is being executed contemporaneously with this Lease whereby the Subsidiaries shall guaranty the payment obligations of Tenant accruing under this Lease through August 1, 2021, provided Landlord asserts on or before October 1, 2021 any claims which have accrued on or before August 1, 2021 by written notice as required by the Guaranty.

 

99


ARTICLE 32

Extension Option

Section 32.01 (a) Provided that at the time of the exercise of the Extension Option (herein defined): (i) this Lease shall not have been terminated; (ii) Tenant shall not be in monetary default or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period; and (iii) Tenant is in occupancy of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the rentable area of the Premises that is being renewed, Tenant shall have the option (the “Extension Option”) to unconditionally extend the Term, as it relates to all or any portion of the Premises that constitutes a contiguous block of two (2) full floors starting at the top or bottom of the Premises for either one five (5) year period or one ten (10) year period (but not both), commencing on the day after the Expiration Date and ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary or the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Expiration Date, as the case may be (the “Extended Term”). Tenant shall exercise the Extension Option by written notice to Landlord given no later than the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the Expiration Date (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE as to such date) and once Tenant exercises the Extension Option, Tenant may not thereafter revoke such exercise. If any of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above are not fulfilled at the applicable time, the Extension Option shall be void and of no further force or effect and Tenant shall have no further Extension Option. Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the notice from Tenant exercising the Extension Option give Tenant a notice specifying the reasons, if any, Landlord is rejecting Tenant’s exercise of such Extension Option.

(b) If Tenant does not exercise the Extension Option during the applicable time period specified in the preceding paragraph, the Extension Option shall unconditionally lapse and be of no further force and effect and Tenant shall have no further Extension Option.

(c) The Extended Term shall be on the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease with respect to the initial term, except that: (i) Tenant shall take the Premises in “as-is” condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements or alterations to the Premises or provide any improvement allowance to Tenant; (ii) the Fixed Rent during the Extended Term shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market rent for the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term (the “Extension Fair Market Rent”); and (iii) Base Year Operating Expenses shall mean Operating Expenses for the Operating Year ending December 31 of the calendar year in which the Extended Term shall commence and the Real Estate Tax Base shall mean the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Year ending June 30 (or other applicable date) of the year in which the Extended Term shall

 

100


commence. After Landlord receives Tenant’s notice that Tenant desires to exercise the Extension Option in the time period set forth above, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant Landlord’s determination of Extension Fair Market Rent on or before six (6) months prior to the Expiration Date and the following shall apply thereto:

Within sixty (60) days after its receipt of Landlord’s determination of Extension Fair Market Rent for the Premises (“Landlord’s Extension FMV Notice”), Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it accepts or disputes such determination. If Tenant shall not respond to Landlord’s Extension FMV Notice within such 60-day timeframe, then Tenant’s failure to notify Landlord of acceptance or dispute of Landlord’s determination of Extension Fair Market Rent within five (5) days (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE) after Tenant’s receipt from Landlord of a second similar notice shall constitute an acceptance of Landlord’s determination. In the event that Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Extension Fair Market Rent, Tenant shall include in such notice its determination of Extension Fair Market Rent and in such case and failing agreement between the parties as to Extension Fair Market Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall have the Extension Fair Market Rent, determined for the Extended Term as follows:

Within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s notice disputing Landlord’s determination, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an independent real estate appraiser (respectively, “Landlord Expert” and “Tenant Expert”) and Landlord Expert and Tenant Expert shall determine the Extension Fair Market Rent. The date upon which the second of said experts is appointed is herein referred to as the “Arbitration Commencement Date”. If within fifteen (15) days after the Arbitration Commencement Date, Landlord Expert and Tenant Expert shall mutually agree upon the determination (the “Mutual Determination”) of the Extension Fair Market Rent, their determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. If Landlord Expert and Tenant Expert shall be unable to reach a Mutual Determination within said fifteen 15-day period, then within twenty (20) days after the Arbitration Commencement Date, they shall jointly appoint a third independent real estate appraiser (“Third Expert”) who shall determine Extension Fair Market Rent on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. If Landlord Expert and Tenant Expert cannot agree on Third Expert within twenty (20) days after the Arbitration Commencement Date, then the Third Expert shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association or its successor the branch office of which is located in or closest to the City of New York), upon request of either Landlord or Tenant, or both, as

 

101


the case may be. Within ten (10) days after such appointment, the Third Expert shall determine Extension Fair Market Rent. The determination of the Third Expert, whether or not approved by the Landlord Expert or the Tenant Expert, shall be final; provided, however, that the Third Expert shall assign a value to Extension Fair Market Rent which is one of the two determinations of Extension Fair Market Rent made by Landlord Expert and Tenant Expert. If, for any reason whatsoever, a written decision of the Third Expert, shall not be rendered within forty-five (45) days after the Arbitration Commencement Date, then a new Third Expert shall be selected utilizing the above procedures by which the first Third Expert was selected. In determining Extension Fair Market Rent, the experts shall give appropriate consideration to all then relevant factors prevailing as of the commencement of the Extended Term. Each party shall pay for its own costs and expenses in connection with its selection and use of its initial expert. The parties shall share equally in the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the selection and use of the third expert. Each expert appointed pursuant to this paragraph shall be an independent, reputable real estate appraiser with at least ten (10) years’ experience in Manhattan in leasing or valuation of properties which are similar in character to the Building and a designated member of the Appraisal Institute (MAI). In addition to the above qualifications, the Third Expert shall not have been in the employ of Landlord or Tenant or their respective Affiliates during the preceding three (3) years. Prior to his/her appointment, the Third Expert shall agree to be bound by the provisions hereof, including the obligation to render a determination within thirty (30) days after the date of his/her designation. The experts shall not have the power to add to, modify or change any of the provisions of this Lease.

(d) In the event that Extension Fair Market Rent is not established by the Expiration Date, then Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent at the rate that is the average of determinations provided by each of Landlord and Tenant until such Extension Fair Market Rent determination shall have occurred at which time there shall be an equitable adjustment of the Fixed Rent payable during the Extended Term as provided for in this Lease (taking into account the Fixed Rent previously paid by Tenant during the Extended Term).

 

102


ARTICLE 33

Expansion Space Option

Section 33.01 Provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect, and (ii) Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default in the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions on its part to be performed or observed under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, both on the date that Tenant delivers to Landlord Tenant’s Expansion Notice (as hereinafter defined) and on the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) and subject to the provisions of this Article 33 and this Lease, Tenant shall have the option to lease the entire rentable area on the 2nd (“E2”), 3rd (“E3”) and/or the 13th (“E13”) floors of the Building (each full floor herein, an “Expansion Space”) for a term, commencing as to E2 or E3 on July 1, 2015 (or July 1, 2020 if the tenant occupying E2 and E3 exercises its five (5)-year extension option in conformance with its lease existing as of the date hereof (“E2&3 Option”) and if the E2&3 Option is so exercised, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of such exercise) and as to E13, on September 1, 2015 (each such date herein, an “Expansion Space Commencement Date”) and ending on the Expiration Date. Tenant’s rights under this Article 33 are subject and subordinate to the E2&3 Option only and to no other option or right of offer, extension or renewal. Tenant may only exercise its option to lease any Expansion Space as to a full floor only. Tenant may exercise its option to lease the Expansion Space, by written notice (“Tenant’s Expansion Notice”) given to Landlord no later than twelve (12) months prior to the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date and subject and subordinate to the E2&3 Option. If Landlord does not receive Tenant’s Expansion Notice within the time period described above (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE), the option granted to Tenant by this Section 33.01 shall unconditionally lapse and be of no further force and effect and subject to Article 34 below, Landlord shall be free to lease the Expansion Space to any party it so wishes, upon any terms as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may desire,. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant does not elect to lease E13 pursuant to this Article 33, Landlord may lease E13 to a third party without first complying with Article 34 hereof and Tenant’s Article 34 rights shall be subject and subordinate to Landlord’s right to renew or extend the term of such lease of E13 to such third party, whether pursuant to option or not. In the event that Landlord receives Tenant’s Expansion Notice within the above-described period, Landlord shall lease said space to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 33.02.

Section 33.02 Any Expansion Space shall be leased to Tenant upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease except that, effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date: (i) the Fixed Rent for the applicable Expansion Space shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market rent for the Expansion

 

103


Space as of the date which is six (6) months prior to the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date taking into account all relevant factors prevailing as of the commencement of the term of the Expansion Space (the “Expansion Fair Market Rent”); and (ii) Base Year Operating Expenses shall be Operating Expenses for the Operating Year ending December 31 of the calendar year in which the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs and the Real Estate Tax Base shall mean the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Year ending June 30 (or other applicable date) of the calendar year in which the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date shall occur. After Landlord receives Tenant’s Expansion Notice in the time period set forth above, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant Landlord’s determination of Expansion Fair Market Rent (“Landlord’s Expansion FMV Notice”) on or before nine (9) months prior to the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date. If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Expansion Fair Market Rent, then within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such determination, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such dispute and include in such notice Tenant’s determination of Expansion Fair Market Rent. Within twenty-five (25) days of Landlord’s receipt of such notice from Tenant, failing an agreement as to Expansion Fair Market Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an independent real estate appraiser and initiate the process provided for in Article 32 of this Lease and such provision shall apply to the determination of Expansion Fair Market Rent for the applicable Expansion Space. If Tenant shall not respond to Landlord’s Expansion FMV Notice within the 30-day timeframe set forth above, then Tenant’s failure to notify Landlord of acceptance or dispute of Landlord’s determination of Expansion Fair Market Rent within five (5) days (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE) after Tenant’s receipt from Landlord of a second similar notice shall constitute an acceptance of Landlord’s determination.

Section 33.03 If any Expansion Space shall not be available for Tenant’s occupancy on the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date for any reason beyond the control of Landlord, including the holding over of the prior tenant, then Landlord and Tenant agree that the failure to have such Expansion Space available for occupancy by Tenant shall in no way affect the validity of this Lease or the inclusion of such Expansion Space in the Premises or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the Term or impose any liability on Landlord, and for the purpose of this Article 33, the Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be deferred to and shall be the date such Expansion Space is delivered to Tenant vacant, unleased and free of occupants and on not less than ten (10) days prior written notice. The provisions of this Section

 

104


33.03 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, including the giving of the Tenant Expansion Notice, Tenant shall have the right to reject acceptance of any or all of the Expansion Space if the same shall not be delivered within six (6) months following the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date and if Tenant so rejects acceptance of the Expansion Premises, Tenant’s Expansion Notice will be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect and Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord for such the Expansion Premises or the rejection thereof. Landlord shall pursue in a commercially reasonable manner remedies against any holdover tenant.

Section 33.04 Tenant agrees to accept the Expansion Space in its condition and state of repair existing as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, damage by Casualty and condemnation excepted, and understands and agrees that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or provide any improvement allowance or free rent to Tenant to prepare such space for Tenant’s occupancy.

Section 33.05 If the Fixed Rent for the Expansion Space is not determined by the Expansion Space Commencement Date, then Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent at the rate that is the average of the that which is set forth in Landlord’s Expansion FMV Notice and that which is set forth in Tenant’s dispute notice until the Expansion Fair Market Rent determination shall have occurred at which time there shall be an equitable adjustment of the Fixed Rent payable for the Expansion Space (taking into account the Fixed Rent previously paid by Tenant for the Expansion Space).

ARTICLE 34

Right of First Offer

Section 34.01 (a) For purposes of this Lease, the “First Offer Space” shall mean all or any portions of the rentable area on: (i) floors 2 through 6; and (ii) E13 and the 18th floor of the Building that become available for lease (subject to Section 34.07 hereof) during the Term. Landlord represents that the leases covering the First Offer Space with their current expiration dates and any extension, renewal or expansion options are as set forth on Exhibit L.

 

105


(b) Provided this Lease has not been terminated and Tenant is not in monetary or material, non-monetary default under the terms and conditions of this Lease after notice and the expiration of applicable cure periods as of the date of the giving of Tenant’s First Notice (as such term is defined) and as of the date of the First Offer Space Inclusion Date (as such term is defined), then if Landlord shall have First Offer Space available for leasing, then Landlord, before offering such First Offer Space to any third party (subject to Section 34.07), shall offer to Tenant the right to include such First Offer Space within the Premises upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that:

(A) the Fixed Rent with respect to such First Offer Space shall be at a rate equal to 100% of the fair market rent for such First Offer Space taking into account all relevant factors as of the First Offer Space Inclusion Date (First Offer Fair Market Rent).

(B) Base Year Operating Expenses shall mean Operating Expenses for the Operating Year ending December 31 of the calendar year in which the First Offer Space Inclusion Date shall occur and the Real Estate Tax Base shall mean the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Year ending June 30 (or other applicable date) of the year in which the First Offer Space Inclusion Date shall occur.

Such offer shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in a written notice (the “First Offer Notice”), which offer shall designate the First Offer Space, the estimated date that such space will be available for Tenant’s occupancy (the “Estimated Inclusion Date”), and shall specify Landlord’s determination of the Fixed Rent payable with respect to any such First Offer Space. The Estimated Inclusion Date shall not be more than eighteen (18) months nor less than five (5) months from the First Offer Notice, provided however, such five (5) month period shall be reduced to one (1) month in the event the applicable First Offer Space becomes available for lease due to an early termination of the lease (however caused) covering such First Offer Space.

Section 34.02 (a) Tenant may unconditionally (but subject to Section 34.03) accept the offer set forth in the First Offer Notice by delivering to Landlord an acceptance (“Tenant’s First Notice”) of such offer within twenty (20) business days after delivery by Landlord of the First Offer Notice to Tenant. The First Offer Space designated in the First Offer Notice shall be added to and included in the Premises on the date such First Offer Space shall be delivered to Tenant vacant, unleased and free of occupants (“First Offer Space Inclusion Date”). Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s First Notice.

 

106


(b) If Tenant does not accept the First Offer Notice by delivering to Landlord Tenant’s First Notice within the time period set forth in Section 34.02(a), Tenant shall be deemed to have unconditionally waived its rights under this Article 34 with respect to the First Offer Space designated in Landlord’s First Offer Notice, and Landlord shall at any and all times thereafter be entitled to lease such First Offer Space designated in the First Offer Notice to others at such rental and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may desire, whether such rental is the same as that offered to Tenant or more or less favorable.

Section 34.03 If any First Offer Space shall not be available for Tenant’s occupancy on the Estimated Inclusion Date for any reason beyond the control of Landlord, including the holding over of the prior tenant, then Landlord and Tenant agree that the failure to have such First Offer Space available for occupancy by Tenant shall in no way affect the validity of this Lease or the inclusion of such First Offer Space in the Premises or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the Term or impose any liability on Landlord, and for the purpose of this Article 34, the First Offer Space Inclusion Date shall be deferred to and shall be the date such First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant broom-clean and free of any prior occupants’ personal property, vacant, unleased and free of occupants or claims to occupancy. The provisions of this Section 34.03 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, including the giving of Tenant’s First Notice, Tenant shall have the right to reject acceptance of the any or all of the First Offer Space if the same shall not be delivered within six (6) months following the Estimated Inclusion Date and if Tenant so rejects acceptance of the First Offer Space, Tenant’s First Notice will be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect and Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord for such First Offer Space or the rejection thereof. Landlord shall pursue in a commercially reasonable manner remedies against any holdover tenant.

 

107


Section 34.04 In the event that Tenant disputes the amount of the First Offer Fair Market Rent specified in the First Offer Notice, then within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s receipt of the First Offer Notice, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such dispute and include in such notice Tenant’s determination of the First Offer Fair Market Rent. Within twenty-five (25) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice from Tenant, failing an agreement as to the First Offer Fair Market Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an independent real estate appraiser or broker and initiate the process provided for in Article 32 of this Lease, and such provisions shall apply to the determination of First Offer Fair Market Rent for the First Offer Space. If Tenant shall not respond to the First Offer Notice within the 20-day timeframe set forth above, then Tenant’s failure to notify Landlord of acceptance or dispute of Landlord’s determination of First Offer Fair Market Rent within five (5) days (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE) after Tenant’s receipt from Landlord of a second similar notice shall constitute an acceptance of Landlord’s determination of the Fixed Rent set forth in the First Offer Notice.

Section 34.05 Tenant agrees to accept the First Offer Space in its condition and state of repair existing as of the First Offer Space Inclusion Date, damage by Casualty and condemnation excepted, and understands and agrees that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or provide any improvement allowance of free rent to prepare such space for Tenant’s occupancy (which factors shall be taken into consideration in the determination of First Offer Fair Market Rent).

Section 34.06 The termination of this Lease during the Term shall also terminate and render void all of Tenant’s options or elections under this Article 34 whether or not the same shall have been exercised; and nothing contained in this Article shall prevent Landlord from exercising any right or action granted to or reserved by Landlord in this Lease to terminate this Lease. None of Tenant’s options or elections set forth in this Article 34 may be severed from this Lease or separately sold, assigned or transferred.

Section 34.07 Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in this Article 34, the rights granted to Tenant hereunder shall be at all times subject and subordinate to: (i) the rights of any existing tenant (or their affiliates or successors or assigns) existing as of the date of this Lease if set forth on Exhibit L; (ii) Landlord’s right to renew or extend the term of any leases (whether pursuant to option or otherwise) of any tenants then existing in the Building (except for the tenant occupying E13 as of the date of this Lease); (iii) Landlord’s right to renew or extend the term of any lease with any tenant which subsequently leases all or any portion of E13, whether pursuant to option or not; and (iv) Landlord’s right to lease all or any portion of the 18th floor of the Building to Kasowitz, Benson, Torres & Friedman LLP and to renew or extend the term of such lease, whether pursuant to option or not.

 

108


Section 34.08 If the Fixed Rent for the First Offer Space is not determined by the First Offer Space Inclusion Date, then Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent at the rate that is the average of the that which is set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Notice and that which is set forth in Tenant’s dispute notice until the First Offer Fair Market Rent determination shall have occurred at which time there shall be an equitable adjustment of the Fixed Rent payable for the First Offer Space (taking into account the Fixed Rent previously paid by Tenant for the First Offer Space).

ARTICLE 35

Shaft Space

Section 35.01 Tenant shall have the right to use, during the Term at no cost to Tenant, the Shaft Space described below (the “Shaft Space”). Tenant shall use the Shaft Space solely for: (i) telecommunications cable to connect the Premises to the telecommunications room on the basement level of the Building; and (ii) to connect the Premises with the Roof Equipment (as defined in Article 36 hereof). The Shaft Space is and shall be contained within a reasonably direct pathway running from the Premises to the Roof Equipment and from the 4th floor of the Premises to the telecommunications room on the basement level of the Building in locations as reasonably determined by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Access to any conduit closets on each such floor shall, at Landlord’s election, be restricted so that no entry to the closet will be permitted unless Landlord’s designated contractor or other representative is present (subject to Building rules and regulations, Landlord agreeing to make such access available on 24 hours prior notice or less in the case of an emergency). Landlord may require any installation of any conduits or any cable in the Shaft Space or any connection of Tenant’s cable or other lines to the Premises to be performed by contractors selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, use of the Shaft Space shall be at no cost to Tenant; however, all reasonable charges of such running of conduit, cable, installations, connections to and through the Shaft Space, as applicable, and the ongoing use and maintenance of such items shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The provisions of Section 2.01(c) shall apply to the Shaft Space. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, any charges

 

109


(as set forth on Exhibit I) for any of Landlord’s personnel required in connection with Tenant’s use of or access to the Shaft Space. Any use by Tenant under this Article 35 of the Shaft Space and cable, connecting lines or conduit shall comply with all applicable legal or insurance requirements, the other provisions of this Lease, and such Building Standard rules and regulations as are adopted by Landlord from time to time, and shall not interfere with the operation of the Building or with the use by any other tenant of the Building or such tenant’s premises or the common areas of the Building. All required cabling, connecting lines or conduit shall be installed out of sight. Prior to any installation of cable, connecting lines or conduit in the Shaft Space, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s written approval as set forth in Section 5.01(e) of this Lease as if the Shaft Space were part of the Premises. In no event may any conduit, cabling or connecting lines be run to any other service provider or any other tenant or occupant of the Building, unless expressly consented to in writing by Landlord. Landlord hereby agrees that: (i) Tenant shall have the right to install up to four (4) two-inch (2”) conduits from each of the Building’s two (2) points of entry in diverse risers to the 4th floor portion of the Premises within the Shaft Space (eight (8) total), (ii) from the 4th floor of the Premises to the 7th floor of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to install in the Shaft Space two (2) 2” conduits in one pathway and three (3) 2” conduits in another pathway, and (iii) from the 11th floor of the Premises to the Building’s roof, Tenant shall have the right to install one (1) 2” conduit in one pathway, all such installations and the use and maintenance of such conduits subject to the provisions of this Article 35.

Section 35.02 Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, Tenant’s obligations and Landlord’s rights under this Lease for the protection of the Building, the Underlying Indemnitees, and third parties, including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligations regarding maintenance, repairs (subject to Tenant being afforded reasonable access), mechanic liens, insurance, indemnification, reasonable attorney fees and costs of suit, shall apply in the same fashion with respect to the use of the Shaft Space and the cable, connecting lines or conduit described in this Article 35 as they do with respect to the use of the rest of the Premises.

 

110


ARTICLE 36

Roof Equipment

Section 36.01 Landlord understands that Tenant will require: (i) communications services in connection with the operation of Tenant’s business which would necessitate the construction, installation, operation and use by Tenant of a communication microwave dish or antenna, together with related equipment, mountings and supports (collectively, the “Antenna”); and (ii) the use of other equipment necessary for Tenant’s operations within the Premises (“Infrastructure”), all on the roof of the Building, together with access (by means of one (1 two-inch (2”) conduit to be installed in accordance with the provisions of this Article 26) between the Roof and the Premises, subject to Building rules and regulations. The Antenna and the Infrastructure are collectively referred to herein as the, “Roof Equipment”. Landlord will make available to Tenant roof space for the Roof Equipment in locations as reasonably determined by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any roof space for any Roof Equipment to the extent the amount of Roof Space required would be detrimental (in Landlord’s sole but reasonable discretion) to the Building’s structure and its systems. The electricity used by the Roof Equipment shall be measured by a separate meter, the cost of which electricity shall be borne by Tenant. All Roof Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and the location of the required pathways for the Roof Equipment will be subject to Landlord’s approval, such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In connection therewith, Landlord will make available to Tenant non-exclusive access (subject to Building rules and regulations) to the roof for the construction, installation, maintenance, repair, operation and use of the Roof Equipment. The installation of the Roof Equipment shall constitute a Tenant’s Change and shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Lease and the Roof Equipment shall for all purposes remain Tenant’s property. All of the provisions of this Lease with respect to Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Roof Equipment, including without limitation, provisions relating to Tenant’s Changes, compliance with all legal requirements and the Building rules and regulations and insurance, indemnity, repair, replacement and maintenance obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, if the installation of the Roof Equipment requires any other Tenant’s Changes in compliance with any applicable Requirements, then such Tenant’s Changes shall be performed by Tenant at its sole expense.

Section 36.02 It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof for any purpose whatsoever provided that Tenant shall have reasonable access to (subject to Building rules and regulations) and Landlord shall not adversely interfere with the use or functioning of the Roof Equipment.

 

111


Section 36.03 Tenant’s use of the Roof Equipment shall not adversely affect (except to an immaterial extent) any other tenant of the Building or any persons or entities in the vicinity of the Building, or damage to or interference with the Building systems or common areas or roof of the Building which is not mitigated by Tenant to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Tenant shall, at its sole expense, eliminate any such interference by either modifying the Roof Equipment or relocating the Roof Equipment to another roof location (which location shall be determined by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce any agreements with other entities having equipment on the Roof so as to prevent/minimize any adverse effect on Tenant’s Roof Equipment. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole expense, shall have the right to relocate the Roof Equipment to other locations on the roof subject to Tenant’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided in no event shall such relocations cause disruption to Tenant’s business unless such disruption is mitigated to Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction.

Section 36.04 Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Roof Equipment or compliance with applicable Requirements(all such compliance with applicable Requirements pertaining thereto being Tenant’s sole responsibility and Tenant’s sole expense) nor shall Landlord be responsible for any damage that may be caused to the Roof Equipment by any other tenant in the Building.

Section 36.05 Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain, repair and/or replace the Roof Equipment in good condition as Landlord shall reasonably determine and shall install such support structures, waterproofing, lightning rods or air terminals on or about the Roof Equipment as Landlord may reasonably require in accordance with standard practice for the installation of the Roof Equipment.

Section 36.06 Landlord shall continue to be obligated to maintain the roof and setbacks of the Building, provided however, Tenant shall be responsible for any roof maintenance required, and for any damage caused by, the Roof Equipment or Tenant’s negligence, wrongful acts or omissions (where this Lease or applicable Requirements imposes a duty to act.

 

112


ARTICLE 37

Tenant’s Cafeteria

Section 37.01 Subject to Section 5.01(e) of this Lease, Landlord will permit Tenant and Tenant shall have the right exercisable in Tenant’s sole discretion and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to construct a full cooking cafeteria and private dining areas (collectively, “cafeteria”) within the Premises in a location reasonably approved by Landlord and to install in the Premises (and for gas or electric service to such cafeteria and the exhaust from such cafeteria to the Building’s 7th Floor roof, as necessary, appropriate portions of the Building’s core designated by Landlord) the required electrical, gas, plumbing, mechanical, exhaust, ventilation and drainage lines or systems necessary thereto, subject to: (a) Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications therefor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (b) Tenant’s compliance (including, without limitation, obtaining all required legal permits or similar approvals) with all applicable Requirements or insurance requirements that may be necessary as a result of the use of the cafeteria. Tenant shall pay for all utilities consumed in connection with its use of the cafeteria either directly to the utility company or if such utility is supplied by Landlord, to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after billing, provided any utilities supplied by Landlord shall be measured by separate meters and except for electrical energy as provided in Section 24.01 hereof, shall be at Landlord’s out-of-pocket cost without profit or mark up. The cafeteria shall be for the use of only the employees or guests of Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to construct a cafeteria in accordance with the provisions of this Article 37 only if it notifies Landlord that it will construct the cafeteria and otherwise comply with the provisions of this Article 37 including, without limitation, making the installations required in this Article 37 as part of Tenant’s Changes.

Section 37.02 If the use of the Premises, as permitted by Section 37.01 hereof, requires an amendment to the Certificate of Occupancy covering the Building, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain such amendment to the Certificate of Occupancy covering the Building, subject to the provisions of Section 3.04 hereof. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, with any such amendments sought by Tenant.

Section 37.03 (a) Tenant shall not have the right to sell beer, wines, liquors or other forms of alcoholic beverages in or from the cafeteria, but may permit the consumption of alcoholic beverages within the Premises only in compliance with all applicable Requirements and the other provisions of this Lease.

 

113


(b) Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that the business operations to be conducted by Tenant in the cafeteria will conform with the standards of practice that are customary for first-class cafeterias located in Comparable Buildings.

(c) Tenant may cause the cafeteria to be operated by a reputable third party cafeteria operator subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

(d) Tenant shall pay all costs and fees including license fees and royalties required to be paid to applicable third parties for any live or recorded entertainment or other sound reproduction for transmission within the cafeteria or elsewhere in the Premises. Tenant’s use of the cafeteria with respect to the emanation of Noise from the Premises shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.02(b) above.

(e) Tenant shall have all deliveries and servicing of the cafeteria performed at times and in a manner so as not to disturb or inconvenience by more than an immaterial amount in the operation of the Building or any other tenants of the Building in a manner not customary for Comparable Buildings or interfere with ingress or egress to the Building or any portion thereof. All such deliveries and servicing shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the applicable terms hereof and Tenant shall pay Landlord for any actual, out-of-pocket overtime costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such deliveries and servicing as additional rent within thirty (30) days after billing. All delivery trucks or other vehicles servicing the cafeteria shall park or stand only in accordance with Landlord’s directives near the Building’s loading dock which directives shall equally apply to all tenants in the Building.

(f) Tenant covenants and agrees at its own sole cost and expense: (i) to keep and maintain in good order, condition and repair, ventilating equipment in the cafeteria which shall at all times be of adequate size and power to eliminate and remove all smoke, odors and fumes from the cafeteria, the Building, the adjacent plaza and the areas in the immediate vicinity of the Building; and (ii) to keep the cafeteria at all times in a state of cleanliness reasonably acceptable to Landlord and do such cleaning as Landlord reasonably deems necessary or desirable. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to Tenant’s installation (as part of Tenant’s Changes and at Tenant’ sole expense) of louvers equipped with odor filters on the western

 

114


façade of the Building in locations and in number reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant will use reasonable efforts to minimize the number of louvers used and shall install such louvers in such a manner as to avoid “checkerboarding”. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or in Exhibit F to the contrary, pantry exhaust fans are permitted to exhaust into the plenum. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to Tenant’s installation (as part of Tenant’s Changes and at Tenant’s sole expense) of an air conditioning unit on the 7th Floor roof and Tenant shall, at its sole expense, be responsible for any screening for such air conditioning unit and also be responsible for any noise resulting the use of such unit.

(g) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own sole cost and expense, arrange for the removal of and shall cause to be removed all garbage, refuse and rubbish (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Rubbish”) from the cafeteria. All such Rubbish shall be kept in clean sanitary containers, which containers must be kept covered until emptied into the removal vehicle. Any “wet” Rubbish shall be stored in a refrigerated container in the cafeteria until a Rubbish removal truck comes to the Building’s loading dock to haul the same away, at which time such “wet” Rubbish shall be taken down one of the Building’s freight elevators to such Rubbish removal truck by as sanitary a condition as possible. In the event of any default by Tenant in removing or causing to be removed such Rubbish, Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, without notice or demand upon Tenant, cause such Rubbish to be removed and pay for the same, and in the event Landlord so elects, the cost thereof shall become due and payable and collectible as additional rent from Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord.

(h) Tenant shall, at its own sole cost and expense, keep the cafeteria free from cockroaches, rats, mice and other vermin and insects, and shall if and when requested by Landlord, contract with a competent insect, rodent or vermin exterminating company for such purpose.

(i) Tenant shall, at its own sole cost and expense, install a grease trap in the main soil line servicing the cafeteria and shall, at all times, keep and maintain such grease trap in good order, condition and repair. Tenant shall at all times, at Tenant’s own sole cost and expense, keep and maintain all drain, waste and sewer pipes and lines which service the cafeteria, and the connections of such pipes and lines with the mains free from grease and other obstructions.

 

115


(j) All removal of Rubbish from the cafeteria shall be done between the hours of 6:00 PM and 11:00 PM (exclusive of holidays). If any of these activities are conducted at other times than as prescribed above, Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand and as additional rent, Landlord’s charges as specified on Exhibit I.

ARTICLE 38

Tenant’s Signage/Lobby Desk

Section 38.01 Tenant, in compliance with all applicable provisions hereof, shall, at Tenant’s sole expense install plaques containing names and logos of Tenant on all four (4) sides of the existing monument sign (the “Monument Sign”) on the plaza in front of the Building on Broadway in accordance with the specifications contained and as shown on Exhibit M attached hereto (“Tenant’s Monument Signage”). With respect to the Broadway side of the Monument Sign (on which four (4) plaques shall be allowed, but only two (2) plaques on the other three (3) sides of the Monument Sign), Tenant’s Monument Signage shall appear on the top position (above the existing Showtime signage). With respect to the other three (3) sides of the Monument Sign, Tenant’s Monument Signage shall appear on the top position. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, any tenant, either existing (with the exception of Allianz) or future, leasing greater rentable area in the Building than Tenant shall have the right to have its signage appear on top of Tenant’s Monument Signage on each of the four (4) sides of the Monument Sign. Tenant’s Monument Signage shall not be the exclusive signage on the Monument Sign. Landlord hereby approves Tenant’s Monument Signage and the specifications therefor as shown on Exhibit M. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any modifications to Tenant’s Monument Signage. In the event that the plaza of the Building is renovated, redesigned, altered or the like in a manner that requires the removal of the monument sign, then Landlord shall provide alternate name signage, at Landlord’s expense, to Tenant elsewhere in front of the Building and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to maintain the prominence of Tenant’s Monument Signage in terms of location, size and design.

Section 38.02 Tenant, in compliance with all applicable provisions hereof, shall, at Tenant’s sole expense install Tenant’s name on a plaque sign on one of the columns on either side of the 50th Street entrance to the Building (“Tenant’s 50th Street Signage”) in accordance with the specifications contained and as shown on Exhibit N attached hereto. Tenant shall have the exclusive

 

116


right to place signage on such column chosen. Landlord hereby approves Tenant’s 50th Street Signage and the specifications therefor shown on Exhibit N. In the event that the Building is renovated, redesigned, altered or the like in a manner that requires the removal of this sign, then Landlord shall provide alternate name signage, at Landlord’s expense, to Tenant elsewhere adjacent to the 50th Street entrance of the Building and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to maintain the prominence of Tenant’s 50th Street Signage in terms of location, size and design.

Section 38.03 Subject to compliance with all legal or insurance requirements and the provisions of Section 5.01(e) of this Lease, Tenant may install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) signage identifying Tenant on each full floor in which Tenant is in occupancy; and (ii) one (1) sign identifying Tenant on each multi-tenanted floor in which Tenant is in occupancy, the location, size, design and appearance of any such signs on multi-tenanted floors shall be as reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall maintain, repair and replace such signs under this Section 38.03 in compliance with all applicable Requirements and such standards for the Building as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may determine.

Section 38.04 Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole expense (which expense shall be reimbursed to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of reasonable documentation supporting such expense) create a position at or near the existing 50th Street lobby desk for Tenant’s security guard (which creation may include the relocation of Landlord’s equipment existing on or at the 50th Street lobby desk and such actual and out-of-pocket relocation costs shall also be at Tenant’s sole expense to be reimbursed as set forth above). Tenant shall have the right to maintain a security guard at the created position at or near the 50th Street lobby desk with all equipment required to screen access to the Premises by employees and invitees of Tenant by means consistent with Landlord’s procedures for the Building and in furtherance thereof, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’ sole expense, to place a personal computer and appropriate identifying signage, which signage may include a reasonable number of the names of Tenant’s Affiliates (subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval) at such desk. Tenant’s security guard shall be responsible for identifying to the Building representatives those employees and invitees of Tenant who are to be granted access to the Building in accordance with Landlord’s requirements, including, if required by Landlord, the issuance of appropriate identification cards. Tenant shall be responsible for the acts or omissions (where this Lease or applicable law imposes a duty to act) of such

 

117


security guard and at all times, such security guard shall be neatly and properly attired in a uniform reasonably approved by Landlord which may, in any event, be adorned with the logo of Tenant and such security guard shall have the appearance and conduct himself or herself in a manner consistent with a lobby desk attendant in a Comparable Building; if such restrictions are violated, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice providing reasonable detail of such violation and if such violation is not cured within two (2) business days after the giving of such notice, Landlord may require such security guard to leave the lobby station until rectified, in each case, in Landlord’s reasonable determination. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, at Tenant’s election, Tenant may have such security guard at the lobby desk twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. Tenant shall pay for the salary and other benefits of such security guard and the security guard shall be compatible with Landlord’s union employees in the Building. No such security guard shall be armed.

Section 38.05 Upon the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, Landlord may by notice to Tenant irrevocably terminate all Tenant’s signage/lobby desk rights pursuant to this Article 38 and Landlord shall thereupon remove all the signs permitted under this Article 38.

Section 38.06 No signage/lobby desk rights under this Article 38 may be separately assigned by Tenant.

Section 38.07 All work to be provided by Landlord in connection with Article 38 shall be completed prior to August 1, 2014. In consideration of Tenant’s plaque sign and lobby desk rights set forth in Sections 38.02 and 38.04 hereof, respectively, Tenant shall pay Landlord, commencing as of August 1, 2014 and throughout the Lease term, as additional rent, the sum of $50,000.00 per annum payable in equal monthly installments of $4,166.67, together with Tenant’s payments to Landlord of Fixed Rent.

ARTICLE 39

Cellar 2 Space

Section 39.01 Tenant shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to Landlord on or before December 1, 2013 (TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE), to lease up to 15,000 square feet of storage space on the Cellar 2 level of the Building within the area shown hatched on the rental plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A in areas

 

118


mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (collectively, the “Cellar 2 Space”). If Tenant fails to deliver such notice within the time period set forth above, Tenant’s right to lease the Cellar 2 Space shall be deemed null and void. The Fixed Rent for the Cellar 2 Space shall consist of the following: (i) $25.00 per square foot for years 1-5 commencing on August 1, 2014; (ii) $27.50 per square foot for years 6-10; and (iii) $30.50 per square foot for the balance of the Term. Tenant shall also be responsible for the payment of its Tax Payment with respect to the Cellar 2 Space.

Section 39.02 The Cellar 2 Space shall be delivered to Tenant on the Term Commencement Date as part of the Premises in its “as-is” physical condition, except for any required demising walls and for fire alarm connections. The Cellar 2 Space shall be separately submetered for electricity and delivered with such meter or meters installed at Landlord’s expense. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such submetered electricity on the same basis as electricity that is charged for the Premises.

Section 39.03 Tenant shall use the Cellar 2 Space for storage, mailroom, messenger, copy center and purposes ancillary to the aforesaid only, and shall have access to the Cellar 2 Space on the same basis, on the same days and at the same hours as the Premises. All terms of this Lease applicable to the Premises shall apply also to the Cellar 2 Space; provided, however, that: (a) Landlord shall not be required to provide any services with respect thereto and there are core bathrooms in the Cellar 2 Space (except electricity, base Building HVAC during Business Hours (and Landlord will provide HVAC from 6:00 PM until 7:00 PM Monday through Friday, except holidays, at the rate of $300.00 per hour and Tenant may obtain HVAC on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays (as such term is defined in Section 17.01 hereof) at the rate of $300.00 per hour in four (4) hour minimum blocks), ventilation, condenser water and a condenser water tap; provided, however that and any condenser water made available to the Cellar 2 Space shall be paid for by Tenant in accordance with Section 17.09 of this Lease); and (b) Tenant shall not be entitled to any work to the Cellar 2 Space by Landlord, provided however, Landlord shall, in accordance with the disbursement procedures applicable to Tenant’s Allowance, reimburse Tenant for improvement work to the Cellar 2 Space in the amount of $39.68 per square foot of the Cellar 2 Space.

Section 39.04 Promptly after Tenant’s exercise of its option to lease the Cellar 2 Space, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease memorializing Tenant’s leasing of the Cellar 2 Space.

 

119


ARTICLE 40

Tenant’s Rights

Section 40.01 Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the following rights of Tenant shall only be applicable if both: (a) WMG ACQUISITION CORP. or its permitted Affiliates or Successor Entity is Tenant under this Lease; and (b) Tenant is then occupying for the conduct of its business at least four (4) full floors of the Premises: (i) Tenant’s right to use the wall on the 7th floor setback and the plaza area in front of the Building pursuant to Section 1.01(d)(ii) of this Lease; (ii) Tenant’s rights to Monument and 50th Street signage and use of the lobby desk pursuant to Sections 38.01, 38.02 and 38.04 of this Lease; (iii) Tenant’s Expansion Option pursuant to Article 33 of this Lease; and (iv) Tenant’s Right of First Offer pursuant to Article 34 of this Lease.

ARTICLE 41

Quiet Enjoyment

Section 41.01 Landlord covenants that if and so long as this Lease shall be in full force and effect, Tenant shall quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance or molestation by Landlord or by any other person lawfully claiming the same, subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease and to the ground leases and/or underlying leases and/or mortgages to which this Lease is subject and subordinate, as hereinbefore set forth.

 

120


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARAMOUNT GROUP, INC., as Agent for
PGREF I 1633 BROADWAY TOWER, L.P.
(Landlord)
By:  

/s/ Jolanta K. Bott

  Jolanta K. Bott
  Senior Vice President
WMG ACQUISITION CORP.
(Tenant)
By:  

/s/ Brian Roberts

  Name: Brian Roberts
  Title: EVP & CFO

 

121


RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks, driveways, entrances, passages, courts, lobbies, esplanade areas, plazas, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and, except in connection with events in the plaza as permitted pursuant to Section 1.01(d)(ii)(z) of the Lease, or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Lease, Tenant shall not permit any of its employees, agents or invitees to congregate in or otherwise interfere with the use and enjoyment of any of said areas. Fire exits and stairways are to be used for emergency purposes only. No doormat of any kind whatsoever shall be placed or left in any public hall or outside any entry door of the Premises.

2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building, except with respect to the wall on the 7th floor setback facing the 7th Floor Terrace as permitted pursuant to Section 1.01(d)(ii)(y) of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall be done to the wall on the 7th floor setback that would compromise the structural integrity of such wall. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung, in, or used in connection with any window of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such curtains, blinds, shades or screens must be of a quality, type, design and color and attached in the manner reasonably approved by Landlord.

3. Without limiting Tenant’s rights with respect to the wall (but subject to the provisions of the second sentence of rule 2 above) on the 7th floor setback facing the 7th Floor Terrace as permitted pursuant to Section 1.01(d)(ii)(y) of the Lease, no sign, insignia, advertisement, lettering, notice or other object shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by any tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent, with respect to the Premises, shall not unreasonably withheld or delayed). In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove the same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred in such removal to the tenant or tenants violating this rule. Lettering on elevator cabs and any Building directory shall, if and when approved by Landlord, be inscribed, painted or affixed for each tenant by Landlord at the expense of such tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord, provided that on multi-tenanted floors, Landlord shall have approval rights over lettering on doors visible from outside the Premises.

 

RR-1


4. No bottles, parcels, or other articles be placed on the window sills or on the peripheral air conditioning enclosures.

5. No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in multi-tenanted halls, corridors or vestibules.

6. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures and the HVAC vents or registers and other HVAC fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids, vapors or other substances shall be thrown or deposited therein or upon any adjoining buildings or land or the street. All damages resulting from any violation of the foregoing shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have, caused the same. Except as provided for in the Lease, any cuspidors or containers or receptacles used as such in the Premises, or for garbage or similar refuse, shall be emptied, cared for and cleaned by and at the expense of Tenant.

7. Except as set forth in Article 5, Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface, any part of the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written reasonable consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. No telephone or other telecommunication wires or instruments shall be introduced into the Building outside of the Premises by any Tenant except as reasonably approved by Landlord without any Landlord supervisory fee.

8. No motorized vehicles, animals, fish or birds of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises. Tenant and only its employees may bring bicycles into the Building only if they comply with the New York City LL-52 Bicycle Access to Office Buildings Law and the Bicycle Access Rules and Regulations for the Building.

9. No unreasonable Noise shall disturb other tenants of the Building subject to the provisions of Section 3.02(b) of the Lease. Nothing shall be done or permitted in the Premises by any tenant that would impair or interfere with the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other space in the Building except to a minimum extent.

 

RR-2


10. No tenant, nor any tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance, except as set forth in Section 5.01(l) of the Lease. Nothing shall be done in the Premises which shall in Landlord’s reasonable judgment interfere with or impair any of the Building’s equipment or systems.

11. Any locks or bolts of any kind which shall not be operable by the Grand Master Key for the Building shall not be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof which shall make such locks inoperable by said Grand Master Key. Each tenant shall, upon the termination of its tenancy, turn over to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof. Landlord shall be afforded, upon its demand, prompt access to all machines, mechanical and/or utility rooms located within the Premises along with all keys for any locks for such rooms.

12. All removals, or the carrying in, out of or within the Building of any safes, freight, furniture, large boxes, crates, carts or other devices used to distribute same or any other large object or matter of any description must take place during such hours and in such elevators and through such Building entrances as Landlord or its agent may determine from time to time which may involve overtime work for Landlord’s employees or agents for which Tenant shall reimburse Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all objects and matter to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all objects and matter which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part. No messengers or couriers shall be permitted in any portion of the Building except as designated by Landlord. Landlord may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object or matter to submit a pass, listing such package or object or matter, from the tenant from whose Premises the package or object or matter is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the Premises of such tenant. Landlord shall in no way be liable to any tenant for damages or loss arising from the admission, exclusion or ejection of any person to or from the Premises or the Building under the provisions of this Rule 12 or of Rule 16 hereof.

 

RR-3


13. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a public stenographer or public typist, or for the possession, storage, manufacture, or sale of liquor (except for its own consumption in accordance with Article 36 of the Lease), narcotics, dope, tobacco in any form, or as a barber, beauty or manicure shop, or as a school, or as a hiring or employment agency. Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used for manufacturing or for the sale at retail or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind, except for UCC sales or similar activities in Tenant’s ordinary course of business.

14. No tenant shall obtain, purchase or accept for use in the Premises ice, drinking water, food, coffee cart, beverage, towel, barbering, bootblacking, cleaning, floor polishing or other similar services from any persons except at such hours (provided such services are available to Tenant twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days per week), in such places within the Premises, and under such regulations, as may be fixed by Landlord. It is expressly understood that Landlord assumes no responsibility for the acts, omissions, misconduct or other activities of the purveyors of such services unless due to the sole negligence of Landlord or its agents, employees, officers or partners.

15. Tenant is prohibited from causing any advertising of whatsoever nature that specifically disparages the Building.

16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building during hours other than Business Hours (as defined in the foregoing Lease) all persons connected with or calling upon tenant who do not present a pass to the Building signed by tenant. Landlord also reserves the right to exclude from the Building at any time any person whose presence in the Building shall in Landlord’s sole judgment be a detriment to the safety or interest of the Building. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a facsimile of such pass. All persons entering and/or leaving the Building during hours other than Business Hours may be required to sign a register. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons to whom it issues any such pass and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts or omissions of such persons.

17. Intentionally deleted.

18. Tenant shall, at tenant’s expense, provide artificial light and electric energy for the employees of Landlord and/or Landlord’s contractors while doing janitor service or other cleaning in the Premises and while making routine repairs or alterations in the Premises. Landlord shall be responsible for insuring that all lights are turned out upon completion of the daily janitor service work, provided in accordance with Exhibit D of the Lease.

 

RR-4


19. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building, except as otherwise provided in this Lease. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from Landlord.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by any tenant or by any others, in the moving or delivery or receipt of safes, freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates, paper, office material, or any other matter or thing, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord shall require. No hand trucks shall be used in any passenger elevators.

23. Tenant shall not cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes or any unusual or objectionable odors to emanate from the Premises which would annoy other tenants or create a public or private nuisance. No cooking (except small scale microwaving) shall be done in the Premises except as is expressly permitted in the foregoing Lease. This rule is subject to Article 36 of the Lease.

24. All paneling, doors, trim or other wood products not considered furniture shall be of fire-retardant materials and certification of the materials’ fire-retardant characteristics shall be submitted to and approved by Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such materials shall be installed in a manner approved by Landlord.

25. All contractors rendering any service to Tenant shall be referred to Landlord for approval (except as set forth on Exhibit E) to performing such services which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. This applies to all work performed in the Building of whatsoever nature. Tenant shall use only the freight or service elevator for all deliveries and only at hours prescribed by Landlord. Bulky materials (as reasonably determined by Landlord) may not be delivered during Business Hours but only thereafter.

 

RR-5


Tenant’s contractors working in the Building must enter or exit only by way of the freight or service elevator. Any work performed by Tenant’s contractors during non-business days or during non-business hours will necessitate the use of the freight or service elevator (with operator), a security guard and a stand-by engineer, the cost of which Tenant agrees to pay Landlord unless such person is regularly employed at the Building during the time in question.

26. Tenant shall not at any time directly or indirectly employ, permit the employment of, or contract for any service provider, contractor, mechanic or laborer in the Premises, whether in connection with any alteration or otherwise, if such employment or contract will interfere or conflict with any other service provider, contractor, mechanic or laborer engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building, or any part thereof, by Landlord. Upon Landlord’s demand, Tenant shall take all reasonable measures to cause all of its service providers, contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building promptly, or shall take whatever reasonable action is requested by Landlord to end such conflict. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Rules and Regulations, (i) in any case in which Landlord’s approval is required, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) all amounts payable pursuant to these Rules and Regulations shall be payable within thirty (30) days of demand, and (iii) if any terms or conditions of these Rules and Regulations are inconsistent with the terms of the Lease, the terms and conditions of Lease shall control.

27. Landlord reserves the right to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the Building when, in its reasonable judgment, Landlord deems such action necessary or desirable for the reputation, safety, care or appearance of the Building, or the preservation of good order therein, or the operation or maintenance of the Building, or the equipment thereof, or the comfort of tenants or others in the Building and in all such cases, provided that such action is in keeping with Comparable Buildings.

 

RR-6


EXHIBIT A

RENTAL PLANS

 

LOGO

 

A-1


LOGO

 

A-2


LOGO

 

A-3


LOGO

 

A-4


LOGO

 

A-5


LOGO

 

A-6


LOGO

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

All that certain lot, piece or parcel of land, situate, lying and being in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York, bounded and described as follows:

BEGINNING at the corner formed by the intersection of the westerly side of Broadway as widened and the northerly side of West 50th Street; running

thence WESTERLY along the said northerly side of West 50th Street, 450 feet 11/2 inches to a point in a line, 100 feet East of the easterly side of 8th Avenue and parallel thereto;

thence NORTHERLY and parallel with the easterly side of 8th Avenue, 200 feet 10 inches to the southerly side of West 51st Street;

thence EASTERLY along the said southerly side of West 51st Street, 440 feet 111/8 inches to the intersection with the westerly side of Broadway;

thence SOUTHERLY along the said westerly side of Broadway, 201 feet and 1/2 of an inch to the corner first mentioned, at the point or place of BEGINNING.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FUNDAMENTAL TERMS CHART

1) Period from Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9 to the five year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9.

 

Floor

     Rentable Square
Feet
       Rent PSF        Annualized Rent        ProRata Share Opex      Pro Rata Share RE Tax  

4

       36,854        $ 50.00        $ 1,842,700.00          1.6285      1.3944

7

       50,221        $ 56.00        $ 2,812,376.00          2.2191      1.9001

8

       50,298        $ 56.00        $ 2,816,688.00          2.2225      1.9030

9

       50,298        $ 56.00        $ 2,816,688.00          2.2225      1.9030

2) Period from the Rent Commencement Date of floors 10 & 11 to the five year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9.

 

Floor

     Rentable Square
Feet
       Rent PSF        Annualized Rent        ProRata Share Opex      Pro Rata Share RE Tax  

10

       50,298        $ 56.00        $ 2,816,688.00          2.2225      1.9030

11

       50,281        $ 56.00        $ 2,815,736.00          2.2218      1.9024

3) Period from five year anniversary after Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9 to the ten year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9.

 

Floor

     Rentable Square
Feet
       Rent PSF        Annualized Rent        ProRata Share Opex      Pro Rata Share RE Tax  

4

       36,854        $ 55.00        $ 2,026,970.00          1.6285      1.3944

7

       50,221        $ 61.00        $ 3,063,481.00          2.2191      1.9001

8

       50,298        $ 61.00        $ 3,068,178.00          2.2225      1.9030

9

       50,298        $ 61.00        $ 3,068,178.00          2.2225      1.9030

10

       50,298        $ 61.00        $ 3,068,178.00          2.2225      1.9030

11

       50,281        $ 61.00        $ 3,067,141.00          2.2218      1.9024

4) Period from ten year anniversary after Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9 to the fifteen year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date of floors 4,7,8,9.

 

Floor

     Rentable Square
Feet
       Rent PSF        Annualized Rent        ProRata Share Opex      Pro Rata Share RE Tax  

4

       36,854        $ 61.00        $ 2,248,094.00          1.6285      1.3944

7

       50,221        $ 67.00        $ 3,364,807.00          2.2191      1.9001

8

       50,298        $ 67.00        $ 3,369,966.00          2.2225      1.9030

9

       50,298        $ 67.00        $ 3,369,966.00          2.2225      1.9030

10

       50,298        $ 67.00        $ 3,369,966.00          2.2225      1.9030

11

       50,281        $ 67.00        $ 3,368,827.00          2.2218      1.9024

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

 

LOGO

           Page 1 of 6
      Certificate of Occupancy     
         CO Number:   120534225T007

This certifies that the premises described herein conforms substantially to the approved plans and specifications and to the requirements of all applicable laws, rules and regulations for the uses and occupancies specified. No change of use or occupancy shall be made unless a new Certificate of Occupancy is issued. This document or a copy shall be available for inspection at the building at all reasonable times.

 

A.

   Borough:   

Manhattan

    

Block Number:

   01022   

Certificate Type:

 

Temporary

   Address:   

1633 BROADWAY

    

Lot Number(s):

   43   

Effective Date:

  08/26/2013
  

Building Identification Number (BIN):

  1024812          Expiration Date:   11/24/2013
           Building Type:    Altered     

 

  

This building is subject to this Building Code: 1968 Code

  
  

For zoning lot metes & bounds, please see BISWeb.

  

B.

  

Construction classification:

     1-B   

(1968 Code designation)

  

Building Occupancy Group classification:

     B   

(2008 Code)

  

Multiple Dwelling Law Classification:

  

  None

  
  

No. of stories: 48

  

Height in feet: 709

  

            No. of dwelling units: 0

 

C.

  

Fire Protection Equipment:

  

None associated with this filing.

D.

  

Type and number of open spaces:

  

None associated with this filing.

E.

  

This Certificate is issued with the following legal limitations:

  

None

  

Outstanding requirements for obtaining Final Certificate of Occupancy:

  

There are 15 outstanding requirements. Please refer to BISWeb for further detail.

  

Borough Comments: None

 

LOGO

Borough Commissioner

     

LOGO

Commissioner

DOCUMENT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

 

D-1


Page 2 of 6

 

LOGO

  Certificate of Occupancy   
    

CO Number:

   120534225T007

Permissible Use and Occupancy

All Building Code occupancy group designations below are 2008 designations.

 

Floor
From To

   Maximum
persons
permitted
  

Live load
lbs per
sq. ft.

   Building
Code
occupancy
group
   Dwelling or
Rooming
Units
   Zoning
use group
  

Description of use

CEL    650       A-1       8    THEATRE, THEATRE DRESSING ROOM
CEL    117       A-3          PHYSICAL CULTURE ESTABLISHMENT, ATHLETIC GOODS STORE, JUICE BAR
CEL    528    75    B       6, 3, 4    LOWER PLAZA, CONCOURSE PLAZA, EATING AND DRINKING
         M          ESTABLISHMENT WITHOUT RESTRICTIONS ON
         A-2          ENTETAINMENT OR DANCING (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 100)
CEL          S-2       9, 10, 12    RETAIL AND COMMERCIAL SPACES, MAILROOM, STORAGE, ATTENDANT PARKING GARAGE FOR FIFTY SEVEN (57) CARS, NETWORK COMPARTMENT, TELEPHONE ROOM
              
              
SC1       75    S-2       6    ACCESSORY AND PUBLIC ATTENDANT PARKING GARAGE FOR SIXTY FOUR (64) CARS, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM, ELECTRIC SWITCHBOARD ROOM, WOMEN’S AND MEN’S LOCKER ROOMS AND TOILETS, STORAGE ROOM (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 100)
SC1    40       B          OFFICES
SC1    356       A-3          ACCESSORY CAFETERIA AND KITCHEN
SC1    110       A-1       8    THEATRE STAGE, DRESSING ROOMS, MEN’S AND WOMEN’S LOUNGES
SC1    273       A-3          PHYSICAL CULTURE ESTABLISHMENT, MEN’S & WOMEN’S LOCKERS/SHOWERS, MEN’S AND WOMEN’S STEAM ROOMS
SC2    445    OG    S-2

B
A-2

      6, 8    ACCESSORY AND PUBLIC ATTENDANT PARKING GARAGE FOR SIXTY SEVEN (67) CARS, STEAM AND PUMP ROOM, OFFICES, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM, THEATER DRESSING ROOMS, STORAGE

 

LOGO

Borough Commissioner

     

LOGO

Commissioner

DOCUMENT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

 

D-2


Page 3 of 6

 

LOGO

  Certificate of Occupancy   
    

CO Number:

   120534225T007

Permissible Use and Occupancy

All Building Code occupancy group designations below are 2008 designations.

 

Floor
From To

        Maximum
persons
permitted
  

Live load
lbs per
sq. ft.

   Building
Code
occupancy
group
   Dwelling or
Rooming
Units
   Zoning
use group
  

Description of use

SC3         130    OG    S-2         6, 8    ACCESSORY AND PUBLIC ATTENDANT PARKING GARAGE
                    B              FOR THIRTY SEVEN (37) CARS, THEATRE LOCKER ROOMS,
                    A-2              STORAGE, WORKSHOPS AND REHEARSAL ROOM,
                                   MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM, OFFICES

MZ1

       

240

  

75

  

A-1

       

8A

   THEATRE WORKSHOPS, OFFICES, GREEN ROOMS, LOCKER
ROOMS, TOILETS AND STORAGE (ADDITIONAL LIVE
LOAD 100,250)
001    001    750    100    B         6    PLAZA, LOBBY, BANK (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 125)
001    001              M         8A    COMMERCIAL & RETAIL SPACES
001    001              A-2         3, 4    RESTAURANTS, THEATRE
001    001              A-2         9, 10    LOBBIES, CONCESSION STORAGE
001    001             

S-1

S-2

             THEATRE OFFICE, GARAGE ENTRANCE, OFFICE & WAITING
ROOM TEN (10) LOADING BERTHS, STAGE ENTRANCE,
RESERVE PARKING FOR TEN (10) CARS.
002    002    896    50   

B

A-1

        6, 8A    A.C. FAN ROOM, OFFICES, THEATRE STAGE, ORCHESTRA
AND DRESSING ROOMS, OFFICES, PROMENADE
AND BAR (ADDITIONAL LIVE LAOD 75,100)
(OFFICES - 146 PERSONS)
003    003    502    50   

A-1

B

        6, 8A    THEATRE STADIUM, STADIUM PROMENADE, STORAGE,
DRESSING ROOMS, OFFICES, EXPANSION TANK
ROOMS (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 75,100) (OFFICES -
330 PERSONS)
004    004    275    50              6, 8A    THEATRE LOGE, BALCONY PROMENADE, REHERSAL
ROOM, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM, STORAGE
AND OFFICES (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 75,100)
(OFFICES - 330 PERSONS)

 

LOGO

Borough Commissioner

     

LOGO

Commissioner

DOCUMENT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

 

D-3


Page 4 of 6

 

LOGO

  Certificate of Occupancy   
    

CO Number:

   120534225T007

Permissible Use and Occupancy

All Building Code occupancy group designations below are 2008 designations.

 

Floor
From To        

   Maximum
persons
permitted
  

Live load
lbs per
sq. ft.

   Building
Code
occupancy
group
   Dwelling or
Rooming
Units
   Zoning
use group
  

Description of use

005    005    315    50    A-1         9, 8A    THEATRE BALCONY, LIGHT PROTECTION ROOM,
                    B              MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM, ELEVATOR MACHINE
ROOM, OFFICES (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 75,100) (OFFICES -
330 PERSONS)
006    006    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, UPPER PART OF THE THEATRE, ELEVATOR
MACHINE ROOM (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 75,100)
007    007    420    40    B         6    OFFICES, ROOF OVER THEATRE (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 50)
008    009    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, EACH FLOOR
010    010    420    40    B         6    OFFICES, ROOF OVER STAGE AREA (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD
50)
011    011    420    50    B         6    OFFICES
012    012    10    100    B         6    A.C. FAN ROOM, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM ENGINEER’S
OFFICE
013    016    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, EACH FLOOR
017    017    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, TENANT DINING AREA AND LOUNGE (ADDITIONAL
LIVE LOAD 75)
018    019    420    50    B         6    OFFICE ON EACH FLOOR
020    022    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM EACH FLOOR
023    026    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, EACH FLOOR
027    029    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM EACH FLOOR

 

LOGO

Borough Commissioner

     

LOGO

Commissioner

DOCUMENT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

 

D-4


Page 5 of 6

 

LOGO

  Certificate of Occupancy   
    

CO Number:

   120534225T007

Permissible Use and Occupancy

All Building Code occupancy group designations below are 2008 designations.

 

Floor
From To        

   Maximum
persons
permitted
  

Live load
lbs per
sq. ft.

   Building
Code
occupancy
group
   Dwelling or
Rooming
Units
   Zoning
use group
  

Description of use

030    033    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, EACH FLOOR
034    034    10    100    B         6    A.C. FAN ROOM, ELEVATOR MACHINE
ROOM
035    035    420    50    B         6    OFFICES
036    036    570    20    B         6    OFFICES, EATING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENT
                    A-2              (ADDITIONAL LIVE LAOD 75)
037    040    420    50    B         6    OFFICES
041    041    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM
042    042    181    50    B         6   

CONFERENCE ROOMS (NON PA), OFFICES, ELEVATOR

MACHINE ROOM

042    042    30         F-2         6    KITCHEN, STORAGE AREA
042    042    299         A-3         6    MEETING HALL FOR 299 PEOPLE (CAFETERIA 164 PEOPLE, A-2)
042    042    128         A-3         6    MEETING HALL
042    042    125         A-3         6    MEETING HALL
043    044    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM EACH FLOOR
045    048    420    50    B         6    OFFICES, EACH FLOOR

 

LOGO

Borough Commissioner

     

LOGO

Commissioner

DOCUMENT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

 

D-5


Page 6 of 6

 

LOGO

  Certificate of Occupancy   
    

CO Number:

   120534225T007

Permissible Use and Occupancy

All Building Code occupancy group designations below are 2008 designations.

 

Floor
From To

   Maximum
persons
permitted
  

Live load
lbs per
sq. ft.

   Building
Code
occupancy
group
   Dwelling or
Rooming
Units
   Zoning
use group
  

Description of use

RO    10    40    B       6    ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM, COOLING TOWER, HOUSE TANK,
F                   MECHANICAL ROOM, ROOF (BULK HEAD) (ADDITIONAL LIVE LOAD 100)

THERE SHALL BE NO CHANGE IN THE OWNERSHIP OR OPERATING CONTROL OF THE PHYSICAL CULTURE ESTABLISHMENT WITHOUT PRIOR APPLICATION TO AND APPROVAL FROM THE BOARD. FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BSA APPROVED PLANS. THE PREMISES SHALL REMAIN GRAFFITI FREE AT ALL TIMES. ALL SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE ZONING RESOLUTION. THE TERM OF THE SPECIAL PERMIT SHALL BE FOR TEN (10) YEARS COMMENCING JANUARY 11, 2000, EXPIRING JANUARY 11, 2010

END OF SECTION

 

LOGO

Borough Commissioner

     

LOGO

Commissioner

END OF DOCUMENT

 

D-6


EXHIBIT F

CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS

Paramount Group, Inc.

1633 Broadway, Concourse

New York, NY 10019

212-489-1236

212-541-9028 (fax)

e-mail: 1633buildingoffice@paramount-group.com

August 2013

BUILDING REQUIREMENTS

FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATION

 

  1.

Construction specifications and plans should incorporate construction rules and regulations of the building and all contractors and sub-contractors shall conform to same.

 

  2.

Prior to construction, Landlord will require the following:

 

  a.

A telephone directory of all personnel who are pertinent to this project.

 

  b.

A completed list of all sub-contractors.

 

  c.

Original insurance certificates for all contractors and sub- contractors, executed as per the sample that was previously forwarded.

 

  d.

An original copy of the building permit.

 

  e.

A copy of the project schedule.

 

  3.

Upon completion of the project, the landlord will require the following:

 

  a.

NYC and FDNY sign-offs on all aspects of the job.

 

  b.

A complete package of as-built drawings, shop drawings and one (1) set of sepias, as well as a CADD disc of all as-built drawings.

 

  c.

A copy of all equipment manuals and warrantees.

 

  4.

The contractors will be required to use only freight cars for the duration of the project. No passenger cars or stairwells are to be accessed by contractors or sub-contractors.

 

  5.

1633 Broadway is a no smoking building. This rule will be strictly enforced.

 

  6.

Spraying of lacquer or any other noxious materials is prohibited.

 

F-1


  7.

Materials should be dropped off on the sidewalk. All deliveries should be made directly from truck to elevator. Contractor to remain with delivery at all times.

 

  8.

All wood entering the building should be fire-rated.

 

  9.

Hardware schedule should be submitted to landlord for keying.

 

  10.

Any noise which may be disruptive to the other tenants of the building, the definition of which will be at the sole discretion of building management, must be performed before or after normal business hours. During business hours the General Contractor will take all necessary measures to ensure trade people are minimizing noise from rolling containers, dragging of ladders, etc.

CONSTRUCTION FILING AND COMPLETION CERTIFICATES

Tenant shall at its sole expense obtain all necessary permits prior to commencement of any work and all sign-off/inspections immediately following the project’s completion. The attached Construction Checklist indicates the required documentation which must be provided to the Building Management Office in order for Tenant’s construction to begin and upon completion of the construction. If the applicable Completion of Construction documentation is not received promptly upon completion of construction, the Landlord may obtain these sign-offs and tenant shall reimburse Landlord (upon demand and as additional rent under the Lease) for all costs incurred in connection therewith.

DEMOLITION

 

  1.

All demolition to be done before or after building office hours.

 

  2.

All rubbish removal before or after building office hours and performed by Landlord’s approved contractor.

 

  3.

Tenant to pay for overtime elevator service.

 

  4.

Tenant to make arrangement with Building Manager for contractor’s use of elevator service.

 

  5.

No material or equipment to be carried under or on top of elevators.

 

  6.

Before demolition starts, notify Building Engineer to shutdown sprinkler system.

 

  7.

Contact Building Management for Demolition Contractor.

 

  8.

All return air ducts should be sealed before demolition begins.

 

F-2


WALLS “MASONRY”

 

  1.

All masonry walls have a base course of cinder blocks on cement slab.

 

  2.

All masonry walls must be from slab to arch.

 

  3.

All walls to meet New York City Department of Buildings requirements.

 

  4.

All walls abutting mullions to have a channel to receive blocks, with appropriate gasketing to compensate for any movement.

DRY WALLS

 

  1.

All dry wall partitions are to be constructed of steel studs and 9’ x 4’ x 5/8” sheetrock. Sheetrock is to be installed vertically penetrating the ceiling.

 

  2.

All demising walls between tenants to sheetrock from slab to arch, spackled both sides with insulation. Walls must be fire rated in accordance with code.

 

  3.

All corridor walls on split floors to be the same as demising walls, #2 above.

 

  4.

Steel studs to be anchored to arch and nothing else shall be shut or nailed into under floor cells. All walls abutting mullions to have a channel to receive sheetrock, channel not to be anchored to mullions, and shall also have appropriate gasketing for movement.

 

  5.

Under induction unit enclosure at demising wall location, sheetrock must be removed.

 

  6.

All perimeter column enclosures are to be from slab to arch.

 

  7.

Sheetrock sound baffles in convector covers are acceptable are acceptable for sound attenuation between offices.

ELECTRICAL

 

  1.

Home runs to be indicated on plans. Rigid conduit or thin wall tubing to be used up to the first pull box 34” minimum size. Pigtails will be allowed of no more than 3” in length.

 

  2.

Fixtures to be building standard or approved by Landlord.

 

  3.

Switches and Outlets:

 

      

Single pole switches —

 

      

Three-way switches —

 

      

Wall receptacles —

 

F-3


  4.

All conduit to be supported by standoffs, not wired to ceiling supports.

 

  5.

All electrical boxes to be 3 11/16” x 3 11/16”. All telecommunications boxes to be 4 11/16” x 4 11/16.” No Gem boxes.

 

  6.

All unused conduit and wiring to be removed.

 

  7.

All wiring to meet building Department and Underwriters requirements. No wire molding permitted.

 

  8.

All special power to be taken from main distribution board, not taken from existing building panels.

 

  9.

Plans with requirements shall be submitted to Landlord to determine riser capacity.

 

  10.

Tenant to pay for all electrical design and layout costs.

 

  11.

Building mechanic to supervise all riser shutdowns.

 

  12.

All coring to be performed before 8:00am or after 6:00pm when allowed.

TELEPHONE

 

  1.

All telephone wire to be concealed in conduit or approved Teflon-coated wires. (100% no hybrid wire which shall be tie wrapped and independently supported.)

 

  2.

Telephone wire permitted to be run loose in periphery enclosures only and must be tie wrapped.

 

  3.

All telecom work in riser closets requires Landlord approval. Riser drawings should be submitted for review before any work is performed.

 

  4.

No telephone wire to run exposed on baseboards or walls.

 

  5.

Termination of conduit to be indicated on plans.

 

  6.

All dead wire to be removed back to its source.

 

  7.

Cable can be supported by “J” Hooks or ladder rack in an open ceiling situation.

DOORS

 

  1.

All partitions requiring a fire rating per code shall have appropriately rated door and must be labeled accordingly.

HARDWARE

 

  1.

All corridors should use building standard locksets.

 

F-4


  2.

All locks to be keyed and master to building. Two individual keys to be supplied to the Building Management.

 

  3.

Door closers - Russwin 2800 #3 SBL finish.

 

  4.

All tenant doors shall be keyed to the buildings master key system.

SUPERVISION

 

  1.

General Contractors to have a superintendent or foreman on premises at all times.

 

  2.

Job to be policed at all times. Laborers continually keeping space orderly.

 

  3.

Contractor to be responsible for cleanliness of all parts of area including elevators and lobbies and shall protect accordingly as per landlord’s sole discretion.

 

  4.

Contractor to protect all periphery units and clean same at completion of job.

 

  5.

Contractor to block off grills or ducts to keep dust from entering into operating building air conditioning system.

EQUIPMENT

 

  1.

No equipment is to be suspended from the reinforcing rods in arch (deck tabs).

 

  2.

Equipment to be suspended with fish plates through slab steel beams depending on weight.

 

  3.

All floor loading and steel work subject to the approval of the building structural steel engineer. Approval obtained at Tenant’s expense.

WOODWORK

 

  1.

All wood to be fireproofed (New York City Affidavit of Certification) to be furnished.

PUBLIC AREA

 

  1.

All public areas to meet New York City Department of Buildings requirements.

 

F-5


AIR CONDITIONING

 

  1.

Tenant to alter existing air conditioning ductwork or system to meet requirement of altered area.

 

  2.

System to be balanced at completion of job.

 

  3.

Tenant to furnish design balancing figures and actual report to building.

 

  4.

All air conditioning components to be approved by Landlord.

 

  5.

All outside louvers, if allowed to be installed, to match existing. Sketches to be submitted prior to installation.

 

  6.

Outside louvers, if allowed to be installed, or ductwork are to be installed in such a manner so as not to interfere with the cleaning of windows or replacement of glass.

 

  7.

All periphery shut-off valves to be accessible at all times.

 

  8.

All unused ductwork to be removed.

 

  9.

All unused equipment, such as air handling units, air conditioning units, to be removed.

 

  10.

All exhaust fan systems to be discharged to the atmosphere, not in ceilings or existing building return air systems.

 

  11.

VAV controls should be electronic, direct digital controls (DDC).

 

  12.

Futures should be left at condenser water taps.

 

  13.

Use of portable A/C units are permissible in emergency situations and subject to Landlord approval.

 

  14.

Tenant to be responsible to provide all necessary access to perimeter units or any other building M.E.P. equipment before, during, and after any alteration project.

 

  15.

Transfer fans for pantries may discharge into the return air plenum.

PLUMBING

 

  1.

No water riser to be shut down during building office hours.

 

  2.

All plumbing to conform to code.

 

  3.

All fixtures shall be low flow design in accordance with current LEED requirements.

 

  4.

No exposed plumbing permitted.

 

  5.

Any soil line, drain line, vent pipe or abandoned pipe or fixture no longer being used must be capped at stack in ceiling below or above and remainder of pipe removed.

 

F-6


  6.

Any cold, hot, regulator, gas or hydraulic piping being abandoned must be capped at stack connecting and remainder of pipe removed.

 

  7.

No plastic pipe permitted.

 

  8.

All unused fixtures to be returned to building.

 

  9.

Building mechanic to supervise all riser shutdowns.

 

  10.

When risers are tapped, future valve must be installed.

VENETIAN BLINDS AND CURTAINS

 

  1.

All Venetian blinds to match existing or approved equal.

 

  2.

Mecho shades are acceptable.

 

  3.

No curtain rods to be installed in Venetian blind pockets.

 

  4.

Curtain rods shall not be supported by any part of the acoustical ceiling.

CEILINGS

 

  1.

All ceilings shall meet all New York City Department of Buildings requirements.

 

  2.

All partitions to match existing.

ELEVATOR SERVICE

 

  1.

Tenant to pay for all overtime freight elevator service.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

 

  1.

On branch piping to sprinkler heads, “U” bends must be installed.

 

  2.

Before draining or filling sprinkler system, notify Building Engineer.

 

  3.

Any sprinkler additions, omissions, or relocation after work is complete requires that a 200# Hydro Static test must be performed on the entire system and be witnessed by the Building Manager.

 

F-7


CLASS “E” FIRE SYSTEMS

 

  1.

If any walls are constructed that interfere with the audible sound / visual effect of existing fire alarm speakers / strobes, such speakers / strobes shall be relocated or additional speakers / strobes installed if required.

 

  2.

Before any work is done regarding installing or relocating sprinklers, notify the Building Manager.

 

  3.

Any work done on any parts of Class “E” System or parts added must conform to the building standards of existing fire alarm system and be approved by the Building Manager.

 

  4.

If alterations to the Class “E” system require testing in the presence of the N.Y.F.D., then a pre-test involving building staff must be performed prior.

 

  5.

All testing of fire alarm system to be performed after normal business hours in coordination with Building Management Office.

SCOTCHTINT

 

  1.

A solar film is installed on the inside of all windows. Landlord will repair any damaged solar film prior to the Term Commencement Date.

 

  2.

Caution must be used during construction not to rip or damage film in any way, and any damage shall be repaired or replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s expense using New 3M Night Vision NV-15 Sun Control Film or equal.

PROCEDURES FOR ASBESTOS CONTROL

 

  1.

Contractor will familiarize himself/herself, and conform with all Federal, State, and local requirements with regards to working in an environment that has been, or may become, contaminated with asbestos.

 

  2.

As a minimum requirement, contractors will adhere to the following regulations:

 

  a.

U.S.E.P.A. Regulations for Asbestos (Code of Federal Regulations Title 40, Part 61, subparts A and B)

 

  b.

U.S. Department of labor — OSHA Asbestos Regulations (Code of Federal Regulations Title 29, Part 1910)

 

  3.

General Contractor will contact Building Management for General Building Specifications and Approved Removal Contractors and Testing Company.

 

F-8


EXHIBIT G

CLEANING AND JANITORIAL SERVICES

GENERAL:

All stone, ceramic, tile, marble, terrazzo and other unwaxed or untreated flooring to be swept and mopped nightly using approved dust-down preparation; wash such flooring once a month.

All linoleum, rubber, asphalt, tile, and other similar types of flooring (that may be waxed or treated) to be swept nightly using appropriate dust-down preparation; coffee spills on linoleum shall be cleaned nightly. Waxing and interim buffing shall be done at Tenant’s expense.

All carpeting and rugs to be carpet-swept and vacuum-cleaned nightly; light items will be moved out of the way to accomplish such cleaning.

Hand dust and wipe clean all furniture, fixtures, window sills, table tops and convector closure tops nightly; wash sills and tops when necessary.

Empty, clean and damp wipe, as necessary, all waste receptacles nightly and remove from the Premises (including, but not limited to, deskside, hallways and pantries) waste paper and waste materials. Contractor shall furnish, at its sole cost and expense, all plastic trash can liners and all plastic bags required for removal of all rubbish from the Building. Replace trash can liners and trash bags as necessary.

Dust all door and other ventilating louvers within reach no less than quarterly.

Dust, wipe and disinfect all telephones, as necessary, but not less than weekly.

Wipe clean finger marks and scuff marks from partition wall and door surfaces as needed.

Mop all private stairway structures nightly.

Wipe clean all metal hardware and metal fixtures and other bright work nightly.

Wipe clean all metal elevator shaftway doors and frames as needed.

Collect cardboard boxes and wastepaper left in the freight for disposal nightly in bins provided by Tenant.

 

G-1


Wipe all interior metal window frames, mullions, terrace doors and other unpainted interior metal surfaces of the perimeter walls of the Building each time the interior of the windows are washed. Such surfaces to be cleaned once each year with appropriate cleaner.

Vacuum clean peripheral induction air conditioning units semi-annually.

Normal floor cleaning only shall be performed in Tenant’s computer equipment areas, food preparation and dining areas.

Clean light fixtures as necessary.

LAVATORIES:

sweep and wash all lavatory floors nightly using disinfectants; wipe and polish all mirrors, powder shelves, bright work, and enameled surfaces in all lavatories nightly.

Scour, wash, and disinfect all basins, bowls, and urinals nightly.

Wash both sides of all toilet seats nightly.

Hand dust and clean and disinfect washing where necessary, all partitions, tile dispensers, and receptacles in all lavatories and restrooms nightly.

Fill toilet tissue holders nightly (tissue to be furnished by Landlord).

Empty, wipe clean and disinfect sanitary disposal receptacles nightly and refill as needed.

Wash, wipe clean and disinfect interior of wastecans and receptacles at least once a week.

Wash, wipe clean and disinfect and polish wall tile and wall surfaces as often as necessary; in no event less than once every two weeks. Wash the wall adjacent to the urinal wall nightly.

Fill soap dispensers and paper towel dispensers and toilet seat cover dispensers nightly (soap, paper towels and toilet seat covers to be furnished by Landlord consistent with its operation of the Building as a first-class office building).

 

G-2


Empty paper towel receptacles and transport wastepaper from the Premises nightly.

HIGH DUSTING:

Do high dusting quarterly, which includes the following:

 

X

Dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs, and similar wall hangings reached in nightly cleaning.

 

X

Dust clean all vertical surfaces such as walls, partitions, doors, books, and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning (including restroom walls and grilles).

 

X

Dust all lighting fixtures, including plastic and glass enclosures (including restroom lighting fixtures).

 

X

Dust all venetian blinds or wash, as required.

 

X

Dust clean all pipes, ventilating and air-conditioning louvers, ducts, high moldings, and other high areas not reached in nightly cleaning.

WINDOW CLEANING:

 

X

All windows from the second floor to the roof to be cleaned inside and outside approximately quarterly of each year.

 

X

Public entrance doors and lobby glass to be cleaned daily and kept in clean condition.

 

G-3


EXHIBIT H

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING SPECIFICATIONS

(a) The air conditioning system shall be capable of providing inside conditions of not more than 74 degrees Fahrenheit +/- 2 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb with outside conditions of not more than 95 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb and 75 degrees Fahrenheit wet bulb.

(b) The system shall be capable of delivering not less than 0.2 C.F.M. of outside air per usable square foot (which provides a minimum of 20 C.F.M. of outside air per person) and of maintaining a minimum temperature throughout the Premises of 70 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb when the outside temperature is 0 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb.

(c) All of the foregoing performance criteria are based upon an occupancy of not more than one person per 100 square feet of usable floor area in the Premises and upon a combined lighting and standard electrical load not to exceed 4 watts per square foot of usable floor area in the Premises.

(d) Compliance with the foregoing criteria shall also be subject to applicable Requirements and applicable rules and regulations of governmental bodies having jurisdiction that may now or hereafter be in effect, or to compliance with requests of governmental officials or bodies of voluntary compliance with suggested standards for the conservation of energy in office buildings in New York City.

(e) The above interior conditions shall be maintained by operation of the mechanical cooling as needed regardless of season.

(f) Landlord shall start the mechanical systems of the building at a sufficient time prior to 8:00 a.m. so that the specified interior conditions are being maintained by 8:00 a.m. and shall maintain the same in accordance with the terms of the Lease throughout the Business Hours.

(g) Landlord shall make available to the Tenant an allowance of up to 300 tons of condenser water which shall be available on a 24/365 basis. Condenser water shall be supplied at a rate at 3 GPM/ton at 85 F and shall operate with a Delta-T of 10 F.

(h) Core toilet exhaust shall be 705 cfm per bathroom.

 

H-1


EXHIBIT I

2013 RATE LIST FOR TENANTS

 

LOGO

1633 Broadway

2013 Rate List for Warner Music Group

Containers

 

10 yard

   $ 420.00 plus tax  

20 yard

   $ 551.25 plus tax  

30 yard

   $ 630.00 plus tax  

Elevator Service

 

Freight Car

   $120.75 per hour   $157.50 per hour / holiday

Loading Dock

   $ 75.19 per hour   $108.15 per hour / holiday

For Both

   $195.94   $265.65

 

Engineer

   $105.00 per hour plus tax

HVAC—Overtime

 

1C – 2C

  

$300.00 per hour (no tax)

2 – 25

  

$1,554.00 per hour (no tax)

26 – 48

  

$1,596.00 per hour (no tax)

Keys

  

$4.00 each plus tax

Porter

  

$58.78 per hour plus tax

Foreman

  

$64.06 per hour plus tax

Supervisor

  

$74.00 per hour plus tax

Resetting Circuit Breaker

  

$42.00

Rubbish Removal

  

$94.50 per yard plus tax

Security Guard

  

$69.01 overtime per hour plus tax

Sprinkler / Drain Refill

  

$431.55 plus tax

 

I-1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

Issue Date:        

Irrevocable Clean Letter of Credit No. xxxxxx

Applicant:

WMG Acquisition Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10019

To Beneficiary:

Paramount Group, as Agent for

PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, LP

1633 Broadway, Suite 1801

New York, NY 10019

Ladies and Gentleman:

We have established this clean, irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit in your favor as Beneficiary for drawings up to U.S. $10,000,000.00 (U.S. Dollars Ten Million and 00/100) effectively immediately. This Letter of Credit cannot be modified or revoked without your consent. This Letter of Credit is issued, presentable and payable either by facsimile at (212) 325-8315, or in person or by recognized overnight courier at our office at Eleven Madison Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10010, Trade Finance Services Department, in each case by delivery of your sight draft drawn on us in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A. Any presentation by facsimile must be followed by phone confirmation to telephone number (212)538-1370 or (212)325-5397 or by sending the original sight draft to us by overnight delivery.

It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that the available amount for drawings will be reduced upon our receipt from you of an executed Reduction Certificate in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit B.

The term “Beneficiary” includes any successor by operation of law of the named Beneficiary including without limitation any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator.

We hereby undertake and agree to honor your sight draft(s) drawn on us, indicating our credit No. xxxxx for all or any part of this Letter of Credit in accordance with Publication No. 590 (as hereinafter defined) after presentation of your draft drawn on us at our office specified in paragraph one on or before the expiration date hereof or any automatically extended expiry date; provided, however, that the undersigned shall, except as provided below, not be obligated to honor any sight draft if such sight draft, when aggregated with amounts previously drawn under this Letter of Credit, shall exceed the amount stated above; in which case, only the balance then existing shall be disbursed pursuant to such sight draft

 

J-1


Except as expressly stated herein, this undertaking and Letter of Credit are not subject to any agreement, condition or qualification.

This Letter of Credit expires with the close of business on            , 2014.

This Letter of Credit is deemed to be automatically extended without amendment for one (1) year from the expiration date or any future expiration date, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to such expiration date, we notify you at your office address set forth above or any other office address of which we are notified by you in writing by Registered Mail or Certified Mail (in each case, return receipt requested) or by Overnight Courier (with receipt) that this Letter of Credit will not be renewed for any such additional period in which event, you may draw on us by your sight draft for the balance remaining under this Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this Letter of Credit may not be extended past August 31, 2018.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN FULL AND NOT IN PART AND MAY BE SUCCESSIVELY TRANSFERRED AND CREDIT SUISSE AG (OR ITS SUCCESSOR) IS ONLY AUTHORIZED TO ACT AS THE TRANSFERRING BANK. SHOULD YOU WISH TO EFFECT A TRANSFER UNDER THIS CREDIT, SUCH TRANSFER WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE RETURN TO US OF THE ORIGINAL CREDIT INSTRUMENT, ACCOMPANIED BY OUR FORM OF TRANSFER, EXHIBIT C ATTACHED HEREUNDER, PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF YOUR FIRM, BEARING YOUR BANKERS STAMP AND SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATION. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WITH WHOM U.S. PERSONS ARE PROHIBITED DOING BUSINESS UNDER U.S. FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL REGULATIONS AND UNDER APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATION.

ALL TRANSFER CHARGES ARE FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE BENEFICIARY.

This Letter of Credit is subject to and governed by the Law of the State of New York and the International Standby Practices 1998 (ISP), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (“Publication No. 590”) and in the event of any conflict, the Law of the State of New York will control. If this Letter of Credit expires during an interruption of business as described in Rule 3.14(a) of said Publication No. 590, we hereby specifically agree to effect payment if this Letter of Credit is presented within thirty (30) days after the resumption of business.

Very truly yours,

 

J-2


EXHIBIT A

SIGHT DRAFT

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

11 MADISON AVENUE

23RD FLOOR

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010

ATTENTION:    TRADE FINANCE/SERVICES DEPARTMENT

Letter of Credit No. :                                                                                  

Date of Letter of Credit:                                                                              

Date of this Draft:                                                                                           

To the order of Paramount Group, Inc., as Agent for

PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P.

Pay                                                                                        ($                        )

At Sight

For value received under Letter of Credit No.                             

This Draft is payable by wire transfer (to the bank specified by the beneficiary).

 

Paramount Group, Inc., as Agent for
PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

J-3


EXHIBIT B

REDUCTION CERTIFICATE

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

11 MADISON AVENUE

23RD FLOOR

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010

ATTENTION:    TRADE FINANCE/SERVICES DEPARTMENT

 

RE:

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. TS-0700    .

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

The Tenant, WMG Acquisition Group (or any permitted assignee or successor), is not in monetary or material non-monetary default under the Lease dated as of September    , 2013 and any other condition in the Lease required for the reduction of the above-referenced Letter of Credit has been satisfied. As such, we authorize Credit Suisse AG to reduce the amount available for drawings under the above referenced Letter of Credit by $            to $            as of            .

 

Paramount Group, Inc., as Agent for
PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

J-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF TRANSFER

FULL TRANSFER OF IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. TS-0700    .

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

11 MADISON AVENUE

23RD FLOOR

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010

ATTENTION:    TRADE FINANCE/SERVICES DEPARTMENT

 

RE:

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. TS-0700    .

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

[NAME OF TRANSFEREE]

 

[ADDRESS]

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE-CAPTIONED LETTER OF CREDIT (THE “LETTER OF CREDIT”).

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN THE LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE AND THE TRANSFEREE SHALL HEREAFTER HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, PROVIDED THAT NO RIGHTS SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE UNTIL SUCH TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT

PERTAINING TO TRANSFERS.

ADVICE OF FUTURE AMENDMENTS: YOU ARE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY INSTRUCTED TO ADVISE FUTURE AMENDMENT(S) OF THE CREDIT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT THE TRANSFEROR’S CONSENT OR NOTICE TO THE TRANSFEROR.

THE LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH AND IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH WE ASK THAT THIS TRANSFER BE EFFECTIVE AND THAT YOU TRANSFER THE LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR TRANSFEREE.

 

VERY TRULY YOURS,

 

                                                                              

 

(TRANSFEROR’S NAME AND SIGNATURE)

 

J-5


SIGNATURE GUARANTEED:

TRANSFEROR’S SIGNATURE IS GUARANTEED

BANK’S NAME:                         

BY:                              

PRINTED NAME:                      TITLE:                          

 

J-6


EXHIBIT K

OPERATING EXPENSES

(ALL TERMS USED HEREIN THAT ARE DEFINED IN THE LEASE OF WHICH THIS EXHIBIT IS A PART, HEREIN CALLED THE “LEASE”, SHALL HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS SPECIFIED IN THE LEASE UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES.)

1. Operating Expenses as used in Article 26 shall mean the aggregate of all those costs and expenses (and taxes, if any thereon) paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord (whether directly or through independent contractors) without any duplication in respect of the operation, maintenance and management of the Land and/or the Building and the sidewalks and areas adjacent thereto (herein called the “Operation of the Property”) which, in accordance with the generally accepted accounting practice used by the Landlord (and which is in accordance with sound management principles for the operation of Comparable Buildings), are properly chargeable to the Operation of the Property, together with and including, but not by way of limitation, the cost of electricity (including any taxes paid thereon) used in operating all Building equipment and servicing common areas of the Building, which cost shall be determined (if such electricity is not separately metered) on the basis of an electrical survey of such equipment and common area facilities and the then prevailing rates, provided however, the cost of such electricity shall be equal to Landlord’s actual, out-of-pocket cost without profit or mark-up except at the rate determined in Section 24.01 hereof, and financial expenses incurred in connection with the Operation of the Property such as insurance premiums and legal, auditing, management and other professional fees and expenses, but specifically excluding (a) Real Estate Taxes, as defined in Section 26.01(a) and any penalties or late fees in connection therewith, (b) franchise, estate, inheritance or income taxes imposed on the Landlord and any penalties or late fees in connection therewith, (c) debt service payments, interest and any other charges payable in connection with any mortgages encumbering the Building or the Land, (d) all leasing costs, including without limitation, leasing and brokerage commissions and similar fees (including appraisals) as well as accounting and appraisal fees relating to determinations of fair market rent , (e) the cost of electrical energy furnished directly to tenants of the Building (f) the cost of electrical energy and condenser water provided during overtime periods consumed in any space within the Building leased or available for

 

K-1


lease to tenants, (g) the cost of removing, remediating, abating or otherwise treating asbestos (including vermiculite) and any other Hazardous Materials or wastes from the Building or Land, but the costs of inspecting, testing and surveying for same may be included within Operating Expenses, (h) cost of tenant installations, improvements and decorating incurred (whether as result of work performed by Landlord or payment to the tenant) in connection with preparing space for a tenant and other costs of refurbishing tenant’s space or of preparing any space for lease or lease renewal or addition to a tenant’s lease (and any takeover obligations or rent payments under any agreement assumed by Landlord), (i) legal, accounting, auditing, architectural, space planning and other professional expenses incurred in connection with any negotiation of, or disputes arising out of, lease or proposed lease in the Building or enforcing obligations of tenants under leases or payments made to tenants to take over leases, (j) depreciation or amortization of the Building or its equipment (except as expressly provided for in this Lease), (k) expenses incurred by Landlord for the repair of insured damage to the Building (but the deductible amount shall be included in Operating Expenses but only if such deductible is comparable to deductibles in Comparable Buildings) and other reimbursable costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by its insurance carrier (or would have been so reimbursed but for Landlord’s failure to maintain insurance covering the Building) or any other third party, (l) ground lease rent on any ground lease or superior lease and interest, principal, points and fees, amortization or other costs incurred with respect to any sale or acquisition, mortgage, loan or refinancing of the Building or Land or of any air rights, transferable development rights, easements or other real property interests and/or any interests therein, or in any person or entity of whatever tier or level owning an interest therein (m) all costs associated with installing, operating and maintaining any specialty facility such as an observatory, broadcasting facilities, luncheon club, athletic or recreational club, child care or similar facility, auditorium, cafeteria or dining facility or conference center and all costs of reconfiguring or making any additions to, or building additional stories on, the Building or its plazas, or adding buildings or other structures adjoining the Building, or connecting the Building to other structures adjoining the Building, (n) costs incurred in performing work or furnishing services for any tenant to the extent that Tenant would have to pay a separate charge therefor if Landlord were providing the service to Tenant (e.g., overtime air conditioning), (o) capital improvements, except however that if any capital improvement results in reducing any Operating Expenses (as, for example, a labor-saving improvement), then with respect to the calendar year in which the improvement is made and each subsequent

 

K-2


calendar year during the term of the Lease, Landlord may include in Operating Expenses the amortized (over the useful life of such improvement) cost of such capital improvement (plus interest at an annual rate equal to Landlord’s then actual, out-of-pocket cost of funds) but not in excess, in any Operating Year, of the amount by which the Operating Expenses have been directly reduced by reason of such capital improvement for such Operating Year until the cost thereof (plus commercially reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket interest) has been fully recouped by Landlord. If any capital improvement made or purchased in compliance with any law or governmental regulation enacted or taking effect after the date hereof, including any amendments to existing laws and regulations, then with respect to the calendar year in which the improvement is made or purchased and each subsequent calendar year (and any fraction thereof) during the term of the Lease (to the extent that such improvement is being amortized during the balance of the Lease term and Landlord agrees to amortize the cost of any such improvement over the longest useful life thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied), Landlord may include in Operating Expenses an amount equal to the reasonable annual amortization of such cost; (p) the cost of any service furnished to any tenant or occupant of the Building which Landlord does not make available to Tenant, (q) costs of correcting or repairing any structural or latent defects or any damages caused by Landlord or any Landlord Parties or by any other person, (r) salaries, including without limitation, wages, fringe benefits and all other compensation of any personnel above the grade of Building manager, (s) any amount paid to an Affiliate or other related entity which is in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship, (t) management fees in excess of 3% of the gross revenues collected from the Building, (u) all costs associated with Landlord’s political, civic or charitable contributions, (t) debt losses, debt reserves, rent loss or rent reserves, and any and all other additions to Building reserves, (v) costs for acquiring, leasing, installing, maintaining, displaying, protecting, insuring, restoring or renewing works of art, (w) costs related to withdrawal liability or unfunded pension liability, (x) the rental value of any space in the Building used by Landlord as its corporate headquarters (as opposed to a management or leasing office) and the cost of constructing, furnishing and/or equipping the same, (y) any cost and expenses related to retail space in the Building and (z) the cost of utilities directly metered to tenants of the Building and payable separately by such tenants as well as the cost of acquiring or replacing any separate electric meter Landlord may provide to tenants of the Building measuring electricity in such tenants’ premises. The preceding provisions shall not impose any obligation upon Landlord to incur such expense

 

K-3


or provide such service. If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which if performed by Landlord would constitute an Operating Expense) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant, provided such service is also being provided Tenant. Operating Expenses shall include expenses paid or incurred on account of work, labor, services or materials or other property furnished for the purposes mentioned herein by any contractor or other party that shall be directly or indirectly affiliated with or otherwise related to Landlord (whether by stock ownership, common officers or directors or otherwise), provided, however, that such sums do not exceed the sums charged by independent contractors for furnishing like labor, services, materials or other property to first class office buildings in the midtown Manhattan area.

The following items shall also be excluded from Operating Expenses:

1. leasing costs (including leasing and brokerage commissions and similar fees, marketing and advertising, entertainment and promotional expenses with respect to the Building or the leasing of space therein, lease takeover or rental assumption obligations, architectural costs, engineering fees and other similar professional costs and legal fees in connection with lease negotiations) and the cost of tenant improvements or tenant allowances or inducements made for tenants of the Building (including permit, license and inspection fees and any other contribution by Landlord to the cost of tenant improvements);

2. expenses and disbursements relating to disputes with Tenant and other tenants or other occupants of the Building and/or the enforcement of leases, including court costs, accounting fees, auditing fees, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any other amount incurred in connection with any summary proceeding to evict or dispossess any tenant;

3. interest on, amortization of and any other charges in respect of mortgages and other debts;

4. costs of overtime and/or supplemental Building HVAC Systems and condenser water or chilled water supplemental systems consumed in or furnished to the Premises or any other area in the Building leased to other tenant(s) which are directly charged to Tenant or to such other tenant(s);

 

K-4


5. any expenses which are not paid or incurred in respect of the Land and Building but rather in respect of other real property owned by Landlord, provided that with respect to any expenses attributable in part to the Land and Building and in part to other real property owned or managed by a Landlord Party related entity (including salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation of a Landlord related entity’s personnel who provide services to both the Land and Building and other properties), Operating Expenses shall include only such portion thereof as are apportioned by Landlord to the Land and Building on a fair and equitable basis;

6. costs incurred with respect to a sale or transfer of all or any portion of any interest of the Land or in any Person of whatever tier owning an interest therein;

7. costs incurred in connection with the acquisition or sale of transferable development rights;

8. the rental cost of items which (if purchased) would be capitalized and excluded from Operating Expenses, except if the cost of such items (if purchased) would be included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Article 26;

9. amounts otherwise includable in Operating Expenses but reimbursed to Landlord directly by Tenant or other tenants (other than through provisions similar in substance to this Exhibit);

10. the cost of repairs or replacements or restorations by reason of Casualty or condemnation to the extent Landlord receives compensation through the proceeds of insurance or by the condemning authority (except as specifically required by this Lease to be paid by Tenant) or to the extent to which Landlord would have been compensated through insurance proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance required by other owners of Comparable Buildings in midtown Manhattan;

11. all costs of Landlord’s general corporate and general administrative and overhead expenses (except as to other items specifically permitted hereunder to be included in Operating Expenses);

 

K-5


12. all costs, including the cost of repair made by Landlord to remedy damaged caused by, as well as the cost of any judgment, settlement or arbitration award resulting from, any liability of Landlord for negligence or willful misconduct or improper acts of Landlord or Landlord Parties;

13. expenses of relocating or moving any tenant(s) of the Building;

14. commercial rental and occupancy tax;

15. costs arising from, or attributable to, Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct (including, without limitation, costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s indemnity obligations under this Lease with respect to such negligence or willful misconduct);

16. attorney’s fees and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the negotiation of any superior lease or mortgage;

17. attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any disputes arising under the existing mortgage;

18. all costs incurred by Landlord with respect to goods and services (including utilities sold and supplied to tenants and occupants of the Building) to the extent that Landlord shall be entitled to reimbursement from any tenant in the Building, including Tenant, for the cost of like goods and services furnished to Tenant pursuant to this Lease other than in the nature of Operating Expenses;

19. all rentals of capital equipment to the extent the same would have been an Operating Expense if such equipment were purchased; and

20. any costs or expenses for repairs or maintenance which are covered by warranties and service contracts and such expenses are reimbursed to Landlord pursuant thereto.

21. Any operating expenses attributable to the retail portions of the Building.

 

K-6


2. In determining the Base Year Operating Expenses and the amount of Operating Expenses for each subsequent Operating Year, if less than 95% of the rentable square-foot area of the office portion of the Building shall have been occupied by tenants at any time during the Base Year and the Operating Year, Operating Expenses shall be deemed for such Base Year and Operating Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally and reasonably be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been 95% throughout such Base Year and Operating Year. In the event that Landlord shall add new services or shall supplement existing services thereby increasing Operating Expenses, the cost of the same shall be added to the Base Year.

 

K-7


EXHIBIT M

MONUMENT PLAZA SIGNAGE

 

LOGO

 

M-1


LOGO

 

M-2


EXHIBIT N

50TH STREET SIGNAGE

 

LOGO

 

N-1


EXHIBIT P

7th FLOOR TERRACE

 

LOGO

 

P-1


EXHIBIT Q

7th FLOOR TERRACE

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant’s use of the 7th Floor Terrace is expressly subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Tenant represents that its use of the 7th Floor Terrace will at all times comply with all laws, ordinances, codes, rules or regulations of any governmental authority;

(b) Tenant acknowledges that its use of the 7th Floor Terrace is at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not provide any security or patrol such 7th Floor Terrace in any way whatsoever;

(c) Any such property on the 7th Floor Terrace shall be at Tenant’s sole risk. Tenant further agrees not to place persons or property on the 7th Floor Terrace in excess of the authorized weight permitted on such 7th Floor Terrace as may be determined in the reasonable discretion of Landlord from time to time;

(d) Tenant covenants that the door leading to the 7th Floor Terrace shall at all times be kept closed and Tenant covenants that the use of such 7th Floor Terrace will in no way interfere with the proper functioning of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building;

(e) Tenant shall be required to remove snow or ice from the 7th Floor Terrace;

(f) Tenant shall be responsible for the cleaning of the 7th Floor Terrace and for the proper removal of any items advertently or inadvertently left on the 7th Floor Terrace by Tenant;

(g) Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursement to Landlord of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the repair and maintenance of the 7th Floor Terrace and adjoining areas, the need for which was caused or required by virtue of Tenant’s use thereof, subject to Landlord’s rights of access under this Lease (but not including the costs of any repairs caused by the negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s agents);

 

Q-1


(h) Tenant agrees to properly safeguard and secure the 7th Floor Terrace and all items and materials thereon and to at all times, use reasonable efforts to prevent any persons or property from falling, dropping or being thrown from the 7th Floor Terrace. In furtherance of the foregoing, no children under the age of eighteen (18) shall be allowed on the 7th Floor Terrace unless accompanied by an adult;

(i) Tenant covenants Tenant will not store any materials whatsoever on the 7th Floor Terrace; and

(j) Tenant shall obtain commercial general liability insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Lease that will cover Tenant’s use of the 7th Floor Terrace.

 

Q-2


EXHIBIT R

FORM OF CONDITIONAL PARTIAL LIEN WAIVER

AFFIDAVIT AND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN

 

Owner:                                                                                          

  

Project:                                                                                          

  

Contractor:                                                                                    

  

Requisition#:                                                                                 

   Date of
   Requisition:

AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENTS MADE BY CONTRACTOR

 

STATE OF NEW YORK    Date of Previous Requisition:                 
County of                         Name of Officers                                     ,
duly sworn deposes and says:   

“I am the (office held)                , of (Contractor)                . I make this affidavit for the purpose of including                to make partial payment to us for work, labor, and services performed and/or material furnished, as set forth on our requisition dated                .

All claims for labor and materials furnished by us or our subcontractors or vendors in connection with our work on this project to the date of our last preceding requisition have been paid, including any and all applicable sales or use taxes, and there are no items or claims with respect thereto.

WAIVER OF LIEN

The undersigned contractor for                and other good and valuable consideration received by it, hereby waives and releases all liens or rights of lien now existing for work, labor or materials furnished to                , the date of the above referenced requisition, with respect to the above designated project. The undersigned contractor further covenants and agrees that it shall not in any way claim or file a mechanic’s or other lien against the premises on which the above designated Project is located, or any part thereof, or against any fund applicable thereto for any of the work, labor or materials heretofore furnished by it in connection with the improvement of the said premises,

This waiver of liens rights for a partial payment is conditioned upon receipt of such payments by the undersigned unless otherwise required by the prime contract.

 

R-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereto set its hand and seal this            day of                .

 

 

(Corporate Name)

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

(Title)

 

R-2

EX-10.35

Exhibit 10.35

GUARANTY

Each of the entities listed on Schedule “A” attached hereto and forming a part hereof (each a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), acknowledges and agrees that Paramount Group, Inc., as agent for PGREF I 1633 Broadway Tower, L.P. (hereinafter called “Landlord”), having an office c/o Paramount Group, Inc., 1633 Broadway, Suite 1801, New York, NY 10019 and WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Tenant”) shall enter into that certain lease (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “Lease”) dated October 1, 2013, covering certain premises (the “Premises”) as more particularly described in the Lease in the building (the “Building”) known as 1633 Broadway, New York, New York.

In order to induce Landlord to enter into the Lease and in consideration of Landlord’s entering into the Lease and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Guarantor hereby guarantees, jointly and severally, unconditionally and absolutely, to Landlord, its successors and assigns (without requiring any notice of nonpayment or proof of notice or demand whereby to charge any Guarantor, all of which each Guarantor hereby expressly waives), the payment as and when due of Fixed Rent (as defined in the Lease), additional rent, charges, interest and damages payable by Tenant under the Lease and the payment of any and all other damages for which Tenant shall be liable by reason of any act or omission contrary to any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions of the Lease, including without limitation, such damages for which Tenant shall be liable pursuant to the terms of the Lease for failure to perform Tenant’s Work (as defined in the Lease), free and clear of all liens and other claims, charges and encumbrances. Each Guarantor represents and warrants that this Guaranty has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on such Guarantor’s part, has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Guarantor, and constitutes such Guarantor’s valid and legally binding agreement in accordance with its terms. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment only and not of performance.

As a further inducement to Landlord to enter into the Lease and in consideration thereof, each Guarantor hereby expressly covenants and acknowledges as follows:

1. The obligations hereunder of each Guarantor shall not be terminated or affected in any way or manner whatsoever by reason of Landlord’s resort, or Landlord’s omission to resort, to any summary or other proceedings, actions or remedies for the enforcement of any of Landlord’s rights under the Lease or with respect to the Premises thereby demised or by reason of any extensions of time or indulgences granted by Landlord, or by reason of the assignment or surrender of all or any part of the Lease or the term and estate thereby granted or all or any part of the Premises demised thereby except to the extent that Tenant is released in writing by Landlord from any obligation in connection with any such assignment or surrender. The liability of each Guarantor is coextensive with that of Tenant and also joint and several, and action or suit may be brought against any Guarantor and carried to final judgment and/or completion and recovery had, either with or without making Tenant a party thereto. Insofar as the payment by Tenant of any sums of money to Landlord is involved, this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection and shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full to Landlord of all sums payable under this Lease. Each Guarantor waives any right to require that any action be brought against Tenant or to require that resort be had to any Security Deposit (as defined in the Lease) or to any other credit in favor of Tenant. Landlord shall be required to apply any Security Deposit held by it to the reduction of any of Guarantors’ obligations hereunder and the amount of any such Security Deposit as may be applied by Landlord shall be credited to the benefit of any Guarantor.

2. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this Guaranty and such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty are and shall at all times continue to be absolute, present, primary and unconditional in all respects, and shall at all times be valid and enforceable irrespective of any other agreements or circumstances of any nature whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a defense to this Guaranty and the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or the obligations of any other person or party (including, without


limitation, Tenant) relating to this Guaranty or the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder or otherwise with respect to the Lease other than the defense of payment. The Guaranty sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of Landlord and each Guarantor, and each Guarantor absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably waives any and all right to assert any defense, set-off, counterclaim or cross-claim of any nature whatsoever with respect to this Guaranty or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or the obligations of any other person or party (including, without limitation, Tenant) relating to this Guaranty or the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guaranty or otherwise with respect to the Lease in any action or proceeding brought by Landlord with respect to the Lease or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty other than the defense of payment. Each Guarantor acknowledges that no oral or other agreements, understandings, representations or warranties exist with respect to this Guaranty or with respect to the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty except as specifically set forth in this Guaranty.

3. If additional space shall be included in, or substituted for all or any part of, the Premises demised by the Lease, or if the Lease be modified by agreement between Landlord and Tenant in any other similar or dissimilar respect, the obligations hereunder of each Guarantor shall extend and apply to the payment as and when due of Fixed Rent, additional rent, charges and damages provided for thereunder and the payment of any and all other damages for which Tenant shall be liable by reason of any act or omission contrary to any of said covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions with respect to any such additional space, or which under any supplemental indenture or new lease or modifications agreement, entered into for the purpose of expressing or confirming any such inclusion, substitution or modification.

4. Neither the giving nor the withholding by Landlord of any consent or approval provided for in the Lease shall affect in any way the obligations hereunder of any Guarantor.

5. Each of the undersigned waives and releases any claim (within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. § 101) which it may have against Tenant arising from a payment made by the undersigned under this Guaranty and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any subrogation rights to proceed against Tenant for reimbursement. It is expressly understood that the waivers and agreements of the undersigned set forth above constitute additional and cumulative benefits given to Landlord for its security and as an inducement for its entering into the Lease with Tenant. Neither any Guarantor’s obligation to make payment in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired, modified, changed, stayed, released or limited in any manner whatsoever by any impairment, modification, change, release, limitation or stay of the liability of Tenant or its estate in bankruptcy or any remedy for the enforcement thereof, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or from the decision of any court interpreting any of the same, and each Guarantor shall be obligated under this Guaranty as if no such impairment, stay, modification, change, release or limitation had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated (as the case may be) if at any time payment of all or any part of any sum payable pursuant to the Lease is rescinded or otherwise required to be returned by Landlord upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of Tenant, all as though such payment to Landlord had not been made, regardless of whether Landlord contested the order requiring the return of such payment.

6. Until all the covenants and conditions in the Lease on the Tenant’s part to be performed and observed are fully performed and observed: (a) no Guarantor shall have any right of subrogation against the Tenant by reason of any payments, in compliance with the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder; (b) each Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy which such Guarantor now or hereafter shall have against the Tenant by reason of any one or more payment with the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder; and (c) each Guarantor subordinates any liability or indebtedness of the Tenant now or hereafter held by such Guarantor to the obligations of the Tenant to the Landlord under the Lease.

 

2


7. This Guaranty, and all of the terms hereof, shall be binding on each Guarantor and the successors, assigns, and legal representatives of Guarantor.

8. Each Guarantor hereby waives the right to trial by jury in any action or proceeding that may hereafter be instituted by Landlord against such Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty.

9. All of Landlord’s rights and remedies under the Lease or under this Guaranty are intended to be distinct, separate and cumulative, and no such right or remedy therein or herein mentioned is intended to be in exclusion of or a waiver of any of the others; provided, however, that Landlord agrees that it may not proceed against any Guarantor hereunder unless and until a default by Tenant under the Lease has occurred and is continuing beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period contained in the Lease (unless Landlord is prohibited by applicable legal requirements from sending any default notice in which event, the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period shall not be required).

10. This Guaranty shall be deemed to have been made in the State of New York, and each Guarantor consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, and the rights and liabilities of Landlord and each Guarantor shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each Guarantor agrees that it will be conclusively bound by the judgment in any action by Landlord against Tenant (wherever brought) as if such Guarantor were a party to such action, even though such Guarantor is not joined as a party in such action. In addition, if any Guarantor cannot be effectively served with process pursuant to the laws of the State of New York because such Guarantor does not have sufficient contacts with New York or for any other reason, then such Guarantor agrees that effective service of process upon Tenant shall constitute effective service of process upon such Guarantor as well.

11. Each Guarantor will pay to Landlord all Landlord’s actual, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, in enforcing this Guaranty.

12. A Guarantor shall automatically be released from this Guaranty and its obligations hereunder upon (i) the sale or other disposition of all of the equity interests of such Guarantor to a person other than Tenant or another Guarantor, or (ii) consummation of any other transaction or designation as a result of which such Guarantor is released from its guarantee of the obligations of Tenant under the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012 (as amended by the Incremental Commitment Amendment, dated as of May 9, 2013, and as further amended, restated, extended, refinanced, replaced, refunded, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time) among Tenant as the borrower thereunder, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent. Landlord will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from this Guaranty.

13. Each Guarantor agrees to be jointly and severally liable for Guarantor’s obligations hereunder without preference or distinction among them.

14. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Guaranty shall apply only to the obligations of Tenant and any Guarantor which have accrued on or before August 1, 2021, provided however, any such claims which have accrued on or before August 1, 2021, must be asserted on or before October 1, 2021 by Landlord by written notice to Guarantors, such notice to be delivered to Guarantors at the address for Tenant notices pursuant to Section 11.01(a) of the Lease. For avoidance of doubt, this Guaranty shall not be applicable to, or valid with respect to, any obligations of Tenant under the Lease or any obligations of any Guarantor hereunder occurring from and after August 1, 2021 and Landlord acknowledges and agrees

 

3


that it has no right to rely on this Guaranty for such purposes. This Guaranty shall terminate and have no further force and effect from and after October 1, 2021 (other than as to claims asserted prior to such date in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Guaranty).

15. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Landlord, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such persons that this Guaranty and the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Landlord and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable law and that will otherwise result in the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

16. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share (based, to the maximum extent permitted by law, on the respective Adjusted Net Worths (as defined below) of the Guarantors on the date the respective payment is made) of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder that has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of paragraph 6 above. The provisions of this paragraph 16 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Landlord, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Landlord for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. In this Guaranty, “Adjusted Net Worth” means, of any Guarantor at any time, the greater of (x) $0 and (y) the amount by which the fair saleable value of such Guarantor’s assets on the date of the respective payment hereunder exceeds its debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities, but without giving effect to any of its obligations under this Guaranty) on such date.

17. This Guaranty is being executed and delivered by all of the Guarantors contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of the Lease.

Date: October 1, 2013

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

4


GUARANTORS:

 

A. P. SCHMIDT CO.

ARMS UP INC.

ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION

ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.

BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.

CAFE AMERICANA INC.

CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.

COTA MUSIC, INC.

COTILLION MUSIC, INC.

CRK MUSIC INC.

E/A MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.

ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.

ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.

ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC. FHK, INC.

FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.

FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.

INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.

INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.

JADAR MUSIC CORP.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.

LEM AMERICA, INC.

LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.

MAVERICK PARTNER INC.

MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.

MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.

MM INVESTMENT INC.

NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.

NONESUCH RECORDS INC.

OCTA MUSIC, INC.

PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.

REP SALES, INC.

REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION

RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

RICK’S MUSIC INC.

RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.

ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.

RYKO CORPORATION

RYKODISC, INC.

RYKOMUSIC, INC.

SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

SR/MDM VENTURE INC.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.

SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.

TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.

TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.

T.Y.S., INC.

UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.

WALDEN MUSIC INC.

WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.

WARNER BRETHREN INC.

WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.

WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.

WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.

WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.

WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.

WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.

WARNER MUSIC SP INC.

WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.

WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.

WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.

WARNERSONGS, INC.

WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.

WARPRISE MUSIC INC.

W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.

WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.

WB MUSIC CORP

WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.

WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.

WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

WEA EUROPE INC.

WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.

WEA INC.

WIDE MUSIC, INC.

ARTIST ARENA LLC

ASYLUM RECORDS LLC

ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.

ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC

ATLANTIC PIX LLC

ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC

ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC

BB INVESTMENTS LLC

BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC

BUTE SOUND LLC

CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC

EAST WEST RECORDS LLC

FERRET MUSIC LLC

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC

FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC

FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC

FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC

FUELED BY RAMEN LLC

LAVA RECORDS LLC

P & C PUBLISHING LLC

RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC

RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC

THE BIZ LLC

T-BOY MUSIC, L.L.C.

T-GIRL MUSIC, L.L.C.

UPPED.COM LLC

WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

  Paul M. Robinson
  Vice President & Secretary
 

 

5


GUARANTORS (cont’d):
WARNER MUSIC INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Sole Member and Manager
By: Warner Music Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE
By: Warner Music Distribution LLC, its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY
By: SR/MDM Venture Inc., its Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

6


GUARANTORS (cont’d):
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC, their Sole Member
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, L.C.
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Paul Robinson

Name:   Paul M. Robinson
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

7


Schedule “A”

List of Guarantors

 

Name of
Company
   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
1.   

A. P. Schmidt Co.

   Delaware
2.   

Arms Up Inc.

   Delaware
3.   

Atlantic/MR Ventures Inc.

   Delaware
4.   

Atlantic Recording Corporation

   Delaware
5.   

Big Beat Records Inc.

   Delaware
6.   

Cafe Americana Inc.

   Delaware
7.   

Chappell Music Company, Inc.

   Delaware
8.   

Cota Music, Inc.

   New York
9.   

Cotillion Music, Inc.

   Delaware
10.   

CRK Music Inc.

   Delaware
11.   

E/A Music, Inc.

   Delaware
12.   

Eleksylum Music, Inc.

   Delaware
13.   

Elektra/Chameleon Ventures Inc.

   Delaware
14.   

Elektra Entertainment Group Inc.

   Delaware
15.   

Elektra Group Ventures Inc.

   Delaware
16.   

FHK, Inc.

   Tennessee
17.   

Fiddleback Music Publishing Company, Inc.

   Delaware
18.   

Foster Frees Music, Inc.

   California
19.   

Insound Acquisition Inc.

   Delaware
20.   

Intersong U.S.A., Inc.

   Delaware
21.   

J. Ruby Productions, Inc.

   California
22.   

Jadar Music Corp.

   Delaware
23.   

LEM America, Inc.

   Delaware
24.   

London-Sire Records Inc.

   Delaware
25.   

Maverick Partner Inc.

   Delaware
26.   

McGuffin Music Inc.

   Delaware
27.   

Mixed Bag Music, Inc.

   New York
28.   

MM Investment Inc.

   Delaware
29.   

Nonesuch Records Inc.

   Delaware
30.   

Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware
31.   

Octa Music, Inc.

   New York
32.   

Pepamar Music Corp.

   New York

 

8


Name of
Company
   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
33.   

Rep Sales, Inc.

   Minnesota
34.   

Revelation Music Publishing Corporation

   New York
35.   

Rhino Entertainment Company

   Delaware
36.   

Rick’s Music Inc.

   Delaware
37.   

Rightsong Music Inc.

   Delaware
38.   

Roadrunner Records, Inc.

   New York
39.   

Ryko Corporation

   Delaware
40.   

Rykodisc, Inc.

   Minnesota
41.   

Rykomusic, Inc.

   Minnesota
42.   

Sea Chime Music, Inc.

   California
43.   

Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc.

   Tennessee
44.   

SR/MDM Venture Inc.

   Delaware
45.   

Summy-Birchard, Inc.

   Wyoming
46.   

Super Hype Publishing, Inc.

   New York
47.   

The All Blacks U.S.A., Inc.

   Delaware
48.   

Tommy Boy Music, Inc.

   New York
49.   

Tommy Valando Publishing Group, Inc.

   Delaware
50.   

T.Y.S., Inc.

   New York
51.   

Unichappell Music Inc.

   Delaware
52.   

Walden Music Inc.

   New York
53.   

Warner Alliance Music Inc.

   Delaware
54.   

Warner Brethren Inc.

   Delaware
55.   

Warner Bros. Music International Inc.

   Delaware
56.   

Warner Bros. Records Inc.

   Delaware
57.   

Warner/Chappell Music, Inc.

   Delaware
58.   

Warner/Chappell Music (Services), Inc.

   New Jersey
59.   

Warner/Chappell Production Music, Inc.

   Delaware
60.   

Warner Custom Music Corp.

   California
61.   

Warner Domain Music Inc.

   Delaware
62.   

Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation

   New York
63.   

Warner Music Discovery Inc.

   Delaware
64.   

Warner Music Inc.

   Delaware
65.   

Warner Music Latina Inc.

   Delaware
66.   

Warner Music SP Inc.

   Delaware
67.   

Warner Sojourner Music Inc.

   Delaware

 

9


Name of
Company
   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
68.   

WarnerSongs, Inc.

   Delaware
69.   

Warner Special Products Inc.

   Delaware
70.   

Warner Strategic Marketing Inc.

   Delaware
71.   

Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp.

   California
72.   

Warprise Music Inc.

   Delaware
73.   

WB Gold Music Corp.

   Delaware
74.   

WB Music Corp.

   California
75.   

WBM/House of Gold Music, Inc.

   Delaware
76.   

W.B.M. Music Corp.

   Delaware
77.   

WBR/QRI Venture, Inc.

   Delaware
78.   

WBR/Ruffnation Ventures, Inc.

   Delaware
79.   

WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.

   Delaware
80.   

WEA Europe Inc.

   Delaware
81.   

WEA Inc.

   Delaware
82.   

WEA International Inc.

   Delaware
83.   

Wide Music, Inc.

   California
84.   

Alternative Distribution Alliance

   New York
85.   

615 Music Library, LLC

   Tennessee
86.   

Artist Arena International, LLC

   New York
87.   

Artist Arena LLC

   New York
88.   

Asylum Records LLC

   Delaware
89.   

Atlantic/143 L.L.C.

   Delaware
90.   

Atlantic Mobile LLC

   Delaware
91.   

Atlantic Pix LLC

   Delaware
92.   

Atlantic Productions LLC

   Delaware
93.   

Atlantic Scream LLC

   Delaware
94.   

BB Investments LLC

   Delaware
95.   

Bulldog Island Events LLC

   New York
96.   

Bute Sound LLC

   Delaware
97.   

Cordless Recordings LLC

   Delaware
98.   

East West Records LLC

   Delaware
99.   

Ferret Music Holdings LLC

   Delaware
100.   

Ferret Music LLC

   New Jersey
101.   

Ferret Music Management LLC

   New Jersey

 

10


Name of
Company
   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
102.   

Ferret Music Touring LLC

   New Jersey
103.   

Foz Man Music LLC

   Delaware
104.   

Fueled by Ramen LLC

   Delaware
105.   

Lava Records LLC

   Delaware
106.   

Maverick Recording Company

   California
107.   

Non-Stop Cataclysmic Music, LLC

   Utah
108.   

Non-Stop International Publishing, LLC

   Utah
109.   

Non-Stop Music Library, L.C.

   Utah
110.   

Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC

   Utah
111.   

Non-Stop Outrageous Publishing, LLC

   Utah
112.   

Non-Stop Productions, LLC

   Utah
113.   

P & C Publishing LLC

   New York
114.   

Rhino/FSE Holdings, LLC

   Delaware
115.   

Rhino Name & Likeness Holdings, LLC

   Delaware
116.   

T-Boy Music, L.L.C.

   New York
117.   

T-Girl Music, L.L.C.

   New York
118.   

The Biz LLC

   Delaware
119.   

Upped.com LLC

   Delaware
120.   

Warner Music Distribution LLC

   Delaware
121.   

Warner Music Nashville LLC

   Tennessee

 

11

EX-10.36

Exhibit 10.36

ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

 

 

In the Matter of

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.,

Respondent.

 

 

ASSURANCE OF DISCONTINUANCE

PURSUANT TO EXECUTIVE LAW § 63(15)

In 2004, Eliot Spitzer, Attorney General of the State of New York, initiated an investigation pursuant to the provisions of Article 22-A of the General Business Law and Section 63 of the Executive Law into practices relating to the promotion of music to radio broadcasting stations. WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. (“Warner Music”) has cooperated with the Attorney General through the course of this investigation and, in or about June of 2005, implemented guidelines that address some of the conduct discussed below. Warner Music has agreed to revise its guidelines consistent with Exhibit B to this Assurance of Discontinuance. The Attorney General finds that the practices discussed below are pervasive within the music industry and by no means unique to Warner Music. Further, the Attorney General makes no finding as to the artistic merit of the work of any of the artists mentioned in this document.

Based on his investigation, the Attorney General makes the following findings:

Preliminary Statement

1. Respondent, Warner Music, is a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business located at 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019.

2. Warner Music is engaged in the production, distribution and sale of pre-recorded music. Warner Music is the third largest record company in the United States and is one of the four major record companies that dominate the music industry. Warner Music includes several record labels that sign artists; produce records; and market, promote, and sell those records.


3. To sell music and reap profits, Warner Music label groups aggressively promote their music to radio broadcasting stations, because radio airplay is the single most significant driver of music sales: the more a song is played on the air, the more people are likely to hear it and then buy it. Moreover, the more airplay a song receives, the higher it is likely to climb on the published charts that purport to reflect the song’s popularity. This, in turn, increases the likelihood that retailers will stock the song and consumers will buy it. Simply put, increased airplay translates into increased sales.

4. Record labels have stables of artists whose music the labels seek to promote. Because far more songs are produced than can be played on the air, stiff competition exists between labels to obtain airplay for their artists, a necessary component of the labels’ marketing effort to profit from record sales.

5. Warner Music has illegally provided radio stations with financial benefits to obtain airplay and boost the chart position of its songs. Contrary to listener expectations that songs are selected for airplay on the basis of their popularity or artistic merit, Warner Music has obtained airplay for its songs through such deceptive and illegal practices as: (a) bribing radio station employees, on occasion, to play its songs; (b) providing a stream of financial benefits to radio stations to assist with stations’ overhead costs or to benefit stations’ listening audience, on the condition that its records receive airplay; (c) using independent promoters as conduits for illegal payments to radio stations to obtain airplay; (d) purchasing spin programs and using syndicated programs to manipulate chart positions of its music; and (e) engaging in fraudulent call-in campaigns to increase airplay of its songs.

 

2


6. The federal Communications Act prohibits payola. 47 U.S.C. § 508 requires any employee of a radio station who accepts or agrees to accept money, services or other valuable consideration, or any person who pays or agrees to pay such radio station employee money, services or other consideration in exchange for the broadcast of any particular piece of programming, to disclose, this payment to the station. 47 U.S.C. § 317 requires radio stations to exercise due diligence to ensure that the prescribed announcements take place. 47 U.S.C. § 508 makes a failure to comply with these disclosure requirements a misdemeanor and subjects the violator to imprisonment of up to one year and fines of up to $10,000.

7. In addition to the federal payola statutes, New York State law prohibits the paying of bribes to radio station personnel. Under the State’s commercial bribery statute, New York Penal Law § 180.00, it is a misdemeanor for anyone to confer (or offer to confer) a benefit upon another party with the intent to influence the recipient’s conduct regarding the business affairs of the recipient’s employer, without the employer’s consent.

8. Section 349 of the New York General Business Law (“GBL”) empowers the Attorney General to seek injunctive relief when any person or entity has engaged in deceptive acts or practices in the conduct of any business. Section 350-d of the GBL empowers the Attorney General to seek, inter alia, civil penalties in the amount of $500 for each violation of section 349, the Deceptive Practices Statute. Finally, Executive Law §§ 63(12) and 63(15) empower the Attorney General to seek injunctive and equitable relief when any person or business entity has engaged in or otherwise demonstrated repeated fraudulent or illegal acts in the transaction of business.

I. Modern Pay-for-Play

9. In the 45 years since the enactment of the federal payola statutes, the practice of pay-for-play has changed significantly. The bribes to local disc jockeys have evolved into an

 

3


elaborate corporate payola strategy. The increased sophistication of such a strategy reflects the significant consolidation that has taken place within the radio industry in the wake of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, which substantially increased the number of stations that could be owned by a single entity. With the advent of conglomerates such as Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“Clear Channel”) and Infinity Broadcasting, Inc. (“Infinity”), record label executives can, and do, negotiate deals netting airplay across a large number of stations serving a host of different geographic markets.

10. Radio stations – whether independent or belonging to a conglomerate – no longer rely on disc jockeys to choose recorded music for broadcast. Rather, programming personnel now have responsibility for formulating “play lists,” strict and detailed schedules setting forth exactly those songs the radio station will play each week. As they update the play lists from one week to the next, programmers generally remove a limited number of songs and add new songs to fill the vacated slots. The newly added songs are referred to in the industry as “adds.” Record labels pursue carefully designed promotion campaigns aimed at garnering adds, which represent in each case a significant achievement for the label’s promotion staff.

11. Once a radio station has finished its play list for the upcoming week, the station often will report the play list to other music industry participants, including record labels and the two charting companies, Billboard and Radio & Records. The charting companies compile charts for various music formats that purport to reflect the popularity of individual songs based, in part, on radio airplay, as monitored by two other companies, BDS and Mediabase, which track the number of times (or “spins”) each song is played on the air.

12. Accordingly, in addition to seeking to have their songs added to play lists, record labels are intensely interested in seeing each add receive as many spins as possible. Frequent

 

4


airplay not only creates audience awareness but improves the song’s chart position and its prospects for becoming a lucrative hit. Label promotion staff at times work to obtain commitments from stations to playa song as often as possible. Ideally the staff hopes to secure airplay between 6:00 a.m. and midnight, when listening audiences are the largest.

13. Intense competition among record labels for the relatively small number of valuable play list slots has caused a variety of aggressive pay-for-play mechanisms to emerge. All labels share the common objective of advancing the circulation of record labels’ products to the listening public. In each case, music consumers remain unaware of the extent to which radio programming and record popularity statistics are being manipulated and compromised.

14. In addition to employing the traditional device of delivering bribes to radio programmers – which now can take the form of expensive vacation packages, electronics, and other valuable items – record labels endeavor to gain airplay for their songs by providing such inducements to the radio stations as “promotional support,” which the stations can then use either to help meet their own operational needs or as prizes and “giveaways” designed to increase the size of the stations’ listening audience. Similarly, labels routinely arrange for their artists to perform on the radio for free or at reduced rates, with the clear understanding that each such performance will take place only if the station gives the artist’s recorded work airplay.

15. In an effort to dodge the payola laws, record labels and radio stations have also enlisted the services of so-called independent promoters, or “indies,” middlemen who act as conduits for delivery of the labels’ promotional support to the stations and help perpetuate the fiction that this support is not actually being delivered by the labels in exchange for airplay and therefore does not violate the payola statutes. Many independent promoters receive compensation from the labels for each add they obtain.

 

5


16. Labels also strive to boost the popularity of their recorded music through the deceptive device of “spin programs” – air time bought by the labels under the guise of advertising, during which particular songs are played so that the charting companies (BDS and Mediabase) will credit those songs with spins beyond those attributable to the radio stations’ own programming decisions. At times, labels also have used “syndicated programs,” countdown shows sponsored by radio conglomerates, to obtain numerous detectable spins for songs.

17. Finally, to increase spins and exposure, labels direct paid agents or their own personnel to contact radio stations and radio programs, and place fraudulent requests that certain songs be played.

18. By engaging in such an elaborate scheme to purchase airplay, increase spins, and manipulate the charts, Warner Music and the other record labels present the public with a skewed picture of the country’s “best” and “most popular” recorded music.

II. Warner Music’s Multi-Faceted Pay-for-Play Strategy

19. Rather than relying exclusively on the quality or originality of its music to obtain airplay for its artists’ recordings, Warner Music pursues all of the foregoing “pay-for-play” techniques. These practices are carried out by the promotion departments of Warner Music’s various label groups – which include Warner Music Bros. Records (WBR), Reprise Records, Lava Records and Atlantic Records – and have been condoned by senior executives at Warner Music record labels.

20. Each of the major Warner Music label’s promotions department is headed by a senior or executive vice president of promotion, who receives reports from staff responsible for the specific music formats adopted by music radio stations, such as Top 40, Adult Contemporary, Alternative Rock, and Adult Album Alternative.

 

6


21. The national promotion staff is responsible for promoting songs by music format. The promotion department of each major Warner Music label also has a regional promotion staff, focused geographically, who report directly to national promotion staff and interact with the senior or executive vice president of promotion through weekly conference calls. The primary function of promotion department employees is to obtain airplay for Warner Music’s artists. At times regional promotion staff have been given modest monetary bonuses called “spiffs” to aggressively secure adds and spin increases on songs identified as crucial by senior promotion managers.

22. In recent years, a significant portion of Warner Music’s radio promotion dollars has been used to purchase airplay and create hit records.

A. Gifts and Bribes to Station Programmers

23. Warner Music has provided items of value to radio station programmers, such as air fare, sporting events tickets, computer equipment, convention fees, tickets to award shows, concert tickets, and other gifts for programmers’ personal use.

24. When employed, this practice is used both to secure airplay commitments on specific songs and to buy the good will of a programmer who, in return, commits to playing Warner Music music on a regular basis. In some instances, the gifts have been couched as radio contest prizes and other types of listener giveaways.

25. Warner Music has provided radio station programmers with items of value in exchange for airplay. For example, Warner Music has paid to send David Universal, a former program director at WKSE in Buffalo, on a personal trip to Miami in order to have its music played. Warner Music also has provided Mr. Universal with a laptop computer, tickets to sporting events, concerts and a host of other promotional items for his personal use.

 

7


26. According to Warner Music employees, Mr. Universal always required something in exchange for adding a song. An Atlantic Promotion Manager stated, “we all did business with Dave. We all had to do business with Dave if we were going to get our records on. And it was a game that you either played or you didn’t have a shot at getting your records on the air.”

27. Mr. Universal was not the only radio station employee to receive items for personal use in exchange for airplay. Warner Music promotion managers have admitted to providing radio station employees with Grammy, American Music Award, MTV Video, World Series, and Super Bowl tickets for their personal use to add Warner Music’s music to their play lists.

28. Warner Music personnel monitor the spin commitments they obtain by using the services of Mediabase, one of the airplay monitoring companies, which provides real time access to spins accumulating on current songs at radio stations across the country.

B. Promotional Support to Radio Stations

29. In addition to bribing individual radio station employees to secure airplay, Warner Music regularly provides “promotional support” to radio stations in exchange for airplay of its songs. Consumers are unaware that the songs are being played because Warner Music has provided promotional support to the radio station. Warner Music provides this support with the specific purpose of improperly influencing the stations’ airplay decisions.

30. In their regular direct contact with radio station programmers, Warner Music promotion department employees dangle the prospect of promotional support as an explicit and implicit inducement for the programmers to add songs and/or increase airplay. Stations use the promotional support they receive for two general purposes: to assist with operating costs, and to benefit their listening audience. Such support is attractive to stations because it lowers overhead, draws listeners and boosts ratings. This support influences programming decisions, a fact not disclosed to consumers.

 

8


31. According to one Warner Music promotion manager, the primary goal in offering promotional support is to maximize radio exposure for a song, which includes getting the song added to the play list, getting increased rotations, and getting play during daytime hours. At times, radio stations are not interested in the promotional support being offered but instead will ask the label employee to pay an invoice that the station owes to a third party vendor. If the invoice matches the dollar amount of the promotional support that was initially offered, the label employee will often agree to pay the invoice for the radio station.

32. Warner Music promotion employees from various labels have admitted to providing promotional support to assist with a station’s operating costs in order to secure airplay for Warner Music’s artists. A national promotion manager at WBR stated, “We have paid for some production costs for their station shows. . . .” A Reprise national promotion manager testified, “If they need a bill paid, we would accommodate that if it was tied in with an artist.” An Atlantic regional promotion manager explained that “we. . .have offered to have a station’s bill paid or an invoice paid for a radio station in an effort to get an artist’s music on radio.”

33. Radio stations, well aware of Warner Music’s eagerness for adds and spin increases, knew they need only ask Warner Music to provide a particular item and Warner Music would comply. Consequently, Warner Music employees have paid: to have a radio station’s logo painted on its vehicle, for production costs that a radio station incurred to upgrade its jingle packages, and expenses incurred to hire a new voiceover person.

34. Among the stations that have requested promotion support, a few stand out. A Warner Music local promotion manager testified that “. . .a lot of the Clear Channel stations that

 

9


I deal with who have been without any real promotional budgets now for years are often some of the most active. . .WKKF in Albany, WWHT in Syracuse and WKGS in Rochester [a Citicaster station]. . .WPXY, an Infinity station in [Rochester, NY]”

35. Warner Music promotion employees also have purchased time buys in exchange for airplay as a means of providing promotional support to a radio station. Time buys are commercials purchased on radio stations to advertise a product or service such as a particular artist and record album. Occasionally a radio station in need of advertising dollars would require Warner Music to purchase a time buy in exchange for airplay.

36. According to one Atlantic promotion employee, “[t]here have been times that a station will add a record of mine and say, ‘Hey, you know, we would really love it actually if for promotional support you could do our sales department a favor and buy a time buy.’” A promotion employee from WBR stated that there were stations, usually in smaller markets, that would require WBR to purchase a time buy or some sort of advertising in order to play one of its artists. A Reprise promotions manager testified that “[a] lot of times they have just asked in terms of ‘Hey, we are going to add your record. Can you please support us with a time buy?’” Warner Music complied, purchasing time buys to obtain adds or increased spins, and the radio stations received advertising revenue.

37. The impropriety of Warner Music’s supplying promotional support to radio stations is amplified by the fact that “promotional support” may include items that are not related to any of Warner Music’s artists.

38. Warner Music routinely arranges for its artists to perform at radio station events and concerts in exchange for airplay commitments. Artist performances have come to represent a particularly attractive revenue source for radio stations, presenting significant branding and advertising opportunities at reduced expense, as the artists typically agree to perform for free or at reduced rates.

 

10


39. In addition to providing promotional support to assist with stations’ overhead costs, Warner Music also provides stations with flyaways, concert tickets, CDs and electronics for their listening audiences. Warner Music routinely makes aggressive promotion pitches to radio stations that plainly tie promotional support to airplay. This practice has been described by Warner Music employees as an industry standard. Warner Music promotion employees have admitted providing radio stations with trips for winners to see a band in a glamorous city, front row concert tickets, computers, televisions, artist “meet & greets,” autographed items, iPods, gift certificates, gift cards, posters, t-shirts and CDs. See e.g., [WMG 067797 (flyaway to London); WMG 084534 (flyaway to Santa Monica, CA); WMG 086673 (flyaway to Paris and 3 mini iPods); WMG 029553 (home stereo systems and iPod); WMG 086147 (Home Depo Gift Cards); WMG 084086 (Mode’s Sports gift certificates); WMG 084284 (Amex gift checks); WMG 064144 (Crossgates Mall gift certificates)]. As an Atlantic Regional Promotion manager stated, It could be anything from . . . concert tickets to a show or perhaps it is a contest winner takes a trip to go see an artist somewhere in an exotic location. We have done electronics in the past, digital cameras,. . .in an effort to get an artist’s music on the radio. . . .

40. An October 2004 e-mail is also illustrative of the offers of “promotional support” that Warner Music has made to obtain adds or increase the spins of its songs. In this e-mail, a Warner Music regional representative describes communications Warner Music had with a program director at WHTG in New Jersey in an attempt to obtain airplay of the artist USED. The Warner Music employee states, “I even offered him [program director] tix to the upcoming USED shows, autographed items, etc. to get an increase.” [WMG 030778] Further, regarding conversations with a program and music director at WEQX in Vermont, the Warner Music employee stated “I will also offer them tix to see [artist] Green Day & or the USED to NYC to get the add here.” [Id].

 

11


41. Such pay-for-play deals have constituted an integral part of Warner Music’s business strategy and have proceeded with the knowledge and approval of the top promotion executives at each Warner Music label.

42. For example, in response to BDS and Mediabase reporting of a song by Warner Music artist Michele Branch, a Warner Music executive admonished promotional staff in an e-mail: “[W]e need to jump into spins immediately this morning. No one should be less than 21x per week. [A Warner promotions employee] will send you a list of offenders [radio stations]. . . . [C]lose the holes!!!” (Emphasis in the original). [WMG 073107]. When questioned under oath about the intent of the e-mail, the author admitted that when the promotional staff receives an e-mail of that nature, there is an understanding by the staff that promotional support may be offered to the radio stations to encourage the increase of spins. [See also WMG 072437 (direction to staff to “close adds” with tickets to see a Warner Music artist or Madonna flyaway)].

43. When a Warner Music promotion employee seeks to provide promotional support, the employee must demonstrate the value of specific promotional activity in terms of airplay. Thus, in February 2004, when Z100, a major market Clear Channel station in New York City, requested a flyaway to LA or Glasgow as a grand prize for a game contest it was hosting on the morning show, a Warner Music promotion executive stated: “With the record in power I feel we should do one of these for them. Can we approve this??” [WMG 072048]. And, as explained by one Warner Music promotion representative, “stations that are monitored have more available to them than stations that are not. . . . Ultimately those stations wind up affecting a chart, a chart which other stations look at.”

 

12


44. According to one promotion employee, no one cautioned against offering promotional items in exchange for airplay; the practice was simply routine.

C. Independent Promoters

45. Warner Music supplements the work of its promotion employees through the use of independent promoters – third parties who deal directly with the radio stations in seeking to gain airplay for Warner Music music. Although they are hired by the record labels, some independent promoters enjoy exclusive arrangements with particular radio stations and are guaranteed regular, direct access to the programmers responsible for the all-important play lists. These independent promoters are often referred to as “exclusive indies.” Other independent promoters, referred to as “retainer indies,” are hired to promote a particular song and are paid a flat fee for the life of the project.

46. Exclusive independent promoters have financial relationships with radio stations. Although the financial arrangements between exclusives and the radio stations they work with vary, the essence of this financial relationship is the same: money and promotional support supplied by Warner Music and other record labels is funneled through the independent promoters to the stations.

47. To implement it pay-to-play strategy, Warner Music has often used exclusive indies to implement its pay-to-play strategy, including Michele Clark Promotions, Jeff McClusky and Associates, Tri-State, and Lawman Promotions. Warner Music established a compensation rate for each exclusive independent promoter used to secure airplay. These indies generally have been paid a fee by the record labels, often referred to as an “add fee,” each time one of the promoter’s stations has added a Warner Music song to its play list. Based on this compensation, the independent promoters inform the radio station programmers each week as to the promotional dollars available to support airplay for particular songs.

 

13


48. Although many of the independent promoters hired by Warner Music have exclusive arrangements with radio stations, these indies work for other record companies as well. Warner Music promotion departments have developed a pay scale for exclusive indies requiring a minimum number of spins at monitored stations before the indies receive payment. The fees range from $300 to $1,000 per add, depending on the particular market served by the station making the add.

49. This policy demonstrates that Warner Music’s payments to independent promoters have been tied expressly to airplay at radio stations – right down to the number of spins a song must receive before payment will issue to the independent promoter. The pay-for-play nature of these payments is clear. [WMG 089565].

50. In addition to add fees, exclusive independent promoters may receive one or more of the following types of payments:

 

   

on occasion volume bonuses would be given for hitting a particular threshold set by the label. For example, a label might set a target of 10 adds, at which point the indie would receive a bonus payment.

 

   

Indies might also ask for and receive an additional fee per add if a song proved particularly difficult to promote. This fee could amount to an additional $300 per add.

 

   

Indies could also receive additional payment in the form of a “billback.” When a station purportedly needed help with a promotional bill, the exclusive indie would request an additional fee from the label. Generally, this bill back, would be directly paid to the indie.

51. At the time when Clear Channel, Infinity, Entercom and Emmis had exclusive arrangements with independent promoters, Warner Music’s indie budget could be a much as $100,000 per song.

 

14


52. Michele Clark Promotions is an example of an independent promotion firm. It specialized in promotion to radio stations in the Adult Album Alternative or “Triple AAA” music format, and operates like other indie firms. Although it keeps the retainer fees and any bonuses for itself, Michele Clark would pass the add fees through to its stations. Each week, Michele Clark would communicate with programmers at each of its radio stations and convey the dollar amount of the add fee available for each song being promoted. When a station would add one of these songs, Michele Clark would collect the add fee and set it aside for the station. Unlike other exclusive indies used by Warner Music, Michele Clark simultaneously collected both a retainer fee and add fees on Warner Music projects.

53. An exclusive indie would not be compensated if Warner Music had already spent a large amount of money on promotional support for play on a station the exclusive indie claimed to have a relationship with. Simply put, Warner Music would not pay for the same airplay twice.

D. Spin and Syndicated Programs

54. Warner Music regularly purchases radio time to increase airplay and deceptively boost chart position for its artists. Warner Music thus avails itself of the “spin programs” offered by certain radio stations and broadcasting conglomerates. Spin programs are blocks of advertising time during which Warner Music music is played. Because the monitoring services, BDS and Mediabase, count these spins just like any other airplay. The paid spins become part of the data used by Billboard and Radio & Records to compile the record charts.

55. These spots consist simply of the broadcast of a song, undifferentiated from regular music programming, so that the listener remains unaware that the spin has been purchased. In all cases, spin programs benefit Warner Music by generating additional spin detections by the airplay monitoring companies, even if the spins occur in the dead of night when

 

15


relatively few people are listening to the radio. Nighttime spins may still prove effective as a means to improve song chart positions. Accordingly, Warner Music has purchased spin programs – frequently during overnight hours – to generate dozens, sometimes hundreds, of additional spin detections each week.

56. Warner Music uses spin programs strategically to vie for a higher chart position and also to maintain a record’s current position on the chart when it begins to show signs of weakness on the charts. If a song does not produce enough of a spin increase from one week to the next, or its spins actually decrease, the song will fall in chart position and radio programmers, who watch the charts and the weekly spin tallies, will consider dropping the song from their play lists. As a Reprise national promotion manager stated, “[S]pin programs enable you to move a song up a chart, depending on how many you purchase.”

57. On Monday, when the charts are released, Warner Music examines them to determined the chart position of their songs and then decides whether to purchase spin programs. Spin programs are purchased by the labels through independent promoters or directly from radio conglomerates, as in the case of Entercom. Often Independent promoters have acted as brokers for spin programs. For example, Jerry Brenner sold slots on the spin program, Open House Party; while Jeff McClusky sold time on Citadel’s spin program, Airbound. Airbound was broadcast on all Citadel stations and cost Warner Music approximately $2,500 per week to purchase. Entercom’s spin programs, CD Preview and CD Challenge, could be purchased by Warner Music directly from the Entercom. Entercom’s programs ranged from $3000—$4,500 per week. Warner Music’s promotion department recognized that Entercom’s program – which concentrated its spins in the little-listened to overnight time frame – yielded the most misleading spin numbers. Anyone monitoring spins would see that the bulk of the spins occurred when the listening audience is the smallest. As one Warner Music promotion employee said “[I]t was clear what you were doing.”

 

16


58. Less frequently, Warner Music also has used syndicated radio programs to increase spins and impact the charts. Generally, syndicated programs are weekly countdown shows that are broadcast on more than 50 stations nationwide, simultaneously. The spins generated by these shows are detected by BDS and Mediabase. Clear Channel has had a few of the more popular syndicated programs – Carson Daly, Rick Dees and Ryan Seacrest. Labels could buy advertising and as a result get a spin on the syndicated show. A Warner Music senior promotion manager stated,

There was obviously a benefit there. The benefit being that that syndicated show is on maybe 50 or 60 radio stations. So one spin suddenly equals 60. And a lot of times, record labels will use them for various reasons, to get further up a chart, to debut on a chart, to go from two to one, various reasons. Like Carson Daley’s countdown. Boom, you will suddenly get 60 spins because it goes on every monitored Clear Channel station.

E. Fraudulent Call-In Requests

59. In addition to the foregoing practices, Warner Music has orchestrated fraudulent call-in request campaigns to obtain additional airplay for its music. Most radio stations take requests from listeners to play particular songs. In fact, most stations have dedicated phone lines and website features that handle listener call-in requests and record listener feedback. Such information is monitored carefully by radio stations and syndicated radio programs, which frequently incorporate actual requests into the radio program. Additionally, many radio stations have programs that broadcast music derived exclusively from listener requests, for example, an all-request weekend or all-request hour. Often, the number of requests a station receives for a particular song will influence the station’s decisions whether to add the song to its play list or whether to play the song more often. Request formats, particularly on-air requests and voting mechanisms, attract listeners by projecting the image of a station with a responsive, even democratic, programming process.

 

17


60. Unbeknownst to the listening public, Warner Music has expended energy and resources to manipulate the listener request process. Specifically, Warner Music has used outside vendors to pose as listeners “requesting” that certain Warner Music songs be played by radio stations. The outside vendors hire teams of people who place calls to radio stations while pretending to be avid listeners requesting their favorite new song. Often these callers know nothing about the song or artist they are requesting, or the station they are calling. One Warner Music national promotion manager stated that he has used these fraudulent call-in requests to generate a buzz among listeners, with the hope that the phony requests eventually will lead to legitimate requests. Another Warner Music promotion executive summed up his use of these phony requests as matter of getting the music played as much as possible to increase sales. “[T]he more that people hear it, the more people associate with it, the move likeliehood [sic] they are to go and purchase the record at the record store.” According to another promotion employee, “On occasion we used them in some of our more developing acts. When you wanted to show requests at a radio.”

IV. Statutory Violations

61. The Attorney General alleges that, by engaging in the practices described above, Warner Music has violated GBL § 349 and Executive Law § 63(12).

IT NOW APPEARS that Warner Music is willing to enter into this Assurance of Discontinuance, without admitting or denying the Attorney General’s allegations, but acknowledging that some of its employees pursued improper promotion practices, as set forth in Warner Music’s Statement annexed hereto as Exhibit A; and that the Attorney General is willing to accept the terms of this Assurance of Discontinuance pursuant to Executive Law § 63(15) in

 

18


lieu of commencing a civil action. This Assurance shall conclude any action the Attorney General could commence against Warner Music arising from or relating to the subject matter of this Investigation: provided, however, that nothing contained in this Assurance shall be construed to cover any claims that may be brought by the Attorney General to enforce Warner Music’s obligations arising from or relating to the provisions contained in this Assurance.

AGREEMENT

IT IS HEREBY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED by and between Warner Music, and the Attorney General that:

1. This Assurance of Discontinuance shall be binding upon and extend to Warner Music, its employees, directors, officers, principals, divisions, subsidiaries, joint ventures or representatives, or any other person or entity whose acts, practices or policies with respect to radio are directed or controlled by Warner Music;

2. Within 90 days of the Effective Date of this Assurance, Warner Music will contribute and cause the total amount of $ 5 million to be delivered to the (Rockefeller Philanthropy Advisors who will distribute these funds to New York State not-for-profit corporations, to inure to the benefit of the residents of the State of New York by funding programs aimed at music education and appreciation; and

3. Warner Music will pay to the New York State Department of Law the sum of $50,000, to cover the costs of this investigation, made payable to the New York State Department of Law and forwarded to the following address: New York State Department of Law, Division of Public Advocacy, 120 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10271, Attn: Terryl Brown Clemons, Assistant Deputy Attorney General.

 

19


BUSINESS REFORMS

4. Within 90 days of the effective date of this Assurance Warner Music shall implement the Business Reforms set forth in Exhibit B annexed hereto.

COOPERATION WITH THE ATTORNEY GENERAL

5. Warner Music shall fully and promptly cooperate with the Attorney General with regard to his investigation, and related proceedings and actions, of any person, corporation or entity, including but not limited to Warner Music’s current and former employees, concerning the music and broadcasting industries. Warner Music shall use its best efforts to ensure that all of its officers, directors, employees, and agents also fully and promptly cooperate with the Attorney General in his investigation and related proceedings and actions. Cooperation shall include without limitation: (1) production voluntarily and without service of subpoena any information and all documents or other tangible evidence reasonably requested by the Attorney General, and any compilations or summaries of information or data that the Attorney General reasonably requests be prepared; (2) without the necessity of a subpoena, having Warner Music’s officers, directors, employees and agents attend any proceedings or otherwise (“proceedings” include but are not limited to any meetings, interviews, depositions, hearings, grand jury hearing, trial or other proceedings); (3) fully, fairly and truthfully disclosing all information and producing all records and other evidence in its possession relevant to all inquiries reasonably made by the Attorney General concerning any fraudulent or criminal conduct whatsoever about which it has any knowledge or information; and (4) in the event any document is withheld or redacted on grounds of privilege, work-product or other legal doctrine, a statement shall be submitted in writing by Warner Music indicating: (a) the type of document; (b) the date of the document; (c) the author and recipient of the document; (d) the general subject matter of the document; (e) the reason for withholding the document; and (f) the Bates number or range of the withheld

 

20


document. The Attorney General may challenge such claim in any forum of its choice and may, without limitation, rely on all documents or communications theretofore produced or the contents of which has been described by Warner Music, its officers, directors, employees, or agents. Nothing herein shall prevent Warner Music from providing such evidence to other regulators, or as otherwise required by law.

6. Warner Music shall comply fully with the terms of this Agreement. If Warner Music violates the terms of the previous paragraph in any material respect, as determined solely by the Attorney General: (1) the Attorney General may pursue any action, criminal or civil, against any entity for any crime it has committed, as authorized by law, without limitation; (2) as to any criminal prosecution brought by the Attorney General for violation of law committed within 5 years prior to the date of this Agreement or for any violation committed on or after the date of this Agreement, Warner Music shall waive any claim that such prosecution is time barred on grounds of speedy trial or speedy arraignment or the statute of limitations.

MISCELLANEOUS

7. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as relieving Warner Music of the obligation to comply with all state and federal laws, regulations or rules, nor shall any of the provisions of the Assurance be deemed permission to engage in any act or practice prohibited by such law, regulation or rule.

8. The acceptance of this Assurance of Discontinuance by the Attorney General shall not be deemed approval by the Attorney General of any of Warner Music’s business practices, and Warner Music shall make no representation to the contrary.

9. This Assurance of Discontinuance is contingent on and relies on the truthfulness and accuracy of all representations made by Warner Music herein and during this investigation.

 

21


10. Unless otherwise provided, all notices as required by this Assurance of Discontinuance shall be provided as follows:

Lourdes Ventura, Assistant Attorney General

New York State Attorney General’s Office

Civil Rights Bureau

120 Broadway, 3rd Floor

New York, New York 10271

tel. (212) 416-6493

fax. (212) 416-8074

11. In any application or in any such action, facsimile transmission of a copy of any papers to current counsel for Warner Music shall be good and sufficient service on Warner Music unless Warner Music designates, in a writing to the Attorney General, another person to receive service by facsimile transmission.

12. This Assurance shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles.

13. This Assurance may be executed in counterparts.

RIGHTS OF CUSTOMERS

14. Nothing contained in this Assurance of Discontinuance shall be construed to alter or enhance any existing legal rights of any consumer or to deprive any person or entity of any existing private right under the law. Nothing in this Assurance of Discontinuance shall in any way affect, restrict, or otherwise govern any rights of recourse Warner Music may have or seek to assert against any third-party.

EFFECTIVE DATE

15. This Assurance of Discontinuance shall be effective on the date that it is signed by an authorized representative of the Attorney General’s Office (“Effective Date”).

 

22


VIOLATION AS PRIMA FACIE PROOF OF LAW VIOLATION

16. Any violation of the terms of this Assurance of Discontinuance shall constitute prima facie evidence of violation of the applicable law in any civil action or proceeding thereafter commenced against Warner Music by the Attorney General.

ENTIRE ASSURANCE OF DISCONTINUANCE

17. The terms stated herein constitute the entire terms of this Assurance of Discontinuance.

WHEREFORE, the following signatures are affixed hereto this 22nd day of November, 2005.

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.    

ELIOT SPITZER,

ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

By:  

/S/ DAVID H. JOHNSON

    By:  

/S/ TERRYL BROWN CLEMONS

  DAVID H. JOHNSON, ESQ.       TERRYL BROWN CLEMONS
  Executive Vice President and General Counsel      

Assistant Deputy Attorney General

Division of Public Advocacy

 

23


Exhibit A

STATEMENT OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

Despite federal and state laws prohibiting unacknowledged payment by record labels to radio stations for airing of music, such direct and indirect forms of what has been described generically as “payola” for spins has continued to be an unfortunately prevalent aspect of radio promotion. Warner Music Group Corp. acknowledges that various employees pursued some radio promotion practices on behalf of the company that were wrong and improper, and apologizes for such conduct. Warner Music Group Corp. looks forward to defining a new, higher standard in radio promotion.


Exhibit B

BUSINESS REFORMS

 

I.

Within ninety (90) days of the effective date of this Assurance and Stipulation (hereinafter “Agreement”), WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP., (“Warner Music”) shall undertake (to the extent not already undertaken) the following business reforms.

 

II.

Definitions

 

  A.

Warner Music: Warner Music means any employee, director, officer, principal, division, subsidiary, joint venture or representative of Warner Music or any other person or entity whose acts, practices or policies with respect to Radio are directed or controlled by Warner Music.

 

  B.

Radio: Radio means any entity that broadcasts music or develops music programming for broadcast to consumers in the United States with the exception of Television.

 

  C.

Television: Television means any entity that broadcasts music to consumers in the United States primarily through an audio-visual format.

 

  D.

Airplay Monitoring Company: Airplay Monitoring Company means Nielsen Broadcast Data Systems, Mediabase 24/7 or any other nationally recognized company or entity that tracks or monitors Radio airplay in the United States for the purpose of charting or ranking music.

 

III.

Impermissible Activity

 

  A.

Warner Music shall not give, offer, arrange for or provide anything of value to Radio, a Radio employee or a Radio contest winner except as set forth in ¶ IV.

 

  B.

Warner Music may engage in the activity set forth in ¶ IV subject to the following restrictions:

 

  1.

Warner Music shall not use any of the activity set forth in ¶ IV in an explicit or implicit exchange, agreement or understanding to obtain airplay or increase airplay or Warner Music songs.

 

  2.

Warner Music shall not give, offer arrange for or provide cash, gift cards, gift certificates, or any monetary payment to a Radio employee.

 

  3.

Warner Music shall not give, offer, arrange for or provide cash, gift cards, gift certificates, or any monetary payment to a Radio contest winner.

 

  4.

Warner Music shall not give, offer, arrange for or provide cash, gift cards, gift certificates, or any monetary payment to Radio except in compensation for advertising and commercial transactions set forth in ¶ IV.


  5.

Warner Music shall not pay Radio for airplay of all or part of a song (such as a spin program, a paid-for spin, or a paid for advertising spin) for the purpose of generating spin detections.

 

  C.

Warner Music shall prohibit its employees, interns or others working on its behalf from:

 

  1.

contacting Radio and representing themselves as members of the public and requesting airplay of Warner Music songs; and

 

  2.

manipulating voting features offered by Radio to falsely register public support for a Warner Music song or artist.

 

IV.

Permissible Activity

Warner Music may engage in the following activity with Radio subject to the restrictions set forth in ¶ III and the mandatory disclosure and documentation requirements set forth in ¶ V:

 

  A.

Contests or Giveaways: Warner Music may provide or pay for items of value for Radio to give away on the air or at a Radio event or to charity to people other than Radio employees or their relatives.

 

  B.

Commercial Transactions: Warner Music may enter into commercial transactions with Radio pursuant to which it may license, sell or otherwise agree to distribute Warner Music songs or records.

 

  C.

Advertising:

 

  1.

Warner Music may purchase advertising with Radio.

 

  2.

Warner Music may also pay for the broadcast of its music on syndicated Radio programs (“Syndicated Radio Advertising”).

 

  D.

Artist Appearances and Performances: Warner Music may arrange for its artists to appear or perform at events sponsored by Radio. Warner Music may subsidize reasonable costs related to the appearance or performance of its artists at events sponsored by Radio provided that such expenditures are approved in advance by the Compliance Officer.

 

2


  E.

Nominal Consideration:1 Warner Music may provide that following items of value to Radio and Radio employees:

 

  1.

CDs: Warner Music may provide Radio with electronic copies of songs, and up to twenty (20) copies of each CD that it is promoting to Radio for the purpose of familiarizing Radio employees with Warner Music songs. Warner Music may also provide Radio with electronic copies of songs for posting on Radio websites for the purpose of familiarizing visitors to Radio websites with Warner Music songs. In the event that additional CDs are needed for legitimate business purposes, which exceed the 20 copies permitted herein, Warner Music Employees must obtain approval in writing from the Compliance officer.

 

 

  2.

Concert tickets: Each Warner Music label may provide each Radio station or Radio program with up to twenty (20) tickets per concert and/or industry events per year to be used by Radio employees for the purpose of familiarizing Radio employees with live performances by Warner Music artists. In the event that additional tickets are needed, for legitimate business purposes, which exceed the 20 tickets permitted herein, Warner Music Employees must obtain approval in writing from the Compliance officer.

 

 

  3.

Modest personal gifts for life events and holidays: Each Warner Music label may give Radio employees gifts commemorating life events and holidays provided that the expenditure does not exceed $150 in value per recipient per year. Warner Music may give Radio employees gifts commemorating life events and holidays that exceed $150 in value per recipient per year provided that the expenditure is approved in advance and in writing by the Compliance Officer.

 

 

  4.

Meals and entertainment: Warner Music may pay for meals and entertainment for Radio employees in an amount not to exceed $150 per person provided that the event is attended by a Warner Music employee and has a legitimate business purpose. Warner Music may pay for meals and entertainment for Radio employees in an amount that exceeds $150 per person provided that the event is attended by a Warner Music employee, has a legitimate business purpose and is approved in writing by the Compliance Officer.

 

 

  5.

Travel and lodging expenses: Each Warner Music label may provide or pay reasonable travel and lodging expenses for Radio employees to attend

 

1 

Dollar amounts in this section may be adjusted for inflation based on the Consumer Price Index.

 

3


  live performances or appearances by Warner Music artists for the purpose of familiarizing Radio employees with live performances or appearances by Warner Music artists. Each Radio station shall be limited to twenty (20) such trips annually, to be allocated among the stations’ employees at Warner Music discretion. For purposes of this provision, reasonable travel and lodging expenses means commercial airfare (coach class), train or car service and lodging to cover a period within 24 hours of the live performance or appearance by a Warner Music artist. All travel and lodging expenditures must be approved in advance and in writing by the Compliance Officer.

 

V.

Mandatory Disclosure and Documentation

 

  A.

Warner Music shall disclose and document all activity set forth in ¶ IV as follows:

 

  1.

Contests or Giveaways: Before Warner Music provides or pays for an item for Radio to give away on their air as set forth in ¶ IV A, Warner Music shall obtain a letter signed by the general manager, licensee, owner or other authorized senior executive other than a member of the programming personnel of the Radio station or Radio program that verifies:

 

 

  a.

the item of value will be given away to people other than the employees of the Radio station or Radio program, or their relatives;

 

  b.

an announcement that the item is being paid for by Warner Music or one of its labels will be included in Radio’s broadcast of any on air contest or giveaway; and

 

  c.

Radio is not providing or increasing airplay for Warner Music songs in connection with Warner Music’s provision of this item.

 

  (1)

For items that exceed the monetary reporting threshold established by the Internal Revenue Service, Warner Music shall, in addition to the documentation requirements set forth above, obtain a letter signed by the general manager, licensee, owner or other authorized senior executive other than a member of the programming personnel of the Radio Station or Radio program verifying that a contest winner has been selected and providing the full name, address and social security number of the recipient(s) of the prize. Warner Music shall obtain this verification letter, complete with all requisite information, before shipping any item to Radio that exceeds the monetary reporting threshold established by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4


  2.

Advertising and Syndicated Radio Advertising:

 

 

  a.

Advertising: Warner Music shall not advertise on a Radio broadcast unless, for each advertisement which contains music of a Warner Music artist and is more than 60 seconds long, before the advertisement is broadcast on Radio, Warner Music notifies the Airplay Monitoring Companies in writing of:

 

  (1)

the general time frame and date(s) of the broadcast of the advertisement, to the extent such information is obtainable by Warner Music;

 

  (2)

the length of the broadcast of the advertisement;

 

  (3)

the station(s) on which the advertisement is to be broadcast, to the extent such information is obtainable by Warner Music; and

 

  (4)

the fact that the broadcast is an advertisement and is not intended for detection by the Airplay Monitoring Companies.

 

  b.

Syndicated Radio Advertising: In advance of any broadcast of Syndicated Radio Advertising, Warner Music shall obtain a letter in writing signed by the general manager, licensee, owner or other authorized senior executive other than a member of the programming personnel of the syndicated Radio program that verifies:

 

  (1)

an announcement will be made immediately before and after the broadcast of each song paid for by Warner Music;

 

  (2)

the announcement will consist exclusively of the following unaltered statements broadcast in a manner that is audible and understandable to the average listener:

 

  (a)

announcement immediately before broadcast: The next song is a commercial advertisement that has been paid for and selected by [insert name of Warner Music label].

 

  (b)

announcement immediately after broadcast: The song you just heard was a commercial advertisement that was paid for and selected by [insert name of Warner Music label].

 

5


  (3)

Notification to Airplay Monitoring Companies: Warner Music shall notify the Airplay Monitoring Companies in advance and in writing:

 

  (a)

the general time frame and date(s) of the broadcast of the Syndicated Radio Advertising;

 

  (b)

the length of the song contained in the Syndicated Radio Advertising;

 

  (c)

the station(s) on which is Syndicated Radio Advertising is to be broadcast; and

 

  (d)

the fact that the broadcast is Syndicated Radio Advertising not intended for detection by the Airplay Monitoring Companies.

 

  3.

Artist Appearances and Performances: Before confirming an appearance or performance by a Warner Music artist at an event sponsored by Radio, Warner Music shall obtain a letter signed by the general manager, licensee, owner or other authorized senior executive other than a member of the programming personnel of the Radio station or Radio program verifying that the artist’s appearance or performance at Radio’s event is not being provided in an explicit or implicit exchange, agreement or understanding to obtain airplay or increase airplay of Warner Music songs.

 

  B.

Databases: Within 240 days of the effective date of this Agreement, Warner Music shall establish and maintain a database or databases of all expenditures made by Warner Music in connection with Radio. Warner Music shall maintain all documentation of expenditures required by this Agreement in the database(s) or in hardcopy for a period of not less than five (5) years. The database or databases shall:

 

  1.

track and generate reports by Radio Station or Radio program; and

 

  2.

be readily searchable by the categories of expense set forth in ¶ IV.

 

VI.

Independent Promoters

 

  A.

Warner Music may hire independent promoters to assist Warner Music in promoting its music to Radio, however, solely for the purposes of this Agreement, all independent promoters hired by Warner Music shall be deemed to be representatives of Warner Music with respect to activities they undertake on behalf of Warner Music and therefore subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Standards of Conduct established by Warner Music pursuant to ¶ VIII.

 

6


  B.

The following additional restrictions shall govern Warner Music’s relationship with any independent promoter hired by Warner Music to promote music to Radio:

 

  1.

Warner Music shall not provide any item of value to an independent promoter to be distributed to Radio, a Radio employee or a Radio contest winner.

 

  2.

Warner Music shall not reimburse an independent promoter for any expense or purchase made for Radio, a Radio employee or a Radio contest winner.

 

  3.

Warner Music shall require any independent promoter it hires to certify in writing, on a quarterly basis, that the independent promoter agrees to be bound, in the same manner as a Warner Music employee, by the terms of this Agreement and the Standards of Conduct established by Warner Music pursuant to ¶ VIII.

 

  C.

Warner Music shall make reasonable inquiries into the promotion activities of any Independent Promoter Warner Music hires to ensure that the Independent Promoter is operating in compliance with this Agreement and the Standards of Conduct established by Warner Music pursuant to ¶ VIII.

 

  D.

The failure of Warner Music to make reasonable inquiries into the promotion activities of the Independent Promoter with respect to Radio will not shield Warner Music from liability for breach of this paragraph of the Agreement. If such reasonable inquiries are made by Warner Music and Warner Music is otherwise in compliance with the Agreement and Standards of Conduct established pursuant to ¶ VIII, it shall not be liable for a breach of this Agreement.

 

  E.

If Warner Music learns or determines that an Independent Promoter hired by Warner Music has violated any of the terms of this Agreement or the Standards of Conduct established by Warner Music pursuant to ¶ VIII, Warner Music shall notify the Compliance Officer and terminate the Independent Promoter immediately.

 

VII.

Television

 

  A.

Warner Music shall not offer anything of value to Television or a Television employee in an explicit or implicit exchange, agreement or understanding to obtain broadcast or increase broadcast of Warner Music songs.

 

  B.

Warner Music may enter into commercial transactions with Television pursuant to which it may license, sell, or otherwise agree to distribute Warner Music songs or records. Such transaction shall no be used as leverage to increase the broadcast of Warner Music songs or records that are not the subject of the transactions themselves.

 

7


  C.

Warner Music shall prohibit its employees, interns or others working on its behalf from:

 

  1.

contacting Television and representing themselves as members of the public and requesting the broadcast of Warner Music songs; and

 

  2.

manipulating voting features offered by Television to falsely register public support for a Warner Music song or artist.

 

VIII.

Standards of Conduct and Training

Warner Music shall develop company-wide written standards of conduct regarding its activities with Radio (“Standards of Conduct”), consistent with the terms of this Agreement, which Standards shall include inter alia, appropriate training of employees in business ethics, professional obligations, the federal payola and sponsorship identification laws, state commercial bribery laws, state and federal laws prohibiting the falsification of business records, state deceptive practices laws, and Warner Music’s compliance obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Warner Music shall submit proposed Standards of Conduct for approval by the Attorney General within sixty (60) days of the effective date of this Agreement.

 

IX.

Monitoring Compliance and Reporting

 

  A.

Compliance Officer: Warner Music’s Compliance Officer shall ensure Warner Music’s compliance with this Agreement and the Standards of Conduct. The Compliance Officer’s responsibilities shall include:

 

  1.

Establishing, implementing and supervising a training program as set forth in ¶ VIII for all employees of Warner Music’s promotion departments and all employees with supervisory authority over promotion departments and all employees with supervisory authority over promotion activity or expenditures.

 

  2.

Maintaining a hotline for employees to call the Compliance Officer to obtain advice on compliance with the Standards of Conduct, and report violations of the Standards of Conduct.

 

  3.

Developing and implementing procedures designed to ensure Warner Music’s compliance with the Standards of Conduct.

 

  4.

Monitoring, on an ongoing basis, Warner Music’s compliance with the Standards of Conduct and all procedures and systems designed to ensure Warner Music’s compliance with this Agreement.

 

  5.

Reporting, on a quarterly basis, to the General Counsel of Warner Music regarding the status of Warner Music’s compliance with the Standards of Conduct.

 

8


  B.

Annual Reports to the Board of directors and the Attorney General: The Compliance Officer shall submit annual reports to the Warner Music Board of Directors and the Attorney General concerning Warner Music’s compliance with this Agreement and with the Standards of Conduct for a period of five (5) years from the effective date of this Agreement.

 

  C.

Implementation Report: Warner Music shall provide a written report, within 120 days of the effective date of this Agreement, to the Attorney General that details Warner Music’s implementation of the terms of this Agreement.

 

9

EX-10.37

EXECUTION COPY

Exhibit 10.37

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Management Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“WMG Holdings”), and Access Industries, Inc., a New York corporation (“Access”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Access, by and through its officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates, have expertise in the areas of corporate management, finance, product strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires that it and its subsidiaries (together, the “Company Group”) avail themselves of the expertise of Access in the aforesaid areas, in which it acknowledges the expertise of Access;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants and conditions herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Oversight Services. During the term of this Agreement, Access shall render to members of the Company Group, by and through such of Access’s officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates as Access, in its sole discretion, shall designate from time to time, advisory, consulting and oversight services relating to strategic planning, marketing and financial oversight of the operations of members of the Company Group, including, without limitation, advisory and consulting services in connection with the selection, retention and supervision of independent auditors, outside legal counsel, investment bankers or other advisors or consultants of members of the Company Group (the “Oversight Services”).

Section 2. Transaction Services. From time to time after the date hereof, Access may, but is not required to, provide the Company Group with financial, advisory, investment banking or other services with respect to proposed transactions (each, a “Transaction”), including, without limitation, acquisitions or divestitures and public or private sales of debt or equity securities, including an initial public offering, which directly or indirectly involve members of the Company Group (the “Transaction Services” and, together with the Oversight Services, the “Services”).

Section 3. Fees.

(a) In consideration of the performance of the Oversight Services by Access, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay to Access or its designee an aggregate annual fee (such fee, the “Annual Fee”) equal to the greater of (i) the Base Amount (as defined below) in effect from time to time or (ii) 1.5% of the EBITDA (as defined in the WMG Holdings Corp. 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019) of the Company for the applicable fiscal year. The “Base Amount” at any time shall be equal to the sum of (x) $6,000,000 and (y) 1.5% of the aggregate amount of Acquired EBITDA as at such time. The amount of “Acquired EBITDA” at any time shall be equal to sum of the amounts of positive


EXECUTION COPY

EBITDA of businesses, companies or operations acquired directly or indirectly by the Company from and after the date hereof, each such amount of positive EBITDA as calculated (by Access in its sole discretion) for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which internal financial statements are available at the date of the pertinent acquisition. The Annual Fee shall be calculated and payable as follows: (i) one-quarter of the Base Amount in effect on the first day of each fiscal quarter shall be paid on such date, in advance for the fiscal quarter then commencing and (ii) following the completion of every full fiscal year after the date hereof, once internal financial statements for such fiscal year are available, the Company and Access shall jointly calculate the EBITDA of the Company for such fiscal year and the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay to Access the amount, if any, by which 1.5% of such EBITDA exceeds the sum of the amounts paid in respect of such fiscal year pursuant to clause (i) above.

(b) In consideration of the performance of the Transaction Services by Access, in connection with each Transaction that is consummated, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay fees to Access or its designee as compensation for providing the Transaction Services in an amount(s) mutually agreed upon between Access and the Company; provided that, for any transaction that involves the acquisition or divestiture of assets or securities, the fee for the Transaction Services provided by Access shall equal 1.5% (or such lesser percentage as Access in its sole discretion shall determine) of the enterprise value of such transaction.

Section 4. Expenses. In addition to the compensation payable to Access pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay directly, or reimburse Access for, its reasonable Out-of-Pocket Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” shall mean the amounts actually paid by Access in cash in connection with its performance of the Services, including, without limitation, (i) fees and disbursements (including underwriting fees) of any independent auditors, outside legal counsel, consultants, investment bankers, financial advisors and other independent professionals or organizations, (ii) costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications or similar services, (iii) transportation, and (iv) telephone calls, word processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with Access’s ordinary operations. All reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall be made promptly upon or as soon as practicable after presentation by Access to the Company of the statement in connection therewith.

Section 5. Indemnification.

(a) The Company and WMG Holdings (each, an “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and hold harmless Access and its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, members and affiliates, including its related investment funds (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all costs, expenses, liabilities, claims (including any third-party claims), damages and losses (collectively, “Losses”) relating to or arising out of the engagement of Access pursuant to this Agreement or the performance by Access of the Services pursuant hereto.

 

2


EXECUTION COPY

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding (each, an “Action”) for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under Section 5(a), whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto, provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Action at its own expense, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in its reasonable judgment.

(c) Any Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense, and in any Action in which an Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party, on the other hand, is or is reasonably likely to become a party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, separate counsel and to control its own defense of such Action if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that would make such separate representation advisable.

(d) The Indemnifying Party agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the relevant Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened Action relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been actually threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the relevant Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of or in connection with such Action. Provided that the Indemnifying Party is not in breach of its indemnification obligations hereunder, no Indemnified Party shall settle or compromise any Action subject to indemnification hereunder without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.

Section 6. Termination.

(a) This Agreement shall be in effect until, and shall terminate upon, the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the tenth anniversary of the date hereof; provided that, if at the tenth anniversary of the date hereof Access (together with one or more of its affiliates) continues to own any equity securities in the Company or any member of the Company Group, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms unless earlier terminated by any party upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the other parties and (ii) an initial public offering of equity securities of any member of the Company Group pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate proceeds of at least $75,000,000.

(b) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company, or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any member of the Company Group, whether in connection with the Acquisition or otherwise, the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which such member of the Company Group is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made (each, a “Successor Entity”), shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company or such member of the Company Group, as applicable, under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Successor Entity had been a party hereto. No such consolidation, merger or conveyance, transfer or lease shall have the effect of terminating this Agreement or of releasing any member of the Company Group or any Successor Entity from its obligations hereunder.

 

3


EXECUTION COPY

\(c) Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Company agrees immediately to pay or reimburse (or cause one or more members of the Company Group to pay or reimburse), as the case may be, in cash to Access (i) any accrued and unpaid Transaction Fee or portion thereof, plus (ii) any unpaid and unreimbursed Out-of-Pocket Expenses that shall have been incurred prior to such termination (whether or not such Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall then have become payable), plus (iii) a make-whole payment in an amount equal to the present value of remaining scheduled Annual Fee payments through the tenth anniversary of the date hereof, computed using Annual Fee payments equal to the greater of (i) the Base Amount or (ii) 1.5% of the EBITDA Amount as of such termination date, an annual discount rate of 5% and quarterly compounding.

(d) If, at any time, no member of the Company Group is permitted to make any payment or reimbursement due to Access under this Agreement under the terms of any credit agreement or other financing agreement to which any member of the Company Group is a party, such obligations shall accrue as provided herein, but payment or reimbursement thereof shall be deferred until such time as (x) such payments are no longer prohibited under the terms of the applicable agreement, or (y) the loan amount due thereunder is repaid in full. In the event of the liquidation of the Company, all amounts due Access under this Agreement shall be paid to Access before any liquidating distributions or similar payments are made to stockholders of the Company.

Section 7. Other Activities. Nothing herein shall in any way preclude Access or any of its officers, employees, agents, representatives, members or affiliates from engaging in any business activities or from performing services, whether for its own account or for the account of others, including for companies that may be in competition with the business conducted by any member of the Company Group.

Section 8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendment; Waivers. No amendment, alteration or modification of this Agreement or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless such amendment, alteration, modification or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and Access. The failure of any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be addressed as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to Access, to:

c/o Access Industries Management, LLC

730 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention:    General Counsel

Facsimile:    (212) 977-8112

Email:    amoreno@accind.com

 

4


EXECUTION COPY

If to the Company or WMG Holdings, to:

Warner Music Group Corp.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Paul M. Robinson, EVP & General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 275-3601

Email: Paul.Robinson@wmg.com

All such notices or communications shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (i) if delivered in person, on the day of such delivery, (ii) if by facsimile or electronic mail, on the day on which such facsimile or electronic mail was sent, (iii) if by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), on the seventh business day after the mailing thereof or (iv) if by reputable overnight delivery service, on the second business day after the sending thereof.

(c) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided, however, Access may, at its sole discretion, assign or transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its affiliates.

(d) Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.

(e) Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the Persons subject hereto shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws rules that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each party hereto agrees that it shall bring any Action between the parties relating to this Agreement exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or to the extent such Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (the “Chosen Courts“), and solely with respect to any such Action (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such Action in the Chosen Courts and (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any party hereto.

(f) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or Action arising out of, relating to or in connection with this agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

5


EXECUTION COPY

(g) Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (i) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (ii) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction

(h) Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(j) Delivery by Facsimile or Electronic Transmission. This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Agreement, and any amendments or waivers hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or by e-mail delivery of a pdf attachment shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or e-mail delivery of a pdf attachment to deliver a signature to this Agreement or any amendment hereto or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or e-mail delivery of a pdf attachment as a defense to the formation of a contract and each party hereto forever waives any such defense.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or agents as set forth below.

 

ACCESS INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lincoln Benet

  Name: Lincoln Benet
  Title:   President
By:  

/s/ Alejandro Moreno

  Name: Alejandro Moreno
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

/s/ Trent Tappe

  Name:Trent Tappe
 

Title:  Senior Vice President

           Chief Corporate Governance and

           Securities Counsel and Assistant Secretary

WMG HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Trent Tappe

  Name: Trent Tappe
 

Title:   Senior Vice President

            Chief Corporate Governance and

            Securities Counsel and Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to Management Agreement]

EX-10.38

Exhibit 10.38

THE FORD FACTORY CAMPUS,

777 S. SANTA FE AVENUE

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

OFFICE LEASE

SRI TEN SANTA FE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

Landlord

and

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

a Delaware corporation,

Tenant

DATED AS OF: October 7, 2016

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

    

    

  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Paragraph

   Page  

1.

   Premises      1  

2.

   Certain Basic Lease Terms      1  

3.

   Term; Delivery of Possession of Premises      2  

4.

   Condition of Premises      4  

5.

   Monthly Rent      4  

6.

   Letter of Credit      6  

7.

   Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses      12  

8.

   Use of Premises; Compliance with Law      21  

9.

   Alterations and Restoration      24  

10.

   Repair      28  

11.

   Abandonment      29  

12.

   Liens      29  

13.

   Assignment and Subletting      30  

14.

   Indemnification      36  

15.

   Insurance      37  

16.

   Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights      39  

17.

   Utilities/Services      40  

18.

   Personal Property and Other Taxes      44  

19.

   Rules and Regulations      44  

20.

   Surrender; Holding Over      44  

21.

   Subordination and Attornment      46  

22.

   Intentionally Omitted      47  

23.

   Entry by Landlord      47  

24.

   Intentionally Omitted      48  

25.

   Default and Remedies      48  

26.

   Damage or Destruction      51  

27.

   Eminent Domain      53  

28.

   Landlord’s Liability; Sale of Building      53  

29.

   Estoppel Certificates      54  

30.

   Right of Landlord to Perform      54  

31.

   Late Charge; Late Payments      55  

32.

   Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial      55  

33.

   Waiver      56  

34.

   Notices      56  

35.

   Notice of Surrender      57  

36.

   Defined Terms and Marginal Headings      57  

37.

   Time and Applicable Law      57  

38.

   Successors      57  

39.

   Entire Agreement; Modifications      57  

40.

   Light and Air      58  

41.

   Memorandum of Lease      58  

42.

   Severability      58  

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

(i)

  


43.

   Authority      58  

44.

   No Offer      58  

45.

   Real Estate Brokers      59  

46.

   Consents and Approvals      59  

47.

   Intentionally Omitted      59  

48.

   Financial Statements      59  

49.

   Intentionally Deleted      60  

50.

   Governmental Incentives      60  

51.

   Hazardous Substance Disclosure      60  

52.

   Signage Rights      61  

53.

   Parking      62  

54.

   Transportation Management      62  

55.

   Helipad Installation and Use      62  

56.

   Quiet Enjoyment      63  

57.

   No Discrimination      63  

58.

   CASp Inspection      63  

59.

   Rooftop Equipment      63  

60.

   Generator      65  

61.

   Option to Renew      66  

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS:

Schedule 1 – Monthly Rent Schedule

Schedule 2 – Parking Space Rental

Exhibit A - 1 – Site Plan of the Premises

Exhibit A - 2 – Legal Description of the Premises

Exhibit B – Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C – Form of Commencement Date Letter

Exhibit D - 1 – Cash Security Deposit Provisions

Exhibit D - 2 – Form Letter of Credit

Exhibit D - 3 – Letter of Credit Reduction Schedule

Exhibit E – Form of Waiver and Acknowledgement

Exhibit F – Form of Memorandum of Lease

Exhibit G – Environmental Reports

Exhibit H – Arts District Map

Exhibit I – Work Letter

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

(ii)

  


LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 7th day of October, 2016, between SRI TEN SANTA FE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

1. Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the “Premises” which consists of the real property shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (the “Site Plan”) and more particularly described on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, including (a) the building located at 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue, Los Angeles, California, consisting of the “Tower”, the “Annex/Assembly” and the “CMU/Studio” as shown on the Site Plan (collectively, the “Building”), (b) the parking structure (the “Parking Structure”) shown as the “Parking Garage” on the Site Plan to be built by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work (as defined in Exhibit I (the “Work Letter”)), (c) the other improvements located within the boundaries of the Premises shown on the Site Plan or otherwise to be built by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work.

Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions currently affecting the Premises and agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate thereto. Tenant shall be permitted to utilize all available space (i.e., the space that is not otherwise utilized for Building systems and equipment) in the Building’s risers, raceways, shafts and conduits for the installation and maintenance of conduits, risers, cables, ducts, flues, pipes and other devices for communications, data processing devices, supplementary HVAC and other facilities consistent with Tenant’s use of its Premises.

2. Certain Basic Lease Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meaning specified below:

a. Landlord and Tenant agree that for the purpose of this Lease, the Premises shall be deemed to contain 257,028 rentable square feet of space.

b. Lease term: One hundred fifty-three (153) full calendar months (i.e., 12 years and 9 months), commencing on the date (the “Commencement Date”) that is the later of (i) August 1, 2017 (as such date may be adjusted pursuant to Paragraphs 3.b.iii., Paragraph 3(d) or Section 3.1 of the Work Letter, the “Scheduled Commencement Date”) or (ii) the date that a temporary certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) has been issued with respect to Landlord’s Work (other than the B Permit Work (as defined in the Work Letter)), and ending on the last day of the one hundred fifty-third (153rd) full calendar month thereafter (the “Expiration Date”). For purposes of this Lease (1) the term “Lease Month” shall mean each calendar month during the Lease term; provided, however, Lease Month 1 shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of the first full calendar month thereafter, and each subsequent Lease Month shall be the calendar month commencing on the day after the expiration of the prior Lease Month and (2) the term “Lease Year” shall mean each 12-Lease Month period during the Lease term; provided, however, Lease Year 1 shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of the 12th full calendar month thereafter, and each subsequent Lease Year shall be the calendar year commencing on the day after the expiration of the prior Lease Year. The Commencement Date shall be subject to extension for “Landlord Delay” or “Force Majeure Delay” as provided in Section 3.1 of the Work Letter.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

    

    

  


c. Monthly Rent: As set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

d. Letter of Credit: As set forth in Paragraph 6.

e. Tenant’s Share: 100%.

f. Permitted Use: General office use and any other use permitted by Legal Requirements, subject to the express provisions of this Lease, including without limitation conference and training facilities, demonstration areas, electronic sports arena, theater, video production, sound recording and engineering, broadcast facilities including use of rooftop satellite dishes, music and video production, studios with live production and broadcasting, cafeteria and dining areas and kitchen facilities, juice and/or coffee bar, exterior barbeque/dining facility, health and exercise facilities, child care (including associated outdoor areas), general assembly uses/event assembly uses, retail sale of merchandise or other items, including for sales to the general public, use as a restaurant or bar, including for service to the general public, and outdoor recreation uses (collectively, the “Permitted Use”).

g. Real estate broker(s): Cresa Partners; CBRE.

h. Business Days: Monday through Friday, excluding public holidays

3. Term; Delivery of Possession of Premises.

a. Term. The term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b., which Commencement Date shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Work Letter) and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or at law, shall expire on the Expiration Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b.). Upon either party’s request after the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto confirming the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date.

b. Tenant Access Date.

i. Beginning on the date (the “Tenant Access Date”) that is the later of (A) December 1, 2016, and (B) the date that Tenant has satisfied all of the Tenant Access Requirements (as such term is defined in the Work Letter), Tenant shall have access to the Premises to perform the Tenant Improvements (as such term is defined in the Work Letter). Prior to the Tenant Access Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant reasonable access to the Premises for space planning and other pre-construction activities.

ii. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may still be performing certain portions of Landlord’s Work in the Premises and on adjacent city property following the Tenant Access Date (relating to the MEPF commissioning, CMU skylight, Paseo finishes, B Permit Work and Punch List items). Tenant’s access to the Premises as of the Tenant Access Date shall not relieve Landlord from its obligations to complete the Landlord’s Work as provided in the

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-2-

  


Work Letter. During any period of contemporaneous work within the Premises following the Tenant Access Date, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in all reasonable ways with each other while Landlord is carrying on Landlord’s Work within the Premises, including each party adopting a schedule in conformance with the other party’s schedule and conducting construction of such party’s work in such a manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and as not to interfere with or delay the work of the other party.

iii. If Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work does not occur on or before the Tenant Access Date (other than by reason of a Tenant Delay (as defined in the Work Letter)) and, as a result thereof, Tenant is delayed in commencing physical construction of the Tenant Improvements, then the Scheduled Commencement Date shall be extended day-for-day for each day occurring in the period between the Tenant Access Date and the earlier of (A) date of Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work (or the date that Substantial Completion would have occurred but for Tenant Delay(s), if any) and (B) the date that Tenant commences physical construction of the Tenant Improvements. Furthermore, if (1) Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work has not occurred on or before one hundred twenty (120) days following the Tenant Access Date (the “Outside Substantial Completion Date”), subject to extension by virtue of Force Majeure Delay and any Tenant Delay, and (2) Tenant has not yet commenced physical construction of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole option, to terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice thereof to Landlord given within ten (10) calendar days after the Outside Substantial Completion Date; provided, however, that Tenant’s termination notice shall be void and of no force or effect if the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work shall occur within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice. In the event of any such termination Tenant shall be required to reimburse Landlord for any of Landlord’s Allowance previously disbursed to Tenant. The foregoing right of Tenant to terminate this Lease, and Tenant’s rights to the “Extended Delivery Delay Rent Credit”, as set forth below, shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for any delay in Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work. Upon any such termination, Landlord shall promptly return any deposits, letters of credit, or other amounts previously delivered to Landlord by Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant shall thereafter have no further liability under this Lease. In the event that Tenant’s commencement of physical construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises is actually delayed by more than forty-five (45) days following the Tenant Access Date as a result of the fact that Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work has not occurred on or before the Tenant Access Date for reasons other than Force Majeure Delay and/or Tenant Delay (any such period of delay in excess of forty-five (45) days to the extent not due to Force Majeure Delay and any Tenant Delay shall be referred to herein as the “Extended Delivery Delay”), then for each day of such Extended Delivery Delay, Tenant shall receive, in addition to the extension of the Scheduled Commencement Date, one (1) full day of credit against Monthly Rent and Parking Space Rental (and the amount of such credit shall not be reduced by the Rent Credit) to be applied against the Monthly Rent and Parking Space Rental first coming due under this Lease (the “Extended Delivery Delay Rent Credit”). As used herein, the term “Force Majeure Delay” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including any inability of Landlord to obtain building permits required in connection with the construction of the B Permit Work to the extent caused by a delay beyond the period of time customarily required for the issuance of similar permits for improvements of the nature and scope of the B Permit Work in the City of Los Angeles (and not related to the specific design of the B Permit Work or other matters being presented by Landlord).

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-3-

  


c. Early Occupancy. Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to commence business in the Premises provided that (A) Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice of any such occupancy of the Premises, (B) a certificate of occupancy, temporary certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent, shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s Work, (C) Tenant has delivered to Landlord the Letter of Credit as required herein and (D) all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay “Monthly Rent,” “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses” as those terms are defined in Article 5, and Article 7 below, as though the Commencement Date had occurred (although the Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of the Section 2.b, above) upon such occupancy of the Premises by Tenant.

d. Delay in Landlord Certificate of Occupancy. In the event that a temporary certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) has not been issued with respect to Landlord’s Work (other than the B Permit Work) (the “Landlord CofO”) on or before the date (as such date shall be extended by virtue of Force Majeure Delay and/or any Tenant Delay, the “Credit Start Date”) that is the later of (i) the Scheduled Commencement Date (as same may be extended as provided in Paragraph 3.b.iii. above or Section 3.1 of the Work Letter) and (ii) the date that Tenant has substantially completed the Tenant Improvements and has received a certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) for the Tenant Improvements so that Tenant may commence the conduct of business operations from the Premises (provided that, if the reason that Tenant has not received such certificate of occupancy is that Landlord has not received the Landlord CofO, then the date in this item (ii) shall be the date Tenant has substantially completed the Tenant Improvements), then, in addition to the Extended Delivery Delay Rent Credit, Tenant shall receive a rent credit equal to one (1) day of Monthly Rent for each day during the period which commences on the first day following the Credit Start Date and ends on the date that a temporary certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) has been issued with respect to Landlord’s Work (other than the B Permit Work).

4. Condition of Premises. Except for Landlord’s Work and the payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and any continuing maintenance and repair obligations of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to construct or install any improvements to the Building and the other portions of the Premises or to remodel, renovate, recondition, alter or improve the Building and the other portions of the Premises in any manner, and, subject to Landlord’s completion of the Landlord’s Work, and any representations or warranties provided under this Lease, Tenant shall accept the Premises “as is” on the Tenant Access Date. Landlord and Tenant expressly agree that there are and shall be no implied warranties of merchantability, habitability, fitness for a particular purpose, or any other kind arising out of this Lease and there are and shall be no warranties that extend beyond the warranties expressly set forth in this Lease.

5. Monthly Rent.

a. Subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 5.e. below, commencing as of the Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter on or before the first day of each calendar month during the term hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as monthly rent for the Premises, the Monthly Rent specified in Schedule 1 attached hereto. If Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-4-

  


Rent hereunder commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or if the term of this Lease terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Monthly Rent payable for such partial month shall be appropriately prorated on the basis of the number of days in such month. Except as specifically provided in this Lease, Monthly Rent, the Additional Rent specified in Paragraph 7 and the Parking Space Rental specified in Paragraph 53 below shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, in advance, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in immediately available funds of lawful money of the United States of America, or by good check as described below, to the lockbox location designated by Landlord, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate in writing. Payments made by check must be drawn either on a California financial institution or on a financial institution that is a member of the federal reserve system. At Tenant’s option, Tenant shall have the right to pay any such amounts by wire transfer, and in such event Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with appropriate wire instructions.

b. All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, or otherwise payable in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, in addition to the Monthly Rent hereunder, Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 and the Parking Space Rental specified in Paragraph 53 below, shall constitute rent owed by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

c. Any rent not paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after notice that the same past due shall bear interest from the date due to the date of payment by Tenant at an annual rate of interest (the “Interest Rate”) equal to the greater of (i) six percent (6%) per annum or (ii) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points (but in no event shall the Interest Rate exceed the maximum annual interest rate allowed by Legal Requirements); provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to pay said interest on the first late payment in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, unless such payment remains unpaid for ten (10) days after written notice to Tenant.

d. No security or guaranty which may now or hereafter be furnished to Landlord for the payment of rent due hereunder or for the performance by Tenant of the other terms of this Lease shall in any way be a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease or at law.

e. Rent Credit. During the period (the “Rent Credit Period”) commencing on the first (1st) day of Lease Month 2 and ending on the last day of Lease Month 17, Tenant shall receive a credit each Lease Month in the amount of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Monthly Rent (the “Rent Credit”) on account of the Monthly Rent payable under this Lease for each such Lease Month; provided, however, that during Rent Credit Period, Tenant shall be required to pay the full Additional Rent owing under Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. hereof, the Parking Space Rental specified in Paragraph 53 below and the remaining portion of the Monthly Rent owing for such Lease Month (i.e., twenty-five percent (25%) of the Monthly Rent each Lease Month) during such period. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Monthly Rent that will be abated during the Rent Credit Period equals $626,506 per month for Lease Months 2-12 and $645,301 per month for Lease Months 13-17 for a total amount of $10,118,068 during the Rent Credit Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-5-

  


Rent Credit has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Monthly Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be entitled to the Rent Credit during any period that an Event of Default is continuing hereunder.

6. Letter of Credit.

a. Letter of Credit. Tenant shall cause the “Bank” (as that term is defined below) to deliver to Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of Fifteen Million Four Hundred Forty-Eight Thousand and 0/100 Dollars ($15,448,000) (the “Letter of Credit Amount”) naming Landlord as beneficiary (the “Letter of Credit”) that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Paragraph 6 as follows: (1) within ten (10) Business Days following execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide a Letter of Credit in the amount of Seven Million Seven Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($7,724,000) and (2) on or before the later of (x) February 15, 2017 and (y) the date that Tenant first requests payment of any Landlord’s Allowance, Tenant shall cause Bank to amend such Letter of Credit to increase the amount of such Letter of Credit to the Letter of Credit Amount or provide a second Letter of Credit for the remaining balance of the Letter of Credit Amount (i.e., Seven Million Seven Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($7,724,000)). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, at Tenant’s option from time to time during the Term, Tenant may, pursuant to the procedures provided in Paragraph 6.j. below, provide a portion of the Letter of Credit Amount as a cash security deposit, or if after so doing, may elect to reduce the amount of cash security deposit and increase the Letter of Credit Amount, provided that such cash security deposit shall in no event exceed one (1) year’s worth of Monthly Rent and Parking Space Rental then payable under this Lease. Any such cash security deposit shall be held and, as applicable applied by Landlord, as provided in Exhibit D-1 attached hereto. The Letter of Credit shall: (i) be issued by the Bank; (ii) be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-2 or such other form as approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; (iii) be irrevocable, unconditional and payable upon demand; (iv) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of this Lease and continuing until the date (the “Letter of Credit Expiration Date”) that is no less than ninety (90) days following the expiration of the Lease term, or contains a provision that provides that the Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewed on an annual basis without amendment of the Letter of Credit unless the Bank delivers a written notice of cancellation to Landlord and Tenant at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; (v) be fully assignable, in whole but not in part, by Landlord to its successors and assigns or to lenders with an interest in the Premises; (vii) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (viii) be otherwise subject to the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points, and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit. The term “Bank” referred to herein shall mean a commercial bank (1) that is acceptable to Landlord and is solvent, nationally recognized, and has a local San Francisco Bay Area or Los Angeles office which will negotiate or pay letters of credit (or, in lieu thereof, expressly provides for draw by facsimile or overnight courier), (2) which accepts deposits and maintains accounts, (3) that is chartered under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, and which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and (4) which has a long term rating from Standard and Poor’s Financial Services, LLC of not less than “BBB+” and a long

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-6-

  


term rating from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. of not less than “A2” (or in the event such ratings are no longer available, a comparable rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service (“S&P”) or Moody’s Professional Rating Service (“Moody’s”) or such other rating service as is reasonably acceptable to Landlord) (collectively, the “Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby agrees that Credit Suisse AG (“Credit Suisse”), if selected by Tenant, may be the Bank so long as Credit Suisse continues to have a long term rating from Standard and Poor’s Financial Services, LLC of not less than “BBB+”. If S&P or Moody’s ceases to provide credit ratings as provided above on in Exhibit D-3, or if the rating systems of S&P or Moody’s is otherwise renamed, revised, discontinued or superseded, the parties agree that S&P or Moody’s, as applicable, will be sole judge of the comparability of successive ratings, but if no such rating agency supplies and designates a comparable rating, or if no succeeding rating system is published, then the credit ratings contained in this Paragraph 6 and Exhibit D-3 shall be based on a comparable rating system published by a responsible financial authority selected by Landlord. In addition, if a substantial change is made in the method used to calculate the credit ratings of S&P or Moody’s, then, for the purposes of this Lease, the S&P or Moody’s credit ratings contained herein shall be determined without giving effect to the new methods and Landlord shall adjust the S&P or Moody’s credit ratings, as the case may be, in a commercially reasonable manner to effect the same results as if the S&P or Moody’s credit ratings were calculated in the manner in effect as of the date hereof.

b. Landlord’s Rights to Draw. Landlord, or its then authorized representatives, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (i) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, and there is an existing Event of Default by Tenant as provided in Section 25, or there would be and Event of Default but for the giving of notice that Landlord is prohibited by law from issuing; (ii) the Lease has terminated prior to the expiration of the Lease term as a result of an Event of Default by Tenant; (iii) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”); (iv) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code (provided, however, if such petition is dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter and no other Letter of Credit Draw Event then exists, Landlord shall cooperate to return as promptly as practical any amounts drawn by Landlord under the Letter of Credit in exchange for a new Letter of Credit); (v) the Lease has been rejected, or is deemed rejected, under Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, following the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code; (vi) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, and less than forty-five (45) days remain before the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; (vii) the Bank has failed to notify Landlord that the Letter of Credit will be renewed or extended on or before the date that is forty-five (45) days before the applicable Letter of Credit expiration date and, per the terms of the Letter of Credit, such failure to notify Landlord of renewal or extension will result in the automatic expiration of the Letter of Credit (in the case of (vi) or (vii), notwithstanding the foregoing, a Letter of Credit Draw Event shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of such termination or expiration of the Letter of Credit if, on or before the date that is thirty (30) days before the applicable Letter of Credit expiration date, Tenant provides a replacement Letter of Credit that complies with the terms of this Paragraph 6 or, if the current Letter of Credit Amount does not exceed one (1) year’s worth of Monthly Rent and Parking Space Rental then payable

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-7-

  


under this Lease, Tenant elects in a written notice to Landlord to effectuate a Cash Draw Option as provided in Paragraph 6.j. below for the full Letter of Credit Amount); (viii) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law; (ix) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (x) if (1) any of the applicable ratings of the Bank have been reduced below the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold; or (2) there is otherwise a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all material respects to the requirements of this Paragraph 6 (including, but not limited to, the requirements placed on the issuing Bank more particularly set forth in Paragraph 6.a. above), in the amount of the applicable Letter of Credit Amount, within twenty (20) Business Days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “Letter of Credit Draw Event”). The Letter of Credit shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. In addition, in the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any state regulator, or any successor or similar entity, then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said Letter of Credit shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Paragraph 6, and, within twenty (20) Business Days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (the “Letter of Credit FDIC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace such Letter of Credit with a substitute letter of credit from a different commercial bank (which commercial bank shall meet or exceed the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold and shall otherwise be acceptable to Landlord) and that complies in all material respects with the requirements of this Paragraph 6. If Tenant fails to replace such Letter of Credit with such conforming, substitute letter of credit or cash security deposit pursuant to the terms and conditions of Paragraph 6.a., hereof, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid twenty (20) Business Day period). Tenant shall have the right, at any time upon no less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice to Landlord, to voluntarily replace the Letter of Credit with a new Letter of Credit that complies with terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6, in which event Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to return the prior Letter of Credit to Tenant following Landlord’s receipt of the new Letter of Credit. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all reasonable, out-of-pocket, third party costs incurred by Landlord relating to the review of any replacement Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Paragraph 6 or is otherwise requested by Tenant, and such attorney’s fees shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and the reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days of billing. Within five (5) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of a written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall cause the Bank to deliver written confirmation to Landlord of the renewal or extension of the Letter of Credit (unless the Bank has previously notified Landlord in writing that it shall not be renewing or extending the Letter of Credit), or if so requested by Landlord, Tenant shall facilitate Landlord’s direct communication with the Bank in order that Landlord may immediately confirm such renewal or extension directly with the Bank.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-8-

  


c. Application of Letter of Credit Proceeds. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Letter of Credit Draw Event and apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Paragraph 6. In the event of any Letter of Credit Draw Event, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant (except in connection with an Letter of Credit Draw Event under Paragraph 6.b.(x) above), draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, and apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit to cure any such Letter of Credit Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages or losses of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease or other Letter of Credit Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages or losses arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application, or retention of the Letter of Credit proceeds, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any Legal Requirements, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled and shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unapplied portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the term of this Lease so long as this Lease was not terminated as a result of an Event of Default or other early termination due to a bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant (and, if this Lease was terminated prior to the scheduled expiration date due to an Event of Default or due to a bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant, then any unapplied portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall be returned within sixty (60) days following the final, non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction of the amounts owing to Landlord under this Lease as a result thereof and Tenant’s right, if any, to the refund of any unapplied portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit). No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that: (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank; (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract; (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof; (iv) Tenant has no right to assign or encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance; and (v) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship, bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, or Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, neither Tenant, any trustee, receiver, conservator, assignee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim or rights to the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code, any similar State or federal law, or otherwise.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-9-

  


d. Reductions in the Letter of Credit Amount.

i. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, provided that no Event of Default (or breach under this Lease where there exist circumstances under which Landlord is enjoined or otherwise prevented by operation of law from giving to Tenant a written notice which would be necessary for such failure of payment to constitute a default) is then in effect, then the Letter of Credit Amount shall be subject to reduction as provided in Exhibit D-3 attached hereto. At such time as the Letter of Credit Amount is reduced to zero Landlord shall promptly return the Letter of Credit to Tenant. If an Event of Default exists as of any of the date that Tenant would otherwise be entitled to a reduction in the Letter of Credit Amount, then the Letter of Credit Amount shall not be so reduced until such Event of Default is fully cured.

ii. Each time the Letter of Credit Amount is adjusted pursuant to this Paragraph 6.d., Tenant shall cause a new Letter of Credit to be issued for the adjusted Letter of Credit Amount or an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit, in either case complying with all of the requirements of this Paragraph 6. Landlord shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with Tenant upon Tenant’s request to replace or amend the then existing Letter of Credit to reflect the adjusted Letter of Credit Amount; provided, however, in no event shall any reduction of the Letter of Credit Amount be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder.

e. Transfer and Encumbrance. The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party that purchases Landlord’s interest in this Lease or the holder of Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 22 below). In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole and not in part, to the transferee and upon such transfer and such transferee’s assumption of same, Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith, provided that Landlord shall have the right (in its sole discretion), but not the obligation, to pay such fees on behalf of Tenant, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord therefor.

f. Letter of Credit Not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant: (i) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “Security Deposit Laws”); (ii) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto; and (iii) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-10-

  


that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (x) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (y) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Paragraph 6 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to (a) compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or (b) compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

g. Non-Interference By Tenant. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of all or any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional and thereby afford the Bank a justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant shall not request or instruct the Bank to refrain from paying sight draft(s) drawn under such Letter of Credit.

h. Waiver of Certain Relief. Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives (and as an independent covenant hereunder, covenants not to assert) any right to claim or obtain any of the following relief in connection with the Letter of Credit:

i. A temporary restraining order, temporary injunction, permanent injunction, or other order that would prevent, restrain or restrict the presentment of sight drafts drawn under the Letter of Credit or the Bank’s honoring or payment of sight draft(s); or

ii. Any attachment, garnishment, or levy in any manner upon either the proceeds of the Letter of Credit or the obligations of the Bank (either before or after the presentment to the Bank of sight drafts drawn under such Letter of Credit) based on any theory whatever.

i. Remedy for Improper Drafts. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s draw against the Letter of Credit, application or retention of any proceeds thereof, or the Bank’s payment under such Letter of Credit, could not, under any circumstances, cause Tenant injury that could not be remedied by an award of money damages, and that the recovery of money damages would be an adequate remedy therefor.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-11-

  


j. Procedures for Replacing Letter of Credit with Cash Security Deposit.

i. If Tenant elects to provide a cash security deposit in lieu of all or a portion of the Letter of Credit Amount (a “Cash Swap”), then such Cash Swap shall be effectuated pursuant to one of the following procedures:

(A) If Tenant so requests in writing, Landlord may draw upon the existing Letter of Credit so that Landlord holds cash in an amount sufficient to effectuate such Cash Swap (the “Cash Draw Option”). Landlord shall retain such amounts as a cash security deposit, which cash security deposit shall be held and, as applicable applied by Landlord, as provided in Exhibit D-1 attached hereto.

(B) Unless Tenant elects the Cash Draw Option, then Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, delay the effective date of such Cash Swap for a period of up to ninety (90) days plus two (2) Business Days (the “Preference Protection Period”) from the date that Tenant has provided Landlord with the replacement cash security deposit (the “New Security”). During the Preference Protection Period, Landlord shall retain all its existing rights with respect to the existing Letter of Credit, Landlord shall be deemed to be holding the New Security in trust, and shall have no right to draw upon or apply such amounts to any default or other amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord, regardless of any default by Tenant under this Lease, or any termination of the Lease, or any bankruptcy of Tenant, or for any other reason and shall only look to the existing Letter of Credit (and/or, if applicable, Cash Security Deposit) in effect as of such date. During the Preference Protection Period, Landlord shall have the absolute right to draw the existing Letter of Credit in effect as of such date to the same extent as if the New Security had not been delivered to Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that prior to the expiration of the Preference Protection Period, a Letter of Credit Draw Event occurs (including, but not limited to, due to the expiration date of the existing Letter of Credit being within the forty-five (45) day period set forth in clauses (vi) or (vii) of Paragraph 6.b. above and Tenant has failed to timely provide a replacement Letter of Credit or elect a Cash Draw Option as provided in said Paragraph 6.b.), then Landlord shall have the absolute right to draw the existing Letter of Credit in effect as of such date. In the event that this Lease terminates prior to the expiration of the Preference Protection Period, Landlord shall immediately return the New Security to Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Preference Protection Period, the New Security shall be deemed to be a part of the cash security deposit and Landlord shall either (1) in the event that the New Security is being provided as a partial replacement of the existing Letter of Credit, reduce and promptly return the applicable portion of the Letter of Credit previously held by Landlord to Tenant or (2) in the event that the New Security is being provided as a full replacement of the existing Letter of Credit, return the existing Letter of Credit to Tenant.

ii. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the procedures set forth Paragraph 6.j.i. shall not be applicable to the circumstances where (A) Tenant is replacing an existing Letter of Credit with a new Letter of Credit, (B) Tenant is replacing a cash security deposit then held by Landlord hereunder with a new Letter of Credit or (C) Tenant is simply amending an existing Letter of Credit (e.g., amending such Letter of Credit to modify the Letter of Credit Amount).

7. Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses.

a. Operating Expenses.

i. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the times hereinafter set forth, Tenant’s Share, as specified in Paragraph 2.e. above, of the Operating Expenses (as defined below) incurred by Landlord in each calendar (or portion thereof) during the Lease term. The

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-12-

  


amounts payable under this Paragraph 7.a. and Paragraph 7.b. below are termed “Additional Rent” herein. The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean the total costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to the extent performed directly by or managed by Landlord, and subject to the terms of Paragraph 17.g, below, in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Premises (including, without limitation, the Parking Structure), including, without limitation, the following costs: (1) salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its agents (at or below the function of Building manager) engaged in the operation, repair, or maintenance of the Premises (which, for employees working for other properties in addition to the Premises, shall be allocated proportionately to reflect the time spent working in connection with the Premises); (2) payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment and similar taxes with respect to such employees of Landlord or its agents (at or below the function of general Building manager), and the cost of providing disability or other benefits imposed by law or otherwise, with respect to such employees (which, for employees working for other properties in addition to the Premises, shall be allocated proportionately to reflect the time spent working in connection with the Premises); (3) the cost of uniforms (including the cleaning, replacement and pressing thereof) provided to such employees; (4) premiums and other charges incurred by Landlord with respect to fire, other casualty, rent and liability insurance, any other insurance as is deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, or any insurance reasonably required by the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), and costs of repairing an insured casualty to the extent of the deductible amount under the applicable insurance policy (provided that such deductible amounts included in Operating Expenses shall not exceed $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises in any year); (5) water charges and sewer rents or fees to the extent not paid directly by Tenant to the applicable utility; (6) license, permit and inspection fees, if any; (7) sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Premises and building systems and equipment; (8) Intentionally Deleted; (9) management fees and expenses as provided in Section 17.g (the “Property Management Fee”); (10) costs of repairs to and maintenance of the Premises, including building systems and appurtenances thereto and normal repair and replacement of worn-out equipment, facilities and installations except to the extent such expenses constitute a Capital Repair/Replacement (as defined below); (11) fees and expenses for janitorial, window cleaning, guard, extermination, water treatment, rubbish removal, plumbing and other services and inspection or service contracts for elevator, electrical, mechanical, HVAC and other building equipment and systems or as may otherwise be necessary or proper for the operation, repair or maintenance of the Premises; (12) costs of supplies, tools, materials, and equipment used in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Premises; (13) accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses (excluding fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Lease or any disputes with Tenant regarding this Lease); (14) fees and expenses for painting the exterior of the Building and other portions of the Premises and the cost of maintaining the sidewalks, landscaping and other exterior portions of the Premises; (15) costs and expenses for electricity, chilled water, air conditioning, water for heating, gas, fuel, steam, heat, lights, power and other energy related utilities required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Premises; (16) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Premises or capital assets acquired by Landlord

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-13-

  


in order to comply with any local, state or federal law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code or order of any governmental entity (including, without limitation, all building codes, requirements or restrictions imposed on the Building given its status as a historical landmark/building) or insurance requirement or requirement of any covenants or restrictions of record encumbering the Premises (collectively, “Legal Requirement”) with which the Premises was not required to comply as of the Commencement Date, or to comply with any amendment or other change to the enactment or interpretation of any Legal Requirement from its enactment or interpretation as of the Commencement Date (“Allowed Capital Improvement Items”); (18) the cost of landscaping; (19) the cost of Building office rent or rental value, if any, and the cost of personal property utilized by Landlord in the maintenance, repair and management of the Premises; and (20) any expenses and costs resulting from substitution of work, labor, material or services in lieu of any of the above itemizations, or for any additional work, labor, services or material resulting from compliance with any Legal Requirement applicable to the Premises or any parts thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Allowed Capital Improvement Items shall be amortized over the reasonable useful life of the improvement or addition (or, with respect to Allowed Capital Improvement Items included under item (C) above, their recovery/payback period as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles), with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (x) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus four (4) percentage points, and (y) the highest rate permitted by applicable law. If the Premises is or becomes subject to any covenants, conditions or restrictions, reciprocal easement agreement, common area declaration or similar agreement, then Operating Expenses shall include all fees, costs or other expenses allocated to the Premises under such agreement, provided that Landlord shall not, without first obtaining the prior written consent of Tenant, enter into any such agreement after the date hereof that would impose additional costs or obligations on Tenant, or reduce Tenant’s rights under this Lease, or Tenant’s use of the Premises. As used herein, the term “Capital Repair/Replacement” shall mean any item of repair or replacement which, under sound real estate accounting principles, would be properly classified as a capital expenditure and which costs in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

ii. Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

(1) costs incurred in connection with Landlord’s redevelopment of the Premises, including any costs of Landlord’s Work, or in connection with any new capital improvements to the Premises, such as adding or deleting floors, except for Allowed Capital Improvement Items;

(2) except as permitted in connection with Allowed Capital Improvement Items and/or Capital Repair/Replacements, any depreciation, interest or principal payments on mortgages or other debt costs;

(3) marketing costs, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the development, subsequent improvement, or original or future leasing of the Premises;

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-14-

  


(4) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed, or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease;

(5) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss or any reserves of any kind;

(6) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Premises, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, or between Landlord and its property manager;

(7) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Premises unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Premises vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Premises; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of senior property manager;

(8) subject to Paragraph 17.g.iii, below, rent for any office space occupied by Premises management personnel;

(9) late charges, penalties, liquidated damages, interest and other finance charges;

(10) amount paid as ground rental or as rental for the Premises by the Landlord or under any mortgage or secured loan agreement;

(11) costs of new capital improvements or capital assets except for Allowed Capital Improvement Items;

(12) any cost that constitutes a Capital Repair/Replacement, or any cost of repair or replacement of the structural portions of the Building or the Parking Structure (including exterior walls, roof structure, foundation and core of the Building);

(13) any amount paid by Landlord or to the parent organization or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Landlord for supplies and/or services in the Premises to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such supplies and/or services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(14) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be specifically excluded from Operating Expenses as provided herein, except equipment not affixed to the Premises which is used for normal maintenance or similar services;

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-15-

  


(15) all items and services for which Tenant or any third party reimburses Landlord, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect such reimbursable amounts;

(16) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

(17) tax penalties;

(18) fees and reimbursements payable to Landlord (including its parent organization, subsidiaries and/or affiliates) or by Landlord for management of the Premises which exceed the Property Management Fee;

(19) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(20) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(21) all assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law (except to the extent inconsistent with the general practice of landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building) and shall be included as Operating Expenses in the year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid;

(22) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord;

(23) the cost of any penalties or fees, and costs of any abatement, removal, or other remedial activities with respect to Hazardous Materials (as defined in Paragraph 9.c. below).

(24) in-house legal and/or accounting (as opposed to office building bookkeeping) fees;

(25) legal fees and costs, settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and Tenant or Landlord and providers of goods and services to the Premises;

(26) legal fees and costs concerning the negotiation and preparation of this Lease or any litigation between Landlord and Tenant;

(27) any reserves retained by Landlord;

(28) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-16-

  


(29) any finders’ fees, brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising cost;

(30) the cost of any training or incentive programs, other than for tenant life safety information services; and

(31) all costs of Landlord’s Work, including without limitation, development fees payable to the City of Los Angeles or other governing entities, the cost of changes in zoning or use permits, the cost of off-site improvements, street dedication or street widening required by applicable governing entities, Mello-Roos assessments (specifically allocable to the development of Landlord’s Work), and permits for Base Building construction;

(32) costs of acquisition and/or development of adjacent properties.

b. Tax Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease, at the times hereinafter set forth, Tenant’s Share, as specified in Paragraph 2.e. above, of the Tax Expenses incurred by Landlord during each calendar year during the Lease term.

i. The term “Tax Expenses” shall mean all taxes, assessments (whether general or special), excises, transit charges, housing fund assessments or other housing charges, improvement districts, levies or fees, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind, which are assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on the Premises, on Landlord with respect to the Premises, on the act of entering into leases of space in the Premises, on the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof, with respect to services or utilities consumed in the use, occupancy or operation of the Premises, on any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other personal property of Landlord located in the Premises and used solely in connection with the operation of the Premises, or on or measured by the rent payable under this Lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Premises, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax or excise tax levied with respect to the receipt of such rent, by the United States of America, the State of California, the County of Los Angeles, the City of Los Angeles, any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity or public authority having taxing authority, and shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, which may be levied or assessed in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other Tax Expense, provided, that any such substitute taxes shall be calculated as if the Premises were the sole property owned by Landlord. Tax Expenses shall include reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Tax Expenses, but not in excess of any reduction actually achieved by such contest, determination or reduction.

ii. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tax Expenses shall not include (i) any franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, mortgage, mortgage recording, unincorporated business, payroll, transfer, sales or profit tax, fee or charge, capital levy, federal and state net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Premises), (ii) any taxes paid by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-17-

  


18 below, or (iii) any fines or penalties resulting from Landlord’s failure to timely pay any taxes or assessments when due. In addition, if, as a result of any contest or otherwise, any rebate or refund of Tax Expenses is received, Tenant shall be entitled to Tenant’s Share thereof (after deducting reasonable and customary expenses of achieving such rebate or refund not previously passed through as a Tax Expense) to the extent such rebate or refund is applicable to Tax Expenses arising during the Lease term. Any assessments and special assessments included in the Tax Expenses which may be paid in installments shall be deemed payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by Legal Requirements without incurring any penalties, and only such installment(s) as are payable within any calendar year shall be included in the Tax Expenses for such calendar year for the purposes of this Lease.

c. Right to Cause Landlord to Contest. If Landlord elects not to file, or not later than sixty (60) days prior to the bar date for filing, fails to file, a contest or appeal with respect to Tax Expenses payable for any tax year following the fiscal tax year ending June 30, 2016, then Tenant shall have the right to require Landlord to file said contest or appeal pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 7.d. Any such election by Tenant to cause Landlord to file and pursue a contest or appeal of Tax Expenses for any tax year must be made by written notice given by Tenant no later than sixty (60) days prior to the last date on which such Tax Expenses may be appealed or protested (and then only if Landlord has not previously commenced its appeal or protest of the subject Tax Expenses). Any such contest or appeal shall be conducted diligently and in good faith by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Tenant status updates upon request with respect to such contest or appeal. Tenant shall pay to Landlord one hundred percent (100%) of Landlord’s costs in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Tax Expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees, costs and disbursements) requested by Tenant under this Paragraph 7.d., less the amount of the savings in Tax Expenses, if any, ultimately resulting from such proceedings, within thirty (30) days following written demand from Landlord. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that any contest or appeal requested by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 7.d. results in an increase in Tax Expenses over what such Tax Expenses would have been had the contest or appeal not been pursued at Tenant’s request, then Tenant shall bear one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such increase in Tax Expenses for the entire Premises (which amounts shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days following written demand (or such earlier date that such increased amount is owed to the applicable taxing authority). Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 7.d. are personal to, and only may only be exercised by, the Tenant originally named herein, WMG Acquisition Corp., or any Affiliate to whom this Lease has been assigned or the Premises subleased in accordance with Paragraph 13.h. below (collectively, “Original Tenant”) and shall not inure to the benefit of any other assignee or subtenant of Tenant. In addition, Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 7.d. shall terminate, at Landlord’s option, if (i) an Event of Default exists as of the date of Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Paragraph 7.d., (ii) this Lease expires or is terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, (iii) Tenant assigns its interest in this Lease other than to an Affiliate, or (iv) Original Tenant ceases to lease from Landlord at least seventy percent (70%) of the rentable square footage of the Building.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-18-

  


d. Intention Regarding Expense Pass-Through. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that, except as specifically provided herein, the Monthly Rent paid to Landlord throughout the term of this Lease shall be absolutely net of Tax Expenses and Operating Expenses, and the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 7 are intended to so provide.

e. Notice and Payment. On or before the first day of each calendar year during the term hereof, or as soon as practicable thereafter, Landlord shall give to Tenant notice of Landlord’s estimate of the Additional Rent, if any, payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. for such calendar year. On or before the first day of each month during each such subsequent calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent; provided, however, that if Landlord’s notice is not given prior to the first day of any calendar year Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent on the basis of the prior year’s estimate until the month after Landlord’s notice is given. If at any time it appears to Landlord that the Additional Rent payable under Paragraphs 7.a. and/or 7.b. will vary from Landlord’s estimate by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon the revised estimate. As of the monthly payment date first occurring thirty (30) days after any new estimate is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall also pay any accrued cost increases, based on such new estimate.

f. Annual Accounting. Within one hundred fifty (150) days after the close of each calendar year, or as soon after such one hundred fifty (150)-day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Landlord’s Statement”) of the Additional Rent payable under Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. for such year (and such statement shall be accompanied by copies of the applicable tax bills or other evidence showing the Tax Expenses or tax assessments). If the annual statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent for such calendar year exceeded Tenant’s obligations for the calendar year, Landlord shall credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent. If the annual statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement. Even though the Lease term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made regarding Additional Rent for the calendar year in which this Lease terminated, the foregoing procedure shall continue to apply, except that, if Tenant overpaid Additional Rent for the calendar year in which the Lease term expired, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant the overpaid amount.

g. Proration for Partial Lease Year. If this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar year or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the Additional Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 7 applicable to the such partial calendar year shall be prorated on the basis that the number of days of such partial calendar year bears to three hundred sixty (360).

h. Tenant’s Right to Audit. If Tenant wishes to audit Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such dispute within three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Statement. If Tenant does not give Landlord such notice within such time, Tenant shall have waived its right to audit or otherwise dispute Landlord’s Statement. If Tenant has provided such audit notice within such three hundred sixty-five (365)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-19-

  


day period after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Statement for a particular year, Tenant shall have the right to cause an independent certified public accountant or reputable lease audit specialist designated by Tenant, to be paid on an hourly and not a contingent fee basis, to audit such Landlord’s Statement subject to the following: (i) Tenant must actually begin such audit within sixty (60) days after the notice from Tenant to Landlord advising Landlord that Tenant will require an audit (provided that such 30-day period within which the audit must be commenced shall be extended by the length of any delay in the commencement of the audit that is caused by Landlord) and (ii) Tenant shall diligently pursue such audit to completion as quickly as reasonably possible (and shall in any event complete such audit within ninety (90) days after the date such audit was commenced (provided that such 90-day period within which the audit must be completed shall be extended by the length of any delay in the completion of the audit that is caused by Landlord)). Landlord agrees to make available to Tenant’s auditors, at Landlord’s office (or Landlord’s property manager’s office) where such records are kept, at reasonable times and for a reasonable period of time, the books and records relevant to the audit for review and copying, but such books and records may not be removed from Landlord’s offices. Tenant shall bear all costs of such audit, including Landlord’s actual copying costs and personnel costs, if any incurred in connection with such audit (provided that, prior to incurring any personnel costs in connection with any such audit, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s anticipated personnel costs so that Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, modify Tenant’s activities with regard to such audit in order to preclude the need for Landlord to incur such personnel costs). If following Tenant’s review of such audit, Tenant disputes any amounts set forth in Landlord’s Statement, Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor in good faith to resolve such dispute. If Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement within thirty (30) days after the completion of Tenant’s review of such audit, and if the amount in dispute exceeds $25,000, then either Landlord or Tenant may submit the matter to an independent, third party accountant, with experience in reviewing expenses for commercial office projects, mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Neutral Accountant”), to make a final binding determination of the amounts owed by Tenant under the applicable Landlord’s Statement, and the decisions of such Neutral Accountant shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant agree, or the Neutral Accountant determines, that there was an aggregate overstatement of Operating Expenses of four (4%) or more (or, in the absence of such agreement, such overstatement is confirmed by a court of competent jurisdiction or such other dispute resolution mechanism as to which the parties mutually agree in writing), then Landlord shall bear all costs of the audit. If the agreed or confirmed audit shows an underpayment of Operating Expenses by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the audit is agreed to or confirmed, the amount owed to Landlord, and, if the agreed or confirmed audit shows an overpayment of Operating Expenses by Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such overpayment within thirty (30) days after the audit is agreed to or confirmed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Tenant’s audit rights under this Paragraph 7.g. shall be conditioned upon (i) there not being an Event of Default in effect, and (ii) Tenant executing, prior to the commencement of the audit, a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement in which Tenant shall agree to keep confidential, and not disclose to any other party (other than Tenant’s affiliates and its and their officers, directors, employees and representatives who have a reasonable need to know such results), the results of any such audit or any action taken by Landlord in response thereto.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-20-

  


i. Timely Billing. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, any Additional Rent (other than with respect to Tax Expenses) for which Tenant is to be billed or charged by Landlord shall be billed or charged within the later of (i) two (2) years after the close of the calendar year for which the amount is incurred by Landlord (four (4) years for tax bills) or (ii) ninety (90) days following the date that Landlord is billed for such item, failing which, Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to payment of such Additional Rent.

8. Use of Premises; Compliance with Law.

a. Use of Premises. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use as described in Paragraph 2.f. above and for no other use or purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises, nor bring or keep anything therein, which would in any way subject Landlord, Landlord’s agents or the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21) to any material liability, or cause a cancellation of, or give rise to any defense by the insurer to any claim under, or conflict with, any policies for fire, casualty, liability, rent or other insurance applicable to the Premises. If any act or omission of Tenant results in any increase in premium rates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand (accompanied with evidence of such increase) the amount of such increase. Tenant shall not use or suffer or permit the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, suffer or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole option, allow its employees, guests, visitors or any other person to bring pets into the Premises, subject to all of the terms of this Lease, and compliance with Legal Requirements.

b. Compliance with Law.

i. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any Legal Requirement (as defined in Paragraph 7.a.(16) above) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s cost), shall promptly perform all alterations, additions, improvements or other changes to the Premises in order comply with any present or future Legal Requirements relating to the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises to the extent arising from (i) Tenant’s Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 9 below), including, without limitation, the Tenant Improvements (as such term is defined in the Work Letter), (ii) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Premises for general office purposes in a normal and customary manner), or (iii) Tenant’s particular employees or employment practices. In addition, if Tenant exercises the right to assume Property Management duties pursuant to Paragraph 17.g.ii. below, then Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for performing all alterations, additions, improvements or other changes to the Premises in order comply with any present or future Legal Requirements relating to the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises (regardless of whether the need for such compliance work was triggered by Tenant or not) other than the Base Building (as defined in Paragraph 17.g.iv. below). Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord with any notices received from any insurance company or governmental agency or inspection bureau regarding any unsafe or unlawful conditions within the Premises or the violation of any Legal Requirement.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-21-

  


ii. Except for the matters that are the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 8.b.i. above, Landlord shall be responsible for causing, as of the date of delivery of the Premises to Tenant and thereafter during the Lease term, the Premises to comply with all Legal Requirements to the extent required for Tenant to occupy the Premises for the purposes leased; provided, however, that if Tenant exercises the right to assume Property Management duties pursuant to Paragraph 17.g.ii. below, then Landlord’s responsibilities as to compliance with Legal Requirements shall be limited to the Base Building.

c. Contest. Anything in this Paragraph 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, after notice to Landlord, may contest, by appropriate proceedings prosecuted diligently and in good faith, the validity, or applicability to the Premises, of any Legal Requirement provided that (i) Landlord shall not be subject to criminal or civil penalty or to prosecution for a crime, or any other fine or charge, nor shall the Premises, or any part thereof, be subject to being condemned or vacated, nor shall the Premises, or any part thereof, be subjected to any lien or encumbrance, by reason of non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest, (ii) such non-compliance or contest shall not constitute or result in any violation of any Superior Interest, or if any such Superior Interest shall permit such non-compliance or contest on condition of the taking of action or furnishing of security by Landlord, such action shall be taken and such security shall be furnished at the expense of Tenant, (iii) such non-compliance or contest shall not prevent Landlord from obtaining any and all permits and licenses in connection with the operation of the Building, and (iv) Tenant shall keep Landlord advised as to the status of such proceedings.

d. Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not cause or permit the storage, use, generation, release, handling or disposal (collectively, “Handling”) of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below), in, on, or about the Premises by Tenant or any agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants, customers, guests or invitees of Tenant (collectively with Tenant, “Tenant Parties”), except that Tenant shall be permitted to use normal quantities of office, janitorial, maintenance or cleaning supplies (such as by way of example and not limitation, copier fluids or cleaning supplies) customarily used in the conduct of Tenant’s Permitted Use (“Common Chemicals”), provided that the Handling of such Common Chemicals shall comply at all times with all Legal Requirements, including Hazardous Materials Laws (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, however, in no event shall Tenant permit any usage of Common Chemicals in a manner that may cause the Premises to be contaminated by any Hazardous Materials or in violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of (a) any and all enforcement, cleanup, remedial, removal, or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed, or threatened pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws relating to any Hazardous Materials affecting the Premises; and (b) all claims made or threatened by any third party against Tenant, Landlord, the Premises relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss, or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not take any remedial action or enter into any agreements or settlements in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), harmless from and against all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), arising out of or in connection with, or otherwise relating to (i) any Handling of Hazardous Materials by any Tenant Party or Tenant’s

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-22-

  


breach of its obligations hereunder, or (ii) any removal, cleanup, or restoration work and materials necessary to return the Premises or any other property of whatever nature located on the Premises to their condition existing prior to the Handling of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises by any Tenant Party. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” means any explosive, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, or hazardous substances, including without limitation asbestos containing materials, PCB’s, CFC’s, or substances defined as “hazardous substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601-9657; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801-1812; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901-6987; or any other Legal Requirement regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any such materials or substances now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Petroleum and Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Clean Air Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 300(f) et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 1101 et seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq., any so-called “Super Fund” or “Super Lien” law, applicable statutes of the State of California and in any regulations adopted or publications promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing (as the same may be amended from time to time) (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Laws”).

e. Environmental Disclosure Documents. Landlord acknowledges that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge as of the date of the Lease, except as set forth in the environmental reports provided to Tenant on or before the date of this Lease as set forth on Exhibit G attached hereto (the “Environmental Disclosure Documents”), Landlord has not received written notice from any governmental body that the Premises, or any portion thereof, is currently in violation of any applicable Legal Requirement, which violation, if not cured, could reasonably result in the closure of the Building or Tenant’s access to the Premises; provided, however, if, following the date hereof, Landlord receives written notice of any such violation, or otherwise has actual knowledge thereof, Landlord shall remediate such condition as soon as reasonably practicable, and such remediation actions shall be in compliance with the terms of Paragraph 23, below. Landlord shall be solely responsible for and shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and all Tenant Parties, harmless from and against all Claims to the extent arising out of or in connection with, or otherwise relating to, (i) any Hazardous Materials introduced to the Premises by Landlord and its partners, affiliates, subsidiaries or any of their contractors, agents or employees (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), or (ii) any Hazardous Materials existing at the Premises as of the date of this Lease; provided, however, as respects the indemnity provided in clause (ii), such indemnity shall (1) be limited solely to judgments awarded, defense costs and litigation costs for third party lawsuits and (2) not apply to matters covered by the workers’ compensation insurance or employer’s liability insurance carried by Tenant or its Affiliates that are operating at the Premises. By execution of this Lease, Tenant (i) acknowledges its receipt of the Environmental Disclosure Documents in satisfying any disclosure obligations Landlord may have under Section 25359.7 of the California Health and Safety Code with respect to the matters disclosed by the Environmental Disclosure Documents and (ii) Tenant waives any and all rights Tenant may have to assert that Landlord has not complied with the requirements of Section 25359.7 of the California Health and Safety Code. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for the accuracy of any of the information contained in the Environmental Disclosure Documents, and that Tenant shall rely upon its own environmental experts and counsel regarding the contents of such documents.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-23-

  


f. Applicability of Paragraph. The provisions of this Paragraph 8 are for the benefit of Landlord, the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), the other Indemnitees, Tenant and Tenant Parties only and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any unrelated third party.

9. Alterations and Restoration.

a. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, modifications, additions, decorations or improvements to the Premises, or any other work whatsoever that would directly or indirectly involve the penetration or removal (whether permanent or temporary) of, or require access through, in, under, or above any floor, wall or ceiling, or surface or covering thereof in the Premises (collectively, “Alterations”), except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 9. Except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 9, if Tenant desires any Alteration, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of such Alteration. Landlord shall have ten (10) Business Days from receipt of written request for approval of any Alteration and Landlord’s receipt of all information and documentation requested by Landlord relating to such Alterations in which to approve or disapprove such matter, provided that, in order for any such notice to result in a deemed approval, any such written request to Landlord with respect to any Alterations must be marked in bold lettering with the following language: “LANDLORD’S RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED AND LANDLORD”. In the event that Landlord fails to respond to the Alteration in question within such time (as same may be extended as provided below), and provided that the foregoing language is included in the request, Landlord’s approval shall be deemed given for all purposes with respect to such Alteration but only to the extent that such Alteration complies with the information previously provided to Landlord in all material respects and is constructed in accordance with the requirements of this Lease. If such Alterations affect the Base Building or is of a scope for which Landlord will require review of the relevant plans and specifications by a third party expert, then the foregoing ten (10) Business Day response period shall not apply (nor shall Landlord’s deemed consent as provided herein) and Landlord shall be provided a reasonable period of time (not to exceed fifteen (15) additional Business Days) to have such third party complete its review of the subject Alterations prior to Landlord being required to provide its approval or disapproval of the subject Alterations. Tenant shall provide Landlord with such information and documentation as may be reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, identification of all contractors and subcontractors and complete plans and specifications, MEP drawings and construction drawings. For purposes of clarification, Landlord requesting additional and/or clarified information, in addition to approving or denying any request (in whole or in part), shall be deemed a response by Landlord for purposes of the foregoing ten (10) Business Day period response requirement.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-24-

  


b. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Paragraph 9, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, to make any Alteration that meets all of the following criteria (a “Non-Material Alteration”): (i) the Alteration is limited to the interior of the Building, (ii) the Alteration is nonstructural and does not reduce the rentable area of the Premises that contains office improvements, (iii) the Alteration does not adversely affect the Building’s electrical, mechanical, life safety, plumbing, security, or HVAC systems or any portion of the Base Building, (iv) the Alteration does not require the consent of any Superior Interest and (v) Tenant provides Landlord with ten (10) Business Days’ advance written notice of the commencement of any such Non-Material Alteration. At the time Tenant notifies Landlord of any Non-Material Alteration, Tenant shall give Landlord a copy of Tenant’s plans for the work. If the Non-Material Alteration is of such a nature that formal plans will not be prepared for the work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a reasonably specific description of the work.

c. All Alterations shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including the expense of complying with all present and future Legal Requirements, including those regarding asbestos, if applicable, and any other work required to be performed in other areas within or outside the Premises by reason of the Alterations. As respects all Alterations other than Non-Material Alterations, Tenant shall either (i) arrange for Landlord to perform the work on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, each in its sole discretion or (ii) use contractors approved by Landlord in writing in advance (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the information submitted to bidders at such time as the bidders receive their copy. Except as otherwise provided in the Work Letter as respects the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall not be required to pay Landlord any fee for Landlord’s internal review of Tenant’s Plans or general inspection or oversight of the construction of any Alterations; provided, however, that as respects all Alterations other than the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket fees and charges paid to third party architects, engineers and other consultants to the extent such third party review is reasonably required for review of the work and the plans and specifications with respect thereto and to monitor contractor compliance with Building construction requirements, and for other miscellaneous costs incurred by Landlord as result of the work.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-25-

  


d. All such work shall be performed diligently and in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with plans and specifications approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord (in the case where Landlord’s consent is not required), shall be performed by contractors approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and shall comply with all Legal Requirements and Landlord’s reasonable and customary construction standards, procedures, conditions and requirements for the Building as in effect from time to time (including Landlord’s requirements relating to insurance and contractor qualifications (“Landlord’s Construction Standards”)). To the extent applicable, and without limitation of the foregoing, Tenant shall cause a timely Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of Los Angeles County in accordance with Section 8182 of the California Civil Code or any successor statute. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following the completion of the Alterations, a copy of as-built drawings of the Alterations for any such Alterations that affect the Base Building or are otherwise of a type and nature that as-built drawings would normally be prepared for such Alterations, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Default by Tenant in the payment of any sums agreed to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for or in connection with an Alteration (regardless of whether such agreement is pursuant to this Paragraph 9 or separate instrument) shall entitle Landlord to all the same remedies as for non-payment of rent hereunder. Any Alterations that are affixed to the Premises (but excluding moveable, free standing partitions) and that cannot be removed without causing damage to the Premises and all carpeting, shall at once become part of the Building and the property of Landlord, provided, however, all Alterations installed at the expense of Tenant, whether installed by Tenant or by Landlord (i.e., excluding any fixtures paid for by Landlord directly or by way of an allowance, including, without limitation, Landlord’s Allowance provided under the Work Letter) shall be the property of Tenant during the Term and, upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall automatically become the property of Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days prior written notice of the date the construction of the Alteration is to commence. Landlord may post and record an appropriate notice of non-responsibility with respect to any Alteration and Tenant shall maintain any such notices posted by Landlord in or on the Premises.

e. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, as respects all Alterations, including the Tenant Improvements:

i. For any Alterations following the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall not reduce the rentable area of the Premises that contains office improvements without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ii. Tenant shall not use, operate or alter the Premises in any manner in a manner that might be inconsistent with Landlord’s sustainability practices or that might imperil any existing or targeted certification or accreditation of the Base Building under the LEED rating system. Subject to Legal Requirements, Landlord shall not condition its consent to any Alteration that Tenant construct the Premises in accordance with LEED or other environmental or energy standards as long as it does not impede the ability to acquire a LEED rating for the Base Building.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-26-

  


iii. All telephone, data, and other cabling and wiring (including any cabling and wiring associated with any Wi-Fi network) (collectively, “Cabling”) shall be (A) installed in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Legal Requirements, including the National Electric Code or any successor statute, and (B) properly labeled at each end and in each electrical closet and junction box. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (1) in the event that Tenant no longer leases a portion of the Building, Tenant shall remove all Cabling installed by Tenant in such portion (or otherwise serving such portion) of the Premises and (2) at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all Cabling installed by Tenant in the Premises.

f. Upon the request of Tenant, Landlord shall join in any applications for any permits, approvals or certificates required to be obtained by Tenant in connection with any permitted Alteration (provided that the applicable laws require Landlord to join in such application) and shall otherwise cooperate with Tenant in connection therewith; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to join Tenant in applying for, or otherwise approve of, any conditional use permits, changing in zoning or any other approvals that might otherwise be binding on the Premises with respect to the uses permitted at the Premises or that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, might adversely impact the Premises or the uses of other occupants therein. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that Landlord incurs in so joining in such applications and cooperating with Tenant, within thirty (30) days after the date that Landlord gives to Tenant an invoice therefor from time to time.

g. To the extent that any Alterations or Tenant Improvements made for or by Tenant (a) are structural in nature, or (b) would be materially more difficult, time-consuming or expensive to remove from the Premises than improvements that would reasonably be installed by or for a typical tenant using space for general office purposes in a normal and customary manner, then Landlord may require that such Alterations be removed from the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Upon Tenant’s express written request making specific reference to this Paragraph 9.g., Landlord shall advise Tenant at the time of Landlord’s approval of any such Alteration (including any Tenant Improvement) (or within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s notice to Landlord with respect to those Alterations not requiring Landlord’s approval, but which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing) whether Landlord will require the removal of said Alteration (in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.g.) and restoration of the Premises to its previous condition at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease; provided, however, that as respects the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall make such election as respects removal of any component of the Tenant Improvements prior to, or contemporaneously with, Landlord’s final approval of the Approved Contract Documents (as such term is defined in Section 2.1.3 of the Work Letter). Landlord’s failure to expressly waive in writing Tenant’s removal obligation as to any Alterations for which Tenant has requested designation for approval in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 9.g. shall be deemed Landlord’s election that Tenant is required to remove such Alterations. The removal of the Alterations and the restoration of the Premises shall be performed by a general contractor selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, in which event Tenant shall pay the general contractor’s fees and costs in connection with such work. Any separate work letter or other agreement which is hereafter entered into between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to Alterations shall be deemed to automatically incorporate the terms of this Lease without the necessity for further reference thereto.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-27-

  


10.Repair.

a.Repairs by Tenant. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain and repair (i) Tenant’s non-Building standard Alterations, (ii) any supplemental Building systems (including, but not limited to, air-conditioning systems or power generators) installed by Tenant at the Premises (the “Tenant Installed Supplemental Building Systems”) and (iii) any equipment used in connection with the Premises and installed specifically for Tenant (including, without limitation, dishwashers, garbage disposals, and insta-hot dispensers) (“Tenant’s Equipment”), in good condition and repair; provided that Tenant shall not be responsible for repairs to the extent such repairs are necessitated by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors. In addition, if Tenant exercises the right to assume Property Management duties pursuant to Paragraph 17.g.ii. below, then Tenant shall be responsible, Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for maintaining and repairing all aspects of the Premises other than the Base Building in good condition and repair consistent with the Management Standard (as defined in Paragraph 17.g.iv. below). Except as provided in Paragraph 10.b.iii below, Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord as provided by any Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect. It is specifically understood and agreed that, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 and of any similar Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect.

b.Repairs by Landlord.

i.Repairs to the Premises due to fire, earthquake, acts of God or the elements shall be governed by Paragraph 26 below, and repairs to the Premises due to a governmental taking shall be governed by Paragraph 27 below. Subject to the foregoing and Tenant’s repair obligations under Paragraph 10.a. above, Landlord shall repair and maintain the Premises in good condition and repair consistent with the Management Standard, the costs of which shall be included in Operating Expenses as provided in Paragraph 7.a. above; provided, however, in the event that Tenant exercises the right to assume Property Management duties pursuant to Paragraph 17.g.ii. below, then Landlord’s maintenance and repair duties hereunder shall be limited to the Base Building.

ii.Landlord shall give Tenant at least ten (10) days’ prior notice of any repairs or replacements to the Premises which will affect the normal conduct of business operations in the Premises (except in the case of an emergency posing imminent risk of material harm to persons or property, in which event Landlord shall only be required to give such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances) and use reasonable efforts to coordinate with Tenant in the scheduling of such non-emergency entry. If, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, Landlord’s repairs would materially interfere with or disrupt the normal conduct of any business operations in the Premises, Landlord shall perform such repairs only after the regular hours of operation of Tenant to the extent that it is commercially feasible to perform such work after business hours. In any entrance into the Premises to perform repairs, Landlord shall endeavor in good faith to comply with Tenant’s reasonable security procedures previously detailed by Tenant to Landlord, except to the extent Landlord or its agents determine that an emergency makes compliance with such procedures impracticable.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-28-

  


iii. If Landlord fails to timely perform any of its obligations under this Paragraph 10.b. related to the maintenance or repair of the Premises or Paragraph 8.b.ii. above regarding compliance with Legal Requirements, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice specifying the nature of such failure to perform and requesting performance. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cure such failure within thirty (30) days of written notice from Tenant (or, in the case of emergencies posing a significant threat of property damage or personal injury, five (5) day after written notice from Tenant); provided, however, if the nature of the cure of such default will reasonably require more than thirty (30) days (or three (3) Business Days for emergencies) to complete and Landlord is proceeding with due diligence to remedy such matter, then such thirty (30)-day period (or three (3)-Business Day period for emergencies) will be extended for such additional time as may be necessary for Landlord to complete such cure so long as Landlord has commenced taking action to cure such failure within such thirty (30)-day period (or three (3)-Business Day period for emergencies). If such default remains uncured by the time permitted in the preceding sentence, Tenant may deliver to Landlord (and any holder of a Superior Interest of which Tenant has received notice) a second written notice in bold print indicating such default remains uncured, and if Landlord’s failure continues for an additional five (5) Business Days (or two (2) Business Days for emergencies) after delivery of such second notice, Tenant may remedy such default provided (A) such obligation may be performed entirely within the Premises and shall not materially adversely affect the Building’s electrical, mechanical, life safety, elevator, plumbing, security, or HVAC systems or materially adversely affect any structural components of the Building or any part of the Building other than the Premises, (B) if such obligation is in the nature of Alterations, the work is performed in accordance with all Legal Requirements and the provisions of Paragraph 9 above, and (C) performance by Tenant of such obligation does not involve any Hazardous Materials. Tenant’s work shall comply with the applicable terms of Paragraph 9, above, and Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Building for work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in first class office building in the downtown Los Angeles area. All costs reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance by Tenant of such obligation of Landlord shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor, together with documentation reasonably supporting such costs. In the event that Landlord shall fail to timely pay or dispute in good faith (in which case Landlord shall pay any undisputed amounts) such amounts, then Tenant may offset any such unpaid and undisputed amounts against the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the time such amounts were expended by Tenant (provided, however, that the amount that Tenant may offset hereunder in any calendar month shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Monthly Rent owing for such calendar month, with such offset continuing until the full amount has been recovered by Tenant). If Landlord disputes in good faith and with reasonable detail Landlord’s obligation to pay for such amounts (either because Landlord disputes Landlord’s obligation to perform such actions under this Lease, or because Landlord contends the claimed amounts are excessive) then such dispute may be submitted to JAMS, Inc., for determination pursuant to their expedited commercial dispute rules and procedures, which determination shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant prevails in such determination, then Landlord shall pay the amounts owing to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination and in the event that Landlord shall fail to timely pay such amounts, then Tenant may offset any such unpaid and undisputed amounts against the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the time such amounts were expended by Tenant (provided, however, that the amount that Tenant may offset hereunder in any calendar month shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Monthly Rent owing for such calendar month, with such offset continuing until the full amount has been recovered by Tenant). Landlord shall, from time to time, give Tenant written notice of the identity and address of any such Lender and/or the lessor under any master or ground lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not have the right to sue Landlord for any consequential, punitive or incidental damages (including, without limitation, any claims for lost profits and/or lost business opportunity).

11. Abandonment. Tenant shall not abandon the Premises or any part thereof at any time during the term hereof. Tenant understands that if Tenant abandons the Premises, the risk of fire, other casualty and vandalism to the Premises and the Building will be increased. Accordingly, such action by Tenant shall constitute a default hereunder regardless of whether Tenant continues to pay Monthly Rent, Parking Space Rental and/or Additional Rent under this Lease, unless Tenant makes reasonable accommodation for securing the Premises. All movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Lease term. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or if Tenant abandons, vacates or surrenders all or any part of the Premises or is dispossessed of the Premises by process of law, or otherwise, Tenant’s Property left on the Premises shall at the option of Landlord be deemed to be abandoned and, whether or not the property is deemed abandoned, Landlord shall have the right, following five (5) Business Days’ notice to Tenant, to remove such property from the Premises and charge Tenant for the removal and any restoration of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 9. Landlord may charge Tenant for the storage of Tenant’s Property left on the Premises at such rates as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, or, Landlord may, at its option, store Tenant’s Property in a public warehouse at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the provisions of this Paragraph 11 nor any other provision of this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to care for or preserve any of Tenant’s property left upon the Premises, and Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord from any claim or liability in connection with the removal of such property from the Premises and the storage thereof and specifically waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 with respect to such release. Landlord’s action or inaction with regard to the provisions of this Paragraph 11 shall not be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to require Tenant to remove Tenant’s Property, restore any damage to the Premises and the Building caused by such removal, and make any restoration required pursuant to Paragraph 9 above.

12. Liens. If any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien arising out of work performed at the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant is filed against the fee of the Premises or against Tenant’s interest in the Premises, then Tenant, within twenty (20) days of its notice or actual knowledge of such lien, shall remove the same of record (by bonding or otherwise). Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. If any such lien is filed and the same is not timely removed by Tenant as provided above, Landlord may, after twenty (20) days’ written notice to

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-29-

  


Tenant, without waiving its rights based on such breach by Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder, take all necessary actions to bond against the same and in such event the sums so paid by Landlord shall be due and payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written demand therefor, with interest from the date paid by Landlord through the date Tenant pays Landlord, at the Interest Rate. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below) harmless from and against any Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below) for mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens in connection with any Alterations, repairs or any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant (other than Landlord’s Work).

13. Assignment and Subletting.

a. Landlord’s Consent. Landlord’s and Tenant’s agreement with regard to Tenant’s right to transfer all or part of its interest in the Premises is as expressly set forth in this Paragraph 13. Tenant agrees that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Paragraph 13, neither this Lease nor all or any part of the leasehold interest created hereby shall, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred by Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives or successors in interest (collectively, an “assignment”) and neither the Premises nor any part thereof shall be sublet or be used or occupied for any purpose by anyone other than Tenant (collectively, a “sublease”), in each case without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Paragraph 13, any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall constitute an Event of Default entitling Landlord to exercise all remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at law.

The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that, among other circumstances for which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where: (i) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s reputation or creditworthiness (taking into consideration Tenant’s ongoing liability hereunder); (ii) Landlord reasonably determines that the character of the business that would be conducted by the proposed assignee or subtenant at the Premises, or the manner of conducting such business, would be inconsistent with the character of the Building as a first-class office building; (iii) the assignment or subletting would involve a change in use from that expressly permitted under this Lease; or (iv) as of the date Tenant requests Landlord’s consent or as of the date Landlord responds thereto, a breach or default by Tenant under this Lease shall have occurred and be continuing. Landlord’s foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease.

For purposes of this Paragraph 13, the following events shall be deemed an assignment or sublease, as appropriate: (i) the issuance of equity interests (whether stock, partnership interests or otherwise) in Tenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, to any person or group of related persons, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions, such that, following such issuance, such person or group shall have Control (as defined below) of Tenant or assignee; (ii) a transfer of Control of Tenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without limitation, by consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization), except that the transfer of

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-30-

  


outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests by persons or parties other than “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the “over-the-counter” market or any recognized national or international securities exchange, shall not be included in determining whether Control has been transferred; (iii) a reduction of Tenant’s assets to the point that this Lease is substantially Tenant’s only asset; or (iv) the agreement by a third party to assume, take over, or reimburse Tenant for, all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, in order to induce Tenant to lease space with such third party. “Control” shall mean direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of all of the voting stock of a corporation or more than fifty percent (50%) of the legal or equitable interest in any other business entity, or the power to direct the operations of any entity (by equity ownership, contract or otherwise). An assignment or sublease as provided in this paragraph may additionally be subject to the terms of Paragraph 13.h, below, regarding Affiliates of Tenant, in which case such assignment or sublease will not require Landlord’s consent, provided that such assignment or sublease complies with the terms of Paragraph 13.h., below.

If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet, Landlord may, upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder, collect rent from the subtenant. In either event, Landlord may apply the amount collected from the assignee or subtenant to Tenant’s monetary obligations hereunder.

The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting hereunder shall not relieve Tenant or any assignee or subtenant from the requirement of obtaining Landlord’s express prior written consent to any other or further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any subtenant be permitted to assign its sublease or to further sublet all or any portion of its subleased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Neither an assignment or subletting nor the collection of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant, nor the application of any such rent as provided in this Paragraph 13.a. shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 13.a. or release Tenant from its obligation to comply with the provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s consent to enter into a sublease, license, or other occupancy agreement in connection with any Live Event/Retail Sublease or Shared Space Arrangement (each as defined below).

b. Processing Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Landlord’s cost of processing each proposed assignment or subletting, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees, plus (ii) the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) for the cost of Landlord’s administrative, accounting and clerical time (collectively, “Processing Costs”), and the amount of all reasonable out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses incurred by Landlord arising from the assignee or sublessee taking occupancy of the subject space. The total fee payable by Tenant, including Processing Costs and any such third party costs shall not exceed $2,500 for an assignment or subletting made in the ordinary course of business.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-31-

  


c. Consideration to Landlord. In the event of any “True Third Party Sublease”, as defined below, whether or not requiring Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall be entitled to receive, as additional rent hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any consideration (including, without limitation, payment for leasehold improvements) paid by the assignee or subtenant for the assignment or sublease and, in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of the excess of the amount of rent paid for the sublet space by the subtenant over the amount of Monthly Rent under Paragraph 5 above, Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above and Parking Space Rental under Paragraph 53 below attributable to the sublet space for the corresponding month; except that Tenant may recapture, in each case, prior to paying Landlord any amount of monies hereunder, any brokerage commissions paid by Tenant in connection with the subletting or assignment (not to exceed commissions typically paid in the market at the time of such subletting or assignment), any improvement allowance or cost of improvements paid by Tenant to the subtenant or assignee or in connection with the sublease or assignment, reasonable legal fees paid by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting, and Tenant’s costs incurred in connection with the assignment or sublease, including for preparing the space for the subtenant’s or assignee’s occupancy (including the amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord as rental for the subject space for the period, if any, not to exceed thirty (30) days, commencing on the date the subject space was vacated by Tenant and ending on the date the assignee’s or subtenant’s rental obligation for the subject space commenced) (collectively the “Assignment or Subletting Costs”), provided that, as a condition to Tenant recapturing the Assignment or Subletting Costs, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s execution of Landlord’s consent to the assignment or subletting, a detailed accounting of the Assignment or Subletting Costs and supporting documents, such as receipts and construction invoices. To effect the foregoing, Tenant shall deduct from the monthly amounts received by Tenant from the subtenant or assignee as rent or consideration (i) the Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and Parking Space Rental payable by Tenant to Landlord for the subject space and (ii) the amount of the Assignment or Subletting Costs, and fifty percent (50%) of the then remaining sum, if any, shall be paid promptly to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year and within sixty (60) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease a statement specifying each sublease in effect during such calendar year or partial calendar year, the rentable area demised thereby, the term thereof and a computation in reasonable detail showing the calculation of the Assignment or Subletting Costs, the amounts paid and payable by the subtenant to Tenant, and by Tenant to Landlord, with respect to such sublease for the period covered by such statement, together with supporting documents, such as receipts and construction invoices. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall assign to Landlord all amounts to be paid to Tenant by any such subtenant or assignee and that belong to Landlord and shall direct such subtenant or assignee to pay the same directly to Landlord. If there is more than one sublease under this Lease, the amounts (if any) to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 13.c., shall be separately calculated for each sublease and amounts due Landlord with regard to any one sublease may not be offset against rental and other consideration pertaining to or due under any other sublease. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed written statement of all sums payable by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant so that Landlord can determine the total sums, if any, due from Tenant to Landlord under this Paragraph 13.c. A “True Third Party Sublease shall mean a sublease to a third party other than (1) a Shared Space Arrangement (as defined below), (2) any sublease or license to any third party using space for providing live entertainment or similar public event at the Premises (the “Live Event Space”), or subleases or licenses for retail, restaurant or similar uses on the ground floor of the Building (the “Retail/Restaurant Space”) (subleases or licenses with respect to the Live Event Space or the Retail/Restaurant Space shall be referred to herein as a “Live Event/Retail Sublease”), and (3) subleases or licenses with Affiliates (as defined below).

d. Procedures. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest therein (other than to an Affiliate) or sublet all or part of the Premises to an entity other than an Affiliate, a Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice thereof and the terms proposed (the “Sublease Notice”), which Sublease Notice shall be accompanied by Tenant’s proposed assignment or sublease agreement (in which the proposed assignee or subtenant shall be named, shall be executed by Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant, and which agreement shall otherwise meet the requirements of Paragraph 13.e. below), together with (for an assignment or for a sublease in excess of 5,000 rentable square feet) a current financial statement of such proposed assignee or subtenant and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall have no liability for any real estate brokerage commission(s) or with respect to any of the costs and expenses that Tenant may have incurred in connection with its proposed assignment or subletting, and Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all other Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), including, without limitation, claims for commissions, arising from such proposed assignment or subletting. Landlord’s foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease.

e. Documentation.

i. Assignments and True Third Party Sublease. No permitted assignment or subletting by Tenant (other than those involving Affiliates or a Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement) shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of the assignment, sublease, license or other space sharing arrangement which expressly provides that (i) the assignee or subtenant may not further assign this Lease or the sublease, as applicable, or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which, in the case of a further assignment proposed by an assignee of this Lease, shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to Landlord’s rights under the provisions of this Paragraph 13, and in the case of a subtenant’s assignment of its sublease or further subletting of its subleased premises or any portion thereof, may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), (ii) the assignee, subtenant or licensee, as the case may be, will comply with all of the provisions of this Lease (in the case of a sublease, to the extent applicable to the subleased premises), and Landlord may enforce the Lease provisions directly against such assignee, subtenant or licensee, as the case may be, (iii) in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising on or after the date of the assignment, and (iv) in the case of a sublease, the subtenant agrees to be and remain jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the payment of rent pertaining to the sublet space in the amount set forth in the sublease, and for the performance of all of the terms and provisions of this Lease applicable to the sublet space. In addition to the foregoing, no assignment or sublease by Tenant shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord, to the extent Landlord’s approval is required under this Lease, a fully executed counterpart of Landlord’s commercially reasonable consent to assignment or consent to sublease form (which consent to sublease shall not modify the terms of this Lease, or require Tenant to assume any additional liability or obligations not set forth in this Lease). The failure or refusal of a subtenant or assignee to execute any such commercially reasonable instrument shall not release or discharge the subtenant or assignee from its liability as set forth

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-32-

  


above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no subtenant or assignee shall be permitted to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof unless and until such subtenant or assignee provides Landlord with certificates evidencing that such subtenant or assignee is carrying all insurance coverage required of such subtenant or assignee under this Lease.

ii. Live Event/Retail Sublease and Shared Space Arrangements. No Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord (1) in the case of a Live Event/Retail Sublease, no later than five (5) days prior or (2) in the case of a Shared Space Arrangement, no later than five (5) days after, the applicable subtenant or licensee commencing any activities at the Premises (A) a fully executed counterpart of the assignment, sublease, license or other space sharing arrangement, and (B) certificates evidencing that such assignee, subtenant or licensee, as the case may be, is carrying commercially reasonable liability and property insurance naming Landlord and any parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds. Any such Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement shall be expressly subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, including provisions providing that (i) such occupant agrees that Landlord and the Landlord Indemnities shall not be liable to such occupant for any loss, injury or other damage to person or property in or about the subject space from any cause whatsoever (except to the extent of any loss, injury or damage resulting directly from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct), (ii) such occupant acknowledges that under no circumstance shall Landlord or the Landlord Indemnities be liable for any consequential or remote damages or lost profits or loss of business, and (ii) such occupant shall indemnify Landlord and the Landlord Indemnities from all Claims to the extent arising from the acts or omissions of Occupant, Occupant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, subtenants, customers, guests or invitees in or about the Premises (except to the extent of any Claims directly from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct). Any violation of any provision of this Lease under any Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement shall be deemed to be a default by Tenant under such provision of this Lease, and the party to such Live Event/Retail Sublease or Shared Space Arrangement shall have no recourse against Landlord whatsoever on account of any failure by Landlord to perform any of its obligation under the Lease or on account of any other matter. Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord as provided in Paragraph 14.b., below, shall apply to any Claims arising by virtue of any Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement. Any such Live Event/Retail Sublease or Shared Space Arrangement shall terminate upon the termination of this Lease.

f. No Merger. Without limiting any of the provisions of this Paragraph 13, if Tenant has entered into any subleases of any portion of the Premises, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work as a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. If Landlord does elect that such surrender or cancellation operate as an assignment of such subleases or subtenancies, Landlord shall in no way be liable for any previous act or omission by Tenant under the subleases or for the return of any deposit(s) under the subleases that have not been actually delivered to Landlord, nor shall Landlord be bound by any sublease modification(s) executed without Landlord’s consent or for any advance rental payment by the subtenant in excess of one month’s rent.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-33-

  


g. Special Transfer Prohibitions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, Tenant may not (a) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to any person or entity in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”); or (b) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease in any other manner which could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or which could cause any other income received by Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Code.

h. Permitted Transfers.

i. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign this Lease without Landlord’s consent, to (i) any partnership, corporation or other entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant or Tenant’s parent (control being defined as in California General Corporations Code Sections 160 and 5045), including a change of Control of Tenant or of Tenant’s parent, (ii) to any partnership, corporation or other entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant or Tenant’s parent, or (iii) to any person or entity which acquires all or substantially all the assets of Tenant as a going concern (including by means of a purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock) (any such entity, an “Affiliate”), provided that (1) Landlord receives at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any such assignment (unless pursuant to applicable law, such advance notice is not permitted, in which event Tenant shall provide notice as promptly as is practicable under the circumstances), together with reasonably satisfactory evidence that the requirements of this Paragraph 13.h. have been met, (2) the Affiliate’s net worth is not less than Tenant’s net worth as of the date immediately prior to the assignment or subletting (or series of transactions of which the same is a part), (3) if applicable, the Affiliate assumes in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, (4) Landlord receives a fully executed copy of an assignment agreement between Tenant and the Affiliate, and (5) in the case of an assignment by means of a purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock, the essential purpose of such assignment is to transfer an active, ongoing business with material assets in addition to this Lease, and (6) the transaction is for legitimate business purposes unrelated to this Lease and the transaction is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid it obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on assignment and subletting contained herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Affiliate does not meet the net worth requirement set forth in clause (2) above, then such net worth requirement may be satisfied by another entity (including Tenant) that does meet such net worth requirement executing a guaranty of the Affiliates obligations under this Lease (provided such guarantor entity intends to remain an active, ongoing business with material direct or indirect assets during the remaining term of this Lease). For purposes of this Paragraph 13.h.i., a sublease of the entire Premises to an Affiliate shall constitute an assignment hereunder requiring compliance with the terms of this Paragraph 13.h.i.

ii. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may, from time to time, sublease or otherwise allow the use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s consent, to one or more Affiliates and such arrangements may not be formalized in writing. Any such sublease (whether or not formalized in writing) to an Affiliate shall not require Landlord’s consent, but shall be subject to the

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-34-

  


following requirements: (1) Tenant shall keep Landlord reasonably informed of the Affiliates operating in the Premises from time to time and shall ensure that any such Affiliates are carrying liability and property insurance as required by the terms of this Lease (which may be under the same insurance as Tenant’s); (2) no such occupancy or use of the Premises by Affiliates shall alter or modify the Tenant entity under this Lease or the liability of Tenant for any breach of this Lease (including, without limitation, any breach of this Lease due to the acts or omissions of any such Affiliate); (3) the acts or omissions of such Affiliates shall be attributed to Tenant for all purposes under this Lease as if Tenant were the one that committed such acts or omissions (including, without limitation, as respects indemnity obligations hereunder and failure to comply with terms and conditions of this Lease); (4) Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Paragraph 14.b, below, shall apply to any “Claims”, as defined therein, arising from the use of the Premises by any such Affiliate, and such Claims shall include any claim made against Landlord by any such affiliate resulting from liabilities expressly waived by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, including without limitation, as provided in Paragraph 14.a, below, and (5) no such Affiliate shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary or otherwise have any direct claim against Landlord for any breach of this Lease.

iii. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the provisions of Paragraphs 13.a., 13.b., 13.c., 13.d., and 13.e. shall not be applicable with respect to an assignment or sublease made pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 13.h., but any such assignment or sublease made pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 13.h. shall be subject to Paragraphs 13.f., 13.g., and 13.i. hereof.

i. Release on Certain Assignments. If Tenant makes an assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease to an assignee other than an Affiliate that assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, which assignment is made in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 13, and is approved by Landlord (if any is required) in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 13, and Tenant provides to Landlord a written notice, certified as correct by the CFO of Tenant and equivalent officer of the assignee, that the assignee has (A) a long-term credit rating, as issued by Standard & Poor’s, of not less than BBB or, as issued by Moody’s, of not less than Baa2, and (B) has a tangible net worth of at least $250,000,000.00, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles, which notice shall additionally include reasonable evidence that the conditions listed in items (A) and (B), above, are correct, then, effective as of the effective date of such assignment, and provided that no Event of Default by Tenant then exists uncured, Tenant shall be relieved and released from any obligations under this Lease first arising after the date of such assignment (but Tenant shall remain liable for any obligations arising prior to the date of such assignment). If Tenant makes an assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease to an assignee that is an Affiliate that assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, which assignment is made in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 13, and Tenant either (i) provides to Landlord a written notice, certified as correct by the CFO of Tenant and equivalent officer of the assignee, that the Affiliate has a tangible net worth of at least $250,000,000.00, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles or (ii) provides a guaranty of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease from an entity that has a tangible net worth of at least $250,000,000.00, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles (which notice shall additionally include reasonable evidence that the conditions listed in items (i) or (ii), above, are correct), then, effective as of the effective date of such assignment, and provided that no Event of Default by Tenant then exists uncured, Tenant shall be relieved and released from any obligations under this Lease first arising after the date of such assignment (but Tenant shall remain liable for any obligations arising prior to the date of such assignment).

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-35-

  


j. Shared Space Arrangement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 13, Tenant may from time to time, without Landlord’s consent but subject to Paragraph 13.e.ii. above, permit third parties (pursuant to a sublease, license or otherwise), with whom Tenant is working on particular projects or with whom Tenant or its affiliates has a business relationship (other than the particular sublease or license), to use a portion of the Premises and such use shall not be deemed to be a sublease so long as (i) no more than fifty thousand (50,000) of the rentable square footage of the Premises (exclusive of Live Event/Retail Subleases or Affiliates subleases, licenses or otherwise) is so used at any one time, and (ii) unless the Tenant has elected to manage the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 19.g below, in which case this Paragraph 13.j(iii) shall not apply, the use of the space is not a use which materially increases (a) the operating costs for the Building or (b) the burden on the Building services. Any such arrangement meeting the requirements of the foregoing sentence shall be referred to herein as a “Shared Space Arrangement”. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in determining the amount of subleased space used in accordance with this Paragraph13.j, any space occupied by any of Tenant’s Affiliates or in connection Live Event/Retail Subleases shall not be included or counted towards such aggregate amount of space so used (i.e., shall not be included in the determination or calculation of the fifty thousand (50,000) of rentable square footage of the Premises per Paragraph 13.j(i) above). The rights set forth in this paragraph are personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate of Original Tenant. Tenant shall be fully responsible for the conduct of such parties within the Premises, and Tenant’s indemnification obligations set forth in Paragraph 14 of this Lease shall apply with respect to the conduct of such parties. The provisions of Paragraph 13.c. above, shall not apply to any Shared Space Arrangement.

14. Indemnification.

a. Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interests (as defined in Paragraph 21 below) shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for any loss, injury or other damage to person or property in or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement, fire sprinklers, appliances, air conditioning, plumbing or other portion of the Premises, or gas, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, electricity, or any malfunction within the Premises, or acts of other tenants of the Building; providedhowever, that, subject to Paragraph 16 below and to the provisions of Paragraph 28 below regarding exculpation of Landlord from Special Claims, the foregoing waiver shall be inapplicable to any loss, injury or damage resulting directly from Landlord’s or such other parties’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.

b. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interest, and the constituent shareholders, partners or other owners thereof, and all of their agents, officers, directors, and employees (collectively with Landlord, the “Landlord Indemnitees”) harmless from and indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (collectively, “Claims”), to the extent arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties (as defined in Paragraph 8.d. above) in, on or about the Premises, or (b) any construction or other work undertaken by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, whether prior to or during the term of this Lease (other than

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-36-

  


Landlord’s Work), or (c) any breach or Event of Default under this Lease by Tenant, or (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in, on or about the Premises; except to the extent such Claims are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Indemnitee or their authorized representatives. In case any action or proceeding be brought against any of the Indemnitees by reason of any such Claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to resist and defend at Tenant’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.b. shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to any injury, illness, death or damage occurring prior to such expiration or termination. Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Paragraph 14.b. are subject to the provisions of Paragraph 16 below.

c. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and the Tenant Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims incurred in connection with or arising from any injury, illness, or death to any person or damage to any property to the extent such injury, illness, death or damage shall be caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party (except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other Tenant Party). The provisions of this Paragraph 14.c. shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any Claim arising prior to such termination. In case any action or proceeding be brought against Tenant by reason of any such Claim, Landlord, upon notice from Tenant, covenants to resist and defend at Landlord’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Paragraph 14.c. or elsewhere in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for any consequential or remote damages, or for loss of or damage to artwork, currency, jewelry, bullion, securities or other property in the Premises, not in the nature of ordinary fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other property used in general business office activities and functions. Landlord’s indemnification obligations under this Paragraph 14.c. are subject to the provisions of Paragraph 16 below.

15. Insurance.

a. Tenant’s Insurance; Coverage Amounts. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain during the term of this Lease (and, if Tenant occupies or conducts activities in or about the Premises prior to or after the term hereof, then also during such pre-term or post term period): (i) commercial general liability insurance including contractual liability coverage, with minimum coverages of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for products-completed operations coverage, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) fire legal liability, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for personal and advertising injury, with a Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) general aggregate limit, for injuries to, or illness or death of, persons and damage to property occurring in or about the Premises or otherwise resulting from Tenant’s operations in the Building, provided that the foregoing coverage amounts may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies; (ii) property insurance protecting Tenant against loss or damage by fire and such other risks as are insurable under then-available standard forms of “special form” (previously known as “all risk”) insurance policies (excluding earthquake and flood but including water damage and earthquake sprinkler leakage), covering Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures in or about

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-37-

  


the Premises, and any above Building standard Alterations installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term), for the full replacement value thereof without deduction for depreciation; (iii) workers’ compensation insurance in statutory limits; (iv) at least three months’ coverage for loss of business income and continuing expenses, providing protection against any peril included within the classification “special form” insurance, excluding earthquake and flood but including water damage and earthquake sprinkler leakage; and (v) if Tenant operates owned, leased or non-owned vehicles on the Premises, comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a minimum coverage of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence, combined single limit; provided that the foregoing coverage amount may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies. The property insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 15.a. shall not have deductibles exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). In no event shall any insurance maintained by Tenant hereunder or required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder be deemed to limit or satisfy Tenant’s indemnification or other obligations or liability under this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant cause any of its subtenants, licensees, contractors, vendors, movers or other parties conducting activities in or about or occupying the Premises to obtain and maintain insurance as reasonably determined by Landlord and as to which Landlord and such other parties designated by Landlord shall be additional insureds. Landlord makes no representation that the limits of liability required hereunder from time to time shall be adequate to protect Tenant.

b. Landlord’s Insurance.

i. Liability Insurance. Landlord shall maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Lease, commercial general liability insurance with regard to the Premises protecting and insuring Landlord and having a combined single limit of liability of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) for bodily injury, death and property damage liability, provided that the foregoing coverage amount may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies. In no event shall any insurance maintained by Landlord hereunder or required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder be deemed to limit or satisfy Landlord’s indemnification or other obligations or liability under this Lease.

ii. Special Form Property Insurance. Landlord shall procure and maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Lease, Special Form (previously known as “All-Risk”) property insurance (excluding earthquake and flood), including loss of rents for a minimum period of one (1) year on a replacement cost basis, in an amount adequate to cover the full insurable replacement value of all of the buildings (including the Premises) and other insurable improvements in the Premises; provided, however, in no event shall such insurance cover Tenant’s Property or trade fixtures in or about the Premises, or any improvements that are not Standard Improvements. At Landlord’s option, earthquake, earth movement (sinkholes), and flood coverage may be included, which coverage may be provided with blanket policies that include sublimits and annual aggregate limits. The property insurance required to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph shall not have deductibles exceeding Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), except earthquake, earth movement and flood coverage, which deductibles shall be commercially reasonable and customary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, on not less than sixty (60) days prior notice to Landlord, to cause Landlord to procure and maintain earthquake insurance covering the Premises, in an amount reasonably requested by Tenant (and Tenant acknowledges that the cost thereof shall be payable by Tenant as an Operating Expense).

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-38-

  


c. Policy Form. Each insurance policy required pursuant to Paragraph 15.a. or 15.b. above shall be issued by an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of California and with a general policyholders’ rating of “A-” or better and a financial size ranking of “Class VIII” or higher in the most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Guide. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice if an insurance policy obtained by Tenant hereunder is materially changed, cancelled or will be allowed to lapse. Any deductibles shall be in commercially reasonable and customary amounts. The liability policies and any umbrella/excess coverage policies carried pursuant to clauses (i) and (v) of Paragraph 15.a. above shall (i) name or automatically add (by blanket additional insured endorsement) Landlord and all the other Indemnitees and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds, (ii) provide that no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligations of the insurer with respect to any other insured and (iii) provide that the policy and the coverage provided shall be primary, that Landlord, although an additional insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to recovery under such policy for any damage to Landlord or the other Indemnitees by reason of acts or omissions of Tenant, and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be noncontributory with respect to policies carried by Tenant. The property insurance policies carried under item (ii) of Paragraphs 15.a. and 15.b. above shall include all waiver of subrogation rights endorsements necessary to effect the provisions of Paragraph 16 below. A certificate of each such insurance policy required of Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 15 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant on or before the effective date of such policy and thereafter Tenant shall deliver to Landlord renewal policies or certificates at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration dates of expiring policies. If Tenant fails to procure such insurance or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at its option, after not less than ten (10) days prior notice and opportunity to cure, procure the same for Tenant’s account, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant upon demand.

d. No Implication. Nothing in this Paragraph 15 shall be construed as creating or implying the existence of (i) any ownership by Tenant of any fixtures, additions, Alterations, or improvements in or to the Premises or (ii) any right on Tenant’s part to make any addition, Alteration or improvement in or to the Premises.

e. Increased Insurance. The liability insurance requirements under Paragraph 15 shall be reviewed by Landlord and Tenant every five (5) years for the purpose of mutually increasing (in consultation with their respective insurance advisors) the minimum limits of such insurance to limits which shall be reasonable and customary for similar facilities of like size and operation in accordance with generally accepted insurance industry standards. The replacement value of the buildings and other insurable improvements located on the Premises shall be re-evaluated every five (5) years at the request of either Landlord or Tenant.

16. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights. Each party hereto hereby releases the other respective party and, in the case of Tenant as the releasing party, the other Indemnitees, and in the case of Landlord, the Tenant’s agents, employees and Affiliates, and the respective partners, shareholders, agents, employees, officers, directors and authorized representatives of

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-39-

  


such released party, from any claims such releasing party may have for damage to the Building, the Premises or any of such releasing party’s fixtures, personal property, improvements and alterations in or about the Premises that is caused by or results from risks insured against under any “special form” insurance policies actually carried by such releasing party or deemed to be carried by such releasing party; provided, however, that such waiver shall be limited to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable by the relevant insurance company with respect to such loss or damage (or in the case of deemed coverage, the net proceeds that would have been payable). For purposes of this Paragraph 16, Tenant and Landlord shall be deemed to be carrying any of the insurance policies required pursuant to Paragraph 15 but not actually carried by such party. Each party hereto shall cause each such fire and extended coverage insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation against the other respective party and the other released parties in connection with any matter covered by such policy.

17. Utilities/Services.

a. Basic Services. Landlord shall furnish the following utilities and services (“Basic Services”) for the Premises: (i) electricity for Building standard lighting and power suitable for the use of the Premises for ordinary general office purposes, (ii) heat and air conditioning (“HVAC”) from the HVAC units serving the Premises installed as part of Landlord’s Work and described in Schedule 3 hereof, for a total of 2,900 hours per year, with the particular hours of such service on each day of the year being determined by Tenant on reasonable advance notice to Landlord (the “Standard HVAC Hours”), (iii) unheated water for the restroom(s) and kitchen areas in the Premises, (iv) elevator service to the floor(s) of the Premises by non-attended automatic elevators for general office pedestrian usage, and (v) on Business Days, janitorial services consistent with the Management Standard. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant may use water, electric current, and janitorial service in excess of that provided in Basic Services (“Excess Services,” which shall include without limitation any power usage other than through existing standard 110-volt AC outlets; electricity in excess of the lesser of that described in clause (i) above or clause (ii) of Paragraph 17.c. below; electricity and/or water consumed by Tenant in connection with any dedicated or supplemental heating, ventilating and/or air conditioning, computer power, telecommunications and/or other special units or systems of Tenant; chilled, heated or condenser water; or water used for any purpose other than ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes), provided that the Excess Services desired by Tenant are reasonably available to Landlord and to the Premises, and provided further that Tenant complies with the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for requesting and paying for such Excess Services and with all other provisions of this Paragraph 17. Notwithstanding the above, (subject to any temporary shutdown for repairs, for security purposes, for compliance with any legal restrictions, or due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, fire or other casualty, acts of God, acts of terror, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord) (A) Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, each day of the Lease term, (B) the services described in (i), (iii) and (iv) above shall be provided to the Premises 24 hours a day, each day of the Lease term, and (C) subject to the above provisions of this Paragraph 17.a. regarding availability of Excess Services and Paragraph 17.b. below regarding Tenant’s payment for Excess Services, the heat and air conditioning described in (ii) above shall be available to the Premises 24 hours a day, each day of the Lease term.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-40-

  


b. Payment for Utilities and Services. The cost of Basic Services shall be included in Operating Expenses. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand (i) the cost, at Landlord’s actual cost of providing the same, of any Excess Services used by Tenant and (ii) the cost of installing any equipment required in connection with any Excess Services requested by Tenant. Landlord’s failure to bill Tenant for any of the foregoing shall not waive Landlord’s right to bill Tenant for the same at a later time. As respects Excess Services for HVAC, if in any calendar year of the Term, Tenant uses HVAC service from any particular HVAC unit serving the Premises (not including package or supplemental units installed by Tenant) for a number of hours in excess of the Standard HVAC Hours (the “Excess Use Hours”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal the excess depreciation caused by the excess usage (without mark-up), calculated as set forth below. As of the date of this Lease based on the existing HVAC systems serving the Premises, such depreciation computation will be based on an expected useful service life of 15 years and a cost of $2,500 per ton as the installed equipment cost. As of the date hereof, the cost per Excess Use Hour payable by Tenant shall be as set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto (and Tenant acknowledges that such amounts may change as and when particular HVAC units are required to be replaced). The such cost for Excess Use Hours is subject to change throughout the Lease term if there is any Capital Repairs/Replacements performed to an HVAC unit; provided, however, that such rates shall at all times reflect Landlord’s reasonable calculation of the excess depreciation of the subject HVAC units caused by the excess usage and shall not include any mark up by Landlord. If the term of this Lease commences or ends on a day other than the first or last day of a calendar year, respectively, the Standard HVAC Hours applicable to the calendar year in which such term commences or ends shall be prorated according to the ratio which the number of days during the term of this Lease in such calendar year bears to three hundred sixty five (365). Following written request by Tenant from time to time but not more frequently than once each month, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a statement reasonably indicating the HVAC hours utilized by Tenant for its Premises as reflected by the meter.

c. Utility Connections. Tenant use of electricity at the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of the feeders or other aspects of the Building electrical system. Tenant will not conduct additional coring or channeling of the floor of the Premises in order to install new electric outlets in the Premises without the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant acknowledges that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if Landlord reasonably determines that coring and/or channeling of the floor in order to install such additional outlets will weaken the structure of the floor.

d. HVAC System Design and Use. Tenant agrees that it shall design the Premises and use the Premises HVAC systems, and operate its business in the Premises, so as not to cause undue wear and tear on the HVAC systems. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the adequacy or fitness of the heating, air conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures that may be required for, or because of, any computer or communications rooms, studio space, lighting, retail or restaurant use, machine rooms, conference rooms or other areas of high concentration of personnel or electrical usage, or any other uses other than or in excess of the fractional horsepower normally required for office equipment, or for any lack of performance of such HVAC systems due to Tenant’s partitioning of the Premises, and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage suffered by Tenant or others in connection therewith.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-41-

  


e. Governmental Controls. In the event any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises promulgates or revises any Legal Requirement relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions (collectively, “Controls”) or in the event Landlord is required to make alterations to the Premises in order to comply with such mandatory Controls, Landlord shall comply with such Controls and make such alterations to the Premises related thereto. Such compliance and the making of such alterations shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant.

f. Interruption of Services.

i. Landlord’s obligation to provide utilities and services for the Premises are subject to applicable Legal Requirements (including the rules or actions of the public utility company furnishing the utility or service), and shutdowns for maintenance and repairs, for security purposes, or due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, fire or other casualty, acts of God, or other causes beyond the control of Landlord. In the event of an interruption in, or failure or inability to provide any service or utility for the Premises for any reason, such interruption, failure or inability shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant, or, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, entitle Tenant to any abatement or offset of Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other amounts due from Tenant under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability.

ii. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any interruption in, or failure or inability to provide any Basic Services is (i) within Landlord’s reasonable control and continues for five (5) or more consecutive Business Days after Tenant’s written notice thereof to Landlord, or (ii) outside of Landlord’s reasonable control and continues for thirty (30) or more consecutive days after Tenant’s written notice thereof to Landlord, and Tenant is unable to use and does not use a material portion of the Premises for Tenant’s business purposes as a result thereof, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Monthly Rent under Paragraph 5 hereof and Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 hereof, which abatement shall commence as of the first day after the expiration of such five (5) Business Day or thirty (30) day period, as the case may be, and shall be based on the extent of Tenant’s inability to use the Premises for Tenant’s business. The abatement provisions set forth above shall be inapplicable to any interruption in, or failure or inability to provide any Basic Services that is caused by (x) damage by fire or other casualty or a taking (it being acknowledged that such situations shall be governed by Paragraphs 26 and 27, respectively), or (y) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-42-

  


g. Property Management.

i. Landlord Provided Property Management. As of the date hereof, the Premises shall be operated and managed by Landlord in a manner consistent with the Management Standard. Such management and operation shall include, without limitation, the provision of all of the Basic Services as provided above, repair and maintenance of the Premises and Building, including all Building systems (other than the Tenant Installed Supplemental Building Systems and Tenant’s Equipment), keeping all exterior areas in neat, clean and safe condition, and providing customary engineering services (collectively, the “Property Management”). So long as Landlord is providing the Property Management, Tenant shall have the right to request Landlord to modify the level of services being provided, including, without limitation, modifying janitorial or security services, and landscape maintenance services and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate to mutually agree on such modified level of service so long as it is consistent with the Management Standard. The costs of the Property Management shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent allowed pursuant to Paragraph 7 above. So long as Landlord is providing the Property Management, Landlord may include a management fee in Operating Expenses equal to the greater of (i) 3% of “gross revenues” of the Premises (i.e., all Monthly Rent, Parking Space Rental, and Additional Rent paid by Tenant to Landlord, but not including any utility charges), and (ii) $244,000.00 per year (the “Full Management Fee”).

ii. Tenant Right to Partially Manage Property. At any time during the Term, Tenant shall have the right to elect, by giving not less than 120-days prior written notice to Landlord, to take over the provision of all Property Management duties, with the exception of (A) the provision of the engineering function, (B) the procurement and maintenance of Landlord’s insurance for the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 15.b., (C) Landlord’s payment of Tax Expenses (subject to reimbursement from Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder), and (D) maintenance and repair of the Base Building and, except as otherwise required pursuant to Paragraph 8.b.i. above, causing the Base Building to comply with Legal Requirements to the extent necessary for Tenant to occupy the Premises (collectively, the “Landlord Retained Responsibilities”). If Tenant makes such election, then on a date mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall cease providing the Property Management duties (other than the Landlord Retained Responsibilities), and Tenant will commence to do so (the “Management Turn Over Date”). Following the Management Turn Over Date, Tenant will be responsible to provide the Basic Services and other Property Management duties and obligations (other than the Landlord Retained Responsibilities), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and the costs thereof shall no longer be included in Operating Expenses. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant’s obligations after the Management Turn Over Date shall specifically include elevator maintenance and repair. Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate to assign service contracts and guaranties related to the Property Management duties to Tenant (including Tenant contracting directly with the applicable utility companies for the provision of electrical, gas, and water service to the Premises) in an efficient manner without causing any interruption in the services provided to the Premises and without incurring any termination fees or other expenses related to such turn-over of responsibilities. Following the Management Turn Over Date, the Management Fee shall be reduced to equal the greater of (i) 1.5% of “gross revenues” of the Premises, and (ii) $122,000.00 per year (the “Partial Management Fee”) Whichever of the Full Management Fee or the Partial Management Fee is applicable, shall be the “Property Management Fee” per Section 7.a.i).

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-43-

  


iii. Landlord’s On-Site Personnel. Tenant shall provide Landlord, free of cost, with reasonable space within the Building for Landlord’s (or its applicable vendor’s) property management personnel and engineers (which space shall be commensurate with the level of service being provided by Landlord under this Lease). Any such space shall be deemed to be occupied by Tenant.

iv. Definitions.

(A) As used herein, the “Base Building” shall mean the (1) structural portions of the Building and the Parking Structure (including exterior walls, roof structure, foundation and core of the Building) and (2) the mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems of the Building other than the Tenant Installed Supplemental Building Systems and Tenant’s Equipment.

(B) As used herein, the “Management Standard” shall mean that the applicable party shall manage and operate the Premises and perform its duties under this Lease in a manner consistent with the standards followed by other first-class institutional owners and management companies of first-class office buildings of comparable quality in the downtown Los Angeles area.

18. Personal Property and Other Taxes. Tenant shall pay, at least ten (10) days before delinquency, any and all taxes, fees, charges or other governmental impositions levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant (a) upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, improvements and other personal property (including carpeting installed by Tenant) located in the Premises, (b) by virtue of any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and (c) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If any such fee, charge or other governmental imposition is paid by Landlord, and is not included in Tax Expenses, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s payment within thirty (30) days following demand (accompanied by evidence of said fee, charge or other governmental imposition).

19. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, as such rules and regulations may be reasonably modified or amended by Landlord from time to time (the “Rules and Regulations”). In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the balance of this Lease, the balance of this Lease shall control.

20. Surrender; Holding Over.

a. Surrender. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant and broom-clean, with all improvements and Alterations (except as provided below) in their good condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove from the Premises any Alterations that Tenant is required by Landlord to remove under the provisions of this Lease and all of Tenant’s Property and trade fixtures. If such removal is not completed at the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Landlord may

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-44-

  


remove the same at Tenant’s expense. Any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal shall be repaired promptly by Tenant (including the patching or repairing of damage to ceilings and walls, but Tenant shall not be required to re-paint, touch-up paint, fill minor nail holes, etc.) or, if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The removal of Alterations from the Premises shall be governed by Paragraph 9 above. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building and shall make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises.

b. Holding Over. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy at a rent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, but in no event less than the greater of (i) the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month prior to the date of the expiration of this Lease or (ii) the then fair market rental (as mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant) for the Premises. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the month-to-month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building contained in this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated and shall be inapplicable thereto. Landlord’s acceptance of rent after such holding over with Landlord’s written consent shall not result in any other tenancy or in a renewal of the original term of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s consent (or Landlord and Tenant have not otherwise been able to agree on the Monthly Rent payable for such holdover period), Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and Tenant shall pay as Monthly Rent during the holdover period an amount equal to the greater of (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for the Premises or (ii) two hundred percent (200%) of the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease for the last full month prior to the date of such expiration or termination. Except as specifically provided in this Paragraph 20, the holdover tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease.

c. Indemnification. If Tenant holds over in the Premises for period in excess of ten (10) days without Landlord’s consent, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims incurred by or asserted against Landlord and arising directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including but not limited to (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages, including lost profits, claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises or any portion thereof by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises; provided, however, as a condition to Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 20.c., Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the existence of a prospective successor tenant for the Premises or any portion thereof, or the existence of any other matter which might give rise to a claim by Landlord under the foregoing indemnity, at least thirty (30) days prior to the date Landlord shall require Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, and Tenant shall not be responsible to Landlord under the foregoing indemnity if Tenant shall surrender the Premises on or prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period (it being agreed, however, that Landlord need not identify the prospective tenant by name in its notice, and it being further agreed that such notice may be given prior to the scheduled expiration date of this Lease)..

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-45-

  


21. Subordination and Attornment.

a. Subject to Paragraph 21.b. below, this Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Premises or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded, any present or future modification, amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, and to any advances made thereunder (any of the foregoing being a “Superior Interest”). If the interest of Landlord in the Premises or the Building is transferred to any person (“Purchaser”) pursuant to or in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any Superior Interest, Tenant shall immediately attorn to the Purchaser, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Purchaser and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth herein, provided that Purchaser acquires and accepts the Premises or the Building subject to this Lease and recognizes Tenant’s rights hereunder. Upon Purchaser’s request, including any such request made by reason of the termination of this Lease as a result of such foreclosure or other proceedings, Tenant shall enter in to a new lease with Purchaser on the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the remainder of the term hereof. Notwithstanding the subordination of this Lease to Superior Interests as set forth above, the holder of any Superior Interest may at any time (including as part of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of such Superior Interest), upon written notice to Tenant, elect to have this Lease be prior and superior to such Superior Interest.

b. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms of Paragraph 21.a., the subordination of this Lease to any future Superior Interest shall be subject to and conditioned upon Tenant obtaining a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (an “SNDA”) from the holder of such Superior Interest, that provides that so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and grace periods (i) this Lease will not be terminated or cut off nor shall Tenant’s possession hereunder be disturbed by enforcement of any rights given to such Superior Interest pursuant to any such mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance, (ii) such Superior Interest shall recognize Tenant as the tenant under this Lease, (iii) no default by Landlord under any Superior Interest shall affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease, (iv) Tenant will not be named as a party in any foreclosure or other proceedings with respect to any such Superior Interest, unless specifically required to be so named by Legal Requirements, (v) Tenant shall attorn to the person who acquires Landlord’s interest hereunder through any such Superior Interest and (vi) the holder of any such Superior Interest shall not be (A) liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord), (B) liable for the return of any security deposit not actually received by such successor-in-interest, (C) subject to any offsets or defenses that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord), (D) bound by any payment of rent or additional rent made by Tenant to Landlord more than thirty (30) days in advance of the due date thereof, (E) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the written consent of the holder of such Superior Interest (to the extent such consent is required under the documents related to the subject Superior Interest), except to the extent any such amendment or modification is made pursuant to Tenant’s express rights under this Lease (e.g., Tenant’s right to extend the term of the Lease), or (F) bound to fund any portion of Landlord’s Allowance with respect to the Premises or perform Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord an SNDA to a particular Superior Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of any such holder of a Superior Interest to execute and deliver such a non-disturbance agreement upon Landlord’s request shall not constitute a default hereunder by Landlord, it being understood that Landlord’s sole obligation is to request in good faith the execution and delivery of such agreement.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-46-

  


c. Landlord has caused any Superior Interest in effect as of the date of this Lease to provide an SNDA to Tenant concurrently with the full execution and delivery of this Lease.

22. Intentionally Omitted.

23. Entry by Landlord. Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times, and upon no less than forty-eight (48) hours’ prior notice (provided that no advance notice need be given if an emergency (as determined by Landlord in its good faith judgment) necessitates an immediate entry or prior to entry to provide janitorial or security services), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) show the Premises to prospective lenders, purchasers and, during the last 12 months of the Term, to prospective tenants, (c) post notices of nonresponsibility, and (d) make repairs or required alterations or improvements to the Building or any other portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. At Tenant’s option, Tenant may require that an employee of Tenant accompany any such visitors (other than Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors). Tenant may from time to time upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord designate, as secured areas of the Premises, areas where unusually confidential information is kept. Except in the case of emergency (as determined by Landlord in good faith), Landlord shall not enter such secured areas unless accompanied by a representative of Tenant. Tenant agrees to make such representative available to Landlord during Business Hours upon reasonable advance request (which may be oral) by Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to make such a representative available upon such request, Landlord may enter such secured areas without Tenant’s representative. Landlord shall at all times be provided with a means of entry to the secured areas in the event of an emergency or Tenant’s failure to provide a representative as aforesaid. Landlord shall not provide janitorial services to such secured areas unless requested by Tenant, in which case such services will be provided at the normal times janitorial service is supplied to other portions of the Premises. Tenant may elect that a representative accompany the provider of such janitorial services to the secured areas so long as the same does not require rescheduling of such services or hinder, interfere with or delay the performance of the same and is permitted under Landlord’s applicable contracts with the provider of such janitorial services. In no event shall such entry or work entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including but not limited to liability for consequential damages or loss of business or profits by Tenant. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, except Tenant’s vaults and safes. Landlord shall use good faith efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business in connection with the exercise of Landlord’s rights under this Paragraph. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry into the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises, or any portion thereof.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-47-

  


24. Intentionally Omitted.

25. Default and Remedies.

a. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:

1. Tenant fails to pay when due Monthly Rent, Additional Rent, Parking Space Rental or any other rent due hereunder and such failure continues for five (5) Business days after written notice thereof from Landlord; or

2. Tenant abandons the Premises for fifteen (15) consecutive Business Days, which abandonment continues for fifteen (15) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

3. Tenant fails to deliver any estoppel certificate pursuant to Paragraph 29 below, subordination agreement pursuant to Paragraph 21 above, or document required pursuant to Paragraph 22 above, in each case within the applicable period set forth therein, and such failure is not cured within five (5) Business Days after written notice of failure is delivered to Tenant by Landlord; or

4. Intentionally Omitted;

5. Tenant assigns this Lease or subleases any portion of the Premises in violation of Paragraph 13 above; or

6. Tenant fails to comply with any other provision of this Lease in the manner and within the time required and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30)-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible.

b. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

1. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant as allowed by Legal Requirements. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including, but not limited to, its re-entry into the Premises, its efforts to relet the Premises, its reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, its storage of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, its acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant, its appointment of a receiver, or its exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Paragraph 25 or otherwise at law, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-48-

  


Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including but not limited to the following:

(i) The reasonable cost of recovering the Premises; plus

(ii) The reasonable cost of removing Tenant’s Alternations, trade fixtures and improvements to the extent that Tenant is required to remove same hereunder prior to the expiration of this Lease; plus

(iii) All unpaid rent due or earned hereunder prior to the date of termination, less the proceeds of any reletting or any rental received from subtenants prior to the date of termination applied as provided in Paragraph 25.b.2. below, together with interest at the Interest Rate, on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(iv) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including the Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above and the Parking Space Rental specified in Paragraph 53 below, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, from the date of termination until the date of the award of damages, exceeds the amount of such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, together with interest at the Interest Rate on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(v) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including the Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above and the Parking Space Rental specified in Paragraph 53 below, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, for the remainder of the then term, after the date of the award of damages exceeds the amount such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted at the discount rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); plus

(vi) Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Legal Requirements, including without limitation any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

2. Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (a landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if the tenant has the right to sublet and assign subject only to reasonable limitations), and may continue this Lease in full force and effect and may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the right to recover rent as it becomes due.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-49-

  


During the continuance of an Event of Default, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and subject to Paragraph 13, entitled Assignment and Subletting, and the options granted to Landlord thereunder, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease of Tenant’s interest in the Premises or in this Lease.

3. Following the termination of this Lease as the result of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in compliance with Legal Requirements, enter the Premises and remove all Tenant’s Property, Alterations and trade fixtures from the Premises and store them at Tenant’s risk and expense. If Landlord removes such Personal Property from the Premises and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any rent then due, then after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner and at such times and places as Landlord deems commercially reasonable following reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, the preparation for and the conducting of such sale, and for reasonable attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, and the balance shall be applied as provided in Paragraph 25.b.2. above.

4. Following the termination of this Lease as the result of an Event of Default, Landlord may require Tenant to remove any and all Alterations from the Premises to the extent required under the terms of this Lease, or, if Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense.

5. Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense, it being understood that such performance shall not waive or cure the subject Event of Default. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. Any amount due Landlord under this subsection shall constitute additional rent hereunder.

c. Waiver of Redemption. Tenant hereby waives, for itself and all persons claiming by and under Tenant, all rights and privileges which it might have under any present or future Legal Requirement to redeem the Premises or to continue this Lease after being dispossessed or ejected from the Premises.

d. Consequential Damages. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Paragraph 25 or elsewhere in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any consequential or remote damages, except for consequential damages expressly provided for in Paragraph 20.c. of this Lease with regard to Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises to Landlord as provided in such Paragraph 20.c. after expiration of the thirty (30) day grace period set forth therein, where such failure shall continue after the five (5) Business Day notice and cure period set forth in Paragraph 25.a.3. above. In no event shall lost rent or other damages of Landlord provided for in Paragraph 25.b. above be deemed consequential or remote damages.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-50-

  


26. Damage or Destruction.

a. Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 26, if all or a portion of the Premises necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises (including the roof-top deck of the Building, the Parking Structure and the Paseo) shall be damaged by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated as a result thereof, Landlord shall promptly rebuild and restore the same to the condition existing immediately prior to such fire or other casualty (“Landlord’s Restoration Work”). The proceeds of the policies required to be obtained and maintained by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 15 hereof shall, to the extent made available to Landlord, be used for the performance of such rebuilding and restoration work.

b. Within sixty (60) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an estimate prepared by a reputable architect, contractor or engineer selected by Landlord setting forth such architect’s, contractor’s or engineer’s estimate as to the time reasonably required to repair such damage in order to make the Premises (or such portion thereof) tenantable (“Landlord’s Damage Notice”). If (i) Landlord’s Restoration Work cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord as set forth in Landlord’s Damage Notice, be substantially completed within twelve (12) months after the date of such damage or (ii) Landlord’s Restoration Work is not fully covered (other than deductible amounts) by the insurance carried (or required to be carried) by Landlord hereunder, and the shortfall is greater than $1,000,000.00 (the “Required Landlord Contribution”), then Landlord at its option exercised by written notice to Tenant within said sixty (60)-day period, may either (a) elect to repair the damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect (unless terminated by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph c. below), or (b) terminate this Lease as of the date specified by Landlord in the notice, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given, and this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s Restoration Work shall not include and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and other personal property, nor any above Building standard Alterations that were installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term) and no damage to any of the foregoing shall entitle Tenant to any rent abatement, and Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair and replace such items. All such repair and replacement of above Building standard Alterations shall be constructed by Tenant in accordance with Paragraph 9 above regarding Alterations.

c. If Landlord has not terminated this Lease as provided above and Landlord’s Restoration Work can, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord as set forth in Landlord’s Damage Notice, be substantially completed within twelve (12) months after the date of such damage, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease. If such estimate is more than twelve (12) months from the date of such casualty, or if the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the term of the Lease and Landlord’s Restoration Work cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord as set forth in Landlord’s Damage Notice, be substantially completed within two (2) months after the date of such damage, Tenant by written notice to Landlord delivered within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Damage Notice, may elect to terminate this Lease, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) day after Tenant’s termination notice as if such date were the Expiration Date set forth herein.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-51-

  


d. If, during the course of repair, it becomes reasonably apparent to Landlord that the time required to make the repairs is likely to materially exceed the estimate contained in Landlord’s Damage Notice, or any previously estimated Additional Repair Period, Landlord shall promptly give Tenant written notice specifying Landlord’s estimate of the number of additional days (the “Additional Repair Period”) required to make such repairs beyond the original estimate. If the Additional Repair Period exceeds ninety (90) days (which ninety (90)-day period shall be extended by the length of any delay in the completion of the repairs caused by events not within Landlord’s reasonable control or Tenant Restoration Delay (as defined below, provided that such extension shall not exceed 60 days unless caused by a Tenant Restoration Delay)), then Tenant may give notice to Landlord, within thirty (30) calendar days after Tenant receives notice of Landlord’s revised estimate, terminating this Lease as of the date thirty (30) days after Tenant’s notice. If Tenant does not give notice terminating the Lease within such period, Tenant shall not have any right to terminate this Lease by reason of such delay in completion of the repairs or any further delay in completion of the repairs. As used herein, “Tenant Restoration Delay” means any delay in completion of the repairs caused by Tenant, including, without limitation, any delay caused by Tenant’s failure to respond to inquiries of Landlord regarding the repairs within a reasonable period of time, or caused by Tenant’s failure to grant Tenant’s approval of materials or finishes for the repairs within a reasonable period of time, or caused by any interference by Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors with the performance of the repairs. After Landlord becomes aware of any occurrence that will, or is likely to, result in Tenant Restoration Delay, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to promptly (and in any case, within ten (10) days thereof) notify Tenant of such occurrence together with Landlord’s then good faith estimate of the probable duration of the Tenant Restoration Delay.

e. If the fire or other casualty damages the Premises necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, and Tenant ceases to use any portion of the Premises as a result of such damage, then during the period the Premises or portion thereof are rendered unusable by such damage and repair, Tenant’s Monthly Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately reduced based upon the extent to which the damage and repair prevents Tenant from conducting, and Tenant does not conduct, its business at the Premises (and, to the extent that Tenant is utilizing less than the full capacity of the Parking Structure as a result thereof, then the obligation to pay Parking Space Rental shall be proportionately reduced based upon the extent to which the damage and repair prevents Tenant from utilizing, and Tenant does not utilize, all of the parking spaces in the Parking Structure; provided, however, if the damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, then Tenant’s Monthly Rent and Additional Rent and obligation to pay Parking Space Rental will not abate unless Tenant reimburses Landlord for the deductible required under Landlord’s property damage/rental loss insurance.

f. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises or for any inconvenience occasioned by any such destruction, rebuilding or restoration of the Premises, the Building or access thereto, except for the rent abatement expressly provided above. Tenant hereby waives California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for termination of hiring upon destruction of the thing hired and Sections 1941 and 1942, providing for repairs to and of premises.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-52-

  


27. Eminent Domain.

a. If all or any part of the Premises is taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or any agreement in lieu thereof (a “taking”), this Lease shall terminate as to the portion of the Premises taken effective as of the date of taking. If only a portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as to the remainder of the Premises upon written notice to the other party within ninety (90) days after the taking; provided, however, that Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease is conditioned upon the remaining portion of the Premises being of such size or configuration that such remaining portion of the Premises is unusable or uneconomical for Tenant’s business. All Monthly Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. Landlord shall be entitled to all compensation, damages, income, rent awards and interest thereon whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with any taking and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or any governmental authority for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or of any of the improvements or Alterations in the Premises; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit Tenant from prosecuting a separate claim against the taking authority for an amount separately designated for Tenant’s relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, Alterations or other improvements paid for by Tenant so long as such claim is payable separately to Tenant.

In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent and Parking Space Rental under Paragraphs 5 and 7 and 53 hereunder shall be equitably reduced. If all or any material part of the Premises is taken, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of taking.

b. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the Premises is taken for a period of time of one (1) year or less ending prior to the end of the term of this Lease, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to pay all rent and to perform all of its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to all compensation, damages, income, rent awards and interest thereon that is paid or made in connection with such temporary taking of the Premises (or portion thereof), except that any such compensation in excess of the rent or other amounts payable to Landlord hereunder shall be promptly paid over to Landlord as received. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for, or allowing either party to petition the courts of the State of California for, a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises.

28. Landlord’s Liability; Sale of Building. The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Premises at the time in question. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Premises and the proceeds thereof, as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, or the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord or such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-53-

  


owner, on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease. In addition, in the event of any conveyance of title to the Premises, then provided the grantee or transferee has assumed Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease from and after the date of such conveyance, the grantor or transferor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease first accruing after the date of such conveyance. Upon any conveyance of title to the Premises, the grantee or transferee shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease from and after the date of such conveyance, subject to the limitations on liability set forth above in this Paragraph 28. If Tenant provides Landlord with any security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall transfer such security to the grantee or transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and upon such transfer and such grantees’ or transferee’s assumption of same Landlord shall be released from any further responsibility or liability for such security. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, but not in limitation of the provisions of Paragraph 14.a. above, Landlord shall not be liable for any consequential damages or interruption or loss of business, income or profits, or claims of constructive eviction, nor shall Landlord be liable for loss of or damage to artwork, currency, jewelry, bullion, unique or valuable documents, securities or other valuables, or for other property not in the nature of ordinary fixtures, furnishings and equipment used in general administrative and executive office activities and functions (all of the foregoing, collectively, “Special Claims”). Wherever in this Lease Tenant (a) releases Landlord from any claim or liability, (b) waives or limits any right of Tenant to assert any claim against Landlord or to seek recourse against any property of Landlord or (c) agrees to indemnify Landlord against any matters, the relevant release, waiver, limitation or indemnity shall run in favor of and apply to Landlord, the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, and the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord and each such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other owner.

29. Estoppel Certificates. At any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice from Landlord or Tenant, the other party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement certifying the commencement date of this Lease, stating that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and the date and nature of each such modification), that such party is not in default under this Lease (or, if such party is in default, specifying the nature of such default), that, to the best of the responding party’s knowledge, the requesting party is not in default under this Lease (or if the requesting party is in default, specifying the nature of the default of which the responding party is aware), the current amounts of and the dates to which the Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and Parking Space Rental has been paid, and setting forth such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser of the Premises or by a lender obtaining a lien on the Premises as security, or by an assignee or subtenant of Tenant.

30. Right of Landlord to Perform. If Tenant fails to make any payment required hereunder (other than Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and/or Parking Space Rental) or fails to perform any other of its obligations hereunder, Landlord may, after not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice to Tenant, but shall not be obliged to, and without waiving any default of Tenant or releasing Tenant from any obligations to Landlord hereunder, make any such payment or perform any other such obligation on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant shall pay to

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-54-

  


Landlord, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written demand therefor, one hundred ten percent (110%) of all sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance by Landlord of an obligation of Tenant. If such sum is not paid by Tenant within the required thirty (30)-day period, interest shall accrue on such sum at the Interest Rate from the end of such thirty (30)-day period until paid by Tenant. Further, Tenant’s failure to make such payment within such thirty (30)-day period shall entitle Landlord to the same rights and remedies provided Landlord in the event of non-payment of rent.

31. Late Charge; Late Payments. Tenant acknowledges that late payment of any installment of Monthly Rent, Additional Rent, Parking Space Rental or any other amount required under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease and that the exact amount of such costs would be extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured by the Premises and the loss of the use of the delinquent funds. Therefore, if any installment of Monthly Rent, Additional Rent, Parking Space Rental or any other amount due from Tenant is not received when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, on account of the delinquent payment, an additional sum equal to the greater of (i) five percent (5%) of the overdue amount, or (ii) One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), which additional sum represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant, provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to pay said late charge on the first late payment in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, unless such payment remains unpaid for five (5) Business Days after written notice to Tenant. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising its right to collect interest as provided above, rent, or any other damages, or from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord.

32. Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial. In the event of any action or proceeding between Landlord and Tenant (including an action or proceeding between Landlord and the trustee or debtor in possession while Tenant is a debtor in a proceeding under any bankruptcy law) to enforce any provision of this Lease, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred in such action and in any appeal in connection therewith by such prevailing party. The “prevailing party” will be determined by the court before whom the action was brought based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the suit or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues in the court’s decision. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Landlord shall be deemed the prevailing party in any unlawful detainer or other action or proceeding instituted by Landlord based upon any default or alleged default of Tenant hereunder if (i) judgment is entered in favor of Landlord, or (ii) prior to trial or judgment Tenant pays all or any portion of the rent claimed by Landlord, vacates the Premises, or otherwise cures the default claimed by Landlord.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-55-

  


IF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE (INCLUDING AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND THE TRUSTEE OR DEBTOR IN POSSESSION WHILE TENANT IS A DEBTOR IN A PROCEEDING UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY LAW) PROCEEDS TO TRIAL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY IN SUCH TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant agree that this paragraph constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury within the meaning of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631(d)(2), and each party does hereby authorize and empower the other party to file this paragraph and/or this Lease, as required, with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a written consent to waiver of jury trial.

33. Waiver. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in a writing signed by waiving party. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord or Tenant upon any default by the other shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

34. Notices. All notices and demands which may or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices and demands by Landlord to Tenant shall be delivered personally or sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, or by any reputable overnight or same-day courier, addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate by notice to Landlord hereunder; provided, however, that prior to the Commencement Date, notices to Tenant shall be addressed to Tenant at 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019, Attn: General Counsel, with a copy to Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis, LLP, 1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90067, Attn: Eric J. Shelby, Esq. All notices and demands by Tenant to Landlord shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, or by any reputable overnight or same-day courier, addressed to Landlord in care of Shorenstein Properties LLC, 235 Montgomery Street, 16th floor, San Francisco, California 94104, Attn: Corporate Secretary, with a copy to the management office of the Building, or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate by notice to Tenant hereunder. Notices delivered personally or sent same-day courier, and actually delivered prior to 6:00 p.m., will be effective immediately upon delivery to the addressee at the designated address; notices sent by overnight courier will be effective one (1) Business Day after acceptance by the service for delivery; notices sent by mail will be effective two (2) Business Days after mailing. In the event Tenant requests multiple notices hereunder, Tenant will be bound by such notice from the earlier of the effective times of the multiple notices.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-56-

  


35. Notice of Surrender. At least ninety (90) days before the last day of the term hereof, Tenant shall endeavor to give Landlord a written notice of intention to surrender the Premises on that date, but neither this paragraph nor any failure by Landlord to protest the lack of such notice by Tenant shall be construed as an extension of the term or as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, nor shall such failure be deemed a default by Tenant hereunder, or subject Tenant to any liability whatsoever.

36. Defined Terms and Marginal Headings. When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. If more than one person or entity signs this Lease as Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several, and the act of, written notice to or from, refund to, or signature of, any Tenant signatory to this Lease (including, without limitation, modifications of this Lease made by fewer than all such Tenant signatories) shall bind every other Tenant signatory as though every other Tenant signatory had so acted, or received or given the written notice or refund, or signed. The headings and titles to the paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. Wherever the term “including” or “includes” is used in this Lease it shall be construed as if followed by the phrase “without limitation.” Whenever in this Lease a right, option or privilege of Tenant is conditioned upon Tenant (or any affiliate thereof or successor thereto) being in “occupancy” of a specified portion or percentage of the Premises, for such purposes “occupancy” shall mean Tenant’s (or such affiliate’s or successor’s) physical occupancy of the space for the conduct of such party’s business, and shall not include any space that is subject to a sublease (provided that space encumbered by a Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement shall be deemed to be occupied by Tenant) or that has been vacated by such party, other than a vacation of the space as reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of approved Alterations or by reason of a fire or other casualty or a taking. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not construed for or against any party simply because one party was the drafter thereof.

37. Time and Applicable Law. Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its provisions, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and the venue of any action or proceeding under this Lease shall be the City and County of Los Angeles, California.

38. Successors. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13 and 28 above, the covenants and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, executors, administrators and assigns.

39. Entire Agreement; Modifications. This Lease (including any exhibit, rider or attachment hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Premises. No provision of this Lease may be amended or otherwise modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Premises or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, including without limitation any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Premises for the

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-57-

  


conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, nor has Landlord or its agents agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any improvements to the Premises except those, if any, expressly provided in this Lease, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein.

40. Light and Air. Tenant agrees that no diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease.

41. Memorandum of Lease. Neither this Lease nor any memorandum, short form, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, at Tenant’s expense, following the Commencement Date, record a Memorandum of this Lease in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto executed by both Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, that if Tenant records a Memorandum of this Lease, Tenant agrees to execute, within fifteen (15) days after written request from Landlord, a Quitclaim Deed or other recordable instrument in commercially reasonable form which Landlord may record upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in order to remove such Memorandum of Lease from title.

42. Severability. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

43. Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so. If Landlord is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Landlord hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Landlord is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Landlord has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises is located, (c) Landlord has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

44. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to lease or a reservation of or option for lease, and is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-58-

  


45. Real Estate Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that it has negotiated this Lease directly with the real estate broker(s) identified in Paragraph 2 and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesman to act on its behalf in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Broker a commission pursuant to a separate agreement. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend, and save the other harmless from and against from and against any and all Claims by any real estate broker or salesman other than the real estate broker(s) identified in Paragraph 2 for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of Tenant’s entering into this Lease.

46. Consents and Approvals. Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, such consent, approval, judgment or determination shall not be unreasonably withheld unless the provision providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval may be granted or denied in Landlord’s sole discretion or otherwise states specific criteria for the granting or withholding of consent or approval. The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party nor any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, nor any other third party shall have any rights hereunder by virtue of such review and/or approval by Landlord.

47. Intentionally Omitted.

48. Financial Statements. At any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor (provided that unless the Premises is then for sale or subject to refinancing, or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no more frequently than one (1) time per calendar year), Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of Tenant’s most recent true and accurate audited financial statements reflecting Tenant’s then current financial situation (including without limitation balance sheets, statements of operations, and statements of cash flows); provided, however, if Tenant has also prepared unaudited financial statements that are more current than such most recent audited financial statements, Tenant shall also provide such unaudited financial statements to Landlord (which shall be certified by an officer of Tenant or the third party CPA firm that prepared such financial statements). Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as (a) Tenant remains a subsidiary of Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Warner Parent Entity”), (b) such information is available as part of the Warner Parent Entity’s 10-K or 10-Q report filings at the SEC’s Edgar website, and such materials are current per SEC filing requirements, and (c) the format of such filings is such that the financial statements of Tenant and other material information regarding Tenant’s then current financial condition is separately reported in such filings or is otherwise readily ascertainable from such filings (separate and apart from that of any other entity, including the Warner Parent Entity) and such financial statements and information is not materially less than and is of a similar level of detail as the financial statements and information contained in the Warner Parent Entity’s 10-K for FY 2015, then the foregoing financial reporting requirements set forth in the preceding sentence may be satisfied by such public filings by the Warner Parent Entity. No more than once per year, Tenant agrees to deliver to any bona fide lender, prospective lender, purchaser or prospective purchaser designated by Landlord, if such information is not publicly available as set forth above, such financial information as provided above. Landlord shall endeavor in good faith and

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-59-

  


using commercially reasonable precautions to keep all financial statements and other confidential information received from Tenant relating to Tenant’s business operations at the Premises confidential, except that Landlord may disclose Tenant’s financial statements and information most recently received by Landlord from Tenant to any lender or prospective lender under a loan facility secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on the Building, any investor or prospective investor in Landlord, or any prospective purchaser of the Building, or as necessary in the course of any litigation arising out of or concerning this Lease, or as required by any law, rule or legal process applicable to Landlord and with which Landlord must legally comply; provided that Landlord cooperate with Tenant’s reasonable efforts to obtain a commercially reasonable confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement from the person or persons to whom any of Tenant’s financial statements or other confidential is to be disclosed by Landlord, prior to such disclosure; provided however that the foregoing confidentiality requirement shall be inapplicable in the event the subject financial information is made publicly available by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental body.

49. Intentionally Deleted.

50. Governmental Incentives. Landlord shall, at no cost to Landlord, reasonably cooperate with Tenant in Tenant’s efforts to negotiate, implement and receive the benefits of an incentive package, or other grants or designations, with various governmental authorities, provided that such cooperation shall not include any modification to this Lease. Any and all fees, costs and expenses imposed by any applicable governmental authority shall be borne solely by Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s demand therefor, for any and all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s requests and Landlord’s cooperation pursuant to this Paragraph 50, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney, consultant and professional fees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, any benefits obtained by Tenant (or on behalf of Tenant) at Tenant’s sole expense from any governmental authority pursuant to this Paragraph 50 that relate solely to the Premises shall be solely for the benefit of Tenant, and to the extent that any such benefits are granted to Landlord and relate solely to the Premises, Landlord shall promptly assign (or pay) the same to Tenant.

51. Hazardous Substance Disclosure. California law requires landlords to disclose to tenants the existence of certain hazardous substances. Accordingly, the existence of gasoline and other automotive fluids, maintenance fluids, copying fluids and other office supplies and equipment, certain construction and finish materials, tobacco smoke, cosmetics and other personal items, and ACM must be disclosed. Gasoline and other automotive fluids are found in the garage area of the Building. Cleaning, lubricating and hydraulic fluids used in the operation and maintenance of the Premises are found in the utility areas of the Premises not generally accessible to Premises occupants or the public. Many Building occupants use copy machines and printers with associated fluids and toners, and pens, markers, inks, and office equipment that may contain hazardous substances. Certain adhesives, paints and other construction materials and finishes used in portions of the Premises may contain hazardous substances. Although smoking is prohibited in the public areas of the Premises, these areas may, from time to time, be exposed to tobacco smoke. Premises occupants and other persons entering the Premises from time-to-time may use or carry prescription and non-prescription drugs, perfumes, cosmetics and other toiletries, and foods and beverages, some of which may contain hazardous substances.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-60-

  


Landlord has made no special investigation of the Premises with respect to any hazardous substances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant agrees not to expose or disturb any ACM unless Landlord has given Tenant prior written consent thereto and Tenant complies with all applicable Legal Requirements and Landlord’s written procedures for handling ACM.

52. Signage Rights.

a. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere inside the Building, subject to compliance with all Legal Requirements.

b. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including, without limitation, costs and expenses to construct any such signage), and subject to Tenant’s compliance with applicable Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, signage ordinances), shall have the exclusive right to install exterior Building and Premises signage (including on the “water tower” and on the Parking Structure), to the full extent allowed by Legal Requirements (“Tenant’s Building Signage”) subject to the following: (i) Tenant shall provide Landlord prior written notice of any such proposed Tenant’s Building Signage, including plans showing the design, content, location and dimensions of such signage and (ii) in no event shall Tenant Signage include a name or logo that is an “Objectionable Name”, as defined below, or depict any images that would be objectionable to the general public. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any governmental permits or approvals required for Tenant’s Building Signage, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, that Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant as reasonably required for obtaining any governmental permits or approvals required for Tenant’s Building Signage. Tenant’s repair, maintenance, construction and/or improvement of Tenant’s Building Signage shall be at its sole cost and expense and shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements, and the requirements applicable to construction of Alterations pursuant to Paragraph 9 of this Lease, including insurance coverage in connection therewith. Any cost or reimbursement obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 52.b., including with respect to the installation, maintenance or removal of Tenant’s Building Signage, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant’s rights to maintain Tenant’s Building Signage shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (a) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises; (b) if the Original Tenant or an Affiliate fails to lease at least fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of the Building; or (c) Tenant assigns this Lease other than to an Affiliate. If Tenant’s signage rights shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing, the same shall not be reinstated, notwithstanding that the cause for termination may have been cured.

c. Original Tenant or an Affiliate shall have the right to designate the “name” of the Premises as a name that is a recognizable derivative of the name on the Tenant’s Building Signage at the Premises. The Premises name shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval. The Premises name shall not be a name (i) that is inconsistent with the first class quality of the Premises, (ii) which would be reasonably objectionable to landlords of first class office building in the downtown Los Angeles area and the use of the Premises by a recorded music, music production and distribution company, or (iii) which includes the name of a foreign country (an “Objectionable Name”). Tenant’s naming rights shall terminate at any time during the Lease Term that the Original Tenant or an Affiliate, as the case may be, is not the Tenant under this Lease.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-61-

  


d. Upon the termination of Tenant’s signage rights under this Paragraph 52, Tenant shall remove any of Tenant’s Building Signage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore to good condition the areas of the Building on which the signage was located or that were otherwise affected by such signage or the removal thereof (including, without limitation, patching any holes or other penetrations caused by such signage and otherwise restoring the Building to the condition existing prior to the initial installation of such signage), or at Landlord’s election, Landlord may perform any such removal and/or repair and restoration and Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable and actual, demonstrated cost thereof within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written demand. The rights provided for in this Paragraph 52 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Affiliate of Original Tenant and shall not be transferable to any other party unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing.

e. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to install a commemorative plaque at the Premises in accordance with the terms of that certain Agreement dated April 22, 2014, with the prior owner of the Premises, 2060 East 7th, LLC, a copy of which agreement has been provided to Tenant. Landlord agrees that any such plaque shall be of the minimum size allowed by such Agreement unless otherwise approved by Tenant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

53. Parking.

a. During the Lease term, Tenant shall have exclusive right to use Parking Structure, and to park as many cars in such Parking Structure as is allowed by Legal Requirements. In connection with such use of the Parking Structure, Tenant shall be required to purchase from Landlord seven hundred sixty-two (762) parking passes for the Parking Structure at the monthly rental rate set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto (the “Parking Space Rental”). The Parking Space Rental shall constitute additional rent for all purposes under this Lease. In addition to the Parking Space Rental, Tenant shall be liable for all taxes, assessments or other impositions imposed by any governmental entity in connection with Tenant’s use of the parking spaces.

54. Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply, at no cost and expense to Tenant, with all present or future governmentally required programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Premises, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

55. Helipad Installation and Use. Subject to all Legal Requirements, including without limitation, compliance with all applicable FCC and FAA regulations and compliance with the terms of Paragraph 9 above, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to construct, and use throughout the term, a helicopter landing pad on the roof of the Building (the “Helipad”). The precise location, plans and specifications of the Helipad shall be subject to the prior review and approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-62-

  


56. Quiet Enjoyment. If, and so long as, Tenant is not in default of the Lease beyond any applicable notice or grace periods, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises throughout the term without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

57. No Discrimination. Tenant covenants by and for itself and its successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns and all persons claiming under or through Tenant that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or of a group of persons on account of race, color, religion, creed, sex or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises nor shall Tenant or any person claiming under or through Tenant establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or assignees of the Premises.

58. CASp Inspection. As of the date of this Lease, neither the Premises nor any other portions of the Premises expected to be in Tenant’s path of travel during the Lease term, have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist regarding compliance with construction-related accessibility standards. This disclosure is made pursuant to Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.

59. Rooftop Equipment.

a. Tenant shall have the exclusive right, at no additional cost, to utilize space on the roof of the Building for the purpose of installing (in accordance with the terms and conditions of Paragraph 9 of this Lease), operating and maintaining rooftop equipment to be used by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use (collectively the “Rooftop Equipment”); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s right to maintain equipment on the roof of the Building to extent necessary to operate the Building. The exact location of the space on the roof to be used by Tenant shall be reasonably mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Roof Space”). The installation of the Rooftop Equipment shall be subject to compliance with all Legal Requirements and the the approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in consultation with Landlord’s architect and/or engineer with respect to the plans and specifications of the Rooftop Equipment, the manner in which the Rooftop Equipment is attached to the roof of the Building and the manner in which any cables are run to and from the Rooftop Equipment. Any structural upgrades to the Building that may be necessary to accommodate the Rooftop Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals and for the cost of installing, operating, maintaining and removing the Rooftop Equipment. If at any time Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems it necessary or in order to comply with Legal Requirements, Tenant shall provide and install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, appropriate aesthetic screening, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the Rooftop Equipment (the “Aesthetic Screening”).

b. Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have access to the roof of the Building and the Roof Space for the purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing and removing the Rooftop Equipment, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, all of which shall be performed by Tenant or Tenant’s authorized representative or contractors at Tenant’s sole cost

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-63-

  


and risk. It is agreed, however, that only authorized engineers, employees or properly authorized contractors of Tenant, FCC (defined below) inspectors, or persons under their direct supervision will be permitted to have access to the Roof Space. Tenant further agrees to exercise control over the people requiring access to the Roof Space in order to keep to a minimum the number of people having access to the Roof Space and the frequency of their visits. It is further understood and agreed that the installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Rooftop Equipment, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, is not permitted to damage the Building or the roof thereof. Tenant agrees to be responsible for any damage caused to the roof or any other part of the Building, which may be caused by Tenant or any of its agents or representatives.

c. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its sole risk, install, operate and maintain the Rooftop Equipment in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all applicable Building, electric, communication, and safety codes, ordinances, standards, regulations and requirements, now in effect or hereafter promulgated, of the Federal Government, including, without limitation, the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”), the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) or any successor agency of either the FCC or FAA having jurisdiction over radio or telecommunications, and of the state, city and county in which the Building is located. Under this Lease, Landlord and its agents assume no responsibility for the licensing, operation and/or maintenance of Tenant’s equipment. Tenant has the responsibility of carrying out the terms of its FCC license in all respects. The Rooftop Equipment shall be connected to the Building power supply in strict compliance with all applicable Building, electrical, fire and safety codes. Except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable to Tenant for any stoppages or shortages of electrical power furnished to the Rooftop Equipment or the Roof Space because of any act, omission or requirement of the public utility serving the Building, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any rental abatement for any such stoppage or shortage of electrical power. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall have any responsibility or liability for the conduct or safety of any of Tenant’s representatives, repair, maintenance and engineering personnel while in or on any part of the Building or the Roof Space.

d. The Rooftop Equipment, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any, shall remain the personal property of Tenant, and shall be removed by Tenant at its own expense at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal, including the patching of any holes to match, as closely as possible, the color surrounding the area where the equipment and appurtenances were attached. Tenant agrees to maintain the Rooftop Equipment in proper operating condition and maintain same in satisfactory condition as to appearance and safety. Tenant agrees that at all times during the Lease term, it will keep the roof of the Building and the Roof Space free of all trash or waste materials produced by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors.

e. In light of the specialized nature of the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall be permitted to utilize the services of its choice for installation, operation, removal and repair of the Rooftop Equipment, the appurtenances and the Aesthetic Screening, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant must provide Landlord with prior written notice of any such installation, removal or repair and coordinate such work with Landlord in order to avoid voiding or otherwise adversely affecting any warranties granted to Landlord with respect to the roof. If necessary,

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-64-

  


Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall retain any contractor having a then existing warranty in effect on the roof to perform such work (to the extent that it involves the roof), or, at Tenant’s option, to perform such work in conjunction with Tenant’s contractor. In the event Landlord contemplates roof repairs that could affect Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment, or which may result in an Interruption of the Tenant’s telecommunication service, Landlord shall formally notify Tenant at least thirty (30) days in advance (except in cases of an emergency) prior to the commencement of such contemplated work in order to allow Tenant to make other arrangements for such service.

f. Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that the terms and conditions of Paragraphs 9, 14, 15 and 20 of this Lease shall apply with full force and effect to the Roof Space and any other portions of the roof accessed or utilized by Tenant, its representatives, agents, employees or contractors.

60. Generator.

a. Tenant shall have the right to install one (1) back-up electrical generator (the “Generator”) in a location mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (the “Generator Area”). In no event shall Tenant permit the Generator to interfere with normal and customary use or operation of the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs, if any, incurred by Landlord as a result of or in connection with Tenant’s installation, operation, use and/or removal of the Generator. In the event that Landlord shall incur any costs as a result of or in connection with the rights granted to Tenant herein, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the same within thirty (30) days following billing. If required by Landlord, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall install screening, landscaping or other improvements satisfactory to Landlord (in Landlord’s sole discretion) in order to satisfy Landlord’s aesthetic requirements in connection with the Generator. Subject to Landlord’s prior approval of all plans and specifications, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall permit Tenant to install and maintain the Generator in the Generator Area, and connections between the Generator and Landlord’s electrical systems in the Building, all in compliance with all applicable laws. Without limitation of the foregoing, all conditions relating to the installation, connection, use, repair and removal of the Generator (including, without limitation, the manner and means of Tenant’s connection of the Generator to the core of the Building and/or through the Building risers to the Premises) shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and otherwise subject to the provisions of this Lease related to the performance of improvements within the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for all maintenance and repairs and compliance with law obligations related to the Generator and acknowledges and that Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith and that Landlord shall not be liable for any damage that may occur with respect to the Generator. The Generator shall be used by Tenant only during (i) testing and regular maintenance, and (ii) the period of any electrical power outage in the Building. Tenant shall submit the specifications for design, operation, installation and maintenance of the connections to the Generator and facilities related thereto to Landlord for Landlord’s consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and may be conditioned on Tenant complying with such reasonable requirements imposed by Landlord, based on the advice of Landlord’s engineers, so that the Building’s systems or other components of the Building are not adversely affected by the installation and operation of the Generator and/or based upon other reasonable factors as determined by Landlord. The cost of design (including engineering costs) and installation of the Generator and the costs of the Generator itself shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-65-

  


b. Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s cost, industry standard “boiler and machinery” insurance coverage with respect to the Generator. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord for all Claims incurred in connection with or arising from any cause related to or connected with the installation, use, operation, repair and/or removal of the Generator other than to the extent caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of Landlord.

c. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may require that Tenant remove the Generator and all related facilities and equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and repair all damage to the Building resulting from such removal and restore all affected areas to their condition existing prior to Tenant’s installation of the Generator, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

61. Option to Renew.

a. Option to Renew. Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of ten (10) years (the “Option Term”), commencing upon the expiration of the initial term of the Lease. The renewal option shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, and only in the following manner. Tenant may deliver notice (the “Option Interest Notice”) to Landlord not more than twenty-two (22) months nor less than twenty (20) months prior to the expiration of the of the initial term of this Lease, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising its option. If Tenant timely delivers the Option Interest Notice, Landlord shall deliver notice (the “Market Rent Notice”) to Tenant not less than nineteen (19) months prior to the expiration of the of the initial term of this Lease, setting forth Landlord’s determination of the Market Rent (as defined below) for the Premises. If Tenant wishes to exercise such option, whether or not Tenant has delivered the Option Interest Notice, Tenant shall, on or before the Option Exercise Date (as defined below), exercise the option by delivering notice thereof (the “Option Exercise Notice”) to Landlord and upon, and concurrent with, such exercise, if Landlord has previously provided its determination of the Market Rent, Tenant may, at its option, accept or reject such Market Rent. In the event that Tenant shall reject or fail to affirmatively accept the Market Rent set forth in the Market Rent Notice, or if Tenant did not deliver the Option Interest Notice, the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Market Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Paragraph 61.c. below. The “Option Exercise Date” shall mean the date occurring eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the then Lease Term. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, at Landlord’s election, this renewal option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease if (i) on the date Tenant sends the Option Exercise Notice or as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of the Option Term Original Tenant or an Affiliate is not in occupancy of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises (exclusive of any space that is subject to a Live Event/Retail Sublease or a Shared Space Arrangement) then demised hereunder or Original Tenant or an Affiliate does not intend to continue to occupy the Premises (but intends to assign this Lease or sublet the space in whole or in part), or (ii) on the date Tenant sends the Option Exercise Notice or on the date immediately preceding the commencement date of the Option Term an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-66-

  


b. Terms and Conditions. If Tenant exercises the renewal option, then all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the Premises during the initial term shall apply during the Option Term, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to renew this Lease, (ii) Tenant shall take the Premises in their then “as-is” state and condition, and (iii) the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises shall be the Market Rent for the Premises based upon the terms of this Lease, as renewed. The Market Rent shall include the periodic rental increases, if any, that would be included for space leased for the period the space will be covered by the Lease. For purposes of this Paragraph 61, the term “Market Rent” shall mean the rental rate for comparable space under primary lease (and not sublease) to new tenants, taking into consideration the unique quality of the Premises and such amenities as existing improvements and the like, situated in first class, reputable, established creative office buildings in the Arts District of Los Angeles (which shall be deemed for purposes of this Lease the area shown on Exhibit H attached hereto), in comparable physical condition (including, if such building is a historic building, such building must have gone through a full building renovation similar to the Premises) (“Comparable Buildings”), taking into consideration the then prevailing ordinary rental market practices with respect to tenant concessions (such as rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted tenants in connection with comparable space and tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space) and the use of subject comparable space.

c. Determination of Market Rent. In the event Tenant fails to affirmatively accept or if Tenant timely objects to Landlord’s determination of the Market Rent, or, in the event that Tenant did not deliver the Option Interest Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Market Rent using reasonable good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement as to the Market Rent prior to the date which is seven (7) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then Landlord and Tenant shall, on a mutually and reasonably agreed upon date and time approximately six (6) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, meet at the Premises and simultaneously exchange the Option Rents which will be submitted to arbitration under this Paragraph 61.c. The exchanged Option Rents shall be submitted to the arbitrators concurrently with the selection of such arbitrators pursuant to this Paragraph 61.c. and shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with procedures set forth below:

i. Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or a MAI appraiser who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of Comparable Buildings. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rent, is the closest to the actual Market Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Paragraph 61.b. above; provided, however, the arbitrators shall have the right to adjust their determination of the Market Rent, as necessary, to account for differences in quality among the individual Comparable Building in which comparable transactions have occurred. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions (including an arbitrator who has previously represented Landlord and/or Tenant, as applicable). The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “Advocate Arbitrators.”

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-67-

  


ii. The two Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to attempt to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“Neutral Arbitrator”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators except that (1) neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance, and (2) the Neutral Arbitrator cannot be someone who has represented Landlord and/or Tenant or their affiliates during the five (5) year period prior to such appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

iii. The Neutral Arbitrator shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator reach a decision as to Market Rent and determine whether the Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Market Rent as submitted pursuant to Paragraph 61.c. above is closest to Market Rent as determined by the Neutral Arbitrator and simultaneously publish a ruling (“Award”) indicating whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rent is closest to the Market Rent as determined by the Neutral Arbitrator. Following notification of the Award, the Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rent determination, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closest to Market Rent shall become the then applicable Market Rent.

iv. The Award shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

v. If either Landlord or Tenant fail to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, then the Advocate Arbitrator appointed by one of them shall determine whether the Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Market Rent as submitted pursuant to this Paragraph 61.c. is closest to Market Rent as determined by such Advocate Arbitrator and simultaneously publish an Award.

vi. If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrator fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or if both parties fail to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instruction set forth in this Paragraph 61.c.

vii. The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-68-

  


THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED by Landlord and Tenant as of the date set forth at the top of page 1 hereof.

 

Landlord:

   

Tenant:

SRI TEN SANTA FE LLC,

   

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ James A. Pierre

   

By:

 

/s/ Paul Robinson

  Name: James A. Pierre       Name: Paul Robinson
  Title: Vice President       Title: EVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

-69-

  


SCHEDULE 1

Monthly Rent Schedule

 

Lease Month

   Rate per RSF/Month    Monthly Rent

1-12*

   $3.25    $835,341

13-24*

   $3.35    $860,401

25-36

   $3.45    $886,213

37-48

   $3.55    $912,800

49-60

   $3.66    $940,184

61-72

   $3.77    $968,389

73-84

   $3.88    $997,441

85-96

   $4.00    $1,027,364

97-108

   $4.12    $1,058,185

109-120

   $4.24    $1,089,931

121-132

   $4.37    $1,122,628

133-144

   $4.50    $1,156,307

145-153

   $4.63    $1,190,997

 

*

See Paragraph 5.e.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

SCHEDULE 1

-1-

  


SCHEDULE 2

Parking Space Rental

 

     Rate per space/month
(762 spaces)
   Monthly Parking
Space Rental

1-12

   $180.00    $137,160

13-24

   $183.60    $139,903

25-36

   $187.27    $142,701

37-48

   $191.02    $145,555

49-60

   $194.84    $148,466

61-72

   $198.73    $151,436

73-84

   $202.71    $154,464

85-96

   $206.76    $157,554

97-108

   $210.90    $160,705

109-120

   $215.12    $163,919

121-132

   $219.42    $167,197

133-144

   $223.81    $170,541

145-153

   $228.28    $173,952

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

SCHEDULE 2

-1-

  


SCHEDULE 3

Initial Excess Use Hours Charges

 

RTU#

  

Unit Tonnage

  

Portion of Building Served by Unit

   Excess HVAC Charge/Hour*  

1

   90 ton    Tower 5th floor    $ 5.17  

2

   120 ton    Tower 3rd and 4th floors    $ 6.89  

3

   130 ton    Tower basement, 1st and 2nd floors    $ 7.47  

4

   100 ton    Annex 2nd floor North    $ 5.75  

5

   100 ton    Annex 2nd floor South    $ 5.75  

6

   130 ton    Annex 1st floor    $ 7.47  

7

   80 ton    CMU building 1st and 2nd floors    $ 4.50  

 

*

Subject to change upon replacement of the subject HVAC unit.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

SCHEDULE 3

-1-

  


EXHIBIT A-1

Site Plan of the Premises

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT A-1

-1-

  


LOGO

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT A-1

-2-

  


EXHIBIT A-2

Legal Description of the Premises

The land referred to in this Commitment is situated in the City of Los Angeles, County of Los Angeles, State of California, and is described as follows:

PARCEL 1:

LOTS 11 TO 23 INCLUSIVE OF M. L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF THE GARBOLINO-COOPER AND SOUTH AND PORTER TRACTS, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 16, PAGE 73 OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, TOGETHER WITH THAT PORTION OF THAT CERTAIN NORTH-SOUTH ALLEY, 15 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ADJOINING LOTS 1 AND 42, M. L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF THE KIEFER TRACT, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 18, PAGE 25 OF SAID MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, BOUNDED NORTHERLY BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 5 FEET SOUTHERLY MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE EASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 1; AND BOUNDED SOUTHERLY BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 2 FEET NORTHERLY MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE EASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 42, AS DESCRIBED IN RESOLUTION TO VACATE NO. 96-1400503, A CERTIFIED COPY OF WHICH RECORDED FEBRUARY 4, 1997 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 97-185212, OFFICIAL RECORDS, THAT WOULD PASS WITH LEGAL CONVEYANCE OF SAID LOTS 11 TO 17 INCLUSIVE.

PARCEL 2:

LOTS 37 AND 38 OF M.L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF THE KIEFER TRACT, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 18, PAGE 25 OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

PARCEL 3:

LOTS 1, 2, 3, 4, 39, 40, 41 AND 42 OF M.L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF THE KIEFER TRACT, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 18, PAGE 25 OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, TOGETHER WITH THAT PORTION OF THAT CERTAIN NORTH-SOUTH ALLEY, 15 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ADJOINING LOTS 1 AND 42, M. L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF THE KIEFER TRACT, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 18, PAGE 25 OF SAID MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, BOUNDED NORTHERLY BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 5 FEET SOUTHERLY MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE EASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 1; AND BOUNDED SOUTHERLY BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 2 FEET NORTHERLY MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE EASTERLY

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT A-2

-1-

  


PROLONGATION OF THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 42, AND THAT PORTION OF THAT CERTAIN EAST-WEST ALLEY, 20 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ADJOINING LOTS 1 THROUGH 4, SAID M. L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF KIEFER TRACT, BOUNDED EASTERLY BY THE SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EASTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 1; AND BOUNDED WESTERLY BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 30 FEET EASTERLY MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 4, AS BOTH ARE DESCRIBED IN RESOLUTION TO VACATE NO. 96-1400503, A CERTIFIED COPY OF WHICH RECORDED FEBRUARY 4, 1997 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 97-185212, OFFICIAL RECORDS, THAT WOULD PASS A LEGAL CONVEYANCE OF SAID LOTS 1, 2, 3, 4, 39, 40, 41 AND 42.

EXCEPT FROM SAID LOT 39, ALL OIL GAS, MINERAL AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES LYING UNDER SAID LAND BUT WITH NO RIGHT OF ENTRY THEREON, AS RESERVED BY WINIFRED A KIDSON, IN DEED RECORDED SEPTEMBER 2, 1952, IN BOOK 39738, PAGE 250, OFFICIAL RECORDS.

PARCEL 4:

THAT PORTION OF LOTS 24, 25 AND 26 OF M.L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF GARBOLINO-COOPER & SOUTH & PORTER TRACT, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 16 PAGE 73 OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, LYING WESTERLY OF THE WEST LINE OF THE RIGHT OF WAY DESCRIBED IN DEED TO SOUTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, RECORDED IN BOOK 4867 PAGE 266 OF DEED OF RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY.

PARCEL 5:

LOTS 24, 25 AND 26 OF M.L. WICKS SUBDIVISION OF GARBOLINO-COOPER & SOUTH & PORTER TRACTS, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 16 PAGE 73 OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM THOSE PORTIONS OF SAID LOTS WESTERLY OF THE WESTERLY LINE OF THE RIGHT OF WAY DESCRIBES IN THE DEED TO THE SOUTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, RECORDED IN BOOK 4867 PAGE 266 OF DEEDS IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT A-2

-2-

  


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

FORD FACTORY CAMPUS

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or any bolts on any interior or exterior door of the Premises without prior notice (at least fifteen (15) days in advance) to Landlord (and Tenant shall provide Landlord copies or master keys for such new locks or bolts).

2. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises.

3. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on a platform of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. The moving company must be a locally recognized professional mover and must be bonded and fully insured. A certificate or other verification of such insurance must be received and approved by Landlord prior to the start of any moving operations. Insurance must be sufficient in Landlord’s sole opinion, to cover all personal liability, theft or damage to the Premises.

4. In no event shall Tenant keep, use, or permit to be used in the Premises or the Building any guns, firearm, explosive devices or ammunition.

5. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or, except as customary in connection with a general office or retail use or for the generator, inflammable or combustible fluid or material.

6. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telecommunications wiring is to be introduced into the Premises and the Building. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord.

7. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which have been furnished by Landlord to Tenant and any copies of such keys which Tenant has made. In the event Tenant has lost any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such keys.

8. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises, except to the extent and in the manner approved in advance by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT B

-1-

  


9. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building. Subject to Tenant’s right of access to the Premises in accordance with Building security procedures, Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building outside of Building Hours, and during such further hours as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the Building and the property of its tenants.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT B

-2-

  


EXHIBIT C

Form of Commencement Date Letter

_______, 20__

 

                                                 

 

                                                 

 

                                                 

 

  Re:

Lease, dated as of ________________ 20__ (the “Lease”), between SRI Ten SANTA FE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and WARNER MUSIC INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for premises located at 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue, Los Angeles, California.

Gentlemen or Ladies:

Pursuant to Paragraph 3.a. of your above-referenced Lease, this letter shall confirm the following dates:

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease (as defined in Paragraph 2.b. of the Lease) is ___________________.

2. The Expiration Date of the Lease (as defined in Paragraph 2.b. of the Lease) is ________________________ .

Please acknowledge Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing by executing both duplicate originals of this letter and returning one fully executed duplicate original to Landlord at the address on this letterhead. If Landlord does not receive a fully executed duplicate original of this letter from Tenant evidencing Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing (or a written response setting forth Tenant’s disagreement with the foregoing) within fifteen (15) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of this letter, Tenant will be deemed to have consented to the terms set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,
SRI TEN SANTA FE LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:    
  Its designated signatory

The undersigned agrees to the dates set forth above:

WARNER MUSIC INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT C

-1-

  


EXHIBIT D-1

Cash Security Deposit Provisions

In the event that Tenant elects to provide a portion of the Letter of Credit Amount in the form of a cash security deposit pursuant to Paragraph 6.a. of this Lease (the “Cash Security Deposit”), then such Cash Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but without any obligation on behalf of Landlord, apply all or any part of the Cash Security Deposit: (i) to the payment of any rent or any other sum in default; and (ii) to compensate Landlord for any and all damages or losses of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain that result from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease, including, but not limited to, any and all damages or losses arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. Following Landlord’s application of the Cash Security Deposit, or any portion thereof, Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Cash Security Deposit to its original amount. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Cash Security Deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Exhibit D-1, above, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Cash Security Deposit (i) any and all sums expressly identified in this Exhibit D-1, above, and (ii) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of this Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. Any unapplied portion of the Cash Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the term of this Lease so long as this Lease was not terminated as a result of an Event of Default or other early termination due to a bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant (and, if this Lease was terminated prior to the scheduled expiration date due to an Event of Default or due to a bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant, then any unapplied portion of the Cash Security Deposit shall be returned within sixty (60) days following the final, non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction of the amounts owing to Landlord under this Lease as a result thereof and Tenant’s right, if any, to the refund of any unapplied portion of the Cash Security Deposit).

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-1

-1-

  


EXHIBIT D-2

Form Letter of Credit

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT

Date of Issue: October 7, 2016

 

Beneficiary    Applicant
SRI Tenant Santa Fe LLC    WMG Acquisition Corp.
                                                     75 Rockefeller Plaza
                                                     New York, NY 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen,

We hereby issue this Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                      in your favor, for the account of WMG Acquisition Corp. in the amount of USQLP4)J)J5MQ (SEVEN MILLION AND 00/100 UNITED STATES DOLLARS), (the “Stated Amount”) available by payment upon presentation of your draft(s) drawn on us at sight, accompanied by the following:

 

1)

The original of this Letter of Credit and amendment(s), if any.

 

2)

A dated statement purportedly signed by an authorized officer/representative of the Beneficiary on Beneficiary’s letterhead which includes one of the following statements:

“The undersigned hereby certifies that Beneficiary, either (a) in accordance with that certain office lease dated [insert lease date], as the same may have been amended (collectively, the “Lease”), or (b) as a result of the termination of the lease, has the right to draw down the amount of USD                  under Letter of Credit No.                 .”

OR

“The undersigned hereby certifies that it has received written notice that Credit Suisse AG will not extend Letter of Credit No.                beyond its current expiration date”

OR

‘The undersigned hereby certifies that Beneficiary is entitled to draw down the full amount of Letter of Credit No.                  as the result of the filing of a voluntary petition under the U.S bankruptcy code or a state bankruptcy code by the Tenant under that certain office lease dated [insert lease date], as the same may have been amended (collectively, the “Lease”).”

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-1-

  


OR

‘The undersigned hereby certifies that Beneficiary is entitled to draw down the full amount of Letter of Credit No.                  as the result of an involuntary petition having been filed under the U.S. bankruptcy code or a state bankruptcy code against the Tenant under that certain office lease dated [insert lease date], as the same may have been amended (collectively, the “Lease”).”

OR

“The undersigned hereby certifies that Beneficiary is entitled to draw down the full amount of Letter of Credit No.                  as the result of the rejection, or deemed rejection, of that certain office lease dated [insert lease date], as the same may have been amended, under section 365 of the U.S. bankruptcy code.”

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-2-

  


SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

Draft(s) must state: “Drawn under Credit Suisse AG Standby Letter of Credit No.                  dated October 1, 2016.”

We hereby agree with you that your draft(s) drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit shall be duty honored upon presentation to us at our office located at Eleven Madison Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10010, Attention: Trade Finance Services Department, without inquiry as to the accuracy of the presentation and regardless of whether Applicant disputes the content of any presentation documents The written statement shall be accompanied by this Letter of Credit for surrender; provided, however, that if less than the balance of the Letter of Credit is drawn, this Letter of Credit need not be surrendered and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the unused balance of this Letter of Credit unless and until we issue to you a replacement Letter of Credit for such unused balance, the terms of which replacement Letter of Credit shall be identical to those set forth in this Letter of Credit. Drawing request(s) made by fax transmission to fax number 212-325-8315 or such other fax number identified by us in a written notice to you is acceptable You shall notify us by telephone at 212-325-3610 or 212-538-1370 prior to or simultaneously with sending of such fax transmission.

Partial and multiple drawings are allowed. Each payment made by us pursuant to a drawing made hereon will automatically reduce the Stated Amount by the amount of such payment.

This Letter of Credit expires at our counters on October 7. 2017 (the “Expiry Date”).

It is a condition of this letter of credit that it is deemed to be automatically extended without amendment for period{s) of one year each from the current expiry date hereof, or any future expiry date, unless at least sixty (60) days prior to any expiry date, we notify you by registered mail or overnight courier at the above listed address that this Letter of Credit will not be extended beyond its current expiry date Upon receipt of such notice, you have the right to draw yoif sight draft(s) on us, accompanied by the original of this Letter of Credit, and any amendments attached hereto, if any.

This Letter of Credit is transferable and any such transfer shall be effected by us, provided that you deliver to us your written request for transfer in form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Beneficiary may, at any time and without notice to Applicant and without first obtaining Applicant’s consent thereto, transfer all of Beneficiary’s interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Beneficiary of Beneficiary’s rights and interests in and to this Lease. The original of this Letter of Credit together with any amendments thereto must be presented to Credit Suisse AG only and accompany any such transfer request. In case of any transfer under this Letter of Credit, the draft and any required statement must be executed by the transferee and where the beneficiary’s name appears within this Letter of Credit, the transferee’s name shall be automatically substituted therefor this Letter of Credit may not be transferred to any person with whom U.S. persons are prohibited from doing business under U.S. Foreign Assets Control Regulations or other applicable U.S. laws and regulations. Any transfer fees will be for the account of the Applicant.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-3-

  


All issuing bank charges including transfer charges are for the account of the Applicant. Our obligation to transfer this Letter of Credit shall not be affected by our ability to collect payment of the transfer fee from the Applicant

In the event that the original of this Letter of Credit or any amendment thereto is lost, stolen, mutilated, or otherwise destroyed, we hereby agree to issue a duplicate original hereof upon receipt of a written request from you and a certification by you (purportedly signed by your authorized representative) of the loss, theft, mutilation, or other destruction or the original hereof

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-4-

  


Except so far as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices 1998, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (ISP 98) subject to the following: (a) notwithstanding Rule 4.09(c) of ISB98 and regardless of whether the words “exact” or “identical” or similar words are used in this Letter of Credit, a document presented under this Letter of Credit need not reproduce the wording in this Letter of Credit exactly, including typographical errors, punctuation, spacing, blank lines and spaces, and the like; and (b) notwithstanding Rule 5.06(c)(i) of ISP98 the presenter shall not be precluded from asserting an objection to a notice of discrepancy solely by reason of having requested that the documents be forwarded or that a waiver be sought.

If you require any assistance or have any questions regarding this Letter of Credit, please call (212) 325-3610.

Very truly yours,

Credit Suisse AG

 

           
Authorized Signature         Authoriz Signature

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-5-

  


EXHIBIT D-3

Letter of Credit Reduction Schedule

1. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.d. of this Lease and Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit D-3 below, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be the amounts set forth in the table below as of the first day of each Lease Year:

 

Lease Year

   Letter of Credit Amount*  

1

   $ 15,448,324 ** 

2

   $ 15,448,324 ** 

3

   $ 15,448,324 ** 

4

   $ 11,586,243  

5

   $ 7,724,162  

6

   $ 3,862,081  

7

   $ 1,931,000  

8

   $ 1,931,000 ** 

9

   $ 1,931,000 ** 

10

   $ 1,931,000 ** 

11

   $ 1,931,000 ** 

12+

   $ 0  

 

*

Letter of Credit Amounts set forth above are assuming that no reductions have been made as provided in Paragraph 2 below.

**

Note that there will be no time – based reduction on the subject Lease Year (but there may nonetheless be reductions as provided in Paragraph 2, below).

2. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.d. of this Lease, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be subject to further adjustment as set forth below to the extent the Letter of Credit Amount as determined pursuant to the chart below is lower than the Letter of Credit Amount otherwise required pursuant to the table in Paragraph 1 above:

a. The Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced to the amount provided in the table below upon Tenant, together with Warner Parent Entity and its affiliates, obtaining a Moody’s Corp. Family Rating or S&P Corporate Credit Rating corresponding to the applicable Letter of Credit Amount in the chart below:

 

Moody’s Corp. Family Rating

   S&P Corporate Credit Rating    Letter of Credit Amount  

Baa3 & above

   BBB- & above    $ 0  

Ba1

   BB+    $ 6,448,000  

Ba2

   BB    $ 9,448,000  

Ba3

   BB-    $ 12,448,000  

B1

   B+    $ 15,448,000  
   B    $ 15,448,000  

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-6-

  


b. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Letter of Credit Amount shall only be subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 2.a. above if, as of such date that the adjustment would otherwise occur (i) Tenant remains a wholly owned subsidiary of the Warner Parent Entity and (ii) Tenant continues to hold substantially all of the assets (which may include the equity interests in subsidiaries) of the Warner Corporate Family.

3. For example purposes only, the following are illustrative of how the provisions of Paragraphs 1 and 2 above would operate under the following circumstances:

a. Assume that as of the first day of Lease Year 3, Tenant and its affiliates have a Moody’s Corp. Family Rating of Ba3 and an S&P Corporate Credit Rating of B+. Then, effective as of the first day of Lease 3, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced to $12,448,000. Assuming no other changes are made in the credit rating (other than achieving an S&P Corporate Credit Rating of BB-), there will be no further adjustments to the Letter of Credit Amount until the first day of Lease Year 4.

b. Assume that as of the first day of Lease Year 4, Tenant and its affiliates have a Moody’s Corp. Family Rating of Ba3 and an S&P Corporate Credit Rating of BB-, then, effective as of the first day of Lease 4, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced from $12,448,000 to $11,586,243.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT D-2

-7-

  


EXHIBIT E

Intentionally Omitted

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT E

-1-

  


EXHIBIT F

Memorandum of Lease

 

RECORDING    REQUESTED    BY
AND WHEN RECORDED, MAIL TO:      

 

    
    
    
    

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is made and entered by and between __________________ (“Landlord”), and ___________________________________ (“Tenant”).____________________________________________________________________

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of August ____, 2016 (the “Lease”) pertaining to certain premises located at ______________________________________________________ (the “Premises”); and

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to file for record a Memorandum of Lease to evidence the execution of the Lease and to provide specific notice of certain provisions contained in the Lease.

LEASE PROVISIONS

1. LEGAL DESCRIPTION. The real property on which the Premises is located is described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

2. LEASE TERM. The term of the Lease commences on __________________ __, ____, and expires on __________________ __, ____ (the “Lease Term”), which Lease Term is subject to the following extension period(s): one option to extend the Lease Term for an additional period of ten (10) years to __________________ __, ____ (the “Outside Termination Date”).

3. TERMINATION OF THIS MEMORANDUM. This Memorandum shall automatically terminate as of the date that is the earlier of (a) the Outside Termination Date or (b) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

[Insert Signatures, Legal Description and Notary Certificates]

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT F

-1-

  


EXHIBIT G

Environmental Reports

 

1.

Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (Former Ford Property – 2030, 2035, & 2060 East 7th Street, 821 South Santa Fe Avenue, 2053 Violet Street, and 2040 East 7th Place Los Angeles, California) dated April 16, 2014, prepared by AMEC Environment & Infrastructure, Inc., Project No. OD13165190.200.204

 

2.

Phase II Investigation (Former Ford Property – 2030, 2035, & 2060 East 7th Street, 821 South Santa Fe Avenue, 2053 Violet Street, and 2040 East 7th Place Los Angeles, California) dated November 12, 2015, prepared by AMEC Environment & Infrastructure, Inc., Project OD13165190.500.502

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT G

-1-

  


EXHIBIT H

Arts District Map

 

LOGO

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT H

-1-

  


EXHIBIT I

Work Letter

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Paragraphs of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit I, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portions of this Work Letter.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD’S WORK

1.1 Description of Landlord’s Work; Final Plans.

1.1.1 Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise provided herein), cause the construction or installation of the work (“Landlord’s Work”) described in the narrative description and graphic figures attached hereto as Schedules L-1, L-2, L-3 and L-4 attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event any item of work is not described in either the narrative descriptions set forth in Schedules L-1, L-2 or L-3 or the plans referenced in Schedule L-4, then such component of work is not included as part of Landlord’s Work. To the extent that any portion of the plans referenced in Schedule L-4 are contradicted by the narrative descriptions set forth in Schedules L-1, L-2 or L-3, then such narrative descriptions shall govern.

1.1.2 Landlord shall have the right to make modifications to the Landlord’s Work as shown on Schedules L-1, L-2, L-3 and L-4 attached hereto so long as such modifications do not constitute a Material Change (as defined below). No Material Changes in Landlord’s Work may be made without the prior written consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall respond to any request for approval of a Material Change within five (5) Business Days. As used herein, the term “Material Change” shall mean any modification to the Landlord’s Work as shown on Schedules L-1, L-2, L-3 and L-4 attached hereto that would (a) have a material effect on the Building structure, (b) have a material effect on the Building systems or imperil the LEED gold rating of the Base Building, (c) not be in compliance with Legal Requirements, (d) have a material effect on the exterior appearance of the Building, or (e) materially increase the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements or require a material modification to any of the Contract Documents (as defined below) once approved.

1.2 Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

1.2.1 Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when Landlord’s Work has been completed, subject only to correction or completion of “Punch List” items, which items shall be limited to items of missing or incomplete work (including, without limitation the MEPF commissioning, CMU skylight, Paseo finishes, and B Permit Work), defective work or materials, or mechanical maladjustments that are, in each case, of such a nature that they do not materially interfere with or impair the construction cost or completion

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-1-

  


date of the Tenant Improvements, or Tenant’s use of the Premises for Tenant’s business. The definition of “Substantially Completed” shall also apply to the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete”. Within thirty (30) days following the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work, Tenant may provide to Landlord a proposed Punch List of items of Landlord’s Work that it believes remain to be completed by Landlord, and Landlord will notify Tenant if it believes any proposed items are not part of Landlord’s Work and shall diligently work to complete agreed Punch List items. Landlord shall provide Tenant with full access to the Premises so as to allow Tenant to create such Punch List.

1.2.2 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any improvement work required by governmental authorities to be performed to the land adjacent to the Premises (i.e., offsite improvements) in connection with Landlord’s Work (the “B Permit Work”) shall be deemed “Punch List” work hereunder so long as the completion of such work does not delay or hinder (i) Tenant’s ability to complete the Tenant Improvements and receive a certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) for the Tenant Improvements so that Tenant may commence the conduct of business operations from the Premises, or (ii) Tenant’s ability to access entries and exits or use the Premises for the conduct of its business therein. Tenant acknowledges that B Permit work will generate typical construction noise.

1.3 Tenant Delays. Tenant shall be responsible for, and shall pay to Landlord, any and all costs and expenses reasonably and actually incurred by Landlord in connection with any actual delay in the commencement or completion of Landlord’s Work and any actual increase in the cost of Landlord’s Work to the extent caused by (a) Tenant’s failure to respond to Landlord’s request for information regarding Landlord’s Work within five (5) Business Days of Tenant’s receipt thereof, (b) Tenant’s failure to respond within five (5) Business Days to reasonable inquiries by Landlord or Contractor regarding the construction of the Landlord’s Work, including approval of a Material Change, and (c) any other delay requested or caused by the wrongful actions or inactions of Tenant. Each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a “Tenant Delay”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred unless Tenant fails to cure such Tenant Delay within two (2) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Landlord detailing such claimed Tenant Delay.

1.4 Repairs to Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Work to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with all Legal Requirements; provided that the foregoing shall not imply any representation or warranty as to the useful life of such improvements or systems, nor shall the foregoing diminish Tenant’s responsibility pursuant to Paragraph 10.a. of this Lease to perform any repairs, modifications or improvements to the same necessitated after the Commencement Date or otherwise by reason of Tenant’s use of the same, Tenant’s Alterations, ordinary wear and tear, or otherwise. The foregoing warranty by Landlord specifically excludes the Tenant Improvements or any other Alterations performed by or for Tenant and any damage caused by Tenant to the Building or the other portions of the Premises following the Tenant Access Date and any malfunctioning of any Building systems due to the Tenant Improvements or Tenant’s acts or omissions. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, repair any defect in the construction of the Landlord’s Work (but not design defects if Tenant’s architect or other consultant prepared the plans for such portion of Landlord’s Work or otherwise specified the design at issue) arising on or before the date that is one (1) year following Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work (the “Warranty Period”), provided Tenant gives prompt notice of such matter to Landlord promptly upon discovery and no later than the expiration of the Warranty Period.

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-2-

  


SECTION 2

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

Beginning on the Tenant Access Date, Tenant shall have access to the Premises to perform the improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the plans and specifications attached hereto as Schedule T-1, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.

2.1 Construction Documents.

2.1.1 Final Contract Documents.

2.1.1.1 Tenant has or will have a licensed, qualified architect (the “Architect”) to prepare a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire suppression, life safety, security and data-com working drawings and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, in a form which is fully complete, and is the same set of documents in Tenants contract with Contractor (the “Construction Contract”; the Construction Contract and such other plans and specifications referenced above (including the Final Space Plan and the Final Working Drawings) shall be, collectively, the “Contract Documents”). The Architect shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant may, at Tenant’s election retain design-build subcontractors (the “Engineers”) to prepare the portions of the Contract Documents relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire suppression, life safety, and data-com work in the Premises that is not part of Landlord’s Work. Such Engineers shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Contract Documents shall comply with reasonable industry standard drawing formats and specifications.

2.1.1.2 Landlord Plan Review.

(A) Preliminary Submissions. Prior to, or concurrently with, submission of the Contract Documents for Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall make the following preliminary submissions to Landlord for its approval (collectively, the “Preliminary Submissions”): (a) Structural Modification Intent; (b) Space Plan and Schematic Design; (c) Bid and Permit Documents; and (d) Building Permits. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of any of such items if Landlord reasonably determines that such particular items are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect.

(B) Final Space Plan. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan for the Premises (the “Final Space Plan”) for Landlord’s reasonable approval. The Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, the configuration of workstations (if any) and their intended use. Landlord shall advise Tenant, with reasonable specificity, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if Landlord reasonably determines that the same are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly revise the Final Space Plan in accordance with such review. Landlord

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-3-

  


shall limit its disapproval to areas of the Final Space Plan that (i) have a material effect on the Building structure, (ii) have a material effect on the Building systems or imperil the LEED rating of the Base Building, (iii) are not in compliance with Legal Requirements, and (iv) have an effect on the exterior appearance of the Building (any of the foregoing, a “Design Problem”). In addition to the foregoing, at Tenant’s request at the time that Tenant is requesting approval of the Final Space Plan or the Final Working Drawings (which request shall make specific reference to this Section 2.1.1.2(A)), Landlord shall advise Tenant of which components of the Tenant Improvements that Landlord shall require removal at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with Paragraph 9.g. of this Lease.

(C) Final Working Drawings. After the approval and final correction of the Final Space Plan, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and cause Architect to compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and life safety working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and Tenant shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant, with reasonable specificity, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if Landlord reasonably determines that the same are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord shall limit its disapproval to areas of the Final Working Drawings that have a Design Problem. In addition to the foregoing, at the time that Landlord provides its approval of the Final Working Drawings, Landlord shall also advise Tenant of which components of the Tenant Improvements that Landlord shall require removal at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with Paragraph 9.g. of this Lease.

(D) To the extent reasonably practicable and customary, Tenant may deliver any of the foregoing required items to Landlord simultaneously. In addition to the foregoing matters, Tenant may, at any time, request Landlord’s approval for any draft plans specifications or any guidance as respects Tenant’s preparation of the plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements and Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s request for approval or guidance in a reasonable period of time given the scope of the subject matter (but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt of Tenant’s request thereof).

2.1.1.3 The Construction Contract (including the schedule of values for the Tenant Improvements) shall be on a commercially reasonable, industry standard form, and shall be provided to Landlord for Landlord’s records promptly upon the completion thereof.

2.1.1.4 Landlord’s review of the Final Space Plan, Construction Contract and Final Working Drawings as set forth in this Section 2, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, code compliance or compliance with other Legal Requirements or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Contract Documents are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-4-

  


which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Contract Documents, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Contract Documents.

2.1.1.5 To the extent customary, and provided that at such time Tenant has engaged a Contractor, each submission of any portion of the Contract Documents shall be accompanied by the schedule of values included in the construction contract between Tenant and Contractor, which schedule of values shall detail by trade the estimated final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or Contractor.

2.1.2 Landlord’s Approval. Landlord shall have the periods set forth above for approval of any portion of the Contract Documents, and Landlord’s receipt of all information and documentation reasonably requested by Landlord relating to such applicable document, in which to approve or disapprove such applicable document, provided that any such written request to Landlord with respect to approval of any portion of the Contract Documents, as the case may be is marked in bold lettering with the following language: “LANDLORD’S RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED AND LANDLORD” and the envelope containing the request must be marked “PRIORITY”. In the event that Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s request for approval of any portion of the Contract Documents, as the case may be, Landlord’s approval shall be deemed given with respect to the applicable document but only to the extent that such document strictly complies with (i) all other documents previously approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord hereunder, and (ii) the requirements of this Work Letter; provided, however, for any portion of the Contract Documents, as the case may be, that affect the Base Building (as defined below) or is of a scope for which Landlord will require review of the relevant plans and specifications by a third party expert, then the foregoing ten (10) Business Day response period shall not apply (nor shall Landlord’s deemed consent as provided herein) and Landlord shall be provided a reasonable period of time to have such third party complete its review of the applicable portion of the applicable documents prior to Landlord being required to provide its approval or disapproval of the applicable portion of such documents. For purposes of clarification, Landlord requesting additional and/or clarified information, in addition to approving or denying any request (in whole or in part), shall be deemed a response by Landlord for purposes of the foregoing ten (10) Business Day period response requirement.

2.1.3 Approved Contract Documents. The Contract Documents, as approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Contract Documents”. Tenant hereby agrees that, except as related to Landlord’s completion of the Landlord Work, and the requirement that Landlord obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Building based on completion of the Landlord Work, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Tenant Improvements and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. Except as allowed in accordance with Legal Requirements,

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-5-

  


Tenant shall not commence construction until all required governmental permits are obtained and the other Tenant Access Requirements have been met. No material changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall be subject to the approval requirements set forth in Section 2.1.1.3 above.

2.2 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Tenant’s Agents.

2.2.1 Tenant Access Requirements; Terms of Entry.

2.2.1.1 Tenant Access Requirements. Tenant shall not commence construction of the Tenant Improvements until all of the following requirements have been satisfied (collectively, the “Tenant Access Requirements”): (a) Landlord has approved all aspects of the Contract Documents (or they are deemed approved), including, without limitation, the Preliminary Submissions and the schedule of values; (b) Tenant has received the necessary building permits to construct the Tenant Improvements; and (c) Tenant has delivered certificates of insurance to Landlord as required by Article 15 of this Lease, and a copy of the Contract as required by Section 2.1.1.3 of this Tenant Work Letter.

2.2.1.2 Terms of Entry. During the period commencing on the Tenant Access Date and ending on the Commencement Date, all of the agreements and covenants of Tenant in this Lease, except the payment of rent, shall apply and be in force, including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles 8, 9, 14 and 15. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all of the provisions of this Lease, including Article 9 of this Lease, relative to Alterations to the Premises shall apply with respect to the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that to the extent any of the provisions of said Article 9 conflict with the terms of this Work Letter, the terms of this Work Letter shall control.

2.2.2 Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. Tenant shall retain Contractor for preconstruction services and to construct the Tenant Improvements. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall be given or withheld (with reasonably detailed reasons for any withheld approval) within three (3) Business Days. If Landlord does not approve any of Tenant’s proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers, Tenant shall submit other proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers for Landlord’s written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

2.2.3 Tenant’s Agents.

2.2.3.1 Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Tenant Improvement Work. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the terms of this Lease.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-6-

  


2.2.3.2 Indemnity. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord and the other Indemnitees as set forth in this Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements and/or Tenant’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in this Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements, and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises.

2.2.3.3 Requirements of Tenant’s Agents. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Tenant Improvements, and/or the Building and/or common areas that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Tenant Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

2.2.4 Insurance Requirements.

2.2.4.1 General Coverages. All of Tenant’s Agents shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are reasonably approved by Landlord, including naming Landlord and such other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds.

2.2.4.2 Special Coverages. Tenant shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in a reasonable and customary amount and approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements in form and with companies as are reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-7-

  


2.2.4.3 General Terms. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements. In the event that the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Tenant’s right to revise the design of the Tenant Improvements to the extent provided herein). Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Tenant Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any reasonable and customary Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance reasonably required by Landlord. All policies (with the exception of workers compensation insurance) carried under this Section 2.2.4 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against Landlord and any party required by Landlord to be named or automatically added as an additional insured. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of the Tenant Improvements and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

2.2.5 Alterations Operations Fee. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, a fee in the amount of one percent (1%) of the total amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “Alteration Operations Fee”). Landlord shall retain from Landlord’s Allowance, as payment of the Alteration Operations Fee, an amount equal to the Alteration Operations Fee.

2.2.6 Additional Provisions. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the following additional provisions shall apply with respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements:

2.2.6.1 Subject to availability of adequate parking spaces, Tenant’s Agents shall be allowed to park at the Premises (in locations designated by Landlord from time to time) at no cost during the construction and move-in period. Landlord shall make reasonably sufficient parking spaces in the Parking Structure available for use by Tenant’s Agents.

2.2.6.2 Landlord shall provide reasonable electrical or temporary power during construction of the Tenant Improvements at no cost to Tenant.

2.2.6.3 In accordance with Paragraph 12 of this Lease, Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from mechanics’, materialmen’s and all other liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and shall promptly and fully pay and discharge all claims on which any such lien could be based. In the event that Landlord elects to pay or satisfy any lien as provided in Paragraph 12 of this Lease, Landlord may apply Landlord’s Allowance on account of such expense.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-8-

  


2.2.6.4 Tenant hereby acknowledges that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord is not and shall not be deemed to be a “participating owner” with respect to the Tenant Improvements.

2.2.6.5 Tenant shall comply in all material respects with Landlord’s Construction Standards.

2.2.7 Governmental Compliance. The Tenant Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) all Legal Requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable building codes; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

2.2.8 Inspection by Landlord. Landlord (and Landlord’s mortgagees, agents and consultants) shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Tenant Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. Should Landlord disapprove any portion of the Tenant Improvements because they cause a Design Problem, or don’t comply with the Approved Contract Documents, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify in reasonably specific detail the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in the Tenant Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord.

2.2.9 Meetings. Tenant shall hold weekly meetings at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of construction drawings and the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which meetings shall be held at the Building or another reasonable location mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.

2.2.10 Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans. Within ten (10) days after completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the Los Angeles County in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation (the “Notice of Completion”). If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction Tenant shall provide a “close-out” package to Landlord containing the following items: (i) an update of the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (ii) two (2) CD ROMS of such updated drawings in accordance with “Landlord’s CAD format requirements,” as set forth below, (iii) evidence that all required governmental approvals required for Tenant to legally occupy the Premises have been obtained, and (iv) a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-9-

  


Premises. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Landlord’s CAD format requirements” shall mean (a) the version is no later than current Autodesk version of AutoCAD plus the most recent release version, (b) files must be unlocked and fully accessible (no “cad-lock”, read-only, password protected or “signature” files), (c) files must be in “.dwg” format, (d) if the data was electronically in a non-Autodesk product, then files must be converted into “‘dwg” files when given to Landlord.

2.3 Landlord’s Allowance.

2.3.1 Landlord’s Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the “Landlord’s Allowance”) in the amount of Eighteen Million Seven Hundred Sixty-Three Thousand Forty-Four and 0/100 Dollars ($18,763,044) (i.e., $73.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises) for Landlord’s Allowance Items (as defined in Section 2.3.2 below). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds Landlord’s Allowance. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, except as provided in Sections 2.3.2 and 2.4 below, no portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance may be applied to the cost of space planning or other soft costs, permit fees, cabling, equipment, trade fixtures, moving expenses, furniture, signage, free rent, or computer cabling.

2.3.2 Landlord’s Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, Landlord’s Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively the “Landlord’s Allowance Items”):

2.3.2.1 Payment of the fees of the Architect and the Engineers;

2.3.2.2 The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

2.3.2.3 The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

2.3.2.4 The cost of any changes to the Approved Working Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by all Legal Requirements;

2.3.2.5 The cost of the Alterations Operations Fee;

2.3.2.6 Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees; and

2.3.2.7 IT/Telco, security systems, furniture, fixtures and equipment located in the Premises not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises with respect to the amount of Landlord’s Allowance that may be used to pay such amounts.

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-10-

  


2.3.3 Disbursement of Landlord’s Allowance. During the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall make disbursements, not more than once per month, of Landlord’s Allowance for Landlord’s Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows.

2.3.3.1 Monthly Disbursements. On or before the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the construction of the Tenant Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall (if it is requesting a disbursement) deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the Contractor approved by Tenant, in an industry standard form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Landlord’s lender, showing the schedule of values, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from the Tenant’s Agents for whom Tenant is requesting payment for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed conditional mechanic’s lien releases from the Tenant’s Agents (along with unconditional mechanics lien releases with respect to payments made pursuant to Tenant’s prior submission hereunder) for whom Tenant is requesting payment, which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Sections 8132, 8134, 8136 and 8138; and (iv) all other customarily required information and/or documentation relating to the Tenant Improvements reasonably requested by Landlord (including, without limitation, any additional requirements for disbursement as may be reasonably required by Landlord’s lender). Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Thereafter, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such items, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s election, a check made jointly payable to Contractor and Tenant) in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant as set forth in this Section 2.3.3.1, above (and, if Tenant’s payment request does not already account for a ten percent (10%) retention, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions (either withheld by Landlord or withheld as provided in the relevant construction contract) to be known as the “Final Retention”), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of Landlord’s Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the Approved Working Drawings or for any other reasonable reason. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

2.3.3.2 Final Retention. Subject to the provisions of this Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s election, payable jointly to Tenant and Contractor) shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138 and the recorded Notice of Completion, (ii) Landlord has reasonably determined (which determination shall be made promptly) that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, (iii) Architect delivers to Landlord a certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed, (iv) Tenant supplies Landlord

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-11-

  


with evidence that all required governmental approvals required for Tenant to legally occupy the Premises have been obtained, (v) Tenant delivers to Landlord a “close-out package” as provided in Section 2.2.10 above and any additional documentation required by Landlord’s lender related to completion and final payment for the Tenant Improvements, and (vi) a certificate of occupancy, a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent is issued to Tenant for the Premises.

2.3.3.3 Share of Costs. Tenant shall pay for all costs of the construction of the Tenant Improvements in excess of Landlord’s Allowance (the “Excess Cost”). Based on the estimated cost of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, as shown in the construction contract for the Tenant Improvements or such other estimate of costs for the Tenant Improvements as has been approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “Estimated Costs”), the prorata share of the Estimated Costs payable by Landlord and Tenant shall be determined and an appropriate percentage share established for each (a “Share of Costs”). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant and Landlord shall fund the cost of the construction (including the applicable portion of the applicable fees) as the same is performed, in accordance with their respective Share of Costs for the construction. At such time as Landlord’s Allowance has been entirely disbursed, Tenant shall pay the remaining Excess Cost, if any, which payments shall be made in installments as construction progresses in the same manner as Tenant’s payments of Tenant’s Share of Costs were paid.

2.3.3.4 Default by Tenant. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if any Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease (including, without limitation, any default by Tenant to comply with the terms of this Work Letter) occurs at any time on or before payment of the Final Retention, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Landlord’s Allowance until such Event of Default has been cured.

2.3.3.5 Other Terms.

a. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from Landlord’s Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Landlord’s Allowance Items. No payment of Landlord’s Allowance will be made for materials or supplies not located in the Premises, other than for reasonable deposits for such materials or supplies (not to exceed 20% of the estimated cost of such materials or supplies).

b. All Landlord’s Allowance Items for which Landlord’s Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of this Lease. The Landlord’s Allowance is for constructing or improving qualified long term real property and with respect to such items is intended as a “qualified lessee construction allowance” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.110-1(c).

c. Tenant shall be responsible for all applicable state sales or use taxes, if any, payable in connection with the Tenant Improvements and/or Landlord’s Allowance.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-12-

  


d. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Allowance is to be applied to improvements covering the entire Premises so that the entire Premises is built-out and ready for occupancy. If Tenant does not initially elect to improve the entire Premises, then, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, only a pro-rata portion of Landlord’s Allowance (on a pro-rata per rentable square foot basis to reflect the number of square feet then being improved vis-à -vis the rentable square footage of the entire Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord) will be available to Tenant until such time as Tenant commences improvements to complete tenant finishes in the entire Premises.

e. To the extent that Landlord fails to pay amounts due from the Tenant Improvement Allowance in accordance with the terms hereof, and such amounts remain unpaid for thirty (30) days after notice from Tenant, then without limiting Tenant’s other remedies under the Lease, Tenant may, after Landlord’s failure to pay such amounts within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s delivery of a second notice from Tenant delivered after the expiration of such 30-day period, pay same and deduct the amount thereof, together with interest at the Interest Rate, from the Monthly Rent next due and owning under the Lease (provided, however, that the amount that Tenant may offset hereunder in any calendar month shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Monthly Rent owing for such calendar month, with such offset continuing until the full amount has been recovered by Tenant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during either the 30-day or 5-Business Day period set forth above, Landlord (i) delivers notice to Tenant that it disputes any portion of the amounts claimed to be due (the “Allowance Dispute Notice”), and (ii) pays any amounts not in dispute, Tenant shall have no right to offset any amounts against rent, but may institute expedited arbitration proceedings using JAMS to resolve such dispute. Notwithstanding of the foregoing, in the event Tenant institutes arbitration proceedings as provided herein and the determination of the arbitrator is in favor of Tenant, Landlord shall pay interest at the Interest Rate on the award granted to Tenant in such proceedings, from the date of the Allowance Dispute Notice until the date of the award, and Tenant shall be entitled, automatically, to offset the amount of such award, together with interest thereon as provided herein, against the Monthly Rent next coming due under the Lease (provided, however, that the amount that Tenant may offset hereunder in any calendar month shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Monthly Rent owing for such calendar month, with such offset continuing until the full amount has been recovered by Tenant). In the event the arbitration award is in favor of Landlord, Tenant shall pay all costs of such arbitration.

SECTION 3

LANDLORD DELAYS

3.1 Landlord Delays. The Commencement Date shall occur as provided in Paragraph 2.b. of this Lease (as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 3 of the Lease), provided that in the event that substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements is delayed as the result of a Landlord Delay (as defined below), then the Scheduled Commencement Date shall be extended by the lesser of (a) the aggregate number of days of such Landlord Delay and (b) the number of days beyond the Scheduled Commencement Date that substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements has been delayed as a result of such Landlord Delay; provided, however, in no event shall the Commencement Date be extended pursuant to this Section 3.1 beyond the date that Tenant first commences business operations in the Premises. The number of days that the

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-13-

  


Scheduled Commencement Date is delayed solely as a result of Landlord Delays pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be referred to herein as the “Landlord Delay Period”. If the Landlord Delay Period exceeds forty-five (45) days (any such delay in excess of forty-five (45) days, the “Extended Landlord Delay Period”), then for each day of such Extended Landlord Delay Period, Tenant shall receive, in addition to the extension of the Scheduled Commencement Date, one (1) full day of credit against Monthly Rent and Parking Space Rental (and the amount of such credit shall not be reduced by the Rent Credit) to be applied against the Monthly Rent first coming due under this Lease. As used herein, a “Landlord Delay” shall mean actual delays to the extent resulting from (a) Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval within the time periods required hereunder, (b) any failure by Landlord to timely pay any amounts due from Landlord to Tenant hereunder, (c) any failure of Landlord to allow Tenant and Tenant’s agents access to the Premises following the Tenant Access Date, (d) unreasonable interference with Tenant’s work in the Premises resulting from Landlord’s continuing to complete the Landlord’s Work, or (e) Tenant’s inability to receive permits because of Landlord’s failure to have completed the Landlord’s Work and closed out any permits as required to allow Tenant to receive permits for the Tenant Improvements. Any rent credit that Tenant receives hereunder for Landlord Delay shall not be duplicative of any rent credit that Tenant is receiving under Paragraphs 3.b.ii. or 3.d. of this Lease (but may be in addition to any rent credit otherwise being received by Tenant under such Paragraphs 3.b.ii. or 3.d. of this Lease). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Landlord Delay shall be deemed to have occurred unless Landlord fails to cure such Landlord Delay within two (2) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Tenant detailing such claimed Landlord Delay. In addition, the Scheduled Commencement Date shall be extended by up to 60 days for delays beyond the Scheduled Commencement Date that substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements has been delayed as a result of Force Majeure Delay, provided that Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of any such Force Majeure Delay within five (5) Business Days after the commencement thereof. For purposes of this Section 3.1 only, “Force Majeure Delay” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant, but shall not include any delay or inability to obtain building permits or other permits required in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements unless such delay is the result of a work stoppage or other labor disturbance.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-14-

  


Schedule L-1 to the Work Letter

Landlord’s Work – Tower

Landlord shall perform the following work to the base building, core and shell of the “Tower” portion of the Building per the narrative description below and the graphic description contained in Schedule L-4:

 

1.

REGULATORY

 

   

Codes – Compliance with all applicable state and local codes and regulations then in force, including but not limited to those for building, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire, accessibility, hazardous materials and energy, as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

   

ADA – Compliance with the federal Americans with Disabilities Act as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

   

Historic – Compliance with the California Historical Building Code as a qualified historical building by virtue of its listing in the California Register of Historical Resources, including exceptions to other codes and regulations such as those noted above.

 

2.

STRUCTURAL

 

   

Gravity – Live load capacity of 50psf levels 2-5; 100psf at ground; and 20psf partition capacity at all levels.

 

   

Lateral – Seismic upgrade with new lateral elements designed in accordance with the California Building Code 2013 edition, as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

3.

EXTERIOR

 

   

Glazing – At ground level west elevation: new low-e IGU in new aluminum storefront. At ground level north elevation: new laminated low-e storefronts in new aluminum frames. At balance of ground level and levels 2-5: new laminated low-e glass in refurbished/repainted existing steel frames. At skylights on level 5: new low-e IGU in new aluminum frames. Blinds or other window treatments are part the Tenant Improvements and shall conform to the building standard.

 

   

Roof Deck – New pavers and egress lighting per Schedule L-4.

 

   

Paseo – New planting, paving, lighting and fixed amenities per Schedule L-4. Movable furniture NIC.

 

   

Garage – New poured in place concrete garage with green screen wall treatment.

 

4.

MAIN LOBBY AND ELEVATORS

 

   

Main Lobby – Floor-through main lobby and elevator vestibule per plans referenced in Schedule L-4. Finishes per sections 5 and 6 below. Security desk NIC.

 

   

Elevators – Two new passenger service elevators of 4,000 pound capacity and 350 fpm, and one new passenger service elevator of 4,000 pound capacity and 350 fpm. Passenger and service cab finishes per building standard.

 

   

Elevator Lobbies & Corridors – As a full building lease, and except for the main lobby, multi tenant elevator lobbies and corridors will not be provided.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-15-

  


5.

CORE OF PREMISES FLOOR

 

   

Toilet Rooms – Toilet rooms per Schedule L-4, and shall comply with current regulatory requirements as noted in Section 1 above. Compliance shall include, but not be limited to, accessibility, fixtures counts, and exhaust.

 

   

Premises Side Finishes – Other than toilet room interiors, the interior side of all core walls and columns shall be existing concrete, new troweled shotcrete, or gypsum wall board of level 4 finish. In order to integrate tenant interior design concept, paint, baseboard and alternate finish materials are part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

Core Side Finishes – Core side of stair wells, equipment and other code required rooms shall be delivered finished per Landlord’s standard.

 

6.

INTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES

 

   

As Is – Except as explicitly noted elsewhere in this Exhibit or the Lease, existing building components that have not been removed, refurbished or replaced shall be delivered in their “As Is” condition at the time the Lease is executed.

 

   

Floors & Base – Concrete floors will be delivered broom clean without fill or base.

 

   

Columns & Exterior Walls – All columns and the interior surface of exterior walls shall be unimproved and delivered without base.

 

   

Ceilings – Ceilings, if any, are part of the Tenant Improvements. The concrete deck above shall be exposed in As Is condition. All new HVAC duct work, sprinkler, pipes, conduits and other building systems are exposed and are further described below. Existing piping and sprinklers lines to remain will remain at current location and height. Gravity piping heights will be determined by code requirements.

 

7.

HVAC

 

   

Design Criteria – HVAC performance is based upon occupancy density of no more than one person per 150 sf of usable area premises.

 

   

Equipment – Equipment shall consist of 3 new roof mounted package units serving multiple floors, providing the cooling capacity set forth on Schedule 3 of this Lease.

 

   

Distribution – Supply and return air shall each be ducted from the roof top equipment to a single point of entry on each floor of the Building, and shall include code required smoke and fire dampers. Heating hot water will be stubbed to a single location per floor to support tenant’s mechanical system. Lateral extension downstream of the points of entries and stubs, including ductwork and associated VAV boxes, piping, controls, power, etc. are part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

TI Conformance – Landlord system performance is dependent upon TI MEPF drawings and specifications designed and constructed for proper capacity and coordinated with the base building system and in conformance with the Building Standard.

 

   

Supplementary – Any supplementary roof mounted equipment required by Tenant shall be Tenant’s responsibility per the Lease. Landlord will assist and cooperate to identify acceptable future mechanical locations on roof for Tenant’s installation.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-16-

  


8.

PLUMBING

 

   

Domestic Water – Domestic water supply of adequate capacity for normal office tenant shall be stubbed to a single for location.

 

   

Lavatories – Tepid water.

 

9.

FIRE PROTECTION & LIFE SAFETY

 

   

Sprinklers – Sprinkler system shall include building fire pump and risers and, at all Building floors, mains, laterals and upright heads complying with code requirements. Further modification of the sprinkler system shall be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

Smoke Control – A passive smoke control system shall comply with code and Fire Department requirements for core and shell permit and inspection approvals.

 

   

Fire & Life Safety – Fire alarm and life safety alarm and communication system infrastructure shall include panels and power sources, elevator recall and pull stations at exits and other locations required by code. Landlord shall provide Tenant expansion space for typical office capacity within the base system. Expansion shall be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

10.

ELECTRICAL

 

   

Demolition – All prior electrical distribution within the Building shall be demolished and removed.

 

   

Room – A single electrical room on the Building floor with code compliant ventilation system.

 

   

Demand Load – Power capacity for demand loads (excluding lighting and typical office use air conditioning load) of up to five (5) watts per usable square foot shall be available to Tenant.

 

   

Lighting – Power capacity for non-emergency lighting loads of up to one and a half (1.5) watts of connected load per usable square foot shall be available to Tenant at a dedicated T24 compliant lighting control panel for in the electrical room.

 

   

Egress – All interior and exterior egress lighting shall be Class A office types controlled from a dedicated emergency power panel. Additional egress lighting required by Tenant’s configuration shall be part of the Tenant Improvements and conform to the Building standard.

 

   

Supplementary – Demand load or emergency power in excess of the capacities described above may be installed by Tenant at its own cost and expense.

 

11.

DATA & COMMUNICATIONS

 

   

Building Supply – Fiber or copper service from a single vendor selected by Landlord shall be available at the basement floor main point of entry (MPOE).

 

   

Distribution – Cored holes shall be provided stacked on successive floors between the MPOE and the Building. Tenant may run conduit, copper and/or fiber from MPOE and through cored holes to each floor Telecom Room as approved by Landlord.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-17-

  


Schedule L-2 to the Work Letter

Landlord’s Work – Annex/Assembly

Landlord shall perform the following work to the base building, core and shell of the “Annex/Assembly” portion of the Building per the narrative description below and the graphic description contained in Schedule L-4:

 

1.

REGULATORY

 

   

Codes – Compliance with all applicable state and local codes and regulations then in force, including but not limited to those for building, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire, accessibility, hazardous materials and energy, as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

   

ADA – Compliance with the federal Americans with Disabilities Act as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

   

Historic – Compliance with the California Historical Building Code as a qualified historical building by virtue of its listing in the California Register of Historical Resources, including exceptions to other codes and regulations such as those noted above.

 

2.

STRUCTURAL

 

   

Gravity – Live load capacity of 50 psf at level 2; 100 psf at ground level; and 20 psf partition load at both levels.

 

   

Lateral – Seismic upgrade with new lateral elements designed in accordance with the California Building Code 2013 edition, as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

3.

EXTERIOR

 

   

Glazing – At ground level and level 2 west elevation: new low-e IGU in new aluminum frames. At balance of level 2 and ground level locations: new laminated low-e glass in refurbished/repainted existing steel frames. At skylights: new low-e IGU in aluminum frames. Blinds or other window treatments are part the Tenant Improvements and shall conform to the building standard.

 

   

Paseo – New planting, paving, lighting and fixed amenities per Schedule L-4. Movable furniture NIC.

 

   

Garage – New poured in place concrete garage with green screen wall treatment.

 

4.

LOBBIES AND ELEVATORS

 

   

Secondary Lobby – Shared with CMU building. Finishes per sections 5 and 6 below. Security desk NIC. See Schedule L-1 for Main Lobby.

 

   

Elevators – One new passenger service elevator, shared with CMU building, of 4,500 pound capacity and 125 fpm.

 

   

Elevator Lobbies & Corridors – As a full building lease, multitenant elevator lobbies and corridors will not be provided.

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-18-

  


5.

CORE OF PREMISES FLOOR

 

   

Toilet Rooms – Toilet rooms per Schedule L-4, and shall comply with current regulatory requirements as noted in Section 1 above. Compliance shall include, but not be limited to, accessibility, fixtures counts, and exhaust.

 

   

Premises Side Finishes – Other than toilet room interiors, the interior side of all core walls and columns shall be existing concrete, new troweled shotcrete, or gypsum wall board of level 4 finish. In order to integrate tenant interior design concept, paint, baseboard and alternate finish materials are part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

Core Side Finishes – Core side of stair wells, equipment and other code required rooms shall be delivered finished per Landlord’s standard.

 

6.

INTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES

 

   

As Is – Except as explicitly noted elsewhere in this Exhibit or the Lease, existing building components that have not been removed, refurbished or replaced shall be delivered in their “As Is” condition at the time the Lease is executed.

 

   

Floors & Base – Concrete floors will be delivered broom clean without fill or base.

 

   

Columns & Exterior Walls – All columns and the interior surface of exterior walls shall be unimproved and delivered without base.

 

   

Ceilings – Ceilings, if any, are part of the Tenant Improvements. The concrete deck above shall be exposed in As Is condition. All new HVAC duct work, sprinkler, pipes, conduits and other building systems are exposed and are further described below. Existing piping and sprinklers lines to remain will remain at current location and height. Gravity piping heights will be determined by code requirements.

 

7.

HVAC

 

   

Design Criteria – HVAC performance is based upon occupancy density of no more than one person per 150 sf of usable area premises.

 

   

Equipment – Equipment shall consist of 3 roof mounted package units serving the two floors, providing the cooling capacity set forth on Schedule 3 of this Lease.

 

   

Distribution – Supply and return air shall each be ducted from the roof top equipment to a single point of entry on each floor of the Building, and shall include code required smoke and fire dampers. Heating hot water will be stubbed to a single location per floor to support tenant’s mechanical system. Lateral extension downstream of the points of entries and stubs, including ductwork and associated VAV boxes, piping, controls, power, etc. are part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

TI Conformance – Landlord system performance is dependent upon TI MEPF drawings and specifications designed and constructed for proper capacity and coordinated with the base building system and in conformance with the Building Standard.

 

   

Supplementary – Any supplementary roof mounted equipment required by Tenant shall be Tenant’s responsibility per the Lease. Landlord will assist and cooperate to identify acceptable future mechanical locations on roof for Tenant’s installation.

 

8.

PLUMBING

 

   

Domestic Water – Domestic water supply of adequate capacity for normal office tenant shall be stubbed to a single for location.

 

   

Lavatories – Tepid water.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-19-

  


9.

FIRE PROTECTION & LIFE SAFETY

 

   

Sprinklers – Sprinkler system shall include building fire pump and risers and, at all Building floors, mains, laterals and upright heads complying with code requirements. Further modification of the sprinkler system shall be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

Smoke Control – A passive smoke control system shall comply with code and Fire Department requirements for core and shell permit and inspection approvals.

 

   

Fire & Life Safety – Fire alarm and life safety alarm and communication system infrastructure shall include panels and power sources, elevator recall and pull stations at exits and other locations required by code. Landlord shall provide Tenant expansion space for typical office capacity within the base system. Expansion shall be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

10.

ELECTRICAL

 

   

Demolition – All prior electrical distribution within the Building shall be demolished and removed.

 

   

Room – A single electrical room on the Building floor with code compliant ventilation system.

 

   

Demand Load – Power capacity for demand loads (excluding lighting and typical office use air conditioning load) of up to five (5) watts per usable square foot shall be available to Tenant.

 

   

Lighting – Power capacity for non-emergency lighting loads of up to one and a half (1.5) watts of connected load per usable square foot shall be available to Tenant at a dedicated T24 compliant lighting control panel for in the electrical room.

 

   

Egress – All interior and exterior egress lighting shall be Class A office types controlled from a dedicated emergency power panel. Additional egress lighting required by Tenant’s configuration shall be part of the Tenant Improvements and conform to the Building standard.

 

   

Supplementary – Demand load or emergency power in excess of the capacities described above may be installed by Tenant at its own cost and expense.

 

11.

DATA COMMUNICATION

 

   

Building Supply – Fiber or copper service from a single vendor selected by Landlord shall be available at the basement floor main point of entry (MPOE) in Tower portion of the Building per Schedule L-1.

 

   

Distribution – Cored holes shall be provided between the ground level and level 2. Tenant may run conduit, copper and/or fiber from MPOE and through cored holes to as approved by Landlord.

 

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-20-

  


Schedule L-3 to the Work Letter

Landlord’s Work – CMU/Studio

Landlord shall perform the following work to the base building, core and shell of the “CMU” or “Studio” portion of the Building per the narrative description below and the graphic description contained in Schedule L-4:

 

1.

REGULATORY

 

   

Codes – Compliance with all applicable state and local codes and regulations then in force, including but not limited to those for building, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire, accessibility, hazardous materials and energy, as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

   

ADA – Compliance with the federal Americans with Disabilities Act as reviewed and approved by the city of Los Angeles.

 

2.

STRUCTURAL

 

   

Gravity – Live load capacity of 100psf at both levels, and 20psf partition load at both levels.

 

3.

EXTERIOR

 

   

Glazing – At South elevation and Northwest entry: New low-e IGU in new aluminum frames. At skylight: new low-e IGU in aluminum frame. Blinds or other window treatments are part the Tenant Improvements and shall conform to the building standard.

 

   

Paseo – New planting, paving, lighting and fixed amenities per Schedule L-4.

 

   

Garage – New poured in place concrete garage with green screen wall treatment.

 

4.

LOBBY AND ELEVATORS

 

   

Lobbies – Shared with Annex building (Schedule L-2). Finishes per sections 5 and 6 below. Security desk NIC. See Tower (Schedule L-1) for Main Lobby.

 

   

Elevators – One new passenger service elevator, shared with Annex building, of 4,500 pound capacity and 125 fpm.

 

   

Elevator Lobbies & Corridors – As a full building lease, multitenant elevator lobbies and corridors will not be provided.

 

5.

CORE OF PREMISES FLOOR

 

   

Toilet Rooms Toilet rooms per Schedule L-4, and shall comply with current regulatory requirements as noted in Section 1 above. Compliance shall include, but not be limited to, accessibility, fixtures counts, and exhaust.

 

   

Premises Side Finishes – Other than toilet room interiors, the interior side of all core walls and columns shall be existing concrete, new troweled shotcrete, or gypsum wall board of level 4 finish. In order to integrate tenant interior design concept, paint, baseboard and alternate finish materials are part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

Core Side Finishes – Core side of stair wells, equipment and other code required rooms shall be delivered finished per Landlord’s standard.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-21-

  


6.

INTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES

 

   

As Is – Except as explicitly noted elsewhere in this Exhibit or the Lease, existing building components that have not been removed, refurbished or replaced shall be delivered in their “As Is” condition at the time the Lease is executed.

 

   

Floors & Base – Concrete floors will be delivered broom clean without fill or base.

 

   

Columns & Exterior Walls – All columns and the interior surface of exterior walls shall be unimproved and delivered without base.

 

   

Ceilings – Ceilings, if any, are part of the Tenant Improvements. The concrete deck above shall be exposed in As Is condition. All new HVAC duct work, sprinkler, pipes, conduits and other building systems are exposed and are further described below. Existing piping and sprinklers lines to remain will remain at current location and height. Gravity piping heights will be determined by code requirements.

 

7.

HVAC

 

   

Design Criteria – HVAC performance is based upon occupancy density of no more than one person per 150 sf of usable area premises.

 

   

Equipment – Equipment shall consist of a single roof mounted package unit, providing the cooling capacity set forth on Schedule 3 of this Lease.

 

   

Distribution – Supply and return air shall each be ducted from the roof top equipment to a single point of entry on each floor of the Building, and shall include code required smoke and fire dampers. Heating hot water will be stubbed to a single location per floor to support tenant’s mechanical system. Lateral extension downstream of the points of entries and stubs, including ductwork and associated VAV boxes, piping, controls, power, etc. are part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

   

TI Conformance – Landlord system performance is dependent upon TI MEPF drawings and specifications designed and constructed for proper capacity and coordinated with the base building system and in conformance with the Building Standard.

 

   

Supplementary – Any supplementary roof mounted equipment required by Tenant shall be Tenant’s responsibility per the Lease. Landlord will assist and cooperate to identify acceptable future mechanical locations on roof for Tenant’s installation.

 

8.

PLUMBING

 

   

Domestic Water – Domestic water supply of adequate capacity for normal office tenant shall be stubbed to a single for location.

 

   

Lavatories – Tepid water.

 

9.

FIRE PROTECTION & LIFE SAFETY

 

   

Sprinklers – Sprinkler system shall include building fire pump and risers and, at all Building floors, mains, laterals and upright heads complying with code requirements. Further modification of the sprinkler system shall be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-22-

  


   

Smoke Control – A passive smoke control system shall comply with code and Fire Department requirements for core and shell permit and inspection approvals.

 

   

Fire & Life Safety – Fire alarm and life safety alarm and communication system infrastructure shall include panels and power sources, elevator recall and pull stations at exits and other locations required by code. Landlord shall provide Tenant expansion space for typical office capacity within the base system. Expansion shall be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

10.

ELECTRICAL

 

   

Demolition – All prior electrical distribution within the Building shall be demolished and removed.

 

   

Room – A single electrical room on the ground floor with code compliant ventilation system.

 

   

Demand Load – Power capacity for demand loads (excluding lighting and typical office use air conditioning load) of up to five (5) watts per usable square foot shall be available to Tenant.

 

   

Lighting – Power capacity for non-emergency lighting loads of up to one and a half (1.5) watts of connected load per usable square foot shall be available to Tenant at a dedicated T24 compliant lighting control panel for in the electrical room.

 

   

Egress – All interior and exterior egress lighting shall be Class A office types controlled from a dedicated emergency power panel. Additional egress lighting required by Tenant’s configuration shall be part of the Tenant Improvements and conform to the Building standard.

 

   

Supplementary – Demand load or emergency power in excess of the capacities described above may be installed by Tenant at its own cost and expense.

 

11.

DATA COMMUNICATION

 

   

Building Supply – Fiber or copper service from a single vendor selected by Landlord shall be available at the basement floor main point of entry (MPOE) in Tower.

 

   

Distribution – Tenant may run conduit, copper and/or fiber from MPOE and through Premises as approved by Landlord.

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-23-

  


Schedule L-4 to the Work Letter

Plans

Ford Submittals

 

Counter Prefix   

Form

Counter

   Subject
01-142100-0    1    Elevator Shop Drawings (Electric Traction & Hydraulic Elevators)
01-224100-0    2    Plumbing Fixture Product Data
05-224100-0    3    General Purpose Roof Drains Product Data
06-224100-0    4    Water Closet Flush Valve
01-230000-0    5    Product Data - RTUs (Roof Top Units)
02-230000-0    6    Product Data - Hydronic Pumps
03-230000-0    7    Product Data - Boilers
04-230000-0    8    Product Data - Wall Mounted AC Units
01-080351.23-0    9    Product Data - Benco 4 Industrial Paint Remover, Denatured Alcohol etc
02-080351 .23-0    10    Shop Drawings - Arcadia Venetian Series Hot-Rolled Steel Windows
06-080351.23-0    11    Steel Window Historic Treatment Program
05-080351.23-0    12    Historic Treatment of Steel Historic Windows Qualification Data
01-088000-0    13    Product Data - GlasPro 1/8” Energy Advantage Low-E
01-032000-0    14    Product Data - Steel Reinforcing
01-033000-0    15    Product Data - Concrete
04-033000-0    16    Concrete Design Mixtures
10-033000-0    17    Material Test Reports
09-033000-0    18    Material Certificate
05-033713-0    19    Design Mixes
02-142100-1    20    Elevator Shop Drawings (Electric Traction & Hydraulic Elevators) Rev. 1
01-260000-0    21    Shop Drawings - Switchboards
07-230000-0    22    Product Data - HVAC Duct & Casing
06-230000-0    23    Product Data - Hydronic Piping
1.1-088000-0    24    Product Data - Laminated Glass (Alternative)
03-088000-0    25    Sample for Verification - Laminated Glass Samples for Restored Historic Windows
11-033000-0    26    Concrete Restoration Mock-Up Product Data & MSDS
02-224100-0    27    Shop Drawings - Plumbing Issued for Plan Check on 6.26.15
08-230000-0    28    Shop Drawings - Mechanical Issued for Plan Check on 8.18.15
02-260000-0    29    Shop Drawings - Electrical Issued for Plan Check on 8.20.15
07-224100-0    30    Product Data - Floor or Shower Drains with Adjustable Strainer Heads
09-260000-0    31    Product Data - Generator & Automatic Transfer Switch
1 2-033000-0    32    Product Data - Rapid Hardening Repair Mortar (Concrete Restoration Mock-Up)
02-099000-0    33    Product Data - Exterior Concrete Paint

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-24-

  


03-260000-0    34    Product Data - Hangers & Supports for Electrical Systems
04-260000-0    35    Product Data - Raceways & Boxes
05-260000-0    36    Product Data - Sleeves & Sleeve Seals for Electrical
06-260000-0    37    Product Data - Underground Ducts & Raceways
07-260000-0    38    Product Data - Low Voltage Power Conductors and Cables
08-260000-0    39    Product Data - Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems
07-080351 .23-0    40    Chemical Stripping & Macropoxy Priming Mock-Up
03-099000-0    41    Samples - Painted Historic Steel Windows Color
04-032000-0    42    Shop Drawings - Steel Reinforcing (B1-01 To B1-04)
01-211313-0    43    Shop Drawings- Fire Suppression Plan Check Drawings 9.21.15
17-283101-0    44    Product Data - Fire Alarm
08-080351.23-0    45    Samples - Dow Corning 795 Silicone Building Sealant
12-088000-0    46    Sample for Verification - Fritted Glass
13-033000-0    47    Product Data - Mix Design 3K Misc Lightweight Concrete
05-032000-0    48    Shop Drawings - Steel Reinforcing (B1-05 To B1-05G)
06-032000-0    49    Shop Drawings - Test Panel Rebar
01-265010-0    50    Product Data - Lighting Fixtures
ARB 14-033000-0    51    Over Excavating Earthwork Plan
10-260000-0    52    BusDuct, Fire Pump, & Overhead Routing
06-080351.23-1    53    Steel Window Historic Treatment Program Rev.1
01-083320-0    54    Product Data - Lawrence Roll-Up Doors (Substitution)
ARB 15-033000-0    55    Foundation Layout
04-051 200-0    56    Shop Drawings - Tower Elevator Embeds & Placement Plan
05-051 200-0    57    Shop Drawings - CMU Elevator Embeds & Placement Plan
06-051 200-0    58    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Steel Collector Plates
01-265000-0    59    Product Data - Lighting Controls
07-032000-0    60    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Collector Beams (Floors 1-4)
08-032000-0    61    Shop Drawings - 5th Floor Collector Beams & Tower-CMU Reinforcing Elevator Pit Layouts
02-211313-0    62    Product Data - General Material Equipment & Data
07-051 200-0    63    Shop Drawings -Annex Building Anchor Bolt Plans
08-051 200-0    64    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Brace Frames
08-224100-0    65    Product Data - Clean Check Backwater Valve
16-033000-0    66    Samples - Parking Garage CMU & Mortar (Submit for Record)
05-283101-0    67    Shop Drawings - Fire Alam System
09-230000-0    68    Shop Drawings - Complete Mechanical RTU - Equipment Pad Layout
04-099000-0    69    Samples - Paint Color Window Mock-Up
04-032000-1    70    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Steel Reinforcing (B1-01 To B1-01D) Rev 1
01-076200-0    71    Product Data - Sheet Metal Flashing at Annex Skylights
07-260000-1    72    Product Data - Low Voltage Power Conductors and Cables Rev 1
11-051200-0    73    Welding Procedures (WPSs) & Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs)
17-051200-0    74    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Channels At Parapet
09-080351.23-0    75    Historic Steel Window Mock-Up

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-25-

  


18-051200-0    76    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Channel Strengthening at Roof
19-051200-0    77    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Beam Strengthening Plates at Roof
09-260000-1    78    Product Data - Generator & Automatic Transfer Switch Rev.1
01-105220-0    79    Product Data - Fire Extinguisher & Fire Extinguisher Cabinets
01-084113-0    80    01 -0841 1 3-0 Product Data - TC670 Series Arcadia Aluminum Framed Storefronts
09-032000-0    81    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Post Shores (RPA Submittal #81)
10-032000-0    82    Shop Drawings - Deck Infills Post Shores (RPA Submittal #82)
17-033000-0    83    Product Data - Masterlife 300D Crystalline Capillary Waterproofing Admixture (RPA Submittal #83)
18-033000-0    84    Product Data - Stego Wrap Vepor Barrier (RPA Submittal #84)
19-033000-0    85    Product Data - Sika Lockstop Mastic Waterstop for Construction Joints (RPA Submittal #85)
20-033000-0    86    Product Data - Spec Chem Concrete Repair Mortar (RepCon 928 FS) (RPA Submittal #86)
04-051 200-1    87    Shop Drawings - Tower Elevator Embeds & Placement Plan Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #87)
20-051200-0    88    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Elevator Framing (RPA Submittal #88)
11-032000-0    89    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Footings Steel Reinforcing (B1-02 To B1 -02F) (RPA Submittal #89)
12-032000-0    90    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Shear Wall Steel Reinforcing Basement To 2nd Floor (B1-04 To B1-04E) (RPA Submittal #90)
01-092900-0    91    Product Data - Gypsum Board Systems Products (RAP Submittal #91)
13-088000-0    92    Sample for Verification - Old Castle 1/8” Solarban 70XL Laminated Glass Sample (Monitor Skylights) (RPA Submittal #92)
13-032000-0    93    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Shear Wall Steel Reinforcing (B1-03 To B1-03C) (RPA Submittal #93)
21-051200-0    94    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Plate At Expansion Joint (RPA Submittal #94)
22-051200-0    95    Shop Drawings -Annex Building Counter Supports (RPA Submittal #95)
23-051 200-0    96    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Counter Supports (Submittal #96)
24-051 200-0    97    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Plates At Entry (RPA Submittal #97)
01-061000-0    98    Product Data - Hilti KWIK Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor (RPA Submittal #98)
02-061000-0    99    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Roof Glulam Beams (RPA Submittal #99)
03-061000-0    100    Material Safety S Data Sheet -Wood Dust (RPA Submittal #100)
14-032000-0    101    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Shear Wall Steel Reinforcing 2nd to 5th Floor (B1-05 To B1 - 05G) (RPA Submittal #101)
01-040326-0    102    Product Data - Repair Mortar, Rapid Set Mortar Mix, Sika 110 EmpCem & 123 Plus (RPA Submittal #102)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-26-

  


05-099000-0    103    Product Data - Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer & A- 100 Exterior Flat Latex Paint (RPA Submittal#103)
01-076200-1    104    Product Data - Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim at Annex Skylights Rev 1 (RPASubmittal #104)
15-032000-0    105    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Collector Beam Soffit Formwork System (RPA Submittal
18-051200-1    106    Shop Drawings -Annex Building Channel Strengthening at Roof Rev. 1 (RPA Submittal # 106)
03-055113-0    107    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Added Stair (RPA Submittal #107)
04-055113-0    108    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #4 (RPA Submittal #108)
05-055113-0    109    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #3 (RPA Submittal #109)
08-051200-1    110    Shop Drawings -Annex Building Brace Frames Rev. 1 (RPA Submittal #110)
01-081173-0    111    Product Data - Won-Door Firegaurd Compressed Stack Model FG-CS180 (RPA Submittal #111)
02-081173-0    112    Shop Drawings - Won-Door Firegaurd Compressed Stack Model FG-CS180 - Type UDC-P & PSC-L (RPA Submittal #112)
03-081173-0    113    Product Data - Fireguard Color Chart (Standard Color - #55 Platinum)
10-230000-0    114    Product Data – Duct & HVAC Pipe Insulation (RPA Submittal #114)
03-040326-0    115    Samples - Colored Mortar - 6” long by 1/2” Wide Set In Aluminum Channels (RPA Submittal #115)
14-088000-0    116    Product Data - PPG (NWI) Solarban 70XL Clear & Clear insulating Units (1st & 2nd Floor) (RPA Submittal #116)
05-283101-1    117    Shop Drawings - Fire Alam Systems Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #117)
11-260000-0    118    Product Data - Power System Study (RPA Submittal #118)
07-051200-1    119    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Anchor Bolt Plans Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #119)
21-033000-0    120    Product Data - Quikrete Concrete Mix For Tower Roof Top Curbs (RPA Submittal #120)
01-075419-0    121    Product Data - Tower & Annex Building Polyvinyl-Chloride Roofing (RPA Submittal #121)
01-077600-0    122    Product Data - Roof Paver System Specification & Cutsheet (RPA Submittal #122)
13-032000-1    123    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Shear Wall Steel Reinforcing (B1-03 To B1-03C) Rev.1
14-032000-1    124    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Shear Wall Steel Reinforcing 2nd to 5th Floor (B1-05 To B1- 05G) Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #124)
25-051200-0    125    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Roof Screen Framing (RPA Submittal #125)
17-051200-1    126    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Channels At Parapet Rev 1 (RPA Submittal #126)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-27-

  


03-084113-0    127    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Sawtooth Skylights Extruded Aluminum Framing (Proposal) (RPA Submittal #127)
01-071600-0    128    Product Data - Crystalline Waterproofing (RPA Submittal #128)
03-142100-0    129    Shop Drawings - Interior & Exterior Fixtures (RPA Submittal #129)
ARB 05-071600-0    130    Product Data - XYPEX Crystalline Waterproofing (RPA Submittal #130)
ARB 02-079200-0    131    Product Data - Tremco Dymonic 100 Polyurethane Sealant (RPA Submittal #131 )
ARB 01-071000-0    132    Product Data - Henry 787 Elastomulsion Waterproofing (RPA Submittal #132)
ARB 02-071000-0    133    Product Data - Bituthene 3000/3000 HC Waterproofing Membrane with Hydroduct Drainage Composite (RPA Submittal #133)
ARB 03-071000-0    134    Product Data - Tremco Vulkem 350NF/351NF/351NF Deck Coating Vehicular Waterproofing System (RPA Submittal #134)
ARB 01 -079500-0    135    Product Data - EMSEAL DSM System Expansion Joint (RPA Submittal #135)
ARB 11-075419-0    136    Product Data - FiberTite PVC Membrane Roofing (Parking Structure) (RPA Submittal #136)
12-260000-0    137    Product Data - Metering (RPA Submittal #137)
05-087100-0    138    Door Frame & Hardware Schedule (RPA Submittal #138)
01-081113-0    139    Product Data - Curries Assa Abloy Hoilow Metal Doors & Frames (RPA Submittal #139)
03-081113-0    140    Product Data - Total Doors & Frames (RPA Submittal #140)
04-087100-0    141    Product Data - Door Hardware Catalog Cut-Sheet (RPA Submittal #141)
04-051200-2    142    Shop Drawings - Tower Elevator Embeds & Placement Plan Rev.2 (RPA Submittal #142)
20-051200-1    143    Shop Drawings -Tower Building Elevator Framing Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #143)
26-051200-0    144    Shop Drawings - Annex Building WT Framing At Roof (RPA Submittal #144)
02-105220-0    145    Product Data - Fire Extinguishers & Non-Rated Fire Extinguisher Cabinets (RPA Submittal #145)
09-224100-0    146    Product Data - Fiber Care Baths Inc. Shower Stall (Model - HES62-31BF) (RPA Submittal #146)
ARB 01 -11 1200-0    147    Product Data - Parking Controls Equipment (RPA Submittal #147)
01-075250-0    148    Product Data - Torch-Applied Bituminous Roofing (RPA Submittal #148)
20-051200-2    149    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Elevator Framing Rev 2 (RPA Submittal #149)
12-075419-0    150    Safety Data - Sealants & Bonding-Flashing Adhesives (RPA Submittal #150)
03-075250-0    151    Pre-Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS): Products Containing Hazardous Materials (RPA Submittal #151)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-28-

  


16-032000-0    152    Shop Drawings - Revised Annex Building Footings F-A1 & F-A2 (RPA Submittal #152)
01-033543-0    153    Product Data - Polished Concrete Finishing & Location (RPA Submittal #153)
02-123600-0    154    Samples - Caesarstone #2141 Quartz Surfaces (RPA Submittal #154)
04-142100-0    155    Samples For Initial Selection - Rigidized Stainless Steel 5WL Interior Elevator Panels (RPA Submittal #155)
ARB 01 -055000-0    156    Shop Drawings - Eco-Mesh Screen Elevation (RPA Submittal #156)
27-051200-0    157    Shop Drawings - Annex Building 2nd Floor Framing (RPA Submittal #157)
04-084113-0    158    Shop Drawings - Tower Buidling Sawtooth Skylgihts Extruded Aluminum Framing (Full- Shops) (RPA Submittal #158)
06-084113-0    159    Aluminum Entrance Door Hardware Schedule (RPA Submittal #159)
ARB 10-2241 00-0    160    Product Data - Parking Structure Plumbing Fixtures (Record Only) (RPA Submittal #160)
03-055213-0    161    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Roof Guardrails & Parapet Rails (RPA Submittal #161)
10-08035123-0    162    Shop Drawings - Annex Building East Elevation Replicated Historic Steel Windows (RPA Submittal #162)
17-032000-0    163    Shop Drawings -Tower Building 5th Level Collector Beams (B1 -11 & B1-11A) (RPA Submittal #163)
01-083613-0    164    Product Data - Aluma View AV200 Commercial Sectional Garage Door (RPA Submittal #164)
01-074213.13-0    166    Product Data - Morin Mechanical Wind Screen Panels (RPA Submittal #166)
ARB 13-260000-0    167    Product Data - Emergency Phones (RPA Submittal #167)
01-076200-2    168    Product Data - Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim at Tower, Annex, & CMU Buildings Rev.2 (RPA Submittai#168)
01-102800-0    169    Product Data - Tower Building Bobrick Restroom Accessories (RPA Submittal #169)
02-102800-0    170    Product Data - Annex Building Bobrick Restroom Accessories (RPA Submittal #170)
01-102113.13-0    171    Product Data - Tower Building Floor Mounted Toilet Comparments & Wall Mounted Urinal Screens (RPA Submittal #171)
02-102113.13-0    172    Product Data -Annex Building Floor Mounted Toilet Compartments & Wall Mounted Urinal Screen (RPA Submittal #172)
22-033000-0    173    Product Data - MasterEmaco P 124 Water-Based Epoxy-Cementitious Bonding Agent & Rebar Coating (RPA Submittal #173)
23-033000-0    174    Product Data - MasterEmaco ADH 327 RS Liquid Epoxy Concrete Bonding Adhesive with Short Pot Life (RPA Submittal #174)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-29-

  


24-033000-0    175    Product Data - MasterEmaco N 425 Non-Sag Concrete Repair Mortar with Integral Corrosion Inhibitor (RPA Submittal #175)
25-033000-0    176    Product Data - MasterEmaco T 1061 Rapid-Setting Cemen-Based Concrete Repair Mortar (RPA Submittal #176)
26-033000-0    177    Product Data - Sika Top 123 & Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem (Patching Repairs at the Interior Columns) (RPA Submittal #177)
ARB 06-0551 13-0    178    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Metal Stairs Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #178)
01-055133-0    179    Shop Drawings -Tower Building Mechanical Penthouse Ships Ladder (RPA Submittal #179)
04-081173-0    180    Shop Drawings - Won-Door Framing At Tower Building 2nd Level On Gridlines H Between Gridlines 3 & 4 (RPA Submittal #180)
02-055133-0    181    Shop Drawings -Tower Building Elevators Pit Ladders (RPA Submittal #181)
11-230000-0    182    Product Data - HVAC Equipment Anchorage & Duct Riser Supoorts (RPA Submittal #182)
12-230000-0    183    Product Data - Tower & Annex Building HVAC Roof Mounted Duct Supports (RPA Submittal #183)
01-321123-0    184    Product Data - Irwindale 3/4” Crushed Aggregate & Crushed Aggregate Base (RPA Submittal #184)
27-033000-0    185    Product Data -Concrete Mix Design (Portland Cement Type II/V) (RPA Submittal #185)
01-334044-0    186    Product Data - 4” Vitrified Clay Pipe (VCP) & Fittings (RPA Submittal #186)
02-334044-0    187    Product Data - Storm Drain Utilities (RPA Submittal #187)
03-334044-0    188    Product Data - The MaxWell Plus Precast Infiltration & Setting DryWell Chamber (RPA Submittal#188)
28-051200-0    189    Welding Procedure Specification - Base Plate Plug Weld (RPA Submittal #189)
06-283101-0    190    Shop Drawings - Fire Alarm System Permit Drawings (RPA Submittal #190)
28-051200-1    191    Welding Procedure Specification -Base Plate Plug Weld Rev 1 (RPA Submittal #191)
ARB 01-055000-1    192    Shop Drawings - Eco-Mesh Screen Elevation Rev 1 (RPA Submittal #192)
07-084113-0    193    Samples for Verification - Aluminum Storefronts-Entrance Doors & Tower Building Skylights Colors (RPA Submittal #193)
ARB 02-055000-0    194    Material Samples -Eco-Mesh Screen Color Finish (RPA Submittal #194)
ARB 05-1 42400-0    195    Samples for Initial Selection - PS Schindler Rigidized Stainless Steel 5WL Interior Elevator Panels (RPA Submittal #195)
ARB 03-055000-0    196    Structural Calculation - Parking Structure Eco-Mesh Screen (RPA Submittal #196)
03-102800-0    197    Product Data - Shower Stall Wheelchair Accessible Barrier Free with Grab Bar & Seat Alternate (RPA Submittal #197)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-30-

  


04-055113-1    198    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #4 Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #198)
05-055113-1    199    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #3 Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #199)
03-055113-1    200    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Added Stair #2 Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #200)
ARB 06-142400-0    201    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Schindler Hydraulic Elevator (RPA Submittal #201)
05-102113.13-0    202    Sustainable Design Product data - Indicate Post & Preconsumer Recycled Content & Cost (RPA Submittal #202)
07-102113.13-0    203    Product Schedule - Tower & Annex Building Restroom Metal Toilet Compartments (RPA Submittal #203)
01-071416-0    204    Product Data - Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing (RPA Submittal #204)
11-224100-0    205    Product Data - B-Permit Rectangular Steel Pipes & Fittings Storm Drain Through Curb (RPA Submittal #205)
01-099000-0    206    Samples - Exterior Facade (Concrete-Brick-Terra Cotta) (RPA Submittal #206)
17-088000-0    207    Samples - Exterior Glazing (New Storefront Windows - Sawtooth Skylights - Steel Windows - Monitor Skylights)(RPA Submittal #207)
ARB 05-081113-0    208    Product Data - Parking Structure Hollow Metal Doors (RPA Submittal #208)
ARB 14-260000-0    209    Product Data - Parking Structure Light Fixtures & Switchgear (RPA Submittal #209)
13-230000-0    210    Product Data - Controls (RPA Submittal #210)
04-055213-0    211    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Stair #1 Rails & Barrier Gates (RPA Submittal #211)
03-055133-0    212    Product Data - Alaco Ships Ladder Model 775X - Crossover Access Ladder (RPA Submittal #212)
15-260000-0    213    Product Data - Electrical Firestopping (RPA Submittal #213)
01-093000-0    214    Product Data - CBP ProLite Tile & Stone Mortar (RPA Submittal #214)
05-093000-0    215    Samples for Verification - DalTile RM 92 Silver Spring (RPA Submittal #215)
12-224100-0    216    Product Data - Woodford Recessed Hose Bib Model B24 Anti-Siphon Protected Wall Faucet (RPA Submittal #216)
18-032000-0    217    Mill Certificates - Concrete Reinforcing (RPA Submittal #217)
15-230000-0    218    Project Load Calculations (RPA Submittal #218)
12-080351.23-0    219    Annex Building Historic Reproduction Steel Window Mock-Up & Proposed Perimeter Grout for Window Installation
28-033000-0    220    Concrete Certificates (RPA Submittal #220)
29-051200-0    221    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Roof Screen Gate (RPA Submittal #221)
02-033543-0    222    Sustainable Design - RetroGaurd & RetroPlate 99 Laboratory Test Reports (RPA Submittal #222)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-31-

  


04-033543-0    223    Product Data -Water Based Stain Resistant Concrete & Masonry Sealer with or without Aggregate (RPA Submtital #223)
05-033543-0    224    Product Data - Tower Building Shower Room SC-65 WB Polyurethane Sealer with Aggregate (RPA Submittal #224)
01-096513-0    225    Product Data - Johnsonite Resilient Rubber Wall Base with Toe Profile (RPA Submittal #225)
02-096513-0    226    Sustainable Design - Chapo Safe-Set 400 Cove Base Adhesive (RPA Submittal #226)
03-096513-0    227    Product Data - Elevator Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) (RPA Submittal #227)
02-033000-0    228    LEED Product Data - Credit MR 4.1 & MR 4.2 (RPA Submittal #228)
29-051200-1    229    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Roof Screen & Gate Rev1 (RPA Submittal #229)
10-055213-0    230    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #4 Rails (RPA Submittal #230)
30-051200-0    231    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Won Door Framing (RPA Submittal #231)
04-055133-0    232    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Walkover Parapet Ladder (RPA Submittal #232)
11-055213-0    233    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Exterior Elevated Walkway Rails (RPA Submittal #233)
33-051200-0    234    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Roof Screen Framing (RPA Submittal 234)
09-055213-0    235    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #3 Stainless Steel Rails at Lobby Entrance (RPA Submittal #235)
04-055000-0    236    Shop Drawings - Paseo Railroad Tracks (RPA Submittal #236)
13-055213-0    237    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Guardrails at Loading Dock (RPA Submittal #237)
34-051200-0    238    Shop Drawings - CMU Building F.O.B Wood Beam Support Plates (RPA Submittal #238)
37-051200-0    239    Shop Drawings - Paseo l-Beam Light Poles & Anchor Bolts (RPA Submittal #239)
12-055213-0    240    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Mezzanine Railing (RPA Submittal #240)
13-224100-0    241    Product Data - Ceco Water Heater Rooms Floor Sinks (RPA Submittal #241)
38-051200-0    242    Mill Certification - High Strength Bolts (RPA Submittal #242)
06-084113-1    243    Aluminum Entrance Door Hardware Schedule (RPA Submittal #243)
05-334044-0    244    Product Data - Paseo Area Drains (RPA Submittal #244)
01-213113-0    245    Product Data - 6x4x12F-M Fire Pump Series 8100 (RPA Submittal #245)
03-032000-0    246    LEED - Product Data: Credit MR 4.1 & MR 4.2 (RPA Submittal #246)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-32-

  


19-032000-0    247    Mill Certificates - Concrete Reinforcing for Exterior Annex Elevated Walkway (RPA Submittal #247)
14-224100-0    248    Product Data - Woodford Model B74 Anti-Siphon Vacuum Breaker Protected Wall (RPA Submittal #248)
ARB 16-260000-0    249    Product Data - Parking Structure Display Case Light Fixtures (RPA Submittal #249)
02-079500-0    250    Product Data - Ceiling to Ceiling Expansion Joints Model WS-5 (RPA Submittal #250)
08-055113-0    251    Structural Calculations - Tower& Annex Building Structural Stair Design Calculations (RPA Submittal #251)
01-077243-0    252    Product Data - Sarnatred-V Rolled-Out Heat Welded Walkway (RPA Submittal #252)
02-077600-0    253    Product Data - California Architectural (CalArc) Pavers (RPA Submittal #253)
ARB 16-230000-0    254    Product Data - Parking Structure HVAC (RPA Submittal #254)
ARB 17-260000-0    255    Product Data - Parking Structure Switchgear (RPA Submittal #255)
ARB 12-084113-0    256    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Display Case (Storefront) & Glazing (RPA Submittal #258)
12-083100-0    257    Product Data - ELMDOR Stainless Steel Ceiling Access Door (RPA Submittal #257)
06-099000-0    258    Samples - Back-Of-House Wall Color (Sherwin Williams OC-125 Moonlight White) (RPA Submittal #258)
04-096513-0    259    Samples for Verification - Resilient Rubber Wall Base (Johnsonite 48 Grey WG) (RPA Submittal #259)
07-099000-0    260    Samples - Annex 2nd Level Truss Color (Sherwin Williams 2121 -50 Iced Cube Silver Semi- Gloss) (RPA Submittal #260)
ARB 01-101400-0    261    Product Data - Parking Structure Non-Illuminated Clearance Barriers (RPA Submittal #261)
32-051200-0    262    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Elevator #4 Framing (RPA Submittal #262)
03-077243-0    263    Product Data - W.R. Meadows Whitewalk Roof Traffic Pads (RPA Submittal #263)
01-071416-1    264    Product Data - Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #264)
01-075250-1    265    Product Data - Torch-Applied Bituminous Roofing Rev 1 (RPA Submittal #265)
ARB 18-260000-0    266    Product Data - Parking Structure Automatic Transfer Switch (RPA Submittal #266)
ARB 02-083320-0    267    Product Data - Parking Structure Cookson Overhead Coiling Grilles (RPA Submittal #267)
20-032000-0    268    Mill Certificates - Concrete Reinforcing for Annex SOG Between Gridlines 1-2 & H-l (RPA Submittal #268)
07-033000-0    269    Qualification Data - Installer & Supplier (RPA Submittal #269)
02-033713-0    270    LEED Product Data - Credit MR 4.1 & MR 4.2 for Shotcrete (RPA Submittal #270)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-33-

  


01-123600-0    271    Shop Drawings - Tower & Annex Building Restroom Countertops (RAP Submittal #271)
06-033543-0    272    Shop Drawings - Seaming Diagrams for Polished Concrete (RPA Submittal #272)
ARB 01 -321723-0    273    Product Data - Fast Dry Latex Traffic Marking Paint (RPA Submittal #273)
01-329000-0    274    Product Data - Planting Dry Goods (RPA Submittal #274)
ARB 05-055000-0    275    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Chain Link Fencing & Swing Gates (RPA Submittal #275)
04-055113-2    276    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #4 Rev.2 (RPA Submittal #276)
01-328416-0    277    Product Data - Irrigation Controls (RPA Submittal #277)
07-033453-0    278    Mock-Up- Polished Concrete Finishing (RPA Submittal #278)
11-084113-0    279    Installer Qualification - Liberty Glass Contractors State License Board Active License (RPA Submittal #279)
07-079500-1    280    Shop Drawings - Expansion Control Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #280)
08-033543-0    281    Product Data - Westcoat EC-11 Water-Based Epoxy (RPA Submittal #281)
06-055213-0    282    Shop Drawings - Tower Building New Stair #2 Above Existing Stair #1 Rails Framing Plan (RPA Submittal #282)
ARB 05-083320-0    283    Product Data - Parking Structure Cookson Overhead Coiling Fire Door (RPA Submittal #283)
ARB 16-260000-1    284    Product Data - Parking Structure Display Case Light Fixtures Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #284)
ARB 03-076200-0    285    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Sheet Metal (RPA Submittal #285)
06-055000-0    286    Shop Drawings - Paseo Steel & Wood Seatwall (RPA Submittal #286)
35-051200-0    287    Shop Drawings - Paseo Bridge Framing (RPA Submittal #287)
36-051 200-0    288    Shop Drawings - Paseo Site Work Plates At Planter (RPA Submittal #288)
ARB 03-1 05220-0    289    Product Data - Parking Structure Fire Extinguisher & Fire Extinguisher Cabinets (RPA Submittal #289)
ARB 17-230000-0    290    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure HVAC (RPA Submittal #290)
ARB 19-260000-0    291    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Electrical (RPA Submittal #291)
ARB 15-2241 00-0    292    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Plumbing (RPA Submittal #292)
ARB 07-055000-0    293    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Elevator Canopy (RPA Submittal #293)
ARB 08-055000-0    294    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Elevator Separator Beam, Divider Screen, & Pit Ladder (RPA Submittal #294)
ARB 01 -210000-0    295    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Fire Protection (RPA Submittal #295)
ARB 13-084113-0    296    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Display Case Storefront Aluminum Extrusion (RPA Submittal #296)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-34-

  


ARB 04-071000-0    297    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Elastomeric Coating Tremco Vulkein 350 (RPA Submittal #297)
08-099000-0    298    Sample For Verification - Restroom Ceilings (Benjamme Moore OC-5 Moonshine) (RPA Submittal #298)
ARB 09-099000-0    299    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Transaction Window Frame & Hollow Metal Doors (PM-2 BM Decorator White) (RPA #299)
ARB 01 -079200-0    300    Sample For Verification - Tremco Dynomic 100 Sealant & Caulking (RPA Submittal #300)
01-088700-0    301    Product Data - SX-1000 Clear Cast Sand Blast Film (Tower Building Restroom Windows Level 3-5) (RPA Submmittal #301)
03-265010-0    302    Product Data - Paseo XF-7 Light Fixtures (RPA Submittal #302)
09-033543-0    303    LEED Product Data - Polished Concrete (RPA Submittal #303)
02-040326-0    304    Product Data -Spec Mix Mortar Cements Sand Masonry Mortar (RPA Submittal #304)
04-040326-0    305    Product Data - Historic Pointing Mortar (RPA Submittal #305)
05-040326-0    306    Product Data -JAHN M100 Terra Cotta & Brick Repair Mortar (RPA Submittal #306)
01-042200-0    307    Product Data - Angelus Split Face CMU Block (RPA Submittal #307)
29-033000-0    308    Product Data - Rapid Set High-Strength Structural Repair Mortar (RPA Submittal #308)
01-088300-0    309    Product Data - Tower & Annex Building Restroom Guardian UltraMirror (RPA Submittal #309)
ARB 02-111200-1    310    Shop Drawings - Parking Controls Equipment Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #310)
03-079200-0    311    Sample For Verification - Storefront & Sawtooth Skylights Dow Corning 795 Sealant (RPA Submittal #311)
ARB 06-083320-1    312    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Cookson Overhead Coiling Fire Door Rev 1 (RPA Submittal #312)
ARB 10-099000-0    313    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Sheet Metal Finish RAL 7010 (RPA Submittal
ARB 01 -099623-0    314    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Madico Graffiti-Free 6 Mil (RPA Submittal #314)
16-329000-0    315    Sample For Verification - RWF Spec Mulch (RPA Submittal #315)
ARB 03-111200-0    316    Parking Structure Parking Controls Equipment Operation (RPA Submittal #316)
ARB 09-055000-0    317    Sample For Verification -Parking Structure Cham Link Fencing Finish (RPA Submittal #317)
10-084113-0    318    Shop Drawings - Capitol Doors 101.1 8 101.2Opcon Installation (RPA Submittal #318)
20-260000-0    319    Shop Drawings - UPSS Security System Plan (RPA Submittal #319)
ARB 11-099000-0    320    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Stair Structure, Elevator Canopy, & Sheet Metal Finish (RPA Submittal #320)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-35-

  


01-092000-0    321    Product Data - Roof Elevator Lath & Portland Cement Plastering Infill (RPA Submittal #321 )
ARB 21 -260000-0    322    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Fire Alarm Drawings (RPA Submittal #322)
ARB 01-111200-1    323    Product Data - Parking Structure Parking Controls Equipment Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #323)
17-329000-0    324    Sample For Verification - Paseo Planting Green Goods (RPA Submittal #324)
ARB 10-055000-0    325    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Roll Up Grille HSS (RPA Submittal #325)
ARB 02-101400-0    326    Product Data - Parking Structure Signage (RPA Submittal #326)
ARB 05-055000-1    327    Shop Drawings - Parking Structure Chain Link Fencing &. Swing Gates Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #327)
ARB 03-105220-1    328    Product Data - Parking Structure Fire Extinguisher & Fire Extinguisher Cabinets Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #328)
31-051200-0    329    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Anchor Bolt Setting Plan & Template Assembly For Skylight Framing (RPA Submittal #329)
ARB 14-0841 13-0    330    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Display Case Mullion Finish & Dow Corning 795 Sealant (RPA Submittal #330)
01-333913-0    331    Product Data - Paseo WunderCover (RPA Submittal #331)
ARB 04-111200-0    332    Sample For Verification - Parking Controls Equipment Finish (RPA Submittal #332)
07-055213-0    333    Shop Drawings - Tower Building Area Way Guardrail (RPA Submittal #333)
08-055213-0    334    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Skylight Guardrail (RPA Submittal #334)
01-321313-0    335    Product Data - Site Concrete Package (RPA Submittal #335)
09-321313-0    336    Design Mix - Site Concrete Mix Designs (RPA Submittal #336)
ARB 15-084113-0    337    Sample For Verification - PS Display Case Starphire Laminated Tempered Glazing (RPA Submittal #337)
ARB 07-083320-0    338    Sample For Verification - PS Cookson Clear Anodized Overhead Rolling Grille (RPA Submittal #338)
11-321313-0    339    Sample For Verification -Flatwork, Walls, & Stair Mock-Up Plan (RPA Submittal #339)
39-051200-0    340    Shop Drawings - Paseo Fence Embeds Per RFI 348 (RPA Submittal #340)
01-086200-0    341    Product Data - CMU Skylight (RPA Submittal #341)
04-055113-3    342    Shop Drawings - Annex Building Added Stair #4 Rev.3 (RPA Submittal #342)
33-051200-1    343    Shop Drawings - CMU Building Roof Screen Framing Rev.1 (RPA Submittal #343)
02-321123-0    344    Product Data - Crushed Miscellaneous Base (RPA Submittal #344)
07-087100-0    345    Product Data - Paseo Gate Hardware
40-051 200-0    346    Shop Drawings - Paseo Fence Footings I Beam Pole Footings, Cutoff Wall at Bridges, & Paving Steel Reinforcement
18-329000-0    347    Field Report - Tree Tagging (RPA Submittal #347)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-36-

  


33-051200-2    348    Shop Drawings -CMU Building Roof Screen Framing Rev.2 (RPA Submittal #348)
14-055213-0    349    Shop Drawings - Tower Building East Entry Stainless Steel Rails (RPA Submittal #349)
41-051200-0    350    Shop Drawings - CMU Skylight Framing & Associated Guardrails (RPA Submittal #350)
ARB 08-083320-0    351    Sample For Verification - Parking Structure Overhead Coiling Fire Door (RPA Submittal #351)
42-051200-0    352    Shop Drawings - Paseo Fence & Gate Framing (RPA Submittal #352)
04-086200-0    353    Sample For Verification -CMU Skylight Aluminum Framing Finish (RPA Submittal #353)
12-321313-0    354    Shop Drawings - Paseo Site Concrete Joint Plan (RPA Submittal #354)
01-072100-0    355    Product Data - CMU Building R-19 Fiber Glass Insulation (RPA Submittal #355)
15-329000-1    356    Product Data - Soils Amendment Rev. 1 (RPA Submittal #356)
13-321313-0    357    Sample For Verification - Paseo Site Concrete (RPA Submittal #357)
43-051200-0    358    Shop Drawings -Annex Building Stair 3 Entry Columns per RFI 413 (RPA Submittal #358)
44-051200-0    359    Sample For Verification - Elevated Walkway & Paseo Fence Welded Wire Mesh (RPA Submittal #359)
15-055213-0    360    Sample For Verification - Exterior Stairs & Ramp Stainless Steel Rails (RPA Submittal #360)
45-051200-0    361    Sample For Verification - Exterior Steel Finish Tiger Drylac RAL 7010 per RFI 510 (RPA Submittal #361)
05-086200-0    362    Sample For Verification -CMU Skylight Aluminum Framing Finish (Marquee Gray) (RPA Submittal #362)
06-086200-0    363    Sample For Verification -CMU Skylight Viracon Insulating Glass (RPA Submittal #363)
16-084113-0    364    Shop Drawings -Annex Building Stair 3 Entry Storefront (RPA Submittal #364)
01-321216-0    365    Product Data - Asphalt Mix Design (B-Permit Work) (RPA Submittal #365)

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-37-

  


Ford RFIs

 

Counter Prefix    Form
Counter
   Subject
RFI 02    1    Additional Information Necessary to Finalize PGMP Pricing
RFI 01    2    Otis Elevators & Various Others
RFI 03    3    Tower 5th Floor Interior Column & Bean Repair
RFI 04    4    K-5244-ER Vs. K-5244-ET Urinal
RFI 05    5    RTU3 System Serving Restaurant & Office
RFI 06    6    Ramp Access To Basement
RFI 07    7    Water Service from Street to the Building
RFI 08    8    Mechanical Pads
RFI 09    9    Demo of Electrical Room Wall
RFI 10    10    Partial Capital Demo for New Shear Walls & Collector Beams
RFI 11    11    Basement Clerestory Window Demo
RFI 012    12    Annex Building Brace Frame Connections
RFI 013    13    Splice Requirements
RFI 014    14    Detail 7/S4.02
RFI 015    15    Collector Plate at Ridge
RFI 016    16    Channel Reinforcement
RFI 017    17    Roof Drain & Overflow Routing
RFI 018    18    Steel Base & Acoustic Requirements
RFI 022    19    Basement Concrete Access Room
RFI 021    20    Water Proofing
RFI 019    21    West Elevation Basement Windows
RFI 020    22    Proposed Deck Cores
RFI 023    23    RTU Pads & Penetrations
RFI 024    24    Slab Edge Dimensions
RFI 025    25    Rails Per Landscape Drawings
RFI 026    26    Perforate Metal
RFI 027    27    Tube Steel Members Attachment
RFI 028    28    Wall Thickness for Tube Steel & Steel Thickness for the Angle Iron
RFI 029    29    Finish for Fencing & Gate
RFI 030    30    Roof Guardrail Detail Confirmation
RFI 031    31    Irrelevant Details
RFI 032    32    Gate Location at RTU-3C Mechanical Screen
RFI 033    33    Infill Framing Confirmation
RFI 034    34    Framed Roof Infill
RFI 035    35    Gate Location at the Mechanical Equipment Screen
RFI 036    36    Annex Building Rail at Elevated Walkway
RFI 037    37    Annex Building Entry Stair
RFI 038    38    Door Schedule
RFI 039    39    Tower Roof Screen Post Attachments
RFI 040    40    CMU Building Elevator Framing
RFI 041    41    Annex Building Brace Frames
RFI 042    42    Tower Roof Framing Beam
RFI 043    43    Railroad Track Size

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-38-

  


RFI 044    44    Details for Fastening the Railroad Track to the Base
RFI 045    45    Weep Holes
RFI 046    46    Bent Plate to Concrete Footing Connection Details
RFI 047    47    Cane Rails at Existing Stairs
RFI 048    48    Barrier Gates at Existing Stairs
RFI 049    49    Base Plate Detail
RFI 050    50    Field Splice Detail
RFI 051    51    High Strength Grout
RFI 052    52    Structural Beam Demo Confirmation
RFI 053    53    Splice Detail
RFI 054    54    Diameter & Embedment Length of Epoxy Bolts
RFI 055    55    Plate Weld Requirements
RFI 056    56    Epoxy Bolt Installation Confirmation
RFI 057    57    Angle Support to Wall/Framing Detail
RFI 058    58    Wall Thickness Confirmation
RFI 059    59    Angle to Tube Steel Welding Requirements
RFI 060    60    WT Beam Splice Detail
RFI 061    61    Existing Channels Confirmation
RFI 062    62    Lighting Conduit Runs & Grounding Proposed Cores
RFI 064    63    Annex Stair 3 Structural Detail & Demo Limits
RFI 063    64    Proposed Power Feeder Conduit Rack Route
RFI 065    65    Vertical Rebar Cored at Shear Walls
RFI 066    66    Roll Down Door Demo Confirmation
RFI 067    67    F-A5 Spread Footing Tie Confirmation
RFI 068    68    Door Schedule Bulletin 1 Comments
RFI 069    69    PSI Strength & Reinforcing Steel (Confirming RFI)
RFI 070    70    Wind Load Exposure
RFI 071    71    Shear Walls Dimensions
RFI 072    72    Cut Sections at Footings
RFI 073    73    New Shear Wall Off-Set Points
RFI 074    74    Wall Connection to Existing Columns
RFI 075    75    Underground Conduit Routes
RFI 076    76    Existing Column Structural Infill Detail
RFI 077    77    Limits of Demolition
RFI 078    78    Steel Handrails Clarifications
RFI 079    79    Bulletin 2 Structural Drawing Clarification
RFI 080    80    Existing Basement Shaft Wall Demo Confirmation
RFI 081    81    Annex Roof Deck Unistrut Bridging Confirmation
RFI 082    82    Steel Collector Above Roof Skylight
RFI 083    83    Column Line & New Shotcrete Wall Interference
RFI 084    84    Beam Dimensions with Reference to Gridline
RFI 085    85    New Spread Footing Undermining
RFI 086    86    Section Details Needed
RFI 087    87    Glass Size
RFI 088    88    Exterior Concrete Paint & Primer Products
RFI 089    89    Shear Wall Connection

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-39-

  


RFI 090    90    Suggested Demolition
RFI 091    91    Slot Cut Method Confirmation
RFI 092    92    Tower Basement Clerestory Windows
RFI 093    93    Finish Legend
RFI 094    94    Restroom Tile
RFI 095    95    Column Capital Demo
RFI 096    96    Tower Basement Existing Slab Demo Confirmation
RFI 097    97    New Shear Walls Vertical Rebar Through Heavily Congested Rebar Areas
RFI 098    98    Floor/Wall Penetration
RFI 099    99    Revised Mechanical RTU Layout
RFI 100    100    Expansion Joints
RFI 101    101    Tile Types & Locations
RFI 102    102    Plumbing Within Footings
RFI 103    103    4th & 5th Floor Elevation Confirmation
RFI 104    104    Existing Concrete Demo Confirmation
RFI 105    105    Fire Extinguisher Cabinets & Extinguishers
RFI 106    106    Annex Shear Walls - Vertical Rebar Dowels into Existing Slab Confirmation
RFI 107    107    Channels at Parapet
RFI 108    108    Annex Shear Wall Intersecting Existing Concrete Beam Confirmation
RFI 109    109    Undermining
RFI 110    110    Rebar Dowel Embedment
RFI 111    111    Threaded Rebar
RFI 112    112    Beam Support Demo Concern
RFI 113    113    Backfilling Confirmation
RFI 114    114    Existing Glass Block Skylight Structural & Waterproofing Details Infill Info.
RFI 115    115    Threaded Rebar
RFI 116    116    New Shear Wall Corner Chipping
RFI 117    117    Aggregate Base Course & Asphalt Paving Thickness
RFI 118    118    ASi Signage
RFI 119    119    Metal Pan-Filled Stairs In Lieu Of RediStair
RFI 120    120    Roof Monitor Flashing
RFI 121    121    Elevator Walls Conflict with Existing Footings
RFI 122    122    Existing Wall In FT-2 Footing
RFI 123    123    Tower Elevator Column Field Splice
RFI 124    124    Built Up Slabs - Dirt Backfilling In Lieu of Foam
RFI 125    125    Conduit Sleeve Locations in Shear Walls
RFI 126    126    Complete Mechanical RTU - Equipment Pad Layout
RFI 127    127    Bobrick Soap Dispenser Discontinued
RFI 128    128    Pavement Markings
RFI 129    129    Roof Drain Grout Spec.
RFI 130    130    Annex Switchboard MSA
RFI 131    131    Tenant Metering Requirements & BMS

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-40-

  


RFI 132    132    Knox Boxes Determination
RFI 133    133    Door 180.1 Roll Down Door per Bulletin 2
RFI 134    134    Entrance Floor Mats
RFI 135    135    Detail 6/A9 11 -Threshold
RFI 136    136    Annex Wall Intersecting At Existing Beam Detail
RFI 137    137    Concrete Pavers At The Paseo
RFI 138    138    Anti Graffiti Film at Glass Doors
RFI 139    139    Glass & Glazing
RFI 140    140    Plumbing Chase Walls in Restrooms
RFI 141    141    Door Opening Dowel Embedment
RFI 142    142    Built Up Slab Cut Section Request
RFI 143    143    RTU Conduit Blockout Room 511
RFI 144    144    Annex Footing 5 - Gridline T Existing Footings
RFI 145    145    Tower Basement Footing 2 & 3 - Epoxy Dowels in Lieu of Demo
RFI 146    146    Annex Footing 5 - Existing Tie Footing Epoxy Dowel Confirmation
RFI 147    147    Mechanical Built-Up Slab Detail Confirmation
RFI 148    148    Tower Basement Footing (1-3) - 2 Pour System in lieu of Monolithic Pour
RFI 149    149    Furred Out Walls needed for Service Sink Waste Vents and Water Lines
RFI 150    150    Aluminum Framed Entrances & Storefronts
RFI 151    151    Exterior Glazing Specification
RFI 152    152    Metal Framed Skylights Wind Load
RFI 153    153    Revised Wall Schedule & Revise Wall Type’s on Plans Request
RFI 154    154    Structural Design for Elevator Tube Steel Supports
RFI 155    155    Elevator Pit Dimension Clarification Sketch Request
RFI 156    156    Bulletin 2 Missing Sheets A9.71 & A5.00
RFI 157    157    Dimension Detail of Frames & Pockets at All Door Pockets
RFI 158    158    Won Door & Brace Frame Coordination
RFI 159    159    Framing Details & Structural Support for Won Doors
RFI 160    160    Coordinate All DWG Dimensions to Either FOF or FOS
RFI 161    161    Detail 1/A8 13 Missing Dimensions
RFI 162    162    Detail 1&3/A8.01 Missing Dimensions
RFI 163    163    Masonry Infill Demo Confirmation
RFI 164    164    Restroom & Stair Dimensions With Reference to Gridline
RFI 165    165    Proposed Sewage Ejector Locations
RFI 166    166    Tower Basement Column Footing G4 Additional Required Demolition Based Off New Elevator Pit Dimensions
RFI 167    167    Structural Support Needed for Elevators 1 & 2 Opening
RFI 168    168    Elkay EDFP217C Drinking Fountain Substitution
RFI 169    169    Tower Rooftop Collector Plates In Relation to the Existing Sawtooth Skylights
RFI 170    170    MEP Shear Wall Penetrations - Tower & Annex Building
RFI 171    171    Suspended Sound Traps Below the Roof Deck for RTU-1

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-41-

  


RFI 172    172    RTU-3 Service Access
RFI 173    173    Tower Basment Stariwell SOG
RFI 174    174    Proposed Area of Cut for Seeley Brothers Single Door Rough Opening
RFI 175    175    Additional Tower Basement Restroom Dimensions
RFI 176    176    Annex Building Brace Frame Base Plates Per Detail 3/S4.01
RFI 177    177    Tower Building Collector Plates At Roof Details 4 & 14/S4.00
RFI 178    178    Vertical Threaded Rebar At Annex Building
RFI 179    179    Tempered Glass Heat Soaking Testing
RFI 180    180    Anti-Graffiti Finish
RFI 181    181    Security Rough Installation Details
RFI 182    182    Ground Floor Construction Joint at Concrete Beam
RFI 183    183    Restroom Plumbing Chase Wall Dimensions
RFI 184    184    Tower Building Parapet Channels at Roof Detail 9/S4.00
RFI 185    185    Aluminum Glass Storefront Doors
RFI 186    186    Annex Building Channel Strengthening Detail 7/S4.00
RFI 187    187    Shear Wall 180 Degree Hooks in Lieu of 90 Degree Hooks
RFI 188    188    Annex Electrical Room 154- Wall Location
RFI 189    189    Collector Beam Dowel U-Shaped Layout
RFI 190    190    Erico Lenton EL22S4 Bolt Coupler In Lieu of Threading The #8 Bar
RFI 191    191    Elevator Feeder Conduit Routing
RFI 192    192    Basement Level Wall Thickness Increase
RFI 193    193    Threaded Bar
RFI 194    194    Slab On Grade Replacement Detail
RFI 195    195    Hairpin Ties
RFI 196    196    Plenum Rated Cable
RFI 197    197    Collector Beam Stirrup
RFI 198    198    Tower Building Roof Puddling
RFI 199    199    Tower Building Roof Top Collector Beam Location
RFI 200    200    Beam at the Tower Roof Along Gridline 3
RFI 201    201    Vertical Construction Joint at Shear Walls
RFI 202    202    Tower Basement Bathroom Ceiling
RFI 203    203    TX-2 Conflict with Sink
RFI 204    204    Collector Beam Through Shear Wall Detail
RFI 205    205    Annex Shear Wall Along Gridline T
RFI 206    206    Divider Beam at Existing Shear Walls
RFI 207    207    Aluminum/Glass Doors
RFI 208    208    Tower Building Level 1 - Main Entrance Card Reader
RFI 209    209    Annex Building Baseplate Template - Layout Holes
RFI 210    210    KGM F-6 Light Fixture Specifications
RFI 211    211    Sanitary Waste Elevation in Basement
RFI 212    212    Annex Building Wall Penetration on Grid N (3/4)
RFI 213    213    Deck Infills Straight Dowels
RFI 214    214    Tower Gound Floor Infill at Gridlines F/G & 5/6

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-42-

  


RFI 215    215    Additional Information Required Regarding RFI 101 - Tile Types & Location
RFI 216    216    Deck Infills - Shoring Strip
RFI 217    217    Annex Walls On Gridlines 3/4 Between Gridlines S/T
RFI 218    218    Tower Ground Level Interior Partition Demo Confirmation
RFI 219    219    TX-2 COnflict with Sink Alternate Location Response
RFI 220    220    Detail 2/S4.10 4x Purlins
RFI 221    221    Benchmark Elevation Related To 9’ OverEx.
RFI 222    222    Roof Top Collector Beams - Rebar Transition from Overhead Beam to Side Beam
RFI 223    223    #8 Rebar for Roof Level Collector Beam on Gridline D
ARB RFI 224    224    CCTV Conduit Stub-Out Locations
RFI 225    225    Tower Building Depressed Slab Dimensions Detail 7/S4.10
RFI 226    226    Detail 7/S4.10 Depressed Slab Section Dimension Confirmation
RFI 227    227    Tower Building Roof Top Raised Deck Elevation & Dimensions Request
RFI 228    228    Required Sawcut & Demolition Confirmation In Annex Building
ARB RFI 229    229    Electrical Scope of Work Card Readers
RFI 230    230    Power Assist Operators
RFI 231    231    Horizontal Sliding Doors
232    232    Annex Building Channels at Roof Details 5, 7, 10/S4.01
RFI 233    233    Pay-On-Foot Station Locations Confirmation
ARB RFI 234    234    Paseo Tile Extension
RFI 235    235    Annex Footings F-A1 & F-A2 Existing Conditions
RFI 236    236    Annex Loading Dock - Existing Footing
RFI 237    237    Detail 3C/S1.11 Bulletin 3 (Confirming)
RFI 238    238    Proposed CMU Building Electrical Room
RFI 239    239    Annex Stair 3 Dimension Confirmation
RFI 240    240    Tower Building Elevators 1 & 2 Repair Procedures
RFI 241    241    Elevator Machine Room Rating
RFI 242    242    F2, F4 & F5 Bulletin 3 Lighting Fixtures Conflicts
RFI 243    243    Mechanical Wind Screen Confirmation
RFI 244    244    2nd Floor Annex Building Temporary Support
RFI 245    245    Annex Building Brace Frame Conflict with Existing Beam
RFI 246    246    Northwest CMU Entrance Storefront Detail 5/A8.02
RFI 247    247    Annex Building WT Framing at Roof Level
RFI 248    248    3/8” Connection Plates at the Ends of the WT 6 x 29 Sections Confirmation
RFI 249    249    3/4” - 1 “ Diameter Rods Repair or Replacement Confirmation
RFI 250    250    FA-1 Footing Section Proposal (Confirming RFI)
RFI 251    251    Parking Garage Motorcycle Designated Spaces
RFI 252    252    Tower Building Mechanical Penthouse (N) Cone. Pilaster Confirmation
RFI 253    253    Tower Building Basement 2-1/2” Core for Line Set
RFI 254    254    Annex Building Roof Slab Mechanical Pads Dowel Embedment
RFI 255    255    Tower 5th Floor Collectors Existing Conditions

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-43-

  


RFI 256    256    Elevator Hoistway Proposed Relief Vents
RFI 257    257    CMU Elevator Machine Room & Electrical Room Fire Rating Hard Lid Ceiling Confirmation
RFI 258    258    Annex Building Electrical Room - Required Means of Egress
RFI 259    259    Tower Building Level 5 Sleeve Penetration for 3” HHWS/R
RFI 260    260    Surface Parking Lot - Not In Contract Confirmation
RFI 261    261    Tower Building Roof Level Standpipe Location Confirmation
RFI 184-1    262    Tower Building Parapet Channels at Roof Detail 9/S4.00
ARB RFI 263    263    Parking Structure Point-Of-Connection for Tele/Data Line
RFI 264    264    Bulletin 3 Annex Building Restroom Dimensions Confirmation
RFI 249-1    265    3/4”- 1” Diameter Rods Repair or Replacement Confirmation / Material Specification
RFI 266    266    Plywood Backboards and FRP Wall Panels at Janitors Closets
RFI 267    267    Tower Building Mechanical Wind Screen Revised Structural Design
RFI 268    268    Annex Building 2nd Floor East Wall Infills Confirmation
RFI 269    269    Tower Building Elevators 1 & 2 HSS 6 x 6 x 5/16 Columns Alternate Detail
RFI 270    270    Electrical Site Pullbox Location Confirmation
RFI 271    271    Tower 5th Floor -Collector Beam Alignment/ Shotcrete Void Confirmation
RFI 272    272    Annex Building 2nd Floor - Gridline H Baseplate
RFI 273    273    Tower Building Basement B103.1 Door Size Revisions
RFI 274    274    (2) Steel Beams Located on Tower Building Gridline H between Gridlines G & F Demo Confirmation
RFI 248-1    275    5/16” Fillet Weld on Both Sides of the 3/4” Plate When Plates are at a 90 Degree Angle
RFI 275    276    Tower Building Penthouse Level Cores for Lineset & Controls - Location Confirmation
RFI 276    277    Annex Building WT Braces at Roof/Detail 8/S4.01
ARB RFI 278    278    Parking Structure Electrical Room AC Unit Relocation Confirmation
RFI 279    279    Tower Building Water Tower Light Fixture Location
ARB RFI 280    280    Parking Structure Elevator Lobby Emergency Phones
RFI 281    281    Annex building 2nd Floor - Threaded Rebar Drill - Epoxy
RFI 282    282    South Tower Building Penthouse Wall Infills
RFI 283    283    Elevator 3 Total Rise
RFI 284    284    Penthouse Door Layout Dimensions & Elevations
RFI 285    285    Annex/CMU Building New Opening Demo Limits
RFI 286    286    Parking Structure Stair Pathways Into Paseo
RFI 267-1    287    Tower Building Mechanical Wind Screen Revised Structural Design Confirmation
RFI 288    288    Annex Building Wall Extensions on Gridline H Between Gridlines 4 & 5

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-44-

  


RFI 289    289    Annex Building 2nd Level Baseplate Holes
RFI 247 R1    290    Annex Building WT Framing at Roof Level Location
RFI 290    291    Stair #3 Surrounding Walls Rating Confirmation
RFI 291    292    CMU Building RTU-7 Roof Leveling Pad Details
RFI 248 R2    293    3/4” X 6” Plates with a 3/8” Fillet Weld
RFI 292    294    Annex Building Pipe Station Roof Top Attachment
RFI 293    295    Annex Building Brace Frame Base Plate Plug Weld
RFI 294    296    T-Line 2nd Level Annex Building Shear Wall Connection Above Existing Steel Beam
RFI 295    297    Tower Building Basement Restroom 7’-6” Soffit & Access Panel Locations Confirmation
RFI 296    298    Annex Building SOG to Tower Building Slab Deck Rebar Doweling Confirmation
RFI 297    299    Tower Building Mechanical Penthouse Detail 22/A9.61
RFI 298    300    Bulletin 3 Sheet A8. 09 Dimensions Vindication
RFI 299    301    4 1/2” Pipe In 3 3/4” Framed Wall Conflict (North Wall of Closet 107B)
RFI 267 R2    302    Tower Building Mechanical Screen Anchor Bolts Confirmation
RFI 301    303    Tower Building Elevator Overrun Column Base Plate
RFI 302    304    Annex Building Brace Frame Column Connection Welding Confirmation
RFI 301 R1    305    Tower Building Elevator 1 & 2 Overrun Framing
RFI 247 R2    306    Annex Building Added WT’s at Gridline N
ARB RFI 303    307    Parking Structure Fire Alarm Interface
RFI 304    308    Tower Building Elevator 1 & 2 Guiderail Support Columns
RFI 305    309    CMU Building Elevator #4 Pit Epoxy Dowels Confirmation
RFI 294 R1    310    T-Line 2nd Level Annex Building Shear Wall Connection Above Existing Steel Beam
RFI 267 R3    311    Tower Building Mechanical Equipment Screen Fixed Elevation
RFI 117 R1    312    Aggregate Base Course Type
ARB RFI 280    313    Parking Structure Elevator Lobby Emergency Phones
RFI 247 R3    314    Annex Building WT Framing at Roof (Concrete Roof Deck Sagging)
ARB RFI 306    315    Spandrel Wall In Lieu of Barrier Cable on P5
RFI 307    316    Tower Building SOG Replacement Required Between Gridlines 1/2 & H/l
RFI 308    317    Fire Pump Pad Location Confirmation
RFI 100 R1    318    Expansion Joints
RFI 309    319    CMU Elevator Embeds Dimensional Location Request
RFI 256 R1    320    Elevator Hoistway Relief
RFI 310    321    Tower Building Window Tie-In Detail Needed
RFI 304 R1    322    Tower Building Elevator 1 & 2 Guiderail/Counter Weight Support Columns
RFI 311    323    Tower Building Depressed Slab Cut Section Between Gridlines 5/6 & F/G

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-45-

  


RFI 312    324    Tower Building 5th Floor Elevated Slop Sink with Proposed Dirty Arm
RFI 313    325    Tower Building Level 1-3 HHWSR Cores
RFI 293 R1    326    Annex Building Brace Frame Grout at Base Plates
RFI 314    327    Annex Building Stair 3 Handrail Confirmation
ARB RFI 315    328    Parking Structure Elevator Hoistway Door Openings
RFI 316    329    CMU Existing Stair Landing/Deck Support
RFI 317    330    Tower Building Roof Railing Extent
RFI 318    331    Tower Building Restroom Ceiling Heights (Level 3-5)
ARB RFI 319    332    Parking Structure Elevator Oil Line & Conduit
RFI 291 R1    333    CMU Building RTU-7 Roof Leveling Pad Detail
RFI 267 R4    334    Tower Building Mechanical Roof Screen Column Height Confirmation
RFI 320    335    Annex Building Stair 4 Infill Confirmation & Details Required
RFI 321    336    MEP Penetration Through Web of Horizontal Structural Steel Located in the Annex Between Gridlines H & I
RFI 302 R1    337    C 15X33. 9 Channel Weld to New Brace Frame Confirmation
RFI 322    338    Paseo Fence Footings In Conflict With Parking Structure Footings
RFI 302 R2    339    Annex Building Brace Frames Existing Framing
RFI 267 R5    340    Tower Building Roof Screen Column Base Plates
RFI 215 R1    341    Height Of Tiled Walls & Tile Cuts Confirmation
RFI 302 R3    342    Annex Building Brace Frame New Channel To Beam Connection
RFI 230 R1    343    Which of the Two Doors Leaves In The Power Assist Doors Is To Received The Assist Unit
RFI 323    344    Annex Level 2 Hanger Attached to C-Channel Using Through Bolts Confirmation
RFI 324    345    CMU Building RTU-7 Supply & Return In Conflict with Existing CMU Roof Framing
RFI 325    346    North CMU Storefront Opening Proposed Framing Dimensions
RFI 326    347    4” to 6” Tower Building Wall Confirmation
RFI 327    348    North CMU Storefront Opening Conflicts with Existing CMU Level 1 Deck Beam
RFI 215 R2    349    Tile Grout Layouts To Enable Layout Of Restroom Accessories
RFI 328    350    Dimensioned Elevations Coordinating Restroom Accessories & Electrical Devices
RFI 329    351    Restroom Paper Tower Dispenser in Direct Conflict with Receptacle
RFI 330    352    Recreated Historic Steel Window Openings
RFI 331    353    Permanent Fire Department Connection (FDC) Location Confirmation
ARB RFI 332    354    Parking Structure North & South Entrance/Exit Barrier Beams
ARB RFI 333    355    Parking Structure Management Office Transaction Window Orientation

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-46-

  


RFI 329 R1    356    Restroom Paper Towel Dispenser in Direct Conflict with Receptacle
ARB RFI 334    357    Parking Structure Stairs, Hollow Metal Doors, & Elevator Hoistway Paint Color
RFI 320 R1    358    Annex Building Stair 4 to be Mirrored in the North/South Direction
RFI 280 R2    359    Parking Structure Emergency Phone Locations
RFI 335    360    Annex Building Monitor End-Caps
RFI 320 R2    361    Annex Building Stair 4
RFI 336    362    Tower Building to Annex Expansion Joints
RFI 337    363    Automatic Sprinklers at Tower Building Historic Ceiling
RFI 329 R2    364    Tower Building Basement Restrooms Receptacle Relocation Confirmation
ARB RFI 338    365    Parking Structure Pay In Lane Station
ARB RFI 339    366    Parking Structure Trash Enclosure Layout Confirmation
ARB RFI 340    367    Parking Structure Planter Drainage
ARB RFI 341    368    Parking Structure Electrical Room Condensing Unit Location Confirmation
RFI 342    369    Structural Jam Detail on Gridlines T between Gridlines 2 & 3 Door Openings
RFI 343    370    Annex Building Exterior Elevated Walkway Ramp Detail Confirmation
RFI 344    371    CMU - Prep & Repair Existing Metal Roof to Wall Straps
RFI 345    372    Exterior Stairs Tooled Treads Confirmation
RFI 346    373    Paseo Metal Header at Rain Garden Detail 9/L-3.10
RFI 347    374    Paseo Steel & Wood Bench
RFI 348    375    Paseo Steel Fence Footing
RFI 283 R1    376    Tower Building Elevator 3
RFI 349    377    Won Door Hilti Bolt Confirmation
RFI 350    378    Paseo Light Fixtures
ARB RFI 224    379    Additional CCTV Interior Camera Exposed Conduit Route Confirmation
RFI 351    380    Annex Building Sections Requested
RFI 352    381    XF-3 BEGA 9560LED RAL Bollard Light Fixture Footing Detail Request
RFI 256 R2    382    Elevator Hoistway Relief
RFI 353    383    Max Well IV Overall Depth & Infiltration Depth
RFI 354    384    Tower Building Basement Showers Reflected Ceiling Plan
RFI 355    385    Flush Mounted Hose Bibbs at Tower & Annex Roofs
RFI 230 R2    386    Power Assist Doors - Bollard Type Activation Plate Mounting Confirmation
RFI 356    387    Exterior Stairs & Ramps Cane Detection Confirmation
ARB RFI 332    388    Parking Structure Clearance Barrier Finish
RFI 357    389    West Annex Exterior Elevated Walkway Control Joint Confirmation
RFI 358    390    Annex & CMU Building Level 2 Flex Joint Deflections

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-47-

  


RFI 359    391    Tower Building Basement Electrical Room B115 Fire Rating Confirmation
RFI 360    392    Supplemental Anchorage Detail for Annex Building Roof Deck to Meet Anchorage & Seismic Requirements
RFI 302 R4    393    Annex building Added Channels Detail Confirmation
ARB RFI 361    394    Parking Structure Short Term Bicycle Rack
ARB RFI 362    395    Parking Structure Chain Link Security Fence Locations Confirmation
RFI 363    396    Window Expansion Joint Between Tower & Annex Building
RFI 267 R6    397    Tower Building Roof Screen Embedment for the Epoxy Anchors Confirmation
ARB RFI 338    398    Parking Structure North Exit Pay In Lane Station
RFI 364    399    Sika RoofPro 641 Application Location Confirmation
RFI 365    400    Termination Detail for Roof Membrane Installation at the CMU to Annex Wall
RFI 366    401    End of Valleys at Sawtooth Skylights of Tower Roof
RFI 367    402    PVC Clad Metal Door Threshold Pan Flashing
RFI 368    403    Structural Support After Column Demolition Between Annex & CMU Building 2nd Level
RFI 369    404    Tower Building Roof Pedestal Pavers Termination Detail
RFI 370    405    North & South Tower Roof Penthouses Access Ladder Specification & Location
RFI 371    406    XF-6 Light Fixture Layout
RFI 372    407    CMU Building Roof Confirmation
RFI 373    408    XF-5 Catenary Attachment to East Parking Structure Facade
RFI 374    409    Interior & Exterior Concrete Repair Confirmation
ARB RFI 361    410    Long-Term Bicycle Rack Layout Confirmation
ARB RFI 375    411    Parking Structure Trash Compactor Color Option
ARB RFI 332    412    Parking Structure Entrance & Exit Clearance Barriers
ARB RFI 377    413    Chain Link Fence Infill Between South Entrance/Exit Roll Up Grilles
RFI 376    414    Elevator 3 Steel Confirmation
RFI 378    415    North Tower Building Storefront Curbs
RFI 379    416    CMU Building Loading Dock Curbs for New Storefront Systems
RFI 380    417    Tower Building Area Way Sills Detail
RFI 381    418    Annex Building Voids Along Gridline 1
RFI 336 R1    419    Annex Monitor End Cap Curbs & Curb Along Annex Roof at Gridline H Details Request
RFI 382    420    Annex Building 6” Hub Drains Relocation
RFI 383    421    Intermediate Horizontals in Windows
ARB RFI 384    422    Parking Structure Elevator Flooring
RFI 371 R1    423    XF-6 Stake Mount Confirmation
ARB RFI 385    424    Parking Structure Address Sign & Knox Box Location Confirmation
RFI 386    425    Section Cut Along Gridline 6 South of Gridline G

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-48-

  


RFI 387    426    Tower & Annex Buildings Sill Construction Confirmation Along Gridline 6
RFI 388    427    Annex Building Infill Confirmation On Gridline 6 Between Gridlines M & N
RFI 389    428    Section Cuts Requested on Gridline 6 Between Gridlines L & M
RFI 310 R1    429    Tower Building Window Tie-In Detail
RFI 335 R1    430    Annex Building Monitor End-Caps
RFI 390    431    Tower Building Restroom Water Curtain Requirements
RFI 391    432    Sheet Metal Expansion Joint Cover at Tower To Annex Building
RFI 392    433    Tower Building Restroom Levels 3-5 RCP Revision Confirmation
RFI 393    434    (2) Paseo Gate Post In Direct Conflict With Building Foundation
RFI 394    435    XF-7 Tree Strap Size Determination
RFI 395    436    Ceiling Section Cut at New Storefront on Gridline 6 Between Gridlines L & M
RFI 320 R3.1    437    Annex Building Stair 4 Roof Framing
RFI 397    438    Tower Building Closet Door 207. 1 to be Changed to 2’-8”
RFI 398    439    Tower Building Elevator Lobby Total Door Frames
RFI 399    440    Roll-Up Door 180.1
RFI 400    441    CMU Skylight Requested Sections
RFI 401    442    CMU Building Mechanical Roof Screen
RFI 396    443    Tower Building Restroom Draft Stop on Levels 3-5
RFI 402    444    Tower Building to Paseo Pavers
RFI 403    445    Tower Building Lobby Terminal Hall Buttons Location Confirmation
RFI 320 R3    446    Annex Building Stair 4 Roof Framing
ARB RFI 404    447    Parking Structure Knox Box Finish & Location
RFI 405    448    VAV Controls & Electrical Coordination
RFI 406    449    Tower Building Elevators Overrun Framing
RFI 407    450    Suspending Fan Coils & Seismic Cables from Wood Purlins Confirmation
ARB RFI 408    451    Parking Structure Security Screen Panels Confirmation
RFI 409    452    Tower Building Northeast Exterior Copper Pipe Confirmation
RFI 410    453    Proposed Surface Mounted Hose Bibb Location Confirmation
RFI 411    454    Annex Building 2nd Level Restroom Slop Sink & Water Heater Conflict
RFI 413    456    Tower & Annex Building East Facade
RFI 414    457    Tower Building Plates At Entry Per Detail 10/A9.40
RFI 415    458    Existing Infills At Basement Windows South Of Areaway
RFI 416    459    (Tower, Annex, & CMU) Hollow Meta Doors & Frames
RFI 417    460    Tower Building Elevator #3 Pit Demo Confirmation
RFI 418    461    Parapet Blocking Attachment
RFI 419    462    East Annex Parapet Wall
RFI 420    463    Restroom Hollow Metal Doors Knock On Trim
ARB RFI 361    464    Parking Structure Short Term Bicycle Rack Location
RFI 421    465    Tower Building Elevator Lobby Ceiling Finish
RFI 422    466    Loose & Flaky Ceiling Confirmation

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-49-

  


RFI 423    467    Tower & Annex Building Stairwell Finish
RFI 424    468    Revisions For Makeup Air In Tower Building Restrooms Confirmation
RFI 425    469    Roofing Detail for Duct & Mechanical Screen Supports
RFI 426    470    Annex Building Plate At Expansion Joint Per Detail 9/S4.01
ARB RFI 427    471    Parking Structure Display Case Light Fixture Control
RFI 428    472    Handrail Brackets Per Detail 13/A7.02
RFI 429    473    Gas Meter Room Layout Confirmation
RFI 430    474    CMU Building Wall Demo Confirmation
RFI 431    475    Landscaping Detail 5/L-3.10 Dimensions Request
ARB RFI 432    476    Parking Structure Clearance Barrier Beams Finish
RFI 434    477    CMU Building 2nd Level Opening Post Shore Confirmation
RFI 435    478    Elevated Walkway Guardrail Concerns
RFI 436    479    Missing Parapet Wall Detail at Annex Roof
RFI 437    480    Storefront Aluminum Framing In Direct Conflict With Existing Column Capitals
RFI 438    481    Electrical Conduit Encasement At Tower Basement Ceiling
RFI 439    482    CMU Skylight Blocking & Flashing Confirmation
RFI 440    483    UPSS Security Plans Conduit Rout & Shorenstein Design Requirements
RFI 441    484    Restroom Thresholds Confirmation
RFI 442    485    Tower Building Basement Shower Room Tile Grout Confirmation
RFI 443    486    Standpipe and Door Conflict at Stair 2 Landing
RFI 444    487    Smoke Detector Access Ladders at Top of Elevator Shaft
RFI 445    488    Tower Levels 3-5 South Interior Elevations at Restrooms
RFI 446    489    Paper and Trash Dispenser Relocation
RFI 447    490    Means to Access Elevator Control Room on Tower Building Roof
RFI 448    491    Tower Building Elevator Lobbies B-5 Level of Repair Finish
RFI 449    492    DWP Utility Yard Concrete Paving Details
RFI 450    493    Tower Building Parapet Railing Finish
RFI 451    494    Annex 2nd Level Structure Steel l-Beam Finish
RFI 335 R2    495    Annex Monitor End Cap Returns - Waterproofing
RFI 452    496    CMU Skylight Concerns
RFI 453    497    Total Doors Finish Color
RFI 454    498    Exterior Elevated Walk Way Guardrail - Area Way Guardrail - Paseo Steel Clear Powder Coat Finish
ARB RFI 455    499    Parking Structure Grille Key Switches & Button Locations
ARB RFI 456    500    Parking Structure Phone/Data Lines
RFI 457    501    CMU Skylight Confirmation
RFI 458    502    Annex Wet Stack Pipes Relocation Due to North Facing Duct Confirmation
RFI 459    503    Tower Building North Elevation Historical Windows Confirmation
RFI 460    504    Paving Details Request for Concrete Located on the Backside of West Parking
      Structure Facade

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-50-

  


RFI 461    505    Paseo Bridge Framing Confirmation
RFI 462    506    Annex Building FSD Confirmation Between Gridlines M/N & 3/4
RFI 463    507    Ventilation or AC for Stair 3 & 4
RFI 464    508    Duct Detector Clarification
ARB RFI 465    509    Parking Structure Recessed Card Reader Box At North Entry
RFI 466    510    XF-5 Catenary Lighting Conduit Routing
RFI 467    511    Paseo Bridge Framing - Site Concrete - Planter Box Location Confirmation
RFI 468    512    Tower Building Parapet Detail Request
RFI 469    513    Light Fixture Location Request
RFI 470    514    Angle For Stair #4 Beam Connection
RFI 471    515    Evacuation & Egress Signage Graphics
RFI 472    516    Guardrail at Loading Dock in CMU Building
ARB RFI 473    517    North Entrance and Exit Key Switch
RFI 474    518    Paseo I Beam Footings
ARB RFI 476    519    Stairway Warning Strip Color
ARB RFI 475    520    Parking Controls AMI Parking Rate Request Form
RFI 475    521    Stair 4 Roof Framing
RFI 477    522    Stair 4 Roof Framing
RFI 478    523    Paseo South Pathway Rail ADA Compliant Confirmation
RFI 479    524    Paseo Concrete Stair Nosing Confirmation
RFI 480    525    Paseo Southwest Fence Confirmation
ARB RFI 481    526    Parking Structure Transaction Window Sealant
RFI 477 R1    527    Stair 4 Roof Framing
RFI 482    528    Tower Building Lobby HVAC Additions
RFI 483    529    Tower Building Mechanical Penthouse Access Ladder Security Measures
RFI 484    530    Tower Building Roof Level Terra Cotta/Plaster Wall Replacement
RFI 485    531    Paseo Northeast Footing Conflict
RFI 486    532    South Paseo Fence Footing Confirmation
ARB RFI 487    533    Planters at Parking Garage
ARB RFI 488    534    Parking Structure North Entry
RFI 489    535    Tower Building Level 3 & 4 Return Air Confirmation
RFI 490    536    East Tower Building Entry Plates
ARB RFI 361    537    Parking Structure Short Term Bicycle Rack Location
RFI 477 R2    538    Stair 4 Roof Framing
RFI 491    539    Tower Lobby Lights Elevation Confirmation
RFI 492    540    Roof Receptor Drain Near Skylight
RFI 493    541    Tower East Entrance Sill Proposal
RFI 494    542    Door210.2 Existing Concrete Wall Demo & Wall Replacement
ARB RFI 455    543    Parking Structure Grille Key Switch & Button Locations
RFI 495    544    CMLJ Building Elevator 4
RFI 497    545    Tower Building Restrootn Concrete Level of Repair
RFI 498    546    Tower Building Level 5 Epoxy Injection Confirmation
RFI 499    547    Tower Building Main Entry Steel Finish Color
RFI 500    548    Elevator 4 Tube Steel Protruding Into CMLJ Elevator Lobby

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-51-

  


RFI 502    550    Tower Building South Parapet
RFI 503    551    East Annex Roof Handrail/Cham Bollard
RFI 504    552    Unsupported Concrete Edge at South Annex Roof
RFI 505    553    Basement Existing East Electrical Room Wall Demo Confirmation
RFI 506    554    North Tower Building Penthouse Future Mech /Grease Duct Shaft Infill
RFI 507    555    Tower Basement Gas Meter Room Added Wall & Door
RFI 508    556    Stair Well Level Of Repair & Preferred Finish Color
ARB RFI 509    557    Parking Structure Entrance/Exit Barrier Beam Embeds
RFI 510    558    Exterior Steel Finishes
RFI 477 R3    559    Stair 4 Roof Framing
RFI 322 R1    580    Southwest Paseo Fence Baseplate In Conflict with Parking Structure Footing
RFI 511    561    Tower to Annex Building Room EMSEAL Conflict
RFI 513    563    Elevator4 Hoist Beam In Direct Conflict with CMU Roof Glulam Beam
RFI 514    564    Gas Meter Room Vent Vault Location
RFI 515    565    Exterior Door Card Readers
RFI 517    567    Annex Building Stair 4
RFI 518    568    Tower Building Roof Terra Cotta Confirmation
RFI 513 R1    569    Elevator4 Hoist Beam In Direct Conflict with CMU Roof Glulam Beam
RFI 519    570    Annex Building Second Level Slab Demo for Stair 4
ARB RFI 520    571    Parking Structure Key Switch Locations Revision
RFI 444 R1    572    Ladders at Elevator Access Panels
RFI 521    573    Elevator 3 Total Doors Levels 2-5
RFI 524    576    CMU Building Roofing Details
RFI 525    577    Elevator 4 Guide Rail Supports - 2nd Floor to Overrun Framing
RFI 526    578    Fire Bell Proposed Location
RFI 527    579    Plaster Wall Waterproofing Detail
ARB RFI 528    580    Roll Up Grille Motor Control Box

 

1005628.07/SF

375170-00002/11-24-16/mrm/mrm

  

EXHIBIT I

-52-

  
EX-10.39

Exhibit 10.39

CONFIDENTIAL

 

LOGO

February 4, 2020

[Name]

Re: LTIP Amendments

Dear [First Name]:

As you are aware, Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) is considering a potential initial public offering of its common stock (an “IPO”). In anticipation of an IPO, we wish to agree with you on the following amendments to the terms and conditions of your interests and participation in the LTIP (as defined below):

1.    Following an IPO, so long as the Company’s common stock is publicly traded, all redemptions and settlements of your vested Deferred Equity Units granted under the Plan (as defined below) and Class A Units and vested Class B Units that you hold in WMG Management Holdings, LLC (the “LLC”) (such equity interests, collectively, your “LTIP Interests”) that become due by the Company or the LLC will be paid to you solely with shares of Company common stock (what the Plan calls “Fractional Company Shares”). As a result, neither the Company nor the LLC will be obligated to pay you cash in respect of any of your LTIP Interests, unless you exercise your Tag-Along Right (as defined in the LLC Agreement, and as supplemented below) or as may otherwise be agreed between you and the Company or the LLC, as applicable.

2.    In exchange for your agreement to the foregoing amendment, the LLC hereby agrees that, if Access (as defined in the LLC Agreement) sells shares of Company common stock in the IPO, you will have the Tag-Along Right (as defined the LLC Agreement) in the IPO in respect of your vested Class B Units (in addition to any Class A Units that you then hold) that is described on Schedule A hereto, subject to all terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement that otherwise apply to your Tag-Along Right. In the event the IPO moves forward, we will separately provide you with an election form to exercise this Tag-Along Right. Also, Schedule A to this letter agreement illustrates a hypothetical scenario of how this enhanced Tag-Along Right would apply to your vested Class B Units.

3.    Subject to the foregoing, if you exercise your Tag-Along Right to cause the LLC to sell shares of Company common stock on your behalf in respect of your Class A Units and/or vested Class B Units in the IPO, the LLC will pay you the net cash proceeds that it receives from such share sales. You hereby acknowledge and agree that all income recognized by the LLC from the sale of shares of Company common stock attributable to Class A Units and/or Class B Units that you or another Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement) hold will be allocated solely to you or such Member, as applicable, and not to any other Member.


CONFIDENTIAL

4.    You hereby agree that any shares of Company common stock that you receive in respect of your LTIP interests will be subject to the same terms and conditions of any “lock-up” agreement entered into by Access or the LLC in connection with an offering of Company common stock, which restricts the sale of shares by Access or the LLC for a specified period. The Company agrees to notify you in writing of the terms and conditions of any such lock-up agreement that, pursuant to the preceding sentence, applies to shares of Company common stock that you own. In addition, all shares of Company common stock delivered to you in respect of your LTIP Interests will be subject at all times to all Company policies then in effect, including the Company’s insider trading policy.

5.    As used, herein “LTIP” means, collectively, (i) the Second Amended and Restated Warner Music Group Corp. Senior Management Free Cash Flow Plan (the “Plan”) and (ii) the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of WMG Management Holdings, LLC, dated as of March 10, 2017 (the “LLC Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

You must keep strictly confidential this letter agreement and all related materials provided to you by the Company, the LLC or their representatives, except that you may disclose such information to your financial, legal and tax advisors who agree to comply with the same confidentiality obligation.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Plan and LLC Agreement shall be amended to give effect to the provisions of this letter agreement, and you hereby waive any objection to such amendments under Section 10.1 of the Plan, Section 14.2 of the LLC Agreement or otherwise. Except as necessary to give effect to these amendments, the LTIP shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms and conditions.

The amendments and agreements by the LLC and the Company provided herein shall not be effective unless all LTIP participants consent to the amendments.

Subject to the foregoing condition, this letter agreement, and the amendments provided herein, shall become effective upon the closing of an IPO, but shall terminate and become void with no effect if an IPO does not close on or prior to December 31, 2020.

Please indicate your consent to the foregoing amendments by signing below and returning your signed copy to Trent Tappe, our SVP, Deputy General Counsel & Chief Compliance Officer, at trent.tappe@wmg.com or by hand delivery.

[signature page follows]

 

2


Sincerely,
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WMG MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

AI ENTERTAINMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC,

its managing member

By:  

AI Entertainment Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

By:  

Access Industries Management, LLC,

its managing member

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Acknowledged and Accepted:

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

[Signature page to consent to LTIP Amendments]


CONFIDENTIAL

Schedule A

Hypothetical Tag-Along Illustration

(see next page)

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Legal Name

   State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

615 Music Library, LLC

   Tennessee

A.P. Schmidt Company

   Delaware

Alternative Distribution Alliance

   New York

Artist Arena LLC

   New York

Artist Arena International LLC

   New York

Arts Music Inc.

   Delaware

Asylum Records LLC

   Delaware

Asylum Worldwide LLC

   Delaware

Atlantic/143 L.L.C.

   Delaware

Atlantic Mobile LLC.

   Delaware

Atlantic/MR Ventures Inc.

   Delaware

Atlantic Pix LLC.

   Delaware

Atlantic Productions LLC.

   Delaware

Atlantic Recording Corporation

   Delaware

Atlantic Scream LLC.

   Delaware

Audio Properties/Burbank, Inc.

   California

BB Investments LLC.

   Delaware

Big Beat Records Inc.

   Delaware

Bulldog Island Events LLC.

   New York

Bute Sound LLC.

   Delaware

Cafe Americana Inc.

   Delaware

Chappell Music Company, Inc.

   Delaware

Cordless Recordings LLC.

   Delaware

Cota Music, Inc.

   New York

Cotillion Music, Inc.

   Delaware

CRK Music Inc.

   Delaware

E/A Music, Inc.

   Delaware

East West Records LLC.

   Delaware

Eleksylum Music, Inc.

   Delaware

Elektra/Chameleon Ventures Inc.

   Delaware

Elektra Entertainment Group Inc.

   Delaware

Elektra Group Ventures Inc.

   Delaware

Elektra Music Group Inc. (formerly T.Y.S., Inc.)

   New York

FHK, Inc.

   Tennessee

Fiddleback Music Publishing Company, Inc.

   Delaware

Foster Frees Music, Inc.

   California

Foz Man Music LLC.

   Delaware

Ferret Music Holdings LLC

   Delaware

Ferret Music LLC

   New Jersey

Ferret Music Management LLC

   New Jersey

Ferret Music Touring LLC

   New Jersey

Fueled By Ramen LLC.

   Delaware

Insound Acquisition Inc.

   Delaware

Intersong U.S.A., LLC.

   Delaware

J. Ruby Productions, Inc.

   California

Jadar Music Corp.

   Delaware

Lava Records LLC.

   Delaware

LEM America, Inc.

   Delaware

London-Sire Records Inc.

   Delaware

Maverick Recording Company

   California

Maverick Partner Inc.

   Delaware

McGuffin Music Inc.

   Delaware

Mixed Bag Music, Inc.

   New York

MM Investment LLC.

   Delaware


Legal Name

   State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Nonesuch Records Inc.

   Delaware

Non-Stop Cataclysmic Music, LLC.

   Utah

Non-Stop International Publishing, LLC.

   Utah

Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Non-Stop Music Library, LLC.

   Utah

Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC.

   Utah

Non-Stop Outrageous Publishing, LLC.

   Utah

Non-Stop Productions, LLC.

   Utah

Octa Music, Inc.

   New York

P & C Publishing LLC

   New York

Pepamar Music Corp.

   New York

Rep Sales, Inc.

   Minnesota

Revelation Music Publishing Corporation

   New York

Rhino Entertainment Company

   Delaware

Rhino Entertainment LLC

   Delaware

Rhino Focus Holdings LLC

   Delaware

Rhino/FSE Holdings LLC.

   Delaware

Rhino Name and Likeness Holdings LLC.

   Delaware

Rick’s Music Inc.

   Delaware

Rightsong Music Inc.

   Delaware

Roadrunner Records Inc.

   New York

Ryko Corporation

   Delaware

Rykodisc, Inc.

   Minnesota

Rykomusic, Inc.

   Minnesota

Sea Chime Music, Inc.

   California

Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc.

   Tennessee

Sodatone USA LLC

   Delaware

SR/MDM Venture Inc.

   Delaware

Summy-Birchard, Inc.

   Wyoming

Super Hype Publishing, Inc.

   New York

T-Boy Music, L.L.C.

   New York

T-Girl Music, L.L.C.

   New York

The All Blacks USA Inc.

   Delaware

The Biz LLC.

   Delaware

Tommy Valando Publishing Group, Inc.

   Delaware

Unichappell Music Inc.

   Delaware

Upped.com LLC

   Delaware

Uproxx LLC

   Delaware

W.C.M. Music Corp. (formerly W.B.M. Music Corp.)

   Delaware

Walden Music Inc.

   New York

Warner Alliance Music Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Brethren Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Music Publishing International Inc. (formerly Warner Bros. Music International Inc.)

   Delaware

Warner Records Inc. (formerly Warner Bros. Records Inc.)

   Delaware

Warner Chappell Music, Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Chappell Music (Services), Inc.

   New Jersey

Warner Chappell Production Music, Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Custom Music Corp.

   California

Warner Domain Music Inc.

   Delaware

Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation

   New York

Warner Music Discovery Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Music Distribution LLC

   Delaware

Warner Music Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Music Latina Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Music Nashville LLC

   Tennessee

Warner Music SP Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Sojourner Music Inc.

   Delaware

WarnerSongs Inc.

   Delaware


Legal Name

   State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Warner Special Products Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Strategic Marketing Inc.

   Delaware

Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp.

   California

Warprise Music Inc.

   Delaware

WC Gold Music Corp. (formerly WB Gold Music Corp.)

   Delaware

W Chappell Music Corp. (formerly WB Music Corp.)

   California

WCM/House of Gold Music, Inc. (formerly WBM/House of Gold Music, Inc.

   Delaware

Warner Records/QRI Ventures, Inc. (formerly WBR/QRI Venture, Inc.)

   Delaware

Warner Records/Ruffnation Ventures, Inc. (formerly WBR/Ruffnation Ventures, Inc.)

   Delaware

Warner Records/SIRE Ventures Inc. (formerly WBR/Sire Ventures Inc.

   Delaware

WEA Europe Inc.

   Delaware

WEA Inc.

   Delaware

WEA International Inc.

   Delaware

Wide Music, Inc.

   California

WMG COE, LLC

   Delaware

WMG Productions LLC

   Delaware

WMG Rhino Holdings Inc.

   Delaware

WMG Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware

WMG Holdings Corp.

   Delaware

Wrong Man Development Limited Liability Company

   New York
EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Stockholders and Board of Directors

Warner Music Group Corp.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus. Our audit report refers to a change in method of accounting for revenue recognition.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York

February 6, 2020